Home Contents Index

NP 8

RECORD OF AMENDMENTS
The table below is to record Section IV Notice to Mariners amendments affecting this volume.
Sub paragraph numbers in the margin of the body of the book are to assist the user when making amendments to this
volume.

Weekly Notices to Mariners (Section IV)

2004 2005 2006 2007

IMPORTANT SEE RELATED ADMIRALTY PUBLICATIONS

This is one of a series of publications produced by the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office which should be consulted by users of
Admiralty Charts. The full list of such publications is as follows:
Notices to Mariners (Annual, permanent, temporary and preliminary), Chart 5011 (Symbols and abbreviations), The Mariners
Handbook (especially Chapters 1 and 2 for important information on the use of UKHO products, their accuracy and limitations),
Sailing Directions (Pilots), List of Lights and Fog Signals, List of Radio Signals, Tide Tables and their digital equivalents.
All charts and publications should be kept up to date with the latest amendments.
Home Contents Index

NP 8

PACIFIC COASTS OF
CENTRAL AMERICA
AND

UNITED STATES PILOT

Pacific coasts of Panama (west of Punta Mariato),
Costa Rica including Isla del Coco, Nicaragua,
Honduras, El Salvador, Guatemala, Mexico
and United States of America; off-lying islands between
latitudes 45N and 485254N

TENTH EDITION
2004

PUBLISHED BY THE UNITED KINGDOM NATIONAL HYDROGRAPHER

Home Contents Index

E Crown Copyright 2004

To be obtained from the Agents
for the sale of Admiralty Charts and Publications

Copyright for some of the material in

this publication is owned by the authority
named under the item and permission for its
reproduction must be obtained from the owner.

Previous editions covering the same area:

First published . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1896

Second Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1907
Third Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1916
Fourth Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1925
Fifth Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1935
Sixth Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1950
Seventh Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1961
Eighth Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1975
Ninth Edition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1995

ii
Home Contents Index

PREFACE

The Tenth Edition of Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot has been prepared by Commander AC GrattanCooper,
Royal Navy, and contains the latest information received in the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office to the date given below.

This edition supersedes the Ninth Edition (1995) and Supplement No 2 (2002), which are cancelled.

Information on climate and currents has been based on data supplied by the Meteorological Office, Exeter.

The following sources of information, other than UKHO Publications and Ministry of Defence papers, have been consulted:

British
Fairplay Ports and Terminals Guide 200304
Guide to Port Entry 200203
Whitakers Almanack 2004
The Statemans Yearbook 2004

Mexican
Charts
Derrotero Costas del Pacfico Mexicano y Centroamrica 2002

United States
Charts
Publication No 120 Planning Guide, 2nd Edition, 2001
Publication No 153 Sailing Directions (Enroute) for the West Coasts of Mexico and Central America, 9th Edition, 2000
United States Coast Pilot 7, 35th Edition, 2003

Dr D.W. Williams
United Kingdom National Hydrographer

The United Kingdom Hydrographic Office

Admiralty Way
Taunton
Somerset TA1 2DN
England
13th May 2004

iii
Home Contents Index

PREFACE
to the Ninth Edition (1995)

The Ninth Edition of Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot has been compiled by Captain A.J.Bassi, Master Mariner,
and contains the latest information received in the Hydrographic Office to the date given below.
This edition supersedes the Eighth Edition (1975) and Supplement No 11 (1994), which are cancelled.
Information on climate and currents has been based on data provided by the Meteorological Office, Bracknell.
The following sources of information, other than Hydrographic Office Publications and Ministry of Defence papers, have been consulted:

British
Fairplay World Ports Directory 1994.
Guide to Port Entry 199596.
Lloyds Maritime Guide 1994.
Lloyds Ports of the World 1995.
Mexico and Central American Handbook 1994.
The Statesmans Year Book 199394.
Whitakers Almanac 1995.

Mexican
Charts.

United States
Charts.
Publication No 150 World Port Index, 14th Edition, 1994.
Publication No 152 Sailing Directions (Enroute) for North Pacific Ocean, 3rd Edition, 1989.
Publication No 153 Sailing directions (Enroute) for the West Coasts of Mexico and Central America, 7th Edition, 1993.
United States Coast Pilot 7, 29th Edition, 1994.

N.R. ESSENHIGH
Rear Admiral
Hydrographer of the Navy

Hydrographic Office
Ministry of Defence
Taunton
Somerset
England
2nd September 1995

iv
Home Contents Index

CONTENTS
Pages
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Preface to the Ninth Edition (1995) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v
Explanatory notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
Index chartlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . facing 1

CHAPTER 1

Navigation and regulations

Limits of the book (1.1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Navigational dangers and hazards (1.2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Traffic and operations (1.6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Charts (1.13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Navigational aids (1.19) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Pilotage (1.24) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Radio facilities (1.28) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Regulations (1.36) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Signals (1.53) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Distress and rescue (1.59) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Countries and ports

Central America (1.64) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Panama (1.66) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Costa Rica (1.74) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Nicaragua (1.82) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Honduras (1.90) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
El Salvador (1.98) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Guatemala (1.106) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Mexico (1.114) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
United States of America (1.123) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Principal ports, harbours and anchorages (1.141) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Port services summary (1.142) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Natural conditions
Maritime topography (1.147) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Currents, tidal streams and flow (1.149) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Sea level and tides (1.160) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Sea and swell (1.161) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Sea water characteristics (1.165) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Climate and weather (1.170) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Climatic tables (1.200) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Meteorological conversion table and scales (1.224) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

CHAPTER 2
Outlying islands and isolated dangers, and Through Route along the Pacific coasts of Central
America and United States of America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

CHAPTER 3
Pacific coasts of Panama and Costa Rica from Punta Mariato to Bahia de Salinas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

CHAPTER 4
Pacific coasts of Nicaragua, Honduras, El Salvador and Guatemala . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

CHAPTER 5
Pacific coast of Mexico from Ro Suchiate to Mazatlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

CHAPTER 6
Golfo de California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

v
Home Contents Index

CONTENTS

CHAPTER 7
Baja California West Coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

CHAPTER 8
San Diego to Point Arguello, including the Channel Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

CHAPTER 9
Point Arguello to the approaches to San Francisco Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

CHAPTER 10
San Francisco Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

CHAPTER 11
Point Reyes to Point St George . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

CHAPTER 12
Point St George to Columbia River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391

CHAPTER 13
Columbia River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415

CHAPTER 14
Columbia River to Cape Flattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435

APPENDICES
Appendix I United StatesBridgetoBridge Radiotelephone Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Appendix II United StatesPorts and Waterways SafetyGeneral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Appendix III Unites StatesVessel Traffic Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Appendix IV United StatesNavigation Safety Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Appendix V United StatesRegulated Navigation Areas and Limited Access AreasExtracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Appendix VI United StatesDanger Zones and Restricted Area RegulationsExtracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Appendix VII United StatesNavigation Rules for Inland Waterways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471

TABLE OF DISTANCES
Table of distances Pacific coasts of Central America and United States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476

INDEX
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477

vi
Home Contents Index

EXPLANATORY NOTES

Admiralty Sailing Directions are intended for use by vessels of 12 m or more in length. They amplify charted detail and contain
information needed for safe navigation which is not available from Admiralty charts, or other hydrographic publications. They are intended
to be read in conjunction with the charts quoted in the text.

This volume of the Sailing Directions will be kept up-to-date by the issue of a new edition at intervals of approximately 3 years, without
the use of supplements. In addition important amendments which cannot await the new edition are published in Section IV of the weekly
editions of Admiralty Notices to Mariners. A list of such amendments and notices in force is published in the last weekly edition for each
month. Those still in force at the end of the year are reprinted in the Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners.

This volume should not be used without reference to Section IV of the weekly editions of Admiralty Notices to Mariners.

CDROM

Status. A compact disc is provided at the back of this volume. The paper publication of Sailing Directions satisfies the requirements of
Chapter V of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea. The CD version does not satisfy these requirements and should only
be used in conjunction with the paper publication and any amendments affecting the paper publication. Where any discrepancy exists
between data on the CD and in the paper publication of Sailing Directions, the paper publication (inclusive of amendments) is to be relied
upon.

Disclaimer. Whilst the UKHO has made all reasonable efforts to ensure that the data on the CD was accurate at the time of production, it
has not verified the data for navigational purposes and the CD is not suitable, and is not to be relied upon, for navigation. The use of the CD for
this purpose is at the users own risk. The UKHO accepts no liability (except in the case of death or personal injury caused by the negligence
of the UKHO) whether in contract, tort, under any statute or otherwise and whether or not arising out of any negligence on the part of the
UKHO in respect of any inadequacy of any kind whatsoever in the data on the CD or in the means of distribution.

Conditions of Release. The material supplied on the CDROM is protected by Crown Copyright. No part of the data may be reproduced,
stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise
without the prior written permission of the UKHO. The copyright material, its derivatives and its outputs may not be sold or distributed or
commercially exploited in either an original or derived form without the prior written permission of the UKHO. For the avoidance of doubt,
the supplied material, its derivatives and its outputs shall not be placed, or allowed to be placed, on a computer accessible to Third Parties
whether via the Internet or otherwise. The release of the supplied material in no way implies that the UKHO will supply further material.

References to hydrographic and other publications

The Mariners Handbook gives general information affecting navigation and is complementary to this volume.

Ocean Passages for the World and Routeing Charts contain ocean routeing information and should be consulted for other than coastal
passages.

Admiralty List of Lights should be consulted for details of lights, lanbys and fog signals, as these are not fully described in this volume.

Admiralty List of Radio Signals should be consulted for information relating to coast and port radio stations, radio details of pilotage
services, radar beacons and radio direction finding stations, meteorological services, radio navigational aids, Global Maritime Distress and
Safety System (GMDSS) and Differential Global Positioning System (DGPS) stations, as these are only briefly referred to in this volume.

Admiralty Maritime Communications is a comprehensive guide on all aspects of maritime communications for the yachtsman and small
craft user. It provides general information on Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS), the management of VHF, Maritime
Safety Information, NAVTEX, Inmarsat and Radio Facsimile, and detailed information and procedures for marinas and harbours used by
small craft.

Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners contains in addition to the temporary and preliminary notices, and amendments and
notices affecting Sailing Directions, a number of notices giving information of a permanent nature covering radio messages and navigational
warnings, distress and rescue at sea and exercise areas.

The International Code of Signals should be consulted for details of distress and life-saving signals, international ice-breaker signals as
well as international flag signals.

Remarks on subject matter

Buoys are generally described in detail only when they have special navigational significance, or where the scale of the chart is too small
to show all the details clearly.

Chart index diagrams in this volume show only those Admiralty charts of a suitable scale to give good coverage of the area. Mariners
should consult NP 131 Catalogue of Admiralty Charts and Publications for details of larger scale charts.

vii
Home Contents Index

EXPLANATORY NOTES

Chart references in the text normally refer to the largest scale Admiralty chart but occasionally a smaller scale chart may be quoted where
its use is more appropriate.

Firing, practice and exercise areas. Except for submarine exercise areas, details of firing, practice and exercise areas are not mentioned
in Sailing Directions, but signals and buoys used in connection with these areas are sometimes mentioned if significant for navigation.
Attention is invited to the Annual Notice to Mariners on this subject.

Names have been taken from the most authoritative source. When an obsolete name still appears on the chart, it is given in brackets
following the proper name at the principal description of the feature in the text and where the name is first mentioned.

Tidal information relating the daily vertical movements of the water is not given; for this Admiralty Tide Tables should be consulted.
Changes in water level of an abnormal nature are mentioned.
Time difference used in the text when applied to the time of High Water found from the Admiralty Tide Tables, gives the time of the event
being described in the Standard Time kept in the area of that event. Due allowance must be made for any seasonal daylight saving time which
may be kept.

Wreck information is included where drying or below-water wrecks are relatively permanent features having significance for
navigation or anchoring.

Units and terminology used in this volume

Latitude and Longitude given in brackets are approximate and are taken from the chart quoted.

Bearings and directions are referred to the true compass and when given in degrees are reckoned clockwise from 000 (North) to 359
Bearings used for positioning are given from the reference object.
Bearings of objects, alignments and light sectors are given as seen from the vessel.
Courses always refer to the course to be made good over the ground.

Winds are described by the direction from which they blow.

Tidal streams and currents are described by the direction towards which they flow.

Distances are expressed in sea miles of 60 to a degree of latitude and sub-divided into cables of one tenth of a sea mile.

Depths are given below chart datum, except where otherwise stated.

Heights of objects refer to the height of the structure above the ground and are invariably expressed as ... m in height.

Elevations, as distinct from heights, are given above Mean High Water Springs or Mean Higher High Water whichever is quoted in
Admiralty Tide Tables, and expressed as, an elevation of ... m. However the elevation of natural features such as hills may alternatively be
expressed as ... m high since in this case there can be no confusion between elevation and height.

Metric units are used for all measurements of depths, heights and short distances, but where feet/fathoms charts are referred to, these
latter units are given in brackets after the metric values for depths and heights shown on the chart.

Time is expressed in the four-figure notation beginning at midnight and is given in local time unless otherwise stated. Details of local time
kept will be found in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Bands is the word used to indicate horizontal marking.

Stripes is the word used to indicate markings which are vertical, unless stated to be diagonal.

Conspicuous objects are natural and artificial marks which are outstanding, easily identifiable and clearly visible to the mariner over a
large area of sea in varying conditions of light. If the scale is large enough they will normally be shown on the chart in bold capitals and may be
marked conspic.

Prominent objects are those which are easily identifiable, but do not justify being classified as conspicuous.

viii
Home Contents Index

ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in the text.

Directions
N north (northerly, northward, northern, S south
northernmost) SSW south-south-west
NNE north-north-east SW south-west
NE north-east WSW west-south-west
ENE east-north-east W west
E east WNW west-north-west
ESE east-south-east NW north-west
SE south-east NNW north-north-west
SSE south-south-east

Navigation
AIS Automatic Indentification System Satnav Satellite navigation
CVTS Cooperative Vessel Traffic System TSS Traffic Separation Scheme
DGPS Differential Global Positioning System VMRS Vessel Movement Reporting System
GPS Global Positioning System VTC Vessel Traffic Centre
Lanby Large automatic navigation buoy VTS Vessel Traffic Services
MCTS Marine Communications and Traffic Services VTMS Vessel Traffic Management System
Centres
ODAS Ocean Data Acquisition System

Offshore operations
ALC Articulated loading column FSO Floating storage and offloading vessel
ALP Articulated loading platform PLEM Pipe line end manifold
CALM Catenary anchor leg mooring SALM Single anchor leg mooring system
CBM Conventional buoy mooring SALS Single anchored leg storage system
ELSBM Exposed location single buoy mooring SBM Single buoy mooring
FPSO Floating production storage and offloading SPM Single point mooring
vessel

Organizations
IALA International Association of Lighthouse NATO North Atlantic Treaty Organization
Authorities RN Royal Navy
IHO International Hydrographic Organization UKHO United Kingdom Hydrographic Office
IMO International Maritime Organization

Radio
DF direction finding RT radio telephony
HF high frequency UHF ultra high frequency
LF low frequency VHF very high frequency
MF medium frequency WT radio (wireless) telegraphy
Navtex Navigational Telex System

Rescue and distress

AMVER Automated Mutual Assistance Vessel Rescue JRCC Joint Rescue Cooperation Centre
System MRCC Maritime Rescue Co-ordination Centre
EPIRB Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon MRSC Maritime Rescue Sub-Centre
GMDSS Global Maritime Distress and Safety System SAR Search and Rescue

Tides
HAT Highest Astronomical Tide MHWS Mean High Water Springs
HW High Water MLHW Mean Lower High Water
LAT Lowest Astronomical Tide MLLW Mean Lower Low Water
LW Low Water MLW Mean Low Water
MHHW Mean Higher High Water MLWN Mean Low Water Neaps
MHLW Mean Higher Low Water MLWS Mean Low Water Springs
MHW Mean High Water MSL Mean Sea Level
MHWN Mean High Water Neaps

ix
Home Contents Index

ABBREVIATIONS

Times
ETA estimated time of arrival UT Universal Time
ETD estimated time of departure UTC Co-ordinated Universal Time

Units and miscellaneous

C degrees Celsius kHz kilohertz
DG degaussing km kilometre(s)
dwt deadweight tonnage kn knot(s)
DZ danger zone kW kilowatt(s)
feu forty foot equivalent unit m metre(s)
fm fathom(s) mb millibar(s)
ft foot (feet) MHz megahertz
g/cm3 gram per cubic centimetre mm millimetre(s)
GRP glass reinforced plastic MW megawatt(s)
grt gross register tonnage No number
gt gross tonnage nrt nett register tonnage
hp horse power teu twenty foot equivalent unit
hPa hectopascal

Vessels and cargo

CDC Certain Dangerous Cargo MV Motor Vessel
HMS Her (His) Majestys Ship MY Motor Yacht
HSC High Speed Craft POL Petrol, Oil & Lubricants
LASH Lighter Aboard Ship RMS Royal Mail Ship
LHG Liquefied Hazardous Gas Ro-Ro Roll-on, Roll-off
LNG Liquefied Natural Gas SS Steamship
LOA Length overall ULCC Ultra Large Crude Carrier
LPG Liquefied Petroleum Gas VLCC Very Large Crude Carrier

x
Home Contents Index

GLOSSARY

Spanish words found on charts and in Sailing Directions

Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English

abra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cove, creek, haven castro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . headland, hillock surmounted by

abrigo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . shelter ruins
acantilados . . . . . . . . . . cliffs catedral . . . . . . . . . . . . . cathedral
adentro . . . . . . . . . . . . . inner, inside cayo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cay
aduana . . . . . . . . . . . . . customs house cerrito . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hillock
afuera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . outer, outside cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hill
aguada . . . . . . . . . . . . . watering place chico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . small
aguado . . . . . . . . . . . . . sharp, pointed cima . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . summit, crest
aguas muertas . . . . . . . neap tide ciudad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . city, town
aguas vivas . . . . . . . . . spring tide ciudadela . . . . . . . . . . . citadel
aguja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . needle colina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hill, hillock
albufera . . . . . . . . . . . . lagoon, pond collado . . . . . . . . . . . . . hillock, elevation
aldea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . village concha . . . . . . . . . . . . . cove
alto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . height cono . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cone
altura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . height convento . . . . . . . . . . . . convent
amarillo . . . . . . . . . . . . yellow cordillera . . . . . . . . . . . mountain range
amarradero . . . . . . . . . . mooring, dolphin corona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . crown, summit
ancho . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wide, broad corriente . . . . . . . . . . . . current
ancladero . . . . . . . . . . . anchorage costa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . coast
ancn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . open bay, roadstead coto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . summit
angostura . . . . . . . . . . . narrows cruz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cross
arena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sand cueva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cave
arenal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . extensive area of sand cua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . quoin, wedge
arrecife . . . . . . . . . . . . . reef cuspide . . . . . . . . . . . . . summit
arroyo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . stream, rivulet
astillero . . . . . . . . . . . . . shipyard drsena . . . . . . . . . . . . . basin, dock, backwater
atalaya . . . . . . . . . . . . . lookout, watchtower desembarcadero . . . . . . landing place
atraque . . . . . . . . . . . . . berth desembocadura . . . . . . . mouth of a river
azul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . blue dique . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mole, dock, embankment, levee
draga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dredger
duna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dune
babor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . port (side)
duque de alba . . . . . . . dolphin
baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bay
baixa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . shoal el . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . definite article (masc)
baixo (adj) . . . . . . . . . . shoal
embarcadero . . . . . . . . . wharf, landing
bajamar (BM) . . . . . . . low water (LW)
embocadura . . . . . . . . . mouth
bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . shoal, below, under, low
enfilacin . . . . . . . . . . . transit
baliza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . beacon
ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . bay
banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bank
entrada . . . . . . . . . . . . . entrance, fairway
barra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bar
ermita . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hermitage
barranco . . . . . . . . . . . . precipice, ravine
esclusa . . . . . . . . . . . . . lock (canal or basin)
batera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . battery
escollo . . . . . . . . . . . . . shallow rock, reef awash
blanco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . white
escollera . . . . . . . . . . . . breakwater
boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mouth, entrance
espign . . . . . . . . . . . . . spur, arm of mole
boquern . . . . . . . . . . . wide mouth, opening or entrance
este . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . east
boquette . . . . . . . . . . . . narrow entrance, gap
estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . creek, estuary
boya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . buoy
estrecho . . . . . . . . . . . . strait, narrows
brazo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . arm (of the sea)
estribor . . . . . . . . . . . . . starboard hand
bruma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fog
buque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ship
fango . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mud
faralln . . . . . . . . . . . . . stack, steep rocky islet
cabeza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . head faro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lighthouse
cabezo . . . . . . . . . . . . . reef, peak fondeadero . . . . . . . . . . anchorage
cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cape fortaleza . . . . . . . . . . . . fortress
cala . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . narrow cove, fjord forte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fort
caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cove freo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . strait
camino . . . . . . . . . . . . . road frontn . . . . . . . . . . . . . wall-like cliff
canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . canal, channel fuerte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fort
canto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bluff
capilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . chapel garganta . . . . . . . . . . . . narrow passage, sound
carrera, carreiro . . . . . . narrow channel, passage garita . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sentry box, hut, lookout
casa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . house golfo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gulf
castillo . . . . . . . . . . . . . castle gorro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cap

xi
Home Contents Index

GLOSSARY

Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English

gran, grande . . . . . . . . . large, great, big petn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pinnacle rock

gris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . grey picacho . . . . . . . . . . . . . sharp peak
grupo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . group pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . peak
piedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . stone, rock
herradura . . . . . . . . . . . horseshoe shaped bay piloto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pilot (official)
placer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . shoal
iglesia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . church playa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . beach
nsua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . small islet or rock pleamar (PM) . . . . . . . . high water (HW)
isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . island poblacin . . . . . . . . . . . town
isleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . islet poblado . . . . . . . . . . . . . village
islote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . small barren islet, skerry poniente . . . . . . . . . . . . western
istmo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . isthmus pozo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . well, deep hole in seabed or river
prctico . . . . . . . . . . . . . pilot
la, las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . definite article (fem) promontorio . . . . . . . . . promontory
lago . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lake puebla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . village
laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lagoon pueblecito . . . . . . . . . . . small town, village
laja . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . flat rock pueblo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . town
lancha de socorro . . . . lifeboat puente . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bridge
lastra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rocky ledge puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . port, harbour
laxe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rock punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . point
levante . . . . . . . . . . . . . eastern puntal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . narrow point
llanuras . . . . . . . . . . . . . plain, prairie
lodo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mud quebrada . . . . . . . . . . . . ravine, gully, cut, gap
loma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hillock, knoll
lomo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ridge rada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . roadstead
los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . definite article (masc) recalada . . . . . . . . . . . . landfall
reflujo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ebb tide
malecn . . . . . . . . . . . . quay, mole regato . . . . . . . . . . . . . . torrent, stream
mar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sea remolcador . . . . . . . . . . tug
marea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tide restinga . . . . . . . . . . . . . reef, spit
margen . . . . . . . . . . . . . shore, river bank ra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . inlet, estuary
marisma . . . . . . . . . . . . marsh riachelo . . . . . . . . . . . . . rivulet
mdano . . . . . . . . . . . . . dune, sandhill ribera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . shore, river bank
medio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . middle ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . river
meridional . . . . . . . . . . southern roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rock
mesa or meseta . . . . . . tableland, plateau rocalloso . . . . . . . . . . . . pebbly, stony
mogote . . . . . . . . . . . . . hummock rochel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rocky patch
montaa . . . . . . . . . . . . mountain rodal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . shoal, usually rocky and of some
monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mount, mountain extent
montculo . . . . . . . . . . . knoll rojo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . red
morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . headland, bluff, head of breakwater rompeolas . . . . . . . . . . . breakwater
muelle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pier, jetty, mole rompientes . . . . . . . . . . breakers
roquerio . . . . . . . . . . . . rocky shoal
naufragio . . . . . . . . . . . wreck
negro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . black salinas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . salt pans
nevado . . . . . . . . . . . . . snowcapped mountain san, santo, santa . . . . . . saint
niebla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fog seno . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . bight, sound
norte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . north septentrional . . . . . . . . . northern
sierra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mountain range
occidental . . . . . . . . . . . western sotavento . . . . . . . . . . . leeward
oeste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . west sucio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . foul
oriental . . . . . . . . . . . . . eastern sud, sur . . . . . . . . . . . . . south
orilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . shore, edge, river bank surgidero . . . . . . . . . . . . anchorage

palo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mast, spar tenedero . . . . . . . . . . . . holding ground, anchorage

pan de azcar . . . . . . . . sugarloaf torre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tower
pantano . . . . . . . . . . . . . swamp, marsh touza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rock (usually lying off a larger
paredn . . . . . . . . . . . . . rock face feature)
pasaje . . . . . . . . . . . . . . passage, ferry
paso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pass vado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ford
pedregal . . . . . . . . . . . . stony or rocky patch valle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . valley
pea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rock varadero . . . . . . . . . . . . slipway
penasco . . . . . . . . . . . . . large rock verde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . green
pennsula . . . . . . . . . . . peninsula viejo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . old
pen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rocky mountain viga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lookout
pequeo . . . . . . . . . . . . small villa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . town, villa
pescado . . . . . . . . . . . . . fish volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . volcano

xii
Home Contents Index

NOTES

xiii
Home Contents Index

140 130 120 110 100 90 80

4801
4806
NP 25 BRITISH COLUMBIA PILOT VOL I
Warwick Seamount

Cobb Seamount Grays Hr.

Columbia R.

C. Blanco

2
2531
40 C. Mendocino 40

4807 SAN FRANCISCO 4802

U N I T E D S T A T E S
4806
O F
San Pedro B.
A M E R I C A
4801 San Diego B.

2530
30 30
I. Guadalupe
xiv

GO
2

LF
O
2323

DE
4808 NP 69A See Index NP 8(b)
Rocas Alijos

CA
M E X I C O EAST COASTS OF

LI
FO
CENTRAL AMERICA AND

RN
See Index NP 8(c) 2324 GULF OF MEXICO PILOT

IA
20 C. Corrientes 20
4807
ISLAS REVILLAGIGEDO
NP 62 Manzanillo Hr.
I. Clarion 4811 58 4811
7
PACIFIC ISLANDS

LA
MA
PILOT VOL III

E
ru

AT
C HONDURAS
a GU
lin
Sa
NI
CA

R
2

AG
UA
10 4618 I. Clipperton 10
Puntarenas
4802
587

I. del Coco
4808
NP 7
SOUTH AMERICAN PILOT
VOL III

140 130 120 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 90 80

Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot March 2004
NP 8(a)
Home Contents Index

110 105 100 95 90 85 80

2323
25 6 25
See Index NP 8(c) NP 69A

G
EAST COASTS OF

O
LF
CENTRAL AMERICA AND

O
7

DE
GULF OF MEXICO PILOT

CA
LI
s

FO
3053 ca
Lu

RN
an A

I
S
C. 2324 M E X I C O
Las Tres Marias
NP 70
WEST INDIES PILOT
VOL I
20 tes 20
n
ISLAS o rrie
C. C
REVILLAGIGEDO I. S. Benedicto
Roca Partida
5 587
I. Socorro
2323

E
B E LIZ
A
1053

L
A
5

M
E
Golfo de

T
Tehuantepec
15 15

A
U
1051 H O N D U R A S

G
5
EL SALVADOR 396
G. de Fonseca
1050
NICARAGUA
Lago de
P A C I F I C Nicaragua

2 1049 4 2145
I. Clipperton C O S TA
10 10
RICA
ya
i co
O C E A N d eN
G. PA N A M A

e
3 D ulc
G.
587
2 ar
iat
o
M
Pt a.
NP7
SOUTH AMERICA PILOT
I. del Coco
VOL III

110 105 Longitude 100 West from Greenwich 95 90 85 80

Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot March 2004
NP 8(b)
Home Contents Index

W A S H I N G T O N

U N I T E D S T A T E S

O F

A M E R I C A

M E X I C O
Home Contents Index

LAWS AND REGULATIONS APPERTAINING TO NAVIGATION

While, in the interests of the safety of shipping, the United Kingdom Hydrographic Office makes every endeavour to include in its
hydrographic publications details of the laws and regulations of all countries appertaining to navigation, it must be clearly understood:
(a) that no liability whatsoever can be accepted for failure to publish details of any particular law or regulation, and
(b) that publication of details of a law or regulation is solely for the safety and convenience of shipping and implies no recognition
of the international validity of the law or regulation.

PACIFIC COASTS OF
CENTRAL AMERICA AND
UNITED STATES PILOT
CHAPTER 1
NAVIGATION AND REGULATIONS
COUNTRIES AND PORTS
NATURAL CONDITIONS

NAVIGATION AND REGULATIONS

LIMITS OF THE BOOK due caution, as the courses between the salient points are,
in general, long, and must be traversed during frequent
Charts 4051, 4050
periods of thick weather, with the vessel under the
Area covered influence of currents, the rate and direction of which are
1.1 uncertain.
1 This volume describes the Pacific coasts of Central 2 However reports suggest that many of the strandings that
America and United States of America from Punta Mariato have occurred on these coasts have been due to mariners
(712N, 8053W), in Panama, to Cape Flattery (4823N, ignoring the essentials of safe navigation, such as
12344W), in Washington at the entrance to Juan de Fuca soundings, and knowledge of the errors of the compass,
Strait. etc.
2 The seaward limits are defined as follows: For remarks on currents and weather see 1.149 and
Latitude Longitude 1.170.
From Punta Mariato 712N 8053W
Navigation amongst coral
SW to 400N 8700W 1.3
Thence W to 400N 12000W 1 See The Mariners Handbook for remarks on navigation
amongst coral reefs, rates of coral growth and erosion.
Thence NW to 3500N 14000W
Thence N to 4825N 14000W Navigation amongst kelp
Thence E to a position 4825N 12443W 1.4
close N of Cape Flattery 1 Kelp grows on nearly every danger having a rocky
bottom off the N part of the W coast of Baja California,
Thence S to Cape Flattery 4823N 12444W and the W coast of the United States, and is particularly
heavy at various points in Santa Barbara Channel and in
NAVIGATIONAL DANGERS AND HAZARDS the vicinity of San Diego Bay. It can be seen on the
surface of the water during summer and autumn months;
Coastal conditions during winter and spring it cannot always be seen,
1.2 especially when it is exposed to a heavy sea.
1 Navigation along the Pacific coasts of Central America For further information on navigation in kelp, see The
and the United States requires to be carried out with all Mariners Handbook.

1
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
Logs and deadheads
1.5
1 Large numbers of logs and deadheads are adrift in the
navigable waters of Oregon and Washington at all times,
but particularly after storms, spring freshets, and unusually
high tides. Such hazards constitute a serious danger to craft
of small and moderate size.
TRAFFIC AND OPERATIONS
Traffic
General
1.6
1 Concentrations of shipping will be encountered in the
approaches to San Diego (8.15), San Pedro Bay (8.161),
San Francisco Bay (10.1), Columbia River (13.1) and the
approaches to Juan de Fuca Strait (14.69).
In addition to the many dedicated small craft harbours
on the United States Pacific coast, small craft traffic is
likely to be heavy in the approaches to the main ports in
the summer months.
Cruise ships visit the majority of the main ports in the
area covered by this volume.
Submerged transit lanes
1.7
1 Lanes used by submarines have been established within
the area covered by this volume and will be shown on
certain United States charts; the times of usage are
published in United States Notices to Mariners. When the
lanes are in use by submarines, ships should not tow
submerged objects within them.
Fishing
General
1.8
1 Fishing gear. Heavy concentrations of fishing gear may
be encountered off Drakes Bay (10.33), Humboldt Bay
(11.70), Coos Bay (12.46), Columbia River (13.1), Grays
Harbor (14.22) and Destruction Island (14.59) between 1st
December and 15th August, from shore to the vicinity of
the 55 m (30 fm) depth contour.
2 Fish havens, some marked by buoys (private), are
numerous along the Pacific coast. They are established to
simulate natural reefs and wrecks that attract fish and
usually comprise old barges and automobiles; they may be
quite small in extent, or may extend a considerable distance
along a depth contour. Mariners should avoid passing over
such areas or anchoring in their vicinity.
3 Driftnets. The use of large scale driftnets on the high
seas is prohibited worldwide (United Nations Resolution
46/215), nets in excess of 25 km (15 miles) being illegal.
This Resolution has been reinforced, locally, by the passing
by United States Congress of the High Seas Driftnet
(HSDN) Enforcement Act. Public information on HSDN
vessels will greatly assist the US Coast Guard to administer
United Nations moratorium against HSDN fishing.
Dangerous marine animals
1.9
1 The yellow-bellied sea snake (Pelamis) can inject
extremely potent venom when it bites, occasionally causing
death. Pelamis occurs in coastal waters of Panama, Costa
Rica, and Golfo de California; although observed in large
surface swarms at sea, they normally reside in sheltered
2
coastal waters, especially river mouths. Sea snakes are
generally docile, but will bite if molested.
2 Stingrays (Dasyatis) which have been reported
throughout the area, are flat, kite shaped fishes with long
slender tails possessing a venomous basal barb. Stingrays
are usually partially buried in mud or sand and injure those
who step on them by driving the barb into the victims foot
with a whiplike motion of the tail.
3 The venomous jellyfish Portuguese man-o-war (Physalia)
stings by means of nematocysts (stinging cells) on its
tentacles. It is recognisable by its small blue-red bladder
and long pink coil-like tentacles. Jellyfish usually occur in
swarms at sea, and are carried by the winds and currents
towards the shore. The sting of this jellyfish is often
serious, especially if numerous nematocysts contact the
skin.
4 Large sharks, up to 6 m in length, like the Great White
Shark (Carcharadon), Tiger Shark (Galeocerdo), and
Hammerhead Shark (Sphyrna) are present in coastal waters,
although they normally remain in the open ocean. These
sharks can injure humans, and in numerous instances have
killed. Attacks have been reported off Acapulco and other
Mexican ports, along the coast of Costa Rica, and in Gulf
of Panama. Blood or garbage will attract sharks; all sharks
should be regarded as dangerous.
Exercise areas
1.10
1 Missile firing, gunnery and bombing practice, and naval
operations, may take place in the area covered by this
volume. They are mentioned at the appropriate place in the
text.
Notice of exercises and firing practices, giving the limits
of the area, nature and duration of the exercise, and
specified navigation rules, are promulgated by local Notices
to Mariners and radio navigation warnings. For signals
used by warships, see 1.53.
Marine exploitation
Pipelines
1.11
1 Gas from a damaged oil or gas pipeline could cause an
explosion or some other serious hazard. Pipelines are not
always buried and their presence may effectively reduce the
charted depth by as much as 2 m. Where pipelines are
close together, only one may be charted. Mariners should
not anchor or trawl in the vicinity of a pipeline; they may
risk prosecution if damage is caused.
Oil and gas fields
1.12
1 Production platforms and associated structures, including
tanker moorings, storage tankers and platforms on
pipelines, generally exhibit Mo(U) lights, aircraft
obstruction lights, and audible fog signals. Unauthorized
navigation is prohibited within 500 m of all such structures,
including storage tankers which can swing about their
moorings. Tankers manoeuvring in the vicinity of platforms
and moorings should be given a wide berth. For further
information see The Mariners Handbook.
CHARTS
Admiralty charts
1.13
1 Admiralty charts covering the area of this Pilot are
adequate for use on passage, for entry into the principal
ports and harbours, and to reach a required pilot station.
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

The charts are based on the most recent United States
Government charts and plans.
Admiralty chart coverage is not adequate for entry into
some of the minor harbours and bays, in particular those of
the S Central American Republics and for the upper
reaches of Sacramento, San Joaquin and Columbia Rivers.
2 Knowledge of many of the charted offshore banks and
dangers has been built up over the years from numerous
ships reports. Some of these features have been surveyed
to modern standards, but many areas outside the charted
banks have not yet been examined, and it is probable that
other significant features remain as yet uncharted.
British Admiralty charts and publications can be
obtained from Admiralty Chart Agents listed in the
Catalogue of Admiralty Charts and Publications and other
hydrographic publications published annually.
Foreign charts
1.14
1 In certain areas where British Admiralty charts show
insufficient detail for navigation close inshore, these Sailing
Directions have been written using foreign charts. With the
exception of the charts given below these are not quoted as
reference charts in the text, which has been written on the
assumption that mariners wishing to navigate in these areas
will have provided themselves with suitable charts on
which to do so.
2 For the following areas, not covered by Admiralty charts
of adequate scale, mariners are advised to obtain the
appropriate charts as follows:
Chart No Area
Mexico 425 Puerto Vallarta
Mexico 336 Baha de Topolobampo Y Proximidades
Mexico 337 Canal de Accesso Al Puerto de
Topolobampo
US 18584 Umpqua River Pacific Ocean to
Reedsport
US 18581 Yaquina Bay and River
3 Foreign charts may be obtained from the publishing
authorities shown in this volume and in the Catalogue of
Admiralty Charts and Publications. These charts are not
issued by the Hydrographic Office nor are they corrected
by Admiralty Notices to Mariners.
Mexico formed a hydrographic organisation in 1961;
other Central American countries rely mainly on British
and United States Government charts.
4 Publishing authorities:
The US publish charts giving full coverage of the waters
covered by this volume. These charts are published by:
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA)
National Ocean Service (NOS)
SSMC Building 3
1315 East West Highway
Silver Spring
MD 2090103233, USA
5 They may be obtained by mail order from:
Federal Aviation Administration
National Aeronautical Charting Office
Distribution Division (AVN530)
6303 Ivy Lane, Suite 400
Greenbelt
MD 207706325, USA
6 Mexican charts are published by:
Direccin General de Oceanogrfia Naval
Eje 2 Oriente, Tramo H Escuela
Navar Militar No 861
Edificio B 1/er Nivel S/N
Col Los Cipreses, Delegacin Cayoacn
C.P. 04830 Mexico D.F.
7 United States Notices to Mariners may be consulted at
Coast Guard District Offices, National Ocean Survey (NOS)
Field Offices, Defense Mapping Agency
Hydrographic/Topographic Center Offices, and agents for
the sale of charts and publications.
Datums
Vertical
1.15
1 Depths on most modern British Admiralty charts are
reduced to Chart Datum, which is approximately the level
of LAT. Older charts use a number of different datums,
which are normally shown on the chart.
United States and Mexican charts are reduced to MLLW,
as shown on the chart.
2 Drying heights on most modern British Admiralty
charts are shown as being above chart datum. Older charts
use a number of different datums, which are normally
shown on the chart.
Elevations on most modern British Admiralty charts are
shown as being above MHHW. On many United States
charts and on older British Admiralty charts elevations are
shown against MHW; an exception is on Columbia River
where the bridge and overhead clearance heights are above
MLLW.
Horizontal
1.16
1 Differences in geographical positions, in some cases as
much as 20 seconds of longitude, exist between British
Admiralty charts based on nineteenth century surveys and
more modern charts, British and foreign, based on North
American Datum and World Geodetic System 1984. Notes
on the charts concerned give details of the differences.
2 When transferring positions between charts on different
horizontal datums it is advisable to do so by bearing and
distance from a common reference object, and not by
latitude and longitude.
Depths
Depth terms used in United States waters
1.17
1 Federal project depth is the design dredging depth of a
channel. This depth may, or may not, be the goal of
maintenance dredging after completion of the channel.
Where a Federal project exists only the project depth is
given.
Controlling depth of a channel is the least depth within
the limits of the channel. It restricts the safe use of the
channel to draughts of less than that depth. Tables of
Controlling Depths are given on Admiralty charts, these
being updated when necessary by Notices to Mariners.
2 Centreline controlling depth of a channel applies only
to the centreline; lesser depths may exist in the remainder
of the channel.
Mid-channel controlling depth of a channel is the
controlling depth of only the middle half of the channel.
For the latest controlling depth, charts and local Port and
Pilotage authorities should be consulted.

3
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
3 Depths alongside wharves are usually those reported by
the owner or operator of the wharf. Local authorities
should be consulted for the latest controlling depths.
Swept areas
1.18
1 Certain areas of the waters included in this volume have
been swept by wire drag. In deep waters the depth to
which the drag has been set materially exceeds the draught
of the largest vessels and mariners may traverse such areas
with assurance that no uncharted permanent obstruction will
be encountered.
2 In shoal waters the drag has been set to pass as close as
practicable to the bottom. Places where the charted depth is
only 1 m (3 ft) more than the draught of the vessel should
be avoided, otherwise mariners may traverse areas of
moderate depth with assurance that they will not encounter
depths materially less than those charted in the closely
adjacent waters.
NAVIGATIONAL AIDS
Lights
1.19
1 Navigational lights are the responsibility of the
appropriate national authorities; in the case of the United
States this is the Coast Guard.
Major lights are those with a nominal range of 15 miles
or more.
In Mexico and the Central American republics many of
the lights have been reported to be irregular or unreliable.
In 1998 it was reported that, as a result of Hurricane
Mitch, all marine navigational aids along the Honduran
coast have either been destroyed or are unreliable. For
further details the local authorities should be consulted.
2 Due to their widespread use, the term radar reflector is
not included in the description of buoys in the text.
Light structures only are described in this volume; for
further details of the lights see Admiralty List of Lights
Volume G.
Landmarks
Change in appearance
1.20
1 Caution is necessary when evaluating the descriptions
given in this volume concerning landmarks, such as trees,
and the colour and shape of buildings and other marks.
New buildings may have been erected and old trees or
houses destroyed, so that marks, which may at one time
have been conspicuous on account of their isolation, shape
or colour, may no longer exist or may now be difficult to
identify.
Buoyage
IALA Maritime Buoyage System
1.21
1 The IALA Maritime Buoyage System Region B (red to
starboard) is in use in the area covered by this volume. In
the waters of the United States and Mexico most of the
buoyage change to the new system has been completed, but
mariners are cautioned that in minor locations, and where
navigational aids are privately maintained, non-IALA buoys
and marks may still be encountered. In the waters of
Central American countries the buoyage in most of the
major ports has been changed, but some isolated areas may
remain to be converted.
4
2 For full details of the system see The Mariners
Handbook and NP735 IALA Maritime Buoyage System.
Ocean Data Acquisition (ODAS) Buoys
1.22
1 ODAS buoys (special) are moored in various locations
off the Pacific coasts of the United States; their positions
are given in the relevant part of the text. For further
information see The Mariners Handbook.
Autonomous Temperature Line Acquisition System
(ATLAS) Buoys
1.23
1 ATLAS Buoys, part of the Tropical AtmosphereOcean/
Triangle Trans Ocean Buoy Network (TAO/TRITON) Array
comprising some 70 buoys extending from the Galapagos to
New Guinea mostly within 10 of the equator, may be
encountered in the open ocean; for their positions within
the coverage of this volume, see 2.4. The buoys, moored in
depths between 1500 and 6000 m, are visible on radar at
ranges from 4 to 8 miles depending on conditions. For
further information see The Mariners Handbook.
PILOTAGE
General
1.24
1 Detailed information on pilotage procedures is given in
the text for the ports concerned and in Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
Mexico
1.25
1 All vessels of 500 tons displacement or over are required
to take a pilot when entering or leaving a port in Mexico.
A master who refuses to take a pilot will pay the pilot dues
as if he had engaged one and will be held responsible for
any damage caused by failure to employ a pilot. If no pilot
offered his services, and for this reason the master entered
without one, he will not be required to pay the pilot fees.
United States of America
1.26
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign vessels and, apart
from a few exceptions, United States registered vessels
engaged in foreign trade. It is optional for United States
vessels in the coastal trade, provided they are under the
control and direction of a pilot duly licensed by Federal
Law for the waters that vessel is navigating.
Other countries
1.27
1 There are no national regulations for Costa Rica,
Nicaragua, Honduras, El Salvador and Guatemala; see local
pilotage in the text for the ports concerned.
RADIO FACILITIES
Electronic position fixing systems
Satellite Navigation Systems
1.28
1 For details of Satellite Navigation Systems, including
DGPS stations, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
DGPS stations covering this volume are established at:
Point Loma (3240N, 11715W).
Point Arguello (3434N, 12028W).
Pigeon Point (3711N, 12223W).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
2 Point Blunt 3751N, 12225W).
Cape Mendocino (4026N, 12424W).
Fort Stevens (4612N, 12357W).
Amphitrite Point (4855N, 12532W).
Loran-C
1.29
1 The Canadian West Coast Chain (5990), and the West
Coast USA Chain (9940), provide coverage in a large part
of the area covered by this volume. Depending on
circumstances, ground wave ranges from 800 to 1200 miles
are typical, thus providing accurate positioning (plus/minus
025 miles) S to about latitude 30N. Sky wave coverage,
which is less accurate, extends S to about latitude 20N.
The use of sky waves is not recommended within
250 miles of the station being used.
For further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
Other radio navigational aids
1.30
1 Racons, to assist in landfall, transmit from several
salient points on the coast and from fairway light-buoys in
the approaches to harbours and estuaries. Racons also
transmit from the navigable spans of many of the bridges
in the principal ports in the United States. These racons are
mentioned in the text and are shown on the charts.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Radio stations
1.31
1 For full details on all the radio stations in the area
covered by this volume see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 1(2) and 6(5).
Radio navigational warnings
1.32
1 Long range warnings. The area covered by this volume
lies in NAVAREA XII of the Worldwide Navigation
Warning Service; the Area Co-ordinator is the United States
of America and navigation warnings are transmitted from
Guam and Honolulu.
Local warnings. Within the NAVAREA Local Warnings
covering coastal and harbour areas are transmitted by US
Coast Guard NAVTEX and subordinate coastal radio
stations. The US Coast Guard also makes local Notices to
Mariners available on the Internet.
2 NAVTEX messages, co-ordinated by the United States
are broadcast from stations at Tofino (Vancouver Island),
Astoria (Columbia River), Point Reyes (San Francisco) and
Long Beach.
For full details of these services see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 3(2).
Radio weather services
1.33
1 In United States coastal waters the National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) has a network of
more than 350 stations nationwide which provide
continuous VHF radio broadcasts of weather information.
The broadcasts repeat taped messages every 46 minutes
and the tapes are updated every 23 hours. When severe
weather is imminent, routine transmissions are interrupted
and the broadcast is given over to emergency warnings.
2 For full details of all radio weather services and the
stations from which they are issued see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 3(2).
Radio medical advice
1.34
1 Mariners may obtain medical advice by radio through
the International Radio Medical Centre (CIRM) in Rome.
In United States waters the US Coast Guard will
respond to DH MEDICO messages and will provide advice
available locally, or will refer the case to CIRM Rome for
advice.
For further information and for details of coast radio
stations see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 1(2).
Automatic Identification System
1.35
1 AIS is designed to contribute to the safety of navigation,
enhance protection of the marine environment and improve
the monitoring of passing traffic by coastal states. A phased
implementation programme is underway (2004) on various
classes of vessel and at certain establishments ashore. For
further details see The Mariners Handbook and Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volumes 2 and 6(5).
REGULATIONS
International regulations
Submarine cables and pipelines
1.36
1 See The Mariners Handbook for information on The
International Convention for the Protection of Submarine
Cables.
Pollution
1.37
1 The International Convention for the Prevention of
Pollution from Ships, 1973 as modified by the Protocol of
1978, was adopted by the International Conference on
Marine Pollution convened by IMO. Details of the
convention, which is known as Marpol 73/78, are given in
The Mariners Handbook.
Facilities for the disposal of oily waste, where known,
are mentioned under the appropriate port in the body of the
book.
Traffic separation schemes
1.38
1 See IMO publication Ships Routeing for general
provisions on ships routeing. The following TSS in the
waters covered by this volume are IMO adopted and
regulations for navigating in these schemes are contained in
Rule 10 of International Regulations for Preventing
Collisions at Sea (1972):
2 In the approaches to Salina Cruz in the vicinity of
1600N, 9515W.
In Santa Barbara Channel and in the approaches to
Los Angeles/Long Beach (from position 33197N,
118034W, in Gulf of Santa Catalina, to position
34247N, 120522W, W of Point Conception).
3 Off San Francisco in the vicinity of 37450N,
122415W.
In the approaches to Juan de Fuca Strait off Cape
Flattery from position 48288N, 124586W to
position 48142N, 123289W.
There is also a TSS and a deep water route in the
entrance to San Francisco Bay but neither have been
adopted by IMO.
5
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

Costa Rica Search and Rescue operations.

1.39 Suppression of alien smuggling.
1 No vessel is permitted to enter a Costa Rican port until Publication of Light Lists and Local Notices to
visited by a Health Officer, the Captain of the Port and a Mariners.
Customs official. 3 Coastguard Marine Safety Offices, which combine the
The ETA of a vessel at her first port of call in Costa functions of Captain of the Port and Marine Inspection
Rica should be given a soon as possible after leaving her Office, in the area covered by this volume are situated at:
previous port of call and at least 72 hours before arrival. A San Diego; 2716 North Harbor Drive, San Diego,
change of 1 hour or more in the ETA should be reported California 921011064.
24 hours before arrival. The original message should Los Angeles/Long Beach; 165 North Pico Avenue,
include the ships draught, cargo carried, consignees and Long Beach, California 908021096.
her requirements. Portland; 6767 North Basin Avenue, Portland,
Oregon 972173992.
Mexico
1.40 Code of Federal Regulations
1 ETA should be given with as much notice as possible; 1.43
ETD should be given at least 6 hours before sailing. 1 The United States Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)
All vessels will be boarded on arrival by a Health governs all marine regulatory requirements and should be
Officer, the Captain of the Port and a Customs officer. The consulted for detailed information on any of the following
Maritime Authorities require: summarised regulations, or any other US Federal
2 On entry: Regulation.
Last port clearance. Selected extracts from Title 33 CFR are given in the
Passenger List*. Appendices I to VII to this volume; reference is made to
Crew List*. these appendices in appropriate places in the text.
Cargo Manifest*.
Deck Log Book.
Custom Manifest. Pollution of the sea
* to be stamped with a visa by a Mexican Consulate or 1.44
Embassy. 1 Oil and hazardous substances. The Federal Water
3 On departure: Pollution Control Act, as amended, and the Fishery
Request for clearance. Conservation and Management Act of 1976, prohibit the
List of passengers embarked. discharge of oil or any hazardous substance into any United
Crew List and Articles of Agreement. States waters to the limits of the Exclusive Economic Zone.
Stores List. Any spillage that does occur must be reported immediately
to the nearest US Coast Guard station by radio, or by an
Protected areas established nationwide toll free telephone number,
1.41 18004248802.
1 Areas, protected by Presidential Decree, are established 2 There are a number of provisions in the Act which, if
along the coast of the State of Jalisco (2000N, not satisfied, means that any vessel bunkering must be
10500W), within the jurisdiction of Naval Zone XII, at completely surrounded by boom containment equipment;
Los Arcos, Playa Mismaloya, Playa Teopa, Playa the high cost of renting such equipment being levied
Cuitzamala and Playa El Tecuan, and in the coasts and against the vessel.
estuaries in their vicinity. In these areas the following are Chemicals or detergents may not be used to clean up oil
prohibited: spills without the approval of the Coast Guard.
The collection, or disturbance, of flora and fauna, on 3 Vessels are required to have on board, and available for
both land and sea. inspection, an International Oil Pollution Certificate
2 Anchoring. verifying compliance with Marpol 73/78 and that all the
The dumping of hydrocarbons, oil derivatives and necessary equipment is fitted and operational, also to
refuse. maintain a new Oil Record Book reporting all oil transfers
Fishing. and discharges.
4 Garbage and Refuse. Strict regulations apply to the
storage and removal of ships garbage in US Territorial
United States of America waters. All garbage must be contained in tight, leak proof
receptacle inside the ships rail, and must only be removed
General information
under the direction of an inspector from the Animal and
1.42
Plant Health Service.
1 The United States Coast Guard includes amongst its
duties:
Enforcement of the laws of the United States of National Marine Sanctuaries
America, including those of navigation and 1.45
neutrality, on the high seas and in the coastal and 1 National Marine Sanctuaries are established over large
inland waters of the United States and its areas of the waters off California and Washington; some
possessions. include areas to be avoided and these areas are described in
Administration of the Oil Pollution Act. the text. In general terms the purpose of the sanctuaries is
Establishment and administration of anchorages. to protect and preserve the ecosystems, including marine
2 Inspection and Documentation of vessels. birds and mammals and other natural resources, and to
Operation of aids to navigation. ensure the continued availability of the areas as research
Operation of AMVER. and recreational resources.

6
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
2 Prohibited activities, consistent with International Law,
include hydrocarbon operations, dumping of certain
substances, placing of structures on the seabed, disturbance
of marine life, the removal of historical or cultural
resources.
3 The principal areas are:
Channel Islands National Marine Sanctuary (8.5).
Monterey Bay National Marine Sanctuary (9.2).
Gulf of The Farallones National Marine Sanctuary
(10.8).
Cordell Bank National Marine Sanctuary (10.21).
Olympic Coast National Marine Sanctuary (14.4).
Reports to Coast Guard
1.46
1 United States regulations governing Ports and Waterways
Safety are published under the Code of Federal Regulations
(CFR) and apply within United States waters. Extracts from
the following regulations are contained in Appendix II.
Notice of arrival.
Notice of arrival/departure vessels carrying certain
dangerous cargoes.
Notice of hazardous conditions.
Vessels Arrival Inspections
1.47
1 Vessels subject to US Quarantine, customs, immigration,
and agricultural quarantine inspections generally make
arrangements in advance through ships agents. Government
officials conducting such inspections are stationed at most
major ports. Mariners arriving at ports where officials are
not stationed should contact the nearest centre providing
that service. Unless otherwise directed officials usually
board vessels at their berths.
Quarantine and customs
1.48
1 Quarantine. All vessels arriving in the United States are
subject to inspection by the Public Health Service. Vessels
subject to routine boarding for quarantine inspection are
only those which have had on board during the last 15 days
preceding the date of expected arrival or during the period
since departure (whichever period of time is shorter) the
occurrence of death or ill person amongst passengers or
crew (including those who have disembarked or have been
removed). The master of a vessel must report such
occurrences immediately by radio to the quarantine station
at or nearest the port at which the vessel will arrive. In
addition, the master of a vessel carrying 13 or more
passengers must report by radio 24 hours before arrival the
number of cases (including nil) of diarrhoea in passengers
and crew recorded in the ships medical log during the
current voyage. All cases that occur after the 24 hour report
must also be reported not less than 4 hours before arrival.
2 An ill person means a person who:
Has a temperature of 38C, or greater, accompanied
by a rash, glandular swelling, or jaundice, or
which has persisted for more than 48 hours; or
Has diarrhoea, defined as the occurrence, in a 24 hour
period, of three or more loose stools or of a
greater than normal (for the person) amount of
loose stools.
3 Any death or illness occurring during a vessels stay in a
US port must be reported immediately to the nearest
quarantine station.
7
Specific public health laws, regulations, policies and
procedures may be obtained by contacting US Quarantine
Stations, US Consulates or the Chief Program Operations,
Division of Quarantine, Centers for Disease Control,
Atlanta GA 30333.
4 A special signal code has been adopted internationally
for the transmission of Radio Pratique messages. The code,
which forms part of The International Code of Signals, is
given in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 1(2).
Customs. Vessels may be entered and cleared at any
port of entry or customs station so described under an
individual port heading. However, entry at a customs
station is with prior authorization only from the Custom
Service district director.
5 Yachts of foreign countries having reciprocal agreements
with the United States may be granted cruising licenses,
enabling them to cruise in the designated waters of the
United States without having to enter and clear formally at
each port visited.
Navigation Rules for United States Inland Waters
1.49
1 Extracts from these rules, where they differ from
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea
(1972) are given in Appendix VII of this volume.
Details of the limits within which they apply are
included in the descriptions of harbours, bays and inlets . A
comprehensive list of these, and all other areas, is given in
United States Coast Pilot No 7.
United States Navigation Safety Regulations
1.50
1 These regulations require all self-propelled vessels over
1600 grt navigating in United States waters to carry
up-to-date charts, sailing directions, lists of lights, tide
tables and tidal current tables.
Information on these regulations is given in
Appendix IV, and in Admiralty Notice to Mariners No 22 of
each year.
2 Navigation laws of the United States are published at
intervals of 4 years, a supplement being issued after each
session of Congress. They may be obtained from the
Government Printing Office, Washington DC.
Communications between vessels
1.51
1 For information on the United States Bridge-to-Bridge
Telephone Act, see Appendix I.
Regulated Navigation and Restricted Access Areas
1.52
1 Areas of regulated vessel movement, designated as a
Regulated Navigation Area, a Safety Zone, or a Security
Zone, may be established under certain circumstances by
the United States Coast Guard.
In the designated safety zones described in this volume,
special regulations apply and are given in the relevant text.
2 Danger Zones and Restricted Access Areas are defined
areas of water used for target practice, bombing, rocket
firing, or other especially hazardous operations, normally
for the armed forces. The danger zones may be closed to
the public on a full or part time basis.
For descriptions of these areas and zones see
Appendices V and VI.
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

SIGNALS be activated when seas exceed 12 m (4 ft) in height and

are considered dangerous for small boats. Mariners are
cautioned, however, that if the lights are not operating, it is
United States of America no guarantee that sea conditions are favourable.
Naval vessels Fire signals
1.53 1.57
1 Certain types of United States Navy Vessels which 1 Certain ports in the United States have adopted the
cannot comply fully with the requirements as to the number 5-blast whistle or siren signal to be sounded by ships on
and positioning of navigation lights, will comply as closely fire in port and not underway. The signal consists of five
as possible in accordance with Rule 1(e) of International prolonged blasts, each of from 4 to 6 seconds duration, and
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972). They may be repeated at intervals to attract attention. The signal
may also exhibit other lights such as coloured recognition is not a substitution for, and may be used in addition to,
lights, special coloured flashing lights, or landing lights for
other means of indicating fire on board the vessel.
aircraft or helicopters (details are given in US Notices to
Mariners annually). When darkened during naval
manoeuvres, navigation lights will be temporarily exhibited, Storm and strong wind warnings
if possible, on the approach of other shipping.
Visual weather signals
1.54
1.58
1 Submarine identification. US Navy submarines are
1 Mexico. When bad weather is imminent and is likely to
equipped with signal ejectors which may be used to launch
affect port operations, visual signals (Diagram 1.58.1) are
identification signals, including emergency signals. Two
displayed from a flagstaff, painted in red and white bands,
general types of signals may be used; smoke floats that
in the port.
burn on the surface, and parachute flares or stars which
rise to a height of about 100 to 125 m before descending.
The colour of the smoke, flare or star has the following
meaning:
2 Green or Black indicates firing, or simulated firing, of
a torpedo.
Yellow indicates the submarine is preparing to rise to
periscope depth; surface vessels should stand clear,
keeping their propellers turning.
3 Red indicates and emergency on board the submarine,
and she will try to surface immediately if possible.
Surface vessels should clear the area but stand by
to render assistance. In the case of repeated red
signals, or if the submarine fails to surface within
a reasonable time, she may be presumed to be Mexico -- port operations signals (1.58.1)
disabled on the bottom; surface vessels should then
buoy the location, advise the US Navy authorities 2 United States of America. Coastal visual weather
or Coast Guard immediately, and post look-outs to signals were discontinued by the National Weather Service,
search for a submarine marker buoy. though some Coast Guard stations may still continue to
4 Submarine marker buoys consist of two spheres each display signal (Diagram 1.58.2) if winds in excess of 48 kn
about 1 m in diameter connected together and painted are forecast for the area. Gale and storm warnings are
international orange. The buoy is attached to the submarine broadcast; see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3(2).
by a wire cable which can be used to guide a rescue
chamber. Submarines in distress may also release a dye
marker, air bubbles, or a small quantity of oil.

Survey vessels and Buoy tenders

1.55
1 National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA) vessels engaged in survey operations which limit
their ability to manoeuvre, and United States Coast Guard
vessels handling or servicing aids to navigation, each
exhibit the lights and shapes required by Rule 27 of
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea
(1972).
United States -- gale warning signal (1.58.2)
3 Notice of local severe weather conditions, not covered
by existing warnings, are given by Special Marine Warning
Bulletins which small craft can receive from the local
NOAA VHF-- FM radio station, Coast Guard and
Commercial radio stations, that transmit weather bulletins.

Rough Bar Advisory Service

1.56 DISTRESS AND RESCUE
1 The United States Coast Guard have established Rough
Bar advisory signs, at the entrances to the many harbours General information
and rivers used by small craft. The signs are diamond 1.59
shaped, white with an international orange border, and have 1 For general information concerning distress and rescue,
the words ROUGH BAR in black letters on them; they are including helicopter assistance, see Annual Summary of
usually visible from the channels when looking to seaward. Admiralty Notices to Mariners and The Mariners
The sign exhibits two quick flashing amber lights that will Handbook.

8
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
Ship reporting systems
Automated Mutual-assistance Vessel Rescue System
1.60
1 The AMVER system provides world wide cover and is
operated by the United States Coast Guard; details are
given in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 1(2) and
may be found at www.amver.com.
Global Maritime Distress and Safety System
1.61
1 GMDSS enables Search and Rescue authorities on shore,
in addition to shipping in the immediate vicinity of a vessel
in distress, to be rapidly alerted to an incident so that
assistance can be provided with the minimum of delay. For
full details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 5.
Rescue services
United States of America
1.62
1 United States Coast Guard conducts and/or
co-ordinates search and rescue operations. SAR vessels and
aircraft have special markings, including a wide stripe of
red-orange, and a small stripe of blue, on the forward part
of the hull or fuselage. US Coast Guard stations provide
lookout, communication and/or patrol functions to assist
vessels in distress. The national VHFFM Distress System
provides continuous radio coverage outwards to 20 miles on
VHF channel 16.
2 Coast Guard Districts. The limits of the Coast Guard
Districts and the addresses of the District Commanders in
the area covered by this volume are:
Eleventh District; the area of the ocean bounded by
the California-Oregon State boundary W to 40N,
150W, thence SE to 5S, 100W, thence NE to
the border between Guatemala and Mexico
(1438N, 9219W).
Coast Guard Island, Building 506, Alameda,
California 945015100.
3 Thirteenth District; coastal waters and tributaries in
Oregon and Washington.
915 2nd Avenue, Jackson Federal Building, Seattle,
Washington 981741067.
Both centres are Rescue Co-ordination Centres (RCCs).
Coast Guard stations, including Air Stations, are listed
in the relevant chapters covering California, Oregon and
Washington.
For details see Admiralty Lists of Radio Signals
Volume 5.
Central America and Mexico
1.63
1 Panama. Panama Intelmar Radio maintains a continuous
listening watch on international distress frequencies.
Costa Rica. Puntarenas Radio maintains a continuous
listening watch on VHF Channel 16 for distress calls; it is
a MRCC.
Nicaragua. The Air Force is responsible for
co-ordinating Search and Rescue operations; the MRCC is
at the international airport.
2 El Salvador. The Air Force is responsible for
co-ordinating Search and Rescue operations.
Guatemala. There is an MRCC in Guatemala City.
Mexico. The Mexican Navy is responsible for
co-ordinating Search and Rescue operations. The following
radio stations maintain a continuous watch on international
distress frequencies:
3 Acapulco
Ensenada
Guaymas
La Paz
Mazatlan
Manzanillo
Salina Cruz
4 The MRCC for the Pacific coast is at Mazatlan.
For details of communications see Admiralty Lists of
Radio Signals Volumes 1 and 5.
9
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
COUNTRIES AND PORTS
CENTRAL AMERICA
General description
1.64
1 Central America comprises the seven smallest countries
of Latin America: Panama, Costa Rica, Nicaragua,
Honduras, El Salvador, Guatemala and Belize. El Salvador
has a coastline on the Pacific Ocean only, whilst Belize
borders the Atlantic Ocean only. All the countries except
Belize are described in this volume.
Together the seven countries occupy about
520 000 square km, which is less than the size of the State
of Texas; the total population of Central America in 2000
was about 36 million.
2 The degree of development in these countries varies
considerably; Costa Rica and Panama have the highest
standard of living, and the highest rates of literacy in all
Latin America.
Geographically the countries have much in common. All
are mountainous, all share a wild beauty, and all have
much the same products: bananas, sugar, cotton, coffee,
cocoa, gold and silver.
3 There are, however, sharp differences in the ethnic
heritages of the various countries. It may be this factor
which prevented the formation of a Central American
Federation when independence from Spain was achieved in
the early part of the nineteenth century.
Early history
1.65
1 Probably about 600 A.D. the remarkable and advanced
culture of the Empire of the Mayas, which had flourished
in the N and E of Guatemala, broke up and moved farther
N to the N part of Yucatan. It was later conquered by the
Toltecs and subsequently by Aztecs, but other smaller
cultural groups were to be found in different parts of the
area.
2 Columbus reached the mainland of Central America on
his fourth voyage in 1502 and thereafter the Spanish
conquest and occupation began, Corts moving N to the
conquest of Mexico, and Pedrarias and others to the S.
The revolution in Spain in 1820 precipitated revolt in
Central America, and the various provinces were declared
independent in 1823, but bound as federates of the United
Provinces of Central America.
THE REPUBLIC OF PANAMA
General description
1.66
1 The Republic of Panama lies on the isthmus of that
name which connects North and South America; it has an
area of about 74 400 square km. It is bounded W by Costa
Rica and E by Colombia; its N coast is bounded by
Caribbean Sea and its S coast by the Pacific Ocean. The
country comprises nine provinces and two Indian territories;
only the two W provinces, Chiriqui and Veraguas, are
within the limits of this book. The climate is tropical, hot,
humid and cloudy with a rainy season from May to
January and a dry season from January to May.
2 The capital city is Panama City, founded in 1519, which
in 2000 had a population of about million.
10
National limits
1.67
1 Panama claims a limit of 12 miles for its Territorial
Seas, a 24 mile Contiguous Zone and 200 miles for its
Exclusive Economic Zone.
For further details see Annual Summary of Admiralty
Notices to Mariners and The Mariners Handbook.
History
1.68
1 The history of Panama stems from the narrowness of the
isthmus, 80 km at its narrowest and 193 km at its widest,
which formed a pass route from the Atlantic Ocean to the
Pacific Ocean, the latter first sighted by Balboa in 1513. It
was the focal point for the despatch of the Spanish
expeditions N to Nicaragua and S to Peru and Chile. All
trade to and from these countries passed across the
Isthmus; the route across the isthmus became known as the
Camino Real, or Royal Road. The country was part of the
Spanish Empire from 1538 to 1821, thence until 1903
Panama was a Department of the Republic of Colombia,
declaring its independence on 15th August of that year; this
independence was confirmed by treaty with Colombia in
1914.
2 The Panama Canal was opened on 15th August 1914
with the United States holding sovereign rights in
perpetuity, under the Hay/Bunau-Varilla Treaty of 1903,
over the canal and a 10 mile wide zone encompassing it;
the first vessel to pass through the 52 mile long canal was
the vessel Ancn. A further treaty, in 1977, replaced that of
1903 and allowed for joint partnership of the U.S. and
Panama in the safe and efficient operation of the canal and
the gradual withdrawal of the United States military forces,
which was completed in 1999.
Government
1.69
1 Panama is a representative democracy with three
branches of government. Legislative power is vested in a
unicameral Legislative Assembly of 72 members; executive
power is held by the President, assisted by two Vice
Presidents and an appointed Cabinet; the judicial branch is
organised under a nine member Supreme Court. Elections
are held every 5 years under a system of universal and
compulsory adult suffrage.
Population
1.70
1 In 2001 the population of the country was estimated to
be about 29 million, of which just over 50% lived in the
urban areas.
Languages
1.71
1 Spanish is the official language though a significant
proportion in the cities speak English as their native
tongue; various Indian languages are also spoken.
Physical features
1.72
1 Two mountain ranges traverse the country and enclose a
number of fertile valleys and plains. Low coastal plains
intersected by numerous streams border both oceans; the
soil is reasonably fertile but a large proportion of the land
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
is uncultivated. The country has a higher proportion of
forest area than most other Central American States but the
rate of deforestation has been increasing in recent years.
Industry and trade
1.73
1 Services, including the Panama Canal, account for nearly
80% of the countrys GDP; agriculture makes up much of
the rest, bananas and other fruits being the chief exports.
Other exports include shrimps, sugar, coffee, textiles and
petroleum products. Imports include manufactured goods,
machinery, chemicals, foodstuffs and fuels.
THE REPUBLIC OF COSTA RICA
General description
1.74
1 The Republic of Costa Rica (the Rich Coast) is
bounded NE by Caribbean Sea, SE by Panama, SW and W
by Pacific Ocean, and N by Nicaragua. With the exceptions
of Belize and El Salvador the country, whose estimated
area is 51 100 square km, is the smallest of the Central
American Republics, and only Panama and Belize have
fewer inhabitants.
2 The capital city is San Jos, founded in 1737; in 2000
the population of its metropolitan area was about 2 million.
The coastal lowlands have tropical climate but the
interior plateau, with a mean elevation of about 1200 m,
experiences a temperate climate. The coastal area has a dry
season from December to April, with the rainy season from
May to November.
National limits
1.75
1 Costa Rica claims a limit of 12 miles for its Territorial
Seas and 200 miles for its Exclusive Economic Zone.
For further details see Annual Summary of Admiralty
Notices to Mariners and The Mariners Handbook.
History
1.76
1 The first European landfall was made in 1502 on
Columbus fourth and last voyage and settlement began in
1522. For nearly three centuries the region was
administered by Spain as part of the Captaincy General of
Guatemala. The country was called Rich Coast by the
early settlers in anticipation of finding gold and other
valuable minerals but this did not transpire and agriculture
became the main industry. In 1821 the country became part
of the Central American Federation, which seceded to
Mexico in 182223, becoming the United Province of
Central America. In 1838, long after the federation had
ceased to exist, Costa Rica formerly withdrew and
proclaimed its independence. With only two relatively brief
lapses, the country has continued as a peaceful democracy
from 1899 to the present day.
Government
1.77
1 Costa Rica is a democratic republic. Executive powers
are vested in the President who is elected, by popular vote,
for a term of 4 years. There are two vice presidents and a
15 member cabinet.
Legislative powers are vested in a Legislative Assembly
of 57 deputies who are elected by proportional
representation for a term of 4 years.
11
2 The Supreme Court of Justice heads the judiciary, with
magistrates elected by the Legislative Assembly at intervals
of eight years.
The countrys seven provinces are headed by governors
appointed by the president.
The army was abolished in 1949, although domestic
police forces for internal security are maintained.
Population
1.78
1 In 2000 the population of the country was about
38 million, most of whom are of Spanish and mixed
descent; only about 10 000 of the indigenous Indian
population survives.
Languages
1.79
1 The official language is Spanish. A Jamaican dialect of
English is spoken around Puerto Limn.
Physical features
1.80
1 The country can roughly be described as an elevated
tableland, intersected by lofty mountain ranges, and fringed
along the coast by low lying marshes and lagoons,
alternating with rich soil and wastes of land. The
mountains slope sharply on both the Pacific and Atlantic
coasts, the coastal lowlands being narrow on the Pacific
side and broad on the Atlantic side. The distance between
the two coasts varies between 74 and 175 miles. The
highest peak, Cerro Chirrip Grande, situated SE of San
Jos, attains an elevation of almost 4000 m and is one of
the highest peaks in Central America.
2 The principal river discharging into the Pacific Ocean is
Ro Grande.
The combination of ample sunshine and moisture,
coupled with a fertile soil, means that almost any fruit or
flower can be cultivated; medicinal plants are found in all
parts.
3 The forests abound in mahogany, cedar, rosewood,
lignumvitae and many dye woods.
There are many National Parks and Nature Reserves.
Industry and trade
1.81
1 The principal industries are agriculture, including dairy
farming and cattle raising, construction materials, fertilizers,
food processing, textiles and clothing. Manufacturing and
industrys contribution to GDP overtook agriculture during
the 1990s.
Exports include coffee, cocoa, bananas, sugar and beef;
imports comprise chemicals, fertilizers, foodstuffs, fuel and
mineral oils, machinery, manufactured goods and transport
equipment.
2 Tourism is growing and is a major contributor to the
economy; it now (2000) earns more foreign exchange than
the previous staple exports of coffee and bananas
combined.
THE REPUBLIC OF NICARAGUA
General description
1.82
1 The Republic of Nicaragua is bounded N by Honduras,
E by the Caribbean Sea, S by Costa Rica, and W by the
Pacific Ocean. It is the largest of the Central American
Republics with an area of about 130 000 square km. The
capital city is Managua, situated on the Pacific coast near
Laguna Managua,with a population of about 1 million.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
National limits
1.83
1 Nicaragua claims a limit of 200 miles for both its
Territorial Seas and its Fishery Zone.
For further details see Annual Summary of Admiralty
Notices to Mariners and The Mariners Handbook.
History
1.84
1 The E coast of Nicaragua was visited by Columbus in
1502 and in 1519 the territory was overrun by Spanish
forces. It formed part of the Spanish Captaincy General of
Guatemala until 1821, when, after linking with other
Central American territories, full independence was attained
in 1838.
Government
1.85
1 Nicaragua is a constitutional democracy with executive,
legislative, judicial and electoral branches of government.
The constitution, which came into effect in 1987, provides
for a unicameral National Assembly of 92 Deputies elected
by proportional representation. The President and Vice
president are directly elected for terms of 5 years. For
administrative purposes the country is divided into 15
departments and two autonomous regions.
Population
1.86
1 In 2001 the population of the country was estimated to
be 49 million; it is mainly of mixed Spanish and Indian
descent, with a number of Afro Americans along the
Atlantic coast.
Languages
1.87
1 The official language of the country is Spanish; English
is widely spoken on the Atlantic coast.
Physical features
1.88
1 Nicaragua is traversed by two great mountain ranges.
The W, or coastal range, is the principal line of volcanic
energy and comprises seven peaks from 900 to over
1700 m high, besides several peaks of lesser height.
Between this range and the E range lies the great interior
basin in which are situated Lago de Nicaragua and Lago de
Managua.
Industry and trade
1.89
1 The principal industry is agriculture, though fisheries,
mining, construction and general commerce have expanded
since the mid 1990s; tourism too is contributing to the
economy. Exports include peanuts, sesame seed, cotton,
coffee, sugar, beef, seafood and bananas; imports include
foodstuffs, cotton goods, iron and steel, machinery and
petroleum products. There are few mineral deposits;
although gold is still mined and exported.
12
THE REPUBLIC OF HONDURAS
General description
1.90
1 The Republic of Honduras is bounded N by Caribbean
Sea, SE by Nicaragua, SW by the Pacific Ocean and El
Salvador and NW by Guatemala.
The country has an estimated area of about
112 000 square km; it has a narrow Pacific coastal strip,
about 60 miles long, in Golfo de Fonseca, but its N coast,
on the Caribbean, is some 380 miles long.
The capital city is Tegucigalpa, which in 2001 had a
population of about 850 000.
2 Honduras is larger than all the other Central American
Republics except Nicaragua, but has a population less than
El Salvador, a country less than one fifth its size. Much of
the NE part of the country is very sparsely populated and
even in the S, where most of the people live, the clusters
of population are often separated by tracts of empty land.
On its W frontier, the distance between the Pacific Ocean
and Gulf of Honduras in Caribbean Sea is little more than
150 miles.
3 The wet season is from May to October; the dry season
from November to April.
National limits
1.91
1 Honduras claims a limit of 12 miles for its Territorial
Seas, 24 miles for its Contiguous Zone and 200 miles for
its Exclusive Economic Zone.
For further details see Annual Summary of Admiralty
Notices to Mariners and The Mariners Handbook.
History
1.92
1 Honduras was originally discovered and settled by the
Spanish at the beginning of the sixteenth century. It formed
part of the Spanish American dominions for nearly three
centuries until 1821, when independence was proclaimed.
After a brief period of annexation to the Mexican Empire it
joined the newly formed Central American Federation in
1823 before finally declaring itself an independent
sovereign state in 1838.
Government
1.93
1 The country was under military government from 1972
to 1981 when civilian rule was returned and it is now a
multi party republic; the present constitution came into
force in 1982.
2 Deputies are elected to the Legislature Chamber by
proportional representation. Executive authority rests with
the President, who is elected for a four year term of office;
no President may serve two terms in succession. The
National Assembly elects the members of the Supreme
Court, the Court of Appeal, Justices of the Peace and lesser
tribunals.
The country is divided into 18 departments; each has its
own administrative centre.
Population
1.94
1 In 2001 the population of the country was estimated to
be about 64 million, 90% of which are of mixed Spanish
and Indian descent.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
Languages
1.95
1 Spanish is the official language; English is widely
spoken on the islands and on the N coast.
Physical features
1.96
1 Much of the country is mountainous; the principal
ranges are the Merendon, a branch of the Cordilleras,
running from Mexico through Guatemala to the N coast,
and the Celaque, traversing the centre of the country, some
of which is volcanic. The rugged terrain makes large areas
unsuitable for any kind of agriculture, and nearly one third
of the country is covered with forests; only about 16% of
the land is under cultivation.
Industry and trade
1.97
1 The main sectors of the economy, in order of size, are
industry and commerce, agriculture, forestry and fishing;
offshore oil exploration is in progress and petroleum
products are being exported. Principal exports comprise
coffee, bananas, timber; exports of frozen meat and
shellfish are on the increase. Imports comprise mainly
petroleum products, manufactured goods, machinery and
chemicals. Much of the economy and infrastructure was
devastated by Hurricane Mitch in 1998, the worst natural
disaster ever to strike the western hemisphere; extensive
debt relief and United States aid have assisted recovery.
2 The country is reported to have considerable mineral
reserves, including gold, silver, lead, zinc and tin.
THE REPUBLIC OF EL SALVADOR
General description
1.98
1 The Republic of El Salvador is the smallest, most
densely populated and most industrialised of the Central
American republics. It is situated between Golfo de
Fonseca and Guatemala and lies entirely on the Pacific side
of Central America, being bounded N by the Republic of
Honduras. The country has an area of about 21 000 sq km;
the Pacific coastline is about 190 miles in length.
2 The capital city is San Salvador, which in 2001 was
estimated to have a population of about 17 million.
Earthquakes in the country are common; the most recent, in
2001, caused widespread severe damage and heavy loss of
life at a time when reconstruction was still underway
following Hurricane Mitch (1998).
The wet season is from May to October; the dry season
from November to April.
National limits
1.99
1 El Salvador claims a limit of 200 miles for both its
Territorial Seas and its Fishery Zone.
For further details see Annual Summary of Admiralty
Notices to Mariners and The Mariners Handbook.
History
1.100
1 El Salvador was conquered, in 1526, by Pedro de
Alvarado, and by 1550 the Spaniards had occupied the
whole of the country which they found relatively densely
populated, the most populous Indian tribe being the Pipils.
13
The country formed part of the Spanish Captaincy General
of Guatemala until 1821 when, after linking with other
Central American territories, full independence was attained
in 1839. Frequent revolutions marked the early years of
independence and a period of stability was not achieved
until 19001930. This was followed by some 40 years of
authoritarian military governments. Attempts to break this
political grip on power in the 1970s lead to the outbreak of
civil war in 1979 which continued for 12 years while
political reforms eventually took hold leading to elected
civilian government.
Government
1.101
1 Legislative power is vested in a unicameral Legislative
Assembly which has 84 seats and is elected for a three year
term. The Head of State and Government is the President,
who holds office for 5 years. The country is divided into
14 Departments.
Population
1.102
1 In 2001 the population of the country was estimated to
be about 64 million.
Languages
1.103
1 Spanish is the official language but English is widely
understood.
Physical features
1.104
1 With exception of a comparatively narrow coastal region
of low, alluvial plains, the country consists of a plateau
about 600 m high. Across this plateau, and rising above it,
are two virtually parallel rows of volcanoes, many over
900 m in height; the highlands are covered with a deep
layer of ash and lava which forms a soil ideal for coffee
plantations. An active volcano, Volcn de Izalco (4.133), is
situated in the SW corner of the country.
Industry and trade
1.105
1 The economy is dominated by agriculture with coffee,
sugar and cotton being the most important crops. The most
important part of the industrial sector is the textile industry,
followed by constructional steel, cement and household
goods.
Principal exports are coffee, cotton, sugar, shrimps, hides
and skins. Imports include chemicals, fertilizers, petroleum
products manufactured goods and vehicles.
THE REPUBLIC OF GUATEMALA
General description
1.106
1 The Republic of Guatemala is bounded E by Belize and
Caribbean Sea, SE by Honduras, SW by Pacific Ocean and
NW and N by Mexico. The country, which has an area of
about 109 000 square km, is the most populous of the
Central American Republics and is the only one that is
largely Indian in language and culture. There are still large
areas of the land unoccupied, particularly in the N of the
country. Two thirds of the country is mountainous and the
forests are extensive.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
2 The capital city is Guatemala City, founded in 1776,
which in 2002 was estimated to have a population of about
2 million.
The climate is hot and malarial near the coast, and
temperate in the higher regions.
National limits
1.107
1 Guatemala claims a limit of 12 miles for its Territorial
Seas and 200 miles for its Exclusive Economic Zone.
For further details see Annual Summary of Admiralty
Notices to Mariners and The Mariners Handbook.
History
1.108
1 The Mayan and other civilisations flourished throughout
the area before the Spanish Conquest of 152324. The
country became independent in 1821 and formed part of
the Federation of Central America from 1823 to 1839.
After the federation was dissolved, Guatemala passed
through a series of dictatorships broken only by short
periods of representative government. A new constitution
came into effect in 1986, and elections held in 1990
marked the first transition from one democratically elected
civilian government to another in modern times. The
constitution was subsequently amended in 1994. Peace
accords signed in late 1996 ended 36 years of internal
conflict.
Government
1.109
1 A constitutional, democratic, republican government has
been established. The Head of State and of Government is
the President who is elected for a term of 4 years. There is
a unicameral Legislative Assembly of 113 members who
elect judges to the Supreme Court of Justice. The country
is divided into 22 Departments, excluding Guatemala City.
Population
1.110
1 In 2001 the population of the country was estimated to
be about 116 million.
Languages
1.111
1 Spanish is the official language, but 40% of the
population speak Indian languages including Quich,
Cakchiquel, Kekchi and Maya-Mopan.
Physical features
1.112
1 The country, generally, is mountainous, and is traversed
from SE to NW by a mountain chain in which there are
several volcanic peaks rising to a height of nearly 4000 m.
This chain of mountains lies about 50 miles inland from the
Pacific coast. The mountains are covered with forests.
Earthquakes are frequent.
2 The N part of the country is the great Plain of Petn,
which comprises about one third of the area of the state; it
consists of level or undulating country, covered with grass
or forest; in recent years large scale tree felling has greatly
reduced the area of this tropical rain forest. The greater
part is uncultivated, although many districts have an
extremely fertile soil and abundance of water.
14
3 The principal rivers flowing into the Pacific Ocean are
Ro Michatayo, Ro Guacalata and Ro Ocs.
Industry and trade
1.113
1 The agricultural industry accounts for about three
quarters of exports; coffee is the largest commodity
followed by sugar, bananas, cotton, beef, essential oils and
manufactured goods.
Imports comprise petroleum products, vehicles,
machinery and foodstuffs.
The industrial sector is beginning to expand and most
manufacturing is light assembly or food processing.
THE UNITED MEXICAN STATES
General description
1.114
1 Mexico, or its official name, The United Mexican States,
occupies the S part of North America and has extensive
seaboards on both Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. It is
bounded N and NE by the United States of America, with
which it has a border of some 1440 miles, E by Gulf of
Mexico and Caribbean Sea, SE by Belize and Guatemala,
and S and SW by Pacific Ocean. It is the third largest
country in Latin America and is the most populous Spanish
speaking country in the world. Excluding inland waters, it
has an area of almost 2 million sq km.
2 The capital city is Mexico City, founded in 1521 by the
Spaniards who constructed it over the remains of
Tenochtitlan, the Aztec capital; in 2000 (census) the
population of the capital was about 85 million.
National limits
1.115
1 Mexico claims a limit of 12 miles for its Territorial Seas,
24 miles for its Contiguous Zone and 200 miles for its
Exclusive Economic Zone.
For further details see Annual Summary of Admiralty
Notices to Mariners and The Mariners Handbook.
History
1.116
1 Long before the Spanish conquest there were highly
advanced cultures in the area now known as Mexico; they
included those of the Olmecs, Mayas, Toltecs and Aztecs.
In 1519 Hernando Corts landed near the present Veracruz
and in two years had overthrown the Aztecs and
established 300 years of Spanish rule. In 1810 a revolution
led by Fr Miguel Hidalgo proclaimed independence from
Spain, and after years of strife the republic was established
in 1824.
2 Texas declared itself independent in 1836 and was
annexed by the United States of America in 1845. This
lead to the war of 184548 between Mexico and the United
States of America which was settled by the Treaty of
Guadeloupe-Hidalgo. As a result of the treaty Mexico was
forced to cede the northern provinces of Texas, California
and New Mexico to the United States of America.
3 French troops invaded Mexico in 1862, and, in 1864, an
Empire under the Archduke Ferdinand Maximillian of
Austria was declared. This was short lived and in 1867, on
the overthrow and execution of the Emperor, the Republic
was restored.
4 The modern system of federal government stems from
the revolution of 1910 to 1921. A period of over 70 years
of single party power was ended in 2000.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
Government
1.117
1 The constitution dates from 1917 and has been amended.
The country is divided into 31 states and a federal district
which includes the capital, Mexico City. Each state runs its
own internal affairs and all are united in the Federal
Republic.
2 The President is elected for a six year term of office and
can never be re-elected; he is both Head of State and
Government. Legislative power is vested in a bicameral
Congress, comprising a Senate and a Chamber of Deputies.
The judiciary, which includes both federal and local
systems, is headed by the Supreme Court.
Population
1.118
1 In the 2000 census the population of the country was
about 973 million.
Languages
1.119
1 Spanish is the official language; some English is also
spoken.
Physical features
1.120
1 For the most part, the interior consists of an immense
tableland, the N part of which, commencing in the United
States of America, rises from a height of 1130 m at El
Paso, on the N frontier of Mexico, to one of more than
2470 m, at Marquez (the highest point touched by the
Central Railway) 76 miles N of Mexico City; a mean
elevation nearly as great as the latter elevation is
maintained in all the S central part of the plateau. The N
part of the plateau is low, arid and thinly populated; the
mountainous S part, the heart of Mexico, has ample rain
and though only about one seventh of the area of the
country it holds nearly half the population.
2 The escarpments of this plateau form most of the so
called Cordilleras. The most important range is the Sierra
Madre, more than 3000 m high, which extends from
Tehuantepec into the United States of America; parallel to
this range run the ranges of the E coast and of Baja
California. The range within the E coast lies from 10 to
100 miles inland. Pennsula de Yucatn, N of Belize, is for
the most part a flat plain. The surface of the country is
much broken up by short cross-ridges and detached peaks.
3 The highest mountains are volcanoes, the principal of
which, in the E range, are Pico de Orizaba (5700 m high)
and Pico Cofre de Perote (4282 m high); the former is a
dormant volcano and is perpetually snowclad.
Flora and fauna
1.121
1 The flora of Mexico is unrivalled; the most striking
characteristics of the flowers is their deep rich colour.
Among the animals are the puma, jaguar, wolf, deer,
rabbit, horse, sheep, cattle and goat. Birds, of which there
are over some 400 species, are famed for their brilliant
plumage.
2 Venomous snakes and insects are found in the forests of
the hot lands, and the honey bee abounds all over the
country.
15
The waters off the coasts, as well as the rivers and
streams are teem with many varieties of fish. Alligators are
common in the estuaries, and turtles of all kinds are
abundant.
Industry and trade
1.122
1 The country has natural resources of uranium, oil, silver,
copper, gold, lead, zinc natural gas and timber; it produces
about one quarter of the worlds supply of fluorspar.
2 The principal industries are mining and petroleum, and
both light and heavy industry is continuing to expand; the
production of motor vehicles for both the domestic and
export market is rapidly expanding. Agriculture, though still
a large employer, is steadily declining in importance; the
principal crops are maize, beans, rice, wheat, sugar, coffee,
tobacco, cotton and fruit. Tourism makes a major
contribution to the economy of the country.
3 Major imports include computers, automobile assembly
material and automobile parts, chemicals, machinery and
pharmaceuticals; principal exports are oil, automobiles fruit
and vegetables, shrimps and coffee.
THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
General description
1.123
1 The United States of America, including Alaska and
Hawaii, comprises fifty states and the Federal District of
Columbia, extending across the North American continent
to the Pacific Ocean, and, excluding Alaska and Hawaii, is
bounded N by Canada, and S by Gulf of Mexico and the
Republic of Mexico. In 2000 the total population was
estimated to be about 281 million.
2 The area of the fifty states and the Federal District cover
an area of 93 million square km.
The capital city is Washington, in the Federal District of
Columbia; in 2000 (census) the population of the city was
about 572 000.
The States which are covered by this volume are
California, Oregon and Washington; they are described
separately below.
National limits
1.124
1 The United States of America claims a limit of 12 miles
for its Territorial Seas, a 24 mile Contiguous Zone and
200 miles for its Exclusive Economic Zone.
For further details see Annual Summary of Admiralty
Notices to Mariners and The Mariners Handbook.
Government
1.125
1 The constitution is that of a Federal Republic consisting
of 50 states and the Federal District of Columbia and of the
outside territories. Of the present 50 states, 13 are original
states, seven were admitted without previous organisation
as territories, and 30 were admitted as organised territories.
2 By the constitution of 1787, and as subsequently
amended, the government of the United States is entrusted
to three separate authorities: The Executive (President and
Cabinet), The Legislature (Congress), and the Judiciary.
The President is elected every four years; his tenure is
limited to two terms.
3 Each State manages its own affairs and has a Governor,
Senate and House of Representatives, or institutions of
corresponding authority.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
The State of California
General description
1.126
1 The State of California ranks third in size amongst the
states of the union; it has an area of about
410 000 square km, and is divided into 58 counties; it is the
most populous state in the union with a population, in 2000
(census), of about 338 million. It is bounded S by Mexico,
W by the Pacific Ocean, N by the State of Oregon and E
by the States of Arizona and Nevada.
The state capital is Sacramento (3832N, 12130W).
History
1.127
1 California, first settled in July 1769, was from its
discovery, down to 1846, politically associated with
Mexico. On 7th July 1846, the American flag was hoisted
at Monterey, and a proclamation was issued declaring
California to be a portion of the United States. On 2nd
February 1848, by the Treaty of Guadeloupe-Hidalgo, the
territory was formally ceded by Mexico to the United
States, and was admitted to the Union on 9th September
1850 as the 31st state with boundaries as they exist today.
Physical features
1.128
1 The coast is bold and rugged, and extends over about
10 of latitude. Along it, and from 20 to 40 miles in width,
runs the mass of the coastal range of mountains, broken
down into numbers of ridges and spurs, with small valleys
drained by short, rapidly falling streams.
2 The main features are, in general, straightforward: a
mountain fringe along the coast, another mountain range
along the E border of the state, consisting of the
magnificent Sierra Nevada, and a splendid valley between
them, closed in at its N and S ends by the junction of the
two ranges; outside this are large areas of barren arid land.
3 Along the S part, as far as Point Conception (3427N,
12028W), are fertile coastal plains, of considerable extent,
backed by the coastal range through which there are several
passes, at heights of about 760 m. North of Point
Conception, to E of which is the S junction of the ranges,
is the great central valley, described above, separated from
the narrow coastal strip by the coastal range, which is only
penetrated at Golden Gate of San Francisco Bay, and
through which gap the large rivers, San Joaquin and
Sacramento, draining the valley, discharge into the sea. The
passes across the Sierra Nevada are few in number and are
at great heights, the average elevation of those in use being
3350 m; Kearsage Pass, the most frequently used is higher.
The elevation of the coastal range varies between 610 and
2440 m.
4 North of the parallel of 40N, the N junction of the
ranges, the country is very rough, the E part consisting
chiefly of dry and barren plains, between precipitous,
moderately high ranges.
Natural resources
1.129
1 Minerals. The state has large reserves of crude oil and
natural gas. In addition to gold, other minerals include
asbestos, tungsten, sand and gravel, cement, copper, silver,
gypsum and iron ore.
16
2 Agriculture. California has almost every variety of
climate, from the very wet to the very dry, and from the
temperate to the semi tropical. In 2001 there were 88 000
farms in the state; the main sources of revenue being dairy
and horticultural products, nuts and fruit, cattle and cotton
lint.
3 Fishing. The most common landings are of mackerel,
squid, urchin, rockfish and tuna.
Forestry. There are about 165 million acres of
productive forest land.
Industry
1.130
1 Important industries are aerospace and electronics;
tourism too is an important contributor to the economy.
Expanding industries are food processing, clothing, printing
and publishing.
The State of Oregon
General description
1.131
1 The State of Oregon has an area of about
250 000 square km and is divided into 36 counties. It is
bounded S by the States of California and Nevada, W by
the Pacific Ocean, N by the State of Washington and E by
the State of Idaho. In 2000 the population of the state was
about 34 million. The state capital is Salem (4457N,
12303W).
History
1.132
1 Oregon was first settled in 1811 by the Pacific Fur
Company at Astoria. A provisional government was formed
on 5th July 1834, and a territorial government was
organised on 14th August 1848. On 14th February 1859,
Oregon was admitted to the Union as the 33rd State.
Physical features
1.133
1 The coastline extends, in a general N and S direction,
for about 255 miles. It consists of long stretches of sandy
beach, broken by lateral spurs from the coastal range, an
irregular chain of hills extending along the coast about
20 miles inland. The country between the coastal range and
the ocean is rugged, with small arable valleys difficult of
access. Several rivers break the continuity of the coastal
range.
2 A range of high mountains, named Cascade Mountains,
extends the whole length of the State, parallel with the
coast and about 100 miles inland. Between it and the
coastal range is a humid and densely wooded country,
which includes Willamette Valley, with an area of about
20 700 square km, and which contains more than half the
population and wealth of the State.
3 To the E of Cascade Mountains is a broken and semi
arid tableland and the Sage plains and Great Sandy Desert.
Columbia River forms the N boundary, and, together with
Willamette River, its tributary, form a fine waterway. The
river breaks through Cascade Mountains in a canyon, about
6 miles in length, which is traversed by means of locks.
Through this, the river, and its tributary Snake River, is
navigable as far as Lewiston (4615N, 11700W), in
Idaho.
Natural resources
1.134
1 Minerals. Amongst its many resources the state has
gold, silver, nickel, copper, lead, mercury and uranium.
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

Agriculture. West of Cascade Mountains there is good Industry

rainfall and almost every variety of crop common to the 1.140
temperate zone is grown; East of the range cattle raising 1 Principal industries are aircraft manufacture, pulp and
and wheat growing are the principle industries and paper, lumber and plywood, aluminium, processed fruit and
irrigation is required for crops and fruits. The principal vegetables.
crops are horticultural products, hay and wheat, potatoes,
grass seed and pine trees.
2 Fishing. The most common landings are of ground fish, PRINCIPAL PORTS, HARBOURS
shrimp, crab, salmon and tuna. AND ANCHORAGES
Forestry. Almost half the state is forested. In W Oregon 1.141
the predominant species are hemlock, spruce and
Douglas-fir; in E Oregon, ponderosa pine, lodgepole pine Panama
and true firs are found. Alpine species can be found on the
heights of Cascade Mountains and on the mountains in the Pedregal (3.64) Small coastal and fishing
NE area of the state. (822N, 8226W) port

Industry Puerto Armuelles (3.65) Banana export terminal

1.135 (816N, 8252W) port of entry
1 Forestry products are the leading industry; the next most
Petroterminal de Panama Oil transhipment terminal
important industry is high technology.
(Charco Azul) (3.72)
(812N, 8253W)
The State of Washington
General description
1.136 Costa Rica
1 The State of Washington has an area of about
175 000 square km and is divided into 39 counties. It Puerto Golfito (3.89) Small commercial port
extends N from the mouth of Columbia River to Juan de (838N, 8311W) port of entry
Fuca Strait and has a Pacific coastline of about 135 miles.
The State is bounded S by the State of Oregon, N by Quepos (3.118) Small commercial port
British Columbia and E by the State of Idaho. In 2000 the (924N, 8410W) port of entry
population of the State was about 59 million. The state
capital is Olympia (4703N, 12254W). Puerto Caldera (3.136) Commercial port
(955N, 8443W)
History
1.137 Puntarenas (3.143) Small commercial port
1 Washington, originally settled in 1811, was formerly part (959N, 8450W) port of entry
of Oregon and was created a Territory in 1853. It was
Puerto Culebra (3.172) Anchorage
admitted into the Union as the 42nd State on 11th
(1037N, 8541W)
November 1889.
Baha Santa Elena (3.185) Anchorage
Physical features (1056N, 8549W)
1.138
1 The W coast is backed by a continuation of the coastal
range, about 460 m high in the S, but rising in the N to the
range, 2440 m high, which borders Juan de Fuca Strait and
culminates in Mount Olympus (4748N, 12342W). The Nicaragua
continuation of Cascade Mountains leads up the middle of
the State, dividing it into two sections with very different San Juan del Sur (4.14) Small anchorage port port
physical characteristics. Puget Sound lies W of Cascade (1115N, 8553W) of entry
Mountains, stretching for 100 miles into the heart of the
country, and is an important waterway leading to several Puerto Masachapa (4.21) Open roadstead
major ports. (1146N, 8632W)

Natural resources Puerto Sandino (4.31) Small commercial port and

1.139 (1211N, 8647W) offshore oil terminal port
1 Minerals. Mining and quarrying are not as important to of entry
the state as forestry agriculture or manufacturing. Uranium
Corinto (4.39) Commercial port port of
is mined; other products include sand and gravel, stone,
(1229N, 8710W) entry
coal and clays.
Agriculture continues to expand due in part to the
1 million acre Columbia Basin Irrigation Project. There
were 40 000 farms in 2000; products include wheat, cattle, Honduras
milk and apples.
2 Fishing. The most common landings are of salmon and Puerto de Henecn (4.95) Small commercial port
halibut; shellfish are important. (1324N, 8726W)
Forestry. Forests cover about 22 million acres of which
9 million acres are national forest.

17
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

El Salvador Guaymas (6.51) Commercial port port of

(2754N, 11052W) entry
Puerto de La Unin Small commercial and
(Cutuco) (4.114) fishing port port of entry Puerto Libertad (6.206) Tanker berth for power
(1320N, 8749W) (2954N, 11242W) station

La Libertad (4.143) Open roadstead Puerto Peasco (6.214) Fishing port

(1329N, 8919W) (3118N, 11335W)

Acajutla (4.155) Commercial port with Puerto Santa Rosalia Small port port of entry
(1334N, 8950W) offshore oil terminal port (6.168)
of entry (2719N, 11215W)

Isla San Marcos (6.163) Bulk gypsum terminal

(2711N, 11206W)
Guatemala
San Juan de la Costa Bulk phosphate terminal
Puerto Quetzal (4.172) Commercial port port of (6.122)
(1355N, 9048W) entry (2424N, 11042W)

San Jos (4.181) Offshore buoy berths Baha Pichilingue (6.108) Sheltered bay and
(1355N, 9050W) petroleum products and (2416N, 11020W) commercial port
molasses
La Paz (6.114) Small commercial port
Champerico (4.193) Open roadstead port of (2410N, 11019W) port of entry
(1418N, 9156W) entry
Baha San Lucas (6.81) Anchorage visited by
(2253N, 10953W) cruise vessels

Mexico Puerto de San Carlos (7.30) Small port grain terminal

(2447N, 11207W) port of entry
Puerto Madero (5.22) Small commercial and
(1442N, 9225W) fishing harbour port of Baha Tortugas (7.75) Good refuge anchorage
entry (2740N, 11453W),

Salina Cruz (5.38) Commercial port with Puerto Morro Redondo Bulk salt terminal port of
(1610N, 9512W) offshore oil terminals (7.91) entry
naval base port of entry (2803N, 11511W)
Puerto de Huatulco (5.67) Small port with cruise liner
(1545N, 9608W) berth Ensenada (7.157) Commercial, cruise liner
(3151N, 11638W) and fishing port port of
Puerto ngel (5.68) Anchorage port port of entry
(1539N, 9631W) entry
Rosarito Oil Terminal Offshore tanker berths
Acapulco (5.95) Commercial port and (7.173)
(1651N, 9954W) regular port of call for (3221N, 11705W)
cruise vessels port of
entry

Lzaro Crdenas (5.133) Commercial port and naval United States of America
(1756N, 10211W) base
San Diego Bay (8.15) Major commercial port and
Manzanillo (5.162) Commercial port naval (3240N, 11712W) naval base port of entry
(1903N, 10420W) base port of entry
Huntington Beach (8.148) Offshore tanker terminal
Puerto Vallarta (5.207) Port of call for cruise (3340N, 11800W)
(2037N, 10516W) vessels
Anaheim Bay (8.154) US Naval port entry
Puerto de San Blas (5.224) Small anchorage port port (3344N, 11805W) restricted
(2132N, 10519W) of entry
Long Beach Harbor (8.175) Major commercial port
Mazatlan (5.244) Commercial centre and (3345N, 11813W)
(2311N, 10625W) fishing port port of call
Los Angeles Harbor (8.203) Major commercial port
for cruise liners port of
(3345N, 11816W)
entry

Topolobampo (6.28) Commercial port port of

(2536N, 10904W) entry

18
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

El Segundo Marine Offshore tanker terminal Saint Helens (13.87) Commercial port 76 miles
Terminal (8.240) port of entry (4552N, 12248W) above the entrance to
(3355N, 11826W) Columbia River
Port Hueneme (8.254) Commercial and naval port Portland (13.91) Commercial port on
(3409N, 11913W) customs station (4534N, 12244W) Willamette River, 98 miles
above the entrance to
Port San Luis (9.19) Commercial fishing harbour Columbia River
(3510N, 12045W) port of entry
Vancouver (13.131) Commercial port 92 miles
Morro Bay (9.34) Offshore tanker terminal (4538N, 12240W) above the entrance to
(3522N, 12052W) Columbia River
Monterey Harbor (9.73) Small commercial port Grays Harbor (14.22) Commercial port
(3636N, 12153W) customs station (4655N, 12410W)
Moss Landing Harbor Small fishing harbour
(9.80) PORT SERVICES SUMMARY
(3648N, 12147W)
Docking facilities
Port of San Francisco Major commercial port 1.142
(10.72) port of entry 1 Salina Cruz. Dry dock; maximum size 10 000 tonnes
(3747N, 12225W) (5.61).
Acapulco. Largest slipway; lifting capacity 254 tonnes
Port of Oakland and Major commercial port and (5.116).
Alameda (10.105) naval air station port of Manzanillo. Floating dock; lifting capacity 3000
(3748N, 12217W) entry tonnes (5.168).
Port of Redwood City Small commercial port 2 Mazatlan. Largest slipway; lifting capacity 457 tonnes
(10.152) (5.262).
(3730N, 12213W) Guaymas. Floating dock; lifting capacity 1016 tonnes
(6.68).
Port of Richmond (10.185) Major commercial and oil Ensenada. Mechanical lift dock; lifting capacity
(3755N, 12223W) refining centre 2250 tonnes (7.163).
3 San Diego. Dry dock; length 304.2 m, breadth 536 m
Mare Island Strait (10.231) Naval station and dockyard (8.47).
(3805N, 12215W) Newport Bay. Largest slipway; capacity 325 tons
Port of Stockton (10.286) Commercial port on San (8.147).
(3757N, 12119W) Joaquin River, 78 miles Long Beach. Dry dock; length 333 m; breadth 43 m;
above the entrance to San depth over the sill 119 m (8.199).
Francisco Bay 4 Los Angeles. Dry dock; length 200 m; accepts vessels
of 296 m beam; maximum depths over the blocks
Port of Sacramento Commercial port on 76 m; lifting capacity 22 000 tons (8.225).
(10.303) Sacramento River, 80 miles San Francisco. Floating dock; lifting capacity 65 000
(3832N, 12130W) above the entrance to San tons (10.94).
Francisco Bay Richmond. Dry dock; length 228 m; breadth 256 m;
maximum draught 945 m (10.209).
Humboldt Bay (11.70) Lumber products port Antioch. Largest slipway; capacity 350 tons (10.283).
(4046N, 12414W) port of entry 5 Stockton. Largest slipway; capacity 200 tons (10.301).
Coos Bay (12.46) Lumber products port Humboldt Bay. Largest slipway; capacity 300 tons
(4321N, 12420W) port of entry (11.94).
Coos Bay. Dry dock; capacity 1000 tons (12.68).
Yaquina Bay (12.98) Small lumber port at Yaquina Bay. Largest slipway; capacity 505 tons
(4437N, 12405W) Newport (12.121).
6 Astoria. Largest slipway; capacity 400 tons (13.47).
Astoria (13.38) Commercial port 12 miles Portland. Floating dock; lifting capacity 87 000 tons
(4611N, 12350W) above the entrance to (13.108).
Columbia River port of Grays Harbor. Largest slipway; capacity 400 tons
entry (14.46).
Longview (13.65) Commercial port 58 miles Other facilities
(4607N, 12257W) above the entrance to
Columbia River port of Salvage services
entry 1.143
1 Los Angeles (8.225).
Kalama (13.85) Commercial port 66 miles San Francisco (10.95).
(4601N, 12251W) above the entrance to Astoria (13.47).
Columbia River Portland (13.109).

19
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

Degaussing Puerto Armuelles (3.71).

1.144 Acajutla (4.161).
1 San Diego Bay (8.37). Lzaro Crdenas (5.144).
Guaymas (6.68).
La Paz (6.121).
Deratting Ensenada (7.163).
1.145
1 Deratting and deratting certificates: Measured distances
Puerto Madero (5.29). 1.146
Salina Cruz (5.61). 1 San Diego Bay (8.36).
Acapulco (5.116). San Clemente Island (8.69).
Manzanillo (5.168). Point La Jolla (8.108).
Mazatlan (5.262). Oceanside Harbor (8.108).
San Diego (8.48). Newport Bay (8.144).
Los Angeles (8.225). Long Beach (8.169).
San Francisco (10.95). 2 Venice Beach (8.247).
2 By special arrangement deratting certificates and Channel Islands Harbor (8.307).
exemption certificates may be obtained at certain smaller Santa Barbara Harbor (8.299).
ports in the United States. Oakland Harbor (10.121).
Exemption certificates only: Columbia River (13.14).

20
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
NATURAL CONDITIONS
MARITIME TOPOGRAPHY
Bathymetry
1.147
1 In Gulf of Panama, the continental shelf is about
75 miles wide, with a flat bottom at a depth of about 90 m.
Sedimentary deposits increase in coarseness as the edge
of the shelf is approached; rock has been reported near the
edge.
2 To the N of Panama, the shelf is narrow, or non-existent
as far N as latitude 1115N, Farther N the shelf widens to
30 miles and continues wide off the W side of Golfo de
Tehuantepec (1500N, 9400W) where it has a maximum
width of 55 miles. Thence N to the entrance to Golfo de
California (2500N, 11000W), the shelf is virtually
non-existent. Along the E side of the latter gulf there is a
narrow shelf of variable depth with deep soundings at steep
parts of the coast, notably at Guaymas (2754N,
11052W).
3 At the head of Golfo de California, there is a broad
shelf of the Ro Colorado delta, depths of 18 m being
found 20 miles offshore. This shelf is covered with mud
and sand. At the S limit of the shelf there is a basin about
365 m deep, between Isla Tiburn (2900N, 11225W) and
Isla Angel de la Guarda (30 miles WNW). The W side of
Golfo de California is notable for the absence of shelves.
Deep water reaches close to both coasts of Baja
California (2800N, 11300W).
4 Off San Diego Bay (3240N, 11712W), the continental
shelf is only about 10 miles wide, but includes many
features of interest. In the latitude of Long Beach (3345N,
11813W), the shelf again widens, but NW of Santa
Monica the shelf is mostly narrow and mainly rocky, and
contains oil deposits. Near San Francisco (3747N,
12225W) the shelf again widens to 15 miles and
maintains this width off most of the N United States of
America and British Columbia. Off Juan de Fuca Strait a
trough cuts across the shelf in a SW direction.
5 In general the sea bed in the NW of the area covered by
this volume is parallel in form, with offshore features
aligned roughly with the trend of the coast and the
mountain ranges behind the coast.
However, a number of features, both ridges and canyons,
some of which are positioned in the relevant chapters of
this volume and are depicted on the charts, are aligned at
right angles to the trend, notably Middle America Trench.
This trench runs approximately parallel with, and fairly
close to, the S coast of Central America between longitudes
82W and 105W.
Earthquakes and destructive waves
1.148
1 Seismic activity. The Pacific Ocean is almost completely
encircled by regions of earthquake and volcanic activity.
The most active regions covered by this volume are the
coasts of Mexico and Central America from about latitude
18N, longitude 100W to Gulf of Panama. There are
regions of moderate activity N from 18N, 100W along
the coasts of California. Smaller concentrations of activity
occur SW of Central America and on the coasts of Oregon
and Washington.
2 Tsunamis. In open roadsteads, waves of exceptional
height may occur from time to time with little or no
warning. Their destructive effect will be greatest when the
roadstead consists of a narrow shelf of relatively shallow
21
water with oceanic depths immediately to seaward, and in
V-shaped harbour mouths. These waves may be generated
by seismic activities centred up to thousands of miles
distant, or by violent meteorological conditions; those
formed by seismic activity are known as Tsunamis.
3 The wavelength of a Tsunami in the open ocean may be
up to 100 miles and its velocity can be as much as 500 kn,
but with a very relatively small amplitude. On reaching
shallower water near the coast the amplitude increases
remarkably and may reach as much as 20 m.
4 The Tsunami of 28th March 1964, which originated in
Gulf of Alaska, caused 16 deaths and millions of dollars
worth of damage to ships and property in California,
Oregon and Washington. The loss of life can be minimised
if masters and others acquaint themselves with the
behaviour of these waves so that intelligent action can be
taken when they are imminent. For further information see
The Mariners Handbook.
5 The warning system operated by the National Oceanic
and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) advises the Civil
Defense authorities in California, Oregon and Washington,
who are responsible for disseminating this information to
the affected areas.
When a warning is received, persons should vacate
waterfront areas and seek high ground. The safest
procedure for ships will depend on the amount of time
available and this may not always be known.
6 A vessel in deep water would ride such waves safely;
ships in harbour should proceed to sea if time permits. A
ship compelled to remain in harbour may have great
difficulty due to mooring lines parting and she may be
forced ashore, or grounded, because of excessive
withdrawal of water between crests. Much of the damage
in the Los Angeles area during the 1960 Chilean Tsunami
was caused by rapid currents and the swift rise and fall of
the water level parting mooring lines and setting floating
docks and vessels adrift.
CURRENTS AND TIDAL STREAMS
Currents
1.149
1 The currents over much of the N Pacific Ocean between
latitudes 10N and 48N form part of the large clockwise
circulation comprising the Kuro Shio Current off Japan, the
E-going North Pacific Current, the S-going California
Current from 48N to the S tip of Baja California, and a
W-going North Equatorial Current between about 10N and
22N. At certain times of the year, particularly in winter, a
N-going counter-current called Davidson Inshore Current
sets close inshore from near San Diego to the vicinity of
Vancouver Island. In the extreme S of the area, the
Equatorial Counter-current sets E but may be interrupted at
times, particularly in mid-winter and spring. In general
currents along the W coast of Central America are irregular
in both rate and direction, and, on occasions, set WNW or
ESE for 3 or 4 days in each direction. Close inshore the
currents may attain rates of 2 kn with eddies and
counter-currents dependent on the coastal topography.
Currents Diagram
1.150
1 In the currents diagrams (1.150.1 to 1.150.4), arrows
indicating the Predominant Direction, Average rate and
Constancy are shown, which are defined as follows:
Home Contents Index

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50

Davidson
12

10

Current
10 12

40 10 12 40

11 13 10
6

11
6

10

Ca
12

lifo
30 30

rn
ia

CHAPTER 1
Cu
12

rre
22

nt
13 8

11
16
20 20
11 11
10
13
17
16
KEY
Nor th 22
Average rate in miles per day is indicated in figures. Equatorial Current 26
Arrows indicate the predominant direction.
19 17
The constancy of a current is indicated by the 17
10 thickness of the arrow thus: 18 25 10
25
High constancy >75%

Moderate constancy 50%-75%

18 16 13
Low constancy <50% 18 22

0 0
150 140 130 120 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 90 80

Predominant surface currents DECEMBER to FEBRUARY (1.150.1)

Home Contents Index

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50

11
12

10
11

40 8 40

Ca
lifo
rn
ian
8
10 11

Cu
rre
11

nt
11

30 11 11 30
11 13

CHAPTER 1
10
23

12 11

11

11
20 20
12 11

15
13
KEY
Average rate in miles per day is indicated in figures. 13
16
Arrows indicate the predominant direction.
North Equatorial Current
The constancy of a current is indicated by the
thickness of the arrow thus: 22 22
10 20 10
High constancy >75%
26

Moderate constancy 50%-75% 16

12
Low constancy <50% 14 16
Equatorial Counter
Current

0 0
150 140 130 120 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 90 80

Predominant surface currents MARCH to MAY (1.150.2)

Home Contents Index

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50

12

7 8

10
11

6
40 40
10
7 12
14 10

9
8
10
9

Ca
lifo
30 30

r ni
a
10

CHAPTER 1
Cu
11
24

rre
10

n
t
10

7
10

20 20

14 11
14
9
15 15
KEY 14
17 North Equatorial Current
Average rate in miles per day is indicated in figures.
Arrows indicate the predominant direction. 18 15
The constancy of a current is indicated by the 16
10 thickness of the arrow thus: 10
High constancy >75% 21
17 19 11
Equatorial Counter Current 21
Moderate constancy 50%-75%
20 23
Low constancy <50% 21

0 0
150 140 130 120 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 90 80

Predominant surface currents JUNE to AUGUST (1.150.3)

Home Contents Index

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50

9 11
11

9 12

40 10 40
13
12
10

Ca
lifo
rn
ia
13

Cu
9

rre
nt
10

30 10 30
10

CHAPTER 1
8 9
25

14

11

20 20
12
13 12
al Current
Nor th Equatori
19
15 16 16
KEY
Average rate in miles per day is indicated in figures. 16
Arrows indicate the predominant direction. 18 18
18
The constancy of a current is indicated by the 20
thickness of the arrow thus:
10 11
18 10
High constancy >75% Equatorial
20 19 Counter Current 14
Moderate constancy 50%-75% 18
18 25 16
Low constancy <50%

0 0
150 140 130 120 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 90 80

Predominant surface currents SEPTEMBER to NOVEMBER (1.150.4)

Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
Predominant Direction. The mean direction within a
continuous 90 sector containing the highest proportion of
observations from all sectors.
2 Average rate of the highest 50% in the predominant
sectors as indicated by the figures in the diagram. It is
emphasised that rates above or below those shown may be
experienced.
Constancy, as indicated by the thickness of the arrows,
is a measure of its persistence, eg low constancy implies
marked variability in rate and, particularly, direction.
North Pacific Current
1.151
1 This current only affects the extreme NW of the area. It
generally sets E but, in winter, this current may be N-going
to the N of 45N. Due to the variable winds in the area the
current may, on occasions, set in other directions during the
year with an average rate of about kn or less.
California Current
1.152
1 The North Pacific Current usually swings S on meeting
the American coast to form the California Current. The
California Current has an average rate of kn or less but
may increase to about 1 kn at times, particularly in the N
of the area. At about 28N the currents tends to set SW
and then W to form part of the North Equatorial Current.
In winter an extension of the California Current, known as
the Mexico Current, sets SE along the coast to about 95W
where it usually recurves W to join the S part of the North
Equatorial Current. On occasions the Mexico Current may
extend as far E as Honduras with rates of between and
1 kn, and, in summer, the Mexico Current is usually
replaced by a NW setting current to the S of Cabo
Corrientes (2024N, 10543W).
2 In the area of the California Current, prevailing NW
winds give rise to cold water upwelling areas along the
North American coast from spring to late summer. These
cold water areas are separated by areas of warmer water,
and with the cold water usually setting S and the warmer
water setting towards the coast. This in turn gives rise to
large changes in the rate and set of the current.
Davidson Inshore Current
1.153
1 This inshore counter-current occurs during certain
periods and sets N with a rate of between about and
kn, but is greatly influenced by the prevailing winds. It
is most evident between San Diego and Point Conception
(3427N, 12028W) from July to February and from Point
Conception to Cape Flattery from November to February. A
feature of this current is that it is usually no more that 50
miles wide but may extend for 1000 miles.
Golfo de California
1.154
1 Information about currents in the gulf is limited but in
the deeper central part a SE set generally prevails with an
average rate of between and kn. Currents on the W
coast of the gulf are variable and dangerous with rates, on
occasions, of 3 kn.
North Equatorial Current
1.155
1 This current, which does not have a clearly defined
origin, sets to the W with an average rate of between
and 1 kn, and between about 10N and 22N. It is fed by
waters from the California Current and E Tropical Pacific,
26
and with the contribution from each varying during the
year. In winter the greater contribution comes from the
California Current, whilst in summer and autumn it is from
the Equatorial Counter-current.
Equatorial Counter-current
1.156
1 This current sets E between about 4N and 10N in
summer and autumn. The average rate of the current is
between and 1 kn but on some occasions 4 kn have been
recorded. To the E of about 95W the current divides with
one branch turning N and NW in the region of Costa Rica
and the other branch S and W. By January this current is
weak and by March usually only extends E to about
120W.
Costa Rica Current
1.157
1 In summer this current sets NW or WNW from around
10N to as far N as Cabo Corrientes (2024N, 10543W)
with an average rate of 1 to 2 kn but, in winter, is usually
restricted to S of about 11N where it sets W towards the
North Equatorial Current.
Effects of strong winds
1.158
1 After prolonged periods of strong winds from a constant
direction, a wind-drift current may be generated, the rate of
which varies according to the wind speed and direction.
These wind-drift currents may reduce or enhance the main
underlying current. For further information on how currents
are influenced by wind, tropical storms, pressure gradient
and topography, see The Mariners Handbook.
2 Of special mention are the wind generated currents in
Golfo de Tehuantepec. When a strong N, or Tehuantepec
(1.184), wind is blowing in winter, a S set occurs in the
centre of the gulf but with a strong E set along the W
coast and a W set on the E coast.
Tidal streams
1.159
1 Along any continental coast facing a large ocean,
especially if it is steep-to and there is little impediment to
the free movement of water, the tidal streams will be weak.
It is only where the flow of water is constrained to follow
relatively shallow and narrow channels in gulfs, river
estuaries, and passages between islands or between an
island and the mainland, that the tidal streams increase
markedly.
2 Along the greater part of the W coast of Central
America, which is fairly steep and free from major
obstruction to the water flow, the tidal streams are therefore
weak and, in general, negligible compared with the currents
previously described. They become appreciable close off
headlands, and a slight indraught into large bays on the
rising tide may be perceptible.
3 In general rates are between and 2 kn, but may reach
3 kn when under the influence of winds. In river estuaries,
and the narrow entrances of bays such as San Francisco,
the streams become strong and are described in detail under
the place concerned.
SEA LEVEL AND TIDES
1.160
1 Along Mexico and Central America, although mixed
tides predominate over the greater part of the coast,
semi-diurnal tides predominate S of the vicinity of Salina
Cruz (1610N, 9512W). The largest ranges of the
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
semi-diurnal tides will usually occur 3 or 4 days after new
or full moon. Diurnal tide ranges are largest nearest the
maximum lunar declination. Tidal ranges along the coast of
Mexico vary from more than 2 m (7 ft) on the N coast, to
less than 06 m (2 ft) on the central coast, and to more than
(15 m) (5 ft) on the S coast. Off the coast of Central
America the range varies from about 18 m (6 ft) at
Guatemala, to about 5 m (16 ft) in Gulf of Panama.
2 A very important characteristic of the tides along the W
coast of the United States is the large inequality in the
heights of the two HW and of the two LW of each day. On
the coast the average difference between the heights of the
two HW of the day is from 03 m to 06 m (1 to 2 ft), and
the average difference in the heights of the two LW from
06 to 09 m (2 to 3 ft). It was because of this large
difference in the LW heights that the mean of all LW was
adopted as the plane of reference for the charts of this
region.
3 This inequality changes with the declination of the
moon. When the moon is near the equator the inequality is
relatively small; but when the moon is near its greatest N
or S declination, the difference in the heights of the two
HW or of the two LW of each day reaches a maximum.
4 Off the coast, the mean rise of the tide varies from
15 m (5 ft) off S California to about 23 m (7 ft) off the
coast of Washington. Extreme variations from 09 m (3 ft)
below to 3 m (10 ft) above the datum may reasonably be
expected.
SEA AND SWELL
General remarks
1.161
1 For general information on sea and swell see The
Mariners Handbook.
Sea conditions
1.162
1 Sea waves are generated locally by the wind and can be
very variable in direction, especially to the N of 40N in
winter.
Rough seas of 35 m and above are reported, in winter,
on about 10% of occasions over Golfo de Tehuantepec in
association with outbreaks of strong to gale force N winds.
These strong N outbreaks also affect other gulfs and bays
along the S and W coasts of Central America but tend not
to be so persistent or raise such high seas. Temporarily
raised seas are also possible near squally thunderstorms
within the doldrums belt, especially near the S coast of
Panama in summer.
2 In January, the frequency of reported combined sea and
swell waves of 35 m and over is around 25 to 30% of
occasions in the extreme NW of the area, decreasing to
about 20% near 40N, 130W and 7 to 10% near 30N,
130W. In April and October the percentage frequencies are
around 20, 12 and 5 respectively. By July, combined sea
and swell heights of 35 m and over are uncommon except
for a small area to the W of Mendocino Bay (3918N,
12448W) where the frequency is about 10%.
Swell conditions
1.163
1 Diagrams 1.163.1 and 1.163.2 give swell roses for
January and July. The roses show the percentage of
observations recording swell from a number of directions
and for various ranges of wave height.
27
2 In winter, the swell is predominantly from the W to the
N of about 40N, and with around 14% of occasions
reporting swell heights of 4 m and over. The swell becomes
predominantly NW in the E of the area from about 40N to
15N, and with the frequency of swell heights of 4 m and
over steadily decreasing to around 1 to 2% near 20N. In
the extreme SE of the area, the swell is frequently confused
with low swells from the NE and S.
3 By July swells heights of 4 m and over are relatively
rare and the direction is mainly from between WNW and
NNW between 50N and 20N in the E of the area. In the
SE of the area, low S swells predominate but become SSW
near the S coast of Panama.
Tropical storms sea and swell waves
1.164
1 Mountainous and confused seas are raised by the violent
winds associated with tropical storms and hurricanes
(1.178). Near the centre of a storm, groups of large waves,
moving in different directions, create very irregular wave
heights and can combine together to give exceptionally
high waves.
2 Waves travel radially outwards from the storm centre as
swell waves, and with the highest swell moving ahead of
the storm and roughly in the same direction as the storm.
When a storm approaches a coastline high tides may arise,
due to the addition of the heavy swell and, later, the very
high seas, which may cause severe flooding in low lying
areas.
SEA WATER CHARACTERISTICS
Salinity
1.165
1 The salinity values for the area covered by this volume
remain constant throughout the year. They vary across the
area from 3200 at the coast in the NE and 3300 at the
coast in the SE, rising to 3450 off the entrance to Golfo
de California and 3500 in the ocean to the W of the area.
The isohalsines run EW across the area, meeting the coast
at right angles.
Density
1.166
1 For an explanation of density as applied to sea water see
The Mariners Handbook.
Density values vary seasonally and vary across the sea
area covered by this volume. In winter (February), the
values vary from 102575 g/cm3 in the N to 102275 g/cm3
in the S, the isopycnics running EW and meeting the
coast at right angles.
2 There is a band of low density water at 10N with
values less than 102200 g/cm3, falling to 102125 g/cm3 off
the coast of Nicaragua. In summer (August) the values vary
from 102350 g/cm3 at the coast in the NE of the area, to
102275 g/cm3 in the S, the isopycnics running EW and
meeting the coast at right angles.
3 Again, there is a band of low density water at 10N
with values less than 102200 g/cm 3 , falling to
102100 g/cm3 off the coasts of Nicaragua, Honduras and
Guatemala. A broad area of more dense water extends SW
from the coast of California with values greater than
102400 g/cm3.
Sea surface temperature
1.167
1 The mean sea surface temperatures for January and July
are shown in Diagram 1.167. Sea surface temperatures are
Home Contents Index

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50

<1 <1 <1 EXPLANATION. The frequency of swell from any direction is
given according to the scale:
0% 10 20 30 40 50%

This scale is further subdivided to indicate the frequency of

40 swell of different heights (in metres) according to the legend: 40
0.1-2.2 4.3-6.2 8.3+
3
2.3-4.2 6.3-8.2

Swell direction is towards the circle centre. The figure within the
circle gives the percentage of calms.
1 <1 <1

30 30

CHAPTER 1
28

1 <1 <1 1

20 20

<1 1 <1 1 1 <1

10 10

<1 2 <1 <1 1 <1 1

0 0
150 140 130 120 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 90 80

Swell distribution JANUARY (1.163.1)

Home Contents Index

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50

EXPLANATION. The frequency of swell from any direction is

<1 <1 <1 given according to the scale:
0% 10 20 30 40 50%

This scale is further subdivided to indicate the frequency of

swell of different heights (in metres) according to the legend:
40 40
0.1-2.2 4.3-6.2 8.3+
3
2.3-4.2 6.3-8.2

Swell direction is towards the circle centre. The figure within the
circle gives the percentage of calms.
<1 <1 <1

30 30

CHAPTER 1
1 <1 <1 <1
29

20 20

<1 1 1 1 1 <1

10 10

1 1 <1 1 <1 <1 <1

0 0

150 140 130 110 100 Longitude 90 West from Greenwich

Swell distribution JULY (1.163.2)

Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50
6
8
10
40 12 40

14
16
18
30 30
20

22
20 20
24

28
10 28 10
26
28

26
0 <26 0
150 140 130 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 80

JANUARY

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50

<12
12
14
14

16
12

40 40
18

20

30 30

22

20 20
24

26
10 29 10
28

26
0
<26 0
150 140 130 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 80

JULY
Mean sea surface temperature (C) (1.167)

30
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
generally at their lowest in late January and February and
highest in August.
2 Mean sea surface temperatures remain around 26C in
the S of the area throughout the year, and with
temperatures increasing from 6 to 12C in the extreme
NW of the area between January and July. The effect of
the cold California Current on the sea surface temperature
isotherms is well marked, particularly in summer, and
extends S from about 45N to 20N. There is also
considerable upwelling of cold water in the vicinity of this
current which is favourable for fog formation with warm
moist W to NW winds.
3 Upwelling of cold sub-surface water has also been
reported on some occasions, in winter, in Golfo de
Tehuantepec with strong to gale force N winds, and which
resulted in a decrease of 6 to 8C in the mean sea surface
temperature.
Variability
1.168
1 In general the mean sea surface temperatures seldom
vary by more than 1C in the S of the area and 3C in the
N, except in shallow inshore waters.
Bioluminescence
1.169
1 Strong bioluminescence displays occur in coastal waters
in Central America, particularly within Gulf of Panama and
Golfo de California.
Bioluminescence in Golfo de California usually appears
as large glowing patches. The masses of dino-flagellates
that cause this bioluminescence, when viewed during
daylight, appear as patches of red discoloured water.
Bioluminescence is most frequent in Golfo de California
during spring and autumn, though displays do occur
throughout the year.
2 Few displays can be expected in the open ocean,
although some extensive bioluminescence probably does
occur. These displays are usually due to swarms of large
organisms such as Pyrosoma and Salpa (luminescent
tunicates) which flare into bright blue-green light when
disturbed. Bright flashes frequently outline the wakes and
bow waves of ships. The slightest touch at one end of a
colony of Pyrosoma causes blue-green light to advance
along the whole structure, with each individual organism
lighting in turn, until the whole colony luminesces
brilliantly.
3 Fishermen off Baja California use the characteristic light
shapes of bioluminescence to detect moving schools of fish
as they move through swarms of luminescent organisms.
Displays are most prevalent during spring and summer.
CLIMATE AND WEATHER
General information
1.170
1 The following information on climate and weather
should be read in conjunction with the information
contained in The Mariners Handbook which explains in
more detail many aspects of meteorology and climatology
of importance to the mariner.
Weather reports and forecasts, that cover the area, are
regularly broadcast in English and Spanish; for details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3(2).
31
General conditions
1.171
1 The climate of the area covered by this volume varies
greatly from S to N reflecting the large range of latitude,
and with a considerable contrast in temperature between the
tropical S and the extreme N where there are frosts and
occasional snow in winter.
2 The area may be broadly divided into three regions:
a) In the S, there is a hot and rainy tropical climate
with a short dry season from December to March.
b) In N Mexico and S California, there is a dry
subtropical belt with persistent NW winds.
c) To the N of about 35N, the area is affected by
E-moving depressions from the Pacific Ocean.
Winds are more variable with a winter maximum
of rainfall and gales. Summer sea fog is more
frequent than in the regions further S.
3 The North Pacific anticyclone, especially when it is
intense, frequently dampers out sudden weather changes in
the N half of the area. As the air circulating around the N
and E flank of the high is generally moist, it has a cooling
effect in summer and a warming effect in winter, and
sudden large changes in temperature are relatively rare.
Between May and November, the region between 10N
and around 30N is affected by tropical storms each year;
see 1.178.
4 The coastline referred to in this volume is nearly
4000 miles long with countless local effects that would
prove too lengthy to list and describe in detail in the
following sections. Only the major local modifications are
described but other important local effects, that are of
significance to the mariner, are included in later chapters
that cover that part of the coast in which they occur. The
climatic tables (1.200) also include weather information for
a large number of coastal stations, however, it should be
noted that for some Central American countries the
information shown was based on limited data.
Pressure
Average distribution
1.172
1 The average pressure distribution at MSL in January and
July is shown in the accompanying Diagram 1.172. The
dominant features are the North Pacific anticyclone, the
equatorial trough or doldrums belt in the S, the winter
North American anticyclone and the summer North
American Low.
Variability
1.173
1 It is stressed that the diagrams depict the average
pressure distribution and that, particularly N of about 35N
in winter and 40N in summer, the actual pressure pattern
can be markedly different from the mean for long periods,
due to the E-moving mobile depressions that mainly track
just N of the area covered by this volume. Variations in
pressure between about 20N and 40N are usually a
reflection of the intensity of the North Pacific anticyclone,
and are generally more gradual.
2 Between the equator and 20N, there is usually little
daily or seasonal pressure change apart from a diurnal
variation, or when an occasional tropical storm or hurricane
affects the region between May and November.
Diurnal variation
1.174
1 There is a diurnal variation throughout the area covered
by this volume and varies from about 3 hPa in the S to less
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50

06
10 08
10 0
1
10 2
1
10 4
40 1 HIGH 40
10 6
1
10
18
10
0
102 102
30 0 30
HIGH

1018
20 20
1016
1014
1012
10 10
1
1010 101
ITCZ
ITCZ
0 0
150 140 130 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 80

JANUARY

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50

LOW
40 40

HIGH
1012
30 1024 30

1022 HIGH
1020
20 1018 1016 20
1016 1014
1014 1012
1011
10 1012 10
ITCZ
1011 ITCZ
10
1012 11
0 HIGH 0
150 140 130 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 80

JULY
Average barometric pressure at mean sea level (h Pa) (1.172)

32
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
than 15 hPa in the extreme N of the region. Pressure
maximum, occurs at 1000 and 2200 local time, and
minimum at 0400 and 1600. Diurnal variation in the N of
the area is often masked, especially in winter, by pressure
changes due to the E-moving mobile depressions.
2 If the pressure should fall in the region between about
10N and 30N by more than 3 hPa in 24 hours, or have a
value 5 hPa or more below the monthly average, then the
existence or possible development of a tropical depression
should be suspected.
Anticyclones
North Pacific anticyclone
1.175
1 The North Pacific anticyclone is a dominating feature of
the pressure pattern and of the climate in the region. The
high may consist of several high pressure cells that either
form over the North Pacific or move in from Asia, and
become increasing frequent during the spring and summer
as they move towards the Washington and Oregon coasts.
The mean position of these high pressure systems in
January is 30N, 130W with an average central pressure
of 1021 hPa, and, in July, the mean position is 36N,
152W with an average pressure of 1026 hPa.
North American anticyclone
1.176
1 In winter an anticyclone develops over North America
and, on occasions, an intense ridge may extend S which
can result in strong dry E to NE winds affecting California
and Mexico, and strong N to NE winds over Central
America.
Depressions
Frontal depressions
1.177
1 Most frontal depressions form well to the W of the area
and generally move E or NE just to the N of the area
covered by this volume, although on crossing the coast it is
not uncommon for them to turn SE. These depressions are
most frequent in winter as they track towards Gulf of
Alaska and the coast of British Columbia. As the mean
position of the North Pacific anticyclones moves NW and
intensifies in summer, so these E-moving depressions are
forced farther N, and at the same time decrease both in
frequency and intensity.
Tropical depressions, tropical storms, hurricanes
1.178
1 Tropical depressions are most likely to be encountered in
the area between 10N and 30N to the W of the Mexican
and Central American coast. They usually develop during
the period from late May to early November, with the
highest frequency of occurrence between July and
September. For a full description of tropical storms and
hurricanes, including signs of approach and recommended
courses of action, see The Mariners Handbook.
2 In the area covered by this volume, around fifteen
tropical depressions intensify into tropical storms each year
and of these about seven intensify further to hurricane
strength. The majority of tropical storms either move W, or
recurve between N and NE (see Diagram 1.178 for the
most likely tracks). They rarely move N of about 30N,
and of those that do recurve NE towards the S Californian
coast only very rarely are they of tropical storm strength.
The movement of tropical depressions, or hurricanes, can
33
be extremely erratic and no part of the W coasts of Mexico
and Central America, N of about 10N, is entirely free
from the threat of tropical storms during the hurricane
season.
3 In the early part of the hurricane season, few tropical
storms recurve further than NW and generally affect a
smaller area whilst near the coast, however, they are often
no less violent. A number of tropical depressions that do
form remain weak and do not develop further, especially
those which occur early and late in the season. Storms that
recurve early to the NE, generally weaken rapidly as they
move overland. Hurricanes are sometimes referred to
locally in Spanish as Cordonazos, a shortened form of
Cordonazos de San Francisco; a phrase arising from the
occurrence of a past hurricane on the feast of St Francis
(4th October).
North America low
1.179
1 In summer, a heat low develops over the SW part of
North America and, on occasions, can cause an increase in
the strength of the N winds off the W coast of the United
States as the North Pacific anticyclone intensifies.
Fronts
Warm and cold fronts
1.180
1 The warm and cold fronts of E-moving mobile
depressions, that usually cross the region just to the N of
the area covered by this volume, frequently affect the
region to the N of about 40N. They are most frequent and
active in winter, and relatively infrequent with less rain in
summer. Trailing cold fronts are, on occasions, the source
of rapidly intensifying secondary depressions that move
quickly E or NE, especially in winter. See The Mariners
Handbook for a full description of the characteristics of
warm and cold fronts.
Intertropical convergence zone (ITCZ)
1.181
1 The equatorial trough, or doldrums, is a zone of
relatively low pressure towards which the trade winds of
the N and S hemispheres converge and where the ITCZ is
located. Within the ITCZ the winds are generally light and
variable but where thundery showers and squalls are
common. In winter the ITCZ lies from W to E between
2N and 5N, and by May it has moved N to the latitude
of Panama. From June to September much of Central
America S of 15N is within the doldrums belt, and it is
within this area that tropical depressions are likely to form.
Winds
Average distribution
1.182
1 Wind roses showing the frequency of winds of various
directions and speeds for January and July are given in
diagrams 1.182.1 and 1.182.2.
Open sea
1.183
1 In general the wind is governed by the pressure
distribution, in particular the position and intensity of the
North Pacific anticyclone, and can be divided into four
main wind field patterns for the area covered by this
volume.
2 a) Variable fresh to strong winds, mainly between SE
and NW affect the open sea area N of about
30N in winter.
Home Contents Index

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50

40 40

MIT - JULY
THERN LI
TE NOR
OXIMA
APPR BE R
30 OCTO 30
AY &
IT - M
N LIM
HER

CHAPTER 1
N ORT
ATE
34

ROXIM
APP

20 20
MOST LIKELY TRACK
S

10 10

NORMAL SOUTHERN LIMIT

OF TROPICAL STO
RMS

0 0
150 140 130 120 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 90 80

Normal limits of tropical storms / main tracks (1.178)

Home Contents Index

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50

<1 <1 1 EXPLANATION. The frequency of wind from any direction is

given according to the scale:
0% 10 20 30 40 50%

This scale is further subdivided to indicate the frequency of

winds of different Beaufort force according to the legend:
40 40
4

Wind direction is towards the circle centre. The figure within the
circle gives the percentage of calms.
<1 <1 1

30 30

CHAPTER 1
35

<1 <1 1 1

20 20

<1 <1 <1 <1 2 3

10 10

<1 <1 2 1 2 2 4

0 0
150 140 130 120 110 Longitude 100 West from Greenwich 80

Wind distribution JANUARY (1.182.1)

Home Contents Index

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50

EXPLANATION. The frequency of wind from any direction is

<1 <1 1 given according to the scale:
0% 10 20 30 40 50%

This scale is further subdivided to indicate the frequency of

winds of different Beaufort force according to the legend:
40 40
4

Wind direction is towards the circle centre. The figure within the
circle gives the percentage of calms.
1 <1 <1

30 30

CHAPTER 1
0 <1 1 1
36

20 20

<1 <1 <1 1 2 2

10 10

2 1 1 1 2 1 3

0 0

150 140 130 120 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 90 80

Wind distribution JULY (1.182.2)

Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
b) On the E flank of the North Pacific anticyclone, N
to NW winds extends from around 25N to 32N
over the open sea (and to about 40N in coastal
areas) in winter, and to near 50N in summer.
3 c) The North-east Trade Winds blow on the S side
of the anticyclone and extend S from about 25N
in winter, and 30N in summer, to near the
equatorial trough. Winds are moderate, generally
around force 3 to 5 but with some increase in
strength in the winter months, especially in the W
of the area. These winds tend to back N or NW
near the coast which results in a mainly N to NW
flow along the whole coastline from 15 to
around 40N in winter and near 50N in summer.
4 d) Near the equatorial trough the winds decrease and
become light and variable within the doldrums
belt. In summer the ITCZ moves N to between
10N and 15N, and the South-east Trade Winds
extend across the equator, but veer to the SW off
the S coast of Panama.
Coastal waters
1.184
1 As over the open sea, the pressure pattern has a major
influence on the strength and direction of the prevailing
wind, however, within about 20 miles of the coast the
winds may be greatly modified by local topography and
land and sea breezes effects (see The Mariners Handbook
for a full description).
2 A number of important local winds to the S of about
35N are the result of the establishment of the North
American anticyclone in the late autumn. On the occasions
when the anticyclone intensifies and extends S towards the
N parts of Gulf of Mexico, it can result in strong N to NE
winds over the countries of Central America and Mexico,
and an infrequent but violent E wind, known as the Santa
Ana, of up to around 50 kn near San Pedro Bay, Los
Angeles. These winds are particularly strong where they are
channelled through mountain passes. North winds over the
Central American countries are generally referred to as
Northers, or Nortes. Local names for these N winds are as
follows:
3 Papagayos between Guatemala and Costa Rica. In
this area these N to NE winds are most frequent
and persistent in January and February and, on
occasions, reach gale force.
Tehuantepecanos in Golfo de Tehuantepec. These N
winds are particularly strong and have been known
to increase to force 10 to 12 on some occasions.
They are most frequent between November and
September when they occur about five times per
month.
4 There are a number of other names that are given to
local winds that affect the S and W coasts of Central
America, two of these are as follows:
Temporales is the name given to strong to gale force
W to SW winds that mainly occur in July and
August.
5 Chubascos mainly occur in May and October and
refer to violent thundery squalls moving offshore
during the late afternoon and evening, and
accompanied by a sudden wind shift from SW to
ENE.
Land and sea breezes
1.185
1 Land and sea breezes affect all of the coastline N to
around 40N in winter and to the N limit of this volume in
37
summer. Depending on the prevailing wind, these breezes
may reinforce or moderate the strength of the prevailing
wind. Sea breezes normally set in by late morning, increase
to a maximum of about force 3 to 4 by mid afternoon and
then die away by sunset. The land breeze is generally
weaker and blows as a light offshore wind from around
midnight to soon after dawn. On S coasts to the E of
Acapulco (1650N, 9953W), sea breezes tend to set in
from between W and SSE and to the NW of Acapulco
from between W and NW. To the N of around 26N, sea
breezes may well bring offshore sea fog into coastal areas
with a decrease in temperature. Similarly, land breezes may
cause inland radiation fogs to drift out to sea during the
early part of the day.
Gales
1.186
1 Winds of gale force 8 and above occur within the
circulations of tropical storms and hurricanes. These storms
normally develop between 10N and 30N to the W of the
Mexican and Central American coasts. The hurricane
season usually lasts from late May to early November.
2 Gales are most frequent in the NW of the area in winter
and infrequent in all seasons in the S and SE of the area,
except for Gulf of Tehuantepec, in winter, where around 5
to 10% of observations record winds of force 7 and above.
In January, the percentage frequency of winds of force 7
and above ranges from around 24% in the extreme NW of
the area to about 5% at 30N, 130W and % in the
extreme SE. By July the frequency of occurrence reduces
in the extreme NW to around 2%, 1% at 30N, 130W but
off Mendocino Bay (39N, 124W) the frequency only
decreases from 10 to 5% between January and July.
Cloud
Open sea
1.187
1 In general cloud amounts increase from E to W away
from the coast, and are generally higher in summer than
winter. In January, the average cloud amount in the NW of
the area covered by this volume is around 6 oktas, and 4 to
5 oktas in the SE. By July, the average cloud cover
increases to about 7 oktas in the NW and 5 to 6 oktas in
the SE. However, on any particular day the actual cloud
amount can be very different from the mean, particularly in
the NW of the area.
Coastal waters
1.188
1 Cloud cover in coastal waters is also higher in summer
than winter but with a greater percentage increase in the
SE. Between January and July the average cloud amount in
the N of the area increases from 5 to 6 oktas and in the SE
from 4 to 6 oktas. The lowest cloud amounts are recorded
in Golfo de Tehuantepec in winter with a monthly average
of just under 2 oktas, and increases in summer to around
5 oktas. The coastal waters between Mazatlan (1.212) and
the mouth of Golfo de California experience the least cloud
(2 to 4 oktas) throughout the year.
2 Large cumulus or cumulonimbus are frequent in the S of
the area in summer as the ITCZ moves N. Low stratus
cloud, or high fog, occurs almost daily off the California
coast in summer and is mainly due to the cooling of the
moist maritime air by the cold California Current.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
Precipitation
1.189
1 The climatic tables (1.200) give the average amounts of
precipitation for each month at a number of coastal stations
and the mean number of days in each month when
significant precipitation is recorded. In coastal areas,
rainfall amounts are generally higher on wind facing coasts,
and over high ground, than at sea to windward.
Rain
1.190
1 Over the open sea, rain can be expected in the extreme
NW of the area on about 25 days a month in January and
10 days in July. At around 20N, 120W rain is recorded
on around 2 to 5 days each month throughout the year. In
the extreme S of the area prolonged heavy thundery
showers can be expected on about 15 to 20 days a month
between May and December.
2 In coastal areas, the rainfall is considerable in the
extreme N and SE of the area covered by this volume, and
with a minimum in the vicinity of Golfo de California.
Annual rainfall averages around 2100 to 2600 mm in the
extreme N and SE of the area, and 200 to 250 mm over
Golfo de California, however, the quantity and duration can
vary significantly from one day to another and one month
to another. The rain or thundery showers in the S are
usually more intense but less prolonged than in the N. To
the S of about 25N, the driest period is from late
December to early April, and to the N of around 30N
from May to September.
3 Periods of drought are not unusual in the vicinity of
Golfo de California and further S in the dry season.
Equally, exceptionally heavy rainfall (250 to 300 mm in
24 hours) of relatively short duration is not uncommon
along the coast from S Mexico to Panama during the wet
season.
Thunderstorms
1.191
1 In coastal areas N of about 30N, thunderstorms are
relatively infrequent with an average of about five per year
and with a slightly higher frequency of occurrence in
summer. Thunderstorm activity increases rapidly to the SE
of about 22N between late April and early December.
Around 23 thunderstorms per year are reported near
Mazatlan (1.212) and about 125 per year at Ciudad de
David (1.201) in Panama.
Snow
1.192
1 Snow occurs, to the N of around 40N, on about 2 to
3 days per month in midwinter and occasionally in
November, March and April.
Fog and visibility
1.193
1 Sea fogs are common N of about 25N in summer and
early autumn, and are formed by relatively warm moist air
from between SW and NW being cooled by the California
Current and the upwelling of cold water near the coast. In
addition, radiation fogs frequently affects large stretches of
the coast during the early part of the day, in autumn and
winter, to the N of about 22N. Fog is rare in all seasons S
of about 22N. For a full description of these types of fog
see The Mariners Handbook.
2 The greatest frequency of fog occurs off the coast of
California between 36 and 40N where between 10 and
20% of all observations record fog in all months except for
38
April, May and November. Sea fog is most widespread
between July and October, and during September frequently
extends N to Cape Flattery. In most seasons the fog
frequency decreases with increasing distance from the
coast, especially to the S of about 32N, however, off the
coast of Washington, in August, around 10 to 20% of
observations record fog out to around 140W.
3 Visibilities are frequently reduced to near fog limits in
the SE of the area during heavy thunderstorms in the wet
season, and in the N of the area near warm and cold
fronts.
Air temperature
General information
1.194
1 To the N of about 16N, the coldest month is generally
January and the warmest August. The temperature can be
variable in the N of the area due to the changes of
airstream that are associated with the passage of warm and
cold fronts, particularly in winter. To the S of about 16N
the variation in the mean air temperature between winter
and summer is relatively small.
Open Sea
1.195
1 In the extreme NW of the area covered by this volume,
the mean air temperature in January is about 7C and in
August around 15C. In the S of the area the mean air
temperature remains at around 26C throughout the year,
except for an offshore region, to the S of the area between
El Salvador and the S part of Golfo de California, where it
increases to about 28C in summer. The mean air
temperature over the open sea is generally similar to that of
the mean sea surface temperature and rarely varies by more
than 1 or 2C, except in shallow coastal waters and, on
occasions, in the N in winter.
Coastal waters
1.196
1 Air temperatures in coastal waters are generally more
variable than over the open sea to the W, and are greatly
affected by land and sea breezes with distinct diurnal and
seasonal temperature variations. The climatic tables (1.200)
give mean temperatures for a number of coastal stations.
2 In coastal areas to the S of about 16N, the warmest
months are generally March and April when the skies are
relatively clear, and before the ITCZ moves N in summer.
The coldest months are usually October and November
although the variation in the mean air temperature is
relatively small. In the S half of the area, in winter, cold
spells are frequently associated with winds from between N
and E, and are usually the result of the North America
anticyclone extending S towards Gulf of Mexico.
Relative humidity
General information
1.197
1 Humidity is closely related to air temperature and
generally decreases as the temperature increases. During the
early morning, when the air temperature is normally at its
lowest, the humidity is generally at its highest, and falls to
a minimum in the afternoon.
Open sea
1.198
1 The mean humidity S of about 10N and N of around
40N is between 80 and 85% for most of the year, and
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 1
decreases, between 20 and 30N, to about 75% in winter
and 80% in summer. Near the cold California Current the
humidity increases to 100% in fog.
Coastal waters
1.199
1 There are often relatively large changes in humidity
along the coast depending on latitude, exposure to the
prevailing wind, distance from the open sea and land and
sea breeze effects.
To the S of about 16N, 95% humidity is not
uncommon in the early morning, and 70% in the afternoon,
during the wet season. The areas with the lowest humidities
are the N part of Golfo de California, where the annual
mean is around 50%, and Golfo de Tehuantepec,
particularly in winter.
CLIMATIC TABLES
1.200
1 The climatic tables which follow give data for several
coastal stations which regularly undertake weather
observations; see Diagram 1.200. Some of these stations
39
have been re-sited and so the position given in the table is
the latest available.
Note. For some Central American countries the
information shown was based on limited data.
2 It is emphasised that these data are average conditions
and refer to the specific location of the observing station
and therefore may not be representative of the conditions
over the open sea or in approaches to ports in their
vicinity. The following comments briefly list some of the
differences to be expected between conditions over open
sea and those at the nearest reporting station (see The
Mariners Handbook for further details).
3 Wind speeds tend to be higher at sea with more
frequent gales than on land, although funnelling in
narrow inlets can result in an increase in wind
strength.
Precipitation along mountainous wind facing coasts
can be considerably higher than at sea to
windward. Similarly, precipitation in the lee of
high ground is generally less.
4 Air temperature over the sea is less variable than over
the land.
Topography has a marked effect on local conditions.
Home Contents Index

150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80

50 50
1.223
TATOOSH ISLAND
QUILLAYUTE
1.222
ASTORIA/CLATSOP
1.221 PORTLAND
1.220

EUREKA
40 1.219 40

SAN FRANCISCO
1.218

LOS ANGELES 1.216

1.217 SAN DIEGO/LINDBERGH

30 30

CHAPTER 1
ISLA GUADALUPE 1.214
1.215 EMPALME
40

LA PAZ
1.212
1.213 COLONIA JUAN
CARRASCO MAZATLAN

20 1.211 20
MANZANILLO/COLIMA
ISLA SOCORRO
1.210 1.2 08
ACAPULCO SALINA CRUZ
1 . 209 1 . 20 7
1 .20 6TAPACHULA
SAN JOSE 1.2 0 4
ACAJUTLA AMAPALA
1.2 05
MANAGUA AC SANDINO
10 1 .20 3 10
PUNTARENAS
1 . 2 02
CIUDAD DE DAVID
1. 2 0 1

0 0
150 140 130 120 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 90 80

Location of climatic stations (1.200)

Home Contents Index

1.201

WMO No 78793 CIUDAD DE DAVID (PANAMA) (8 24 N, 82 25 W) Height above MSL 26 m

Climatic Table compiled from 2 to 15 years observations, 1931 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
Mean highest
{

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0700

1400

0700

1300

0700

1300

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1010 32 19 34 19 92 56 3 4 22 1 5 9 | 1 |
February 1010 33 20 35 19 83 51 3 3 19 1 8 11 3 6 12 14 7 3 36 3 7 | 0 |
March 1010 34 21 36 20 84 49 3 4 37 2 WINTER 3 8 0 0 1

CHAPTER 1
April 1010 34 22 36 20 87 54 5 6 90 4 4 6 0 0 12
41

May 1010 32 22 34 20 95 72 6 7 282 13 8 12 3 5 18 17 4 2 31 3 6 0 1 15

June 1010 31 23 32 21 95 71 7 8 349 16 SPRING 3 6 0 1 16
July 1010 31 22 32 21 95 71 7 8 253 13 3 6 0 1 20
August 1010 31 22 32 21 96 74 7 7 332 14 5 8 2 4 9 18 7 4 43 3 6 0 2 21
September 1010 31 21 33 20 94 71 7 7 393 15 SUMMER 3 9 0 1 20
October 1010 30 21 32 20 96 70 7 7 399 17 3 6 | 1 8
November 1010 30 21 31 20 96 73 6 7 281 14 3 6 2 5 10 17 8 3 46 2 6 | 2 8
December 1010 31 21 34 20 94 63 4 5 79 8 AUTUMN 2 7 | 1 4
Means 1010 32 21 36* 18 92 65 5 6 _ _ 3 7 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2536 118 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 11 125
Extreme values _ _ _ 38 16 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 2 6 6 2 2 15 5 15 2 12 12 12

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.202

WMO No 78760 PUNTARENAS (COSTA RICA) (9 58 N, 84 50 W) Height above MSL 5 m

Climatic Table compiled from 14 to 30 years observations, 1961 to 1996

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
1200 1800

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
1200

1800

1200

1800

1200

1800

Fog
fall

Variable
< 3 kt

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1010 34 21 36 19 56 73 1 3 5 0 1 7 9 | 15 15 24 0 30 | 4 5 | 17 1 1 1 72 6 2 0 0 |
February 1009 34 20 37 19 51 69 1 2 2 0 1 17 6 1 19 12 22 0 23 1 7 1 2 10 2 2 1 75 8 2 0 0 |
March 1009 36 23 37 20 52 71 2 3 3 1 2 11 5 1 19 9 25 0 28 | 5 2 1 23 1 1 | 69 6 2 | | |

CHAPTER 1
April 1009 35 24 37 21 56 74 3 5 31 1 | 3 1 1 36 14 14 0 32 1 1 2 2 29 | 1 | 65 5 2 0 | |
42

May 1011 34 24 35 22 67 80 5 6 154 11 | 2 1 | 41 6 3 1 47 | 1 3 1 18 | 1 1 76 4 1 | | 1

June 1010 33 24 34 23 70 85 6 7 232 13 | | | | 19 1 4 | 76 1 1 2 1 11 | 1 | 84 1 1 0 0 6
July 1011 33 23 34 22 72 85 6 7 186 8 1 | 1 | 23 2 4 1 70 | 1 2 1 8 1 | | 89 2 0 0 | 7
August 1011 32 23 33 22 72 87 6 7 229 11 | | | 1 20 3 8 | 70 1 | 2 1 3 | | | 95 2 0 0 | 5
September 1011 32 23 33 22 73 88 5 8 300 11 | 1 1 | 23 5 5 0 66 1 2 2 1 4 1 2 | 86 2 1 | 1 8
October 1010 32 23 33 22 73 87 5 7 265 11 | | | | 21 3 4 0 72 1 | 1 | 4 | 1 | 94 2 1 | 0 6
November 1010 32 23 33 21 69 85 5 6 123 5 1 3 | | 13 6 6 0 71 | 1 | 1 4 | | | 94 2 1 0 0 2
December 1010 32 22 35 20 63 79 3 4 26 3 3 8 1 | 17 3 12 0 57 | 3 1 | 9 | | | 87 3 1 0 0 1
Means 1010 33 23 38* 19 65 80 4 5 _ _ 1 4 2 | 23 6 10 | 55 | 2 2 1 11 | 1 | 83 4 1 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1555 75 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 2 36
Extreme values _ _ _ 43 16 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 12 12 8 12 12 25 4 12 12 12 12 12 12

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.203

WMO No 78741 MANAGUA A.C. SANDINO (NICARAGUA) (12 09 N, 86 10 W) Height above MSL 56 m
Climatic Table compiled from 6 to 39 years observations, 1931 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

0.3 mm or more
No. of days with
Month

in each month

in each month
1200 1800

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0600

1200

0600

1200

1200

1800

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1012 33 21 34 19 85 48 3 4 4 2 | 33 51 15 | 0 0 0 1 0 31 36 14 | 0 0 0 19 6 3 | 1 0
February 1011 33 22 35 20 86 46 3 4 1 | | 31 48 20 1 0 | | | 0 28 34 30 3 0 | | 5 5 4 | 1 0
March 1011 35 23 36 20 86 46 4 4 1 | 4 13 51 26 | 0 2 1 3 1 8 36 39 4 1 4 1 6 5 4 | 1 |

CHAPTER 1
April 1010 35 23 37 21 82 45 5 5 11 | 5 10 43 40 | | | | 3 0 5 15 60 3 | | | 18 5 3 | 2 2
43

May 1010 35 24 37 23 86 55 6 7 95 7 6 6 30 36 2 3 5 3 9 0 9 16 40 4 4 2 2 24 3 3 | | 6
June 1010 32 24 34 23 93 67 7 7 230 14 1 9 36 25 3 1 5 | 20 0 4 25 28 4 | 5 | 35 3 2 | 1 16
July 1011 32 23 33 22 93 65 7 7 140 14 | 16 55 19 3 | | | 7 0 7 24 41 2 | | | 24 4 2 | 1 12
August 1011 32 23 33 22 94 65 7 7 143 15 1 17 50 24 1 1 | | 5 2 8 27 17 2 | 0 | 44 4 2 0 0 10
September 1011 33 23 34 22 97 67 7 7 209 18 4 6 42 27 | | 0 | 21 0 2 10 12 3 3 0 | 71 3 1 | | 19
October 1011 32 22 34 21 96 65 6 6 303 20 | 17 39 23 | 0 0 4 17 0 | 17 7 | | 0 2 74 3 1 0 | 14
November 1011 32 22 33 21 94 59 5 6 48 6 | 31 41 10 | 0 0 1 16 0 8 17 9 | 2 0 | 64 4 1 0 | 4
December 1012 33 22 34 21 88 53 5 6 11 1 4 32 53 7 2 0 0 | 4 0 17 31 6 1 | 0 | 45 6 2 0 | 1
Means 1011 33 23 38* 18 90 57 5 6 _ _ 2 18 45 23 1 1 1 1 9 | 12 25 24 2 1 1 | 34 4 2 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1196 97 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 7 84
Extreme values _ _ _ 39 17 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 6 21 6 6 39 7 6 6 6 32 12 12

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.204

WMO No 78700 AMAPALA (HONDURAS) (13 16 N, 87 39 W) Height above MSL 5 m

Climatic Table compiled from 5 to 12 years observations, 1931 to 1972

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

in each month

in each month
Mean highest

mm or more
Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale

Fog
fall
{ {

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1011 33 24 61 3 2 _
February 1010 34 24 61 3 1
March 1009 35 25 61 3 8

CHAPTER 1
April 1009 36 26 63 5 23
44

May 1009 34 25 69 6 301

June 1010 32 23 76 7 355
July 1010 33 24 72 6 193
August 1010 33 24 72 6 215
September 1010 32 23 79 7 474
October 1010 32 23 79 7 399
November 1010 32 23 62 5 37
December 1011 33 23 65 3 2
Means 1010 33 24 * 69 5 _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2010 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Extreme values _ _ _ 40 21 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 5 7 12 10 12

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.205

WMO No 78650 ACAJUTLA (EL SALVADOR) (13 34 N, 89 50 W) Height above MSL 15 m

Climatic Table compiled from 5 to 50 years observations, 1921 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

1 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0600 1800

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0600

1200

0600

1200

0600

1200

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1009 33 23 35 21 74 59 1 1 2 | 38 63 | | | 0 | | | 11 | | | 22 11 44 0 11 4 5 0 0 0
February 1012 33 22 36 22 65 52 1 2 1 | 46 46 | | | 0 | 8 | 10 | | 24 29 19 14 0 5 5 8 0 0 0
March 1011 33 24 35 22 64 62 2 2 6 | 67 27 7 | | 0 | | | 7 | | 14 21 21 29 0 7 4 6 0 | 0

CHAPTER 1
April 1010 33 25 34 23 78 66 5 4 52 4 43 29 7 7 | | | | 14 | | 8 17 33 25 17 0 | 3 6 0 3 0
45

May 1009 34 25 35 23 85 67 6 6 174 10 33 27 13 7 | | | | 20 | | | 6 50 13 31 0 | 3 5 | | 8

June 1010 34 25 35 23 81 64 6 6 310 17 47 18 24 | | | 12 | | 8 8 8 17 25 8 17 0 8 7 3 | 0 9
July 1010 33 24 35 22 81 62 5 5 263 18 46 38 8 | | | | 7 | 7 | | 21 21 22 21 | 7 4 4 | 0 6
August 1011 33 23 35 22 81 67 6 5 278 17 60 13 20 | | | | | | | | 5 29 19 5 24 5 14 4 5 | 0 11
September 1010 32 23 34 22 85 70 5 6 336 17 33 53 13 | | 0 | | | | | 17 22 1 11 33 6 11 4 5 | | 2
October 1010 32 23 33 22 83 68 6 4 262 12 46 25 14 | | 0 | 11 4 | 3 9 9 13 6 28 3 28 8 8 0 2 1
November 1011 32 23 33 21 74 61 3 3 30 2 62 28 10 | | 0 | | | | | | 17 9 14 40 | 20 4 9 0 | 1
December 1011 32 22 33 21 73 54 1 3 5 | 50 33 11 6 | 0 | | | | 5 5 5 10 15 45 0 15 4 6 0 | 0
Means 1010 33 24 37* 16 77 63 4 4 _ _ 49 31 12 2 | | 1 2 3 3 1 5 16 19 13 30 1 13 5 6 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1719 100 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 5 38
Extreme values _ _ _ 39 14 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 5 9 5 5 50/14 5 5 5 5 5 5

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.206

WMO No 78647 SAN JOSE (GUATEMALA) (13 55 N, 90 49 W) Height above MSL 2 m

Climatic Table compiled from 10 to 12 years observations, 1971 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

in each month

in each month
0600 1200

Mean highest

mm or more
Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0600

1200

0600

1200

0600

1200

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1012 33 19 35 17 93 52 1 1 4 _ 12 3 1 0 0 | | 7 78 | 4 2 15 70 9 1 | | 1 9 0 | |
February 1011 33 19 35 16 90 52 1 1 | _ 9 4 | 0 0 1 1 11 74 2 1 1 14 64 17 | 2 1 1 10 0 1 |
March 1011 34 20 35 17 93 52 2 2 6 _ 5 1 | 0 0 | | 7 87 1 1 | 16 52 29 | 1 1 1 10 0 | 1

CHAPTER 1
April 1010 35 21 36 20 93 56 3 2 24 _ 5 3 1 | 0 0 1 9 81 1 | | 15 58 25 1 | 2 1 10 0 | 1
46

May 1010 34 22 35 21 95 63 5 4 110 _ 3 2 | 2 | 0 2 7 85 | 1 1 18 54 18 4 2 2 1 9 0 | 7

June 1010 33 23 34 22 95 68 6 6 212 _ 6 6 3 3 2 0 2 10 68 | 2 2 18 53 14 2 1 6 2 8 0 0 15
July 1011 33 22 35 22 95 66 6 6 146 _ 7 1 2 3 | | | 13 74 1 1 | 26 47 15 2 2 7 1 7 0 0 12
August 1011 33 22 34 22 96 69 6 6 174 _ 7 2 1 6 | 1 1 7 76 | | 3 25 45 20 4 1 3 1 8 0 0 16
September 1010 32 22 34 22 96 70 6 6 204 _ 7 2 3 1 2 | | 6 80 | 1 | 27 48 18 3 1 3 1 8 0 | 14
October 1010 32 22 33 21 96 66 4 5 101 _ 8 2 2 3 | 0 1 7 79 | | 1 21 50 23 1 1 4 1 8 0 0 9
November 1010 33 21 34 20 96 61 3 3 15 _ 6 | 1 | | 0 | 5 88 2 | 1 17 57 19 1 1 3 1 7 0 | 3
December 1011 33 19 34 17 95 56 2 2 3 _ 5 1 1 | 0 0 1 9 84 2 1 | 17 58 18 1 1 2 1 8 | 0 1
Means 1011 33 21 37* 16 94 61 4 4 _ _ 7 2 1 1 | | 1 8 80 1 1 1 19 55 19 2 1 3 1 9 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 999 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ | 3 79
Extreme values _ _ _ 40 12 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 12 12 12 12 10 12 12 12 12 12 12

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.207

WMO No 76903 TAPACHULA (MEXICO) (14 55 N, 92 16 W) Height above MSL 182 m

Climatic Table compiled from 11 to 50 years observations, 1931 to 1944

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0600 1800

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0600

1500

0600

1500

0600

1500

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1012 34 18 36 14 86 54 1 3 6 1 3 63 20 | | | | | 14 3 4 | 1 3 15 66 8 | 3 10 2 | |
February 1012 34 18 37 16 86 48 1 3 6 1 7 53 19 | 1 | | 1 20 3 3 | | 3 18 62 9 1 3 11 1 0 |
March 1011 35 19 37 17 87 54 1 3 24 3 11 46 16 | | | | 3 23 3 6 2 1 3 14 60 11 1 3 12 2 0 1

CHAPTER 1
April 1010 36 20 38 18 87 53 1 4 71 5 9 44 23 1 | | | 1 22 4 13 4 | 2 14 51 11 2 3 11 1 0 2
47

May 1010 34 21 37 18 90 63 4 5 267 16 13 44 16 | 1 1 1 4 21 5 19 6 1 3 18 37 8 4 3 7 | 1 9

June 1011 33 21 36 19 93 71 5 7 426 22 10 45 15 3 2 | 3 1 22 15 22 12 1 6 9 21 8 6 2 7 1 1 9
July 1012 33 21 35 20 92 65 4 6 340 17 12 47 18 1 1 1 1 1 17 17 23 9 6 4 6 22 8 5 3 8 | 1 11
August 1012 33 21 35 20 92 66 4 6 326 16 8 46 22 | | 1 1 1 21 18 26 12 3 3 8 18 7 6 3 7 | 1 12
September 1011 32 21 35 19 94 69 4 6 460 20 10 44 15 2 | 1 2 2 24 14 33 7 4 6 6 21 4 7 3 8 | | 10
October 1011 32 21 35 19 93 71 3 6 352 16 8 55 14 1 | 1 1 | 19 13 22 7 2 3 17 26 4 6 3 7 | 1 5
November 1011 33 20 35 18 90 63 1 5 71 4 5 63 18 | | | | | 14 6 9 5 | 4 20 44 4 8 3 6 1 | 3
December 1012 33 18 35 17 89 59 1 3 11 1 3 70 14 | | | | | 12 4 6 1 | 3 14 60 9 3 3 7 1 | 1
Means 1011 33 20 37* 14 90 61 3 5 _ _ 8 52 17 1 1 | 1 1 19 9 16 5 2 4 13 40 8 4 3 8 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2360 122 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 10 5 64
Extreme values _ _ _ 38 10 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 11 41 11 11 11 50/30 11 11 11 11 41 41

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.208

WMO No 76833 SALINA CRUZ (MEXICO) (16 11 N, 95 12 W) Height above MSL 18 m

Climatic Table compiled from 10 to 41 years observations, 1931 to 1993

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0600 1800

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0600

1200

0600

1200

Fog
fall
|

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1013 31 21 33 18 66 52 1 2 7 2 73 6 1 | 4 2 1 5 9 57 10 | 4 24 4 | 1 1 19 9 | |
February 1012 31 21 34 18 66 51 1 1 7 1 71 3 | 1 6 | | 5 14 53 10 | 4 26 5 1 1 1 18 4 | |
March 1012 32 22 35 19 72 54 1 1 2 2 47 6 | 1 11 5 2 8 21 31 9 | 5 47 5 | 2 2 17 3 | |

CHAPTER 1
April 1011 33 23 37 20 70 54 2 2 3 1 64 1 | 1 6 4 1 4 20 32 4 1 2 51 9 | 1 1 17 3 | |
48

May 1010 34 24 38 20 73 55 3 3 56 7 56 10 | | 2 3 2 6 21 20 13 | 3 56 5 1 | 3 13 1 1 3
June 1010 33 23 37 20 82 65 6 5 272 16 53 8 | 1 3 1 2 4 28 26 6 | 8 43 10 1 1 6 10 | 1 11
July 1011 33 24 36 20 77 60 5 5 156 9 61 8 | 1 2 | 1 17 10 44 17 1 4 21 7 1 2 4 11 0 1 11
August 1011 33 25 36 21 75 57 4 4 172 11 64 12 | | | | 2 14 8 42 19 2 7 16 8 | | 7 11 0 1 9
September 1010 33 24 35 22 76 60 5 6 275 11 61 10 | | 2 2 2 16 7 41 18 2 2 23 7 2 1 4 9 1 | 7
October 1011 33 23 34 21 70 50 3 3 83 6 75 4 | | | | 1 15 6 50 18 1 1 22 4 | 3 1 12 5 | 4
November 1012 32 23 34 20 66 50 1 2 14 3 63 5 1 | 4 | 4 13 11 57 8 | 3 25 5 | | 2 16 5 | 1
December 1012 31 22 34 18 65 52 1 1 5 1 69 9 | | 1 1 1 11 8 55 12 | 2 24 2 | 3 2 17 6 0 |
Means 1011 32 23 39* 17 72 55 3 3 _ _ 63 7 | | 3 2 1 10 14 43 12 | 4 31 6 | 1 | 14 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1052 70 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 37 5 46
Extreme values _ _ _ 41 14 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 41 41 11 11 40 30 11 11 10 12 32 12

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.209

WMO No 76805 ACAPULCO (MEXICO) (16 50 N, 99 56 W) Height above MSL 28 m

Climatic Table compiled from 8 to 50 years observations, 1931 to 1944

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0600 1800

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0600

1500

0600

1500

0600

1500

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1012 31 21 34 18 91 63 2 2 9 7 65 10 | | | 1 1 8 15 | 1 | 1 4 26 56 11 1 3 4 0 1 |
February 1011 32 21 34 18 91 62 1 1 1 2 60 9 1 1 | 1 | 10 19 3 | 1 1 3 25 52 15 1 3 5 | | |
March 1011 32 21 34 18 91 63 1 1 1 | 54 5 2 | | | 2 14 22 3 | | | 2 17 56 21 | 2 6 | | 0

CHAPTER 1
April 1010 32 22 34 19 90 64 2 2 1 1 35 6 2 1 | 1 2 16 38 2 | | | 3 15 60 20 | 1 6 | 1 |
49

May 1009 33 23 35 20 90 65 3 3 30 4 27 7 2 1 1 1 4 21 38 3 1 | 2 3 16 59 16 | 2 6 | 1 1
June 1010 33 25 36 21 90 68 6 5 306 17 30 11 7 3 1 1 2 19 27 2 1 2 9 10 22 40 14 1 2 6 | 2 5
July 1011 34 25 36 22 90 68 6 5 218 14 41 13 5 | 1 1 2 15 23 3 2 3 10 6 19 43 11 3 3 5 | 1 7
August 1011 34 25 36 21 91 69 6 5 250 14 45 10 5 2 1 1 1 14 20 4 3 3 6 6 18 44 12 4 2 4 | 2 7
September 1010 33 24 35 21 92 71 6 5 368 20 40 17 5 1 1 2 2 13 18 4 3 3 9 7 19 41 11 4 3 5 | 2 6
October 1011 33 24 35 21 92 68 4 4 160 10 47 13 3 1 | | 1 15 20 3 1 2 4 5 23 44 16 3 3 5 | 1 4
November 1011 32 23 35 20 92 65 2 3 38 3 57 8 2 | 2 | 2 14 15 3 | 1 2 3 16 55 16 5 3 4 | 1 1
December 1011 32 22 34 19 91 65 2 2 8 1 62 7 3 | 1 | 1 10 16 1 1 1 1 3 23 54 13 3 3 4 | | |
Means 1011 33 23 38* 17 91 66 3 3 _ _ 47 10 3 1 1 1 2 14 23 3 1 1 4 5 20 50 15 2 3 5 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1390 93 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 13 31
Extreme values _ _ _ 39 14 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 20 28 8 20 20 50 30 20 20 20 40 40 40

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.210

WMO No 76723 ISLA SOCORRO (MEXICO) (18 43 N, 110 57 W) Height above MSL 35 m
Climatic Table compiled from 10 to 12 years observations, 1983 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0500 1700

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0700

1700

0700

1700

0700

1700

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1014 27 20 30 16 77 66 3 4 24 _ 35 47 5 1 1 1 1 5 5 16 41 13 4 4 8 8 4 2 6 7 | 4 0
February 1014 28 19 31 16 75 61 3 4 17 _ 36 39 5 1 2 1 3 9 5 12 32 8 7 9 8 16 8 1 5 7 | 1 0
March 1013 28 19 31 16 75 60 3 4 0 _ 33 32 5 3 5 4 2 12 5 11 23 4 8 12 14 18 11 | 4 7 | 2 0

CHAPTER 1
April 1013 29 19 32 16 75 59 3 4 0 _ 29 29 7 3 6 2 6 13 7 7 9 5 12 17 11 29 9 1 4 7 | 2 0
50

May 1012 29 20 33 16 80 61 2 3 3 _ 22 21 6 5 4 2 7 11 22 2 4 4 12 24 17 28 8 | 3 6 | 2 0
June 1011 30 21 33 18 84 67 3 4 4 _ 12 28 7 2 4 2 10 20 15 3 10 6 18 17 10 27 10 1 5 7 | 2 0
July 1011 31 24 34 21 87 73 3 5 34 _ 15 27 7 5 4 2 6 13 20 4 17 16 18 10 7 15 13 2 6 7 | 3 |
August 1011 31 24 33 22 86 74 3 5 65 _ 18 28 12 8 4 1 6 12 12 4 15 14 21 8 9 17 9 2 5 6 | 6 |
September 1010 31 24 34 20 87 75 3 5 36 _ 23 21 6 7 5 6 10 9 14 9 15 12 11 11 10 20 10 2 6 7 | 7 1
October 1012 31 23 33 18 84 73 3 4 73 _ 27 37 4 2 2 1 4 8 15 14 26 14 8 8 7 13 7 5 4 7 | 5 |
November 1013 30 22 32 17 80 69 3 4 14 _ 34 44 7 2 2 1 2 4 4 16 47 11 5 4 5 7 4 1 6 8 | 5 |
December 1014 28 21 31 17 80 69 4 5 38 _ 35 38 8 3 1 1 2 6 8 20 46 14 5 1 2 5 4 3 6 8 | 4 |
Means 1012 29 21 35* 15 81 67 3 4 _ _ 26 32 6 4 3 2 5 10 11 10 23 10 11 11 9 17 8 2 5 7 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 308 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 43 2
Extreme values _ _ _ 37 10 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 12 12 12 12 10 12 12 12 12 12 12

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.211

WMO No MANZANILLO COLIMA (MEXICO) (19 03 N, 104 20 W) Height above MSL 3 m

Climatic Table compiled from 12 to 42 years observations, 1931 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0500 1700

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0500

0500

0500

1400
1100

1100

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1013 30 20 33 17 2 3 78 62 8 1 78 15 2 1 | 1 1 1 1 3 2 2 4 11 22 51 7 | 4 7 1 | |
February 1014 29 19 32 16 1 2 78 61 5 1 90 5 1 1 | | | 1 2 2 1 1 2 10 31 46 7 | 4 7 | 1 |
March 1013 29 19 32 15 1 2 79 62 1 | 80 9 2 1 | 1 | 2 4 4 1 1 1 8 26 52 9 | 3 7 1 1 |

CHAPTER 1
April 1012 30 20 33 16 2 3 81 63 1 | 76 9 2 4 1 | 1 | 7 1 | 1 | 8 25 58 7 | 3 8 1 1 0
51

May 1011 31 22 33 18 2 2 84 66 4 1 66 10 6 8 | | 2 5 3 3 1 1 2 6 26 53 9 | 3 8 1 1 |
June 1011 32 24 34 20 4 4 84 67 110 10 64 8 4 6 1 2 3 6 5 5 | 1 7 12 29 41 5 | 3 9 2 1 4
July 1012 33 25 35 22 5 5 85 69 140 11 77 9 2 6 1 1 1 2 2 8 3 4 13 12 22 29 6 2 3 7 1 1 9
August 1012 33 25 36 22 4 5 86 68 172 12 80 9 1 5 1 | | 2 2 5 3 3 14 17 17 33 9 | 4 6 1 1 10
September 1011 32 25 34 22 4 5 87 70 281 20 76 13 2 3 | 1 1 3 2 7 2 3 15 16 21 27 9 2 3 7 2 1 9
October 1011 32 24 34 22 2 3 87 70 121 8 83 9 1 2 1 | | 1 1 5 1 3 7 10 23 37 11 3 3 7 1 1 5
November 1012 31 23 33 21 1 3 83 65 31 3 84 10 2 1 | | 1 1 2 8 1 2 5 8 30 36 9 3 3 6 0 1 1
December 1013 30 22 32 18 1 3 80 63 38 3 80 12 5 | | | | 1 1 2 1 2 2 9 23 52 8 2 4 6 | 1 |
Means 1012 31 22 37* 15 2 3 83 66 _ _ 78 10 3 3 | | 1 2 3 4 1 2 6 11 25 43 8 1 3 7 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 912 70 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 11 12 38
Extreme values _ _ _ 40 11 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 42 42 38 12 12 40 30 12 12 12 42 42 12

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.212

WMO No 76458 COLONIA JUAN CARRASCO MAZATLAN (MEXICO) (23 12 N, 106 25 W) Height above MSL 4 m
Climatic Table compiled from 12 to 50 years observations, 1931 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0500 1700

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0700

1400

0700

1400

0500

1700

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1014 25 15 29 13 88 64 3 3 14 1 45 10 6 5 3 1 2 12 16 4 2 1 2 4 4 33 51 1 3 6 | 2 |
February 1013 26 15 28 12 88 62 2 3 6 1 42 7 6 8 4 3 1 13 15 6 1 | 1 3 4 41 44 1 2 7 | 2 |
March 1013 26 16 30 13 87 63 2 3 3 1 35 8 6 15 5 | 1 8 22 4 1 | | 1 5 39 49 | 3 8 | 2 |

CHAPTER 1
April 1012 28 18 31 15 88 63 3 3 1 1 28 10 9 17 4 2 1 6 23 1 | | 1 2 8 51 37 | 2 7 | 2 |
52

May 1011 30 21 32 17 88 62 3 2 1 1 23 10 10 27 5 1 | 2 21 1 | | | 2 11 60 27 | 3 7 | 1 |
June 1010 32 24 35 21 85 63 4 2 35 3 19 11 14 24 5 2 3 3 19 1 | | | 3 16 67 13 | 3 7 | | 2
July 1011 33 25 35 22 86 65 6 4 177 12 27 18 16 13 3 5 2 5 10 1 2 2 1 4 16 54 20 | 3 7 | | 6
August 1011 33 25 35 22 89 66 5 4 203 14 30 18 11 16 3 1 1 5 13 2 1 2 4 4 11 51 25 1 3 6 | 1 7
September 1010 32 25 35 22 90 71 5 4 231 13 30 20 11 14 3 1 1 4 17 3 3 1 2 3 8 47 32 1 3 6 | 1 6
October 1011 32 24 34 21 89 63 2 3 72 4 35 19 8 5 2 | 2 6 24 3 | 1 1 2 8 48 35 1 2 6 | 1 1
November 1012 30 20 33 17 87 61 2 3 20 3 44 11 4 7 2 | | 12 21 10 | 2 | 1 5 28 52 1 2 6 | 2 |
December 1013 27 17 30 14 89 66 3 5 26 2 44 7 6 6 2 2 3 12 20 12 1 | 2 2 4 27 53 1 3 6 | 2 |
Means 1012 29 20 36* 13 _ _ 34 13 9 13 3 2 2 7 18 4 1 1 1 2 8 45 37 1 3 7 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 789 56 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 16 23
Extreme values _ _ _ 39 9 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 42 42 38 12 12 50 30 12 12 12 42 42 42

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.213

WMO No 76405 LA PAZ (MEXICO) (24 10 N, 110 25 W) Height above MSL 18 m

Climatic Table compiled from 12 to 50 years observations, 1931 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0500 1700

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0500

1700

0500

1700

0500

1700

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1015 24 13 30 8 83 58 2 3 11 2 10 12 8 5 4 6 1 5 51 43 16 1 | 3 5 3 25 4 2 5 0 2 |
February 1015 25 13 32 6 79 51 2 3 5 2 6 14 8 4 12 8 1 3 45 44 22 0 0 2 5 1 24 2 2 6 0 1 0
March 1013 28 14 33 9 77 47 2 3 1 | 5 7 5 8 28 11 | 3 33 39 8 0 | 4 10 5 33 | 2 6 0 1 |

CHAPTER 1
April 1012 32 15 37 11 77 44 2 2 1 | 2 2 6 8 47 15 1 | 19 26 5 1 0 8 13 12 34 1 3 6 | 1 |
53

May 1011 34 16 38 13 79 42 2 1 2 | 1 1 1 7 63 14 1 0 13 16 1 | | 16 21 13 31 1 4 5 | 1 0
June 1010 36 19 40 14 78 41 1 1 2 | | | 1 6 71 13 1 1 7 10 1 | | 21 25 12 29 | 4 5 | | |
July 1011 37 23 40 19 78 46 2 3 11 1 2 1 | 7 60 16 1 | 13 7 0 2 5 20 21 16 29 2 3 5 | | 1
August 1011 37 24 40 22 81 55 3 4 41 2 1 1 4 16 49 10 2 1 18 13 3 5 8 26 11 4 26 3 3 5 | | 1
September 1010 36 24 39 21 82 54 2 4 58 3 | 1 5 19 41 7 | 1 26 23 7 4 8 10 11 3 29 4 2 4 | | 2
October 1011 34 21 38 16 80 51 1 3 15 2 3 2 5 10 32 8 1 2 39 36 14 | | 6 12 3 25 3 2 5 1 | |
November 1013 29 17 34 11 79 55 2 3 8 2 14 8 8 6 14 7 0 3 41 42 14 0 | 4 8 2 26 4 2 5 | 1 |
December 1014 25 15 31 8 80 61 3 4 18 2 18 8 6 6 9 9 0 9 36 46 13 0 1 3 5 2 26 5 2 5 | 1 |
Means 1012 31 18 41* 5 79 50 2 3 _ _ 5 4 5 9 37 10 1 2 28 29 9 1 2 10 12 6 28 3 3 5 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 173 18 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 8 5
Extreme values _ _ _ 42 0 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years 22
observations 18 8 12 12 50 9 12 12 12 42 42 42

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.214

WMO No 76256 EMPALME (MEXICO) (27 55 N, 110 54 W) Height above MSL 11 m

Climatic Table compiled from 2 to 50 years observations, 1931 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
1100 1700

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
1700

1700

0800

1400
1100

1100

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1016 23 14 33 7 46 49 4 4 15 1 11 4 0 0 11 0 7 29 39 0 0 0 0 4 42 15 27 12 4 9 |
February 1015 24 14 34 5 46 43 5 5 6 1 8 0 0 4 8 13 8 38 21 4 0 0 0 8 36 16 32 4 6 12 1
March 1013 26 16 35 9 54 42 4 4 4 1 | 0 4 8 29 13 4 17 25 4 0 0 0 8 80 4 4 | 8 12 0

CHAPTER 1
April 1010 29 18 40 11 41 39 3 2 4 1 4 0 7 0 33 37 7 7 4 0 0 0 0 33 58 4 | 4 7 11 |
54

May 1010 32 21 44 13 44 40 2 2 10 1 4 0 0 0 46 35 8 4 4 0 0 0 0 24 57 0 10 0 9 10 0
June 1009 34 26 43 17 55 50 2 1 27 | 0 0 0 3 62 28 | 0 7 0 0 0 10 29 71 0 | 0 8 13 0
July 1010 36 28 44 21 57 53 4 2 75 4 0 4 4 15 48 26 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 38 63 0 0 0 7 15 0
August 1010 35 27 47 21 64 62 4 4 83 6 0 11 7 4 54 11 4 4 7 14 0 0 3 7 72 3 0 0 7 15 0
September 1009 36 27 43 18 64 63 2 3 66 4 0 4 0 21 43 4 11 7 11 10 10 0 7 4 48 10 3 7 6 11 0
October 1012 33 24 43 13 49 51 3 4 24 3 6 0 4 9 26 4 6 23 21 3 | 0 | 3 58 15 5 18 6 9 |
November 1014 28 18 38 9 54 53 4 4 10 2 12 6 6 4 4 4 6 31 28 9 4 0 4 7 15 9 28 24 6 7 1
December 1015 24 14 38 7 62 61 5 5 18 1 4 6 2 0 2 0 8 30 48 7 2 0 0 9 19 21 28 14 3 6 1
Means 1012 30 21 * 53 51 _ _ 5 3 3 5 27 12 6 18 20 5 2 0 2 13 48 9 13 9 6 11 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 342 25 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 4 _
Extreme values _ _ _ 47 5 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 11 16 2 2 50 30 2 2 2 _ 9 _

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.215

WMO No 76151 ISLA GUADALUPE (MEXICO) (29 10 N, 118 19 W) Height above MSL 23 m
Climatic Table compiled from 8 to 12 years observations, 1971 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0500 1700

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0500

1700

0500

1700

0500

1700

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1020 19 13 22 11 82 78 3 4 15 _ 34 6 9 9 2 2 2 20 16 47 1 3 7 3 2 5 27 5 9 10 1 1 0
February 1019 19 13 23 11 84 77 3 4 19 _ 46 1 1 6 4 6 3 17 15 50 0 1 7 6 3 5 26 3 11 12 1 1 |
March 1019 19 14 23 12 83 75 3 4 17 _ 52 2 2 4 2 2 1 24 10 52 | | 3 3 1 3 34 3 14 14 1 | 0

CHAPTER 1
April 1017 20 14 24 12 84 75 3 3 7 _ 56 3 2 0 2 1 2 26 9 59 | 0 1 2 0 1 35 2 12 14 1 | 0
55

May 1016 20 15 25 13 85 76 4 3 | _ 65 | | 0 1 | | 32 1 60 | 0 0 | | 1 38 | 16 16 1 1 0
June 1016 21 15 25 14 86 76 5 4 | _ 59 1 0 1 1 0 1 34 3 61 0 0 0 1 1 2 35 1 15 16 1 1 |
July 1015 22 17 28 16 88 78 4 3 | _ 57 1 0 1 | | 4 31 6 58 0 | 2 2 1 3 33 1 13 14 | 1 |
August 1015 23 17 28 15 87 77 4 3 1 _ 47 3 2 3 1 | 1 38 5 55 2 0 2 1 | 1 38 1 13 14 1 1 0
September 1014 24 17 28 15 87 76 4 3 | _ 41 2 1 6 3 1 3 36 9 43 1 1 2 1 2 2 46 2 12 13 2 1 0
October 1016 23 17 26 15 84 75 4 4 4 _ 41 2 2 6 3 2 2 33 10 50 0 2 3 2 1 2 37 4 11 12 | | 0
November 1018 21 16 24 13 83 75 3 4 8 _ 40 2 6 4 1 1 2 27 17 52 | 2 2 3 2 2 34 4 10 13 | | 0
December 1019 20 14 22 11 81 76 4 4 16 _ 31 6 5 3 4 2 2 32 14 38 1 2 4 5 4 6 35 5 11 11 2 1 0
Means 1017 21 15 32* 10 85 76 4 4 _ _ 48 3 3 4 2 1 2 29 9 52 1 1 3 2 1 3 35 3 12 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 87 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 11 8 1
Extreme values _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 12 12 8 12 12 10 12 12 12 12 12 12

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.216

WMO No 72290 SAN DIEGO/LINDBERGH (CALIFORNIA) (32 44 N, 117 10 W) Height above MSL 9 m
Climatic Table compiled from 8 to 51 years observations, 1931 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0400 1600

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0400

1600

0400

1600

0400

1600

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1018 18 8 26 5 75 58 4 4 51 5 18 10 11 11 5 3 5 13 24 3 1 2 2 11 14 19 47 1 4 9 | 1 |
February 1018 19 9 26 6 76 59 4 4 49 7 16 9 11 14 7 4 5 19 25 3 1 1 2 11 15 19 49 | 4 9 | 1 |
March 1017 20 11 28 8 79 62 5 4 40 5 15 12 14 11 7 5 7 13 17 2 1 | 2 9 19 28 40 | 5 10 | 1 1

CHAPTER 1
April 1015 21 13 28 11 81 60 5 4 19 3 15 11 12 12 9 6 11 11 14 1 | 0 | 8 20 36 34 0 5 10 0 1 |
56

May 1014 21 15 25 13 81 65 6 4 5 1 12 10 9 7 14 15 9 16 8 1 0 0 0 8 31 29 32 0 5 10 0 | |
June 1013 22 16 28 14 84 66 7 3 1 | 19 6 4 6 15 13 10 18 9 | 0 0 | 9 27 27 37 0 5 9 0 1 |
July 1013 24 18 27 16 85 66 7 2 1 | 25 7 2 4 16 9 10 20 8 | 0 0 | 8 25 31 35 0 5 9 0 1 |
August 1013 25 19 30 17 85 67 6 2 2 | 25 9 2 3 11 8 12 23 8 1 0 0 0 6 17 32 44 0 5 9 0 1 |
September 1012 25 18 33 15 84 66 6 3 5 1 25 10 5 5 10 8 5 20 12 2 0 | 0 6 16 27 49 1 4 9 | 1 |
October 1014 24 15 33 13 81 66 5 3 10 2 20 12 8 9 6 5 4 15 21 2 | 1 | 7 14 26 49 0 4 9 0 2 |
November 1017 22 11 28 7 72 58 3 3 27 2 17 12 11 11 5 3 5 10 26 3 1 1 1 7 12 23 52 | 4 8 | 1 |
December 1018 19 8 25 5 73 58 3 4 47 6 16 11 12 12 4 2 4 13 26 5 2 1 2 11 11 18 51 1 4 8 | 2 |
Means 1015 22 13 36* 3 80 63 5 3 _ _ 19 10 8 9 9 7 7 15 16 2 1 | 1 8 18 26 43 | 5 9 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 257 33 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 13 4
Extreme values _ _ _ 44 0 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 51 51 8 21 21 50 30 51 21 51

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.217

WMO No 72295 LOS ANGELES (CALIFORNIA) (33 56 N, 118 24 W) Height above MSL 32 m
Climatic Table compiled from 18 to 50 years observations, 1931 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0400 1600

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0400

1600

0400

1600

0400

1600

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1018 18 8 27 5 71 60 4 4 71 5 7 24 33 8 1 2 5 5 17 3 2 4 4 2 27 54 4 0 4 9 0 3 |
February 1017 18 9 27 6 75 62 4 4 75 6 8 18 33 10 2 2 6 4 18 1 2 3 5 2 26 57 3 | 5 10 | 3 1
March 1016 19 10 28 6 79 66 4 4 52 5 8 16 31 8 1 4 10 5 16 1 | 2 3 3 30 59 2 | 5 11 | 2 1

CHAPTER 1
April 1015 20 12 28 10 82 65 4 4 24 3 7 14 31 9 3 6 12 5 15 | | 1 1 1 34 62 1 | 4 12 | 2 1
57

May 1014 21 14 27 11 83 66 5 3 3 | 3 10 26 11 4 9 18 4 16 0 0 0 1 0 31 67 1 | 4 12 | 1 |
June 1013 22 15 27 13 85 67 5 3 1 | 4 5 19 13 5 12 17 5 21 0 0 0 0 | 32 67 1 0 4 12 0 1 |
July 1014 24 17 28 16 86 68 5 2 2 | 5 4 15 10 3 9 23 9 21 0 0 0 0 | 30 69 | 0 4 12 | 1 |
August 1013 24 17 29 15 86 68 5 2 1 | 5 5 16 9 3 12 22 6 21 | 0 0 | 0 29 70 | | 4 12 | 2 |
September 1013 24 16 33 15 84 66 4 2 6 1 4 7 22 9 3 8 19 7 22 | | | 1 1 31 67 | 0 4 11 | 2 |
October 1015 23 15 35 12 79 66 4 3 9 1 6 12 31 10 3 4 9 4 21 0 | | 1 1 28 68 1 0 4 11 0 4 |
November 1017 22 11 30 7 68 58 3 3 37 2 10 17 38 9 1 2 5 3 17 3 1 2 2 1 24 64 4 | 4 10 | 3 |
December 1018 19 8 27 4 66 57 3 4 56 5 11 23 36 7 1 1 4 3 15 3 1 4 6 2 24 54 6 | 4 8 | 4 |
Means 1015 21 13 36* 3 4 3 _ _ 6 13 27 9 2 6 13 5 18 1 1 1 2 1 29 63 2 | 4 11 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 337 30 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 28 5
Extreme values _ _ _ 42 5 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 18 48 8 18 18 50 30 18 18 18 30 48 48

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.218

WMO No 72494 SAN FRANCISCO (CALIFORNIA) (37 37 N, 122 23 W) Height above MSL 5 m
Climatic Table compiled from 21 to 51 years observations, 1931 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0400 1600

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0400

1600

0400

1600

0400

1600

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1020 12 5 17 2 86 65 5 5 107 8 7 8 7 15 17 14 10 8 15 18 22 9 10 6 6 9 14 6 5 7 | 3 |

February 1019 15 7 20 3 84 63 5 5 82 7 3 3 3 13 16 15 16 16 16 13 13 4 4 8 6 22 28 2 6 10 | 2 1
March 1018 16 8 23 5 83 64 5 5 67 6 3 2 2 8 17 14 25 22 10 5 4 1 4 8 11 37 34 1 7 14 | 1 1

CHAPTER 1
April 1017 19 9 27 7 82 59 4 4 35 4 2 | | 6 7 14 41 22 7 2 1 | 1 4 12 50 31 0 7 16 | | |
58

May 1016 20 10 28 8 82 58 4 3 9 1 1 | | 2 5 14 46 30 2 1 | 0 | 1 8 55 34 | 8 18 | | |
June 1015 21 11 31 9 83 57 4 3 3 1 1 | 0 1 4 10 48 34 2 | 1 | 0 1 5 55 37 0 9 18 | | |
July 1015 22 12 31 10 86 58 4 2 1 | 1 0 | | 2 8 37 48 3 1 | | 0 1 4 40 55 0 8 18 | | |
August 1014 23 12 32 10 86 60 4 2 1 | 1 0 | 1 3 13 36 42 4 | | | | | 6 39 54 0 7 17 | | |
September 1014 22 11 31 10 85 59 4 2 2 1 | | | 2 6 13 34 36 8 1 1 | | 2 6 33 57 0 6 17 | | |
October 1016 22 10 30 8 83 59 4 3 25 2 1 1 1 4 9 17 31 23 13 4 2 1 1 2 7 29 54 1 6 14 0 1 |
November 1019 18 8 24 4 83 61 4 4 53 3 4 3 2 10 15 17 19 15 15 11 11 4 4 6 6 19 33 7 5 10 | 2 |
December 1020 13 6 19 3 85 65 4 4 95 7 7 8 6 17 15 14 10 9 14 16 19 9 9 7 4 12 16 8 5 8 | 3 |
Means 1017 19 9 34* 2 84 61 4 3 _ _ 3 2 2 7 10 13 29 26 9 6 6 2 3 4 7 33 37 2 7 14 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 480 40 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 12 4
Extreme values _ _ _ 41 4 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 51 51 38 21 21 50 30 21 21 21 21 51 21

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.219

WMO No 72594 EUREKA (CALIFORNIA) (40 48 N, 124 10 W) Height above MSL 13 m

Climatic Table compiled from 12 to 50 years observations, 1931 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0400 1600

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0400

1600

0400

1600

0400

1600

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1020 12 5 17 1 85 71 5 6 166 14 3 5 13 25 19 10 4 1 19 33 9 2 8 15 13 7 11 3 5 8 0 4 |

February 1019 11 6 18 1 83 69 6 6 131 11 5 7 10 25 22 9 2 1 19 29 6 4 5 15 17 9 13 1 6 10 | 3 |
March 1019 12 7 18 2 85 70 6 6 132 11 9 4 10 24 27 8 1 2 16 30 2 1 3 14 18 10 21 0 6 10 | 2 |

CHAPTER 1
April 1018 13 8 19 3 86 69 6 6 73 6 19 5 9 19 17 9 1 4 17 41 3 0 1 5 18 8 24 0 5 11 0 2 |
59

May 1018 14 9 20 5 87 70 6 5 46 5 22 5 6 13 19 7 5 6 18 46 2 | 1 3 16 7 26 0 5 12 | 2 |
June 1018 16 11 20 7 89 72 6 5 15 2 21 7 5 10 14 12 3 10 18 49 1 1 | 1 11 9 29 | 5 11 | 1 |
July 1017 16 11 20 9 91 73 6 4 3 | 22 3 2 10 15 16 5 10 17 38 1 | 0 1 9 8 42 | 5 10 | 3 |
August 1016 16 12 21 11 92 75 7 4 7 1 16 3 5 10 19 14 4 9 20 34 1 | | 1 8 16 39 | 4 9 | 5 |
September 1016 16 11 22 8 92 75 5 4 19 2 11 4 6 14 13 10 4 4 33 37 2 0 | 2 14 11 34 0 4 9 | 7 |
October 1017 16 9 22 5 90 77 5 5 76 6 12 6 10 17 14 7 4 3 22 40 3 1 2 6 14 9 22 2 4 8 0 9 |
November 1018 14 7 19 2 86 73 5 5 135 8 6 5 12 18 20 10 4 3 18 36 6 1 4 14 13 6 18 2 5 9 | 6 1
December 1019 12 5 18 1 86 72 5 5 160 12 5 5 14 22 20 10 3 3 18 31 7 3 10 15 14 6 11 4 6 8 | 4 |
Means 1018 14 8 26* 1 88 72 6 5 _ _ 13 5 9 17 18 10 3 5 21 37 4 1 3 7 14 9 24 1 5 10 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 963 78 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 48 3
Extreme values _ _ _ 30 4 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 42 42 38 12 12 50 30 12 12 12 12 42 12

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.220

WMO No 72698 PORTLAND (OREGON) (45 36 N, 122 36 W) Height above MSL 12 m

Climatic Table compiled from 18 to 50 years observations, 1931 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0400 1600

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0400

1600

0400

1600

0400

1600

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1019 7 1 13 5 86 73 6 7 151 19 3 4 15 32 12 8 5 7 15 3 3 17 37 11 8 10 6 5 8 9 | 5 |

February 1018 9 2 16 4 87 66 6 6 107 16 3 3 15 34 11 8 7 6 15 1 3 18 32 15 9 10 10 3 7 10 | 3 |
March 1018 13 3 20 2 87 59 6 6 99 17 2 3 14 25 18 10 6 7 17 7 3 14 14 14 12 14 19 3 6 9 | 1 1

CHAPTER 1
April 1018 17 6 25 0 87 58 6 6 59 14 3 2 3 20 18 11 7 11 20 10 7 12 6 11 11 16 24 3 5 8 0 | 2
60

May 1018 20 9 30 4 86 54 6 6 53 11 7 4 7 15 16 9 7 16 20 18 4 6 5 8 11 16 35 2 4 8 0 0 2
June 1018 22 11 31 8 84 56 5 5 39 9 15 4 5 11 13 5 6 23 19 20 5 7 3 6 9 14 36 1 5 8 0 | 1
July 1017 26 13 34 10 82 46 4 4 11 3 23 5 4 6 7 4 5 32 13 26 4 3 | 3 4 11 47 1 5 9 0 | 1
August 1017 26 13 35 10 83 43 4 3 24 4 22 6 3 9 8 6 6 25 16 21 5 5 1 2 4 13 47 1 4 8 0 0 1
September 1017 24 11 33 6 88 48 4 4 43 6 10 3 2 16 13 8 11 14 23 16 4 11 4 8 6 10 38 3 4 8 0 | 1
October 1018 18 7 26 2 91 58 5 5 86 12 6 4 4 26 10 9 11 10 21 10 4 13 12 10 9 13 21 8 5 7 0 3 |
November 1019 11 4 17 2 89 73 6 6 143 16 2 2 9 30 19 9 9 7 14 3 3 13 27 15 11 9 9 9 7 9 0 4 |
December 1019 8 2 14 4 86 77 6 6 175 18 4 3 14 35 12 8 6 6 13 3 2 14 38 13 8 8 9 5 8 9 | 4 |
Means 1018 37* 7 86 59 5 5 _ _ 9 4 8 21 13 8 7 14 17 12 4 11 14 9 9 12 26 4 8 9 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 990 145 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 20 9
Extreme values _ _ _ 42 14 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 48 48 35 18 18 50 30 18 18 18 18 18 45

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.221

WMO No 72791 ASTORIA/CLATSOP (OREGON) (46 09 N, 123 53 W) Height above MSL 7 m

Climatic Table compiled from 8 to 38 years observations, 1931 to 1994

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

3 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0400 1600

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0400

1600

0400

1600

0400

1600

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1019 8 2 14 4 89 80 6 6 297 23 1 4 34 14 14 11 8 3 12 5 7 27 5 18 17 9 9 3 8 9 | 3 1

February 1018 10 2 17 5 88 71 6 6 251 19 1 7 36 19 12 11 3 1 9 8 4 22 4 17 18 12 12 3 7 10 | 3 |
March 1017 11 3 18 2 91 70 6 6 227 20 4 2 23 26 9 12 10 4 10 5 6 2 7 12 26 14 25 2 6 10 | 2 |

CHAPTER 1
April 1018 14 5 21 1 91 72 7 6 132 17 1 2 13 28 14 14 8 8 11 2 1 3 3 12 31 19 29 1 6 11 0 2 |
61

May 1018 16 7 25 2 92 70 7 6 81 14 3 1 13 32 9 14 9 10 10 1 | 1 2 2 28 30 37 1 5 11 0 2 |
June 1018 18 10 27 6 91 70 7 6 77 12 5 1 10 34 13 12 9 8 8 1 1 2 0 4 27 28 38 | 5 11 0 1 |
July 1019 20 11 28 8 92 69 6 4 32 6 6 | 8 31 9 14 7 17 10 0 1 | 0 2 20 24 53 1 5 12 0 1 |
August 1018 21 11 28 7 93 72 6 5 38 8 3 1 10 29 14 15 7 14 9 0 | 1 0 3 25 23 48 | 5 12 0 4 |
September 1018 20 9 28 5 93 68 5 4 80 10 2 3 14 33 11 11 6 5 16 5 3 1 0 6 20 17 47 1 4 11 0 5 1
October 1018 16 5 25 1 93 72 5 5 198 17 1 2 20 36 14 9 2 1 14 4 6 4 2 16 25 13 29 1 5 9 0 5 1
November 1018 12 4 16 2 90 81 7 7 284 20 1 3 28 27 13 8 8 4 7 3 6 18 10 22 16 11 9 6 7 8 | 3 1
December 1019 9 3 14 3 89 80 6 6 347 22 | 7 31 21 15 9 4 3 9 4 9 37 11 12 10 7 3 6 8 8 | 4 1
Means 1018 15 6 31* 6 91 73 6 6 _ _ 2 3 21 27 12 12 7 6 10 3 4 11 4 11 21 17 27 2 6 10 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2044 183 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 35 6
Extreme values _ _ _ 38 14 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 8 38 8 8 8 30 8 8 8 8 22 22

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.222

WMO No 72797 QUILLAYUTE (WASHINGTON) (47 57 N, 124 33 W) Height above MSL 62 m

Climatic Table compiled from 7 to 50 years observations, 1931 to 1993

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure
at MSL

No. of days with

Month

1 mm or more
in each month

in each month
0400 1600

Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.
daily max.

Thunder
Average
Mean
Mean

Gale
0400

1600

0400

1600

0400

1600

Fog
fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1017 7 1 12 5 92 84 6 7 389 26 3 22 16 13 16 9 4 1 15 3 18 10 14 22 11 8 5 9 6 6 0 5 |

February 1016 8 1 18 6 92 76 6 6 308 21 4 21 18 15 10 4 2 3 23 3 19 4 14 25 14 12 6 5 5 7 | 5 1
March 1015 10 2 18 3 94 73 6 6 288 22 4 15 28 10 11 5 2 1 23 6 7 4 11 25 18 13 13 2 5 8 | 4 |

CHAPTER 1
April 1017 14 4 24 1 93 67 6 6 194 16 3 17 16 11 9 6 3 5 31 5 4 2 6 18 26 22 17 1 4 8 0 3 |
62

May 1018 16 6 28 1 94 67 6 6 116 14 4 12 18 9 9 5 5 4 35 2 2 | 3 18 22 26 26 | 3 8 0 3 |

June 1018 18 8 29 4 94 66 7 5 78 9 7 11 11 9 9 2 4 6 42 4 2 | 2 17 19 27 27 1 2 8 | 3 |
July 1019 20 10 30 5 94 65 6 5 60 9 7 9 8 6 8 5 5 9 44 5 1 0 1 14 19 29 30 | 2 8 0 4 |
August 1018 21 10 31 6 95 67 6 4 60 8 8 11 10 7 12 3 2 4 45 5 2 0 1 13 27 27 25 1 2 8 | 8 |
September 1018 20 8 32 3 94 64 5 5 138 14 8 14 14 7 7 2 2 3 42 6 6 1 3 14 22 23 25 1 3 7 0 5 |
October 1018 16 6 26 1 95 74 5 6 275 27 7 17 18 10 13 2 3 2 29 6 7 1 9 24 19 16 15 3 4 6 0 8 1
November 1016 11 4 15 2 94 86 6 7 332 19 3 17 19 17 14 8 3 3 16 3 13 8 18 22 13 9 8 7 5 6 0 6 2
December 1018 8 2 13 4 93 85 6 6 432 22 7 21 17 13 11 6 4 1 21 8 21 6 20 14 8 6 4 13 5 6 0 5 1
Means 11 14 5 33* 7 94 73 6 6 _ _ 5 15 16 11 11 5 3 4 30 5 9 3 9 19 18 18 17 4 4 7 _ _ _
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2670 207 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 59 5
Extreme values _ _ _ 36 12 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 11 41 7 11 11 50 1 11 11 11 11 11 11

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

1.223

WMO No 76151 TATOOSH ISLAND (WASHINGTON) (48 23 N, 124 44 W) Height above MSL 31 m
Climatic Table compiled from 20 to 36 years observations, 1931 to 1966

Average Average Mean Number

Temperatures cloud Precipitation Wind distribution Percentage of observations from wind of days
humidity
cover speed with
Average pressure

No of days with fog

No of days with
at MSL

No. of days with

Month {

1 mm or more
in each month

in each month
Mean highest

Mean lowest
daily min.

force 7 +
daily max.

Average
Cloudy
Mean
Mean

Clear
1000

1600

fall

Calm

Calm
NW
SW

NW
SW
NE

SE

SE
NE
W

W
E
N

S
N
hPa C C C C % % Oktas mm Knots

January 1016 7 4 11 2 82 82 4 4 275 21 2 6 41 10 15 12 8 4 2 17 1

February 1016 8 4 12 1 81 80 5 4 226 19 2 4 47 9 14 9 6 6 3 12 1
March 1016 9 5 13 1 80 79 5 6 206 20 3 7 29 8 21 15 10 4 3 11 1

CHAPTER 1
April 1017 11 6 16 3 80 79 5 6 135 17 2 6 17 6 16 18 25 5 5 8 2
63

May 1017 13 8 18 5 82 81 5 8 75 14 3 5 15 5 15 19 26 6 6 3 3
June 1018 14 10 19 8 86 84 4 9 69 12 2 5 10 2 24 31 18 4 4 1 5
July 1017 15 11 20 9 89 87 6 8 58 10 2 3 5 3 36 30 13 3 5 1 11
August 1017 16 11 19 8 90 90 5 8 53 11 2 8 9 3 35 26 7 2 8 1 16
September 1017 15 10 20 7 87 86 7 7 88 11 3 11 19 3 24 18 9 5 8 3 11
October 1016 13 9 17 5 85 85 6 6 212 17 2 8 31 6 22 13 8 3 7 10 6
November 1016 10 7 14 2 83 84 3 5 272 21 2 6 44 10 17 9 6 2 4 14 2
December 1016 9 5 12 1 83 83 3 5 309 23 2 5 39 11 18 10 10 3 2 17 1
Means 1017 12 7 24* 3 84 83 5 6 _ _ 2 6 26 6 21 18 12 4 5 98 59
Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1978 196 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Extreme values _ _ _ 31 10 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

No. of years
observations 30 30 30 30 36 30 20 30 30

* Mean of highest each year Highest recorded temperature | Rare

Mean of lowest each year Lowest recorded temperature { All observations
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 1

1.224
METEOROLOGICAL CONVERSION TABLE AND SCALES
Fahrenheit to Celsius
Fahrenheit

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

F Degrees Celsius
100 733 739 744 750 756 761 767 772 778 783
90 678 683 689 694 700 706 711 717 722 728
80 622 628 633 639 644 650 656 661 667 672
70 567 572 578 583 589 594 600 606 611 617
60 511 517 522 528 533 539 544 550 556 561
50 456 461 467 472 478 483 489 494 500 506
40 400 406 411 417 422 428 433 439 444 450
30 344 350 356 361 367 372 378 383 389 394
20 289 294 300 306 311 317 322 328 333 339
10 233 239 244 250 256 261 267 272 278 283
0 178 183 189 194 200 206 211 217 222 228
+0 178 172 167 161 156 150 144 139 133 128
10 122 117 111 106 100 94 89 83 78 72
20 67 61 56 50 44 39 33 28 22 17
30 11 06 0 +06 +11 +17 +22 +28 +33 +39
40 +44 +50 +56 61 67 72 78 83 89 94
50 100 106 111 117 122 128 133 139 144 150
60 156 161 167 172 178 183 189 194 200 206
70 211 217 222 228 233 239 244 250 256 261
80 267 272 278 283 289 294 300 306 311 317
90 322 328 333 339 344 350 356 361 367 372
100 378 383 389 394 400 406 411 417 422 428
110 433 439 444 450 456 461 467 472 478 483
120 489 494 500 506 511 517 522 528 533 539

Celsius to Fahrenheit
Celsius

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

C Degrees Fahrenheit
70 940 958 976 994 1012 1030 1048 1066 1084 1102
60 760 778 796 814 832 850 868 886 904 922
50 580 598 616 634 652 670 688 706 724 742
40 400 418 436 454 472 490 508 526 544 562
30 220 238 256 274 292 310 328 346 364 382
20 40 58 76 94 112 130 148 166 184 202
10 +140 +122 +104 +86 +68 +50 +32 +14 04 22
0 320 302 284 266 248 230 212 194 +176 +158
+0 320 338 356 374 392 410 428 446 464 482
10 500 518 536 554 572 590 608 626 644 662
20 680 698 716 734 752 770 788 806 824 842
30 860 878 896 914 932 950 968 986 1004 1022
40 1040 1058 1076 1094 1112 1130 1148 1166 1184 1202
50 1220 1238 1256 1274 1292 1310 1328 1346 1364 1382

HECTOPASCALS TO INCHES
HECTOPASCALS
950 960 970 980 990 1000 1010 1020 1030 1040 1050

28 29 INCHES 30 31

MILLIMETRES TO INCHES (1) (for small values)

millimetres
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

05 15 25 35
0 1 2 3 4
inches

(2) (for large values)

millimetres
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

20 30 40 60 70 80 90 110 120
0 5 10 50 100
inches

64
Home Contents Index

NOTES

65
Home Contents Index
Chapter 2 - Outlying Islands and Through Route

140 130 120 110 100 90 80

4801
4806
Warwick Seamount

Cobb Seamount Grays Hr.

2. 45 Columbia R.

2 .76

C. Blanco

2.74
40 C. Mendocino 2531 40

2.71
4807 SAN FRANCISCO 4802

U N I T E D S T A T E S
4806
2.68 O F
San Pedro B.
A M E R I C A
4801 San Diego B.

2530 2.64
30 30
I. Guadalupe
2.40
66

GO
LF
O
2.60

DE
2.39 2323
4808 Rocas Alijos

CA
M E X I C O

LI
FO
RN
2324

IA
2 .5 7
20 C. Corrientes 20
4807
ISLAS REVILLAGIGEDO
2.24 Manzanillo Hr.
I. Clarion
2.35 4811 58 4811

LA
7

A
EM
AT
uz
Cr GU
HONDURAS
a
lin
Sa NIC
A

R
2. 51

AG
UA
10 4618 I. Clipperton 10
2.17 Puntarenas
4802
587

I. del Coco
2.5

140 130 120 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 90 80

March 2004
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 2
OUTLYING ISLANDS AND ISOLATED DANGERS, AND THROUGH ROUTE ALONG
THE PACIFIC COASTS OF CENTRAL AMERICA AND UNITED STATES

GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 4051, 4050 2 It is arranged as follows:
Scope of the chapter Outlying Islands and Isolated Dangers (2.3).
2.1 Through Route Panama Canal to Juan de Fuca
1 In this chapter are described the outlying islands, the Strait (2.46).
dangers in their vicinity and the other isolated dangers and Natural conditions
shoal areas in the waters off the Pacific coasts of Central 2.2
America and the United States. 1 Currents and tidal streams. For general remarks see
A description of a through route along the mainland 1.149 and succeeding paragraphs.
coasts from Punta Mariato (712N, 8053W) to Cape Climate and weather. For general remarks see 1.170
Flattery (4823N, 12444W) is also included. and succeeding paragraphs.

OUTLYING ISLANDS AND ISOLATED DANGERS

GENERAL INFORMATION buoys, and should gear become entangled in a buoy, no
attempt should be made to damage or cut the buoy to
Charts 4618, 4811, 4802, 4807, 4806 retrieve gear. The moorings are under a great deal of
Description tension and present a considerable hazard if lifted from the
2.3 water.
1 The descriptive sequence is generally SE to NW, and is For further information on ODAS and ATLAS buoys see
arranged as follows: 1.22 and 1.23.
Isla del Coco (2.5). 4 Other buoys. Light-buoys (special) are charted in the
Germaine Bank (2.16). following open ocean positions:
le Clipperton (2.17). 3710N, 12730W, marking submerged buoy.
Oceana Bank (2.22). 4531N, 12736W, position doubtful.
Ville de Toulouse Rock (2.23). 4552N, 12846W, position doubtful.
2 Islas Revillagigedo (2.24). 4254N, 13054W, position doubtful.
Rocas Alijos (2.39).
Isla de Guadalupe (2.40). ISLA DEL COCO
Seamounts and Seabed Features South of 30N
(2.44). General information
Seamounts and Seabed Features North of 30N Chart 4811
(2.45). Position
2.5
ODAS and ATLAS buoys 1 Isla del Coco (532N, 8700W), 589 m high, lies
2.4 385 miles WSW of Punta Mariato (712N, 8053W) at the
1 ODAS Light-buoys. In addition to those buoys listed in SW end of Cocos Ridge; the island, which is about 4 miles
the coastal chapters, ODAS Light-buoys (special) are long and 2 miles wide, belongs to Costa Rica.
moored in the open ocean in the following positions (2003)
Topography
which may be subject to change:
2.6
No 46059 (3800N, 13001W).
1 The island is rugged and mountainous, covered with
No 46006 (4048N, 13729W).
thick undergrowth, and is fringed by many islets and rocks
No 46002 (4231N, 13016W).
which lie up to 8 cables offshore; Cerro Iglesias, the
No 46005 (4603N, 13101W).
summit, rises in the SW part of the island. The coasts, for
No 46036 (4822N, 13356W).
the most part are formed by steep cliffs indented by
2 ATLAS Buoys (Autonomous Temperature Line
numerous small bays and coves; a heavy surf usually
Acquisition System Buoys) (orange and white toroidal
breaks all round the island.
buoys) are moored in the open ocean in the following
2 The island is reported to be a good radar target at up to
positions (2003), which may be subject to change:
distances of 28 miles.
500N, 9500W.
500N, 11000W. Regulations
800N, 9500W. 2.7
800N, 11000W. 1 The island is designated a national park and is
1000N, 9500W. administered by the Costa Rican Ministry of Parks;
1200N, 9500W. protection is extended to the underwater environment of the
3 Mariners are advised to give these buoys a clearance of island.
6 miles. Although these buoys may attract fish, fishermen Vessels visiting the island are restricted to a maximum
are strongly advised not to deploy gear around or near the stay of 10 days.

67
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 2
Natural conditions
2.8
1 Tidal streams set E with the falling tide and W with
the rising tide; the latter is generally the weaker.
Currents off the island are strong and irregular but
generally set NE at a rate of about 2 kn.
2 Weather. Little is known of the meteorological
conditions at the island though it would appear that the
main dry season is from January to March, followed by a
second dry period in September and October. The
prevailing winds are from S and SW, with occasional
squalls of short duration from NE. Rainfall is reported to
be about 76 cm per annum, and fresh water is reported to
be plentiful.
Directions
South-east coast
2.9
1 The SE coast of the island, formed between Cabo
Dampier (530N, 8701W), the S extremity, and Cabo
Atrevido (3 miles NE) is indented by two small, exposed
bays, of no importance. The bays are separated by a spit
extending about 4 cables offshore, with depths over it of
less than 55 m, at the extremity of which stands Isla Juan
Bautista. A drying rock, lying 3 cables SSW of Isla Juan
Bautista, is the outermost charted danger off this coast.
South-west coast
2.10
1 The SW coast, between Cabo Dampier and Cabo
Duplicado (1 miles NW), is formed by steep rugged cliffs
rising steeply from the sea; it has not been closely
examined. The outermost dangers are a rock (18 m high)
(reported 1947), which lies 1 mile WSW of Cabo Dampier,
and Islas Dos Amigos, two islets which lie at the extremity
of foul ground about 5 and 8 cables SW of Cabo
Duplicado.
North-west coast
2.11
1 The NW coast is high with steep cliffs, and is indented
by Baha Wafer (2.14). Piedra Sucia, a small, rugged islet,
which lies 4 cables off the coast, 2 miles NE of Cabo
Duplicado, is the outermost charted danger off this coast.
North-east coast
2.12
1 This N part of this coast is formed by Baha de
Chatham which is described below; the S part is steep-to
within 2 cables of the shore.
Anchorages
Baha de Chatham
2.13
1 Description. Baha de Chatham is entered between
Punta Agujas (533N, 8659W), the N extremity of the
island, and Punta Pacheco (7 cables ESE). Two high islets
lie close offshore off the entrance points; Isla Manuelita on
the W side and Islote Ulloa on the E side.
A patch of foul ground lies on the bank, with depths
over it of less than 9 m, which extends 3 cables seaward
from the head of the bay.
2 Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 26 m with
Islote Ulloa, well open of Punta Pacheco bearing 119.
Anchorage may also be obtained about 1 cables off the
SE shore of the bay in depths of about 13 m.
68
The bottom is coral and sand, and the holding ground is
not good; the anchorage is unsafe in onshore winds.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha Wafer
2.14
1 Baha Wafer, on the NW coast, is entered between Punta
Presidio (533N, 8700W) and Punta Gissler (6 cables
WSW). The coastal bank, with depths of less than 55 m
over it, extends almost to the line joining the entrance
points; Islote Iglesias lies at the N entrance to the bay.
2 The bay is mainly foul and does not offer as good an
anchorage as Baha de Chatham as the depths outside the
coastal bank are greater and a heavy swell occasionally
makes landing difficult.
Outlying banks
Chart 4811
2.15
1 In 1987 a shoal, with a depth over it of 30 m, was
reported to lie about 10 miles NE of Isla del Coco.
In 1978 a depth of 183 m was reported to lie about
40 miles SW of the island.
West Cocos Seamount lies about 90 miles W of the
island.
GERMAINE BANK
Chart 4811
2.16
1 Germaine Bank (509N, 10735W) (existence doubtful),
with a depth of 20 m over a rocky bottom, was reported by
the French vessel Germaine, in 1916.
Depths of 22 m, 40 m and 109 m, are reported to lie
10 miles SSW, about 10 miles NW, and 40 miles W,
respectively of this 20 m depth.
LE CLIPPERTON
General information
Charts 4802, 4811, 4618
Description
2.17
1 le Clipperton (1018N, 10915W), which is under the
sovereignty of France, is a very dangerous atoll, situated
650 miles SSW of Cabo Corrientes (2024N, 10543W); it
lies on the central part of Clipperton Ridge. At one time
guano was exported from the island but in 1917 the last of
the settlers left the island.
The atoll consists of a low coral ring of varying width,
which encloses a lagoon filled with stagnant water; the two
openings which formerly led into the lagoon are now
closed.
2 In general, the island is between 15 and 45 m high, but
Rocher Clipperton, a remarkable rocky formation rises to a
height of 18 m on its SE side; at first sight the rock
resembles a sail but on nearer approach it has the
appearance of a large castle. In 1972 there were some
structures remaining on the SW side of the atoll, and also a
large coconut grove. In 1976 the N corner of the atoll was
reported covered by thick undergrowth; a derelict hut with
a mast stood near the middle of the NE side, with an
offshore rock, backed by a few coconut palms, about
5 cables E of it. Five islets, known as Iles Egg, lie in the
W side of the lagoon and are the nesting places of
countless sea birds.
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 2

Tidal streams ISLAS REVILLAGIGEDO

2.18
1 The rising tide usually sets E and the falling tide W, but General information
the strength and duration of the streams depend largely Chart 2323
upon the wind. Description
2.24
Approach 1 Islas Revillagigedo, which are under Mexican
2.19 sovereignty, consists of four islands, Isla Socorro, Isla San
1 A shoal depth of 134 m lies about 18 miles NW of the Benedicto, Isla Roca Partida and Isla Clarion, all of which
island. are of volcanic origin and are situated between latitudes
Soundings give little warning when approaching the atoll 1820N and 1920N, and longitudes 11045W and
from any direction. A high, breaking surf pounds the coral 11445W.
reef and at time sweeps completely across it and into the
lagoon.
Current
2.25
1 In the neighbourhood of Islas Revillagigedo the current
Anchorage and landing sets S with rates of between and 1 kn.
2.20
1 Anchorage may be obtained on the NE side of the Isla Socorro
island 1 mile N of Rocher Clipperton, in depths of from 37
to 82 m, over a shelving coral bottom and with good Chart 2323 (see 1.14)
holding ground, 1 cables from the reef, with Rocher Description
Clipperton bearing between 177 and 190. There is a boat 2.26
landing. 1 Isla Socorro (1848N, 11059W), the largest of the
2 In NE winds small craft may obtain anchorage on the Islas Revillagigedo, is about 10 miles long and rises
SW side of the island off a boat landing, 7 cables W of abruptly from the sea to an elevation of 1130 m (3707 ft) at
Rocher Clipperton, in depths of 6 to 12 m; the anchorage is Volcn Everman the summit. The E side of the island is
subject to swell. dominated 1 mile inland by a high tableland which extends
Caution. A shoal, with a depth over it of 9 m, lies in N and S for about 3 miles, on which there is an airstrip.
the E approach to the latter anchorage about 1 mile WSW 2 The surface of the island is broken by hummocks and
of Rocher Clipperton. small craters, and in some places it is furrowed by ravines,
3 Heavy squalls are frequent from N to ENE and at such presenting a barren and uninviting appearance from
times it vessels should be prepared to leave the anchorages seaward. There are lava outcrops in places and lava lines
at short notice. the walls of the ravines. The island is covered with a thick
Local knowledge is required. growth of sage and brush; there is some grass, but in
general the vegetation is of a low order.
3 There is an abundance of animal and bird life; the
Outlying seamounts waters around the island teem with fish, turtle, and crabs.
2.21 Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.210.
1 Cano Seamount (1020N, 11000W).
Cermeno Seamount (1030N, 10845W).
Off-lying dangers
2.27
Mendoza Seamount (930N, 10720W).
1 Rock Islets, two small detached rocks lie up to 1 mile
Queiros Seamount (1000N, 10855W).
Saavedra Seamount (1025N, 10745W). offshore, 1 mile ENE of Cabo Chato (1852N, 11059W),
charted as Cabo Middleton, the N extremity of the island, a
Torres Seamount (835N, 10700W).
Urdaneta Seamount (925N, 11110W). low peninsula connected to the shore by a neck of sand;
breakers have been reported to extend up to 7 cables W
from these rocks. Cabo Middleton lies mile SW of Cabo
Chato.
OCEANA BANK 2 Roca Oneal, 13 m (45 ft) high, is a steep-to rock lying
1 mile NNW of Cabo Henslow (5 miles SW of Cabo
Charts 4618, 4802 Chato), a small peninsula on the W side of the island
2.22 composed of volcanic rocks in vertical cliffs, and which is
1 Oceana Bank (824N, 11525W) (existence doubtful), connected to the shore by a sandy isthmus; breakers are
with a depth over it of 115 m, was reported (1891) to lie reported to extend NE and SW from Roca Oneal.
about 385 miles WSW of le Clipperton; it is marked by 3 Caution. It is reported that volcanic activity has formed
discoloured water. It was reported that a depth of 185 m, new shoals in the vicinity of Cabo Pearce (7 miles SE of
rock, was obtained about 3 miles farther ESE. Cabo Chato) and towards Baha Braulia (1844N,
11057W) (2.28) along the rock fringed E extremity of the
island. An underwater volcano was reported (1993) to have
formed about 1 to 1 cables NW of Punta Tosca
VILLE DE TOULOUSE ROCK (1845N, 11104W). Depths of 78 m (43 fm) were
reported. Mariners should navigate with caution in these
Chart 4802 areas.
2.23
1 Ville de Toulouse Rock (1116N, 11647W) (existence Anchorages and landings
doubtful) was reported (1871) to lie about 450 miles W of 2.28
le Clipperton; a vessel with a draught of 46 m struck a 1 Baha Braulia (Braithwaite). Anchorage may be
submerged rock in this vicinity. obtained in Baha Braulia (1844N, 11057W), situated

69
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 2
1 mile NE of Cabo Regla, the S extremity of the island, a
high rocky bluff which rises to a hill 76 m high. A
reasonable anchorage is 2 cables from the rocky beach at
the head of the bay in depths of from 18 to 20 m (60 to
66 ft), over a bottom of sand, shell and rock, with the
summit of the island bearing 335. The anchorage is well
sheltered from December to June from all but S and E
winds.
2 Useful mark:
Light (metallic structure, 8 ft in height) (18435N,
110566W), standing on the W side of Baha
Braulia.
Local knowledge is required.
3 Landings. In addition to the rocky beach mentioned
above, on which landing may be made in good weather,
landing may also be effected in Baha Vargas Lozano, a
small cove with a stony beach situated between Cabo Regla
and Baha Braulia; La Peroana, a village in which there is
a church, stands on the W side of this cove.
4 The alignment (328) of a pair of light-beacons at the
head of the cove leads to a small stretch of sandy beach:
Front light (red and white chequered square daymark).
Rear light (red and white triangular daymark) (1 cables
from front beacon).
Caution. Rocks extend 1 cable S from the W entrance
point of the cove.
2.29
1 Baha Cornwallis. Anchorage may be obtained in Baha
Cornwallis (Cornwallis Bay) which is situated between
Cabo Regla and Punta Tosca (7 miles NW) (2.27). The W
entrance to the bay is encumbered by rocks, including a
double pinnacle rock, and depths of 9 m (30 ft) extend up
to 5 cables to seaward from the W entry point.
2 The anchorage is off the first of two white coral beaches
W of Cabo Regla, and is considered to be a safer
anchorage than Baha Braulia between June and December
but it is necessary to anchor close inshore as depths
increase rapidly from the beach.
3 Local knowledge is required.
It is reported more protection is afforded in Caleta el
Barquito, 1 mile NNW of Cabo Regla, over a good bottom,
in depths of about 15 m (50 ft).
4 It is reported there is a fresh water spring at Caleta
Grayson, about 4 miles NW of Cabo Regla; the location is
marked by the letter W over an inverted arrow cut into the
face of the cliff. Dangers, including a rock with a depth
over it of less than 18 m (6 ft) lie in the approaches to this
cove.
2.30
1 Cabo Chato. Small craft may obtain anchorage in the E
of the two bays formed by the peninsula of Cabo Chato
(2.27), but care must be taken on entering this bay to avoid
two submerged rocks which lie close to the S shore
between some red cliffs and the outer sand beach. Both
bays are deep, with sloping beaches at their heads, and
appear to be well sheltered, but the bay on the W side of
the cape should be avoided by all except small boats due
to detached rocks; the E bay is afforded some protection
from N winds by the dangers ENE of Cabo Chato.
Isla San Benedicto
Chart 2323
Description
2.31
1 Isla San Benedicto (1919N, 11049W), barren and
rocky, lies 27 miles NNE of Isla Socorro. The island, which
70
is about 3 miles long, has two peaks, the S of which is the
highest and rises to 297 m (975 ft); the two peaks, when
seen from a distance, give the appearance of two islets.
2 Three small but high, detached rocks, lie within 2 cables
of the W side of the island.
A dangerous rock, with depths over it of from 3 to
37 m (10 to 12 ft) lies 7 cables NW of the W extremity
of the island.
Anchorage and landing
2.32
1 Anchorage may be obtained off a small shingle beach
near the middle of the E side of the island. Landing may
be effected on this beach but it is isolated from the other
parts of the island.
Local knowledge is required.
Outlying shoals
2.33
1 A shoal depth of 27 m (15 fm), position approximate,
(reported 1963) lies about 15 miles N of Isla San
Benedicto, and a depth of 114 m (62 fm) (reported 1971)
lies 6 miles N of the island.
Isla Roca Partida
2.34
1 Isla Roca Partida (1900N, 11204W), 33 m (110 ft), is
a steep-to, barren rock, which lies 62 miles WNW of Isla
Socorro. It consists of two white pinnacle rocks connected
by a ridge, 6 m (20 ft) high, and when seen from a
distance, resembles a jury-rigged vessel.
Isla Clarion
Description
2.35
1 Isla Clarion (1821N, 11444W), the W of Islas
Revillagigedo, is situated about 215 miles W of Isla
Socorro and has similar characteristics to that island. It has
three prominent summits of which the W is the highest,
rising to 335 m (1100 ft). Except for the sand beaches in
the vicinity of Baha Azufre (2.37) the coasts are formed
by perpendicular cliffs from 24 to 183 m (80 to 600 ft)
high; the island has been detected on the radar at a
considerable distance. A light (truncated pyramidal metal
tower, 14 m in height, stands on the S coast.
2 A prominent feature is Roca Monumento, which lies
2 cables off the NW point of the island. It consists of a
square base surmounted by a column, having alternate
layers of red and white conglomerate; a number of smaller
rocks lie between it and the coast.
Animal life is abundant and the island is the breeding
ground for thousands of sea birds; fish and turtles abound
along the shores.
Off-lying dangers
2.36
1 The following dangers, positioned from Roca
Monumento, lie off the N coast of the island:
Rocky shoal with a depth over it of 55 m (18 ft)
(reported 1933) (7 cables NE).
Detached rock (76 m (25 ft) high) (1 miles E).
Rock, over which there is a depth of less than 18 m
(6 ft) (reported 1958) (5 miles E), lying off the
NE end of the island.
Anchorage and landing
2.37
1 Reasonable anchorage, protected from N winds, may be
obtained off Baha Azufre (Sulphur Bay) (1821N,
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 2
11444W) on the S side of the island; the anchorage is
about 3 cables offshore in depths of 22 m (12 fm). A strong
W set has been experienced at the anchorage. Local
knowledge is required.
2 In moderate weather landing may be effected on the
sandy beach on the W side of the bay; no attempts should
be made to land anywhere else on the island.
Caution. Approaching from E attention is drawn to an
area of foul ground, which breaks, and which extends up to
3 cables offshore between Roca Piramide at the SE point of
the island, and Baha Azufre.
3 Navigational aid:
Light (truncated pyramidal metal tower, 14 m in
height) displayed from the E entrance to Baha
Azufre.
Outlying banks
Chart 4802
2.38
1 Shimada Seamount (1653N, 11730W), with a depth
over it of 28 m, is reported to lie about 185 miles WSW of
Isla Clarion.
Alphecca Seamount (1820N, 11710W), with a depth
over it of 156 m, lies about 135 miles W of Isla Clarion.
Fairweather Seamount (1959N, 11300W) lies some
75 miles NW of Isla Roca Partida.
2 Mathematicians Seamounts extend some 420 miles to
the S and SE of Isla Socorro. The following are named:
Archimedes Seamount (1320N, 11020W).
Bernoulli Seamount (1815N, 11150W).
Cantor Seamount (1615N, 10920W).
Clairaut Seamount (1750N, 11035W).
Descartes Seamount (1405N, 10845W).
3 Euclid Seamount (1255N, 11045W).
Euler Seamount (1600N, 11205W).
Fourier Seamount (1355N, 11050W).
Gauss Seamount (1520N, 11020W).
Kepler Seamount (1830N, 10930W).
Khayyam Seamount (1425N, 10710W).
Lagrange Seamount (1720N, 11050W).
4 Laplace Seamount (1425N, 11030W).
Leibnitz Seamount (1645N, 11010W).
Lobachevskiy Seamount (1630N, 10905W).
Napier Seamount (1550N, 11035W).
Newton Seamount (1605N, 11140W).
Pascal Seamount (1550N, 11115W).
Riemann Seamount (1200N, 11010W).
ROCAS ALIJOS
General information
Charts 2323, 2324
2.39
1 Rocas Alijos (2457N, 11545W), 34 m (112 ft) high,
which lie about 150 miles off the coast of Baja California,
are a dangerous group of rocks consisting of three
principal, and numerous smaller rocks, some above-water;
the largest rock is the S of the group. Seen from a distance
the rocks give the appearance of a ship under sail; see
view A on chart 2324. Below-water rocks lie a short
distance both N and S of the visible rocks and the group
should be given a wide berth at all times.
2 In 1957, and again in 1971 and 1973, Rocas Alijos were
reported to lie 2 miles WNW of their charted position.
71
Crest Seamount (2434N, 11707W) (chart 4802) lies
some 80 miles WSW of the rocks.
ISLA DE GUADALUPE
General information
Chart 4802
Description
2.40
1 Isla de Guadalupe (2902N, 11817W), which is under
Mexican sovereignty, lies about 140 miles off the coast of
Baja California. It is a mountainous island of volcanic
origin, about 19 miles long and nearly 7 miles wide, which
attains an elevation of 1297 m near its N end. The S part
of the island is very barren, but there are fertile valleys and
some trees in the N part.
2 The coasts, for the most part, comprise rocky bluffs off
which there are some detached rocks. The island is
surrounded by deep water, and there are few known
dangers outside a distance of 2 cables from the shores.
Apart from two high islands (2.41) which lie within 2 miles
of the S extremity of the island, the other islands along the
coast are small and close inshore.
3 The peaks are obscured by cloud for most of the year,
but when visible they have been seen at distances of up to
55 miles. The island is reported to be detectable on radar
up to 35 miles distant.
Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.215.
Anchorages and landings
South coast
2.41
1 Anchorage, with shelter from all winds except those
from between E and SW, has been obtained in Caleta
Melpomene, the bay on the S coast of the island entered
between Morro Sur (2818N, 11818W), and the SW
extremity of the island (about 1 miles W). Two high,
prominent islets, Isla de Adentro and Isla de Afuera, lie in
the entrance to the cove close S, and 1 miles SSE
respectively, of the SW point.
2 There are depths of 20 m in the narrow passage between
Isla de Adentro and the main island but it is encumbered
with rocks.
The effect of strong W or NW winds is felt in the cove
and at times there is a heavy ground swell at the
anchorage. At night, violent gusts of wind may be
experienced from the heights of the island.
3 In 1892 HMS Melpomene anchored with Morro Sur
bearing 098, and the S extremity of Isla de Adentro
bearing 234, in depths of 26 m.
In 1970 H.M. Swedish Ship Alvsnabben anchored with
the N point of Isla de Adentro bearing 258, and the E
extremity of Isla de Afuera bearing 192, in a depth of
46 m.
4 In 1971 a 128 m patch was reported to lie about
4 cables offshore in a position 9 cables E of the N point of
Isla de Adentro.
Landing may be effected on the W side of the cove.
Landing may also be effected about 1 mile N of Morro Sur,
from where it is possible to reach the interior.
Local knowledge is required.
5 Navigational aid:
Light (metal truncated pyramid, 12 m in height)
(position approximate) displayed from the W side
of the cove.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 2
West coast
2.42
1 Anchorage may be obtained in the cove situated 6 miles
N of the SW extremity of the island but it is exposed to
the heavy swell from NW and is not recommended.
Dangers lie in the S approach to the cove. Local
knowledge is required.
East coast
2.43
1 Anchorage for small craft may be obtained close inshore
in a small cove situated about 1 miles S of Punta Norte,
the NE extremity of the island, off which discoloured water
has been observed. There are no submerged rocks in the
cove and depths of 73 m are found within 60 m of the
beach. The bottom is gravel, without any weed, and the
anchorage is not exposed to the gusts which descend from
the hills. Craft anchored here may secure a sternline to the
boulders on the shore.
2 Landing can be effected alongside the point of rocks at
the S end of the cove, taking care to avoid some detached
rocks just awash.
Approaching from S care should be taken to avoid a
submerged rock, which breaks, which lies close offshore
5 miles S of Punta Norte.
3 Navigational aid:
Light (silver metal truncated pyramid, 12 m in height)
(position approximate) displayed from the vicinity
of the cove.
SEAMOUNTS AND SEABED
FEATURES SOUTH OF 305N
Charts 4802, 4807, 4808, 4811, 4618, 4051
2.44
1 Other named seamounts and seabed features include:
Albatross Plateau (945N, 10430W).
Baja California Seamount Province (2530N,
12400W).
California Seamount (1750N, 12340W).
Dispatch Seamount (2740N, 11920W).
Dowd Tablemount (1313N, 11950W).
2 Guatemala Basin (800N, 9500W).
Henderson Seamount (2530N, 11930W).
McKinley Seamount (2930S, 13715W).
Molokai Fracture Zone (2600N, 12800W).
Rivera Ridge (1845N, 10725W).
Tehuantepec Ridge (1230N, 9730W).
Watertown Seamount (1030N, 11505W).
THROUGH ROUTE PANAMA CANAL TO JUAN DE FUCA STRAIT
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 4050, 4051
Route
2.46
1 In general, within the sea area covered by this volume,
the through route for ocean going vessels may be assumed
72
SEAMOUNTS AND SEABED
FEATURES NORTH OF 30N
Chart 4801, 4802, 4806, 4807, 4945, 4050
2.45
1 Cobb Seamount (4646N, 13048W) is a remarkable
bank of small extent, with a depth over it of 24 m
(reported 1990); the area within 5 cables of this position is
foul.
Wave studies indicate that shallow water effects can be
experienced in the vicinity of seamounts at these depths;
during heavy seas it is prudent to give this bank a wide
berth.
2 Other named seamounts and seabed features include:
Agerholm Seamount (3425N, 13530W).
Blanco Fracture Zone (4400N, 12900W).
Boutelle Seamount (3900N, 13105W).
Brown Bear Seamount (4600N, 13035W).
Cascadia Basin (4700N, 12900W).
Davidson Seamount (3545N, 12245W).
Emilia Seamount (4350N, 13155W).
3 Erben Tablemount (3250N, 13235W).
Fieberling Tablemount (3225N, 12745W).
Guide Seamount (3701N, 12320W).
Gumdrop Seamount (3728N, 12330W).
Hoke Seamount (3205N, 12650W).
Iwabuchi Seamount (4200N, 13245W).
Jackson Seamount (4232N, 12747W).
Jasper Seamount (3030N, 12245W).
4 Jones Seamount (4335N, 13235W).
Juan de Fuca Ridge (4555N, 12935W).
Menard Seamount (4215N, 13410W).
Mendocino Fracture Zone (4015N, 13300W).
Mendocino Ridge (4025N, 12730W).
Murray Fracture Zone (3300N, 13500W).
5 Nichols Seamount (4255N, 13315W).
Parks Seamount (4420N, 13005W).
Patton Escarpment (3200N, 12000W).
Pioneer Canyon (3718N, 12315W).
Pioneer Fracture Zone (3850N, 13300W).
Pioneer Seamount (3720N, 12325W).
President Jackson Seamount (4245N, 12805W).
San Juan Seamount (3302N, 12100W).
Santa Lucia Escarpment (3440N, 12130W).
6 Schaefer Seamount (4305N, 13225W).
Shalowitz Seamount (4610N, 13510W).
Shor Seamount (4230N, 13300W).
Springfield Seamount (4805N, 13010W).
Srivastava Seamount (4430N, 13605W).
Steel Vendor Seamount (4025N, 12930W).
7 Studdard Seamount (3145N, 12620W).
Taney Seamounts (3645N, 12525W).
Thompson Seamount (4600N, 12835W).
Vance Seamount (4525N, 13030W).
Warwick Seamount (4800N, 13245W).
Westfall Seamount (3015N, 12005W).
to be the most direct route that safe navigation permits,
subject to the constraint of weather.
2 By keeping within 15 miles of the coast of the United
States the strong NW winds and the heavy seas raised
farther out are, for the most part, avoided; calms will often
be experienced close inshore when there is a wind to
seaward.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 2
3 Where the through route coincides with the coastal
routes described elsewhere in this book, the latter, as
indicated by cross references, should be consulted.
2.47
1 Panama Canal to Punta Mariato. Between Balboa
(857N, 7934W), at the S entrance to the Panama Canal,
and Punta Mariato (712N, 8053W), at the E limit of this
book, the route leads initially SSW for about 90 miles to
round Punta Mala (728N, 8000W), thence it leads
55 miles WSW to the vicinity of Punta Mariato. A
description of these routes between the Panama Canal and
Punta Mariato is given in South America Pilot Volume III.
2 Punta Mariato to Cape Flattery. From position 705N,
8055W, 7 miles SSW of Punta Mariato, to Cape Flattery
(4823N, 12444W) a suggested route follows rhumb line
tracks through the following positions:
0705N, 8145W (SSE of Isla Jicarita).
1810N, 10340W (off Punta San Telmo)
2300N, 11125W (off Baja California).
2427N, 11245W (off Cabo San Lzaro).
2800N, 11600W (off Islas San Benito).
3400N, 12040W (off San Miguel Island).
3738N, 12312W (off Farallon Islands).
4026N, 12432W (off Cape Mendocino).
4250N, 12444W (off Cape Blanco).
4820N, 12506W (at the entrance to the SW
approach lane of the Juan de Fuca TSS off Cape
Flattery).
3 Caution. The route along the
CaliforniaOregonWashington coast should be navigated
with caution as it is frequently affected by periods of thick
weather, and the effect of the currents is uncertain. Since
the tracks listed above follow as direct a route as possible
it is prudent for S-bound vessels to keep a little more to
seaward off these coasts so as to avoid situations where
vessels are meeting end on.
Topography
2.48
1 A general description of the coasts of Panama and Costa
Rica is given at 3.4 and 3.79, and of the coast of Mexico
between Puerto ngel (1539N, 9631W) and Cabo
Corrientes (2024N, 10543W) at 5.80. The W coast of
Baja California from Cabo Falso (2252N, 10958W) to
Punta Eugenia (409 miles NW) is described at 7.6.
2 The CaliforniaOregonWashington coast of the United
States between Mexico on S and British Columbia on N, is
mostly rugged and mountainous, with high land rising
abruptly from the sea in many places. South of San
Francisco Bay (3750N, 12223W) the mountains are
usually bare or are covered with chaparral and underbrush.
North of the bay the mountains are generally well
timbered, and in some places, especially N of Columbia
River (4615N, 12405W), the timber is particularly dense
and heavy.
Marks and features
2.49
1 For the most part details of the principal coastal
features, landmarks and lights, have been omitted but cross
references to paragraphs in other chapters where these will
be found have been given. The extent to which these marks
will be of use depends upon the actual route taken and the
visibility at the time. The mariners chosen route may pass
sufficiently close to the coast to permit additional marks to
be sighted, in which case the appropriate text in the
relevant geographical chapter should be consulted.
73
Arrangement of the route
2.50
1 The route is described as follows:
Punta Mariato to Punta San Telmo (2.51).
Punta San Telmo to Cabo San Lzaro (2.57).
Cabo San Lzaro to Islas San Benito (2.60).
Islas San Benito to San Miguel Island (2.64).
San Miguel Island to Farallon Islands (2.68).
Farallon Islands to Cape Mendocino (2.71)
Cape Mendocino to Cape Blanco (2.74).
Cape Blanco to Cape Flattery (2.76).
PUNTA MARIATO TO PUNTA SAN TELMO
General information
Charts 1928, 2145, 587, 1051, 1053
Outlying banks and shoals
2.51
1 Off Punta Burica (802N, 8252W) (3.8).
Bank, with a depth over it of 46 m (25 fm), (reported
1957), lies 13 miles W.
Off Punta Salsipuedes (827N, 8335W) (3.103).
2 Bank, with depths over it of from 13 to 18 m (42 to
60 ft) (reported 1946), (18 miles SW); the
existence of this bank was confirmed in 1958
when soundings of from 11 to 20 m (36 to 66 ft)
were obtained in this locality.
Bank, with a least depth over it of 31 m (17 fm)
(reported 1948), (14 miles SW).
Bank, with a depth over it of 82 m (45 fm) (reported
1882), 10 miles WSW.
3 Guardian Bank (930N, 8730W) was reported (1927)
to have a least depth over it of 58 m (32 fm), and was said
to be a narrow bank extending for about 45 miles in a
NNW and SSE direction, but its limits were not defined.
Subsequent searches by vessels have failed to find any
bank of this description, but a number of shoals, with
depths of from 9 to 31 m (5 to 17 fm) have been reported
between 1930 and 1983 within 60 miles of the above
position, as indicated on the chart. In 1981 depths of less
than 11 m (36 ft) were reported to exist E of the charted
bank.
4 Farther NNW, an isolated shoal, with a depth over it of
27 m (15 fm) (reported 1951), lies in position 1100N,
8842W; another shoal depth of 47 m (26 fm) (reported
1966) is charted 11 miles ENE of this depth.
Principal marks (Coast of Panama)
2.52
1 Landmarks:
Punta Mariato (712N, 8053W) which is described
in South America Pilot Volume III.
Isla Jicaron (716N, 8148W) (3.8).
Isla Jicarita (lying close S of Isla Jicaron) (3.8).
Isla Montuosa (728N, 8215W) (3.8).
Punta Burica (802N, 8252W) (3.8).
2 Major lights:
Punta Mariato Light (712N, 8053W) which is
described in South America Pilot Volume III.
Isla Jicarita Light (713N, 8148W) (3.8).
Islas Ladrones Light (752N, 8227W) (3.39).
Principal marks (Coast of Mexico)
2.53
1 Landmarks:
Sierra Fuerte (1638N, 9816W) (5.84).
Pico Corcovado (1704N, 9930W) (5.84).
Cerro Tetas de Coyuca (1724N, 10005W) (5.84).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 2
2 Major lights:
Isla Roqueta Light (1649N, 9954W) (5.84).
Puerto Lzaro Crdenas Light (1755N, 10210W)
(5.120).
Caleta de Campos Light (1804N, 10245W)
(5.147).
Punta San Telmo Light (1820N, 10330W) (5.147).
Other navigational aids
2.54
1 Racons:
Isla Roqueta Light (see above).
Puerto Lzaro Crdenas Light (see above).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Passage Directions
(continued from South America Pilot Volume III)
2.55
1 From a position S of Punta Mariato (712N, 8053W)
the route leads initially W for about 50 miles to a position
S of Isla Jicarita (713N, 8148W), thence it leads WNW
for about 1450 miles to the vicinity of Punta San Telmo
(1820N, 10330W), moving away from the coast of
Costa Rica SW of Punta Guiones (954N, 8541W) and
gradually converging on the coast of Mexico SSW of
Puerto ngel (1539N, 9631W). The route passes about
30 miles SSW of Acapulco (1651N, 9954W) and Lzaro
Crdenas (1756N, 10211W).
2 Attention is drawn to the outlying banks described at
2.51.
Descriptions of the coastal passages adjacent to this
route are given in:
Offshore route Punta Mariato to Punta Burica (3.5).
Punta Burica to Punta Banco (3.81).
Cabo Matapalo to Punta Llorona (3.101).
Puerto ngel to Baha de Acapulco (5.81).
3 Baha de Acapulco to Lzaro Crdenas (5.118).
Lzaro Crdenas to Baha de Manzanillo (5.145).
Baha de Manzanillo to Cabo Corrientes (5.173).
Descriptions of the main ports along the coast are given
as follows:
Puerto Armuelles (816N, 8252W) (3.65).
Puerto Golfito in Golfo Dulce (830N, 8310W)
(3.84).
4 Puerto Caldera and Puntarenas in Golfo de Nicoya
(950N, 8445W) (3.126).
Puerto Sandino (1211N, 8647W) (4.31).
Corinto (1228N, 8711W) (4.39).
Puerto de Henecn (Honduras) and Puerto de La
Unin (El Salvador) in Golfo de Fonseca
(1300N, 8750W) (4.73).
5 Acajutla (1334N, 8950W) (4.155).
Puerto Quetzal (1355N, 9048W) (4.172).
Salina Cruz (1610N, 9512W) (5.38).
Acapulco (1651N, 9954W) (5.95).
Lzaro Crdenas (1756N, 10211W) (5.133).
Manzanillo (1903N, 10420W) (5.155).
Low powered vessels and small craft
2.56
1 It is reported that small vessels can avoid the rough seas
off the Isthmus of Tehuantepec (1700N, 9500W), during
December, by heading direct towards Salina Cruz (1610N,
9512W) from the vicinity of Punta Guiones until within
74
30 or 40 miles of that port when course should be altered
to round Puerto ngel. This route is somewhat longer than
the direct route N but has the advantage of favourable
currents along the coast of Central America.
(Directions continue at 2.59)
PUNTA SAN TELMO TO
CABO SAN LZARO
General information
Charts 1053, 3053, 3054, 2323
Principal marks
2.57
1 Landmarks:
Volcn de Colima (1931N, 10337W) (5.147).
Nevado de Colima (Volcn de Safa) (3 miles N of
Volcn de Colima) (5.147).
Punta Graham (1911N, 10443W) (5.177).
Cerro de Navidad (Morro de Navidad) (1913N,
10450W) (5.177).
Sierra de San Lzaro (2311N, 10951W) (6.76).
2 Sierra de la Laguna (2334N, 11000W) (7.11).
Las Hermanas (2424N, 11147W) (7.11).
Cabo San Lzaro (2448N, 11219W) (7.43).
Major lights:
Punta Campos Light (1901N, 10421W) (5.147).
Punta Faralln Light (1923N, 10502W) (5.177).
Cabo Falso Light (2252N, 10958W) (6.76).
Other navigational aids
2.58
1 Racons:
Cabo Falso Light (see above).
Cabo San Lzaro Light (2448N, 11219W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Passage Directions
(continued from 2.56)
2.59
1 Caution. Attention is drawn to the off-lying banks and
dangers between Cabo Falso (2252N, 10958W) and
Cabo Tosca (2418N, 11143W), described at 7.9, which
should be given a good clearance.
From the vicinity of 1810N, 10340W, SW of Punta
San Telmo, the route continues initially WNW for about
525 miles to the vicinity of 2300N, 11125W, passing
about 38 miles SW of Cabo Falso, thence it leads NW for
about 114 miles to 2427N, 11245W, SW of Cabo San
Lzaro.
2 Descriptions of the coastal passages adjacent to this
route are given in:
Cabo Falso to Baha Magdalena (7.7).
Baha Magdalena to Punta Pequea (7.39).
Descriptions of the main ports along the coast are given
as follows:
3 Puerto Vallarta in Baha de Banderas (2037N,
10530W) (5.203).
Mazatlan (2311N, 10625W) (5.244).
Topolobampo (2536N, 10904W), Guaymas
(2754N, 11052W) and La Paz (2410N,
11019W) are described in Chapter 6, Golfo de
California.
(Directions continue at 2.62)
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 2
CABO SAN LZARO TO
ISLAS SAN BENITO
General information
Charts 3054, 3055, 2324
Principal marks
2.60
1 Landmarks:
Cabo San Lzaro (2448N, 11219W) (7.43).
Monte Table (2704N, 11358W) (7.54).
Monte Eugenia (2746N, 11501W) (7.66).
Islas San Benito (2819N, 11535W) (7.84).
Major light:
Islas San Benito NW Light (2819N, 11535W)
(7.84).
Other navigational aids
2.61
1 Racons:
Cabo San Lzaro Light (2448N, 11219W).
Islas San Benito NW Light (as above), from a
position 1 mile E of the light.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Passage Directions
(continued from 2.59)
2.62
1 From the vicinity of 2427N, 11245W, SW of Cabo
San Lzaro, the route leads NW for about 276 miles to the
vicinity of 2800N, 11600W, SW of Islas San Benito,
passing:
Clear of, depending on draught, Banco Petrel
(27 miles WSW of Cabo San Lzaro), a bank
composed of fine, grey, speckled sand, with depths
over it of from 183 to 73 m (10 to 40 fm); the
bank has not been closely examined and may
extend farther SE. And:
2 SW of Thetis Bank (7.41) and the adjacent shoals
lying W and WNW of Cabo San Lzaro (2448N,
11219W), thence:
SW of an isolated shoal depth of 183 m (10 fm)
(reported 1964) (2504N, 11245W); other shoal
depths, as shown on the chart, lie within 18 miles
NW of this depth. Thence:
3 SW of Uncle Sam Bank (2537N, 11322W), which
has a least charted depth over it of 66 m (36 fm);
depths of from 146 to 29 m (48 ft to 16 fm) have
been reported within 19 miles NE of this bank as
can be seen on the chart.
Thence the route continues NW in deep water to the
vicinity of Islas San Benito.
4 Descriptions of the coastal passages adjacent to this
route are given in:
Punta San Hiplito to Punta Eugenia (7.64).
Islands at the entrance to Baha Sebastin Vizcaino
(7.81).
The main port on the coast is Puerto Morro Redondo
(2803N, 11511W) (7.91).
(Directions continue at 2.65)
Other names
2.63
1 Moore Bank (2605N, 11327W).
Rosa Seamount (Bank) (2611N, 11459W).
75
ISLAS SAN BENITO TO
SAN MIGUEL ISLAND
General information
Charts 899, 3056, 2324, 2530, 4802
Landmarks
2.64
1 Islas San Benito (2819N, 11535W) (7.84).
Santa Rosa Island (3357N, 12006W) (8.289).
San Miguel Island (3402N, 12022W) (8.289).
Passage Directions
(continued from 2.62)
2.65
1 From the vicinity of 2800N, 11600W, SW of Islas
San Benito, the route leads NW for about 433 miles across
open water to the vicinity of 3400N, 12040W, W of San
Miguel Island, passing:
SW of Bishop Rock (3227N, 11908W) (8.64),
thence:
2 SW of San Nicolas Island (3314N, 11930W)
(8.91), and the outlying dangers W and NW of
that island (8.93), thence:
SW of San Miguel Island (3402N, 12022W)
(8.279), thence:
SW of Richardson Rock (5 miles NW of San
Miguel Island) (8.326).
(Directions continue at 2.69)
Route to San Diego
2.66
1 From the same initial position as above the route leads
NNW for about 285 miles to the vicinity of the SD
Light-buoy (3237N, 11715W) (8.41), passing E of Islas
Coronados (3225N, 11716W) (7.169). Attention is drawn
to an isolated shoal depth of 457 m (25 fm) (2933N,
11628W) (reported 1981), and to an isolated shoal depth
of 5 m (16 ft) (3054N, 11643W) (reported 1991).
2 Descriptions of the coastal passages adjacent to this
route are given in:
Punta Baja to Punta Colnett (7.126).
Punta Colnett to Islas de Todos Santos (7.142).
Islas de Todos Santos to the approaches to San Diego
Bay (7.167).
3 Descriptions of the main ports along the coast are given
as follows:
Ensenada in Baha de Todos Santos (3148N,
11642W) (7.151).
Rosarito Oil Terminal (3221N, 11705W) (7.173).
San Diego, Los Angeles/Long Beach and Port
Hueneme are described in Chapter 8.
Other name
2.67
Ferrel Seamount (2930W, 11715W).
SAN MIGUEL ISLAND TO
FARALLON ISLANDS
General information
Charts 899, 778, 229, 2530
Principal marks
2.68
1 Landmarks:
Saddle Peak (3513N, 12047W) (9.15).
Hollister Peak (3521N, 12047W) (9.31).
Hearst Castle (3541N, 12110W) (9.31).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 2
Twin Peaks (3603N, 12130W) (9.48).
Junipero Serra Peak (3609N, 12125W) (9.48).
South east Farallon (3742N, 12300W) (10.26).
North Farallon (6 miles NW of South east Farallon)
(10.26).
2 Major lights:
Point Conception Light (3427N, 12028W) (8.289).
San Luis Obispo Light (3510N, 12046W) (9.15).
Piedras Blancas Light (3540N, 12117W) (9.31).
Point Sur Light (3618N, 12154W) (9.48).
Farallon Light (3742N, 12300W) (10.26).
Passage Directions
(continued from 2.65)
2.69
1 From the vicinity of 3400N, 12040W, W of San
Miguel Island, the route leads NW for about 251 miles to
the vicinity of 3738N, 12312W, SW of Farallon Islands,
passing:
SW of the oil platforms lying up to 5 miles off
Point Arguello (3435N, 12039W) (8.291),
thence:
Clear of ODAS Light-buoy 46028 (special) (3545N,
12152W), thence:
2 SW of Point Sur (3618N, 12154W) (9.48), thence:
SW of B Light-buoy (special) and ODAS Light-buoy
46042 (special), moored about 22 and 23 miles
WNW, respectively, of Point Pinos (3638N,
12156W). Dependent on distance offshore,
between the latitudes of 3618N and 3711N
mariners should note the charted recommended
tracks (8.4). thence:
3 SW of South east Farallon (3742N, 12300W)
(10.26).
Cautions.
The S part of this route passes through the Pacific
Missile Range (8.2).
The route W of Farallon Islands crosses the San
Francisco to Honolulu and other Pacific Ocean
routes of vessels using the San Francisco TSS.
4 Descriptions of the coastal passages adjacent to this
route are given in:
Point Arguello to Point Buchon (9.11).
Point Buchon to Point Piedras Blancas (9.27).
Point Piedras Blancas to Point Sur (9.45).
The coastal passages N of Point Sur, in the approaches
to San Francisco Bay, are described in:
Point Sur to Point Pinos (9.57).
5 Monterey Bay to Pillar Point (9.93).
Descriptions of the main ports along the coast are given
as follows:
Monterey Harbor (3636N, 12153W) in Monterey
Bay (9.67).
San Francisco, Oakland, Alameda, Richmond,
Stockton and Sacramento are described in
Chapter 10.
(Directions continue at 2.72)
Other names
2.70
1 Arguello Canyon (3430N, 12100W).
Rodriguez Seamount (3403N, 12104W).
76
FARALLON ISLANDS TO
CAPE MENDOCINO
General information
Charts 229, 3120, 3121, 2530
Principal marks
2.71
1 Landmarks:
South east Farallon (3742N, 12300W) (10.26).
North Farallon (6 miles NW of South east Farallon)
(10.26).
Point Reyes (3800N, 12301W) (10.26).
Ross Mountain (3830N, 12307W) (11.14).
Point Arena lighthouse (3857N, 12344W) (11.14).
2 Bald Hill (3928N, 12345W) (11.35).
Cahto Peak (3941N, 12335W) (11.35).
King Peak (4009N, 12407W) (11.54).
Punta Gorda (4016N, 12422W) (11.54).
Sugar Loaf (4026N, 12425W) (11.54).
3 Major lights:
Point Reyes Light (3759N, 12301W) (10.26).
Point Arena Light as above.
Point Cabrillo Light (3921N, 12350W) (11.35).
Cape Mendocino Light (4026N, 12424W) (11.54).
Passage Directions
(continued from 2.69)
2.72
1 From the vicinity of 3738N, 12312W the route leads
NNW for about 179 miles to the vicinity of 4026N,
12432W, W of Cape Mendocino, passing:
WSW of Noonday Rock (3748N, 12310W)
(10.31), thence:
WSW of Point Reyes (3800N, 12301W) (10.26),
thence:
2 WSW of Point Arena (3857N, 12344W) (11.15),
thence:
Clear of ODAS Light-buoy 46014 (special) (3913N,
12358W), thence:
WSW of Punta Gorda (4016N, 12422W) (11.54),
thence:
3 WSW and W of Blunts Reef, the outermost visible
danger lying 2 miles W of Cape Mendocino
(4026N, 12444W), and a detached shoal lying
3 miles NW of the cape. Cape Mendocino, and
the dangers in its vicinity, are described at 11.56.
Descriptions of the coastal passages adjacent to this
route are given in:
4 Point Reyes to Point Arena (11.8).
Point Arena to Abalone Point (11.33).
Abalone Point to Cape Mendocino (11.50).
(Directions continue at 2.75)
Other names
2.73
1 Arena Canyon (3900N, 12400W).
Bodega Canyon (3814N, 12331W).
Gorda (Sea) Valley (3953N, 12500W).
Navarro Canyon (3904N, 12403W).
Noyo Canyon (3933N, 12420W).
Vizcaino Dome (3930N, 12436W).
Vizcaino Canyon (3940N, 3036W).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 2
CAPE MENDOCINO TO CAPE BLANCO
General information
Charts 3121, 3122, 2531
Principal marks
2.74
1 Landmarks:
Sugar Loaf (4026N, 12425W) (11.54).
Trinidad Head (4103N, 12409W) (11.100).
Red Mountain (4132N, 12355W) (11.100).
Humbug Mountain (4241N, 12426W) (12.8).
2 Major lights:
Cape Mendocino Light (4026N, 12424W) (11.54).
Humboldt Bay Light (4046N, 12414W) (11.67).
Del Norte Aero Light (4147N, 12414W), at Point
St George.
Cape Blanco Light (4250N, 12434W) (12.8).
Passage Directions
(continued from 2.72)
2.75
1 From the vicinity of 4026N, 12432W, clear W of
Blunts Reef, the passage leads N for about 144 miles to the
vicinity of 4250N, 12444W, W of Cape Blanco, passing:
W of ODAS Light-buoy 46022 (special) (4043N,
12431W), thence:
W of St George Reef (4150N, 12423W) (11.102),
thence:
2 W of Rogue River Reef (4227N, 12430W) (12.9),
thence:
W of ODAS Light-buoy 46015 (special) (4244N,
12451W), thence:
W of Orford Reef which extends from 2 to 5 miles
offshore SW of Cape Blanco (4250N, 12434W)
(12.7).
3 Descriptions of the coastal passages adjacent to this
route are given in:
Cape Mendocino to Humboldt Bay (11.63).
Humboldt Bay to Point St George (11.97).
Point St George to Cape Blanco (12.6).
The main port along the coast is Humboldt Bay
(4046N, 12414W) (11.70).
(Directions continue at 2.78)
CAPE BLANCO TO CAPE FLATTERY
General information
Charts 3123, 3124, 2940, 4945, 2531
Principal marks
2.76
1 Landmarks:
Carroll Islet (4800N, 12443W) (14.76).
Ozette Island (4809N, 12445W) (14.76).
Radar dome on Bahokus Peak (4822N, 12440W)
(14.76), the summit of Cape Flattery.
77
2 Major lights:
Cape Blanco Light (4250N, 12434W) (12.8).
Cape Arago Light (43205N, 124225W) (12.37).
Heceta Head Light (4408N, 12408W) (12.77).
Destruction Island Light (4740N, 12429W)
(14.58).
Cape Flattery Light (4824N, 12444W) (14.76).
Other navigational aid
2.77
1 Racon: Juan de Fuca Strait J Light-buoy (special)
(4830N, 12500W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Passage Directions
(continued from 2.75)
2.78
1 Caution. An Area to be Avoided is established, as
shown on the charts, extending up to 27 miles off the coast
of Washington, between the vicinity of Copalis Head
(4709N, 12411W) (14.59) and Cape Flattery (4823N,
12444W) (14.70); the W point of this area is 4752N,
12516W. For details see 14.4.
2 From the vicinity of 4250N, 12444W, clear W of
Orford Reef, the passage leads N for about 330 miles to
position 4820N, 12506W at the entrance to the SW
approach lane of the TSS (14.74) off Cape Flattery.
Except for Umatilla Reef (14.78) and the other dangers
extending up to 3 miles from Cape Alava (4810N,
12444W) (14.78), the passage is free from outlying
dangers.
3 Attention is drawn to an obstruction (submerged buoy)
with a depth over it of 20 m (66 ft), which lies 69 miles W
of Cape Lookout (4520N, 12400W).
Descriptions of the coastal passages adjacent to this
route are given in:
Cape Blanco to Coos Bay (12.35).
4 Coos Bay to Yaquina Bay (12.74).
Yaquina Bay to Cape Meares (12.123).
Cape Meares to Columbia River (12.137).
Cape Disappointment to Grays Harbor (14.8).
Grays Harbor to Quillayute River (14.55).
Quillayute River to Cape Flattery (14.69).
Descriptions of the main ports along the coast are given
as follows:
5 Coos Bay (4321N, 12420W) (12.46).
Newport in Yaquina Bay (4437N, 12405W)
(12.98).
Astoria, Longview, Portland and Vancouver are
described in Chapter 13.
Grays Harbor (4655N, 12410W) (14.22).
(Directions continue in British
Columbia Pilot Volume 1)
Other names
2.79
1 Barkley Canyon (4820N, 12600W).
Nitinat Canyon (4809N, 12550W).
Home Contents Index
Chapter 3 - Pacific coasts of Panama and Costa Rica from Punta Mariato to Baha de Salinas

86 85 84 83 82 81

11 Bahia 11
3.178 de Salinas
a
nta Elen
1960 B. Sa
660
P. Culebra
3.166

Golfo de
Nicoya 1 9 31
nas
are
10 P unt C O S TA R I C A 10
3.136
Caldera
1931
llo
Cari
1960 B.
3.126

3.158

1931

3.113 Baha
Uvita
9 1960 9
78

3 .1 0 5
1932
P. Golfito
Golfo
Dulce 3.65
3.84
Armuelles
3 .1 0 1 PA N A M A
1932

8 3.81
3.50 8
Pt Burica

Baha
3.37 Honda
1928

3.14
Pt Mariato
7 3.5 7
2145
1928

86 85 84 Longitude 83 West from Greenwich 81

March 2004
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
PACIFIC COASTS OF PANAMA AND COSTA RICA FROM PUNTA
MARIATO TO BAHA DE SALINAS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 2145, 1049
Scope of the chapter
3.1
1 The area covered by this chapter comprises the coastal
waters of Panama from Punta Mariato (712N, 8053W)
to Punta Burica (802N, 8252W) including Puerto
Armuelles (816N, 8252W) and its associated tanker port,
and the coastal waters of Costa Rica from Punta Burica to
Baha de Salinas (1103N, 8543W) including Golfo
Dulce (830N, 8315W) and Golfo de Nicoya (845N,
8445W).
2 The through route along these coasts is described in
Chapter 2.
The chapter is divided into the following sections:
Panama South-west Coast (3.3).
Costa Rica South-west Coast (3.78).
Natural conditions
3.2
1 Winds. The predominant wind along this section of the
coast from November to April is NE, and SW from June to
September. During the dry season from November to April
PANAMA SOUTHWEST COAST
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 1928, 2145
Area covered
3.3
1 The area covered by this section comprises:
Offshore Route Punta Mariato to Punta Burica
(3.5).
Punta Mariato to Isla Canal de Afuera (3.14),
including descriptions of Baha Montijo and Baha
Honda.
2 Isla Canal de Afuera to Baha Charco Azul (3.37),
including the inshore passages from Baha Honda
to Isla Parida.
Baha Charco Azul (3.50), including Puerto
Armuelles.
Topography
3.4
1 Heavily wooded hills and mountain ranges span the
length of the country and rise to elevations of about
3500 m in the interior in the W of the area. Many rivers
flow into the sea over this coastline, which is irregular and
heavily indented, but they are of little or no importance
navigationally.
79
there is a tendency for the prevailing wind to vary locally.
The two seasonal winds are both irregular and are modified
by the alternation of land and sea breezes and interrupted
by calms and occasional squalls.
2 Strong N winds, Nortes (1.184), are common
occurrences in Central America.
Currents. Due to the influence of the Equatorial
Counter-current an E set will usually be experienced within
20 miles of the coast between Punta Mariato (712N,
8053W) and Punta Burica, 129 miles WNW.
3 In general the currents are weak and variable although
stronger currents may be experienced off certain headlands
and rivers. Mariners are advised to exercise caution and to
give these points and coastal indentations a wide berth
when passing.
4 Visibility. Fog is practically unknown along these coasts
but during heavy squalls in the rainy season visibility may
temporarily be reduced to less than 5 cables. During the dry
season dust haze may reduce visibility to less than 5 miles
on occasions. Radiation fog may develop along the
estuaries during the night but this clears quickly after
sunrise.
OFFSHORE ROUTE PUNTA MARIATO
TO PUNTA BURICA
General information
Charts 1928, 2145
Route
3.5
1 From the vicinity of Punta Mariato (712N, 8053W)
the route leads initially W, passing S of Isla Coiba (730N,
8147W) and the islands off its S coast, thence WNW to
Punta Burica (802N, 8252W), passing SSW of the
islands in the approaches to Baha Charco Azul.
Topography
3.6
1 Punta Mariato and the coastline E of it are described in
South America Pilot Volume III.
Isla Coiba is described at 3.15.
Magnetic Anomaly
3.7
1 In 1929 a local magnetic anomaly, which caused a
variation of 13 from the normal, was reported to exist off
the S coast of Isla Coiba between positions 14 miles SE
and 12 miles SSW of Punta Anegada (720N, 8136W).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
Principal marks
3.8
1 Landmarks:
Punta Mariato (712N, 8053W) which is described
in South America Pilot Volume III.
Isla Jicaron (716N, 8148W), a heavily wooded
island which rises to an elevation of 418 m
(1370 ft) and is reported to be conspicuous on
radar; the island is uninhabited.
Isla Jicarita (lying close S of Isla Jicaron), a wooded
islet with bold cliffs at its S end, from the
extremity of which a light (see below) is
displayed.
2 Isla Montuosa (728N, 8215W), a small, heavily
wooded island from where a light (white metal
framework tower, 12 m in height) is displayed.
Islas Ladrones (752N, 8227W), three rocky, barren
islets; a light (3.39) stands on the summit of the
largest.
3 Punta Burica (802N, 8252W), the S extremity of a
remarkable narrow peninsula, between 210 and
275 m high, which projects 17 miles S from the
general line of the coast and forms a prominent
mark from any direction; it has been reported to
have been sighted at a distance of 35 miles in clear
weather.
4 Major lights:
Punta Mariato Light (713N, 8053W) which is
described in South America Pilot Volume III.
Isla Jicarita Light (white metal framework tower,
15 m in height) (713N, 8148W).
Islas Ladrones Light (752N, 8227W) (3.39).
Directions
(continued from South America Pilot Volume III)
3.9
1 From the vicinity of position 705N, 8055W, S of
Punta Mariato, the route leads W then WNW passing:
S and SSW of Isla Jicarita (713N, 8148W) (3.8),
reported to be radar conspicuous; in 1960 breakers
were observed 5 cables S of Isla Jicarita and
caution is advised when navigating in this area.
2 SSW of Banco Hannibal (724N, 8203W), with a
least depth of 17 m (56 ft), thence:
SSW of Isla Montuosa (728N, 8215W) (3.8),
reported to be radar conspicuous, thence:
SSW of Islas Ladrones (752N, 8227W) (3.8); a
shoal depth of 17 m (56 ft) lies about 1 mile S of
the islets. Thence:
3 SSW of Isla Burica (801N, 8253W), a small island
lying 5 cables S of Punta Burica (3.8) to which it
is connected by a reef. A light (GRP tower, 10 m
in height) is displayed from the island. A black,
above-water rock, lies 1 miles NW of the island,
and below-water rocks lie up to 5 cables S of the
island which should be given a wide berth at all
times. A shoal depth of 11 m (36 ft) (reported
1965), existence doubtful, lies 2 miles SW of Isla
Burica. The NW-going tidal stream is reported to
be strong off Punta Burica.
(Directions continue for coastal passage at 3.83)
80
Canal de Jicaron
Description
3.10
1 Canal de Jicaron (719N, 8147W), the passage
3 miles wide between Isla Coiba (3.15) and Isla Jicaron
(3.8), is generally deep, but a bank with depths of less than
18 m (60 ft) extends across the channel to within about
1 mile of Isla Jicaron.
Directions
3.11
1 Caution. Tidal streams up to a rate of about 2 kn have
been observed in Canal de Jicaron and for this reason it is
not recommended to navigate the channel in thick weather.
From a position S of Punta Anegada (720N, 8136W)
(3.17) the passage leads WNW passing (with positions
from Punta Anegada):
2 SSW of a bank with a least depth over it of 65 m
(21 ft) lying 1 miles S of Punta Anegada (3.17),
thence:
SSW of a shoal depth of 91 m (30 ft) lying 1 mile
SSW of Punta Doble (2 miles W), the S
extremity of Isla Coiba, thence:
Clear of Hill Rocks (5 miles SW), two rocks awash,
and:
3 SSW of Isla Barca lying towards the outer edge of
foul ground extending 8 cables S from Punta
Racimo (4 miles W); rocks awash lie 3 cables SE
of the island. Thence:
SSW of Passage Rocks (7 miles W), a group of rocks
awash, thence:
4 SSW of Logan Rock (7 miles W), an above-water
rock, and:
NNE of Punta David (11 miles WSW), the NE point
of Isla Jicaron, thence:
Clear of, depending on draught, a shoal patch
(2 miles NNW of Punta David) with a depth over
it of 11 m (36 ft), thence:
5 SW of a shoal depth of 76 m (25 ft) lying 6 cables
SW of Punta Brigida (11 miles WNW); another
shoal depth of 58 m (19 ft) lies close offshore
2 miles NW of Punta Brigida. Thence:
SW of Punta Adelarda (20 miles NW) which, together
with Punta Hermosa standing 2 miles farther N,
form the W extremity of Isla Coiba.
Boat channel
3.12
1 A narrow passage with a depth in it of about 24 m
(8 ft) leads between Punta Ursula, the S extremity of Isla
Jicaron (3.8), and Isla Jicarita, 2 cables S. Landing is
possible in a small inlet on the W side of Isla Jicarita.
The W side of Isla Jicaron is fringed by reefs, and a
dangerous group of rocks, with depths over them of less
than 18 m (6 ft) and which do not always break, lie
2 miles WNW of Punta Ursula. A stranded wreck lies on
the reefs 2 miles NNW of Punta Ursula.
Anchorages
3.13
1 Anchorage has been obtained 5 cables N of Isla
Montuosa (728N, 8215W) (3.8).
Anchorage, with good holding, can be obtained in
depths from 18 to 22 m (10 to 12 fm), mud, 1 mile NW of
Punta David (3.11).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
PUNTA MARIATO TO ISLA
CANAL DE AFUERA
General information
Chart 1928
Route
3.14
1 The passage from the vicinity of Punta Mariato (712N,
8053W) to the N point of Isla Coiba (58 miles NW) leads
in deep water to Isla Canal de Afuera (742N, 8138W),
passing SW of Isla Cebaco (733N, 8109W) and off the
NE coast of Isla Coiba.
Topography
3.15
1 Punta Mariato to Baha Honda. Between Punta
Naranjo (716N, 8056W) and Punta Duartes (15 miles
N), the E entrance point to Baha Montijo (3.20), the
coastline is low, fringed by rocks lying up to 1 miles
offshore in places and is indented by two bays which each
have a stream at their head.
2 Isla Cebaco (733N, 8109W), a high, long, heavily
wooded island with several hills, the highest at its W end,
extends across the entrance to Baha Montijo. Isla
Gobernadora, a steep island lying 1 miles N of the W
part of Isla Cebaco, makes a good landmark when
approaching the inlet from the W.
Between Punta Brava (737N, 8114W) and Punta
Jabali (19 miles WNW), at the E entrance to Baha
Honda (3.23), the coast is rugged with several islets and
rocks lying off it at distances up to 1 mile offshore.
3 Isla Coiba (730N, 8147W), the largest island off this
part of the coast is 22 miles long and rises to an elevation
of 427 m (1400 ft). The interior is mountainous and
wooded but there is some swampy land on its W side. Two
prominent islands lie in the channel between Punta Baltasar
(739N, 8146W), the N point of the island, and the
mainland (13 miles ENE). Isla Jicaron (3.8) and Isla
Jicarita (3.8), separated from each other by a narrow
channel (3.12), lie 3 miles off the S coast of Isla Coiba.
Principal marks
3.16
1 Landmarks:
Punta Mariato (712N, 8053W) which is described
in South America Pilot Volume III.
Isla Canal de Afuera (742N, 8138W), a steep
island 214 m (704 ft) high.
Isla Jicaron (716N, 8148W) (3.8).
Isla Jicarita (lying close S of Isla Jicaron) (3.8).
2 Major light:
Punta Mariato Light (713N, 8053W) which is
described in South America Pilot Volume III.
Punta Zurrn Light (white square framework tower,
6 m in height) (729N, 8115W).
Directions
(continued from South America Pilot Volume III)
Punta Mariato to Canal de Afuera
3.17
1 From the vicinity of position 705N, 8055W, S of
Punta Mariato, the route leads NW passing (with positions
from Punta Zurrn (729N, 8115W)):
2 SW of Islote Roncador (Isla Naranjas) (23 miles SE),
a rocky, wooded islet lying 1 mile WNW of the
bluff headland of Punta Naranjo. A dangerous
81
rocky shoal with a depth over it of 21 m (7 ft)
which, in spite of a heavy swell, only breaks
occasionally at LW, lies 1 miles WNW of Islote
Roncador. Dangers extend up to 5 cables offshore
between Punta Mariato and Punta Naranjo. Thence:
3 SW of a shoal (reported 1977) with a depth over it of
177 m (58 ft) (17 miles SW), thence:
SW of Pilar de Sal (1 miles S), a rock so named
because of its resemblance to a pillar of salt. The
rock is the outermost of several islets and rocks
extending from Punta Zurrn, the SW extremity of
Isla Cebaco. A light (3.16) stands on the point.
Thence:
4 NE of Punta Anegada (22 miles WSW), the SE
extremity of Isla Coiba. In winter, due to the
prevailing SW winds, breakers extend up to 1 mile
offshore around the point. Thence:
NE of Punta Damas (25 miles W), the bluff E
extremity of Isla Coiba, thence:
Into Canal de Afuera, the channel SW of Isla Canal de
Afuera, passing:
5 SW of Isla Canal de Afuera (742N, 8138W)
(3.16), from the W end of which a light (white
square framework tower, 6 m in height) is
displayed; Isleta Afuerita, lies close N of the W
extremity of Isla Canal de Afuera. And:
6 NE of La Viuda, a dangerous pinnacle rock, lying in
the channel 8 cables ENE of Isla Rancheria
(4 miles SW of Isla Canal de Afuera). Several
islets and rocks, the outermost of which is known
as Isla Coibita, extend 1 mile WNW from the W
extremity of Isla Rancheria; Isla Iglesia, a small
islet, lies close off the SE extremity of the island.
3.18
1 Boat channel. Passage for small craft is possible S of
Isla Rancheria between that island and Islas Cocos, a group
of islets surrounded by foul ground, 8 cables S, but the
channel is partially obstructed by rocks including Roca Don
Juan, an above-water rock in the centre of the channel,
5 cables N of the N islet of Islas Cocos.
Local knowledge is required.
Channel north-east of Isla Canal de Afuera
3.19
1 The NE channel leads between Isla Canal de Afuera and
Isla Pacora, 2 miles NE (3.24). A black rock, which
almost covers at HW lies at the outer edge of foul ground
extending 3 cables off the SE point of Isla Canal de
Afuera, and a small above-water rock lies 3 cables offshore
off the N side of the island.
2 Caution. Mariners navigating inshore along the
mainland coast between Punta Brava (737N, 8114W)
and Punta Jabali (19 miles WNW), to pass through the
NE channel of Isla Canal de Afuera, should maintain a
clearance of at least 3 miles from the coast to avoid several
islets and rocks which lie up to 1 mile offshore.
(Directions continue at 3.40)
Baha Montijo
General information
3.20
1 Description. Baha Montijo is situated between Punta
Duartes (730N, 8058W) and Punta Brava (16 miles
WNW). The entrance is obstructed by Isla Cebaco (3.15)
and Isla Gobernadora (3.15). To the N of Isla Cebaco the
centre and a large part of the W side of the bay is
occupied by shallow banks intersected by blind channels.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
The entrance channel lies on the E side of Isla Cebaco and
leads about 17 miles N to the entrances to Ro San Pedro
and Ro San Pablo which flow into the head of the bay on
its NE and NW sides respectively.
2 Topography. The shores of the bay are much indented
by river mouths. Isla Leones (744N, 8107W) stands in
the middle of the bay, and Isla Verde, of lesser size, stands
in the mouth of Ro San Pedro (5 miles NNE).
Controlling depths. Ro San Pedro is navigable as far
as Puerto Mutis, about 6 miles above its entrance, by
vessels of not more than LOA 305 m and 33 m draught.
Boats can reach Puerto Real, 5 miles farther upriver.
3 Ro San Pablo is more difficult to navigate but at HW
vessels of 3 m draught can reach Sona, about 31 miles
above its entrance.
Pilotage is available at Isla Gobernadora. Entry should
not be attempted without local knowledge as the channel is
not marked and the waters are always muddy. Ro San
Pedro and Ro San Pablo cannot be navigated without local
knowledge and experience.
4 Tidal streams of varying strength are experienced
throughout the bay; at the entrance they attain a rate of
2 kn.
Directions
3.21
1 Approach. From a position W of Islote Roncador
(716N, 8057W) (3.17) the track to the entrance leads N
for 15 miles passing:
E of the shoal with a depth over it of 177 m (58 ft)
(717N, 8104W) (3.14), thence:
W of Baha Arenas (3.28), thence:
2 W of Islas Quebros (724N, 8056W), a group of
islets extending 1 miles offshore, thence:
W of a shoal depth of 46 m (15 ft) lying at the
extremity of a bank extending 1 miles W from
Punta Duartes (730N, 8058W).
3 Entry. From a position about 2 miles W of Punta
Duartes the track leads N into the entrance, about 3 miles
wide between Punta Campana (734N, 8103W), the E
extremity of Isla Cebaco, and Punta Alto Viejo on the
mainland E, thence generally NNW to the head of the inlet
passing (with positions from Punta Campana):
About 1 mile E of English Rock (1 mile E), on which
the sea breaks at half tide, thence:
4 Between a 5 m (16 ft) shoal and a 55 m (18 ft) shoal
lying 3 miles N and NNW respectively, thence:
About 5 cables E of Rocas San Juan (5 miles NNW),
a group of rocks on the largest of which stands a
beacon; a rock which dries 18 m (6 ft) lies close
NNE of this rock. Foul ground extends 5 cables S
and W from these rocks. Thence:
5 W of Islas Tres Hermanos (8 miles N), islets lying
on the outer edge of a shallow bank extending off
the mouths of several rivers on the E side of the
channel, thence:
W of Whaleback Rock (9 miles N), which dries 4 m
(13 ft) and which is surmounted by a metal
beacon, and:
6 E of a 21 m (7 ft) shoal (10 miles N) lying off the E
extremity of Isla Leones (3.20), thence:
The vessel should be kept in mid-channel for about
4 miles N to the anchorage (3.22) off Isla Perdomo
(13 miles N), a small islet close off the E shore
of the bay.
82
Anchorages
3.22
1 Off Isla Cebaco. Anchorage may be obtained, between
January and May, in Caleta Cayman (730N, 8114W), a
small bight on the S side of Isla Cebaco close to its W
extremity.
Sheltered anchorage may be obtained either N or S of
Isla Gobernadora. Vessels anchoring S of the island should
note a shoal patch lying in mid-channel off the E extremity
of the island.
2 In the bay. Vessels of light draught can anchor on the
W side of the bay and find good shelter from almost all
winds. The best anchorage for larger vessels is 7 cables
W of Isla Perdomo (3.21) in depths of 11 m (36 ft), grey
sand.
Baha Honda
General information
3.23
1 Description. Baha Honda, entered between Punta Jabali
(743N, 8133W) and Punta Guarida (1 miles N), is a
fine natural harbour being deep, safe and easy of access
and can be used by most sizes of vessel. There are
extensive drying mud banks at the E and NE ends of the
harbour, but elsewhere the shores are generally steep-to.
There are several settlements on the shores of the bay.
2 Isla Talon, an island 80 m high, situated in the centre of
the inlet 1 miles inside the entrance effectively divides
the harbour into two anchorages, Baha Chinche to the W
and Baha Legamo to the E. The two bays are connected N
of Isla Talon by a narrow channel with a charted depth in
it of about 55 m (18 ft).
Tidal streams attain a rate of from to 1 kn.
Directions
3.24
1 Approach and entry. The entrance to Baha Honda is
not easily recognised from a distance but Isla Canal de
Afuera (742N, 8138W) (3.16) and Isla Medidor
(3 miles NE), a large island which rises to an elevation of
143 m, serve to indicate its position. Isla Pacora, a small
island, lies 3 cables S of Isla Medidor.
2 Approaching from S, Isla Medidor should be kept ahead
until the entrance is opened and Isla Talon is sighted when
course may be shaped into the entrance.
The approach from W must be made S of Isla Pacora;
the passage between this island and Isla Medidor is mainly
foul with some above-water rocks.
3 From a position in the approach about 2 miles W of
Punta Jabali (743N, 8133W) the track leads ENE into
the bay passing (with positions from Punta Jabali):
NNW of Isla Centinela (3 cables NW) and Isla Cono
(close W), islands lying on foul ground extending
up to 4 cables NW from Punta Jabali. A shoal
depth of 146 m (48 ft) lies 5 cables SW of Isla
Centinela. Thence:
4 SSE of Punta Guarida (1 miles N), the N entrance
point.
Baha Chinche. From a position in the entrance about
4 cables SE of Punta Guarida the track leads N to the head
of the bay passing (with positions from Punta Guarida):
E of a rocky shoal with a least depth over it of 09 m
(3 ft) (2 cables N), and:
5 W of a shoal with a depth over it of 21 m (7 ft)
(1 mile E), off the W side of Isla Talon, thence:
E of Punta Penoso (5 cables N) from which foul
ground extends 1 cables NE, and:
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
W of Isla Calentador (1 mile ENE), an island
standing on foul ground extending 3 cables NW
from the NW point of Isla Talon, thence:
6 Either side of Isla Chinche (1 mile N), a wooded islet
from which foul ground extends 1 cable N and S,
and:
W of a shoal spit with a least depth of 27 m (9 ft)
near its outer end (1 miles NNE), which extends
4 cables S from the head of the inlet between
Isla Chinche and Isla Sapo, 7 cables E.
7 Baha Legamo. From the same position as above the
track leads E, then NNE into the bay passing (with
positions from Punta Guarida):
S of Isla Espuela (1 miles E), an islet lying close
off the S extremity of Isla Talon, and:
N of Punta Osado (1 miles ESE); depths of 64 m
(21 ft) lie 2 cables NW of the point, thence:
8 WNW of Punta Serrucho (2 miles E); depths of less
than 9 m (30 ft) extend up to 2 cables W of the
point.
Anchorages
3.25
1 Anchorage may be obtained in any part of Baha Honda,
noting the dangers mentioned above, but the most
convenient berth for larger vessels is in Baha Chinche in a
depth of about 27 m (15 fm), mud, 6 cables W of Isla
Calentador.
The anchorage is more confined in Baha Legamo where
there are depths of between 9 and 18 m (30 to 60 ft).
Supplies
3.26
1 Fish is in abundant supply; provisions only available in
small quantities.
Anchorages off the mainland coast
Islote Roncador (Isla Naranjas)
3.27
1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 33 m (18 fm),
5 cables NNE of Islote Roncador (716N, 8057W) (3.17);
small vessels can find good anchorage in the bay situated
1 miles NE of the island.
Baha Arenas
3.28
1 Anchorage may be obtained, between January and May,
in depths of from 9 to 37 m (5 to 20 fm) in Baha Arenas
(721N, 8055W) situated 9 miles N of Punta Mariato and
bounded N by Islas Quebros (3.21). The bay is sheltered
with good holding ground but shoaling was reported in
1977.
2 Rocks, some above-water, lie 5 cables offshore in the S
entrance to the bay.
Anchorage may also be obtained, during this period, in
the bay N of Islas Quebros in depths of between 18 to
23 m (10 to 15 fm) but it is less sheltered. Rocks, some
above-water, extend about 5 cables offshore around the
head of the bay.
Baha Lorenzo
3.29
1 Small craft may obtain shelter in Baha Lorenzo, a small
bay situated 5 miles NW of Punta Brava (737N, 8114W)
(3.20). Several islets lie in its entrance and a village stands
at its head. There are depths of from 18 to 55 m (6 to
18 ft) in the bay.
83
2 Local knowledge is required.
Useful mark (with position from Punta Brava):
Isla Santa Catalina (3 miles WNW), in the
E approach.
Isla Artavio
3.30
1 Small vessels may obtain anchorage in depths of from
4 to 18 m (12 to 60 ft) in a cove (741N, 8124W)
situated 3 miles NW of Isla Artavio.
Islas Cativos
3.31
1 Islas Cativos are a group of small islets lying 1 mile
offshore 4 miles SE of Punta Jabali (743N, 8133W)
(3.23) on a part of the coast which is given some
protection from swell by Isla Coiba, 15 miles SW. Foul
ground lies between these islets and the mainland.
Anchorage may be obtained, about 5 cables offshore, in the
bay 1 miles NE of the largest island. Small vessels may
anchor about 1 miles NW of this islet.
Anchorages off Isla Coiba
3.32
1 Caution. Isla Coiba (730N, 8147W) has a penal
settlement and landing is forbidden without prior
permission from the Government of Panama.
Baha Damas
3.33
1 Description. Baha Damas, entered between Punta Fea
(724N, 8138W) and Punta Clara (7 miles NNW) the
S extremity of Punta Damas (3.17), is the principal
anchorage in the island. Rocky ledges, which dry, extend
1 mile offshore between Punta Fea and Punta Observatorio,
a steep and prominent point, 4 miles WNW. The coast
close W of Punta Fea is indented by Boca Grande, a small
inlet. Between Punta Observatorio and Punta Clara, 5 miles
N, Ro San Juan flows into the head of the bay which is
lined by a steep-to bank extending 1 mile offshore. The
penal colony is situated in the NW side of the bay.
2 Directions. Approaching from S care should be taken to
avoid two rocks awash lying 1 mile offshore, 1 miles E of
Punta Fea.
Approaching from N Punta Clara should be given a
good clearance to avoid foul ground extending 1 mile
offshore from the point.
3 Baha Damas Light-buoy (position approximate) is
moored in the NW corner of the bay, 1 miles SW of
Punta Clara.
Anchorage may be obtained as convenient in depths of
from 27 to 46 m (15 to 25 fm), mud, but it is not advisable
to anchor in depths of less than 27 m (15 fm) as the bay
shoals rapidly from this depth.
4 Small vessels may anchor closer inshore N or E of
Punta Observatorio.
Ensenada Arenas
3.34
1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of from 9 to 37 m
(5 to 20 fm), sand, in the central part of Ensenada Arenas,
the bay entered N of Punta Job (733N, 8141W), the N
extremity of Punta Damas (3.17). The bay is bounded
3 miles NNW by Rocas Pesado, a group of small
above-water rocks at the extremity of foul ground
extending 7 cables from the shore; they should be given a
wide berth.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
Ensenada Hermosa
3.35
1 Anchorage, with good shelter from SW, may be obtained
in depths of from 24 to 46 m (13 to 25 fm), mud, in
Ensenada Hermosa entered close N of Punta Hermosa
(731N, 8154W) (3.11).
Other names
3.36
1 Cirilo, Punta (735N, 8150W).
Legamo, Punta (746N, 8131W).
Leera, Baha (745N, 8133W).
Palma, Punta (721N, 8146W).
ISLA CANAL DE AFUERA TO
BAHA CHARCO AZUL
General information
Chart 1928
Routes
3.37
1 The route from Isla Canal de Afuera (742N, 8138W)
to the entrance to Baha Charco Azul (810N, 8240W)
leads WNW, passing S of Islas Contreras (750N,
8148W) and Islas Secas (758N, 8202W), and between
Islas Ladrones (752N, 8227W) and Isla Parida (14 miles
NNE).
The inshore passage from Baha Honda (744N,
8132W) to Isla Parida is also described.
Topography
3.38
1 Baha Honda to Puerto Nuevo. Between Isla Medidor
(745N, 8135W) (3.24) and Punta Pajarn (10 miles
NNW) the coast is irregular and indented by a number of
small bays of which the most important are Ensenada
Monita (3.46), Ensenada de Rosario (3.47) and Ensenada
de Playa Brava (3.48).
2 Between Punta Pajarn and Morro Negrito (3.41) the
coast trends NNW for 9 miles and is broken by the
mouths of two rivers, the first that of Ro Lovaina, which
is not navigable, 2 miles N of Punta Pajarn, and the other
Ro Tabasara, which enters the sea close E of Morro
Negrito and for which local knowledge is required.
3 North of Morro Negrito, as far as the entrance to Puerto
Nuevo, the coast recedes to form an open bay, free from
dangers apart from Rocas Nueces which lie in the N side
of the bay, 2 cables offshore.
4 Puerto Nuevo to Isla Parida. The coast from Boca de
Santiago (808N, 8146W) (3.43) to Punta Bejuco
(23 miles W) is broken by several rivers, the most
important being Ro San Juan, whose mouth lies 13 miles
WNW of Boca de Santiago, and Ro San Lorenzo, which is
entered 4 miles NNE of Punta Bejuco and which is only
navigable by boats. Punta Bejuco forms the SW extremity
of a narrow, irregular peninsula which extends 3 miles S
from the general line of the coast and which is flanked by
Isla Mono close W, and Isla Venado close E, the latter
reported to be a good mark from E.
5 The area between Punta Bejuco and Isla Parida (11 miles
SW) (3.59) comprises numerous steep islets and rocks
which lie on the E side of the Ro Chiriqui Delta.
Principal marks
3.39
1 Landmarks:
Isla Uva (748N, 8146W), the largest of the islands
which make up the S group of Islas Contreras, two
groups of islands and rocks separated by a deep
channel 1 miles wide.
Isla Brincanco (752N, 8148W), the largest of the
three islands in the N group of Islas Contreras.
2 Isla Cavada (759N, 8202W), the largest of Islas
Secas (3.40); the island stands in the centre of the
group.
Islas Ladrones (752N, 8227W) (3.8).
Punta Burica (802N, 8252W) (3.8).
3 Major light:
Light (white metal framework tower, 6 m in height)
(757N, 8201W).
Islas Ladrones Light (white metal framework tower,
12 m in height) (752N, 8227W).
Directions
(continued from 3.19)
Main route
3.40
1 From a position in mid-channel about 2 miles NE of Isla
Rancheria (739N, 8142W) the passage leads WNW
passing:
2 SSW of Roca Prosper, which has the appearance of a
black tower, and which lies at the S extremity of
foul ground extending 1 miles S from Isla Uva
(748N, 8146W) (3.39). Isla Uva, from where a
light (white framework tower, 6 m in height) is
displayed, is fringed by islets and rocks within
1 mile on its N and E sides and up to 3 cables off
its W side. Thence:
3 SSW of an isolated rock 15 m (5 ft) high which lies
8 cables SSW of Isla Brincanco (752N, 8148W)
(3.39), thence:
4 SSW of Islas Secas (758N, 8202W), a group of
islands and steep islets surrounded by numerous
rocks, some below-water, covering an area over
5 miles in extent; the below-water dangers are
usually marked by breakers. Islas Secas Light
(3.39) stands on the S point of the outermost
island on the SE side of the group. Thence:
5 NNE of Islas Ladrones (752N, 8227W) (3.8).
Rocks lie within 1 mile NNE of the islets and a
bank on which there are two shoals with depths
over them of 55 m (18 ft), and a shoal depth of
128 m (42 ft) at its extremity, extends 7 miles
NNE. And:
6 Clear of La Bandera, a steep-to rock with a depth of
less than 18 m (6 ft) over it, lying 3 miles SSW
of Punta Santa Cruz (806N, 8222W), the SW
point of Isla Parida (3.59), from the vicinity of
which a light (white metal framework tower, 6 m
in height) is displayed.
(Directions for Baha Charco Azul are given at 3.57)
Inshore route
3.41
1 Baha Honda to Puerto Nuevo. From a position about
1 miles SW of Isla Medidor (745N, 8135W) (3.24) the
passage leads NNW for about 23 miles, passing (with
positions from Isla Uva Light (748N, 8146W)):
84
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
WSW of Punta Muertos (10 miles NE), the extremity
of a narrow peninsula which terminates in an
isolated, pointed hill, 200 m high, and:
2 ENE of Isla Uva (3.39), noting the two islets lying
1 mile N of its extremity, thence:
WSW of Punta Pajarn (10 miles NE), a salient
point, and:
ENE of Isla Pjaros (3 miles NNW) lying close off
Isla Brincanco (3.39), thence:
3 WSW of Morro Negrito (14 miles NNE), a bluff
headland, 91 m high, which is joined to the land N
by a low, narrow neck. The coast between Punta
Pajarn and Morro Negrito is fronted by a shallow
bank which extends up to 1 miles offshore in
places. The bank is steep-to and should be
approached with caution; the sea breaks on its
edge with a SW swell. Thence:
4 WSW of Punta Entrada (17 miles N), the extremity of
a peninsula formed by Cerros Cayado which rise
to an elevation of 174 m, and which from a
distance appear as two islands.
3.42
1 Puerto Nuevo to Isla Parida. From a position WSW of
Punta Entrada the passage leads generally W for about
35 miles passing (with positions from Islas Secas Light
(757N, 8201W)):
S of Isla Silva de Afuera (14 miles NE), a wooded
island 42 m (140 ft) high, thence:
2 N of La Bruja (3 miles NNE), a dangerous rock
06 m (2 ft) high, the outermost danger on the E
side of Islas Secas (3.40), thence:
N of an islet 65 m (215 ft) high (5 miles NNW), the
N danger of Islas Secas, thence:
S of La Viuda (13 miles NW), a rock 45 m (15 ft)
high from which a reef with three above-water and
several below-water rocks extends 5 cables SE,
thence:
3 S of Isla Bolaos and Isla Berraco (17 miles
WNW), steep islets lying on a bank on which
there are numerous dangers. Restinga Tobaga,
which dries, is situated 1 miles E of Isla
Bolaos. Thence:
Clear of a shoal with a depth over it of 46 m (15 ft)
(16 miles WNW), and:
4 S of Isla Icacos and Paleto de Afuera, steep islets
standing in foul ground 1 and 2 miles
respectively, SW of Isla Bolaos, thence:
S of a dangerous, isolated rock (19 miles WNW),
thence:
5 SSW of Roca Cuajada (21 miles WNW), the
outermost of many dangers off the S coast of Isla
Parida which is foul up to a distance of 5 cables
offshore. Las Corcovados, a group of rocks lie on
the edge of this ground 1 miles NW of Roca
Cuajada. A light-buoy (position approximate) is
moored close ESE of these rocks. Thence:
NE of La Bandera (24 miles WNW) (3.40), and:
SW of Punta Santa Cruz (23 miles WNW) (3.40).
(Directions for Baha Charco Azul are given at 3.57)
Puerto Nuevo
General information
3.43
1 Description. Puerto Nuevo (806N, 8142W), which
provides good shelter for small vessels, lies on the S side
85
of an estuary formed by the mouths of several rivers, the
largest of which are Ro San Lucia and Ro Santiago. Isla
Insolita, a large mangrove island, extends almost 4 miles
across the face of the estuary. Boca de Santiago, which is
not navigable, lies between the N side of Isla Insolita and
the mainland NW. The entrance to Puerto Nuevo is
between the N side of the peninsula which terminates in
Punta Entrada (805N, 8145W) (3.41), and Punta Aguda
(1 miles ENE), the S extremity of Isla Insolita.
2 San Juan Enfrente, where there is a wharf, lies 3 miles
N of Punta Arenaita, the N point of Isla Insolita, and the
town of Remedios lies 4 miles farther upriver.
Local knowledge is required.
3 Limiting conditions. The entrance channel is about
2 cables wide between the 9 m (30 ft) depth contours until
within about 2 cables of Isla Intrusa, a small steep-to
rocky islet lying 5 cables S of Punta Aguda. No vessel
drawing more than 37 m (12 ft) should attempt to proceed
beyond this position. The wharf at San Juan Enfrente can
be reached, at HW, by vessels drawing up to this draught,
but they will take the ground of soft mud whilst alongside
at LW. Small craft, with draughts of about 12 m (4 ft), can
reach Remedios.
4 Local weather. West winds, which are frequent from
June to October, are reported, on occasions, to send a
heavy sea into the river which causes considerable
inconvenience to vessels anchored near Isla Intrusa.
Anchorages
3.44
1 Vessels may anchor in depths of from 9 to 11 m (30 to
36 ft), 1 miles WSW of Punta Entrada, or in depths of
146 or 165 m (48 or 54 ft), sand, 5 cables E of Punta
Entrada. Vessels of lighter draught will find sheltered space
farther E but there are several shoal patches with depths of
5 and 55 m (16 and 18 ft) which considerably restrict the
use of the inner anchorages for large vessels.
Directions
3.45
1 Isla Silva de Afuera (805N, 8149W) (3.42) and Isla
Silva de Tierra (3 miles E), the latter island almost joined
to the shore N by a shallow rocky ridge on which the sea
breaks heavily, provide good marks in the approach.
Sugarloaf Hill, standing 5 miles NE of Isla Silva de
Afuera, rises to an elevation of 165 m (540 ft), and is also
a prominent landmark.
2 Approach should be made from S heading for a position
between Punta Entrada and Isla Silva de Tierra about
5 cables NW of Punta Entrada until Isla Intrusa is sighted
when course should be altered into the entrance to pass
1 cable N of Punta Entrada; thence the track leads in
mid-channel into the estuary.
3 The entrance channel leads between Punta Entrada and
Banco Belitre, a drying bank extending 1 mile WSW from
Punta Aguda. Isla Intrusa lies about 1 mile E of Punta
Entrada, and Isla Robalo, 55 m high, lies 7 cables NE of
Punta Aguda; a shallow mud bank extends 6 cables SSW
from this island. Isla Herron lies 5 cables SE of Isla
Robalo.
Minor bays, anchorages and shelter
Ensenada Monita
3.46
1 Ensenada Monita is entered between Punta Ventana
(746N, 8135W), and Punta Gorda lying 2 miles farther
NNW. The bay is divided by a narrow peninsula, off the
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
end of which is an islet about 80 m high. Detached rocks
lie off Punta Gorda and in the N part of the bay but none
are more than 3 cables offshore. The bay is not a good
anchorage.
Ensenada de Rosario
3.47
1 Ensenada de Rosario, entered between Punta Gorda
(748N, 8136W) and Punta Muertos (4 miles N) (3.41),
is divided into two parts by Punta Rosario, situated about
3 miles N of Punta Gorda. The bay in general is not
recommended as an anchorage but the S part of the bay,
known as Ensenada Pixba, affords good anchorage for
small vessels and landing may be effected on a sandy
beach at its head.
2 Useful mark:
Isla Muela, an islet situated in the middle of the bay
2 miles N of Punta Gorda.
Ensenada de Playa Brava
3.48
1 Ensenada de Playa Brava (Ensenada Pjaros), entered
between Punta Muertos (752N, 8137W) (3.41) and
Punta Pajarn (2 miles NNW) (3.41) is partially
obstructed by rocks extending up to 5 cables offshore in
places. It is not a good anchorage.
Other shelter
3.49
1 Between November and March reasonable anchorage
may be obtained in depths of 11 to 13 m (36 to 42 ft),
about 2 miles offshore, between Boca de Santiago (808N,
8146W) (3.43) and Ro San Juan (13 miles WNW).
2 Anchorage has been obtained 5 cables N of Isla
Brincanco (752N, 8148W) (3.39), and small vessels may
find shelter amongst Islas Secas (758N, 8202W) (3.40),
but the latter group should not be approached without local
knowledge.
BAHA CHARCO AZUL
General information
Chart 1928
Description
3.50
1 Baha Charco Azul is entered between Punta Burica
(802N, 8252W) (3.8) and Isla Parida (30 miles ENE)
(3.59) and extends about 16 miles N of this line. It is
bounded on its E side by Ro Chiriqui Delta whose W
approaches extend 13 miles NW from Isla Parida. The ports
of Puerto Armuelles (816N, 8252W) (3.65), and
Petroterminal de Panama (3 miles S) (3.72), stand in the
W side of the bay.
Topography
3.51
1 The N shore of the bay between Boca San Pedro
(816N, 8228W) (3.63) and Puerto Armuelles (23 miles
W) is low and wooded and is broken by the mouths of
several small rivers, the principal of which are Ro Piedra
and Ro Chiriqui Viejo which have a common outlet in
Boca Espinos situated 13 miles W of Boca San Pedro.
The W shore of the bay between Punta Burica and
Puerto Armuelles is bold and steep-to.
86
Depths
3.52
1 Depths in the W and central parts of the bay are deep
but are shallower on its N and E sides, particularly in the
approaches to Ro Chiriqui Delta. Along the W coast as far
as Puerto Armuelles, except between Punta Burica and
Punta Balsa (2 miles N), where a shallow bank, on which
the sea breaks, extends up to 1 miles offshore, the 200 m
(100 fm) depth contour lies between 5 cables and 1 miles
off the shore. On the N side of the bay, between Puerto
Armuelles and Boca Espinos the coastal bank extends from
1 to 1 miles offshore in places and the sea breaks heavily
in this area at LW. Farther E the 30 m (15 fm) depth
contour extends up to 5 miles from the shore.
Marine farm
3.53
1 A tuna farm has been established in the W part of the
bay along the coastal shelf S of Petroterminal de Panama
(3.72) between 805N and 810N and W of 8251W. The
perimeter of the area is marked with light-buoys (special);
the area should be given a wide berth. Mariners may
encounter tugs hauling tuna nets, extending some distance
astern of the tugs; these vessels will be slow moving,
difficult to manoeuvre, and may be found a considerable
distance from the coast.
Anchorages
3.54
1 The W side of the bay is deep and steep-to but there are
large areas, particularly on the NE side of the bay, which
are generally considered to be safe, with good holding
ground.
International boundary
3.55
1 The S part of the boundary between the Republics of
Panama and Costa Rica runs down the middle of the
peninsula terminating in Punta Burica (802N, 8252W).
Principal marks
3.56
1 Landmarks:
Islas Ladrones (752N, 8227W) (3.8).
Punta Burica (802N, 8252W) (3.8).
Major light:
Islas Ladrones Light (752N, 8227W) (3.39).
Directions
3.57
1 The E approach to the bay, which can be entered either
N or S of Islas Ladrones (752N, 8227W) (3.8) is clear
of dangers apart from La Bandera (802N, 8225W)
(3.40), and the shoal depths extending N from Islas
Ladrones. When entering from S a good clearance should
be given to Isla Burica (801N, 8253W) (3.9), and to the
bank extending offshore between that island and Punta
Balsa (3 miles NNE).
2 For directions inside the bay the chart is sufficient
guide.
Ro Chiriqui Delta
Chart 1928 (see 1.14)
General information
3.58
1 Description. Ro Chiriqui Delta is formed by numerous
islets and shoals which front the coast inside the E entrance
to Baha Charco Azul between Punta de Playa Grande
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
(812N, 8212W) on the mainland and Punta Boca de
Hacha (Punta San Pedro), a sandy spit on the S side of Isla
San Pedro (18 miles WNW). In addition to Isla San Pedro
the outer edge of the delta is defined by two other large
islands, Isla Brava (close W of Punta de Playa Grande) and
Isla Sevilla (2 miles farther WNW). Within these islands
there is a labyrinth of smaller islands, intersected by
channels, streams and creeks, except on the E side of the
delta where Estero de Horconcitos forms a considerable
area of open water N of Isla Brava.
2 Isla Parida (3.59) lies in the approaches to the delta,
10 miles SW of Punta de Playa Grande.
Climate. The climate of the delta in the wet season,
notably between June and November, is hot and moist and
fevers amongst the population are not uncommon; there is
often an exodus to higher land in the interior. In the dry
season the nights are pleasantly cool and the climate
somewhat healthier.
3 Entrance channels. Three channels lead into the delta;
they are from E to W Boca Chica (3.60), Boca Brava
(3.62) and Boca San Pedro (3.63). The latter is the main
entrance; the first is silted up and no longer in use.
Isla Parida
3.59
1 Description. Isla Parida (807N, 8221W), is a large,
high, irregularly shaped and well wooded island; a
settlement is situated near its NE end.
2 The E and S coasts are very irregular and are fringed by
numerous islets and above and below-water dangers. The
W coast is formed into two bays, the largest of which,
Baha Catalina, is entered S of Punta Canabraya (808N,
8221W), the NW point of the island. Roca Muchurusio, a
rock awash, lies close off the point, and an island, Isla
Catalina, lies at the S extremity of a shoal spit which
projects 1 mile SW from the 91 m (5 fm) depth contour
passing N of Isla Parida. A drying rock lies 5 cables NW
of Isla Catalina and a group of islets and a rock awash lie
within 5 cables NE of the island.
3 Baha Chimno, the S bay, in which there are depths of
from 46 to 18 m (15 to 60 ft), lies N of Punta Santa Cruz
(806N, 8222W) (3.40). The bay is entered N of Isla
Santa Cruz, a small islet lying 2 cables NW of Punta Santa
Cruz, between it and a reef extending S from a group of
islets on the N side of the bay; rocks lie in the passage
between Punta Santa Cruz and Isla Santa Cruz.
4 Parida Anchorage. Anchorage may be obtained in
depths of about 13 m (43 ft), 1 miles E of Punta Piro
(806N, 8219W), the E extremity of the island, or in
depths of about 65 m (21 ft), ENE of Punta Agua Dulce
(2 miles N), sheltered from S by the reef surrounding Isla
Gamez and Isla Tintorero, islands lying up to 1 miles SE
of the latter point.
5 Local knowledge is required.
Approach to the anchorage. From a position about
1 mile SSW of La Viuda (806N, 8210W) (3.42) the
track leads WNW passing (with positions from La Viuda):
NNE of Restinga Tobaga (3 miles WSW) (3.42),
thence:
6 NNE of Roca Bolaos (4 miles WSW), an
above-water rock lying 5 cables E of Isla Bolaos
(3.42), and:
SSW of Roca Linartes (4 miles W), a detached
rock 21 m (68 ft) high, thence:
NNE of, depending on draught, a 75 m (24 ft) patch
(5 miles W), and:
87
7 SSW of Mogote Pjaros (5 miles WNW), an
isolated rock 23 m (76 ft) high.
Clearing marks. The alignment (292) of Roca Linartes
with Punta del Pozo the N extremity of Isla Parida,
4 miles WNW, passes N of Restinga Tobaga.
Boca Chica and approaches
3.60
1 Description. Boca Chica, the former entrance to the
delta E of Isla Brava, lay between Los Sainos, two small
islands lying 5 cables SW of Punta de Playa Grande
(812N, 8212W) (3.58), and La Ventana, an islet 4 cables
farther W; several perforated rocks lie close off its SE and
S sides. The village of Boca Chica is situated on the
mainland close N of the E extremity of Isla Brava. It is
connected by road to Horconcitos, a town at the head of
Estero de Horconcitos (3.58).
2 Anchorage may be obtained, in prevailing N winds, in
depths of about 82 m (27 ft) E of Isla Palenque (3 miles
WSW of Punta de Playa Grande), an island joined to the S
extremity of Isla Brava by a narrow isthmus. In the
autumn, when SW winds prevail, it is prudent to anchor
farther out in the shelter of Islas San Jose, 2 miles SE of
Isla Palenque.
3 Small vessels may find shelter off the mainland in the
bay NW of Punta Bejuco (3 miles SE of Punta de Playa
Grande) (3.38); local knowledge is required as the bay is
obstructed by rocks and other dangers.
3.61
1 Directions. Approach to Isla Palenque anchorage may be
made either E or W of La Viuda (806N, 8210W) (3.42)
passing (with positions from La Viuda):
NE of La Plaza (4 miles WNW), the largest of a
group of low rocks standing in foul ground, and:
2 SW of Islas Monitas (2 miles N), two islets on a
reef; a light (white framework tower, 12 m in
height) is displayed from Isla Ensillada, the NE of
the islets. Passage between Islas Monitas and Punta
Bejuco, 7 cables N (3.38), is not recommended
due to strong tidal streams in the vicinity. Thence:
3 NE of Islas San Jose (4 miles NW), a group of four
wooded islets standing on a reef. Roca Buey
(4 miles NW), a dangerous steep-to rock which
dries 18 m (6 ft), lies in mid-channel 1 mile NE of
the islands; in fine weather the rock may not
always uncover at HW. And:
4 SW of Las Iglesias (5 miles NNW), a group of islets
and rocks the largest of which, the E, is 165 m
high, thence:
SW of Isla Saino (5 miles NNW), the outermost of
Los Sainos, and:
NE of Isla Palenquito (6 miles NW), lying off the SE
extremity of Isla Palenque; rocks awash lie up to
5 cables E of Isla Palenque.
Boca Brava
3.62
1 The entrance to Boca Brava lies between two shallow
banks, one extending up to 5 miles S from Isla Sevilla, the
other 7 miles SSW from Isla Brava, close E, the latter bank
drying in parts. The channel has a least depth of 64 m
(21 ft) at its entrance, 4 miles SSW of Punta Jalapa, on
Isla Sevilla. A beacon stands on the coastal bank, 5 cables
offshore, 1 miles S of Punta Boca Brava (814N,
8219W), the NW extremity of Isla Brava.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
Boca San Pedro
3.63
1 Description. Boca San Pedro, entered between Punta
Las Pavas (Punta Sevilla), the W extremity of Isla Sevilla
(815N, 8226W), and Punta Boca de Hacha (3.58)
(3 miles WNW), provides the deepest and most direct
approach to Ro Chiriqui. The channel is buoyed. A
light-buoy (white, conical) is moored 2 miles WSW of
Punta Boca de Hacha.
Local knowledge is required to enter this channel.
Pedregal
3.64
1 General information. Pedregal (822N, 8226W), lies
at the head of Estero Pedregal, which branches N from Ro
Chiriqui about 5 miles above the entrance to Boca San
Pedro. The settlement is connected by rail to Ciudad de
David (4 miles N), the provincial capital of Chiriqui and
the third city of Panama.
2 The port is used mainly by coastal traffic carrying
general cargo, fertilizers and bulk commodities, and by
fishing vessels. In 2002, 5 vessels called at the port
totalling 15 294 dwt.
Port Authority. Autoridad Portuaria Nacional, APDO
8062, Panama 7, Panama.
3 Limiting draught. The maximum permitted draught for
entering the port is 45 m. A sandbar lies across the
entrance and occasional heavy swells may restrict entry if
there is insufficient under keel clearance, which should be
at least 03 m less than the height of high tide.
Tidal levels at Isla Parida (807N, 8221W). Mean
spring range about 32 m; mean neap range about 24 m.
For details see Admiralty Tide Tables.
4 Anchorage. Vessels awaiting a pilot may anchor in the
vicinity of the fairway buoy in depths of from 21 to 24 m
(70 to 80 ft).
Pilotage, which is provided by experienced local
boatmen, is compulsory; ETA must be given 48 hours in
advance. Vessels entering the port must do so at HW;
movements are restricted to daylight hours only. For details
see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
5 Tugs: not available.
Climatic table. Data for Ciudad de David; see 1.200
and 1.201.
Berthing is provided at a reinforced concrete quay 86 m
in length, which has depths of 33 and 43 m at its ends,
and 52 m at its centre. In 1993 it was reported the quay
was in a poor state of repair; there is no fendering.
6 Repairs: none.
Other facilities: hospital at David.
Supplies: fresh water available, fuel by road tankers.
Communications: David airport distant 5 km.
Puerto Armuelles
General information
3.65
1 Position and function. Puerto Armuelles (816N,
8252W) is situated at the head of Baha Charco Azul
close S of the mouth of Ro Rabo del Puerco. It was used
mainly for the export of bananas, but is now infrequently
visited. It is a port of entry.
Traffic. In 2002, 11 vessels called at the port totalling
744 956 dwt.
Port Authority. Autoridad Portuaria Nacional, APDO
8062, Panama 7, Panama.
88
Limiting conditions
3.66
1 Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Mean spring range about 29 m; mean neap range about
15 m.
Local weather and sea state. The port is well sheltered
except for winds from directions between ENE and S. It is
unusual for winds of any great strength to blow into the
bay and SE winds are rare; when they do occur they are of
short duration.
2 A heavy swell enters the port at all times. During May
and June a SE swell is felt at the pier; although usually
light it is sufficient to cause a vessel to range against the
pier unless breasted off. Vessels are not berthed during bad
weather.
It has been reported that dense haze in the early
morning sometimes makes recognition of landmarks
difficult.
Arrival information
3.67
1 Notice of ETA: 48 and 24 hours.
Anchorage may be obtained in depths of about 33 m
(18 fm) about 1 mile E of the head of the pier (7161N,
82515W) (3.70). Clearance is usually given at the
anchorage.
2 Pilotage is available by day or night and is compulsory
for berthing. The pilot and mooring gangs usually board,
from a white launch, about 1 mile E of the pier using the
vessels port side accommodation ladder. Vessels may berth
or sail at any time subject to the discretion of the Port
Captain. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(5).
3 Tugs are available at Petroterminal de Panama (3.74).
Directions
3.68
1 Mariners entering Baha Charco Azul should note the
information concerning the marine farm (3.53) in the SW
part of the bay. Depths in the approach are deep, shoaling
gradually as the pier is approached. On the N side of the
port the 10 m (33 ft) depth contour extends E from the
coast from a position 7 cables N of the pier.
Currents in the vicinity of the port are strong and
irregular.
3.69
1 Useful marks with positions from the pier (7161N,
82515W):
Light at the head of the pier.
Light (fixed green) on a church (about 5 cables NW).
Two large aluminium coloured tanks (about 7 cables
W).
Two radio masts (red lights, 31 m in height) (about
8 cables NNW).
Light (red and white framework tower) (about
1 miles NNW).
Berths
3.70
1 A pier, about 460 m long, projects SE from the shore
close S of the mouth of Ro Rabo del Puerco. There is
137 m of berthing space on its E side with a least depth of
10 m alongside; vessels berth starboard side-to using the
port anchor. The W side of the pier, with 30 m of berthing
length, is only available to small coasters whose draught
does not exceed 27 m. A railway line runs along the pier.
The pier is reported (2003) not to be in use.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
2 Owing to the swell, vessels are not berthed alongside
but breasted about 3 m off the pier by the use of three
mooring buoys. Five double coil springs backed by steel
hawsers are used as breasts at each end of a vessel. The
berthing operation takes about 3 hours and unberthing about
1 hour.
Port services
3.71
1 Repairs: minor repairs only.
Other facilities: hospital, deratting exemption
certificates.
Supplies: limited provisions; limited quantities of diesel
by pipeline; fresh water by pipeline.
Communications: local airstrip onlyt, airport at Ciudad
de David (3.64), distance 98 km.
2 Harbour regulations. The dumping of garbage in Baha
Charco Azul is prohibited, and strict compliance with
Marpol regulations is required to protect the marine farm
(3.53).
Petroterminal de Panama
General information
3.72
1 Position and function. Petroterminal de Panama is
situated on the W side of Baha Charco Azul, 3 miles S
of Puerto Armuelles, on the N side of Punta de Piedra
(812N, 8253W) which affords the port some protection.
The terminal may be referred to by the name Charco Azul.
2 The port is an oil storage and transhipment terminal
capable of accommodating tankers up to 300 000 dwt. It
Petroterminal de Panama (Charco Azul) from N (3.72)
(Original dated Prior to 2003)
(Photograph Petroterminal de Panama S.A)
89
serves as an access point for the crude oil pipeline to
Chiriqui Grande on the Caribbean Coast, and as a
transhipment port for VLCCs to transfer cargoes into
smaller vessels for canal transit.
3 Traffic. In 2002, 23 vessels called at the port totalling
741 773 dwt.
Port Authority. Petroterminal de Panama S.A., APDOl
8179, Panama 8, Panama.
Limiting conditions
3.73
1 Controlling depth: as for designated berth (3.75).
Tidal levels and times. For practical purposes, as for
Puerto Armulles (3.66).
Density of water. Offshore 1.025g/cm3; close to the
shore during rainy season (July to November) averages
1.010g/cm3 but substantial changes may occur.
2 Maximum size of vessel handled. A vessel
262 376 dwt, and LOA 3353 m, has used the terminal.
Currents. Strong currents in a N/S direction have been
experienced close to the berths at times, but are
unpredictable.
Arrival information
3.74
1 Port radio. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(5).
Notice of ETA: 72 hours, and any subsequent variation
of more than 4 hours.
Outer anchorage. See 3.54. A suitable position is about
12 miles E from the terminal.
2 Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours a day.
Pilots for tankers arriving for discharge board 3 miles SE of
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

the middle berth (No 2), and for those arriving to load, 2 A berth, length 25 m and suitable for vessels up to
3 miles E of the N berth (No 1). For details see Admiralty 3000 dwt, is situated S of No 3 platform berth; depth
List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5). alongside 67 m.
3 Tugs and mooring launches, all equipped with VHF, It is reported (2003) that a small dock for use by vessels
are available for assistance on berthing. Tugs are not based working for the marine farm (3.53) is under construction
at the terminal and should be arranged prior to arrival. about mile N of the terminal. Planned berth length
Marine farm. See 3.53. 258 m, depth alongside 12 m.
Port services
3.76
Berths 1 Supplies: fresh water from the jetties, by prior
3.75 arrangement, to a maximum of 200 tonnes; provisions;
1 The terminal consists of three platform berths, each with limited bunkers.
breasting and mooring dolphins, numbered 1 to 3 from N. Other facilities: limited medical facilities; three 120 000
Berths Nos 1 and 2 are connected to the shore by trestles barrel tanks for the reception of dirty ballast.
and No 3 by pipeline; this last berth is not in use (2003). Communications: See 3.71.
Lights are displayed from the extremities of the berths. 2 Harbour regulations. See 3.71.
Berth Dwt capacity Depth Function
No 1 300 000 243 m Loading or discharge Other name
3.77
No 2 300 000 234 m Loading or discharge 1 Chuchegat, Baha (813N, 8210W).

COSTA RICA SOUTHWEST COAST

GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 2145, 587
Area covered
3.78
1 The area covered by this section comprises:
Punta Burica to Punta Banco (3.81).
Golfo Dulce (3.84), including Puerto Golfito.
Cabo Matapalo to Punta Llorona (3.101).
Punta Llorona to Baha Uvita (3.105).
2 Baha Uvita to Golfo de Nicoya (3.113).
Golfo de Nicoya (3.126).
Golfo de Nicoya to Cabo Velas (3.158).
Cabo Velas to Cabo Santa Elena (3.166).
Cabo Santa Elena to Baha de Salinas (3.178).
Topography
3.79
1 The coastline is irregular and is indented by two large
gulfs. Inland the coast is backed by mountain ranges rising
to elevations of about 3800 m in places.
Landmarks
3.82
1 Punta Burica (802N, 8252W) (3.8).
Punta Platanal (820N, 8307W) a conspicuous, flat
topped hill, which rises steeply from the sea to an
elevation of 357 m.
Cabo Matapalo (823N, 8318W), the high, steep-to
point, covered with trees, which forms the W
entrance to Golfo Dulce; a light is displayed from
the cape.
Passage directions
(continued from 3.9)
3.83
1 From a position SSW of Isla Burica (801N, 8253W)
(3.9), the passage leads NW for about 27 miles, in depths
of 100 m or more at a distance of 3 miles from the coast,
to the vicinity of 820N, 8313W in the entrance to Golfo
Dulce.
(Directions continue for Golfo Dulce at 3.88
and for coastal passage at 3.104)

Natural conditions GOLFO DULCE

3.80
1 For general remarks on currents and local weather
conditions see the information at 3.2.
PUNTA BURICA TO PUNTA BANCO
General information
Chart 2145
Topography
3.81
1 The coast between Punta Burica (802N, 8252W) (3.8)
and Punta Platanal (23 miles NW) (3.82) is bold, especially
in the vicinity of the latter point. Thence the NW slope of
Punta Platanal descends 3 miles NW to Punta Banco (3.88)
which forms the E entrance to Golfo Dulce.
General information
Chart 1932
Description
3.84
1 Golfo Dulce, entered between Punta Banco (823N,
8309W) (3.88) and Cabo Matapalo (8 miles W) (3.82),
extends about 11 miles N and then 17 miles NW to its
head. Apart from traffic to Puerto Golfito (3.89), situated
on the E side about 15 miles inside the entrance, the gulf is
little frequented by shipping and its shores are sparsely
populated.
Topography
3.85
1 The entrance to the gulf is readily recognised by the
high ground standing on each side. To the E of the
entrance the land rises to a height of 709 m (2325 ft) in
Pico Burica, 9 miles E of Punta Banco (chart 2145). West

90
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
of the entrance the land rises gradually to a height of
404 m (1325 ft), 3 miles NW of Cabo Matapalo.
2 The E side of the gulf, for about 10 miles N of Punta
Banco, is comparatively low lying and is formed into a
large bay, Bahi Pavn (3.97), bounded on its N side by
Punta Coto (3.88). Ro Coto, a shallow river, discharges
into the gulf immediately N of Punta Coto; a prominent
wooded hill rises to an elevation of 267 m (876 ft) on the
N side of the river entrance.
3 Between the mouth of Ro Coto and Punta Voladera
(5 miles NNW) (3.89) an irregular shaped, low, sandy
peninsula from which a second wooded hill, 263 m (862 ft)
high rises, fronts the bay in which Puerto Golfito is
situated.
4 From the entrance to Puerto Golfito the coast, indented
by several bays, trends generally WNW for about 9 miles,
thence it turns N for 2 miles to the estuary of Ro
Esquinas, which is fronted by a shallow bank extending
about 7 cables offshore.
The head of the gulf comprises several small bays with
reefs extending up to 5 cables offshore from the salient
points in places.
5 The W side of the gulf from Cabo Matapalo to Punta
Puntarenitas (10 miles N) (3.88) consists of flat, well
wooded country, backed by high land rising about 1 mile
inland. The settlement of Puerto Jimnez (San Domingo)
stands at the mouth of a creek close W of Punta
Puntarenitas but it is not easy to distinguish against the
wooded background. From Punta Puntarenitas to Baha
Rincn (3.99), 15 miles N at the head of the inlet, the
coastline continues low and flat but is mainly steep-to. Ro
Tigre flows into the gulf at the point of the same name,
3 miles NW of Punta Puntarenitas.
Depths
3.86
1 Except in the approaches to Ro Coto (833N, 8310W)
(3.85) there are no known dangers within the gulf at more
than 1 mile from the shore. For the most part the gulf is
deep; in the NW part there is a basin 15 miles long with
depths in it of over 200 m (100 fm).
Landmarks
3.87
1 Cabo Matapalo (823N, 8318W) (3.82).
Punta Platanal (820N, 8307W) (3.82).
Cerro Adams (Adams Peak) (839N, 8311W), a
conical summit at the NW end of a steep ridge on
the NE side of the bay in which lies Puerto
Golfito; a radio mast (red lights) stands near the
summit of the peak.
2 Punta Curupacha Lighthouse (yellow framework
tower) (838N, 8313W).
Conspicuous yellow patch on Punta Estrella (843N,
8326W), a bluff point at the head of the gulf,
which is visible on entering the gulf.
Directions
(continued from 3.83)
3.88
1 From the vicinity of 820N, 8313W the track leads
initially N for about 13 miles, thence NW for about
18 miles to the head of the inlet passing:
2 E of Cabo Matapalo (823N, 8318W) (3.82). Roca
Cape, a conical rock prominent from W, lies close
SE of the cape, and Roca Matapalo, a dark rock
3 m high, and which is very prominent from SW,
91
lies 5 cables SE of the cape. Shoal patches and
below-water rocks lie between the two rocks, and
two 55 m (18ft) patches lie 1 cables S and
5 cables W respectively, of Roca Matapalo. And:
3 W of Punta Banco (823N, 8309W), which should
be given a clearance of at least 1 mile to avoid
foul ground extending up to 5 cables from the
point. A rock, over which there is a depth of
18 m (6 ft) (charted as a dangerous rock), was
reported in 1950 to lie 5 cables SW of the point. A
light is displayed about 1 mile SE of Punta Banco.
Thence:
4 E of Punta Sombrero (826N, 8317W); reefs extend
up to 7 cables offshore between this point and
Punta Tigrito (2 miles N) and the area should be
given a wide berth. Thence:
E of Punta Puntarenitas (Punta Arenitas) (833N,
8318W), a low, sandy point which projects about
5 cables NW from the shore; the NW extremity is
steep-to but a reef lies 3 cables off its NE side.
And:
5 W of Punta Coto (833N, 8309W), at the entrance
to Ro Coto, from the mouth of which an
extensive drying bank extends about 1 miles to
seaward. The outer edge of the bank is steep-to
and the sea usually breaks over it. Two narrow
channels, one close N of Punta Coto, and the other
along the N shore, lead into the river across this
bank but entry at any time is dangerous and is not
recommended. Thence:
6 SW of Punta Gallardo (Punta San Juan) (838N,
8315W), close off which lies a large rock. A
smaller, black, detached rock, which almost covers
at HW, lies 2 cables S of the point. Thence:
7 SW of Punta Adela (Punta Copaiba) (839N,
8318W), a salient point fringed by foul ground,
thence:
SW of Punta Esquinas (Punta Salvador) and into the
head of the bay. Punta Palmas lies on the opposite
shore 6 miles WSW of Punta Esquinas.
Puerto Golfito
Chart 1932 plan of Puerto Golfito
General information
3.89
1 Position and function. Puerto Golfito (838N,
8311W) stands on the E side of Golfo Dulce. It is a port
of entry.
Topography. The NW side of the entrance to the bay at
Punta Voladera (838N, 8311W) is high and abrupt and
has the appearance of a canyon or mountain pass. The SE
side of the entrance is formed by the peninsula and hills
described at 3.85. Cerro Adams (3.87) dominates the port.
2 Traffic. In 2002, 14 vessels called at the port totalling
183 565 dwt.
Port Authority. Autoridad Portuaria de Golfito, Muelle
del Golfito, Costa Rica.
Limiting conditions
3.90
1 Depths in the entrance channel, which is about
2 cables wide between the 55 m (18 ft) depth contours on
each side, decrease from 201 m (66 ft) S of Punta
Voladera, to 152 m (50 ft) 8 cables SW of the main
berth, and to between 83 to 123 m (27 to 40 ft) in the
vicinity of the berth. It was reported (1989) that the
entrance was dredged to 121 m (40 ft).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
2 Caution. There may be less water than charted on the
entrance leading line; depths of less than 73 m (24 ft) have
been reported. It has also been reported (2002) that the
shoal water of the NW side of the channel has extended
into the channel. Depths in the S part of the bay, which is
encumbered by numerous drying banks, decrease rapidly.
3 Maximum size of vessel handled: For midstream
anchorage (3.95), LOA 195 m (approximate), beam 30 m
(approximate), draught 13 m, 49 000 dwt.
Arrival information
3.91
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
Pilotage is not available; a launch will be sent on
request to guide vessels to the vicinity of the pier. ETA
should be sent at least 24 hours in advance and confirmed
1 hour before arrival. Berthing in daylight is to be
preferred.
Tugs are not available.
Harbour
3.92
1 General layout. The port, which comprises a pier on
which there are two berths, is situated on the NE side of
an almost landlocked bay.
Tidal streams. There are fairly strong tidal streams in
the anchorage; the in-going stream is reported to set SE
and the out-going stream NW, in this vicinity.
The in-going stream in the vicinity of the pier may not
set parallel to the berths and caution is necessary.
Directions for entry
3.93
1 Approach. When approaching from S a good berth
should be given to the bank off Ro Coto (3.88). It is
inadvisable in poor visibility, if unsure of position, to rely
on soundings owing to the relatively deep water in the
approach and to the steepness of the bank off Ro Coto. In
such circumstances anchorage may be obtained in Baha
Pavn (3.97) until the weather has cleared.
2 The entrance should not be approached until it is well
open.
Caution. Off the mouth of Ro Coto strong currents are
reported to set offshore. The entry leading marks should be
brought into line whilst the vessel is still well to seaward
of the entrance.
3 Entry. From a position about 1 mile SW of Punta
Voladera (838N, 8311W), with the entrance well open,
the alignment (047) of outer leading light-beacons (white
diamonds, black stripes, 6 m apart) (at the head of the bay
1 miles NE of Punta Voladera) leads into the entrance
channel, passing (with positions from Punta Voladera):
4 NW of H Light (metal tower) (5 cables S) marking
the limit of the coastal bank on the S side of the
entrance. A spit, with a depth of 10 m (33 ft) at its
extremity, extends 3 cables WSW from the
light-beacon. It is recommended that when passing
H Light-beacon speed should be as low as
possible consistent with safe handling. Thence:
5 SE of A Light (metal tower) (close S). A spit, with
a depth of 67 m (22 ft) at its extremity, extends
2 cables SSW from the light-beacon. Thence:
To a position 3 cables E of Punta Voladera.
Inner Leading Lights:
Front light (orange triangle, point up, on pier)
(8384N, 83104W).
92
6 Rear light (similar structure, on hillside behind port)
(8386N, 83103W).
From the position E of Punta Voladera the alignment
(037) of these lights leads to the berth, passing:
SE of B Buoy (can, E cardinal) (6 cables NE),
marking the limit of a shoal on the N side of the
fairway, thence:
7 Close N of G buoy (starboard hand) (9 cables NE),
thence:
NW of F Buoy (special) (1 mile ENE), marking the
N limit of shallow spit on the S side of the
channel.
8 Caution. It has been reported (2002) that the sensitivity
of the range of the outer leading lights is such that it is
difficult to determine position in relation to the centreline,
and that the rear structure of the inner leading lights is
obscured by vegetation and buildings and difficult to
discern.
It has also been reported (2003) that buoys in the inner
harbour are unreliable and may not accurately mark the
limits of shoal water.
3.94
1 Useful marks with positions from Punta Voladero:
Lumber mill (1 miles E).
Three oil tanks (1 miles NE), aluminium coloured,
close NNW of the entry leading lights.
Anchorage and berths
3.95
1 Anchorage may be obtained in the NW part of the
harbour for three or four vessels; the holding ground is
good and the anchorage is well sheltered.
Anchoring is not permitted off the berth but there is an
anchorage in depths of about 13 m (42 ft) midway between
F Light-buoy and the coast 4 cables E.
2 It was reported (1998) that a midstream anchorage clear
of the harbour entrance has been selected for ocean going
vessels to load woodchip from barges. Vessels will anchor
with their sterns secured to two mooring buoys, which will
maintain the vessels bow in a SSW direction. In future two
additional mooring buoys will be laid which will allow for
the prevailing wind direction veering from W to SSE.
3 Berths. Two ocean-going vessels can be accommodated
simultaneously on the S side of a pier extending about
396 m ESE from the shore and which has a berthing length
of 317 m and a width of 15 m. It is reported that the
maximum draughts are 73 m alongside the NW berth, and
79 m alongside the SE berth, which is also used by
tankers. It is usual to berth starboard side-to but on the
out-going tide vessels have been reported to berth port
side-to. Berthing at night is not recommended.
Port services
3.96
1 Repairs: minor facilities only.
Other facilities: hospital.
Supplies: diesel, fuel oil, fresh water and provisions
available.
Communications: local airport.
Anchorages
Chart 1932
Baha Pavn
3.97
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baha Pavn, entered
between Punta Banco (823N, 8309W) (3.88) and Punta
Coto (10 miles N) (3.88), in depths of between 7 to 15 m
(24 to 48 ft), mud, but the bay is exposed to SW winds.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
Punta Puntarenitas
3.98
1 Anchorage may be obtained either SE or NW of Punta
Puntarenitas (833N, 8318W) (3.88). A good position is
in depths of 18 m (60 ft), 1 mile SE of the point, which,
being exposed to sea breezes, is somewhat free from the
excessive heat felt NW of the point. The anchorage on the
NW side is steep-to and vessels are advised not to anchor
in depths of less than 27 m (15 fm).
Baha Rincn
3.99
1 Description. Baha Rincn, a small, deep bay, lies in the
NW corner of the gulf and is entered N of Punta Isidora
(Punta Isadora) (842N, 8329W), a low, wooded point,
which projects 5 cables N and beyond which a steep-to
sand spit, part of which dries, extends 1 cable farther N.
The point is divided into two by Ro Rincn which flows
N into the gulf through it. The bay is surrounded by hills,
notable amongst which is Cerro Rincn which stands
5 cables inland on the W side of the bay.
2 A conspicuous tank stands near the shore in the SW part
of the bay; two piers project into the bay close N of the
tank.
Anchorage may be obtained as convenient in the bay
which affords the only good shelter in the gulf N of Puerto
Golfito.
Small craft
3.100
1 Anchorage may be obtained in some of the small bays
at the head of the gulf, NW of Punta Esquinas (841N,
8320W).
Local knowledge is required.
CABO MATAPALO TO PUNTA LLORONA
General information
Chart 2145
Route
3.101
1 The route from Cabo Matapalo (823N, 8318W), at
the W entrance to Golfo Dulce, to Punta Llorona (30 miles
NW) leads initially WNW for 17 miles, then NW for
13 miles. There are no charted dangers at a distance of
more than 1 miles offshore.
Topography
3.102
1 Cabo Matapalo and Punta Llorona are the SE and NW
extremities respectively, of the mountainous Peninsula de
Osa, which rises to an elevation of over 700 m in its
central part, and to over 600 m on its W side.
The coast between Cabo Matapalo and Punta
Salsipuedes (17 miles WNW), is steep-to, low, sandy and
wooded; it rises inland to a high, thickly wooded ridge.
There is usually a heavy surf on the beaches.
2 The coast between Punta Salsipuedes and Punta Llorona
(13 miles NW) tends to be low, sandy and featureless. Ro
Sirena, a small river, flows into the sea about 6 miles NW
of Punta Salsipuedes and rocky shoals extend 1 mile
offshore midway between the point and the river mouth.
93
Landmarks
3.103
1 Cabo Matapalo (823N, 8318W) (3.82).
Punta Salsipuedes (827N, 8335W), a high,
precipitous point, made prominent from E or W by
the natural terrace behind it. Foul ground extends
6 cables S and W from the point.
2 Punta Llorona (Punta Llorena) (836N, 8345W), a
high, almost perpendicular headland at the
extremity of a well wooded plain about 150 m
high; reported to be radar conspicuous.
Directions
(continued from 3.83)
3.104
1 From the vicinity of 820N, 8313W the passage leads
WNW passing (with positions from Punta Salsipuedes
(827N, 8335W)):
SSW of Roca Matapalo (17 miles ESE) (3.88),
thence:
SSW and SW of Roca Chancha Pelona (5 cables
SSE), a circular rock, 6 m high, with a rounded
top, thence:
2 SW of a group of rocky shoals (4 miles NW), lying
1 mile offshore, thence:
SW of Roca Corcovado (7 miles NW), a dome
shaped rock, the largest of a group of rocks lying
about 1 miles offshore, and which should be
given a clearance of at least 1 mile. Tidal streams
have been reported to set N and W at rates of
1 kn in the vicinity of this rock. Thence:
SW of Punta Llorona (13 miles NW) (3.103).
3 Clearing marks. The alignment of Roca Corcovado
with Punta Llorona passes SW of the rocky shoals lying
4 miles NW of Punta Salsipuedes.
(Directions continue at 3.109)
PUNTA LLORONA TO BAHA UVITA
General information
Chart 2145
Route
3.105
1 From the vicinity of Punta Llorona (836N, 8345W),
to the vicinity of 907N, 8346W, in the approaches to
Baha Uvita, the coastal passage leads N across the stretch
of water known as Baha de Coronado, passing E of Isla
del Cao (843N, 8354W) and to seaward of the dangers
fringing the mainland coast, the outermost of which lies
2 miles offshore.
Topography
3.106
1 From Punta Llorona, the coastline, initially bluff and
fringed with rocks, trends about 6 miles NNE before
receding to form a large bay, Baha Drake (3.111), bounded
on its N side by Punta Violin (848N, 8340W) (3.109).
Ro Sierpe flows into the bay about 1 mile S of this point.
Baha Guarumal, a shallow bay, is entered N of Punta
Violin, and from its head, as far as Punta Mala (about
16 miles N) (3.109), the coast is backed by a low plain,
covered with mangroves and intersected by the mouths of
several small rivers, which rises to high hills a few miles
inland.
2 Cerro Chirrip (Monte Walker) (928N, 8332W), one
of the highest mountains in Central America, rises 23 miles
inland on the N side of Baha de Coronado.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
Outlying banks
3.107
1 A depth of 18 m (10 fm) lies 3 miles SSW of Isla del
Cao (843N, 8354W) (3.108); depths of 33 and 40 m
(18 and 22 fm) have been reported to lie 21 miles NW
and 18 miles WNW, respectively of the island.
Landmark
3.108
1 Isla del Cao (843N, 8354W), a heavily wooded
island which is steep-to and rises sharply to a flat
topped summit. The island is fringed by rocks
which extend 5 cables from its W side. A light
(3.109) is displayed from the W end of the island.
Directions
(continued from 3.104)
3.109
1 From a position SW of Punta Llorona (836N,
8345W) the coastal passage leads N passing (with
positions from Punta Llorona):
2 W of Roca San Pedro, the largest of several islets
standing on a rocky reef which extends along the
coast from Punta Llorona to Punta San Pedrillo, a
projecting cliff, 3 miles N. In the vicinity of Punta
Llorona the islets are high and wooded, but at the
N end of the reef only black rocks are visible.
Vessels should maintain a distance of at least
1 mile from the coast. Thence:
3 W of Punta San Jos (6 miles NNE), a bluff, steep-to
headland, distinguished by a large green patch,
bare of trees, on its seaward face. Roca
Campanario (Lowrock Reef), a danger over which
the sea breaks, lies nearly 1 mile offshore midway
between Punta San Jos and Punta San Pedrillo.
And:
4 E of Isla del Cao (11 miles NW) (3.108) from where
a light (metal framework tower, red lantern, 22 m
in height) is displayed; the light is obscured
between the bearings of 247311 (64). Thence:
5 W of Islas Violin (14 miles NNE), a group of small,
wooded islets which extend about 1 mile offshore
from the N side of Punta Violin, a steep, rugged
point, thence:
Clear of a group of three mooring buoys (about
15 miles N) (reported 1965), thence:
6 W of Islas Sacate (16 miles NNE), two flat rocks,
9 m high, lying 2 miles offshore. The islets lie so
close together that from most directions they
appear as one. It is prudent to keep 1 mile W of
the line joining Islas Sacate and Islas Violin.
Thence:
7 W of Punta Mala (905N, 8341W), a bold cliffy
point, a spur from the high mountain range in the
interior, thence:
W of Isla Ballena (906N, 8344W), a whitish rock
standing in the middle of a reef; it shows up
distinctly against the wooded slopes of the
mountains on the shore behind it and makes a
good mark for identifying Baha Uvita.
(Directions continue at 3.117)
94
Anchorages
Isla del Cao
3.110
1 Anchorage may be obtained NE of Isla del Cao
(843N, 8354W) (3.108) in depths of not less than 27 m
(15 fm).
Baha Drake
3.111
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baha Drake (Baha
Sierpe) (842N, 8340W), off the mouth of Ro Agujas
which flows into the SE corner of the bay.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha Uvita
Chart 1960, plan of Baha Uvita
Description
3.112
1 Baha Uvita is bounded on its N side by Punta Uvita
(909N, 8346W), a low point, close SW of which is Isla
Uvita a small round islet. Rocky reefs, which break, extend
2 miles W and 7 cables SSE from Isla Uvita. Barrel
Rock, a black rock, lies on the W reef 1 miles W of Isla
Uvita. The bay is protected on its S side by a ridge of foul
ground which, commencing 2 miles SSE of Punta Uvita,
extends almost to the mainland shore about 3 miles E.
Round Rock, about 1 m high, stands at the W extremity of
the ridge, with Isla Ballena (3.109), on its central part, and
Islas Ballenitas, three pointed rocks, 5 cables offshore at its
E end; there is no clear passage between these rocks and
the shore.
2 Directions. The entrance to the bay between Round
Rock and the S extremity of the reef extending SSE from
Punta Uvita is 1 miles wide and the chart is sufficient
guide.
Useful marks:
Several huts stand on Isla Uvita and are visible for
some miles to seaward.
3 Anchorage may be obtained in the N side of the bay,
about 7 cables ESE of Isla Uvita, in depths of about 12 m
(39 ft), sand.
BAHA UVITA TO GOLFO DE NICOYA
General information
Chart 2145
Route
3.113
1 From the vicinity of 907N, 8346W the route leads
WNW, in deep water, to the vicinity of 930N, 8450W,
in the entrance to Golfo de Nicoya.
Topography
3.114
1 In addition to Cerro Chirrip (928N, 8332W) (3.106)
several other high peaks rise in the interior. Most notable
are one of 3481 m (11 418 ft) (15 miles WNW of Cerro
Chirrip), and an extinct volcano 2420 m (7938 ft) high,
with a broad crater at the summit, which lies 24 miles
farther WNW. Four miles S of the extinct volcano there is
a dome shaped mountain 2169 m (7115 ft) high. The high
land in the approaches to Golfo de Nicoya is described at
3.127.
2 The coast immediately W of Punta Uvita (909N,
8346W) is formed into a bay about 3 miles long; rocks
awash lie in the entrance to this bay. Continuing W from
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
the bay hills rise steeply from the coast, rising to an
elevation of almost 1200 m 8 miles NE of Punta Dominical
(913N, 8351W), a point which, although not prominent,
may be identified by its dark colour. Between Punta
Dominical and Punta Serrucho (17 miles WNW), the
extremity of a wooded headland which projects 1 mile S
from the coast, the coastline consists of a sandy beach
intersected by small rivers, and backed by hills of moderate
height, in the form of long rounded ridges lying parallel to
the coastline. Islas de los Quepos (3.117), a group of
detached islets and rocks, lie within 1 mile of the coast
between Punta Serrucho and Punta Quepos (3 miles
WNW) (3.117); the coast between these points is formed
by densely wooded bluffs rising abruptly from the sea.
From the W side of Punta Quepos the coast continues
WNW for about 23 miles to Punta Judas (3.117) at the E
entrance to Golfo de Nicoya; the land is low close to the
shore but rises gradually for the first few miles inland
towards the high land in the interior.
Anchorage
3.115
1 Anchorage may be obtained anywhere off the coast
between Quepos (925N, 8410W) (3.118) and Punta
Judas (23 miles WNW) (3.117) by vessels with local
knowledge; there are no charted dangers at a distance of
more than 5 cables from the shore and the depths decrease
regularly.
Landmark
3.116
1 Punta Quepos Lighthouse (metal framework tower,
12 m in height) (924N, 8410W).
Directions
(continued from 3.109)
3.117
1 From the vicinity of 907N, 8346W the coastal
passage leads WNW passing (with positions from Punta
Quepos Light (924N, 8410W)):
SSW of the reef extending W from Punta Uvita
(28 miles ESE) (3.112), thence:
SSW of a rock awash, and an above-water rock, lying
3 miles WNW, and 3 miles NW respectively, of
Punta Uvita, thence:
2 SSW of Islas de los Quepos, a chain of bare islands
and rocks extending between 1 and 4 miles SE
from Punta Quepos. Isla Serrucho, the SE island,
is reddish in colour and 30 m high; a rock awash
lies 4 cables S of the island. Isla Olocuita, 56 m
high, lies 2 miles SE of Punta Quepos, and another
prominent island, 49 m high, lies 7 cables farther
NW. These islands should be given a wide berth
and no attempt should be made to pass between
them and the shore. Thence:
3 SSW of Punta Quepos, a bold prominent point at the
extremity of a series of densely wooded bluffs; a
light (3.116) is displayed from the point. Flat
Rock, a rock awash, lies 3 cables SW of the
point. Thence:
4 SSW of Punta Judas (23 miles WNW), which is
dominated by Monte Judas, a heavily wooded
peak, 98 m high. A drying reef, over which the sea
breaks heavily, extends 1 mile SW from Punta
95
Judas and it is advisable to give the point a berth
of at least 2 miles at all times.
(Directions continue for Golfo de Nicoya at 3.132
and for coastal passage at 3.162)
Quepos
Chart 2145 (see 1.14)
General information
3.118
1 Position and function. Quepos, which is a port of entry,
is situated at the mouth of Ro Viejo 1 miles N of Punta
Quepos (924N, 8410W) (3.117); it is used for the export
of bananas.
Limiting conditions
3.119
1 Maximum size of vessel handled at the main wharf is
LOA 152 m; draught 82 m.
Local weather and sea state. There is often a
considerable swell, and two buoys are moored off the
wharf for use in holding vessels from 5 to 8 m off whilst
loading. The wharf is equipped with heavy springs and
wires for securing the vessels in the heavy swell. On
occasions the strength of the swell and undertow make it
necessary to work cargo from an anchorage W of the
wharf.
Pilotage and tugs
3.120
1 Pilotage is not compulsory but is advisable if berthing
alongside. The pilot boards from a white launch about
1 mile from the wharf. Under favourable conditions vessels
may berth at night.
Tugs are available.
Anchorage
3.121
1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of about 29 m
(16 fm), SW of the wharf, about 1 miles N of Punta
Quepos.
Directions
3.122
1 Approaching from SE a good clearance should be given
to Islas de los Quepos (3.117), and Flat Rock (3.117), and,
having rounded Punta Quepos, to a 21 m (7 ft) shoal on
which the sea breaks at half tide, lying 7 cables NNW of
the point.
Berths
3.123
1 A breakwater protects a wharf which extends 140 m
from two islets lying close offshore on the S side of the
mouth of Ro Viejo and which are connected to the
mainland by a trestle bridge; depths alongside the wharf
range from 122 to 73 m. There is a smaller wharf which
is used for the discharge of lighters.
Port services
3.124
1 Repairs: minor facilities only.
Other facilities: hospital.
Supplies: diesel oil, fuel oil and fresh water available by
pipeline at the wharf; limited quantities of provisions.
Communications. Nearest airport is at Puntarenas,
approximately 30 km.
Other names
3.125
1 Catedral, Punta (923N, 8409W).
Verde, Isla (922N, 8407W).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
GOLFO DE NICOYA
General information
Chart 1931
Description
3.126
1 Golfo de Nicoya, entered between Punta Judas (931N,
8432W) and Cabo Blanco (35 miles W), is one of the
most important stretches of water on the Pacific coast of
Central America. From the entrance it leads inland, first N,
then NW, for about 52 miles, narrowing to a width of about
5 miles about 26 miles above the entrance, then
broadening to an average width of about 8 miles as far as
its head. The ports of Puerto Caldera and Puntarenas are
situated on the E side of the gulf, the former 25 miles
inside the entrance, and the latter, 7 miles farther NW. A
number of islands, some of considerable size, lie along the
W shores of the gulf; vessels navigating the gulf pass E of
all these islands.
Topography
3.127
1 Offing. The E entrance to the gulf is marked by the
termination of the mountain range that dominates the coast
farther SE. The NW spur, known as Cerro Herradura
(942N, 8436W), rises steeply from the E shore of the
gulf. Cerro Turrabares (Cerro Turabales) (10 miles NE of
Cerro Herradura), a higher, prominent peak, with a small
conical summit, can be seen over Cerro Herradura when off
the entrance; a peak 1626 m (5335 ft) high, with a flat top
nearly 5 cables across, stands 2 miles E of Cerro
Turrabares (chart 2145).
2 On the W side, a plateau, about 300 m high, extends
6 miles N from Cabo Blanco (934N, 8507W). To the N
of this plateau the land falls away before rising towards
Cerro Fro (Cerro Erio) (15 miles N of Cabo Blanco)
whose summit is divided by a cleft visible from W. Viewed
from a distance the lower plateau remains below the
horizon whilst the more elevated plateau resembles a long
island lying some distance from the mainland.
3.128
1 Within the gulf. The E side of the gulf trends generally
NW with a heavily wooded coast, backed by high land,
which is indented at mid length by the bay containing
Puerto Caldera and Puntarenas. The mouths of numerous
rivers interrupt the coastline N of Puntarenas.
2 The W side of the gulf, similarly heavily wooded with a
mountainous interior, leads NE then turns sharply NW and
borders an uncultivated region which is rarely visited by
commercial shipping. The coast between Punta Tambor
(944N, 8457W) (3.133) and Punta Gigante (11 miles
NNE) is very irregular and is indented by numerous small
bays with off-lying islands. From Punta Gigante to the head
of the gulf the coast is formed into a shallow indentation
off which lie several large islands the most notable being
Isla Chira (1006N, 8509W) (3.134) towards the head of
the gulf.
Pilotage
3.129
1 From the entrance points to Golfo de Nicoya as far N as
the approaches to Puntarenas the waterway is deep and
clear of dangers and should present no difficulty to vessels
entering. However vessels proceeding into the head of the
gulf are advised to utilise the services of a pilot due to the
constantly shifting nature of the banks in this area.
96
Natural conditions
3.130
1 Tidal streams. From the entrance to the gulf the
in-going stream sets NE, then N into Baha de Barranca
(958N, 8445W), whence it turns W along the peninsula
of Puntarenas; rates are from about 1 to 2 kn. The
out-going stream sets in the reverse direction. The in-going
stream off Punta Conejo (939N, 8441W) has a tendency
to NW but is hardly strong enough to be noticeable.
2 Weather. There are only two seasons, the rainy and the
dry, the former generally lasting from April until
November. In the rainy season the winds blow from SSW
and often reach gale force in September and October when
they are accompanied by heavy rain. During the dry season
calms are prevalent but in the evenings there are often
violent squalls, known as Chubascos (1.184), which blow
from between N and E and are accompanied by heavy rain.
Principal marks
3.131
1 Landmarks:
Isla Cabo Blanco (933N, 8507W), a mass of
whitish rock fringed by a drying rock ledge, and
which rises steeply on all sides to a height of
69 m; a light is displayed from the summit. A high
rock, which has the appearance of a white sail
from a distance, lies close off the SE side of the
island.
2 Isla Herradura Lighthouse (metal framework tower,
12 m in height) (938N, 8441W).
Islas Negritos Lighthouse (metal framework tower,
12 m in height) (949N, 8450W).
Conspicuous chimney (9590N, 84455W), at a
fertilizer factory in Baha de Barranca.
3 Major lights:
Isla Cabo Blanco Light as above.
Isla Herradura Light as above.
Isla Negritos Light as above.
Directions
(continued from 3.117)
Entry from south-east
3.132
1 From a position at least 2 miles SSW of Punta Judas
(931N, 8432W) (3.117), the E entrance to the gulf, the
passage leads NW, then NNW passing (with positions from
Isla Herradura Light (938N, 8441W)):
2 SE of Roca Escollo (3 miles SE), an isolated
pinnacle rock on which the sea breaks at half tide,
lying 7 cables SW of Punta Guapinol, a
prominent, high point. The rock is sometimes
visible at LW when a heavy swell is running. The
sea breaks heavily along the shore between Punta
Judas and Punta Guapinol. Thence:
3 SW of Isla Herradura, a narrow, rocky island, the
sides of which rise abruptly and terminate sharply
at its crest, and from where a light (3.131) is
displayed. The island, which is joined to the
mainland E by a reef which almost dries, is
prominent from SE. Thence:
4 WSW of Punta Conejo (1 miles N), which is
fringed by foul ground up to 2 cables S, and
4 cables NW. A shoal with a depth over it of
113 m (37 ft) lies at the edge of the foul ground,
5 cables WNW of the point. Thence:
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
5 WSW of Punta Sucia (4 miles N). Rocky ledges,
which partly dry, extend from 2 to 4 cables
offshore from a position about 1 miles S of
Punta Sucia and Punta Leona, 7 cables NE.
Thence:
6 ENE of Sail Rock (14 miles NW), a large rock at
the extremity of a rocky ledge which extends 2
cables E from Negritos Afuera, the outermost of
the two high, narrow, heavily wooded islands
which comprise Islas Negritos. A light (3.131) is
displayed from Negritos Afuera. Strong tide rips
are experienced off Sail Rock and a clearance of
3 miles is recommended. Thence:
7 W of Punta Corralillo (16 miles N), a point with
two promontories, the S of which, Punta Torres, is
a prominent, high, wooded point. A light-buoy
(special) is moored about 1 miles NW of Punta
Torres, and a wave recorder buoy, around which
there is a restricted area of radius 250 m, and
which is connected to the shore E by a submarine
cable, is moored about 1 mile N of Punta Torres.
And:
8 E of, depending on draught, a depth of 104 m (34 ft)
(4 miles WNW of Punta Torres), at the S
extremity of the bank (3.148) which extends
4 miles SSE from Puntarenas.
Thence to the Puerto Caldera pilot station, or the
Puntarenas pilot station, as required.
Entry from south-west
3.133
1 From a position about 3 miles S of Cabo Blanco
(934N, 8507W) the passage leads NE, then N, passing
(with positions from Punta Tambor (944N, 8457W)):
SE of Isla Cabo Blanco (14 miles SW) (3.131),
thence:
SE of Isleta Cabuya (10 miles SW), a flat topped
islet lying on a reef extending 7 cables offshore,
thence:
2 SE of Punta Tambor, a high, bold promontory, thence:
SE of Islas Tortugas (4 miles NE), two high islands
lying on a shoal bank separated from the mainland
by a channel 5 cables wide; rocks, some
above-water, lie within 5 cables of the E side of
each island. Thence:
SE and E of Sail Rock (10 miles NE) (3.132), thence
as for the approach from SE.
Directions for the head of the gulf
3.134
1 From a position in the fairway midway between Sail
Rock (3.132) and Punta Torres (3.132) the track leads NW
to the head of the gulf passing (with positions from Punta
Morales (1004N, 8458W)):
SW of a shoal depth of 11 m (36 ft) (13 miles SE),
and:
2 NE of a drying patch (12 miles SSE) (reported
1948), thence:
NE of Isla Guayabo (10 miles SSE); a 21 m (7 ft)
shoal patch lies close E of the island. And:
SW of a 52 m (17 ft) shoal (11 miles SE), and a
46 m (15 ft) shoal (9 miles SE), the W dangers
on the bank S of Puntarenas (3.148), thence:
3 NE of Isla San Lucas (8 miles SSE), an irregularly
shaped island separated from Punta Gigante on the
mainland 5 cables SW by a foul channel. There is
97
a penal colony on the island and landing is
forbidden. And:
4 SW of La Punta (9 miles SE), the W extremity of the
peninsula of Puntarenas; foul ground extends
almost 1 mile W from the point. A ferry operates
across the gulf between La Punta and Playa
Naranjo, 7 miles WSW. Thence:
5 NE of Isla Caballo (4 miles S) and Isla Bejuco
(5 miles SW), and:
SW of Punta Morales, the extremity of a peninsula
extending 5 cables W from the shore. Islas
Cortezas, two small islands, lie 7 cables WNW
of Punta Morales. Thence:
6 NE of Isla Chira (10 miles WNW), the largest island
in the NW gulf and which is surrounded by shoals
on all but its NE side. Depths of 55 m (18 ft) and
less extend from the E extremity of Isla Chira to
Isla Caballo; the deeper water is on the E shore of
the gulf.
7 Useful marks:
Isla Pjaros (1006N, 8500W).
Isla Yuca (1008N, 8508W).
3.135
1 Golfo Colorado, the area of the gulf N of Isla Chira, as
far as Boca del Toro, 7 miles NW, the entrance to Ro
Tempisque, shoals rapidly and there are numerous mud
flats which dry. Ro Tempisque, which is sluggish and
muddy, is navigated by small craft from Puntarenas on
favourable tides; it is reported navigable for about 80 miles
above Boca del Toro.
Puerto Caldera
Chart 1931, plan of Puerto Caldera
General information
3.136
1 Position and function. Puerto Caldera which is situated
on the E side of Golfo de Nicoya about 25 miles within the
entrance, stands in the S side of Baha de Caldera, a small
bay entered between Punta Corralillo (954N, 8444W)
(3.132) and Roca Carballo, a bluff point, 2 miles N. It is
the principal port terminal for the railway to San Jose and,
besides being a major container port, has facilities for
general cargo, Ro-Ro and bulk solid cargoes.
2 Traffic. In 2002, 244 vessels called at the port totalling
4 756 109 dwt.
Port Authority. Administracion de los Puertos de Costa
Rica, Puerto de Caldera, Puntarenas, Costa Rica.
Limiting conditions
3.137
1 Tidal levels. See 3.144.
Maximum size of vessel handled: LOA 205 m; draught
10 m; 25 000 dwt.
Local weather. Strong S winds cause seas to break over
the breakwater and may make the port untenable.
Arrival information
3.138
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
Notice of ETA: 24 hours, with confirmation 12 hours
before arrival.
Anchorage. Temporary anchorage may be obtained in
an area, shown on the chart, 1 miles N of Punta
Corralillo. Strong N winds are frequent in the early part of
the year, particularly in January, when a rough sea may be
experienced around HW.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
2 Pilotage is compulsory for berthing and unberthing; the
pilot boards about 2 miles SW of the port. For details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5). It was
reported (2003) that pilots are only available after 0800,
and that contact should be made on VHF 1 hour prior to
arrival.
3 Tugs available; compulsory when berthing and
unberthing.
Regulations. Vessels are not permitted to enter the port
until visited by the Port Health Officer, Port Captain and
Customs Officer.
Harbour
3.139
1 General layout. A breakwater, about 600 m long,
towards the head of which a light is displayed, extends
600 m NW, thence W, from a point on the shore 7 cables
NE of Punta Corralillo; it protects a concrete wharf 490 m
in length aligned in an ENE direction along which there
are three berths. It was reported (2002) that this breakwater
was being extended W. In 1994, a stranded wreck (dry
dock) lay close inside the head of the breakwater.
2 The limit of the dredged area N of the wharf is marked
by a light-buoy (white/green conical), and a can buoy; a
buoy (white, spherical) is moored on the W side of the
dredged area inside the breakwater.
3 Development. Plans have been announced (2001) to
further develop the port.
Currents, with rate up to 1 kn, have been reported
(2003) with long period swells accompanying the in-going
tide.
Directions
3.140
1 Directions for the approach to the port are given at
3.132 and 3.133, and the chart is sufficient guide for entry.
Berths
3.141
1 Mooring. A tanker mooring, for vessels up to 175 m
LOA and draught 99 m, lies in Baha de Caldera 305 m
offshore. Vessels berth using the starboard anchor, running
lines to three additional buoys.
Alongside. The berths from W to E are:
No 1: length 210 m, depth alongside 110 m.
2 No 2: length 150 m, depth alongside 101 m.
No 3: length 130 m, depth alongside 73 m.
Tanker berth: vessels up to 1753 m and 99 m
draught can be accommodated.
Caution. In 1999 a depth of 58 m was reported in way
of Nos 1 and 2 Berths.
Port services
3.142
1 Repairs: minor repairs only.
Other facilities: medical facilities; hospital at
Puntarenas; Ro-Ro facilities; limited facilities for the
reception of oily waste.
Supplies: fresh water; stores and provisions; bunkers.
Communications: local airport at Puntarenas; nearest
international airport 90 km distant.
98
Puntarenas
Chart 1931, plan of Puntarenas
General information
3.143
1 Position and function. Puntarenas (959N, 8450W),
situated 7 miles NW of Puerto Caldera, is one of the
most important places on the Pacific coast of Costa Rica
and is a port of entry. The port once dealt with half the
foreign trade of the country but is now subsidiary to Puerto
Caldera; the port is used for bulk cargoes only. It is
situated towards the end of a long narrow peninsula
extending 4 miles W from the mainland shore.
2 An offshore berth, used for the discharge of ammonia to
a fertilizer factory ashore, is situated in Baha de Barranca,
midway between the two ports, 4 miles NW of Puerto
Caldera.
Traffic. In 2001, 34 vessels called at the port totalling
432 726 dwt.
Port Authority. As for Puerto Caldera (3.136).
Limiting conditions
3.144
1 Controlling depths. It was reported (2003) that the
channel leading to the pier had been dredged to 10 m.
Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Mean spring range about 28 m; mean neap range about
16 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled: LOA 152 m; draught
79 m.
Arrival information
3.145
1 Coast and port radio stations. For details see
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 1(2) and 6(5).
Notice of ETA: 24 hours, with confirmation 12 hours
before arrival.
2 Anchorage. The anchorage lies E of the bank extending
4 miles SSE from the port (3.148). The whole of the area
between the bank and the mouth of Ro Barranca, 4 miles
E (chart 1931), is clear of dangers and has suitable depths
for anchoring. In the fine weather season, from November
to April, the usual anchorage for vessels of moderate size
is 6 cables SE of the port in depths of about 91 m (30 ft).
In summer and autumn it is prudent to anchor farther SE,
in deeper water, as heavy rollers from SW affect the
anchorage. The holding ground is poor and it is advisable
to moor along the line SE/NW. Vessels awaiting a berth at
the offshore terminal (3.150) anchor about 4 miles SE of
Puntarenas.
3 It should be noted that disused submarine cables, as
shown on the chart, extend S from Puntarenas; also less
depths than charted have been reported in the anchorage.
Pilotage is compulsory for berthing and unberthing; the
pilot boards about 2 miles SE of the port. Berthing is
possible at night but it is usual to await daylight. See also
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
4 Tugs are available from Puerto Caldera.
Regulations. Vessels are not permitted to enter the port
until visited by the Port Health Officer, Port Captain and
Customs Officer.
Harbour
3.146
1 Signals. Port regulations stipulate that a constant watch
is kept on the vessels moorings when alongside. Should a
line part then the following sound signals should be made:
 Home

a
Contents
Index

a
a

99
CHAPTER 3

a
Puntarenas from SE (3.143)
(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph Crown Copyright)
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

Sound signal Meaning sea but this is not usually sufficient to

1 long blast Shore line parted
1 long blast followed by Buoy line parted
2 short blasts
A pilot and mooring party will then board and resecure
the vessel at any hour of the day or night.
2 Vessels about to sail make the following signals:
Sound signal Meaning
4 long blasts 1 hour Request customs clearance
prior to sailing
1 long blast and 2 short Clearance received request
blasts pilot and unberthing party
3.147
1 Natural conditions:
Tidal streams. The in-going stream sets W, and the
out-going stream ESE, with a strength of from 1 to
1 kn, though rates of up to 2 kn have been
observed on occasions. See also caution at 3.149.
2 Local weather. Northerly winds, which are
considered dangerous to shipping during February
and March, are not felt so much at the pier at
Puntarenas where protection is provided by the
peninsula; their full force is however felt about
1 mile farther S. Islas Negritos (3.132), and the
peninsula forming the W shore of the gulf, give
some protection from S winds. In the afternoons,
on occasions, strong W winds can cause a choppy
inconvenience large vessels. Easterly winds are of
little consequence and cause very little trouble.
There is frequently a heavy swell at the pier.
Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.202.
Directions
3.148
1 Directions for the approach to the port are given at
3.132 and 3.133, and the chart is sufficient guide for entry.
Attention is drawn to the bank over which there are depths
of less than 11 m (36 ft), which extends 4 miles SSE
from Puntarenas, and on which there are several patches of
less than 55 m (18 ft), including one of 33 m (11 ft) lying
7 cables SW of Commercial Pier (9583N, 84500W).
A stranded wreck, marked by a light-buoy, lies 7 cables
WSW of Commercial Pier.
Berths
3.149
1 Commercial Pier. A pier extends about 600 m S from
the E side of Puntarenas, and provides berths on either
side. A light, which is reported difficult to distinguish, is
displayed from the head of the pier.
2 Oil berth. A submarine oil pipeline with a buoy berth at
its extremity extends 5 cables SSE from the vicinity of a
tank farm situated 1 miles E of the L-shaped pier. Vessels
approach the berth from SE, turn short round on the port
anchor, and secure astern to three mooring buoys at the
extremity of the pipeline. Berthing is effected on the
in-going stream preferably within 3 hours of HW; berthing

Puntarenas Commercial Pier (3.149)

(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph Crown Copyright)

100
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
at night is not recommended. Unberthing can be undertaken
at slack water or on the out-going stream; unberthing at
night is recommended only at HW. It is reported there is a
depth 73 m at this berth.
3 Caution. Care is necessary when berthing at Puntarenas
as the tidal streams are strong and the wind can be
variable. Rates up to 5 kn have been experienced with both
the in-going and out-going streams at the Commercial Pier
causing lines to part; it is advisable to drop the outboard
anchor underfoot.
4 Small craft can berth at the Municipal Dock on the N
side of Puntarenas which is lighted and is available at all
states of the tide but it is shallow and local knowledge is
required.
Offshore berth in Baha de Barranca
3.150
1 Two small buoys mark the extremity of a submerged
pipeline running 1 miles NNE to the shore. Vessels secure
to four mooring buoys in a depth of 128 m (42 ft). The
berth is nearly always affected by a moderate to heavy
swell from the S or SW.
Port services
3.151
1 Repairs: minor repairs only; small craft slipways.
Other facilities: hospital.
Supplies: fresh water available alongside; limited
supplies of stores and provisions.
Communications: local airport; nearest international
airport 90 km distant.
Anchorages and minor bays
Chart 1931
Baha del Jac
3.152
1 Anchorage may be obtained, between November and
March, in depths of 11 to 20 m (6 to 11 fm), in Baha del
Jac entered close N of Punta Guapinol (935N, 8438W)
(3.132). The sea breaks heavily in the head of the bay.
Local knowledge is required.
Puerto Herradura
3.153
1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 15 m (48 ft) in
the NE side of Baha Herradura, a crescent shaped bay
entered between Isla Herradura (938N, 8441W) (3.132)
and Punta Conejo (1 miles N) (3.132). The bay is open
W and although sheltered from all other quarters is seldom
used as there is virtually no communication with the
interior.
2 Roca Havannah, a dangerous rock with a least depth
over it of 06 m (2 ft) and which seldom breaks even at
LW, lies 5 cables N of the E extremity of Isla Herradura,
and rocks fringe the N side of the bay to a distance of
2 cables offshore.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha Ballena
3.154
1 Description. Baha Ballena, a deep indentation on the W
shore of the gulf, entered between Punta Piedra Amarilla
(942N, 8500W) and Punta Tambor (2 miles NE)
(3.133), is the only anchorage on the W side of the
entrance to the gulf but is open to winds from between E
and S. Depths decrease regularly from 42 m (23 fm) in the
entrance to 9 m (30 ft) at a distance of 5 cables from the
head of the bay, which is lined by a low sandy beach,
broken by several small streams.
Baha Ro Grande
3.155
1 Description. Between Punta Leona (942N, 8440W)
(3.132) and Punta Torres (12 miles NNW) (3.132) the coast
recedes to form Baha Ro Grande; the bay is generally
deep but the coastal bank extends about 1 mile offshore at
its head where Ro Grande de Trcoles enters the sea.
Another river, Ro Jesus Maria, enters the gulf at Punta
Loros (2 miles SE of Punta Torres); rocks awash, lie at
the outer edge of the bank extending 5 cables offshore from
the river mouth.
2 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of from 9 to
36 m (5 to 20 fm) at distances of from 1 to 2 miles
offshore between Ro Grande de Trcoles and Punta Torres.
Isla Chira
3.156
1 Anchorage may be obtained towards the head of the
gulf in depths of from 7 to 11 m (24 to 36 ft) off the NE
side of Isla Chira (1006N, 8509W) (3.134).
Other names
3.157
1 Cedros, Isla (951N, 8453W).
Faralln, Punta (957N, 8444W).
Manzanillo (1008N, 8501W).
Muertos, Isla (953N, 8456W).
Murcilago, Baha (945N, 8457W).
2 Pan de Azucar, Isla (955N, 8454W).
Tivives (950N, 8440W).
Venado, Isla (959N, 8504W).
GOLFO DE NICOYA TO CABO VELAS
General information
Chart 2145
Route
3.158
1 From the vicinity of Cabo Blanco (934N, 8507W) the
route leads initially WNW for 40 miles to the vicinity of
Punta Guiones (954N, 8541W), thence NNW for
32 miles to the vicinity of Cabo Velas (1022N, 8554W).
Topography
3.159
1 The coast between Cabo Blanco and Cabo Velas is
backed by the ranges of Cerros de Havana (953N,
8523W), and Cerros de San Blas (1008N, 8539W), the
summits of which attain elevations of about 1000 and
650 m, respectively. Cerro Fro (949N, 8509W) (charted
as Split Peak), which is described at 3.127, is prominent to
the E of Cerros de Havana, and Cerro Maquenco (Mount
Boughey) (959N, 8535W), a cone shaped summit, is
distinguishable on the W side of that range. Cerros de San
Blas run parallel to the coast about 8 miles inland between
Punta Guiones and Cabo Velas and are easily distinguished
above the coastal foothills. For the most part the coastline
is heavily wooded and fringed by black rocks.
Off-lying banks and shoals
3.160
1 The following depths have been reported, as shown on
the chart, lying outside the 200 m (100 fm) depth contour
(positioned from Punta Guiones (954N, 8541W)):
20 to 26 m (11 to 14 fm) (reported 1953);
32 miles SE.
101
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
2 18 to 33 m (10 to 18 m) (reported 1949); 28 miles
SE.
106 m (58 fm) (reported 1984); 8 miles WSW.
27 m (15 fm) (reported 1963); 11 miles W.
9 to 22 m (5 to 12 fm) (reported 1966); 26 miles NW.
Shoal (position approximate) (reported 1969);
40 miles NW.
Principal marks
3.161
1 Landmarks:
Isla Cabo Blanco (933N, 8507W) (3.131).
Punta Guiones (Punta Guionos) (954N, 8541W),
which, when viewed from either E or W, appears
as a wooded hill, 95 m high, gradually descending
to overhanging cliffs; rocky debris at the base of
the cliffs breaks at all times. Precipitous bare
cliffs, crowned with clumps of trees, stand close E
of the point.
2 Morro Hermoso (1021N, 8551W), which, when
viewed from S has the appearance of an island.
The sides have a regular and gradual slope, and
the short narrow ridge, running E and W, has a
saddle shaped appearance; the E summit is round
and the W sharp. Approaching from W Monte
Hermoso will first be sighted as a conical hill
below the higher hills in the background.
3 Major light:
Isla Cabo Blanco Light (933N, 8507W) (3.131).
Directions
(continued from 3.117)
3.162
1 From a position about 3 miles S of Cabo Blanco
(934N, 8507W) the coastal passage leads NW, thence
NNW, noting the off-lying banks at 3.160, and passing
(with positions from Punta Guiones (954N, 8541W)):
SW of Punta Coyote (Punta Musimillama) (25 miles
ESE), a salient, heavy wooded point; a small river
enters Baha Zamora close N of the point. Rocks
awash lie up to 5 cables offshore 5 miles SE of
Punta Coyote. Thence:
2 SW of Punta Bejuco (Punta Quinones) (21 miles
ESE), a heavily wooded point fringed by rocks,
thence:
SW of Baha Carrillo (11 miles ESE) (3.163), thence:
3 SW and WSW of Punta Guiones (3.161). The point is
fringed by foul ground up to a distance of 1 mile
to seaward, and breakers were reported in 1927
2 miles SSW of the point. Dangers extend up to
5 cables offshore 4 miles E of the point, and an
isolated below-water rock lies 2 miles NW of the
point. Punta Guiones is difficult to make out at
night and should be given a wide berth at all
times; vessels approaching from NW should note
the probability of a NW set off the point which
attains a rate of 2 kn in winter. Thence:
4 WSW of Punta Filibusteros (13 miles NNW, the
corrected position of the charted name), on which
stands a group of prominent red roofed houses. In
1927 it was reported that foul ground extended
4 miles NNW along the coast, and 3 miles to
seaward, from the point. Thence:
5 WSW of Cabo Velas (30 miles NNW), a salient,
heavily wooded point fringed by rocks, above
which Morro Hermoso (3.161) rises.
Caution. Deep draught vessels should maintain a
distance of at least 3 miles off the coast between Punta
Guiones and Cabo Velas.
(Directions continue at 3.169)
Anchorages
Chart 1960, plan of Baha Carrillo
Baha Carrillo
3.163
1 Description. Baha Carrillo (952N, 8530W) provides
shelter for small vessels. It is 7 cables wide between the
entrance points but the navigable entrance is narrowed to
4 cables by a rocky reef extending 5 cables SE from the
W entrance point. Isla Piedra Blanca, a large whitish rock,
lies 1 cable offshore 3 cables SW of the W entrance point
and serves to identify the vicinity; an islet, 6 cables W of
Isla Piedra Blanca, can be seen under the cliffs as the
entrance is neared. Pointed Rock lies close off the E
entrance point to the bay.
2 Directions. Depths decrease from about 18 m (10 fm) in
the entrance to 55 m (18 ft) about 1 cables from the head
of the bay. A vessel on entering should be kept to the E
side of the bay but should anchor sufficiently far W to
swing clear of a below-water rock lying about 3 cables
NNW of Pointed Rock at the extremity of a shoal spit
extending from the NE side of the bay.
Chart 2145
Baha Tamarindo
3.164
1 Anchorage may be obtained, though it is somewhat
exposed, in Baha Tamarindo (Barco Quebrada), entered
between Punta San Francisco (Wreck Point) (1017N,
8551W, the corrected position of the charted name), and
Cabo Velas (4 miles NNW) (3.162). Vessels can anchor
midway between Punta San Francisco and the extremity of
a rocky reef which lies about 7 cables offshore, 1 miles
S of Cabo Velas. Isla Capitn, a small island, stands at the
S entrance close N of Punta San Francisco, and a patch of
foul ground lies NE of the island.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Landing may be effected at the head of the bay.
Other name
3.165
1 Cahiones, Punta (Cahaiones, Punta) (1011N,
8550W).
CABO VELAS TO CABO SANTA ELENA
General information
Chart 2145
Description
3.166
1 Cabo Velas (1022N, 8554W) and Cabo Santa Elena
(Cabo Elena) (33 miles N) are the entrance points to Golfo
de Papagayo (Golfo de Culebra), a wide, deep bay in
which there are several anchorages and a fine protected
harbour. The gulf is so named as it is the S part of the area
in which Papagayos (1.184), strong N winds, are
experienced. Descriptions of the anchorages and harbour
are given, and directions are given for the offshore passage
between the headlands.
Topography
3.167
1 Cerros Santa Elena, a remarkable range of mountains are
situated on the peninsula which terminates in Cabo Santa
102
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
Elena (3.168); several of the peaks are over 610 m in
height. Farther inland Volcn Oros and Cerro Gngora,
standing 28 and 30 miles E respectively of Cabo Santa
Elena, and which attain elevations of over 1585 m form the
extremities of a ridge which is often visible when the peaks
are obscured by cloud. Volcn Rincn de la Vieja, an
occasionally active volcano, stands 36 miles E of Cabo
Santa Elena; its broken and deeply furrowed sides differ
from those of other volcanic peaks in Costa Rica and
Nicaragua.
2 The coastlines at the entrances to Golfo de Papagayo are
indented by a series of bays backed by high land,
particularly on the N side. The head of the gulf, between
Islas Palmitas (1038N, 8542W) (3.173) and a point
261 m (857 ft) high (11 miles NNW), is formed into a wide
bay. The coast for about 3 miles NE of Islas Palmitas is
moderately high and densely wooded, with Punta Cabuyal,
a salient point, standing 1 miles NE of these islands.
Thence for a distance of about 5 miles farther N it is
formed by steep cliffs above which there is a wooded
plateau, 300 m high. The N side of the plateau slopes down
to a broad valley which extends inland. North of the valley
the coastline continues high and bold.
Landmarks
3.168
1 Morro Hermoso (1021N, 8551W) (3.161).
Islas Santa Catalina (1029N, 8553W), two islands
but which, from seaward, appear as one except
from SW. The islands are faced on all sides with
cliffs, 30 m high, above which a grass covered
surface gives the overall appearance of a stone
fortification with turfed parapets.
2 Cabo Santa Elena (Cabo Elena) (1054N, 8558W),
a narrow, rocky ridge which extends 2 miles WSW
from the coast and whose sides rise abruptly from
the sea to meet at a sharp summit. Owing to its
position the cape is one of the most striking
features along this coast. Seen from W it looks
like a mountainous island, but from N or S it
appears as an oval, serrated ridge, the outline
resembling the edge of a half open fan.
Directions
(continued from 3.162)
3.169
1 From a position at least 3 miles WSW of Cabo Velas the
passage leads NNW passing (with positions from Cabo
Velas (1022N, 8554W)):
WSW of Islas Santa Catalina (7 miles N) (3.168).
Unless proceeding to Baha Brasilito (3.170)
vessels should remain W of the line joining Cabo
Velas and Islas Santa Catalina. Thence:
2 WSW of Little Bat Island (30 miles NNW), two
rocks, each with a flat top and vertical sides; the
outer, larger rock is 21 m high, whilst the inner,
1 cable SE is split, the gap showing from SW.
These rocks lie 1 mile W of the extremity of Islas
Murcilagos, a group of islands, the largest 146 m
high, which extend EW for 3 miles. There is no
safe passage between Little Bat Island and Islas
Murcilagos. Thence:
WSW of Cabo Santa Elena (33 miles N) (3.168).
(Directions continue at 3.182)
103
Anchorages, harbour and minor bays
Chart 2145 (see 1.14)
Baha Brasilito and Baha Potrero
3.170
1 Description. Between Punta Sabana, a point lying
4 miles NE of Cabo Velas (1022N, 8554W), and Islas
Brumel (10 miles NNE of Cabo Velas), the coast is
indented by a bay divided in two by a high wooded point
projecting 1 mile from the shore and off whose extremity
lies Isla Plata. The S part of the bay is known as Baha
Brasilito (Baha Braxilito), and the N part Baha Potrero.
Islas Brumel comprises two islets, 43 m high, lying close
together, 5 cables offshore; they are steep, rocky and grass
covered and appear as one except when viewed from NW.
Reefs extend 3 cables N and 4 cables SSE from the W islet
but the channel between the islands and the mainland is
believed to be clear.
2 Local knowledge is required for these bays which are
visited occasionally by vessels loading timber.
Directions. Approaching from S, Isla Plata should be
kept ahead bearing about 058 which leads in mid-channel
through a deep passage, about 2 miles wide, between
Punta Sabana and the S extremity of a large area of foul
ground, over 2 miles in extent with rocks awash on it,
which lies 1 mile SE of Islas Santa Catalina. Course may
be altered into Baha Brasilito as soon as it is open but
Punta Sabana should be given a wide berth. If proceeding
to Baha Potrero, Isla Plata should be rounded at a distance
of at least 5 cables to avoid shoal water extending
2 cables from its NW side.
3 Approaching from N, Isla Plata should be kept ahead
bearing 145, which leads in mid-channel 1 mile SW of
Islas Brumel and a similar distance NE of the extremity of
the foul ground mentioned above. When Islas Brumel bear
N course may be altered into either bay as required.
4 Anchorages. The bays are open N and W and although
the foul ground off Islas Santa Catalina does not entirely
damp down the seas the anchorages may be considered
reasonably secure.
5 In Baha Brasilito depths reduce regularly from 24 m
(13 fm) in the entrance to about 11 m (36 ft) 5 cables from
the head of the bay. Farther inshore they are irregular and
within 4 cables on either side of the bay there are rocks
both below and above-water. Anchorage may be obtained
as convenient in depths of from about 13 to 18 m (43 to
60 ft) but the point on the mainland adjacent to Islas
Brumel should be kept open W of Isla Plata.
6 In Baha Potrero depths reduce gradually from about
27 m (15 fm) in the entrance. Several islets lie off the E
shore of the bay and a rocky patch, partly awash lies on
the E side of the head of the bay. Anchorage may be
obtained in a suitable depth on the SW side of the bay,
clear of an obstruction (10271N, 85476W) (reported
2004).
Chart 2145
Baha El Coco
3.171
1 Description. Baha El Coco (Baha Cocos), a small bay
situated 16 miles NE of Cabo Velas, is entered between
Punta Miga (1033N, 8544W) and Punta Cacique
(1 miles NE); both entry points are formed by rocky
cliffs with hills rising above them. Viradores Sur, which
comprise Islas Pelonas and Isla Montosa, three grass
covered islands with detached rocks S and E of them, lie
NW of Punta Cacique; there is no clear passage between
them and the point. The head of the bay is formed by a
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
sandy beach from the S part of which a line of drying
rocks runs N for about 2 cables and another small rock
lies about 1 cable offshore near its N end.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Anchorage may be obtained in the bay in depths of
15 m (50 ft); vessels should keep close to Punta Cacique
when entering to give a good clearance to the ledges which
extend N from the SW shore.
Chart 660, plan of Puerto Culebra
Puerto Culebra
3.172
1 Description. Puerto Culebra, entered between Punta
Ballena (1035N, 8542W) and Punta Mala (1 mile
NNW), is one of the finest natural harbours in Central
America; it is spacious, secure and easy of access, and can
accommodate all but the largest vessels afloat. The shores
of the harbour are generally steep-to but foul ground
extends about 1 cables offshore at Punta Ballena; Baha
Panama, a small wooded bay, is situated on the S side of
the harbour 1 miles E of Punta Ballena.
2 Local knowledge is required; the bay and its approaches
are inadequately surveyed.
Useful mark:
Islas Viradores Norte (close W of the W extremity of
Punta Mala), two flat, rocky islets. A prominent
rocky column on the outer islet makes a good
mark when seen clear of the land around Punta
Mala.
3 Anchorage may be obtained anywhere in the harbour
over a bottom of mud and sand.
Chart 660, plan of Puerto Culebra
Baha Huevos
3.173
1 Baha Huevos is a small inlet entered 1 miles NE of
Punta Mala (1037N, 8543W) (3.172); it is open SW. Isla
Palmitas, two islets on the N side of the inlet, lie so close
to each other and the shore that they appear to be wooded
bluffs on the mainland. The entrance to the bay is restricted
by an isolated reef lying 2 cables offshore S of Islas
Palmitas.
Local knowledge is required; the bay is inadequately
surveyed.
Chart 2145
Head of Golfo de Papagayo (Golfo de Culebra)
3.174
1 Anchorage. Although there are several below-water
rocks near the shores of the N part of the bay there is deep
water within 1 mile of the shore. Anchorage may be
obtained in the vicinity of Roca Blaze (Blaze Rock)
(1047N, 8542W), 43 m high, which lies about 5 cables
offshore at the head of the bay off the valley mentioned at
3.167. Below-water rocks lie off its W side but the depths
near it on its S side are convenient for anchoring.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha Potrero Grande
3.175
1 Description. Baha Potrero Grande (1051N, 8549W)
is situated on the N side of Golfo de Papagayo. The bay,
which is open WSW, is entered between high hills and
widens a little once inside the entrance but not enough to
afford any additional protection to the anchorage. A sandy
beach curves round the head of the bay and behind it is a
lagoon which receives several streams from the surrounding
hills. A number of above-water rocks lie off the entrance
104
points but there is no danger outside them. Depths decrease
from 37 m (20 fm) in the entrance to 91 m (30 ft)
1 cables from the head of the bay.
Local knowledge is required.
Chart 2145 (see 1.14)
Baha Murcilagos
3.176
1 Description. Baha Murcilagos, entered between Isla
Colorada (Isla Ackerman) (1051N, 8553W) and Cabo
Santa Elena (6 miles NW) (3.168), is divided into two parts
by Isla Pedada which lies in the middle of the bay 2 miles
NW of Isla Colorada and is connected to the shore by a
shallow ridge; the anchorage is in the E part of the bay.
2 The bay is backed by Cerros Santa Elena (3.167), some
of the peaks of which lie only 1 miles inland, and is
fronted by Islas Murcilagos (3.169). Isla Colorada is
connected to Punta El Respingue (Punta Parker) on the
mainland N by a reef, and rocks and foul ground extend
5 cables WSW from the island; Piedra Negra, a low,
steep-to rock, lies 1 miles WSW of the W extremity of
the island.
3 Directions. The approach to the anchorage from S
passes between Isla Colorada and the E of Islas
Murcilagos. From N the approach is made between Islas
Murcilagos and Isla Pedada.
Anchorage. Anchorage has been obtained in the NE part
of the bay between Isla Colorada and Isla Pedada in depths
of about 22 m (12 fm). The holding ground is not good and
the bay cannot be considered safe during the season of N
winds, the Papagayos (1.184), from December to March.
Other names
3.177
1 Gorda, Punta (1033N, 8647W).
Matapalo, Baha (1033N, 8546W).
CABO SANTA ELENA TO
BAHA DE SALINAS
General information
Charts 2145, 1049
Route
3.178
1 From the vicinity of Cabo Santa Elena (1054N,
8558W) the route leads NE for about 18 miles to the
entrance to Baha de Salinas.
Topography
3.179
1 The coastline is rugged and is deeply indented by a
series of bays. It is backed by the high land described at
3.167.
International boundary
3.180
1 The S part of the boundary between Costa Rica and
Nicaragua is marked by a silver coloured building at
Mojnes (Los Monjones) (1105N, 8542W) on the N side
of Baha de Salinas.
Landmarks
3.181
1 Cabo Santa Elena (Cabo Elena) (1054N, 8558W)
(3.168).
Punta Blanca (1057N, 8554W), a conspicuous,
bold headland, the rocky slopes of which rise
abruptly from the sea to a sharp and jagged
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 3
summit, 207 m high, 1 mile from its extremity; a
small above-water rock lies nearly 1 cable W of
the point.
Directions
(continued from 3.169)
3.182
1 From a position W of Cabo Santa Elena (1054N,
8558W) the coastal passage leads NE passing (with
positions from Cabo Santa Elena):
NW of a steep-to rock with a depth over it of 37 m
(12 ft), lying 1 mile W of Punta Blanca (5 miles
NE) (3.181), thence:
2 NW of a rock awash, surrounded by foul ground
(13 miles NE), which lies 1 miles WNW of
Punta Descartes, the W extremity of a bluff
peninsula extending about 4 miles from the coast.
The channel between this foul ground and the
shore has not been examined. Between Punta
Descartes and the entrance to Baha de Salinas
(about 3 miles NE) the coast is fringed by rocky
ledges and islets up to 3 cables offshore.
3 Clearing marks:
The alignment (217) of the W extremity of Cabo
Santa Elena with Little Bat Island (2 miles SW)
(3.169) passes close NW of the steep-to rock off
Punta Blanca.
(Directions continue at 4.13)
Bays and anchorages
Charts 2145, 1049
Baha Playa Blanca
3.183
1 Description. Baha Playa Blanca, is entered between
Cabo Santa Elena (1054N, 8558W) (3.168) and Punta
Blanca (5 miles NE) (3.181). The head of the bay is
obstructed by two large rocks situated 1 mile offshore
3 miles NE of Cabo Santa Elena; an islet, with a rock
SW of it, lies between the two rocks and the shore.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Directions. Attention is drawn to the steep-to rock
(3.182), 1 mile W of Punta Blanca.
Anchorage may be obtained in depths of from 15 to
18 m (48 to 60 ft) off the sandy beach which fronts a
valley at the NE end side the bay.
Golfo de Santa Elena
3.184
1 Description. Golfo de Santa Elena (Baha Elena),
entered between Punta Blanca (1057N, 8554W) and
Punta Descartes (9 miles NE) (3.182), is indented by Baha
Santa Elena on its S shore, and Baha Tomas and Baha
Cuajiniquil in its SE part. The S shore, except where
broken by the entrance to Baha Santa Elena, presents a
continuous line of high, wooded bluffs, and steep cliffs. On
the NE side of the gulf, about 5 cables offshore, Isla
Dispensa, an island with two summits, the S the higher but
the N steeper, stands 1 miles SE of Punta Descartes; Isla
Juanilla stands a similar distance from the shore, 2 miles
farther SE.
Chart 1960, plan of Baha Santa Elena
3.185
1 Baha Santa Elena is entered between Punta Sortija
(Punta Alajo) (1056N, 8550W) and Punta Pochote
(Punta Isla) (6 cables ESE), a point from which a shoal
spit extends 1 cables WNW. It is a good land locked
harbour in a narrow valley behind the cliffs forming the
entrance points and under Cerros Santa Elena (3.167), the
highest peaks of which are farther W. Two conical peaks
standing on the ridge overlooking the bay are prominent.
Isla Los Cabros, a small island, stands at the W entrance
but it is so close to the shore it is difficult to make out
from N. Isla Leoncillo (Isla Arriba) lies at the E entrance,
4 cables NNE of Punta Pochote, and is connected to the
shore S by a rocky reef. Tooth Rock lies near the outer
edge of a shoal spit extending 2 cables W from Isla
Leoncillo. A rocky ledge extends 2 cables offshore on the
W side of the bay about 6 cables SW of Punta Sortija, and
an isolated 9 m (30 ft) patch lies 3 cables offshore in the
head of the bay.
2 Directions. Approaching the bay vessels should remain
at least 5 cables offshore until the entrance is identified
thence the fairway leads midway between Punta Sortija and
Tooth Rock.
Anchorage may be obtained in depths of about 27 m
(15 fm) about 4 cables SSE of Punta Sortija.
Chart 1049
3.186
1 Baha Juanilla is situated 5 miles SSE of Punta
Descartes and is the S of two bays formed by a tongue of
land projecting W from the head of the gulf. Two islets lie
close W of this tongue of land and Roca Vagares, a low
rock, stands 5 cables farther W; two rocks with depths over
them of 32 and 5 m (10 and 16 ft), respectively, lie near
the middle of the channel between Roca Vagares and the
islets.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Anchorage. There are depths of 29 m (16 fm) in the
entrance to the bay, S of Roca Vagares, after which they
shoal gradually to the head of the bay. The holding ground
is good over a bottom of mud but Baha Tomas, a small
inlet on the S side of the bay, in which there is a depth of
9 m (30 ft) affords the only protection from W winds and
sea.
Baha de Salinas
3.187
1 Description. Baha de Salinas is entered between Punta
Zacate (1103N, 8545W) and Punta Arranca Barba
(2 miles NNW) (in Nicaragua).
There is little commercial activity in the bay which is
frequented by vessels sheltering from gales during the
season of Papagayos (1.184). There is a customs house and
the remains of a small wharf at Puerto Soley at the head of
the bay.
2 The S and E shores of the bay consist of sandy beaches
and low marshy valleys lying between bluffs; the N shore
is high and bold. Isla Bolaos, 81 m high, lying on the S
side of the bay 1 mile E of Punta Zacate, appears wedge
shaped, with the apex N, to vessels entering. A detached
rock, with a below-water rock close S of it, lies 1 cable
WNW of the island; foul ground extends 3 cables E and
2 cables S from the island.
3 Directions. Approaching from W, the line of bearing
107 of Volcn Oros (1059N, 8529W) (3.167), if
visible, will lead directly up to and through the entrance to
the bay.
4 Approaching from S, having given the danger off Punta
Blanca (3.181) a good clearance, Cabo Santa Elena (3.168)
should be kept open of the former point until Isla Bolaos
is open N of Punta Zacate when the rock off Punta
Descartes (3.182) will have been passed and course can be
shaped into the bay.
105
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 3

5 The track to the anchorage passes N of Isla Bolaos and

rather nearer to the island than the N shore.
Useful mark:
A small, red, tin roofed building, standing on a
barren hill at the N end of the beach in Baha
Ostional, a small crescent shaped bay, 7 cables
NE of Punta Arranca Barba. The building can be
seen from 2 to 3 miles in the approach.
6 Anchorage may be obtained, in W winds, with Isla
Bolaos bearing more than 270. However if sheltering
from a Papagayo, anchorage should be obtained as near the
N shore as depths will permit.

106
Home Contents Index

NOTES

107
Home Contents Index

Chapter 4 - Pacific coasts of Nicaragua, Honduras, El Salvador and Guatemala

93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86

4.193
Champerico 659
G U AT E M A L A HONDURAS

14 4.172 14
Puerto Quetzal 659
4.188
E L S A LV A D O R
4.168 4.155
Acajutlu 660 4.143
La Libertad
660 4.95
660 Henecn 1960
660 1960 P. De La Unin
4 . 14 9 Amapala Hr. 1960

Golfo de
13 Fonseca 13
4. 7 2
4.135
1960
1050
NICARAGUA

4.66 4 .3 9
660 Corinto
108

P. Sandino
1960
12 4. 2 6 4. 21 12
Masachapa

4. 1 0 4.14
San Juan
del Sur
1960
11 Baha de 11
Salinas

1049

10 10
93 92 91 Longitude 90 West from Greenwich 88 87 86
March 2004
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
PACIFIC COASTS OF NICARAGUA, HONDURAS,
EL SALVADOR AND GUATEMALA
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 1049, 1050, 587
Scope of the chapter
4.1
1 The area covered by this chapter comprises the coastal
waters of Nicaragua from the approaches to Baha de
Salinas (1103N, 8543W) to the entrance to Golfo de
Fonseca, about 165 miles NW, including the ports of San
Juan del Sur (1115N, 8553W), Puerto Sandino (1211N,
8647W) and Corinto (1228N, 8711W).
Golfo de Fonseca (1300N, 8750W), including the
ports of Puerto de Henecn (1324N, 8726W) in
Honduras, and Puerto de La Unin (1320N, 8749W) in
El Salvador.
2 The coastal waters of El Salvador from the entrance to
Golfo de Fonseca to Ro Paz, about 143 miles WNW,
including the ports of La Libertad (1329N, 8919W) and
Acajutla (1334N, 8950W).
The coastal waters of Guatemala from Ro Paz
(1345N, 9008W) to Ro Suchiate, about 140 miles
WNW, including the ports of Puerto Quetzal (1355N,
9048W) and Champerico (1418N, 9156W).
COAST OF NICARAGUA
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 1049
Area covered
4.3
1 The area covered by this section comprises:
Baha de Salinas to Puerto Masachapa (4.10).
Puerto Masachapa to Corinto (4.26).
Corinto (4.39).
Corinto to Golfo de Fonseca (4.66).
Topography
4.4
1 The coast, for the most part, comprises sandy beaches
separated by cliffs against which the sea pounds heavily,
and is backed by high land in the interior.
Landmarks
4.5
1 From offshore the volcanoes and mountain ranges along
this coast are very prominent and are easily identified in
clear weather; even in the rainy season they are
occasionally visible and their use as marks cannot be
overestimated.
2 The principal peaks and ranges are as follows:
Volcn Maderas (Madera Peak) (1126N, 8530W), a
saddle shaped mountain whose E peak is the
higher, standing on the SE end of Isla de Ometepe
(4.6), in Lago de Nicaragua. Volcn Concepcin,
situated on the same island 9 miles NW of Volcn
Maderas, is an active volcano with the appearance
of a truncated cone, but it is often hidden in dense
smoke.
3 It is divided into the following sections:
Coast of Nicaragua (4.3).
Golfo de Fonseca (4.72).
Coast of El Salvador (4.131).
Coast of Guatemala (4.162).
Natural conditions
4.2
1 Winds. From May to November, the rainy season, N, S
and W winds predominate. During this season calms, and
land and sea breezes are common, with occasional squalls
from SW; the violent local squalls known as Chubascos
(1.184) are prevalent at the beginning and end of the
season. From December the gentle North-east Trade Wind
system predominates with winds usually from between NE
and NW. Papagayos (1.184) are frequent in January and
February.
2 Currents. In general the currents sets W but its
direction is often affected by eddies in local areas. The
position of these eddies is reported to vary from year to
year and the regularity of currents cannot be relied on.
3 Volcn Mombacho (1149N, 8558W) standing on
the NW shore of Lago de Nicaragua; it is irregular
in outline, showing as two peaks when viewed
from W, and as three peaks when viewed from S;
the E summit, which is the highest, is noticeably
sharp.
Cerros de Managua (1200N, 8620W), a long,
rounded ridge, lying parallel to the coast 17 miles
inland; it has a regular, curved outline, extending
for about 15 miles.
4 Volcn Momotombo (1224N, 8634W), an active
volcano with a very distinctive, pyramidal shape,
situated at the SE end of a chain of mountains
terminating on the NW shore of Lago de Managua.
Seen from offshore and S of Corinto (1228N,
8711W) it appears as a massive isolated
mountain, but when seen from the vicinity of
Corinto it merges with Cerro de Asososca (Volcn
Assoco), a peak of lesser elevation, standing about
8 miles W, the two mountains then appearing as
perfect cones.
5 Volcn Viejo (1242N, 8702W), the highest
mountain in Nicaragua, attains an elevation of
1728 m (5670 ft) in the central part of Cordillera
de los Marabios which extends over 40 miles
NW/SE 18 miles from the coast; the mountain has
a sharp summit. Two small peaks rise near the
base of the mountain on its W side, and a high
ridge extends E for 2 or 3 miles before descending
to the foothills. See view on chart 1049. Other
notable peaks on this range include Volcn Telica,
Volcn San Jacinto and Volcn Rota, standing
109
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
about 10, 14 and 17 miles respectively, SE of
Volcn Viejo.
6 Volcn Cosigina (1259N, 8734W), whose lower
slopes are wooded, standing at the SE entrance to
Golfo de Fonseca. The peak has been seen at a
distance of 70 miles on a clear day.
Lago de Nicaragua
4.6
1 Lago de Nicaragua, separated from the Pacific Ocean by
a strip of land only 11 miles wide, is a fresh water lake
92 miles long and 32 miles wide, abundant with salt water
fish reportedly including sharks whose characteristics have
adapted them to live in fresh water, and tarpar.
The surface of the lake is 33 m above MSL, and depths
of more than 37 m (20 fm) are charted in the middle of the
lake.
2 There are about 310 islands, known collectively as Las
Isletas, most of which are inhabited and, because of their
scenic beauty, are a major tourist attraction. Isla de
Ometepe (1130N, 8535W), the largest island, has a
population of over 20 000. Isla Zapatera, situated 12 miles
NW, has provided many of the Indian artefacts to be found
in the museum in Granada, the third city of Nicaragua,
which stands at the NW corner of the lake.
3 The town of San Jorge, on the W side of the lake, is
connected by road with the port of San Juan del Sur (4.14)
on the Pacific coast.
Navigational warning
4.7
1 The Government of Nicaragua levies a fine equal to
200% of the value of any boat caught fishing illegally
within Nicaraguas Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ);
several foreign-flagged fishing and other vessels have been
seized by the authorities. There have also been reports of
incidents of piracy in coastal waters, although not since
local patrols increased (1997).
2 Small vessels such as yachts and fishing boats should
note that Nicaragua has boundary disputes with its
neighbours and exercise caution.
Off-lying banks
4.8
1 A depth of 33 m (18 fm) has been reported about
53 miles SW of Puerto Masachapa (1146N, 8632W).
Depths of 68 m (37 fm), and 119 m (65 fm), have been
reported (1983) about 45 miles SW of the entrance to
Golfo de Fonseca (1300N, 8750W).
Anchorages
4.9
1 Depths of less than 183 (60 ft) extend from 1 to
2 miles off the coast between Baha de Salinas and
Corinto, and anchorage off this coast is considered safe
during the fine weather season, from November to May.
BAHA DE SALINAS TO
PUERTO MASACHAPA
General information
Chart 1049
Route
4.10
1 The passage from the entrance to Baha de Salinas
(1103N, 8543W) to Puerto Masachapa (63 miles NW)
110
leads NW in depths of more than 183 m (60 ft) at a
distance of more than 2 miles from the coast.
Topography
4.11
1 The coastline consists of a series of high, bold
promontories. The land rises sharply close inland for a
distance of 30 miles NW of San Juan del Sur (1115N,
8553W). Prominent amongst the peaks are Monte Papayal
(4.18) standing above the port, and a mountain, (474 m
(1555 ft) high), standing 4 miles inland from Punta Pie del
Gigante (1123N, 8603W) (4.13) and which, seen from
W, appears to be capped by a small circular prominence.
Seventeen miles NW of Punta Pie del Gigante a group of
mountains, the highest 628 m (2060 ft) high, rise within
7 miles of the coast; seen from N or S they show a well
defined ridge at right angles to the coast, highest at its
inner end, though the peak nearest the coast, 446 m
(1465 ft) high, is the most prominent of the group.
Principal marks
4.12
1 Landmarks:
San Juan del Sur Lighthouse (white round wooden
tower, red lantern, 5 m in height) (1115N,
8553W).
Isla La Vieja (1121N, 8601W), a steep-to, reddish
rock, 50 m high, lying 2 cables from the shore;
several islets lie between the island and the shore.
2 Conspicuous white chimney (red lights) (1147N,
8632W), standing N of Puerto Masachapa.
The landmarks in the interior are described at 4.5.
Major light:
San Juan del Sur Light, standing on the S side of the
port entrance as above.
Directions
(continued from 3.182)
4.13
1 From the vicinity of 1104N, 8546W, 2 miles N of
Punta Descartes (3.182), the coastal passage leads NW
passing:
SW of Punta La Flor (Cabo Natan) (1107N,
8548W) which is fringed by foul ground up to
5 cables WNW and 6 cables SW. A steep, jagged
rock, 27 m (88 ft) high, appearing like a vessel
under sail when seen from N, lies 6 cables W of
the point. Thence:
2 SW of Rocas Frailes (4 miles NW of Punta La
Flor), two circular, steep-to, flat topped rocks, each
18 m (59 ft) high, standing 9 cables apart, one 7
and the other 4 cables offshore, thence:
SW of San Juan del Sur Light (1115N, 8553W)
(4.12), thence:
3 SW of Punta Brito (1120N, 8558W), 113 m high,
which projects 2 cables S from the general line
of the coast, thence:
SW of Isla La Vieja (1121N, 8601W) (4.12),
thence:
SW of Punta Pie del Gigante (1123N, 8603W), a
large rocky point, thence:
4 SW of a group of above-water rocks (11335N,
86165W), lying about 1 mile offshore, thence:
SW of Puerto Masachapa (1146N, 8632W) (4.21),
noting that mooring buoys may lie up to 2 miles
SW of the port.
(Directions continue at 4.29)
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
San Juan del Sur
Chart 1960, plan of Puerto San Juan del Sur
General information
4.14
1 Position and function. San Juan del Sur (1115N,
8553W), a small commercial port, is a port of entry and a
developing resort; the population is about 5000.
The harbour is formed by an opening in the cliffs
5 cables wide between two high, wooded bluffs. Rocks
extending from the entrance points reduce the navigable
width of the entrance to 4 cables; the shoal water at the SE
entrance is reported to be extending to seaward. The
buildings of the town line the E side of the bay and are
clearly visible from seaward.
2 Only small craft can berth in the harbour; ocean-going
vessels work cargo at the anchorage.
Traffic. In 2002, 5 vessels called at the port totalling
7381 dwt.
Port Authority. Empresa Nacional de Puertos, Apartado
Postal 2727, San Juan del Sur, Nicaragua.
Limiting conditions
4.15
1 Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Mean spring range about 22 m; mean neap range about
14 m.
2 Local weather and sea state. Strong E and NE winds
occur from January to April. Squalls are experienced in
May and October. Papagayos (1.184) blow directly out of
the bay, which is open SW; the holding ground is poor and
during the season of these winds vessels anchoring inside
the bay should do so in such a position as to ensure that if
the anchor does not hold they will drag clear of the rocks
on each side of the entrance.
Arrival information
4.16
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
Anchorage on arrival may be obtained, in depths of
about 17 m (56 ft), on the S side of the entrance about
4 cables NNW of San Juan del Sur Light (4.12). Vessels
working cargo anchor on the entry leading line (4.18) with
San Juan del Sur Light bearing 170.
2 Submarine cables enter the bay close S of the reefs
fringing the N entrance point, thence skirt the shoal ground
fronting the town inside the 5 m (18 ft) depth contour to
land in the SE corner of the bay.
Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained in Puerto
Morazn, the small inlet immediately N of San Juan del
Sur; local knowledge is required.
3 Pilotage is not compulsory but is advisable on a first
visit. The pilot, who is also the loading master, boards
about 1 mile SW of the harbour. In addition to the use of
VHF, three long blasts may be sounded on the whistle,
both on arrival and departure, to summon the pilot.
4 Regulations. Customs and Port Health officers will
board the vessel on anchoring to issue clearance. This will
only be given between sunrise and sunset unless prior
arrangements have been made when they will board late
into the night.
Tidal streams
4.17
1 Tidal streams are not strong and vessels usually ride to
the prevailing wind.
111
Directions
4.18
1 Approach. From a distance Punta Santa Elena (1054N,
8558W) (3.168), Volcn Oros (1059N, 8529W)
(3.167), and the volcanic peaks around Lago de Nicaragua
(4.6), assist in making a landfall. Closer in, Monte Papayal,
distinguishable by the mounds along its ridge which
resemble the knuckles of a left fist, rises above the port to
a summit 3 miles inland; the line of bearing 039 of the
mountain leads to the entrance to the bay (chart 1049).
2 Entrance leading lights: The alignment (067) of
leading lights, displayed from the head of the bay, leads to
the anchorage.
Front light (warehouse, green roof, 10 m in height).
Rear light (white water tower) (215 m ENE of the
front light).
3 Useful marks (positioned from San Juan del Sur Light):
Fort (2 cables NE).
Lots Wife (1 miles NW), an islet lying at the S
entrance to Puerto Morazn (4.16).
Berths
4.19
1 There is a small, well protected wharf for small craft
and lighters on the S side of the harbour.
Port services
4.20
1 Supplies: provisions and fresh water; fuel not available.
Communications. Nearest international airport Managua
(140 km).
Puerto Masachapa
Chart 1049
General information
4.21
1 Description. Puerto Masachapa (1146N, 8632W),
situated 49 miles NW of San Juan del Sur, is an open
roadstead with numerous reefs close inshore.
A pier, 305 m in length, with a depth alongside of 6 m
extends from the shore.
2 The port was once a tanker port with offshore buoy
berths but is reported to be no longer in operation. When
in operation the extremities of the pipelines, two of which
extended nearly 2 miles SW from the shore, were marked
by mooring buoys painted white.
Local weather: Offshore winds prevail; in the event of
bad weather vessels must be prepared to leave the
roadstead.
Directions
4.22
1 Approaching from S the alignment (about 359) of the
conspicuous white chimney (1147N, 8632W) (4.12),
with Volcn Momotombo (1224N, 8634W) (4.5), leads
to the vicinity of Masachapa. Several aluminium coloured
tanks in the port, S of the chimney, are also good marks.
Approaching from W the line of bearing 092 of the hill
standing 4 miles E of Masachapa leads to the roadstead.
Minor bays and anchorage
La Flor
4.23
1 La Flor, a small crescent shaped bay immediately N of
Punta La Flor (1107N, 8548W) (4.13), is frequented by
small vessels to load timber.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
Ro Grande
4.24
1 Anchorage may be obtained off the mouth of Ro
Grande which flows into the sea on the E side of Punta
Brito (1120N, 8558W) (4.13). The land is low at the
river mouth and this depression extends through the hills
towards Lago de Nicaragua.
Depths in the roadstead are regular, the 9 m (30 ft) depth
contour lying about 1 cables from the beach.
Punta Pie del Gigante
4.25
1 The deep, crescent shaped bay on the N side of Punta
Pie del Gigante (1123N, 8603W) (4.13) is frequented by
vessels to load cattle and logs. There is reported to be a
depth of 9 m (30 ft) about 1 cables offshore.
PUERTO MASACHAPA TO CORINTO
General information
Chart 1049
Route
4.26
1 From the approaches to Puerto Masachapa (1146N,
8632W) to those of Corinto (56 miles NW) the coastal
route is deep and clear of dangers at a distance of more
than 5 miles from the coast.
Topography
4.27
1 Between Cabo Desolado (1159N, 8642W) (4.28) and
the mouth of Ro Tamarindo (12 miles NW) the hills
approach the coast and in places near Cabo Desolado
appear to rise steeply. About 11 miles NW of Ro
Tamarindo, a range of hills having two peaks (280 and
271 m (920 and 890 ft) high), respectively, runs parallel
with the coast 4 miles inland. A low bluff is situated about
5 miles WSW of the lower summit, and, NW of this bluff,
a low sandy beach extends as far as the entrance to
Corinto, 11 miles NW, where it terminates in Pennsula
Castaones, a long, low, wooded, sandy peninsula. Above
the coast an extensive plain rises gradually towards the
volcanic peaks in the interior.
Landmarks
4.28
1 White chimney (1147N, 8632W) (4.12).
Cabo Desolado (1159N, 8642W), a conspicuous
headland. Owing to the land SE of it being low, it
appears, from a distance, to project well to
seaward, but, in reality, the change of direction of
the trend of the coast is very slight. The cliffs
forming the point are about 60 m high; the N face
is smooth, perpendicular rock, rising gradually to
the summit, 140 m high, 5 cables inland. Seen
from S the ridge appears to fall steeply inland but
more gradually towards the sea. The cape is
sometimes regarded as the NW limit of the
Papagayos (1.184).
2 Prominent power station (1210N, 8647W),
standing at the S entrance to Ro Tamarindo; two
conspicuous white oil tanks stand 6 cables ENE of
the power station.
Conspicuous white chimney (1232N, 8703W),
43 m in height.
The landmarks in the interior are described at 4.5.
112
Directions
(continued from 4.13)
4.29
1 From a position SW of Puerto Masachapa (1146N,
8632W) the coastal passage leads NW passing:
SW of Cabo Desolado (1159N, 8642W) (4.28),
thence:
2 SW of the mouth of Ro Tamarindo (1210N,
8647W) (4.31) giving a good clearance to the
offshore tanker berth situated 3 miles SW of the
entrance, and the shoal depths (4.35) lying in the
approaches to the river. A heavy surf breaks along
the coast between Cabo Desolado and the mouth
of Ro Tamarindo; this coast is apparently foul for
a distance of about 2 miles offshore and should be
approached with caution. Passing vessels should
maintain a distance of at least 5 miles from the
coast. Thence:
3 SW of a shoal with a depth over it of 42 m (14ft)
(1216N, 8659W), lying 1 miles offshore, and
on which the sea breaks occasionally; another
shoal of below-water rocks lies about 1 mile
farther NW. Thence:
4 SW of Arrecife Conway (Conway Reef) (1225N,
8710W), which comprises two rocks, 24 and
15 m (8 and 5 ft) high lying within 1 mile of the
shore. Depths between the rocks, and up to a
distance of at least 1 miles SW of them, are very
uneven, and the reef should be given a clearance
of at least 2 miles at all times.
(Directions continue for coastal passage
at 4.70 and for Corinto at 4.58)
Venadillo
General information
4.30
1 Venadillo (1155N, 8639W) is an open anchorage
frequented by vessels loading cedar wood. It is reported
that when a vessel is due, in order to assist in recognising
the locality, a white flag with the word Venadillo
inscribed on it is displayed from a mast on the shore, but
this is only visible at a distance of 1 miles.
2 Directions. From S the line of bearing 011 of Volcn
Momotombo (1224N, 8634W) (4.5) provides a good
approach lead.
Anchorage may be obtained in depths of from 13 to
26 m (42 ft to 14 fm); it is a safe anchorage during the
winter but in the summer vessels must anchor well out in
order to be prepared to weigh anchor in the case of
onshore winds.
3 Landing in boats is dangerous, on account of the surf,
and is usually only feasible in the morning. The cedar is
brought out on rafts.
Puerto Sandino
Chart 1960 plan of Puerto Sandino
General information
4.31
1 Position. Puerto Sandino is situated on the E bank of
Ro Tamarindo, which is entered between Punta Tiscuco
(1210N, 8647W) and Punta Estacada (1 mile NNW); the
port stands 1 mile within the entrance.
Function. The port, which is a port of entry, is a small
general cargo and oil port. There are no alongside berthing
facilities for other than small craft and lighters. Cargo is
discharged at the anchorage into lighters, and tankers berth
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
at the terminal of an offshore pipeline SW of the river
entrance.
2 Traffic. In 2002, 28 vessels called at the port totalling
1 415 322 dwt.
Port Authority. Puerto Sandino Port Authority, Apdo
100, Puerto Sandino, Leon, Nicaragua.
Limiting conditions
4.32
1 Controlling depths:
Entrance channel to river: charted depth of 18 m
(6 ft) (1987).
Offshore berth: depth of 164 m alongside.
Maximum size of vessel handled: A tanker of LOA
259 m, draught 125 m, has been accommodated at the
offshore berth.
Arrival information
4.33
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
Notice of ETA. Vessels transiting Panama Canal should
request the local agent to cable the ETA. Those not
transiting the canal should send their ETA through Balboa
Radio 5 days, 72, 48 and 24 hours before arrival.
2 Anchorage may be obtained, in the fine weather season,
in depths of from 7 to 13 m (24 to 42 ft), W of the
entrance, but the anchorage is insecure between June and
October, the bad weather season. The usual anchorage is
2 miles W of the front leading light (4.35). Tankers
awaiting pratique anchor in the pilot boarding area.
3 Pilotage is optional but is advisable for deep-draught
vessels; the pilot boards about 5 cables W of the offshore
berth, as shown on the chart. Vessels are moored during
daylight hours only but may unmoor at any time.
Tugs are available.
Tidal streams
4.34
1 The in-going stream, the rate of which does not exceed
2 kn, is felt as far as the town, but above the port the river
is too shallow, even for boats. The out-going stream,
especially after the rains, has attained a rate of from 5 to
6 kn in the river, and of 4 kn over the banks in the
entrance.
Directions
4.35
1 Approach. Approaching from SW the line of bearing
045 of Volcn Momotombo (1224N, 8634W) (4.5)
(chart 1049) leads to the entrance.
Leading lights:
Front light (black and white chequered tower)
(1210N, 8647W).
Rear light (similar structure) (245 m ENE of the front
light).
2 The alignment (080) of these lights, which passes over
several shoal depths, the least, two of 88 m (29 ft), leads
into and through the anchorage area off the entrance
passing (with positions from Punta Tiscuco):
NNW of a rocky patch with a depth over it of 73 m
(24 ft) (reported 1961), (3 miles WSW) (position
approximate), thence:
3 Close S of a buoy (red and white, can) (1 miles
WNW) marking a 94 m (31 ft) patch, and:
NNW of a group of mooring buoys (1 miles W),
thence:
113
SSE of a buoy (red, conical, cross topmark)
(1 miles WNW) marking an 88 m (29 ft) patch,
thence:
SSE of a mooring buoy (1 mile WNW), and:
4 NNW of a shoal depth of 33 m (11 ft) (7 cables
WSW), the N of a chain of shoal patches and
drying rocks extending SSE at a distance of about
7 cables from, and parallel, to the coast S of the
entrance.
Useful marks:
Light (position approximate) displayed 1 miles ENE
of Punta Tiscuco.
Power station on Punta Tiscuco (4.28).
5 Caution. Mariners are warned that the buoyage is
unreliable and the charted positions of the buoys are
approximate; less depths than charted may exist. It has
been reported that the leading lights are only visible for a
distance of about 2 miles at night.
4.36
1 Entry. The entrance to the river is shallow and is
obstructed by extensive drying sandbanks extending S from
Punta Estacada, and by drying reefs extending 2 cables N
and W from Punta Tiscuco. A buoyed channel for the use
of boats and lighters leads between the sandbank and Peas
del Tiscuco, the N reef, and thence E of the sandbank to
the port.
Berths
4.37
1 Alongside. Pier; length 46 m, depth alongside 3 to
45 m, suitable only for tugs and lighters.
Offshore tanker berth. Vessels berth at the extremity of
a pipeline which extends nearly 2 miles seaward from a
position 8 cables SSE of Punta Tiscuco; the services of a
Mooring Master are provided by the oil company. The W
side of the mooring area is marked by a light-buoy moored
2 miles WSW of Punta Tiscuco and the E side by a
light-buoy moored 2 miles SW of Punta Tiscuco. Vessels
are berthed heading SW, moored to two buoys ahead and
three astern.
Port services
4.38
1 Supplies: fresh water, fuel at tanker mooring.
Communications: Nearest international airport Managua
(80 km).
CORINTO
General information
Chart 660 plan of Corinto
Position
4.39
1 Corinto (1229N, 8710W) is a well sheltered port
situated at the mouth of Estero El Realejo.
Function
4.40
1 Corinto is the principal port of entry on the Pacific coast
of Nicaragua; it handles about 60% of the countrys
commerce. Cargoes handled include bananas, sugar, cotton,
oils and manufactured goods. The town, with its many
attractive buildings and nearby beaches, is an important
tourist centre; the population is about 10 000.
Topography
4.41
1 The land in the vicinity of the port is low with few
distinguishing features for some distance on either side of
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

the entrance. Pennsula Castaones (4.27) forms the shore
on the S side of entrance, and Isla de Corinto (4.55) on the
N side. Isla El Cardn, which lies in the entrance close
NW of Punta Castaones, is of a reddish brown colour in
the dry season but becomes green in appearance during the
rainy season; it is of uniform height and almost devoid of
trees. A rock resembling a tower lies close off Punta
Ponente, the perpendicular W extremity of the island.
Approach and entry
4.42
1 The port is approached and entered from W through
Barra del Cardn (4.58), a channel which leads N of Isla
El Cardn. Boca Falsa (4.61), which leads between Isla El
Cardn and Pennsula Castaones, is constantly changing
and its use is not recommended.
Traffic
4.43
1 In 2002, 216 vessels called at the port totalling
4 484 949 dwt.
Port Authority
4.44
1 Administracion Portuaria de Corinto, APDO 11, Corinto,
Nicaragua.
Limiting conditions
2 In the anchorage the in-going stream sets between NE
and ENE, and the out-going stream in the opposite
direction; both streams have a mean rate of about kn,
though on occasions rates of 2 kn have been recorded.
Pilotage and tugs
4.52
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels over 500 gt and
21 m draught; the pilot boards, from a red launch, about
2 miles WSW of the channel entrance, as shown on the
chart. If requested, and if conditions are favourable, the
pilot will take vessels in at night.
Tugs are compulsory for vessels over 500 grt.
Traffic regulations
4.53
1 Vessels are considered as arrived only after they have
entered the harbour proper; vessels at the pilot station are
not considered to have arrived.
Speed. It has been reported (1987) that there is a speed
limit of 8 kn in the harbour and 5 kn in the vicinity of the
berths.
Quarantine
4.54
1 Pratique. Vessels entering the port are boarded by the
Captain of the Port and the Customs and Quarantine
Officers; pratique is granted by the Captain of the Port.

Controlling depths Harbour

4.45
1 The most recent information (1997) from the pilot was General layout
that channel depth varied between 10 to 13 m, and that 4.55
dredging was planned for 1998. See also note on chart. 1 The harbour lies in an estuary bounded S by Pennsula
Castaones (1227N, 8710W) (4.27), E by Isla Encantada
Tidal levels (1 miles NE), a low mangrove island, and W by Isla de
4.46 Corinto (1 mile N), a low, sandy island, whose interior is
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring tree covered. The port installations are situated at the S
range about 23 m; mean neap range about 19 m. extremity of Isla de Corinto on its E side.
2 The entrance, which is well protected by Isla El Cardn
Density of water (4.41), lies between Punta Castaones, the extremity of the
4.47 peninsula, which rises to an elevation of 14 m, and Punta
1 The average density in the rainy season is 1014 g/cm3, Icaco (1 mile N), the S extremity of Isla de Corinto. Estero
and in the dry season 1020 g/cm3. Paso Caballos, spanned by road and rail bridges 3 miles
Maximum size of vessel handled NW of the port, separates Isla de Corinto from the
mainland. Estero El Realejo, the principal river, flows into
4.48
the sea down the E side of Isla de Corinto and is joined by
1 A vessel of LOA 198 m and breadth 244 m has been
several smaller rivers flowing into the estuary from
accommodated in the port.
between the islands on the E side of the harbour. Estero
Doa Paula, a broad expanse of water leading SE from the
Arrival information harbour, separates Peninsula Castaones from the mainland.
Port radio 3 The S and E sides of the harbour are fronted by
4.49 extensive shallow banks which restrict the width of the
1 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals navigable channel to about 3 cables.
Volume 6(5). A groyne, about 500 m in length, intended to assist
beach replenishment, and at the same time to reduce silting
Notice of ETA in the channel, is reported to have been constructed on the
4.50 S side of Isla de Corinto.
1 ETA is required 72, 48 and 24 hours in advance.
Natural conditions
Outer anchorage 4.56
4.51 1 Tidal streams. The tidal streams are strong and care is
1 Anchorage to seaward of the entrance is safe but necessary. The in-going stream sets towards Banco Sawyer
uncomfortable due to the ground swell likely to be (4.58), and also has a tendency to set a vessel towards the
experienced. A good position is reported to be with Morro shoals extending S from that bank, and towards the bank
Cardn Light (1228N, 8711W) (4.57) bearing 095, that extends N from Pennsula Castaones.
distant 2 miles, in a depth of about 16 m; farther S a 2 An out-going stream has been experienced, close inshore
heavier sea is usually experienced. Vessels intending to stay between Punta Icaco and Corinto piers, one hour before
for any length of time are advised to enter the port. HW.

114
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

Boca Falsa Isla el Cardn

Corinto from NE (4.55)

(Original dated 2000)
(Photograph Karsten Wetzke)

In the harbour the tidal streams set parallel to the axis
of the berths at a rate of about 3 kn.
The in-going stream is reported to set through Boca
Falsa at a rate of about 3 kn.
3 Local weather. There are two seasons, a rainy and a dry
season, with the rainy season lasting from the latter part of
May to November. North-east winds prevail from
November to March and SW winds for the rest of the year.
Climatic table. For Managua, see 1.200 and 1.203.
Landmarks
4.57
1 The landmarks in the interior are described at 4.5.
Conspicuous white chimney (1232N, 8703W)
(chart 1049) (4.28).
Morro Cardn Lighthouse (white round concrete
tower, red lantern, 13 m in height) (12285N,
87114W), displayed from the N point of Isla El
Cardn.
Directions
(continued from 4.29)
Barra del Cardn
4.58
1 Mariners are advised to enter only during favourable
conditions and then only with extreme caution; entry
should not be attempted when a heavy ground swell is
running on the bar. Advice should be sought from the pilot
on bar conditions and depth allowances.
Barra del Cardn is marked by three sets of leading
lights, and by light-buoys (lateral) which are generally in
accordance with the IALA Maritime Buoyage System,
Region B, but see cautions at 4.60.
2 The W and SW edges of Banco Sawyer, a shallow bank,
part of which dries, and which forms the NE side of Barra
del Cardn, are steep-to and although the boundary of the
bank is sometimes marked by breakers, this is not always
the case. The S side of the bank is reported (1997) to have
extended and the pilot reported that it is preferable to pass
close N of No 10 Light-buoy to round Banco Sawyer.
4.59
1 Leading light-beacons (approach).
From a position about 3 cables N of C Light-buoy
(black, conical) (12280N, 87138W) the alignment
(076) of light-beacons leads about 2 miles ENE across
the bar to a position about 4 cables NW of Punta Ponente
(4.41):
Front light (No 1) (12290N, 87108W), on Isla de
Corinto.
Rear light (No 2) (5 cables from front light).
2 Leading light-beacons (channel).
From a position about 2 cables N of Punta Ponente the
alignment (122) of light-beacons leads about 8 cables SE

115
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
to a position 4 cables ESE of Morro Cardn Light (4.57),
passing between Isla El Cardn and Banco Sawyer (4.58)
extending W from Isla de Corinto:
Front light (No 3) (12279N, 87103W), on
Pennsula Castaones.
Rear light (No 4) (810 m from the front light).
3 Leading light-beacons (harbour).
From a position 6 cables ESE of Morro Cardn Light
the alignment (074) of light-beacons leads 6 cables
ENE to the berthing area, passing between the S side of
Isla de Corinto and the shallow banks extending N from
Pennsula Castaones:
Front light (No 5) (12288N, 87092W), on Isla
Encantada.
Rear light (No 6) (250 m from the front light).
4 A shoal depth of 9 m was reported (1980) on the S side
of the channel 1 miles WSW of the front light. Three
light-buoys (starboard hand) mark the limit of shoal water
extending into the harbour from the W side of Isla
Encantada.
4.60
1 Cautions. Sandbanks in the approaches to Corinto and
depths in the dredged channel are subject to change;
buoyage and other navigational aids are reported to be
unreliable. Mariners are advised to use caution when
navigating in the vicinity and seek the most up to date
local information.
2 It was reported (1997) that the leading-lights are difficult
to distinguish. On the lead 076, the front beacon (No 1)
is only visible at the turn into Barra del Cardn and the
rear beacon is difficult to observe against the buildings of
the town and port. On the lead 122, the rear beacon is
hidden by vegetation.
The in-going tidal stream sets towards Banco Sawyer;
see 4.56.
Boca Falsa
4.61
1 Boca Falsa, which leads between Punta Castaones
(12276N, 87109W) and Cabo Austro (3 cables NW),
the S extremity of Isla El Cardn, is not recommended for
use as the depths are constantly changing. On occasions
waves up to 46 m high sweep through the entrance making
conditions on the bar inside the entrance untenable for
small craft.
Useful mark
4.62
1 Monte Doa Paula (12277N, 87097W).
Anchorages and berths
Anchorages
4.63
1 Vessels awaiting a berth usually anchor in mid-channel,
abreast the town, in depths of from 8 to 12 m; vessels may
be found at anchor either on, or close to, the 074
leading line. About five vessels can be accommodated
inside the harbour depending on size and draught. It is
recommended that vessels moor, as the tidal streams are
strong at springs, the room for swinging limited, and the
holding ground is poor. The area about 4 cables ESE of
Punta Icaco (12286N, 87104W) should be avoided as it
experiences the full force of the tidal streams, and the
holding ground is poor.
116
Berths
4.64
1 The alongside berths, positioned from S to N, are:
Banana Pier: an L-shaped pier with a berthing length
of 122 m, depth alongside 112 m, but which is
liable to silting.
2 General Cargo Pier (three berths): length 610 m,
depths alongside from 12 to 13 m. Berths A and B
are for general cargo and the N berth is a
container terminal. In 1979 the least depth in the
turning basin off the N end of the wharf was
104 m, but see 4.45; shoal patches, as shown on
the chart, lie at the E and N extremities of this
area.
3 Liquid Cargo Terminal: a T-headed dolphin berth,
depth alongside 122 m.
Port services
4.65
1 Repairs: minor facilities only.
Other facilities: hospital.
Supplies: provisions in limited quantities; bunkers not
available, except in an emergency, when it may be possible
to arrange small quantities; fresh water.
Communications: regular connections by sea to other
ports; express bus service to Managua (155 km distant)
where there is an international airport.
CORINTO TO GOLFO DE FONSECA
General information
Charts 1049, 1960 plan of Golfo de Fonseca
Route
4.66
1 From the approaches to Corinto (1228N, 8711W), to
the entrance to Golfo de Fonseca (1300N, 8750W), the
coastal passage leads NW for about 40 miles passing to
seaward of dangers, which, in some cases, lie up to 4 miles
offshore.
Topography
4.67
1 Isla de Aserradores, a long, low, wooded, narrow island,
with a sandy beach, fronts the coast from Isla de Corinto
as far as Isla de Limn (9 miles NW) (4.70). Twelve
miles farther NW the coast is broken by the entrance to a
lagoon. Shoal ground, on which the sea often breaks,
extends 5 cables to seaward from an islet in the entrance to
the lagoon. North of the lagoon the hills in the interior
begin to close the coast which comprises a sandy beach for
about 9 miles before giving way to almost perpendicular
cliffs, 60 m high, which continue as far as the entrance to
Golfo de Fonseca (4.73), 6 miles farther NW.
Caution anchorage
4.68
1 During autumn, when the wind sometimes blows from
between S and SW with rainy weather, there is a danger in
remaining at anchor off this stretch of coast as heavy seas
may be experienced.
Landmark
4.69
1 Volcn Cosigina (1259N, 8734W) (4.5).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
Directions
(continued from 4.29)
4.70
1 From a position SW of Corinto the coastal passage leads
NW passing (with positions from Morro Cardn Light
(1229N, 8711W)):
SW of Isla de Limn (12 miles NW), a low, wooded
island, fringed by a whitish beach; it is connected
to Isla de Aserradores (4.67) by an underwater
rocky bank, on which the sea nearly always
breaks, completely closing the channel between the
islands. Thence:
2 SW of Arrecife Burra Grande (Burra Grande Reef)
(14 miles NW), a reef about 1 mile long and
2 cables wide, lying parallel to the coast about
1 miles offshore. There is no safe passage
between the reef and the shore. Thence:
SW of an isolated shoal depth of 64 m (21 ft)
(reported 1948) (position approximate) (18 miles
NW), lying about 4 miles offshore, thence:
3 SW of Arrecife Specks (Speck Reef) (19 miles NW),
which comprises several isolated shoal patches,
lying 1 miles offshore. There are rocks awash at
the W end of the reef and about 1 mile W of these
GOLFO DE FONSECA
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 1960 plan of Golfo de Fonseca
Area covered
4.72
1 The area covered by this section comprises:
South-east side of Golfo de Fonseca (4.78), including
Moneypenny Anchorage and Estero Real.
North-east side of Golfo de Fonseca (4.90), including
Puerto de Henecn, Puerto Amapala and Baha
Chismuyo.
North-west side of Golfo de Fonseca Puerto de La
Unin (4.114).
Description
4.73
1 Golfo de Fonseca, entered between Punta Cosigina
(1255N, 8741W) (4.70) and Punta de Amapala (19 miles
NW) (4.123), is bordered on its SE side by the coast of
Nicaragua, on its NE side by the coast of Honduras, and
on its NW side by the coast of El Salvador. The two
principal ports in the gulf are Puerto de Henecn (4.95), in
Honduras, and Puerto de La Unin (4.114) in El Salvador.
4.74
1 International boundaries. The boundary between
Nicaragua and Honduras lies approximately in the vicinity
of the mouth of Estero Blanco (1300N, 8719W), and
that between Honduras and El Salvador approximately in
the vicinity of the mouth of Ro Goascorn (1325N,
8748W).
Topography
4.75
1 From offshore the gulf can be identified by the volcanic
peaks standing on each side of the entrance, and by those
on the ranges extending SE and NW. As the entrance is
approached the high islands lying inside the gulf can be
identified; the principal peaks and islands are described at
4.77.
rocks there is a shoal with a depth over it of 55 m
(18 ft). This outer shoal is particularly dangerous,
as, even with a heavy swell, the sea does not
break over it, whilst the inner reef may be
breaking heavily. Thence:
4 SW of a shoal with a depth over it of 49 m (16 ft)
(33 miles NW), lying about 1 miles offshore. In
1927 an obstruction was reported to lie nearly
3 miles offshore 2 miles S of this shoal. Thence:
SW of a dangerous wreck (position approximate)
lying 1 mile W of Punta Cosigina (1255N,
8741W), the SE entrance to Golfo de Fonseca,
which is formed by a series of cliffs rising inland
to Volcn Cosigina (4.5).
Useful mark
4.71
1 Stranded wreck (1233N, 8718W) lying close
inshore.
(Directions continue for the SE side of Golfo
de Fonseca at 4.81, for the NE side of Golfo de
Fonseca at 4.93, for Puerto de La Unin at 4.123,
and for coastal passage at 4.138)
2 Inside the gulf the E shore is initially fronted by high
cliffs above which the land continues to rise to Volcn
Cosigina (4.5), thence the coast recedes to form a large
bay. North of the bay, as far as the entrance to Baha San
Lorenzo (4.95) 11 miles NNW, the shoreline is low and
swampy, lined by mangrove trees and fronted by extensive
mud flats. Isla Zacate Grande, the largest island in the gulf,
and the only one not densely wooded, is prominent on the
W side of the entrance to Baha San Lorenzo close N of
Isla del Tigre (1316N, 8738W) (4.77), which has a
higher summit.
3 Above Isla Zacate Grande the head of the gulf
comprises low and swampy land, covered in mangroves
and indented by bays into which numerous creeks
discharge.
The W entrance to the gulf is low, and is indented by a
small bay at the head of which is the sandy estuary of
Estero El Tamarindo. Thence the coast rises steeply to
Volcn Conchagua (4.77) which dominates the W side of
the gulf and forms the S side of Baha de La Unin
(4.114). Prominent islands lie in the central and W parts of
the gulf.
Traffic
4.76
1 Concentrations of fishing vessels may be encountered in
the approaches.
Landmarks
4.77
1 Volcn de San Miguel (1325N, 8818W) (4.133)
(chart 1049).
Volcn Cosigina (1259N, 8734W) (4.5).
Volcn Conchagua (1316N, 8750W), a distinctive
double peaked summit. El Pinal (Pinos Peak), the
higher summit, has a gradual slope and is covered
in trees, whilst the lower, of a rounded form, is
covered with grass; the lower summit is the true
crater of the volcano which has been inactive for
some time. A microwave tower, from which a red
117
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
light is displayed, stands on the summit of
El Pinal.
2 Isla del Tigre (1316N, 8738W), of circular shape
with a conical summit, the highest island in the
gulf; a light is displayed from close to the summit.
Isla Meanguera (1311N, 8743W), which has
irregular, cliffy shores.
Isla Conchagita (1314N, 8746W).
GOLFO DE FONSECA
SOUTHEAST SIDE
General information
Chart 1960 plan of Golfo de Fonseca
Description
4.78
1 The SE side of the gulf comprises a large bay, entered
between Punta El Rosario (1305N, 8735W) (4.81) and
Punta Condega (9 miles E). The bay is bounded on its S
side by a bold peninsula, and on its N side by the low
land, fronted by shallow banks, extending to the entrance to
Baha San Lorenzo, at the head of the gulf. Moneypenny
Anchorage (4.82) lies in the entrance to this bay.
Natural conditions
4.79
1 Tidal streams. The in-going tidal stream sets onshore at
a rate of 1 to 2 kn in the passage between Islas Farallones
(1305N, 8741W) and the coast.
Off Punta El Rosario (1305N, 8735W) the in-going
stream sets E and the out-going stream W; 2 miles E of
Punta El Rosario the in-going stream sets SE and the
out-going stream sets NW, at a rate of 4 kn at springs.
2 Weather. Land and sea breezes blow regularly from the
end of February to the beginning of May. Land breezes are
light, blowing from between NE and NNW; sea breezes
blow from between S and SW.
During the rainy season (May to October), the weather
is often variable with heavy rain squalls from E. Light
variable NE or NNE winds prevail when the weather is
settled.
3 Strong N winds may be expected from October to
February, sometimes lasting for more than a week at a
time. When these N winds are not blowing, light and
variable winds prevail.
Landmarks
4.80
1 See 4.77.
Directions
(continued from 4.71)
4.81
1 From the vicinity of 1300N, 8750W, 2 miles WNW
of which there is a shoal depth of 79 m (26 ft). the
approach to Moneypenny Anchorage leads generally NE for
about 16 miles passing (with positions from Islas Farallones
(1305N, 8741W)):
NW of Punta Cosigina (10 miles S) (4.70), and:
2 Either side of Islas Farallones, a group of light
coloured rocks, surrounded by a shoal area; the
area should be given a clearance of at least 1 mile.
The largest rock, 20 m (65 ft) high, has a rounded
top from where a light is displayed. The smaller
islets are sharp and jagged; when seen from S they
appear as one large dome with pinnacle rocks on
either side. A shoal depth of 131 m (43 ft) lies
118
2 miles WSW of the group, and a shoal depth of
66 m (21 ft) lies 2 miles ESE of the group in the
channel SE of the rocks. Thence:
3 NW and N of Punta El Rosario (Punta San Jos)
(5 miles E), a low, sandy spit.
Caution. The ground swell off the coast between Punta
Cosigina and Punta El Rosario is very noticeable, causing
breakers along the shore and on Islas Farallones.
Moneypenny Anchorage
Description
4.82
1 Moneypenny Anchorage lies in the area, about 6 miles
long and 2 miles wide, between the banks extending
1 miles offshore SE of Punta El Rosario (1305N,
8735W) (4.81), and those which extend about 4 miles W
and 2 miles S from Punta Condega (9 miles E); the sea
breaks on these latter banks. It provides a convenient and
well sheltered anchorage for vessels bound for Estero Real
(4.86).
Topography
4.83
1 The SW side of the bay is dominated by Volcn
Cosigina (4.5), but the head of the bay and the NE side
are low and sandy, covered with mangrove trees and
fronted by drying banks of mud and sand. Several rivers
flow into the head of the bay through low, swampy land,
the most important being Estero Real (4.86), which enters
along the S coast of the bay. Other rivers include Estero
Blanco, Estero San Bernando and Estero Pedregal, which
enter the bay 6 miles ENE, 9 miles NE, and 10 miles N
respectively, of Estero Real.
Directions
4.84
1 Entry should be made passing close to Punta El Rosario,
but if entering or leaving on the out-going tide the point
should be given a wider berth as this tide sets strongly
towards the point.
It is imprudent to attempt entry at night unless Isla del
Tigre (4.77) and Isla Meanguera (4.77) can be
distinguished.
Anchorage
4.85
1 Anchorage may be obtained as convenient in depths of
from 9 to 16 m (30 to 54 ft). A ground swell is felt almost
as far inward as Punta Cinder (Cinder Point), 5 miles SE of
Punta El Rosario.
Estero Real
Charts 1049; 1960 plan of Golfo de Fonseca
General information
4.86
1 Description. Estero Real, which is in Nicaragua, flows
into the bay 15 miles SE of Punta El Rosario (1305N,
8735W) (4.81); it is a broad navigable river which has its
source near Lago de Managua.
For about 13 miles above the entrance the river banks
are low and the country flat, but about 4 miles farther
upstream, at Nacascolo, a hill, 24 m high, rises on the left
bank.
2 Vessels usually work cargo at Puerto Morazn (1250N,
8705W).
Tidal streams overcome the current in the river for up
to 20 miles above the entrance.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
Directions
4.87
1 Local knowledge is required; the flow in the river
attains a rate of 3 kn on occasions.
In 1992 the least charted depths on the bar, which is
entered about 2 miles N of Punta Palo Bonito (1258N,
8728W), were about 5 m (16 ft). Inside the river there
are sufficient depths, for vessels that can cross the bar, as
far as the junction with Estero Palomina, about 20 miles
above the entrance; above this point depths decrease
rapidly. A vessel of 3 m draught has navigated 30 miles
upriver.
Anchorage
4.88
1 Vessels awaiting entry anchor in Moneypenny Anchorage
(4.82).
Other name
4.89
1 Vuelta Los Ladrones (Punta Bowlder) (1303N,
8733W).
GOLFO DE FONSECA
NORTHEAST SIDE
General information
Chart 1960 plan of Golfo de Fonseca
Description
4.90
1 The NE side of the gulf, which lies in Honduras,
comprises Baha San Lorenzo and Baha Chismuyo,
separated by the islands of Isla del Tigre (1316N,
8738W) (4.77) and Isla Zacate Grande (4.75). Isla Zacate
Grande is separated from the mainland N by a narrow and
tortuous channel, and from Isla del Tigre by a shallow
channel, 1 mile wide. The town of San Lorenzo with its
small port of Puerto de Henecn (4.95) close E, lies at the
head of Baha San Lorenzo. Puerto Amapala (4.103) lies on
the W side of Isla del Tigre in the approach to Baha
Chismuyo.
Topography
4.91
1 See 4.75.
Landmarks
4.92
1 See 4.77.
Directions
(continued from 4.71)
Approach to Baha San Lorenzo
4.93
1 From the vicinity of 1300N, 8750W, 2 miles WNW
of which there is a shoal depth of 79 m (26 ft) the
approach to the Fairway Light-buoy leads NE passing (with
positions from Islas Farallones (1305N, 8741W)):
NW of Punta Cosigina (10 miles S) (4.70), and:
2 SE of Punta de Amapala (13 miles WNW) (4.123),
thence:
NW of Islas Farallones (4.81), thence:
NW of Punta El Rosario (5 miles E) (4.81), and:
119
SE of Islata Meanguerita (5 miles N), a rocky islet
separated from Isla Meanguera (4.77) by a narrow
channel.
(Directions for Puerto de Henecn continue at 4.99)
Approach to Puerto Amapala
4.94
1 From the vicinity of 1300N, 8750W the approach
leads NNE for about 14 miles to a position midway
between Isla Meanguera (1311N, 8743W) (4.77) and Isla
Conchagita (1 miles NW), thence it leads NE for about
5 miles to the harbour entrance. Care should be taken to
avoid the banks and shoal on either side of the approach to
the entrance channel. Passage between the islands, rather
than E of Isla Meanguera, is recommended as it is deeper
and depths of less than 5 m (16 ft) extend 9 cables NE
from the E side of Isla Meanguera, and 2 miles SSW
from the S side of Isla Tigre.
(Directions for Puerto Amapala continue at 4.107)
Puerto de Henecn
Chart 1960 plan of Puerto de Henecn, plan of Golfo de
Fonseca
General information
4.95
1 Position. Puerto de Henecn (1324N, 8726W) lies at
the head Baha San Lorenzo the bay in the NE side of the
gulf entered between Isla del Tigre (1316N, 8738W)
(4.77) and Punta Ratn (6 miles E).
2 Function. The port, serves the city of San Lorenzo,
which has a population of about 21 000. It has replaced
Puerto Amapala (4.103) as the only accessible harbour on
the Pacific coast of Honduras. Exports are mainly cotton,
sugar, and molasses, while fuel oil and LPG/LNG are
imported.
3 Port limits are reported to lie between 13219N,
87263W and 13249N, 87252W.
Approach and entry. The port is approached and
entered through a dredged channel, marked by light-buoys
and buoyant light-beacons, which leads about 16 miles
NNE, through Baha San Lorenzo, from the pilot boarding
area to the port.
4 Traffic. In 2002, 1 vessel called at the port totalling
6692 dwt.
Port Authority. Empresa Nacional Portuaria, APDO 32,
San Lorenzo, Honduras.
Limiting conditions
4.96
1 Controlling depths. In 1995 reports suggest silting has
reduced the least depth to 73 m (24 ft) at MLW.
Maximum size of vessel handled. In 1994 a tanker
LOA 176 m, breadth 32 m, draught 71 m, used the port;
the maximum reported draught available at this time was
88 m (29 ft).
Local weather. Fog is prevalent at night.
Arrival information
4.97
1 Port operations. Navigation in daylight is advised
although arrival and departure can take place at any time.
Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
Notice of ETA. At least 24 hours in advance.
2 Outer anchorage. Anchorage on arrival may be
obtained in the pilot boarding area where the holding
ground is good.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
Channel anchorage. Anchorage above Punta Ratn
(1316N, 8731W) is good, for although the bay is open
to the entrance to the gulf the shoals and flats provide
good protection.
3 Pilotage is compulsory; the pilot boards in the vicinity
of the Fairway Light-buoy (1312N, 8735W) from a boat
with a black hull and a white and green superstructure.
Tug is available and is compulsory.
Tidal streams
4.98
1 The tidal streams, with rates of from 1 to 2 kn, follow
approximately the axis of the channel, the in-going tide
setting towards Isla Playa Alta (4.99). It is reported that
HW at the outer anchorage occurs about 1 hour after HW
at La Unin; LW at Puerto de Henecn is reported to occur
at the same time as at La Unin.
Directions
(continued from 4.93)
4.99
1 Baha de San Lorenzo is approached over a bar lying
3 miles SE of Isla del Tigre (1316N, 8738W) (4.77)
thence through about 6 miles of banks and shoals over
which the sea breaks. Isla Playa Alta, a sandbank about
1 mile in extent which dries, lies in the entrance to the bay,
4 miles NE of Isla del Tigre; the bank can be identified at
a distance of about 5 miles by the breakers formed on it
which appear as a thin white line.
2 The best time to enter the channel is about 3 hours
before HW at La Unin.
From the Fairway Light-buoy (1312N, 8735W) a
dredged channel, about 122 m wide, marked by light-buoys
and buoyant light-beacons, leads through the bay to Puerto
de Henecn, and Boca de San Lorenzo, a small craft
channel, which leads to San Lorenzo about 1 miles NW.
3 Caution. The channel is narrow and tortuous and is
constantly shifting. The tidal streams are strong and set
across the channel. In 1994 it was reported that many of
the channel aids were missing or out of position.
4.100
1 Useful marks:
Conspicuous hill on the E coast of Isla Zacate
Grande, which rises to an elevation of 170 m,
1 mile N of Punta Brava (1318N, 8735W).
Conspicuous hill, over 100 m high, on the SW coast
of Isla Gueguensi (1321N, 8734W).
Berths
4.101
1 The berthing area comprises a T-headed pier, 296 m in
length with depths of about 10 m alongside the outer face
which comprises Berths Nos 1 and 2. The N inner face,
Berth No 4, is 134 m in length and the S inner face, Berth
No 3, is 116 m in length; both have depths of 67 m
alongside. A mooring boat is available for running lines
ashore. In 1994 a depth of 89 m (29 ft) was reported
alongside No 2 Berth.
2 Four mooring buoys are laid N of the pier.
Anchorage. It is reported vessels can anchor in depths
of about 8 m (26 ft) about 9 cables SSW, of the pier.
Port services
4.102
1 Repairs: minor repairs only.
Other facilities: hospital available, medical requirements
preferably by pre-arrangement. Garbage disposal not
available.
Supplies: bunkers not available; provisions available;
fresh water pipeline on the pier.
Communications: airport at Tegucigalpa, 90 km distant,
the capital of Honduras.
Puerto Amapala
Chart 1960 plan of Amapala Harbour, plan of Golfo de Fonseca
General information
4.103
1 Position and function. Puerto Amapala, situated on the
NW corner of Isla del Tigre (1316N, 8738W) (4.77),
once the only accessible port on the Pacific coast of
Honduras, is now reported to be no longer used by
commercial vessels, all traffic having been transferred to
Puerto de Henecn (4.95). It is still used by naval craft.
Approach and entry. The approach to the port is
described at 4.94; entry is through a narrow channel.
Limiting conditions
4.104
1 Depths. In the approach and entrance to the harbour
there are charted depths of not less than 58 m (19 ft); in
the harbour area N of the port charted depths vary between
73 and 183 m (24 and 60 ft).
Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Mean spring range about 30 m; mean neap range about
17 m.
Arrival information
4.105
1 Outer anchorage. Anchorage may be obtained, in
depths of about 7 m (24 ft), 5 cables N of Isla Meanguera.
Attention is drawn to a submarine power cable, shown on
the chart, which extends N, thence WNW, from the N side
of Isla Meanguera to Isla Conchagita.
Local knowledge is required.
Harbour
4.106
1 Description. The harbour is well protected and is
approached by a channel, with a least navigable width of
about 2 cables, which leads between the W side of Isla del
Tigre and the shallow banks extending S from Isla
Exposicin, 1 miles NW (4.110). Accommodation in the
harbour is limited, being only about 5 cables in width, and
being further restricted by several isolated shoal patches.
2 The town is fronted by a bank over which there are
depths of less than 55 m (18 ft) to a distance of about
2 cables offshore.
Tidal streams. In the approaches, between Isla
Meanguera and Isla Conchagita, the out-going stream sets
SSW at a rate of about 1 kn; near the N end of Isla
Meanguera, the in-going stream sets ENE at a rate of about
1 kn.
3 Off the W side of Isla del Tigre, the in-going stream
sets N and on to the bank on the W side of the channel.
In the anchorage off the port, the in-going stream sets N
at a rate of about 1 kn, and the out-going stream SW at a
rate of about 2 kn.
Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.204.
Directions
(continued from 4.94)
4.107
1 The harbour is entered between Isla Caracolita
(13165N, 87400W), a low, heavily wooded island,
situated close off the W side of Isla del Tigre, and a
light-buoy (orange and white, can) (4 cables W) which
120
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
marks the extent of the shoal water on the W side of the
channel; a below-water pinnacle rock, indicated by tide
rips, lies cable W of Isla Caracolita. Thence the fairway
leads about 1 miles NE to the anchorage.
2 Attention is drawn to a 46 m (15 ft) patch lying
1 cables offshore, 8 cables NNE of Isla Caracolita, and to
a dangerous rock, 3 cables farther NNE (position doubtful),
which lies close off a rocky shoal fringing the W side of
Amapala.
Berths
4.108
1 Pier. A wooden pier, suitable only for the use of small
craft, extends about 120 m NNW from the E part of the
town.
Anchorage may be obtained, in depths from 11 to 16 m
(36 to 54 ft), good holding ground, about 3 cables NNW of
the pier.
Port services
4.109
1 Supplies: in limited quantities.
Communications: local airport which connects with
Tegucigalpa, the capital city (1.90).
Baha Chismuyo
Chart 1960 plan of Golfo de Fonseca
Description
4.110
1 Baha Chismuyo, with low marshy shores covered in
mangroves, extends about 7 miles NNE from its entrance
off the W side of Isla Zacate Grande (1320N, 8737W)
(4.75). The bay is entered through two narrow channels
which lie E and W of Isla Exposicin, an island 170 m
high, which stands 9 cables SW of Isla Zacate Grande. The
bay is frequented mainly by small craft and boats which
ply between Puerto Amapala (4.103) and La Brea, a
settlement at the head of the bay.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Tidal streams. Slack water is negligible as the out-going
stream starts near one shore while the in-going stream is
still making near the other shore, causing whirlpools.
Directions
4.111
1 East channel. The E channel, which leads N from
Puerto Amapala between Isla Zacate Grande and Isla
Exposicin, is approached across a bar which has a least
charted depth of 36 m (12 ft) about 8 cables WSW of
Ampala.
2 West channel. The channel, known as Dyer Strait, is
entered between Isla Martn Perz (1317N, 8744W) and
Isla Zacatillo (6 cables NW) (4.124), and leads NE for
about 7 miles to the anchorage, across a bar with a least
charted depth of 21 m (7 ft) 1 miles NNE of Isla Martn
Perz, passing (with positions from Isla Martn Perz):
3 SE of Isla Ilca (6 cables NNW), thence:
SE of Isla Violn (2 miles NNE), and:
NW of Isla Inglesa (2 miles NE), thence:
SE of Isla Carabobo (3 miles NNE), an island 173 m
high, thence:
NW of Punta El Molino (4 miles NE), the N
extremity of Isla Exposicin.
4 Caution. Between Isla Martn Perz and Isla Inglesa,
and also N of the latter, the streams are liable to set across
the channel, especially during the in-going stream.
Anchorage
4.112
1 Anchorage may be obtained off Punta Remolino
(1322N, 8739W), where there is good holding ground
over a bottom of mud, but tidal streams are strong and a
good scope of cable should be used. Care is also necessary
when anchoring to ensure swinging clear of the shallow
banks on the change of the tide as they are steep-to and
soundings are not sufficient guide.
Other names
4.113
1 Piedra Parada, Punta (1315N, 8738W).
Vaca, Isla de la (1318N, 8736W).
GOLFO DE FONSECA NORTHWEST SIDE
PUERTO DE LA UNIN
General information
Chart 1960 plan of Puerto de La Unin and Proyecto Punta
Gorda, plan of Golfo de Fonseca
Position
4.114
1 Puerto de La Unin (1320N, 8749W), known also as
Cutuco, is situated on the S shore of Baha de La Unin, a
large well sheltered bay, 8 miles in length, with shallow
depths over most of its area, which forms the NW arm of
Golfo de Fonseca. The town of La Unin lies about
1 miles WNW.
Function
4.115
1 The port is the principal port of entry in El Salvador,
and, though not the largest port, derives its importance
from having the best landlocked harbour and pier in the
country; it handles about half the countrys trade. Exports
are principally coffee and cotton; imports comprise
fertilizers, petroleum products and general cargo.
The population of the town is about 43 000.
Topography
4.116
1 See 4.75.
Approach and entry
4.117
1 Baha de La Unin is approached passing W of Isla
Conchagita (1314N, 8746W), and entered between
Punta El Chiquirn (1317N, 8747W) (4.124) and Isla
Zacatillo (6 cables E) (4.124). There is no safe passage N
of Isla Zacatillo; the whole area is occupied by mud flats.
Traffic
4.118
1 In 2002, 32 vessels called at the port totalling
261 732 dwt.
Port Authority
4.119
1 Comisin Ejecutiva Portuaria Autnoma, Zona Industrial,
Puerto Acajutla, Sonsonate, El Salvador.
Limiting conditions
4.120
1 Controlling depths. The least charted depth in the
approach to the port, from N of Punta El Chiquirn, is
58 m (19 ft) but isolated depths of from 37 to 49 m (12
to 16 ft) lie on each side of the fairway.
121
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Mean spring range about 29 m; mean neap range about
19 m.
2 Maximum size of vessel handled. The limiting
dimensions at Muelle de Cutuco (4.127) are LOA 180 m;
breadth 29 m; draught 91 m, although a maximum LOA of
168 m is recommended due to the strong tides.
Arrival information
4.121
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
Notice of ETA: 48 hours, with arrival draught.
2 Anchorage on arrival may be obtained in the area, as
shown on the chart, centred 2 miles S of Punta El
Chiquirn, in depths of from 12 to 14 m (39 to 46 ft). If
intending a long stay vessels should moor along a N/S line
because a heavy sea is raised when the out-going tidal
stream is opposed by a strong sea breeze.
Caution. A submarine power cable is laid, as shown on
the chart, across the N part of this anchorage.
3 Pilotage is not compulsory but is recommended,
particularly for vessels whose draught exceeds 67 m; it is
reported the pilot travels down from Acajutla. The pilot
boards from a grey launch about 1 miles S of Punta El
Chiquirn, as shown on the chart. Night navigation is not
recommended.
Tugs are not available.
Quarantine. Customs and Port Health Officers may
board at the anchorage but more usually when the vessel is
alongside. Quarantine flag must be flown on arrival.
Harbour
4.122
1 General layout. The harbour is about 1 miles wide
between the 5 m (16 ft) depth contours at its entrance,
narrowing to about 5 cables between them 2 miles inside.
A berthing area lies 2 miles NW of Punta El Chiquirn
(1317N, 8747W), close N of Punta Gorda. Muelle de
Cutuco lies a further 4 cables NW.
Development. It is reported that a container terminal is
to be sited at the port, with the first stage completing in
2005. The project will include 560 m of berthing space
with 14 m depth alongside.
2 Signals. Flag signals displayed from the signal station at
the extremity of Muelle de Cutuco (4.127) indicate the
allotted berth on the pier. A black ball under the flag
indicates slack water at the pier.
Vessels on entering or leaving the port should sound
three long blasts on the whistle or siren.
3 Natural conditions.
Tidal streams. The tidal streams are regular except in
the rainy season, when the duration of the
out-going stream is prolonged. North of Isla
Conchagita the in-going stream divides, one
branch setting N through the entrance to the
harbour and the other setting NE between Isla
Conchagita and Isla Zacatillo, 3 miles N.
4 In the entrance to the harbour, off Punta El Chiquirn,
there is sometimes a strong tidal race during the
out-going stream which has the appearance of
breakers. Both the in-going and out-going streams
set towards Punta El Chiquirn.
The rate of the tidal streams through the entrance,
and on both sides of the approach to the entrance,
122
attain a rate of 3 kn; in the anchorage off the town
the rate is seldom more than 2 kn.
5 Local weather. Since the harbour is landlocked, the
winds appear to be light as a rule, and the heat is
excessive. During the dry season, from December
to May, the wind often blows strongly from N;
during the rainy season Chubascos (1.184), usually
from E, may be experienced in the late evening.
Landmarks. See 4.77.
Directions
(continued from 4.71)
Approach
4.123
1 From the vicinity of 1300N, 8750W, 2 miles WNW
of which there is a shoal depth of 79 m (26 ft). the
approach to the outer anchorage and pilot boarding area
leads NNE passing (with positions from Punta de Amapala
(1309N, 8754W)):
2 ESE of Punta de Amapala, a low, flat point, bordered
by a reef of rocks and sand which extends
2 cables offshore causing heavy breakers; an
isolated depth of 73 m (24 ft) lies 1 miles SE of
the point. A light (aluminium square framework
tower) is displayed from the point. Thence:
WNW of Isla Meanguera (10 miles ENE) (4.77),
thence:
3 WNW of Punta La Pelona (8 miles NE), at the NW
extremity of Isla Conchagita, and:
ESE of Punta El Cguano (8 miles NE), which is
fringed by Penguin Rocks lying awash up to
1 cable offshore. There are depths of less than
103 m (34 ft) in the approaches to the channel
between Isla Conchagita and the mainland W.
Entry
4.124
1 Vessels entering without a pilot are recommended to do
so within half an hour of HW; see comment on tidal
streams at Muelle de Cutuco at 4.127.
From the pilot boarding position (1316N, 8747W) the
track leads initially NNE, then NW, for about 5 miles, to
the port passing (with positions from Punta El Chiquirn
(1317N, 8747W)):
2 WNW of an isolated shoal depth of 24 m (8 ft)
(1 miles SE), close to the E side of the fairway,
thence:
ESE of Punta El Chiquirn, the point formed by the E
extremity of Volcn Conchagua (4.77), from where
a light (aluminium tower, concrete base) is
displayed; a depth of 63 m (21 ft) lies close SE of
the point, and shoal depths have been reported up
to 1 cables SE of the point. And:
3 WNW of Punta Los Negritos (6 cables E), the SW
point of Isla Zacatillo, a prominent island at the
entrance; rocks awash extend 1 cables SSW from
Punta Los Negritos, and depths of 5 m or less
extend up to 7 cables S from the point. Thence:
4 ESE and NE of Bajos Colima (2 cables N), a
pinnacle shoal with a depth over it of 43 m
(14 ft), and:
SW of Isla Zacatillo Light (aluminium tower, concrete
base) (1 miles NNE), displayed from a position
3 cables S of the NW extremity of the island,
thence:
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

5 SW of shoal depths of 46 m (15 ft) (reported 1963)

(1 mile N), 46 m (15 ft) (reported 1966) (1 miles
N) and 49 m (16 ft) (reported 1969) (1 miles
NNW), thence:
NE of a shoal bank with a least charted depth over it
of 37 m (12 ft) (2 miles NW).

Muelle de Cutuco (4.127.1)

(Original dated 1994)
(Photograph Crown Copyright)

4 Proyecto Punta Gorda, built on reclaimed land on the

point of the same name (5 cables SE of Punta Cutuco), is
Approaches to Muelle de Cutuco (4.124.2) the terminal for an Industrial Fishing Project; charted
(Original dated 1994) depths alongside exceed 63 m.
(Photograph Crown Copyright)
Volcn San Miguel

Useful mark
4.125
1 Muelle de Cutuco Light (metal tower, 9 m in height)
(1320N, 8749W), displayed from the head of
the pier.

Berths

Anchorages
4.126 Proyecto Punta Gorda (4.127.2)
1 Within the harbour anchorage may be obtained, in (Original dated 1994)
convenient depths, anywhere in the bay, clear of the (Photograph Crown Copyright)
extensive mud flats which cover the N side of the bay;
4.128
berths for about fourteen ocean-going vessels are available.
1 Berths at La Unin. An L-shaped pier, for the use of
Small vessels usually anchor in depths of about 8 m (26 ft),
naval craft, extends 1 cables NE from the shore on the E
1 mile NE of the town.
side of the town, 9 cables NW of Punta Cutuco.
2 Caution. Attention is drawn to a submarine power
A pier, capable of accommodating only boats at HW,
cable, shown on the chart, which is laid on the E side of
stands on the drying bank fronting the town, 6 cables
the harbour between the mainland and the N side of Isla
WNW of the L-shaped pier.
Zacatillo.

Alongside berths Port services

4.127
1 Muelle de Cutuco is a concrete jetty, 320 m in length,
which extends NE and E from a position 7 cables NW of
Punta Cutuco (13198N, 87492W). A warehouse stands
at the head of the jetty and is served by railway lines on
each side. The jetty is reported to be not in use.
2 The berthing length on the N side of the jetty is 152 m,
and 174 m on the S side, with depths on the N side
ranging from 73 m at the inner end to 91 m at the outer
end, and on the S side from 67 m at the inner end to
76 m at the outer end.
3 Tidal streams set strongly across the line of the jetty,
and at springs attain a rate of 3 kn, though rates of up to
7 kn have been reported. Slack water, which occurs at the
jetty about 50 minutes before HW and LW, is the best time
to berth.
4.129
1 Repairs: minor facilities only; ship lifts for small craft
at Proyecto Punta Gorda and at La Unin.
Other facilities: divers available; Ro-Ro facilities;
medical facilities; no facilities for oily waste disposal;
garbage disposal.
Supplies: limited supply of provisions; fuel and diesel
oil in limited quantities at the pier; fresh water at the pier.
Communications: the port is connected to the main rail
and road networks; international airport 160 km distant.
Other names
4.130
1 Perico, Isla (1323N, 8752W).
San Juan, Isla (1323N, 8751W).

123
 Home

Punta El Chiquirin Light a

Contents
Index

a
a Isla Zacatillo

124
CHAPTER 4

a
Entrance to Bahia de La Union from S (4.124.1)

(Original dated 1994)

(Photograph Crown Copyright)

Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
COAST OF EL SALVADOR
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 1049
Area covered
4.131
1 The area covered by this section comprises:
Golfo de Fonseca to La Libertad (4.135).
La Libertad to Ro Paz (4.149).
Topography
4.132
1 The coast of El Salvador, between Punta de Amapala
(1309N, 8754W) (4.123) and the mouth of Ro Paz
(about 138 miles WNW), is backed by high mountains
close inland.
4.133
1 Landmarks. The principal peaks and ranges are as
follows:
Volcn de San Miguel (1325N, 8818W), prominent
above all other peaks in its vicinity; it is visible
from a long distance to seaward, see view at
4.127.
2 Volcn de San Vicente (1335N, 8852W), rises in
the shape of a truncated cone. When seen from E
or W it shows as a double summit, one of the two
being more rounded than the other. It also is
visible from a long distance to seaward. At night
the lights of the city of Zacatecoluca standing on
the S slopes of the mountain are conspicuous.
3 Volcn de San Salvador (1342N, 8916W). From
seaward, it appears in the form of a very large
mountain with a flat summit, shaped somewhat
like the back of a tortoise, rising behind an
intervening range; at its E extremity is a cone
shaped peak. Red obstruction lights, displayed
from two radio towers near the summit of the
mountain, have been reported visible for 45 miles
on a dark, clear night.
4 Volcn de Izalco (1349N, 8938W), reported to be
active, is easily identified when not obscured by
clouds which, however, it usually is in the rainy
season.
Volcn de Santa Ana, the highest of the volcanic
peaks in El Salvador, stands among other high
peaks, about 3 miles N of Volcn de Izalco.
Off-lying bank
4.134
1 A depth of 37 m (20 fm) lies 36 miles S of La Libertad
(1329N, 8919W).
GOLFO DE FONSECA TO LA LIBERTAD
General information
Chart 1049
Route
4.135
1 From the approaches to Golfo de Fonseca (1300N,
8750W) to those of La Libertad (1329N, 8919W) the
route leads initially W for about 40 miles, thence WNW for
about 53 miles. With the exception of an isolated rock
(1256N, 8820W) (4.138), all charted dangers lie inside
the 37 m (20 fm) depth contour which runs parallel to the
coast between 6 and 11 miles offshore.
125
Topography
4.136
1 From Punta de Amapala (1309N, 8754W) (4.123) to
the mouth of Ro Grande de San Miguel (28 miles W), a
river blocked by a bar which breaks heavily, the coast is
backed by high land and is fronted by a sandy beach,
broken at intervals by stretches of bold cliffs. The beaches
so formed give a very deceptive appearance to the land,
especially at sunrise and sunset, causing it to appear nearer
than it really is, and the surf to appear to break farther
from the coast than it actually does.
2 Four miles W of Ro Grande de San Miguel the coast is
broken by the estuary of Baha de Jiquilisco (4.139),
beyond which, as far as the approaches to La Libertad
(53 miles WNW), it is bordered by a belt of white sand
above which an extensive plain rises to the high land in the
interior. Ro Lempa (4.138) flows into the sea 20 miles E
of Baha de Jiquilisco, and the entrance to Estero de
Jaltepeque, with the settlement of La Concordia on its W
side, is situated 17 miles farther W. Ro Jiboa, whose
mouth is marked by breakers, enters the sea 1 miles W of
La Concordia after flowing from Lago de Ilopango,
18 miles inland.
Landmarks
4.137
1 The landmarks in the interior are described at 4.133.
White house (elevation 196 m (643 ft)) (1330N,
8907W), on the hills 12 miles E of La Libertad.
Gorro de Libertad, a prominent peak standing
6 miles NNW of La Libertad.
Directions
(continued from 4.71)
4.138
1 From a position SSE of Punta de Amapala (1309N,
8754W) the coastal passage leads W, then WNW, passing
(with positions from Punta San Juan del Gozo (1310N,
8829W)):
Clear of a pinnacle rock (16 miles SSE) (reported
1947), on which the sea breaks at LW, thence:
2 S of a depth of 58 m (19 ft) (7 miles S) (position
approximate), thence:
S of an obstruction (8 miles SW) (position
approximate) (reported 1941); it is prudent to
remain in depths of 37 m (20 fm) or more when
passing off the estuary to Baha de Jiquilisco.
Thence:
3 SSW of the entrance to Ro Lempa (20 miles E),
which may be recognised by discoloured water
extending up to 5 miles seaward, and some large
trees, with white trunks and almost bare tops,
rising above the lower and lighter coloured woods.
The river, the largest in El Salvador, is navigable
by river craft only; the mouth is obstructed by
shoal ground extending 7 cables offshore and
breakers extend up to 1 miles offshore from the
entrance.
(Directions continue at 4.154)
Baha de Jiquilisco
Chart 1049 (see 1.14)
General information
4.139
1 Description. Baha de Jiquilisco is entered between the
SW extremity of Isla San Sebastian (1310N, 8826W)
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
and Punta San Juan del Gozo (about 1 miles WNW), the
extremity of the peninsula of the same name. The entrance
is obstructed by shallow sandspits separated by a narrow
channel, but within the entrance the bay is very extensive,
though it is largely occupied by large low islands. Besides
the main channels, deep narrow creeks surround nearly all
the islands.
2 Puerto El Triunfo (4.142), situated 8 miles within the
entrance, is the only place of any importance in the bay.
Above Puerto El Triunfo the bay is not surveyed but it
extends a farther 15 miles to its head where it is separated
by only a few miles from Ro Lempa (4.138).
3 Topography. For a distance of about 6 miles along the
channel within the main entrance, and for a distance of
about 3 miles in other directions, there are sandy beaches
with woods and thick undergrowth, which extend back
from the HW mark. Beyond these limits the terrain
comprises dense growths of mangroves in swampy ground.
A few miles N of the head of the bay the land begins to
rise sharply to the high land in the interior.
4 Controlling depths. The depth on the bar is about 43 m
(14 ft) but is liable to change.
Local knowledge is required. Provided prior
arrangements have been made with the El Triunfo
Company well in advance a local vessel will meet and lead
a vessel over the bar and into the bay. If a vessel is
anchored off the bar the sounding of a whistle or siren can
usually attract the attention of the port.
5 Current. Outside the bar the current usually sets W at a
rate of about 1 kn or more.
Tidal streams are regular and follow the directions of
the several reaches. The greatest strength is in the narrow
entrance channel where it sometimes attains a rate of 3 or
4 kn. Small swirls are formed over the surface of the entire
harbour during the strength of the out-going stream.
Directions
4.140
1 Bajos Lempa are two shallow spits, composed of fine
black and grey sand reported to have magnetic properties,
which extend for about 3 miles S from the coast on either
side of the entrance, but which are reported (1959) to have
extended 5 miles farther to seaward than charted. For the
greater part of their length the spits are separated by a
straight and narrow channel but towards their S end they
are connected by a bar. There is usually a line of breakers
over the shoal water on either side of the bar at certain
states of the tide, even in fine weather; the gap between the
breakers is less than 1 cables in width though even in
moderate weather a single breaker may sweep completely
across the bar.
2 The entrance channel has a width of from 3 to 5 cables
and deepens gradually after the bar has been passed though
there are some shoal patches from 46 to 55 m (15 to
18 ft) 5 cables inside the bar. Two miles within the bar the
channel narrows to about 2 cables and deepens to a depth
of 20 m (11 fm) between shallows on which the sea usually
breaks; here the tidal stream is strong and there is a short
choppy sea, dangerous for boats. A dangerous wreck is
charted about 1 mile S of the entrance.
3 Within the bar, an extensive sand bank projects S from
the E end of Isla Madre Sal (1312N, 8829W) into the
entrance of the bay dividing it into two channels. There are
ample depths in the main or W channel to beyond Isla
Tortuga, about 8 miles within the entrance; there is a least
depth of 55 m (18 ft) as far as Puerto El Triunfo which
can be approached either N of Isla Tortuga, or through the
126
passage between that island and the mainland. A shallow
bank extends 1 mile S from Isla Tortuga. The E channel,
which is deep but narrow, leads to Ro Grande de San
Miguel (4.136), where there is a bar with depths over it of
37 to 46 m (12 to 15 ft).
Anchorage
4.141
1 There is good, well sheltered anchorage in the main
channel between Isla Pajarito (1311N, 8828W) and Isla
Tortuga (about 6 miles NW), in depths of from 9 to 18 m
(30 to 60 ft) with a width of 5 cables between the 55 m
(18 ft) depth contours. The holding ground is good and the
land and sea breezes are regular. A good position is off
Corral de Mulas situated about 4 miles above Punta San
Juan del Gozo.
Puerto El Triunfo
4.142
1 Description. Puerto El Triunfo (1316N, 8833W) is
situated on the mainland abreast the N end of Isla Tortuga.
It is a small port serving the town of Jiquilisco, 4 miles
inland; goods are handled at a pier which extends from the
shore abreast the town. There is a large shrimping plant at
the port.
Supplies: limited supplies of fresh provisions.
La Libertad
Chart 660 plans of approaches to La Libertad and La Libertad
General information
4.143
1 Position and function. La Libertad (1329N, 8919W)
is an open roadstead and is fully exposed; it can only be
considered safe in fine weather or with N winds, and
caution is advised from July to October.
2 The port, which has a population of 23 000, is no longer
used for commercial traffic; it is mainly frequented by
fishing vessels and is a popular seaside resort during the
dry season.
Limiting conditions
4.144
1 Depths in the approach range from about 20 m about
1 mile offshore, to about 9 m at the now disused offshore
tanker berth, and 5 m at the seaward extremity of the town
pier. Latest information indicates numerous differences in
depths in the port and mariners are advised to navigate
with extreme caution in this area. An unsurveyed area
exists 4 to 5 miles SSE from the port.
2 Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Mean spring range about 20 m; mean neap range about
12 m.
3 Local weather. There are occasions when there are
smooth conditions on the beach but, at full and new moon,
the rollers sometimes break about 2 cables off the beach,
in depths of 7 or 9 m, making landing difficult. These
rollers, which set in suddenly, can cause a vessels cable to
part, unless she is anchored with a good scope. The swell
is frequently heavy, making boatwork difficult, and
sometimes dangerous, even in fine weather.
Anchorage
4.145
1 The recommended anchorage is in a depth of 14 m with
the head of the pier (1329N, 8919W) bearing 350, not
less than 6 cables distant. An obstruction (reported 1963)
lies 9 cables SSE of the head of the pier.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
It has been reported that whilst at anchor, except when
under the influence of a strong sea breeze, the current
along the coast may swing a vessel broadside on to the
swell.
2 It is also reported that unlit barges may be encountered
moored 5 cables S of the pier; mooring buoys lie up to
4 cables S of the extremity of the pier.
Anchoring is prohibited, on the E side of the port, as
indicated on the chart, owing to the presence of submarine
cables.
Directions
4.146
1 Vessels approaching the port should follow the line of
the coast, at a distance of 5 or 6 miles offshore, until the
town is sighted.
Useful mark:
Prominent red shed on the extremity of the pier
(1329N, 8919W).
Berths
4.147
1 A pier, 270 m in length with a depth of 5 m at its head,
extends S from the town; only small craft and lighters can
be accommodated alongside.
A submarine oil pipeline, with tanker moorings at its
extremity, extends 4 cables SE into the bay from a tank
farm standing on La Puntilla, the W entrance to the port,
5 cables WSW of the pier.
Port services
4.148
1 Supplies: fresh water supply is limited and of doubtful
quality; fresh provisions can be obtained from San
Salvador, about 35 km distant.
Other facilities: nearest hospital is at San Salvador.
Communications: by road with San Salvador.
LA LIBERTAD TO RO PAZ
General information
Chart 1049, 660 plan of approaches to Acajutla
Route
4.149
1 From the approaches to La Libertad (1329N, 8919W)
to the vicinity of Ro Paz (50 miles WNW) the coastal
passage leads W, then WNW, in depths of more than 37 m
(20 fm) at a distance of 6 miles or more from the coast.
Topography
4.150
1 The coastline between La Libertad and Acajutla
(30 miles W), which is known as Costa del Balsamo,
comprises a region of thick forests of tall balsam trees,
which are tapped for gum. The first 6 miles W of La
Libertad is of moderate elevation and is fronted by a beach
of grey sand and mud.
2 Continuing W for a further 10 miles the land is higher,
forming a succession of undulating points and
perpendicular cliffs, separated by small beaches of sand and
shingle, terminating in a point with a well wooded summit.
Thence to Punta Remedios (4.154), 10 miles farther W, the
coast again consists of grey sandy beaches with mangroves.
3 One mile NW of Acajutla, Ro Grande and Ro San
Pedro flow into the sea through a common mouth, thence
the coast, as far as Ro Paz, 20 miles WNW, is composed
127
of a grey sandy beach, backed by well wooded land; two
settlements on the coast, situated respectively, about 11
and 17 miles WNW of Acajutla, are reported to be
prominent.
Current
4.151
1 In February 1892, a current setting ESE at a rate of
about 1 kn was observed close W of Punta Remedios
(1331N, 8948W) (4.154).
International boundary
4.152
1 Ro Paz (La Paz) (1345N, 9008W) forms a part of
the approximate boundary between El Salvador and
Guatemala.
Landmarks
4.153
1 The landmarks in the interior are described at 4.133.
Punta Remedios Lighthouse (1331N, 8948W)
(white metal framework tower, 12 m in height).
Conspicuous white grain silo (red obstruction lights)
at Acajutla (1334N, 8950W); a conspicuous
cement factory, illuminated at night, stands close S
of the silo.
Directions
(continued from 4.138)
4.154
1 From a position SSW of La Libertad (1329N,
8919W) the coastal passage leads W, thence WNW
passing:
2 S and SSW of Punta Remedios (1331N, 8948W),
a low, cliffy point, thickly covered with
mangroves, from where a light (4.153) is
displayed, and which is fringed by a reef which
breaks up to 1 miles offshore and extends
2 miles NW from the point. Roca Sacasa,
position doubtful, lies nearly 3 miles SSE of
Punta Remedios, and East Rocks, two above-water
rocks, lie in foul ground 1 miles W of that point.
The waters in the vicinity of Punta Remedios have
not been closely surveyed and mariners are advised
not to pass within 4 miles of the point when
coming from E. When the point bears NE they
should remain in depths of not less than 183 m
(60 ft). Thence:
3 Clear of a shoal with a depth over it of 10 m (33 ft)
(1333N, 9013W) (reported 1926), position
approximate, lying 12 miles SSW of the mouth of
Ro Paz.
(Directions continue at 4.171)
Acajutla
Chart 660 plans of approaches to Acajutla and Acajutla
General information
4.155
1 Position and function. Acajutla (1334N, 8950W), is
a modern, artificial harbour, situated in an open roadstead,
exposed to W winds and sea. It is the biggest port in El
Salvador and serves the coffee producing region of Santa
Ana in the W part of the country, handling about 40% of
the exports of that commodity; it is also a popular resort.
2 There is a modern industrial complex behind the port
which includes a grain silo, a cement factory and an oil
refinery. Exports comprise sugar, coffee, cotton and
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
molasses; imports comprise grain, fertilizers, vehicles and
general cargo.
The population is about 36 000.
3 Traffic. In 2002, 103 vessels called totalling
3 120 598 dwt.
Port Authority. Comisin Ejecutiva Portuaria
Autnoma, Zone Industrial, Puerto de Acajutla, Sonsonate,
San Salvador.
Limiting conditions
4.156
1 Deepest and longest berths. C7 and C8 on Pier C
(4.160).
Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Mean spring range about 20 m; mean neap range about
12 m.
Density of water: 1027 g/cm3
2 Maximum size of vessel handled:
Alongside berths: LOA 250 m, draught 12 m,
40 000 dwt.
Oil berth: LOA 2255 m, draught 12 m.
3 Local weather and sea state. Strong W winds usually
raise a heavy sea in the anchorage, at the tanker berth, and
cause strong surging at the alongside berths where mooring
lines are frequently parted; vessels are advised to make use
of the shore lines provided. Engines should be ready at
short notice as vessels frequently have to vacate the berths
due to heavy swell.
4 Chubascos (1.184) are frequent in the wet season, from
May to October, particularly in May. At the tanker berth,
engines must be ready for immediate use and it is
customary for the pilot to remain on board at all times. It
is advisable to maintain a radar watch from 2 hours before
sunset, until sunrise, in order to detect incoming squalls. If
there is evidence of a Chubasco within 25 miles of the port
all operations cease. Vessels are requested to maintain a
minimum midships draught of 6 m at all times.
Arrival information
4.157
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
Notice of ETA: 72, 48 and 24 hours.
Anchorage can be obtained almost anywhere off the
port. Cargo vessels usually anchor about 1 mile NW of the
head of the breakwater (13346N, 89505W), clear of the
mooring buoys (4.160); two shallow patches, the least, one
of 59 m, lie between 8 and 9 cables NNW of the head of
the breakwater.
Loaded barges, often without lights, may be encountered
anchored 5 cables off the breakwater head.
2 Tankers are recommended not to anchor but to remain
under way within VHF range. However a designated
anchorage is charted close N of the tanker moorings. The
area S of the tanker berth (1 mile S of the breakwater
head), and E of 8951W should be avoided, as an
underwater obstruction is thought to exist about 7 cables
SSW of the berth.
3 Pilotage is compulsory and is available by day or night;
the pilot boards between 1 and 2 miles off the port (see
chart) from a black launch with a silver and white
deckhouse.
Tugs are available.
Quarantine flag must be flown on arrival.
128
Harbour
4.158
1 General layout. The port consists of a breakwater which
extends about 480 m W from the shore, thence about
300 m NW (Pier A), and finally about 300 m NNW (Pier
C); a finger pier (Pier B), about 360 m in length, extends
NW from midway along the first section of the breakwater.
Five cables SSE of the root of the breakwater a
submarine pipeline extends 6 cables SW from the refinery
to a tanker buoy berth at its head.
2 Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.205.
Landmarks:
Grain silo and cement factory (4.153), situated
2 cables E, and SE respectively, of the root of the
breakwater.
Directions
4.159
1 The chart is sufficient guide; vessels approaching from E
or S should give Punta Remedios (4.154) a wide berth.
Useful marks (positioned from the head of the
breakwater (13346N, 89505W):
Light (white metal framework tower, 7 m in height)
(5 cables ENE), at Puerto Viego, the old town.
2 Light at the head of the breakwater.
A light-buoy (pillar, black, white and red) (2 miles
SW, but see note on chart).
Caution. It has been reported that the navigational lights
are difficult to distinguish against the background of light
from the industrial complex.
Berths
4.160
1 Moorings. A group of five mooring buoys (lighted)
anchored 7 cables NW of the light at the breakwater head
and set in a half circle suitable for a conventional buoy
mooring, with vessel lying NE/SW.
2 Alongside. There are a total of eight berths, two on Pier
A, four on Pier B, two on Pier C, with reported depths
alongside (1994) as follows:
Berths Depth (m) Remarks
A1 and 2 85 to 12.2 Liquid cargos
B3 and 4 82 to 11.3 Bulk cargos and containers
B5 and 6 79 to 9.7 Bulk cargos and containers
C7 and 8 119 to 146 Containers
3 Caution. In 1995 less depths were charted in the
vicinity of Berths 5 and 6 on Pier B.
Tanker berth comprises two hose marker buoys and
several mooring buoys, at the extremity of the pipeline
(4.158), where there is a depth of 15 m. A 91 m patch lies
in the mooring area.
Port services
4.161
1 Repairs: minor facilities only.
Other facilities: clinics available but nearest hospital
22 km distant; deratting exemption certificates; no facilities
for oily waste disposal; garbage disposal.
Supplies: limited quantities, 24 hours notice required;
fresh water; fuels available only in an emergency.
Communications: nearest airport is El Salvador
International Airport, distant 129 km.
 a
Home
Contents
Index

a
a Grain Silo

129
CHAPTER 4

a
Approaches to Acajutla (4.155)
(Original dated 2003)

(Photograph Crown Copyright)

Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
COAST OF GUATEMALA
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 1049, 1050, 587
Area covered
4.162
1 The area covered by this section comprises:
Ro Paz to San Jos (4.168), including Puerto
Quetzal.
San Jos to Ro Suchiate (4.188), including
Champerico.
Description
4.163
1 From Ro Paz (1345N, 9008W) the Pacific coast of
Guatemala extends about 140 miles WNW to Ro Suchiate
on the Mexican border. The principal port on the coast is
Puerto Quetzal, with San Jos close W, which is situated
40 miles W of Ro Paz; the anchorage port of Champerico
serves the W of the country 24 miles SW of the mouth of
Ro Suchiate.
Topography
4.164
1 A lowland plain, nowhere more than 30 miles wide,
stretches the whole length of the coast and is cultivated
with cotton, sugar, banana and maize plantations; a large
number of short rivers drain into the sea across the plain.
From this plain the highlands rises sharply to heights of
between 2500 and 3000 m and are dominated by a string of
volcanoes, two of which are still active, and three of which
rise to over 3700 m, 35 miles inland.
2 Lago de Atitln (1440N, 9100W), one of the most
beautiful and colourful lakes in the world, bounded by
purple mountains and olive green hills, stands at an
elevation of 1560 m amongst the volcanic peaks, 40 miles
from the coast.
Landmarks
4.165
1 Volcn Agua (1427N, 9045W), which rises to a
perfect cone.
Volcn de Fuego and Volcn de Acatenango
(1429N, 9053W), two conical peaks, of similar
appearance, 1 miles apart.
2 Volcn Santa Maria (1445N, 9134W), which is
occasionally active. In 1902 an eruption of this
volcano destroyed Quezaltenango, altitude 2335 m,
the most important city in W Guatemala.
Volcn Tajamulco (1502N, 9200W), which, at an
elevation of 4220 m (charted as 8800 ft), is the
highest in Central America.
Off-lying banks
4.166
1 Depths of 37 m (20 fm) and 163 m (89 fm) (reported
1959) lie 21 miles SSE and 45 miles S, respectively, of San
Jos (1355N, 9050W). Depths of 20 m (11 fm) (reported
1996) (position approximate) and 124 m (68 fm) lie
36 miles SW and 42 miles SSW, respectively, of San Jos.
Depths of 177 m (97 fm) and 221 m (121 fm), lie
37 miles SSW and 40 miles SW, respectively, of Ro
Suchiate (1433N, 9214W).
Currents
4.167
1 Between Ro Paz (1345N, 9008W) and San Jos the
current appears to follow the coast, setting E, or ESE, at a
rate of about kn. However in the vicinity of San Jos,
and that of Champerico, it frequently alternates between
ESE and WNW setting in each direction for 3 or 4 days at
a time. From June to August WNW sets predominate with
rates of over kn.
RO PAZ TO SAN JOS
General information
Chart 1049
Topography
4.168
1 The coast between the mouth of Ro Paz (1345N,
9008W) and Iztapa (about 36 miles WNW) (4.187), in the
W approaches to Puerto Quetzal and San Jos, consists of a
grey sandy beach backed by wooded land; surf is heavy
along this coast, especially with S winds. Several rivers, the
largest of which is Ro Los Esclavos (10 miles WNW of
Ro Paz) flow into the sea through this stretch of coast; a
settlement is prominent on the coast 1 miles E of Ro Los
Esclavos.
Current
4.169
1 See 4.167.
Principal marks
4.170
1 Landmarks:
The landmarks in the interior are described at 4.165.
Square Rock (1420N, 9058W), a prominent rocky
outcrop, reported to make a good landmark when
the higher land N of it is obscured.
2 San Jos Main Lighthouse (white framework tower,
red bands, and white tank) (1355N, 9050W).
Conspicuous tank farm (1356N, 9051W), close W
of San Jos (4.181); an airport control tower (red
lights) stands 1 miles NNE of the tank farm.
Major light:
San Jos Main Light as above.
Passage directions
(continued from 4.154)
4.171
1 For the coastal passage from the vicinity of Ro Paz
(1345N, 9008W) to that of San Jos (42 miles WNW)
the chart is sufficient guide. The 18 m (60 ft) depth contour
parallels the coast at a distance of about 1 mile.
2 Useful marks:
Aero light (13556N, 90487W) at Puerto Quetzal
(4.172).
Puerto Quetzal Rear Entry Leading Light structure
(13554N, 90482W) (4.177).
(Directions continue at 4.191)
Puerto Quetzal
Chart 659 plan of San Jos and Puerto Quetzal
General information
4.172
1 Position and function. Puerto Quetzal (1355N,
9048W), was completed in 1990 and superseded San Jos
(2 miles W) (4.181) as the principal port of Guatemala on
the Pacific coast. The port is a terminal of the inter-ocean
communication with the Atlantic ports which are 406 km
distant by road, and 443 km distant by rail.
Cruise vessels and yachts can be accommodated.
130
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 4

2 Approach and entry. The port is approached from ESE
on the alignment of leading lights, which lead midway
between breakwaters and into a buoyed fairway.
Traffic. In 2002, 342 vessels called totalling
7 657 711 dwt.
Port Authority. Guatemala City Agency, Km 111,
Carretera Escuintla Iztapa, Puerto San Jos, Guatemala.
Limiting conditions
4.173
1 Controlling depths. The entrance channel and turning
basin, close inside the entrance, are reported (2003) by the
Port Authority to be dredged to 14 m. The fairway in the
W part of the harbour is reported to be dredged to 11 m.
Tidal levels. The average tidal range is about 1.4 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled: LOA 210 m; breadth
32 m; draught 105 m.
Arrival information
4.174
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
Notice of ETA. Vessels carrying explosives or
ammunition must give at least 24 hours notice of arrival;
the cargo will only be allowed to be discharged on the
guarantee it will be cleared immediately from the port area.
Other vessels 12 hours notice.
2 Outer anchorage may be obtained in an area centred
about 1 mile S of the W breakwater, in which there are
nine berths designated AI, in depths of from 19 to 28 m;
although exposed to a considerable swell the holding
ground is reported moderately good.
3 Pilotage is compulsory for entry and departure; the pilot
boards in the vicinity of the Fairway Light-buoy, as shown
on the chart.
Tugs are available and their use is compulsory for
vessels over 500 gt when berthing and unberthing.
4 Quarantine. Free Pratique is granted when the vessel
clears inwards. This is available during the day, including
weekends and holidays and is either given at the anchorage
or alongside. If at the anchorage the accommodation ladder
should be readied in preference to the pilot ladder.
Harbour
4.175
1 General layout. The port, which is protected by two
breakwaters, is constructed around a natural lagoon, and
comprises a main commercial dock on its E side, and a W
basin with a naval base at its W end, a power station on its
N side, and an LPG terminal on its S side.. The main
breakwater, the W, extends first about 450 m SSE, then
600 m ESE from the W entrance to the inlet; the E
breakwater extends about 300 m S from the E entrance
leaving a passage about 350 m wide between the heads.
Further protection is provided by an inner breakwater
which extends about 365 m W from the root of the E
breakwater. N of this breakwater a small jetty projects W
from the E side of the main dock. The small basin so

Puerto Quetzal from SSE (4.175)

(Original dated 2000)
(Photograph Martin Gruenebast)

131
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
Entrance Leading Lights
Approaches to Puerto Quetzal from SE (4.177)
(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph S.P. Macaulay (MV Logos II))
formed holds three floating diesel power stations,
permanently moored to dolphins.
2 A turning basin, 400 m in diameter, is situated close
inside the entrance.
Development. It was reported (2002) that a passenger
terminal is planned for the W basin within the next 5 years.
3 Natural conditions.
Current. See 4.167.
Local weather. Southerly winds, accompanied by
heavy squalls and frequent rains, prevail from
about the middle of June until October.
Climatic table. See under San Jos; 1.200 and 1.206.
Directions
4.176
1 Approach. It is reported that during February, March
and April, the vicinity of San Jos is difficult to identify at
daybreak on account of smoke caused by the burning of
vegetation and brushwood, which frequently serves to
obscure the landmarks (4.165) in the interior. In hazy
weather, the town and its environs may be identified by the
break in the surrounding thick vegetation; the coastline is
backed by low land to a distance of from 15 to 20 miles.
2 It is also reported that aids to navigation may be
obscured by anchored vessels, and that lights are difficult
to distinguish at night.
4.177
1 Entry. From a position close N of the Fairway
Light-buoy (13545N, 90466W) the alignment (295) of
leading lights on the W entrance point of the harbour leads
midway between the breakwaters to the entrance, passing
SSW of a dangerous wreck, position approximate, lying
3 cables ESE of the E breakwater head and marked by a
light-buoy:
Front light (red and white daymark) (13553N,
90481W).
Rear light (similar mark) (200 m WNW of front
Light).
It has been reported (2002) that the rear light is slightly
obscured by vegetation and the topmark of the front light.
2 Lights are displayed from the heads of the three
breakwaters. The fairway inside the breakwaters is further
marked by light-buoys (lateral), and shoal areas on the N
side of W basin, are marked by light-buoys (special).
4.178
1 Useful marks (with positions from San Jos Pier
(1355N, 9050W):
132
Galvanised warehouse on the extremity of San Jos
Pier.
Light on the extremity of San Jos Pier.
Conspicuous silver painted water tower (5 cables
NNW).
2 Exhaust funnels of the floating power stations
(19 miles E) are conspicuous.
Both San Jos Pier and the W breakwater of Puerto
Quetzal are reported to be good radar targets.
Principal berths
4.179
1 Commercial Dock. The main quay, Muelle Principal on
the E side of the dock, is 810 m in length with a depth of
11 m alongside, and is a multi-purpose terminal with
facilities for general cargo, bulk liquid/solid cargoes and
containers.
On the N side of the dock there is a Ro-Ro berth, with
a ramp 30 m in length, 255 m wide, capacity 100 tonnes,
situated at the N end of Muelle Principal.
2 Muelle Auxiliar, 170 m in length with a depth of 6 m
alongside, extends W from the S extremity of Muelle
Principal and is used by medium and small vessels.
There is a service quay 50 m in length with a depth of
5 m alongside.
Cruise vessels and yachts can be accommodated.
3 West basin. Power station berth, 114 m in length with a
depth of 12 m alongside; LPG terminal 58 m in length with
a depth of 13 m.
Port services
4.180
1 Repairs. Minor repairs can be carried out.
Other facilities. Medical facilities available but hospital
at Escuintla, 54 km distant; ballast and slops reception
available from private contractor; garbage disposal.
Supplies Provisions available in moderate quantities;
fuel oil, kerosene, diesel oil and gas oil available by road
tanker; fresh water available.
2 Communications: airport 8 km distant. International
airport at Guatemala City 98 km distant.
Harbour regulations. Ships boats may not be lowered
without prior permission from the Port Captain.
San Jos
General information
4.181
1 Position and function. San Jos (1355N, 9050W),
once the chief port of Guatemala on the Pacific coast
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
Puerto Quetzal W Basin (4.179)
(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph S.P. Macaulay (MV Logos II))
before the construction of Puerto Quetzal (2 miles E), is an
open roadstead. The port now only handles the import of
petroleum products and the export of molasses, by tanker
offshore.
2 Traffic. In 2002, 79 vessels called at the port totalling
3 155 566 dwt.
Tidal levels
4.182
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
range about 17 m; mean neap range about 12 m.
Arrival information
4.183
1 Port radio. As for Puerto Quetzal (4.174).
Anchorage may be obtained, as shown on the chart, in
a depth of 20 m, about 6 cables S of the head of the pier
(1355N, 9050W). During the rainy season (May to
October) when Chubascos (1.184) are likely to occur
without warning it is prudent to anchor farther to seaward.
2 It is inadvisable to anchor closer to the pier due to an
area of lighter moorings situated 4 cables SE of the pier,
and to an area of foul ground charted 3 cables S of the
pier; the foul ground consists of numerous anchors and
lengths of cables.
3 Three dangerous wrecks lie within 1 cables of the head
of the pier.
Submarine cables are laid, as shown on the chart, to
the E side of the anchorage.
Pilotage is not required for anchoring. Pilots are
compulsory and available by day from Puerto Quetzal for
tankers proceeding to the terminals.
4 Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.206.
Directions
4.184
1 Approach. See 4.176.
Entry. Depths in the anchorage are generally deep with
depths of 20 m or more to within 6 cables of the shore.
Useful marks: See 4.178.
Berths
4.185
1 No alongside berths are provided for ocean-going vessels
at San Jos; such vessels are accommodated at Puerto
Quetzal (4.179). A metal pier, formerly the molasses berth,
extends about 275 m from the shore, and is reported (2003)
to be no longer in operation and in a state of disrepair.
2 Offshore tanker berths. There are three tanker berths,
two for petroleum products and one for molasses, situated
about 1 miles W of San Jos where tankers, with
draughts up to 9 m, can be accommodated at mooring
133
buoys whilst discharging their cargo by submarine pipeline
to tank farms ashore. The approach to the berths is marked
by a buoy (white pillar).
Port services
4.186
1 As for Puerto Quetzal (4.180).
Anchorage
Chart 1049
Iztapa
4.187
1 Iztapa (1356N, 9044W), situated at the mouth of Ro
Michatoya 6 miles E of San Jos, was once an old Spanish
port and is now a resort and of little importance. Vessels
calling at Iztapa must enter and clear at Puerto Quetzal
(4.172) first.
Anchorage may be obtained in depths of from 20 to
24 m (11 to 13 fm), muddy sand, about 5 cables offshore.
SAN JOS TO RO SUCHIATE
General information
Chart 1050
Topography
4.188
1 The coast between San Jos (1355N, 9050W) and
Ro Suchiate (about 93 miles NW), is formed by an almost
continuous sandy beach, lined with trees and mangroves,
and backed by lagoons which are connected to the sea by
narrow passages which are suitable only for boat traffic.
Numerous rivers flow into the lagoons from the high land
in the interior. Champerico (4.193), the only town of any
size on the coast, stands 24 miles SE of Ro Suchiate.
International boundary
4.189
1 Ro Suchiate (1433N, 9214W) (4.205) forms the
approximate boundary between Guatemala and Mexico.
Principal marks
4.190
1 Landmarks:
The landmarks in the interior are described at 4.165.
San Jos Main Lighthouse (1355N, 9050W)
(4.170).
Tank farm (1356N, 9051W) and airport control
tower (4.170).
Major light:
San Jos Main Light (1355N, 9050W) (4.170).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
Directions
(continued from 4.171)
4.191
1 In the coastal passage between San Jos (1355N,
9050W) and Ro Suchiate (93 miles WNW) it is essential
that vessels give a wide berth to the dangers lying off the
coast in the vicinity of San Luis (1411N, 9145W)
(4.203). The 18 m (10 fm) depth contour runs from 1 mile
off the coast at San Jos to 10 miles off the coast abreast
San Luis, and isolated patches of 18 m (10 fm) and less, as
shown on the chart, lie outside this depth contour.
4.192
1 Useful marks (with positions from San Jos Main Light
(1355N, 9050W):
Breakwaters protecting a river mouth (5 miles W).
Village on the coast (12 miles W), position
approximate.
El Gancho Leading Lights (1433N, 9215W)
(4.205).
(Directions continue for the offshore passage at 5.14
and for the coastal passage at 5.20)
Champerico
Chart 659 plan of Champerico
General information
4.193
1 Position and function. Champerico (1418N, 9156W)
is an open roadstead and is a port of entry for W
Guatemala. Cargo is loaded and discharged into lighters;
the principal exports are cotton, coffee and bananas.
The population of the town is about 5000.
2 Port Authority. Empresa Portuaria Nacional de
Champerico, 10A Calle 331, Zona 1, Champerico,
Guatemala.
Limiting conditions
4.194
1 Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Mean spring range about 21 m; mean neap range about
15 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled in the port has been
one of LOA 200 m; draught 11 m.
2 Local weather and sea state. A heavy surf renders
landing on the beach dangerous; cargo is landed at the pier
(4.197). The swell tends to be heavier here than at other
places along the coast and often makes cargo work very
difficult unless the vessel can be kept head to sea. At full
and new moon, heavy rollers sometimes set in from S
during a flat calm, breaking in depths of about 7 m.
In bad weather landing on the pier is difficult and at
times may be impossible.
Arrival information
4.195
1 Port radio. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(5).
Notice of ETA. Should be sent 72, 48, 24 and 12 hours
in advance.
2 Anchorage. The recommended anchorage, as shown on
the chart, is in a depth of about 12 m, 9 cables SSW of the
head of the pier. When the swell is heavy, or heavy rollers
may be expected (see above) anchoring any closer to the
pier is inadvisable.
Mooring buoys are laid within 5 cables of the head of
the pier.
3 Pilotage is not available.
Tugs are available but are not required except for
lighters.
Current. See 4.167.
Directions
4.196
1 Entry is free from charted dangers; the chart is
sufficient guide.
Useful marks (with positions from the head of the pier)
(14176N, 91557W).
Champerico Light (tower on concrete tank)
(2 cables NE).
2 Conspicuous water tower (1 cables ENE) (red light),
spherical and painted silver.
Conspicuous stranded wreck (1 mile SE).
Berth
4.197
1 A metal pier, 216 m in length, suitable only for small
craft and lighters, extends SW from the town; in 1992 the
pier was stated to be in a poor condition. Lights are
displayed from the SE and NW corners of the head of the
pier whilst cargo is being worked.
Port services
4.198
1 Repairs: minor facilities only.
Other facilities. Local medical facilities available,
nearest hospital at Retalhuleu 43 km distant.
Supplies. Provisions available by prior arrangement;
fresh water available; bunkers not available.
Communications: airport at Champerico.
Anchorages
Chart 1050
General information
4.199
1 A number of anchorages, described below and known as
Embarcaderos, are situated off the entrances to the lagoons,
where the local produce, consisting mainly of sugar, coffee
and dyewood, is shipped. The port of clearance for these
anchorages is San Jos/Puerto Quetzal. Lighters for
handling cargo would have to be brought from San Jos or
Champerico and returned after use.
2 Caution. Landing should not be attempted at any of
these Embarcaderos unless the sea is very smooth. The
anchorages, being fully exposed, should be avoided in bad
weather.
San Jernimo
4.200
1 The settlement of San Jernimo (1357N, 9115W)
comprises a large sugar warehouse and a collection of huts
standing at the entrance to Ro Guacalate.
Anchorage may be obtained off the settlement, in the
fine weather season, in depths of from 11 to 15 m (36 to
49 ft).
Tecojate
4.201
1 Anchorage may be obtained off Tecojate (1358N,
9121W) but the holding ground is inferior to that at the
other Embarcaderos as the bottom is of shifting sand; the
anchor should be sighted every day.
Nuevo Venecio
4.202
1 Anchorage may be obtained off Nuevo Venecio
(Sesecapa) (1406N, 9137W).
134
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 4
San Luis
4.203
1 Description. San Luis (1411N, 9145W) is situated at
the mouth of Ro Samala and may be identified by two
large sheds with huts on either side.
Vessels may anchor off during the dry season, from
November to April, but at other times this anchorage
should be avoided.
2 Dangers in the approach. A reef on which the sea
breaks is reported to lie between 2 and 4 miles offshore for
a distance of about 6 miles abreast the mouth of Ro
Samala. In 1916 shoal water was reported to be extending
seaward from the reef and in 1912 a vessel is reported to
have struck a rock about 5 miles S of San Luis. The
anchorage should be approached with caution.
Ocs
4.204
1 The village of Ocs (1430N, 9212W), which is
situated on the W side of the mouth of Ro Ocosito, is an
abandoned port and was last reported to consist only of
four wooded buildings in a poor state of repair, and a
derelict pier now standing on dry ground.
Lights are displayed from the vicinity of the settlement.
135
2 Anchorage is usually obtained off the settlement in
depths of 9 m (30 ft), moving off to a distance of 1 or
2 miles at night.
Landing can only be effected by surfing boats.
Caution. Vessels should approach the vicinity of Ocs
with caution as frequent earthquakes alter the coastline.
Ro Suchiate
4.205
1 General information. Ro Suchiate (1433N, 9214W),
which forms the approximate boundary between Guatemala
and Mexico flows into a lagoon separated from the sea by
a very narrow strip of land known as Barra del Suchiate;
the bar is said to be open during the rainy season.
2 The entrance is marked by El Gancho Leading Lights
(white round concrete towers, the front 17 m in height, the
rear 20 m in height) (1433N, 9215W).
Ro Suchiate separates the town of Tecn Uman
(1446N, 9214W), the terminus of the Guatemalan
railway on the Mexican border, from the Mexican town of
Suchiate, 3 miles farther W.
Home Contents Index

Chapter 5 - Pacific coast of Mexico from Ro Suchiate to Mazatlan

110 108 106 104 102 100 98 96 94 92

Mazatlan
5.244

5.233
22 5.191 22
5.191
San Blas
5.224
5.220
Vallarta M E X I C O
5.203 5.207
Cabo Corrientes
20 20

B. de Chamela 516
5.173 B. de Tenacatita 516 587
ad Manzanillo 516
avid 5.155
. de N i ag
o
516 B nt
136

S a
&
anillo
Manz
2323 516 B. de
18 Lzero Crdenas 1944 18
5.145 5.133

5.95
Acapulco 1944
587 5.118
1053
5.68 5.38
Puerto Salina Cruz
16 ngel 659 16
5.81
5. 62 5. 2 2
Golfo de Tehuantepec
5.15 Puerto
Madero
1051 5.11 659
o
er
ad at

e
P.M hi
t o c
14 ppr. Su 14
659 A Ro

110 108 106 104 102 Longitude 100 West from Greenwich 96 94 92
March 2004
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
PACIFIC COAST OF MEXICO FROM RO SUCHIATE TO MAZATLAN
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 587, 2323
Scope of the chapter
5.1
1 In this chapter are described the coastal passages,
harbours and anchorages, along the coast of Mexico from
the border with Guatemala to the entrance to Golfo de
California. The description includes Golfo de Tehuantepec
(1500N, 9400W), and the ports of Salina Cruz (1610N,
9512W), Acapulco (1651N, 9954W), Lzaro Crdenas
(1756N, 10211W), Manzanillo (1903N, 10420W),
Puerto Vallarta (2037N, 10516W) and Mazatlan
(2311N, 10625W). Also included is a description of
Islas Tres Marias which lie in the approaches to Golfo de
California, 60 miles NNW of Cabo Corrientes (2024N,
10543W).
2 The chapter is divided into the following sections:
Golfo de Tehuantepec (5.3).
Puerto ngel to Cabo Corrientes (5.79).
Cabo Corrientes to Mazatlan (5.189).
GOLFO DE TEHUANTEPEC
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 1050
Area covered
5.3
1 The area covered by this section comprises:
Offshore passage (5.11).
Ro Suchiate to Salina Cruz (5.15).
Salina Cruz (5.38).
Salina Cruz to Puerto ngel (5.62).
Description
5.4
1 Golfo de Tehuantepec is the wide expanse of water
which lies between Ro Suchiate (1433N, 9214W)
(4.205) and Puerto ngel (about 257 miles WNW). The
head of the gulf is formed by the Isthmus of Tehuantepec,
the narrowest part of Mexico.
Topography
5.5
1 The shores of the gulf are backed by high mountains
which gradually decrease in height from over 4000 m at its
E entrance, to less than 900 m at its head, and then
increase again to over 3000 m towards its W entrance.
2 From Ro de Suchiate to the vicinity of Salina Cruz
(about 198 miles NW) the entire stretch of coast comprises
a low, sandy beach, backed by an almost continuous line of
lagoons; these lagoons are connected to the sea in places
by narrow channels and bars. The land is low and wooded
between the lagoons and Sierra de Soconusco, the high
land in the interior on the SE side of the bay, except in the
vicinity of Paredones de Soconusco (1551N, 9341W)
(5.19) where the hills approach the coast. A few scattered
hills rise from the coastal plain at the head of the bay.
Natural conditions
5.2
1 Winds. Along the lower Mexican coast the prevailing
direction of the trade winds is NW, tending to parallel the
coastline. In Golfo de Tehuantepec strong N winds, known
as Tehuantepecanos (1.184), are often encountered during
the cooler months. Land and sea breezes are characteristic
of the W coast of Mexico. The sea breezes during the day
blow from the SW quadrant; at night the land breeze blows
with less regularity in both direction and force.
2 Currents. The currents in Golfo de Tehuantepec are
described at 5.9.
The currents along the coast between Puerto ngel and
Manzanillo are very irregular both in direction and strength.
In the summer months the current between Manzanillo and
Cabo Corrientes is more regular in direction, setting NW,
but it is irregular in strength, being stronger nearer the land
than offshore.
3 West of Salina Cruz, as far as Puerto ngel (about
85 miles WSW), the coast consists of rocky bluffs, with
sandy beaches between them, backed closer inland by
rugged mountain ranges.
Landmarks
5.6
1 Volcn Tajamulco (1502N, 9200W) (4.165).
Volcn Tacana (1509N, 9207W), 34 miles NNE of
Barra de Suchiate, is the highest peak in the area.
Cerro Tres Picos (1612N, 9338W) which, in clear
weather, can be seen at a distance of about
90 miles. From a distance it appears as a cone
towering above the surrounding mountains, but
from SW and closer to the coast it appears as
three peaks, the middle one being the sharpest and
highest whilst the other two are similar in shape
and size.
2 Cerro de Len (1605N, 9616W), the highest peak
on the W side of the gulf, which attains an
elevation of 3139 m (10 300 ft) 30 miles NE of
Puerto ngel.
Off-lying banks
5.7
1 West of Puerto Madero. An extensive area of shoal
depths is centred in position about 47 miles WSW of
Puerto Madero (1442N, 9224W); the least charted depth,
one of 10 m (33 ft) (reported 1962) lies in a bank on the
NE side of the area and a charted depth of 12 m (39 ft)
(reported 1960) lies on the W side of the area. Isolated
depths of 146 m (48 ft) (reported 1964), 20 m (11 fm)
(reported 1961) and 17 m (55 ft) (reported 1989) lie
57 miles WSW, 62 miles W and 90 miles W, respectively,
of Puerto Madero.
137
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

5.8 OFFSHORE PASSAGE

1 South of Puerto ngel. An obstruction was reported
(1928) (existence doubtful) in a position 10 miles SSE of General information
Puerto ngel (1539N, 9631W), and another (1929) Chart 1050
(existence doubtful) in a position about 8 miles SW of the Topography
port; in 1951 a depth of 46 m (25 fm) was reported about 5.11
2 miles ENE of the latter obstruction. 1 See 5.5.
2 A bank with a depth over it of 20 m (11 fm) was
reported (1949) (position approximate) 16 miles SSW of
Puerto ngel, and a depth of 24 m (13 fm) was reported Currents
(1966) in a position 1 miles NE of this bank. In 1972 5.12
HMS Odin passed through the charted positions of these 1 See 5.9.
banks and obtained depths of over 1463 m (800 fm).
Principal marks
5.13
1 Landmarks:
See 5.6.
Currents Major lights:
5.9 Puerto Madero Light (1442N, 9225W) (5.19).
1 During the season of Northers (1.184) the currents in Punta Izuca Light (1539N, 9631W) (5.65).
Golfo de Tehuantepec are chiefly influenced by the wind.
When a Norther is blowing, the current sets strongly N and
W along the shore on the E side of the gulf, and N and E Directions
on the W side of the gulf; at other times the current sets in (continued from 4.192)
the opposite direction. This is accounted for by the 5.14
violence of the Tehuantepecanos (1.184) lowering the water 1 From the approaches to Ro Suchiate (1433N,
at the head of the gulf, and so causing a flow along each 9214W) to those of Puerto ngel (1539N, 9631W) the
shore to fill the vacancy. When the Norther ceases, the passage leads direct WNW for about 258 miles, passing
reverse action takes place, the head waters being forced out NNE of the banks and shoal depths W of Puerto Madero
along the shore to make room for the return of that forced (5.7). Attention is also drawn to the off-lying banks and
out by the gale. These currents have been observed to obstructions (5.8) which lie up to 16 miles to seaward of
extend as far E as Champerico (1418N, 9156W), and as Puerto ngel.
far W as Ro Verde (1558N, 9748W). (Directions continue at 5.86)
2 The water displaced from Golfo de Tehuantepec and the
coast SE by the Northers is replaced, not only by the flow
of surface current, but also by the upwelling of cooler RO SUCHIATE TO SALINA CRUZ
sub-surface water. Sudden and considerable changes in sea
General information
surface temperature may therefore be observed at times
during the winter months in the region of the gulf. Chart 1050
3 The currents along the coast W of Salina Cruz (1610N, Topography
9512W) are very irregular, in direction and force as well 5.15
as duration, sometimes setting E with a rate of from to 1 See 5.5.
2 kn, and within 12 hours setting as strongly in the
opposite direction. Off Baha de Sacrificios (Puerto
Exercise area
Sacrificios) (1541N, 9615W) the current has been
5.16
observed setting N and E at a rate of 2 kn, during a
1 A firing practice area, which should be avoided, is
Norther, and S and W at a rate of more than kn with a
centred on 1541N, 9338W, 15 miles SE of Barra de San
wind from an opposite direction. The strongest current
Marcos (5.34).
recorded is off the rock awash (5.66) situated about 3 miles
W of Punta Chipehua (1600N, 9523W), where a rate of
2 kn has been observed. Traffic separation scheme
4 Owing to this uncertainty in both the direction and rate 5.17
of the currents in Golfo de Tehuantepec mariners should 1 A TSS, as shown on the chart, is in operation in the
navigate with caution in this area. approaches to Salina Cruz. The scheme is IMO adopted
and Rule 10 of International Regulations for Preventing
Collisions at Sea (1972) applies.
The scheme comprises two parts:
Approach from S; recommended for vessels over
Anchorage and landing 500 grt arriving at, or leaving, the port of Salina
5.10 Cruz.
1 Anchorage may be obtained almost anywhere off the 2 Approach from SW; recommended for oil tankers
shore of Golfo de Tehuantepec in depths of 12 to 27 m proceeding to, or coming from, the three single
(39 ft to 15 fm), sand. There is no shelter from S winds. point moorings, or the oil terminal (5.60).
Mariners should note that landing is likely to be very A Precautionary Area is established in the harbour
dangerous due to the strong undertow that is always approaches at the junction of the S and SW approach
present. routes.

138
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
Currents
5.18
1 See 5.9.
Principal marks
5.19
1 Landmarks:
The landmarks in the interior are described at 5.6.
Cerro San Bernardo (1555N, 9337W), standing
about 5 miles inland, the highest peak on the N
side of a group of hills known as Paredones de
Soconusco. These mountains and hills, being so
near the coast, appear to rise from it; they are
wooded, appearing green in the rainy season and
brown in the dry, and form the best landmarks for
this part of the coast in all seasons.
2 Major lights:
Puerto Madero Light (white round concrete tower, red
bands, and dwellings, 23 m in height) (1442N,
9225W).
Morro de Salinas Light (1610N, 9512W) (5.52).
Directions
(continued from 4.192)
5.20
1 From the vicinity of 1430N, 9220W, in the
approaches to Ro Suchiate, to the vicinity of 1556N,
9511W, at the entrance to the S approach lane of Salina
Cruz TSS (5.17), the route leads WNW for about
190 miles. Thence the appropriate traffic lane should be
followed to the port.
2 The depths along the coast are regular; with the
exception of two isolated depths of 183 m (60 ft) lying up
to 7 miles offshore 29 and 34 miles NW, respectively, of
Puerto Madero Light (1442N, 9225W), the 18 m (60 ft)
depth contour follows the coast at a distance of about
4 miles offshore. Other than these two depths and the
off-lying banks described at 5.7, there are no known
charted dangers at a distance greater than 1 mile from the
shore.
Useful marks
5.21
1 Barra de San Juan Light (1508N, 9252W) (5.33).
Hill (340 m (1116 ft) high) (1548N, 9327W),
whose summit is a long ridge, which stands on the
coastal plain 5 miles inland.
Santa Cruz Light (red truncated tower, yellow bands,
concrete base, 18 m in height) (1533N,
9319W).
2 La Soledad Light (white concrete tower, red diagonal
stripes, 12 m in height) (1604N, 9409W).
La Chichi Light (round concrete tower, 12 m in
height) (1611N, 9428W).
San Francisco Light (1613N, 9448W) (5.37).
Church at San Mateo del Mar (1612N, 9459W),
which has a white dome.
(Directions continue for Salina Cruz at 5.54
and for coastal passage at 5.66)
Puerto Madero
Chart 659 plans of Approaches to Puerto Madero, Puerto
Madero
General information
5.22
1 Position. Puerto Madero (1442N, 9225W) is situated
on the SE side of Golfo de Tehuantepec, 13 miles NW of
the entrance to Ro Suchiate.
Function. The port, with a population of about 6000, is
a port of entry and serves the city of Tapachula, 25 km
inland, which is the road and rail junction for Guatemala. It
is used principally by fishing vessels, for export of
agricultural products, and there is a naval base.
2 Approach and entry. The port is approached from SW
on the alignment of leading lights and entered between
parallel breakwaters.
Port Authority. Puerto Madero Port Authority, Recinto
Fiscal, Puerto Madero, Chiapas, Mexico.
Limiting conditions
5.23
1 Controlling depths (reported 1997):
From the entrance to the main dock 85 m.
Access channel to fish quay and naval pier, 7 m.
Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Mean spring range about 15 m; mean neap range about
10 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled: LOA 165 m, breadth
25 m, draught 8 m.
Arrival information
5.24
1 Port radio. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(5).
Notice of ETA: 48 and 24 hours.
Outer anchorage may be obtained between 5 cables and
1 miles SSW of the entrance, in depths of 12 to 16 m,
mud, good holding ground.
Pilotage is compulsory and available 0800 to 1800,
other times by arrangement; the pilot boards about 5 cables
off the entrance from a black launch with a red
superstructure.
2 Tug is available and is compulsory; the tug usually
meets vessels at the entrance and remains in attendance
until berthing is completed.
Harbour
5.25
1 General layout. The port is protected by two parallel
rubble breakwaters, 340 m apart; the E breakwater extends
910 m, and the W breakwater 630 m, SW from the
entrance. The entrance channel, 80 m wide, leads NE
between the breakwaters, thence NNE and N, for about
6 cables to a turning basin, 280 m in diameter, with Muelle
Fiscal, the general cargo berth, on its E side. From a
position in the channel about 3 cables inside the entrance, a
secondary channel, reported dredged to 7 m (1987),
branches E for 4 cables to a basin with a fish quay and
piers on its N side, and a naval pier on its S side. A yacht
club stands at the head of the basin.
2 Puerto Madero Light (5.19) is displayed from close
NNW of the root of the W breakwater.
Development. There are plans (2001) to develop the
port further for tourism, and to extend the N basin;
dredging work was taking place (2004).
139
Home Contents Index
Local traffic. Large numbers of fishing vessels may be
found in the vicinity of the port, with peak times for
entries and departures at 0600 and 1800.
Climatic table. For Tapachula see 1.200 and 1.207.
Directions for entering harbour
5.26
1 Entry leading lights. From the vicinity of the Fairway
Light-buoy (safe water) (14406N, 92261W) the
alignment (044) of these lights, displayed from above the
head of the harbour, leads from SW through the entrance:
Front light (metal truncated pyramidal tower, 12 m in
height) (14426N, 92242W).
Rear light (similar structure, 21 m in height) (250 m
NE from front light).
2 Muelle Fiscal Leading Lights. From a position about
3 cables inside the entrance the alignment (006) of these
lights leads N into the turning basin:
Front light (truncated pyramidal metal tower, 10 m in
height) (14433N, 92244W).
Rear light (similar structure, 12 m in height) (270 m
N from front light).
3 Muelle de Pesca Leading Lights. From the same
position as above, the alignment (099) of these lights leads
E along the secondary channel to the fish quay:
Front light (truncated metal tower, 9 m in height)
(14422N, 92237W).
Rear light (similar structure, 13 m in elevation)
(250 m E from front light).
5.27
1 Useful marks:
Lights (truncated pyramidal towers, 10 m in elevation)
are displayed from the E and W breakwater heads.
Berths
5.28
1 Muelle Fiscal (charted as Wharf): length 150 m; official
depth alongside 78 m; vessels usually berth port side-to
using the starboard anchor.
Muelle de Pesca: three jetties with six berths for vessels
up to 85 m in length, depth alongside 7 m.
Fuel jetty (close W of Muelle de Pesca): length 50 m,
depth alongside 7 m.
Navy jetty: length 85 m, depth alongside 7 m.
Port services
5.29
1 Repairs: minor facilities only.
Other facilities: medical facilities available, requests
should be made before arrival if possible; deratting
certificates issued; facilities for the disposal of oily waste
and the disposal of garbage.
Supplies: provisions; fresh water from hydrants, fuels.
Communications: Tapachula International Airport,
12 km distant.
Bars and anchorages
Chart 1050
5.30
1 Caution. The lagoons which line this stretch of coast
are accessed through narrow channels or bars, suitable only
for boats. A heavy surf breaks almost continuously along
the shore and landing is usually a hazardous undertaking.
CHAPTER 5
Barra de San Simn
5.31
1 Barra de San Simn (1448N, 9233W) is at an
opening about 1 cables wide from which breakers extend
about 1 cables to seaward. A dangerous wreck lies
3 miles seaward of the bar. The coast in the vicinity, as far
as Puerto Madero, 8 miles SE, is bordered by forest.
Barra de San Jos
5.32
1 Barra de San Jos (1455N, 9241W) is at an opening
about 2 cables wide from which breakers extend about
2 cables to seaward.
Barras de San Juan and de Zacapulco
5.33
1 Barra de San Juan (1508N, 9252W) and Barra de
Zacapulco (about 4 miles NW) front the entrance to Laguna
Tembladeras. Breakers extend about 2 cables to seaward
from Barra de Zacapulco which is about 1 cables wide
but is very shallow.
A light (white round concrete tower, 12 m in height) is
displayed from the vicinity of Barra de San Juan. Santa
Cruz Light (5.21) is displayed from a position 37 miles
NW from Barra de San Juan Light.
Barra de San Marcos
5.34
1 Barra de San Marcos (1554N, 9346W), is situated
6 miles W of Paredones de Soconusco (5.19); the breakers
on this bar, which extend about 2 cables to seaward, are
not usually heavy.
Caution. See 5.16.
Puerto Arista
5.35
1 General information. Puerto Arista (1556N, 9350W)
was formally the commercial port for the town of Tonal
situated about 9 miles inland. A light (white round masonry
tower, 26 m in height) is displayed from the shore.
Anchorage may be obtained off the town, throughout
the year, in depths of about 18 m (60 ft). The holding
ground is good but vessels tend to lie beam on to the swell
owing to the effect of the prevailing coastal current.
2 Landing is dangerous as the beach is steep and there is
surf all along the shore.
Barra de Tonal
5.36
1 General information. Barra de Tonal (1600N,
9358W) stands at the entrance to Mar Muerto, a large
lagoon. The bar, which is continually shifting, is about
9 cables wide, and breakers extend across its full length
from 5 to 7 cables from the coast. It can only be used, at
certain states of tide and sea, by small, local craft of light
draught.
2 Useful marks:
Puerto Arista Light (1556N, 9350W) (5.19).
Paredn Light (round concrete tower, 8 m in height)
(1603N, 9353W) displayed at Paredn, a town
on the E side of Mar Muerto.
3 Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 22 m (12 fm)
about 5 cables to seaward of the centre of the breakers.
Landing may be effected on the beach on the E side of
the entrance, clear of the breakers.
Boca de San Francisco
5.37
1 Boca de San Francisco (1613N, 9446W) forms the
entrance to a series of large lagoons, including Laguna
140
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
Superior, Laguna Inferior and Mar del Tileme, which
penetrate inland for about 13 miles and which are fed by
numerous small rivers. The entrance is about 3 cables wide,
but the vegetation stops short some distance either side of
the entrance causing it to appear broad and spacious.
Heavy breakers extend up to 5 cables to seaward from the
entrance which is frequently impassable, even by boats.
2 There are several settlements on the shores of the
lagoons including that of San Francisco del Mar, standing
2 miles NE of the entrance, and San Dionisio del Mar, on
the N side of Laguna Inferior about 4 miles NW of the
entrance.
3 Useful marks:
San Francisco Light (red round concrete tower,
yellow bands, 12 m in height) (1613N, 9448W)
standing 3 miles W of the entrance.
San Dionisio del Mar Light (white round concrete
tower, 10 m in height) (1616N, 9446W).
4 White sand dune standing on a low spit of land
5 cables W of the entrance, and a stranded wreck
lying close W of the entrance, reported to be
prominent on radar.
Church at Santa Maria del Mar (1613N, 9451W),
which has an open cupola.
SALINA CRUZ
General information
Chart 659 plans of Approaches to Salina Cruz and Salina Cruz
Position
5.38
1 Salina Cruz (1610N, 9512W) is an artificial harbour
situated at the head of Golfo de Tehuantepec.
Function
5.39
1 The port, in the State of Oaxaca, is a free port and is
equipped to handle VLCCs at an offshore terminal, and
smaller tankers, container vessels, and general cargo vessels
at alongside berths in an inner and outer harbour; it is also
a small naval base. The population is about 45 000.
Approach and entry
5.40
1 The port is approached from S or SW through the TSS
(5.17). The Outer Harbour is entered from SSE on the
alignment of leading lights which lead between breakwaters
about 160 m apart.
Traffic
5.41
1 In 2002, 38 vessels used the port totalling 2 625 359 dwt.
In addition about 600 tankers a year use the oil terminal,
and about 50 vessels a year the LPG terminal.
Port Authority
5.42
1 Administracion Portuaria de Salina Cruz, Interior Recinto
Fiscal s/n, Colonia Canlarana, Salina Cruz 70680, Oaxaca,
Mexico.
Website: www.apisal.com.mx
141
Limiting conditions
5.43
1 Controlling depths. Access channel through the outer
harbour has a depth of 12 m; the channel is reported
subject to silting but regular dredging is carried out. The
channel into the Inner Harbour is dredged to a depth of
97 m.
Deepest and longest berths.
Alongside: Container berth (5.57).
Offshore Oil Terminal: SPM No 3 (5.60).
2 Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Mean spring range about 11 m; mean neap range about
08 m.
Density of water: 1025 g/cm3.
Maximum size of vessel handled.
Inner Harbour: LOA 180 m; draught 91 m.
Outer Harbour: LOA 200 m; draught 96 m.
Offshore Oil Terminal: LOA 350 m; 250 000 dwt;
draught 213 m.
3 Local weather. Baha Salina Cruz is open S and
exposed to the considerable swell from SW during May to
October; also Northers blow with great strength at times
between November and March. During this period, draft
limitations apply to Inner Harbour where the limited
dimensions can make manoeuvring difficult. Strong gales
are frequent and at times there can be a dangerous swell in
the entrance to the port making access difficult.
Arrival information
Vessel Traffic Service
5.44
1 Vessel Traffic Service is in operation for the control of
shipping in the TSS, the Precautionary Area and the port
area. A control tower stands close W of Morro de Salinas
Light (1610N, 9512W) (5.52). Vessels must make
contact 1 hours prior to arrival; see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6(5) for further details.
Coast and port radio
5.45
1 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volumes 1(2) and 6(5).
Notice of ETA
5.46
1 ETA should be sent at not less than 72 hours, with
updates and 24 and 12 hours.
Outer anchorages
5.47
1 A designated anchorage for deep-draught vessels is
shown on the chart 3 miles SE of the port. Anchorage may
also be obtained in Baha Ventosa (5.50), 3 miles E of the
port, in depths of 6 to 8 m.
Pilotage and tugs
5.48
1 Pilotage is compulsory; the pilot boards from a launch
with a black hull and white superstructure. Entry to the
harbour and mooring at the offshore terminal is available
only by day but vessels may leave at any time. Vessels
bound for the Outer or Inner Harbour are boarded, as
shown on the chart, about 4 cables SSE of the entrance;
vessels bound for the offshore terminal are boarded about
6 cables S of the outer end of the new E breakwater of the
Morro de Salinas harbour (see chart).
2 Tugs are available and are compulsory for vessels over
2500 grt.
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

Traffic regulations Punta Ventosa (1610N, 9509W), a bold, rocky,

5.49 projecting headland, whose summit is known as
1 Prohibited anchorage. A charted area in which Cerro Morro.
anchoring is prohibited surrounds the SPMs (5.60) and their 2 Morro de Salinas (1610N, 9512W), standing at the
associated pipelines. W side of the harbour entrance, a round rocky
Prohibited areas. Unauthorised entry to three areas, projection with an almost perpendicular cliff on its
radius 600 m centred on each SPM, is prohibited. E side. A light (see below) is displayed from the
summit, and a group of aluminium coloured tanks,
higher in elevation than the light, stand close NW.
Harbour A radio mast also stands on Morro de Salinas.
General layout 3 Punta Chipehua (Punta Chipequa) (1601N,
9522W), which consists almost entirely of an
5.50
immense sand dune projecting about 1 mile from
1 Salina Cruz and its environs comprise three bays, Baha
the general line of the coast. From W the point
Ventosa on the E, Baha Salina Cruz which contains the
appears as a bold dark cliff with a belt of sand
harbour, and Baha de Salina Marqus, which contains the
over the top. The outer end is rounded and brown,
offshore terminal, on the W side.
and within it, both sides are covered with sand
2 Baha Ventosa, which is entered E of Punta Ventosa
from the top to the beach and are quite bare of
(1610N, 9509W) (5.52), provides an additional
vegetation.
anchorage to the main anchorage. Ro Tehuantepec, the
4 Major light:
sediment from which is reported to be silting up the bay,
Morro de Salinas Light (white octagonal masonry
flows into the sea about 2 miles NE of Punta Ventosa;
tower and dwelling, 14 m in height) (1610N,
the city of Tehuantepec is situated about 10 miles up the
9512W).
river. Heavy breakers extend for 1 mile outside the bar at
the river mouth, and the bar dries during the dry season.
Landing in the bay is difficult even in good weather.
3 Baha Salina Cruz, a shallow indentation which lies
between Punta Ventosa and Morro de Salinas (about
3 miles W), contains the port of Salina Cruz which
comprises an outer and an inner harbour. Outer Harbour is
protected on its E side by a breakwater extending about
4 cables SSW to form an entrance about 160 m wide
between its head and the knuckle of the W entrance point.
A container berth is situated on the E side at the root of
the breakwater, and an LPG berth on the W side. Inner
Harbour, entered between two moles 50 m apart, has
general purpose berths on its SE side and tanker berths on
its SW side. The repair areas and naval sector stand in the
NW corner of Inner Harbour, and the fishing piers on its
NE side.
4 Baha de Salina Marqus, which lies between Morro de
Salinas (5.52) and Morro de Salina Marqus (about 3 miles
WSW) (5.56), contains the offshore oil terminal operated
by PEMEX (Petroleos Mexicanos). A tanker harbour lies
on the S side of Morro de Salinas. The E breakwater of
this harbour, whose root lies close W of the entrance to
Morro de Salinas Light from ENE (5.52)
Outer Harbour, extends first 6 cables S, thence 3 cables
(Original dated prior to 1994)
SW. The W breakwater, whose root lies 8 cables W of
the E breakwater, extends 4 cables S. A small industrial (Photograph Crown Copyright)
harbour, protected by two short breakwaters about 3 cables
apart, lies about 1 miles farther W. Directions
(continued from 5.21)
Natural conditions Approach
5.51 5.53
1 Currents. Although the currents off the entrance to the 1 From a position either SE or ESE of Punta Chipehua
outer harbour are usually weak and variable, a W set of (1601N, 9522W) (5.52) the appropriate lane of the TSS
from 3 to 4 kn has been experienced. See also 5.9. (5.17) should be followed to the Precautionary Area, thence
Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.208. to the pilot boarding positions or outer anchorages as
required.
Principal marks
5.52 Entry to Outer and Inner Harbours
1 Landmarks: 5.54
Pico Shadani (1612N, 9514W) (chart 1050) which 1 Entry leading lights. From the vicinity of 1607N,
stands 3 miles N of Salina Cruz; a remarkable 9511W, the alignment (346) of lights, displayed from
rock, about 18 m (59 ft) high, and which resembles above the head of Inner Harbour, leads from SSE through
a house, stands on its summit. Pico Tecuani, a the approach channel, passing E of the tanker harbour, and
whale-backed mountain, stands 1 miles W of between the breakwaters, and light-buoys marking the 10 m
Pico Shadani. depth contours, into Outer Harbour:

142
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
Entrance to Salina Cruz (5.54)
(Original dated 1993)
(Photograph Crown Copyright)
Front light (truncated pyramidal masonry tower, 13 m
in height) (16103N, 95119W).
2 Rear light (truncated pryamidal metal tower, 13 m in
height) (280 m NNW from front light).
Lights (red (E) and green (W) concrete towers, 7 m in
height) are displayed from the heads of the breakwaters.
Lights (red (E) and green (W) concrete towers, 5 m in
height) are displayed from the corners of the entrance to
Inner Harbour.
3 The entrance to Inner Harbour is 30 m wide, and space
inside the harbour restricted. Immediately inside the
entrance the vessel is stopped and swung short round, with
the assistance of tugs. On departure the bow is usually held
on the extremity of No 5 berth whilst the vessel is swung
by tugs and lined up with the entrance.
4 Draught limitations for entry to Inner Harbour during
winter months should be checked with the Port Authority.
Entry to tanker harbour
5.55
1 The chart is sufficient guide for entry to the harbour,
which has depths in excess of 10 m except within 2 cables
of the N shore. A number of unlit buoys lie within the
harbour. Lights (round concrete towers, 4 m in height) are
displayed from the heads of the E and W breakwaters;
further lights stand on the head of the berthing pier.
Caution. A below-water rock lies close E of the W
breakwater head.
143
Useful marks
5.56
1 Tower (16100N, 95115W) (position approximate),
at the container berth.
Morro de Salina Marqus (1608N, 9515W), the
sandy headland at the W entrance to Baha de
Salina Marqus.
Basins and berths
Outer Harbour
5.57
1 North side: Berth 6, 70 m in length.
East side: Container berth 240 m in length with a depth
of 107 m alongside; plans are in hand to increase this to
12 m.
West side: Berth 7 (LPG) for vessels up to 197 m in
length, breadth 32 m, 30 000 dwt, draught 104 m.
Inner Harbour
5.58
1 South-east side: Berths Nos 1, 2 and 3; total length
480 m, depth alongside from 73 to 10 m, general and bulk
cargoes.
South-west side: Berths 4 and 5; total length 460 m.
Tankers up to 94 m draught are accommodated at Berths 4
and 5 and are berthed starboard side-to.
Tanker harbour
5.59
1 Details not yet available, other than that shown on chart.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
Control Tower
Salina Cruz Container Terminal (5.57)
(Original dated 1994)
(Photograph Crown Copyright)
Offshore Oil Terminal
5.60
1 The terminal comprises three SPMs, the furthest up to
2 miles offshore, each displaying a light and having a fog
signal, supplied by submarine pipelines from the shore N;
the pipelines are connected by floating hoses marked by
red lights. The SPMs are moored (positioned from Morro
de Salina Marqus (1608N, 9515W):
No 1 (2 miles ENE): capacity 65 000 dwt, depth about
22 m, product carriers.
2 No 2 (1 mile ENE): capacity 65 000 dwt, depth about
22 m, product carriers.
No 3 (1 miles SE): capacity 250 000 dwt, depth
about 29 m, crude carriers.
See also 5.49.
Port services
5.61
1 Repairs. Major repairs can be undertaken. Facilities
include:
Dry dock: extreme length 2024 m, extreme breadth
242 m, draught 45 m, capacity 1 000 tonnes.
Maximum LOA limited by turning area in Inner
Harbour; see 5.43.
2 Mechanical lift dock: extreme length 1025 m, width
22 m, lifting capacity 8000 tonnes.
Slipway: extreme length 305 m, lifting capacity
200 tonnes.
Other facilities. Deratting certificates issued; medical
facilities and hospital; limited facilities for oily waste
disposal (slops), vessels must arrive with clean ballast;
divers available.
3 Supplies. Bunkers available at SPMs and alongside
quays; fresh water on the quays and by barge at SPMs;
provisions available.
Communications. Local airport; larger airport at Ixtepec,
40 km distant.
144
SALINA CRUZ TO PUERTO NGEL
General information
Chart 1050
Route
5.62
1 From the approaches to Salina Cruz (1610N, 9512W)
to those of Puerto ngel (1539N, 9631W) the route
leads generally WSW for about 85 miles. There are no
charted dangers at a distance of more than 1 mile from the
salient points of the coast.
Topography
5.63
1 The coast between Salina Cruz and Baha de Sacrificios
(about 70 miles WSW) (5.77) is fronted by grey,
perpendicular, rocky bluffs, some fringed by rocks, rising
close inland to the mountain ranges; these headlands
project little from the general line of the coast. The hills
near the coast are barren and brown in the dry season.
Prominent amongst these ranges is Cerro de Zadam
(1558N, 9608W), a bell shaped mountain of reddish
brown colour.
2 West of Baha de Sacrificios, as far as Puerto ngel
(15 miles W), the coast consists of rocky bluffs separated
by sandy beaches. The land behind is heavily wooded but
is low and flat when compared with that farther E and W.
Nature reserve
5.64
1 A coastal reserve extends SW for 7 miles from Punta
Violin, the point close SW of Huatulco Light (1544N,
9608W) (5.65), and out to 2 miles offshore.
Principal marks
5.65
1 Landmarks:
The landmarks in the interior are described at 5.6.
Punta Chipehua (1601N, 9522W) (5.52).
Major lights:
Morro de Salinas Light (1610N, 9512W) (5.52).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
Huatulco Light (white round tower, black bands, 15 m
in height) (1544N, 9608W).
2 Punta Izuca Light (white octagonal masonry tower
and dwelling, 14 m in height) (1539N, 9631W)
at Puerto ngel.
Directions
(continued from 5.21)
5.66
1 From the vicinity of 1607N, 9511W in the
approaches to Salina Cruz and clear SW of SPM No 3, the
appropriate lane of the TSS should be followed to a
position either SE or ESE of Punta Chipehua (5.52), thence
the route leads WSW passing (with positions from Morro
Ayuta (1552N, 9547W)):
2 SSE of a remarkable dome shaped headland (20 miles
ENE), close off which are two conical rocks
between 6 and 9 m high. A rock awash, on which
the sea seldom breaks at HW, lies between 5 and
7 cables from the point; close outside the rock
there is deep water. Thence:
3 SSE of Islas Estrete (12 miles ENE), a barren, rocky,
white islet, comprising two rocks of about equal
size and two or three outlying reefs. There is deep
water between them and the shore. Thence:
SSE of Punta Ayuta, a bold cliffy point 30 m high,
fringed by foul ground to a distance of 1 cable E
and S. The point rises to Morro Ayuta, 4 cables W,
where a light (white round concrete tower and
dwelling, 11 m in height) is displayed. Thence:
4 SSE of Punta Bufadero (23 miles WSW), a salient
point, fringed by rocks, from the vicinity of which
Huatulco Light (5.65)) is displayed. In one of the
rocks off the point there is a blow-hole which
spouts water by the action of the sea, and the
sound like that of a whale blowing can be heard
for some distance in calm weather. Thence:
SSE of Isla Cacaluta (25 miles WSW), a high island
which stands out against a white, sandy beach in
the background. Thence:
5 SSE and S of Isla de Sacrificios (30 miles WSW), an
island 24 m high, surrounded by rocks extending
up to 1 cables from its S side. Foul ground
extends up to 3 cables offshore in places up to
5 miles W of Isla de Sacrificios. Thence:
S of Puerto ngel (1539N, 9631W) (5.68), noting
the off-lying banks (5.8) lying S of the harbour.
(Directions continue at 5.86)
Minor ports
Puerto Huatulco
5.67
1 Description. Puerto Huatulco (Puerto Guatulco) is a
small confined harbour serving the town of Santa Cruz
Huatulco and entered between Punta Paraso (1545N,
9608W), the extremity of a narrow peninsula, and Punta
La Entrega (3 cables SSW). Lights stand on both points.
The harbour and town stand at the head of Baha de Santa
Cruz, which is a tourist centre. In the 16th century the
harbour was the main departure port for the Spanish Pacific
Fleet until superseded by Acapulco.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Directions. The approach between Piedra Blanca (5.75)
and Punta La Entrega is clear of dangers. Off Punta Paraso
two unlit mooring buoys (orange with yellow bands), have
been laid in the bay WNW of the point.
Useful marks:
Huatulco Light (1544N, 9608W) (5.65).
Piedra Blanca Light (1545N, 9607W) (5.75).
3 Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained at the
head of the harbour. This is the best anchorage anywhere
on the coast as it is protected from SW winds which occur
most often between April and October.
Berth. A pier for cruise liners, approximately 160 m in
length with depths alongside of about 10 m, was reported
to be nearing completion (2003).
Port services: hospital, international airport.
Puerto ngel
5.68
1 General information. Puerto ngel (1539N, 9631W)
is situated at the W entrance to Golfo de Tehuantepec; it is
a port of entry. The small bay which forms the harbour
provides good shelter for small craft from November to
May, but it is exposed S and at times a heavy swell sets in.
2 The E entrance to the bay is situated 2 cables W of a
bold bluff, 88 m (290 ft) high, the intervening coast
forming a deep indentation; a low detached rock lies close
off the bluff, and the steep shores of the indentation are
fringed with rocks. The bay is entered between the point
described above and a sharp, rocky islet, 30 m high, almost
joined to the mainland 3 cables SW. The town stands on
the E side of the bay.
3 Bufaderos, a bluff headland, lies 1 cables NNW of the
E entrance point, and is the W extremity of a hill which
rises to an elevation of 61 m, and which is surmounted by
a beacon (white pole, cross topmark, 37 m in height).
Another islet, 30 m high, and several rocks, lie off the
W side of the bay, reducing its width to about 1 cable
abreast Bufaderos.
4 Local knowledge is required; it is reported there are no
pilots at the port.
Landmark:
Punta Izuca Lighthouse (5.65) stands on a point
5 cables W of the bay.
Directions: Leading lights (truncated pyramidal metal
towers, front 8 m in height, rear 10 m in height) are
situated in the harbour. Two lights (truncated pyramidal
concrete towers, 4 m in height) are displayed from a mole
in the harbour.
5 Anchorage can be taken by small vessels in depths of
from 7 to 13 m (24 to 42 ft) in the inner reaches of the
bay, sheltered from all but S winds. Larger vessels can
obtain anchorage in depths of about 18 m (60 ft) farther
out, nearly midway between the E entrance point and the
rocks off the W side of the port.
6 Berth: large loading platform, with a depth of 46 m
alongside, extends from the E shore of the bay to NE of
Bufaderos.
Supplies: limited quantities.
Bays and anchorages
Baha Conejo
5.69
1 Baha Conejo is formed between Morro de Salina
Marqus (1608N, 9515W) (5.56) and Punta Conejo
(about 2 miles SW), a salient, sandy point. Although
depths are regular in the bay and the bottom good holding
ground, there is no good landing place.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Useful mark:
Cono Hermosa (91 m (300 ft) high), a solitary conical
hill, which stands at the head of the bay.
145
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
Baha Mazatn
5.70
1 Description. Baha Mazatn (Baha Chipehua) is entered
between Punta de Guela-Guichi (1605N, 9519W), a
bold, wooded point, 163 m high, and Punta Chipehua
(5 miles SW) (5.52). Close behind Punta Chipehua, a
remarkable knife-edged ridge which slopes gradually to the
W but is perpendicular on its E side and which attains an
elevation of 450 m (1478 ft), extends 5 cables NW.
The bay is lined by a hard, white, sandy beach, above
which there is a level, wooded plain, extending to the
foothills.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Directions. A group of detached rocks from 3 to 46 m
high lie about 6 cables NE of Punta Chipehua. A shoal
with depths of less than 55 m (18 ft) extends about
3 cables W from this group. There is a narrow channel,
with depths of about 64 m (21 ft) between the shoal and
the shore, but its use is not recommended; there is deep
water to seaward of the rocks.
3 Anchorage. Depths in the bay are regular, and the
holding ground in all parts is good; the best anchorage is
in the W part, between the rocks described above and the
sandy beach N of them.
Although the bay is open to all winds from NE to S it
was long considered the best anchorage between La Unin
(4.114) and Acapulco (5.95), in all seasons.
4 Landing. At full and new moon a heavy swell sets in
and increases the surf on the beach, but landing is always
possible.
Baha de Bamba
5.71
1 Baha de Bamba, entered between Punta Chipehua
(1601N, 9522W) (5.52) and a prominent dome shaped
bluff (4 miles WSW) (5.66), has a small harbour at its
head. The W part of the bay should not be entered because
of two underwater rocks which lie there.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha Grande
5.72
1 Description. Baha Grande (Ayuta) is entered close E of
Punta Ayuta (1552N, 9547W) (5.66). Although it is
open to winds from between E and S, it is a safe
anchorage in all seasons. Ro Ayuta flows into a large
lagoon behind Morro Ayuta, and during the rainy season
the water breaks through the beach W of Punta Ayuta.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Anchorage may be obtained in the W part of the bay in
a depth of 13 m (43 ft); Roca Ranger, an isolated rock with
a depth over it of 27 m (9 ft), lies 1 miles NE of Punta
Ayuta.
Useful mark: Morro Ayuta Light (1552N, 9547W)
(5.66).
Baha de Rosario
5.73
1 Baha de Rosario (1550N, 9555W), a bay lined by
sandy beaches, affords anchorage in depths of about 15 m
(50 ft) about 1 mile offshore.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha Tangolunda
5.74
1 Description. Baha Tangolunda (Baha de
Tangola-Tangola) is entered between Isla Montosa
(1546N, 9605W), an island of remarkable appearance,
146
its top being covered with heavy undergrowth and bushes
and its sides being cliffs of brownish stone, and a point
6 cables W which is the NE extremity of a square
peninsula.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Directions. The passage between Isla Montosa and the
mainland N is very narrow and is not considered safe.
Shoal ground, on which an islet and some rocks are
situated, extends about 3 cables NW from the island, and
an islet 137 m high, lies 1 cable farther NW.
3 There are above-water rocks on the N and W sides of
the bay, and a reef with above-water rocks extends 2 cables
offshore close SW of the W entrance point; there is a rock
6 m high near the extremity of this reef, and the outermost
danger is a rock awash.
4 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of from 9 to
18 m (30 to 60 ft), sand and shell, but it should be noted
that a considerable swell usually sets in from S.
Baha Chahue
5.75
1 Description. Baha Chahue (1545N, 9607W) is
formed between the SW extremity of the square peninsula
separating it from Baha Tangolunda (5.74), and Punta
Paraso, 1mile WSW (5.67).
Local knowledge is required.
2 Directions. Piedra Blanca, a rock 27 m high, lies
2 cables SE of Punta Paraso, and is the SW-most of Islas
Las Blancas, a reef on which there are a number of rocks
awash, extending 2 cables ENE from Piedra Blanca. The
passage between this reef and that extending from Punta
Paraso should not be attempted.
A rocky islet lies near the centre of the bay, about
3 cables W of the E entrance point, and N of it there is a
rock, awash, cable offshore.
3 Useful marks:
Huatulco Light (1544N, 9608W) (5.65).
Piedra Blanca Light (1545N, 9607W), standing on
the W part of the island.
Anchorage may be obtained, as convenient, in depths of
from 9 to 18 m (30 to 60 ft).
Isla Cacaluta
5.76
1 Anchorage can be obtained E of Isla Cacaluta (1543N,
9610W) (5.66) in depths of 13 m (42 ft), off a landing
place. See also 5.64.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha de Sacrificios
5.77
1 Description. Baha de Sacrificios (Puerto Sacrificios) is
a small craft bay entered between Isla de Sacrificios
(1541N, 9615W) (5.66), and a point 5 cables WSW. The
bay is lined by a sandy beach which is broken by a cliffy
point on the N side of the harbour, 2 cables NNW of the
W extremity of Isla de Sacrificios. Two islets, 137 and
152 m high, respectively, lie about 1 cable offshore WNW
of Isla de Sacrificios, and there are a number of rocks off
the W side of the bay.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Directions. Two detached reefs, on each of which is a
rock awash, lie 1 cables offshore about 1 mile NE of Isla
de Sacrificios, and a group of rocks, the highest 21 m in
height, lie about 2 cables offshore within 5 cables NE of
the island. A 32 m (10 ft) patch lies 3 cables S of Isla de
Sacrificios.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
Foul ground extends about 3 cables offshore 1 mile W
of Baha de Sacrificios.
3 The bay should be approached with the W point of Isla
de Sacrificios in line with a sharp pointed hill, 82 m high,
bearing 019; thence when the cliffy point at the head of
the bay bears 007 it should be brought ahead which will
lead through mid-channel.
PUERTO NGEL TO CABO CORRIENTES
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 1051, 1053, 587, 2323
Area covered
5.79
1 The area covered by this section comprises:
Puerto ngel to Baha de Acapulco (5.81).
Acapulco and approaches (5.95).
Baha de Acapulco to Lzaro Crdenas (5.118).
Lzaro Crdenas (5.133).
Lzaro Crdenas to Baha de Manzanillo (5.145).
Manzanillo and approaches (5.155).
Baha de Manzanillo to Cabo Corrientes (5.173).
Topography
5.80
1 From Puerto ngel (1539N, 9631W) to Baha de
Acapulco (about 210 miles WNW) the coastline consists
mainly of low, sandy beaches, behind which there are
lagoons in a number of places. Hills approach the coast in
a few places, but for the most part start to rise at a short
distance inland; they are generally of moderate elevation.
2 The coast is of similar aspect as far as Baha de
Manzanillo (about 285 miles farther WNW) but the hills
which continue to approach the coast in places generally
rise to considerable heights at a short distance inland.
Between Baha de Manzanillo and Cabo Corrientes
(about 111 miles NW), sandy beaches are backed by hills
inland which are generally lower than those to SE.
It has been reported that it is difficult to identify the
visible features on this part of coastline with those depicted
on the charts.
PUERTO NGEL TO
BAHA DE ACAPULCO
General information
Chart 1051
Route
5.81
1 The passage from the approaches to Puerto ngel
(1539N, 9631W) to those of Baha de Acapulco
(1650N, 9953W) leads generally WNW for about
210 miles.
Topography
5.82
1 A series of high bluffs rise abruptly from the beach for
about 5 miles W of Puerto ngel. The W of these bluffs,
78 m (255 ft) high, is bold and covered with dense foliage,
except on the seaward face which consists of brown and
yellowish rocks; two detached rocks, from 6 to 15 m high,
lie close off the bluff. Thence the coast, as far as the E
entrance to Puerto Escondido (about 28 miles farther
WNW) (5.90), is formed by a sandy beach broken by the
There is a passage between the island and the mainland
N, but its use is not recommended.
Other name
5.78
1 Copalita, Ro (Capulita) (1547N, 9603W).
mouths of Ro Tonamecea and Ro Colotopec which enter
the sea 7 and 16 miles W, respectively, of Puerto ngel.
2 Ro Manialtepec flows into the sea about 10 miles W of
Puerto Escondido; there are several huts on the beach E of
the river mouth, and a small village stands about 1 mile
inland. Two prominent points, resembling pierheads, are
situated about 3 miles W of Ro Manialtepec.
3 West of Ro Verde (1558N, 9748W) (5.86), a white
sandy beach, broken by bluffs in three places only, extends
WNW for about 49 miles to Punta Maldonado (5.86). The
shoreline is further broken at intervals by entrances to
lagoons and rivers with settlements close by. The land
behind the coast is heavily wooded and rises in a series of
foothills to the ranges in the interior, the seawards ends
appearing, when first seen to vessels coasting, as points and
islands.
4 The coast between Punta Maldonado and Ro Ometepec
(5.93), which flows into the sea about 14 miles W of the
headland, is formed by an unbroken sandy beach; a series
of sandy headlands, from 60 to 90 m high, extend about
6 miles NW from Punta Maldonado, and the ravines
between them show up well in certain seasons.
5 From Punta Acamama (1632N, 9852W) (5.86) to the
E approach to Baha de Acapulco, about 60 miles W, the
coastline continues as a sandy beach except where breached
by overflows from the lagoons during the rainy season. The
beach is interspersed with palms, and the land behind is
low and cultivated as far as the foothills.
Off-lying banks
5.83
1 A bank with depths over it of from 24 to 49 m (13 to
27 fm) was reported (1951) to extend 26 miles NW from a
position 12 miles SW of Puerto ngel. See also 5.8.
A depth of 20 m (11 fm) was reported (1996) to lie
25 miles SW of Ro Verde in position 1540N, 9806W.
2 A bank, whose existence is doubtful, with depths over it
of from 40 to 47 m (22 to 26 fm) was reported (1953) to
lie about 19 miles W of Punta Maldonado Light (1619N,
9834W).
Principal marks
5.84
1 Landmarks:
Morro Hermoso (1557N, 9732W), a rounded
headland; the S face is steep, barren and of a
reddish colour; the E end is a steep cliff 91 m
high. Viewed from E or W it has the appearance
of an island. A light (5.86) stands on Cerro
Hermoso which rises behind the headland.
2 Sierra Fuerte (1638N, 9816W), a remarkable
mountain ridge rising to 1168 m (3833 ft) at its NE
end and having the appearance of a castle with
conical turrets at each end.
Pico Corcovado (1704N, 9930W), but is
sometimes obscured by clouds.
147
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
3 Cerro Tetas de Coyuca (1724N, 10005W), two
distinct conical peaks of almost equal height
standing about 1 mile apart; during the rainy
season they are usually obscured by cloud but at
other times they are clearest in the early morning.
Major lights:
Punta Izuca Light (1539N, 9631W) (5.65).
4 Puerto Escondido Light (white octagonal concrete
tower, 15 m in height) (1551N, 9704W).
Punta Maldonado Lighthouse (white square concrete
tower, 15 m in height) (1619N, 9834W).
Isla Roqueta Light (white round concrete tower, 15 m
in height) (1649N, 9954W).
Other navigational aid
5.85
1 Racon: Isla Roqueta Light (1649N, 9954W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 5.14 and 5.66)
Puerto ngel to Punta Maldonado
5.86
1 From a position S of Puerto ngel (1539N, 9631W),
noting the off-lying banks described at 5.8 and 5.83, the
passage leads WNW passing:
SSW of Roca Blanca (lying about 1 miles W of
Puerto ngel Light) and Roca Negra, 2 cables
farther W, which, together with another small rock,
lie between 3 and 3 cables offshore. The bay N
of the rocks is foul and entry should not be
attempted. The coast up to 5 miles W of Puerto
ngel should be given a clearance of at least
1 mile. Thence:
2 SSW of Punta de Rocas (1544N, 9651W), a low
point covered with mangroves; there are several
detached rocks lying off the point, over which the
sea breaks heavily, and shallow water extends
some distance from the point. The coastline on
either side of Punta de Rocas consists of beaches
on which there are rocks and bluffs, and the
bottom off this part of the coast is foul. Thence:
3 SSW of Punta Zicatela (1548N, 9700W), a low,
sandy point, covered with mangroves, from which
shallow water, with heavy breakers, extends some
distance offshore; Ro Zicatela (Sicatela), fronted
by an impassable bar, flows into the sea close W
of the point. A light (not charted) (truncated metal
tower, 4 m in height) is displayed from this
vicinity. Thence:
4 SSW of Punta Escondida (2 miles NW of Punta
Zicatela), which is fringed by rocks, thence:
SSW of Farallones Escondido (1551N, 9705W),
perpendicular rocky bluffs rising to elevations of
from 15 to 30 m, with flat, wooded tops. The W
bluff is low and notably red, and about midway
along the bluffs is a bright yellow spot which is
prominent from W. The bluffs are the first ones of
any size after those (5.82) close W of Puerto
ngel. A light (5.84) is displayed from the bluffs.
Thence:
5 SSW of Piedra Blanca, also known as Alcatraz
(1555N, 9722W), lying 2 cables offshore, a
steep-to rocky islet, with two detached rocks E of
it. A sharp rocky bluff rises to an elevation of
27 m on the coast 1 mile W of the islet, and a reef
extends from the islet towards the bluff making the
passage inside the islet unsafe. Thence:
6 SSW of an underwater rock (about 3 miles W of
Piedra Blanca), with a depth over it of 27 m, and
over which the sea occasionally breaks. The rock
lies about 5 cables offshore, in a position SE of a
rocky bluff which breaks the continuity of the
sandy beach on the shore. Thence:
SSW of the mouth of Ro Grande (about 7 miles W
of Piedra Blanca), a river only open in the rainy
season and which has shallow ground off its
entrance, thence:
7 SSW of Morro Hermoso (1557N, 9732W) (5.84);
a light (truncated pyramidal tower, 7 m in height)
stands behind the headland. There is shoal ground
between the headland and the mouth of Ro
Grande. Thence:
8 SSW of Punta Galera (7 miles W of Morro Hermoso),
a bold, barren, isolated, and rocky headland, which
is connected to the mainland W by a low, narrow
strip of land; the E end of the headland is fringed
by rocks. A light (white truncated pyramidal
concrete tower, 15 m in height) stands on the
headland. Thence:
9 SSW of the mouth of Ro Verde (6 miles W of Punta
Galera), from which large quantities of debris are
deposited which are reported to cause the shoal
ground to the W of the entrance and the uneven
ground off the entrance. The river, the largest on
this part of the coast, is obstructed by an
impassable bar over which breakers extend up to
7 cables in a horseshoe shape from the entrance.
Rocks are reported to lie in the line of breakers.
Seen from E or W the land at the entrance to Ro
Verde shows as a low, sandy point, covered with
trees and fringed by heavy breakers. During and
after rains, the water is discoloured for a distance
offshore. Thence:
10 SSW of a group of rocks from 3 to 46 m high (about
6 miles WNW of Ro Verde), which lie about
2 cables offshore, but which can only be
distinguished when close inshore, thence:
SSW of the entrance to Laguna de Alotengo
(1613N, 9812W), formed by whitish cliffs
rising to 15 to 23 m high, off which the sea
breaks. Roca Tecogame is the largest of a number
of rocks lying off the entrance, and a light
(truncated pyramidal white tower, 7 m in height) is
displayed from El Corralero at the entrance to the
lagoon. Thence:
11 To a position SSW of Bajo Trtaro (Tartar Shoal), a
group of dangerous shoals which lie from 1 to 2 miles
SW of Punta El Recodo (1619N, 9834W), the NW
extremity of Punta Maldonado, from where a light (5.84) is
displayed. Punta Maldonado is a rocky headland about
2 miles in length, faced by white, sandy cliffs, 61 m high,
but which only projects slightly from the general line of
the coast; the land in the vicinity is thickly wooded, rising
to between 90 and 120 m high. Other shoals lie within
1 miles NW of Punta El Recodo, and on the outermost is
a wreck, around which the shoal is extending; the sea
breaks within 6 cables NW of the wreck. The in-going tidal
stream sets N and W and the out-going stream S and E
close inshore off Punta Maldonado; heavy tide rips have
been observed about 6 miles SW of Punta El Recodo. The
current in the vicinity sets SE at a rate of from to 2 kn,
being strongest when the out-going stream is running.
148
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
During the rainy season the current is reported to set
WNW. See also the caution below. There is a good landing
place for boats in a small bight close N of Punta El
Recodo.
5.87
1 Caution. In the vicinity of Punta Maldonado, forest
fires, which occur at the close of the dry season, are liable
to cause so much smoke as to obscure all the land behind
the coastline and may cause mariners to overestimate their
distance from the land. Also, with the rising sun, the
shadow cast beyond the line of breakers makes the beach
appear farther off than may actually be the case. At this
time of the year it is recommended that Punta Maldonado
be given a clearance of not less than 8 miles.
Punta Maldonado to Baha de Acapulco
5.88
1 From a position SSW of Punta Maldonado, the track
continues WNW passing:
SSW of Punta Acamama (1632N, 9852W), a low,
rocky point, fringed by rocks, from where a light
(white round concrete tower, 10 m in height) is
displayed. The light structure is reported to be
difficult to see by day through the trees in the
vicinity. A line of heavy breakers extends about
1 mile SE from the point. Thence:
2 SSW of the entrance to Laguna Chautengo (Nexpa)
(1636N, 9906W); a light (truncated pyramidal
metal tower, 7 m in height) is displayed about
1 miles E of the entrance. The settlement of
Nexpa, a short distance WNW of which is a
prominent tall wooden cross, is situated at the
mouth of Ro Nexpa, 7 miles WNW of this
entrance. Thence:
3 SSW of the entrance to Ro Papagayo (1641N,
9936W), marked on its W side by a low, sandy
point covered with bushes. Heavy breakers extend
from the river mouth which forms the entrance to
Laguna Tres Palos (Papagayo). During the rainy
season, and for some time afterwards, the lagoon
breaks through the beach carrying a heavy deposit,
which adds to the sandy point year by year, and
discolours the water for several miles off the coast.
For mariners navigating inshore, and unsure of
their position, this discolouration gives an
indication of the proximity to Acapulco, but the
sandy point must be given a clearance of at least
1 mile. Thence:
4 SSW of Punta Rocosa (1647N, 9950W) and Punta
Rodrigo (5 cables WNW) (chart 1944), the SE and
S extremities, respectively, of a high promontory,
which appears as an island from a distance of 7 or
8 miles; a rock, 3 m high, stands close S of Punta
Rocosa, and a smaller rock close SW of Punta
Rodrigo. Two hotels (5.112) on the shore of the
bay on the E side of Punta Rocosa are
conspicuous. Thence:
5 SSW of Punta Diamante (1 mile NW of Punta
Rodrigo), a point with distinctive yellowish cliffs,
the W extremity of the above promontory.
Useful marks
5.89
1 Cerro del Ocote (1555N, 9702W).
Cerro San Nicolas (1627N, 9832W).
149
Cerro del Coacoyal (1634N, 9854W).
Aero light (16456 N, 99451W).
(Directions continue for Acapulco at 5.108
and for coastal passage at 5.122)
Bays and anchorages
Puerto Escondido
5.90
1 General information. Puerto Escondido lies at the head
of the bay entered between Punta Escondida (1548N,
9703W) (5.86) and Farallones Escondido 3 miles NW
(5.86); it is open SW but provides an anchorage with good
holding ground. The town, with a population of about
25 000, is a tourist centre.
2 The bay between Punta Escondida and Piedras de la
Marina, a group of rocks from 46 to 122 m high (2 miles
NNW), is lined by a sandy beach on which the sea breaks
heavily.
Local knowledge is required.
3 Directions. A rocky shoal, with a depth over it of 64 m
(21 ft), lies about 1 cables W of the S rocks of Piedras de
la Marina; in 1937 a vessel drawing 79 m reported striking
an obstruction about cable SW of this shoal.
Useful mark:
Puerto Escondido Light (5.84); displayed from
Farallones Escondido.
4 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of from 18 to
23 m with Piedras de la Marina bearing 020; the
anchorage should be approached on this bearing, sounding
carefully.
Landing may be effected on a sandy beach situated
between Piedras de la Marina and a rocky point 2 cables
WNW.
Baha Chacahua
5.91
1 General information. Baha Chacahua is situated
between Punta Encomiedo, the SE extremity of Morro
Hermoso (1557N, 9732W) (5.84), and Punta Galera
(about 7 miles W) (5.86).
The shores of the bay rise to a ridge, which is covered
with dense undergrowth and stunted trees. The entrance to
Laguna de Chacahua, which is accessible to boats in the
rainy season, lies close N of Punta Galera.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Directions. The town of Tututepec, which stands at an
elevation of 274 m, on a spur of the foothills, about
10 miles inland from the head of the bay, is prominent
from offshore when the sun is shining on it; the church
shows up as a white spot on the hillside. The hills N of
Punta Galera and Tututepec are brown and barren, with a
spotted appearance, elsewhere they are thickly wooded.
3 A detached rocky shoal, with a depth over it of 18 m
(6 ft), and on which the sea breaks occasionally, lies about
3 cables SSE of Punta Galera. Another detached reef, with
rocks from 3 to 46 m high, is situated about 5 cables E
of the point; the passage between this reef and Punta
Galera cannot be considered safe.
4 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of from 11 to
18 m, anywhere in the bay, but the best anchorage is
between the 3 to 46 m high rocks and the sandy beach to
the N.
Punta Maldonado
5.92
1 Anchorage can be obtained anywhere off the shore NW
from Punta Maldonado (1619N, 9834W) (5.86) in
depths of 11 to 14 m (36 to 46 ft), sand.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
Baha Dulce
5.93
1 Baha Dulce is entered between the mouth of Ro
Ometepec (1630N, 9844W) and Punta Acamama (about
8 miles WNW) (5.88). The village of Tecoanapa stands on
the E side of the river entrance. Ro Marguelia enters the
bay at its head, at Las Peitas, from where a light (tubular
structure) is displayed.
2 The river discharges large quantities of mud during the
rainy season causing the depths at the entrance to be
changeable and irregular. The shifting bar can only be
crossed by small craft and lighters during favourable
conditions of tide and swell; the SW swell at full and new
moon renders the bar impassable.
West approaches to Baha de Acapulco
5.94
1 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of from 18 to
27 m, sand, with good holding ground, anywhere off the
sandy beach which extends from Punta Acamama (1632N,
9852W) (5.88), as far as Punta Rocosa (chart 1944)
(5.88), on the E side of the approach to Baha de
Acapulco, about 60 miles W. The heavy surf which breaks
along this beach prohibits the possibility of landing
anywhere.
ACAPULCO AND APPROACHES
General information
Charts 1944 plan of Acapulco and approaches; 1051
Position
5.95
1 The port of Acapulco stands in a small bay on the W
side of Baha de Acapulco (1650N, 9953W). It is the
Pacific coast port closest to the capital, Mexico City.
Function
5.96
1 The port, which is a port of entry for the State of
Guerrero, provides alongside berthing for passenger and
cargo vessels, and there are ample depths for the largest
vessels in the anchorage. The export of motor vehicles is a
major function. The city, with a population of about
1 million, is the most popular resort in Mexico and is a
regular port of call for cruise vessels.
Topography
5.97
1 Of the high land in the interior, the most prominent
peaks are Pico Corcovado (5.84), which stands 27 miles
ENE of the bay, and Cerro Tetas de Coyuca (5.84), which
stands 33 miles NNW of the bay.
The land on either side of the entrance to Baha de
Acapulco is known as the Heads of Acapulco. These are
the only rocky projections to break the long sandy beach
which extends WNW from Punta Acamama (1632N,
9852W), to Morro de Papanoa (about 135 miles WNW).
The high land surrounding the bay is visible from a great
distance to seaward.
2 Isla Roqueta (1649N, 9955W) is prominent at the W
entrance to the bay, separated from the mainland by a
narrow channel. The buildings of Acapulco extend around
the bay on all sides and spread upwards to the surrounding
hills.
To the SE of the entrance the yellowish cliffs of Punta
Diamante (3 miles SE of Isla Roqueta) (5.88) stand out
when viewed from S.
150
Approach and entry
5.98
1 Baha de Acapulco is entered through Boca Grande
(5.108), the channel between Isla Roqueta (1649N,
9955W) (5.97) and the mainland (1 miles E); Boca
Chica (5.109), the passage between Isla Roqueta and the
mainland N, is used by small craft and is prohibited to
navigation by large vessels.
Traffic
5.99
1 Approximately 180 vessels use the port annually.
Port Authority
5.100
1 Comision Nacional De Puertos, Costera Miguel Aleman
237, Colonia Centro, 39300 Acapulco, Mexico.
Limiting conditions
5.101
1 Deepest and longest berth. Tourist Wharf (5.114).
Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Mean spring range about 06 m; mean neap range about
01 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled. Alongside: LOA
206 m; draught 106 m.
Arrival information
5.102
1 Coast and port radio. See Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volumes 1(2) and 6(5).
Notice of ETA: 24 hours.
Outer anchorage. A quarantine anchorage is positioned
at the entrance to the bay off Punta Grifo (1650N,
9954W) (5.108).
2 Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours; the
pilot boards about 1 mile SW of the entrance, as shown on
the chart.
Tugs are not available.
Prohibited anchorage area exists, as shown on the
chart, in the vicinity of the naval base at Icacos (1650N,
9951W), on the E side of the bay.
Harbour
General layout
5.103
1 Baha de Acapulco is considered one of the finest
harbours on the W coast of Mexico with depths that can
accommodate the largest vessels. The high mountains and
hills, on all sides of the bay, afford considerable shelter,
and the bay is easy of access, the entrance being both wide
and deep.
A naval base and a tanker berth are situated on the E
side of Baha de Acapulco.
2 Baha Santa Luca, within which lies the main berthing
area, is entered between Punta Grifo (1650N, 9954W)
(5.108), and a point (1 mile NW) on which stands Fuerte
San Diego (San Diego Fort), low and surrounded by trees.
The fort provided the main defence for the port in colonial
times when Acapulco was the terminal for the Manila
convoy; it was also the scene of the last battle for Mexican
independence.
3 Baha Santa Luca is divided at its head by Las Dos
Piedras, two white rocks from which a light (5.112) is
displayed; the principal commercial berths are on a
continuous wharf on the N side of the bay, whilst pleasure
craft facilities occupy the S part.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
Baha de Acapulco (5.103)
(Original dated 2000)
(Photograph Crown Copyright)
Baha de Puerto Marques (5.111), at the E entrance to
the bay, is entered between Punta Diamante (1648N,
9952W) (5.88) and Punta Brujas (1 miles NW) (5.108).
Signal station
5.104
1 There is a signal station at Isla Roqueta Lighthouse
(1649N, 9954W).
Natural conditions
5.105
1 Current. The current sets ESE, at a rate of from to
3 kn, off the Heads of Acapulco (5.97), and for some
distance farther E. A strong SE set has been encountered
just S of the entrance to Baha de Acapulco.
Local weather. The sea breeze is well defined during
the dry season. It usually sets in from SW at about noon,
freshening and becoming more W during the afternoon, but
fading to a calm at dusk. Later, there is a land breeze
which is more irregular both in direction and force.
2 The rainy season lasts from June to the end of October.
During the months of December and January the
temperature rarely exceeds 32C, and this season is
generally pleasant. The heat onshore during the latter part
of the dry season becomes intense. During the rainy season
winds from E and SE prevail.
Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.209.
Principal marks
5.106
1 Landmarks (with positions from Fuerte San Diego
(16510N, 99541W)).
Cross (illuminated) (3 miles SE), standing on high
land on the E side of the entrance.
Radio mast (8 cables SSE), on the W side of the
entrance.
2 Faralln del Obispo (17 miles ENE), a high, rocky
islet, light grey in colour with dark patches, lying
1 cables offshore at the head of the bay. The
rock is a useful mark for keeping in mid-channel
when entering the bay.
TV mast (red obstruction lights) (16524N,
99511W), red and white bands, standing on high
land at the head of the bay.
3 Major light:
Isla Roqueta Light (1649N, 9954W) (5.84).
151
Other navigational aid
5.107
1 Racon: Isla Roqueta Light (1649N, 9954W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions for entering harbour
(continued from 5.89)
Boca Grande
5.108
1 Caution. It was reported (1997) that lit navigational aids
are difficult to see and that many visual navigational aids
may be obscured by hills or cliffs.
From the pilot boarding place about 1 mile SW of the
entrance the fairway leads NNE into Baha de Acapulco,
passing (with positions from Isla Roqueta Light (1649N,
9954W) (5.84)):
2 ESE of Punta Siclata (1 cables S), the S extremity
of Isla Roqueta, thence:
WNW of Punta Brujas (1 miles ESE), the E
entrance point, from where a light (white metal
truncated pyramidal framework tower, red bands,
4 m in height) is displayed; a shoal depth of 17 m
lies 2 cables W of the point close outside the N
limit of visibility of the light. And:
3 ESE of La Yerbabuena (7 cables ENE), a rock
steep-to on its E side, on which stands a light
(truncated pyramidal metal tower, 7 m in height).
Further rocks, over which the sea breaks, extend
1 cables WSW. Passage between La Yerbabuena
and Isla Roqueta should not be attempted. Thence:
4 ESE of Punta Grifo (1 miles NE), from where a
light (white truncated pyramidal concrete tower,
7 m in height) is displayed; the structure is
reported difficult to identify by day. And:
WNW of Punta Guitarrn (2 miles ENE), thence:
Clear of a wreck with a depth over it of 11 m
(2 miles NE).
Boca Chica
5.109
1 Boca Chica is a deep, narrow passage, about 1 cables
wide at its narrowest point, which leads between the N side
of Isla Roqueta and the mainland. It is clear of navigational
dangers, but its use by large vessels is prohibited, due to
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
the large numbers of pleasure craft to be found in the
vicinity.
2 The channel is entered between Punta Lorenz
(16496N, 99549W), from where a light (white round
concrete tower, red bands, 5 m in height) is displayed, and
Punta Coyuca (2 cables SSW), the W extremity of Isla
Roqueta, which is fringed by rocks. Punta Lorenz Light is
only visible in the W entrance to the channel. La Roqueta
Light (white round concrete tower, black bands, 10 m in
height) is displayed from the S side of the narrows,
4 cables ESE of Punta Lorenz.
3 Vessels approaching from N should note a 48 m rocky
patch, reported 1984, position approximate, lying 2 cables
offshore, 8 cables NNW of Punta Lorenz Light.
Dangers at the head of the bay
5.110
1 In addition to Faralln del Obispo (16513 N,
99525W) (5.106), several dangers lie inside the 20 m
depth contour within 4 cables of the shore:
Rocas de San Lorenzo, a chain of rocks, which
extend 2 cables SE from a position on the shore
7 cables WNW of Faralln del Obispo. A 76 m
patch lies 1 cables farther SE.
2 Roca La Seria, a dangerous rock, lying in a patch of
shallow ground 5 cables WSW of Rocas de San
Lorenzo.
Two groups of rocks lying close offshore 4 and
6 cables, respectively, E of Faralln del Obispo;
the latter group is known as La Redonda.
Baha de Puerto Marques
5.111
1 A small rock stands 1 cable offshore, on the N side of
the entrance, 5 cables N of Punta Diamante (1648N,
9952W) (5.88), and breakers form over an area of foul
ground, standing a similar distance offshore, about 3 cables
WNW of the rock.
The inlet affords good shelter from all but W winds and
is free of dangers apart from Piedra Ahogada, on which
stands a light (white metal truncated tower, 4 m in height),
and which lies about 2 cables offshore at the head of the
inlet.
A pier, with a chimney close S, is situated in the SE
part of the inlet.
Useful marks
5.112
1 With positions from Fuerte San Diego (16510N,
99541W):
Light (red round metal tower and hut, 5 m in height)
on the E end of Tourist Wharf (1 cables SE), and
a light (similar structure, painted green) on
Commercial Wharf (2 cables WSW).
Las Dos Piedras Light (red round concrete tower and
hut, 3 m in height) (4 cables SW).
2 Building (position approximate) (1 mile WNW).
Lighthouse structure (35 m in height) (7 cables
SW), above Punta Sirena at the head of Baha
Santa Lucia.
Tank (1 mile SW).
Flagstaff (8 cables SE).
Piedra del Elephante (9 cables SE), reported to be a
good mark when anchoring.
152
3 Two hotels (1647N, 9949W), standing 5 cables
apart, near La Poza on the coast in the E approach
to Acapulco.
Flagstaff (20 m in height) (1 mile NE).
Berths
Anchorages
5.113
1 Anchorage positions are advised by the pilot.
Large vessels usually anchor in depths of from 26 to
33 m, ESE of Fuerte San Diego (16510N, 99541W)
(5.103).
Small vessels anchor in depths of from 18 to 20 m, in
Baha Santa Lucia (5.103), with Fuerte San Diego bearing
about 014, distant 5 cables.
Alongside berths
5.114
1 Baha Santa Lucia. The principal berths lie on a
continuous wharf on the N side of Baha Santa Lucia
(5.103); they comprise (from E to W):
Tourist Wharf: length 206 m, depth alongside 11 m,
cargo and passenger vessels.
Fiscal Wharf: length 198 m, depth alongside 10 m,
cargo vessels.
2 Commercial Wharf: length 150 m, depth alongside
4 m, coastal traffic.
Fishing Wharf: length 173 m, depth alongside 4 m;
fishing vessels also berth on the NW side of the
bay.
3 On occasions vessels alongside the wharf may be subject
to a heavy surge which makes it necessary to lie off a few
feet; the port anchor is usually dropped and a line from the
port quarter secured to a mooring buoy established for that
purpose about 1 cables S of Fuerte San Diego. A second
mooring buoy is anchored 1 cables WSW of the first,
1 cable NNE of Las Dos Piedras Light.
5.115
1 Icacos. There are two berths at Icacos (1650N,
9951W) on the E side of the bay:
Pemex pier: 48 m in length with a depth of 5 m
alongside.
Naval pier: 110 m in length with a depth of 5 m
alongside.
Port services
5.116
1 Repairs. Minor repairs can be carried out; several
slipways, the largest with a length of 67 m and a lifting
capacity of 254 tonnes.
Other facilities. Several hospitals and clinics; deratting
certificates.
Supplies. Fuel oil and diesel oil available; fresh water
available alongside; provisions available.
Communications. International airport 15 km distant.
Small craft
5.117
1 The S and SW part of Baha Santa Lucia (1650N,
9954W) (5.103) form a yacht harbour. On the S side of
the bay there is a yacht club, with a harbour comprising
numerous pontoons protected by a breakwater. La Marina
(not charted) with accommodation for over 290 boats, is
situated at the head of the bay at Punta Sirena.
All the usual facilities for recreational craft are available
at Acapulco.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
BAHA DE ACAPULCO TO
LZARO CRDENAS
General information
Charts 1051, 1053
Route
5.118
1 From the approaches to Baha de Acapulco (1650N,
9953W) the route leads initially WNW for about 70 miles
to the vicinity of Morro de Papanoa, thence NW for about
another 70 miles to the approaches to Lzaro Crdenas
(1756N, 10211W).
Topography
5.119
1 The coast between Baha de Acapulco and Morro de
Papanoa is formed, to within 3 miles of Morro de Papanoa
(5.120), by a sandy beach backed by heavy undergrowth,
and interspersed with coconut and other palms. The land
immediately behind the coast is low and cultivated, but
farther inland it rises, in successive mountain ranges, until
it attains an elevation of 3700 m behind Cerro Tetas de
Coyuca (1724N, 10005W) (5.84). Several lagoons lie
close to the coast, and during the rainy season several
small rivers, with villages close to their mouths, flow into
the sea along this stretch of coast; these include Ro
Coyuca and Ro San Jernimo (15 and 38 miles WNW
respectively, of Baha de Acapulco), and Boca San Luis
(9 miles ESE of Morro de Papanoa).
2 From Morro de Papanoa to Morro de Petatln (28 miles
NW) (5.120) the coast is lined by a beach which is
interrupted by the mouth of Ro Coyuguilla (4 miles NW of
Morro de Papanoa) and by Punta Japutica (5 miles farther
NW) (5.122). One mile E of Punta Japutica, a remarkable
patch of bright, clear sand, surrounded by bushes, and
which slopes upwards for between 20 and 30 m, stands
about 1 cables behind the beach; a short distance farther
E there is a large coconut grove.
3 West of Morro de Petatln the coast becomes bold and
rocky, and is formed into a series of bays, fronted by
islands, as far as Isla Grande (15 miles NW of Morro de
Petatln) (5.120).
4 The coast from Isla Grande to the delta of Ro Balsas
(about 31 miles NW) (5.133) is formed into a large bay,
lined by a steep-to sandy beach broken only by Punta
Trocones, a cliffy headland, which rises to a height of
165 m about 9 miles NNW of Isla Grande.
Principal marks
5.120
1 Landmarks:
Cerro Tetas de Coyuca (1724N, 10005W) (5.84).
Morro de Papanoa (1716N, 10103W), a bold,
rocky headland, covered with brush; it is the W of
four bluffs which form a stretch of coast about
3 miles long.
Morro de Petatln (1732N, 10127W), a prominent,
high, brush covered point, which is connected to
the mainland by a low wooded isthmus.
2 Punta Garrobo Lighthouse (white square tower and
dwelling, 13 m in height) (1737N, 10133W),
which is displayed at an elevation of 115 m at the
E entrance to Baha de Zihuatanejo.
Roca Negra (1735N, 10133W), a steep-to rock, on
which stands a light (5.122).
3 Isla Grande (1740N, 10140W), an irregularly
shaped island, covered with brush and
undergrowth, from where a light (5.122) is
displayed.
Puerto Lzaro Crdenas Lighthouse (white concrete
tower, blue bands, 36 m in height) (1755N,
10210W) standing about 1 mile ENE of Punta
Mangrove.
Puerto Lazaro Cardenas Light from N (5.120)
(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph Crown Copyright)
4 Major lights:
Punta Garrobo Light as above.
Puerto Lzaro Crdenas Light as above.
Other navigational aids
5.121
1 Racons:
Isla Roqueta Light (1649N, 9954W).
Puerto Lzaro Crdenas Light as above.
For further information see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 5.89)
5.122
1 From a position S of Isla Roqueta Lighthouse (1649N,
9954W) (5.84), the coastal passage to the approaches to
Lzaro Crdenas (1756N, 10211W) leads generally
WNW, thence NW, passing:
SSW of Coyuca de Bentez Light (white tubular
tower, 6 m in height) (not charted), 8 miles NW
of Isla Roqueta Lighthouse, thence:
2 Clear of a depth of 113 m (37 ft) (reported 1970),
lying 4 miles SSE of Punta Apusabalcos
(1708N, 10040W), thence:
SSW of Morro de Papanoa (1716N, 10103W)
(5.120) from where a light (silver metal tower,
12 m in height) is displayed. Isolated depths of
27 m (15 fm) (reported 1949), and 58 m (32 fm)
(reported 1969), lie 8 miles SW, and 12 miles
WSW, respectively of Morro de Papanoa. Thence:
3 SW of Morro de las Animas (about 3 miles N of
Morro de Papanoa), a large white rock lying
5 cables offshore; there is a clear passage, with
depths of 55 m (18 ft), between the rock and the
mainland. Thence:
153
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
4 SW of Punta Japutica (9 miles NW of Morro de
Papanoa), a low, black, rocky point off which
breakers have been observed in heavy weather.
The point is easily recognised as it is the only
prominent projection on this part of the coast. El
Calvario Light (5.124) stands close E of the point.
Thence:
5 SW of Rocas Potos, a group of barren islets and
rocks which range between 8 and 61 m in height,
made distinctive by guano, and which lie between
1 and 1 miles W of Punta Gorda, the W
extremity of Morro de Petatln (1732N,
10127W) (5.120), from where a light (truncated
pyramidal tower, 7 m in height) is displayed.
Thence:
6 SW of Roca Negra (1735N, 10133W) (5.120),
from where a light (white truncated metal tower,
7 m in height) is displayed, thence:
SW of Bajo Sacramento (3 miles WNW of Roca
Negra), a group of below-water rocks with a least
depth of 7 m, thence:
7 SW of Islas Blancas (6 miles WNW of Roca Negra),
a group of rocks between 6 and 46 m in height;
the rocks are prominent, showing white with the
sun on them, and brown at other times. They may
be passed safely at mile off. Thence:
8 SW of Punta Ixtapa (1740N, 10139W), the W
extremity of Isla de Api, a small island 66 m high
connected at LW to a high narrow peninsula
projecting about 5 cables from the coast, thence:
SW of Isla Grande (7 cables NW of Punta Ixtapa)
(5.120), from where a light (white truncated
pyramidal tower, 7 m in height) is displayed,
thence:
To the approaches to Lzaro Crdenas.
Clearing marks
5.123
1 The alignment (325) of Punta Ixtapa with the W
extremity of Isla Grande passes SW of Bajo Sacramento
and Islas Blancas.
Useful marks
5.124
1 Radio mast (red and white lights) standing on the
summit of Monte Tepequa, 3 miles NE of Morro
de Papanoa (1716N, 10103W); the lights have
been reported visible at a distance of 25 miles.
El Calvario Light (truncated pyramidal metal tower,
7 m in height) (1723N, 10109W).
Cerro Ixtapa (1741N, 10138W).
(Directions continue for Lzaro Crdenas at
5.142 and for coastal passage at 5.149)
Anchorages
5.125
1 Anchoring is possible almost anywhere along the coast
between Baha de Acapulco and Morro de Papanoa. The
beach may be approached with safety and anchorage
obtained, about 5 cables offshore, in depths of from 18 to
27 m (10 to 15 fm).
Landing is almost impossible due to the surf.
Baha de Tequepa
5.126
1 Description. Baha de Tequepa, the bay formed on the
N side of Morro de Papanoa (1716N, 10103W) (5.120)
154
offers shelter except from winds between SW and NW. The
land behind the bay is high and thickly wooded.
Anchorage may be obtained about 5 cables from the
beach, in depths of 20 m (11 fm).
2 Puerto Vicente Guerrero, a fishing village, is situated
in the S part of the bay, and is entered between two
breakwaters on the heads of which stand lights (truncated
metal towers, 7 m in height). Depths in the W part of the
harbour, in which there is a wharf, generally exceed 4 m;
depths in the E part, in which there are two jetties,
generally exceed 25 m, except in the vicinity, and inshore
of, an above-water rock lying about cable E of the E
breakwater head.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha de Potos
5.127
1 Description. Baha de Potos (Petatln), which is
situated N of Punta Gorda (1732N, 10127W) (5.122), is
sheltered except from winds between SW and NW. An
airport stands at the head of the bay.
Rocas Potos (5.122) lie in the E entrance to the bay,
separated from Punta Gorda by a deep passage 1 mile wide.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Anchorage may be obtained in a depth of 18 m (60 ft),
hard sand, about 1 miles NNE of Punta Gorda.
Landing may be effected where the shingle and sand
meet, about 5 cables E of Punta Gorda.
Chart 1053 (see 1.14)
Baha de Zihuatanejo
5.128
1 Description. Baha de Zihuatanejo, which is entered
between Punta Garrobo (1737N, 10133W), from where a
light (5.120) is displayed, and Punta San Esteban (1 mile
NW), is a small but excellent harbour, easy of access, and
with deep water close up to the rocks on either side of the
entrance.
2 The land all round the harbour, except at the head and
along part of the E shore, rises abruptly from the beach.
The mountains in the interior are from over 900 to 2300 m
in height. The tourist resort of Zihuatanejo occupies the
head of the harbour but is not visible until well inside the
entrance.
The bay is open SW and a heavy swell rolls in.
3 Anchorage may be obtained, as convenient, in depths of
from 11 to 18 m (36 to 60 ft), soft mud, with good holding
ground.
Berth. In the NW of the bay there is a pier, 80 m in
length with depths alongside of 21 to 37 m, mainly for
use by tourist boats.
Baha de San Juan de Dios
5.129
1 Description. Baha de San Juan de Dios lies between
Punta Carrizo (1738N, 10136W) and Punta Ixtapa
(3 miles WNW) (5.122). The tourist resort of Ixtapa
extends around the head of the bay, fronted by a long
beach behind which stand several prominent hotels. At the
W extremity of this beach two breakwaters protect the
entrance to the port of Ixtapa, which has berths for fishing
vessels and provides access to Ixtapa Marina, with
accommodation for over 600 small craft. Light-buoys mark
the entrance to the harbour and a light (round metal tower,
5 m in height) stands on each breakwater.
2 The entrance to the bay is obstructed by Bajo
Sacramento (5.122) and Islas Blancas (5.122); local
knowledge is required.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
Baha Isla Grande
5.130
1 Description. Baha Isla Grande is situated between Isla
Grande (1740N, 10140W) (5.120) and the mainland to
the N and E; it is open NW. Ro Ixtapa (Ro Rincn) flows
into the sea on the N side of the bay; the mouth of the
river is obstructed by a bar on which there are heavy
breakers but it can be entered by boats in smooth periods.
2 Directions. The N extremity of Isla Grande is fringed
by rocks and an isolated rock, with a least charted depth of
15 m (5 ft) over it and marked by a light-buoy, lies
5 cables N of this N extremity. The passage between the E
extremity of the island and the mainland SE is encumbered
by rocks over which the sea breaks.
3 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of about 9 m
(30 ft) about 2 cables N of Isla Grande Light (5.122).
Anchorage may also be obtained between the S extremity
of the island and Punta Ixtapa (6 cables SE) (5.122), in
depths of about 14 m, but the former anchorage is to be
preferred.
Chart 1053
Boca de la Salada
5.131
1 Anchorage. Boca de la Salada (1750N, 10146W)
provides the only reasonable depths for anchoring off the
steep-to sandy beach which lines the coast between Isla
Grande and Baha de Petacalco (32 miles NW).
Local knowledge is required.
Baha de Petacalco
5.132
1 Description. Baha de Petacalco (1759N, 10205W) is
the open bay NE of Lzaro Crdenas. The bottom is very
uneven, lumpy and shifting; soundings cannot be relied on
so the shore should be approached with great caution.
Local knowledge is required.
Landing may be effected on the W side of the head of
the bay.
LZARO CRDENAS
General information
Chart 1944 plan of Puerto Lazaro Cardenas and approaches
Position
5.133
1 Lzaro Crdenas (1756N, 10211W) is situated in the
delta of Ro Balsas. The river, one of the longest and
largest in Mexico, and which marks the boundary between
the states of Guerrero and Michoacn, farther W, discharges
into the sea through three mouths; the port stands at the
mouth of the SE branch.
Function
5.134
1 The port serves a steel mill and an industrial complex
and, in addition to extensive bulk cargo facilities, handles
general cargo and container traffic. A naval base is also
located at the port. The population is about 65 000.
Topography
5.135
1 Punta Mangrove (Mongrove) (1755N, 10211W), a
low, rounded, extended point, between 6 and 9 m high and
covered with mangroves and palm trees, forms the low S
extremity of the delta.
155
From a distance the structures of the steel mill and
industrial complex are prominent above the low-lying
ground of the delta, particularly at night when industrial
flames, smoke and working lights can be seen at a distance
of 25 miles; several towers to the W of the entrance are
marked by red lights. The container gantries also stand out
well.
2 During the rainy season, the river discharges large
quantities of muddy water, discolouring the surface of the
sea for from 8 to 10 miles from the land; in August 1960
this discolouration was observed 22 miles offshore.
Approach and entry
5.136
1 The port is entered between breakwaters, through a
dredged channel, on the alignment of leading lights at the
head of the harbour.
Traffic
5.137
1 In 2002, 94 vessels used the port totalling 4 736 033 dwt.
Port Authority
5.138
1 Capitania de Puerto, Av Prolongacion Lzaro Crdenas 1,
Lzaro Crdenas 60950, Mexico.
Website: www.puerto-lazarocardenas.com
Limiting conditions
5.139
1 Controlling depths. The entrance channel, 200 m wide,
is dredged to a depth in excess of 16m. Though the normal
limiting draught is about 135 m, this may be reduced due
to swell, in the rainy season, April to August.
Deepest and longest berth. Coal berth (5.143).
Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Mean maximum range about 04 m.
2 Density of water is very variable ranging from 1024
g/cm3 in the dry season to 1012 g/cm3 in the rainy season.
Maximum size of vessel handled: LOA 300 m, draught
132 m.
Arrival information
5.140
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
Notice of ETA: 24 hours.
Outer anchorage. Depths off the delta are very
irregular, the bottom being of shifting sand and mud from
the river; breakers have been reported about 2 miles SE,
and 2 miles S of Punta Mangrove (1755N, 10211W)
(5.135).
2 Anchorage may be obtained, as shown on the chart, in
depths of about 30 m, good holding ground, WSW of the
landfall light-buoy (17534N, 102095W) and close to
the pilot boarding position.
Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours; the
pilot boards, as shown on the chart, in the vicinity of the
landfall light-buoy (17534N, 102095W), or at the
anchorage, or farther offshore on request.
3 Tugs are available and their use is compulsory.
Traffic regulations. Vessels of more than LOA 200 m
are restricted to daylight movements only.
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

a
a Coal Terminal Silo

a
Lazaro Cardenas Entrance (5.141)
(Original dated 2000)
(Photograph Crown Copyright)

Harbour steel, general cargo, fertilizer and container cargoes are

5.141
1 General layout. A channel, about 1650 m in length,
200 m wide, and dredged to a depth in excess of 16 m,
leads NW from the port entrance to a turning basin, about
700 m in diameter and dredged to a similar depth; a branch
of Ro Balsas, which shoals rapidly, leads NNW from the
turning basin. The harbour is formed by basins which lead
NE and SW from the turning basin; the NE basin further
divides into two branches 1400 m above the turning basin.
Grain and oil cargoes are handled in the NE basin, and
handled in the SW basin. A coal terminal lies on the N
side of the entrance channel.
2 Local traffic. Fishing vessels transit between the mouth
of Ro Balsas NE of the turning basin and the harbour
entrance, with peak times early in the morning and late in
the evening.
Local weather. During the rainy season (July to
October) there are occasional squalls. The prevailing winds
are WNW.

156
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

3 Principal marks. Supplies. Bunkers at the Pemex berth; fresh water by

Landmarks:
Puerto Lzaro Crdenas Lighthouse (1755N,
10210W) (5.120).
Grain silo (17565N, 102107W).
Major light:
Puerto Lzaro Crdenas Light.
Directions
(continued from 5.124)
5.142
1 Entry leading lights. From the vicinity of 1755N,
10209W the alignment (302) of lights, displayed from
the W bank of Ro Balsas, leads through the buoyed
entrance channel and into the turning basin:
Front light (white truncated pyramidal metal tower,
13 m in height) (17563N, 102112W).
Rear light (similar structure, 20 m in elevation) (about
300 m NW of the front light).
2 Caution. A cross current may be experienced at the
harbour entrance.
From the turning basin the alignment (033) of
light-beacons, standing on the shore about 1 miles NNE
from the turning basin, leads into the NE part of the
harbour to the grain terminal and Pemex tanker berths.
Lateral light-buoys mark this channel.
Front light (grey truncated pyramidal metal tower,
7 m in height).
Rear light (similar structure) (about 70 m NNE from
the front light).
3 Useful marks (with positions from Puerto Lzaro
Crdenas Light (1755N, 10210W):
Breakwater lights (white truncated pyramidal metal
towers, blue bands, 7 m in height) (3 cables E and
4 cables NE).
Fertinal Quay Light (metal post, 2 m in height)
(6 cables NW).
Pemex Light (red tubular structure, 9 m in height)
(9 cables NW).
Berths
5.143
1 With positions from Puerto Lzaro Crdenas Light
(1755N, 10210W):
Coal berth (4 cables N): length 400 m, depth
alongside 152 to 164 m.
Fertinal Quay (7 cables WNW): length 509 m, depth
alongside from 122 to 137 m.
2 Container Terminal (8 cables WNW): length 284 m,
depth alongside 137 m.
General Cargo Quay (9 cables W): length 504 m,
depth alongside 125 m.
Metal and Minerals Wharf (10 cables WNW): length
650 m, depths alongside from 134 to 14 m.
3 Grain Terminal (11 cables NNW): length 250 m,
depth alongside 137 m.
Pemex Tanker Berth (12 cables N): length 200 m,
depth alongside 134 m.
LPG facilities are available at the Fertinal and Pemex
berths.
Port services
5.144
1 Repairs. Facilities to undertake medium sized repairs are
available.
Other facilities. Several hospitals; deratting exemption
certificates; garbage disposal.
tanker trucks; provisions.
Communications. Local airport 5 km distant; nearest
international airport at Zihuatanejo, 120 km distant.
LZARO CRDENAS TO
BAHA DE MANZANILLO
General information
Chart 1053
Route
5.145
1 From the S approaches to Lzaro Crdenas (1756N,
10211W) the route leads initially WNW for about
81 miles to the vicinity of Punta San Telmo (1820N,
10330W), thence NW for about 65 miles to the
approaches to Baha de Manzanillo (1904N, 10421W).
Topography
5.146
1 The coast for a distance of about 17 miles WNW of
Punta Mangrove (Mongrove) (1755N, 10211W) (5.135)
is formed by a sandy beach, across which streams run in
many places during the rainy season. The tourist resort of
Playa Azul is situated on this sandy beach, about 8 miles
WNW of Punta Mangrove. From the W end of this beach,
as far as Bufadero (5.149), about 16 miles W, the coastline
comprises a series of small cliffs, close off which there are
many detached rocks. Ro Carrizal flows into the sea
13 miles WNW of Playa Azul, and the settlement of
Chula lies 5 miles farther WNW. The village of Caleta de
Campos is situated about 2 miles NW of Bufadero.
2 From Bufadero to Punta San Telmo (46 miles WNW)
the coast consists of long stretches of sandy beaches,
broken at intervals by series of bluffs, and backed inland
by mountainous and densely wooded country. The peaks of
Tetas de Tejupan (1824N, 10311W) stand 11 miles
inland; the N mountain is wooded to the top and the other
is almost bare but from some aspects they are difficult to
identify against the higher peaks in the interior. Notable
features on the coast include a prominent yellowish white
cliff about 2 miles WNW of Ensenada de Pichilinguillo
(1812N, 10307W) (5.152), and a prominent sugarloaf
rock, 23 m high, which stands at the W end of a white,
sandy beach, about 3 miles ESE of Punta San Telmo.
3 North-west of Punta San Telmo, as far as Punta Cabeza
Negra (20 miles NW) (5.147), the coastline continues as a
series of rocky bluffs with sandy beaches between them. A
line of cliffs, fringed by detached rocks, and backed by a
short range of hills, 440 m (1440 ft) high, extends for about
2 miles NNW from a position 8 miles NW of Punta San
Telmo, and a prominent table topped mountain stands
4 miles inland, 12 miles N of Punta San Telmo.
4 Thence the coast from Punta Cabeza Negra to Punta
Campos, 44 miles NW in the approach to Baha de
Manzanillo, is formed by a grey, sandy beach, on which
the sea breaks heavily. Lagoons parallel the coast about
1 mile inside it, the NW being Laguna de Cuyutln, whose
W shore is formed by the high land extending inland from
Punta Campos; the railway line from Manzanillo runs
between the lagoon and the coast.
Principal marks
5.147
1 Landmarks:
Puerto Lzaro Crdenas Lighthouse (1755N,
10210W) (5.120).

157
Home Contents Index
Caleta de Campos Lighthouse (square stone tower,
16 m in height) (1804N, 10245W) stands on
Bufadero (5.149).
2 Punta Cabeza Negra (1836N, 10343W), a cliffy,
densely wooded peninsula, appearing at a distance
from SE of NW as an island, but which is
connected to the mainland by a low sandy isthmus.
A light (5.149) stands on the point.
3 Punta Campos Lighthouse (white octagonal concrete
tower on dwelling, 11 m in height) (1901N,
10421W).
Volcn de Colima (1931N, 10337W), the W
extremity of the volcanic chain that traverses
Mexico from E to W.
4 Nevado de Colima (Volcn de Safa) (3 miles N of
Volcn de Colima), an extinct crater, usually
covered with snow.
Cerro de Juluapan (1909N, 10425W) (5.158).
Cono del Buque Perdido (3 miles SW of Cerro de
Juluapan) (5.158).
5 Major lights:
Puerto Lzaro Crdenas Light (1755N, 10210W)
(5.120).
Caleta de Campos Light as above.
Punta San Telmo Lighthouse (white square concrete
tower, dwelling, 12 m in height) (1820N,
10330W).
Punta Campos Light as above.
Other navigational aid
5.148
1 Racon: Puerto Lzaro Crdenas Light (1755N,
10210W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 5.124)
5.149
1 From a position S of Puerto Lzaro Crdenas Light
(1755N, 10210W), and clear of the anchorage area, the
passage leads WNW, then NW passing:
2 SSW of Bufadero (1804N, 10245W), a prominent,
reddish bluff, at the foot of which is a rock with a
blow hole through which water spouts; a light
(5.147) stands on the bluff, and a white painted
house on top is prominent. The bluff is reported to
be prominent on radar. Attention is drawn to an
isolated bank, with a depth over it of 27 m (15 fm)
(reported (1951)), position approximate, lying
about 12 miles W of Bufadero Light. Thence:
3 SSW of Punta Inguana (Lizardo) (1811N,
10307W), a dark, bluff headland, 30 m high,
1 mile long on its seaward face, thickly wooded,
and which is fringed by rocks, thence:
SSW of the mouth of Ro de Coalcomn (8 miles
WNW of Punta Inguana), off which there is an
area of foul ground; detached rocks extend up to
nearly 1 mile offshore in places between the river
mouth and Punta Piedras Blancas. Thence:
4 SSW of Punta Piedras Blancas (1815N, 10322W),
a high, white bluff, close off which lies Piedra
Blanca, a white rock, 33 m high. Attention is
drawn to a bank with a depth over it of 37 m
(20 fm) which lies outside the 183 m (100 fm)
depth contour, 5 miles WSW of Punta Piedras
Blancas. Thence:
CHAPTER 5
5 SSW and SW of Punta San Telmo (1820N,
10330W), which, together with Punta Tejupan
(2 miles NNW), appears as one projecting point
comprised of a series of rocky bluffs, and is
reported to give good radar response. A light
(5.147) is displayed from Punta San Telmo; three
prominent rocky islets lie off the point about
1 miles NW of the light. Thence:
6 SW of a patch of foul ground which extends about
1 miles W from Punta Tejupan. During the hours
of darkness both these points should be given a
wide berth due to the low lying nature of the land
and to the variable currents which set along this
part of the coast. Thence:
7 SW of Punta Cabeza Negra (1836N, 10343W)
(5.147), from where a light (truncated pyramidal
metal tower, 7 m in height) is displayed; foul
ground is reported to extend 7 cables offshore,
3 miles ESE of the point. Roca Pelicano, a small
white rock, 23 m high, lies about 2 cables from the
NW side of the point. Thence:
8 SW of the mouth of Ro Coahuayana (5 miles
NNW of Punta Cabeza Negra), from where
breakers extend 5 cables to seaward, thence:
SW of a detached, steep-to rock (2 m (5 ft) high)
(1849N, 10356W), lying 5 cables offshore; this
is the only charted danger lying between Punta
Cabeza Negra and Punta Campos. Thence:
9 SW of Roca Vela which has the appearance of a sail,
and lies 3 cables S of Punta Campos (1901N,
10421W), a bluff headland, reported to be
prominent on radar, at the S extremity of a narrow,
but high stretch of land extending S from
Manzanillo; a light (5.147) is displayed from the
headland. Roca Vela is fringed by rocks, and a
rock, 6 m high, lies in the passage between the
island and Punta Campos; navigation through this
passage is not recommended.
Useful marks
5.150
1 White building (charted as a tower) (1758N,
10216W).
Hill (440 m (1443 ft) high) (1805N, 10248W).
Hill (652 m (2140 ft) high) (1818N, 10320W), in
the shape of a smooth, wooded cone.
(Directions continue for Baha de Manzanillo at
5.159 and for coastal passage at 5.178)
Anchorages
General
5.151
1 Anchorage may be obtained, at distances from 5 to
7 cables offshore, in depths of 18 to 27 m (10 to 15 fm),
off the beach (5.146) which extends 17 miles WNW from
Punta Mangrove (Mongrove) (1755N, 10211W).
Anchorage may also be obtained anywhere off the coast
between Punta Cabeza Negra (1836N, 10343W) (5.147)
and Punta Campos (44 miles NW) (5.149), except directly
off the mouth of Ro Armeria, 22 miles NW of Punta
Cabeza Negra, where a submarine canyon extends seaward.
Ensenada de Pichilinguillo
5.152
1 Description. Ensenada de Pichilinguillo, which provides
anchorage for small coasters, is an open bay, with a sandy
beach at its head, entered close W of Punta Inguana
(Lizardo) (1811N, 10307W) (5.149).
158
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
A rocky islet, 30 m high, lies 7 cables ESE of the W
entrance to the bay and there are many underwater rocks
between it and the shore NW; other dangers lie at the W
entrance to the bay. The islet, though reported to be a good
radar target, is not easily identified until close inshore.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 18 m (60 ft),
on the line between the islet and Punta Inguana; small craft
may find better shelter, in depths of 10 m (33 ft), 2 cables
from the head of the bay.
Baha de Maruata
5.153
1 Description. Baha de Maruata (1815N, 10321W),
situated 7 cables E of Punta Piedras Blancas (5.149), is a
small, open bay, used occasionally by vessels loading dye
woods. The N shore of the bay is lined by a white beach,
and four islets lie within 2 cables E of a rocky bluff at the
W end of the bay.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Useful marks:
Piedra Blanca (7 cables W of the bay) (5.149).
Hill (3 miles N of the bay) (5.150).
Anchorage may be obtained about 3 cables from the
beach, with the E islet bearing 284, in depths of 13 m
(43 ft), mud.
Punta Cabeza Negra
5.154
1 Anchorage may be obtained N of Punta Cabeza Negra
(1836N, 10343W) (5.147), in a position about 5 cables
NE of Roca Pelicano (5.149) and about the same distance
from the shore.
Local knowledge is required.
Landing may be effected on the beach.
BAHA DE MANZANILLO
AND APPROACHES
General information
Charts 516 plan of Baha de Manzanillo and Baha de Santiago,
plan of Manzanillo Harbour; 1053
Description
5.155
1 Baha de Manzanillo is the E of four bays which lie in
the large indentation formed between Punta Campos
(1901N, 10421W) and Punta Carrizal (7 miles NW).
The bay is entered between Punta Ojo de Agua (1903N,
10421W) and Punta Santiago (2 miles NNW). Baha de
Santiago (5.169) and Baha Cenicero (5.170) lie 2, and
5 miles W, respectively, of Baha de Manzanillo, and the
smaller Ensenada Carrizal is situated in the W part of
Baha Cenicero. The harbour of Manzanillo lies on the S
side of Baha de Manzanillo.
2 Depths in the bay, which is steep-to at its head, range
from about 48 m (26 fm) at the entrance to 10 m (32 ft) at
2 cables from the head.
Topography
5.156
1 From Punta Campos, a high, narrow neck of land
extends about 2 miles NNE to Manzanillo harbour;
8 cables N of the point Laguna de Cuyutln (5.146) can be
seen through a gap in the high land. North of the harbour
entrance, the head of the bay, formed by a narrow, built up
peninsula and lined by a sandy beach, extends about
3 miles NW where it is bounded by a high peninsula
extending about 1 mile SW from the N shore; similar
projections 1 and 2 miles farther W bound the entrances to
the other bays on the N side of the approach.
Local weather
5.157
1 Winds. Baha de Manzanillo is safe from all winds
except those from the W and SW. Gales are not frequent
and are particularly rare during the dry season; but when
they do occur, can be severe and sweep across the bay.
Climate. The climate is said to be pleasant in the dry
season from December to May; the mornings and evenings
being cool. The rainy season lasts from June to November.
Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.211.
Principal marks
5.158
1 Landmarks:
Volcn de Colima (1931N, 10337W) (5.147).
Nevado de Colima (3 miles N of Volcn de Colima)
(5.147).
Cerro de Juluapan (1909N, 10425W), a flat topped
peak.
Cono del Buque Perdido (3 miles SW of Cerro de
Juluapan), a cone shaped peak.
2 Chimney (1901N, 10419W), position approximate,
one of three at a power station; the smoke from
the chimneys is often evident.
Punta Campos Lighthouse (1901N, 10421W)
(5.147).
White cross (19032N, 104203W), position
approximate, standing on the summit of Viga
Grande.
3 Punta Carrizal Lighthouse (truncated pyramidal metal
tower, 7 m in height) (1905N, 10427W).
Piedra Blanca (1906N, 10430W), a steep-to,
precipitous islet, coloured white by guano, and
which appears wedge shaped from W.
4 Major lights:
Punta Campos Light (1901N, 10421W) (5.147).
Light (1909N, 10434W).
Directions
(continued from 5.150)
Approach from south
5.159
1 From a position SW of Punta Campos (1901N,
10421W) the track leads generally NNE into the bay,
passing (with positions from Punta Campos):
WNW of Roca Vela (3 cables S) (5.149), thence:
WNW of Punta Ventanas (7 cables NNW), which is
fringed by rocks up to 1 cable NW, and:
2 Clear of, depending on draught, a bank extending
4 cables NW/SE, with a least depth over it of
(119 m (39 ft), (1 miles NW), thence:
WNW of Punta Ojo de Agua (2 miles N), the S
entrance point to the bay, which is fringed by
rocks, thence:
3 WNW of Punta Chiquita del Viejo (2 miles NNE);
foul ground extends up to 1 cables off the coast
between this point and the root of Manzanillo
breakwater. And:
ESE of the landfall light-buoy (pillar, safe water)
(19042N, 104214E), thence:
4 WNW of the head of Manzanillo breakwater
(2 miles NNE), from the head of which a light
(round concrete tower, 7 m in height) is displayed.
159
Home Contents Index
Approach from west
5.160
1 From a position S of Punta Carrizal (1905N,
10427W), a bluff point fringed by rocks, one of which is
high and prominent, and from where a light (5.158) is
displayed, the track leads generally E into the bay passing
(with positions from Punta Carrizal):
2 Either side of Los Frailes (3 miles ESE), a group of
seven small, detached rocks lying 5 cables SSE of
Punta de Juluapan, the S extremity of a high
peninsula, 1 mile in length; a light (round GRP
tower, 2 m in height) stands on the SE rock of Los
Frailes. Thence:
3 S of Roca Pelicano (6 miles E), a high, whitish rock
lying close off Punta Santiago, the S extremity of
a high peninsula, 1 mile in length, the N entrance
point to the bay, and:
N of the landfall light-buoy (pillar, safe water)
(19042N, 104214E).
Useful marks
5.161
1 With positions from the breakwater light (19036N,
104190W).
Radio mast (red lights) (1 miles NNE), at the head
of the bay.
Radio mast (elevation 126 m (413 ft)) (red lights)
(6 cables SSW), standing on the summit of Viga
Chico.
2 Hospital (8 cables SE), situated on the E side of
Cerro San Pedrito.
Radio mast (red lights) (1 mile S).
Manzanillo Harbour
General information
5.162
1 Position. The harbour of Manzanillo (1903N,
10420W) is situated on the S side of Baha de
Manzanillo, and extends into Laguna de San Pedrito, an
extensive area of water which lies behind the head of the
bay.
Function. The port, a major export centre for Mexico on
the Pacific coast, is the port of entry for the State of
Colima and is equipped to handle most types of cargo,
including oil and ore cargoes, and containers; it is also a
naval base and a tourist port.
The population of Manzanillo is over 150 000.
2 Approach and entry. The outer port is entered from N
between breakwaters; the inner port is entered from the
outer port on the alignment of leading lights.
Traffic. In 2002, 468 vessels called at the port totalling
17 876 666 dwt.
Port Authority. Administracion Portuaria de Manzanillo,
Ave Teniente Azueta No 9, Colonia Buricata, Manzanillo,
Colima, Mexico.
Website: www.apimanzanillo.com.mx
Limiting conditions
5.163
1 Controlling depth in the access channel to the inner
harbour and the inner harbour turning basin is 14 m (46 ft).
Lesser depths are charted and confirmation should be
sought from the Port Authority. The secondary channel
leading farther N from the turning basin to the container
basin, and the access channel to the fishing harbour, have
depths of 7 m (23 ft).
CHAPTER 5
Tidal levels: See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Mean spring range about 05 m, mean neap range about
01 m.
2 Maximum size of vessel handled. Vessels up to LOA
275 m and draught 128 m can be accommodated at Pemex
terminal in the outer harbour. Vessels with a draught of
137 m are reported to be able to use the inner harbour.
Arrival information
5.164
1 Coast and port radio. For details see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volumes 1(2) and 6(5).
Notice of ETA: 72, 48 and 24 hours.
Outer anchorage. See 5.172.
Inner anchorage. Temporary anchorage may be
obtained inside the outer harbour, in depths of from 11 to
16 m (36 to 53 ft), S of a line joining the head of the
breakwaters.
2 Pilotage is compulsory and is available from 0800 to
1800 but can be arranged on request outside these hours.
The pilot usually boards, as shown on the chart, in the
large vessel anchorage but will meet vessels farther out on
request; the pilot boat is painted black, with the letter H on
a white superstructure. Boarding is not possible in bad
weather.
Tugs are available and are compulsory for berthing
alongside.
Harbour
5.165
1 General layout. The port, which comprises an outer and
an inner harbour, is protected on its W side by a
breakwater extending about 650 m NE. A short breakwater,
about 270 m in length, extends WSW from the E side of
the entrance, and forms the N entrance to the access
channel to the inner harbour.
2 The original outer harbour has the Pemex terminal and
berths for general cargo on its S side; the inner harbour,
also referred to as San Pedrito, has a container terminal,
and berths for general and bulk cargo vessels on its S and
E sides, and a naval area on its W side; a fishing harbour
and vehicle terminal stand at the head of this inner harbour.
Development in the inner harbour is continuing (2002).
Two turning basins are provided within the inner harbour,
one close inside the entrance, and a second farther NNE off
the container terminal.
3 Storm signals are displayed from the port signal station
situated 2 cables SW of the root of the W breakwater.
Swell. A heavy scend may be experienced in the outer
harbour.
Directions
5.166
1 Outer harbour. The entrance between the breakwater
heads is 5 cables wide and is free from dangers.
Inner harbour leading lights:
Front light (truncated pyramidal metal tower, 12 m in
height) (19038N, 104175W).
Rear light (similar structure, 7 m in height) (400 m
ENE of the front light).
2 From the central part of the outer harbour, the alignment
(077) of these lights leads between breakwaters and
through an access channel, marked by light-buoys (lateral),
into the inner harbour.
Useful marks (with positions from the front leading
light):
N breakwater light (round concrete column, 7 m in
height) (9 cables WSW).
160
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
S breakwater light (round concrete tower, 6 m in
height) (9 cables WSW).
Berths
5.167
1 With positions from the head of the W breakwater:
Outer harbour.
Pemex N Pier (on the breakwater 2 cables SW):
T-headed pier, length 110 m, depth alongside 122
to 133 m; coasting tankers berth on the inside of
the head.
2 Pemex S Pier (3 cables SSW): Dolphin berth, length
272 m, with berths each side, depths alongside
128 m.
Naval Quay (4 cables SSW): length 150 m, depth
alongside 52 m.
Coastal Quay (4 cables S): length 310, depths
alongside from 43 to 61 m.
3 General cargo berth (3 cables S): W side, length
216 m, depths alongside between 61 and 97 m; E
side, length 236 m, depths alongside between 73
and 94 m; head of the quay, length 58 m, depth
alongside 97 m. Two mooring buoys lie about
120 m and 160 m E, respectively, of the head of
the pier.
4 Inner harbour.
A section (8 cables E) (Muelle Fiscal): length
450 m, depth alongside 137 to 146 m.
B section (11 cables E): length 600 m, maximum
draught 119 m.
C section (12 cables ENE): length 685 m, maximum
draught 119 m.
5 Container terminal (14 cables NE): length 250 m,
maximum draught 11 m.
Fishing harbour is reported to have depths of 54 m.
Port services
5.168
1 Repairs: minor repairs can be carried out; the naval
authorities have a floating dry dock length 127 m, breadth
15 m, capacity 3000 tonnes which can be used by
commercial vessels when not required by naval craft.
Other facilities: deratting facilities; hospitals, garbage
collection.
Supplies: bunkers, prior notice of requirements should
be given; fresh water at most berths; provisions.
Communications: local airport, with daily international
connections, 10 km distant; international airport 50 km
distant.
Bays in the approaches
Baha de Santiago
5.169
1 Description. Baha de Santiago is entered between Punta
Santiago (1906N, 10422W) (5.160) and Punta de
Juluapan (2 miles W) (5.160). A prominent islet lies in
shallow ground, 1 cable W of Punta la Audiencia, a point
close inside the E entrance to the bay. Laguna Juluapan is
enclosed on the W side of the bay.
2 Directions. The bay can be approached passing either
side of Los Frailes (5 cables SSE of Punta de Juluapan)
(5.160), but care should be taken to avoid three shoal
patches, with depths of from 55 to 67 m (18 to 22 ft) over
them, which lie, as shown on the chart, about midway
between Punta la Audiencia and Punta Gorda (2 miles W).
A stranded wreck lies on the W shore of the bay.
161
3 Anchorage may be obtained, about 5 cables offshore, off
Santiago in the NE corner of the bay, in depths of about
18 m (59 ft), or on the W side of the bay in about 15 m
(49 ft).
Baha Cenicero
5.170
1 Description. Baha Cenicero is entered between Punta
de Juluapan (1905N, 10425W) (5.160) and Punta
Carrizal (2 miles W) (5.160). The settlement of Higueras
stands at the head of the bay.
Shoals extend about 2 cables offshore at the head of the
bay, and a detached rock stands about 2 cables offshore on
the W side of the bay.
Ensenada Carrizal, a small inlet, indents the bay
5 cables N of Punta Carrizal.
Small craft
Baha Las Hadas
5.171
1 There is a small craft harbour, protected by breakwaters,
in Baha Las Hadas, a sheltered cove, on the N side of
Punta Salagua (19060N, 104215W), a projection on the
E side of the peninsula separating Baha de Manzanillo
from Baha de Santiago; the peninsula has been developed
for tourism. Lights (concrete columns, 7 m in height) stand
on each breakwater head.
Anchorage
5.172
1 Anchorage may be obtained anywhere in the N part of
Baha de Manzanillo (5.155), which is steep-to, with depths
of 24 m (13 fm) within 5 cables of the shore. The
recommended anchorage for large vessels is 1 miles NW
of the breakwater light (19036N, 104190W), as shown
on the chart, in depths of about 37 m (20 fm), mud and
sand. Small vessels can anchor close to the head of the
bay, 7 cables NNE of the breakwater, as shown on the
chart, in depths of about 19 m (10 fm).
2 Caution. Vessels should avoid anchoring 1 mile WNW
of the breakwater as this is a foul area.
BAHA DE MANZANILLO
TO CABO CORRIENTES
General information
Chart 1053
Route
5.173
1 From the approaches to Baha de Manzanillo (1904N,
10421W) the coastal passage leads initially WNW for
about 38 miles to the vicinity of Punta Faralln, thence NW
for about 74 miles to the vicinity of Cabo Corrientes
(2024N, 10543W). With the exception of a shoal patch
(5.178) lying 6 miles S of Punta Faralln, there are no
charted dangers at a distance of more than 1 miles from
the coast.
2 There are no ports of any importance along this stretch
of coast but Baha de Navidad (1913N, 10443W)
(5.181), Baha Tenacatita (1916N, 10451W) (5.182) and
Baha Chamela (1933N, 10507W) (5.185), provide good
shelter.
Topography
5.174
1 The coastline consists mainly of a succession of rocky
bluffs, fringed by rocks in places, interspersed by sandy
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
beaches and broken at intervals by bays. Lagoons lie close
behind the coast which is backed by high wooded land
rising inland to many conical peaks in the interior.
Flow
5.175
1 Current. During the summer the current between Baha
de Manzanillo and Cabo Corrientes was found to be
variable in force but always setting NW along the coast,
being stronger near the land than offshore, and increasing
in strength as the cape was approached; the cape derives its
name from the currents encountered in its vicinity.
2 Tidal streams are superimposed on the current off Cabo
Corrientes, causing the flow at springs to vary from
practically nil to about 2 kn.
Off-lying bank
5.176
1 A least depth of 25 m (14 fm) (reported 1985) lies
15 miles WSW of Punta Campos Light (1901N,
10421W), on the S side of an extensive bank with depths
of less than 200 m (100 fm) over it.
Principal marks
5.177
1 Landmarks:
Volcn de Colima (1931N, 10337W) (5.147).
Nevado de Colima (3 miles N of Volcn de Colima)
(5.147).
Punta Campos Lighthouse (1901N, 10421W)
(5.147).
Piedra Blanca (1906N, 10430W) (5.158).
2 Punta Graham (1911N, 10442W), a high point
reported to be prominent on radar, which, like
many other points along this coastline, may appear
as an island when first seen. A light (5.178) stands
on the point.
3 Cerro de Navidad (Morro de Navidad) (1913N,
10450W), which stands at the S end of Isla
Iglesias, the central, and largest, of a chain of high
islets and rocks which extend 1 miles SSW from
a bluff promontory. Cerro de Navidad is
remarkable from any direction but viewed from S
it appears wedge shaped.
4 Punta Faralln Lighthouse (white round concrete
tower, 22 m in height) (1923N, 10502W), with
two yellow dwellings close by.
Punta Chalacatapec Lighthouse (round concrete tower,
7 m in height) (1941N, 10516W).
5 Roca Negra (1946N, 10522W), from where a light
(white metal tower) is displayed.
Punta Ipala Lighthouse (white metal framework tower,
11 m in height) (2014N, 10536W).
6 Cabo Corrientes (2024N, 10543W), a rocky
headland with a flat top, from where a light
(5.177) is displayed. A white, rocky patch well
down the side of the slope, and reddish brown
rocks at its base, serve to identify the headland,
which is bold and projecting when viewed from S,
but is not so prominent from N and W.
7 Major lights:
Punta Campos Light (1901N, 10421W) (5.147).
Light (1909N, 10434W), position approximate.
Punta Faralln Light as above.
Cabo Corrientes Light (white octagonal stone tower,
red cupola, on house, 15 m in height) (2024N,
10543W).
162
Directions
(continued from 5.150)
5.178
1 From a position S of Punta Carrizal (1905N,
10427W) (5.160) the coastal passage leads generally
WNW, then NW, passing:
SSW of Piedra Blanca (1906N, 10430W) (5.158);
there is a deep passage between this rock and the
rocks fringing the coast 1 mile N. Thence:
2 SSW of a dangerous wreck (4 miles WNW of Piedra
Blanca), lying close inshore; a light (5.177) is
displayed from a point on the coast about 2 miles
NNW from the wreck, where there is a
conspicuous airport complex. By day, a prominent
group of low storied white buildings can be seen
standing alone. By night, bright working lights are
shown from the airport area. Thence:
3 SSW of Punta Graham (1911N, 10442W) (5.177),
from where a light (square concrete tower, 7 m in
height) is displayed; a small detached rock, 24 m
high, lies 3 cables SW of the point. Thence:
SSW of Cerro (Morro) de Navidad (8 miles WNW of
Punta Graham) (5.177). An underwater rock, which
breaks, lies at the extremity of a line of high rocks
which extends 7 cables SW from Cerro de
Navidad. Thence:
4 SSW of Punta Hermanos (4 miles NW of Cerro de
Navidad), a bluff headland, connected to the
mainland N by a sandy isthmus on which there are
two prominent hills; the S hill is 56 m high. Islote
Los Pajaros, a perpendicular rock, 46 m high, of
reddish brown colour, with a white top, is situated
3 cables SW of Punta Hermanos; a large, sharp
rock is situated close to its S face. Thence:
5 SSW of Roca Tonina (about 1 miles W of Punta
Hermanos), which is 37 m high and steep-to; the
passage between the rock and the coast is
obstructed with rocks, some above water. Thence:
6 SSW of Los Frailes (5 miles NW of Punta
Hermanos), two needle shaped rocks situated close
together 1 mile offshore. The rocks stand out
clearly from the land, and at times have the
appearance of a sail. The inner rock, which
appears the sharper, has a white top; the outer rock
is steep-to, but the passage between the inner rock
and the coast is not safe. And:
7 Clear of, depending on draught, a shoal depth of
11 m (37 ft) (3 miles SW of Los Frailes) (reported
1985), position approximate, thence:
SW of Punta Faralln (1923N, 10502W), a low
and rocky point on which stands a light (5.177);
an islet, with a 64 m (21 ft) rocky patch off its W
side, lies close to the point which should be given
a wide berth. Thence:
8 SW of Punta Etiopia (1927N, 10505W), thence:
SW of Punta Rivas (1934N, 10509W), the SW
extremity of a round, cliffy headland, of reddish
brown colour, and which is fringed by rocks on
which the sea breaks continuously, thence:
9 SW of Roca Negra (1946N, 10522W) (5.177),
which lies 1 mile WNW of Punta Roca Negra, a
low bluff, above which a peculiar black knob rises
to an elevation of 200 m; the point forms the W
extremity of a short range of hills. A low rock lies
just outside Roca Negra and several underwater
rocks lie close to its inner side. Thence:
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
10 SW of Punta Ipala (2014N, 10536W), a prominent,
grey coloured bluff, with several above-water rocks
on its W side; a light (white metal framework
tower, 11 m in height) is displayed from the point.
Playon de Mismaloya Light stands on the coast
8 miles S of Punta Ipala. Thence:
11 SW of Rocas Cucharitas (6 miles NNW of Punta
Ipala), a group of low rocks, on the beach from
which a low reef extends 2 cables to seaward;
the breakers on this reef are visible for some
distance to seaward. Thence:
12 SW of Punta Isatan (Ysatan) (10 miles NNW of Punta
Ipala), a greyish, rocky point, set against yellowish
bluffs, which projects from the coast and should
not be mistaken for Cabo Corrientes (5.177) when
viewed from N or S, thence:
13 SW of Cabo Corrientes (2024N, 10543W) (5.177).
The land rises to an elevation of over 600 m
behind the cape; the mountains are wooded
showing green in the rainy season and dark brown
in the dry season. A large, detached rock lies close
to the cape off which tide rips and broken water
are experienced; these may be caused by a
submarine ridge, with a depth over it of 91 m
(50 fm), stated to lie off the cape with deep water
both seaward and landward of it. However the
cape is steep-to and can be passed at a distance of
2 cables or more.
Useful marks
5.179
1 Hill (386 m (1265 ft) high) (1928N, 10501W),
standing near the coast and which is marked by a
line of yellow bluffs under it.
Gegentn (1043 m (3422 ft) high) (1938N,
10458W), a peak of distinctive shape, which is
visible over a long distance in clear weather.
2 Rocky, bluff point (1937N, 10512W), which from
W has the appearance of an island, and is radar
conspicuous.
Hill (352 m (1155 ft) high) (1949N, 10519W),
which is radar conspicuous.
3 Hill (279 m (916 ft) high) (charted as 279 ft)
(2003N, 10530W), a distinctive, pyramid shaped
hill.
(Directions continue for offshore passage at
5.196, for Baha de Banderas at 5.206, and
for coastal passage at 5.223)
Anchorages and shelters
General
5.180
1 In addition to the individual anchorages detailed below
anchorage may be obtained, in good weather, in convenient
depths, off the sandy beaches which line the coast between
Piedra Blanca (1906N, 10430W) (5.158) and Punta
Graham (12 miles WNW) (5.177), and between Punta Rivas
(1934N, 10509W) (5.178) and Rocas Cucharitas
(54 miles NW) (5.178). The anchorages cannot be
considered safe between the months of June and November
as S gales may occasionally be experienced during this
period.
2 There is often a heavy surf on the beaches which makes
landing difficult.
Chart 516 plan of Baha de Navidad
Baha de Navidad
5.181
1 Description. Baha de Navidad is entered between the
W side of Punta Graham (1911N, 10442W) (5.177) and
Punta Puerto (Melaque), a high, white, salient point
(2 miles NNW). Roco Cono, a high, reddish, conical
rock, lies close off the W extremity of Punta Graham but is
hard to distinguish against the high background until close
in.
2 From Roco Cono the coast, which is foul and rocky,
trends 1 miles NE to the entrance to a lagoon, navigable
by boats, thence the head of the bay is formed by a sandy
beach which extends NW to Punta Puerto; the towns of
San Patricio and Barra de Navidad line the head of the bay.
3 The bay, from which the Spanish fleet sailed in 1648 to
conquer the Philippines, is one of the most beautiful on the
Pacific coast of Mexico.
4 Dangers in the approach. On the SE side of the bay, a
line of rocks, the outermost of which is known as Morro
Chino, extend 2 cables W from the shore from a position
1 miles NE of Roco Cono. On the NW side of the bay, a
line of rocks extends 2 cables SE from Punta Puerto, and
an isolated underwater rock lies 2 cables offshore, on the
S side of an area of foul ground extending 5 cables W
from the point.
5 Anchorage may be obtained, in the dry season, as
shown on the chart, in depths of about 13 m (42 ft),
3 cables ENE of Punta Puerto, sheltered from SW by the
rocks off the point. Anchorage may be obtained, in depths
of about 18 m (60 ft), about 5 cables SE of the point, but
this is more exposed to the swell. Anchorage in the SE
side of the bay is not recommended.
Chart 516 plan of Baha de Tenacatita
Baha Tenacatita
5.182
1 Description. Baha Tenacatita is entered between Isla
Iglesias (1913N, 10450W) (5.177) and Punta Hermanos
(4 miles NW) (5.178). The bay is spacious and deep and
can provide shelter for most sizes of vessel.
Piedra Blanca, a high, dark, rounded rock, the middle
part whitened by guano, and which could be mistaken for
the rock of the same name W of Punta Carrizal (5.158), is
prominent amongst the rocks S of Isla Iglesias. A group of
white rocks situated 3 cables NNW of Isla Iglesias are
prominent from W.
2 From the E entry point, to the town of La Manzanilla
about 3 miles NE, the coast is bold and rocky; the points
of Cabeza Tenacatita (2 miles NNE of Isla Iglesias) and
Punta Tamarinda, a point fringed by rocks, 1 mile farther
NNE, are cliffy and prominent.
A white, sandy beach extends around the head of the
bay to Punta Las Iguanas, a cliffy point 2 miles WNW.
An inlet, navigable by small craft, lies close inside Punta
Las Iguanas.
3 Directions. With the exception of the following dangers
(positioned from Punta Las Iguanas), all other charted
dangers lie within 3 cables of the shores of the bay:
Rock (2 cables E) with a depth over it of 12 m (4 ft).
Dangerous wreck (3 cables NE).
Roca Centro (5 cables E), an above-water rock with a
depth of 9 m (30 ft) on its N side.
Shoal (8 cables NE) with a depth over it of 73 m
(24 ft).
163
Home Contents Index
4 Anchorage may be obtained, as shown on the chart, in
the N part of the bay, either 6 cables NNE of Punta Las
Iguanas in a depth of about 13 m (42 ft), or about 1 mile
NE of the point, in a depth of 22 m (12 fm).
Chart 1053
Punta Faralln
5.183
1 Anchorage can be obtained, protected from SE winds,
in a depth of 18 m about 2 cables offshore and mile E
of Punta Faralln (1923N, 10502W) (5.178). Landing
may be made at the SE end of a beach.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha Careyes
5.184
1 Description. Baha Careyes (not charted) lies about
midway between Punta Faralln (1923N, 10502W)
(5.178) and Punta Etiopia, 5 miles NNW. The bay is a
major holiday resort with several hotels and fine beaches.
Leading beacons (white towers, red bands, 5 m in height)
mark the approach to the bay. A below-water rock in the
bay is marked by a light-buoy (isolated danger).
Chart 516 plan of Baha de Chamela
Baha Chamela
5.185
1 Description. Baha Chamela, a bay 5 miles long,
bounded N by Punta Rivas (1934N, 10509W) (5.178),
provides safe anchorage during the fine weather season,
from November to June, when land and sea breezes
prevail; a number of islands in the bay afford protection.
During the remainder of the year gales from SE and SW
are frequent and heavy seas roll into the bay.
2 The two largest islands, Isla Colorado and Isla
Passavera, with the smaller Isla Novilla between them, lie
about 1 mile offshore on the outer edge of a bank which
extends from the shore near the middle of the bay; all three
islands are fringed by rocks and shoals. Isla Colorado, the
S island, has a slightly reddish appearance, whilst Isla
Passavera is made prominent, and a good mark from W, by
its perpendicular, white cliffs.
3 A group of smaller islands lie on a shallow bank in the
SE part of the bay off the settlement of Chamela (1932N,
10506W). Numerous dangers lie E of the line joining Isla
Cocinas, a round island lying 8 cables NW of Chamela,
and Isla San Andrs, the S island of this group.
4 Approach. Gegentn (1938N, 10458W) (5.179), in
line (060) with a second prominent peak of the same
range 1425 m (4675 ft) high, provides a useful leading
mark when approaching the bay.
5 Anchorage may be obtained anywhere between Punta
Prula, a point 5 cables E of Punta Rivas, from which a
CABO CORRIENTES TO MAZATLAN
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 2323
Area covered
5.189
1 The area covered by this section comprises:
Offshore passage (5.191).
Baha de Banderas (5.203).
Cabo Corrientes to San Blas (5.220).
CHAPTER 5
chain of above-water rocks extends 3 cables offshore, and
Isla Passavera. The best anchorage is in the NW part of the
bay, as shown on the chart, about 2 cables offshore in
depths of about 11 m (36 ft), sheltered from all but S
winds.
6 For vessels wishing to have contact with Chamela,
anchorage may be obtained between Isla Colorado and the
mainland E, but this anchorage is more exposed. Small
vessels anchor, in depths of about 9 m (30 ft), E of Isla
Cocinas. When approaching these anchorages from N and
W mariners should note a small detached rock, that dries,
which lies 2 cables SW of Isla Colorado.
Chart 1053
Punta Ipala
5.186
1 Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained, in depths
of 9 m (30 ft), in a small cove known as Jaltipa situated on
the SE side of Punta Ipala (2014N, 10536W) (5.178).
The anchorage is sheltered from all but S and SE winds
but care must be taken to avoid some underwater rocks
which lie close to the beach on the W side of the head of
the cove. The small village of Boquita stands near the
closed mouth of a lagoon about 2 miles SE of Punta Ipala.
2 Larger vessels may anchor about 5 cables from the
beach in depths of 18 m (60 ft), good holding ground.
Except in the cove itself landing is difficult in this
vicinity.
Local knowledge is required.
Ensenada Corrales
5.187
1 Description. Ensenada Corrales, situated on the N side
of Cabo Corrientes (2024N, 10543W) (5.177), is small
but deep, having depths of 55 m (30 fm) near the centre. A
below-water rock, on which the sea breaks in rough
weather, lies about 3 cables from the shore off the mouth
of the bay.
Landing can be effected at several places in the bay.
Other names
Chart 516 plans of Baha de Navidad and Baha de Chamela
5.188
1 Baha de Navidad, position 1911N, 10443W:
Corralles, Punta
San Francisco, Cabo
Viejo, Punta el
2 Baha Chamela (with positions from Chamela (1932N,
10506W)):
Esfinge, Isla (6 cables NW).
Negrita, Isla (5 cables SSW).
San Augustin, Isla (4 cables WNW).
San Pedro, Isla (5 cables NW).
San Blas to Mazatlan (5.233).
Mazatlan and approaches (5.244).
Exercise area
5.190
1 A firing practice area is charted to the S of Isla Mara
Cleofas (2119N, 10615W) centred 7 miles S of the
island light.
164
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
OFFSHORE PASSAGE
General information
Chart 2323
Routes
5.191
1 The direct route between Cabo Corrientes (2024N,
10543W) and Mazatlan (2311N, 10625W), about
172 miles NNW, passes either side of Roca Corbetea
(2044N, 10551W) and leads between Isla Tres Maras
(2130N, 10630W) (5.192) and Isla Isabela (2151N,
10553W). The offshore passage W of Islas Tres Maras is
also described.
Islas Tres Maras
5.192
1 Islas Tres Maras (2130N, 10630W) comprise a group
of four high islands of volcanic origin which extend NW
over a distance of about 40 miles NW; Isla Mara Cleofas,
the S island, lies 60 miles NNW of Cabo Corrientes. The
W sides of the islands are composed of high, inaccessible,
barren cliffs, while the E sides are generally low and sandy,
with some vegetation.
Off-lying bank
5.193
1 A bank, with a depth over it of 38 m (21 fm), was
reported (1965) to lie 15 miles NW of Roca Corbetea
(2044N, 10551W) (5.196).
Principal marks
5.194
1 Landmarks:
Isla de Los Pelcanos Lighthouse (round concrete
tower, 8 m in height) (2103N, 10517W).
Isla Mara Cleofas Lighthouse (white metal
framework tower, 7 m in height) (2117N,
10615W), standing at an elevation of 150 m close
to the SE extremity of the island.
2 Isla San Juanito Lighthouse (white metal framework
tower, 7 m in height) (2145N, 10641W)
standing at an elevation of 52 m at the N extremity
of the island.
Isla Isabela (2151N, 10553W), a high island from
where a light (red and white chequered metal
aluminium tower, concrete base, 3 m in height) is
displayed; see view C on chart 2323.
3 Cabeza de Caballo (2302N, 10603W), a
remarkable peak in the centre of a range of
mountains.
Pico del Metate (2319N, 10611W), the N peak on
the above range.
Isla Crestn (2311N, 10626W) (5.255).
4 Major lights:
Cabo Corrientes Light (2024N, 10543W) (5.177).
Isla Crestn Light (2311N, 10626W) (5.255).
Other navigational aid
5.195
1 Racon: Isla Crestn Light (2311N, 10626W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 5.179)
Passage east of Islas Tres Maras
5.196
1 From a position SW of Cabo Corrientes (2024N,
10543W) the passage leads NNW passing:
Either side of Roca Corbetea (2044N, 10551W),
a steep-to, whitish rock with a jagged top, from
where a light (silver framework structure on
concrete base, 7 m in height) is displayed; a rock
awash lies 5 cables W of this danger. Strong,
variable currents have been reported in the vicinity
of Roca Corbetea; there have been reports of a
SE set, and reliable information indicated a W set,
therefore caution should be exercised in this area.
Thence:
2 ENE of Isla Mara Cleofas (2119N, 10615W), the
S of Islas Tres Maras (5.192), which is
surrounded by numerous detached rocks, and
beaten by a heavy surf on all sides. A reef, over
which the sea breaks constantly, extends 2 miles
E, thence 2 miles S, from the NE extremity of the
island. Isla Mara Cleofas Light (5.194) stands
close to Risco Amarillo, a yellowish bluff at the
SE extremity of the island. Roca Cumbre, a high
pinnacle of rock, stands 7 cables S of Risco
Amarillo. A wide berth should be given to the
firing practice area (5.190). Thence:
3 ENE of Punta Piedra (2128N, 10630W), the E
extremity of Isla Mara Magdalena, an island
which, though sandy, has considerable vegetation;
a rocky shoal, with depths over it of not more than
09 m (3 ft), and over which the sea breaks
continuously, extends for about 3 miles SE from
the point. There are outlying rocks off all the
salient points of the island. Thence:
4 ENE of Isla Mara Madre (2137N, 10635W), the
largest and highest of the group; the summit is
near the centre of the island but a peak to the SW
of it is more prominent. Thence:
ENE of Isla San Juanito (2145N, 10641W), the N
and lowest of the group of Islas Tres Maras; a
light (5.194) is displayed from Punta Roca
Colorada, the N extremity of the island. And:
5 WSW of Isla Isabela (2151N, 10553W) (5.194).
Thence:
To the approaches to Mazatlan.
Passage west of Islas Tres Maras
5.197
1 From the same initial position as above, the passage
leads NW, thence N, passing:
SW of Roca Corbetea (2044N, 10551W) (5.196),
thence:
2 SW of Roca Blanca, a high rock lying 5 cables W of
the W extremity of Isla Mara Cleofas (2119N,
10615W) (5.196), thence:
SW of Punta Oeste (2126N, 10631W), a bluff
point, 21 m high, the W extremity of Isla Mara
Magdalena (5.196), thence:
3 SW of Isla Mara Madre (2137N, 10635W)
(5.196); a detached rock 15 m high, with an
underwater rock inside it, is situated 2 cables
offshore about 2 miles S of the NW extremity of
the island. Espoln del Diablo Light (metal
framework tower, 3 m in height) is displayed from
165
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
near to the centre of the W coast of Isla Mara
Madre. Thence:
4 SW of Roca Blanca (2144N, 10643W), a
remarkable, high rock, which lies about 1 mile W
of the W extremity of Isla San Juanito (5.196),
thence:
Across open water to Cabo San Lucas, to the
entrance to Golfo de California, or to the
approaches to Mazatlan as required.
(Directions continue for the offshore route to Guaymas
at 6.10, for Mazatlan at 5.257, for the coastal passage
N of Mazatlan at 6.16 and for the W coast of Baja
California at 7.13. Directions for the W entrance to
Golfo de California are given at 6.78)
Passages between Islas Tres Maras
5.198
1 See caution at 5.199. The passage between Isla Mara
Cleofas and Isla Mara Magdalena is 5 miles wide
between the N coast of the former and foul ground that
extends 4 miles SE from the E point of Isla Mara
Magdalena (5.196); the passage is otherwise free of
off-lying dangers. Attention is drawn to the shoals at the E
entrance which extend E from the NE point of Isla Mara
Cleofas.
2 The passage between Isla Mara Magdalena and Isla
Mara Madre is 4 miles wide and free from charted dangers
though breakers have been reported (1950) across its E
entrance, and shoals extend about 5 cables from the sandy
beach which lines the N side of Isla Mara Magdalena.
3 The passage between Isla Mara Madre and Isla San
Juanito is 2 miles wide but is obstructed by numerous
dangers which make its use extremely dangerous.
Anchorages and shelter in Isla Tres Maras
Caution
5.199
1 There is a penal settlement on Isla Mara Madre (5.196)
and under normal circumstances mariners should keep well
clear of Islas Tres Maras in order to avoid interception,
and possible detention, by the Mexican authorities.
Isla Mara Cleofas
5.200
1 Anchorage, in depths of 22 m (12 fm), with shelter from
N and NE winds, may be obtained off the SE end of Isla
Mara Cleofas (5.196).
There is a well sheltered lagoon, with depths of 82 m
(27 ft) in the entrance, on the E side of the island. Small
vessels up to a maximum of 90 m LOA may enter but due
to the restricted swinging room a vessel of that size would
need to moor bow and stern.
2 Useful mark:
Isla Mara Cleofas Light (2117N, 10615W)
(5.194).
Isla Mara Magdalena
5.201
1 In 1943 a fishing vessel reported obtaining good
anchorage, sheltered from NW winds and free from ground
swell, on the SE side of Isla Mara Magdalena (5.196).
Isla Mara Madre
5.202
1 Anchorage may be obtained E of Cabo Alto (2132N,
10632W), a bold, rocky headland, 38 m high, which
forms the S extremity of Isla Mara Madre (5.196), in
depths of from 13 to 20 m (42 ft to 11 fm). Landing may
be effected, in fine weather, on a sandy beach.
2 Puerto Balleto (2137N, 10633W), the site of the
penal settlement, is situated about the middle of the E side
of the island. The small harbour is protected by a mole
from the head of which lights (metal columns, 4 m in
height) are displayed; a mooring buoy is positioned off the
quay.
3 Useful mark:
Puerto Balleto Light (round concrete tower and
dwelling, 7 m in height) (2137N, 10633W).
BAHA DE BANDERAS
General information
Chart 2323
Description
5.203
1 Baha de Banderas is entered between Cabo Corrientes
(2024N, 10543W) (5.177) and Punta de Mita (24 miles
NNE) (5.206). The S shore of the bay is high, precipitous,
and backed by mountains from 600 to 900 m high, with
occasional valleys and sandy beaches, through which fresh
water streams enter the bay; settlements are situated at the
mouths of several of these streams. An extensive group of
islets and rocks lies at the N entrance, and there are
outlying rocks off some of the projections in the bay, the
shores of which are generally steep-to.
2 The port of Puerto Vallarta (2037N, 10516W) (5.207)
stands at the head of the bay and there are several
anchorages around the shores of the bay. Much of the
coastline between Puerto Vallarta and Nuevo Vallarta, a
holiday complex about 6 miles farther NW, is built up with
prominent hotel buildings. The entrance to Puerto Vallarta
is not easily distinguished at a distance; the airport about
1 mile NW of the entrance may provide the best
indication.
Principal marks
5.204
1 Landmarks:
Cabo Corrientes (2024N, 10543W) (5.177).
Punta de Mita Lighthouse (red metal framework
tower, 11 m in height) (2045N, 10533W)
displayed from Punta de Mita.
2 Los Arcos (2033N, 10519W), three rocks situated
near the coast, one of which is 88 m high and the
others 6 and 9 m high, respectively. They are
reported not to stand out well on radar because of
their proximity to the coast.
Major light:
Cabo Corrientes Light (2024N, 10543W) (5.177).
Other navigational aid
5.205
1 Racon: Escollera Norte Light (2039N, 10515W) at
Puerto Vallarta (5.211).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 5.179)
5.206
1 Approaching from west the only off-lying danger is
Roca Corbetea (2044N, 10551W) (5.196), thence there
is a deep, clear navigable entrance, about 11 miles wide,
between the dangers fringing the entrance points.
Chart 1053
2 Entry from south. A good clearance should be given to
Punta Chimo (2029N, 10536W), a rocky headland with
166
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
dangers off it. La Iglesia, a white rock, (12 m (40 ft) high),
stands SW of the point, and a reef, over which the sea
breaks, was reported (1928) to lie about 4 cables WNW of
the point; a 54 m (18 ft) shoal lies about 1 miles NE of
the point.
Chart 2323
3 Entry from north is obstructed by Las Tres Marietas, a
group of islets, rocks and shoals, which extend about
5 miles WSW from a position 4 miles SSW of Punta de
Mita (2045N, 10533W), a low point which rises to a
prominent hill, 138 m high, 1 miles NE; a light (5.204) is
displayed from the point. Punta de Mita is surrounded by
detached rocks and reefs extending 5 cables W, and a
dangerous shoal, with a rock awash over which the sea
breaks in rough weather, lies 1 mile SSW of the point;
there are depths of between 5 to 73 m (16 to 24 ft)
between the shoal and the point. In 1978 an underwater
rock was reported to lie in the channel between Punta de
Mita and Las Tres Marietas.
4 La Redonda, from where a light (red truncated metal
tower, 7 m in height) is displayed, is the E of Las Tres
Marietas and is the largest; it rises in a series of broken,
white cliffs, to a flat summit. La Larya, from where a light
(red metal framework tower, 11 m in height) is also
displayed, is a second, similar, but lower islet, 1 mile W;
numerous detached rocks surround the islets and lie in the
channel between them. A third islet, a white rock, lies
3 miles farther W, and between the second and third islets
there is a steep-to reef on which there are some
above-water rocks. The W, and outermost danger of Las
Tres Marietas, is a steep-to rock, 46 m high, which lies
about 9 miles SW of Punta de Mita.
Puerto Vallarta
Chart 2323, Mexican Chart 425 (see 1.14)
General information
5.207
1 Position. Puerto Vallarta (2037N, 10516W) is situated
at the mouth of Ro Cuate (Real), which flows into Baha
de Banderas at its head, and about 2 miles N of the town.
Function. At one time the port was only an anchorage
port, but the town is now a well developed tourist resort
and the port has alongside berths for passenger vessels;
general cargo is still handled at anchor. The population of
the town, which lies in the State of Jalisco, is over
100 000.
2 Traffic. In 2002, 103 vessels called at the port totalling
752 637 dwt.
Port Authority. Administration del Puerto Vallarta,
Avida Francisco Meling Ascencio, Km 4.6, Terminal Marit,
Puerto Vallartta, 48302, Jalsisco, Mexico.
Website: www.apivta.com
Limiting conditions
5.208
1 Controlling depth. Entrance channel and harbour basin
are dredged to depths of 12 m to 14 m.
Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
range about 09 m, mean neap range about 03 m.
Density of water: 1024 g/cm3.
Maximum size of vessel handled: a vessel LOA
2325 m, 81 273 dwt, has been handled.
Arrival information
5.209
1 Port radio is available. The marina monitors VHF.
Notice of ETA: 24 hours.
167
Anchorage may be obtained, in fine weather, NW of the
entrance in a depth of about 18 m; large cruise vessels
anchor about 6 cables WSW of Escollera Norte Light.
Charted depths in this vicinity may be unreliable due to the
constant shifting of the sea bed.
2 Pilotage is compulsory; the pilot boards about 2 miles
SW of the harbour entrance.
Tugs are not available.
Harbour
5.210
1 General layout. The harbour, entered between Escollera
Norte and Escollera Sur, about 240 m apart, comprises a
basin with the Municipal Pier, 100 m in length on its S
side, and a Ro-Ro terminal on its E side; the harbour office
stands close S of the Municipal Pier. From the N side of
the basin a channel, with leading lights, leads into an
extensive yacht marina. Lights are displayed from the
berths in the harbour and from N and S breakwater
beacons at the entrance the marina.
2 Local traffic. The vicinity of the port area is
particularly busy with leisure craft, especially in the peak
tourist season.
Local weather. Winds, generally from the NE, tend to
pick up strength in the afternoon.
Directions for entering harbour
5.211
1 The alignment (053) of leading lights situated at the
head of the harbour leads from WSW through an entrance
channel marked by light-buoys:
Front light (white square tower, red bands, 8 m in
height).
Rear light (white pyramidal tower, red bands, 12 m in
height) (140 m from front light).
2 The area for swinging in the harbour is restricted and is
often obstructed by pleasure craft. A second pair of lights
(metal structures) on the W side of the harbour, in line
bearing 270, are used when swinging; the limits of the
turning area are also marked by buoys (special).
Caution. The entry leading lights are difficult to identify
at first light and during daylight, and the daymarks may
also be obscured by yachts anchored in the harbour.
3 An outfall pipeline, marked by a buoy at its outer end,
extends 33 miles SSW from the vicinity of the harbour
entrance.
Useful marks:
Escollera Norte Light (green round concrete tower,
8 m in height), from which a racon transmits.
Escollera Sur Light (red metal column, 7 m in
height).
Radio mast (red lights), which stands in the town
about 1 miles SE of the harbour.
Berths
5.212
1 Two berths for passenger vessels, each 200 m in length,
with depths of 10 m alongside; other smaller berths.
Port services
5.213
1 Repairs: not available, other than for small craft.
Marina has a 35 ton lift.
Other facilities: medical, garbage disposal.
Supplies: limited provisions; fuel and fresh water
available.
Communications: international airport 2 km distant.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
Anchorages
Chart 1053
Baha Tabo
5.214
1 Anchorage can be obtained in Baha Tabo, a small and
open bay for which Punta Tabo (2026N, 10540W) forms
the NE entrance.
Local knowledge is required.
Chart 2323
Tecomates
5.215
1 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of about 27 m
(15 fm), sheltered from all but winds from between NE and
NW, off the village of Tecomates (2031N, 10526W).
Yelapa Light (white metal tower, 7 m in height) stands in
the vicinity of the village.
Local knowledge is required.
Boca Tomates
5.216
1 Anchorage may be obtained, in a depth of 15 m (48 ft),
about 5 cables SE of Boca Tomates (Estero de Tomates)
(2040N, 10517W), which forms the entrance to Ro
Ameca; it is reported the anchorage area is marked by a
white drum. A shoal, over which the sea breaks, lies off
the river mouth, 7 cables from which depths of 183 m
(100 fm) may be found.
2 Ro Ameca is entered over a shallow bar on which the
sea breaks heavily; the river is only navigable for about
7 cables by boats drawing less than 09 m.
Local knowledge is required.
Punta Montoga
5.217
1 Description. The shore is low and sandy between Boca
Tomates (2040N, 10517W) (5.216) and Punta Montoga,
7 miles WNW, a salient point on the N side of Baha de
Banderas which rises to a height of 99 m. Depths increase
regularly to 27 and 37 m (15 and 20 fm) 1 mile offshore. A
light (red metal tower, 8 m in height), position approximate,
is displayed from Cruz de Huanacaxtle, situated near Punta
Montoga.
2 Anchorage may be obtained, during NW winds, in the
bay on the E side of Punta Montoga.
Local knowledge is required.
Punta de Mita
5.218
1 Anchorage may be obtained about 1 miles E of Punta
de Mita (2045N, 10533W) (5.206), between 5 and
7 cables offshore, in depths of from 9 to 13 m (30 to
43 ft) with the 138 m high hill bearing 340.
Local knowledge is required.
Small craft
Nuevo Vallarta
5.219
1 A marina is situated at the holiday complex of Nuevo
Vallarta (2042N, 10520W); boats with draughts up to
18 m can access the marina, the entrance of which is
marked by lights. A fuel berth was planned (2000). The
marina monitors VHF.
168
CABO CORRIENTES TO
PUERTO DE SAN BLAS
General information
Chart 2323
Route
5.220
1 From the vicinity of Cabo Corrientes (2024N,
10543W) to that of Puerto de San Blas (2132N,
10519W), the route leads NNE for 72 miles passing
WNW of Islas Tres Marietas (2041N, 10536W), the
outermost dangers at the N entrance to Baha de Banderas
(5.203), and WNW of an isolated danger lying 3 miles
offshore in the approach to Puerto de San Blas.
Topography
5.221
1 The coast between Cabo Corrientes (2024N, 10543W)
and Puerto de San Blas, 72 miles NNE, is irregular and
backed by hills mostly of moderate elevation, but close
behind there are high mountain ranges increasing in
elevation towards N.
Baha de Banderas (5.203) forms the deep indentation in
the coast N of Cabo Corrientes.
Principal marks
5.222
1 Landmarks:
Cabo Corrientes (2024N, 10543W) (5.177).
Punta de Mita Lighthouse (2045N, 10533W)
(5.204).
Cerro Vallejo (2056N, 10513W), the most
prominent peak of the range behind this part of the
coast.
2 Isla de Los Pelcanos Lighthouse (2103N,
10517W) (5.194).
Cerro Compostela (2106N, 10506W), a prominent
peak.
Cerro San Juan (2126N, 10459W). The peak is
seldom obscured, and when viewed from W
resembles a saddle; see view D on chart 2323.
3 San Blas Lighthouse (white round tower, ored bands,
14 m in height) (2132N, 10519W).
Piedra Blanca del Mar (2135N, 10531W), a
steep-to white rock; see view D on chart 2323. In
1994 this rock was reported to lie about 3 miles
ESE of its charted position.
4 Major lights:
Cabo Corrientes Light (2024N, 10543W) (5.177).
San Blas Lighthouse as above.
Directions
(continued from 5.179)
5.223
1 From a position W of Cabo Corrientes (2024N,
10543W) the coastal passage leads NNE passing (with
positions from Punta Raza (2103N, 10519W)):
Either side of Roca Corbetea (35 miles SW) (5.196),
and:
WNW of a steep-to rock (30 miles SW), the
outermost danger of Las Tres Marietas (5.206).
2 WNW of Punta de Mita (21 miles SW) (5.206), from
where a light (5.204) is displayed, thence:
WNW of Punta Sayulita (Santa Cruzita) (13 miles
SW), an uneven, bluff headland, thence:
WNW of Punta Monterrey (8 miles SW), a headland
similar to Punta Sayulita but with a group of
detached rocks on its N side, thence:
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
3 WNW of Punta Raza, a steep-to, reddish, bluff point
behind which the land rises sharply, thence:
WNW of a dangerous rock (17 miles N), which lies
about 3 miles W of Punta Los Custodios, a rocky
point 9 m high situated on the N side of the
entrance to Ro Los Custodios; the mouth of the
river is obstructed by a bar on which the sea
breaks.
4 WNW of Punta Camarn (27 miles N), a salient
point at the extremity of a range of hills, which is
fringed by islets and rocks.
(Directions continue at 5.237)
Puerto de San Blas
Chart 2323 (see 1.14)
General information
5.224
1 Position and function. Puerto de San Blas (2132N,
10519W) is a small commercial port; all cargo is worked
at anchor in the roads. The port is a port of entry for the
State of Nayarit, the capital of which, Tepic, lies about 30
miles E of the port.
2 Topography. The land S of San Blas is high, whilst that
N of it is low. The old town of San Blas, which is now in
ruins, stands on a steep hill, 137 m high, situated about
7 cables E of the harbour. The present town is situated on
low ground on the E side of the harbour.
Traffic. In 2002, 10 vessels called totalling 30 875 dwt.
Arrival information
5.225
1 Port radio. The Harbour Master is equipped with VHF.
Anchorages. Even the smallest vessels anchor in the
roadstead, which, though open and exposed to both the
prevailing winds, is a safe anchorage during the dry season,
and less dangerous than Mazatlan during the rainy season.
However it is inadvisable to remain here during the season
of tropical hurricanes, known locally as Cordonazos
(1.178), which extends from June to November.
2 Good anchorage may be obtained in the roadstead, in
depths of 11 m (36 ft), 5 cables SSE of Piedra Blanca de
Tierra (5.227), or nearer the town in a depth of 8 m (23 ft),
5 cables E of Piedra Blanca de Tierra.
Regulations. Customs and Health officers will board at
the anchorage.
Harbour
5.226
1 General layout. The E entrance point is known as Punta
de San Blas. A narrow peninsula, on the S side of which is
a hill 32 m high, bounds the S and W sides of the small
creek which forms the harbour. Castillo de la Entrada, a
ruined fortification, stands on the SW corner of the
peninsula, whose W side is fringed by foul ground up to
2 cables offshore.
2 The creek, entered over a drying bar, is for the most
part shallow, and though depths in places range from 37 to
55 m (12 to 18 ft) these are over a small area only. The
landing areas are on the E side of the creek and it is
reported that landing is frequently disrupted between the
months of September to November. Breakwaters protect the
entrance on both sides leaving a channel about 100 m wide.
There are reported to be berths, in excess of 100 m in
length, for fishing vessels and tourist boats.
3 Traffic signals are displayed from a signal station at
Castillo de la Entrada. A red flag indicates that conditions
on the bar are too rough for boats to attempt the passage.
169
Storm signals are displayed at the signal station.
Current. A strong S set is usually experienced along the
coast in this vicinity during the greater part of the year.
Directions
5.227
1 Approaching from south. A good clearance should be
given to the dangerous shoal situated 3 miles W of Punta
Los Custodios (2120N, 10515W) (5.223), thence course
may be shaped for Castillo de la Entrada until in the
vicinity of Piedra Blanca de Tierra and the desired
anchorage.
2 Approaching from north or west. Course should be
shaped to pass outside and S of Piedra Blanca del Mar
(2135N, 10531W) (5.222), thence for Piedra Blanca de
Tierra, keeping well S of the line joining these two islands
until about 1 mile from the latter; a vessel using the inner
anchorage may pass N of Piedra Blanca de Tierra.
3 Entrance channel. The alignment of leading lights
(metal framework towers on red and white chequered
concrete bases, the front 12 m in height, and the rear 16 m
in height) lead through the centreline of the channel across
a bar marked by a light-buoy (safe water) and by
light-buoys (lateral). A light (red metal truncated tower on
concrete base, 7 m in height) stands on the head of the E
breakwater, and a similar light (green, similar structure) at
the head of the W breakwater.
4 Useful marks:
San Blas Light (2132N, 10519W) (5.222) which
stands close to Castillo de la Entrada.
Piedra Blanca de Tierra (about 6 cables SW of
Castillo de la Entrada), a small white rock with
detached rocks, one NE and another SW of it.
Supplies
5.228
1 Prior notice should be given if fresh water and
provisions are required.
Anchorages
Chart 2323
Ensenada Jaltemba
5.229
1 Description. Ensenada Jaltemba is entered between
Punta Raza (2103N, 10519W) (5.223) and Punta
Tecusitn (6 miles NNE), a rocky point, 21 m high. The
shore of the bay is sandy, and the land behind, which rises
gradually, is well wooded.
A whitish islet, 24 m high, lies about 7 cables offshore
in the SE part of the bay, 2 miles NE of Punta Raza; a
black rock, 6 m high, lies 5 cables S of the islet.
2 Anchorage. Local vessels obtain anchorage, sheltered
from SE winds, between the islet and the shore in a
position about 11 cables E of Punta Raza.
Useful mark: Isla de Los Pelcanos Light (2103N,
10517W) (5.194).
Local knowledge is required.
Ensenada Chacala
5.230
1 Description. Ensenada Chacala (2110N, 10514W) is
a small cove situated on the S side of a bluff point, 12 m
high; hills rise steeply from the shore of the cove to an
elevation of 92 m (300 ft).
A light (red and white chequered aluminium framework
tower, 12 m in height) is displayed from the cove; a
landfall light-buoy is moored in the approach to the cove.
Local knowledge is required.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
Ensenada Matenchn
5.231
1 Description. Ensenada Matenchn, which is entered
between Punta Santa Cruz (2125N, 10513W), a
prominent point with high, reddish cliffs, and Punta
Camarn (about 5 miles NNW) (5.223). The bay is
fringed by a shoal which extends about 5 cables offshore.
The village of Santa Cruz, surrounded by dense trees, is at
the S end of the bay.
Anchorage. Small craft may obtain good anchorage,
about 5 cables offshore, in depths of about 3 m (9 ft).
Local knowledge is required.
Other names
5.232
1 Chila, Ro (2113N, 10514W).
San Cristobal, Estero de, situated 1 mile NNW of
Punta Camarn (2131N, 10516W).
PUERTO DE SAN BLAS TO MAZATLAN
General information
Chart 2323
Route
5.233
1 From the approaches to Puerto de San Blas (2132N,
10519W) to those of Mazatlan (about 118 miles NW) the
route leads initially WNW, then NNW, passing either side
of Piedra Blanca del Mar (2135N, 10531W) and ENE of
Isla Isabela (2151N, 10553W). Shoal areas, some of
which are extensive, are reported to lie off the entrances to
some of the rivers and lagoons along this coast.
Topography
5.234
1 The coastline is generally low and sandy with bushes
and stunted trees, and is backed by extensive lagoons
which break through to the sea in places. The country for
many miles inland is low and level and in general there are
no hills close to the coast except in the vicinity of Ro del
Baluarte (Chamalta) (2248N, 10602W) (5.237).
Principal marks
5.235
1 Landmarks:
Cerro San Juan (2126N, 10459W) (5.222).
San Blas Lighthouse (2132N, 10519W) (5.222).
Piedra Blanca del Mar (2135N, 10531W) (5.222).
Isla Isabela (2151N, 10553W) (5.194).
Cabeza de Caballo (2302N, 10603W) (5.194).
2 Pico del Metate (2319N, 10611W) (5.194).
Isla Crestn (2311N, 10626W) (5.255).
Major lights:
San Blas Light (2132N, 10519W) (5.222).
Isla Crestn Light (2311N, 10626W) (5.255).
Other navigational aid
5.236
1 Racon: Isla Crestn Light (2311N, 10626W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 5.223)
5.237
1 From a position WNW of Punta Camarn (2131N,
10516W), and clear SSW of Piedra Blanca de Tierra
(5.226), the coastal passage leads WNW, thence NW,
passing (with positions from Isla Isabela Light (2151N,
10553W)):
SSW of a dangerous shoal (31 miles SE), on which
the sea breaks heavily, which extends about
4 miles seaward from the S entrance to Ro Grande
de Santiago, thence:
2 Either side of Piedra Blanca del Mar (28 miles SE)
(5.222). In 1901 a vessel reported a sounding of
33 m (18 fm), in a position about 7 miles WSW of
Piedra Blanca del Mar, with accompanying tide
rips which caused the vessel to roll heavily; it is
therefore possible there are shoaler depths in this
vicinity. Thence:
3 ENE of Isla Isabela (5.194). Several detached rocks
lie near the island, the most prominent being Roca
Blanca, two nearly white pinnacle rocks, 27 and
12 m high, respectively, near the N end of the
island. On the E and SE sides there are sandy
beaches on which landing may be effected in fine
weather. Thence:
4 WSW of Boca Teacapn (38 miles NNE), the outlet
of two extensive lagoons which are accessible,
with local knowledge, to small craft. A bar, over
which the sea breaks continuously, extends nearly
2 miles offshore from, and for about 1 miles on
each side of, the entrance. A light (white metal
truncated tower, 13 m in height) is displayed from
the entrance and the settlement of Teacapn is
situated close inside the entrance. Thence:
5 WSW of the entrance to Ro del Baluarte (Chamatla)
(57 miles NNW), from where a light (metal
truncated tower, 7 m in height) is displayed. Hills
rise to elevations of 150 and 275 m a short
distance inland on both sides of the entrance to the
river which, during the dry season, is navigable by
small boats only. Thence:
6 WSW of the entrance to Ro Presidio (Barrn)
(76 miles NNW). During the dry season the river
is only navigable by small boats. Thence:
To the approaches to Mazatlan (2311N, 10625W)
(5.244).
Useful marks
5.238
1 Camichin Estero Light (round concrete tower, 8 m in
height) (2146N, 10531W).
Agua Brava Light (red and white chequered
aluminium tower, 6 m in height) (2206N,
10539W) (position approximate).
Isla Venados (2314N, 10629W) (6.14).
Isla Pjaros (1 mile N of Isla Venados) (6.14).
(Directions continue for Mazatlan at 5.257
and for coastal passage at 6.16)
Anchorages
Barra Asadero
5.239
1 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of 11 m (36 ft),
5 cables from the beach at Barra Asadero (2140N,
10526W), the N entrance to Ro Grande de Santiago; a
small shoal lies off the entrance. The settlement of Los
Corchos stands close N of the river mouth.
Barra Mexcaltitn
5.240
1 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of from 9 to
11 m (30 to 36 ft), about 1 mile off the beach at Barra
Mexcaltitn (Camichin Estero) (2147N, 10530W), the S
170
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
outlet of a lagoon which extends N. A small settlement
stands on the W bank just above the entrance. A light
(5.238) stands at the end of the S arm of the lagoon.
Boca Teacapn
5.241
1 Anchorage may be obtained about 7 cables from the
outer edge of the bar off Boca Teacapn (2230N,
10544W) (5.237), with the middle and highest peak of
Sierra de Bayona (789 m (2588 ft) high) (2235N,
10532W) bearing 072.
Ro del Baluarte
5.242
1 Anchorage may be obtained off the mouth of Ro del
Baluarte (2248N, 10602W) (5.237), 2 miles offshore, in
depths of 13 m (42 ft), with a 1140 m (3738 ft) summit,
situated about 20 miles NE, bearing 058.
Other names
5.243
1 Bayona, Ro (2240N, 10545W).
Cabras, Las (2242N, 10555W), a small resort.
MAZATLAN AND APPROACHES
General information
Chart 42 plan of Mazatlan
Position
5.244
1 Mazatlan (2311N, 10625W) is situated at the SE
entrance to Golfo de California.
Function
5.245
1 The port, a port of entry for the State of Sinaloa, is the
main industrial and commercial centre in the W of Mexico,
and is also the largest fishing port on the Pacific coast of
Mexico. The city, with a population of over 800 000, is a
very popular holiday resort, and is a frequent port of call
for cruise vessels.
Topography
5.246
1 The city of Mazatlan lies on a broad peninsula, about
60 m high, situated on the W side of an estuary known as
Estero del Astillero. Isla Crestn (2311N, 10626W)
(5.255), which bounds the W side of the harbour entrance,
is connected to Punta Pala, the S extremity of the
peninsula, by Escollera l Azada, a short causeway. Isla
Los Chivos (7 cables E) (5.255), which forms the E side of
the harbour entrance, is connected to Monte Silla, the
prominent, saddle backed summit of Isla la Piedra standing
7 cables NNE, by Escollera Los Chivos.
2 The W side of the peninsula, from Cabo Viga, the SW
extremity, to Punta Tiburn, 1 miles N, is precipitous and
rocky and is indented by Baha Olas Atlas. North of Punta
Tiburn the coast, up to 2 miles NW, is formed into an
almost continuous sandy beach backed by low, flat land,
over which the city has expanded. The S part of this
stretch of coast is known as Baha de Puerto Viejo.
Approach and entry
5.247
1 The port is approached on the alignment of leading
lights and the channel, further marked by leading lights and
light-buoys, is entered between breakwaters.
171
Traffic
5.248
1 Over 200 vessels call at the port annually.
Port Authority
5.249
1 Administracion Portuaria de Mazatlan, Apdo 814,
Interior Recinto Fiscal, Sinaloa, Mazatlan 82000, Mexico.
Website: www.apimazatlan.com
Limiting conditions
5.250
1 Controlling depths. The least charted depth in the
entrance channel and harbour fairway to the turning basin
is 106 m abreast No 4 berth. It was reported (2002) that
the entrance had been dredged to 12 m.
Deepest and longest berth. Fiscal wharf No 5, length
351 m, depth 107 m alongside.
2 Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Mean spring range about 10 m; mean neap range about
04 m.
Density of water: 1022 g/cm3.
Maximum size of vessel handled. Cargo vessels up to
LOA 210 m, and draught 91 m; Cruise vessels up to LOA
240 m, and draught 91 m.
3 Local weather. During the months January to April it is
reported that fog frequently forms at the harbour entrance
between 0600 and 1000.
There is always a swell from SW and it is reported that
in October it may make boat operations difficult, and may
affect berthing. Chubascos (1.184) can also affect the area
in the summer and autumn months and vessels at anchor
should take precautions.
Arrival information
5.251
1 Coast and port radio. For details see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volumes 1(2) and 6(5).
Notice of ETA: 24 hours.
Anchorage may be obtained on arrival, as shown on the
chart, in an area surrounding Piedra Negra (5.258), in
depths of 19 to 29 m. The holding ground is not good; the
NE part of the anchorage is the best location for vessels
remaining for some time.
The approach to the harbour entrance must be kept clear
at all times.
2 Caution. Between June and December, but particularly
from July to September, heavy squalls coming off the land
may be experienced; vessels are recommended to anchor
with good clearance from any danger and to be ready to
leave the anchorage at short notice.
3 Pilotage is compulsory and is normally available from
08001700 but can be obtained outside these hours on
request. The pilot boards from a black hulled boat, with a
white superstructure, in a position about 5 cables SSE of
Isla Crestn Light, as shown on the chart.
Tugs are available, and are compulsory for vessels over
2500 grt.
Harbour
General layout
5.252
1 The harbour is entered between two breakwaters, whose
heads are about 250 m apart, which extend towards the
fairway from Isla Crestn and Isla Los Chivos. The
entrance channel, Canal del Astillero, about 100 m wide,
leads to a turning basin about 1 miles within the entrance.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 5
At the head of the harbour the channel divides, one branch,
Estero del Infiernillo, which is shallow and of no
commercial importance, leads NNW through a narrow
passage on the W bank spanned by two bridges. The
second branch is the continuation of Estero del Astillero
leading to the fishing harbour, and to the S of which lies
Estero de Urias, which for the most part dries.
2 Close inside the W breakwater, between that breakwater
and an inner breakwater extending ENE from the S point
of the city, 3 cables N, there is a basin with moorings
and jetties for the use of small craft. The commercial and
passenger vessel berths lie on the W side of the main
channel and turning basin, and above the turning basin
there is a naval wharf and a shipyard.
3 The E side of the harbour, initially high land, falls away
to a series of low lying islands which enclose Estero de
Urias on its W side; Isla Belvedere is the largest of these
islands.
Storm signals
5.253
1 Storm signals are displayed from a signal station on
Cerro del Viga (23113N, 106255W). Fixed red lights
are displayed from close SSE and NNW of the signal
station.
Natural conditions
5.254
1 Current in the approach to the entrance is reported to
set W.
Tidal streams predominate in the channel, the direction
being N on the in-going stream and S on the out-going
stream. It was reported (1998) that the tidal stream can
reach a rate of 2 kn. It is recommended that vessels
intending to swing in the turning basin enter at slack water
as the S-going stream is strong.
2 Climate. It is warm during the rainy season from June
to September, but the heat is tempered by frequent rains
and cool winds at night. The climate is more healthy than
that of the coast farther S.
Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.212.
Principal marks
5.255
1 Landmarks:
Isla Crestn (2311N, 10626W), an islet of steep,
rocky bluffs, standing at the W entrance to the
harbour.
Piedra Negra Lighthouse (white square concrete
column on concrete base, 6 m in height) (2310N,
10625W).
2 Isla Los Chivos (2311N, 10625W), a high, partly
wooded islet, at the E entrance to the harbour.
Major lights:
Isla Crestn Light (white square masonry tower and
dwelling, 7 m in height) (2311N, 10626W).
Other navigational aid
5.256
1 Racon: Isla Crestn Light (2311N, 10626W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 5.197 and 5.238)
Approach
5.257
1 The approach from S and W is clear of dangers but
mariners approaching from NW should give a good
clearance to Roca Tortuga (2311N, 10627W), a steep-to
rock, the outermost of a group of islets which include Isla
Hermano del Sur and Isla Hermano del Norte, each of
similar height, which lie 7 cables NW of Isla Crestn.
Entry
5.258
1 Caution. The leading lights, particularly the inner pair,
are reported (2002) to be difficult to identify at a distance.
It has been recommended (2002) that vessels do not
enter in low visibility owing to the narrowness of the
entrance. See also under tidal streams at 5.254. Strong N
winds can also may navigation in the harbour fairway
difficult.
2 Entry leading lights:
Front light (white truncated metal tower, 14 m in
height) (23129N, 106242W).
Rear light (similar structure, 19 m in height) (500 m
NNE of front light).
3 From a position SSW of the harbour the alignment
(023) of these lights leads into the harbour entrance
passing (with positions from Isla Crestn Light (2311N,
10626W)):
WNW of Piedra Negra (9 cables SE), a steep-to islet
from where a light (5.255) is displayed, thence:
WNW of Roca Anegada (5 cables ESE), an isolated
pinnacle rock, thence:
4 Between the breakwaters and light-buoys (lateral) to
the vicinity of the inner W breakwater on the head
of which stands a light (white metal tower, 7 m in
height).
Main channel
5.259
1 Canal del Astillero Leading Lights:
Front light (yellow rectangle on metal pyramidal
tower, 14 m in height) (23126N, 106244W).
Rear light (white metal pyramidal tower, 7 m in
height) (1500 m NNE of front light).
From the vicinity of the inner W breakwater the
alignment (018) of these lights leads through a channel,
marked by light-buoys, to the N part of the turning basin,
passing WNW of Piedra Blanca (1 mile SSW from front
leading light), marked by a light-buoy.
2 N of the turning basin, the channel, further marked by
leading lights, light-buoys and a light-beacon, continues NE
into the head of the harbour; the deeper channel passes SE
of an island (23125N, 106243W) in the central part of
the fairway, on which stands a light (green concrete
column, 7 m in height).
Useful marks
5.260
1 With positions from Isla Crestn Light (2311N,
10626W):
Cerro Neveria (1 miles N), surmounted by several
radio masts (red lights).
Isla Cardones (1 miles E).
2 E breakwater light (red concrete column, 9 m in
height) (5 cables E).
172
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 5

Isla Crestn Cathedral a

a Isla Los Chivos

a Approaches to Mazatlan (5.257)

(Original dated 1997)
(Photograph Crown Copyright)

W breakwater light (green truncated concrete
structure, 9 m in height) (4 cables ENE).
Cathedral (twin spires) (2 miles NNE).
Berths
5.261
1 With positions from Isla Crestn Light (2311N,
10626W):
Ferry terminal (7 cables NE): length 55 m, depth
alongside 910 m.
Ro-Ro berths (7 cables NE): depth alongside 83 m.
Cruise ship jetty (9 cables NE): length 140 m, depth
alongside 10 m.
2 Muelle de Pemex (1 mile NE): length 80 m, depth
alongside 10 m, which can accommodate tankers
up to LOA 180 m and draught 91 m.
Commercial berths (1 miles NNE): five berths, total
length 1332 m, depths alongside 911 m.
3 Naval Wharf (1 miles NNE): length 131 m, depth
alongside 57 m.
Muelle de Pesca (2 miles NE): length about 1400 m,
depths alongside 55 to 93 m.
In addition, there is a molasses berth length 265 m,
depth alongside 11 m.
Port services
5.262
1 Repairs can be undertaken. There is a shipyard and
several slipways, the largest slipway has a capacity of
457 tonnes.
Other facilities: hospitals; deratting certificates issued,
garbage collection.
Supplies. Provisions available; fresh water on all quays,
also by tanker; bunkers available, prior notice is required.
Communications. Mazatlan airport, 20 km distant, with
international flights.
Other names
5.263
1 Chile, Punta (23125N, 106258W).
Ciaboga, Darsena de (23110N, 106252W).
Derecha, Punta (23116N, 106257W).
Monte Silla, Punta (23114N, 106247W).
Soto, Isla de (23123N, 106243W).

173
Home Contents Index

Chapter 6 - Golfo de California

115 114 113 112 111 110 109 108 107 106

2324
32 32
Ro Colorado
6.268

31 6.210 31

6.255

30 30

M E X I C O
6.233
6.202

29 29
6.244

3061 B. S. Teresa &

San Francisquito 6.187
28 6.51 28
6.221 Guaymas
42

3061
Santa Rosalia
27 6.168 27
6.158
6.35 P. de Yavaros 3061

26 26
6.28
2323 Topolobampo 2323
6.133
6.5
25 25

6.102
3061 Canale San Lorenzo 6.12
ue 6.89
24 hiling r. 24
3061 B. Pic & App La Paz
H r.
az
3061 La P 6.114

Mazatlan
23 6.74 42 23
Cabo Falso
2324

3053

115 114 113 112 Longitude 110 West from Greenwich 107 106
March 2004

174
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
GOLFO DE CALIFORNIA
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 2323, 2324
Scope of the chapter
6.1
1 The area covered by this chapter comprises Golfo de
California which is entered between Mazatlan (2311N,
10625W) and Cabo Falso (197 miles W). It extends about
670 miles NW to the mouth of Ro Colorado (3145N,
11445W), and varies in width between 60 and 120 miles.
2 The chapter is divided into the following sections:
Golfo de California Southern Part Offshore Route
(6.5).
Golfo de California Southern Part East Side (6.11).
Golfo de California Southern Part West Side (6.71).
Golfo de California Northern Part East Side
(6.185).
Golfo de California Northern Part West Side
(6.219), including Ro Colorado.
Description
6.2
1 The E shore of Golfo de California is for the most part
low and sandy, although there are many places where the
mountains do approach the coast closely. The peaks of
Sierra Madre Occidental can be seen in the interior, as well
as those on other mountain ranges branching from it. The
depth of water off the E side of the gulf is, in general,
much less than on the W side.
2 Baja California forms the W side of the gulf. It is a
long, narrow peninsula, with an average width of about
50 miles, which extends about 690 miles NNW from Cabo
Falso (2252N, 10957W) to the Mexico-United States
border. Rugged mountains range down the spine of the
peninsula. For administrative purposes that part of Baja
California which lies N of 28N is known as State of Baja
California, with its capital in Mexicali (3238N,
11531W), whilst that part lying to S of 28N is known as
the State of Baja California Sur, with its capital at La Paz
(2410N, 11019W) (6.114).
3 Most of Baja California is hot, parched desert; the N
part gets a small quantity of rain in the winter, the S part
in the summer; only the S extremity can be said to have
enough rain.
The off-lying islands in the gulf are for the most part
barren and uninhabited.
Natural conditions
6.3
1 Currents. A strong W set may be experienced off Cabo
San Lucas (2252N, 10953W). In the middle of the gulf
the current normally sets SE but it is weak and is greatly
influenced by the tides. Between Cabo San Lucas and Isla
Tortuga (2726N, 11153W) the currents are dangerous
and unpredictable, especially off Isla Carmen (2600N,
11110W) where there is an inshore set of more than 1 kn.
175
Between Isla Tortuga and Puerto Santa Rosalia (21 miles
WSW) rates of up to 3 kn have been experienced.
2 Tides and tidal streams. The tidal range decreases from
about 12 m (4 ft) at the entrance, to less than 1 m (3 ft) in
the central part, then increases to about 7 m (23 ft) at the
head of the gulf.
The tidal streams flow regularly along the coast but their
strength and direction depend greatly on the wind. The
strength increases towards the head of the gulf, where, at
the mouth of Ro Colorado they frequently attain rates of 5
or 6 kn. Tide rips are often sighted along the edges of the
shoals that lie off the coasts.
3 Discoloured water. A curious phenomenon of the gulf is
the existence of extensive patches of red coloured water.
This was noted by the early Spanish navigators, who at one
time named the gulf Vermilion Sea. Investigations of the
phenomenon by the United States Navy ascribe the
vermilion patches encountered at the mouth of the gulf to
the presence of countless numbers of organisms suspended
some distance below the surface of the water. The brick
coloured and corrosive waters of some portions of the
upper gulf are thought to be due to the presence of great
numbers of organisms floating on the surface of the water,
giving it a milky red colour.
4 Mirage. In March 1950, an exaggerated mirage effect
was experienced in the N two thirds of the gulf.
Marine life. Nearly every species of edible fish found in
European waters abounds in the gulf, as well as some other
species. Immense swordfish are found, and sharks of every
species are very prevalent; some which grow to an
enormous size. The large Manta Raya is present, and large
octopi frequent the rocky cavities near the shore.
5 Weather. During the winter months the prevailing winds
are from NW; during the summer months they are from SE
and are not so strong. During both seasons there are days
of light winds and calms when land and sea breezes assert
themselves.
6 A local hurricane, known as El Cordonazo (1.178), is
sometimes experienced in the gulf, though several years
elapse between these violent storms. They occur towards
the end of the rainy season and always blow from between
SE and SW.
Temperatures are usually quite pleasant; the heat tends
to be dry with low humidity.
Caution
6.4
1 In addition to the threat of storms, the scarcity of good
ports and anchorages, and the lack of well travelled routes,
three special conditions, which become magnified the
farther N a vessel navigates up the gulf, make navigation
dangerous in Golfo de California. They are the unusual
tidal range, the rate of the tidal streams, and the absence of
swell or breakers to mark isolated dangers. Mariners should
navigate with caution.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
GOLFO DE CALIFORNIA SOUTHERN PART OFFSHORE ROUTE
General information
Charts 2323, 2324
Route
6.5
1 From the vicinity of Isla San Juanito (2144N,
10642W) (5.196), the N of Isla Tres Maras, to the
approaches to Guaymas (2754N, 11052W), the route
leads generally NNW for about 430 miles.
Vessels entering the gulf from W can follow the coastal
route described at 6.78 until in the vicinity of Punta Arena
(2333N, 10928W), from whence the route joins the
above route and leads NNW for about 272 miles to the
approaches to Guaymas.
Topography
6.6
1 Descriptions of the coast on the NE side of Golfo de
California are given at 6.13 and 6.36, and for that on the S
part of Baja California at 6.75 and 6.90.
Natural conditions
6.7
1 See 6.3.
GOLFO DE CALIFORNIA SOUTHERN PART EAST SIDE
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 2323, 2324
Area covered
6.11
1 The area covered by this section comprises:
Mazatlan to Punta San Ignacio (6.12).
Baha and Puerto de Topolobampo (6.28).
Punta San Ignacio to Cabo Haro (6.35).
Guaymas (6.51).
MAZATLAN TO PUNTA SAN IGNACIO
General information
Chart 2323
Route
6.12
1 From the approaches to Mazatlan (2311N, 10625W)
the route leads NW for about 218 miles to the vicinity of
Punta San Ignacio (2536N, 10923W).
Topography
6.13
1 The coastline throughout its length is mainly low and
sandy and covered with bushes.
North of Ro Elota (2353N, 10658W) (6.16), the
coast is backed by a series of long lagoons which are
fronted by narrow islands, and which are entered through
shallow passages between these islands. The land rises
inland to moderately high ranges of hills and mountains,
notable amongst which is Sierra de San Sebastin, a range
situated from 15 to 25 miles from the coast, whose highest
peak is Pico Chuchamone (2420N, 10658W). A second
range of mountains, on which there are several prominent
176
Major lights
6.8
Cerro Partido Light (2532N, 10906W) (6.14).
Cabo Haro Light (2750N, 11053W) (6.61).
Other navigational aid
6.9
1 Racon: Punta Lobos Light (2720N, 11038W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 5.197)
6.10
1 From a position SW of Roca Blanca (2142N,
10643W) (5.197) the route leads generally NNW passing:
ENE of Punta Arena (2333N, 10928W) (6.79),
thence:
ENE of the dangers off the E coast of Isla Cerralvo
(2415N, 10952W) (6.94), thence:
2 WSW of San Ignacio Faralln (2526N, 10925W)
(6.14), and:
ENE of Las Animas (2506N, 11030W) (6.137),
thence:
ENE of Isla Santa Catalina (2536N, 11048W)
(6.137), thence:
WSW of Punta Lobos (2720N, 11038W) (6.40).
peaks, rises 20 miles from the coast N of Altata (2437N,
10755W). Both ranges are dominated farther inland by
the peaks of Sierra Madre Occidental.
2 North of Altata the coastal plain is frequently subject to
inundation.
The hills of Sierra de Navachiste attain an elevation of
about 457 m, close to the coast, in the approaches to
Topolobampo (2536N, 10904W).
Principal marks
6.14
1 Landmarks:
Pico del Metate (2319N, 10611W) (5.194).
Isla Crestn (2311N, 10626W) (5.255).
Isla Venados (2314N, 10629W), a barren rocky
island in two parts joined by a narrow isthmus; the
summit on the N part rises to 152 m, and that on
the S part to 91 m in height.
2 Isla Pjaros (1 mile NNW of Isla Venados), a similar
barren rocky island which rises to a height of
122 m.
San Ignacio Faralln (2526N, 10925W), a high,
barren rock, rendered white by guano; see view B
on chart 2323.
3 Major lights:
Isla Crestn Light (2311N, 10626W) (5.255).
Cerro Partido Light (white round masonry tower,
black band, 5 m in height) (2532N, 10906W).
Other navigational aids
6.15
1 Racons.
Isla Crestn Light (2311N, 10626W).
Topolobampo Fairway Light-buoy (2531N,
10913W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
Directions
(continued from 5.197 and 5.238)
6.16
1 From the vicinity of 2309N, 10626W, in the
approaches to Mazatlan, the passage leads NW passing:
SW of Isla Venados (2314N, 10629W) (6.14); a
detached rock lies close to the SW extremity of
the island. Thence:
2 SW of Isla Pjaros (1 mile NNW of Isla Venados)
(6.14); some above-water rocks lie cable off the
S side of the island, and others within cable of
the NW extremity of the island. Irregular depths
appear to extend for some distance from the NW
extremity of the island; in a heavy swell breakers
were observed about 1 mile N of the island, but it
was estimated the depth was probably not less than
9 m. Thence:
3 SW of Punta Camarn (2219N, 10631W), a rocky
bluff, 15 m in height, thence:
SW of Punta Gruesa (2329N, 10639W), a rocky
bluff; Ro Quelite flows into the sea 5 miles SE
of Punta Gruesa. Thence:
4 SW of a prominent point (2339N, 10650W), which
comprises two headlands 1 mile apart. A reef, over
which the sea breaks, extends a short distance S
and W from Punta Prieta, the S headland. A light
(white round concrete tower, red bands, 11 m in
height) is displayed from Punta Piaxtla, the N
headland, and a white, rocky islet, 11 m in height,
stands 2 cables N of this point. Thence:
5 SW of Punta San Miguel (9 miles NW of Punta
Piaxtla), a rocky point fringed by detached rocks,
thence:
SW of the entrance to Ro Elota (2353N,
10658W); the river flows as a torrent during the
rainy season but dries up in the dry season.
Thence:
6 SW of a shoal, with depths of 55 m (18 ft) at its
extremity, which extends 1 miles SW from the
entrance to Ro San Lorenzo (2415N, 10727W)
(6.20). El Dorado Light (white truncated pyramidal
metal tower, 16 m in height) (position
approximate) is displayed from the vicinity of the
entrance. Thence:
7 Clear of, depending on draught, an extensive shoal,
with a least known depth over it of 10 m (33 ft),
which lies about 12 miles SW of Altata (2437N,
10755W); caution is required when navigating in
this vicinity. And:
8 SW of a shoal, over which there are heavy breakers,
which extends about 4 miles SW from the shore
from a position 4 miles NW of Altata. The coast
from the vicinity of Altata, as far as Pennsula del
Perihuete (2512N, 10824W), 42 miles NW, is
formed by two narrow, low, sandy islands, on
which there are some sandhills and bushes. Shoals
extend for a considerable distance offshore in
places and it is recommended that vessels remain
in depths of not less than 27 m (15 fm),
particularly at night. Thence:
9 SW of an area of shoals on which the sea breaks
constantly, which extend 2 miles offshore in the
vicinity of Isla Vinorama (2522N, 10846W), a
small sandy island, thence:
SW of an extensive shoal on which the sea breaks,
which lies off the W extremity of Isla San Ignacio
177
(18 miles WNW of Isla Vinorama), a narrow island
about 13 miles long, thence:
10 SW of the shoals which extend up to 3 miles SW
from the entrance to Topolobampo (2535N,
10904W) (6.28), and:
Either side of San Ignacio Faralln (2526N,
10925W) (6.14), from where a light (white metal
tower, 12 m in height) is displayed; the rock is
steep-to, except on the N side close off which are
several detached rocks. Thence:
11 SW of Punta San Ignacio (2536N, 10923W), the S
extremity of a small, sand island, around which a
dangerous shoal, on which the sea breaks heavily,
extends up to 3 miles offshore; it is reported that
this bank has extended farther SE and the area
should be given a wide berth.
Useful marks
6.17
1 Cerro Las Vigas (2347N, 10653W), a triangular
shaped hill near the coast.
Punta La Tonina Light (2430N, 10748W) (6.21).
Punta Colorada Light (2448N, 10806W) (position
approximate) (6.22).
2 Punta Riscin Light (2508N, 10820W) (position
approximate) (6.23).
El Perihuete Light (2511N, 10823W) (position
approximate) (6.23).
Boca de Macapule Light (2522N, 10845W)
(position approximate) (6.24).
(Directions continue at 6.39)
Anchorages and passages to the lagoons
Isla Pjaros
6.18
1 Anchorage may be obtained NW of Isla Pjaros
(2316N, 10629W) (6.14) in a depth of about 11 m
(36 ft), or in a similar depth between this island and Isla
Venados (1 mile SSE) (6.14).
Local knowledge is essential.
Ro Piaxtla
6.19
1 Anchorage may be obtained in the sweep of the bay
formed between Punta Piaxtla (2339N, 10649W) (6.16)
and Ro Piaxtla (2 miles N); vegetation is thick in the
vicinity of the river mouth. The anchorage is in depths of
between 9 and 11 m (30 to 36 ft) about 1 mile NW of
Punta Piaxtla.
Boca Tavala
6.20
1 Anchorage may be obtained, in fine weather, off Boca
Tavala (2415N, 10727W) which is the outlet for Ro
San Lorenzo, a river which is only navigable by craft of
less than 15 m draught during the dry season, and which is
also the entrance to a large lagoon which runs SE for over
30 miles enclosed by a narrow strip of land known as
Pennsula de Quevedo. The anchorage is about 2 miles
offshore in depths of about 11 m (36 ft).
2 El Dorado Light (6.16) is displayed from the N side of
the entrance, and a conspicuous chimney is reported to
stand close E of the light.
Barra de la Tonina
6.21
1 Description. Barra de la Tonina (2432N, 10749W)
forms the entrance to Ensenada del Pabelln, an extensive
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
lagoon enclosed by a narrow strip of land extending to SE,
and to Baha de Altata which extends about 9 miles NW to
the mouth of Ro Culiacn. Punta La Tonina Light (metal
tower, 15 m in height) (position approximate) standson the
SE side of the entrance.
2 Local knowledge is required for entry as the bar is
subject to frequent changes.
A channel, marked by light-beacons, leads to the fishing
port of El Castillo, situated at the mouth of a river which
flows into the NW corner of Ensenada de Pabelln.
3 Baha de Altata was formerly the seaport for Culiacn,
the capital of the State of Sinaloa, which stands 32 miles
inland. A light (aluminium tower, 9 m in height) (position
approximate) is displayed from Puerto de Altata which
stands at the mouth of Ro Culiacn.
Canal de Beredito
6.22
1 Description. Canal de Beredito, entered between Punta
Beredito (2446N, 10805W) and Punta Colorada (about
1 miles NW), leads into the S part of Estero de Altamura,
a large lagoon which runs inland for as much as 10 miles
in places. Isla de Tachichilte, an island about 16 miles in
length, and several other smaller islands, are situated in this
lagoon.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Punta Beredito is the N extremity of a sandy island,
once separated from the mainland by a lagoon, and Punta
Colorada, a steep and rocky point fringed by detached
rocks, is the S extremity of Isla Altamura which fronts the
lagoon for a distance of 24 miles NW; a shoal, on which
the sea breaks heavily, extends about 7 miles NW along
Isla Altamura.
3 A light (white framework tower, 8 m in height) (position
approximate) is displayed from Punta Colorada, and a
stranded wreck lies on the point. Yameto Light (white
round concrete tower, red bands, 10 m in height) is
displayed from Bajos de Santa Maria on the SE side of the
entrance.
4 Useful mark:
Pico Agua Pepa (2502N, 10751W), the W of three
prominent peaks standing 22 miles NE of Punta
Colorada, bearing 042, makes a good mark for
identifying the entrance.
Estero de Playa Colorada
6.23
1 Description. Estero de Playa Colorada, a shallow
passage which leads between Isla Saliaca (2510N,
10821W), a low sandy island, about 4 miles long, and the
SE extremity of Pennsula del Perihuete (close NW)
provides the N entrance into Estero de Altamura (6.22). A
similar opening leads S of Isla Saliaca between that island
and the NW extremity of Isla Altamura (6.22). Shoals, on
which the sea breaks, extend for some distance across, and
to N and S of both entrances, and up to a distance of
3 miles offshore. The N entrance is marked by buoys and
leading lights.
2 Local knowledge is required; depths on the bars are
constantly changing. A pilot may be obtained from
Mazatlan (5.244).
3 A light (white metal tower, 8 m in height) is displayed
from Punta Riscin, the NW extremity of Isla Altamura,
and a light (white metal tower, 12 m in height) is displayed
from El Perihuete at the extremity of Pennsula del
Perihuete. Inside Estero de Altamura a light (silver metal
178
tower, 13 m in height) (position approximate) is displayed
at La Reforma on the E side of the lagoon.
4 Anchorage may be obtained about 4 or 5 miles offshore
in depths of about 11 m (36 ft).
Boca de Macapule
6.24
1 Description. Boca de Macapule is a shallow entrance,
fronted by shoals, which leads between the W extremity of
Isla Macapule (2520N, 10840W), a narrow island about
11 miles long, and Isla Vinorama (close W) (6.16).
2 There is also an entrance at the E extremity of Isla
Macapule passing either side of a small island situated
about 5 miles WNW of the mouth of Ro Sinaloa (2516N,
10829W), a river from which discoloured water extends
some distance to seaward. Lights (concrete structures, 6 m
in height) stand on the E and W breakwaters at each side
of the entrance to Ro Sinaloa.
3 Boca de Macapule Light (white concrete tower, red
bands, 10 m in height) is displayed from the W extremity
of Isla Macapule.
Estero de Navachiste
6.25
1 Description. Estero de Navachiste the passage which
lies between Isla Vinorama (2522N, 10846W) (6.16),
and the extremity of Isla San Ignacio (close W) (6.16), is
narrow and intricate, and fronted by shoals. A remarkable
white rock, 23 m high, is situated in the N part of the
lagoon, about 7 miles NW of Isla Vinorama.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha de San Ignacio
6.26
1 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths from 11 to 13 m
(36 to 42 ft), sheltered from NW winds, in Baha de San
Ignacio which is bounded E by Punta Santa Maria
(2532N, 10911W) (6.28), and W by Punta San Ignacio
(13 miles WNW) (6.16). A stranded wreck is reported to lie
on the shore in position 25387N, 109187W.
Other names
6.27
1 Colorado, Playa (2515N, 10819W), town.
Roja, Punta (2325N, 10636W).
BAHA AND PUERTO DE TOPOLOBAMPO
Chart 2323, Mexican Charts 336, 337 (see 1.14)
General information
6.28
1 Position. The port of Topolobampo (2536N, 10904W)
lies on the N side of the extensive inlet, Baha de
Topolobampo. It is located in an extensive fertile zone
which produces about half of Mexicos agricultural output.
2 Function. Topolobampo is a port of entry for the State
of Sinaloa and serves Los Mochis, a city with a population
of about 200 000, situated 12 miles inland. The port also
handles trade for the landlocked State of Chihuahua with
which there is a rail link. There are alongside facilities for
handling bulk, oil, containers, general cargoes and ferries;
some 80% of traffic is domestic. Cruise ships call.
3 Topography. Both entrance points to Baha de
Topolobampo are low. Punta Copas (2533N, 10907W),
the E entrance point, to the E of which the land rises
sharply to Sierra de Navachiste (6.13), is reported to have
been eroding SE. Punta Santa Maria (2 miles W), the W
entrance, is the S extremity of Isla Santa Maria, which is
formed by a steep beach backed by a range of sand dunes
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
between 15 and 30 m high on which there are a few
bushes. The island extends 13 miles WNW from Punta
Santa Maria enclosing a lagoon known as Baha Santa
Maria.
4 Inside the bay there is high land on both sides, fronted
on the N side by shallow flats, and indented on the S side
by a series of inlets.
Approach and entry. The port is approached and
entered through a buoyed channel on the alignment of
leading lights.
Traffic. In 2002, 23 vessels called at the port totalling
778 367 dwt.
5 Port Authority. Administracion Portuaria Integral de
Topolobampo, S.A. de C.V.. Acceso al Parque Industrial
Pesquero Topolobampo 81370, Sinaloa State, Mexico.
Website: www.apitopo.com
Limiting conditions
6.29
1 Controlling depth. There is a least charted depth (2000)
of 31 ft (94 m) on the centreline of the second leg of the
entrance channel.
Deepest and longest berth. Container berth (6.33).
Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Mean spring range about 10 m; mean neap range about
03 m.
2 Density of water: 1072 g/cm3.
Maximum size of vessel handled: Vessels up to LOA
200 m, 50 000 dwt, and draught 12 m.
Local weather. During March and April NW winds
prevail and raise a breaking sea over the bar.
Arrival information
6.30
1 Port operations take place 24 hours throughout the year.
Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
Notice of ETA: 72, 48 and 24 hours.
Outer anchorages. Anchorage may be obtained 1 mile
SW of the Fairway Light-buoy (2531N, 10913W).
2 Anchorage may also be obtained in the approach
channel in depths of about 15 m (49 ft), mud, SW of Punta
Pinto (2534N, 10904W). The holding ground is reported
to be good but shipping passes close by and swinging room
is limited.
3 Pilotage is compulsory and is available at any time
throughout the year. The pilot boards, from a 38 ft
aluminium boat, black hull with white wheelhouse, in the
vicinity of the Fairway Light-buoy; in rough weather
boarding is effected from a tug. See Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
Tugs are available.
Harbour
6.31
1 General layout. The town and port installations of
Topolombampo line the N side of Baha San Carlos, a
relatively deep stretch of water which lies at the head of
Baha de Topolobampo and which is approached through a
buoyed channel and entered through a passage between the
W side of Cerro San Carlos (2535N, 10904W) (see
below) and Cerro Gallinas, the extremity of a low
peninsula, 4 cables E. The Pemex oil terminal is situated at
Punta Mapam, which forms the E extremity of Baha San
Carlos, 1 miles E of Cerro Gallinas. Above Punta Mapam
the inlet opens out into an extensive, shallow lagoon,
known as Baha de Ohuira (2538N, 10859W) (shown as
San Carlos Bay on chart 2323).
179
2 Natural conditions.
Climate. The weather is reported to be cool and
pleasant in March and April. The rainy season
usually starts at the end of June, and is said to be
variable in duration. There is a risk of hurricanes
between August and October.
3 Tidal streams are strong; rates can reach 8 kn across
the bar at springs, and average 5 kn in the
channels.
4 Landmarks (with positions from Punta Copas (2533N,
10907W)):
Cerro Partido (about 1 miles ESE), 78 m high, from
where a light (6.14) is displayed; there is a
prominent bald-faced cliff just S of its summit.
Cerro San Carlos (4 miles NE), 249 m high, the
highest point on the S side of the harbour.
White church surmounted by an illuminated cross,
which stands on the summit of Cerro Babiri
(2 miles N), 76 m high.
5 White church, surmounted by an illuminated cross,
which stands on the summit of Cerro del Can
(4 miles NE), 106 m high.
Cerro de la Chata (4 miles NNE), 273 m high, the
highest point on the N side of the harbour.
Directions
6.32
1 Approach from south-east. From a position 10 miles
SE of San Ignacio Faralln (2526N, 10925W) (6.14), a
recommended approach leads NNE for about 13 miles to
the vicinity of the Fairway Light-buoy (2531N,
10913W).
Caution. Strong E sets have been experienced in the
vicinity of Baha de Topolobampo.
2 Entrance channel. From the vicinity of the Fairway
Light-buoy a narrow channel, varying in width from about
1 cable on the bar, to about 4 cables in the port approaches,
and marked by three sets of leading lights and by
light-buoys, leads for about 10 miles, through Baha de
Topolobampo, to Baha San Carlos. In places on the first
and second legs the 10 m depth contour lies very close to
or on the centreline and within the buoyed channel. Depths
in the channel inside the bar then increase gradually and
there is ample depth as far as Topolobampo for any vessel
which can cross the bar; the depths are irregular and depths
of 18 and 31 m can be found in places.
3 Leading lights: (with positions from Punta Copas
(2533N, 10907W):
First set:
Front light (white truncated metal tower, 16 m in
height) on Cerro Babiri (2 miles N) (6.31).
4 Rear light (white truncated metal tower, 9 m in
height) on Cerro Iturbe (4 miles NNE).
The alignment (051) of these lights leads NE to the
vicinity of Punta Santa Mara (2 miles W).
Second set. From this position the alignment (093) of
the following lights then leads about 3 miles E passing N
of Punta Copas:
5 Front light (white round tower, black bands, 3 m in
height) on Punta Prieta (2 miles ENE).
Rear light (white pyramidal concrete tower, 3 m in
height) on Punta Baja (1 miles E of the front
light).
6 Third set. The alignment (232), astern, of the following
lights, and the bearing 052, ahead, of San Carlos Light
(white round concrete tower, 3 m in height) (25348N,
109032W), leads about 2 miles NE to the vicinity of
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

Baha San Carlos

Topolobampo Container Berth (6.33.1)

(Original dated 1994)
(Photograph Crown Copyright)

Punta Pinto (3 miles ENE), a salient point from where a
light (white round concrete tower, 3 m in height) is
displayed:
7 Front light (white metal truncated pyramidal tower,
8 m in height) on Punta Copas.
Rear light (similar structure, 14 m in height) (420 m
SW of front light).
Thence the fairway leads about 2 miles NNE into
Baha San Carlos.
Port services
6.34
1 Repairs: minor repairs only.
Other facilities: basic hospitals in Topolobampo,
specialised hospital at Los Mochis, 23 km distant; garbage
disposal.
Supplies: fuel and diesel oil; fresh water; provisions.
Communications: international airport 11 km distant;
regular ferry services to La Paz in Baja California Sur.

PUNTA SAN IGNACIO TO CABO HARO

Anchorage and berths
6.33
1 Anchorage is possible off Topolobampo as advised by
the pilot.
Alongside berths:
Container berth (8 cables NNE of Punta Pinto): length
240 m; depth alongside 12 m.
2 General cargo berth (11 cables NNE of Punta Pinto):
length 99 m; depth alongside 10 m.
Terminal Transoceanica de Topolobampo (close E of
container berth): length 135 m, depth alongside
11 m.
3 Pemex berth (see 6.31): length 250 m (two berths);
depth alongside 14 m on S side. Vessels berth port
side-to using the starboard anchor. The in-going
stream pushes a vessel on the N side on to the
berth, and a vessel on the S side off the berth; the
reverse happens on the out-going stream. Departure
from this berth is tide dependent and takes place
during daylight only.
General information
Chart 2324
Routes
6.35
1 Offshore route. See 6.5.
Coastal route. The coastal route, which is described in
two parts, leads N from the vicinity of Punta San Ignacio
(2536N, 10923W) to the vicinity of 2635N, 10930W
in the approaches to Puerto de Yavaros. Thence it continues
W and WNW to the vicinity of Punta Lobos (2720N,
11038W), and NNW to the vicinity of Cabo Haro
(2750N, 11053W).
Topography
6.36
1 From Punta San Ignacio the coast trends N for 19 miles
to the vicinity of Punta Ahome (6.39) and is fronted by
Isla de la Lechuguilla (Lechuguia) and Isla de las Piedras,
long sandy islands, sparsely covered in bushes, behind
which there is an extensive lagoon with low, marshy land,

Topolobampo Pemex Oil berth from entrance to Baha San Carlos (6.33.2)
(Original dated 1994)
(Photograph Crown Copyright)

180
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
subject to inundation, along its E side. There are entrances
into the lagoon, both N and S of Isla de la Lechuguilla; a
small island lies in the S entrance.
2 Between Punta Ahome and the entrance to Estero de
Agiabampo (25 miles NNE) (6.43) the coast continues low
and sandy, but is backed inland by Sierra San Pablo, which
rises to an elevation of 617 m (2026 ft), 19 miles E of
Punta Ahome.
3 The coast between Estero de Agiabampo and Baha de
Yavaros (25 miles NW) is low, sandy, and covered with
bushes; the N part of the stretch of coast is backed by
lagoons. Mountain ranges rise some 15 to 18 miles behind
the coast. Pico de Alamos (not charted), a sharp and
prominent peak rises to an elevation of 1791 m 31 miles
ENE of Baha de Yavaros.
4 From Punta Rosa (6.40), 10 miles W of Baha de
Yavaros, the coast, for about 12 miles NW, consists of a
sandy beach with a few bushes backed by yellowish
sandhills from 15 to 25 m high. It then recedes, and for a
farther 35 miles comprises a series of low, narrow islands
enclosing lagoons accessible only to small craft.
5 In the approach to Punta Lobos (2720N, 11038W)
(6.40) the coast trends WNW and is low and sandy, broken
only by the entrance to a lagoon which separates the point
from the mainland.
6 At Punta Lobos the coast turns abruptly N, and for
32 miles, as far as the entrance to Viejo Yaqui (6.49), is
low and sandy, broken in places by the entrances to the
lagoons, which back the coastline. The coast then turns W
for 12 miles to the entrance to Baha de Guaymas (6.59)
and is formed by a long, smooth beach, known as El
Cochore.
7 The coast between the entrance to Baha de Guaymas
and Cabo Haro, 4 miles SSW (6.37), is described at 6.53.
Principal marks
6.37
1 Landmarks:
San Ignacio Faralln (2526N, 10925W) (6.14).
Cerro del Crocodilo (2600N, 10922W), a
remarkable flat topped hill.
Cerro Baroyeca (2734N, 10945W).
Isla Lobos Lighthouse (white truncated metal tower,
20 m in height) (2720N, 11038W) (position
approximate).
2 Cerro Bacatete (2800N, 11022W).
Cerro Cochis (Tordillo) (2752N, 11041W).
Cabo Haro (2750N, 11053W), a steep-to, rocky
headland, on which stands a light (6.61); a bold
hill, joined to the headland by a narrow isthmus,
stands on its W side.
3 Major light:
Cabo Haro Light (2750N, 11053W) (6.61).
Other navigational aid
6.38
1 Racon: Isla Lobos Lighthouse (2720N, 11038W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 6.17)
Punta San Ignacio to Puerto de Yavaros
6.39
1 From a position at least 3 miles SW of Punta San
Ignacio (2536N, 10923W) the passage leads generally
N, passing (with positions from Punta San Ignacio):
181
2 W of Punta Ahome (about 19 miles N), a low, sandy
point, which projects about 1 mile from the general
line of the coast to form the N entrance point of
Ro Fuerte. This entrance, which is obstructed by a
small island, is fronted by a shoal bank, on which
the sea breaks, and which extends about 1 miles
offshore. Narrow channels, suitable only for small
craft, lead each side of the island. Thence:
3 W of the entrance to Ro Alamos (about 30 miles N),
which is fronted by a bar that breaks almost
continuously, thence:
W of the entrance to Estero de Agiabampo (about
42 miles N) (6.43), thence:
To the approaches to Puerto de Yavaros.
Useful mark:
Agiabampo Light (2616N, 10918W) (6.43).
Puerto de Yavaros to Cabo Haro
6.40
1 From the vicinity of 2635N, 10930W the passage
leads W, then NW and NNW, to the vicinity of Cabo Haro
(2750N, 11053W) passing (with positions from Isla
Lobos Light (2720N, 11038W)):
S of Punta Rosa (62 miles SE), a low reddish point
from where Santa Barbara Light (truncated metal
tower, 8 m in height) is displayed, thence:
2 SW of Punta Arboleda (51 miles SE) the S extremity
of an island from the vicinity of which a light
(white truncated metal tower, 13 m in height) is
displayed; the only trees to be found in this
vicinity are on the island and make it distinctive.
Thence:
3 SW of the mouth of Estero Corga (16 miles SE),
which is fronted by a bar on which the sea breaks,
and from the vicinity of which Medanos de Santo
Domingo Light (truncated metal tower, 7 m in
height) (position approximate) is displayed. Shoal
water extends up to 3 miles offshore in places
between Punta Arboleda and Estero Corga, and up
to 2 miles offshore between the latter entrance and
Isla Lobos. Thence:
4 SW and WSW of Punta Lobos, the W extremity of
Isla Lobos, a low, sandy island, about 5 miles long,
which is separated from the mainland by a lagoon.
Monte Verde, a remarkable green mound, 23 m
high, stands about 2 miles from the W end of the
island; a light (6.37) is displayed from Punta
Lobos. Extensive shoaling has been reported to W
and NW of Punta Lobos. Strong, variable currents
have also been reported in this vicinity, and fog is
fairly common; mariners are advised to give the
point a berth of at least 10 miles. Thence:
5 WSW of the entrance to Estero Algodones (20 miles
N), comprising three outlets which, from a short
distance, look like lagoons; the river can be
entered by small craft with local knowledge. A
sandbank which breaks and is more than 2 miles in
length, extends offshore for about the same
distance across the three outlets which themselves
are obstructed with shoals and sandbars. A light
(truncated metal tower, 16 m in height) (position
approximate) stands in the vicinity of the river
mouth. Thence:
6 WSW of the mouth of Viejo Yaqui (33 miles N)
(6.49), from the vicinity of which Las Gusimas
Light (silver framework tower, 9 m in height)
(position approximate) is displayed, thence:
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
7 WSW of Cabo Haro (2750N, 11053W) (6.37)
from where a light (6.61) is displayed.
Caution. It is reported that deposits of silt accumulate
between the mouth of Viejo Yaqui and the entrance to
Baha de Guaymas, about 11 miles W; mariners navigating
inshore should approach this part of the coast with caution.
Useful marks
6.41
1 Lights at Estero de Huivuilay (2704N, 11000W)
(6.46).
(Directions continue for coastal passage at 6.191.
Directions for Guaymas are given at 6.62)
Puerto Yavaros
Chart 3061 plan of Puerto de Yavaros
General information
6.42
1 Description. Puerto Yavaros, a port of entry, is a small
harbour situated in an enclosed bay which is entered
between Punta Yavaros (2641N, 10931W) and Punta
Lobera, the E extremity of Isla Lobera, about 4 cables SW.
2 The port area, which is situated on Isla de las Viejas
about 2 miles inside the entrance to the bay, is approached
over a bar, protected on its W side by a breakwater
extending about 14 cables SSE from Isla Lobera, thence
through a narrow channel. In 1964 the controlling depth on
the bar at extreme LW was reported to be 24 m (8 ft);
there is sufficient water in the berthing area to
accommodate any vessel that can cross the bar.
3 Anchorage may be obtained outside the bar in depths of
18 m (60 ft), good holding ground.
Pilotage is compulsory and must be requested in
advance. The pilot boards outside the bar. Entry is normally
during daylight only.
4 Landmark:
Isla de las Viejas Lighthouse (white round concrete
tower, black bands, 12 m in height) (2642N,
10932W).
5 Directions. The alignment (323) of the following
beacons leads over the bar:
Front beacon (black circular tower, white band) on
Isla Lobera close E of the root of the breakwater.
Rear beacon (black triangular shape, white stripes)
(standing on El Tapn, a sandhill about 3 cables
WNW of Isla de las Viejas Light).
6 Thence it is reported that the alignment (000) of
leading lights (white metal framework towers) leads into
the channel which is marked by light-buoys. Two further
lights stand in the harbour vicinity; none of these lights are
charted.
7 Berths. A wharf, 6 cables in length, extends along the
NE side of the town. There is a pier for fishing vessels
midway along the wharf and a berth, 90 m in length,
connected to the railway system, stands at the E end of the
wharf.
Supplies: provisions and limited supplies of fresh water
are available.
Inlets and anchorages
Chart 2324
Estero de Agiabampo
6.43
1 Description. Estero de Agiabampo (2619N, 10916W)
is the entrance to an extensive lagoon. This entrance, from
which shoals and sandbars extend up to 1 mile offshore, is
difficult to identify.
2 Both the bar and the channels within the bar, which are
accessible only to small craft, are narrow and intricate and
are subject to change; the bar is frequently impassable for
several days at a time.
Local knowledge is required.
Tidal streams are not felt in the approach, but they
have a rate of from 2 to 3 kn over the bar.
3 Useful marks:
Agiabampo Light (metal tower, 12 m in height)
(2616N, 10918) (position approximate) on the S
side of the entrance.
Observation Hill, a sandhill 23 m high, surmounted
by a wooden cross, situated opposite the S end of
the bar.
4 Anchorage may be obtained about 1 miles offshore, in
depths of 13 m (42 ft) with Observation Hill bearing about
090, or in a similar depth, and the same distance offshore,
with the hill bearing 106.
Baha de Santa Barbara
6.44
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baha de Santa Barbara,
which is entered close E of Punta Rosa (2640N,
10941W) (6.40), about 1 mile offshore, in a position
1 mile E of Punta Rosa in depths of about 13 m (42 ft);
there is good protection from NW winds but the bay is
completely exposed to SE winds.
Local knowledge is required.
Estero Santa Lugarda
6.45
1 Description. Estero Santa Lugarda (2644N, 10947W),
which is obstructed by a shallow bar, is the entrance to a
lagoon into which Ro Mayo flows.
Estero de Huivuilay
6.46
1 Description. Estero de Huivuilay (Baha Tovari) is an
extensive lagoon which extends a considerable distance
along the coast behind Isla Huivuilay (2704N, 11000W).
It can be entered by small craft either through Boca del
Cocoraquito, a passage 5 cables wide on the S side of Isla
Huivuilay, or through a passage with a depth of about
15 m (5 ft), which is subject to change, on the N side of
Isla Huivuilay.
2 A light (truncated metal tower, 9 m in height) (position
approximate) stands on the S side of Boca del Cocoraquito;
a further light (truncated framework tower, 12 m in height)
(position approximate) on the N side of the N channel.
Local knowledge is required.
Coastal anchorage
6.47
1 Anchorage may be obtained, in fine weather, anywhere
along the coast between Isla Huivuilay (2704N,
11000W) (6.46) and Punta Lobos (38 miles NW) (6.40),
about 3 miles offshore taking care not to get into depths of
less than 11 m (36 ft), and noting that shoal depths extend
3 miles S from the E extremity of Isla Lobos.
Estero de la Lobos
6.48
1 Description. Estero de la Lobos (2721N, 11034W) is
the lagoon formed between Isla Lobos (6.107) and the
mainland; the town of Campo Lobos stands on the E side
of the lagoon.
182
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
A light (truncated pyramidal metal tower, 8 m in height)
is displayed at the E entrance to Estero de la Lobos, and
Baha de Lobos Light (truncated metal tower, 7 m in
height) is displayed in the vicinity of Campo Lobos.
Viejo Yaqui
6.49
1 Description. Viejo Yaqui (2749N, 11036W), flows
into the sea through a large indentation in the coast which
is encumbered with shoals and sandbars; the river itself is
dry during the greater part of the year. Cerro Yacicoris, a
conical hill, 115 m high, stands on the W side of this
indentation, and Las Gusimas Light (6.40) is displayed
from the vicinity of the entrance.
Other name
6.50
1 Luna, Estero de la (2731N, 11034W).
GUAYMAS
General information
Chart 42 plan of Guaymas
Position
6.51
1 Guaymas (2754N, 11052W) lies close inside Baha de
Guaymas which is entered 3 miles NNE of Cabo Haro
(2750N, 11053W).
Function
6.52
1 The port, which is a port of entry, is the largest and
most important port in Golfo de California and is equipped
to handle all manner of cargoes; part of the port is
designated a Free Zone Area. Cruise ships call. The fishing
industry and tourism make an important contribution to the
local economy. Shipyards in the port construct fishing
vessels to the highest standards.
The city, which is in the State of Sonora, has a
population of about 200 000.
Topography
6.53
1 The coastline to the E of Baha de Guaymas is low and
terminates in a narrow peninsula, a continuation of El
Cochore (6.36); the extremity of the peninsula forms the
NE entrance to the bay. Isla de Pjaros, a long, rocky
island, lies off the entrance to the bay.
2 The coast S of the entrance, as far as Cabo Haro 4 miles
SSW, is rocky and irregular and forms the E side of a high
peninsula which rises to Cerro San Rafael, situated 2 miles
NNW of Cabo Haro. The peninsula, which serves to
identify the port, rises sharply from Punta San Rafael, a
high point faced by white cliffs, 1 miles NW of Cabo
Haro.
3 Sierra Guaymas, a range of hills which attains an
elevation of 485 m, rises to the N and NW of the city.
Masts (obstruction lights) stand on some peaks.
Approach and entry
6.54
1 The bay is approached from S on the alignment of
leading lights, passing W of Isla de Pjaros, and is entered
through a channel, marked by a second pair of leading
lights, which leads NW to the port.
Vessels with local knowledge and a maximum draught
of 4 m can enter passing N of Isla de Pjaros.
183
Traffic
6.55
1 Approximately 360 vessels use the port annually.
Port Authority
6.56
1 Administracion Portuaria Integral de Guaymas, Recinto
Portuaria, Edificio Zona Franca, Guaymas, Sonora, Mexico.
Limiting conditions
6.57
1 Controlling depths. A channel dredged to a depth of
10 m leads through the bar N of Punta Baja, although
depths less than 10 m are charted on the leading lines.
Surveys indicate that gradual shoaling is taking place in
some areas.
Deepest and longest berth. Muelle Este (6.66).
Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Mean maximum range 07 m.
2 Maximum size of vessel handled. A vessel LOA
250 m, 40 000 dwt, draught 12 m, has been handled.
Maximum draught normally 11 m.
Arrival information
6.58
1 Coast and port radio. For details see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volumes 1(2) and 6(5).
Outer anchorage. A designated anchorage area lies S of
Isla de Pjaros, as shown on the chart. Depths within the
anchorage are about 10 to 26 m over a bottom of fine sand.
2 Pilotage is compulsory and is normally available from
08001800 but is available at night by special request. The
pilot boards from a launch, painted black and white, in the
vicinity of the fairway light-buoy, as shown on the chart, or
W of Isla de Pjaros.
Tugs are available.
Harbour
General layout
6.59
1 Baha de Guaymas is an extensive inlet which runs N
for about 5 miles; the city and port of Guaymas lie in its
SW part. The port, which is well protected, can be said to
consist of an outer, a middle, and an inner harbour. The
outer harbour, an anchorage area, is protected by Isla de
Pjaros (2754N, 11051W); the inner harbour is
surrounded by high hills and is not visible from seaward.
The E part of the inlet comprises La Laguna, a large,
shallow area, which is separated from Estero del Rancho
farther N by a railway embankment through which there is
a narrow opening crossed by a bridge. The town of
Empalme, an important rail junction, stands on the NE side
of La Laguna.
2 The outer harbour is bounded E by Isla de Pjaros and
on the W by the coast extending 1 miles S from the
entrance. A fishing harbour is situated in the SW corner of
the harbour inside Isla Pitahaya, a high, rocky island,
1 mile WSW of Isla de Pjaros, which is joined to the
mainland by reclaimed land. The outer harbour is restricted
NE by the shallow bank which connects the island to Playa
de los Dolores, a narrow peninsula about 2 miles long; Isla
Morrito, a small, rocky island forms the extremity of this
peninsula.
3 The middle harbour is entered between Isla Morrito and
Punta Baja, 8 cables SSW, and contains, at its head, the
principal berths and the tanker terminal.
The inner harbour, in which there are general depths
between 3 and 4 m, contains several piers and wharves
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

most of which are only available to small craft. It is

separated from the middle harbour by Isla Almagre Grande
(1 mile NW of Punta Baja), a high island, and by a
peninsula which extends S from the shore to within
2 cables of that island; channels into the inner harbour
lead either side of Isla Almagre Grande.

Natural Conditions
6.60
1 Local weather. The prevailing winds are from W in the
spring, from S in the summer, and from NW during the
rest of the year. Storms of relatively short duration occur
during July, August and September; storms lasting several
days may occur in October.
Fog occasionally forms in this area but is usually of
short duration.
2 Mirage effects are quite common and instances of
abnormal refraction have been reported.
The climate is very pleasant from November to April,
but is very hot in the rainy season from July to September.
Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.214.

Principal marks Isla Morrito

6.61 Guaymas approach leading lights (6.62.1)
1 Landmarks: (Original dated 2003)
Water tower (red light) (2757N, 11049W), on the
(Photograph SP. Macaulay (mv Logos II))
S side of Empalme.
Isla de Pjaros Lighthouse (white six sided concrete
tower, 10 m in height) (2753N, 11051W).

Isla de Pjaros Light from S, distant 6 cables (6.61)

(Original dated 2003)
Punta Baja Light (6.62.2)
(Photograph SP. Macaulay (mv Logos II)) (Original dated 2003)

Grain Silo (2755N, 11052W), at Muelle Sur. (Photograph SP. Macaulay (mv Logos II))
2 Cathedral (27555N, 110535W), with twin yellow
coloured steeples. 2 From the vicinity of 2750N, 11051W, E of Cabo
Cabo Haro Lighthouse (white square concrete tower Haro, the alignment (355) of these lights leads N into the
and dwelling, 7 m in height) (2750N, 11053W). outer harbour passing (with positions from Isla de Pjaros
Major light: Light (2753N, 11051W)):
Cabo Haro Light as above. E of Punta Narizn (2 miles SSW), formed by high,
rocky bluffs, which rise close W to Cerro Narizn,
Directions thence:
3 W of the fairway light-buoy (safe water) (1 mile S),
Approach thence:
6.62 E of Isla San Vicente (8 cables SW). A narrow,
1 Leading lights: shallow channel separates Isla San Vicente from
Front light (red diamond on white concrete rectangle, Punta Paz on the mainland 1 cable NW. Thence:
8 m in height) on Isla Morrito (27548N, W of Isla de Pjaros Light, thence:
110514W) (6.59). 4 E of Punta Baja (9 cables NW), a rocky bluff, fringed
Rear light (similar structure) (1 miles N of the front by detached rocks, on which stands a light (white
light) on Isla To Ramn. pyramidal concrete tower, 5 m in height).

184
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

Silos Entry leading lights

Guaymas approach to berths (6.63)

(Original dated 2003)
(Photograph SP. Macaulay (mv Logos II))

Entry Cargo berths

6.63
1 Leading lights:
Front light No 3 (red diamond on metal framework
tower 12 m in height) (27559N, 110532W) on
Cerro de las Golondrinas.
Rear light No 4 (similar structure, 14 m in height)
(500 m NW of the front light).
2 From a position about 2 cables NE of Punta Baja the
alignment (316) of these lights leads about 1 mile NW
into the middle harbour along a dredged channel; a
light-buoy (starboard hand) is moored 5 cables N of Punta
Baja.
Useful marks
6.64
1 Lights (metal columns, 3 m in height) on the
extremities of Muelle de la Ardilla (27549N,
110527W).
6.66
1 The principal berths are situated on the S and E sides of
Muelle Fiscal (27553N, 110525W), a paved area
1000 m in length; they are (from W to E):
Muelle de la Ardilla: length 110 m, depth alongside
67 m.
Muelle Sur: length 352 m, depth alongside 115 m.
Muelle Este: length 590 m, depth alongside 124 m.
A Ro-Ro terminal is situated on the E side of Muelle
Fiscal towards its root.
Tanker berths
6.67
1 Muelle de Pemex extends 460 m S, then 275 m SW
from the shore on the E side of the harbour. There
are depths of over 10 m on each side of the outer
section. On the E side of Muelle de Pemex, at the
elbow, a jetty extends 100 m ESE.

Port services
6.68
Berths 1 Repairs to small vessels possible.
Floating dock: length 61 m, breadth 134 m, lifting
capacity 1016 tonnes.
Anchorage Several slipways: the largest 1783 m in length.
6.65 2 Other facilities. Deratting exemption certificates issued;
1 Anchorage, good holding, can be obtained in the middle hospital; garbage disposal.
harbour about 4 cables W of Isla Morrito in depths of Supplies. Diesel and fuel oil; fresh water; provisions.
about 6 to 7 m. The inner harbour affords anchorage in Communications. International airport 10 km distant;
depths of about 4 m. regular ferry services to La Paz and Santa Rosalia.

185
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
Small craft
Shelter
6.69
1 Small craft may obtain sheltered anchorage in depths
from 6 to 15 m in Baha Catalina (2752N, 11053W);
foul ground extends about 1 cable N from Punta Maria, the
S entry point.
GOLFO DE CALIFORNIA SOUTHERN PART WEST SIDE
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 2324
Area covered
6.71
1 The area covered by this section comprises:
Cabo Falso to Punta Arena (6.74).
Punta Arena to Baha de La Paz (6.89).
Baha de La Paz (6.102).
Baha de La Paz to Isla Coronados (6.133).
Isla Coronados to Puerto San Rosalia (6.158).
Description
6.72
1 Numerous islands lie off this part of the coast N of
24N, with navigable channels between them and the
mainland. With few exceptions the coast and the islands in
its vicinity are barren.
2 The depths near the W shore of Golfo de California are
generally much greater than those near the E shore, but
there are many places were vessels may anchor and find
protection from the prevailing winds.
Natural conditions
6.73
1 See 6.3.
CABO FALSO TO PUNTA ARENA
General information
Chart 3053
Route
6.74
1 From the vicinity of Cabo Falso (2252N, 10958W)
the coastal passage leads NE for about 40 miles, thence
generally N for about 23 miles, to the vicinity of Punta
Arena (2333N, 10928W).
Topography
6.75
1 The coast in the vicinity of Cabo Falso is formed by a
succession of sand beaches and bold rocky bluffs against
which the sea breaks heavily; barren hills line the coast
immediately behind the beaches.
The coastline as far as Punta Gorda (2305N,
10934W) is mainly rocky and indented by a series of
bays backed by hills of moderate elevation which rise
successively to Sierra de San Lzaro (about 17 miles
WNW) (6.76). Thence as far as Los Frailes (20 miles NNE)
it continues moderately low and rocky with occasional sand
beaches and is generally without prominent points though it
is broken in many places by rivers flowing into the sea.
Many underwater rocks lie close inshore and the surf is
often heavy.
Other names
6.70
1 Almagre Chico, Isla (27545N, 110530W).
Blanco, Punta (27572N, 110510W).
Mellizas, Islas (2754N, 11054W).
Negro, Cerro (27567N, 110524W).
Novarro, Pico (2755N, 11054W).
Ventana, Punta (27520N, 110525W).
2 North of Los Frailes the coastline is less regular and the
bays formed are lined by sandy bluffs and shores which
decrease in height towards Punta Arena (11 miles NNW).
Principal marks
6.76
1 Landmarks:
Cabo Falso (2252N, 10958W), the S extremity of
Baja California, is a steep-to rocky bluff 15 m high
and is reported to be a good radar target at
20 miles. Cerro Las Tetas, a hill with a double
summit, rises to an elevation of 212 m close N of
the cape; close E of the hill there is a remarkable
sand slide. A light (see below) stands on Cerro
Las Tetas. See view B on chart 2324.
2 Cerro Colorado (2259N, 10944W), a red coloured
hill.
Sierra de San Lzaro (2311N, 10951W), a
remarkable peak.
Los Frailes (2323N, 10925W), a bold headland,
comprising a whitish coloured, rocky bluff, 125 m
high, with a hill, 230 m (755 ft) high, rising above
it.
3 Major light:
Cabo Falso Light (red hexagonal stone tower, 6 m in
height) (2253N, 10958W) which is displayed
from Cerro Las Tetas.
Other navigational aid
6.77
1 Racon: Cabo Falso Light (see above).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
6.78
1 From the vicinity of 2245N, 11000W the coastal
passage leads NE passing (with positions from Punta Gorda
(2305N, 10934W)):
S of Cabo Falso (25 miles SW) (6.76); several
detached rocks lie close to the cape. A light (6.76)
is displayed above the cape; a disused lighthouse
stands 5 cables from the light. Thence:
2 SE of Cabo San Lucas (21 miles SW), a rocky
peninsula about 1 mile in length, which rises to
Cerro El Viga (La Viga). Two rocks stand at the
extremity of the peninsula; the W (89 m high) is
rounded and is pierced at sea level; the E (68 m
high) has perpendicular sides; both rocks are
covered with guano. A sandy beach lines the neck
of the peninsula between Cerro El Viga and the
hills W. The cape is fringed by detached rocks the
highest of which is 37 m in height. See views B
and C on chart 2324. Thence:
3 SE of Punta Cabeza de Ballena (18 miles SW), a
precipitous, dark grey, rocky point which rises to
an elevation of 57 m. Close W of the point a
186
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
remarkable cone shaped rock rises from the shore;
close inland the land rises to an elevation of about
375 m. A light (white concrete column, 10 m in
height) stands on the point, and a tower (red light)
stands 1 mile NW of the point. Thence:
4 SE of Punta Palmilla (9 miles SW), a low, rocky
bluff, fringed by detached rocks, and which is
backed by a hill 108 m high. A prominent white
hotel, whose lights are distinguishable at night, is
reported to stand on the point. Thence:
5 SE of Punta Gorda, a round, rocky bluff, about 15 m
high, from which a flat topped hill rises to an
elevation of 95 m 5 cables W. The point is fringed
with detached rocks and a shoal with a least depth
over it of 55 m (18 ft) lies about 3 cables SE of
the point. And:
6 Clear of, depending on draught, Banco Gorda de
Adentro (4 miles SE); Banco Gorda de Afuera
lies 2 miles farther SE, and the depths around
and between these banks are over 200 m (100 fm).
Thence:
7 SE of Punta Cardoncito (4 miles NE), a low, rocky
point which projects only a little from the general
line of the coast; a heavy surf breaks on the point
at all times. Thence:
ESE of Arroyo del Manto (6 miles NE) and Arroyo
San Luis (7 miles NE), river mouths connected
by a low sandy beach off which discoloured water
extends for about 1 mile.
6.79
1 Thence the track leads N, passing:
E of a dangerous rock (16 miles NE) (position
approximate), which lies about 1 mile offshore,
thence:
E of Los Frailes (20 miles NNE) (6.76). A small,
steep-to, white rock 37 m (12 ft high) lies about
3 cables N of the narrow, salient point situated
1 mile N of Los Frailes. Thence:
2 E of Cabo Pulmo (23 miles NNE), a rocky
headland between 15 and 23 m high, which rises
inland to a hill 253 m (830 ft) high, the E
extremity of a range over 610 m in height.
Arrecife del Pulmo projects in a NE direction from
the coast S of the cape ending in depths of 27 m
(9 ft) 5 cables E of the cape. Bajo Pulmo lies
about 1 miles NE of the cape, and a shoal, about
1 mile in length, with a least charted depth over it
of 18 m (6 ft), lies 7 cables offshore off the
settlement of Barracas which is situated about
2 miles NW of Cabo Pulmo. Rocks have been
reported to extend about 1 mile from the cape and
the coast in this vicinity should be given a
clearance of at least 2 miles. Thence:
3 E of Punta Arena (29 miles NNE), a low, sandy
point, from where a light (white round concrete
tower, black bands, masonry dwelling, 12 m in
height) is displayed. The sea breaks heavily around
the point which should be given a clearance of at
least 5 cables.
Useful marks
6.80
1 Cerro de Santa Maria (2256N, 10949W).
San Jos del Cabo Light (2304N, 10940W) (6.83).
Boca del Tule Light (2314N, 10926W) (6.84).
(Directions continue at 6.93)
187
Anchorages and landings
Chart 3053 (see 1.14)
Baha San Lucas
6.81
1 Description. Baha San Lucas, which is situated N of
Cabo San Lucas (2252N, 10953W) (6.78), affords good
anchorage during NW winds but is unsafe from July to
September when SE winds are rather frequent and
sometimes blow strongly. A narrow trench of great depth
runs up the middle of the bay to within 3 cables of the W
shore.
2 The town of San Lucas, situated at the head of the bay,
is an international resort and is visited by cruise vessels;
the permanent population totals about 3000.
Anchorage may be obtained in the NW part of the bay
in depths from 11 to 22 m (6 to 12 fm); care must be
exercised as the edge of the bank is very steep.
3 The W part of the bay is better protected from the sea
but the anchorage can only be used by small vessels.
Harbour. A small harbour, protected by two short
breakwaters, stands at the head of the bay. There are depths
from 06 to 7 m (2 to 23 ft) in the harbour which has quays
on its W and S sides.
4 Directions for entering the harbour. The alignment
(268) of leading lights (metal towers, the front one
standing on a hotel), situated 268 m apart on the W side of
the harbour, leads from E between the heads of the
breakwaters from where lights (metal towers, 14 m in
height) are displayed. It is reported that the front leading
light-structure is partially obscured by a hotel.
Chart 3053
Punta Cabeza de Ballena
6.82
1 Landing may be effected, in moderate weather, on the
N side of Punta Cabeza de Ballena (2254N, 10950W)
(6.78).
Baha San Jos del Cabo
6.83
1 Description. Baha San Jos del Cabo is an exposed bay
entered between Punta Palmilla (2300N, 10943W) (6.78)
and Punta Gorda (9 miles NE) (6.78). The sea breaks
heavily on its shores, which consist of steep sandy beaches
with rocky patches at either end of the bay. Hills rise to a
moderate height a short distance inland.
2 The town of San Jos del Cabo, the largest town in Baja
California S of La Paz (6.114), is situated at the mouth of
Ro San Jos which flows into the sea 3 miles NE of Punta
Palmilla; it is a port of entry, with a population of about
10 000.
Pilotage. The Harbour Master will provide pilotage.
3 Landmarks:
San Jos del Cabo Lighthouse (white concrete tower,
red bands, masonry dwelling, 10 m in height)
(2304N, 10940W).
Cathedral (1 miles W of the lighthouse).
Factory with a prominent detached chimney (5 cables
W of the lighthouse).
Customs House, a small building with a striped roof
standing near the shore close W of the chimney.
4 Anchorage may be obtained anywhere in the bay at a
distance of from 3 to 5 cables from the beach in depths
from 11 to 18 m (36 to 60 ft), sand, except in an area S of
the Customs House where a deep gully approaches the
shore. A good anchorage is off a small sandy beach,
backed by a rocky formation, in depths of 15 m (50 ft),
7 cables N of Punta Palmilla.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
5 A heavy swell sets into the bay, particularly from May
to October, making the anchorage extremely uncomfortable.
Landing may be effected between two sheds on the
beach SW of the Customs House, or in a cove NW of
Punta Palmilla; landing in small boats is hazardous.
Facilities: no alongside berths; cargo used to be worked
at the anchorage into lighters.
6 Supplies: fresh provisions; limited supplies of fresh
water; fuel oil and diesel oil.
Communications. An international airport at San Jos
del Cabo also serves San Lucas (6.81).
Boca del Tule
6.84
1 Landing. In fine weather landing may be effected at
Boca del Tule (2314N, 10926W) which is situated on
the N side of a bold, rocky bluff, 18 m high, distinctive by
being of a lighter grey colour than other points in the
vicinity; close to the bluff are numerous detached rocks.
A light (red metal framework tower, 10 m in height) is
displayed from the river mouth.
Baha Frailes
6.85
1 Anchorage may be obtained, over a rocky bottom,
protected from N winds and sea, in Baha Frailes which is
situated on the S side of Los Frailes (2323N, 10925W)
(6.76); a small stream flows into the head of the bay. The
anchorage is about 2 cables offshore just off the position
where the rocky hill joins the sandy beach, in depths of
16 m (52 ft); farther E the depths increase very rapidly.
Shallow water, with breakers, extends 2 cables offshore in
the S part of the bay.
Cabo Pulmo
6.86
1 Harbour. A small boat harbour, in which there are
depths of about 5 m, is situated on the S side of Cabo
Pulmo (2327N, 10925W) (6.79). The harbour is
approached through a channel leading between the outer
end of Arrecife del Pulmo and the cape.
Local knowledge is required.
Punta Arena
6.87
1 Anchorage during N winds may be obtained in the bay
S of Punta Arena (2333N, 10928W) (6.79), about
2 cables offshore, with the extremity of the point bearing
009, distant 1 mile, in depths from 146 to 18 m (48 to
60 ft), sand.
Anchorage can also be obtained, with local knowledge,
off Los Tezos Ranch about 29 miles S of Punta Arena.
Other names
6.88
1 Positioned from Boca del Tule (2314N, 10926W):
Fortuna, Arroyo de la (6 miles SW).
Vinorama, Arroyo de la (1 mile SW).
PUNTA ARENA TO BAHA DE LA PAZ
General information
Chart 3053
Route
6.89
1 From the vicinity of Punta Arena (2333N, 10928W)
the passage leads NW to the vicinity of Punta Arena de la
Ventana (36 miles NW), thence through Canal Cerralvo, the
deep channel 5 miles wide separating Isla Cerralvo from
the mainland, and along the E side of Isla del Espiritu
Santo to Los Islotes (2436N, 11024W) at the N entrance
to Baha de La Paz. Directions for the E coast of Isla
Cerralvo are also given.
Topography
6.90
1 Between Punta Arena and Isla La Partida (about
80 miles NW) the coast is formed into a series of bays
which are, for the most part, backed by hills of moderate
elevation; in the approaches to Canal de San Lorenzo, the
E entrance to Baha de La Paz, it is bold and rocky with
occasional sandy beaches.
2 The most remarkable feature is Isla Cerralvo (2415N,
10952W), a large barren island, of volcanic origin, lying
about 5 miles offshore. Both sides of the island, which rises
to several high peaks, consist of bold rocky bluffs with
small gravel beaches between them.
The mainland coast opposite Isla Cerralvo is dominated
by the two summits of El Mulato, the highest peaks in the
range of La Cacachiles, which extends NW towards La
Paz.
3 Isla del Espiritu Santo (2430N, 11020W) and Isla La
Partida close N, which extend N from Canal de San
Lorenzo, are of volcanic origin and rise to numerous high
peaks. Isla La Partida was once connected to Isla del
Espiritu Santo by a narrow neck but they are now
separated by a narrow channel.
Tidal streams
6.91
1 In Canal Cerralvo (2410N, 10955W) it is reported
tidal streams sometimes attain a rate of 2 kn.
Landmark
6.92
1 El Palmar (2351N, 10951W), a prominent peak.
Directions
(continued from 6.80)
Passage west of Isla Cerralvo
6.93
1 Caution. If unfamiliar with this area, or if unsure of
ones position, it is imprudent to use Canal Cerralvo at
night, or in thick weather.
From a position E of Punta Arena (2333N, 10928W)
(6.79) the coastal passage leads generally NW passing
(with positions from Punta Arena de la Ventana (2404N,
10950W)):
2 NE of Punta Colorada (33 miles SE), a steep, rocky
point, fringed by detached rocks; shoals extend up
to 1 mile offshore in the bight formed between this
point and Punta Arena. Thence:
NE of Punta Pescadero (17 miles SE), a bold,
rocky, reddish coloured point, behind which hills
rise to a considerable elevation. The depths off the
point are irregular and it should be given a
clearance of at least 1 mile. Thence:
3 NE of Punta Perico (2 miles SE), a steep-to, whitish
coloured rocky bluff, which rises sharply to a hill
(190 m (623 ft) high), thence:
NE and NNE of Punta Arena de la Ventana, a low
sandy point, the S entrance point to Canal
Cerralvo. A light (white round concrete tower,
10 m in height) stands on the point. And:
188
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
4 SSW of Roca Montaa (4 miles NNE) lying
7 cables S of the SE extremity of Isla Cerralvo
from where a light (metal tower, 7 m in height) is
displayed. There is a clear passage, with a least
depth of 9 m (29 ft), between the rock and Isla
Cerralvo. Thence:
5 SSW of Piedras Gordas (5 miles NNW), a bold,
rocky point, from where a reef projects 2 cables;
a light (red metal tower, 11 m in height) stands on
the point. Thence:
NE of Punta Gorda (12 miles NW), a steep-to rocky
bluff backed by high land, and:
SW of Farallnes Blancos (11 miles NNW), a steep,
high, whitish coloured bluff, thence:
6 Clear of, depending on draught, a depth of 29 m
(16 fm) (reported 1983), which lies 2 miles ENE of
Punta Santa Cruz (17 miles NW), a point which
projects only slightly from the coast, thence:
NE of a large, white rock (15 m (50 ft) high)
(4 miles NW of Punta Santa Cruz), which stands
at the extremity of a sandspit extending 5 cables
from the coast, and:
7 SW of the N extremity of Isla Cerralvo (20 miles
NNW), a high bluff from which a reef extends
almost 5 cables. Thence:
SW of Islote de la Reyna (Arrecife la Foca) (24 miles
NNW), a rock on which stands a light (white
round tower, 7 m in height). A rock awash lies
cable NW, and a rock with a depth over it of
37 m (12 ft) lies 1 cable SSW, of Islote de la
Reyna; several smaller rocks lie in close proximity
and the group should be passed at a prudent
distance. Thence:
8 NE of Punta Coyote (28 miles NW), a low rocky
point; a bold rocky bluff stands 2 cables SE of
the point and should not be mistaken for the point.
A small, white, detached rock lies close to the
point which is fringed to within 1 cable by a rocky
reef. Thence:
9 NE of Punta Lobos (35 miles NW), a high, steep-to
point, the E extremity of Isla del Espiritu Santo;
La Bonanza Light (metal truncated tower, 9 m in
height) (position approximate) is displayed from
close SW of Punta Lobos. Thence:
NE of a reef which extends about 2 cables off a
rocky point situated 4 miles NW of Punta Lobos,
thence:
10 NE of Los Islotes (2436N, 11024W), three flat,
rocky islets lying 5 cables N of Isla la Partida. The
two larger islets are about 15 m (50 ft) high and
the third, which is the W, is a large rock 15 m
high; a light (metal framework tower, 12 m in
height) stands on the largest of the three islets.
The channels between the islets, and between them
and Isla la Partida, are only suitable for boats.
11 Caution. A depth of 134 m (44 ft) was reported (2002)
to lie about 8 miles NE of Los Islotes.
Passage east of Isla Cerralvo
6.94
1 With the exception of a reef with depths over it of less
than 9 m (30 ft), the inner end of which dries, which
extends 1 mile ESE from a position on the coast 1 miles
N of the SE extremity of the island, and Islote de la Reyna
(Arrecife la Foca) (6.93), the E coast of Isla Cerralvo is
clear of charted dangers at a distance of 1 mile from the
shore.
189
Useful marks
6.95
1 Light S of Punta Gorda (2407N, 11000W) (6.98).
Bajos del Explorador Light (2422N, 11018W)
(6.106).
(Coastal directions continue at 6.137; directions
for Baha de La Paz are given at 6.105)
Bays and anchorages
Baha de las Palmas
6.96
1 Description. Baha de las Palmas lies between Punta
Colorada (2335N, 10931W) (6.93) and Punta Pescadero
(16 miles NW) (6.93). In the N part of the bay there is
deep water close inshore and the coast is cliffy, with stony
beaches; in the S part the depths are shallower and the
coast less broken, the land rising gradually from low sandy
beaches to the coastal range of hills. The settlement of La
Ribera (La Rivera) lies close E of Punta Soledad, a low,
sandy point of little prominence, which stands about
5 miles WNW of Punta Colorada; a stream flows into the
bay through Boca de la Trinidad, which is reported to have
a prominent clump of trees in its vicinity, 3 miles WNW of
Punta Colorada.
2 Anchorage may be obtained in the head of the bay off
the settlement of Buena Vista, 10 miles WNW of Punta
Colorada, but the approach should be made with care,
sounding continuously, as the depths decrease suddenly
from 27 to 5 m (15 to 3 fm).
Small vessels may obtain some protection from N winds
close inshore about 5 cables S of Punta Pescadero.
Baha de los Muertos
6.97
1 Description. Baha de los Muertos lies between Punta
Pescadero (2348N, 11042W) (6.93) and Punta Perico
(15 miles NNW) (6.93). The land behind the bay is high,
rising steeply to El Palmar (6.92) situated about 9 miles
WNW of Punta Pescadero.
Anchorage may be obtained in the S part of the bay,
about 5 cables offshore, in depths from 11 to 18 m (36 to
60 ft), sand.
2 Ensenada de los Muertos. In the N part of the bay
depths close in are considerable, except in Ensenada de los
Muertos, a small cove with a sandy beach, situated
2 miles SSW of Punta Perico, where anchorage may be
obtained, sheltered from N winds, in depths of about 15 m
(50 ft). There is a warehouse in the cove and cargo has
been worked there.
3 The cove comes under the jurisdiction of La Paz (6.114)
and if cargo is to be worked it is necessary to notify the
port authorities at that port in sufficient time for
arrangements to be made for officials to meet the vessel on
arrival.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha La Ventana
6.98
1 Description. Baha La Ventana, a deep crescent shaped
bay, lies between Punta Arena de la Ventana (2404N,
10949W) (6.93) and Punta Gorda (12 miles NW) (6.93).
The S shores of the bay are low and sandy and are
bordered by an extensive sandy plain. On its W side the
land rises more abruptly to the mountainous country
extending NW. The bay is reported to be frequented by
pearl fishers during the pearling season.
2 Anchorage. In moderate weather anchorage may be
obtained W of Punta Arena de la Ventana in depths from
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
11 to 15 m (36 to 48 ft), sand; a sandbank extends 2 cables
from the NW side of the point.
3 Elsewhere in the bay anchorage may be obtained within
5 cables of the shore anywhere in the bay, in depths from 9
to 145 m (30 to 48 ft), except near the village of La
Ventana at the head of the bay; here it is necessary to
anchor a little farther to seaward on account of a 55 m
(18 ft) bank which extends 5 cables offshore in this vicinity.
4 Useful mark:
Light (white metal framework tower, 11 m in height)
standing on the W side of the bay, 3 miles S of
Punta Gorda.
Isla Cerralvo
6.99
1 South-west extremity. Anchorage may be obtained,
about 2 cables offshore in depths of about 18 m (60 ft), on
the N side of the low sandy point situated 7 cables NW
of Piedras Gordas (2409N, 10956W) (6.93).
North extremity. Small vessels are reported to anchor E
of, and close under, the N extremity of the island (6.93),
where some protection from NW winds may be obtained.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha Rosario
6.100
1 Description. Baha Rosario, a bay about 2 miles wide, is
situated about 5 miles NW of Punta Santa Cruz (2413N,
11005W) (6.93). It is bounded S by the white rock and
sandspit described in 6.93, and on its N side by a rocky
bluff backed by a hill (300 m (984 ft) high). A bank, with
depths over it of less than 55 m (18 ft), extends a short
distance offshore at the head of the bay.
Other names
6.101
1 Limon, Punta El (2418N, 10955W).
Mostrador, Punta El (2415N, 10954W).
BAHA DE LA PAZ
General information
Chart 3053
Description
6.102
1 Baha de La Paz (2420N, 11030W), the largest bay
on the W side of Golfo de California, is sheltered on its E
side by the peninsula which extends 10 miles N from the
vicinity of La Paz (2410N, 11019W) in the SE corner of
the bay and the islands which extend a farther 15 miles
NNW from this peninsula; and W by the coast extending N
as far as Cabeza de Mechudo (2448N, 11040W).
2 The bay, which is deep and clear of dangers, except at
its head where depths of between 12 and 55 m (4 to 18 ft)
extend about 1 mile offshore in places, can be entered from
N through the wide passage between Los Islotes (2436N,
11024W) and Cabeza de Mechudo (nearly 20 miles NW),
or from E through Canal de San Lorenzo (2423N,
11018W), which leads between the above peninsula and
the off-lying islands.
Topography
6.103
1 The W coasts of Isla la Partida (2434N, 11023W)
and Isla del Espiritu Santo (close S) comprise a succession
of rocky bluffs with several deep indentations. South of the
entrance to Canal de San Lorenzo, the coastline, as far as
La Paz, about 10 miles S, is similarly indented and backed
by high land; several islands lie close to the coast.
2 West of La Paz the S shore of the bay initially trends W
then gradually curves N to Punta Coyote situated 27 miles
NW. The first 6 miles of this stretch of coast is low and
sandy with shrubs and bushes inland, the next 6 miles
mainly comprise sandhills from 5 to 25 m high, after which
the remainder of the coast is backed by a long tableland,
from 150 to 300 m high and faced with cliffs from 15 to
30 m high interspersed with beaches of shingle.
3 Between Punta Coyote and Cabeza de Mechudo, situated
about 20 miles N (6.138), the coast recedes. To N of Punta
Coyote the cliffs gradually decrease in height and are
replaced by sand beaches backed by sandhills. A short
distance inland there is a tableland, broken by deep
canyons, which rises abruptly to heights of from 460 to
610 m. In the approaches to Cabeza de Mechudo the high
land is closer to the coast, and bluffs, 45 to 60 m high,
replace the sand beaches.
Principal marks
6.104
1 Landmarks:
Isla San Francisco (2449N, 11035W), a high
island.
Cerro de Mechudo (2447N, 11045W), a prominent
peak at the W entrance to the bay.
Isla Ballena (2429N, 11024W), a barren rocky
island, on which stands a light (6.105).
2 Major light:
Punta Prieta Light (white masonry framework tower
on dwelling, 9 m in height) (2413N, 11018W).
Directions
Charts 3053, 3061 plans of Canale San Lorenzo, Baha
Pichilingue and La Paz harbour and approaches
Entry from north
6.105
1 From the vicinity of 2441N, 11032W, about midway
between Los Islotes and Cabeza de Mechudo, the track
leads SSE to the head of the bay passing (with positions
from Punta Prieta Light (2413N, 11018W)):
WSW of Los Islotes (22 miles NNW) (6.93),
thence:
2 ENE of Punta Coyote (26 miles NW), a
perpendicular, white, rocky bluff, thence:
WSW of Isla Ballena (16 miles NNW) (6.104), on
the SW end of which stands a light (metal
framework tower, 7 m in height), thence:
3 WSW of Punta Prieta (13 miles NNW), a sharp, dark
coloured bluff point which descends in steps from
the hills inland, thence:
WSW of Punta Dispensa (11 miles NNW), a rocky
bluff which forms the SW extremity of Isla del
Espiritu Santo; a conspicuous red mound, 65 m
high, composed of lumps of lava, stands 3 cables
N of the point. Thence:
4 WSW of Punta San Lorenzo (6 miles NNW), a
moderately high bluff, fringed by shoal water up to
2 cables from it, which forms the SW entrance to
Canal de San Lorenzo; a pinnacle rock, with a
depth over it of 13 m (43 ft), lies 8 cables WNW
of Punta San Lorenzo. Thence:
5 WSW of Roca Lobos (5 miles NNW), a rock 37 m
high which lies 5 cables offshore; it is steep-to on
its W side but its E side is foul. A light (white
190
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
metal framework tower, red bands, concrete base,
9 m in height) is displayed from the rock. Thence:
6 WSW of Isla San Juan Nepomuceno (3 miles NNW),
a steep island on which there is an airfield and
which is joined to the mainland E by a causeway,
thence:
WSW of Punta Colorado (1 miles NNW), a reddish
coloured rocky bluff 15 m high; the bight between
this point and Punta Prieta (see below) is
obstructed with shoals, thence:
7 WSW of Punta Prieta; a light (6.104) stands on the
point. A tank farm and a power station stand close
E of the point; an outfall, whose extremity is
marked by a light-buoy (isolated danger), extends
about 350 m W from the vicinity of the power
station.
8 Caution. It has been reported that the coast in the
vicinity of Punta Coyote and S towards the head of the bay
is about 1 mile farther E than charted.
Entry from east
6.106
1 Canal de San Lorenzo, about 5 miles in length, leads
between the S end of Isla del Espiritu Santo and the
mainland S. It is 3 miles wide between Punta Lupona, the
low sandy extremity of Isla del Espiritu Santo, and Punta
Arranca Cabello, the N rocky extremity of the mainland.
The navigable channel is limited to a width of about
5 cables between the 11 m (6 fm) depth contours off
Arrecife de San Lorenzo and Bajos del Explorador; vessels
should navigate in mid-channel and exercise great caution.
2 It is possible for small vessels to pass between either of
these two shoals and the adjacent shores but this is not
recommended; depths of 55 m (18 ft) or less extend
9 cables SW from Punta Lupona, and a bank with depths
of 37 m (12 ft) at its extremity extends 6 cables NW
from Punta Arranca Cabello.
3 Main channel. From a position about 3 miles N of
Punta Coyote (2421N, 11014W) (6.93) the track through
the channel leads WSW passing (with positions from Punta
Coyote):
4 NNW of Las Galeras (2 miles W), a shelving rocky
ledge lying close off a bluff point from which
depths of 9 m (30 ft) or less extend N for about
5 cables, thence:
SSE of a wreck with a least depth over it of 98 m
(32 ft) (4 miles NW), thence:
5 Midway between Bajos del Explorador (4 miles
WNW) and Arrecife San Lorenzo (5 miles WNW),
the former a rocky shoal of loose stones from
where a light (white round concrete tower, red
bands, 7 m in height) is displayed; the latter a
rocky ledge marked on its SW side by a
light-beacon (round metal tower, 26 m in height).
Rocas Suwanee lie 5 cables NE of Arrecife San
Lorenzo. Thence:
6 SSE of Punta Dispensa (7 miles NW) (6.105), and:
NNW of Punta San Lorenzo (5 miles W) (6.105),
thence as for entry from N.
Caution. Tidal streams in Canal de San Lorenzo are
strong, sometimes attaining a rate of 2 kn, and, from
October to February, the rate may reach 3 kn.
Useful marks
6.107
1 San Juan de la Costa Lighthouse (2423N,
11042W) (6.125).
191
Isla Lobos (2417N, 11020W), whitened by guano.
Monte Santa Maria (2414N, 11016W), in the
approaches to La Paz.
Baha Pichilingue
Chart 3061 plan of Baha Pichilingue (see 1.14)
General information
6.108
1 Position and function. Baha Pichilingue (2416N,
11020W), is a bay enclosed on its W side by Isla San
Juan Nepomuceno (6.105). Although it is small, it is one of
the best protected harbours on the coast and is used as an
anchorage by vessels too large to enter La Paz.The port
handles containers, general and bulk cargo, and cruise
liners.
There is a daily Ro-Ro ferry service with Topolobampo
(6.28).
2 Port Authority. Administracion Portuaria Integral de
Baja California Sur, Puerto Commercial, Km 17 Carretera a
Pichilingue, Pichilingue 23001, La Paz, Baja California Sur,
Mexico.
Limiting conditions
6.109
1 Controlling depths. Depths are generally greater than
10 m as far as Muelle SCT (6.112) in the S part of the
harbour, and greater than 6 m into the N part.
Deepest and longest berth. Muelle SCT.
Arrival information
6.110
1 Port radio is available.
Notice of ETA: 48 and 24 hours.
Outer anchorage. Vessels may anchor in a waiting area
about 1 mile W of the S point of Isla San Juan
Nepomuceno (6.105), or as in 6.116.
Pilotage is compulsory; pilots board in the waiting area.
Tugs are not available.
Directions
6.111
1 The bay is approached between the S extremity of Isla
San Juan Nepomuceno and Punta Colorado (7 cables
SSE) (6.105) and entered between that extremity of the
island and a point on the mainland 3 cables E. When
entering, care should be taken to avoid the tail of the shore
bank which extends about 2 cables SSW from the island.
A light-buoy (safe water) is moored 1 cables S of the S
point of Isla San Juan Nepomuceno. At the entrance to the
S part of the harbour, light-buoys mark the limit of the
10 m depth contours; in the N part of the harbour further
light-buoys mark the limit of the 5 m depth contours.
2 Caution. The channel is reported to be difficult when
winds exceed 20 kn, especially when from NE or E.
Berths
6.112
1 Anchorage is available in Baha Pichilingue E of Muelle
SCT in depths of 10 to 11 m.
Muelle de Pesca, a jetty 85 m in length with depths
alongside of from 5 to 6 m, is situated near the head of the
harbour on its W side. To the N of this jetty are wharves
250 m in length with depths between 57 and 69 m.
2 Muelle del Transbordador, a ferry terminal consisting
of two ramps and a lifting platform for the loading and
unloading of vehicles, with a depth of 8 m alongside,
stands at the head of the harbour on its E side.
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

Baha Pichilinque from S (6.108)

(Original dated 2001)

(Photograph Administracion Portuaria Integral de BCS, SA de CV)

Muelle Universidad, an L-shaped pier, about 120 m in
length, stands on the E side of the harbour 3 cables SE of
the ferry terminal.
3 Muelle SCT, 200 m in length with a depth alongside of
10 m, lies on the W side of the S part of the harbour; the
terminal can accommodate general cargo, container, bulk
cargo, and passenger vessels.
2 Topography. The city is built on low, flat ground, but
the cathedral, Government House, and many of the more
prominent buildings stand on low tableland behind the city.
Approach and entry. The port is approached and
entered through Canal de La Paz (6.118) on the alignment
of three sets of leading lights.
Port Authority. As for Pichilingue; see 6.108.

Port services Limiting conditions

6.113
1 Repairs can be made.
Other facilities: hospitals; garbage disposal.
Supplies. Provisions, fresh water and bunkers available.
Communications. See 6.127.
La Paz
Chart 3061 plan of La Paz harbour and approaches
General information
6.114
1 Position. La Paz (2410N, 11019W) lies at the head
of Baha de La Paz on its SE side.
Function. The city has a population of about 200 000
and is the capital of the State of Baja California Sur; it is a
port of entry and has a free port area. It provides alongside
berthing for vessels of moderate draught. Vessels which
cannot berth alongside work cargo into lighters at the
anchorage.
6.115
1 Controlling depths. Depths in the fairway exceeded 5 m
in 1996, but Canal de La Paz is liable to silting and the
port authorities should be consulted for the latest
information.
Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables
Vol 3. Mean maximum range 08 m.
2 Maximum size of vessel handled. Vessels not exceeding
LOA 100 m, and draught 39 m, can enter at any state of
the tide.
Arrival information
6.116
1 Coast and port radio. For details see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volumes 1(2) and 6(5).
Notice of ETA: 48 and 24 hours.
Outer anchorage may be obtained S of Punta Prieta
(2413N, 11018W) (6.105) in depths of about 17 m
(56 ft), sand, good holding; anchorage farther SW is
exposed and is subject to swells. Vessels unable to enter La

192
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
Canal de La Paz from S (6.117)
(Original dated 2001)
(Photograph Administracion Portuaria Integral de BCS, SA de CV)
Paz on account of their draught usually anchor in Baha
Pichilingue (6.112).
2 Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign merchant vessels;
the pilot boards 3 cables S of Punta Prieta, as shown on the
chart. Pilotage can be made available at night on request,
but it is not advisable to enter the harbour after dark.
Tug. A small tug is available.
3 Prohibited anchorages. An area 1 cables wide and
extending 3 cables from the shore, in which anchoring is
prohibited, lies 2 cables N of Punta Prieta.
Anchoring is also prohibited off the N end of Muelle
Fiscal (6.119).
Harbour
6.117
1 General layout. The port area, which is approached
through Canal de La Paz, a narrow channel leading about
3 miles S from the vicinity of Punta Prieta, lies in the
entrance to Ensenada de La Paz, a large, shallow lagoon
whose N side is formed by a low sandy peninsula known
as El Mogote. The area is about 7 cables wide, and is
well protected, but it is obstructed with shoals which
restrict the anchorage to a small area.
Tidal streams attain a rate of about 2 kn in the harbour
but the streams are much influenced by the winds; a rate of
6 kn has been reported off Muelle Fiscal (6.119).
2 Winds and weather. The climate is hot and dry. For the
most part of the year SE and SW winds are experienced in
Baha de La Paz, but from November to May NW winds
are predominant. These winds, which blow from about
0900 to 1600 are succeeded towards the evening by S
winds which last all night. Calms are frequent during the
spring and summer months. Hurricanes may occur during
the months of September to November.
193
3 Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.213.
Major light: Punta Prieta (2413N, 11018W) (6.104).
Directions
6.118
1 Canal de La Paz, entered 4 cables ESE of Punta Prieta,
runs close inshore between the mainland and the E side of
a large, shallow spit, which extends NNE from the E
extremity of El Mogote to the channel entrance, and serves
to protect the channel from NW winds. The channel is
marked by light-buoys and by three sets of leading lights
described below. The alignments of these leading lights do
not accurately indicate the centreline of the channel and
must be used with caution.
2 First leading lights:
Front light (white square masonry tower, 5 m in
height) (24126N, 110177W).
Rear light (similar structure, 7 m in height) (90 m
from front light).
The alignment (148) of these lights leads into the
channel entrance.
3 Second leading lights:
Front light (white square masonry tower, 5 m in
height) (24106N, 110179W).
Rear light (similar structure, 8 m in height) (380 m
from front light).
The alignment (181) of these lights leads about 1 mile
S. Thence the track leads about 7 cables SSW and on to
the alignment of:
4 Third leading lights:
Front light (white square masonry tower, 5 m in
height) (24115N, 110178W).
Rear light (similar structure, 6 m in height) (80 m
from front light).
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

The alignment (033), astern, of these lights leads about San Juan de la Costa
1 miles SE to the vicinity of Muelle Fiscal (6.119); lights
Chart 3053
(white structures, red bands (SW light), green bands (NE
light)) are displayed from the extremities of Muelle Fiscal.
General information
6.122
5 Small craft channels. Small craft can cross the spit
1 Description. San Juan de la Costa (2424N, 11042W)
forming the W side of the channel, about 8 cables S of
is a small port, operated by Fermitex, used solely for the
Punta Prieta in a least depth of 22 m (7 ft), with Roca
export of phosphates; it is administered from Pichilingue
Caimancito, an above-water rock lying close inshore on the
(6.108).
E side of the channel, 1 miles SE of Punta Prieta, bearing
129. Maximum size of vessel handled
6 A channel with a least depth of 21 m (7 ft) crosses the 6.123
bank close to El Mogote. 1 Vessels of about 40 000 dwt, and draught 97 m, can be
Local knowledge is required for both these channels. accommodated.
Berths Arrival information
6.119 6.124
1 Punta Prieta. Two jetties extend from the N side of the 1 Port radio is available.
point and three from the E side; the principal berths are: Notice of ETA: 72 hours, daily thereafter and at
Muelle de Pemex (1 cable E), a T-headed jetty 105 m 12 hours.
in length, with a least depth of 98 m alongside; Anchorage may be obtained, over a bottom of sand, SE
used for bunkering. A mooring buoy is laid about of a light-buoy which is moored about 1 mile SE of the
cable S of the jetty to assist in berthing. berth.
Cement pier (3 cables E of Muelle de Pemex), 2 Pilotage is compulsory for berthing which can only be
charted depth about 5 m. undertaken in calm weather; the pilot boards between
and 1 mile E of the berth.
Tugs are not available.
Directions
6.125
1 The approach to the port is free from dangers.
Landmarks:
San Juan de la Costa Lighthouse (metal truncated
tower, 7 m in height) (24237 N, 110414W).
Prominent dark peak which attains an elevation of
436 m close W of San Juan Ranch (2422N,
11042W).

Punta Prieta Muelle de Pemex (6.119)

(Original dated 2001)

(Photograph Administracion Portuaria Integral de BCS, SA de CV)

2 Inner harbour:
Muelle Fiscal (2410N, 11019W), a T-headed jetty,
66 m in length with berths 22 m in length on each
side of its head; depth alongside 46 m. Small craft
moor alongside the stem of the jetty.
3 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of between 5 and
6 m (16 and 20 ft), mud, about 5 cables SW of Muelle
Fiscal. A dangerous wreck, marked a buoy (pillar), lies in
the upper harbour about 1 miles WSW of Muelle Fiscal.
6.120
1 Small craft may find accommodation in a harbour,
protected by a breakwater, at Playa Palmira, situated on the
E side of the channel 1 miles NNE of Muelle Fiscal.

Port services
6.121
1 Repairs can be effected; slipways up to 100 tonnes
capacity.
Other facilities: hospitals; deratting exemption
certificates.
Supplies: provisions; bunkers either by tanker vehicle at
Muelle Fiscal, or at Muelle de Pemex; fresh water.
Communications: international airport; the port
maintains regular ferry services with Mazatlan,
Topolobampo and Guaymas.
Berth at San Juan de la Costa (6.126)
(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph Administracion Portuaria Integral de BCS, SA de CV)
Berth
6.126
1 Vessels are berthed port side-to alongside a T-headed
jetty, 184 m in length with a depth of 105 m alongside,
which extends about 400 m from the shore. Phosphates are

194
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
loaded at a rate of about 900 tons per hour from a fixed
installation and vessels are required to be shifted along the
quay to make each hold available.
2 Two mooring buoys, positioned about 140 m from each
end of the berth, are used to assist the vessel off the berth
when sailing.
Port services
6.127
1 Repairs: at La Paz (6.121).
Other facilities: small hospital; deratting exemption
certificates.
Supplies: fresh water.
Communications: international airport at La Paz, 52 km
distant.
Anchorages and small craft harbour
Puerto Ballena
6.128
1 Anchorage may be obtained in a bay known as Puerto
Ballena which lies between Isla Gallo and Isla Gallina, two
islets situated about 1 and 1 miles, respectively, SE of
Isla Ballena (2429N, 11024W) (6.104). The best berth is
in the N of the three coves forming this bay; the other two
coves shoal, and the S cove is not recommended.
Local knowledge is required.
Chart 3061 plan of Canale San Lorenzo
Baha San Gabriel
6.129
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baha San Gabriel which
is entered SE of Punta Prieta (2426N, 11022W) (6.105).
Except at the entrance depths are very shallow and
anchorage should be obtained outside depths of 9 m (30 ft).
Local knowledge is required.
Charts 3061 plan of Canale San Lorenzo, 3053
South-east side of Isla del Espiritu Santo
6.130
1 Anchorage may be obtained, sheltered from NW winds,
in a depth of about 9 m, in the bay, lined by white cliffs,
which lies NE of Punta Bonanza (2426N, 11018W), a
rocky bluff with a flat topped hill behind it.
Useful mark:
La Bonanza Light (6.93) is displayed from the N side
of the bay.
Puerto Ballandra
6.131
1 Small craft can anchor, in depths of 55 m (18 ft), just
inside Puerto Ballandra, an inlet encumbered with rocks
and shoals, which is entered between Punta Diablo
(2419N, 11020W), a sharp rocky bluff, and a point
8 cables NNE.
2 Shelter may also be obtained, in depths from 37 to 9 m
(12 to 30 ft), in a small cove situated 1 mile S of Punta
Diablo, which provides better shelter from NW winds; the
N side of the cove is shoal.
Local knowledge is required.
Other names
Chart 3061 plan of Baha Pichilingue
6.132
1 Base, Punta (2417N, 11020W).
Falsa, Baha (24155N, 110190W).
195
BAHA DE LA PAZ TO ISLA CORONADOS
General information
Charts 2323, 2324
Route
6.133
1 From the N entrance to Baha de La Paz (2420N,
11030W) the route leads generally NNW for about
100 miles, passing either inside or outside the off-lying
islands, to the vicinity of Isla Coronados (2608N,
11116W).
Canal de San Jos, the deep channel about 3 miles wide,
between Isla San Jos (2457N, 11035W) and the
mainland W, may be found useful to avoid heavy seas
found outside.
Topography
6.134
1 Most of the coastline is steep-to and rocky and in some
places consists of a succession of bluffs, some steep,
alternating with sandy beaches. It is backed close inland by
hills of considerable elevation which rise to form the S part
of Sierra de La Giganta; Cerro Giganta (2605N,
11135W), the highest peak on this range stands 15 miles
from the coast.
Several high islands lie within 15 miles of the coast; the
largest are Isla San Jos (2458N, 11035W) and Isla
Carmen (2600N, 11110W).
2 Isla San Jos is of volcanic origin and, for the most
part, is covered in vegetation. With the exception of the N
point, the remainder of the coast of the island is steep-to,
and consists of rocky bluffs with sand beaches between
them. A sharp peak rises to an elevation of 426 m
1 miles from the N end of the island. The S coast
consists mostly of a sandy beach, backed by hills from 30
to 150 m high.
3 Isla Carmen is also of volcanic origin, and has a range
of peaks running its entire length. The E coast, which is
indented by Baha de Salinas (6.157), consists of steep
bluffs with some detached rocks lying close inshore in
places; the W coast is composed mostly of rocky bluffs
with a few intervening sandy beaches which are more
extensive towards the S point.
Current
6.135
1 A current setting SW with a rate of about 1 kn was
experienced (1950) about 10 miles E of Isla Carmen
(2600N, 11110W).
Landmarks
6.136
1 Cerro de Mechudo (2447N, 11045W) (6.104).
Isla San Francisco (2449N, 11035W) (6.104).
Isla San Jos summit (2458N, 11035W), a
prominent knob 633 m (2077 ft) high near the
centre of the island.
Isla San Diego (2512N, 11043W).
2 Isla Santa Cruz (2517N, 11043W), a barren, rocky
island, the N end of which terminates in a sharp
point, and the W face slopes up from the coast at
an angle of 45.
Isla Santa Catalina summit (2536N, 11048W).
Isla Monserrat (2540N, 11102W), a high barren
island of volcanic origin from the W side of which
a light (6.140) is displayed.
3 Isla Danzante Primero (2546N, 11114W), a barren
island divided into two parts 5 cables from its N
end by a shallow channel.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
Isla Coronados (2608N, 11116W), a high island
whose coast is mainly steep and rocky.
Directions
(continued from 6.95)
Outer coastal route
6.137
1 From a position NE of Los Islotes (2436N, 11024W)
the passage leads NNW passing (with positions from Isla
Santa Catalina Light (2535N, 11047W):
Clear of a 134 m (44 ft) shoal (2442N, 11018W),
thence:
2 ENE of Isla San Francisco (49 miles SSE) (6.104),
thence:
ENE of the SE point of Isla San Jos (46 miles SSE),
which is fringed by detached rocks and behind
which a hill, 122 m high, rises sharply, thence:
3 ENE of Punta Roja (37 miles SSE), the prominent E
point of Isla San Jos; a light (white metal
framework tower, 11 m in height) is displayed
from Punta Colorada situated 2 miles NW of
Punta Roja. Thence:
4 Either side of Las nimas (33 miles SSE), a group of
rocky islets and rocks from where a light (metal
framework tower, 9 m in height) (position
approximate) is displayed. The channel W of Las
Animas, between Isla San Jos and Isla San Diego,
has not been examined and should be used with
great caution. Thence:
5 ENE of Isla San Diego (25 miles S) from where a
light (metal framework tower, 9 m in height)
(position approximate) is displayed. See view A on
chart 2323. Thence:
6 ENE of Isla Santa Cruz (20 miles S) (6.136) from the
S side of which a light (metal framework tower,
9 m in height) is displayed; landing may be
effected on a short gravel beach at the SW
extremity of the island. Thence:
7 Either side of Isla Santa Catalina from the SW point
of which a light (white metal truncated pyramidal
tower, 11 m in height) (position approximate) is
displayed; no close examination of the island has
been made but its coastline is reported to be
steep-to. A rock awash lies about 1 cables off the
N extremity of the island. It is reported that
landing has been effected on a sandy beach at the
S end of the island. Thence:
8 ENE of Isla Monserrat (14 miles WNW) (6.136) and
Las Galeras, two rocky islets 2 cables apart lying
1 miles N of Isla Monserrat, and a dangerous
rock 03 m (1 ft) high lying 1 miles farther N.
There is reported to be a depth of 128 m (42 ft) in
the passage between Isla Monserrat and Las
Galeras and there are depths from 20 to 40 m (11
to 22 fm) in the passage between Las Galeras and
the dangerous rock. A light (metal truncated
pyramidal tower, 9 m in height) (position
approximate) is displayed from the N side of Las
Galeras. Thence:
9 ENE of Punta Perico (26 miles NNW), the E
extremity of Isla Carmen (6.134), a sharp, rocky
cliff surmounted by a reddish coloured peak,
140 m high; a detached rock, 9 m high, with a
below-water rock S of it, lies close to the point.
Thence:
10 ENE of Punta Lobos (32 miles NNW), the NE
extremity of Isla Carmen, a rocky headland, 38 m
high, fringed by detached rocks, which is
connected to the island by a low, narrow stretch of
land; a light (round concrete tower, 12 m in height)
(position approximate) is displayed from the
vicinity of the point. Thence:
11 ENE of Isla Coronados (41 miles NW) (6.136) from
where a light (silver metal tower, 12 m in height)
is displayed.
Caution. Isla Carmen and Isla Coronados are
reported (1995) to lie 1 mile E of their charted
positions.
Inner coastal route
6.138
1 Canal de San Jos separates Isla San Francisco and Isla
San Jos from the mainland coast between Cabeza de
Mechudo and Punta Nopol. At night, or in thick weather,
it is recommended to keep well over to the W shore of the
channel which is free from outlying dangers; tidal streams
attain rates of from 1 to 3 kn in this channel.
2 From a position NE of Los Islotes (2436N, 11024W)
the passage leads initially NW, thence NNW into the
channel, passing (with positions from Isla San Francisco
(2449N, 11035W):
Clear of a 134 m (44 ft) shoal (2442N, 11018W),
thence:
3 ENE of Cabeza de Mechudo (4 miles WSW), a
bold, perpendicular cliff 91 m high which rises to
a dome shaped hill; a light (truncated pyramidal
framework tower, 8 m in height) is displayed from
the point. And:
4 WSW of Rocas de la Foca, two flat rocks each about
15 m high, with several below-water rocks around
them, which lie 1 miles W of Isla San Francisco
(6.104). The channel which leads between Isla San
Francisco and the SW extremity of Isla San Jos,
1 miles N, is obstructed by Rocas del Coyote,
the highest of which is 12 m high. The channels
on either side of these rocks are dangerous and
should only be used in case of necessity. If obliged
to use the channel between Rocas del Coyote and
Isla San Jos it is safest to keep close to the S
coast of Isla San Jos. A light (metal truncated
tower, 9 m in height) is displayed on the N side of
Isla San Francisco. Thence:
5 ENE of Punta San Everisto (about 10 miles NW), a
rocky headland, 40 m high, which projects
7 cables from the general line of the coast on the
W side of Canal de San Jos; a light (metal
framework tower, 9 m in height) is displayed from
the point. Thence:
6 ENE of Punta Nopol (15 miles NNW), a rocky cliff
with a rugged peak which rises to a height of
481 m close behind it; the coast of Canal de San
Jos between Punta San Everisto and Punta
Nopolo is high and precipitous. And:
7 WSW of Punta de la Ostionera (15 miles NNW), the
NW point of Isla San Jos, from where a light
(silver metal framework tower, 9 m in height) is
displayed.
6.139
1 Canal de San Jos to Punta San Marcial. From a
position midway between Punta Nopol and Punta de la
Ostionera the passage continues NNW passing (with
196
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
positions from Isla Santa Catalina Light (2535N,
11047W)):
2 ENE of Los Burros (34 miles S), a remarkable,
broken, rocky cliff, from 91 to 152 m high. Punta
Dolores, similar in appearance, lies 3 miles farther
N and forms the S entrance point to Baha de
Dolores; the N entrance to this bay is a prominent
red coloured bluff. Thence:
3 ENE of Isla Habana (28 miles SSW), a barren rock,
whitened by guano; there are depths of from 18 to
31 m (10 to 17 fm) in the channel between Isla
Habana and the coast W. And:
4 WSW of Isla San Diego (25 miles S) from where a
light (6.137) is displayed. A reef, on which the sea
usually breaks, with a rock awash at its extremity,
extends 7 cables from the SW point of the
island; depths of 55 m (18 ft) lie 5 cables farther
SW. Thence:
5 WSW of Isla Santa Cruz (20 miles S) (6.136); a light
(6.137) is displayed from the SW extremity of the
island. And:
ENE of Isla Roca Morena (12 m (40 ft) high)
(25 miles SSW), the largest of a group which lie
5 cables offshore. There is shallow water between
the group and the mainland, and a reef extends
2 cables SE from Isla Roca Morena. Thence:
6 ENE of Roca Negra (2 miles N of Rocas Moreno)
lying 1 mile offshore, thence:
ENE of Punta de San Telmo (20 miles SSW), a sharp,
rugged point, 9 m high, which extends about
2 cables from the general line of the coast and
which is fringed by detached rocks; the bluffs on
either side of the point are of a reddish colour.
Thence:
7 WSW of Isla Santa Catalina from where a light
(6.137) is displayed, and:
ENE of Punta San Marcial (13 miles WSW), a
moderately high, rocky cliff, which rises to a peak
345 m in height close SW. The point, which is
fringed by both above and below-water dangers,
should be given a clearance of at least 2 miles.
A light (metal tower, 9 m in height) is displayed
from Roca San Marcial which stands about
1 miles NNE of the point.
6.140
1 Punta San Marcial to Isla Coronados. From a position
clear ENE of Roca San Marcial the passage leads NW,
thence NNW, to the channel between Isla Carmen (6.134)
and Isla Danzante Primero (6.136), thence N to the vicinity
of Isla Coronados passing (with positions from Isla Santa
Catalina Light (2535N, 11047W)):
2 SW of Isla Monserrat (14 miles WNW) (6.136) which
is generally steep-to but detached rocks and
below-water rocky ledges extend 2 cables
offshore in places; a light (metal truncated
pyramidal tower, 10 m in height) (position
approximate) is displayed from the W side of the
island. And:
3 NE of Punta San Cosme (19 miles W), a rocky cliff
rising abruptly to a hill 69 m high; a shoal, with a
depth over it of 18 m (6 ft), lies 2 cables off the
E side of the point. A group of above-water rocks
lie 1 miles N of Punta San Cosme; Roca San
Cosme is the W and largest, and Roca San
Damin the E. Passage between these rocks and
the mainland should not be attempted without local
knowledge. Thence:
197
4 ENE of Roca Blanca (22 miles WNW) which is
fringed by smaller rocks and which lies nearly
2 miles offshore, Thence:
WSW of Las Galeras (16 miles NW) (6.137), and:
5 ENE of Punta Candeleros (25 miles WNW), a
prominent steep-to bluff, about 15 m high, behind
which the land rises sharply; a light (cylindrical
metal tower, red and white bands, 7 m in height)
stands on Punta Canderlos. Los Candeleros, three
pinnacle rocks, the middle of which is 30 m high,
together with several other above and below-water
rocks obstruct the channel between Punta
Candeleros and Isla Danzante Primero, 2 miles
NNW; neither the passage between the S rock and
Punta Candeleros, nor that between the N rock and
Isla Danzante Primero should be attempted.
Thence:
6 Clear of a rock with a least depth over it of 14 m
(4 ft) (charted as a dangerous rock) (23 miles NW)
in the approach to the channel between Isla
Danzante Primero and Isla Carmen; a pinnacle
rock, 8 m in height, from which a below-water reef
extends SE, lies close S of Isla Danzante Primero.
A light (metal truncated pyramidal tower, 9 m in
height stands on the S point of Isla Danzante
Primero. Thence:
Chart 2324 (see 1.14)
7 Through the channel, which is from 1 to 2 miles
in width and free from dangers, which leads
between Isla Danzante Primero (28 miles NW) and
Punta Baja the S extremity of Isla Carmen, a low
gravel spit from which shallow water extends
2 cables; a light (metal truncated pyramidal
tower, 10 m in height) is displayed from Punta
Arena, 2 miles NW of Punta Baja. A light (metal
truncated pyramidal tower, 12 m in height) is
displayed from the N point of Isla Danzante
Primero and a light (white truncated pyramidal
tower, 8 m in height) from the NE point of the
island. Tidal streams are strong in this channel.
Thence:
8 E of Punta Nopol (36 miles NW) a bold, rocky point
23 m high; shallow water extends nearly 5 cables
from the shore for a distance of about 2 miles N
of Punta Nopol. Between the point and Loreto
(6.143), about 5 miles farther N, lies an
international airport; the control tower and terminal
buildings can be seen clearly from seaward.
Thence:
9 WNW of Punta Cholla (34 miles NW) the NW
extremity of Isla Carmen. A small islet lies on foul
ground which extends 7 cables NW of the point;
Punta Cholla Light (metal framework tower, 10 m
in height) stands on the islet. Thence:
10 ESE and ENE of Isla Coronados (41 miles NW)
(6.136), from the SE point of which a light (6.137)
is displayed. A low spit of sand and stones extends
7 cables from its SW side, and a low islet,
surrounded by shallow water, lies midway between
Isla Coronados and the mainland W. The passage
W of this islet, about 4 cables wide, has depths of
55 m (18 ft) in it; that E of the islet, about
2 cables wide has depths of about 8 m (26 ft) in
it; these passages are suitable only for small
vessels. See also Caution at the end of 6.137.
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

Puerto Escondido (6.142)

(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph Administracion Portuaria Integral de BCS, SA de CV)

Charts 2323, 2324 Tidal streams in the entrance are reported to be strong;
Useful marks rates of 4 kn have been reported.
6.141 3 Directions. Approaching from S, mariners should use
1 Mountain (772 m (2534 ft) high) (2509N, the channel between Isla Carmen and Isla Danzante
11100W). Primero described at 6.140.
Mountain (859 m (2818 ft) high) (2518N, Anchorage may be obtained in the outer harbour. Small
11103W), table shaped. craft may anchor inside the harbour in depths of from 7 to
Twin peaks (1161 m (3808 ft) high) (2530N, 11 m (24 to 36 ft); the entrance is only 25 m wide, with
11111W). depths on the bar of 29 m (9 ft).
(Directions continue at 6.161) Berth. From the W side of the bay, a T-headed concrete
jetty, with a face 90 m long and with depths of from 73 to
11 m alongside, extends E.
Minor ports 4 Other facilities: hospital at Loreto (6.143).
Supplies: fresh water.
Chart 2324 (see 1.14) Communications: Loreto international airport 16 km.
Puerto Escondido
6.142 Loreto
1 Description. Puerto Escondido (2548N, 11118W) is a 6.143
small landlocked harbour, lying at the NW end of a 1 Description. Loreto (2601N, 11121W), a town with a
semi-circular bay, 7 cables wide; it is one of the best population of about 7500, is situated on the banks of a
natural harbours in Golfo de California. The bay is river at the entrance to a fertile valley that runs inland
protected on its E side by Punta Coyote, a bluff headland, towards the high mountains of Sierra de La Gigante. The
23 m high, which is the extremity of a peninsula joined to shore for some miles N and S of the town is low and
the mainland N by a narrow isthmus of sand dunes; this sandy and backed by fertile land. Cargo is handled at the
headland conceals the entrance, hence the name, Hidden anchorage, and cruise ships call.
Port. A light (metal truncated pyramidal tower, 7 m in 2 Loreto is one of the most historic places in Baja
height) is displayed from Punta Coyote. California and is a focal point for tourists; the first
2 Within the inner bay there is a breakwater of rocks, settlement and mission were built here in 1697. The small
20 m long, with a light standing at its head. anchorage port serves Comond, about 40 km W, to which
Facilities include a yacht harbour and marina. it is connected by road.
Local knowledge is required for entry; there are no Local knowledge is required.
pilots. Port radio is available.

198
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
3 Directions. Approaching from S shallow water extends
about 5 cables off Punta Primera Agua, a low, sandy point,
situated 1 miles S of Loreto, and up to 2 cables off the
coast N to Loreto. A sandbank, with depths over it of
37 m (12 ft), extends 2 cables offshore immediately S of
the river entrance.
4 Useful marks:
Loreto Lighthouse (silver metal framework tower,
12 m in height) situated on the coast E of the
town.
Piln de Parras (Sugarloaf) (2558N, 11130W).
The buildings of a very large hotel in the centre of
the town are prominent.
5 Anchorage. The anchorage is exposed to NE winds,
and, when these prevail with any force, a heavy sea is
raised; but in normal conditions it is a good anchorage.
A good berth is about 5 cables offshore on the alignment
(about 256) of Piln de Parras with the town church.
Anchorage may also be obtained, within 5 cables of the
shore, in depths of from 6 to 13 m (18 to 43 ft), anywhere
off the low and sandy coast which extends about 4 miles N
to Punta Tierra Firme.
6 Jetty: 45 m long with depths from 15 to 3 m.
Basin. Breakwaters form a basin for smaller vessels.
Other facilities: hospital.
Supplies: provisions and fresh water in drums can be
delivered to vessels in the anchorage.
Communications: Loreto international airport 5 km.
Anchorages
Chart 2323 (see 1.14)
Isla San Francisco
6.144
1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of from 9 to
18 m (30 to 60 ft) off a sand beach just W of the SE point
of Isla San Francisco (2449N, 11035W) (6.104). The
point is formed by a rocky head, 91 m high, connected to
the rest of the island by a low, sandy neck. Depths of less
than 55 m (18 ft) extend 2 cables offshore on the N side
of the point.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha Amortajada
6.145
1 Description. Baha Amortajada is entered between the
low, sandy spit (2451N, 11035W), which forms the SW
extremity of Isla San Jos (6.134), and Punta Salinas
(4 miles NW), a sandy point with a steep sand hill, 15 m
high, immediately behind it. Isleta Cayo, an islet 12 m high
stands 7 cables NW of the SW extremity. There is a
lagoon of considerable size on the S side of the bay and
two salt lagoons in the vicinity of Punta Salinas. The head
of the bay is formed by a white, sandy beach, backed by
tall cactus trees.
2 A light (white round concrete tower orange bands, 10 m
in height) (position approximate) stands near the head of
the bay.
Anchorage may be obtained, protected from all winds,
in the S part of the bay, in depths of 13 m (43 ft), or in the
N part of the bay S of Punta Salinas, at from 1 to
1 cables from the shore, in depths of from 11 to 22 m
(36 ft to 12 fm); anchorage may also be obtained N of the
point.
199
3 Useful mark:
Wooden daymark, 9 m high, on the SW extremity of
Isla San Jos.
Local knowledge is required.
Punta San Everisto
6.146
1 Anchorage may be obtained in a cove, with a sandy
beach at its head, situated on the S side of Punta San
Everisto (2454N, 11043W) (6.138). The coast
immediately S of the bay comprises rocky bluffs from 6 to
15 m high; approaching from S the cove can be recognised
by a group of buildings at its head. The cove has been
used by vessels loading salt from lighters.
2 The cove is about 7 cables wide and sheltered from all
except SE winds. Anchorage may be obtained about
5 cables from the beach at the head of the cove in depths
of from 9 to 11 m (30 to 36 ft).
Local knowledge is required.
Baha San Carlos
6.147
1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of from 9 to
13 m (30 to 43 ft) in Baha San Carlos (2515N,
11058W) which is entered NW of Roca Negra (6.139). At
the head of the bay is the narrow entrance to a lagoon with
a sand beach on each side.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha de San Marte
6.148
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baha de San Marte, a
slight indentation in the coast between Punta San Marcial
(2530N, 11101W) (6.139) and a steep rocky bluff,
1 miles S. Great care is necessary on entering to avoid
the dangers extending SW from the S point of Punta San
Marcial.
2 The anchorage is within 3 cables of a small sandy
beach at the head of the bay in depths of from about 18 m
(60 ft).
Local knowledge is required.
Baha Agua Verde
6.149
1 Anchorage may be obtained, in fine weather, in Baha
Agua Verde, a small bay about 7 cables wide, situated
about 2 miles W of Punta San Marcial (2530N,
11101W) (6.139). Punta San Pascual, a rocky bluff, 103 m
high, is the W entrance point of the bay; Solitaria, a large
white rock, 35 m high, lies about 3 cables off this entrance
point. A good landing place is on the E side of the bay,
close to a cliff faced point.
Local knowledge is required.
Chart 2324 (see 1.14)
Isla Danzante Primero
6.150
1 Anchorage may be obtained off a stretch of sandy
beach on the SW side of Isla Danzante Primero (2546N,
11114W) (6.136), but elsewhere there is deep water close
inshore.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha de Chenque
6.151
1 Baha de Chenque is small bay situated 1 miles NW of
Punta Coyote (2548N, 11118W) (6.142), which affords
protection from all winds except those from NW. An
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
island, 12 m high, lies in the entrance to the bay. The bay
is entered N of the island as the passage S of it is shallow.
Local knowledge is required.
Punta Nopol
6.152
1 Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained in a
shallow cove, open N, which is entered close W of Punta
Nopol (2555N, 11121W) (6.140).
Local knowledge is required.
Isla Coronados
6.153
1 Anchorage may be obtained, with protection from
strong SE winds, N of the spit (6.140) which extends SW
from Isla Coronados (2608N, 11116W) (6.136). In fresh
NW winds anchorage may be obtained in the lee of the
higher land on the SE side of the island.
Local knowledge is required.
Puerto Ballandra
6.154
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Puerto Ballandra, a
small but spectacular cove situated 1 miles S of Punta
Cholla (2602N, 11112W) (6.140) on the W side of Isla
Carmen (6.134). There are depths of about 9 m (30 ft) in
most parts of the bay, the entrance to which is about
3 cables in width between two high promontories; a sandy
beach and a small lagoon lie at the head of the bay.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha de Oto
6.155
1 Anchorage may be obtained, sheltered from S winds, in
Baha de Oto, the bay formed between Punta Cholla
(2602N, 11112W) (6.140) and Punta Tintorera, a steep
bluff, 24 m high (2 miles NE), on the NW side of Isla
Carmen (6.134).
Local knowledge is required.
Puerto de la Lancha
6.156
1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of from 5 to
13 m (15 to 43 ft), over a bottom of sand, sheltered from S
winds, in Puerto de la Lancha, a bay entered between
Punta Tintorera (2604N, 11108W) (6.155) and Punta
Lobos (about 3 miles E) (6.137), on the N coast of Isla
Carmen (6.134). Close E of the bay is a deserted village,
and a cove with a stream at its head.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha de Salinas
6.157
1 Description. Baha de Salinas, on the E side of Isla
Carmen (6.134), is entered between Punta Perico (2557N,
11104W) (6.137) and Punta Blanca, a steep bluff from
which rocks extend for about 1 cable (about 3 miles W).
2 At the head of the bay, separated from the sea by a
shingle beach, is a large salt pond. There is a settlement on
the beach, and a pier used for loading salt into lighters for
transfer to vessels at anchor; there is a depth of 55 m at
the head of the pier.
Local knowledge is required.
3 Directions. Punta Perico should be given a good berth
on entering to avoid a bank, with a depth over its extremity
of 11 m (36 ft), which extends from the W side of the
point.
Useful marks.
Disused lighthouse standing at the head of the bay.
Light (metal beacon, 4 m in height) (25594N,
111064W) marking a wreck.
4 Anchorage may be obtained, in good holding ground,
protected from all winds except those from between SE and
SSW, in depths of about 10 m (33 ft) over heavy mud.
Occasional squalls may be expected in August and
September.
ISLA CORONADOS TO
PUERTO SANTA ROSALIA
General information
Chart 2324
Route
6.158
1 From the vicinity of Isla Coronados (2608N,
11116W) the passage leads NNW for about 32 miles to
the vicinity of Isla Ildefonso (2637N, 11125W), thence
NW for about 63 miles to the approaches to Puerto Santa
Rosalia (2720N, 11217W).
Topography
6.159
1 For the most part the coastline is bold and rocky with
several salient points off which there are detached islets
and rocks; there are occasional sandy beaches between the
rocky outcrops. In places, areas of fertile plain lie between
the coast and the mountains close inland.
Landmarks
6.160
1 Isla Coronados (2608N, 11116W) (6.136).
Double peak (721 m (2368 ft) high) (2617N,
11127W).
Isla Ildefonso (2637N, 11125W), a steep-to, barren
rocky islet just over 1 mile in length.
Pico Colorado (2643N, 11142W).
2 Peak (742 m (2434 ft) high) (5 miles NW of Pico
Colorado), remarkable for its whitish coloured
appearance.
Isla San Marcos (2711N, 11206W) (6.163).
Isla Tortuga (2726N, 11153W), a steep-to, hilly
and barren island.
Directions
(continued from 6.141)
6.161
1 From a position NE of Isla Coronados (2608N,
11116W) the passage leads NNW passing (with positions
from Isla Ildefonso (2637N, 11125W)):
ENE of an area of shallow water which extends
2 cables to seaward from the narrow entrance,
not easily identified, of Arroyo de San Bruno
(26 miles S), thence:
200
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
2 ENE of Punta Mangles (21 miles S), which is
surmounted by a hill 30 m high; it is the S
extremity of a series of cliffs, marked by irregular
patches of different colours, ranging from 60 to
90 m in height. Some detached rocks lie close off
the point, and there is an isolated shoal, with a
depth over it of 128 m (42 ft), 2 cables SE of it.
A group of rocks awash lies 1 mile offshore in a
position 2 miles SSE of Punta Mangles. Thence:
3 ENE of Punta Mercenarios (18 miles S), a rocky cliff
of dark sandstone surmounted by a red conical
hill, 158 m high. Two islets, 3 and 9 m high,
respectively, lie close to a sandy point with a
jagged rocky bluff, 15 m high, at its extremity,
situated 7 cables N of Punta Mercenarios; a rock
18 m high stands 2 cables E of the point.
Thence:
4 ENE of Punta San Basilio (2 miles NNW of Punta
Mercenarios), a steep-to, rocky, red sandstone cliff,
15 m high, surmounted by a hill 137 m high; the
point is fringed by detached rocks. Thence:
5 ENE of Punta Plpito (7 miles S), a bold headland,
about 140 m high, which stands at the extremity of
a peninsula which projects 5 cables from the
general line of the coast, and is connected to the
mainland W by a low neck. Detached rocks extend
1 cable from the point. Thence:
6 Either side of Isla Ildefonso (6.160), which has been
reported (1995) to lie 1 mile E of its charted
position. A light (white truncated metal tower, red
bands, 10 m in height) is displayed from the N
side of the island, and a reef extends 2 cables
from the N extremity
6.162
1 Thence the track leads NW, passing (with positions from
Punta Concepcin (2653N, 11150W)):
NE of Punta Santa Teresa (19 miles SE), a rocky
point surmounted by a small, pointed hill, and
which is fringed by detached rocks; a light
(truncated metal tower, 7 m in height) (position
approximate) stands on the point, and a prominent
peak, 291 m high, stands 1 mile SW of the point.
Punta Santa Teresa has been reported (1995) to lie
1 mile E of its charted position. Thence:
2 NE of Punta Colorado (14 miles SE), a high,
reddish bluff, fringed by detached rocks. Rocks,
some above water, extend up to 2 cables off the
coast between Punta Santa Teresa and Punta
Colorado. Thence:
3 NE of Punta Concepcin, a low, ill defined point, 9 m
high, fringed by rocks both N and W of it; it is
the extremity of the peninsula which forms the E
side of Baha Concepcin (6.181). Shoal water and
reefs extend up to 5 cables offshore between Punta
Colorado and Punta Concepcin; patches of
reddish water (6.3) are observed frequently off this
part of the coast. Thence:
4 NE of Islas Santa Ins (10 miles NNW), a group of
three islets surrounded by shoals and below-water
rocks, which lie from 2 to 3 miles SE of Punta
Santa Ins, a low, rocky point surmounted by a
small hill. The flora and fauna of these islands are
protected. The S islet is the largest; the other islets
are 18 and 46 m high, respectively. A light
(truncated pyramidal towers, 15 m in height) is
displayed from the S extremity of the S islet and a
light (white round tower, red bands, 15 m in
201
height) from the NE side of the N islet; a light
(silver truncated pyramidal tower, 15 m in height)
is displayed from Punta Cacarizo on the N side of
Punta Santa Ins. Thence:
5 NE of Punta Chivato (14 miles NNW), a low point
fringed by detached rocks, one of which is 8 m
high, above which there is a conspicuous white
bluff; a light (truncated pyramidal tower, 15 m in
height) stands on the point. Thence:
NE of Isla San Marcos (22 miles NNW) (6.163),
which is separated from the mainland by Canal de
San Marcos (6.166), thence:
6 SW of Isla Tortuga (33 miles N) (6.160); a light
(silver metal tower, 9 m in height) (position
approximate) is displayed from the S side of the
island, and a light (truncated pyramidal tower, 9 m
in height) (position approximate) is displayed from
the N side of the island. And:
7 NE of Punta Santa Agueda (2719N, 11215W), a
low, sandy point from where a light (metal tower,
12 m in height) is displayed. A shallow bank
extends cable NW from the point and an islet
lies close inshore about 2 cables W of the point. A
group of detached rocks lie close inshore from
1 mile to 5 cables S of Punta Santa Agueda.
(Directions continue at 6.224)
Isla San Marcos
General information
6.163
1 Position and function. Isla San Marcos (2711N,
11206W) a large, barren island, lies about 2 miles off
the coast midway between Punta Chivato (6.162) and
Caleta de San Lucas (6.184). Gypsum is exported from a
pier situated on the W side of the island.
Caution. The island is reported (1995) to lie 1 mile
farther E than charted.
Traffic. In 2002 the port was used by 33 vessels.
Maximum size of vessel handled
6.164
1 Vessels up to 40 000 dwt, maximum LOA 109 m and
draught 96 m.
Arrival information
6.165
1 Port radio is available.
Notice of ETA: 48 and 24 hours.
Anchorage may be obtained about 5 cables W of the
pier in depths of 15 to 18 m. Anchorage may also be
obtained E of Roca Lobos (6.167) but care is necessary to
avoid the 55 m (18 ft) shoal situated 1 mile ENE of the
rock.
2 Pilotage is compulsory for berthing and unberthing. The
pilot usually boards from a launch off the pier, otherwise
he boards off Puerto de Santa Rosalia, 12 miles NW.
Directions
6.166
1 Dangers extend from the N and S extremities of the
island but the remainder of the coastline is generally
steep-to with detached rocks and islets lying within 3 cables
of the shore. Lights (truncated pyramidal towers) are
displayed from the vicinity of the N and NW extremities of
the island, and from the vicinity of the gypsum terminal.
Dangers north of the island. Three white islets, 3 to
12 m high, and a number of detached rocks, extend
5 cables N from the island.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
2 Canal de San Marcos. A rocky spit, with depths over it
of less than 55 m (18 ft), extends 1 miles S from the low
sandy tongue which forms the S extremity of the island.
Roca Lobos, a small rock, 6 m high, lies on the E side of
the rocky spit about 5 cables from the S extremity of the
island. Canal de San Marcos, the narrow passage about
1 mile wide and 64 m (21 ft) deep between the extremity
of the spit and the mainland, should not be attempted
without local knowledge.
3 Around the S end of the island, between positions on
the E and W sides, respectively about 2 and 1 miles
from its S extremity, the coast is fringed by a bank with
depths over it of less than 55 m (18 ft) which extends
3 cables offshore in places.
Gypsum terminal
6.167
1 A pier projecting 365 m from the shore with a T-head
137 m in length with a depth alongside of 91 m extends
from the W side of the island in a position about 1 miles
from its S extremity. Lights are displayed from each end of
the T-head.
Supplies. Fresh water available.
Puerto Santa Rosalia
Chart 3061 plan of Puerto Santa Rosalia and approaches
General information
6.168
1 Position. Puerto Santa Rosalia is a small artificial
harbour situated between Punta Santa Agueda (2719N,
11215W) (6.162), and Punta Blanca (2 miles NW). The
town has a population of about 10 000.
Function. The port, which is a port of entry, provided
an outlet for the export of locally mined ore though this
trade has declined in recent years and the infrastructure is
reported to be in poor condition. Cruise ships visit.
Traffic. In 2002, 7 vessels totalling 219 548 dwt called.
Limiting conditions
6.169
1 Depths in the approach decrease from 37 m (20 fm) at
2 cables from the entrance to a depth of about 10 m
(29 ft) midway between the breakwater heads where the
navigable width of the channel is reduced to about 80 m by
a shoal extending from the E breakwater. An isolated shoal
depth of 6 m (18 ft) lies close E of the E breakwater head.
There are depths of between 5 to 9 m (16 to 29 ft) in the E
side of the harbour but the W side is shoal.
2 Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Mean maximum range about 14 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled. In 1970 it was
reported that vessels over 90 m in length had difficulty
manoeuvring in the harbour. Maximum draught permitted is
reported to be 73 m.
Arrival information
6.170
1 Port radio operates on VHF channels 16/12; the signal
station is located on the W side of the harbour.
Anchorage may be obtained outside the harbour, close
inshore, in depths of from 24 to 13 m (13 to 7 fm) in good
holding ground. The coast is steep-to between Punta Santa
Agueda and the port, but is fronted by a bank to a distance
of about 2 cables between the port and Punta Blanca.
202
2 In general the prevailing wind is NW and raises a sea,
which, whilst uncomfortable for boats, is not dangerous to
shipping.
In bad weather the best anchorage for small vessels is in
depths of 15 m (48 ft), close N of the harbour on the
approach alignment (6.172).
Pilotage is compulsory and is available 08001800; if
required outside these hours prior request must be made.
The pilot boards off the port entrance from a white launch.
Tugs are not available.
Harbour
6.171
1 The harbour, which is entered from SE, is enclosed by
two breakwaters leaving an entrance 128 m wide. A
light-buoy marks the extent of the shoal water on the W
side of the E breakwater head.
Climate. During the summer the heat is excessive.
Directions
6.172
1 It is recommended that landfall be made off Isla Tortuga
(2726N, 11153W) (6.160) (chart 2324), thence course be
set for the harbour entrance.
Approach leading marks:
The alignment (249) of two chimneys, about 450 m
apart (2720N, 11217W), leads to a position
close N of the harbour.
2 Entry leading lights: (not charted)
Front light (white round concrete tower, 9 m in
height) (27205N, 112158W); situated in the N
part of the harbour.
Rear light, (similar structure, 12 m in height) (30 m
NNW from front light). The rear light has a
greater range than the front light.
3 The alignment (328) of these lights leads through the
harbour entrance.
Useful marks:
Lights (white round concrete towers, 6 m in height)
stand on the head of each breakwater.
Berths
6.173
1 There are two principal berths, alongside which depths
range from 41 to 64 m; the berths were reported (1994) to
be in poor condition.
Port services
6.174
1 Repairs: minor repairs only; slipway with capacity
305 tonnes, but reported to be in poor condition.
Other facilities: hospital.
Supplies: limited supplies of gasoline, diesel, lubricants
and provisions; limited supply of fresh water in the summer
months.
Communications: local airport; regular ferry service to
Guaymas (6.51).
Anchorages and bays
Chart 2324
Punta Mangles
6.175
1 Anchorage, with shelter from NW winds, can be
obtained 5 cables offshore S of Punta Mangles (2617N,
11123W) (6.161) in depths of from 9 to 16 m (30 to
53 ft), care being taken to avoid the group of rocks awash
lying 2 miles SSE of the point.
Local knowledge is required.
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 6

Puerto Santa Rosalia from NE (6.171)

(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph Administracion Portuaria Integral de BCS, SA de CV)

Caleta de San Juanico
6.176
1 Caleta de San Juanico entered S of Punta San Basilio
(2623N, 11125W) (6.161), is an open cove on the
shores of which are some yellow bluffs and sand beaches;
there are a number of rocks, some above-water, in its W
and N parts.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha San Basilio
6.177
1 Baha San Basilio lies between Punta San Basilio
(2623N, 11125W) (6.161), and Rocas de la Gaviota
situated close inshore, 5 miles NNW. The shores of the bay
consist of low bluffs alternating with sand and pebble
beaches.
Local knowledge is required.
Fondeadero del Plpito
6.178
1 Anchorage may be obtained, with shelter from NW
winds, in Fondeadero del Plpito close S of Punta Plpito
(2631N, 11127W) (6.161). A good position is 2 cables
offshore, 6 cables S of Punta Plpito in depths of 9 to 18 m
(30 to 60 ft). Numerous detached rocks, some of which lie
up to 2 cables offshore, line the W side of the anchorage.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Tidal streams are reported to be strong in this vicinity.
Landing may be effected on a sandy beach on the N
side of the bay.
Baha San Nicols
6.179
1 Description. Baha San Nicols is entered between
Punta Plpito (2631N, 11127W) (6.161), and Punta
Santa Teresa (10 miles NNW) (6.162). Several streams flow
into the S part of the bay, the shores of which are low; the
W shore consists of bluffs off which lie detached rocks. A
shoal, on which the sea breaks, extends N for 2 cables
from Punta San Antonio, a rocky bluff 5 m high, situated
1 miles NW of Punta Plpito.
2 Shelter for small craft may be afforded in Baha de los
Puercos, a cove situated about 4 miles S of Punta Santa
Teresa. The N and S sides of the cove comprise sheer,
craggy cliffs, about 15 m high; rocky ledges extend from
the N and S entrance points. Entry should be made in
mid-channel and anchorage obtained in a depth of about
6 m (20 ft), sand, about 50 m from the mixed gravel and

203
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
sand beach at the head of the cove; swinging room is
restricted.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha de San Lino
6.180
1 Baha de San Lino, which lies on the S side of Punta
Colorado (2644N, 11138W) (6.162), affords shelter in
offshore winds in depths of from 7 to 15 m (24 to 48 ft).
Local knowledge is required.
Chart 2324 (see 1.14)
Baha Concepcin
6.181
1 General information. Baha Concepcin is entered
between Punta Aguja, situated about 2 miles SW of Punta
Concepcin (2653N, 11150W) (6.162), and Isla El Gallo
(Punta Gallito) (3 miles W) and extends about 22 miles
SSE; it provides good shelter. Punta Aguja is a sharp,
rocky bluff from which detached rocks and shallow water
extend for a short distance; Isla El Gallo is a conical rock,
connected to the mainland by a low sand spit, and almost
surrounded by shallow water.
2 The E shore of the bay trends SSE for about 10 miles to
Punta San Ignacio (2643N, 11149W), then SE for about
12 miles to the head of the bay; it consists of sand and
pebble beaches, from which the land slopes gradually to
the mountains, and is fronted by a bank which, in general,
extends from 2 to 5 cables offshore, but, in places,
extends 7 cables offshore.
3 The W shore of the bay is less regular; Punta San
Pedro, a bold headland 30 m high, stands 5 miles SE of
Isla El Gallo, and another bold headland, 61 m high,
connected to the mainland NNW by a sand spit, is situated
3 miles farther S. Ensenada de Coyote, entered between the
latter headland and a point situated 3 miles farther S, is
encumbered with a small number of islets and rocks, from
9 to 30 m high, which hinder navigation, especially in the
N part, which has not been closely surveyed. South-east of
Ensenada de Coyote the coast continues for 7 miles as a
series of rocky bluffs with intervening sand beaches, after
which it is steep-to as far as the head of the bay.
4 The shore at the head of the bay, known as La Pasajera,
is low and sandy; there is a lagoon at its W end which is
fronted by a shallow bank to a distance of 5 cables.
Local knowledge is required.
5 Directions. For the first 5 miles from the entrance the
bay gradually narrows, and then opens out to a width of
from 3 to 4 miles; there is a least width of about 1 mile in
the navigable channel before the bay begins to open out.
Reports in the past have indicated there are depths of 52 m
(17 ft) in places in the entrance channel. In 1961, an
obstruction, with a depth over it of 18 m (6 ft), was
reported to exist in the fairway about 8 miles SSE of Punta
San Pedro.
6 Useful marks:
Punta Aguja Light (truncated metal tower, 15 m in
height) (2652N, 11151W).
Isla El Gallo Light (metal truncated tower) (2652N,
11155W).
7 Prominent radio tower (about 2 miles SSW of Isla
El Gallo), painted with red and white bands and
showing red obstruction lights.
Isla Pitahaya Light (white metal framework tower, red
bands, concrete base, 6 m in height) (8 miles
SSE of Isla El Gallo), standing on an island at the
N entrance to Exsenada de Coyote.
204
8 Anchorage may be obtained anywhere in the bay in fine
weather, but, with NW gales, a heavy sea runs into the
bay; on such occasions anchorage may be found under the
lee of one of the islets in Ensenada de Coyote.
Fondeadero del Muleg
6.182
1 Description. Fondeadero del Muleg lies between Cerro
El Sombrerito (2654N, 11158W), a high rock, shaped
like a pyramid on a round base, and Punta Prieta, a low,
dark coloured bluff (7 cables N).
2 Cerro El Sombrerito stands on the N side of the mouth
of Ro Santa Rosalia which flows into the gulf as a lushly
vegetated tidal lake; Roca Equipalito, a conical rock, stands
on the S side of the mouth. The town of Muleg, with a
population of about 5000, is situated in a fertile valley on
the banks of the river about 2 miles from its mouth; it has
an airstrip. The river entrance is obstructed with rocks and
shoals and is only navigable by shallow draught craft.
3 The land to the N and S of the anchorage is low and
sandy.
Local knowledge is required.
Directions. A shallow bank, with depths of less than
5 m, extends 7 cables offshore for a distance of about
1 miles SE of Roca Equipalito. When approaching the
anchorage Pico Colorado (below) should be kept bearing
less than 276 as there is much foul ground near the coast
S of that bearing.
4 Useful marks:
Muleg Light (white round concrete tower, 12 m in
height) (2654N, 11158W) (visible 181273
(92) which stands on Cerro El Sombrerito.
Pico Colorado (1 miles W of Cerro El Sombrerito),
a reddish peak which rises to an elevation of
255 m.
5 Anchorage, with good holding, may be obtained in
depths of about 11 m (36 ft) 5 cables from the shore with
Muleg Light bearing 259; S of this position there is
shallow water.
The anchorage is dangerous with strong NW winds and
should be abandoned if a gale threatens from that quarter.
6 Caution. A shallow patch with a depth of 39 m (13 ft)
lies 3 cables E of Cerro El Sombrerito.
Berth. There is a wharf 60 m long at El Farito close to
Muleg Lighthouse with a depth alongside of 17 m.
Supplies: fresh water and diesel in drums.
Baha Santa Ins
6.183
1 Description. Baha Santa Ins is an open bay which lies
between Punta Prieta (2655N, 11158W) (6.182) and
Punta Santa Ins (9 miles N) (6.162). The shores of the bay
are for the most part low and sandy. Santa Magdalena
Plains, several miles in width, which are dry, barren and
covered with rocks, extend inland on the N side of the bay.
The remains of an extensive irrigating aqueduct may still
be seen on the N edge of the plains. Las Barracas,
prominent table topped hills, the highest 90 m high,
separated from the coastal range by a valley, stand in the
vicinity of Punta Santa Ins.
2 Islas Santa Ins (6.162) lie in the N side of the bay
between 2 and 3 miles SE of Punta Santa Ins. There is a
clear passage, with depths generally from 6 to 9 m (20 to
30 ft), between the group and Punta Santa Ins, but shoal
patches, with depths of less than 5 m (16 ft), lie mainly in
the centre of the passage.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
3 There are depths of 9 m (30 ft) close inshore in the S
part of the bay, but the N part is shallower with depths of
less than 55 m (18 ft), 7 cables offshore.
Local knowledge is required.
Useful marks:
Punta Colorado (1 mile NW of Punta Prieta), a
reddish coloured bluff at the foot of a lateral spur
of the hills.
4 Monument (2700N, 11201W) standing on the
beach; it marks the S boundary of the Santa
Magdalena Plains.
Anchorage may be obtained, 5 cables offshore, under
the lee of Punta Santa Ins in depths of about 8 m (27 ft);
some detached rocks lie 5 cables W of the point.
GOLFO DE CALIFORNIA NORTHERN PART EAST SIDE
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 2324
Area covered
6.185
1 The area covered by this section comprises:
Cabo Haro to Isla Tiburn (6.187).
Isla Tiburn to Cabo Lobos (6.202).
Cabo Lobos to Ro Colorado (6.210).
Natural conditions
6.186
1 See 6.3.
CABO HARO TO ISLA TIBURN
General information
Chart 2324
Route
6.187
1 From the vicinity of Cabo Haro (2750N, 11053W)
the passage leads NW for about 108 miles to the vicinity of
Punta Willard, the W extremity of Isla Tiburn.
Topography
6.188
1 A series of bays, backed by high land, indent the coast
between Cabo Haro and Punta San Antonio, 13 miles
WNW, thence the coast, initially low and sandy becomes
high and barren with high bluffs alternating with short,
sandy beaches, as far as Cerro Bocana (Morro Colorado)
(2818N, 11126W) (6.190); above-water rocks fringe the
coast in places.
2 Between Cerro Bocana and Punta Kino (about 39 miles
NW) the coast is low and sandy and is known locally as
Llanuras de San Juan Bautista. Ro de la Poza flows over
these plains and divides into several branches on nearing
the coast. During the dry season it is absorbed into the
plains, but, in the rainy season, it flows across them and
pushes large quantities of sand into the gulf creating
extensive shoals along this part of the coast, particularly in
the vicinity of Punta Baja (6.191).
3 The coastline N of Punta Kino, as far as the entrance to
Canal del Infiernillo (17 miles NW) (6.192), is indented by
a bay, thence, it continues steep before becoming low and
sandy in the approaches to the channel.
Isla Tiburn (2900N, 11225W), the largest island in
Golfo de California is a high, rugged island, separated from
the mainland E by a narrow channel. The E coast of the
205
Caleta de San Lucas
6.184
1 Caleta de San Lucas (2712N, 11213W) is a spacious
cove in which small craft may obtain anchorage. The cove
is entered N of a sandy islet near the middle of the narrow
entrance.
2 The coastline in the approaches to the bay is, in general
low and sandy, with occasional bluffs, and is fronted by a
bank which extends from 3 to 4 cables offshore in places.
A prominent point, surmounted by a red mound, 18 m
high, stands 3 miles N of the entrance to the cove
Local knowledge is required.
island is mainly low and sandy; the S and W coasts steep,
with rocky bluffs above which the land rises abruptly. The
tribe of Seris Indians inhabit the island.
Exercise area
6.189
1 A firing practice area is centred on 2810N, 11140W),
as shown on the chart.
Principal marks
6.190
1 Landmarks:
Las Tetas de Cabra (2758N, 11106W), two
remarkable peaks which rise to an elevation of
498 m 5 cables from the coast.
Isla San Pedro Nolasco (2759N, 11122W), a
barren island of volcanic origin.
Cerro Bocana (Morro Colorado) (2818N, 11126W),
a remarkable reddish coloured headland.
2 Isla San Pedro Mrtir (2823N, 11220W), a barren
island.
Isla Turners (2843N, 11219W), a small barren
island.
Isla San Esteban (2842N, 11235W), a barren rocky
island, which, for the most part, comprises almost
perpendicular cliffs, from 30 to 150 m high,
separated by short stretches of shingle and gravel
beach.
3 Major light:
Cabo Haro Light (2750N, 11053W) (6.61).
Directions
(continued from 6.41)
6.191
1 From a position WSW of Cabo Haro (2750N,
11053W) the passage leads NW passing (with positions
from Cabo Haro):
SW of Cabo Arco (3 miles WNW), a high, rocky
bluff, above which the land rises to a height of
250 m. Isla Lobos, a detached rock 38 m high
stands close to the coast 2 cables WNW of the
cape, and a pinnacle rock, position approximate,
lies about mile SE; see chart 42. Thence:
2 SW of Punta Doble (12 miles WNW), the S
extremity of a headland from 75 to 100 m high
which projects nearly 1 mile S from the general
line of the coast, thence:
SW of Punta San Antonio (13 miles WNW), a low,
rocky point with a detached rock, 9 m high, close
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
to its NW side; Las Tetas de Cabra (6.190) lie
close inland.. Thence:
3 SW of Isleta Venado (15 miles WNW), a steep and
rocky islet, 46 m high, the outermost and largest of
Los Algodones, three islets that lie within
1 miles of the coast. A detached rock, 15 m
high, lies 4 cables E of Isleta Venado. The
innermost islet, Isleta San Luis, is 9 m high, and
there is a passage cable wide between it and the
mainland. Isleta Doble, the smallest islet, lies
between the other two. Thence:
4 SW of Punta San Eduardo (17 miles WNW), a
rocky bluff, 18 m high, above which the land rises
to Cerro Algodones, 2 miles inland; a rock awash
lies just outside an islet situated close to the coast
7 cables SE of Punta San Eduardo. Thence:
SW of Punta San Pedro (24 miles NW), a bold, rocky
headland, 160 m high, and:
5 Either side of Isla San Pedro Nolasco (27 miles
WNW) (6.190), from the SE side of which a light
(silver metal tower, 13 m in height) (position
approximate) is displayed. The island is
inaccessible except at one place on the SE side
where landing may be effected. Some detached
rocks lie close to the S point of the island.
Thence:
6 SW of Punta Blanca (30 miles NW), a salient point.
A group of four rocks, 4 to 30 m high, lies
2 cables offshore, about midway between Punta
San Pedro and Punta Blanca. Thence:
SW of Las Piedras Blancas (33 miles NW), three
white rocks, 1 miles apart, which lie 7 cables
offshore between Punta Blanca and Punta Lesna,
5 miles farther NW; a light (silver metal tower,
13 m in height) is displayed from the vicinity of
Punta Lesna. And:
7 Clear of the firing practice area (6.189) centered
17 miles NW of Isla San Pedro Nolasco, thence:
SW of Cerro Bocana (41 miles NW) (6.190),
thence:
8 SW of Punta Baja (2828N, 11143W), a low sandy
point which projects about 1 mile from the coast,
and from where a light (white truncated metal
tower, 13 m in height) (position approximate) is
displayed. A sandspit, with depths over it of less
than 55 m (18 ft), extends about 4 miles SW from
the point and is reported to be extending farther
W, and SW. An isolated depth of 91 m (30 ft)
(charted as 33 ft) lies 14 miles W of Punta Baja
and there is probably less water between this
position and the point. See also 6.188. Thence:
9 NE of Isla San Pedro Mrtir (2823N, 11220W)
(6.190), from where a light (white truncated metal
tower, 9 m in height) (position approximate) is
displayed; several detached rocks lie within
5 cables of the S side of the island. Thence:
SW of Punta Kino (2845N, 11158W), a point of
moderate elevation backed by a group of hills
407 m high, and:
10 Clear of, depending on draught, a bank with depths
over it of 274 m (15 fm) (8 miles NW of Isla San
Pedro Mrtir), soft mud, which covers an area of
about 3 square miles, but whose full extent has not
yet been determined, thence:
11 SW of Isla Turners (2843N, 11219W) (6.190),
from where a light (white round stone tower. 6 m
in height) is displayed. Roca de la Foca, 46 m high
206
and surrounded by rocks, lies in the passage,
1 miles wide, between the island and Punta
Monumento, a rocky bluff forming the S extremity
of Isla Tiburn. The passage N of the rock has
depths of about 9 m (30 ft) in it, and there is a
boat passage S of the rock, but neither should be
attempted without local knowledge. Thence:
12 NE of Isla San Esteban (2842N, 11235W) (6.190),
from where a light (white truncated metal tower,
12 m in height) (position approximate) is
displayed. A rock, 76 m high, connected to the
shore W by a rocky reef, lies 2 cables offshore
1 mile N of the SE extremity of the island, and a
steep-to bank, with depths over it of less than
11 m (36 ft), extends more than 5 cables offshore
at the NE extremity of the island. A low, shingle
spit, which is steep-to on either side, extends
7 cables SW from the island. Thence:
13 SW and W of Punta Willard (2852N, 11236W),
the high W extremity of Isla Tiburn; a light
(white framework tower, 9 m in height) (position
approximate) is displayed from the vicinity of the
point. La Piedra Blanca (White Rock) lies
1 cables offshore 3 miles SE of Punta Willard.
(Directions continue at 6.205)
Canal del Infiernillo
Description
6.192
1 Canal del Infiernillo is the narrow and intricate channel,
about 2 miles wide, which separates Isla Tiburn (6.188)
from the mainland. The N part of the channel is obstructed
by shoals and the channel must be considered unsafe for all
except small craft with local knowledge.
2 It is entered between Punta Granito (2858N, 11213W)
on the mainland, a low, sandy point, covered in bushes,
and Punta San Miguel, the E extremity of Isla Tiburn,
about 1 mile W, and leads N for about 17 miles to the
vicinity of Punta Perla (2915N, 11219W), the NE
extremity of Isla Tiburn off which there is a sandy island
15 m high. The coast on both sides of the channel is low
and sandy.
Bays and anchorages
Chart 42
Ensenada Carrizal
6.193
1 Description. Ensenada Carrizal is a small bay, 6 cables
wide, entered from S between Punta Mezquite (2752N,
11055W), a bluff point, and Cabo Arco (1 miles W)
(6.191). Depths range from 30 m at the entrance to 5 m
(16 ft) towards its head.
Local knowledge is required.
Chart 2324 (see 1.14)
Ensenada de Bacochibampo
6.194
1 Description. Ensenada de Bacochibampo
(Bocochibampo) is a small open bay situated 3 miles N of
Cabo Arco (2752N, 11058W) (6.191); it is a resort for
Guaymas (6.51). The bay is entered between Punta
Colorado (2 miles NNW of Cabo Arco), a salient
headland, 18 m high, connected to the mainland by a
narrow strip of sandy beach, and Punta Boco, about 1 mile
farther N; Isla Blanca, 30 m high, stands 1 cables NW of
Punta Colorado, and dangers extend 2 cables SW from
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
Punta Boco. Several rocks, the largest 12 m high, lie close
inshore between Cabo Arco and Isla Blanca.
2 Depths decrease rapidly towards the head of the bay,
behind the shore of which there is a shallow lagoon
accessible only to boats. The resort area of Miramar stands
on the spit which separates the lagoon from the sea.
Local knowledge is required.
3 Landmark:
Cerro Bacochibampo (2 miles NNE), a mountain with
two peaks, which attains an elevation of 500 m on
the N side of the bay.
Dangers north of the entrance (positioned from Punta
Colorado):
4 Isla Candelero (1 miles NW), an island 11 m high,
fringed by detached rocks.
Isla de Enmedio (2 miles NW), an island 6 m high,
fringed by detached rocks.
Anchorage may be obtained in the bay, about 5 cables
offshore in depths of about 8 m (26 ft).
Ensenada San Francisco
6.195
1 Description. Ensenada San Francisco (2756N,
11102W) is a large open bay which lies between the
entrances to Ensenada de Bacochibampo (6.194), on its E
side, and Baha de San Carlos (6.196) on its W side. The E
shore is mostly rocky and backed by high land; the N
shore is low and sandy, the low land extending well into
the interior; the NW shore is hilly.
2 Estero del Soldado, an extensive lagoon, opens out in
the NE side of the bay; a reef of rocks extends SE for
5 cables from close S of the entrance to this lagoon.
Isla Chapetona, an islet 12 m high, fringed by detached
rocks, stands in the NW part of the bay.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha de San Carlos
6.196
1 Description. Baha de San Carlos (2757N, 11104W)
is a small, landlocked harbour which affords good shelter
for small vessels; it is a holiday resort with a marina. It is
entered close E of Punta Doble (6.191) between Punta San
Guillermo, a rocky point fringed by detached rocks, and
Punta Paredones, a bluff point 3 cables N. A light (white
metal framework tower, 9 m in height) is displayed from
Punta San Guillermo and a light (silver framework tower,
9 m in height) is displayed from Punta Paredones.
Islets lie off the entrance to the harbour.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Depths in the approach range from 13 to 6 m (42 to
19 ft), and in the harbour from 3 to 1 m (9 to 3 ft). It is
reported two dangerous wrecks lie in the inner reaches of
the harbour.
Supplies: fresh water and fuel at the marina.
Baha San Pedro
6.197
1 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of about 9 m,
with shelter from NW winds, in Baha San Pedro, a small
cove situated SE of Punta San Pedro (2803N, 11116W)
(6.191). The entrance to the cove, which lies between
rocky heads, is about 3 cables wide, with depths of from
9 to 146 m (30 to 48 ft), decreasing towards the shore.
2 In 1993 it was reported that a wreck, with a depth over
it of 274 m (15 fm), marked by a buoy, lay in the vicinity
of Baha San Pedro.
Local knowledge is required.
207
Estero de Tacitota
6.198
1 Anchorage may be obtained in fine weather, in depths
of about 11 m (36 ft), off the extremity of shoal ground
which extends up to 1 mile from the entrance to Estero de
Tacitota (Tastiota) (2822N, 11129W).
Local knowledge is required.
Useful mark:
Cerro Bocana (2818N, 11126W) (6.190).
Baha Kino
6.199
1 Description. Baha Kino, which is entered between
Punta Kino (2845N, 11158W) and a dark bluff, 53 m
high, situated about 7 miles NNW, is shallow throughout its
greater part but provides anchorage and shelter for small
vessels. Laguna de La Cruz, an extensive lagoon at the
head of the bay, has an entrance about 5 cables wide with
depths of 27 m over the bar. The town of Kino with its
old fishing village, and modern resort, stands on the NE
side of the bay.
2 Isla Pelcano, a prominent island, lies in the N part of
the bay, 1 mile from the E shore; there are depths of 32 m
(10 ft) between the island and the shore.
Local knowledge is required.
Useful marks:
Isla Pelcano Light (white metal framework tower,
7 m in height) (2848N, 11200W).
A sharp peak 451 m (1480 ft) in height (5 miles
NNW of Isla Pelcano Light).
Anchorages on the south side of Isla Tiburn
6.200
1 South-east point. Anchorage may be obtained, sheltered
from the predominant winds, in depths of 9 m (30 ft), in a
bay on the N side of the SE point (2845N, 11216W) of
Isla Tiburn (6.188). The point comprises a high headland
at the end of a narrow peninsula on which there are two
hills separated by a strip of low land.
2 Punta Risco Colorado. Anchorage may also be
obtained, sheltered from NW winds, in depths of 9 m
(30 ft), 2 cables offshore in the bay formed between
Punta Monumento (2844N, 11221W) (6.191) and Punta
Risco Colorado (about 2 miles WNW), a sharp, rocky
point of reddish colour.
3 Local knowledge is required.
Useful mark:
Isla Turners Light (2843N, 11219W) (6.191).
Anchorage on west side of Isla Tiburn
6.201
1 Punta Willard. Anchorage is possible, with local
knowledge, about 1 miles E of Punta Willard (2852N,
11236W) (6.191) and near the shore in a depth of about
13 m (42 ft).
Useful mark: Punta Willard Light (6.191).
ISLA TIBURN TO CABO LOBOS
General information
Chart 2324
Route
6.202
1 From the vicinity of Punta Willard (2852N, 11236W)
to that of Cabo Lobos the coastal passage leads generally
N for about 64 miles.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
Topography
6.203
1 Isla Tiburn is described at 6.188.
The mainland coast between Cabo Tepopa (2920N,
11226W), and Cabo Lobos (37 miles NW), consists
mainly of sand and shingle beaches, with occasional rocky
bluffs, backed close inland by a range of hills rising to
over 700 m in height.
Landmarks
6.204
1 Isla Patos (2916N, 11228W), a small, barren,
steep-to island, whitened by guano, which rises to
a conical hill on its NW side.
Cabo Lobos Lighthouse (white round tower, red
bands, 17 m in height) (2954N, 11245W).
Directions
(continued from 6.191)
6.205
1 From a position W of Punta Willard (2852N,
11236W) the passage leads N passing (with positions
from Punta Willard):
W of groups of detached rocks, 25 m (8 ft) high,
lying 1 cable offshore, 1 and 13 miles NNE,
respectively, thence:
W of the NW point of Isla Tiburn (21 miles NNE)
(6.188), a rocky bluff fringed by detached rocks,
which is surmounted by a hill 342 m high, thence:
2 W of Isla Patos (26 miles NNE) (6.204), from where
a light (white stone tower, 6 m in height) is
displayed. The passages, 5 miles wide between Isla
Patos and Isla Tiburn, and 4 miles wide between
Isla Patos and the mainland, are clear of dangers.
Thence:
3 W of Cabo Tepopa (31 miles NNE), a bold, rocky
headland, which rises to Cerro Tepopa, the highest
of a group of hills which are separated from the
coastal range, 5 miles E, by low sandy plains.
Thence:
4 W of a shoal with depths over it of less than 55 m
(18 ft) which extends 7 cables offshore from the
vicinity of Ro de San Ignacio (about 40 miles
NNE); a light (white metal tower, 13 m in height)
(position approximate) is displayed from the river
mouth. Thence:
5 W of Cabo Lobos (64 miles N), a high, rocky
headland, fringed by rocks, which rises to Cerro
Lobos, 3 miles N; a light (6.204) is displayed from
the point.
(Directions continue at 6.213)
Puerto Libertad
General information
6.206
1 Description. Puerto Libertad (2954N, 11242W) is
situated at the head of a bay sheltered from NW by the
high land surrounding Cabo Lobos (6.205). It is an
anchorage port, but alongside facilities are provided at a
pier, used for the discharge of oil to a nearby power
station, operated by Comision Federal Electricidad. The
port is administered by Guaymas Port Authority (6.56).
2 Anchorage is reported to be obtainable in good holding
ground, 8 cables NW or SW of the pier, in a depth of 50 m
(27 fm); or closer to Cabo Lobos, 5 cables offshore in
depths of 15 m (50 ft). The anchorage is protected from
NW winds.
3 Pilotage and tugs. The pilot boards at Guaymas, from
where a tug can also be provided.
Useful mark.
Light (white truncated metal tower, 9 m in height) is
displayed from the vicinity of the port.
4 Berth. A dolphin pier, aligned 125305, is connected
to the shore NNE by a catwalk 900 m in length; the pier is
capable of accommodating tankers up to 60 000 dwt and
maximum draught 128 m. It is reported a racon transmits
from the berth; lights (round towers) stand on each end of
the pier.
Port services: hospital; local airport.
Anchorages
Baha Agua Dulce
6.207
1 Description. Baha Agua Dulce is entered between the
NW point (6.205) of Isla Tiburn (2911N, 11229W)
(6.188), and the N point of the same island (5 miles E), a
high, bluff point. The land behind the bay slopes gradually
from the beach and presents a fertile appearance.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Anchorage may be obtained, sheltered from SE winds,
7 cables offshore in depths of about 11 m (36 ft).
Isla Patos
6.208
1 Anchorage may be obtained, in NW winds, in depths of
9 m (30 ft), sand, 2 cables from the beach on the S side
of Isla Patos (2916N, 11228W) (6.204).
Care must be taken not to approach within 2 cables of
the low, shingle point on the SW side of the island, as
shoals extend from it for some distance.
Local knowledge is required.
Punta Sargento
6.209
1 Description. Punta Sargento (2917N, 11222W) is a
barren, rocky hill, 46 m high which is connected to the
mainland, 1 miles NW, by a low narrow neck of land
which is partly covered at HW springs; bays are formed on
either side of the point. At the head of the bay is the outlet
of a lagoon; the beach at the head of the bay is very flat
and dries for a distance of about 1 mile.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Anchorage may be obtained in the small bay W of
Punta Sargento, 5 cables offshore, in depths of 13 m (43 ft).
The bay E of the point is shallow and should be avoided.
CABO LOBOS TO RO COLORADO
General information
Chart 2324
Route
6.210
1 From the vicinity of Cabo Lobos (2954N, 11245W)
to that of Punta Baja (Bajo) (3133N, 11418W), the E
entrance point to Ro Colorado, the coastal passage leads
NW for about 140 miles.
Topography
6.211
1 The coast between Cabo Lobos and Cabo Tepoca
(23 miles NNW), is generally low and sandy at first, but,
for the last 10 miles, the beach is backed by sand cliffs,
208
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
from 7 to 15 m high. Close inland the coastal range is
dominated by a peak 501 m (1642 ft) high, 9 miles N of
Cabo Lobos, and farther N by Pico Tienda de Campaa
and Monte Plano, both square shouldered with sharp peaks
in the centre, standing 9 miles ESE and 6 miles ENE,
respectively, of Cabo Tepoca.
2 The N extremity of the coastal range is reached about
18 miles N of Cabo Tepoca, after which the coastline,
formed into two large bays, becomes low and sandy with
sandhills about 6 to 18 m high. Inland, Cerro Pinacate
(3146N, 11330W) is the summit of the N mountain
range seen on this coast when coming from S.
Principal marks
6.212
1 Landmarks:
Cabo Lobos Lighthouse (2954N, 11245W) (6.204).
Cabo Tepoca Lighthouse (white round concrete tower,
red bands, 39 m in elevation) (3016N,
11252W).
Isla San Jorge (Georges Island) (3101N, 11316W),
a barren rock covered in guano.
2 Puerto Peasco Lighthouse (white truncated metal
tower, 20 m in height) (3118N, 11334W)
(position approximate).
Cerro de La Encantada (3100N, 11522W) (6.257).
Roca Consag (3107N, 11429W) (6.257).
Major lights:
Cabo Tepoca Light as above.
Puerto Peasco Light as above.
Directions
(continued from 6.205)
6.213
1 From a position W of Cabo Lobos (2954N, 11245W)
the passage leads NW passing:
SW of Cabo Tepoca (3016N, 11252W), a rocky,
reddish coloured headland, 91 m high, from where
a light (6.212) is displayed. A low rocky point
projects 5 cables SE from the point; a reef, partly
covered at HW, and on which stands a large rock,
extends 3 cables SE from this latter point. Thence:
2 SW of an extensive bank over which the sea breaks
heavily at times which fronts the mouth of Ro de
la Concepcin (3034N, 11300W). The river is
readily identified by a gap in the sandhills through
which it flows during the rainy season; a light
(white round stone tower, red bands, 11 m in
height) is displayed at the river mouth. Thence:
3 SW of a shoal area with depths over it of less than
9 m (30 ft) which lies 5 miles offshore, 23 miles
NNW of the mouth of Ro de la Concepcin; the
vicinity has not been closely examined and should
be approached with caution. Depths of 55 m
(18 ft) extend from 5 cables to 1 miles off the
coast between Ro de la Concepcin and the
entrance to Baha de San Jorge (31 miles N).
Thence:
4 SW of Isla San Jorge (3101N, 11316W) (6.212),
on which stands a light (white round stone tower,
4 m in height). Foul ground with a depth over it of
less than 18 m (6 ft) extends 1 mile NW from the
island. Thence:
5 SW of Punta Peasco (3118N, 11334W), a bold,
dark point, surmounted by a hill 69 m high; Puerto
209
Peasco Light (6.212) is displayed from the point.
Thence:
SW of Roca del Toro (Punta Choya) (5 miles
WNW of Punta Peasco), a bold rocky point,
thence:
6 SW of Punta Borrascosa (3130N, 11403W) from
which shoal ground extends up to 5 miles offshore;
a light (white round stone tower red bands, 11 m
in height) is displayed from the point. Thence:
SW of Punta Baja (Bajo) (3133N, 11419W), a
low, sandy point, fringed by shoal ground up to a
distance of 5 cables.
(Directions for Ro Colorado are given at 6.269)
Puerto Peasco
Chart 2324 (see 1.14)
General information
6.214
1 Description. Puerto Peasco lies at the head of Baha
Punta Peasco, an open bay entered between Punta Peasco
(3118N, 11334W) (6.213) and Roca del Toro (5 miles
WNW) (6.213). The port, with a population of about
60 000, is one of the most important shrimping ports in
Golfo de California, with over 300 vessels locally based,
and is a significant tourist destination.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Anchorage may be obtained, sheltered from NW winds,
in depths of about 9 m (30 ft) 6 cables W of the port
entrance; shoal ground extends up to 5 cables off the shores
of the bay but the entrance points are free from off-lying
dangers.
3 Entry leading lights:
Front light (silver metal tower, 9 m in height) (at the
head of the harbour).
Rear light (similar structure, 13 m in height) (146 m
from front light).
4 The alignment (116) of these lights leads into the
harbour, passing close N of the W breakwater from where
a light (truncated metal tower, 7 m in height) is displayed,
and S of the broad E breakwater from the W side of which
a light (similar structure) is displayed. The entrance
channel, 10 m wide, was last dredged in 1989 to a
sufficient depth for passage of local fishing vessels.
5 A second set of leading lights (truncated metal towers,
red stripes) stand to the S of the harbour.
Useful mark. Cerro Pinacate (6.211), on the approach
from S.
Berthing is available in the inner harbour.
Repairs: minor. Small slipway.
Supplies in limited quantities.
Communications: local airport.
Anchorages and bays
Chart 2324
Baha Tepoca
6.215
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baha Tepoca, E of
Cabo Tepoca (3016N, 11252W) (6.213), sheltered from
NW winds, 5 cables offshore in depths of 9 m (30 ft).
Local knowledge is required.
Useful marks (positioned from Cabo Tepoca):
Monte Plano (about 6 miles ENE) (6.211).
2 Monte Obscuro (about 9 miles NNW), which first
appears as a dark, red, flat topped island, thence as
a bluff rising towards W.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
Baha de San Jorge
6.216
1 Baha de San Jorge lies between a low, sandy peninsula,
on the mainland 7 miles ENE of Isla San Jorge (3101N,
11316W) (6.212), and Punta Peasco (about 27 miles
NW) (6.213). The shores of the bay are low and sandy,
and, from the head of the bay, plains spread inland to the
foothills of the mountains.
2 A dangerous bank, with depths over it of 09 to 18 m (3
to 6 ft), extends 3 miles W from the peninsula; the passage
between the edge of this bank and Isla San Jorge has
depths of from 73 to 128 m (24 to 42 ft).
Shoal ground extends from 1 to 3 miles offshore near
the head of the bay, where there are some salt lagoons with
no apparent outlet to the bay. The entrance to a lagoon,
which small vessels may enter at HW, is situated about
6 miles E of Punta Peasco.
3 Anchorage may be obtained, in good weather, N of Isla
San Jorge in depths of 6 m (19 ft), sheltered from SE
GOLFO DE CALIFORNIA NORTHERN PART WEST SIDE
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 2324
Area covered
6.219
1 The area covered by this section comprises:
Puerto Santa Rosalia to Punta San Francisquito
(6.221).
Punta San Francisquito to Punta Acantilado
Offshore route (6.233).
Canal Salsipuedes and Canal de Ballenas (6.244).
Punta Acantilado to Ro Colorado (6.255).
Natural conditions
6.220
1 See 6.3.
PUERTO SAN ROSALIA TO
PUNTA SAN FRANCISQUITO
General information
Chart 2324
Route
6.221
1 From the vicinity of Puerto San Rosalia (2720N,
11216W) the coastal passage leads NW for about 75 miles
to the vicinity of Punta San Francisquito; the coastline is
generally steep-to, with all charted dangers lying within
5 cables of the salient points.
Topography
6.222
1 The coastline consists mainly of bluffs, in some cases up
to 60 m high, alternating with sandy or gravel beaches.
Between Puerto San Rosalia and Baha de Santa Ana
(25 miles NW) the coast is backed close inland by the
peaks of Monte Santa Maria (2730N, 11225W), whose
ridge runs parallel to the coast for several miles, and
Volcn Las Tres Vrgenes, 10 miles W (6.223).
2 North of Baha Santa Ana, the country inland is for the
most part covered with bushes and cactus, and slopes
gradually upwards to Sierra la Purificacon, the prominent
coastal range 10 miles inland. This range closes the coast in
the vicinity of Cabo San Miguel (2812N, 11248W),
winds. Local knowledge is required.
Baha de Adair
6.217
1 Baha de Adair is a wide, deep indentation on the coast
bounded E by Roca del Toro (3121N, 11341W) (6.213),
and W by Punta Borrascosa (22 miles WNW) (6.213).
Shoal ground extends up to 5 miles off both entrances to
the bay which contains many dangerous shifting shoals and
which should be avoided even by small vessels. The spring
tidal range is about 7 m.
2 A lagoon, fronted by drying sandspits, empties into the
N part of the bay which is backed by swampy land. Above
the bay, Gran Desierto, the Mexican desert, stretches WNW
to Ro Colorado.
Ro Colorado
6.218
1 Ro Colorado and its approaches are described at 6.268.
thence continues in the form of high tableland to the
vicinity of Punta San Francisquito (2828N, 11255W).
Landmarks
6.223
1 Isla Tortuga (2726N, 11153W) (6.160).
Peak (1995 m (6547 ft) high) (2727N, 11237W),
the S, and highest, of Volcn Las Tres Vrgenes,
three remarkable peaks.
2 Prominent sharp peak (1907 m (6258 ft) high)
(2825N, 11328W); can be seen from a great
distance.
Isla San Pedro Mrtir (2823N, 11220W) (6.190).
Isla San Esteban (2842N, 11235W) (6.190).
Directions
(continued from 6.161)
6.224
1 From a position NE of Punta Santa Agueda (2719N,
11215W) (6.162) the passage leads NW passing (with
positions from Punta Trinidad (2748N, 11244W)):
NE of Cabo Virgenes (24 miles SE), a rocky cliff
backed by high land from where a light (red and
white concrete tower, 10 m in height) (position
approximate) is displayed, thence:
2 NE of Punta Baja (20 miles SE), a shingle point off
which a shoal extends for a short distance. Close
SE of the point is the mouth of a canyon; landing
may be effected about 7 cables SE of the point.
Thence:
3 NE of Punta Santa Ana (13 miles SSE), a steep point
closely backed by hills 120 m high, thence:
NE of Punta Trinidad, a prominent headland, 76 m
high; several detached rocks lie close off the point,
and also off the coast between this point and Punta
Santa Ana. Thence:
4 NE of a rocky point (5 miles NNW) which is
fringed by detached rocks; a large rock, 18 m
high, stands 5 cables offshore, 7 cables N of this
point. Thence:
NE of Punta San Carlos (12 miles N), a low shingle
point; numerous patches of reddish water (6.3)
have been observed off this part of the coast.
Thence:
210
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
5 NE of Punta San Juan Bautista (17 miles N), a low
gravel point from which shoal water extends
2 cables offshore, thence:
NE of Cabo San Miguel (24 miles N), a bold, rocky
bluff, 46 m high, fringed by detached rocks; a
white rock, 15 m high, lies close inshore 1 miles
NW of the cape. A bank, with depths over its
outer edge of 41 m (13 ft), extends from 2 to
5 cables offshore, between 2 miles and 1 mile S of
Cabo San Miguel. And:
6 SW of Isla San Pedro Mrtir (40 miles NE) (6.190),
thence:
NE of Punta San Gabriel (38 miles N), a rocky bluff,
14 m high, the NE extremity of a prominent
headland with barren hills and a rugged bluff
coast; it is fringed closely by detached rocks.
Thence:
NE of Punta San Francisquito (41 miles N), a low
rocky bluff, fringed by detached rocks.
Useful marks
6.225
1 Monument (2730N, 11220W).
Cerro Pico Doble (Double Peak) (2742N,
11248W).
Sharp peak (1367 m (4485 ft) high), standing 20 miles
NNW of Cerro Pico Doble.
(Directions continue for offshore passage at
6.237, and for inshore passage at 6.248)
Anchorages and bays
Caleta Santa Maria
6.226
1 Description. Caleta Santa Maria (2726N, 11219W) is
a cove, exposed SE, situated about 5 miles NNW of Puerto
Santa Rosalia. The land in the vicinity consists of valleys
and canyons from which copper ore has been mined. The S
side of the cove is rocky, with bluffs and low hills behind
it; the N side is hilly and terminates in a sharp, bluff point,
21 m high, off which are numerous detached rocks. The
head of the cove is formed by a beach of sand and shingle.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Anchorage may be obtained, sheltered from NW winds,
2 cables offshore in the middle of the cove, in depths of
about 9 m (30 ft).
La Cia Minera Caopas Terminal, from where gypsum
is exported in bulk, is situated in the N part of the cove.
3 Port Authority. As for Pichilingue (6.108).
Maximum size of vessel: LOA 225 m; about
70 000 dwt.
Pilot, from Santa Rosalia (6.170), boards about 1 mile E
of the berth.
4 Directions. The berth is approached on the alignment
(about 280) of leading lights situated on the shore about
1 mile SSW of the root of the pier.
Berth, with dolphins, at the head of a pier 163 m in
length projecting SE from the shore. Lights are displayed
from the dolphins. Depths alongside are 10 to 17 m.
Supplies: fresh water.
211
Baha Santa Ana
6.227
1 Description. Baha Santa Ana is entered between Punta
Santa Ana (2738N, 11235W) (6.224), and a low, shingle
point, 3 miles W, from which shallow water extends for
2 cables. The S and W shores of the bay are sand and
shingle beaches. A fresh water creek, which may be
identified by vegetation on its banks, flows into a small
lagoon at the W entrance to the bay.
2 Anchorage. The bay, which is deep to within a short
distance of its shores, provides anchorage, sheltered from
SE winds.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha San Carlos
6.228
1 Baha San Carlos is an open bay situated NW of Punta
Trinidad (2748N, 11244W) (6.224). A whitish, rocky
islet lies close inshore 1 miles NNW of Punta Trinidad
and between them is a sandy bay in which shallow water
extends 5 cables offshore.
Cabo San Miguel
6.229
1 Anchorage may be obtained, sheltered from NW winds,
about 5 cables offshore immediately S of Cabo San Miguel
(2812N, 11247W) (6.224), in depths of 13 m (43 ft).
Local knowledge is required.
Chart 3061 plan of Bahas Santa Teresa and San Francisquito
Baha Santa Teresa
6.230
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baha Santa Teresa, an
open bay on the S side of Punta Santa Teresa (2825N,
11252W), a rocky bluff 12 m high, which rises abruptly
to a hill 173 m (567 ft) high. The S part of the bay consists
of rocky bluffs, about 46 m high, fringed in places with
detached rocks.
2 The anchorage, sheltered from NW winds, is shown on
the chart about 2 cables offshore in depths of 18 m (60 ft)
in the N part of the bay off a low sandy beach, with the
extremity of Punta Santa Teresa bearing about 028, distant
about 3 or 4 cables.
Baha San Francisquito
6.231
1 Description. Baha San Francisquito, entered between
Punta San Gabriel (2826N, 11252W) (6.224), and a
rocky point 1 miles WNW, affords anchorage, with
protection from the prevailing NW and SE winds. A strip
of sandy beach lies between Punta San Gabriel and a
similar rocky point, 5 cables W. A shallow, landlocked cove
lies in the SE side of the bay; the two rocky points
forming the narrow entrance are fringed by numerous
rocks.
2 Caution. The out-going stream has been reported to
have attained a rate of 4 kn off Punta San Gabriel.
Anchorage may be obtained in the SW part of the bay,
as shown on the chart, 2 cables from a sandy beach
flanked on either side by rocky bluffs, in depths of about
10 m (33 ft).
3 Useful mark. San Francisquito Light (concrete tower,
10 m in height) (2826N, 11254W, position approximate)
standing on the shore of the bay.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
Other name
6.232
1 San Juan Bautista, Baha (2803N, 11248W).
PUNTA FRANCISQUITO TO PUNTA
ACANTILADO OFFSHORE ROUTE
General information
Chart 2324
Route
6.233
1 From the vicinity of Punta San Francisquito (2828N,
11255W) the passage leads NW for about 87 miles to the
vicinity of Punta Acantilado (2934N, 11357W), passing
SW of Isla San Esteban (2842N, 11235W) and offshore
of the chain of islands that lie off the E side of the gulf.
Topography
6.234
1 Of the off-lying islands that lie in this part of the gulf
the largest are Isla Tiburn (2900N, 11225W), described
at 6.188, and Isla Angel de la Guarda (2915N,
11320W). This latter island is high, rocky, barren and
uninhabited. The whole length, which is 41 miles long, is
traversed by a range of mountains from 900 to 1300 m in
height, with a comparatively low ridge in the central part.
On the E coast of the island there are open bays where
vessels may anchor, sheltered from the prevailing winds;
for the most part this coast is bold, with rocky bluffs
predominating.
Tidal streams
6.235
1 Tidal streams in the vicinity of Isla San Lorenzo
(2838N, 11250W) and Roca Blanca (16 miles NW) are
very strong, sometimes causing heavy tide rips. The
out-going stream is reported to attain rates of up to 5 kn in
the vicinity of Isla Estanque (2903N, 11306W). See also
6.246.
Landmarks
6.236
1 Prominent sharp peak (2825N, 11328W) (6.223).
Isla San Esteban (2842N, 11235W) (6.190).
Directions
(continued from 6.225)
6.237
1 From a position NE of Punta San Francisquito (2828N,
11255W) the passage leads generally NW passing (with
positions from Punta San Francisquito):
2 NE of Isla San Lorenzo (10 miles NE), a high, barren
island, of volcanic origin, 9 miles long, highest at
its SE end; a light (truncated pyramidal tower,
10 m in height) (position approximate) is displayed
from the S extremity of the island. The coast
consists generally of bold, rocky cliffs, but landing
may be effected, during NW winds, on a small
strip of beach at the S extremity of the island, and
in calm weather, on a sandy beach on the W side
of the island, 3 miles from its N extremity. And:
3 SW of Isla San Esteban (20 miles NE) (6.190),
thence:
NE of Isla las Animas, an island 3 miles long which
lies close NW of Isla San Lorenzo, from which it
is separated by a narrow boat channel; a white
rock, 6 m high, lies 1 cables offshore, 1 miles
E of its NW extremity. And:
SW of Punta Willard (28 miles NE) (6.191), thence:
4 NE of Isla Salsipuedes (15 miles N), a high island
separated from Isla las Animas by an unexamined
channel, about 1 mile wide, in the middle of which
there is a rock awash, thence:
5 NE of Isla Raza (22 miles NNW), a small island,
whitened by guano, which is fringed by detached
rocks; a reef extends a short distance from its SE
extremity. Roca Raza, a small white rock, 22 m
high, stands 1 mile NW of Isla Raza; there is deep
water all round the rock except on its SW side
where a steep-to rock lies 2 cables from it. Thence:
6 NE of Isla Partida (26 miles NNW), which rises to
two peaks of equal height separated by a narrow
strip of land. Roca Blanca, a high rock, stands
6 cables N of Isla Partida; a reef, with a rock
06 m high at its outer end, extends 3 cables N
from Roca Blanca, and irregular depths are found
up to 1 miles farther N. Thence:
7 NE of the S extremity of Isla Angel de la Guarda
(33 miles NNW), a sharp bluff, 1 mile N of which
a hill, 235 m high, rises abruptly from the coast on
each side; a light (silver metal tower, 14 m in
height) (position approximate) stands on this S
point. Thence:
8 NE of Isla Estanque (36 miles NNW), a high island
lying close off the SE part of Isla Angel de la
Guarda; the narrow channel which separates it
from the main island is obstructed by a rocky reef,
which dries in places, and both above and
below-water rocks surround the island. See also
6.235 concerning tidal streams. Thence:
NE of Punta Rocosa (49 miles NNW), a bold
headland at the NE end of a spur of the central
mountain range of Isla Angel de la Guarda, thence:
9 NE of Punta Acantilado (73 miles NNW), the E
extremity of a bold, rocky headland, 220 m high,
which forms the N extremity of Isla Angel de la
Guarda; a light (silver metal tower, 14 m in height)
(position approximate) is displayed from the
vicinity of this N extremity. Thence:
10 NE of the islands forming Puerto Refugio (6.241)
(about 2 miles NW of Punta Acantilado), thence:
NE of Punta Acantilado (85 miles NNW) (6.248) on
the W side of the N entrance to Canal de Ballenas
(6.244).
(Directions continue at 6.258)
Anchorages
Isla Raza
6.238
1 Anchorage may be obtained, about 3 cables S of Isla
Raza (2849N, 11259W) (6.237), in depths of from 9 to
15 m (30 to 50 ft), over a gravel and rocky bottom, abreast
a landing pier. A reef extends a short distance from the SE
extremity of the island and should be given a wide berth.
Local knowledge is required.
Isla Partida
6.239
1 Anchorage may be obtained, sheltered from NW winds,
on the E side of Isla Partida (2853N, 11303W) (6.237),
between the island and an islet, 23 m high, situated about
3 cables offshore.
212
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
On the W side of the island there is a small cove, open
N, in which there are depths of from 55 to 146 m (18 to
48 ft); a rock, 26 m high, is situated off the W side of the
entrance.
Local knowledge is required.
Isla Angel de la Guarda
6.240
1 Anchorage may be obtained off a sandy beach situated
3 miles N of the S extremity of Isla Angel de la Guarda
(6.237), sheltered from NW winds. The coast in the
vicinity is low and curves NE to the sharp point off which
lies Isla Estanque (6.237).
2 Anchorage may also be obtained, protected from SE
winds in its S part, in the open bay formed between Isla
Estanque and Punta Rocosa (12 miles N) (6.237), or
sheltered from NW winds close inshore, S of Punta
Rocosa, in depths of from 9 to 15 m (30 to 50 ft).
Local knowledge is required.
Chart 2324 (see 1.14)
Puerto Refugio
6.241
1 Description. Puerto Refugio is formed between Punta
Acantilado (2933N, 11332W) (6.237) and several
adjacent islands. It consists of two harbours, connected by
a narrow channel; both the harbours are easily accessible,
and there is always shelter from all winds to be found in
one or the other harbour.
2 The E harbour is fronted by Isla Granito, a barren rocky
island 86 m high, which lies about 2 miles NW of Punta
Acantilado. The E point of the island is low and stony,
with a whitish coloured rock, 46 m high, standing on foul
ground which extends about 1 cables from the point.
There are several detached rocks, some awash, within
cable of the SW end of the island, and a reef, on which
there is a rock, 4 m high, extends 1 cable from the NW
point. Piedra Blanca, a steep-to, jagged, white coloured
rock, 12 m high, stands near the centre of the harbour.
3 The W harbour is formed on its N side by Isla Meja
which lies 5 cables N of the NW extremity of Isla Angel
de la Guarda. It is a barren, hilly island, and, with the
exception of some sandy beaches on its SE side, the coast
of the island is a continuous rocky cliff which rises to an
elevation of 152 m on its NW side. Detached rocks fringe
all the prominent points; a dangerous reef, partly
above-water, extends 4 cables N from the island.
4 The harbours are connected by a narrow channel,
cable wide, between the E side of Isla Meja and an
island, 76 m high, which is joined to Isla Angel de la
Guarda by a reef. There is reported to be a least depth of
73 m in this channel but it should only be used by small
craft.
Local knowledge is required.
6.242
1 Directions East harbour. The E harbour, which is the
larger of the two, is entered, either from E between Isla
Granito and a point situated 1 mile WNW of Punta
Acantilado, or from N between Isla Granito and Isla Meja;
both these passages are deep and more than 7 cables
wide. A reef extends 1 cables NW from the E entrance to
the harbour, and a rocky shoal extends a similar distance N
from a point on the S shore near the SW corner of the
harbour.
2 West harbour. The W harbour is entered between Punta
Monumento, the SW point of Isla Meja, and a dangerous
group of rocks, some awash, which lie between 2 and
213
5 cables WNW of the NW point of Isla Angel de la
Guarda. Isla Navio (Roca Vela), a high, pointed, conical
rock, lies 1 miles SW of Punta Monumento on the S side
of the fairway.
6.243
1 Anchorages East harbour. The best anchorage is in
the S part of the harbour with Piedra Blanca bearing about
000, distant about 7 cables, in depths of about 11 m
(36 ft), sand. Anchorage may also be obtained S of Isla
Granito, in depths of from 14 to 22 m (46 ft to 12 fm), but
the bottom is rocky.
2 West harbour. The best anchorage is in the middle of
the harbour, with the SE extremity of Isla Meja bearing
037, in depths of 11 m (36 ft), sand and shell.
CANAL SALSIPUEDES AND
CANAL DE BALLENAS
General information
Chart 2324
Description
6.244
1 The inshore route from Punta San Francisquito (2828N,
11255W) to Punta Acantilado (86 miles NW) leads
through a deep channel, with a least width of about
8 miles, between the mainland and the chain of islands
lying parallel with it. The S part of the channel is known
as Canal Salsipuedes, and the N part, that between Isla
Angel de la Guarda and the mainland, is known as Canal
de Ballenas.
2 There are no ports on this stretch of coast, but there are
places where anchorage can be found with good shelter,
both on the mainland, and in Puerto Refugio (2933N,
11332W) (6.241) at the N extremity of Isla Angel de la
Guarda.
Topography
6.245
1 The mainland coast is heavily indented as far as Punta
Remedios (2915N, 11338W), and is mostly rocky, with
high ground rising steeply a short distance inland. North of
Punta Remedios the coast is more regular, consisting of an
almost unbroken succession of rocky bluffs, 15 to 35 m
high, continuing to rise steeply immediately behind. There
is no anchorage or shelter along this latter stretch of coast.
2 The whole of the W side of Isla Angel de la Guarda is
steep-to and inaccessible. Baha de Humbug, the bay near
its centre, has a steep sandy beach but it is reported to be
too deep for anchoring. The smaller offshore islands are
described in 6.237.
Natural conditions
6.246
1 Tidal streams set strongly through Canal Salsipuedes,
particularly with an out-going tide and NW winds; the tidal
streams in Canal de Ballenas are also strong at times and
rates of up to 3 kn have been experienced.
Local weather. North-west winds sometimes blow
through Canal de Ballenas with great force, raising a heavy
sea against which small vessels may have difficulty in
making headway.
Landmarks
6.247
1 Prominent sharp peak (2825N, 11328W) (6.223).
Double peak (1658 m (5440 ft) high) (2922N,
11405W).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
Directions
(continued from 6.237)
6.248
1 From a position NE of Punta San Francisquito (2828N,
11255W) the passage leads NW passing (with positions
from Punta San Francisquito):
SW of Isla San Lorenzo (10 miles NE) (6.237),
thence:
2 SW of Isla las Animas (14 miles N) (6.237), thence:
SW of Isla Salsipuedes (15 miles N) (6.237),
thence:
SW of Isla Raza (22 miles NNW) (6.237), thence:
NE of Rocas de San Bernab (24 miles NW), two
rocks, 06 m high, lying between 3 and 4 cables
offshore, and:
3 SW of Isla Partida (26 miles NNW) (6.237), thence:
NE of Punta de las Animas (28 miles NW), a bold,
steep-to rocky bluff, 23 to 38 m high, close off
which are several detached rocks. Above the point
reddish coloured steep hills rise abruptly to
elevations of 90 to 150 m, with mountains over
600 m in height a short distance farther inland.
Thence:
SW of the S extremity of Isla Angel de la Guarda
(33 miles NNW) (6.237), thence:
4 NE of a prominent bluff (36 miles NW) formed by
a spur from reddish hills from 60 to 90 m high;
there is a sandy beach on the SE side of the bluff.
A barren rock, 22 m high, lies 5 cables offshore
1 miles N of this prominent bluff; there are
depths of 55 m (18 ft) in the passage between this
rock and a sandy beach off which it lies. Thence:
5 NE of Isla Smith (48 miles NW), a high, flat topped
island, highest at its NW end; an islet 18 m high
lies off this NW extremity. Another islet, 23 m
high, lies off the middle of the W side of Isla
Smith and some dangerous rocks lie 5 cables NW
of this islet. A white rock, 12 m high, lies 5 cables
S of the island and a small, flat topped islet, 38 m
high, is situated 1 miles SE of the S extremity of
the island. Thence:
6 NE of a group of three islets about 1 miles apart
lying close inshore (57 miles NW); they are
between 5 and 9 m in height, and the S two are of
a whitish colour. Thence:
NE of Punta Remedios (61 miles NW), a low, sandy
point, above which hills rise N and W to the
coastal range, thence:
7 SW of the islands forming the entrance to Puerto
Refugio (74 miles NNW) (6.241), thence:
NE of Punta Acantilado (86 miles NW), a bold, rocky
bluff; a prominent peak, which rises to an
elevation of 972 m (3189 ft) 4 miles WSW of the
point, assists in identifying it.
(Directions continue at 6.258)
Anchorages
6.249
1 The anchorages in the offshore islands are described
following the offshore passage (6.233).
Baha de San Rafael
6.250
1 Baha de San Rafael, which lies between Punta San
Francisquito (2828N, 11255W) (6.224), and a point
16 miles NW, affords good protection in S winds but
depths increase rapidly offshore.
214
The shores of the bay consist mainly of sandy beaches;
the land behind the bay, intersected by numerous ravines
and covered with vegetation, rises gradually towards the
interior.
Rocas de San Bernab
6.251
1 Anchorage has been obtained, 2 cables offshore, S of
Rocas de San Bernab (2847N, 11311W) (6.248), in
depths from 13 m (43 ft), coarse sand.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha de las Animas
6.252
1 Description. Baha de las Animas lies between Punta de
las Animas (2050N, 11315W) (6.248), and a sharp,
rocky bluff, situated about 6 miles WNW; an islet, 6 m
high, lies 5 cables N of the bluff, to which it is connected
by a rocky shoal.
2 The shores of the bay consist mostly of sandy beaches,
with a few cliffs between Punta de las Animas and the
mouth of a small lagoon, 5 miles SW. A steep, bluff
point, surmounted by a brownish mound, is situated 2 miles
NW of the mouth of the lagoon; several islets, from 9 to
22 m high, lie close off this steep bluff.
3 Anchorage may be obtained in the S part of the bay,
nearly on the line between the entrance to the lagoon and
the islets, in depths of from 11 to 22 m (36 ft to 12 fm),
but care must be taken not to approach to within 7 cables
of the entrance to the lagoon.
Local knowledge is required.
Chart 2324 (see 1.14)
Baha de Los Angeles
6.253
1 Description. Baha de Los Angeles (2855N, 11331W)
is almost completely landlocked, being protected from N
and NE by a number of islands and islets, through which
there are three deep, safe passages. The flora and fauna of
most of these islands are protected. The shores of the bay
are, for the most part, sandy beaches, with one or two
rocky bluffs. Shallow water extends some distance offshore
in the S part of the bay.
2 Local knowledge is essential.
Entry from south. The S passage, which is believed to
be deep and safe, lies between Punta La Herradura
(2857N, 11329W), a reddish, rocky bluff on the E side
of the bay, and Islas Los Gemelitos, two islets, 15 and
21 m high, respectively, situated about 3 cables N. A light
(silver metal tower, red band, 7 m in height) is displayed
from the N point of Islote Gemlo del Este, the larger of
the two islets.
3 Another deep and safe passage, about 5 cables wide,
leads between Islas Los Gemelitos and Isla Cabeza de
Caballo, a larger islet of a dark reddish colour, 150 m high,
on which stands a stone monument. A light (silver metal
tower, 9 m in height) is displayed from the S side of the
islet.
4 A group of islets, from 27 to 120 m high, are situated
from 1 to 2 miles NW of Isla Cabeza de Caballo but
the intervening passage is partially foul and is not
recommended; neither is passage between these islets.
5 Entry from north. The N passage, which is deep and
safe, is about 1 mile wide but is intricate to navigate. It is
entered between Isla Smith (7 miles N of Punta La
Herradura) (6.248), and a long, narrow neck of land, which
extends SE from the mainland W, and terminates in Punta
La Gringa, a rocky bluff about 2 miles W of the S
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
extremity of the island. Farther S, the passage leads W of
the group of islets, 27 to 120 m high, mentioned above.
6 Useful mark:
Montaa de Cumbre Redonda (Round Top) (2855N,
11335W), on the SW side of the bay.
Anchorage may be obtained off the entrance to a small
cove, formed by a low sandspit which extends S in the W
part of the bay, in depths of 15 m (49 ft). This cove lies
about 3 miles NE of Montaa de Cumbre Redonda off
the town of Baha de Los Angeles; an airport lies close N
of the cove.
7 Punta Arenas Light (round concrete tower, 10 m in
height) stands near the end of this low sandspit.
Anchorage may also be obtained in Puerto Don Juan, a
landlocked cove entered 2 miles E of Punta La Herradura.
8 Caution. Strong local winds blow out of the canyons on
the W side of the bay and their effect may be felt up to
6 miles offshore. These winds which may be preceded by a
rolling cloud resembling an elephants trunk, are known
locally as Elefantes.
Baha de los Remedios
6.254
1 Anchorage may be obtained, sheltered from NW winds,
in Baha de los Remedios situated S of Punta Remedios
(2915N, 11338W) (6.248).
A good position is about 3 cables offshore, in a depth
of 18 m (60 ft) off a reddish coloured hill, 61 m high, with
Punta Remedios bearing 030, distant 1 miles.
2 About 1 cable SW of Punta Remedios there is a cove in
which there is a rock which dries; below-water rocks are
reported in this vicinity.
Local knowledge is required.
PUNTA ACANTILADO TO RO COLORADO
General information
Chart 2324
Route
6.255
1 From the vicinity of Punta Acantilado (2934N,
11357W) the passage leads generally NNW for about
134 miles to the vicinity of Punta Sargento (3140N,
11448W). There are several anchorages along the coast
but no harbours of any importance.
Topography
6.256
1 The coastline, though initially high, rocky and
precipitous, becomes mainly low and sandy and is closely
backed by high land until within about 38 miles of Punta
Sargento whence the hills start to recede from the coast
leaving an extensive coastal plain. Several prominent, high
islands lie between 3 and 4 miles offshore along the coast.
Landmarks
6.257
1 Isla San Luis (2958N, 11425W), an island of
volcanic origin.
215
Cerro de La Encantada (3100N, 11522W), the
highest mountain in Baja California; it has a
whitish appearance, a jagged summit, and can be
seen from a very great distance.
Roca Consag (3107N, 11429W), a high island,
whitened by guano, which resembles a sailing ship.
Directions
(continued from 6.237 and 6.248)
6.258
1 From a position NE of Punta Acantilado (2934N,
11357W) the passage leads NNW passing (with positions
from Punta San Fermin (3025N, 11439W)):
ENE of Punta Final (42 miles SSE), a rocky bluff
with low land extending to SW, thence:
2 ENE of Punta Willard (39 miles SSE), close SE of
which stands Isla Willard. A light (silver metal
tower, 12 m in height) (position approximate)
stands about 1 miles NW of Punta Willard, and a
light (silver metal tower, 7 m in height) (position
approximate) is displayed from the E side of Isla
Willard. Thence:
3 ENE of Isla San Luis (30 miles SSE) (6.257). A low
sandspit extends more than 1 mile from the SW
side of the island; shallow water extends for
5 cables off both sides of the spit. There is a clear
channel, 1 miles wide, between the island and
the mainland. Isla Encantada, a high, rocky islet,
lies 2 cables N of Isla San Luis, to which it is
connected by a drying reef. A reef, awash in
places, lies 2 miles NW of Isla Encantada; the
area between this reef and the islet is foul. Thence:
4 ENE of three islets (108 m (354 ft), 170 m (559 ft)
and 191 m (626 ft) high, respectively), which lie
between 3 and 4 miles offshore in positions about
4, 6 and 9 miles NW, respectively, of Isla San
Luis. A large detached rock is situated 3 cables
E of the S islet, and a sandspit extends more than
5 cables SW from the middle islet. A light (white
round concrete tower, red bands, 10 m in height)
stands on Isla Miramar, the N islet. Thence:
5 ENE of a large rock (23 m (75 ft) high) (5 miles NW
of Isla Miramar), thence:
ENE of Punta San Fermin, a low sandy point from
where a light (silver metal tower, 12 m in height)
(position approximate) is displayed, thence:
6 ENE of a shoal with a depth over it of 03 m (1 ft)
(reported 1971) (position approximate) (23 miles
N), thence:
ENE of Punta Estrella (30 miles N) from where a
light (white round concrete tower, 10 m in height)
(position approximate) is displayed, thence:
7 Either side of Roca Consag (42 miles NNE) (6.257),
on which stands a light (white round concrete
tower, red bands, 6 m in height) (position
approximate). Its small size and whitish colour
from guano deposits lend it the appearance of a
sailing vessel from a distance. Detached rocks,
some of them 8 m high, extend 5 cables W from
the main rock. Tidal streams cause heavy tide rips
in the vicinity of Roca Consag. And:
8 ENE of Punta San Felipe (39 miles NNW) a rocky
headland which rises steeply to a dark hill; a light
(white round concrete tower and dwelling, 22 m in
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
height) (position approximate) stands on the point.
Thence:
9 ENE of the drying banks and mud flats which extend
from 1 to 6 miles off the stretch of coast
between Punta San Felipe and Punta Sargento,
about 38 miles N, the W entrance to Ro Colorado,
and:
WSW of Punta Baja (70 miles NNE) (6.213).
Useful marks
6.259
1 Acantilado Rojo (3014N, 11440W), a remarkable
reddish coloured bluff, 30 m high.
Baha de Santa Maria Light (white concrete tower,
10 m in height) (3044N, 11442W) (position
approximate).
(Directions for Ro Colorado are given at 6.269)
Anchorages and bays
Baha de Mezquite
6.260
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baha de Mezquite
(2935N, 11404W), 2 cables off a pink coloured cliff in
the N part of the bay, in depths of 13 m (42 ft).
Local knowledge is required.
Baha de Calamajue
6.261
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baha de Calamajue
(2942N, 11411W), in depths of 16 m (53 ft), 7 cables
off a sandy beach behind which there is a prominent red
coloured hill. Landing may be effected on the beach.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha San Luis Gonzaga
6.262
1 Anchorage may be obtained, sheltered from SE winds,
in Baha San Luis Gonzaga, entered between Punta Final
(2946N, 11417W) (6.258) and Punta Willard (8 miles
WNW) (6.258); there are some small sandy beaches in the
S part of the bay. The anchorage is about 5 cables offshore
in depths of about 15 m (48 ft).
Local knowledge is required.
Baha Willard
6.263
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baha Willard which lies
SW of Punta Willard (2949N, 11425W) (6.258). The
bay affords shelter in all weather conditions and is said to
be free from hidden dangers.
At the head of the bay, and separated from it by a
narrow strip of sand, is a lagoon. Depths in the harbour are
from 9 to 18 m (30 to 60 ft), the former depth being found
2 cables from the beach at the head of the bay.
Local knowledge is required.
Isla San Luis
6.264
1 Anchorage may be obtained off Isla San Luis (2958N,
11425W) (6.257), on either side of the low sandspit, but
not closer than 5 cables to it. Vessels approaching from N
should note a rock awash lying 1 mile N of the NW
extremity of the island.
Local knowledge is required.
Punta San Fermin
6.265
1 Anchorage may be obtained, with some protection from
NW winds, immediately S of Punta San Fermin (3025N,
11439W) (6.258).
Local knowledge is required.
Useful mark:
Rugged peak (3022N, 11451W), 11 miles inland,
makes a good mark.
Baha San Felipe
6.266
1 Description. Baha San Felipe lies on the S side of
Punta San Felipe (3103N, 11450W) (6.258) and affords
some shelter from NW winds. The bay is shallow; there are
depths of less than 55 m (18 ft) 1 mile offshore. The shore
is, for the most part, low and sandy, but there are some
rocky bluffs in the NW part. Small craft and fishing vessels
operate from Puerto de San Felipe in the bay.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Tidal levels. The spring range in the bay may reach
6 m.
Directions. A pair of leading lights (silver metal
truncated pyramidal towers, the front 22 m in height, the
rear 10 m in height) lead to Puerto de San Felipe.
3 Anchorage may be obtained in the N part of the bay in
depths of about 8 m (26 ft), mud, with the dark hill on
Punta San Felipe bearing 325 and the Sharp white peak
(3059N, 11456W) bearing 244.
4 Berths. There is a quay at Puerto de San Felipe
protected by N and S breakwaters. Lights (silver metal
truncated pyramidal towers, 7 m in height) stand on the
breakwaters, and lights (white round concrete towers, 9 m
in height) are displayed from each end of the quay.
Other name
6.267
1 Diggs, Punta (3052N, 11442W).
Ro Colorado
General information
6.268
1 Description. Ro Colorado, the upper reaches of which
are known as Green River, rises in the Rocky Mountains in
United States of America, and, after a course of about
1700 miles, enters the sea at the head of Golfo de
California. The entrance may be considered to lie between
Punta Baja (3133N, 11419W) (6.213) on the E, and
Punta Sargento (27 miles WNW) on the W.
2 Topography. The E shore of the estuary for some miles
NW of Punta Baja is backed by sand cliffs, standing at the
foot of spurs extending from a long, barren tableland. Ro
Santa Clara flows into the estuary about 19 miles NW of
Punta Baja, and, at this point, the sandhills turn to a more
N direction following, roughly, the course of Ro Santa
Clara. Thence the river bank, for some distance into the
river, comprises almost level alluvial plain, subject to
flooding at HW springs.
3 The W shore of the estuary comprises a low plain which
rises gradually to mountains about 15 miles inland.
Tidal streams flow strongly at springs, sometimes
attaining a rate of 6 kn; there is no slack water. The
influence of the tides is felt as far as La Bomba, the head
of navigation, about 48 miles above Punta Baja. The spring
tidal range at the entrance is some 8 to 10 m.
4 Around the time of spring tides, bore tides are known to
occur in the vicinity of Punta San Felipe (Phillips Point), a
216
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 6
prominent point on the E bank about 25 miles WNW of
Punta Baja. At Punta Baja, the in-going tidal stream
commences about 2 hours earlier than that at Punta San
Felipe.
Directions
6.269
1 The river mouth, between Punta San Felipe (3146N,
11443W) (6.268) and Punta Sargento (7 miles SW) is
obstructed, from E to W, by Isla Pelcano, Isla Gore and
Isla Montague. The islands are subject to flooding at HW
springs, or during freshets, and in addition there are
extensive mud flats, which dry, separated by channels,
some of which are only navigable at HW; these mud flats
and channels are constantly shifting.
2 The main channel follows the E shore and has a depth
of about 46 m (15 ft) as far as Punta San Felipe, above
which the channel quickly becomes narrow and tortuous
217
and navigation is more difficult.
The river should be entered on the first of the in-going
tide; departure should commence on the last of the
out-going stream.
Local knowledge is essential.
3 Useful marks (positioned from Punta Sargento Light
(3140N, 11448W) (position approximate)):
Punta Sargento Light (silver metal tower, 9 m in
height).
Isla Montague Light (similar structure, 11 m in
height) (5 miles NE) standing in the S of the
island.
4 Colina de la Enfilacin (Range Hill) (22 miles NW),
a conspicuous white hill.
Colina de la Direccin (19 miles E), a hill that can be
identified by a growth of bushes at its foot.
Santa Clara Light (15 miles ENE) (white round stone
tower, red bands, 11 m in height).
Home Contents Index

Chapter 7 - Baja California - West coast

117 116 115 114 113 112 111 110

33 33

2324
San Diego

U N I T E D S TAT E S

32 7.168 32
2885
Ensenada
7.152

7.143
31 31

7.127 M E X I C O
30 30

3056

7.114
29 29

7.82 7.101
I. Cedros

28 28

Baha
Tortugas
2885

27 7.65 27

3055

7.52

26 26

2323

7.40

25 25
7.20
Baha
Magdalena

24 3054 24

7.7

23 23
Cabo Falso
2324

3053

117 116 Longitude 114 West from Greenwich 112 111 110
March 2004

218
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
BAJA CALIFORNIA WEST COAST
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 2324
Scope of the chapter
7.1
1 The area covered by this chapter comprises the coastal
waters along the W coast of Baja California from Cabo
Falso (2252N, 10958W) to the approaches to San Diego
Bay (3240N, 11712W), about 705 miles NNW, and is
divided into the following sections:
Cabo Falso to Punta Eugenia (7.5).
Punta Eugenia to San Diego Bay (7.79).
Description
7.2
1 The W coast of Baja California is, with the exception of
a few valleys, very barren. The land is generally high and
bold.
2 The two best harbours on the coast are Baha Magdalena
(2432N, 11202W) (7.20) and Baha Tortugas (2740N,
11453W) (7.75), but there are many other anchorages that
provide protection from the prevailing NW winds. In
addition to the two harbours mentioned above, Baha
Sebastin Vizcano (2815N, 11438W) (7.100), and
Ensenada in Baha de Todos Santos (3149N, 11642W)
(7.151), afford shelter from the occasional S gales which
occur in winter; small vessels can find shelter in Caleta
Hassler (7.136) on Isla San Martn (3029N, 11607W).
Natural conditions
7.3
1 Tidal streams. Within the charted 200 m (100 fm) depth
contour the influence of the tidal streams is felt; the effect
of the streams off the mouths of the lagoons should not be
underestimated.
2 Currents off this coast are variable and may set in any
direction but generally set in the direction of the prevailing
wind, those with S components being the most frequent;
this predominance is most marked from March to May and
CABO FALSO TO PUNTA EUGENIA
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 2324
Area covered
7.5
1 In this section are described the coastal passages,
harbours and anchorages between Cabo Falso (2252N,
10958W) and Punta Eugenia (2751N, 11505W), about
410 miles NW; it is arranged as follows:
Cabo Falso to Baha Magdalena (7.7).
Baha Magdalena (7.20).
Baha Magdalena to Punta Pequea (7.39).
Punta Pequea to Punta San Hiplito (7.51).
Punta San Hiplito to Punta Eugenia (7.64).
Topography
7.6
1 From Cabo Falso (2252N, 10958W) the W coast of
Baja California trends NW for about 130 miles to Isla
least so in September to November. The proportion of
weak currents, with rates of less than kn is high, being
nearly one third of all observed currents throughout the
year. The rate of the stronger currents is usually up to
about 1 kn, but very occasionally it reaches or exceeds
1 kn. During the winter season, at distances of 15 to
25 miles from the coast between Baha Magdalena
(2432N, 11202W) and Punta Abreojos (2642N,
11334W), a NW set with a rate of to 1 kn is frequently
experienced.
3 Onshore sets occur along the whole extent of the coast
and should be guarded against at all times, particularly at
night or in thick weather. They are particularly prevalent
off the mouths of the lagoons; see above.
4 Climate. The weather is clear and pleasant during the
greater part of the year, and the climate healthy and mild.
The prevailing winds along the coast are NW throughout
most of the year, particularly in the summer, but are
modified by land and sea breezes close inshore. Rains are
most frequent between May and October. Fogs occur at all
seasons but principally during the summer months, forming
at night or early morning but frequently dispersing by
noon. South of Isla Cedros (2810N, 11513W) there
tends to be less fog and the weather clears earlier, except
in the lagoon area extending 65 miles N from Baha
Magdalena where fog is frequent during autumn and early
winter.
Caution
7.4
1 Growths of kelp, sometimes extensive, may be
encountered in many places in the N part of the area
covered by this chapter. They should be considered a sign
of danger, and, except where local knowledge may indicate
otherwise, these areas should be avoided. For remarks on
kelp see 1.4.
Santa Margarita (7.8). This stretch of coast is entirely open
and there are no ports. The S part is closely backed by
high land rising to Sierra de San Lzaro (20 miles NNE of
Cabo Falso) (6.76), and the sharp peaks of Sierra de la
Laguna (24 miles farther NNW) (7.11). Farther N the coast
is generally low, sandy, and barren, and is covered with
cactus and brush and intersected by gullies and streams. It
is backed by rolling country rising gradually to the higher
land on the E side of Baja California (6.2), with a low
valley stretching across to the head of Baha de La Paz
(2420N, 11030W). The land in the interior is
characterised by scattered prominent tablelands of moderate
elevation.
2 The entrance to the sheltered Baha Magdalena lies
between the NW extremity of Isla Santa Margarita and a
high peninsula that extends SE from Cabo San Lzaro
(2448N, 11019W).
Between Cabo San Lzaro and Punta Abreojos
(135 miles NW) the coast recedes to form a large bay, at
219
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
the head of which hills of moderate elevation approach the
coast and Baja California is no more than 42 miles wide.
The greater part of the shore of this bay is low and backed
in many places by lagoons.
3 Between Punta Abreojos (2642N, 11334W) and Punta
Eugenia (106 miles NW) the coast, for the most part, is
closely backed by hills of moderate elevation.
CABO FALSO TO BAHA MAGDALENA
General information
Chart 3053
Route
7.7
1 From the vicinity of Cabo Falso (2252N, 10958W)
the route leads NW for about 155 miles to the approaches
to Baha Magdalena (2432N, 11202W) passing to
seaward of Isla Santa Margarita. There are submerged rocks
off the bluffs which project slightly from the general line
of the coast, but there are no other known dangers beyond
2 cables from the shore. There is deep water close
inshore in places, but banks extend a short distance off the
mouths of some of the streams.
Topography
7.8
1 The coastline in the vicinity of Cabo Falso consists of
steep sand beaches, backed by high, whitish coloured sand
bluffs covered with patches of low shrubs, which show
dark against the white background; the land behind rises
gradually to the coastal range. See view B on chart 2324.
Continuing N there are a succession of sand beaches and
rocky bluffs; the sand beaches are very steep, and landing
is dangerous even in moderate weather. The land behind
the coast is hilly with high and broken mountains in the
interior.
2 In the approaches to Canal de Rehusa (2421N,
11141W) the coast is formed by Isla Cresciente, a low,
sandy island, which bounds the S side of Baha Almejas.
3 Isla Santa Margarita (2427N, 11150W), a large,
barren island of volcanic origin, extends 21 miles NW to
the entrance to Baha Magdalena. Both ends of the island
are high, but a low plain stretches across the middle giving,
from a distance, the appearance of an opening which has,
on occasions, been mistaken for the entrance to Baha
Magdalena. Monte Santa Margarita (566 m (1858 ft) high),
the highest point, stands at the SE end of the island.
Except for a length of about 6 miles in the middle, which
is low and sandy, the SW coast of the island is bold and
rocky.
Off-lying banks and dangers
7.9
1 Caution. In an area between 20 and 35 miles wide lying
between a position about 20 miles WSW of Cabo Falso and
a position about 40 miles SW of Punta (Cabo) Tosca
(2418N, 11143W) there are many banks and dangerous
patches which rise precipitously from deep water to as little
as 55 m (18 ft).
2 This area must therefore be navigated with caution as
many other shoals may exist which are not yet charted.
The positions of the various banks and patches can best be
seen on the chart and only a general indication of the
shoaler areas is given below:
220
3 Banco San Jaime (centred about 19 miles W of Cabo
Falso) with a least reported depth of 9 m (30 ft)
(1948).
Banco Golden Gate (centred about 20 miles NW of
Cabo Falso), an area of about 2 miles radius with
a least reported depth of 11 m (36 ft) (1992).
4 An area with a radius of about 13 miles centred on
position 2315N, 11050W, with a least reported
depth on the N side of 55 m (18 ft) (1985), and
on the S side of 20 m (11 fm) (1978).
Banco Morgan (centred in position about 2326N,
11109W) with a least reported depth of 76 m
(25 ft) (1985); a number of shoals, with a least
depth of 137 m (45 ft), lie NW and W of Banco
Morgan between that bank and Banco Lusitania.
5 Banco Lusitania (centred in position about 2337N,
11144W) with a least reported depth of 73 m
(24 ft) (1968). In 1963 a bank with depths over it
of from 35 to 70 m (19 to 38 fm) was reported to
lie about 14 miles SSE of Banco Lusitania. Depths
of 37 m (20 fm) and 53 m (29 fm) have been
reported 22 miles WNW and 24 miles NW of
Banco Lusitania.
6 A depth of 58 m (19 ft) (reported 1952) in position
2402N, 11130W; a bank extends about 10 miles
SE from this position and other banks and shoal
lie up to 24 miles SSE.
Roca Pinculo (2411N, 11146W) with a least
depth over it of 40 m (22 fm).
7 An isolated depth of 146 m (48 ft) (reported 1979) in
position 2407N, 11205W; other banks (reported
1980) lie up to 11 miles SW of this depth.
Local magnetic anomaly
7.10
1 A deviation of as much as 15 was reported (1966) to
have been observed in the vicinity of 2310N, 11024W,
about 17 miles SW of Punta Lobos (7.13).
Principal marks
7.11
1 Landmarks:
Cabo Falso (2252N, 10958W) (6.76).
Sierra de San Lzaro (2311N, 10951W) (6.76).
Cerro La Aguja and Cerro El Picacho (2334N,
11000W), the summits of Sierra de la Laguna
which appear as two steep-faced cliffs from SW.
2 Las Hermanas (2424N, 11147W), two remarkable
peaks on Isla Santa Margarita, the highest 497 m
(1631 ft) high.
Punta Redonda (2431N, 11201W), a rocky
headland, 30 m high, above which the land rises
steeply to over 300 m in height, and which forms
the E entrance to Baha Magdalena (7.20).
3 Major light:
Cabo Falso Light (2253N, 10958W) (6.76).
Other navigational aid
7.12
1 Racon. Cabo Falso Lighthouse (2253N, 10958W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 5.197)
7.13
1 From the vicinity of 2245W, 11000W, SSW of Cabo
Falso, the coastal passage leads initially NNW, thence NW,
passing:
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
WSW of Punta San Cristobal (2257N, 11003W), a
bold, rocky bluff, from 61 to 91 m high, which
rises to El Suspiro, a projecting spur of the hills
1 miles E, thence:
2 WSW of a rocky, red coloured bluff, 15 m high, with
a number of rocks at its foot, (3 miles NW of
Punta San Cristobal); two streams flow into the sea
between Punta San Cristobal and this bluff.
Thence:
WSW of a rocky bluff (about 5 miles NW of Punta
San Cristobal) which rises to Cerro de la Playa, a
conical hill; Arroyo Candelaria enters the sea
1 mile N of this rocky bluff. Thence:
3 Clear of Banco Golden Gate (2302N, 11016W)
(7.9), and:
WSW of Punta de la Tinaja (2306N, 11007W), a
headland 23 m high which rises abruptly to a hill
165 m high; Boca de la Tinaja, so called from the
numerous rock basins in the vicinity, lies just S of
the point. Thence:
4 WSW of Boca de las Matancitas (4 miles N of
Punta de la Tinaja), which can be recognised by
yellowish bluffs on either side with cactus covered
slopes rising towards the hills, thence:
WSW of Punta Gasparino (2316N, 11009W), a
rocky bluff, 23 m high and fringed by rocks, which
should be given a clearance of at least 5 cables.
The settlement of El Palmar lies 1 miles inland
N of the point. Thence:
5 WSW of Punta Pescadero (4 miles N of Punta
Gasparino), a rocky point with off-lying ledges
which should be given a clearance of at least
5 cables; the point is dominated by a steep hill.
Thence:
6 WSW of Punta San Pedro (4 miles N of Punta
Pescadero), a steep rocky bluff, which rises steeply
5 cables inland. La Bocana, the mouth of a large
stream which is closed in the dry season, is
situated midway between Punta San Pedro and
Punta Pescadero. Thence:
7 WSW and SW of Punta Lobos (2325N, 11014W),
the NW extremity of Los Lobos, a high rocky
promontory having a frontage of 1 miles to the
sea; Todos Santos Light (7.16) stands 2 miles
NNW of Punta Lobos. Thence:
SW of Inocentes (2347N, 11041W) from the
vicinity of which a light (white round concrete
tower, red bands, 10 m in height) is displayed,
thence:
8 SW of Punta Mrquez (2357N, 11052W), a low
rocky point, fringed by sandy bluffs on either side,
and from which a reef extends 5 cables S. A light
(metal pyramidal tower, 12 m in height) is
displayed from the point. Thence:
SW of the mouth of Arroyo Conejo (10 miles NW
of Punta Mrquez), from where a light (metal
pyramidal tower, 11 m in height) is displayed,
thence:
9 SW of Punta Conejo (2420N, 11128W) the E
entrance to Boca del Colorado which leads into
Laguna de Rancho Bueno, a lagoon navigable by
boats throughout half its length. A dome shaped
mound, about 15 m high, stands on the shore of
the lagoon N of Punta Conejo. Thence:
10 SW of Punta (Cabo) Tosca (2418N, 11143W), the
SE extremity of Isla Santa Margarita, a bold,
prominent, rocky point, from where a light (white
221
square concrete tower and dwelling, 12 m in
height) is displayed. An obstruction has been
reported (1941) to lie 1 miles S of Punta Tosca
and unconfirmed shoal soundings, the least depth
one of 10 m (33 ft), have been reported (1969) in
the vicinity of a position 13 miles S of Punta
Tosca. Thence:
11 SW of Acantilado Blanco (White Bluff) (15 miles
NW of Punta Tosca), a remarkable white cliff,
61 m high, above which the land rises sharply; two
below-water rocks lie 5 cables W of the cliff.
Thence:
SW of Punta Redonda (2431N, 11201W) (7.11),
from where a light (7.24) is displayed. A reef
extends 3 cables from the coast about 1 miles
ESE of Punta Redonda.
12 Caution. The land between Punta Lobos and Punta
Conejo (88 miles NW) is comparatively low and not easily
seen. When navigating along this stretch of coast,
especially at night or in thick weather, depths are a good
guide and sounding should be carried out regularly.
Useful marks
7.14
1 Calabasa (Calabaza) (2304N, 11004W), a
prominent mountain.
Monte el Guatamote (2307N, 11003W), a
prominent peak.
Monte Isabel (2435N, 11206W) (7.23).
(Directions continue for Baha Magdalena at
7.24 and for coastal passage at 7.45)
Small craft channel
Canal de Rehusa
7.15
1 Description. Canal de Rehusa, which lies between Punta
Santa Marina (2421N, 11141W) and the SE coast of Isla
Santa Margarita (1 mile W), forms the S entrance to Baha
Almejas (7.21). This channel is suitable only for boats and
entry to Baha Almejas for deep-draught vessels is through
Canal de la Gaviota in Baha Magdalena (7.20).
2 In the approach to Canal de Rehusa there are shoal
patches over which the sea breaks, and in 1928 breakers
were reported in a position 2 miles S of Punta Santa
Marina; a stranded wreck lies on the E side of Punta
(Cabo) Tosca on the W side of the approach.
3 The channel itself is encumbered with shoals, and the
tidal streams in it are very strong, causing tide rips and
overfalls, and rendering navigation in it very difficult for
all but small boats.
Local knowledge is required.
Anchorages
Punta Lobos
7.16
1 Anchorage may be obtained, in moderate weather, in
depths of from 13 to 18 m (43 to 59 ft), about 3 cables
offshore in a position 5 cables N of Punta Lobos (2325N,
11014W) (7.13), with the point bearing about 150. The
town of Todos Santos, is situated about 2 miles N of Punta
Lobos, and Ro de Todos Santos, a stream which does not
dry, flows into the sea 5 cables N of Punta Lobos at the N
end of a tableland which extends from the point.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
2 Local knowledge is required.
Useful mark:
Todos Santos Light (white round concrete tower,
black bands, 10 m in height) (2327N, 11014W).
Landing. Punta Lobos projects at a sharp angle from a
sand beach on the N side of Los Lobos forming a small
cove where landing may be effected under favourable
conditions.
Punta Lobos to Punta Conejo
7.17
1 In fine weather anchorage may be obtained anywhere
along the coast between Punta Lobos (2325N, 11014W)
(7.13) and Punta Conejo (88 miles NW) (7.13), about
1 mile offshore in depths of from about 16 m (53 ft). The
depths are regular and there are no hidden dangers, but
breakers extend some distance offshore.
Punta (Cabo) Tosca
7.18
1 Anchorage may be obtained 5 cables E of Punta Tosca
(2418N, 11143W) (7.13), but caution is necessary on
account of the strength of the tidal streams and of silting
that has been reported. This position lies close to the
stranded wreck (7.15).
Other names
7.19
1 Carrizal, Boca del (2338N, 11026W).
Flor de Malva, Boca (2415N, 11117W).
Palmarito, Boca del (2335N, 11022W).
Playita, Boca de la (2330N, 11017W).
BAHA MAGDALENA
General information
Charts 3053, 3054
Description
7.20
1 Baha Magdalena, entered between Punta Redonda
(2431N, 11201W) and Punta Entrada (3 miles NW), is
a large enclosed harbour protected on its S side by Isla
Santa Margarita (7.8), and on its W side by a high, narrow
peninsula, connected to the mainland N by a low neck. The
inshore sides of the bay are low and barren.
2 The bay is easily accessible and is the largest, well
sheltered harbour on the W side of Baja California. Baha
Almejas (7.21), a smaller harbour on the SE side, is
connected to Baha Magdalena by Canal de la Gaviota
(7.21); this channel provides the only means of access to
Baha Almejas for deep-draught vessels.
3 Shoals extend up to 2 miles offshore on the E and N
sides of the bay. The NW side of the bay is much
obstructed with shoals and sandbanks separated by channels
in which there are depths of from 42 to 155 m (14 to
51 ft). The entrances to these channels lie between Punta
Delgada (2442N, 11207W) and Punta Stearns (Stern)
(3 miles NE); shoal water extends 5 miles S from Punta
Stearns. A rock, which uncovers at LW, lies S of Punta
Delgada, in position (24405N, 112072W). These
channels lead to a series of lagoons which run N for a
222
distance of about 60 miles within the coast; Canal Hull and
Canal San Carlos lead either side of Punta Edie, situated
6 miles N of Punta Stearns. It is reported the lagoons have
been navigated by boats for a distance of 40 miles above
the head of the bay.
4 Puerto Magdalena stands on the W side of the bay,
8 miles within the entrance, and Puerto de San Carlos is
situated 9 miles farther N at the head of a buoyed channel
entered about 3 miles ENE of Puerto Magdalena.
7.21
1 Baha Almejas (2428N, 11143W) is a large body of
water, protected on its seaward side by Isla Santa Margarita
(7.8). The mainland shores of the bay are low and barren,
broken on the N side by several lagoons which dry at LW.
The bay is deep in its central part but there are extensive
shoals on the N and E sides, and the SE part, which leads
into Baha Santa Marina, is almost entirely obstructed by
shoals. These shoals continue into the entrance to Canal de
Rehusa (7.15) which restricts the use of that channel to
craft other than boats; the principal entrance is through
Canal de la Gaviota on the W side of the bay, a deep but
narrow channel about 1 mile wide, which leads between
Isla Mangrove, an island lying on a shoal extending from
the N shore, and the NE extremity of Isla Santa Margarita.
Tidal streams
7.22
1 In the entrance to the bay tidal streams run at rates of
from 1 to 2 kn and cause tide rips. The general direction of
the tidal streams in the W part of the bay is NNW or SSE.
They set over the sandspit off Punta Belcher, 2 miles
inside the N entrance point (7.29), at a rate of from 1 to
2 kn. In Caleta del Acorazado (Man of War Cove) (7.28),
the general direction of the tidal streams is closer to N and
S and their strength is much weaker. On the E side of the
bay the in-going stream sets more W and the out-going
stream more S.
Landmarks
7.23
1 Monte Isabel (2435N, 11206W) the highest peak
on the N side of the entrance.
Punta Redonda (2431N, 11201W) (7.11).
Directions for entering the bay
(continued from 7.14)
7.24
1 From a position SW of Punta Redonda (2431N,
11201W) (7.11) the track into the bay leads NE passing:
NW of a reef, at the outer end of which is a rock
awash, and on which the sea breaks heavily, which
extends 7 cables W from Punta Redonda. A light
(white truncated pyramidal masonry tower, 9 m in
height) stands on Punta Redonda; the structure is
reported difficult to identify from N but is easily
distinguished from S. And:
2 SE of the reef, over which the sea breaks, which
extends about 3 cables SE from Punta Entrada
(3 miles WNW of Punta Redonda), a dome
shaped hill 60 m high. Several detached rocks lie
near Punta Entrada, and Roca Vela, a small, well
defined pinnacle rock is situated close SE of the
point; this rock makes a useful mark when
approaching the entrance from W in misty weather.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
3 There is a deep clear passage, about 2 miles wide,
between the above dangers fringing the entrance points to
the bay, but Punta Entrada should be favoured, whilst
keeping well clear of Roca Vela, as there is a tendency for
the prevailing wind and current to set vessels towards
Punta Redonda. Tidal streams in the entrance are strong,
see 7.22.
Charts 3053, 3054 (see 1.14)
Directions for Canal de la Gaviota
7.25
1 Approach leading lights:
Front light (white metal framework tower, 22 m in
height) on the N side of Isla Mangrove (2432N,
11149W).
Rear light (similar structure, 27 m in height) (594 m
E of the front light).
2 From a position in the entrance to Baha Magdalena,
about 1 miles WNW of Punta Redonda (2431N,
11201W) (7.11), the track leads E on to the alignment
(087) of the above lights, passing (with positions from the
front light):
3 N of Bajo Horseshoe (2 miles WSW), a bank with
depths over it of less than 5 m (16 ft) which
extends 1 mile NE from the N coast of Isla Santa
Margarita; a 12 m (4 ft) patch lies on the outer
edge of the bank. And:
4 S of Bajo California (2 miles WNW), a bank with a
least depth over its S edge of 18 m (6 ft); a bank
with depths over it of less than 91 m (30 ft)
extends 3 miles W from Bajo California.
With an out-going tidal stream there are heavy breakers
on both the above banks even when the sea is smooth and
the swell barely perceptible.
5 Entry leading lights:
Front light (white metal tower, 9 m in height)
(2428N, 11129W) on the NE side of Isla Santa
Margarita, S of Puerto Corts.
Rear light (white metal truncated pyramid) (843 m
SSE of the front light).
6 From a position about 1 miles W of the approach front
leading light, the alignment (154) of these lights leads
SSE to the vicinity of Puerto Corts (7.27) passing (with
positions from the front light):
WSW of a light-buoy (starboard hand) (1 miles W),
thence:
7 ENE of Punta Cisne (3 miles NNE) the NE
extremity of Isla Santa Margarita, and:
WSW of Punta Lengua (3 miles N) the SW extremity
of Isla Mangrove.
Minor ports
Puerto Alcatraz
7.26
1 Puerto Alcatraz (2431N, 11151W) is situated in the
small bay formed on the S side of Punta Cisne (7.25). A
pier, 90 to 120 m long, with depths of from 3 to 94 m
alongside, serves a fish canning factory at the village.
Puerto Corts
7.27
1 General information. Puerto Corts (2428N,
11149W) is a small, regional naval base situated on the N
coast of Isla Santa Margarita.
Directions. See 7.25.
223
Anchorage may be obtained off the port in a depth of
about 7 m, over a sandy bottom, with good protection from
SE winds.
2 Berths. A wooden pier 290 m long, with depths of 57
to 94 m alongside, extends from the shore. There are two
smaller piers available for boats and mooring buoys are
laid off the extremity of the main pier. Lights (white
concrete towers, 5 m in height) are displayed from the main
pier.
Supplies: fuel is supplied from pipelines on the pier.
Puerto Magdalena
7.28
1 General information. Puerto Magdalena, on the W side
of Baha Magdalena, is situated at the head of Caleta del
Acorazado (Man of War Cove) which is entered between
Punta Caleta (2437N, 11206W) and Punta Delgada
(4 miles NNW). The port, with a population of about
500, is a fishing port of little commercial importance.
7.29
1 Directions approach. From a position in the entrance
to Baha Magdalena, about 1 miles ENE of Punta Entrada
(2432N, 11204W) (7.24), the passage leads generally
NNW into Caleta del Acorazado passing (with positions
from Punta Entrada):
2 ENE of an area of shoal water which extends
5 cables offshore for a distance of about 1 mile on
the S side of Punta Belcher (2 miles NNW). It is
reported there is a pier at Punta Belcher and that a
group of black coloured tanks stand on the SE side
of the point. Thence:
3 ENE of Punta Caleta (5 miles NNW), the S entrance
to Caleta del Acorazado.
Clearing mark:
Roca Vela, open E of the shore N of it, leads well E
of the shoal water off Punta Belcher.
4 Entry. In the central and S parts of the bay are depths
of from 10 to 30 m but on the N and W sides there are
depths of 5 m and less; a shoal spit extends about 2 miles
SSE from Punta Delgada.
Useful mark:
Puerto Magdalena Light (metal framework tower, 8 m
in height) stands close S of the root of the pier.
5 Anchorage. See 7.37.
Berth. A pier, about 18 m in length with a depth
alongside of 24 m, extends from the shore but is reported
to be in ruins.
Communications. There is a small airfield 1 mile NNW
of the port.
Puerto de San Carlos
Chart 3054 (see 1.14)
General information
7.30
1 Position and function. Puerto de San Carlos (2447N,
11207W) is a small fishing port on the NW side of Baha
Magdalena where there is a pier used for the export of
grain and cotton, and the import of fertilizers and fish; it
also accommodates cruise ships. The town has a population
of about 6000.
2 Port limits extend N from the parallel of the fairway
light-buoy (24385N, 112052W).
Port Authority. As for Pichilingue (6.108).
Limiting conditions
7.31
1 Controlling depth in the entrance channel is 82 m
(27 ft); vessels with a deeper draught await HW.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Mean spring range about 17 m; mean neap range about
05 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled: LOA 183 m; breadth
305 m; draught 91 m.
Local weather. Fog, autumn and early winter; see 7.3.
Arrival information
7.32
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(4).
Notice of ETA: 72, 48, 24 and 12 hours in advance.
Anchorage on arrival may be obtained close SW of the
fairway light-buoy (safe water) (24385N, 112052W).
2 Pilotage is compulsory and is available at night; 24
hours notice of ETA is required. The pilot boards from a
small boat at the fairway light-buoy; it has been reported
that the boat sometimes leads a vessel through the channel
and the pilot then boards off the pier.
Tugs are not available.
Tidal streams
7.33
1 Tidal streams in the channel can reach 3 kn.
Directions
7.34
1 Approach. As for the approach to Puerto Magdalena
(7.29).
Entry. From the fairway light-buoy (24385N,
112052W) a narrow channel, marked by light-buoys,
leads NNW for 7 miles to a position about 2 miles S of
Punta Edie (2449N, 11210W) where it turns sharply
Berths at Puerto de San Carlos (7.35)
(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph Administracion Portuaria Integral de BCS, SA de CV)
224
ESE for about 1 miles; thence it again leads NNW for
2 miles to the port.
2 Caution. The buoys in the channel may be moved to
align with changes in channel depths.
Useful marks:
Light (square metal tower, 16 m in height) standing at
the head of L-shaped pier (7.35).
Water tower (17 m in height) and Observatory (10 m
in height), both prominent, stand close together on
the extension leading to the pier.
Berths
7.35
1 Anchorage, with good holding, may be obtained off the
berths in depths of 6 to 10 m, sand.
Cargo berth. The berth comprises an L-shaped pier,
with a berthing face 102 m long, and with a depth
alongside of 114 m (37 ft); dolphins at both ends of the
pier increase the length of the berth to 204 m.
Tanker berth. The Federal Commission of Electricity
has a berth 280 m in length with a depth of 105 m
alongside.
Port services
7.36
1 Repairs: limited repairs available.
Other facilities: medical assistance available; hospital;
garbage disposal.
Supplies: provisions can be supplied from Ciudad
Constitucin; fresh water on the pier; small quantities of
diesel by road tankers from La Paz.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
2 Communications: local airstrip; domestic airport at
Ciudad Constitucin; nearest international airport is at La
Paz (2410N, 11019W).
Anchorages
Charts 3053, 3054 (see 1.14)
7.37
1 Anchorage may be obtained almost anywhere in Baha
Magdalena. The best anchorage, in all seasons, is about
5 cables E of the pier at Puerto Magdalena (7.28), in depths
of 16 m (53 ft), or farther out in depths of 24 m (13 fm).
During the winter, if there is a S wind, which is not
often the case, good anchorage may be obtained in the S
part of the bay under the lee of Isla Santa Margarita.
2 Caution. Mariners intending to anchor towards the
middle of the bay should note a dangerous wreck, position
approximate, lying about 7 miles E of Puerto Magdalena.
Other names
Charts 3053, 3054
7.38
1 Chisguete, Estero el (Entrada del Tortuga) (2448N,
11158W).
Isham, Punta (2431N, 11146W).
Salinas, Estero (Entrada de Deering) (2434N,
11149W).
San Buto, Estero (Laguna de los Islotes) (2448N,
11203W).
Tortugas, Laguna (2434N, 11145W).
BAHA MAGDALENA
TO PUNTA PEQUEA
General information
Chart 3054
Route
7.39
1 From the approaches to Baha Magdalena (2432N,
11202W) the coastal passage leads NW for 23 miles to
the vicinity of Cabo San Lzaro (2448N, 11219W),
thence it leads N for about 90 miles to the vicinity of Punta
Pequea (2614N, 11229W).
Topography
7.40
1 The W coast of the peninsula forming the W side of
Baha Magdalena between Punta Entrada (2432N,
11204W) and Cabo Corzo (9 miles NW) consists of a
succession of rocky points alternating with sand beaches
and fringed in places with detached rocks; the land rises
abruptly to elevations of from 150 to 300 m or more.
Thence the coast recedes into a bay before turning abruptly
N at Cabo San Lzaro, 11 miles farther NW.
2 The coast for about 58 miles N of Cabo San Lzaro is
backed by lagoons, connected with each other and opening
into Baha Magdalena. These lagoons lie nearly parallel
with the coast, being separated from the sea by narrow
strips of sand, through which there are three entrances to
the sea; these entrances are described at 7.46.
3 North of the lagoon area the land rises gradually at first,
then more abruptly, to white tablelands, which, divided by
watercourses, gradually increase in width and height, and
finally merge with the high tablelands of the interior; the
peaks of Sierra de La Giganta (6.134) (chart 2324) are
often clearly visible over the intervening mountain ranges.
225
As the high land approaches the coast the country becomes
rugged and uneven.
Off-lying banks
7.41
1 Several shoal banks and depths lie within 18 miles
WNW and W of Cabo San Lzaro; they are (positioned
from the cape):
A shoal depth of 11 m (36 ft) (reported 1992)
(12 miles NW).
Two shoals, 1 miles apart, each with a depth of
over it of 11 m (36 ft), (one reported 1955, the
other reported 1972) (14 miles W).
2 Thetis Bank (17 miles WNW), a bank about
1 miles long and 7 cables wide, over which
there is a least known depth of 12 m (39 ft); the
bottom is uneven, with jagged rocks, and it is
possible that there may be less depths in places.
Current
7.42
1 The current off Cabo San Lzaro (2448N, 11219W)
sets mainly SE at a rate of 1 kn.
Landmarks
7.43
1 Cabo San Lzaro (2448N, 11219W), the NW
extremity of a headland of volcanic origin which is
faced by bold and rocky cliffs and which rises to
Monte San Lzaro; the cape appears as an island
when first sighted. A light (white square masonry
tower and dwelling, 7 m in height) is displayed
from the cape. Several stranded wrecks lie on the
coast within 4 miles N of the cape.
2 Monte Thetis (2651N, 11230W); the S slope is
very abrupt, making a gap in the mountain range.
The peak has often been seen at a distance of
70 miles to seaward.
Other navigational aid
7.44
1 Racon. Cabo San Lzaro Lighthouse (2448N,
11219W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 7.14)
Baha Magdalena to Cabo San Lzaro
7.45
1 From a position SW of Punta Entrada (2432N,
11204W) the passage leads NW passing:
SW of Cabo Corso (9 miles NW of Punta Entrada),
a bold, rocky point, formed by dark coloured hills
that rise abruptly to an elevation of 183 m, and
which is fronted by white sand bluffs from 20 to
25 m high, thence:
2 SW of Punta Hughes (7 miles NW of Cabo Corso),
a low rocky point, the SE extremity of Cabo San
Lzaro, thence:
SW and W of Cabo San Lzaro (2448N, 11219W)
(7.43).
Cabo San Lzaro to Punta Pequea
7.46
1 From a position W of Cabo San Lzaro (2448N,
11219W) (7.43) the passage leads N passing:
E of the dangers lying W and WNW of Cabo San
Lzaro (7.41), thence:
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
2 W of Boca de Soledad (2516N, 11209W), an
entrance marked on either side by a ridge of
sandhills, 15 to 30 m high, and suitable only for
small craft with local knowledge. A shallow bank,
over which the sea breaks, extends 3 miles W and
S from the N side of Boca de Soledad. Boca de
Soledad Light (framework tower, 6 m in height) is
displayed from the entrance; Puerto Lopez Mateos
Light (white concrete tower red bands, 10 m in
height) stands about 5 miles S of the entrance,
close to the point where Arroyo Soledad flows into
the lagoon behind the coast. Thence:
3 W of Boca de Santo Domingo (2530N, 11206W)
which is fronted by constantly shifting shoals up to
a distance of 1 miles, and from where a light
(white round concrete tower, red bands, 10 m in
height) is displayed. The entrance is accessible
only by small craft with local knowledge. Thence:
4 W of Boca de las Animas (2542N, 11206W),
which is fronted by constantly shifting shoals; the
entrance is accessible only to small craft with local
knowledge. San Jorge, the head of navigation of
the lagoons, lies about 3 miles N of Boca de las
Animas. Thence:
5 W of Boca de San Andreceta (8 miles N of Boca de
las Animas), the entrance is only open during the
rainy season. Thence:
W of Boca de Pabelln, in the vicinity of which
stands a light (white concrete tower, red bands,
10 m in height), thence:
6 WSW of Punta San Juanico (2603N, 11218W), a
salient sand bluff, 15 m high. The coast for about
2 miles N of Punta San Juanico is fringed by a
shallow bank that extends 7 cables offshore.
Thence:
7 SW of Punta Pequea (2614N, 11229W), a rocky
point with bluffs from 5 to 8 m high, rising to a
hill 18 m high; a light (white metal framework
tower, red bands, 8 m in height) stands on the
point. Punta Pequea is similar to Punta San
Juanico and may be confused with the latter point
when approaching from S.
(Directions continue at 7.55)
Anchorages and lagoon
Baha Santa Mara
7.47
1 Description. Baha Santa Mara, is entered between
Cabo Corso (2440N, 11211W) (7.45) and Punta Hughes
(7 miles NW) (7.45). The shore of the bay comprises a
low, narrow, sandy beach, which separates the bay from the
channels leading N out of Baha Magdalena. Morro
Howlands, a bluff headland, stands at the E entrance to the
bay; a small lagoon opens out into the bay in the NW
corner.
2 Anchorage may be obtained in the NW part of the bay,
from 5 to 7 cables offshore, well protected from the
prevailing winds, in depths of from 9 to 15 m (30 to 50 ft),
sand.
In 1975, a stranded wreck was reported to lie in the NW
side of the bay, 1 miles NE of Punta Hughes.
226
Laguna San Juanico
7.48
1 Description. Laguna San Juanico (San Gregorio),
entered through Boca San Gregorio situated close E of
Punta San Juanico (2603N, 11218W) (7.46), is the
estuary of Ro Cadegomo and Arroyo San Gregorio. There
are depths of 09 m (3 ft) over the bar and the entrance to
the lagoon is narrow. There are depths of from 18 to 55 m
(6 to 18 ft) in the lagoon which runs N for about 3 miles,
but the S part is obstructed with shoals and sand bars; it
can be entered by craft of 18 m draught at HW springs.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Danger in the approach. A dangerous shoal, marked by
a heavy roller in a swell, and over which the sea breaks at
LW, lies within the 55 m (18 ft) depth contour 5 cables SE
of Punta San Juanico.
Anchorage, with some protection from coastal winds,
may be obtained SE of Punta Juanico in depths of about
9 m (30 ft), but it is not recommended.
Baha San Juanico
7.49
1 Description. Baha San Juanico is a small indentation in
the coast on the E side of Punta Pequea (2614N,
11229W) (7.46). A rocky ledge, over which the sea
breaks, extends a short distance from Punta Pequea, the
depths increasing rapidly seaward. A township is situated
on the N side of the bay.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Anchorage may be obtained NE of Punta Pequea in
depths of about 9 m (30 ft).
Other names
7.50
1 Astorga, Puerto (2508N, 11208W).
Magdalena, Punta (2433N, 11206W).
Mezquital, Boca del (2612N, 11222W).
Roja, Punta (2437N, 11209W).
PUNTA PEQUEA TO
PUNTA SAN HIPLITO
General information
Charts 3054, 3055
Route
7.51
1 From the vicinity of Punta Pequea (2614N,
11249W) to that of Punta San Hiplito (2658N,
11400W) the coastal passage leads WNW, passing well to
seaward of the dangers extending S and W from Punta
Abreojos (2642N, 11334W).
Topography
7.52
1 Initially the coast between Punta Pequea and the
entrance to Laguna San Ignacio (about 52 miles NW) is
formed by sandhills, from 30 to 60 m high, but for the
most part the coast is low and sandy and not easily
distinguishable. Several narrow lagoons lie parallel to the
coast, separated from the sea by a strip of sand through
which there are shallow passages suitable only for boats.
Inland a series of irregular tablelands up to 365 m in height
rise abruptly from the low land and recede to a distance of
about 10 miles from the coast near Laguna San Ignacio.
2 West of the entrance to Laguna San Ignacio, the coast is
formed into a bay from the W side of which the land
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
begins to rise gradually to the high land N of Punta
Abreojos (2642N, 11334W). In clear weather the peaks
of Las Tres Virgenes (6.223), situated about 60 miles NE
(chart 2324), are plainly visible from this part of the coast.
3 From Punta Abreojos the coastline continues low and
sandy, and is indented by a bay above which the tableland
rises to over 600 m in height.
Off-lying bank
7.53
1 Hutchins Bank, with a depth over it of 33 m (18 fm) lies
21 miles offshore, 24 miles SE of Punta Abreojos (2642N,
11334W).
Landmarks
7.54
1 Monte Thetis (2651N, 11230W) (7.43).
Punta Abreojos Lighthouse (grey pyramidal concrete
tower, 22 m in height) (2645N, 11334W).
Monte Table (2704N, 11358W), a distinctive, flat
topped mountain.
Directions
(continued from 7.46)
7.55
1 Caution. Between Punta Pequea and Punta Abreojos
with the low and feature coastline, depths, though irregular,
increase gradually from the shore, and sounding is the best
guide, especially at night.
From a position SW of Punta Pequea (2614N,
11229W) the passage leads WNW, then NW passing:
2 SSW of Punta Santo Domingo (12 miles NW of
Punta Pequea), a prominent, dark coloured,
perpendicular cliff, 53 m high, backed by tableland
120 m (400 ft) high. Cliffs extend for several miles
on either side of the point, those N of it being
formed by a distinctive white sand bluff. Thence:
SSW of an area of shoals which extends about
1 miles SW from the entrance to Laguna San
Ignacio (2645N, 11315W) (7.63), thence:
3 SSW of Bajos Wright (2641N, 11334W), which
consists of several detached shoals, lying from 1 to
1 miles S and SE of Punta Abreojos. The point,
a low, sandy bluff, should be given a good
clearance at all times to avoid these shoals and
others lying up to 5 miles WSW of it. A reef
projects about 5 cables S from the point and there
are numerous detached rocks off its E side. Punta
Abreojos Light (7.54) stands about 2 miles N of
the point, and a further light (metal framework
tower, 8 m in height) (not charted) stands 1 miles
ENE from Punta Abreojos. Thence:
4 WSW of Roca Ballena (4 miles W of Punta
Abreojos), lying 2 miles offshore on a detached
reef, about 7 cables long and 5 cables wide, over
which the sea breaks heavily; a rock (09 m (3 ft)
high) lies 2 cables SE of Roca Ballena. A
dangerous reef, of similar extent, with rocks awash
over which the sea breaks occasionally, lies 1 mile
WSW of Roca Ballena. Thence:
5 WSW of the entrance to Estero la Bocana (8 miles
NW of Punta Abreojos). A shoal with depths over
it of less than 9 m (30 ft) extends 3 miles offshore
SW of this entrance, and shoal depths extend up to
5 cables offshore in places along the coast from
Punta Abreojos. A large reef, over which the sea
227
breaks heavily, extends 1 mile offshore from a
point situated 1 mile NW of the entrance to this
inlet, and forms the W edge of a spit with depths
of less than 55 m (18 ft) over it which extends
about 1 miles offshore; another reef projects
2 cables offshore at the turn of the coast, 1 mile
farther NW. Thence:
6 WSW of Punta San Hiplito (2658N, 11400W), a
low, black, rocky point, backed by barren hills
from 15 to 30 m high; a shelving reef, over which
the sea breaks, projects 5 cables S from the point.
A light (white concrete tower red bands, 10 m in
height) stands on the point.
Useful mark
7.56
1 Punta Pequea Light (2614N, 11229W) (7.46).
(Directions continue at 7.67)
Anchorages
Punta Santo Domingo
7.57
1 Anchorage, with some protection from the prevailing
winds, may be obtained E of Punta Santo Domingo
(2619N, 11240W) (7.55) in depths of about 9 m (30 ft),
but due to the ground swell along this coast anchorage in
depths of less than 22 m (12 fm) can be uncomfortable.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha San Hiplito
7.58
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baha San Hiplito
entered close E of Punta San Hiplito (2658N, 11400W)
(7.55). The anchorage is E of Punta San Hiplito, about
5 cables offshore, in depths of about 9 m (30 ft). Attention
is drawn to a shoal, with a least depth over it of 11 m
(36 ft), position approximate, which lies 4 miles SE of
Punta San Hiplito.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha de Ballenas
Description
7.59
1 Baha de Ballenas is an open bay entered between Punta
Holcomb (Holcombe) (2642N, 11316W), the W
extremity of a large, low, sandy island, and Punta Abreojos
(16 miles W) (7.55). As its name suggests, it is much
frequented by whales in winter.
2 The shores of the bay are low and sandy, except on the
W side where there are some low bluffs from which the
land rises to Punta Abreojos. In the E side of the bay is
the entrance to Laguna San Ignacio (7.63), and at the head
of the bay is the entrance to Laguna La Escondida. The
latter lagoon, which is accessible only to small craft, is
fronted by a shoal on which the sea breaks, and a bank
extends about 1 mile offshore for about 4 miles W of the
entrance to this lagoon.
Local weather
7.60
1 Land and sea breezes are regular and fairly strong.
Strong winds blowing out of Laguna San Ignacio may be
expected at intervals from September to March. Fog may
be experienced at night and in the early morning during the
winter months.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
Directions
7.61
1 The entrance is wide and depths shoal gradually to the
head of the bay. If entering the bay from the W, in addition
to the dangers lying S and SE of Punta Abreojos, attention
is drawn to Bajo Knepper, lying 1 mile offshore 2 miles
ENE of that point.
2 Useful mark:
Sandhill (55 m (179 ft) high) standing on the NE side
of the bay 7 miles NW of Punta Holcomb.
Anchorage
7.62
1 Anchorage may be obtained E of Punta Abreojos
(2642N, 11334W) (7.55) in depths of about 11 m (36 ft);
Bajos Wright must be given a wide berth when
approaching the anchorage.
2 In good weather, anchorage may also be obtained in
depths of about 9 m (30 ft), with Punta Bronaugh (2645N,
11316W) (7.63) bearing 057, distance about 3 miles.
Local knowledge is required.
Laguna San Ignacio
7.63
1 General information. Laguna San Ignacio is a large
expanse of water which extends about 16 miles N from the
entrance between Punta Parmenter (2646N, 11314W)
and Punta Bronaugh (about 2 miles W).
Local knowledge is required.
2 Caution. Tidal streams are strong at springs, and a
heavy swell is sometimes experienced on the bar. No
directions can be given for crossing the bar, which is liable
to frequent and sudden changes; it was reported (1982) that
depths in the channel are less than charted.
3 Approach. Extensive shoals, which partly dry, extend
from the entrance and form a bar about 1 miles SW of
Punta Holcomb (about 3 miles S of Punta Bronaugh) (7.59)
which is about 4 cables wide and has depths over it of
57 m (19 ft); the channel is clearly marked by breakers.
Within the bar the depths increase, but NNW of Punta
Holcomb, on the E side of the channel, there is a reef
which dries, and which is steep-to on its SE side.
4 Entry. From a position about 2 miles above Punta
Bronaugh the fairway divides into three channels, the E of
which, a narrow and tortuous channel, is reported to be the
best and leads to the head of the lagoon in a least depth of
22 m (7 ft).
5 Useful marks:
Islas Ballenas (2655N, 11309W), two low islands.
Anchorages. See 7.62 for anchorages in Baha de
Ballenas.
Anchorage inside the lagoon may be obtained in an area
about 2 miles above Punta Bronaugh, in depths of from 9
to 15 m (30 to 50 ft).
PUNTA SAN HIPLITO
TO PUNTA EUGENIA
General information
Chart 3055
Route
7.64
1 From the vicinity of Punta San Hiplito (2658N,
11400W) to that of Punta Eugenia (2751N, 11505W),
228
at the entrance to Baha Sebastin Vizcano, the coastal
passage leads NW for 82 miles.
Topography
7.65
1 The coastline is formed into a series of bays, backed a
few miles inland by extensive tablelands which rise to
elevations of from 300 to 600 m. Farther inland there is a
remarkable range of peaks of variegated colours from 600
to 900 m in height; the highest of these is Pico Lowry
(2725N, 11417W).
2 In the approach to Punta Eugenia (2751N, 11505W)
the coast comprises rocky bluffs, with projecting points and
off-lying rocks surrounded by kelp. Sharp, bare hills, rise to
an elevation of 320 m (1047 ft) close to the coast.
Landmarks
7.66
1 Monte Table (2704N, 11358W) (7.54).
Pico San Pablo (2715N, 11427W).
Pico Hermoso (2732N, 11442W).
Monte Eugenia (2746N, 11501W), the most
conspicuous of the sharp, bare hills in the
approaches to Punta Eugenia.
Directions
(continued from 7.56)
7.67
1 From a position SW of Punta San Hiplito (2658N,
11400W) the passage leads NW passing (with positions
from Punta San Pablo (2713N, 11429W)):
SW of a rock with a depth over it of 64 m (21 ft),
which lies 1 miles offshore 3 miles NW of Punta
San Hiplito, thence:
SW of a rock with a depth over it of 11 m (36 ft)
(15 miles SE) thence:
2 SW of Isla Asuncin (12 miles SE), a barren island
which is surrounded by detached rocks and kelp
which extend 2 cables S. A shallow bank
connects the island to Punta Asuncin, a low,
narrow, sandy point, terminating in a conical
mound 20 m high, 7 cables N. A group of rocks
awash is situated on this bank, about midway
between the point and the island, and a rock,
which dries about 09 m (3 ft), lies 5 cables W of
the N end of the island. The sea breaks heavily
over these rocks and over the reefs which fringe
Punta Asuncin. Thence:
3 SW of Isla San Roque (6 miles SE), a rugged islet
from the W side of which a light (red round
concrete tower, 7 m in height) is displayed. The
passage between the islet and the shore NE is foul
and should not be attempted. In August 1921, a
current setting E, with a rate of from 4 to 5 kn
was reported off Isla San Roque. Thence:
4 SW of Punta San Roque (3 miles SE), a light
coloured bluff, 15 m high, which rises sharply to
Pico San Roque; the point is steep-to but foul
ground extends 2 cables offshore for 1 miles
SE. Thence:
5 SW of Punta San Pablo, a dark, slate coloured point,
above which there is a prominent hill; a reef
projects 5 cables S from the point. Thence:
Clear of, depending on draught, a pinnacle rock with
a depth over it of 183 m (60 ft) (12 miles WNW),
thence:
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
6 Clear of a depth of 164 m (54 ft) (reported 1986)
(16 miles NW); air bubbles have been reported
in the vicinity and depths of 274 to 33 m (15 to
18 fms), which are less than the charted depths
have been reported to extend E from this position.
And:
7 Clear of a depth of 164 m (54 ft) (reported 1953)
(23 miles WNW); other shoal depths, the least one
of 33 m (18 fm), lie between these latter two
depths. Thence:
SW of Morro Hermoso (23 miles NW), a headland
which rises abruptly from bare rocky cliffs to an
elevation of 274 m. Discoloured water has been
reported (1958), 10 miles SW of Morro Hermoso.
Thence:
8 SW of Punta Cambrey (2737N, 11451W), a bold
rocky point, 45 m high, which rises to Monte
Belcher 9 cables NW; foul ground extends for a
distance of 2 cables to seaward from the point.
Thence:
Clear of, depending on draught, a depth of 274 m
(15 fm) (reported 1957) (8 miles WNW of Punta
Cambrey), thence:
9 SW of Punta Rompiente (10 miles NW of Punta
Cambrey), a steep, rocky headland, with numerous
detached rocks S of it over which the sea breaks
heavily. A shoal depth of 73 m (24 ft) lies
1 miles WNW of Punta Rompiente. Thence:
10 SW of Punta Eugenia (2751N, 11505W), a dark,
rocky projection, fringed by reefs which extend
2 cables offshore; a light (white truncated
pyramidal masonry tower, 7 m in height) stands on
the point. Deep-draught vessels should note a
depth of 24 m (13 fm) (reported 1982) which lies
5 miles SSW of Punta Eugenia.
Useful marks
7.68
1 Roca Atad Light (2740N, 11453W) (7.76).
Punta La Cantina Light (2740N, 11454W) (7.76).
Isla Natividad Light (2752N, 11511W) (7.86).
(Directions continue for the coastal passage at 7.86
and for Canal de Dewey at 7.89; directions
for Canal de Keller are given at 7.90)
Anchorages
Baha la Asuncin
7.69
1 Baha la Asuncin, which lies close E of Punta
Asuncin (2708N, 11418W), affords good anchorage in
moderate weather, 5 cables from the shore under the lee of
the point, in depths of from 9 to 18 m (30 to 60 ft). There
is a small fishing port in the bay.
Baha San Roque
7.70
1 Baha San Roque which is formed between Punta
Asuncin (2708N, 11418W) (7.67) and Punta San Roque
(8 miles NW) (7.67), is lined by shingle and rocky beaches
backed by sandhills, with hilly country rising inland. Isla
San Roque (7.67) lies in the middle of the bay.
2 Anchorage may be obtained between Isla San Roque
and the mainland NW in depths of from 18 to 22 m (10 to
12 fm). A depth of 3 m (10 ft) (reported 1961) lies in the
anchorage area and patches of kelp are frequently
encountered in the bay.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha San Pablo
7.71
1 Anchorage may be obtained 7 cables offshore, in
depths of from 18 to 27 m (10 to 15 fm) in Baha San
Pablo, a bay free from all known dangers, which is entered
between Punta San Roque (2711N, 11426W) (7.67) and
Punta San Pablo (3 miles NW) (7.67). A sandy beach,
with steep bluffs on either side of it, lies at the head of the
bay.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha de San Cristbal
7.72
1 Baha de San Cristbal is a large, exposed bay, which is
formed between Punta San Pablo (2713N, 11429W)
(7.67) and Morro Hermoso (23 miles NW) (7.67). The
shores of the bay comprise bluffs and sandy cliffs, except
at the head of the bay, about 12 miles N of Punta San
Pablo, where the line of the cliffs is broken by a sandy
beach. About 4 miles E of Morro Hermoso a conspicuous
canyon breaks the line of the cliffs on that side of the bay.
2 Above-water rocks lie close inshore on the W side of
the bay; Roca de Pjaros lies about 5 miles ESE of
Morro Hermoso, and Rocas de la Gaviota lie 1 mile ESE
of that point.
Chart 2885 plan of Baha Tortugas
Baha Cambrey
7.73
1 Anchorage, sheltered from the prevailing wind, may be
obtained in depths of about 11 m (36 ft), in Baha Cambrey
on the E side of Punta Cambrey (2737N, 11451W)
(7.67).
Local knowledge is required.
Chart 3055
Punta Rompiente
7.74
1 Anchorage, sheltered from the prevailing wind, may be
obtained in the bay E of Punta Rompiente (2744N,
11501W) (7.67). The land around the bay is lower than
that NW of Punta Rompiente, but is rugged and barren.
Local knowledge is required.
Baha Tortugas
Chart 2885 plan of Baha Tortugas
General information
7.75
1 Position. Baha Tortugas (2740N, 11453W), the best
harbour of refuge to be found between Baha Magdalena
(7.20) and San Diego Bay (8.15), is entered between Cabo
Trtolo and Punta Sargazo (La Cantina) (1 miles NW).
Topography. Cabo Trtolo is the low, rocky extremity,
of a high, narrow promontory which extends 2 miles NW
from Punta Cambrey (7.67); Punta Sargazo rises sharply to
Monte El Cardoncito, 1 miles NW.
2 The N and E sides of the harbour are low, shingle and
gravel beaches, with few traces of vegetation; the W side is
dominated by high land.
Local knowledge is required.
Directions
7.76
1 Approach. Mariners approaching from N should note
that foul ground, with numerous rocky patches, extends
nearly 5 cables offshore in places for up to 2 miles NW of
the N entrance point.
229
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
Entrance. The navigable entrance is about 7 cables
wide between the dangers fringing the entrance points;
several shoals lie in the fairway.
2 On the S side of the entrance a reef, on which stand
Islotes Los Morros, a number of rocks, some above water,
on which the sea breaks heavily, extends about 1 mile
NNW from Cabo Trtolo; there is a depth of 9 m (30 ft) at
the extremity of the reef. The outermost rock, Roca
Entrada, lies 3 cables within the extremity of the reef and
between this rock and the cape there are three prominent
rocks. Roca Azufre, the N of these three rocks, has two
dark projecting horns which are in contrast to the light
colour of the rest of the rock; a light (truncated pyramidal
tower, 10 m in height) is displayed from Roca Atad, the
middle rock of the three. A detached shoal, with a depth
over it of 58 m (19 ft) lies in the entrance, 4 cables W of
Roca Entrada.
3 On the N side of the entrance shoal water extends about
2 cables SE from Punta Sargazo, and a detached shoal,
with a depth over it of 77 m (25 ft) lies on the W side of
the fairway, 5 cables ENE of the point. A light (truncated
metal framework tower, 10 m in height) is displayed from
Punta Kelp on the E side of Punta Sargazo.
PUNTA EUGENIA TO SAN DIEGO BAY
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 2324
Area covered
7.79
1 In this section are described the islands and channels
NW of Punta Eugenia (2751N, 11505W), and the
coastal passages, harbours and anchorages between that
point and San Diego Bay (3240N, 11712W), about
310 miles NNW; it is arranged as follows:
Islands at the entrance to Baha Sebastin Vizcano
(7.81).
2 Baha Sebastin Vizcano (7.100).
Baha Sebastin Vizcano to Punta Baja (7.113).
Punta Baja to Punta Colnett (7.126).
Punta Colnett to Islas de Todos Santos (7.142).
Baha de Todos Santos (7.151).
Islas de Todos Santos to San Diego Bay (7.167).
Description
7.80
1 Between Punta Eugenia and Punta Baja (about 132 miles
NNW) the coast recedes to form a deep bay, low and
sandy at its head, but backed on its N side by ranges of
mountains rising to elevations of about 1100 m, 24 miles
inland. Several prominent offshore islands extend up to
40 miles NW of Punta Eugenia at the entrance to this bay;
Puerto Morro Redondo is situated on Islas Cedros, the
largest of these islands.
2 North of Punta Baja the coast trends NNW for about
120 miles to the entrance to Baha de Todos Santos and
comprises a series of bays lined by sandhills and bluffs,
and backed in places by tablelands. The coastal range of
mountains parallels the coast a few miles inland, and is
pierced in places by sandy plains, whilst about 20 miles
inland a range, on which there are peaks which attain
elevations of between 1200 and 1500 m, merges with the
coastal range in the vicinity of Baha de Todos Santos. In
the interior Cerro de La Encantada (3100N, 11522W)
230
4 Inside the bay an area of foul ground extends 2 cables E
and SSE from a point 1 mile NNE of Punta Sargazo. A
light, (round concrete tower, 7 m in height) (27420N,
114526W) stands at the head of the bay, 2 miles NNE
of Punta Sargazo.
Anchorage
7.77
1 Anchorage may be obtained anywhere within the
entrance but the N part of the bay is somewhat exposed to
the ocean swell. The best anchorage is on the E side of the
natural breakwater formed by the reef extending from Cabo
Trtolo, in depths of 11 m (36 ft), with the latter point
bearing 203 and Roca Entrada bearing 282.
Landing place
7.78
1 A pier 160 m long is situated at the settlement of San
Bartolom (Baha Tortugas) on the NW shore of the bay
and has depths of 6 m alongside its outer end at HW;
several factory buildings and a prominent chimney stand in
the vicinity. Limited facilities are available from a fishing
company and there are air links to Ensenada and La Paz.
(6.257), dominates this part of Baja California. Shelter from
S gales can be obtained in Baha de Todos Santos;
Ensenada, in the bay, is the most important port on this
section of the coast.
3 Thence, as far as the approaches to San Diego (3243N,
11714W), the coast mainly comprises sandy bluffs and
rocky cliffs and is dominated by high land interspersed
with plateaus and tablelands; a group of prominent islands
lies 7 miles off the coast. Rosarito Oil Terminal is situated
on this part of the coast about 11 miles S of the boundary
with the United States.
ISLANDS AT THE ENTRANCE
TO BAHA SEBASTIN VIZCANO
General information
Chart 3055
Description
7.81
1 The islands of Isla Natividad, Isla Cedros and Islas San
Benito, lie between 4 and 40 miles NW of Punta Eugenia
(2751N, 11505W); Isla Cedros, the largest, provides
some protection to the S part of Baha Sebastin Vizcano,
which can be entered from W through Canal de Dewey and
Canal de Keller, channels which pass S and N, respectively,
of Isla Natividad.
Puerto Morro Redondo (2803N, 11511W) (7.91) lies
at the SE extremity of Isla Cedros.
2 Directions are given for the coastal passage SW of the
islands, for Canal de Dewey and Canal de Keller and for
the passage between Isla Cedros and Islas San Benito;
directions are also given for Canal de Peck, which leads
through Islas San Benito.
Topography
7.82
1 Isla Natividad (2753N, 11511W), whose E extremity
lies 4 miles W of Punta Eugenia, is a barren and hilly
island, highest near its centre; the coastline is mostly steep,
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
rocky and fringed by detached rocks and kelp. A group of
buildings, together with a tall steel mast, visible only from
S, are situated at the SE end of the island where there is a
sandy beach.
2 Isla Cedros (2810N, 11513W), a large island of
volcanic origin with numerous high peaks dominates the
waterway. The highest peak, Cerro de Cedros, is situated in
the S part of the island which is for the most part barren in
appearance. The N part of the island, which is
comparatively fertile, is dominated by Pico Gill; the crests
and W slopes are covered with tall pines and cedar trees.
The island may be seen from 60 miles in clear weather.
The S coast of the island recedes to form a bay where
there are sandy beaches backed by high land in the interior.
3 The W coast presents an almost continuous line of steep
cliffs, fronted by a stony beach, only broken near the
middle by a rocky ledge fringed with detached rocks.
Towards the N point of the island the coast is formed by
broken bluffs with many large detached rocks, and a steep
peak (522 m (1714 ft) high), crowned with cedar trees,
forms the extremity. A heavy surf usually breaks on this
side of the island, and there are heavy concentrations of
kelp, particularly towards the S end.
4 On the E side of the island the port installations of
Morro Redondo (7.91) are prominent at the S extremity,
which is dominated by two peaks rising to an elevation of
over 400 m; a large stockpile of salt is usually conspicuous
behind the port. Further N the coast is composed of rocky
bluffs and ravines with short stretches of gravel beach; the
land rises abruptly, in sharp ridges and precipitous cliffs, to
high peaks.
5 Islas San Benito (7.84), lie about 15 miles W of the N
extremity of Isla Cedros.
Local magnetic anomaly
7.83
1 In 1993, a local magnetic anomaly which increased the
normal magnetic variation by 24, was reported to occur
close to the E coast of Isla Cedros in a position about
2 miles N of Puerto Morro Redondo (2803N,
11511W).
Principal marks
7.84
1 Landmarks:
Cabo San Agustn (2805N, 11521W), a bold, dark
coloured headland, which rises abruptly to Pico
San Agustn, the termination of a range of hills
separated by a gap from the mountain range NE.
2 Islas San Benito (2819N, 11535W), a group of
three barren, rocky islands, surrounded by detached
rocks and kelp.
Punta Morro Redondo Lighthouse (silver metal tower,
8 m in height) (2803N, 11511W).
3 Major lights:
Islas San Benito NW Light (white round concrete
tower and dwelling, 17 m in height) (2819N,
11535W), which stands near the NW point of
Benito del Oeste, the W of Islas San Benito.
Other navigational aid
7.85
1 Racon. From a position 1 mile E of Islas San Benito
NW Light (2819N, 11535W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions for the coastal passage
(continued from 7.68)
Punta Eugenia to Islas San Benito
7.86
1 From a position SW of Punta Eugenia (2751N,
11505W) (7.67) the passage leads NW passing with
positions from Punta Eugenia:
SW of a shoal depth of 10 m (33 ft) (4 miles WSW)
in the entrance to Canal de Dewey, thence:
2 SW of a rock with a depth over it of 73 m (24 ft)
(position approximate) which is reported to lie
1 miles SW of the S extremity of Isla Natividad
(4 miles W) (7.82). A light (white round masonry
tower and dwelling, 16 m in height) is displayed
from near the centre of the island. Thence:
3 SW of a dangerous wreck (6 miles WNW) which
lies about 9 cables offshore on the SW side of Isla
Natividad, thence:
SW of Roca Maria (8 miles WNW), which stands on
a reef projecting 5 cables W from the NW
extremity of Isla Natividad, thence:
Clear of, depending on draught, a depth of 27 m
(15 fm) (26 miles W), thence:
4 SW of Cabo San Agustn (2805N, 11521W) (7.84)
from which a reef, which the sea breaks in heavy
weather, extends 1 mile SW; kelp extends 2 miles
SW from the point. The W point of Cabo San
Agustn is reported (1986) to lie about 5 cables E.
Thence:
5 SW of Benito del Oeste (2819N, 11535W), the W
island of Islas San Benito and the largest in the
group; it appears as a high plateau with a mound
near its centre. A high light (7.84) is displayed
from the NW point, and a light (white round
masonry tower, 4 m in height) is displayed from
the S point of the island. Rocas Pinculo, two
steep-to rocks marked by breakers, lie close
together 1 mile W of the island. From time to time
breakers have been reported and soundings of from
165 to 31 m (9 to 17 fm) have been reported
obtained, as can be seen on the chart, within
11 miles W of this island.
Passage between Isla Cedros and Islas San Benito
7.87
1 From a position SW of Cabo San Agustn (2805N,
11521W) (7.84) the passage leads N through the passage,
14 miles wide, between Isla Cedros and Islas San Benito,
passing:
W of Piedra Colorada (2808N, 11522W), a
conspicuous reddish coloured rock, which stands
5 cables inside the extremity of the reef extending
1 miles NW from the SW extremity of Isla
Cedros. Thence:
2 E of Benito del Este (2818N, 11532W), the east
island of Islas San Benito, which is distinguishable
by four well defined hills. Depths considerably less
than those charted are reported to lie up to 1 mile
E of this island; a depth of 18 m (60 ft) (reported
1983) lies 5 cables E of the E point of the island.
Canal de Peck
7.88
1 Description. Canal de Peck is a narrow, deep passage,
which leads between Benito del Este (7.87), and Benito de
Enmedio, the centre island of Islas San Benito. This latter
231
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
island is flat and low with a hill, 25 m (82 ft) high, near its
E end; the S coast of the island is fringed by foul ground.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Directions. The least depths in the fairway are from
165 to 22 m (54 to 72 ft) and, with the exception of a
73 m (24 ft) patch which lies on the E side of the fairway
about 2 cables WSW of the prominent W point of the
Benito de Enmedio, there are no known dangers. The
channel can be safely navigated by keeping in mid-channel.
Caution. Breakers have been reported in the past in a
position about 3 miles SSW of the entrance.
3 Useful marks:
Prominent rock lies 5 cables WNW of the S extremity
of the Benito del Este; another rock lies 2 cables
N of its N extremity.
Channels into Baha Sebastin Vizcano
(continued from 7.68)
Canal de Dewey
7.89
1 Description. Canal de Dewey is about 4 miles wide
between Punta Eugenia (2751N, 11505W) (7.67) and
Isla Natividad (7.82) and can be navigated safely with due
caution; it is useful for coasting vessels.
2 The W side of the channel is foul and the soundings
irregular but there is reported to be a clear channel, about
1 mile wide, on the E side of the channel about 1 miles
offshore. It is reported both sides of the channel are usually
marked by kelp.
3 Tidal streams are reported to set strongly through the
channel at springs.
Directions. From a position SW of Punta Eugenia the
track leads NNE passing (with positions from Punta
Eugenia):
ESE of the shoal depth (4 miles WSW) (7.86),
thence:
4 ESE of Roca Lowry (3 miles W), over which the
sea breaks occasionally; depths of 146 m (48 ft) or
less extend about 1 mile into the channel from this
rock. Thence:
WNW and NNW of Punta Eugenia; an 183 m (60 ft)
patch (reported 1987) lies 1 miles WNW of the
point.
5 Useful marks:
Roca Vela, which lies 2 cables W of the S extremity
of Isla Natividad.
Roca Plana, which lies at the extremity of a reef
which extends nearly 5 cables E from the S
extremity of Isla Natividad.
Canal de Keller
7.90
1 Description. Canal de Keller leads between the N
extremity of Isla Natividad (2753N, 11511W) (7.82) and
Isla Cedros (8 miles N) (7.82). A bank over which there
are depths of less than 183 m (60 ft), and on which there
are often fields of kelp, extends 3 miles S from Isla
Cedros. The S side of the fairway, where there are least
depths of about 33 m (18 fm), should be favoured.
2 Caution. It is prudent for deep-draught vessels bound to
and from Puerto Morro Redondo (7.91) to enter and leave
the port from N; Canal de Keller should be avoided due to
the possibility of uncharted dangers.
3 Directions. From a position W of the N extremity of
Isla Natividad the track leads ENE passing (with positions
from Punta Morro Redondo (2803N, 11511W)):
232
SSE of a shoal depth of 85 m (28 ft) (5 miles WSW),
thence:
NNW of Roca Maria (9 miles SSW) (7.86), thence:
SSE of a shoal depth of 91 m (30 ft) (4 miles SSW),
thence:
4 SSE of Punta Morro Redondo, the SE extremity of
Isla Cedros, a rocky cliff, 9 m high surmounted by
a round hill, and from where a light (7.84) is
displayed; detached rocks extend 6 cables S from
the point. And:
NNW of Punta Eugenia (12 miles SSE) (7.67).
(Directions continue for the coastal passage in Baha
Sebastin Vizcano at 7.103; directions for the coastal
passage N of Punta Baja are given at 7.130)
Puerto Morro Redondo
General information
7.91
1 Position and function. Puerto Morro Redondo (2803N,
11511W) is a bulk salt loading terminal situated at the SE
extremity of Isla Cedros. There is also a small fishing
harbour protected by breakwaters.
Traffic. In 2002, 47 vessels called totalling
3 655 106 dwt.
Port Authority. Exportadora De Sal Sa De CV, 3a
Oeste, 17523-A Fracc, Garita de Otay, 22500 Tijuana BC.
Mexico.
Limiting conditions
7.92
1 Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables.
Mean spring range about 24 m; mean neap range about
11 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled. A vessel LOA
304 m, 160 000 dwt, has used the port. The maximum
draught is 173 m.
Arrival information
7.93
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
Anchorage for vessels awaiting a berth may be obtained
7 cables NE of the head of the main pier in a depth of
37 m (20 fm), mud.
Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours; the
pilot boards in the anchorage area or about 1 mile E of the
main pier.
Tugs are available.
Directions
7.94
1 The approaches through Canal de Dewey and Canal de
Keller are given at 7.89 and 7.90, respectively.
The E coast of Isla Cedros is generally steep-to and free
from kelp; detached rocks at the N end of the island are
not so numerous, nor do they lie as far offshore, as on the
W side; the chart is sufficient guide.
Caution. There is considerable small boat traffic in the
vicinity.
Useful mark: Punta Morro Redondo Light (2822N,
11512W) (7.84).
Berths
7.95
1 The principal berth is a T-shaped pier with a berthing
face of 209 m at its head and a depth of 16.4 m alongside.
Salt is loaded from a belt and spout type loader and vessels
are shifted along the berth to bring the hatches under the
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
spout; six mooring buoys are laid off the berth to facilitate
shifting. A second berth, capable of accommodating vessels
of 6500 dwt, projects from the N side of the stem of the
pier.
2 A second pier on which there are two berths, each
capable of accommodating a vessel of 6500 dwt, and with
depths alongside of from 61 to 122 m, stands close NW
of the T-shaped pier.
Port services
7.96
1 Repairs: minor repairs; divers available.
Other facilities: medical facilities.
Supplies: bunkers and fresh water not available;
provisions in small quantities.
Communications: local airport with flights twice weekly
to Ensenada(7.163).
Anchorages
Isla Cedros
7.97
1 Baha del Sudeste is situated between the S extremity
of Isla Cedros (2802N, 11514W) and Punta Morro
Redondo (2 miles E) (7.90). It is fringed with detached
rocks but affords anchorage, with protection from
prevailing winds, in depths of about 13 m (43 ft).
Local knowledge is required for these anchorages.
2 Baha del Sur is situated between Cabo San Agustn
(2805N, 11521W) (7.84) and a point 5 miles SE. The
shore is formed by a succession of rocky bluffs and
ravines, backed by hills, and fronted on the N and E sides
of the bay by sand beaches. There is much kelp near the
SE shore, and a group of rocks lie 5 cables offshore, about
the same distance NW of the E point. Numerous rocks and
fields of kelp extend more than 5 cables offshore in the
NW part of the bay.
Anchorage may be obtained, in the W side of the bay,
in depths of from 11 to 27 m (6 to 15 fm) with some
protection from the prevailing winds, but the bay is open to
gales which are sometimes experienced in winter.
Landing may be effected in a cove about 1 cables N
of a prominent black rock, 48 m high, situated on the coast
close E of Cabo San Agustn.
3 East coast. Anchorage has been obtained, sheltered from
the prevailing winds, S of a point situated about 3 miles S
of Punta Norte (2822N, 11512W).
Local knowledge is required.
Useful mark: Punta Norte Light (white truncated
pyramidal concrete tower, 6 m in height) (2822N,
11512W).
Islas San Benito
7.98
1 Anchorage may be obtained close W of the SE
extremity of Benito del Oeste (2819N, 11535W) (7.86)
in depths of 183 m (60 ft) or, in a more sheltered location,
in the bay formed between that island and Benito de
Enmedio (7.88). The islands are separated by a boat
channel about 1 cable wide.
A rock with a depth over it of 3 m (10 ft) (reported
1939) lies about 2 cables offshore on the S side of Benito
del Oeste.
2 A prominent, isolated, above-water rock, lies 1 cables
S of Benito de Enmedio, and a smaller rock lies 2 cables
farther W; there are no known dangers S of the line joining
these two rocks which form useful marks for the
anchorage.
Local knowledge is required.
Landing may be effected behind some rocks, 2 cables
N of the SE point of Benito del Oeste.
Other names
7.99
1 Ranger, Banco (2831N, 11531W).
Redondo, Pico (2807N, 11521W).
BAHA SEBASTIN VIZCANO
General information
Chart 3055
Description
7.100
1 Baha Sebastin Vizcano is a large, open bay, which lies
between Punta Eugenia (2751N, 11505W) and Punta
Mara (70 miles NNE). The S part of the bay is afforded
protection by Isla Cedros (7.82). Vessels approaching from
S can enter the bay through Canal de Dewey (7.89) or
Canal de Keller (7.90).
A number of small bays and anchorages lie within the
bounds of the bay.
2 The state boundary between Baja California and Baja
California Sur (6.2) lies in the vicinity of Puerto Venustiano
Carranza (7.107), along the parallel of 28N.
Topography
7.101
1 The islands on the W side of the bay are described at
7.82.
The S coast, from Punta Eugenia to Punta Mal Arrimo
(about 30 miles E), is backed by high land which then
begins to recede and is succeeded by cliffs and sandhills as
far as the entrance to Laguna Ojo de Liebre (Scammon
Lagoon), 13 miles farther ENE. The head of the bay is
generally low and sandy with extensive marshes; S of
Morro Santo Domingo (2815N, 11407W) (7.102) the
coast is indented by two more lagoons. The surrounding
country is a sandy desert.
2 North of Morro Santo Domingo, the country is low and
flat with high hills a few miles inland and mountains in the
interior. Prominent amongst these mountains is a high,
leaning peak, the top of which appears to overhang, which
is situated about 22 miles ENE of Punta Rosarito (2834N,
11409W).
3 Between Punta Rosarito and Punta Mara (30 miles NW)
the coast is more bold and rocky and is indented by several
bays with sandy beaches; the intervening points project
from the high land which rises close to the coast.
Landmarks
7.102
1 Isla Natividad Lighthouse (2753N, 11511W)
(7.66).
Morro Santo Domingo (2815N, 11407W), a dark
coloured headland of volcanic origin, which, when
first sighted, appears as an island.
233
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
Directions
(continued from 7.89 and 7.90)
Punta Eugenia to Estero de San Jos
7.103
1 From a position NNW of Punta Eugenia (2751N,
11505W) (7.67) the passage to Estero de San Jos leads
generally ENE passing:
2 NNW of Punta Falsa (1 miles NE of Punta
Eugenia), a steep rocky point; a dangerous reef, on
the middle of which there is a rock awash over
which the sea breaks heavily, lies 5 cables N of
the point. Isletas Chester, two rocks each 55 m
high and covered with guano, lie 5 cables NE and
1 miles E, respectively, of Punta Falsa. There is
no clear passage, either between the islets, or
between the islets and the shore. Thence:
3 NNW of Punta Mal Arrimo (2748N, 11432W),
which rises to a prominent hill. Between Punta
Falsa and Punta Mal Arrimo the coastal bank
extends offshore from 5 cables to 1 mile in places.
With the exception of a rock which lies 5 cables
offshore in a bay 12 miles E of Punta Falsa, this
stretch of coast is free from off-lying dangers.
Thence:
4 NNW of a shoal depth of 37 m (12 ft) (2800N,
11421W) (reported 1943), which lies in depths of
about 183 m (60 ft) off the entrance to Laguna
Ojo de Liebre (7.105). The coast between Punta
Mal Arrimo and the entrance to Laguna Ojo de
Liebre is fronted by a shallow bank to a distance
of from 5 cables to 1 mile offshore. Thence:
5 To the vicinity of the landfall light-buoy (safe water)
(2809N, 11411W). This buoy was reported
(1995) to be missing.
Estero de San Jos to Punta Maria
7.104
1 From the vicinity of the landfall light-buoy (2809N,
11411W) the passage leads NNW passing:
WSW of Morro Santo Domingo (2815N, 11407W)
(7.102) from where a light (white round concrete
tower, 10 m in height) is displayed. The headland
is conspicuous and appears as an island when seen
from a distance, thence:
2 WSW of Punta Rosarito (2834N, 11409W), a low,
projecting point, fringed with rocks; a dangerous
reef, bordered with kelp, extends 5 cables S and W
from its SW side. Thence:
3 WSW of Punta Santa Rosala (8 miles NW of Punta
Rosarito), which is the sharp extremity of a
tableland that extends several miles inland. Isleta
(Islote) Elide, a barren rock, lies 2 cables
offshore, 7 cables N of Punta Santa Rosala to
which it is connected by a sandspit over which the
sea breaks; a prominent building is reported to
stand on the E side of the islet. Thence:
4 WSW of Punta Rocosa (6 miles NW of Punta Santa
Rosala), a steep cliff, the abrupt end of a ridge
that lies at right angles to the general line of the
coast, thence:
5 WSW of Punta Negra (5 miles NNW of Punta
Rocosa), a dark coloured rocky point, from where
a light (white round concrete tower, 10 m in
234
height) is displayed; the land rises steeply behind
the point. Thence:
6 WSW of Punta Mara (2856N, 11433W), a low,
rocky point; a sandhill rises to an elevation of
20 m, 5 cables N of the point.
(Directions continue at 7.117)
Laguna Ojo de Liebre
General information
7.105
1 Description. Laguna Ojo de Liebre (Scammon Lagoon)
(2750N, 11415W), the largest and most important of the
lagoons that indent the S coast of Baha Sebastin
Vizcano, is studded with low islets and drying sandbanks.
It has not been surveyed, but is reported to run inland for a
distance of about 35 miles from the bar at its entrance. Salt
is brought by lighters from salt pans situated near the head
of the lagoon.
2 The approaches to the lagoon are low and sandy and
backed by sandhills.
The shores of the lagoon are part of a nature park where
the particular attraction is in watching the grey whales who
frequent this, and other warm water lagoons in Baja
California, between December and April.
3 Local knowledge is required.
Maximum size of vessel. A vessel with a draught of
55 m has been reported to have entered the lagoon.
Directions
7.106
1 Approach. The entrance to the lagoon is marked, on
either side, by white sand bluffs, from 9 to 12 m high.
Shoals extend about 4 miles offshore in front of the
entrance, and for a distance of 7 miles N of the entrance,
the outermost described in 7.103.
2 Cautions.
Tidal streams are strong in the entrance.
Traffic. Large and heavily loaded barges are towed
daily between the lagoon and Islas Cedros (7.82);
they are difficult to manoeuvre and vessels are
advised to remain well clear.
3 Entry. There are reported to be depths of 6 m (19 ft)
over the bar which is situated about 6 miles N of the
entrance and which is indicated by a landfall beacon (red
concrete structure on three piles) (28005N, 114180W to
W of charted buoy).The sea sometimes breaks heavily over
the bar. The bar channel is about 5 cables long, and
2 cables wide, but is subject to constant change.
4 Within the bar it is reported that depths increase rapidly
and that in the lagoon there is a good channel along the S
shore; good anchorage can be obtained in the channel in
depths of 8 to 10 m, sand.
Puerto Venustiano Carranza
Description
7.107
1 Position and function. Puerto Venustiano Carranza,
which is situated about 3 miles inside Estero de San Jos
(2805N, 11407W), the entrance to Laguna Guerrero
Negro, is a good harbour, which previously served as an
outlet for the export of salt; this function has been
discontinued and the salt is now loaded at the terminal at
Puerto Morro Redondo (2803N, 11511W) (7.91) on Isla
Cedros.
2 Tidal streams in the entrance channel are strong.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
Boat landing, minor lagoon and anchorages
Boat landing
7.108
1 Landing may be effected at a point on the S side of the
bay, 18 miles E of Punta Falsa (2752N, 11504W)
(7.103). There is a fishing settlement near the point, and
the landing, protected from NW, is situated on the E side
of a cove close SE of the point.
A reef, the inshore end of which dries, extends
2 cables offshore for a distance of 1 mile along the coast
W of the point.
Laguna Manuela
7.109
1 Laguna Manuela (2811N, 11404W) is separated from
the sea by a narrow strip of low sand beach on which there
are some sand dunes and bushes. A bar, with depths over it
of 15 m (5 ft), extends 1 mile off the entrance; except near
HW the sea usually breaks over the bar, even in fine
weather.
Puerto de Santo Domingo
7.110
1 Anchorage. Puerto de Santo Domingo comprises the
small bay situated on the SE side of Morro Santo Domingo
(2815N, 11407W) (7.102). The bay is shallow inshore,
but anchorage may be obtained with some shelter from the
prevailing wind, in depths of from 6 to 15 m (18 to 48 ft),
over a bottom of sand.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Landing may be effected on a sandy beach at the foot
of the cliffs, 1 mile from the S point of Morro Santo
Domingo.
Baha Santa Rosala
7.111
1 Description. Baha Santa Rosala is entered between
Punta Rosarito (2834N, 11409W) (7.104) and Punta
Santa Rosala (8 miles NW) (7.104). The E shore of the
bay is a low sand beach, backed by high rocky cliffs of a
broad plateau from 27 to 45 m high. A sharp, angular point
with steep sides projects 7 cables S from the coast
1 miles E of Punta Santa Rosala, and, E of this point, a
shallow bank extends 5 cables offshore.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Anchorage may be obtained, with shelter from the
prevailing wind in depths of from 9 to 15 m (30 to 50 ft).
Landing may be effected on a shingle beach in the N
part of the bay off a prominent break in the plateau; E of
this break a canyon leads inland.
Baha Playa Mara
7.112
1 Description. Baha Playa Mara is entered between
Punta Negra (2849N, 11424W) (7.104) and Punta Mara
(10 miles NW) (7.104). The shores of the bay are low,
sandy and barren, but a few miles inland there is a little
vegetation. The coastline of the bay is broken by two rocky
points with hills and mountains rising behind them.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Anchorage may be obtained in the N part of the bay,
sheltered from the prevailing wind, in depths of about 11 m
(36 ft); the bay is susceptible to swell which makes
anchorage uncomfortable.
3 Useful mark:
Pico Estacin (2 miles ENE of Punta Mara), a
prominent cone shaped hill.
235
BAHA SEBASTIN VIZCANO
TO PUNTA BAJA
General information
Charts 3055, 3056
Route
7.113
1 From the vicinity of Punta Mara (2856N, 11433W)
the coastal passage leads NW for about 95 miles to the
vicinity of Punta Baja (2957N, 11549W).
There are no harbours on this part of the coast but there
are several places where shelter can be obtained from the
prevailing NW winds.
Topography
7.114
1 The coast between Punta Blanca (2906N, 11442W)
and Punta Canoas (about 32 miles NW) consists of sand
bluffs and rocky points, alternating with sand beaches, and
backed by three distinctive ranges of mountains, which rise,
one behind the other, to elevations of more than 900 m.
Notable amongst the peaks are Pico San Miguel (2949N,
11502W), and Pico San Jos, 6 miles W.
2 From Punta Canoas to Punta San Antonio (about
33 miles NW) the sand bluffs continue, 15 to 20 m high,
backed by moderately high hills, and in places by high
tablelands.
Between Punta San Antonio and Punta Baja (13 miles
NNW) the coast recedes to form a bay lined by sandy
bluffs and backed by hills from 90 to 150 m high. The hills
are broken in places by canyons, prominent amongst which
is Can San Vicente, 4 miles N of Punta San Antonio.
Landmarks
7.115
1 Isla San Jernimo (2948N, 11548W), a barren
island, 40 m high, covered in many places with a
mixture of guano and sand.
White spot (conspicuous) (2958N, 11544W), on
the hills 4 miles ENE of Punta Baja.
Other navigational aid
7.116
1 Racon. Isla San Jernimo Light (2947N, 11548W).
For further information see Admiralty List of Lights
Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 7.104)
7.117
1 From a position WSW of Punta Mara (2856N,
11433W) (7.104) the coastal passage leads NW passing
(with positions from Punta Canoas (2926N, 11512W)):
SW of Punta Cono (4 miles NW of Punta Mara), a
steep, rocky, double pointed headland; Cono Rojo,
a distinctive red coloured hill, rises to an elevation
of 56 m immediately N of Punta Cono, and
appears as an island from offshore. Thence:
2 SW of Punta Blanca (32 miles SE), a sandy bluff
from where a light (metal truncated pyramid) is
displayed; 7 cables NW of Punta Blanca, a point
fringed by detached rocks extends 5 cables from
the shore. Thence:
3 SW of Punta Canoas, a perpendicular sandy bluff,
68 m high, backed by high hills rising inland to
high peaks. A rock, with a depth over it of 15 m
(5 ft) (reported 1930), lies about 3 cables SW of
the point. Thence:
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
4 SW of Punta Escarpado (12 miles NW), a bold sand
bluff, 30 m high, thence:
Clear of two shoal areas, usually marked by kelp,
with depths over them of from 11 to 165 m (36 to
54 ft), which lie 23 and 24 miles WNW,
respectively of Punta Canoas, thence:
5 SW of Arrecife Sacramento (35 miles NW), a
dangerous, steep-to reef, surrounded by kelp,
which lies between 3 and 5 miles W of Punta San
Antonio, a low cliffy point, from which shoal
ground extends nearly 7 cables W. There are
several large rocks, both awash and above-water
on Arrecife Sacramento, and the sea breaks
constantly over the reef. There is a passage, about
1 miles wide, between a 55 m (18 ft) shoal on
the E side of Arrecife Sacramento and the shoal
ground extending W from Punta San Antonio, but
the passage is obstructed by kelp, and the many
patches of rock in this vicinity suggest there could
be other dangers, as yet uncharted. Thence:
6 SW and WSW of Isla San Jernimo (38 miles NW)
(7.115), from where a light (white hexagonal
masonry tower, 6 m in height) is displayed. The
island is surrounded by detached rocks, and a reef,
marked at its outer end by a rock over which the
sea breaks heavily, extends about 4 cables SW
from the island; heavy breakers have been reported
1 cable SW of this rock. Thence:
7 WSW of Punta Baja (2957N, 11549W), a sandy
cliff, 9 m high, from where a light (silver metal
truncated pyramid, 8 m in height) is displayed. A
reef, bordered by kelp, projects a short distance S
from the point and should be given a wide berth.
Useful marks
7.118
1 San Jos Light (2917N, 11452W) (7.122).
Pico San Antonio (2945N, 11540W).
(Directions continue at 7.130)
Anchorages and bays
7.119
1 In addition to the anchorages in the bays listed below,
partial protection from the prevailing winds may be
obtained in the lee of the following salient points:
Punta Canoas (2926N, 11512W) (7.117), about
5 cables offshore in depths of about 11 m (36 ft).
Punta Escarpado (2933N, 11523W) (7.117).
2 Punta San Carlos (2937N, 11530W), which is the
most sheltered.
Punta San Fernando (2942N, 11537W).
Local knowledge is required for all these anchorages.
Baha Falsa
7.120
1 Baha Falsa lies between a round shaped rocky point
1 miles NW of Punta Mara (2856N, 11433W) (7.104)
and Punta Cono, 3 miles farther NW (7.117). The shores of
the bay are low, but the mouth of a wide stream, which
flows into the bay with sandhills on each side, can be
recognised 1 miles E of Punta Cono.
Baha Blanca
7.121
1 Anchorage, sheltered from prevailing winds, may be
obtained, in depths of about 11 m (36 ft), in Baha Blanca,
entered between Punta Cono (2858N, 11435W) (7.117)
and Punta Blanca (10 miles NW) (7.117).
Local knowledge is required.
San Jos
7.122
1 Anchorage may be obtained off San Jos (2917N,
11452W) which is afforded some protection from the
prevailing W and NW winds by Roca Acme, a rocky islet
surmounted by a beacon, covered with guano and
surrounded by kelp, which lies 2 cables offshore. The
anchorage is in depths of about 11 m (36 ft) to the S of
Roca Acme.
2 Local weather. Mornings are usually calm, the sea
breeze making itself felt about noon and continuing until
sunset.
Useful mark:
Light (white round concrete tower, 10 m in height) is
displayed at San Jos.
Local knowledge is required.
Landing may be effected at San Jos for most of the
year.
Puerto Santa Catarina
7.123
1 Anchorage may be obtained in the open roadstead off
Puerto Santa Catarina (2932N, 11516W) from where
locally mined ore is sometimes loaded from lighters. The
anchorage is in a depth of 9 m (30 ft), over a bottom of
mud, sand and boulders, N of the lighter wharf.
2 Useful mark:
Pico Sombrero, standing 5 miles NW of the
roadstead, makes a good landmark.
Landing. The beach is not a good landing place for
boats.
Isla San Jernimo
7.124
1 Anchorage may be obtained E of Isla San Jernimo
(2948N, 11548W) (7.115), well protected from the
prevailing wind, in depths of about 13 m (42 ft), sand; an
uncomfortable swell will be experienced at all times.
Local knowledge is required.
Useful mark:
Isla San Jernimo Lighthouse (7.117).
2 Directions. When approaching the anchorage it may be
better to pass S of the island, and when leaving the
anchorage, to pass N of the island.
Landing may be effected on a small shingle beach on
the SE side of the island.
Baha del Rosario
7.125
1 Description. Baha del Rosario comprises the N part of
the bay formed between Punta San Antonio (2945N,
11542W) (7.117) and Punta Baja (13 miles NNW) (7.117).
The bay is much obstructed by kelp, and shallow water
extends for a considerable distance offshore; but it affords
safe anchorage, sheltered from the prevailing wind, in
depths of about 9 m (30 ft), sand.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Useful marks:
Picacho San Vicente (2952N, 11538W), an isolated
and prominent peak.
Isla San Jernimo (2948N, 11548W) (7.115).
3 Caution. A large field of kelp, in which there are
numerous shallow, rocky patches, extends S from Baha del
Rosario towards Isla San Jernimo. One of these patches,
with a depth over it of 55 m (18 ft), on which the sea
236
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
breaks occasionally, lies 4 miles SSE of Punta Baja. Other
known patches exist, and, as the bottom is rocky and
irregular, there may be more. The outer edge of the kelp
tends to follow the 183 m (10 fm) depth contour.
There is a lane of open water, about 1 mile wide,
between the S edge of the kelp and Isla San Jernimo.
PUNTA BAJA TO PUNTA COLNETT
General information
Chart 3056
Route
7.126
1 From the vicinity of Punta Baja (2957N, 11549W)
the coastal passage leads NNW for about 68 miles to the
vicinity of Punta Colnett (Colonet) (3058N, 11620W).
Topography
7.127
1 Between Punta Baja and Cabo San Quintn (27 miles
NNW) the coastline, consisting of sand cliffs alternating
with dark coloured bluffs from about 15 to 30 m high,
initially trends N for about 23 miles before turning W to
form a bay. Ro del Rosario flows into the sea, 6 miles N
of Punta Baja.
2 The W side of the peninsula that connects Cabo San
Quintn to the mainland about 6 miles N is a low, sandy
beach, after which the coast is formed into a perpendicular
cliff of dark coloured rock and is dominated by five
remarkable peaks, the highest of which is Cerro Kenton
(267 m (876 ft) high); the peaks appear as islands from
seaward. Isla San Martn (7.128) lies about 3 miles off this
cliffy coastline.
3 The coast, from the cliffy area abreast of Isla San
Martn, as far as the mouth of Arroyo Santo Domingo
(13 miles N), is low and is backed inland by a sandy plain
which extends to the high land in the interior; a lagoon
backs the coast for 6 miles in the approach to the river.
4 From Arroyo Santo Domingo the coast, formed into a
series of bays, trends NW for about 21 miles to Punta
Colnett. It comprises sandhills and bluffs, backed by low
tablelands. Fifty miles E of Punta Colnett the highest range
in Baja California rises in the interior.
Landmarks
7.128
1 Pico Noche (Notch Peak) (3021N, 11536W).
Isla San Martn (3029N, 11607W), which is of
volcanic origin, and has two peaks, the S of which
is the main crater; the island is barren, except for
a few cacti and stunted trees.
2 Punta Colnett (Punta Colonet) (3058N, 11620W), a
remarkable headland that rises from the sea, in
perpendicular cliffs, to a plateau, from 91 to 122 m
(300 to 400 ft high); it is visible from a
considerable distance either from N or S, and is a
good radar target.
Other navigation aid
7.129
1 Racon. Isla San Jernimo Light (2947N, 11548W).
For further information see Admiralty List of Lights
Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 7.118)
7.130
1 From a position WSW of Punta Baja (2957N,
11549W) (7.117) the coastal passage leads NNW passing
(with positions from Cabo San Quintn (3022N,
11600W)):
Clear of a dangerous rock (reported 1964), position
approximate, (about 5 miles WSW of Cabo San
Quintn), and:
2 WSW of Cabo San Quintn, the SE extremity of a
long, narrow peninsula, which rises to Monte
Mazo (49 m (160 ft) high); a light (7.133) (not
charted) is displayed from the E side of the cape.
The S and W sides of the cape are fringed by
rocks up to a distance of 2 cables. Thence:
3 Clear of Roca Ben (7 miles NW), a dangerous,
steep-to rock, which only breaks occasionally in
moderate weather; a shoal depth of 12 m (39 ft)
(reported 1929) lies 2 miles SW of Roca Ben.
Thence:
Either side of Isla San Martn (10 miles NNW)
(7.128), from where a light (white metal tower,
12 m in height) is displayed; the island is
surrounded by kelp. Thence:
4 WSW of Punta San Jacinto (31 miles NNW),
2 miles S of which there is an 55 m (18 ft)
patch. There is a landing place on the E side of
the point. Large fields of kelp extend up to
2 miles offshore for a distance of about 4 miles
NW along the coast from Punta San Jacinto and
another 85 m (28 ft) patch lies in this area
2 miles NW of the point. Thence:
5 Clear of light-buoy (special) (34 miles NNW),
moored for the recording of current and
temperature, thence:
WSW of Punta Colnett (3058N, 11620W) (7.128),
from where a light (aluminium framework tower,
7 m in height) is displayed. A shoal depth of 5 m
(16 ft) (reported 1991) lies 21 miles WSW of
Punta Colnett.
Useful mark
7.131
1 Isla San Jernimo (2948N, 11548W) (7.115).
(Directions continue at 7.146)
Baha de San Quintn
Chart 3056 (see 1.14)
General information
7.132
1 Baha de San Quintn, which is entered S of Cabo San
Quintn (3022N, 11600W) (7.130), is lined by a low
sandy beach, backed by hills about 90 m high close inland.
It is spacious and provides good shelter from the prevailing
winds but a long swell rolling into the bay usually makes
the anchorage uncomfortable. Vessels of moderate draught
can anchor in the head of the bay; smaller vessels seeking
shelter, and which are able to cross the bar, may obtain
secure anchorage, with complete protection, in the inlet at
the head of the bay known as Puerto San Quintn (7.135).
Directions
7.133
1 When entering Baha de San Quintn from S or W,
Punta Entrada, the low, rocky, E extremity of Cabo San
Quintn, should be given a clearance of at least 5 cables;
237
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
there is shallow water both N and S of the point and the
bight between the cape and the point is full of submerged
rocks. A light (white metal truncated pyramid, 10 m in
height) (not charted) is displayed from Punta Entrada.
2 Useful marks with positions from Punta Entrada
(3022N, 11559W)):
Volcn Ceniza (Monte Ceniza) (5 miles N).
Monte Mazo (close W) (7.130).
Punta Azufre Light (white metal framework tower,
7 m in height) (2 miles N).
Anchorage and landing
7.134
1 Anchorage may be obtained E of Punta Entrada with
Monte Mazo, bearing 274 and Volcn Ceniza bearing
355.
Landing may be effected in the small, shallow, but
protected bay, which lies between Punta Entrada and Punta
Sextante, a low, sandy point (6 cables NW).
Puerto San Quintn
7.135
1 General information. Puerto San Quintn is a large,
shallow inlet, which is approached and entered between
Punta Entrada (7.133) and Punta Azufre, a low, sandy
point, about 2 miles N, from where a light (7.133) is
displayed.
2 The inlet is bounded W by the low, narrow peninsula,
which extends N from Cabo San Quintn, and the S and E
sides are similarly low and sandy, but the NW side of the
inlet rises to the five peaks described at 7.127. The inlet
offers safe anchorage for small craft.
3 The city of San Quintn, with a population of about
15 000, stands on the E side of the inlet.
Local knowledge is essential.
4 The entrance, 5 cables wide between Punta Azufre and
Punta Laguna on the peninsula W, is fronted by extensive
shoals which dry in places. A narrow, tortuous channel,
which is liable to change with each S gale, leads through
these shoals; the channel is reported to be marked by buoys
and beacons. It has been reported there is a depth of 3 m
on the bar at HW.
5 Useful mark:
Punta Roca (1 miles NW of Punta Entrada) which
shows up in contrast to the sand beach on the W
side of the approach to the entrance.
Caleta Hassler
Description
7.136
1 Caleta Hassler is a small, sheltered cove situated on the
E side of Isla San Martn (3029N, 11607W) (7.128).
The cove is formed by a sandspit which projects about
3 cables ENE from the SE corner of the island and forms
an excellent breakwater; there is a good landing on the N
side of the sandspit.
2 Isla San Martn is the resort of seals and sea birds
which are particularly numerous in this cove, and in a
lagoon close SE, which is open to the sea at half-tide.
Local knowledge is required.
Anchorage
7.137
1 Anchorage for small vessels, protected from all winds
except those from N, may be obtained in the cove, in
depths of 146 m (48 ft).
238
Anchorage for larger vessels may be obtained off the
lagoon on the SE side of Isla San Martn.
2 During a SE gale it is prudent to drop an anchor under
foot in case of a change of wind to NW.
Useful mark:
Isla San Martn Lighthouse (7.130).
Baha Colnett
Description
7.138
1 Baha Colnett (Colonet) is entered between Punta San
Telmo (3056N, 11615W) and Punta Colnett (4 miles
WNW) (7.128) and affords good protection from the
prevailing wind. Mesa de San Rafael backs the E side of
the bay. Shoal ground, marked by heavy breakers, extends
along the shore from the head of the bay to Punta San
Telmo; rocky shoals, bordered by kelp, extend 7 cables
offshore at the mouth of Ro San Telmo, just N of Punta
San Telmo.
Anchorage
7.139
1 The usual anchorage is abreast a remarkable gorge in the
cliffs situated 1 miles E of Punta Colnett, in depths of
from 11 to 16 m (36 to 54 ft). The anchorage is subject to
sudden heavy squalls, which sweep down from the cliffs
without any warning whilst, offshore, a steady NW wind is
blowing, and even on the top of the tableland there is no
indication of a disturbance.
Landing
7.140
1 Landing may be effected about 2 miles E of Punta
Colnett, at the junction of the cliffs with the shingle beach
at the N end of the bay; there is a sandspit in front of it,
over which the sea breaks, occasionally, at low water.
Other names
7.141
1 Camalu, Punta (3049N, 11606W).
San Ramn, Baha de (3045N, 11605W).
PUNTA COLNETT TO
ISLAS DE TODOS SANTOS
General information
Chart 3056
Route
7.142
1 From the vicinity of Punta Colnett (Colonet) (3058N,
11620W) the coastal passage leads NNW for about 56
miles to the vicinity of Islas de Todos Santos. With the
exception of Rocas Soledad (El Islote) (3133N,
11643W) (7.146) which lie close outside it, all charted
dangers lie within the 183 m (10 fm) depth contour which
lies about 1 mile offshore.
Topography
7.143
1 Tableland, faced by cliffs, extends N from Punta Colnett
for 8 miles when it ends abruptly. The coast thence, as far
as Punta Santo Toms, 34 miles NW, is a succession of low
bluffs and beaches, backed by small tablelands, above
which rises the coastal range, about 610 m in height.
2 Except for Baha Soledad (7.150), the bay entered
2 miles N of Punta Santo Toms, the coast between that
point and Cabo Banda, about 12 miles N, is high and
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
precipitous, and is backed by high mountains. Depths are
considerable close inshore, and the coast is fringed by kelp
and detached rocks in many places.
Principal marks
7.144
1 Landmarks:
Punta Colnett (3058N, 11620W) (7.128).
Sharp Cone (3145N, 11620W).
Pico Banda (3144N, 11644W) (7.153).
2 Islas de Todos Santos (N island) Lighthouse (white
truncated conical concrete tower, two galleries,
orange bands, 25 m in height) (3149N,
11649W).
Major light:
Islas de Todos Santos (N island) Light as above.
Other navigational aid
7.145
1 Racon. Islas de Todos Santos (N island) Light
(3149N, 11649W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 7.131)
7.146
1 From a position WSW of Punta Colnett (3058N,
11620W) the coastal passage leads NNW passing (with
positions from Punta Cabras (3120N, 11628W)):
WSW of a detached rock (10 miles SE) which lies
5 cables offshore, thence:
WSW of a 37 m (12 ft) patch, surrounded by kelp,
which lies about 6 cables offshore close N of the
mouth of Ro San Vicente (4 miles SE), thence:
2 WSW of Punta San Isidro (3 miles SE); landing may
be effected behind the larger of two rocks, each
whitened by guano, near this point. Thence:
WSW of Punta Cabras, a point fronted by kelp;
landing may be effected in the bight N of Punta
Cabras. Thence:
3 WSW of Punta San Jos (11 miles NW), on which
stands a light (white round concrete tower, 10 m in
height); a 104 m (34 ft) patch lies nearly 1 mile S
of Punta San Jos in a field of kelp which extends
about 2 miles off that point. Thence:
4 WSW of Rocas Soledad (El Islote) (18 miles NW),
a group of steep-to rocks, whitened by guano and
surrounded by kelp, which lie 1 miles W of
Punta Santo Toms. Punta Santo Toms is the low,
rocky, S extremity of a square headland that
projects about 1 miles W from the general line
of the coast, and which is surrounded by kelp on
all sides; the land rises inland to Pico Acantilado,
2 miles ENE. The channel between Rocas Soledad
and Punta Santo Toms may be used by avoiding
the areas of kelp on each side; a submerged rock,
on which the sea breaks, lies on the edge of the
kelp, 3 cables NW of the point situated 1 miles
N of Punta Santo Toms. Thence:
Chart 2885 plan of Baha de Todos Santos
5 WSW of Cabo Banda (3145N, 11645W), a bold,
rocky headland at the NW extremity of the
promontory forming the S side of Baha de Todos
Santos; a rocky ledge extends 1 mile NW from the
cape. A light (truncated conical masonry tower,
6 m in height) is displayed from the cape. Thence:
6 WSW of Islas de Todos Santos (3 miles NW of
Cabo Banda), two barren islands, surrounded by
detached rocks and kelp, separated by a boat
channel; the S island is high, but the N island is
low and flat. A light (white concrete tower, 7 m in
height) is displayed from the S extremity of the S
island, and a light (7.144) stands on the NW
extremity of the N island.
Chart 3056
Useful marks
7.147
1 Cerro Las Pinitas (3117N, 11618W).
Pico Soledad (3136N, 11636W).
(Directions continue for the
coastal passage at 7.171; directions for
Baha de Todos Santos are given at 7.155)
Anchorages and minor bay
Punta San Jos
7.148
1 Anchorage, with good protection from the prevailing
winds, may be obtained in the lee of Punta San Jos
(3128N, 11636W) (7.146), but the anchorage is much
obstructed by kelp.
Local knowledge is required.
Puerto Santo Toms
7.149
1 Description. Puerto Santo Toms is a small bight
entered SE of Punta Santo Toms (3133N, 11642W)
(7.146), which affords good anchorage, sheltered from the
prevailing wind, in depths of from 11 to 18 m (36 to 60 ft).
During the winter months Ro Santo Toms flows into the
sea at the S entrance to the bight.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Anchorage may be obtained in depths of about 13 m
(43 ft) with Rocas Soledad (7.146) in line with the S
extremity of Punta Santo Toms, 2 cables from the
landing place below.
Landing may be effected on a small sandy beach on the
W side of the bay.
Baha Soledad
7.150
1 Baha Soledad (3135N, 11640W), is entered close N
of the headland (7.146) of which Punta Santo Toms is the
SW point. A sandy beach lines the head of the bay, which,
though free from detached dangers and with suitable depths
for anchoring, is completely exposed and should be
avoided. Kelp extends 5 cables offshore at the NE entrance
to the bay.
BAHA DE TODOS SANTOS
General information
Chart 2885 plan of Baha de Todos Santos
Description
7.151
1 Baha de Todos Santos lies between Cabo Banda
(3145N, 11645W) (7.146) and Punta San Miguel
(9 miles N) (7.156). The bay, though open W, is one of the
few places on the W coast of Baja California where shelter
from S gales can be obtained. The port of Ensenada stands
on the NE side of the bay and the small harbour of Puerto
El Sauzal on the N side of the bay.
2 Islas de Todos Santos (7.146) lie in the W entrance to
the bay; the passages on either side of these islands are
deep and wide.
239
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
Topography
7.152
1 The S side of the bay is formed by a promontory faced
by a continuous line of cliffs, about 4 miles long, from 12
to 43 m (40 to 140 ft) in height, behind which the land
rises steeply; detached rocks and kelp lie along the shore.
2 From the settlement of Punta Banda, situated at the root
of the promontory, the coast turns NNE and consists of a
low sandy beach which fronts the extensive Estero Punta
Banda; the mouth of this lagoon, which lies 4 miles NNE
of Punta Banda, is obstructed by a bank on which the sea
breaks continuously.
3 Ensenada and its environs, including the airport, occupy
the head of the bay.
The N side of the bay, from the entrance to the vicinity
of Ensenada, is bold, with cliffs 15 to 30 m high, and is
fringed with kelp.
Principal marks
7.153
1 Landmarks:
Pico Banda (3144N, 11644W); the peak rises
gently from S but falls away abruptly N, and
forms an excellent mark from S.
Islas de Todos Santos (N island) Lighthouse
(3149N, 11649W) (7.144).
2 Major light:
Islas de Todos Santos (N island) Light (3149N,
11649W) (7.144).
Other navigational aid
7.154
1 Racon. Islas de Todos Santos (N island) Light
(3149N, 11649W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 7.147)
Entry from south
7.155
1 From the vicinity of 3145N, 11650W the track leads
ENE into the bay, passing, in deep water, between the
dangers extending 1 mile NW from Cabo Banda (3145N,
11645W) (7.146) and S of Islas de Todos Santos
(3 miles NW) (7.146). Thence the line of bearing 060 of
Ensenada W Breakwater Light leads through the bay to
Ensenada port entrance and the pilot boarding position.
In 1972 a strong N set was experienced in this channel.
Entry from north
7.156
1 From the vicinity of 3155N, 11652W, the track leads
SE into the bay passing (with positions from Punta del
Morro (3152N, 11640W)):
NE of Bajo San Miguel (7 miles W), which is
surrounded by kelp, thence:
2 SW of Punta San Miguel (4 miles NW), a bold
point, 46 m high, from where a light (white round
concrete tower, 5 m in height) is displayed, thence:
NE of Islas de Todos Santos (7 miles SW) (7.146);
a field of kelp extends 1 mile N of the N island.
Thence:
240
3 SW of a shoal depth of 46 m (15 ft) which lies
1 miles SW of Punta del Morro, a low point
situated at the opening of a valley; a light (white
hexagonal tower, 6 m in height) stands on the
point. A large kelp field extends up to 1 miles
offshore NW of Punta del Morro. Thence:
4 SW of a shoal depth of 09 m (3 ft) (1 miles ESE)
lying 5 cables offshore in the approach to
Ensenada.
Thence, if bound for Ensenada, to the pilot boarding
position (7.159).
(Directions for Ensenada continue at 7.161)
Ensenada
General information
7.157
1 Position. Ensenada (3151N, 11638W) is situated on
the NE side of Baha de Todos Santos.
Function. A port of entry and principal port of Baja
California, provides alongside berthing facilities for
container, bulk cargo and cruise vessels; there is also
accommodation for fishing vessels, yachts and a naval
base. The population of the city is about 260 000.
2 Traffic. In 2002, 228 ships called totalling
3 720 482 dwt.
Port Authority. Comision Nacional Coordinadora de
Puertos, Boulevard Teniente Azueta 224, Recinto Portuario,
22800 Ensenada, Mexico.
Website: www.puertoensenada.org
Limiting conditions
7.158
1 Controlling depths. Entrance channel, 13 m; turning
basin, 12 m.
Deepest and longest berth. Multiple use terminal; see
7.162.
Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables
Vol 3. Mean spring range about 16 m; mean neap range
05 m.
2 Density of water: 1024.4 g/cm3.
Maximum size of vessel handled. Cruise liners up to
100 000 grt and 310 m LOA.
Arrival information
7.159
1 Coast and port radio. For details see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volumes 1(2) and 6(5).
Notice of ETA: 24 hours.
Outer anchorage may be obtained, weather permitting,
S of entrance in depths of from 11 to 18 m (36 to 60 ft); if
a S gale is expected anchorage may be obtained in the S
side of Baha de Todos Santos in the lee of Cabo Banda
(7.146).
2 Pilotage is compulsory for entering the harbour and is
available 24 hours provided prior arrangements are made;
the pilot boarding area is about 1 miles SW from the port
entrance.
Tugs available; compulsory for vessels over 2500 tons.
Harbour
7.160
1 General layout. The harbour is protected on its W side
by a breakwater which extends about 1800 m SE from
Punta Ensenada (31504N, 116384W), a steep
promontory, 113 m high, and on its S side by a breakwater
which extends about 500 m WSW from a point on the
shore, 1 miles SE of Punta Ensenada. The entrance
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
Ensenada from NW (7.160)
(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph Administracion Portuaria Integral de Ensenada, SA de CV)
between the breakwaters is about 350 m wide. The main
cargo berthing areas stand on reclaimed land on the N and
W sides of the harbour; a cruise liner terminal and marina
have been constructed on the E side. A naval base and
petroleum terminal are situated in the S part of the harbour.
2 Local weather. The prevailing winds are from NW and
SW; haze is reported to be common in the bay.
Directions
(continued from 7.156)
7.161
1 From the pilot boarding position, the port is approached
and entered from the S via a buoyed channel which
continues, with light-buoys (lateral), into the harbour.
Useful marks:
W breakwater light (truncated tower, 12 m in height).
E breakwater light (metal framework tower, 7 m in
height).
Principal berths
7.162
1 Coastal wharf: length 348 m; depth alongside 46 to
64 m.
No 1 Berth: length 156 m; depth alongside 85 m.
Multiple use terminal Nos 2 to 4 Berths: combined
length 480 m; depth alongside 11 m.
Cruise liner terminal (NE side of port): three berths.
Port services
7.163
1 Repairs: floating dock; length 73 m, breadth 13 m,
lifting capacity 1422 tonnes; mechanical lift dock; length
241
75 m, breadth 16 m, lifting capacity 2250 tonnes; patent
slip; lifting capacity 508 tonnes.
Other facilities: hospitals; deratting exemption
certificates.
2 Supplies: provisions and fresh water (limited in
summer) available; bunkers by road tanker.
Communications: local airport. International airport at
Tijuana, 120 km distant.
Small craft
7.164
1 Marina facilities in the cruise liner terminal.
Puerto El Sauzal
7.165
1 General information. Puerto El Sauzal, a fishing port,
is situated at Punta Sauzal (31537N, 116427W) on the
N side of Baha de Todos Santos.
The harbour is approached on the alignment of leading
lights (truncated metal towers, 11 (front) and 16 m (rear) in
height) and entered between breakwaters about 200 m in
length, from the heads of which lights (metal framework
towers, 7 m in height) are displayed.
Anchorage
7.166
1 Anchorage may be obtained in the bight situated about
4 miles E of Cabo Banda (3145N, 11645W) (7.146) in
depths of from 6 to 18 m (18 to 60 ft), sand and mud. This
anchorage is considered the best open anchorage on the
coast during S gales, and the prevailing N winds are not
felt with any strength here.
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 7

ISLAS DE TODOS SANTOS TO THE
APPROACHES TO SAN DIEGO BAY
General information
Chart 3056
Route
7.167
1 From the vicinity of Islas de Todos Santos (3148N,
11648W) to the approaches to San Diego Bay (3240N,
11712W), the coastal passage leads NNW for about
50 miles.
Topography
7.168
1 The coast between Punta San Miguel (3154N,
11645W) and Punta Salsipuedes, a low, ill-defined point
11 miles NW, is formed into a bay lined by alternate sandy
bluffs and rocky cliffs about 15 m high, and is backed by
low hills, with a mountain range a few miles inland.
Thence to Punta Descanso, 15 miles farther NNW, the coast
is generally sandy with an occasional rocky cliff, with a
range of hills rising immediately behind it.
2 From Punta Descanso to the Boundary Monument,
situated 17 miles N, the coast is generally bluff and from
15 to 25 m high; a few miles inland there is a range of
hills, about 122 m high, backed by a range of mountains.
North of the monument, tableland falls to low, marshy
ground, which extends N to San Diego Bay; Ro Tijuana
flows into the sea about 1 miles N of the monument
where it is known as Tijuana River.
Principal marks
7.169
1 Landmarks:
Pico Agudo (3217N, 11656W), a triple peaked
mountain.
Monte Mesa (3 miles N of Punta Agudo).
2 Islas Coronados (Los Coronados) (3225N,
11716W), four rocky islets lying 7 miles offshore.
Coronado del Sur, the S and largest island, appears
as a wedge shaped mass when seen from N or S;
during the rainy season it is covered with flowers,
but at other times it has a stark appearance.
Coronado del Norte, on the NW side of the group
is a barren rock, as are the two smaller islands in
the middle.
3 Boundary Monument (32320N, 117075W)
(7.182).
Cabrillo National Monument on Point Loma
(3240N, 11714W) (8.39).
Major lights:
Islas de Todos Santos (N island) Light (3149N,
11649W) (7.144).
4 Tijuana Light (white concrete tower, 22 m in height)
(3232N, 11707W), which stands close S of the
international boundary (7.182).
Point Loma Light (3240N, 11715W) (8.39).

Bull Ring

Boundary Monument

Tijuana Light from W (7.169)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

242
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
Other navigational aids
7.170
1 Racons:
Islas de Todos Santos (N island) Lighthouse
(3149N, 11649W).
Puerto Cueva Light (3225N, 11715W) (7.181) on
Coronado del Sur.
San Diego Approach Light-buoy (3237N,
11715W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 7.147)
Charts 2885 plan of Baha de Todos Santos, 3056
7.171
1 From a position WSW of Islas de Todos Santos
(3148N, 11648W) the coastal passage leads NNW
passing (with positions from Punta Descanso (3216N,
11701W)):
Clear of a light-buoy (special) moored 2 miles NW
of the N of Islas de Todos Santos, and:
WSW of Bajo San Miguel (2 miles N of the N of
Islas de Todos Santos) (7.156), thence:
2 WSW of Roca Piln de Azcar (4 miles SE), a small
rock lying 1 miles offshore, thence:
WSW of Punta Descanso, which is surmounted by a
hill 112 m (392 ft) high, thence:
WSW of Rosarito Oil Terminal (6 miles NNW)
(7.173); offshore berths lie up to 1 miles
offshore. Thence:
3 Either side of Islas Coronados (14 miles NW) (7.169).
There is a deep passage, about 1 miles wide,
between Coronado del Norte and the other islets
but it is obstructed by kelp and its use is not
recommended. The passage, 7 miles wide, between
the islets and the mainland, is clear and safe but
deep-draught vessels should note a depth of 165 m
(54 ft), position approximate, which lies about
2 miles SSE of Coronado del Sur. A light (white
concrete tower, 6 m in height) is displayed from
the S extremity of Coronado del Sur, and kelp
extends 2 miles SE from this island. Thence:
4 Clear of a dangerous wreck (3232N, 11712W)
which lies 4 miles W of the International
Boundary Monument (7.182); a light-buoy (special)
is moored between the Monument and the wreck.
Thence:
To the vicinity of SD Light-buoy (32373N,
117147W) (8.41).
Useful marks
7.172
1 Punta Salsipudes Light (3204N, 11653W) (not
charted).
Puerto Cueva Light (3225N, 11715W) (7.181).
Aero light (3230N, 11701W).
(Directions continue for San Diego Bay at 8.41 and
for the passage to San Pedro Bay at 8.112; directions
for San Clemente Island are given at 8.71)
Rosarito Oil Terminal
Chart 3056
General information
7.173
1 Position and function. Rosarito Oil Terminal (3221N,
11705W), situated about 11 miles S of the Boundary
Monument, comprises two offshore berths, using anchors
and mooring buoys, and an SBM berth.
Port Authority. Puertos Mexicanos, Municipio Libre No
377, Piso 12, Ala B Col Santa Cruz Atoyac, 03310 Mexico
City, Mexico.
Local weather and sea state
7.174
1 The berths are exposed to a heavy W or NW swell,
particularly during the summer months and the engines
should be kept ready at short notice. If the height of the
swell exceeds 3 m cargo operations are suspended. Boat
work is often hazardous.
Poor visibility may be experienced in this area in the
summer months.
Arrival information
7.175
1 Port operations. Berthing/unberthing is undertaken in
daylight only.
Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 (5).
Anchorage on arrival may be obtained within the
charted anchorage W and NW of the SBM.
2 Pilotage is compulsory; the pilot boards about 2 miles
WSW of the SBM (32209N, 117062W), from a black
hulled launch, for either the SBM or the conventional
berths. In adverse weather vessels will be advised to
proceed to Ensenada (7.157), where the pilot will board not
less than 3 miles from the breakwater. The pilot and a
Boarding Officer remain on board the vessel during cargo
operations. Berthing/unberthing is undertaken in daylight
only.
3 Tugs are not available.
Restricted area. The terminal lies within a restricted
area as charted.
Directions
7.176
1 There are ample depths in the approach to the berths. A
recommended approach from S is with Coronado del Sur
bearing 345 until within 4 miles of the S extremity of the
island when course may be altered to 072, for about
6 miles, to the offshore berths. A light-buoy is moored off
each anchor berth and a light is displayed from the SBM
berth.
2 Useful marks:
Radio mast (3220N, 11704W) (conspicuous),
standing close N of the mouth of Ro Rosario.
Power station, with four grey chimneys, each 45 m
high, and a fifth, 60 m high, (red obstruction
lights), is prominent abreast the terminal about
2 miles NNW of Ro Rosario; a tank farm, of
white tanks with coloured bands, stands close N of
the power station.
3 Group of radio masts (red lights) (position
approximate) which stand about 1 miles N of the
tank farm.
Light (3221N, 11705W).
Berths
7.177
1 In addition to the SBM on the S side of the port there
are two anchor berths, about 5 cables apart, each with five
mooring buoys for stern and breast lines, each with a depth
of 152 m; both anchors are used and on completion of
berthing the heading is around 300. The N berth is used
for the discharge of ammonia and the S berth for oil.
243
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 7
2 Maximum size of vessel:
Berth No 1: LOA 210 m, draught 104 m, 26 500 grt,
fuel oils, jet fuel, diesel.
Berth No 2: LOA 171 m, draught 85 m, 17 000 grt,
LPG products.
SBM: LOA 215 m, draught 152 m, 35 000 grt, light
oil (gasoline).
Port services
7.178
1 Repairs: no facilities.
Other facilities: medical attention can be arranged in an
emergency.
Supplies: bunkers and fresh water not available; limited
quantities of provisions can be delivered (weather
permitting).
Anchorages and shelter
Baha Descanso
7.179
1 Description. Baha Descanso is the wide indentation in
the coast formed between Punta Mezquite (3210N,
11655W) and Punta Descanso (8 miles NW) (7.171);
with the exception of Roca Piln de Azcar (7.171), in the
middle of the bay, there are no off-lying dangers.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Anchorage. The bay is exposed but anchorage may be
obtained along the shore in depths of from 15 to 27 m (8
to 15 fm); small vessels sometimes anchor off Rancho
Descanso (2 miles N of Punta Mezquite), a settlement
which may be identified by sandhills to the N of it. Small
coasters have been reported to obtain anchorage S of Roca
Piln de Azcar.
244
Coronado del Sur
7.180
1 Anchorage has been obtained, sheltered from the
prevailing winds, a short distance S of the middle of the E
side of Coronado del Sur (3224N, 11715W) (7.169) in
depths of 15 m (48 ft), sand.
Landing may be effected in a small cove, open N, near
this anchorage.
Puerto Cueva
7.181
1 Puerto Cueva (3225N, 11715W) is a small cove on
the NE side of Coronado del Sur which provides shelter for
fishermen.
A light (white octagonal concrete tower, 10 m in height,
racon) is displayed from the cove.
International Boundary
Charts 3056, 2324
7.182
1 The Boundary Monument (32320N, 117075W),
which marks the boundary between Mexico and the United
States of America, is a conspicuous marble obelisk, 6 m in
height, which stands at an elevation of 125 m (41 ft) at the
edge of low tableland and just N of Tijuana Light (7.169).
A conspicuous bull ring is situated on the beach close ESE
of this monument.
2 One mile E of the monument, a stone mound (elevation
111 m (365 ft)) marks a second point on the boundary,
which then leads inland in an 085 direction, passing close
N of the city of Tijuana until it reaches Ro Colorado.
The seaward extension of the boundary, from the
monument, leads 265 for 5 miles, thence NNW for
2 miles, thence WNW for 11 miles to position 323522N,
1172749W.
Home Contents Index

NOTES

245
Home Contents Index

Chapter 8 - San Diego to Point Arguello, including the Channel Islands

121 120 119 118 117

35 35

899

Point Arguello

778

C A L I F O R N I A
8.284
8.254
Port Hueneme 899
899

34 34
Santa Rosa Santa Cruz
Island Island 8.230
8.17 5
8.203 Long Beach
246

Los Angeles
8.320
1081
1082

8.13 4
8.79
Santa Catalina
Island
San Nicholas 1063
Island
8.91

33 8.66 33
San Clemente 8.104
Island

8 . 15
San
Diego

899 2885

121 120 Longitude 119 West from Greenwich 118 117

March 2004
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
SAN DIEGO TO POINT ARGUELLO, INCLUDING THE CHANNEL ISLANDS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 899
Scope of chapter
8.1
1 The area covered by this chapter comprises the passages
along and off the coast of California from the approaches
to San Diego Bay (3240N, 11712W) to Point Arguello
(215 miles NW). Included in the description are the
Channel Islands, eight islands extending in two groups over
a distance of 130 miles off the coast of S California, the
major ports of San Diego (8.15), Long Beach (8.175), Los
Angeles (8.203) and Port Hueneme (8.254), and the
recreational harbours along the coast including Mission Bay
(8.114), Oceanside (8.122), Newport Bay (8.141), Marina
del Rey (8.247), Ventura (8.293), Santa Barbara (8.296) and
many others.
2 It is divided into the following sections:
San Diego Bay to San Pedro Bay (8.15).
San Pedro Bay and approaches (8.161).
San Pedro Bay to Point Hueneme (8.228).
Point Hueneme to Point Arguello including the
Channel Islands Northern Group (8.277).
Pacific Missile Range
8.2
1 A sea test range is established off Point Mugu (3405N,
11903W) (8.238) on the coast of southern California; the
test area extends SW for 170 miles and is up to 100 miles
wide. Operations, which comprise intermittent firing of
rockets, missiles, torpedoes and gunnery exercises, take
place continuously. Vessels intending to transit the range
area should make contact with PLEAD CONTROL, the US
Navy Station at Point Mugu, before entering the area. For
details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3(2).
2 Vessels inbound or outbound to or from ports in S
California should use Santa Barbara Channel (8.284).
Weather
8.3
1 The mild climate is controlled by the North Pacific
anticyclone which, aided by sea breezes, brings winds from
over the sea which help keep coastal temperatures up in
winter and down in summer. Winter is the rainy season
though not much rain falls along these coasts.
2 Strong winds and rough seas, though less frequent than
farther N, can cause a problem between the middle of
autumn and late spring; the Santa Ana (1.184), a strong
local wind, also generates gales along sections of this coast.
Sea fog is frequent in this area; it is persistent and
widespread, particularly in the summer and autumn N of
Santa Monica, and in the autumn and winter S of Santa
Monica. See also 1.193.
Traffic regulations
8.4
1 Traffic Separation Scheme is established, as shown on
the chart, in the approaches to Los Angeles/Long Beach,
thence along Santa Barbara Channel; it extends for about
160 miles from position 33197N, 118034W, in Gulf of
Santa Catalina, to position 34247N, 120522W, W of
Point Conception.
2 The scheme is divided into two sections by a
precautionary area which is established in the approaches to
Los Angeles and Long Beach Harbors.
The traffic lanes are 1 mile wide, and the separation
zone is 2 miles wide, except for a 6 mile section of the
scheme immediately W of the precautionary area where it
is 1 mile wide.
3 This TSS is IMO-adopted and Rule 10 of International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) applies.
IMO recommended tracks (9.4) link the TSS off Point
Conception (8.287) and the approaches to San Francisco
(10.16).
8.5
1 Areas to be Avoided. Channel Islands National Marine
Sanctuary has been established for the protection and
preservation of marine life and other natural resources in
the waters surrounding the islands of San Miguel, Santa
Rosa, Santa Cruz and Anacapa in the N group (3400N,
12000W), and Santa Barbara (3328N, 11902W) in the
S group; the limits of the protected areas are shown on the
chart.
2 The area supports a rich and diverse marine culture,
since it is located in a transition zone between N and S
waters.
In order to avoid the risk of pollution, all cargo-carrying
ships, in particular tankers and other bulk carriers, except
those bound to and from the island ports, should avoid
these areas.
For a description of, and restrictions in, marine
sanctuaries see 1.45.
Regulated Navigation Areas and Limited Access Areas
8.6
1 Regulated navigation area is a water area within a
defined boundary for which regulations for vessels
navigating within the area have been established.
Safety zone is an area to which, for safety or
environmental purposes, access is limited to vessels
authorized by the Captain of the Port.
2 Security zones are areas so designated by the Captain
of the Port for such time as is necessary to safeguard the
security of vessels and port installations; access is limited
to vessels authorized by the Captain of the Port or District
Commander.
3 Restricted areas are areas into which, in general, only
United States government vessels may enter. Other vessels,
if permitted to enter, should proceed through by the most
direct route.
For further information on regulated navigation areas
and limited access areas see 1.52 and Appendices V and
VI.
Data collection buoys
8.7
1 In the area covered by this chapter a number of
uncharted light-buoys (special), marked Wave Buoy, may
be encountered. These buoys form part of a long term
Coastal Data Information Program and transmit data for use
in marine weather broadcasts.
247
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
Rescue
8.8
1 In the area covered by this chapter there are Coast
Guard stations at:
North San Diego Bay, at the SE corner of Lindbergh
Field (3244N, 11711W) (8.34).
San Diego Air Station, at Lindbergh Field.
Los Angeles Air Station, at Los Angeles International
Airport (3357N, 11824W).
Los Angeles/Long Beach, on the W side of
Reservation Point (33435N, 118160W) (8.212).
Channel Islands Harbor (3410N, 11913W) (8.307).
For services provided see 1.62.
SAN DIEGO BAY TO SAN PEDRO BAY
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 899
Area covered
8.10
1 In this section are described the passages, harbours and
anchorages between San Diego Bay (3240N, 11712W)
and San Pedro Bay (80 miles NW); it is arranged as
follows:
San Diego Bay and approaches (8.15).
Channel Islands Southern Group (8.62).
Point Loma to Dana Point (8.104).
Dana Point to San Pedro Bay (8.134).
Topography
8.11
1 For San Diego Bay, see 8.17.
Between Point Loma (3240N, 11714W) (8.39) and
Point Fermin (82 miles NW), the W entrance to San Pedro
Bay, the coast recedes to form Gulf of Santa Catalina. The
shores of the gulf are thickly populated, and the buildings
of numerous towns and resorts show up well from seaward.
The harbour of Newport Bay, and several other boat
harbours lie along this coast. In San Pedro Bay (8.161), at
the head of the gulf, is the city of Long Beach, and to the
W of it, Wilmington and San Pedro, suburbs of Los
Angeles.
2 The high peaks of mountain ranges, some 20 miles
inland, are visible from offshore; prominent amongst them
is Santiago Peak, a double headed peak, which rises to an
elevation of 1734 m (5687 ft) (chart 2530) 17 miles NNE of
Dana Point (3328N, 11743W) (8.112). Nearer the coast
San Onofre Mountain and Margarita Peak, which lie
12 miles SE, and 16 miles E respectively, of Dana Point,
are prominent. Behind the broken lines of the coastal range
the peaks of higher ranges can be seen.
3 W of Point Fermin, Palos Verdes Hills rise sharply to an
elevation of 450 m at the W entrance to San Pedro Bay.
Offshore, the islands of San Clemente (3253N,
11827W) (8.66) and Santa Catalina (18 miles NNE) (8.79)
are prominent.
Concentrations of naval vessels
8.12
1 Concentrations of naval vessels may be encountered in
the approaches to San Diego Bay (3240N, 11712W).
248
Coast radio stations
8.9
1 In addition to the main coast radio stations on Pacific
coast of the United States, the following VHF/RT stations
operate in the area covered by this chapter:
San Diego (3242N, 11715W).
Santiago Peak/Dana Point (3343N, 11732W).
Avalon/San Pedro (3321N, 11821W).
Redondo Beach (3345N, 11820W).
Santa Barbara (3432N, 11959W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 1(2).
Traffic separation scheme
8.13
1 A TSS is established, as shown on the chart, in Gulf of
Santa Catalina and in the S approaches to San Pedro Bay;
see 8.4.
Local Weather
8.14
1 Fog is prevalent in this area during the autumn and
winter; offshore, September and October are the worst
months, whilst along the coast November, December and
February, are the worst months. It forms during the night
and tends to dissipate by late morning, particularly along
the coast.
Winds are generally moderate; gale force winds are
occasionally experienced between the months of November
to April.
SAN DIEGO BAY AND APPROACHES
General information
Charts 2885 plan of San Diego Bay, 3056, 899
General description
8.15
1 San Diego Bay (3240N, 11712W) is the best natural
harbour on the Pacific coast of United States of America S
of San Francisco; it affords good protection in any weather.
The first known European visit was by the Spanish
explorer Juan Rodriguez Cabrillo who anchored in the bay
in September 1542. In 1769 the Franciscans founded their
first mission in the old town of San Diego on the banks of
San Diego River; the present city was founded in 1851 on
a plain at the foot of the hills on the E side of the bay.
Function
8.16
1 San Diego is a port of entry and it is equipped to handle
all manner of commercial vessels, including passenger
vessels. It is also the main naval base for the United States
Pacific Fleet and the headquarters of the Eleventh Naval
District.
Topography
8.17
1 San Diego Bay is separated from the ocean by Silver
Strand, a low, narrow sandspit, the S part of which is a
State Park, which extends 7 miles NW from Imperial Beach
(3235N, 11708W) (8.41); at its NW extremity the
sandspit expands to a width of 1 miles to form an area
known as North Island which has a United States Naval
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
Air Station on its W side and the residential and resort city
of Coronado on its E side. The entrance to the bay is
dominated on its W side by Point Loma (3240N,
11714W) (8.39).
2 The inner shores of the bay are occupied by built up
areas, the skylines of which are prominent from S in clear
weather. The city of San Diego occupies the central part of
the inner side of the harbour and the towns of La Playa,
Roseville and Loma Portal are situated on its NW shore.
South of San Diego, National City and Chula Vista extend
to South San Diego at the head of the bay.
Approach and entry
8.18
1 San Diego Bay is approached and entered from S, on
the alignment of leading lights, through a dredged channel
marked by light-buoys.
Traffic
8.19
1 In 2002, 385 vessels called totalling 6 9909 836 dwt.
Port Authority
8.20
1 San Diego Unified Port District, 3165 Pacific Highway,
P.O. Box 120488, San Diego CA 921120448, USA.
Website: www.portofsandiego.org
Limiting conditions
Controlling depths
8.21
1 The project depth for the harbour entrance channel as
far as the turning basin on the NE side of North Island is
128 m (42 ft), thence 122 m (40 ft) to the SE corner of
Tenth Avenue Marine Terminal, thence 106 m (35 ft) to a
basin SW of National City Marine Terminal (24th Street
Marine Terminal).
For the latest controlling depths the chart and the port
authorities should be consulted.
Vertical clearances
8.22
1 A fixed highway bridge, linking San Diego with
Coronado, crosses San Diego Bay 3 cables S of Tenth
Avenue Marine Terminal (32420N, 117095W). The
vertical clearance under the two centre spans is 594 m over
a width of 183 m in each case. For the opening on the N
side of the channel the vertical clearance is 533 m over a
width of 1524 m, and for the opening on the S side, a
vertical clearance of 475 m over a width of 591 m.
Deepest and longest berths
8.23
1 Tenth Avenue Marine Terminal (8.46).
Tidal levels
8.24
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
range about 17 m; mean neap range about 06 m.
Density of water
8.25
1 The density of water in the bay is 1025 g/cm3.
Maximum size of vessel handled
8.26
1 There is no restriction on length and breadth but the
maximum draught is reported to be about 12 m; a vessel
188 099 dwt, draught 104 m, has used the port.
249
Arrival information
Port radio
8.27
1 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(5).
Notice of ETA
8.28
1 The notice of ETA required is 48 hours in advance, with
changes at least 2 hours before arrival. Vessels are advised
to avoid arriving between 0715 and 1045 hours on
Mondays, or on mornings following public holidays, owing
to the heavy movement of US naval vessels.
A vessel is considered to be an arrived vessel at that
time when the vessel is boarded by the pilot at the
SD Light-buoy (3237N, 11715W).
Outer anchorage
8.29
1 Vessels awaiting a pilot may anchor, in convenient
depths, to SE of the entrance channel, but clear of the
restricted area as shown on the chart. Anchorage in the
restricted area is only allowed with the specific permission
of the local naval authorities.
2 The following lie in the anchorage area S of Coronado
(positioned from Coronado Hotel (32408N, 117106W):
TG1 Mooring buoy (2 miles S).
Cable area (centred 8 cables SSE).
Obstruction (reported 1992, position approximate)
(3 miles S).
Pilotage and tugs
8.30
1 Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels and all
vessels over 300 grt, and is available 24 hours. The pilot
office is at Tenth Avenue Marine Terminal (32420N,
117095W) and the pilot boats are stationed at Shelter
Island (32425N, 117140W). Pilots board vessels in the
vicinity of the SD Light-buoy (3237N, 11715W), as
shown on the chart, from one of two white launches with
the word PILOT on the front of the deckhouse.
SD Light-buoy should usually be left to port, unless
otherwise directed. The vessels speed should be maintained
at 7 kn and the ladder is usually required on the lee side,
about 2 m above the water.
Tugs are available.
Traffic regulations
8.31
1 Restricted Areas, as shown on the chart, are established
in the following areas:
In the port approaches S of Point Loma (3240N,
11714W).
In the area, charted as Naval Anchorage, E of Point
Loma.
2 In the entrance channel at Ballast Point (32412N,
117139W), and on each side of the channel
7 cables NNW, and 6 cables NNE of Ballast Point.
At Navy Pier (32429N, 117105W).
An area (not charted) off the NE of North Island,
partially overlapping the Security Zone and on the
approach to the berthing area of the Naval Air
Station (see below).
3 An area surrounding the Naval Amphibious Base in
South San Diego Bay extending E and out to
about 1 miles SE from the entrance to Glorietta
Bay (32407N, 117102W).
Security Zones, not all of which are shown on the
chart, are established in the following areas:
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
4 At the installations 2 cables N, 10 cables N, and
6 cables NNE, respectively, of Ballast Point.
At the berthing area (32423N, 117111W) at the
Naval Air Station on North Island.
At Navy Pier (32429N, 117105W).
At the Naval Amphibious Base (see above) and
within the Restricted Area.
5 At The Naval Station San Diego (3240N,
11707W).
The waters out to 100 yards radius of a cruise ship
within the San Diego port area.
Safety Zone, as shown on the chart, is established in the
vicinity of the Coast Guard Station (32436N,
117109W).
6 Regulated Navigation Area lies immediately N of the
Restricted Area lying E of Ballast Point and is in force
during submarine docking/undocking operations.
For remarks on these areas see 8.6. For details see
Appendices V and VI.
8.32
1 Inland Rules of the Road are in force in San Diego
inward of the line joining the following points:
Zuiga Jetty Light V (32409N, 117133W), thence
S to;
Zuiga Jetty Light Z (32400N, 117134W), thence
W to;
Point Loma Light (3240N, 11714W).
2 See Appendix VII.
The ship channels in San Diego Bay are designated
narrow channels for the purposes of enforcing Rule 9 of the
Navigation Rules for Inland Waters.
Movement restrictions. No vessel over 1600 grt should
transit the San Diego-Coronado Bay Bridge (8.22), in poor
visibility conditions, if the bridge is not held visually
within stopping distance.
3 Tankers and barges carrying petroleum products,
explosive or other hazardous materials should not
commence a movement in the approaches to or within the
outer or inner harbour of San Diego when visibility of less
than 5 cables is prevalent.
4 Speed limits. The maximum speed within San Diego
Bay is restricted to 10 kn except in that part of the channel
between Ballast Point (32412N, 117139W) and Nos 14
and 15 Light-buoys (5 cables N) where vessels shall
proceed at their minimum safe manoeuvring speed, usually
about 5 kn. Notwithstanding this all vessels, including small
boats, shall regulate their speed so that no damage will be
caused by the wash to wharves, piers, docks, boats, other
ships and installations.
Quarantine and customs
8.33
1 Vessels are usually boarded and cleared when alongside
their berths. Small commercial vessels and fishing vessels
are boarded at the Broadway Pier (32430N, 117105W).
Pleasure craft and yachts which are subject to inspection
should make arrangements through the Harbor Police at
Shelter Island (32425N, 117140W).
2 All foreign flag yachts must report immediately at the
police dock on arrival irrespective of their last port. San
Diego is a port of entry and, being in the front line of the
war against illegal drug importation, the authorities take
their duties very seriously.
For further information on quarantine and customs
see 1.48.
250
Harbour
General layout
8.34
1 San Diego Bay is crescent shaped, about 12 miles in
length and varying in width between 3 cables and 2 miles.
It is entered between Ballast Point (32412N, 117139W)
(8.42) and Zuiga Point (5 cables ESE) (8.42). The main
berthing areas and port facilities, which are accessed
through the main channel, line the N shores of the bay.
2 The principal naval berthing areas are situated at:
Ballast Point.
Navy Pier (32429N, 117105W) (8.45).
Naval Air Station North Island (3242N, 11711W)
(8.45).
Naval Station San Diego (3240N, 11707W) (8.45).
3 The principal commercial berthing areas are situated at:
B Street and Broadway Piers (32430N, 117105W)
(8.46).
Tenth Avenue Marine Terminal at San Diego
(32420N, 117095W) (8.46).
National City (24th Street) Marine Terminal (3239N,
11707W) (8.46).
4 There are extensive berthing areas for small craft at
Shelter Island (8.52), situated 1 miles N of Ballast Point,
and Harbor Island (8.55), situated 3 miles NE of Ballast
Point, and in addition, around the harbour, there are a
number of small jetties, boat basins and marinas.
San Diego International Airport (Lindbergh Field)
occupies the N side of the bay behind Harbor Island.
5 From the W basin at Harbor Island a channel in which
there is a least charted depth of 40 m (13 ft) leads about
8 cables NNE to a basin at Loma Portal. The narrow
entrance to the channel is spanned by two bridges, the
lowest having a vertical clearance of 6.4 m (21 ft) at HW.
Submarine cables and pipelines
8.35
1 Submarine cables and pipelines are laid in many places
throughout the bay as shown on the chart. Also, pipelines
and cables, additional to those charted, may exist and may
not have been buried, or may have become exposed.
Extreme caution should be exercised when operating in
depths of water comparable to the draught of the vessel, or
when anchoring, or when trawling.
For further information see The Mariners Handbook.
Measured distance
8.36
1 There is a measured distance in the bay centred at
32435N, 117120W on the S side of Harbor Island;
distance 6076 ft; running track 090270, with mile
marker points.
Degaussing station
8.37
1 A DG range is located on the entry leading line in the
main channel in the vicinity of Ballast Point (32412N,
117139W). It comprises an 80 ft channel range abreast
Ballast Point and a 50 ft channel range 900 ft S of the
point. A 30 ft minesweeper range is situated on the E side
of the channel, 2 cables E of Ballast Point.
Natural conditions
8.38
1 Tidal streams set generally in the direction of the
channels at rates of from to 5 kn. On the out-going
stream there is a slight set towards Zuiga Shoal (8.42) S
of the jetty. Care should be taken whilst passing Ballast
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Hotels at Coronada

Tanks at W side of Point Loma (8.39.1)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

Point as a vessel may take a sudden sheer caused by a a conspicuous disused lighthouse standing
cross-current deflected from this point. 1 cables SSW; the statue is often visible above
2 An eddy, of unpredictable velocity and direction, is the fog when the old lighthouse is obscured.
usually encountered along the ends of the municipal piers, 3 Group of tanks on Point Loma (5 cables NW of the
namely B Street, Broadway and Navy Piers, which can statue).
make berthing difficult; great care should be exercised and Tower (32423N, 117150W) on Point Loma.
without local knowledge the use of a pilot is essential. Tank (2 cables NNE of the tower), painted in red and
3 Weather. Radiation fog is common on about 3 to 7 days white chequers.
each month between September and April and is worst 4 Tower (32427 N, 117115W) of the Naval Air
during the late night and early morning; December is the Station Administration Building surmounted by an
foggiest month. aerolight, 55 m in height and painted red and
Winds in the area are strongest between November and white, on North Island.
April. Although gales are rare gusts of wind have reached South Tower (32408N, 117106W), Coronado
a speed of 50 kn on occasion during this season. Hotel; a small breakwater extends from the shore
Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.216. in the vicinity of the hotel.
5 Major lights:
Tijuana Light (3232N, 11707W) (7.169).
Principal marks Point Loma Lighthouse (black house on white square
8.39 pyramidal framework tower, 21 m in height)
1 Landmarks: (3240N, 11714W).
Boundary Monument (32320N, 117075W) Lindbergh Field Aero Light (32437N, 117108W).
(7.182).
Tijuana Lighthouse (3232N, 11707W) (7.169).
2 Statue (32404N, 117143W), on the summit of
Point Loma, a long, narrow peninsula, about 120 m Other navigational aids
high, which is bare of trees, except in the gullies 8.40
and around the buildings near its summit; 1 Racons:
elsewhere it is covered with coarse grass and low Puerto Cueva Light (3225N, 11715W) on
bushes. There are a number of installations at its S Coronado del Sur (7.169).
end, and much of the peninsula is occupied by SD Light-buoy (3237N, 11715W).
naval establishments; from a distance the peninsula San-Diego-Coronado Bay Bridge (both sides)
has the appearance of an island. The statue is part (32414N, 117091W).
of the Cabrillo National Monument, which includes For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

251
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
Point Loma Light from S (8.39.2)
(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)
Directions
(continued from 7.172)
Approaches
8.41
1 From west. In clear weather, San Clemente Island
(3253N, 11827W) (8.66) will be sighted before the
distinguishing features of the coast can be seen.
A feature known as Coronado Escarpment, in which
depths rise from 1190 m (650 fm) to 200 m (100 fm) over a
distance of about 2 miles, extends NNW/SSE about
11 miles offshore in the approaches to San Diego Bay. It is
penetrated about 10 miles SW of Point Loma (3240N,
11714W) by Coronado Canyon in which similar depths
extend about 10 miles WSW/ENE.
2 Exercise activity is usually heavy in the W approaches
to San Diego Bay and an unmarked corridor about
1 miles wide has been established for the use of naval
vessels as follows:
From position 32363N, 117432W the N boundary
of the corridor leads E to longitude 117176W,
thence to the SD Light-buoy (3237N, 11715W),
thence to Point Loma Light (3240N, 11714W).
3 From position 32347N, 117432W the S boundary
of the corridor extends 090 to position 32350N,
117135W, thence N to 3240N.
From south. From a position WSW of the Boundary
Monuments (32320N, 117075W) (7.182), and clear of
the dangerous wreck (7.171), the approach to the San
Diego Entrance Channel leads generally N passing (with
positions from Point Loma Light (3240N, 11714W)):
4 W of the mouth of Ro Tijuana (8 miles SE)
(7.168); depths of 91 m (30 ft) or less, and an area
of kelp, extend up to 1 mile offshore in the
vicinity. Thence:
W of Imperial Beach (1 miles N of Ro Tijuana)
where there are three piers which make good radar
targets. An obstruction, marked by a buoy (orange
and white) lies off the head of the N pier. Thence:
5 E of SD Light-buoy (safe water) (2 miles S).
Thence:
E of No 3 Light-buoy (port hand) (1 miles S).
Entrance channel
8.42
1 Leading Lights:
Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on
white column) (32423N, 117140W), displayed
at the entrance to Shelter Island Yacht Basin.
Rear light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on
framework tower) (457 m N of the front light).
2 From a position close W of No 4 Light-buoy the
alignment (354) of these lights, (visible 352355),
leads N for about 3 miles into the bay, through a channel
marked by light-buoys (lateral), passing (with positions
from Point Loma Light (3240N, 11714W)):
3 E of Point Loma, from which a field of kelp extends
about 1 mile S; several dangerous wrecks, whose
positions can best be seen on the chart, lie within
5 cables S and E of the point. Thence:
4 W of Zuiga Shoal with depths over it of less than
55 m (18 ft) which extends 1 miles S from
Zuiga Point (1 miles NE), the low and sandy
point at the E entrance to the bay. A submerged
jetty, marked at intervals by five light-beacons
(white diamond daymarks on posts) extends 1 mile
S from Zuiga Point on the W side of the shoal.
Thence:
252
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Ballast Point from S (8.42)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

5 E of Ballast Point (1 miles NNE) which projects
about 2 cables from the E side of the peninsula
forming the W side of the entrance, a light (green
and white chequered diamond daymark on
platform on dolphin) is displayed from the point.
Two DG platforms stand within 1 cables S of
Ballast Point. Close N of Ballast Point is the
submarine base, which is surrounded by floating
protection barriers attached to light-buoys (special).
And:
6 W of a DG platform (1 cables E of Ballast Point);
two buoys (orange and white) are moored SW of
the platform. A rock awash (reported 2000) lies
80 m N of the platform, and a submerged jetty,
marked by lights (white diamonds, orange border
on piles), extends to the shore from close S of the
platform.
7 Thence the main channel, further marked by light-buoys
(lateral), leads through the bay for about 5 miles to the
vicinity of Tenth Avenue Marine Terminal, and a further
3 miles to the vicinity of National City (24th Street)
Marine Terminal. A highway bridge crosses the channel
3 cables S of Tenth Avenue Marine Terminal; see 8.22 for
vertical clearances. The centre of the main inbound channel
is marked on the NW side of the bridge by four lights
vertically disposed, the upper three white, the lower light
green; the centre of the main outbound channel is marked
on the SE side of the bridge in similar fashion.
8 Cautions. Vessels with a draught of 113 m or more
should exercise caution when navigating the channel
entrance, between Nos 5 and 6 Light-buoys and Ballast
Point, in swell conditions of 18 m or more; deep-draught
vessels have touched the bottom under such conditions.
9 At slack water, vessels anchored S of Harbor Island may
partly obstruct the main channel when swinging.
A dangerous wreck, position approximate, is charted in
the approach to Sweetwater Channel on the S side of
National City Marine Terminal.
Useful marks
8.43
1 Aero light (32427N, 117115W), displayed from
the Naval Air Station Tower on the N side of
North Island.
Lookout tower (32379N, 117084W).
Oil tanks (32367N, 117057W), at the head of San
Diego Bay.
Basins and berths
Anchorages
8.44
1 The anchorage areas for general use include all the
navigable waters of San Diego Bay with the exception of
the following areas which are shown on the chart:
1. Naval anchorages reserved for the use of US
Government vessels and authorized harbour pilot and patrol
boats, situated:
On the W side of the main channel, both N and S of
Ballast Point (32412N, 117139W).
2 S of Harbor Island (32435N, 117120W).
A3; E of the Coast Guard Station (32436N,
117109W).
2. Special anchorages in which the San Diego Unified
Port District controls the anchoring and placing of
temporary moorings, designated:

253
Home Contents Index
A1: in Shelter Island Yacht Basin (3243N,
11714W) (8.52).
3 A2: in Americas Cup Harbour (Commercial Basin)
(32434N, 117134W) (8.54).
A4: in the roadstead beneath the highway bridge
(8.22) and to the W of the main fairway.
A5: in Glorietta Bay (32407N, 117102W) (8.57).
A6: off the marina (32 392N, 117088W).
A8: W of the channel abreast National City (24th
Street) Marine Terminal (3239N, 11707W).
4 A9: immediately W of the Coast Guard Station.
3. B Street Anchorage (32432N, 117110W), which
is reserved for merchant vessels awaiting a berth.
4. Areas in which submarine cables and pipelines are
laid; the limits of these areas can best be seen on the chart.
Vessels anchoring in San Diego Harbor shall ensure a
free passage for other vessels, and shall not obstruct the
approaches to the wharves.
Naval berths
8.45
1 The depths quoted below are US charted depths and the
authorities should be consulted for the latest information.
Navy Pier (32429N, 117105W).
N and S sides; lengths 300 m, depths alongside
118 m.
2 Naval Air Station North Island (3242N, 11711W):
There are eight berths, mainly on the N side, with
depths between 118 m and 14.6 m (2001)
alongside. The berthing area is surrounded by
floating protection barriers attached to light-buoys
(special).
3 Naval Station San Diego (3240N, 11707W):
There are thirteen piers; Pier 8, the longest, is 490 m
in length with a depth of 113 m alongside.
Floating protection barriers attached to light-buoys
(special) surround these berths.
Commercial berths
8.46
1 The depths quoted below are reported depths and the
port authorities should be consulted for the latest
information.
B Street Pier (32430N, 117105W):
N and S sides; lengths 305 m, depths alongside 107
to 113 m.
W side; length 122 m; depth alongside 91 to 107 m.
2 Cruise vessels. A fog signal (horn) is sounded from
this pier.
Broadway Pier (close S):
N and S sides; lengths 305 m, depths alongside of
107 m.
W side; length 41 m, depth alongside 107 m.
Cruise vessels and miscellaneous craft.
3 Tenth Avenue Marine Terminal (32420N,
117095W):
Berths 1 and 2: length 357 m, depth alongside 94 .
Berths 3 to 6: length 786 m, depths alongside 10.4 to
107 m.
Petroleum products, molasses, containers and general
cargo.
4 Berths 7 and 8: length 280 m, depth alongside
125 m.
Dry bulk cargoes, containers.
CHAPTER 8
National City (24th Street) Marine Terminal (3239N,
11707W):
Berths 1 and 2: length 427 m, depths alongside 61 to
107 m.
5 General cargo and vehicles.
Berths 3, 4 and 5: length 305 m, depths alongside
107 to 113 m (4 and 5); length 312m, depth
alongside 128m (5).
General cargo and vehicles.
Berths 10 and 11: length 457 m, depths alongside
107 m.
6 General cargo, vehicles and timber; these two berths
are situated on the S side of the terminal in the
Sweetwater Channel which is marked by
light-beacons (starboard hand).
Port services
Repairs
8.47
1 Repairs of all kinds can be carried out.
Largest dry dock:
Length 3042 m; breadth 536 m; building and repairs.
Largest floating dock:
Length 1890 m; breadth 542 m; lifting capacity
25 000 tons.
Largest slipway:
Length 11585 m; lifting capacity 1400 tons.
Other facilities
8.48
1 DG (8.37); deratting inspections and certificates; garbage
disposal; hospitals; compass adjustment.
Supplies
8.49
1 Fresh water at all berths; fuel, diesel and lube oils;
bunkers by pipeline at Tenth Avenue Marine Terminal,
otherwise by barge; provisions and stores of all kinds.
Communications
8.50
1 San Diego International (Lindbergh Field Municipal)
Airport.
Rescue
8.51
1 The Coast Guard Station and Marine Safety Office
(32436N, 117109W) are situated on a promontory at
the SE corner of Lindbergh Field.
Small craft basins
Shelter Island Yacht Basin
8.52
1 Description. Shelter Island Yacht Basin is the SW of the
two basins formed inside Shelter Island (32425N,
117140W), an island about 1 mile long and 100 m wide,
which is joined to the mainland by a mole near its NE
extremity. The complexes at Shelter Island form the most
important small craft area in San Diego Bay.
2 The basin contains several large marinas and yacht
clubs, including the San Diego Yacht Club; there is
accommodation for more than 2000 boats at its piers, floats
and moorings. The Harbor Police Dock is situated just
inside the entrance and the police boats provide 24 hour
fire protection, law enforcement and assistance to small
boats in distress; the dock is also the boarding station for
Port Health, Immigration and Customs authorities.
3 Special Anchorage A1 (8.44) is situated on the W side
of the basin.
254
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
Directions. The basin is approached on the entry leading
line (8.42) and entered through a channel marked by a
light-beacon (starboard hand) off the W end of Shelter
Island. There is a least charted depth of 58 m (19 ft) in the
entrance, thence depths of about 46 m (15 ft) through the
basin, and depths of between 46 m (15 ft) and 27 m (9 ft)
at the berths.
Silvergate Yacht Club
8.53
1 Silvergate Yacht Club situated on the E side of Shelter
Island, 8 cables NE of the entrance to the Shelter Island
Yacht Basin, is a small basin enclosed by breakwaters,
entered directly from the main channel; a light (green and
white chequered diamond daymark on post) is displayed
from the head of the S breakwater.
Americas Cup Harbor
8.54
1 Description. Americas Cup Harbor (Commercial Basin)
is the NE of the two basins formed inside Shelter Island
(32425N, 117140W) (8.52); it can accommodate over
600 vessels including commercial fishing vessels. Special
Anchorage A2 is situated in the middle of the basin and is
reserved for fishing vessels. Repair yards can handle craft
up to 800 tons.
2 Directions. The basin is entered from the main channel
N of Nos 18 and 19 Light-buoys. The entrance, in which
there is a least charted depth of about 49 m (16 ft), is
marked by No 1 Light-buoy (port hand) moored 1 cables
E of the N extremity of Shelter Island. Uncharted dangers,
marked by a light-beacon close SW of the light-buoy, are
reported to lie off the S entrance point to the basin, and a
submerged pile, charted as obstruction, lies in the entrance;
two notice boards are situated in this area. Inside the
entrance the fairways leading N and S of the anchorage
area are marked by light-beacons and beacons; there are
charted depths of about 42 m (14 ft) leading to the berths
on the N side of the basin and of about 40 m (13 ft) to
those on the S side. The least depths at the piers and
anchorage are about 27 m (9 ft).
Harbor Island
8.55
1 Description. Harbor Island (32435N, 117120W), on
the N side of San Diego Bay, encloses two basins,
separated by a short isthmus, in both of which there are a
number of marinas. West Basin, the largest, in which there
are depths of between 24 to 36 m (8 to 12 ft), can
accommodate about 1600 small craft at piers and moorings.
2 A light (building, red roof) is displayed at the entrance
to West Basin at the W extremity of Harbor Island.
The fairway into East Basin is marked by a pair of
light-buoys (lateral); a mooring buoy lies just about
1 cables S of the E end of Harbour Island.
Intercontinental Marina
8.56
1 Intercontinental Marina (32425N, 117100W), at San
Diego, is entered from the vicinity of No 23 Light-buoy
(port hand). There are depths of about 30 m in the
entrance and a least depth of 21 m (7 ft) in the basin.
Glorietta Bay
8.57
1 Description. Glorietta Bay (32407N, 117102W), is
formed between the SE side of Coronado and the US
255
Naval Amphibious Base which is situated on a broad
projection of land extending NE from the inner side of
Silver Strand. About 215 yachts and other small craft can
be accommodated at Coronado Yacht Club and a marina in
the bay.
2 A speed limit of 5 kn is enforced in the bay.
Special Anchorage A.5 (8.44) is situated at the N
entrance to the bay.
Numerous mooring buoys lie in the NW part of the bay.
3 Directions. From the vicinity of No 1 Light-buoy (port
hand), moored on the S side of the main channel close SE
of the San Diego-Coronado Bay Bridge (8.22), the
alignment (232) of the following lights leads into the bay
through a channel, in which the controlling depth was
46 m (15 ft) in 2002, and which is marked by light-buoys
and buoys (lateral):
4 Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on
pile) (32406N, 117101W).
Rear light (similar daymark, on post) (64 m from
front light).
5 Caution. The area to SE of the entrance channel, which
is occupied by the piers of the amphibious base, is part of
a restricted area and security zone (8.31), marked by buoys
(special), the first of which extends 1 miles SE from
Glorietta Bay; the limits of the area can be seen on the
chart.
Coronado Cays
8.58
1 Coronado Cays (32375N, 117080W) is situated in
the S part of San Diego Bay and is approached and entered
through a channel which had a least depth of 21 m (7 ft)
in 2000, and which is marked by pairs of piles (lateral
daymarks), most displaying lights. Depths alongside the
many arms of the complex were reported to be 25 (8 ft)
(2001).
Chula Vista Harbor
8.59
1 Chula Vista Harbor (Small Boat Basin) (32374N,
117060W) is situated towards the head of San Diego
Bay.
2 The basin is approached through a channel marked by
pairs of light-beacons (lateral daymarks), which leads S
from the termination of the main channel S of National
City Marine Terminal, and is entered between breakwaters
from the heads of which lights are displayed. The approach
channel is reported to have been dredged to a depth of
55 m (18 ft) (2002), with reported depths of 49 m (16 ft)
alongside the piers; charted depths are less.
3 All the usual services are available.
Caution
8.60
1 There are numerous wrecks and obstructions in the
shallow area of South San Diego Bay; caution should be
exercised when navigating outside the marked channels.
Boat channel at the head of the bay
Emory Channel
8.61
1 From the vicinity of 32373N, 117073W in the head
of the bay, about 1 miles S of the termination of the main
channel, Emory Channel, an unmarked channel reported to
have a depth in it of 21 m (7 ft) (2001), leads 8 cables
SSW to a small basin with a similar depth.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
CHANNEL ISLANDS SOUTHERN GROUP
General information
Charts 899, 2530
Description
8.62
1 The S group of Channel Islands comprise San Clemente,
Santa Catalina, San Nicolas and Santa Barbara, which lie
between 18 and 60 miles off the coast of southern
California between San Diego Bay (3240N, 11712W)
and Point Vicente (90 miles NW). The islands are described
at:
2 San Clemente Island (8.66).
Santa Catalina Island (8.79).
San Nicolas Island (8.91).
Santa Barbara Island (8.99).
Navigation restrictions
8.63
1 San Clemente and San Nicolas Islands are military
reservations and are closed to the public.
Off-lying banks and dangers
8.64
1 Approaching from S there are several banks which may
be encountered.
Sixtymile Bank (3204N, 11814W), which lies
45 miles S of San Clemente Island, has a least depth over
it of 97 m (53 fm). ODAS Light-buoy 46086 is moored
about 27 miles NNE from the bank.
2 Bishop Rock (3227N, 11908W) on which the clipper
Bishop struck in 1855, is a rock awash on which the sea
breaks, even in moderate weather. It lies towards the SE
end of Cortes Bank, a shallow area of irregular depths,
about 40 miles SW of San Clemente Island, the bottom of
which comprises mainly white sands and broken shells but
there is fine coral over its SE part.
3 Bishop Rock is marked by No 2CB Light-buoy
(starboard hand). A wreck, with a depth over it of 1 m
(3 ft), lies 1 cable SE, and another rock 5 cables E, of
Bishop Rock.
4 The bottom is very broken up to 2 miles ESE of
Bishop Rock and the area should be avoided; similarly
about 5 miles WNW of the rock where there is a 165 m
(54 ft) patch over a broken bottom.
ODAS Light-buoy 46047 is moored about 20 miles W of
Bishop Rock.
The current in the vicinity of Cortes Bank is variable in
direction with rates of from 1 to 2 kn.
5 Tanner Bank (3242N, 11908W), about 5 miles N of
Cortes Bank, extends about 12 miles in a WNW direction
and is about 5 miles wide. The least known depth on the
bank of 165 m (54 ft) is marked on its N side by a buoy
(orange and white).
6 A bank, with a least known depth of 82 m (45 fm) over
a hard bottom of fine grey sand and shells, extends 9 miles
in a SE/NW direction about 18 miles NW of Tanner Bank;
it is fished extensively in the winter season. An area of
obstructions is charted about 4 miles NNE of the least
depth.
Local magnetic anomaly
8.65
1 Local deflection of the compass is reported to occur
within a radius of 8 miles of Sixtymile Bank (3204N,
11814W) (8.64); differences of up to 4 or more from the
normal variation have been experienced.
256
San Clemente Island
Chart 899 (see 1.14)
Description
8.66
1 San Clemente Island (3253N, 11827W) is 18 miles
long and 4 miles wide, and attains an elevation of 600 m
(1965 ft) at its highest point. The top of the island appears
as a tableland from a distance.
The NE side of the island is bold, with rocky cliffs, and
is steep-to, with kelp growing close to the beaches.
2 The SW side of the island is more irregular, but is lower
and has more gentle slopes; the bottom slopes more
gradually than on the NW side. Kelp extends up to 5 cables
offshore in places and there are numerous rocks close
inshore inside the kelp, but outside the kelp there are many
places where vessels may shelter in the lee of the island
during NE gales.
Caution
8.67
1 The island is a US Naval Reservation and is closed to
the public; vessels, including fishing vessels and pleasure
craft, are warned that the vicinity of the island may be
dangerous at any time due to naval activities, including
gunfire, rocket fire and bombing. Security Zones and
Restricted Areas extend up to 2 miles in places off the S
and E coasts of the island and up to 3 miles in places off
the N and NW coasts of the island. For remarks on these
areas see 8.6. For details see Appendix V and VI.
Local magnetic anomaly
8.68
1 Local deflection of the compass is reported to occur up
to 3 miles offshore along the N, E and S coasts of the
island; differences of up to 5 from the normal variation
have been experienced.
Measured distance
8.69
1 A measured distance is established off the NW coast of
the island; it is marked as follows (with positions from
Wilson Cove Light (3300N, 11833W) (8.72)):
North Range marks. Two towers, 3 cables apart, each
21 m in height and surmounted by a black and
white triangular daymark (front mark 8 cables W).
South Range marks. Similar structures (front mark
1 mile SSW).
Distance. 6080 ft.
Running track. 150330.
Landmarks
8.70
1 Pyramid Head (3249N, 11821W), a high, sharp,
jagged point, which attains an elevation of 274 m.
Radar Dome (3253N, 11827W), white coloured, on
the summit of the island.
Radio mast (3259N, 11833W), from which red
obstruction lights are displayed.
Directions
8.71
1 See caution at 8.67.
North-east coast
8.72
1 From a position NE of Pyramid Head (3249N,
11821W) (8.70), from where a light (red and white
chequered diamond daymark on pole) is displayed, the
coastal passage leads NW passing (with positions from
Pyramid Head Light):
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
2 NE of an obstruction with a depth over it of 15 m
(5 ft) lying 2 cables offshore (about 1 miles NE),
thence:
NE of Navy Anchorage S End Light (red and white
chequered diamond daymark on post) (about
13 miles NW); numerous buoys are moored in the
charted prohibited area in the approaches to Wilson
Cove (8.75). Thence:
3 NE of an obstruction, with a depth over it of 146 m
(48 ft) (13 miles NW), thence:
NE of a point (about 16 miles NW), from where
Navy Anchorage N End Light (red and white
chequered diamond daymark on post) is displayed;
a mooring buoy and a light-buoy are moored
2 cables NNE of the light.
4 Useful marks:
Prominent white rock which lies close inshore 6 miles
NW of Pyramid Head.
Wilson Cove Light (red and white chequered diamond
daymark on post) (3300N, 11833W).
San Clemente Light (red and white chequered
diamond daymark on post) (3302N, 11836W).
South-west coast
8.73
1 From a position SW of China Point (3248N,
11825W), from where a light (red and white chequered
diamond daymark on post) is displayed, the coastal passage
leads NW passing (with positions from China Point Light):
2 SW of Lost Point (4 miles NW), thence:
SW of a rock, with a depth over it of 82 m (27 ft),
marked by a buoy (grey) on its W side, which lies
5 cables W of Eel Point (9 miles NW); a
stranded wreck lies close N of Eel Point. Thence:
3 SW of The Isthmus (15 miles NW), the NW
extremity of the island, from the N part of which
San Clemente Light (8.72) is displayed, and:
Clear of ODAS Light-buoy (special), moored in a
position 5 miles WSW of the N extremity of the
island, thence:
4 SW of Castle Rock (16 miles NW), a rock 22 m
high, the outermost of a line which extends
5 cables W from the NW extremity of The
Isthmus; a rock which dries 09 m (3 ft) lies
3 cables NE and depths of less than 9 m (30 ft)
extend 2 cables NW of Castle Rock. An isolated
shoal, with a depth over it of 122 m (40 ft), lies
1 cable NW of Castle Rock.
(Directions for the coasts of Santa Catalina Island are
given at 8.83, for the coasts of San Nicolas Island at
8.95 and for Santa Barbara Island at 8.101)
Anchorages
Pyramid Cove
8.74
1 Description. Pyramid Cove, which is formed on the S
side of the island between Pyramid Head (3249N,
11821W) (8.70) and China Point (4 miles WSW), affords
protected anchorage in NW weather to authorized vessels,
in depths of 183 m (60 ft) or more. The shores of the cove
are fringed with kelp to a distance of nearly 5 cables in
places; vessels should keep clear of the kelp as several
dangers are known to exist, and there are indications of
others. The influence of swell is felt most of the time.
2 A mooring buoy is laid close inshore on the E side of
the cove, 6 cables E of Pyramid Head, and mooring buoys
257
are laid close inshore, about 5 and 8 cables ENE
respectively, of China Point, in the W approach to the
cove.
Local knowledge is required.
Caution. Landing, if authorized, may be effected on the
beach, but may be hazardous due to unexploded ordnance.
3 Useful marks:
Pyramid Head Light (3249N, 11821W) (8.72).
China Point Light (3248N, 11825W) (8.73).
Pyramid Cove Anchorage Light (red and white
chequered diamond daymark on post) (3250N,
11823W) is displayed at an elevation of 270 m
above the head of the cove.
Wilson Cove
8.75
1 Description. Wilson Cove (3300N, 11833W) is a
small cove on the NE side of the island which affords
reasonable anchorage for authorized vessels in the
prevailing W winds but can be uncomfortable at times
when the swell comes round the island from NW; a strong
wind blowing down off the hills is usually felt in the
afternoon.
2 Buildings on the hill overlooking the cove are prominent
from SE.
A naval pier extends about 168 m NNE at the head of
the cove. There are depths of from 43 to 73 m alongside
the outer 64 m of this pier where it is 12 m wide.
The best anchorage for small craft is under the lee of
the kelp extending from a point about 1 mile NNW of the
pier.
3 Local knowledge is required.
Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables
Volume 3. Mean spring range about 15 m; mean neap range
about 06 m.
Directions. Wilson Cove should be approached from NE
to avoid numerous buoys which are laid to the N and S of
the cove; mooring buoys are laid in the vicinity of the pier
and on the W side of the cove.
4 Leading lights. The alignment (198) of the following
lights leads from NNE to the vicinity of the pier:
Front light (hut) (33003N, 118334W), on the
extremity of the pier.
Rear light (hut) (190 m SSW of the front light), at
the root of the pier.
A fog signal is sounded from the pier.
5 Useful marks with positions from Wilson Cove Light
(3300N, 11833W):
Navy Anchorage S End Light (2 miles SSE) (8.72).
Wilson Cove Light (8.72).
Navy Anchorage N End Light (1 miles NNW)
(8.72).
Seal Cove
8.76
1 Seal Cove (3254N, 11832W) is a small indentation
on the SW side of the island which affords an indifferent
anchorage for small craft during NW winds.
A rock 15 m high lies near the middle of the cove, and
another rock 9 m high lies about 3 cables farther SSE; a
rocky patch which dries lies in the entrance to the cove
about 2 cables SW of the first mentioned rock.
2 Landing may be effected.
Local knowledge is required.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
West Cove
8.77
1 West Cove (3301N, 11836W) is situated on the S
side of The Isthmus (8.73) and affords some shelter with
good holding ground; the anchorage lies in a Restricted
Area.
Useful mark:
San Clemente Light (3302N, 11836W) (8.72).
Local knowledge is required.
Northwest Harbor
8.78
1 Northwest Harbor (3302N, 11835W) is a cove on the
N side of the island which affords shelter from S winds;
the lee provided by a low islet at the W entrance also
makes a comfortable anchorage in the prevailing W winds.
The bottom is sandy and kelp extends to depths of 22 m
(12 fm). A dangerous wreck lies in the approach about
midway between the entrance points.
2 A mooring buoy lies in the anchorage at the head of the
cove.
Local knowledge is required.
Useful mark:
San Clemente Light (3302N, 11836W) (8.72).
Santa Catalina Island
Chart 1063 (see 1.14)
Description
8.79
1 Santa Catalina Island (3322N, 11825W), separated
from mainland 18 miles N by San Pedro Channel, and from
San Clemente Island, 18 miles SSW, by the Outer Santa
Barbara Passage, is 18 miles long in a NW/SE direction
and has a greatest width of 7 miles.
The island is rugged and mountainous, with steep
precipitous shores, broken occasionally by deep ravines,
and is covered by a thick growth of brush, and some scrub
oak.
2 About 6 miles from the NW extremity, there is a deep
cut which almost divides the island into two, the land
sloping steeply to a narrow neck of low land, 5 cables
wide, between the coves on each side. This may cause the
island to appear as two from a distance.
3 Orizaba Mountain, the summit, is situated near the
middle of the SE part of the island.
The island is generally steep-to. Much of the N side is
free from kelp, but the S side has a fringe of kelp close in
to the beach. Most of the dangers in the approach to the
island are close inshore within the kelp.
Catalina Airstrip (3324N, 11825W), is situated on the
N side of the island.
Restricted landing
8.80
1 Santa Catalina is privately owned; landing permits, and
arrangements for the leasing of mooring buoys for Santa
Catalina Island (except Avalon), are issued at Two Harbors
(3326N, 11830W) (8.88).
Seaplane landing area
8.81
1 A seaplane landing area is situated in the SE approach
to Avalon Bay (3321N, 11819W) (8.86), as shown on
the chart.
Landmark
8.82
1 Tower (3323N, 11824W), on Black Jack Mountain.
Directions
North-east coast
8.83
1 From a position ENE of Santa Catalina East End Light
(3318N, 11819W) (pole), the coastal passage leads NW,
thence WNW, passing (with positions from Long Point
Light (3324N, 11822W)):
2 NE of a group of mooring buoys, those to seaward
displaying lights, which lie up to 2 cables offshore
in the vicinity of Jewfish Point (6 miles SE); a
prominent quarry stands behind the point. Thence:
NE of Abalone Point (4 miles SE), close off which
there is a lighted mooring buoy, thence:
3 NE of Avalon Bay (4 miles SE), from the entrance
points of which lights are displayed (8.86), thence:
NE and NNE of Long Point, a salient point from
where a light (red and white chequered diamond
daymark on pole) is displayed, thence:
NNE of Blue Cavern Point (6 miles WNW), a bold
point at the E entrance to Isthmus Cove (8.88); a
mooring buoy lies off a prominent quarry
7 cables SE of this point. Thence:
4 NNE of Ship Rock (7 miles WNW) on which
stands a light (metal box). From seaward the rock,
the top of which is coloured white with guano,
resembles a haystack. Foul ground extends 3 cables
S from the rock. Thence:
5 NNE of Arrow Point (9 miles WNW), the salient N
point of the island. Indian Rock, an above-water
rock, lies about 1 cables offshore in an area of
foul ground in Emerald Bay, 7 cables SE of Arrow
Point. Thence:
NNE of West End (3 miles W of Arrow Point),
from where a light (post) is displayed.
South-west coast
8.84
1 From a position WSW of Santa Catalina East End Light
(3318N, 11819W) (8.83), the passage leads generally
NW passing (with positions from Catalina Head (3325N,
11831W)):
Clear of, depending on draught, Farnsworth Bank
(4 miles S), thence:
2 SW of Catalina Head, a high, bluff point, about
150 m high; Catalina Harbor Light (pole) is
displayed at an elevation of 122 m from the point.
Thence:
SW of Ribbon Rock (3 miles WNW), a prominent
headland with a dark vertical rock face, having a
sizeable ribbon of quartz veining, which is visible
for some distance, thence:
3 SW of West End (5 miles WNW) (8.83); Eagle
Rock, an above-water rock, lies 1 cables offshore
in a position 3 cables S of this point.
Useful mark
8.85
1 Radio masts (33215N, 118222W) from which red
obstruction lights are displayed.
(Directions for Santa Barbara Island are
given at 8.101 and for passage S of the
Santa Barbara Islands at 8.326)
258
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
Bays and anchorages
Avalon Bay
8.86
1 General information. Avalon Bay (3321N, 11819W)
is a small bay on the N coast of the island, 2 miles from
its SE extremity. There are depths of 36 to 24 m (2 to
13 fm) in the bay increasing to 36 m (20 fm) close outside
the entrance. Shelter within the bay is excellent during SW
winds and good during NW and SE winds if their strength
does not exceed 20 kn.
2 The city of Avalon is an incorporated city and part of
Los Angeles County. It is the principal settlement on the
island and is a popular yacht haven and resort during the
summer; it is the only place on the island where a landing
permit is not required.
3 Local knowledge is required.
Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables
Volume 3. Mean spring range about 15 m; mean neap range
about 07 m.
Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
4 Inland Rules of the Road (Appendix VII) do not apply
to any harbour on Santa Catalina Island.
Submarine cables are laid between Avalon Bay and the
mainland.
Directions. The lights illuminating a road cut along the
coast for some miles either side of Avalon Bay are visible
when approaching from N.
5 The harbour is entered between breakwaters extending
from Cabrillo Peninsula on the S and Casino Point
(2 cables NW) on the N; a light (green square daymark on
mast) is displayed from the S breakwater, and a light (red
triangular daymark on mast) is displayed from the N
breakwater.
6 Useful marks: (positioned from the N breakwaterlight):
Large white circular building (1 cable WNW) on
Casino Point; it is illuminated on occasions.
Illuminated white concrete tower (2 cables SW).
7 Anchorage for small craft may be obtained in Descanso
Bay, the area N of the harbour between Casino Point and
White Rock (3 cables NW) but it is obstructed by kelp
and the holding ground is reported to be poor.
Small craft usually moor to buoys in Avalon Bay,
temporary allocations are made by the Harbour Master.
8 Berths. Transportation Wharf, a concrete pier 137 m
long with depths from 6 to 18 m alongside occupies both
sides of Cabrillo Peninsula; it is used by passenger and
commercial vessels from the mainland.
A pleasure pier is situated on the S side of the bay.
9 Services: all the usual facilities are available including
floating docks; emergency rescue services; regular
communication by air and sea with the mainland.
White Cove
8.87
1 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of about 146 m
(48 ft) in White Cove which is situated about 1 mile S of
Long Point (3324N, 11822W) (8.83). A mooring buoy
for the use of the Coast Guard lies in the bay. Hen Rock,
on which there is an underwater wreck, lies close inshore
in the N approach to the bay 5 cables S of Long Point.
Local knowledge is required.
Landing can be effected.
259
Isthmus Cove
8.88
1 General information. Isthmus Cove, entered between
Blue Cavern Point (3327N, 11829W) (8.83) and Lion
Head, a point fringed by foul ground (about 1 miles
WNW), lies on the N side of the cut described at 8.79. It
affords anchorage for small vessels with shelter from S
winds, but it is dangerous in NW winds. The entrance to
the bay is obstructed on its E side by Bird Rock, an island
113 m high, covered with sand and grass lying 5 cables
WNW of Blue Cavern Point, and Harbor Reefs, usually
marked by kelp, which dry 06 m (2 ft) near their SE end,
which lie 2 cables SW of Bird Rock.
2 The Catalina Cove and Camp Agency at Two Harbors,
situated at the head of the cove, is the issuing agency for
landing permits and leasing of mooring buoys throughout
the island, except for Avalon.
Local knowledge is required.
Landmark:
Ship Rock (8.83), lying 1 miles NW of Blue Cavern
Point.
3 Directions. The approach to the cove from E is clear of
dangers, but vessels from W should note Eagle Reef which
lies 3 cables offshore, 6 cables NW of Lion Head; the reef,
which is usually marked by kelp, has a least depth over it
of 09 m (3 ft) and is marked on its E side by a light-buoy
(starboard hand).
4 When entering from N attention is drawn to a rocky
patch, with a depth over it of 12 m (39 ft), which lies
2 cables NNW of Bird Rock; shallow water extends
cable NW from Bird Rock.
5 A light (white diamond daymark on post) is displayed
from the E side of Harbor Reefs which are marked on their
N side by three buoys (orange and white), and on their W
side by a buoy (port hand). A dangerous wreck (position
approximate) lies close S of Harbor Reefs.
6 Useful mark:
Tank (33275N, 118312W).
Anchorage is available for all vessels S of the line
joining the entrance points except in an area extending
2 cables NNE of the Catalina Island Steamship Line pier
at Two Harbors, which is reserved for commercial vessels
only.
7 Fisherman Cove on the E side of Isthmus Cove is small
but is reported to be the only shelter against Santa Ana
winds (1.184) on the N shore of Santa Catalina Island; it is
much frequented by small craft at night during the summer.
Fourth of July Cove and Cherry Cove are similar
indentations on the W side of the cove and are used
frequently as day anchorages for small craft visiting Two
Harbors. A mooring buoy, for the use of the Coast Guard,
lies in the S entrance to Cherry Cove.
8 Landing: small pier at Two Harbors with depths of
about 36 m at its head; there is a fuel dock on the E side
of the pier.
Services: all the usual facilities are available including
limited repair facilities; emergency rescue services; regular
communication by air and sea with the mainland.
Catalina Harbor
8.89
1 General information. Catalina Harbor, entered E of
Catalina Head (3325N, 11831W) (8.84), lies on the S
side of the cut described at 8.79; Two Harbors (8.88) is at
the head of the bay. It affords shelter for small vessels, in
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
all but S winds. It is free from hidden dangers and is easy
of access.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Directions. Approaching from SE attention is drawn to a
rock with a depth over it of 27 m (9 ft) (reported 1988)
which lies 1 miles SE of Catalina Head.
When entering the shores of the bay should be given a
clearance of at least 150 m; Pin Rock, a small above-water
rock, lies 150 m offshore on the E side of the entrance, and
kelp extends out to the 55 m (18 ft) depth contour. A
mooring buoy, for the use of the Coast Guard, lies close
inside the entrance on the W side of the bay.
3 Useful mark:
Catalina Harbor Light (3325N, 11831W) (8.84).
Anchorage may be obtained in depths of between 7 and
9 m (24 to 30 ft), soft bottom, abreast Ballast Point, the N
extremity of a low spit lying on the E side of the harbour
6 cables NNE of the E extremity of Catalina Head. The
head of the harbour, N of Ballast Point, is shoal and is
obstructed by dangerous wrecks; a stranded wreck lies at
the head of the harbour.
South coast
8.90
1 Shelter from E winds may be obtained off the S coast of
the island between Church Rock (3318N, 11820W) at
the SE extremity of the island, and Salta Verde Point
(5 miles WNW). All known dangers are contained inside
the 18 m (60 ft) depth contour which lies within 3 cables of
the shore.
San Nicolas Island
Chart 899 (see 1.14)
Description
8.91
1 San Nicolas Island (3314N, 11930W), the outermost
of the S group, is 8 miles long and 3 miles wide, and rises
to an elevation of 276 m (905 ft) at its highest point; it has
a gentle, rounded profile from a distance. The W part is
sand, some of which has drifted to the N shore; the
remainder is cut by deep ravines, the tableland being
spotted with patches of vegetation.
2 Except for a distance of about 2 miles along the NE
shore the island is surrounded by kelp. Off the W end of
the island the kelp extends about 3 miles to seaward.
Caution
8.92
1 The island is a US Naval Reservation and is closed to
the public; a naval restricted area extends up to 3 miles
offshore around the island; for remarks on restricted areas
see 8.6. For details see Appendix VI.
Outlying dangers
8.93
1 Begg Rock (3322N, 11942W), a bold rock which
rises sharply from depths of 91 m (50 fm), lies 8 miles NW
of the W extremity of the island; 4BR Light-buoy
(starboard hand) is moored about 2 cables NNW of the
rock.
2 No 2 Light-buoy (special) is moored 3 miles NE of Begg
Rock; Mooring buoy (F), which is lit, is moored 8 miles
NW of the rock.
Landmarks
8.94
1 Aero light (tower, 23 m in height) (3314N,
11930W), standing at an elevation of 299 m on
the summit of the island.
Radar tower (elevation 276 m) (1 mile WNW of the
aero light).
Radio tower (6 cables ESE of the aero light), 26 m in
height, standing at an elevation of about 244 m.
Directions
Passage north of the island
8.95
1 From a position ESE of San Nicolas Island East End
Light (post) (3314N, 11930W) the coastal passage leads
generally NW, thence WNW, passing (with positions from
East End Light):
NE of a bank, with depths over it of 183 m (60 ft) or
less, which extends 1 miles E from the vicinity
of the light; a sandspit is formed on the inner
6 cables of the bank. The bank is marked at its
extremity by No 3 Light-buoy (port hand). Thence:
2 Clear of a rocky bank (4 miles NNW) with a least
depth over it of 20 m (11 fm); an obstruction
(position approximate) is charted 1 miles farther
NNW. Thence:
Clear of a group of buoys (about 8 miles NW)
moored N of the W extremity of the island.
Passage south of the island
8.96
1 From the same position as above the coastal passage
leads generally W and WNW passing (with positions from
East End Light):
S of the light-buoy (port hand) (2 miles E) (8.95),
thence:
2 SSW of an area of broken and foul ground, covered
in kelp, which extends 3 miles W from the W
extremity of the island (8 miles WNW). Two reefs
which dry at half-tide, and which break in
moderate weather, lie in this area 1 miles W of
the island; no attempt should be made to pass
between the kelp and the coast.
Useful marks
8.97
1 With positions from East End Light (3314N,
11930W):
N side; 2 pairs marker beacons (3 and 4 miles
WNW, respectively).
S side; pair of marker beacons (3 miles WSW).
(Directions for passage S of the
Santa Barbara Islands are given at 8.326)
Anchorage and landing
8.98
1 Anchorage. There are restricted anchorage areas off the
NW and SE ends of the island.
With the approval of the authorities indifferent
anchorage may be obtained S of the sandspit at the E end
of the island (8.95). Small craft anchor in depths of 15 m
(48 ft), hard sand; larger vessels farther offshore in depths
of 31 m (17 fm), hard sand. In strong winds anchorage off
Santa Barbara Island (3328N, 11902W) (8.99) is to be
preferred.
260
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
2 Local knowledge is required.
Landing. In the summer months, landing can usually be
effected towards the E end of the S side of the island.
A pier, about 1 cables long, extends ENE from the
coast 8 cables NNW of the E extremity of the island; a
tank stands on the shore behind the pier.
Permission must first be obtained from the relevant
authorities.
Santa Barbara Island
Chart 899 (see 1.14)
Description
8.99
1 Santa Barbara Island (3328N, 11902W) lies 24 miles
ENE of San Nicolas Island and 21 miles W of Santa
Catalina Island. The island is 1 miles long and 1 mile
wide, and rises to an elevation of 193 m (635 ft). It is
saddle shaped and from a distance has the appearance of
two islands. The shores of the island are bold and
precipitous and are surrounded by deep water, except where
the presence of kelp denotes foul or rocky bottom.
2 Sutil Island (91 m (300 ft) high), a rocky islet
surrounded by kelp, lies 3 cables off the SW point of
Santa Barbara Island.
Caution. Santa Barbara Island lies within Channel
Islands National Marine Sanctuary and as such is an area
to be avoided; see 8.5. The limits of the area are shown on
the chart.
Off-lying banks and dangers
8.100
1 Osborn Bank, over which there is a least depth of 35 m
(19 fm), lava, extends about 5 miles WNW/ESE in a
position 6 miles S of Santa Barbara Island.
A pinnacle rock, of very small area, with a least depth
over it of 31 m (17 fm), lies 16 miles NNW of Santa
Barbara Island.
2 A submerged buoy, charted as an obstruction with a
depth over it of 37 m (20 fm), was reported (1988) to lie
14 miles NNW of Santa Barbara Island.
Directions
8.101
1 Off the S and E coasts of the island kelp extends out to
the 18 m (60 ft) depth contour which lies about 5 cables
offshore.
Off the W coast of the island the kelp is thick between
Sutil Island and the main island. Irregular depths, over
which there is kelp, with a least depth of 137 m (45 ft) at
their extremity, extend about 1 miles WNW from the NW
point of the island; a rock awash, which breaks in a
moderate swell, lies towards the edge of the kelp, 1 mile W
of this NW point.
2 Useful marks:
Santa Barbara Island Light (post) (3329N,
11902W), which is displayed from Arch Point,
the NE point of the island; it is visible off the N
and E sides of the island but is partially obscured
elsewhere.
3 Shag Rock, 44 m high, situated 1 cable offshore,
3 cables W of Arch Point.
(Directions for passage S of the
Santa Barbara Islands are given at 8.326)
261
Anchorage
8.102
1 Anchorage. There is a general anchorage area off the E
coast of the island within an area bounded by a line drawn
from Santa Barbara Light as follows:
In an 023 direction for 1 miles; thence 140 for
2 miles; thence 212 for 2 miles; thence
296 for 1 mile; thence 325 to the shore.
2 Small craft may find a reasonable anchorage off a small
cove about 3 cables S of Arch Point, near the inshore
edge of the kelp, in depths of about 11 m (36 ft), but local
knowledge is required. A mooring buoy is moored off the
cove.
Landing may be effected in the cove.
Other names
8.103
1 Ben Weston Point (33215N, 118292W).
Catalina Canyon (3323N, 11834W).
Emery Knoll (3302N, 11823W).
Goat Harbor (3325N, 11824W).
Howland Landing (33277N, 118313W).
Iron Bound Cove (33267N, 118345W).
2 Little Harbor (3323N, 11829W).
San Clemente Canyon (3244N, 11814W).
San Nicolas Basin (3300N, 11900W).
Santa Rosa Cortez Ridge (3315N, 11948W).
Tanner Basin 3251N, 11940W).
Toyon Bay (33225N, 118210W).
POINT LOMA TO DANA POINT
General information
Chart 899
Routes
8.104
1 Offshore route. The route described leads NW from the
vicinity of Point Loma (3240N, 11714W) to a position
at the entrance to the TSS about 18 miles WSW of Dana
Point (3327N, 11743W).
Coastal route. The charted dangers fringing the coast lie
on, or within, the 37 m (20 fm) depth contour which
parallels the shore at a distance of about 3 miles. Kelp
extends up to 2 miles offshore in places; detailed directions
are not given.
Topography
8.105
1 Between Point Loma and Point La Jolla, 11 miles N, the
coastline is high and rocky, and broken at mid-point by the
entrance to Mission Bay; the conurbations of Ocean Beach
and Pacific Beach flank the bay on either side.
2 North of Point La Jolla the cliffs rise to a height of
90 m, decreasing gradually about 5 miles farther N where
the heights vary from 6 to 24 m. Thence the coast, as far
as San Mateo Point, 31 miles NNW, is formed by a low,
flat tableland, faced by steep cliffs, from 18 to 40 m high,
fronted at LW by broad beaches. The tableland is
intersected by numerous steep valleys, the streams which
run through which are usually dry during the summer.
Thence as far as Dana Point, 8 miles farther NW, the coast
becomes higher and more rugged. This latter stretch of
coast is broken by San Juan Capistrano Valley and San
Juan Creek 1 miles E of Dana Point; the railway and the
main highway, which run close together along the whole of
the coast, close inland, can be seen below the cliffs on this
particular stretch of coast.
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Depths Prohibited area

8.106
1 Depths generally increase uniformly from the shore,
except in the following depressions which bring depths of
200 m (100 fm) to within about 1 mile of the shore:
La Jolla Canyon (3254N, 11717W).
Carlsbad Canyon (3307N, 11722W).
Exercise area
8.107
1 A military exercise area, extending up to 3 miles off the
coast, is established from a position about 2 miles N of
Oceanside Harbor (3312N, 11724W) to San Clemente,
about 15 miles NW. The most recent 11th Coast Guard
District Local Notices to Mariners should be consulted for
the latest information.
A restricted area (8.6) lies within this exercise area
centred about 4 miles NW of Oceanside Harbor.
Measured distances
8.108
1 A measured distance of 1 mile, on a running track of
000180, marked by two pairs of steel towers, is situated
about 3 miles N of Point La Jolla (3251N, 11717W)
(8.112). A large, elevated, aluminium coloured tank stands
close S of the S rear tower, and a smaller one close N of
the N rear tower.
A measured distance of 5280 ft, on a running track of
326, is situated 2 miles N of Oceanside Harbor (3313N,
11724W) (8.122).
8.109
1 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in the vicinity of a
concrete pier situated 1 miles NNE of Point La Jolla
(3251N, 11717W); the area is marked by unlit buoys
and should be given a good clearance. The pier serves the
Scripps Institution of Oceanography, a leading research
institution in oceanography and marine biology.
Principal marks
8.110
1 Landmarks:
Point Loma (3240N, 11714W) (8.39).
TV Towers (red obstruction lights) (3250N,
11715W) which stand on Soledad Mountain, an
isolated hill 250 m high.
Water Tower (3314N, 11722W), painted in red and
white chequers, situated at Camp Pendleton.
2 Dome (3322N, 11734W), the N of two at a
nuclear power station.
Major light:
Point Loma Light (3240N, 11714W) (8.39).
Other navigational aid
8.111
1 Racon: SD Light-buoy (3237N, 11715W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Domes of the nuclear power plant SE of San Clemente (8.110)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

262
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
Directions
(continued from 7.172)
8.112
1 From a position W of SD Light-buoy (3237N,
11715W) (8.41) the route leads generally NW passing,
with positions from Point Loma (3240N, 11714W):
2 SW of Point Loma (8.39), off which depths of 18 m
(60 ft) or less extend about 1 miles SW; several
dangers, including New Hope Rock, which lies
1 miles NNW of the point, and a dangerous
wreck (existence doubtful) which lies 3 cables SW
of New Hope Rock, lie inside the 18 m (60 ft)
depth contour. A sewer outfall extends seawards
from a position about 1 mile N of Point Loma;
buoys near the shore end mark dangerous shoaling
over the pipeline. Because of the beds of kelp
which extend up to 2 miles off the coast between
Point Loma and Point La Jolla (11 miles N) this
part of the coast should be given a wide berth
when on passage. And:
3 SW of Point La Jolla (11 miles N), the N end of a
rounded rocky projection, 2 miles in length, which
is the seaward extension of Soledad Mountain
(8.110); it is faced with cliffs about 23 m high.
The buildings of La Jolla, including a tower and a
dome, are prominent in the vicinity of the point. A
submerged buoy with a depth over it of 91 m
(30 ft) lies 5 cables NNW of Point La Jolla.
Thence:
Clear of a buoy (special) (20 miles NW), thence:
4 SW of San Mateo Point (3323N, 11736W) from
where a light (red and white chequered diamond
daymark on post) is displayed. The point, known
locally as Cottons Point, terminates in cliffs 18 m
high, and is the N entrance to San Mateo Creek. A
nuclear power station, from which a submarine
pipeline extends 5 cables to seaward, stands
2 miles SE of San Mateo Point; an obstruction,
with a depth over it of 34 m (11 ft), lies at the
extremity of the pipeline which is marked by
buoys (orange and white). A light-buoy (special) is
moored 3 miles WSW of the nuclear power station
on the boundary of the exercise area (8.14).
Thence:
5 To a position at the S end of the TSS WSW of Dana
Point (3327N, 11743W), a moderately bold,
sandstone cliff, 67 m high, at the extremity of a
spur from the coastal range. Detached rocks and
ledges extend nearly 2 cables offshore, from this
point.
Useful marks
8.113
1 Bird Rock (3249N, 11717W), a rock 6 m high
lying close to the shore.
Water tower (3304N, 11717W), aluminium
coloured, at Leucadia.
Aero light (3308N, 11717W).
2 Camp Pendleton South Light (white pyramidal
structure) (3315N, 11726W).
Camp Pendleton North Light (white pyramidal
structure) (3319N, 11729W).
(Directions continue at 8.139)
Mission Bay
Chart 899 (see 1.14)
General information
8.114
1 Mission Bay, situated 5 miles N of Point Loma
(3240N, 11714W), is a small craft harbour administered
by the city of San Diego. It is separated from the ocean by
Mission Beach, a recreational area with prominent buildings
and structures; from a distance the roller coaster at the
beach has the appearance of a dome.
2 A highway bridge, which crosses the entrance channel
about 1 miles above the entrance, separates the two main
berthing areas, Mariners Basin on the W side of the
channel and Quivira Basin on the E side, from the inner
part of the bay which becomes a lagoon with numerous
small islands and bays, most of which are used for aquatic
sports and activities.
Limiting conditions
8.115
1 Controlling depths. In 2003 the mid-channel controlling
depth was 43 m (14 ft) to the highway bridge. Controlling
depths in Mariners Basin were 46 to 52 m (15 to 17 ft),
except for the edges, and 61 m (20 ft) in Quivira Basin.
Vertical clearances:
2 Ventura Point-Sunset Point fixed highway bridge;
vertical clearance 116 m.
Dana Landing-Crown Point fixed highway bridge; S
section vertical clearance 116 m, N section vertical
clearance 94 m.
Traffic regulations
8.116
1 Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside a line
joining the jetty heads; see Appendix VII.
Landmarks
8.117
1 Tower (red lights) (1 miles E of the entrance),
103 m high, at Sea World.
Fishing Pier (3 cables S of the entrance), a Y-shaped
pier at Ocean Beach, with fog signal.
Directions
8.118
1 Dangers in the approach. Approaching from S attention
is drawn to the dangers off Point Loma described at 8.112.
A submerged buoy with a depth over it of 91 m (30 ft)
lies about 1 miles W of the entrance.
Approaching from N an obstruction with a depth over it
of 91 m (30 ft), and a dangerous wreck (position
approximate), marked by a buoy, lie about 1 mile and
2 miles NNW respectively, of the entrance; a fish haven
extends 1 miles to seaward within 1 miles N from the
entrance.
2 Entry. The bay is entered between two jetties, about
1 cables apart, thence the dredged channel leads as far as
a highway bridge about 1 miles above the entrance. No 1
Light (port hand, horn) is displayed from close to the head
of the N Jetty. No 4 Light (post) is displayed on the S side
of the channel, 1 mile inside the entrance. Lights are
displayed at the entrances to the main berthing areas in the
outer and inner parts of the bay.
263
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
Entrance to Mission Bay (8.118)
(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)
3 Caution. Moderate to heavy swells break just inside the
entrance along the S jetty; under such conditions entrance
should be made favouring the left quarter of the channel
near the N jetty.
Berthing areas
8.119
1 The two principal berthing areas are:
Quivira Basin (on the E side of the channel 1 mile
inside the entrance). A rock groin extends about
140 m NW from the S side of the entrance.
Mariners Basin (on the W side of the channel 1 mile
inside the entrance).
2 In the inner part of the bay, where there are general
depths of 18 to 30 m (6 to 10 ft), there are several
marinas and private moorings.
Berthing and anchoring in any of the basins is under the
control of San Diego Unified Port District.
Port services
8.120
1 Repairs can be effected in Quivira Basin; lifts with a
capacity of 100 tonnes.
Facilities: all the usual small craft facilities are
available.
Carlsbad
8.121
1 Description. Carlsbad (3309N, 11720W) is a resort
with several hotels; a chimney at the S end of the town is
prominent, as is a low, white, square tower, on the W end
of a building at the N end of the town.
Submarine pipelines, about 1 mile apart, extend about
1 mile to seaward from the S side of Carlsbad; C
Light-buoy (special) marks the extremity of the N pipeline.
Oceanside Harbor
Chart 899 (see 1.14)
General information
8.122
1 Oceanside Harbor (3312N, 11724W), is a small craft
harbour comprising two shallow basins which can
accommodate about 950 craft; there are about 50 berths for
craft in transit. The harbour shares a common entrance with
Del Mar Boat Basin, the Camp Pendleton Marine Corps
Base, to the N.
Del Mar Boat Basin and its approach channel is a
restricted area, and a restricted area lies close N of the
harbour entrance; for remarks on restricted areas see 8.6.
For details see Appendix VI.
2 A large illuminated sign, with OCEANSIDE in white
letters on a blue background, is situated on a grassy knoll
overlooking the middle of the harbour, and an illuminated
tower, which resembles a lighthouse, is situated at the SE
side of the harbour; these marks serve to identify the
harbour.
Controlling depth
8.123
1 In 2003, a depth of 43 m (14 ft) in the entrance to
Oceanside Harbour. This depth is subject to frequent
change and local authorities must be consulted for the latest
depths.
264
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
Entrance to Oceanside Harbor (8.122)
(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)
Traffic regulations
8.124
1 Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside a line
joining the jetty heads; see Appendix VII.
Directions
8.125
1 Approach. A fish haven lies about 1 miles offshore
off the extremity of a pleasure pier about 1 miles S of the
harbour at the town of Oceanside.
Entry. From the vicinity of OC Light-buoy (safe water),
moored 4 cables SW of the entrance, the harbour is
approached between the W breakwater, a long breakwater
in four sections, and the E breakwater, shorter and in two
sections, and entered through a dredged channel marked by
buoys and light-beacons.
2 No 1 Light (port hand) is displayed from the head of the
W breakwater, and No 2 Light (starboard hand) is displayed
from the head of the E breakwater. A buoy on the N side
of Oceanside Harbor entrance channel marks the extremity
of a submerged jetty.
The channel divides close inside the entrance, the N
section leading to Del Mar Boat Basin, the E to Oceanside
Harbour.
3 Caution. The entrance channel is subject to severe wave
action and shoaling and the buoys are frequently shifted to
meet the changing conditions; mariners are advised to
contact the harbour control on VHF before entering.
Entry at night, in rough seas, should not be attempted
without local knowledge.
265
Port services
8.126
1 Repairs can be effected; shiplift with capacity 14 tonnes.
Facilities: all the usual small craft facilities are
available.
Rescue: Coast Guard search and rescue vessel on
station.
Dana Point Harbor
Chart 1063 (see 1.14)
General information
8.127
1 Description. Dana Point Harbor is a small craft harbour
situated close SE of Dana Point (3327N, 11743W)
(8.112); the harbour is protected on all sides and is entered
from SE between two breakwaters. A church with a giant
cross is prominent on the hill above the harbour.
2 The harbour comprises two basins separated by a fixed
highway bridge under which there is a vertical clearance of
61 m (20 ft). There is accommodation for 1400 craft in the
E basin and over 1000 craft in the W basin; both basins
have independent entrances. All berths are assigned by the
Harbour Master; there are about 60 berths for craft in
transit. Anchorage, which is under the control of the
Harbour Master, may be obtained in a special anchorage on
the W side of the harbour.
Controlling depths
8.128
1 In 2003, the mid-channel controlling depth was 3 m
(9 ft) in the channel that leads WNW to the W basin, and
3 m (9 ft) in the entrance to the E basin. Severe shoaling
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
Entrance to Dana Point Harbor (8.127)
(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)
was located on the S side of the entrance channel and near
the entrance to the E basin. Shoaling is reported to build
up quickly, between dredging, in the entrance to the W
basin.
Traffic regulations
8.129
1 Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside a line
joining the breakwater heads; see Appendix VII.
A speed limit of 5 kn is enforced in the harbour; an area
reserved for bathing, marked by buoys, is situated in the
NW corner of the harbour.
Navigational aids
8.130
1 No 3 Light (port hand) is displayed from the S
breakwater head.
No 4 Light (starboard hand) is displayed from the E
breakwater head.
No 1 Light-buoy (port hand) is moored in the N
approach to the harbour, about 4 cables WSW of
No 3 Light.
Dangers in the approach
8.131
1 Approaching from S, the coast between Dana Point and
San Mateo Point (7 miles SE) (8.112) is foul up to
5 cables offshore. San Mateo Rocks, which are 12 m (4 ft)
high, and are surrounded by kelp, lie 5 cables offshore,
266
1 miles NW of San Mateo Point, and a rock, with a
depth over it of 37 m (12 ft) (reported 1965) (position
approximate), lies 2 miles SE of Dana Point.
2 Approaching from N, a good clearance should be given
to the detached rocks and ledges extending 2 cables
offshore from Dana Point; San Juan Rock, 3 m high,
marked by 2SJR Light-buoy (starboard hand), lies 2 cables
S of the highest part of Dana Point.
A sewer outfall extends 6 cables SSW from the shore
passing about 3 cables E of the harbour entrance.
3 A rock, with a depth over it of 23 m (7 ft), marked on
its S side by No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) lies
1 cables E of the entrance.
Numerous uncharted racing buoys are laid off the
harbour entrance.
Port services
8.132
1 Repairs can be effected; shiplift with capacity of
25 tonnes.
Facilities: all the usual small craft facilities are
available.
Rescue boat available.
Other names
8.133
1 Del Mar (3257N, 11716W), (resort town).
Encinitas (3302N, 11717W).
Lasuen Knoll (3324N, 11800W).
Solana Beach (3259N, 11716W).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
DANA POINT TO SAN PEDRO BAY
General information
Chart 1063
Route
8.134
1 From a position at the S end of the TSS, WSW of Dana
Point (3327N, 11743W), the main route leads 17 miles
NNW through the TSS to the boundary with San Pedro
Bay Precautionary Area. It passes E of Santa Catalina
Island (8.79), and to seaward of the approaches to Newport
Bay, the offshore oil berth at Huntington Beach and the oil
production platforms lying up to 2 miles offshore W of
Huntington Beach, and those lying close to the NE of the
TSS.
Topography
8.135
1 The coast between Dana Point and the entrance to
Newport Bay, 11 miles NW, consists of bold, rocky cliffs,
from 12 to 30 m high, forming the seaward ends of ridges
separated by deep, narrow valleys. The San Joaquin Hills
rise to an elevation of over 350 m 2 miles inland. Laguna
Beach, a seaside resort, extends along the shore for over
two miles near the middle of this stretch of coast.
2 From Newport Bay to Anaheim Bay, 13 miles NW, the
coast is low and backed close inland by several lagoons.
The countryside is treeless and largely built up, the towns
and pleasure resorts along the coast being almost
continuous.
Measured distance
8.136
1 See 8.144.
Marine exploitation
8.137
1 Oil production platforms are situated close E of the N
part of the TSS, and in the approaches to Anaheim Bay
(3344N, 11806W); such structures are subject to
frequent change. The structures close E of the TSS are
each surrounded by a 500 m safety zone; submarine
pipelines connect the structures and the structures with the
shore.
Principal marks
8.138
1 Landmarks:
Two chimneys (3339N, 11759W), at a power
station close to the shore.
Tower (3323N, 11824W), on Santa Catalina Island
(8.82).
Two large, white radar domes (3345N, 11820W)
(8.173).
2 Major lights:
Long Beach Aero Light (3349N, 11809W) (8.173).
Long Beach Light (3343N, 11811W) (8.173).
Los Angeles Light (3343N, 11815W) (8.173).
Point Vicente Light (3344N, 11825W) (8.236).
Directions
(continued from 8.113)
8.139
1 From a position at the entrance to the N-bound traffic
lane of the TSS, WSW of Dana Point (3327N, 11743W)
(8.112), the track leads NNW passing (with positions from
Newport Bay W jetty No 3 Light (3335N, 11753W):
267
ENE of the E extremity of Santa Catalina Island
(3322N, 11825W) (8.79), from where a light
(8.83) is displayed. Thence:
2 WSW of the entrance to Newport Bay (8.141);
No 4SA Light-buoy (starboard hand) is moored
3 miles W of the entrance. Ferry routes between
Newport Beach and Avalon (Santa Catalina Island),
and between Dana Point and Avalon, cross the S
part of the TSS. Thence:
3 WSW of several obstructions (submerged buoys),
shown on the chart, which follow the line of, and
lie up to 1 miles W and WNW of, the extremity
of a sewer outfall which extends 4 miles to
seaward from the mouth of Santa Ana River
(4 miles NW); a framework structure, marked by
white lights, covers the inshore end of the pipeline
at its landing. Thence:
4 WSW of Platform Eureka, Platforms Ellen and Elly,
and Platform Edith (between 11 miles W and 13
miles WNW), situated close to the lane; and:
WSW of the Huntington Beach Offshore Buoy Berth
(7 miles WNW) (8.152). Thence:
5 To a position E of S Light-buoy (special) moored at
the N extremity of the separation zone at the
boundary of the TSS with the Precautionary Area.
Vessels bound for Anaheim Bay (13 miles NW)
pass clear of the marine farm (11 miles WNW)
and W of Platforms Emmy (9 miles NW) and
Eva (10 miles NW).
Useful marks
8.140
1 Trestle Bridge (3338N, 11757W), across the mouth
of Santa Ana River.
Platform Esther (3343N, 11807W) (8.158).
Tank (33435N, 118046W), at Sunset Beach.
(Directions continue for Long Beach Harbor
at 8.190, for Los Angeles Harbor at 8.217
and for the coastal passage at 8.238)
Newport Bay
Chart 1063 (see 1.14)
General information
8.141
1 Description. Newport Bay (3336N, 11753W) is an
extensive lagoon bordered on the seaward side by a
sandspit 3 miles long. The bay is an important sporting
centre, both for yachting and fishing. The city of Newport
Beach includes the districts of Newport and Balboa on the
sandspit, and Corona del Mar, E of the entrance. Newport
Heights is situated on the N side of the lagoon, and is
separated from Newport Beach by a narrow creek which is
spanned by a bridge.
2 The numerous houses and buildings along the beach,
and on the hills behind the bay, are prominent from
seaward; tall office buildings in a complex 1 miles N of
the entrance are particularly prominent.
Limiting conditions
8.142
1 Controlling depths. The project depth in the entrance
channel and in the various reaches that lead to the turning
basin, 3 miles above the entrance, is 61 m (20 ft); in the
channel N of Balboa Island the project depth is 3 m (10 ft)
over a width of 61 m. The project width of the entrance
channel is 152 m, of the reaches 61 m, and of the turning
basin 305 m.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
2 For the latest controlling depths, the chart, and the port
authorities, should be consulted.
Tidal levels. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables
Mean spring range about 16 m; mean neap range about
06 m.
Arrival information
8.143
1 Anchorages. Outer anchorage may be obtained E of the
E entrance jetty in depths of from 55 to 11 m (18 to 36 ft),
but it is exposed; there are several unlit buoys in this area.
Special anchorages areas are established in Newport
Bay; the allocation of berths is strictly controlled by the
Harbour Master.
2 Traffic regulations:
Inland Rules of the Road are in force N of a line
joining the jetty heads; see Appendix VII.
Between 1st June and 15th September annually,
navigation by power-driven vessels is prohibited
through the passage between Bay Island
(33365N, 117543W) and the peninsula close S.
A speed limit of 5 kn is enforced in Newport Bay.
Harbour
8.144
1 General layout. Balboa Island (33364N, 117536W),
a large island on the N side of the bay, connected to the
mainland by a bridge, lies 1 mile inside the entrance; Grand
Canal, a boat channel spanned by a bridge, separates the E
and W parts of this island. Collins Island is a small island
lying off the NW extremity of Balboa Island to which it is
connected by a bridge.
2 Harbor Island lies on the N side of the bay, cable NW
of Collins Island; it is connected to Promontory Point, on
the mainland, by a bridge. Harbor Island forms the SE
entrance point of the channel which leads N to the head of
the lagoon.
Bay Island lies 1 miles inside the entrance on the S
side of the bay; it is connected to Balboa by a bridge. The
Newport Bay Yacht Club is situated on the S side of the
bay, 2 cables WSW of Bay Island.
3 Lido Isle (33368N, 117551W) is a large island in
the middle of the W side of the bay, with its E extremity
situated 2 cables from Bay Island; it is separated from
Newport Beach by a narrow channel which is spanned by a
bridge. The area NW of Lido Isle comprises the turning
basin.
4 There are no bridges over the main channel, and none of
the fixed bridges connecting the islands restrict passage to
the anchorage areas. The fairway leading N from Harbor
Island to the head of the lagoon is spanned by a fixed
bridge with a vertical clearance of 61 m (20 ft). Above this
latter bridge depths are subject to frequent change; the
upper reaches of the bay are very shoal, and are presently
(2003) closed through contamination.
5 Submarine cables cross the fairway in the following
approximate positions:
Between 4 and 6 cables inside the entrance.
1 miles inside the entrance.
2 miles inside the entrance.
Outside the main channel they are also laid on the E
and N sides of Balboa Island and on the S side of Lido
Isle in close proximity to the anchorage areas.
6 Measured distance. A measured distance of 1 mile, on
a running track of 111291, marked by two pairs of
beacons, is situated on the S side of Balboa, 1 miles
268
WNW of the entrance; the front mark of the E range is
situated on a pleasure pier.
Local weather. West to NW winds predominate but the
strongest winds blow from between W and SW. Severe
storms are rare, but the Santa Ana (1.184) blows from E or
NE with great violence, though with short duration.
7 Landmarks with positions from No 3 Light (3335N,
11753W), on the head of the W jetty:
Radio tower (red lights) (4 miles NW).
Hospital building (6 cables SE of the radio tower).
Tower (2 miles NW) on a light coloured building.
Pleasure pier (2 miles WNW) which extends
1 cables SW from the shore.
Directions
8.145
1 From the vicinity of NWP Light-buoy (safe water),
moored 2 cables S of the entrance, the bay is entered
between two jetties 251 m apart. No 3 Light (port hand) is
displayed from the head of the W jetty and No 4 Light
(starboard hand) is displayed from the head of the E jetty.
Thence the fairway, which leads first 7 cables NNW, then
2 miles WNW to the turning basin, is marked by lights
(lateral, on piles).
2 Caution. A dangerous wreck, position approximate, lies
on the S side of the fairway 1 cable NW of No 5 Light,
which stands 6 cables NNW of the entrance.
Useful mark:
Aero light (3340N, 11852W), at Orange County
Airport.
Berths
8.146
1 There are numerous small wharves and piers in the bay
used mainly by local yachts and fishing vessels. Several
berths for vessels in transit can be found at the Harbour
Office pier (8 cables N of the entrance) or at a marina at
the NW end of the turning basin.
Port services
8.147
1 Repairs can be effected; slipway with a capacity of
325 tons which can accommodate vessels up to a length of
46 m.
Facilities: all the usual small craft facilities are available
at the various berthing areas in the bay.
Rescue boat available.
Huntington Beach
Chart 1063
General information
8.148
1 Position and function. Huntington Beach (3340N,
11800W) is a resort city and an oil producing centre;
vessels are berthed at an offshore oil berth.
Maximum size of vessel handled
8.149
1 The offshore terminal can accommodate vessels of up to
LOA 305 m; draught 13 m; 150 000 dwt.
Pilotage and tugs
8.150
1 The Mooring Master will board vessels in the Los
Angeles area.
A mooring vessel assists and runs lines to the buoys; it
also acts as a Pollution Control vessel.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
Huntington Beach Pier
8.151
1 There is a fishing and pleasure pier at Huntington Beach
from the head of which a light is displayed. At the seaward
end of the pier there is a fish haven with a least depth over
it of 3 m (10 ft). A number of mooring buoys lie close
inshore in the vicinity of Huntington Beach.
Offshore oil berth
8.152
1 From a position 7 cables SE of Huntington Beach Pier a
submarine pipeline extends 1 miles SW from the shore; at
its head, in a depth of 152 m (50 ft), is a multi-point
mooring consisting of eight buoys, marked 4 cables W by
HB Light-buoy (special). Both anchors and seven buoys are
used for mooring, the eighth buoy being a hose supporting
buoy.
2 Crude oil, naptha and petroleum products are handled.
There are several obstructions (submerged buoys), and
fish havens, which are charted on the 183 m (60 ft) depth
contour in the SE approach to this berth, and a dangerous
wreck in the NW approach.
Port services
8.153
1 With the exception of limited facilities for the reception
of oily waste none of the usual services are available.
Anaheim Bay and Huntington Harbour
Charts 1082, 1063
General information
8.154
1 Anaheim Bay (3344N, 11805W) stands on the E side
of Seal Beach, a resort area at the E entrance to San Pedro
Bay; the harbour serves the US Naval Weapons Station.
The entrance to the bay is protected by two jetties each
5 cables in length which converge to leave an entrance
about 1 cable in width.
2 The waters inside the jetty heads are designated a
restricted area; for remarks on restricted areas see 8.6. For
details see Appendix VI.
Huntington Harbour, which is situated on the SE side
of Anaheim Bay, is a privately managed small craft
harbour, whose entrance is through Anaheim Bay;
permission to enter must be obtained from the naval
authorities.
Controlling depths
8.155
1 In 2003 there was a least dredged depth of 11 m (36 ft)
in the entrance channel, reducing to 104 m (34 ft) in the
basin.
Arrival information
8.156
1 Explosives anchorage. Naval vessels, carrying or
transferring ammunition or explosives, anchor in the outer
269
harbour on either side of the entrance channel where there
are general depths of between 76 and 128 m (25 to 42 ft);
mooring buoys are laid in these areas.
Pilotage. Available from Long Beach; see 8.162.
Traffic regulations. Inland Rules of the Road are in
force inward of the line joining the jetty heads; see
Appendix VII.
Tidal streams
8.157
1 The in-going stream at the head of the basin flows E to
W, which is contrary to the normal flow outside the
harbour; the effect is the opposite on the out-going stream.
After heavy rain the out-going stream may attain rates of
up to 5 kn.
Directions
8.158
1 Entry leading lights:
Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on
framework tower) (33442N, 118055W), at the
head of the turning basin.
Rear light (similar structure) (180 m NE of the front
light).
The alignment (036) of these lights leads through a
channel marked by light-buoys (lateral) passing (with
positions from the front light):
2 SE of Platform Esther (1 miles SW) from where
lights are displayed, thence:
Through the outer harbour entrance (7 cables SW)
formed by E Jetty Head, from which No 6 Light
(starboard hand) is displayed, and W Jetty Head,
from which No 5 Light (port hand) is displayed,
thence:
3 Into the inner harbour; No 9 Beacon (port hand)
marks a dangerous rock on the NW side of the
entrance, and No 10 Light (starboard hand) is
displayed from a dolphin on the SE side of the
entrance.
Caution. In the SE approach to Anaheim Bay an unlit
dolphin lies 6 cables SSE, and a shoal depth of 9 m (29 ft)
lies 1 mile S respectively, of the head of the E Jetty.
4 Useful mark:
Seal Beach Municipal Pier (33442N, 118064W),
a pier 500 m in length.
Huntington Harbour
8.159
1 On the SE side of the basin a channel, marked by No 11
Light-beacon (port hand), (close E of No 10 Light), and by
buoys (port hand) leads to the entrance to Huntington
Harbour. The entrance channel is spanned by a bridge with
a vertical clearance of 7 m.
2 All the usual facilities are available, including repairs to
vessels up to 25 tonnes displacement and 15 m in length.
Other names
8.160
1 Abalone Point (3333N, 11749W).
Two Rock Point (3333N, 11748W).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
SAN PEDRO BAY AND APPROACHES
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 1082, 1063
Description
8.161
1 San Pedro Bay is formed between Seal Beach (3344N,
11806W) (8.154) and Point Fermin (10 miles W) (8.173),
and comprises the harbours of Long Beach (8.175) and Los
Angeles (8.203); Terminal Island, in the NW part of San
Pedro Bay, separates the outer bay from Los Angeles and
Long Beach inner harbours. The bay is well protected and
is a safe harbour in any weather.
2 Long Beach Harbor, in the E part of San Pedro Bay,
includes the city of Long Beach and a part of Terminal
Island on which is located the US Naval Shipyard and
Naval Station. Four oil production islands lie to E of Long
Beach Harbor in the E part of the bay.
Los Angeles Harbor, at the W end of the bay, includes
the waterfront districts of San Pedro, Wilmington and a
major portion of Terminal Island.
3 Both harbours are ports of entry. Although the two ports
are separate entities their harbour facilities are closely
interrelated; the harbours are connected by Cerritos Channel
(8.184).
The three breakwaters protecting the bay are:
4 San Pedro Breakwater which extends first ESE for
9 cables, then ENE for 9 cables from Cabrillo
Beach, 5 cables NE of Point Fermin (3342N,
11818W), to the entrance to Los Angeles Main
Channel.
Middle Breakwater which extends 2 miles ENE, then
1 mile E from the entrance to Los Angeles Main
Channel to the entrance to the Long Beach
Channel.
5 Long Beach Breakwater which extends 2 miles E
from the entrance to the Long Beach Channel.
Pilotage
8.162
1 All foreign vessels and US vessels of more than 300 grt
are subject to pilotage at both Los Angeles and Long
Beach Harbors. Pilotage will be charged whether a pilot is
employed or not.
Pilot areas are established, as shown on the chart,
which extend 1 miles SSE and 3 miles S respectively,
from the entrances to Los Angeles and Long Beach
Harbors; these areas should only be entered when vessels
are proceeding in, or out, of the harbours; see 8.165.
Notice of ETA. A minimum of 2 hours notice of arrival
is required at both Los Angeles and Long Beach Pilot
Stations.
2 Los Angeles pilots board vessels with a draught of 50 ft
(152 m) or less from one of two pilot boats in the vicinity
of No 3 Light-buoy, moored 1 miles SSE of Los Angeles
Light (3343N, 11815W) (8.173), as shown on the chart.
Vessels with greater draught will be boarded 2 miles farther
SSE, SE of No 1 Light-buoy as shown on the chart. The
pilot boats, Stephen M White and Phineas Banning, have
black hulls and white upperworks with the letters L.A.
PILOTS displayed on each side. In normal weather
conditions the pilot ladder should be on the starboard side
about 1 m above the water. Pilots may not board in periods
of severe weather or poor visibility.
The Los Angeles Pilot Office is at the SE end of Pier
No 1 (33433N, 118163W).
270
3 Long Beach pilots board from one of two boats 1 mile
S of LB Light-buoy (33414N, 118110W) large and
deep-draught vessels are boarded about 2 miles S of the
buoy. The pilot boats, Vega and Polaris, have yellow hulls
and white upperworks with the letters LONG BEACH
PILOTS displayed on each side. In normal weather
conditions the pilot ladder should be on the starboard side
about 2 m above the water. In thick fog vessels may be
requested to anchor outside the breakwater in Anchorage F.
4 The Long Beach Pilot Office is at the NW end of Pier F
(33448N, 118128W).
For further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(5).
Vessel Traffic Service
8.163
1 Vessel Traffic Service and VMRS, operated by the
Marine Exchange in cooperation with the US Coast Guard,
is established covering the navigable waters of San Pedro
Bay and San Pedro Channel, excluding Santa Monica Bay,
within a radius of 25 miles from Point Fermin (3342N,
11818W); the service is mandatory for most vessels and
includes all the Precautionary Area, portions of the TSS
and Long Beach and Los Angeles harbours. Mariners
should report their position and destination, and will be
given information about traffic to be encountered in the
Precautionary Area.
2 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(5).
Traffic regulations
8.164
1 Traffic separation scheme. The Los Angeles/Long
Beach section of the TSS (8.4) is established, as shown on
the chart, in the S and W approaches to San Pedro Bay.
2 Precautionary Area, as shown on the chart, exists
between the S and W approach traffic lanes and the Los
Angeles/Long Beach breakwaters. Special caution is
necessary within this area due to the presence of large
vessels manoeuvring to embark or disembark pilots, to
enter or leave the traffic lanes, or to enter or leave
Commercial Anchorage G.
8.165
1 Regulated Navigation Area (see Appendix V) has been
established, as shown on the chart, comprising the Los
Angeles and Long Beach Pilot Areas (8.162), and the area
between them S of Middle Breakwater, including the whole
of Anchorage G (8.170). These regulations include a speed
limit within the area of 12 kn. In addition to this mandatory
limit, vessels within 20 miles of Point Fermin (3342N,
11818W) are requested to observe a voluntary speed limit
of 12 kn as an environmental measure.
2 Security Zone is established around any vessel carrying
LPG/LNG within the Long Beach/Los Angeles Harbours
and within 3 miles of their entrances. A Security Zone is
also established around any passenger vessel within the
same area; see Appendix V.
3 Inland Rules of the Road are in force in San Pedro
Bay within the line of the breakwaters, and a line joining
the E end of Long Beach Breakwater to the extremity of
the E jetty at Anaheim Bay (3344N, 11805W); see
Appendix VII.
4 Prohibited anchorage. Within Los Angeles and Long
Beach Harbors and the Precautionary Area to the S,
anchoring outside of the designated anchorage areas is
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
prohibited, except in an emergency or with the prior
approval of the Captain of the Port.
Regulations concerning entry tankers
8.166
1 State of California regulations require tankers carrying in
excess of 5000 tons of oil as bulk cargo to be escorted by
a tug or tugs while in transit within Long Beach and Los
Angeles harbours and their approaches. See 10.10 for
further brief general details and for where the full
regulations may be found. For Long Beach and Los
Angeles, an escort tug should be in position in the S part
of the pilot boarding areas prior to an inbound vessel
arriving within 2 miles of the breakwaters. Masters are to
ensure anchors are ready for letting go prior to entering the
pilot boarding areas.
Submarine cables and pipelines
8.167
1 Mariners are cautioned against anchoring in the vicinity
of the many cable areas and submerged pipeline areas
which are shown on the charts; in particular, attention is
drawn to the cables areas in the Long Beach Channel, the
Los Angeles Main Channel, and the NE part of Long
Beach Outer Harbor.
For further information see The Mariners Handbook.
Quarantine and customs
8.168
1 The quarantine and immigration station is at Reservation
Point (33435N, 118160W) (8.212). Vessels subject to
arrival inspections should make arrangements in advance
through their agents; unless otherwise directed, the officials
usually board vessels at their berths.
For general remarks on quarantine and customs see 1.47
and 1.48.
Measured distance
8.169
1 A measured distance of 1 mile, on a running track of
090270, is established on the S side of Long Beach
Breakwater. Each end is marked by pairs of yellow
diamond shaped daymarks on metal posts.
Anchorages
8.170
1 Anchorage areas are established both inside and outside
the breakwaters. The limits of the areas are indicated by
pecked lines on the charts and are distinguished by capital
letters; individual berths in the areas are numbered. Areas
BG are commercial anchorages and Areas N, P and Q are
general anchorages. Inside the breakwaters, vessels must
anchor in the anchorage area assigned except in the case of
an emergency.
2 Caution. A trot of lighted mooring buoys lies in the
NW part of Area B; several more lie within Areas C and E.
A dangerous wreck, partially visible and marked by a light
buoy, lies in Berth D8.
8.171
1 Outer anchorages are Area F, which lies on the SE side
of Long Beach Breakwater, and Area G, to the S of the
Middle Breakwater. Vessels are prohibited from entering
Commercial Anchorage G unless bound for an assigned
berth within it.
2 Explosives anchorage covers an area centred in position
33436N, 11809W, 2 cables N of Long Beach
Breakwater, with a radius of about 9 cables; when the
anchorage is in use it encompasses parts of Areas D, E, F
271
and Q. No vessel carrying more than 680 tonnes of
explosives may anchor in this anchorage.
Natural conditions
8.172
1 Tidal streams in both Los Angeles and Long Beach
Harbors follow the axes of the various channels and seldom
exceed 1 kn.
Winds. At Los Angeles, the predominant wind is WSW
from May to September and W from October to April but
in winter the wind is often S or SE. South-east gales occur
five or six times during winter and are dangerous to vessels
anchored outside the breakwaters. Winds in summer, though
sometimes strong, are not usually dangerous.
2 Caution should be exercised during the late autumn and
winter should E winds become established over California
as such a condition may give rise to the onset of a Santa
Ana (1.184).
Fog is most likely to be experienced from September to
January and again in April; it is mainly radiation fog
drifting from the land and is worst in the evening and early
morning; industrial smoke increases the intensity and
persistence of the fog.
Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.217.
3 Seiches. Both Long Beach and Los Angeles Harbors are
characterised by short period oscillations of the sea level
known as seiches. The most persistent and conspicuous
oscillation has a period of approximately 1 hour. At the
harbour entrances, this seiche is very prominent, causing
velocity variations which at times may be as great as 1 kn,
and which often overcomes the lesser tidal stream so that
the flow changes direction at half hourly intervals. Because
of the more restricted channel, the stream through the
entrance of Long Beach Inner Harbor usually reaches a
greater velocity than that through the entrance of Los
Angeles Inner Harbor, and the hourly variation may
sometimes be 1 kn or more.
4 The hourly seiche, together with other oscillations of
shorter period and of more irregular occurrence, at times
causes a very rapid change both in the height of the water
and the velocity and direction of the stream, and may
endanger vessels alongside the piers and wharves; it is
advisable to ensure the moorings are tight at all times.
Principal marks
8.173
1 Landmarks:
Two large, white radar domes (3345N, 11820W)
which stand on the summit of San Pedro Hill; the
hill, which drops in terraces, terminates on the
coast in steep rocky cliffs about 18 m high.
Point Fermin (3342N, 11818W), a bold cliffy
point, 30 m (100 ft) high, at the W entrance to the
bay; a light (pole) is displayed from the point and
a prominent pavilion stands 3 cables N of the light.
2 Los Angeles Lighthouse (white round tower, on
concrete base, 21 m in height) (3343N,
11815W), on the head of San Pedro Breakwater.
Long Beach Lighthouse (green square on white tower,
on building on columns, 13 m in height) (3343N,
11811W), on the E extremity of the Middle
Breakwater.
3 Major lights:
Long Beach Aero Light (aviation beacon) (3349N,
11809W), displayed at an elevation of 46 m at
Long Beach Municipal Airport.
Long Beach Light as above.
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Point Fermin from S (8.173)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

Los Angeles Light as above. Port Authority

Point Vicente Light (3344N, 11825W) (8.236). 8.177
1 Long Beach Harbor Commission, Pier A, 925 Harbor
Other navigational aids Plaza, P.O. Box 570, Long Beach, California 908010570.
8.174 Website: www.polb.com
1 Racons:
No 3 Light-buoy (33413N, 118144W). Limiting conditions
LB Light-buoy (33414N, 118110W). Controlling depths
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. 8.178
1 Most channels in Long Beach harbour are maintained at
considerably more than the project depth of 107 m (35 ft) .
Long Beach Channel as far as Back Channel has charted
LONG BEACH HARBOR depths of 23 m (76 ft) (2002).
For the latest controlling depths the chart, and the port
authorities, should be consulted.
General information
Vertical clearances
8.179
Charts 1081, 1082, 1063
1 Gerald Desmond Bridge (33458N, 118132W) is a
Position and function fixed span bridge with a vertical clearance of 472 m
8.175 (155 ft), which crosses Back Channel between Middle
1 Long Beach Harbor (3345N, 11813W) is a man made Harbor and Inner Harbor.
harbour situated in the E part of San Pedro Bay. It is one Overhead power cables, with a vertical clearance of
of the largest ports on the Pacific coast and has the 472 m (155 ft) cross the E part of Cerritos Channel in
reputation of being Americas most modern port. It handles Inner Harbor, 3 cables NW of Gerald Desmond Bridge;
extensive foreign and domestic trade with modern facilities vessels are required to maintain a distance of at least 18 m
for the largest vessels, including several of the largest and (6 ft) under the cables at all times.
most modern container terminals on the Pacific coast. 2 Heim Highway Bridge and Henry Ford Avenue
Bascule Bridge, (33460N, 118143W), 25 m apart,
Traffic cross Cerritos Channel on the N side of Terminal Island.
8.176 The former has a vertical clearance of 116 m (38 ft) when
1 In 2002, 3053 vessels called totalling 163 491 612 dwt. down, and 49 m (163 ft) when raised; the two tall,

272
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
rectangular towers of the bridge, from which red
obstruction lights are displayed, are prominent. The latter, a
railway bridge, is a double leafed span with a clearance of
18 m (6 ft) when closed and 503 m (165 ft) when raised; it
is maintained in the open position, except for maintenance
and the passage of trains. Clearance gauges are reported to
be sited on either side of these bridges.
3 The opening signal for the Heim Highway Bridge is
three prolonged blasts, and for the Henry Ford Avenue
Bridge two short blasts followed by one prolonged blast.
The acknowledging signal for both bridges is two
prolonged blasts followed by one short blast when the
bridge will open immediately, and five short blasts when
they will not open immediately.
4 The controller of both bridges can be contacted by VHF
radio, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
Queens Way Bridge (33458N, 118120W) is a
fixed span bridge with a vertical clearance of 137 m (45 ft)
at its centre, which connects the city of Long Beach with
the S piers in the harbour.
Tidal levels
8.180
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
range about 16 m; mean neap range about 06 m.
Density of water
8.181
1 The density of water in the bay is 1025 g/cm3.
Maximum size of vessel handled
8.182
1 A vessel of 266 585 dwt, draught 20.1 m, LOA 335 m
has used the port.
Arrival information
8.183
1 Vessel Traffic Service. See 8.163.
Anchorages. See 8.170.
Pilotage. See 8.162.
Tugs are available and meet vessels inside the
breakwaters.
2 Traffic regulations. See 8.164 and 8.165. Harbor
Restricted Area is established in that part of Long Beach
Channel between Pier J and the entrance to Middle Harbor,
as can be seen on the chart; outbound traffic has priority in
this section and a speed limit of 6 kn is imposed. The
maximum speed in the Middle and Inner Harbors is also
restricted to 6 kn.
Quarantine and customs. See 8.168.
Harbour
General layout
8.184
1 Long Beach Harbor consists of Outer Harbor, Middle
Harbor and Inner Harbor. Long Beach Channel leads to
Southeast Basin and Basin Six, which are entered from
Outer Harbor, thence to Middle Harbor.
2 In the Outer Harbor, which is principally an anchorage
area, there are four artificial oil production islands, known
as the Astronaut Islands, named after former astronauts
Grissom, White, Freeman and Chaffee. The islands, whose
positions can be seen on the chart, look like holiday
resorts, with palm trees and tall, white, high rise structures
which camouflage the derricks; each is marked on its four
sides by lighted beacons. Queensway Bay (8.201) in the
NW corner of Outer Harbor, separates the port area from
273
the city of Long Beach; it terminates at the Flood Control
Channel on the W side of Long Beach. The former
passenger liner Queen Mary, now a museum and hotel, lies
at the S entrance to Queensway Bay, and close S of the
liner is a prominent white, illuminated dome, in which is
housed the flying boat Spruce Goose.
3 There are extensive small craft facilities in Queensway
Bay and in Alamitos Bay (8.200) on the E side of Outer
Harbor.
Middle Harbor is divided into an East Basin and a West
Basin, separated by Back Channel. Commercial operations
take place in East basin, but West Basin, which is bounded
N and NE by Terminal Island, and is protected on its S
side by Naval Base Mole, is a naval base and a restricted
area; for remarks on restricted areas see 8.6. For details see
Appendix VI. Numerous piers project into West Basin from
Naval Base Mole and from Terminal Island, and the US
Naval Shipyard, including three dry docks, is situated in
the NE side of the basin.
4 The Inner Harbor is entered through Back Channel, a
continuation of the main channel N of Middle Harbor;
Cerritos Channel, leading E from Inner Harbor connects the
Long Beach terminals with those at Los Angeles. From the
Turning Basin in Inner Harbor, the berthing areas of
Channel Two and Channel Three lead ENE, parallel to each
other, for 7 cables.
Development
8.185
1 Construction work was in progress (2003) within West
Basin on the new facilities on Pier T; 820 m (2700 ft) of
wharfage is now open with a further 460 m (1500 ft) due to
be completed by mid-2004.
Submarine cables and pipelines
8.186
1 See 8.167.
Natural conditions
8.187
1 See 8.172.
Principal marks
8.188
1 Landmarks in the approach: see 8.173.
Landmarks in the harbour (positioned from the centre
of the white dome(33451N, 118113W) (8.184)):
Radar tower (11 cables S) on SE corner of Pier J.
Grain elevator (1 mile W), which has a prominent,
grey tower.
2 Tower (9 cables N), a green coloured structure, on an
hotel.
Tower (9 cables NNE), a white stone structure, on
an hotel.
Major lights:
See 8.173.
Other navigational aids
8.189
1 See 8.174.
Directions
(continued from 8.140)
Approaches
8.190
1 There is a clear approach through the precautionary area
(8.164), from its boundaries with the N-bound traffic lane
(33355N, 118100W) and the E-bound traffic lane
(3336N, 11818W), to the pilot boarding area S of the
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
J Pier
Port of Long Beach from SE (8.184)
(Original dated 2004)
(Photograph Port of Long Beach)
entrance (33434N, 118110W) to Long Beach Harbor,
keeping clear, depending on draught, of the rocky patches,
reported 1983, and wreck, 3 miles SSE and 4 miles SSE
of the entrance, respectively.
The LB Light-buoy (safe water) must be left to port.
2 Caution. Vessels awaiting a pilot should stay well to
seaward and E of the LB Light-buoy. When making the
breakwater entrance, speed should be no greater than is
necessary to maintain steerage way. At night, the lights of
small craft may be difficult to distinguish against the
harbour lights in the background.
3 Leading lights:
Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe)
(33441S, 118111W) on S breakwater, E side
of Pier J.
Rear light (similar structure) (3 cables N of front
light) on N breakwater, E side of Pier J.
From a position close E of LB Light-buoy the alignment
(355) of these lights leads N through the fairway, passing
between Middle Breakwater and Long Beach Breakwater
and entering Long Beach Channel.
Long Beach Channel
8.191
1 From the entrance between Long Beach Light (8.173)
and No 2 Light (red triangular daymark on white
framework tower), displayed from the W extremity of Long
Beach Breakwater (3 cables E), Long Beach Channel
leads NW for 2 miles to the entrance to Middle Harbour,
thence N for a farther 1 miles through Back Channel,
which is spanned by a bridge (8.179) at its N end, and into
Inner Harbor. Light-beacons mark the extremities of Piers
D, F and J and the Naval Base Mole.
274
White dome
Pier J east side basin
8.192
1 The basin on reclaimed land on the E side of Pier J
containing Berths 266270 (8.195) is entered from Long
Beach Outer Harbour on the alignment (270) of lights (on
buildings) leading between two breakwaters, extending E
from the basin. Light-beacons stand on the head of each
breakwater.
Useful marks
8.193
1 With positions from the centre of the White Dome
(33451N, 118113W):
Island Grissom (5 cables NE), Island White
(14 cables E), Island Freeman (14 cables ESE), and
Island Chaffee (2 miles ESE), which are
described at 8.184. Fog signals (horns) are sounded
from the islands.
2 Belmont Pier (2 miles E), a pleasure pier about 310 m
in length from the head of which lights are
displayed.
Long Beach Breakwater No 1 Light (green square
daymark on framework tower) (33434N,
118082W), displayed from the E extremity of
Long Beach Breakwater.
Basins and berths
8.194
1 The port of Long Beach has over 60 piers and wharves,
the majority of which are in South-east Basin and East
Basin; only the deeper commercial berths are listed.
Though most of the piers are owned by the Port of Long
Beach several berths in Inner Harbor are privately owned
and operated.
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Back Channel

Long Beach Channel from SSE (8.191)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

2 Alongside depths. The depths quoted below are reported East Basin
depths and the port authorities should be consulted for the 8.196
latest information. 1 Pier F:
Berths 610: length 823 m; depths alongside 97 m to
11.3 m; container terminal.
Piers D and E:
South-east Basin and Basin Six Berths 2426: length 594 m; depths alongside 91 to
8.195 122 m; general cargo in containers, Ro-Ro
1 Pier J: terminals.
Berths 232234: length 700 m; depths alongside 11 to 2 Berths 2831: total length 605 m; depths alongside
137 m; container terminal. 12.2 to 143 m; dry bulk, including cement
Berth 242: length 183 m; depth alongside 107 to cargoes, and liquid bulk cargoes including animal
119 m; bulk liquid cargoes. fats and vegetable oil.
Berths 243247: length 1006 m; depths alongside 11 Berths 3234: length 335 m; depths alongside 97 to
to 12.2 m; container terminal. 11.6 m; steel products, bulk cement, animal fats
2 Berths 266270: length 826 m; depth alongside and vegetable oils.
137 m; container terminal. 3 Pier T:
Pier G: Berth 118: length 228 m; recyclable metals.
Berths 212215: length 580 m; depths alongside 107 Berth 121: length 381 m; depths alongside 198 to
to 158 m; bulk iron ore, potash, petroleum coke 207 m; crude oil and petroleum products.
cargoes. Berth 122: length 183 m; depths alongside 97 to
3 Berths 227230: length 777 m; depths alongside 128 107 m; lumber and lumber products.
to 143 m; container terminal. Details of Piers 1, 2 and 3 may best be seen from the
Pier F: chart.
Berth 211: length 497 m; depths alongside 94 to
109 m; barge loading. Inner Harbor
Berth 210: length 167 m; depths alongside 119 to 8.197
122 m; bulk salt and bunkering. 1 Channel Three Pier D:
4 Berth 208: length 128 m; depths alongside 88 to Berth 46: length 195 m; depths alongside 88 to
100 m; bulk cement and bunkering. 107 m; gypsum terminal.
Berths 204207: length 751 m; depths alongside 94 Berths 5254: length 400 m; depths alongside 94 to
to 113 m; general cargoes, steel products and 122 m; newsprint and lumber products.
lumber. Pier C:

275
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Berths 6062: length 550 m; containerised cargo.
2 Channel Two Pier C:
Berth 73: length 114 m; depths alongside 107 to
122 m; crude oil and petroleum products.
Pier B:
Berths 8283: length 323 m, depths alongside 91 to
119 m; gypsum, petroleum products and vehicles.
3 Several other tanker terminals, the largest at Berths
8487: length with dolphins 603 m; depth
alongside 146 to 155 m; crude oil and petroleum
products.
Cerritos Channel
8.198
1 Pier A:
Berths 9094: length 1097 m; receipt of general
cargo.
Pier S:
Berth 101 (immediately W of Heim Highway Bridge
(8.179)): length 109 m; depth alongside 116 to
137 m; liquid chemical terminal.
Port services
8.199
1 General. The port facilities of Long Beach are closely
interrelated with those of Los Angeles.
Repairs of all kinds can be carried out.
Largest dry dock: Length 333 m; breadth 43 m;
depth over the sill 119 m.
2 Other facilities. Deratting inspections and certificates
from Los Angeles; limited facilities for reception of oily
waste at Los Angeles; hospitals; compass adjustment.
Supplies. Fresh water and fuels by pipeline at the berths
or by barge; provisions and stores.
Communications. Los Angeles International Airport
about 30 km distant.
Rescue. See 8.225.
Small craft
Long Beach Marina
8.200
1 General information. Long Beach Marina, a small craft
harbour administered by Long Beach Marine Department, is
situated in Alamitos Bay (3345N, 11807W) on the E
side of San Pedro Bay. The central part of the bay is
formed by Naples, an island connected to the mainland by
three fixed bridges, and with navigable channels around it.
Long Beach Marina occupies the E part of the bay inside
the entrance; another marina lies in the inner part of the
bay and is entered from a section known as Marine
Stadium which extends NW from Long Beach Marina.
2 Depths. There is a least charted depth of about 46 m
(15 ft) in the entrance channel, and of about 3 m (10 ft) to
the berths in the inner harbour.
Vertical clearances (bridges):
Naples Island W side to Belmont Shore; vertical
clearance 12 m (4 ft).
3 Naples Island N side to Belmont Shore; vertical
clearance 4 m (13 ft).
Naples Island NE side across Marine Stadium;
vertical clearance 97 m (32 ft).
Bridge over channel to inner marina; vertical
clearance 33 m (11 ft).

Entrance to Alamitos Bay and Long Beach Marina (8.200)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

276
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
4 Directions. The bay is entered from SSW between two
jetties, about 1 cable apart, which extend about 5 cables
from the shore. Lights (starboard and port hand) are
displayed from the head of the E and W jetty, respectively.
Dangers in the approach (positioned from the head of
the W jetty (33442N, 118073):
Dangerous wreck (2 cables W) (position approximate).
Dangerous wreck (5 cables SSW).
5 Berths and services. Long Beach Marina has
accommodation for 1800 small craft; all mooring is
controlled by a Harbour Master. Visiting craft may obtain
berthing on a first come first served basis.
All the usual small craft facilities are available at the
various berthing areas in the bay; repairs can be effected to
craft up to 40 tonnes and 18 m in length.
Downtown Marina
8.201
1 Description. Downtown Marina (33455N, 118110W)
is an enclosed small craft harbour situated on the NE side
of Queensway Bay, a recreational area where numerous
unlit buoys and moorings are laid; Island Grissom (8.184)
lies on the N side of the entrance to the marina.
2 A detached breakwater lies 1 cable SE of the entrance;
lights are displayed from the extremities of the breakwater
and from each side of the entrance to the marina. The
entrance N of the island is foul and a dangerous wreck lies
1 cable E of this entrance.
Services. All the usual services are available.
Other facilities
8.202
1 In addition to the two major small craft harbours
described above, other facilities, where all the usual
services can be obtained, are situated:
Inside the entrances to Channel Two and Channel
Three (33463N, 118130W).
In Cerritos Channel in the approaches to the Heim
Highway Bridge (33460N, 118143W) (8.179).
LOS ANGELES HARBOR
General information
Charts 1081, 1082, 1063
Position and function
8.203
1 Los Angeles Harbor (3345N, 11816W) is situated on
the W side of San Pedro Bay. Together with Long Beach
Harbor it is one of the largest harbours on the Pacific coast
and historically has been a leader in terms of tonnage
handled. Los Angeles is the leading container port in the
United States. It has extensive modern facilities to
accommodate all types and sizes of vessels, and is the only
port in S California regularly visited by passenger vessels;
it continues to expand.
Traffic
8.204
1 In 2002, 2655 vessels called totalling 101 937 275 dwt.
Port Authority
8.205
1 Los Angeles Harbor Department, 425 South Palos
Verdes Street, San Pedro.
Website: www.portoflosangeles.org
277
Limiting conditions
Controlling depths
8.206
1 Project depth in Main Channel as far as the entrance to
Super Tanker Channel is 137 m (45 ft), and in Super
Tanker Channel 122 m (40 ft); greater depths are usually
maintained.
For the latest controlling depths the chart and the port
authorities should be consulted.
Vertical clearances
8.207
1 Vincent Thomas Bridge (3345N, 11816W), a
highway suspension bridge, crosses Main Channel, on the S
side of the turning basin about 3 miles above the entrance.
It has a vertical clearance of 56 m (185 ft) over the width
of the central 152 m (500 ft). The usable channel width is
3505 m (1150 ft), with a vertical clearance of 503 m
(165 ft). The centre of the span is marked by two green
fixed lights, and four red fixed lights mark the limits of the
channel.
2 Heim Highway Bridge (33460N, 118143W) and the
adjacent bascule bridge, which span Cerritos Channel, are
described at 8.179.
Tidal levels
8.208
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
range about 16 m; mean neap range about 06 m.
Density of water
8.209
1 The density of water in the bay is 1025 g/cm3.
Maximum size of vessel handled
8.210
1 It is reported a vessel LOA 333 m, 228 896 dwt, draught
214 m, has been handled.
Arrival information
8.211
1 Vessel Traffic Service. See 8.163.
Anchorages. See 8.170.
Pilotage. See 8.162.
Tugs are available and meet vessels inside the
breakwaters.
Traffic regulations. See 8.164 and 8.165.
Quarantine and customs. See 8.168.
Harbour
General layout
8.212
1 Los Angeles Harbor consists of Outer Harbor, which
comprises the sheltered area N of San Pedro Breakwater
(8.161), and Inner Harbor, bounded on W and N by the
mainland and on the E and S by Terminal Island, at the
SW end of which there is a reclaimed area known as
Reservation Point (33435N, 118160W). Pier 300 is an
extensive area of reclaimed land, on the S side of Terminal
Island, between the E entrance to Fish Harbour and the
Naval Base Mole (1 miles E).
2 Pier 400 is separated from Pier 300 by Pier 300 Channel,
which is approached through Pier 300 Turning Basin that
also gives access to Fish Harbour (8.226) on the S side of
Terminal Island near its W end.
San Pedro on the W side of Inner Harbor, East San
Pedro at the W end of Terminal Island, and Wilmington N
of Inner Harbor, are all included within the limits of the
City of Los Angeles.
Home Contents Index
3 From the entrance Main Channel leads about 1 mile NW
across Outer Harbor to Inner Harbor, which is entered
between Reservation Point and Pier No 1 (1 cables W).
The tanker terminal in Outer Harbor is served by Super
Tanker Channel which leads WSW from Main Channel
7 cables inside the entrance.
4 Above Reservation Point, Main Channel leads N to
Inner Harbor Turning Basin, thence NE through East Basin
Channel, and ENE into Cerritos Channel, which connects
with Long Beach Inner Harbor. The channel is lined with
wharves and piers on both sides.
5 The berthing areas of South-west Slip, West Basin and
Slip No 1 are entered from the turning basin; Slip No 5 is
entered from the N side of East Basin Channel; East Basin
is entered at the head of this latter channel.
Submarine cables and pipelines
8.213
1 See 8.167.
Natural conditions
8.214
1 See 8.172.
Principal marks
8.215
1 Landmarks in the approach: see 8.173.
Landmarks in the harbour:
Radio Tower (red lights) (33443N, 118167W), on
San Pedro City Hall.
Tank (green and white) (11 miles SSE of the radio
tower) on Pier No 1.
2 Tank (1 mile SE of the radio tower) on Reservation
Point.
Five chimneys (33462N, 118159W) at a power
station.
Major lights:
See 8.173.
Other navigational aids
8.216
1 See 8.174.
Directions
(continued from 8.140)
Approaches
8.217
1 There is a clear approach through the precautionary area
(8.164), from its boundaries with the N-bound traffic lane
(33355N, 118100W) and the E-bound traffic lane
(3336N, 11818W), to the pilot boarding area S of the
entrance (33426N, 118148W) to Los Angeles Harbor,
keeping clear, depending on draught, of the rocky patches,
reported 1983, together with an obstruction, 2 to 3 miles
SSE, and wreck, 3 miles SSE of the entrance.
2 Vessels approaching from W and exempt from using the
TSS, entering the precautionary area from inshore, should
note a dangerous rocky area, over which there are tide rips,
which lies 3 cables SE of Point Fermin; it is marked on its
S side by No 6PF Light-buoy (starboard hand).
3 From the vicinity of No 1 Light-buoy (port hand)
(33394N, 118135W), the entrance fairway, marked by
light-buoys (lateral), leads NNW for about 3 miles to the
entrance between San Pedro and Middle Breakwaters.
CHAPTER 8
Los Angeles Main Channel
8.218
1 Cautions. Vessels should keep clear of Los Angeles
Main Channel during the passage of deep laden tankers to
and from Berths 4547 in Outer Harbor (3343N,
11816W). These vessels are constrained by their draught
and must remain in the channel. Vessels which do not have
a pilot on board may obtain information on the movements
of such vessels by contacting Los Angeles Pilot Station.
2 Extensive dredging is reported (2003) to be taking place
in Main Channel, through Inner Harbour Turning Basin and
East Basin Channel to East Basin and parts of Cerritos
Channel, due to complete in 2005.
Leading Lights:
Front light (framework tower) (33432N,
118163W).
Rear light (similar structure) (84 m from front light).
3 From the entrance, marked on its W side by Los
Angeles Light (8.173), and on its E side by No 8 Light
(red triangular daymark on white framework tower, on
white house) displayed from the W extremity of Middle
Breakwater (3 cables E), the alignment (296) of these
lights leads NW through the fairway, marked by
light-buoys, for about 1 miles to the vicinity of
Reservation Point (8.212).
4 A Shallow Water Habitat on the SW side of the channel
is marked by Light-beacons A to E (white diamond
daymark, orange border, on pile):
8.219
1 Thence the Main Channel leads about 3 miles
generally N, NE and ENE, through East Basin Channel,
thence Cerritos Channel, to the vicinity of Heim Highway
Bridge (33460N, 118143W) (8.179), passing under
Vincent Thomas Bridge (8.207).
Super Tanker Channel
8.220
1 Leading Lights. From a position on Main Channel entry
leading line (8.218), in the vicinity of No 11 Light-buoy
(port hand) (33428N, 118157W), the alignment (255)
of the following lights leads through the fairway, marked
by light-beacons and light-buoys to a turning basin which
serves a bulk carrier terminal at the entrance to East
Channel, and a tanker terminal at the entrance to West
Channel.
Front light (white mast, red bands) (33426N,
118170W) displayed from Cabrillo Beach at the
root of San Pedro Breakwater.
Rear light (similar structure) (200 m WSW of the
front light).
2 Caution. The fairway passes close N of the boundary of
the Shallow Water Habitat (8.218).
Useful mark
8.221
1 Cabrillo Beach Launch Ramp (33428N,
118169W) from where lights are displayed.
Basins and berths
8.222
1 The port of Los Angeles has over 100 piers and
wharves; most of the piers are owned by the City of Los
Angeles. Only the deeper commercial berths are listed
below.
Alongside depths. The depths quoted are reported
depths and the port authorities should be consulted for the
latest information.
278
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Pier 300

Los Angeles Main Channel between Pier 1 and Reservation Point from S (8.218)
(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

Outer Harbor West Basin and North-west Slip:

8.223 Berths 121126: length 608 m; depth alongside
1 West Channel: 137 m; container terminal.
Berths 4547: length 324 m; depth alongside 143 m; 4 Berths 127131: length 594 m; depth alongside
supertanker terminal. 107 m; container terminal.
East Channel: Berths 136139: length 542 m; depth alongside
Berths 5455: total length 408 m; depths alongside 116 m; container terminal.
104 m; general cargoes including reefer cargoes. Berths 142147: length 507 m; depth alongside
Berths 5760 on Pier No 1: length 756 m; depths 107 m; general cargoes, steel, molasses and Ro-Ro
alongside 101 to 116 m; mooring and repair cargoes.
berths. 5 Pier A:
Berths 148151: length 410 m; depth alongside 10 m;
petroleum and chemical tankers.
Inner Harbor Slip No 1:
8.224 Berths 163164: length 306 m; depth alongside
1 Main Channel West Side: 107 m; tanker terminal.
Berths 7071 on Pier No 1: length 244 m; depth 6 Berths 165166: length about 250 m; depth alongside
alongside 107 m; petrochemical terminal. 113 m; borate terminal.
Berth 72: length 123 m, depth alongside 104 m; Berths 167169: length 400 m; depth alongside
seafood. 107 m; tanker terminal.
Berths 9193B: length 868 m; depth alongside East Basin Channel North-west side:
113 m; passenger terminal. Berths 171173: length 430 m; depth alongside
2 Main Channel East Side: 107 m; tanker terminal.
Berths 226236: length about 1190 m; depths 7 Berths 174176: length 400 m; depth alongside
alongside 137 m; container terminals and general 107 m; general cargo terminal.
cargo. East Basin Channel South-east side:
Berths 237238: length 247 m; depth alongside Berths 212225: length about 2332 m; depth
116 m; tanker terminal. alongside 79 to 122 m; container terminal.
3 South-west Slip: Slip No 5:
Berths 118120: length 372 m; depth alongside 94 to Berths 187190: length 580 m; depths alongside 107
113 m; tanker terminal. to 116 m; bulk liquid terminal.

279
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
8 East Basin:
Berths 195198: length about 690 m; depths alongside
107 to 113 m; car carrier terminal.
Cerritos Channel South side:
Berths 206209: length 678 m; depth alongside
137 m; container and Ro-Ro terminal.
9 Pier 300:
Berth 301: length 309 m; depth alongside 219 m;
coal and petroleum coke.
Berths 302305: length 1219 m; depth alongside
152 m; container terminal.
Port services
8.225
1 General. The port facilities of Los Angeles are closely
interrelated with those of Long Beach.
Repairs of all kinds can be carried out.
Largest dry dock: At Terminal Island; Length
200 m; accepts vessels of 296 m beam; maximum
depths over the blocks 76 m; lifting capacity
22 000 tons.
2 Largest slipway: At Fish Harbor (8.226); lifting
capacity 1000 tons.
Other facilities. Deratting inspections and certificates;
limited facilities for the reception of oily waste; garbage
disposal; hospitals; compass adjustment; salvage crews and
divers.
3 Supplies. Fresh water and fuels by pipeline at the berths
or by barge; provisions and stores.
Communications. Los Angeles International Airport
about 30 km distant.
Rescue. The Los Angeles/Long Beach Coast Guard
Station is on the E side of Main Channel at Reservation
Point (33435N, 118160W) (8.212).
SAN PEDRO BAY TO POINT HUENEME
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 899
Area covered
8.228
1 In this section is described the passage between San
Pedro Bay (3343N, 11811W) and Point Hueneme
(3409N, 11913W), the small craft harbours and the oil
terminal in Santa Monica Bay (3400N, 11830W), and
Port Hueneme; it is arranged as follows:
Point Fermin to Point Hueneme (8.230).
Port Hueneme (8.254).
Traffic separation scheme
8.229
1 A TSS is established, as shown on the chart, in the area
covered by this section; see 8.4.
POINT FERMIN TO POINT HUENEME
General information
Charts 1063, 899
Route
8.230
1 From the vicinity of Point Fermin (3342N, 11818W)
the route follows the TSS, as shown on the chart, through
San Pedro Channel, thence WNW across the approaches to
Small craft
Fish Harbor
8.226
1 Description. Fish Harbor (3344N, 11816W) is an
artificial harbour situated on the S side of Terminal Island
near its W end; it is flanked on its E side by Pier 300
(8.212). It consists of an outer harbour, used mainly as a
yacht anchorage, and an inner harbour which serves the
fishing industry. Charted depths are mostly greater than
55 m (18 ft) in the inner harbour and the E side of the
outer harbour, and 34 m (11 ft) in the outer harbour on its
W sides.
2 Directions. From Main Channel abreast No 12
Light-buoy (starboard hand), the fairway leads N into
Pier 300 Turning Basin and thence to the entrance to Fish
Harbor.
Three buoys (orange and white) mark a restricted area
close to the E side of Reservation Point. Light-beacons
(lateral) stand on the heads of the entrance breakwaters to
outer and inner harbours.
Marinas
8.227
1 There are small craft berthing areas in:
The Outer Harbor in West Channel (33432N,
118167W), including Watchorn Basin on its E
side and the Cabrillo Marina Complex on its W
side.
On the E side of East Basin (3346N, 11815W).
2 On both sides of Cerritos Channel between East
Basin and Heim Highway Bridge, 6 cables E.
All the usual facilities are available.
Santa Monica Bay (3400N, 11830W), and to the
approach to Port Hueneme (54 miles WNW); the route is
free from off-lying dangers.
Topography
8.231
1 Palos Verdes Hills (8.11) rise above the coast on the N
side of San Pedro Channel which trends 6 miles WNW
between Point Fermin and Point Vicente; the shore is well
marked by kelp.
2 Between Point Vicente and Point Dume (25 miles NW)
the coast is deeply indented by Santa Monica Bay. The E
coast of this bay, which is comparatively low and lined by
sand dunes, is backed by an almost continuous urban area
extending to the high land in the interior; towns merge one
into the other. The N shore of the bay is bold, rocky and
rugged. Steep cliffs rise sharply from the sea, then ascend
gradually to the peaks of Santa Monica Mountains about 3
to 4 miles inland.
3 West of Point Dume the coastline is rugged for a
distance of about 14 miles, and is backed inland by
mountains rising to an elevation of about 950 m.
Currents
8.232
1 Moderately strong currents of confused directions have
been observed in the vicinity of Dume Canyon, a
steep-sided submarine valley which runs in a NW direction,
close off Point Dume (3400N, 11848W) (8.238).
280
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
Exercise areas
8.233
1 Firing practice areas are established in the vicinity of
Point Vicente (3344N, 11825W) (8.238) and Point Mugu
(3406N, 11908W) (8.238).
For details of these firing areas see Appendix VI.
Restricted area in Santa Monica Bay
8.234
1 A restricted area, as shown on the chart, in which there
are sewer outfalls, is established in Santa Monica Bay. It
extends about 6 miles W from the shore at El Segundo
(3355N, 11826W); a light-buoy (special) is moored on
its W boundary. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in
the area.
For remarks on restricted areas see 8.6.
Hazards in Santa Monica Bay
8.235
1 Numerous uncharted buoys and underwater obstructions
exist within the 18 m (10 fm) depth contour along the coast
of Santa Monica Bay between King Harbor (3351N,
11824W) (8.246) and Marina del Rey (8 miles NNW)
(8.247); under certain tidal conditions the underwater
obstructions may present a danger to surface navigation.
Also, during the summer months, fishing barges may be
encountered anchored between 1 and 2 miles offshore along
this coast.
Point Vicente Light from S (8.236)
(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)
281
Principal marks
8.236
1 Landmarks:
Two large white radar domes (3345N, 11820W)
(8.173).
Point Fermin (3342N, 11818W) (8.173).
Tall, white, observation tower, conspicuous amongst
the prominent buildings of Marineland Oceanarium
on Long Point (3344N, 11824W).
2 Chimneys, five nearly in line parallel to the beach
(3351N, 11824W), at a large power station on
the N side of King Harbor; a light (44 m in
height) is displayed from the power station.
Two chimneys (102 m (334 ft) high) (3355N,
11826W), red and white bands, at a power
station at El Segundo.
3 Two chimneys (75 m (245 ft) high) (3408N,
11910W), painted in red and white bands, and
which exhibit red obstruction lights; at a power
station.
The W part of Anacapa Island (284 m (930 ft) high)
(3401N, 11925W).
4 Major lights:
Point Vicente Light (white round tower, 20 m in
height) (3344N, 11825W).
Los Angeles Municipal Airport Aero Light (3357N,
11825W).
5 Anacapa Island Lighthouse (white round tower, 17 m
in height) (3401N, 11922W), which is displayed
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
from the E extremity of the E part of Anacapa
Island.
Point Hueneme Light (3409N, 11913W) (8.271).
Other navigational aids
8.237
1 Racons:
Los Angeles No 3 Light-buoy (33413N,
118144W).
Platform Gail (3407N, 11924W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 8.140)
8.238
1 From a position about 4 miles S of Point Fermin
(3342N, 11818W) the route leads initially 6 miles W,
thence 48 miles WNW, through the W-bound lane of the
TSS passing (with positions from Point Fermin):
N of W Light-buoy (special) (5 miles S), moored at
the E extremity of the separation zone, thence:
S of two dangerous wrecks (1 and 2 miles WSW
respectively), thence:
2 S of White Point (1 miles WNW) from which
submarine sewer outfalls extend 1 miles to
seaward, thence:
NNE of SP Light-buoy (special) (6 miles SW),
moored in the separation zone at its turn to WNW,
and:
3 SSW of Point Vicente (6 miles WNW), a steep
rocky cliff, 37 m high, which appears white and
red in colour, with red the predominant colour. A
rock awash, with kelp extending beyond it, lies
1 cables SW of the point. A small black
pyramidal rock, 76 m high, stands close inshore
about 3 cables E of the point. A light (8.236) is
displayed from the point. A firing practice area
(8.233) is established in the vicinity of Point
Vicente. Thence:
4 SSW of Palos Verdes Point (2 miles NNW of Point
Vicente), a bold, bluff point 23 m high on which
there is a stranded wreck; No 10PV Light-buoy
(starboard hand) moored 7 cables W of the point
marks bands of heavy kelp which extend up to
6 cables offshore from the point. Thence:
5 SSW of Point Dume (3400N, 11848W), a reddish
coloured rocky bluff with white cliffs on either
side; the bluff rises to a dome shaped head, 60 m
high, which falls away N to a low plateau between
it and the high land. A reef, which dries, and on
which is a small above-water rock, extends about
2 cables S of the point, and foul ground extends
3 cables E from the reef; these dangers are marked
by No 12PD Light-buoy (starboard hand) moored
5 cables S of Point Dume. Thence:
6 SSW of Point Mugu (3405N, 11903W), the
seaward termination of the Santa Monica
Mountains; it is made prominent by the low lying
Santa Clara Valley to W. A conspicuous landslide,
43 m high, is situated at the foot of a high bluff
2 miles E of Point Mugu; it can be identified on
clear moonlight nights. A firing practice area
(8.233) is established in the vicinity of the point.
Thence:
7 SSW of Laguna Point (2 miles W of Point Mugu),
the S extremity of a sandspit which separates the
shallow Mugu Lagoon from the sea; No 5
282
Light-buoy (special) is moored close S of the
point. Mugu Canyon, a submarine valley, brings
depths of more than 91 m (50 fm) to within
5 cables of the shore in this vicinity. The entrance
to the lagoon, which shifts frequently, is not
prominent, but two aluminium coloured tanks
situated 1 miles NW of Point Mugu make good
landmarks. Thence:
8 SSW of a light-buoy (special) (2 miles W of
Laguna Point); a target light-buoy (orange) is
moored 7 cables offshore 2 miles WNW of
Laguna Point. Thence:
To a position SSW of Point Hueneme (3409N,
11913W), at the entrance to Port Hueneme, a
low, rounded, sandy area at the W end of the
Santa Clara Valley.
Useful marks
8.239
1 White radar structure (3407N, 11904W), on the
summit of Laguna Peak.
Ventura County Airport Aero Light (3412N,
11912W).
Platform Gina (34070N, 119166W).
(Directions continue for Port Hueneme at 8.272
and for Santa Barbara Channel at 8.291.
Directions for the passage S of the
Santa Barbara Islands are given at 8.326)
El Segundo Marine Terminal
Chart 899 (see 1.14)
General information
8.240
1 Position and function. El Segundo Marine Terminal
(3355N, 11826W) is situated on the E side of Santa
Monica Bay. A service pier, from the head of which a light
(red and white chequered diamond daymark on pile) is
displayed, extends about 3 cables WSW from the vicinity
of an extensive and prominent tank farm at a refinery at El
Segundo. Submarine pipelines run from positions on the
shore close SSE and up to 4 cables NNW of the service
pier to two multi-point tanker mooring berths for large
crude carriers.
2 Traffic. In 2002, 216 vessels called totalling
24 064 202 dwt.
Port Authority. Cheveron Shipping Co., 1006 Pier F
Avenue, Long Beach, CA 90802.
Limiting conditions
8.241
1 Tidal levels for Santa Monica (3401N, 11830W);
mean spring range about 16 m, mean neap range about
06 m. See Admiralty Tide Tables.
Maximum size of vessel handled. A vessel LOA
285 m, 175 548 dwt, has been accommodated.
Local weather. Gales are rare in Santa Monica Bay, but
local N winds can, on occasions, be sufficiently strong to
interrupt cargo operations; vessels must then proceed to an
anchorage.
Arrival information
8.242
1 Terminal radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
Notice of ETA: 7 days, 72 hours and 24 hours.
Anchorage for vessels awaiting berth is assigned by the
terminal authorities. There are two commercial anchorages,
ES-1 and ES-2, each contained within an radius of 550 m
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
(1800 ft) centred on positions 33542N, 118294W and
33533N, 118290W respectively. Attention is drawn to
the restricted area (8.234) which extends to seaward on the
N side of the port.
2 Pilotage is compulsory; the pilot boarding area is about
3 miles SW of No 2ES Light-buoy.
Directions
8.243
1 Caution. No 2ES Light-buoy marks the W limit of an
area within which, in addition to the above mentioned
pipelines and tanker berths, numerous uncharted buoys and
other hazards to navigation exist. Submarine obstructions
closer to the pier are marked by a light-buoy and
light-buoys (lateral). A dangerous wreck (position
approximate) lies 1 mile S of the terminal.
2 Useful marks:
Two chimneys (3355N, 11826W) (8.236).
Los Angeles Municipal Airport Aero Light (3357N,
11825W).
Pier (3353N, 11825W) at the resort of Manhattan
Beach; a fish haven is established around the head
of this pier which extends about 1 cables from
the shore.
Berths
8.244
1 Of the original four berths only two remain:
No 3: max LOA 305 m, 150 000 dwt, draught 155 m.
No 4: max LOA 305 m, 150 000 dwt, draught 170 m.
Terminal services
8.245
1 Repairs: no facilities.
Other facilities: reception of oily waste; hospitals.
Supplies: bunkers and fresh water not available;
provisions in emergency.
Communications: Los Angeles International Airport
16 km distant.
Small craft harbours
Chart 899 (see 1.14)
King Harbor
8.246
1 Description. King Harbor is a large harbour for small
craft, situated at Redondo Beach (3351N, 11824W) on
the SE side of Santa Monica Bay. It is used mainly by
pleasure craft and has accommodation for more than 1400
craft in three basins; Nos 1 and 2 Basins are on the N side
of the harbour, and No 3 Basin is situated close inside the
entrance. Entry is from S between the heads of a long,
curving W breakwater protecting Basins Nos 2 and 3, and
a short E breakwater protecting Basin No 3.
2 Hazard. Submarine oil seepage is reported to occur
about 1 miles off King Harbor in the deep water of
Redondo Canyon; the surface of the water is covered with
a thin film of petroleum and gas bubbles have been
reported at several locations in this vicinity. A second
seepage, about 4 miles farther NW, is more noticeable and
more continuously in action; on calm days large blobs of
oil have been seen projected clear of the water, and gas
escapes continuously in large bubbles.
3 Controlling depths. There are depths of between 82 to
91 m (27 to 30 ft) in the entrance and depths of about
24 m (8 ft) in the basins. In 1977 shoaling was reported on
the S side of the entrance to Basin 3, and in 1989 rocks
283
awash were reported near the N side of the entrance to this
basin.
4 Port radio: at the Harbour Masterss office situated at
the entrance to Basin 2. For details see Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 6(5) under Redondo. Craft in transit,
and requiring a berth, should obtain instructions from the
Harbour Master.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force inward of the
line joining the jetty heads; see Appendix VII.
Landmarks. Chimneys (3351N, 11824W) (8.236).
5 Directions. Dangers in the approaches (with positions
from the head of the W breakwater):
Dangerous wreck, position approximate, (2 miles
SW).
Obstruction (fish haven) (1 miles SW).
Obstruction (fish haven) (8 cables W).
Obstruction (fish haven) (1 mile NNW).
Pair of intake towers (close N of the root of the W
breakwater), at the extremity of a submarine
pipeline extending 2 cables WSW from the
shore.
6 Entry. RB Light-buoy (safe water), moored about
1 cable SSW of the head of the W breakwater, marks the
approach to the entrance. From the entrance, about 1 cable
wide between the heads of the breakwaters, the channels to
the basins are marked by buoys (lateral and mid-channel).
Lights (lateral) are displayed from the heads of the
breakwaters and at the entrances to Basins 1 and 2. Three
and a half cables inside the entrance two buoys (isolated
danger), moored on the W side of the harbour, mark the
seaward end of a submarine pipeline.
7 All the buoys and lights inside the harbour are privately
maintained.
Caution. In 1988 numerous uncharted sunken wrecks
were reported in the harbour.
Useful marks:
ODAS Light-buoy 46045 (special) (3350N,
11827W).
Pier (3352N, 11824W) at Hermosa Beach, from
which a fog signal is sounded; a fish haven is
established around the head of this pier which
extends about 2 cables W from the shore.
8 Port services. Repairs can be effected to craft up to
60 tonnes displacement and 15 m in length.
All the usual small craft facilities are available.
Marina del Rey and Venice Beach
8.247
1 Description. Marina del Rey (3358N, 11827W),
situated on the E side of Santa Monica Bay, is one of the
largest marinas in the United States with accommodation
for over 6000 pleasure craft. Venice Beach, with Ballona
Lagoon close inside it, extends NNW from the entrance to
the marina to the conurbation of Venice, which is part of
the city of Los Angeles; a number of oil wells are situated
on the beach in the S part of the town.
2 The marina, in which there are eight basins, is entered
between two jetties protected by a detached breakwater
lying parallel to the shore. Lights (lateral daymarks) are
displayed from the head of each jetty and from the
extremities of the detached breakwater.
Controlling depths. In 2003 the entrance channel depth
was 38 m (12 ft) for about 9 cables within the entrance,
and thence (2000) 29 m (9 ft) for 4 cables farther N,
withdepths in the basins of 3 m (10 ft).
3 Measured distance of 1 mile, on a running track of
324144 is established off Venice Beach. The S
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
Entrance to Marina del Rey (8.247)
(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)
marks are two beacons (orange and white triangular
daymarks) on the detached breakwater, and the N mark is a
beacon (similar daymark) on Venice Fishing Pier (see
below).
Anchorage. During storm, stress or other emergency
condition, anchorage may be obtained in a special
anchorage for small craft in the N part of the channel.
4 Traffic regulations.
Traffic separation lanes have been established in the
entrance channel and are marked by buoys on
which are the words NO SAIL. All power driven
vessels are to keep these buoys to port when
entering or leaving the marina. The centre lane
between the buoys is used solely by vessels under
sail when entering or leaving the harbour.
5 Restricted area. Anchoring and fishing are prohibited
in the area enclosed by the detached breakwater
and a line drawn across the channel 300 m above
the entrance.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force within the
harbour entrance; see Appendix VII.
Speed limits are placed on white and orange buoys
within the channel.
6 Directions. Danger in the approach; obstructions (fish
havens) lie about 1 miles WNW of the detached
breakwater.
In 1993 shoaling was reported in the S entrance and the
N entrance is to be preferred; the authorities should be
consulted for the latest information. The ends of the jetties
should be given a wide berth.
7 From the entrance the dredged channel, marked by lights
(lateral) and the buoys of the traffic separation lanes, leads
about 7 cables NE, thence about 7 cables N, to the various
basins.
284
With the exception of the light (starboard hand) which is
displayed from the pier adjacent to the harbour office, all
the aids within the entrance are privately maintained.
8 Caution. In dense fog, it is reported possible to mistake
the fog signal on Venice Fishing Pier for that at the head
of N jetty; the respective signals should be confirmed. See
Admiralty List of Lights and Fog Signals for details.
Useful marks:
Los Angeles Municipal Airport Aero Light (3357N,
11825W).
9 Venice Fishing Pier (1 mile NNW of the entrance),
which extends about 2 cables SW from the shore;
at night the length of the pier is illuminated, and a
light (pile) stands at the head. A fish haven is
established around the head of the pier.
10 Port services.
Repairs can be effected at two boatyards; the largest
slipway has a capacity of 100 tonnes.
Other facilities: medical facilities at the marina and
hospitals nearby.
Supplies of all kinds can be obtained.
Rescue. A Coast Guard search and rescue craft is
stationed at the pier adjacent to the harbour office
on the E side of the bend in the entrance channel,
9 cables inside the entrance. A 24 hour police and
fire patrol is provided by craft from this pier.
Minor bays and coves
Chart 1063
Lunada Bay
8.248
1 Lunada Bay is a small bay on the S side of Palos
Verdes Point (3346N, 11826W) (8.238). A rock, over
which the sea breaks, lies close off Resort Point, the S
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
entrance point (4 cables SSE of Palos Verdes Point); the
bay is obstructed by kelp.
Bluff Cove and Malaga Cove
8.249
1 Bluff Cove is a shallow cove situated on the S side of
Flat Rock Point (3348N, 11825W) and is obstructed
with kelp. Flat Rock and Bit Rock, 18 and 15 m high,
respectively, lie close off a narrow spur that protrudes from
the otherwise rounded point. A dangerous wreck lies in the
S entrance to the cove.
2 Malaga Cove, situated close N of Flat Rock Point,
affords protection to small craft and fishing vessels from all
but W or SW winds. Entrance is gained through a break in
the kelp, and anchorage, in depths of about 11 m (36 ft),
may be obtained with the S point of the cove bearing 207.
Local knowledge is required.
Chart 899 (see 1.14)
Santa Monica
8.250
1 Description. Santa Monica (3401N, 11830W) on the
NE side of Santa Monica Bay is an important city and
resort. The buildings and structures along the beach are
prominent from seaward; notable amongst them are the tall
General Telephone Building surmounted by a radio mast
(red and white bands), and a clock tower which surmounts
a bank building.
2 A pleasure pier extends about 2 cables from the shore
and is protected by a breakwater, about 3 cables long
which lies parallel to the shore 1 cable to seaward; shoaling
is reported between the breakwater and the shore. No 1
Light-buoy (port hand) is moored about 2 cables S of the
breakwater. Buoys (orange and white) are moored at the
extremities of the breakwater.
Mariners are advised to use extreme caution in this area
due to debris and other hazards.
3 Dangers in the approach (with positions from the head
of the pier):
Wreck with a depth over it of 128 m (42 ft)
(1 miles WSW).
Obstruction (fish haven) (1 miles W).
4 Useful mark.
Santa Monica Airport Aero Light (3401N,
11827W).
Rescue. Santa Monica Harbor Patrol maintains a rescue
boat on station for emergencies.
Kellers Shelter
8.251
1 Description. Kellers Shelter, which affords protection
from N and W winds, is situated on the E side of Malibu
Point (3402N, 11841W), the only low land on the N
side of Santa Monica Bay. Two white buildings at the head
of a pier (see below) about 4 cables NE of Malibu Point
make good landmarks.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Dangers in the approach.
Obstruction (fish haven) lying 1 miles E of Malibu
Point.
Numerous uncharted, private mooring buoys may be
encountered in the anchorage area.
3 Caution. A main highway runs along the coast between
Santa Monica (8.250) and Malibu Point and care must be
taken not to confuse the headlights of cars with
navigational lights.
Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of from 9 to
13 m (30 to 42 ft), sand, with Malibu Point bearing 263.
285
A reef, marked by kelp, extends for a short distance
offshore 5 cables W of the anchorage.
4 Landing. A pier, 213 m in length, with a depth of 46 m
at its head, extends from the shore on the W side of
Kellers Shelter; it is used by fishing and recreational craft.
Paradise Cove
8.252
1 Description. Paradise Cove, which affords protection
from N and W winds, is situated 1 miles NE of Point
Dume (3400N, 11848W) (8.238) at the W entrance to
Santa Monica Bay. There are moorings for small craft in
the cove, and a sport fishing pier 120 m in length on the
NW side of the cove.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Dangers in the approach.
Obstruction (fish haven), position approximate, lying
2 miles ENE of Point Dume.
Kelp extends up to 3 cables offshore and this area
should be avoided on account of possible unknown
dangers; in 1988 submerged pilings were reported
to lie about 1 cables SSW of the fishing pier.
3 Anchorage may be obtained, close outside the kelp line
off the fourth break in the cliffs E of Point Dume with that
point bearing 240 in depths of from 11 to 13 m (36 to
42 ft), sand.
Rescue. A rescue boat is maintained on station at
Paradise Cove; a similar craft is also stationed at Zuma
Beach, 1 mile NW of Point Dume.
Other names
8.253
1 Portuguese Point (3344N, 11822W).
Topanga Beach (3402N, 11835W).
San Pedro Escarpment (3343N, 11822W).
Santa Monica Basin (3345N, 11845W).
Santa Monica Canyon (3355N, 11839W).
PORT HUENEME
General information
Chart 899 plan of Approaches to Port Hueneme and plan of
Port Hueneme
Position and function
8.254
1 Port Hueneme is an artificial port entered on the E side
of Point Hueneme (3409N, 11913W). It is a customs
station and accommodates cargo vessels, commercial and
recreational fishing vessels, and offshore oil rig support
vessels; citrus fruits are a principal export, while bananas
and new cars are the main imports. The commercial
terminal occupies the SE part of the basin.
Approach and entry
8.255
1 The port is approached on the alignment of leading
lights and entered through a small cutting protected by two
jetties.
Traffic
8.256
1 In 2002, 319 vessels called totalling 5 724 091 dwt.
Port Authority
8.257
1 The port is under the jurisdiction of the US Navy
Naval Construction Battalion Centre; arrangements for
commercial vessels are made by the Oxnard Harbor
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

District, 105 East Port Hueneme Road, P.O. Box 608, Port boarding position, as shown on the chart, is close on the
Hueneme CA 930410608. entrance leading line about 1 miles SSW of the entrance.
Website: www.portofhueneme.org The ladder is normally rigged on the starboard side on
entry and the port side on departure, about 15 m above the
Limiting conditions water.
Tugs are available.
Controlling depths
8.258 Traffic regulations
1 The project depths are 11 m (36 ft) in the entrance 8.267
channel and 107 m (35 ft) in the basin. In 2003 the 1 Inland Rules of the Road are in force N of a line
mid-channel controlling depth in the entrance channel was joining the jetty heads.
104 m (34 ft), with a least charted depth in the basin of Speed limit of 5 kn is enforced in the port.
97 m (32 ft), except for shoaling in the N and NW part. One-way traffic only is permitted for large vessels, and
Minor silting takes place between dredgings. The channel is is controlled by the pilots.
100 m wide at its narrowest point. Guidelines call for an 2 Security Zone. The waters of Port Hueneme harbour
under keel clearance of 09 m (3 ft) for inbound vessels and have been declared a temporary security zone pending the
06 m (2 ft) on departure. likely establishment of a permanent restricted area. See 8.6
2 For the latest controlling depths the port authorities for remarks of security zones.
should be consulted.
Quarantine and customs
Deepest and longest berth 8.268
8.259 1 Unless otherwise directed, vessels subject to inspection
1 Wharf No 1 (8.275). by quarantine, customs, immigration and agricultural
quarantine officials, are normally boarded by the relevant
Tidal levels officials on arrival at their berths.
8.260 For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
range about 15 m; mean neap range about 05 m.
Harbour
Density of water
8.261 General layout
1 Density of water is 1.025 g/cm3. 8.269
1 The port comprises a basin, about 400 m long and
Maximum size of vessel handled
365 m wide; the locations of the various berths can be seen
8.262
on the chart. Commercial operations are carried out at
1 A vessel LOA 250 m, beam 30 m, draught 97 m, has
Wharf Nos 1 and 2 either side of the E basin. There is a
been accommodated.
boat basin in the NW corner of the port.
Local weather and sea state A cable area, as shown on the chart, exists at the head
8.263 of the port.
1 Swell. During periods of strong W winds, during spring
tides, swell enters through the narrow entrance and causes Natural conditions
surging at the berths in the head of the harbour; anti-surge 8.270
lines are provided when required. 1 Winds. Variable W and NW winds ranging from light to
Fog. See 8.270. strong prevail; they are usually light in the morning,
increasing to maximum strength around 1600 and
decreasing after sunset.
Arrival information Santa Ana winds (1.184) may occur during the autumn
Port radio and winter months.
8.264 2 Fog. Sea fog is prevalent from July to October, with
1 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals visibility falling below 5 cables on 5 to 10 days per month,
Volume 6(5). August and September being the worst months; it is
generally more widespread and persistent than land fog.
Outer anchorage Current. A strong SE set may be evident off the port
8.265 during the winter months whenever a steep pressure
1 Anchoring is not permitted inside the port due to limited gradient producing NW winds is established along the coast
space. of S California.
The recommended anchorage for deep-draught vessels is 3 In the summer months when tropical storms may be
about 1 miles S of Port Hueneme Light (3409N, active off the coast of Baja California a strong NW set
11913W) in a depth of 24 m (13 fm), but there is little may be experienced.
protection in heavy weather.
2 Anchoring SE of the entrance is not recommended as Principal marks
the area is frequently used for various marine projects. 8.271
1 Landmarks:
Pilotage and tugs Two chimneys (3408N, 11910W) (8.236).
8.266 Point Hueneme Lighthouse (white square tower on
1 Pilotage is compulsory for merchant vessels over building, 15 m in height) (3409N, 11913W), at
300 grt, and for all naval vessels over 84 m LOA. The pilot the E entrance to Port Hueneme.

286
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Port Hueneme from SW (8.271)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

2 Platform Gina (34070N, 119166W). 8.274

Major lights: 1 Useful marks.
Point Hueneme Light as above. Water tank (34095N, 119125W), red and
Anacapa Island Light (3401N, 11922W) (8.236). white chequers.
Ventura County Airport Aero Light (3412N,
11912W).

Directions
(continued from 8.239)
8.272
1 Approach. A Safety Fairway, as shown on the chart, in
which the erection of oil rigs and other structures is not
permitted, leads from Santa Barbara Channel NNE through
Hueneme Canyon, a deep submarine valley, to the port
entrance.
8.273
1 Entry leading lights.
Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on
pole) (34091N, 119123W), at the head of the
port.
Rear light (similar structure) (225 m NE of the front
light).
2 From the vicinity of 3407N, 11914W, the alignment
(037) of these lights leads through the dredged channel
marked by PH Light-buoy (safe water), thence between the
heads of the jetties, from where lights are displayed, and
through into the basin.
Berths
8.275
1 There are six wharves of which two are for commercial
use and four operated by the United States Navy; berths at
the latter may be made available by the Navy on
application.
No 1 Wharf: three berths each 183 m in length.
No 2 Wharf: two berths each 213 m in length.
Port services
8.276
1 Repairs: minor facilities only.
Other facilities: limited facilities for the reception of
oily waste; hospital; Ro-Ro ramp.
Supplies: marine fuels by pipeline; fresh water;
provisions.
Communications: local airport, distant 8 km N;
international airport at Los Angeles, 80 km distant.

287
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
POINT HUENEME TO POINT ARGUELLO, INCLUDING
CHANNEL ISLANDS NORTHERN GROUP
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 899
Area covered
8.277
1 In this section is described the passage through the
Santa Barbara Channel between Point Hueneme (3409N,
11913W) and Point Arguello (77 miles WNW), including
the small craft harbours of Channel Islands Harbor, Ventura
and Santa Barbara, on the mainland coast. Santa Barbara
Islands, which comprise the N group of the Channel
Islands, are described, together with the channels between
them, and the anchorages and shelters on their coasts; it is
arranged as follows:
Santa Barbara Channel (8.284).
Passage south of Santa Barbara Islands (8.320).
Mainland coast
8.278
1 The coast between Point Hueneme (3409N, 11913W)
and the mouth of Ventura River (9 miles NNW) consists of
low sand beaches and sand dunes. Built up areas line the
coast for a distance of 2 miles NNW of Port Hueneme,
thence Mandalay Beach extends to Ventura Marina.
2 Between Ventura River and Point Conception (about
60 miles WNW) the coast is backed by Santa Ynez
Mountains; the only decided break in this range being at
Gaviota Canyon which lies about 12 miles E of Point
Conception. This stretch of coast is entirely open and Santa
Barbara (3424N, 11941W) (8.296) is the only place
where shelter can be obtained.
3 The coast is very rugged between Ventura River and
Rincon Point, a low and sandy point, 11 miles W; the land
rises to elevations of over 610 m within 1 miles of the
shore. Five miles N of Ventura River the tanks and derricks
of an oilfield dominate the slopes above Point Pitas; the
point has a steep gully on its W side and holiday cottages
extend along the beach E from the point. Both the road and
the railway skirt the coast between Ventura and Santa
Barbara, and there are numerous embankments; the coast is
fringed by kelp.
4 From Santa Barbara to Goleta Point, 7 miles W (8.292),
the coast consists of bluffs between 9 and 30 m high with
short stretches of sandy beach; it is fringed by kelp up to
2 cables offshore in places. Thence to Point Conception,
31 miles farther W, the coast is more rugged than that to
the E. The railway and, in places the road, the bridges and
embankments of which are prominent, continue to skirt the
coast. A heavy growth of kelp extends over 1 mile offshore
in places.
5 The coast between Point Conception and Point Arguello,
situated about 12 miles NW, consists of bold, rocky cliffs
from 30 to 122 m high. The railway runs along the cliffs,
passing through several tunnels. Close inland the peaks of
Oak Mountain (614 m (2014 ft) high), and Tranquillon
Mountain, standing 7 miles ESE and 4 miles E,
respectively, of Point Arguello, dominate this stretch of
coast.
Santa Barbara Islands
8.279
1 Santa Barbara Islands are a chain of four islands, which
extend about 55 miles W from a position 10 miles SW of
Point Hueneme (3409N, 11913W) to form the S side of
Santa Barbara Channel. The islands are all high and
288
rugged, and all except Anacapa Island, the E island, are of
considerable size; they break the force of the heavy W
swell and afford a lee in winter from the full force of the
SE gales.
2 Anacapa Island (3401N, 11924W), consists of three
islands, separated by two narrow openings which cannot be
used as passages. The island is formed by crumbling, grey
sandstone, and surrounded by perpendicular cliffs that are
honeycombed with caves. The three parts of the island rise
progressively in height from E to W.
3 Santa Cruz Island (3402N, 11947W), the largest of
the Santa Barbara Islands, extends about 20 miles in an
E-W direction. It is high and rugged and rises abruptly
from the sea. The E part is barren and irregular; the W part
has a few trees, is well covered with grass and has several
springs. The island is generally steep-to, with rocks seldom
extending more than 1 cable from the shore, and there is
much less kelp than around other islands in the group.
Numerous coves, in which landing can be effected, afford
shelter to small craft but local knowledge is required.
4 Santa Rosa Island (3357N, 12006W), is the second
largest of the group and has a high, bold rocky coast. The
island is well covered with vegetation, but there are no
large trees. Kelp surrounds the greater part of the island.
5 San Miguel Island (3402N, 12022W), the W of
Santa Barbara Islands, is 7 miles long and is of irregular
shape; it has an average width of 2 miles. It rises to two
peaks of nearly equal height and is treeless but covered
with grass. Sand dunes are prominent on the W part. The
coasts are bold, broken and rocky, especially on the S side
where there is deep water outside the kelp.
Marine sanctuary
8.280
1 Santa Barbara Islands lie within Channel Islands
National Marine Sanctuary, an area to be avoided; for
details see 8.5.
Restricted landing
8.281
1 Santa Cruz Island and Santa Rosa Island are privately
owned and landing permits must be obtained.
San Miguel is a military reservation administered by the
National Park Service; landing is only permitted at Cuyler
Harbor (8.318).
Danger Zones
8.282
1 Danger Zone is established around the E side of San
Miguel Island (3402N, 12022W), see chart.
Danger Zones are established between Point Conception
(3427N, 12028W) and Point Arguello (12 miles NW);
on occasions debris from the launch of missiles may fall in
these zones.
For further details see Appendix VI.
Natural conditions
8.283
1 Currents through Santa Barbara Channel are variable
and depend to a great extent on the wind. It has been
reported that the general set is E, due to the prevailing W
winds and the partial inflow of the California Current,
which, for most of the year, flows SSE along these coasts
at a rate of about kn. At the W entrance to the channel
this current generally runs S and SW off Point Conception
(3427N, 12028W); in heavy NW weather, the current
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

flows into the S side of the entrance and E along the N
coast of San Miguel Island (3402N, 12022W). At the E
entrance of the channel, near the slopes of the submarine
valleys off Port Hueneme (3409N, 11912W) and Point
Mugu (3405N, 11903W), there are conflicting currents,
at times quite strong, with a generally E set at the latter
place.
2 Currents in the vicinity of the islands frequently follow
the direction of the wind, with eddies under the lee of the
islands and projecting points.
Tidal streams. At the strongest period of the in-going
tide, the tidal stream off Point Hueneme sets NW at an
average rate of about kn, off Santa Barbara (3424N,
11941W) W at an average rate of nearly kn, and off
Point Conception at an average rate of about 1 kn. It is
reported that a strong inshore set prevails on the in-going
tide in the deep waters of the submarine valley off Port
Hueneme.
3 Local weather. Prevailing winds in Santa Barbara
Channel are W and blow from that direction most days,
especially in the afternoon. Strong SE winds occur in
winter and there may be periods of several days at a time
when seas are too rough for the passage of small vessels.
Strong NW gales are often experienced off Point
Conception, which has been called the Cape Horn of the
Pacific because of such weather. There is a sharp contrast
between the climate of the coast E of the point and that of
the coast to NW.
4 In the summer months the winds in the channel are
quite different from those on the coast to NW and outside
the islands. Whilst the N shore is protected by Santa Ynez
Mountains strong NW winds and heavy swells are felt off
the islands; the band of rough seas so formed is known
locally as Windy Lane, and is about 6 miles wide along the
N coast of Santa Barbara Islands.
During the summer months dense fog is a common
occurrence.
SANTA BARBARA CHANNEL
General information
Chart 899
Route
8.284
1 From the vicinity of Point Hueneme (3409N,
11913W) to that of Point Arguello (3435N, 12039W),
about 77 miles WNW, the route follows the TSS, as shown
on the chart, through Santa Barbara Channel which leads
between the N coasts of Santa Barbara Islands and the
mainland. The TSS extends WNW to a position 15 miles
SW of Point Arguello.
Area to be avoided. See 8.280.
Marine exploitation
8.285
1 Offshore oil wells and oil drilling platforms, some
marked by lights, buoys and fog signals, extend as much as
10 miles offshore between Point Hueneme and Point
Conception, 65 miles WNW; the positions of these
structures and the submarine pipelines linking them to each
other, or to the shore, can be seen on the chart. The
structures are surrounded by 500 m safety zones.
2 Temporary drilling platforms may be found along this
coastline and may be moved periodically. The most recent
11th Coast Guard District Local Notices to Mariners should
be consulted for the latest information.
Uncharted submarine cables and pipelines may exist in
the vicinity of oil well structures and between those
structures and the shore; mariners should anchor with
caution in these areas.
3 For remarks on submarine pipelines and safety zones see
1.11 and 1.12.
Topography
8.286
1 See 8.278.
Traffic separation scheme
8.287
1 A TSS is established, as shown on the chart, between
Point Hueneme and a position about 20 miles W of Point
Conception; see 8.4.
Natural conditions
8.288
1 See 8.283.
Principal marks
8.289
1 Landmarks:
Chimney (64 m (209 ft) high) (3412N, 11915W),
painted in red and white bands and which displays
red obstruction lights.
W part of Anacapa Island (3401N, 11925W)
(8.236).
Summit of Santa Cruz Island (3402N, 11947W).
2 Summit (479 m (1574 ft) high) of Santa Rosa Island
(3357N, 12006W).
TV Tower (3432N, 11958W), standing at an
elevation of about 1220 m, 1 mile E of Santa Ynez
Peak.
South summit (253 m (831 ft) high) of San Miguel
Island (3402N, 12022W).
3 Point Conception (3427N, 12028W), the SW
extremity of a bold headland, 67 m high, the SE
extremity of which extends S and is known as
Government Point. The comparatively low land
between this headland and the mountain range
behind it renders it distinctive; at a distance, from
ESE to WNW, the point may appear as an island.
4 Major lights:
Point Hueneme Light (34087N, 119126W)
(8.271).
Anacapa Island Light (3401N, 11922W) (8.236).
Santa Barbara Light (white tower, 7 m in height)
(3424N, 11943W).
Point Conception Light (white tower behind building,
16 m in height) (3427N, 12028W).
Other navigational aids
8.290
1 Racons.
Platform Gail (3407N, 11924W).
Gaviota Light-buoy (34277N, 120127W) (not
charted).
Platform Harvest (3428N, 12041W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 8.239)
8.291
1 From a position in the W-bound lane of the TSS, about
5 miles SSW of Point Hueneme (3409N, 11913W), the
route leads WNW passing (with positions from Santa Cruz
Island West Point (3405N, 11955W)):

289
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
Point Conception and lighthouse from SE (8.291)
(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)
SSW of Platform Gina (32 miles ENE), thence:
NNE of a light-buoy (special) (30 miles W) moored
in the separation zone, thence
2 NNE of the E extremity of Anacapa Island (26 miles
ESE), from where a light (8.236) is displayed;
Arch Rock, 24 m high with a 15 m arch, and with
a pointed rock close S of it, lie off this E
extremity. Thence:
3 SSW of Platform Gail (26 miles ENE); two other
platforms lie 3 miles NNW and 4 miles NW,
respectively, of Platform Gail. Thence:
NNE of Cavern Point (18 miles E), the NE extremity
of Santa Cruz Island; a rock, 34 m high, lies close
inshore 5 cables WSW of the point. Thence:
4 SSW of ODAS Light-buoy 46053 (special) (10 miles
NNE), thence:
NNE of West Point, the NW extremity of Santa Cruz
Island; a buoy (safe water) is moored 4 miles N of
the point. And:
5 SSW of a light-buoy (special) (privately maintained),
together with an unlit mooring buoy, (10 miles
N), thence:
NNE of Carrington Point (6 miles WSW), the N
extremity of Santa Rosa Island, a bold point rising
to a height of 138 m; and:
6 NNE of Harris Point (22 miles W), the N point of
San Miguel Island. The point is bold, precipitous,
and steep-to, and fringed by rocks; it rises to an
elevation of 148 m 7 cables S of its extremity.
Thence:
SSW of Platform Heritage (24 miles NW), thence:
7 NNE of Wilson Rock (23 miles W), a black rock. A
reef, which dries in places, and on which the sea
breaks, extends 1 mile WNW from the rock. There
is foul ground S and SW of the rock and the
locality should be avoided in thick weather as the
dangers are steep-to and unmarked by kelp;
290
soundings give no warning of their proximity. A
light-buoy (special) is moored 4 miles NW of the
rock. Thence:
NNE of ODAS Light-buoy 46054 (special)
(28 miles WNW), thence:
8 SSW of Point Conception (3427N, 12028W)
(8.289); a light (8.289) stands on the point. A low
black rock, nearly awash at HW, lies a little more
than 1 cable SW of the lighthouse, and a rock
awash lies 2 cables off the W side of the
headland, nearly 5 cables NW of the lighthouse. A
light-buoy (special) is moored 2 miles S of
Government Point. Thence:
9 NNE of ODAS Light-buoy 46063 (14 miles SW of
Point Conception), thence:
SSW of an oil platform (lighted) (10 miles S of
Point Arguello Light), thence:
10 SSW of Platforms Hermosa, Harvest and Hidalgo
(8 miles W, 10 miles W, and 12 miles WNW,
respectively, of Point Conception) light-buoys
(special) lie within 4 miles WSW, and 2 miles
NW and NNE of Platform Hidalgo, as can be seen
on the chart. Thence:
11 SSW of Point Arguello (3435N, 12039W), a
narrow rocky point which extends 4 cables W from
the general line of the coast; a light (mast, 20 m in
height) is displayed from the point, the outer
extremity of which overhangs the sea. About
1 cable from its extremity it is nearly divided by
gullies on both sides, forming a saddle which gives
it the appearance, when seen from N or S, of two
small heads. A detached rock lies 1 cable E of the
point, and detached rocks extend up to 1 cables
from Rocky Point situated about 1 mile SSE of the
lighthouse. Thence:
12 To a position clear of the W end of the TSS in
position 3426N, 12052W.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
Useful marks
8.292
1 Ventura County Airport Aero Light (3412N,
11912W).
Ortega Hill, 5 cables W of Summerland (3425N,
11936W), rises to an elevation of 76 m and has
the appearance of an extensive landslide.
2 Tower (3425N, 11951W) prominent amongst the
buildings of the University of California which
stand above Goleta Point, a low point with a cliff
face 9 m high.
Santa Barbara Municipal Airport Aero Light
(3426N, 11951W).
3 Espada Bluff (3432N, 12031W), a prominent cliff;
the cliffs on each side drop sharply to less than
30 m in height.
(Directions continue at 9.17)
8.293
Oil installations between Ventura
and Santa Barbara
Rincon Island
8.294
1 Rincon Island is an artificial island, used for oil
operations, situated at the head of a causeway which
extends 5 cables S from Point Gorda (3421N, 11927W),
a low point which rises sharply to Mount Rincon, close
inland. A light (framework tower) stands on the island.
2 About 7 cables ESE of the root of the causeway a
pier, on which there are a number of oil derricks, extends
about 5 cables offshore; numerous tanks and derricks lie
along the coast E of this pier.
Carpinteria
8.295
1 A prominent oil installation is situated on the E side of
the town of Carpinteria (3424N, 11931W); a submarine
pipeline leads to tanker mooring buoys about 6 cables
offshore.
The installation serves oil production platforms, whose
positions are shown on the chart, which lie up to 4 miles
W, and 7 miles SSW of Carpinteria, to which they are
connected by submarine pipelines. Support vessels operate
from a pier at the installation.
2 An area of foul ground extends 7 cables E from Sand
Point, a low, rounded point on the W side of Carpinteria
about 1 miles WNW of the pier.
Santa Barbara
Chart 899 (see 1.14)
General information
8.296
1 Position and function. The artificial harbour of Santa
Barbara is situated 1 mile NE of Santa Barbara Point
(3424N, 11942W), a high cliff at the SE extremity of
narrow tableland. The city is a popular resort, and the
harbour is used mainly by pleasure craft and fishing
vessels; there are more than 1100 berths.
Limiting conditions
8.297
1 Depths. The entrance channel and harbour are subject to
rapid shoaling, particularly after SE gales; the Harbour
Master should be consulted for the latest information.
Largest vessel. A vessel LOA 46 m, draught 3 m, has
been handled.
291
Arrival information
8.298
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
Anchorage may be obtained anywhere inside the kelp
that fronts the harbour, but it is not recommended in winter
when the kelp becomes detached and may foul a vessels
hawse; large vessels usually anchor outside this area of
kelp where there is better holding ground. A permit
program for mooring or anchoring E of the harbour is
being planned (2003); contact Harbour Master for details.
2 Local knowledge is required; the Harbour Master will
give advice for entering and provide a patrol boat for
assistance if necessary.
Traffic regulations.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force within the
harbour inside the line joining the extremity of
Stearns Wharf (8.299) to the head of the S
breakwater; see Appendix VII.
3 Craft in transit requiring berths should report to the
Harbour Masters office situated at the SW corner
of the harbour.
Anchoring is prohibited within 100 m E of Stearns
Wharf at any time and within 5 cables E of this
wharf between November and March. Anchoring is
not usually allowed inside the harbour.
Harbour
8.299
1 General layout. The harbour is formed on its S side by
a breakwater extending 2 cables ENE from Point Castillo,
by a jetty which extends 1 cables farther N over a
sandbar, thence by a steep cliff 15 m high, 5 cables NE of
Santa Barbara Point; on its NE side it is formed by Stearns
Wharf which extends 3 cables SE from a position on the
shore 5 cables NNE of Point Castillo. A groyne projecting
S from the shore 3 cables W of Stearns Wharf forms the N
entrance to the berthing area in which there are numerous
piers and slips.
2 A dredged channel, marked by buoys, leads NW
between the breakwater and Stearns Wharf before turning
SW into the berthing area; the buoys are frequently moved
to contend with shoaling.
3 Lights are displayed at the junction of the breakwater
and the jetty extension, at the head of the jetty, from the
head of Stearns Wharf and at the head of the groyne; the
lights are often difficult to identify against the background
lights of the city.
4 Measured distance. A measured distance of 1 mile, on
a running track of 082262, is established close E of
Santa Barbara Harbor. The defining marks are white
daymarks on telephone poles situated 4 cables NNE and
1 miles ENE of the extremity of Stearns Wharf.
Local weather. Fog is prevalent from August to
November. Winds are generally light; NE winds, the most
common, are frequent from November to February.
Directions
8.300
1 A buoy (orange and white) moored in the approaches
about 1 miles SE of the extremity of Stearns Wharf
marks the extremity of a sewer outfall.
A heavy bed of kelp may lie in the roadstead and the
approach is made through a break in this kelp which is
usually kept open by passing vessels.
2 SB Light-buoy (safe water) and No 3 Light-buoy (port
hand) moored about 5 cables SSE and 1 cables S
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
Santa Barbara Harbour from SE (8.299)
(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph City of Santa Barbara Waterfront Department)
respectively, of the extremity of Stearns Wharf, mark the
approach to the entrance.
3 Caution. At HW the jetty and sandbar on the S side of
the entrance become relatively inconspicuous at night but
the masts of craft in the harbour are clearly visible over the
breakwater. It has been known for strangers making for the
entrance, and not having identified the navigational lights,
to steer for the masts in the harbour and to have grounded
on the sandbar; the buoyed channel should be followed at
all times.
4 Numerous vessels may be encountered anchored, or
secured to mooring buoys, in the area up to 4 cables E and
SE of Stearns Wharf.
Main berth
8.301
1 Depths of 58 m (19 ft) were charted (2003) alongside
the outer part of the E side of Stearns Wharf, close off
which there is a mooring buoy.
Port services
8.302
1 Repairs can be effected; a 25-tonne capacity hoist can
handle craft up to 15 m in length. There is a small floating
dock.
Facilities: all the usual small craft facilities are
available.
Communications: municipal airport about 11 km distant.
Rescue. A US Coast Guard unit is stationed in the
harbour.
292
Oil installations between Santa Barbara
and Point Conception
Caution
8.303
1 Oil well production heads, least covered 119 m (39 ft)
depth, and submerged pipelines, extend as much as 3 miles
offshore along this stretch of coast.
Coal Oil Point
8.304
1 An oil production platform lies 1 miles SW of Coal
Oil Point (3424N, 11953W), a low point. Mooring
buoys lie close SW of the point, and the pilings of former
piers and other obstructions may be encountered between
the point and Ellwood Pier, a 700 m long pier, 2 miles
WNW. A rock, with a depth over it of 43 m (14 ft) lies
7 cables offshore, 1 miles WSW of the head of Ellwood
Pier. A dangerous wreck, position approximate, lies
1 miles SSW from Coal Oil Point.
2 Local knowledge is required when navigating in this
vicinity. Pilots board about 3 miles S of Coal Oil Point.
It is reported that a spring in the vicinity of Coal Oil
Point gives off an odour detectable over 2 miles away.
Capitan
8.305
1 Capitan (3428N, 12002W), a small indentation in the
coast, is the landing place for the submarine pipelines and
power lines laid from the oil production platforms lying
4 and 6 miles SW, and 8 and 14 miles WSW,
respectively, from the town. An aluminium coloured tank
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Entrance to Channel Islands Harbor (8.307)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

makes a good mark, standing 3 cables inland on a bare hill,
152 m high.
Gaviota
8.306
1 Oil is loaded from a submarine pipeline at Gaviota
(3428N, 12012W); a number of large, green, storage
tanks mark the inshore end of the pipeline. A sports fishing
pier, 166 m long, stands about 1 mile W of the loading
area, and the railway trestle bridge along the beach in this
area makes a good mark. There are numerous marker and
mooring buoys off the shore.
Small craft harbours on the north side
of Santa Barbara Channel
Chart 899 (see 1.14)
Channel Islands Harbor
8.307
1 General information. Channel Islands Harbor is a small
craft basin situated 1 mile NW of Port Hueneme (3409N,
11912W); it has accommodation for over 2400
recreational craft. The basin is entered between two jetties
protected by a detached breakwater lying parallel to the
shore 2 cables off the entrance. Lights are displayed from
both extremities of the detached breakwater and from both
the seaward and inward ends of the jetties.
2 Controlling depths. The controlling depth (2003) in the
entrance channel as far as the fuel dock was 39 m (13 ft);
the controlling depth (1996) in the inner basin was 27 m
(9 ft).
The entrance, and the area SE of the entrance, are
subject to rapid and uncertain shoaling; caution should be
exercised when approaching the entrance from S,
particularly at night.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force within the
harbour inward of the detached breakwater; see
Appendix VII.
Craft in transit requiring berths should report to the
Harbour Masters office on the E side of the basin 4 cables
inside the entrance; 70 such berths are available.
3 Measured distance of 1 mile, on a running track of
327147, is established off Channel Islands Harbor.
The S marks are the detached breakwater S head light and
the S jetty light; the N marks are two poles on the beach.
4 Useful marks.
Ventura County Airport Aero Light (3412N,
11912W).
Point Hueneme Light (34087N, 119126W)
(8.271).
For marks at Port Hueneme see 8.271 and 8.274.
5 Port services.
Repairs can be effected; fixed lift with capacity of
60 tonnes.
Other facilities. All the usual small craft facilities are
available.
Rescue. US Coast Guard vessels are stationed just S
of the Harbour Masters office.
Ventura Marina
8.308
1 General information. Ventura Marina (3415N,
11916W) a small craft harbour used by pleasure craft and
commercial fishing craft, is situated close N of Santa Clara
River (3414N, 11916W) on the S side of Ventura; it has

293
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Entrance to Ventura Marina from W (8.308)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

accommodation for over 1500 craft. The marina is entered
between two jetties protected by a detached breakwater
about 550 m long in a N-S direction; a light stands on the
S extremity of the detached breakwater and lights are
displayed from the heads of the jetties.
2 The resort town of Ventura is situated 2 miles NNW of
the marina in Pierpont Bay, entered between the mouth of
Santa Clara River and that of Ventura River (3 miles NW).
It can be identified by a number of aluminium coloured
tanks and oil derricks situated high on the slopes above the
town.
3 Controlling depths. The dredged entrance channel leads
NE between the jetties then turns E into the harbour. In
2003 the least charted depths in the marina was 33 m
(11 ft); depths in the development of Ventura Keys N of
the harbour entrance are less. Depths frequently change and
the Harbour Master should be contacted for the latest
information.
4 Inland Rules of the Road are in force within the
harbour inside the entrance; see Appendix VII.
Craft in transit requiring berths should report to the
Harbour Masters office situated at the head of the entrance
channel 3 cables inside the entrance.
5 Anchorage. Temporary anchorage may be obtained
anywhere in Pierpont Bay but the bay is unprotected.
A sewer outfall and two submarine pipelines extend up
to 7 cables S from the head of the bay either side of
Ventura Pier (34165N, 119175W) (ruins); a buoy
(special) is moored at the head of the longest pipeline.
Hazard. Fish havens are situated in the bay 2 miles
SW and 1 miles S respectively, of Ventura Pier.
6 Directions. The area N of the entrance and E of the
detached breakwater is not navigable due to sandbars and
shoals; the recommended approach is a direct course from
2V Light-buoy (safe water), moored about 5 cables SW
of S Jetty Light No 6, to the breakwater entrance, keeping
clear of the dangerous wrecks NE and NW of the buoy.
The private buoys in the entrance channel and harbour are
not charted as their positions change frequently due to
shifting shoals.
7 Rough seas from W, which occur mainly in the winter
months, cause dangerous breakers to roll into the entrance;
under such conditions extreme caution must be exercised.
Useful marks (positioned from the root of Ventura Pier
(34165N, 119175W)):
Radio Tower (1 miles NE).
Cross (6 cables NW), illuminated at night, which
surmounts a hill 107 m high NW of the centre of
Ventura.
8 Trestle bridge (9 cables W) carrying the railway over
Ventura River.
Marina services. Repairs can be effected; mobile lift
with capacity of 150 tonnes.
All the usual small craft facilities are available.
Anchorage
Cojo Anchorage
8.309
1 Cojo Anchorage, situated 1 miles E of Point
Conception (3427N, 12028W) (8.289) affords protection
from moderate W, and NW winds. The anchorage is in

294
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
depths of from 9 to 18 m (30 to 60 ft), hard sand, off the
mouth of the Cojo Valley.
Mooring buoys are laid in the bay, which lies within a
danger zone (8.282).
Anchorages and shelters on the south side
of Santa Barbara Channel
Chart 899 (see 1.14)
General information
8.310
1 Landing restrictions. See 8.281.
Local knowledge is required.
Anacapa Island
8.311
1 In SE winds anchorage may be obtained in depths of
from 16 to 22 m (9 to 12 fm), 2 cables N of the centre of
the middle island; in NW winds anchorage may be
obtained in depths of 14 to 22 m (8 to 12 fm) 2 cables S
of the E gap between the islands, but larger vessels will
find Smugglers Cove (8.333), on the E side of Santa Cruz
Island, a better berth. The only protection from NE winds
is to be as close inshore as possible in the bay immediately
W of Cat Rock, 22 m high, on the S side of the W island.
2 Boats anchor in depths of 9 to 13 m (30 to 42 ft) in East
Fish Camp, the indentation on the S side of the middle
island which lies about 5 cables SW of the E gap.
Caution. Anacapa Island is steep to, and, except in a
few places, is surrounded by kelp; it is imprudent in thick
weather to approach the island within depths of 90 m
(50 fm).
3 Landing may be effected on the N side of the island at
Frenchys Cove, on the N side of the W gap, and at the E
extremity of the island where there is a boat landing and
hoist; landing may be effected on the S side of the island
on the S side of the W gap and at East Fish Camp.
Santa Cruz Island
8.312
1 Scorpion Anchorage lies in a small bay entered
between San Pedro Point (3402N, 11931W), the E
extremity of Santa Cruz Island, and Cavern Point (2 miles
WNW). There is a boat landing, and several large buildings
with clumps of trees adjacent, at the head of the bay.
2 An islet 24 m high lies 1 cables offshore at the E end
of the anchorage, and farther W there are other small
above-water rocks lying 1 cable offshore.
8.313
1 Chinese Harbor, which lies at the E end of a broad bay
entered between Coche Point (3402N, 11936W) and
Pelican Bay, a small indentation (4 miles W), affords
anchorage in the kelp in depths of about 9 m (30 ft); it
provides the best shelter on Santa Cruz Island from NE
winds. The NE part of Chinese Harbor is an excellent
anchorage in SE to SW weather, in depths of about 17 m
(55 ft).
Pelican Bay is used as a yacht anchorage during the
summer months.
8.314
1 Prisoners Harbor lies in the W part of the bay
described above, 1 mile SE of Pelican Bay, and is sheltered
from S weather; a heavy swell rolls in during NW weather,
and with NE winds it is dangerous. A pier extends N into
depths of about 5 m (16 ft) at the head of the harbour.
Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of from 22 to 27 m
(12 to 15 fm), about 2 cables NNW of the pier, abreast a
white rock on the shore, with the pierhead aligned with
295
some buildings near the root of the pier; a large white
house with a tiled roof is reported to stand amongst these
buildings.
8.315
1 Painted Cave, which lies close W of Profile Point
situated 3 miles E of West Point (3204N, 11955W)
(8.291), affords shelter for small boats; the entrance is over
46 m high and depths of more than 36 m (12 ft) extend
1 cable inside the entrance. A rock, 19 m high, lies close
inshore 5 cables ESE of Profile Point.
8.316
1 Forney Cove is situated on the S side of Fraser Point
(3404N, 11956W), a narrow peninsula which extends
5 cables W from the coast and forms the W extremity of
Santa Cruz Island. Several rocks, the highest 21 m high, lie
close inshore between Fraser Point and West Point,
1 miles NNE.
2 The cove affords shelter, during NW weather, in depths
of 13 m (43 ft); the swell is broken by a rocky islet, 8 m
high, lying on the W side of the anchorage and connected
to the coast by a reef.
Santa Rosa Island
8.317
1 Bechers Bay is situated between Carrington Point
(3402N, 12003W) (8.291), and Skunk Point (4 miles
SE), a low, sandy point, backed by sand dunes 76 m high;
the point is difficult to identify on dark nights. Foul ground
extends 4 cables N from Carrington Point terminating in
Beacon Reef with a least depth over it of 41 m (13 ft); the
sea rarely breaks over the reef. Shoal ground extends
5 cables E from Skunk Point, and an isolated shoal, with a
least depth over it of 64 m (21 ft), lies from 5 cables to
1 mile SE of the point; in bad weather the sea breaks
heavily over this foul ground.
2 The NW anchorage, situated 1 miles S of Carrington
Point, affords reasonable shelter in NW weather. A pier,
with depths of 5 m (16 ft) at its head projects 5 cables
offshore at the S end of the anchorage; anchorage can be
obtained off the pier in depths of 11 m (36 ft). A Coast
Guard mooring buoy is situated 8 cables NE of the pier.
3 The SE anchorage, situated 1 mile W of Skunk Point,
affords shelter from SE winds in depths of 11 m (36 ft),
sand.
Caution. A naval operating area is established in the
bay and mine warfare exercises take place at intervals;
permission to enter the area must be obtained from the
Pacific Marine Test Centre at Point Mugu (3405N,
11903W); see 8.2. Submerged debris from these exercise
may present a hazard to seabed fishing.
San Miguel Island
8.318
1 Cuyler Harbor, situated on the N shore of San Miguel
Island 1 miles SE of Harris Point (3405N, 12022W)
(8.291) affords good shelter during S winds but the holding
ground is poor, and in heavy NW weather, and with N or
E winds, the anchorage is not safe; however the latter
winds are not often experienced. The bay is much
encumbered by kelp.
2 The harbour lies in a Naval Danger Zone; see 8.282.
Although the island is a military reservation landing is
permitted at Cuyler Harbor, but at no other location.
Landmark:
Prince Island, a dark, rocky island, with a
precipitous seaward face, lying 2 miles SE of
Harris Point, makes a good mark in the approach;
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Kid Rock, 3 m high, lies off the NE coast of the
island.
3 Directions. From a position with the W point of Prince
Island bearing 186, distant 13 miles, the line of bearing
209 of Judge Rock, a small black rock, lying 1 cable
offshore at the head of the bay, leads into the anchorage
passing midway between Middle Rock (5 cables WSW of
Prince Island), which dries 12 m (4 ft) and is thus not
always be visible, and Bat Rock (about 9 cables W of
Prince Island), at the W entrance point. The E entrance to
the harbour, between Prince Island and the mainland S, is
heavily obstructed by rocks; the passage should only be
attempted by small craft.
4 Useful marks:
Nifty Rock, 12 m high, and Hare Rock 17 m high, lie
on the W side of the approach, 4 and 9 cables SE
respectively, of Harris Point.
Anchorage may be obtained in depths of about 13 m
(42 ft) with the S point of Prince Island bearing about
082.
Principal marks
8.324
1 Landmarks:
W part of Anacapa Island (3401N, 11924W).
Summit of Santa Cruz Island (3402N, 11947W).
Summit of Santa Rosa Island (3357N, 12006W).
S summit of San Miguel Island (3402N, 12022W)
(8.289).
2 Point Conception (3427N, 12028W) (8.289).
Major lights:
Point Hueneme Light (34087N, 119126W)
(8.271).
Anacapa Island Light (3401N, 11922W) (8.236).
Gull Island Light (post) (3357N, 11950W).
Point Conception Light (3427N, 12028W) (8.289).
Other navigational aid
8.325
1 Racon. Platform Harvest (3428N, 12041W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Directions
Other names 8.326
8.319 1 From a position S of Anacapa Island Light (3401N,
1 Brockway Point (3401N, 12009W). 11922W) (8.236) the passage leads WSW, then WNW
Diablo Point (3403N, 11945W). and NNW passing:
Rodes Reef (3402N, 12007W). SSE of Sandstone Point (3400N, 11933W), at the
SE extremity of Santa Cruz Island; a Coast Guard
mooring buoy is laid 4 cables S of the point. The
Acoustic Range (8.322) is 6 miles WSW of this
PASSAGE SOUTH OF THE SANTA
BARBARA ISLANDS point. Thence:
2 SSE of Bowen Point (3358N, 11943W), thence:
SSE of Gull Island (5 miles W of Bowen Point),
General information 20 m high, the largest and outermost of a group of
small rocky islands, surrounded by kelp; a shoal
Chart 899 area with a least depth over it of 55 m (18 ft) lies
Route between Gull Island and Punta Arena, the point on
8.320 the shore 7 cables NNE. A light (8.324) is
1 From the vicinity of Anacapa Island (3401N, displayed from Gull Island. Thence:
11924W) (8.279) the route leads WSW, thence WNW 3 SSE of an area of numerous rocks and pinnacles with
along the S coasts of the islands; thence NNW and to the a least depth over it of 104 m (34 ft) (reported
vicinity clear of the W end of the TSS SW of Point 1966) which lies between 7 cables and 2 miles
Arguello (3435N, 12039W). The passages between the S of East Point (3356N, 11958W), the
islands are also described. moderately high, sharp and bold E extremity of
2 This N group of the Channel Islands are separated from Santa Rosa Island. Thence:
Santa Barbara Island (8.99), about 40 miles SE, by the deep 4 S of South Point (3354N, 12007W), a rocky bluff
Santa Cruz Basin in which there are depths of 1939 m rising to an elevation of 184 m; a light (white hut)
(1060 fm). is displayed from the point, and a conspicuous
Area to be avoided. See 8.280. wreck lies 1 miles WNW of the point. ODAS
Light-buoy 46069 (special) is moored 15 miles
Topography SSW of South Point. Thence:
8.321 5 SSW of Bee Rock (5 miles NW of South Point), a
1 See 8.279. rock 15 m high, with a smaller, but higher rock,
lying close SE, which lies 7 cables offshore in
Acoustic range the SE approach to San Miguel Passage; a rock,
8.322 which breaks occasionally, with a depth over it of
1 An acoustic range facility is situated in an area which 37 m (12 ft), lies 3 cables WNW of Bee Rock.
extends about 6 cables offshore from Valley Anchorage The whole of the coast in this vicinity is fronted
(3359N, 11940W) on the S coast of Santa Cruz Island. by kelp making these rocks difficult to see. Other
Submarine cables and submerged scientific apparatus, and dangers lie in the kelp up to 5 cables offshore on
several light-buoys (special), are laid in this area. the W coast of Santa Rosa; vessels should remain
outside the kelp at all times. Thence:
Natural conditions 6 SSW of Crook Point (3401N, 12022W), the low,
8.323 irregular S point of San Miguel Island; dangers
1 Currents. See 8.283. extend up to 4 cables offshore within 5 cables E
Tidal streams of about 1 kn set through the passages and ESE of the point. Wyckoff Ledge, a detached
between the islands. reef, lies within 6 cables of the shore 1 miles W
Local weather. See 8.283. of Crook Point. Thence:

296
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 8
7 SSW and SW of Point Bennett (3402N, 12027W),
the W extremity of San Miguel Island, a long,
narrow, jagged bluff, 22 m high, which rises to an
elevation of 103 m within 1 mile; high sand dunes
extend for a distance of 2 miles inland from the
point. An extensive area of foul ground extends
4 cables W, and 1 mile NW, from Point Bennett
inside the limit of the kelp, and an isolated bank
with a depth over it of 20 m (11 fm), lies 8 cables
SW of Point Bennett. Thence:
8 WSW of an area of foul ground, on which the sea
breaks in heavy weather, which extends about
8 cables WNW from a position 3 cables W of
Castle Rock (1 miles NNE of Point Bennett), a
high islet lying 5 cables offshore with a smaller
islet close NW of it; shoal patches lie between the
islet and the shore. Westcott Shoal with a depth
over it of 87 m (28 ft), and an oil seepage, with a
least depth over it of 5 m (16 ft), lie 8 cables NNE,
and 1 miles N, respectively, of Castle Rock. With
the exception of the oil seepage, all the dangers lie
inside the limits of the kelp. This coast of the
island should not be navigated without local
knowledge. Thence:
9 WSW of Richardson Rock (5 miles NW of Point
Bennett); two smaller rocks lie on its E side. The
rock is steep-to, and, although prominent in clear
weather, should be avoided in thick weather, as
soundings give no warning of its proximity.
Thence:
10 WSW of ODAS Light-buoy 46063 (special) (17 miles
NW); thence to the vicinity of the W end of the
TSS.
Useful mark
8.327
1 Tank (3400N, 11936W), on the E side of Santa
Cruz Island.
(Directions continue at 9.17)
Passages between the islands
8.328
1 The passages between the islands are navigable but are
not much used.
Anacapa Passage
8.329
1 Anacapa Passage (3400N, 11930W), which separates
Anacapa Island from Santa Cruz Island, is 4 miles wide
and free from dangers. It is steep-to on the E side and has
a gradual slope on the W side. Passage should not be
attempted in thick weather, as soundings give no warning
of approach to danger.
Tide rips are strong in certain conditions, especially
during North-easters and SE gales.
Santa Cruz Channel
8.330
1 Santa Cruz Channel, which separates Santa Cruz Island
from Santa Rosa Island, is about 5 miles wide and the
fairway is free from dangers.
On the W shore of Santa Cruz Island foul ground
extends about 6 cables SE from Morse Point (3358N,
11951W), and a 5 m (16 ft) patch lies about 2 cables NW
of Kinton Point (3 miles NW of Morse Point).
2 On the E shore of Santa Rosa Island shoal patches
extend up to 5 cables offshore between East Point
(3357N, 11958W) (8.326), and Skunk Point (2 miles
NNW) (8.317).
San Miguel Passage
8.331
1 San Miguel Passage (3401N, 12017W), which
separates Santa Rosa Island from San Miguel Island, is
about 2 miles wide between the ledges which project
from the facing extremities of the two islands. There is
much broken water, and many tide rips, in the vicinity of
these ledges.
2 Sandy Point, the W extremity of Santa Rosa Island, is
moderately bold and rocky, with detached rocks, 3 and 1 m
high, respectively, situated about 1 cables offshore N and
NW of the point. High white sand dunes run inland from
the point and are prominent from S and W. Small craft
may obtain shelter S of the point. Talcott Shoal, an
extensive shoal on which the sea breaks in heavy weather,
lies in the kelp band 1 mile offshore with its least depth
situated about 1 miles NE of Sandy Point; numerous
shoal patches lie between the shoal and the shore S and
SE.
3 Cardwell Point, the E extremity of San Miguel Island is
a low, sandy point, extending 5 cables E from a cliff about
12 m high. A dangerous reef extends 3 cables ESE from
the point and there are other dangers 2 cables S of the reef
and up to 2 cables offshore on the S side of the point. In
1984 the reef was reported to have extended farther ESE,
with breakers reported up to 5 cables off Cardwell Point.
4 Currents. During NW winds, a strong current sets
across the passage from Cardwell Point towards Talcott
Shoal; even in calm weather the current tends to set
towards the shoal. Vessels should remain outside the kelp
and, to avoid the W edge of the shoal, the outermost rock
off Sandy Point should not be allowed to bear W of S until
clear of the shoal.
5 Caution. A naval danger zone, in which bombing
exercises take place, has been established for about 3 miles
around the E side of San Miguel Island, including San
Miguel Passage; it is bounded E by the meridian of
120150W, through Sandy Point, and W by the meridian
of 120233W, marked on the N and S shores of the island
by pairs of range markers; see 8.282.
Anchorages and shelters
Chart 899 (see 1.14)
General information
8.332
1 Landing restrictions. See 8.281.
Local knowledge is required.
Santa Cruz Island
8.333
1 Smugglers Cove, situated on the E side of Santa Cruz
Island about 1 miles SW of San Pedro Point (3402N,
11931W), affords shelter, in depths of 9 m (30 ft), sand,
during NW weather. A Coast Guard mooring buoy is
moored in the vicinity of a dangerous wreck in the middle
of the cove.
8.334
1 Willows Anchorage, situated 1 miles W of Bowen
Point (3358N, 11943W), on the S coast of Santa Cruz
Island, affords shelter for small craft in NW weather;
landing can be effected.
Two rocks, each 26 m high, are situated in the
anchorage; the outermost is more than 1 cable offshore.
297
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 8

Santa Rosa Island
8.335
1 Johnsons Lee, situated immediately E of South Point
(3354N, 12007W) (8.326) on Santa Rosa Island, is an
open roadstead which affords shelter from W and N winds,
but is dangerous in S weather. Anchorage may be obtained
inside the kelp in depths of from 9 to 16 m (30 to 52 ft),
sand; there are no known dangers in the kelp. There is a
Coast Guard mooring buoy in the anchorage.
2 A light (8.326) is displayed from South Point, and a
conspicuous stranded wreck lies on the shore 1 miles
WNW of South Point.
San Miguel Island
8.336
1 Tyler Bight, situated 2 miles NW of Crook Point
(3401N, 12022W) (8.326) on San Miguel Island, affords
shelter for small craft, in NW weather, in depths of 13 m
(42 ft), inside the kelp with Judith Rock, situated near the
W entrance point, bearing 265, distant about 2 cables.
Foul ground extends 2 cables offshore in places within the
kelp between Wyckoff Ledge and the bight.
8.337
1 Adams Cove, situated immediately E of Point Bennett
(3402N, 12027W) (8.326) on San Miguel Island, affords
shelter for small craft inside the foul ground extending
3 cables S from the point.
Other name
8.338
1 Cluster Point (3355N, 12011W).

298
Home Contents Index

NOTES

299
Home Contents Index

Chapter 9 - Point Arguello to the approaches to San Francisco Bay

123 122 121

Pillar Point

9.93
37 C A L I F O R N I A 37

9.67

229 Monterey
9.73

9.57

Point Sur

36 36

9.45

9.34
Morro Bay

9.27 Port
San Luis
9.19

35 35

9.11

Point Arguello

778

123 Longitude 122 West from Greenwich 121

March 2004

300
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 9
POINT ARGUELLO TO THE APPROACHES TO SAN FRANCISCO BAY
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 2530
Scope of the chapter
9.1
1 The area covered by this chapter comprises the passages
along the coast of California from Point Arguello (3435N,
12039W) to Pillar Point (3730N, 12230W), 200 miles
NNW, in the vicinity of the entrance to the TSS in the S
approaches to San Francisco Bay.
It is divided into the following sections:
Point Arguello to Point Sur (9.8).
Point Sur to the approaches to San Francisco Bay
(9.56).
Monterey Bay National Marine Sanctuary
9.2
1 Monterey Bay National Marine Sanctuary consists of
an area of about 4024 square miles of coastal and ocean
waters in and surrounding Monterey Bay (3645N,
12150W). The limits of the area are shown on United
States charts and partially on British Admiralty charts 778
and 591; they extend from 3533N in the S to the
boundary with Gulf of The Farrallones National Marine
Sanctuary (10.8) in the N, and out to approximately the
900 m (500 fm) depth contour offshore in the N and S
parts, and up to 50 miles offshore from the head of
Monterey Bay..
2 Sea Otter Refuge. Within the National Marine
Sanctuary, the coastal waters out to 3 miles from latitude
3534N extending 72 miles NNW to 3632N in Carmel
Bay are designated as a refuge, within which the use of
bows or firearms and the trapping of birds or mammals is
forbidden.
For a description of, and restrictions in, marine
sanctuaries see 1.45.
Weather
9.3
1 The weather along this coast is mostly cool, damp and
foggy in the summer, becoming mild and wet in the winter.
In the summer the coast remains relatively unaffected by
storms and frontal systems, but in the winter a series of
POINT ARGUELLO TO POINT SUR
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 778
Area covered
9.8
1 In this section are described the passages between Point
Arguello (3435N, 12039W) and Point Sur (121 miles
NNW), the waters of San Luis Obispo Bay (9.19) and
Estero Bay (9.28), and the minor ports and anchorages in
those bays and along this coastline; it is arranged as
follows:
Point Arguello to Point Buchon (9.11).
these systems may result in prolonged periods of strong
winds and heavy rains.
Sea fog is prevalent, particularly in August and
September when visibility at some places is reduced to less
than 5 cables on more than 15 days per month. See also
1.193.
Traffic separation scheme
9.4
1 IMO recommended tracks, as shown on the charts,
link the TSS off Point Conception (8.287) and the TSS in
the approaches to San Francisco (10.16). These tracks lie
offshore between Point Sur (3618N, 12154W) and Point
Pigeon, 115 miles NNW.
Vessels of 300 gt and above, except those carrying
hazardous cargo in bulk, should follow the tracks nearest to
the coast, in the directions indicated. Vessels carrying
hazardous cargo in bulk should follow the tracks farthest
from the coast, in the directions indicated.
Through Traffic
9.5
1 For vessels bound direct for ports N of San Francisco
Bay, see 10.18.
Rescue
9.6
1 A Coast Guard station is situated at Monterey Harbor
(3636N, 12153W) (9.73). For services provided see
1.62.
Coast radio stations
9.7
1 In addition to the main coast radio stations on Pacific
coast of the United States, the following VHF/RT stations
operate in the area covered by this chapter:
San Luis Obispo (3524N, 12043W).
Salinas/Monterey Bay (3644N, 12146W).
Santa Cruz (3658N, 12201W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 1(2).
Point Buchon to Point Piedras Blancas (9.27).
Point Piedras Blancas to Point Sur (9.45).
Pacific Missile Range
9.9
1 Pacific Missile Range, described at 8.2, extends off this
part of the coast as far N as Point Piedras Blancas
(3540N, 12117W).
Currents
9.10
1 For information on currents off the coast of California
see 1.149, and succeeding paragraphs.
301
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

POINT ARGUELLO TO POINT BUCHON
General information
Chart 778
Route
9.11
1 From the vicinity of Point Arguello (3435N,
12039W) the route leads NNW for about 42 miles, across
the approaches to San Luis Obispo Bay, to the vicinity of
Point Buchon. Port San Luis, the only port of any
importance on this stretch of coast, is situated in San Luis
Obispo Bay.
Topography
9.12
1 The coast between Point Arguello and Point Sal
(19 miles N) is formed into two shallow bights, separated
at midpoint by Purisima Point (3445N, 12038W).
Notable features in the S bight, which consists of low
tableland and sand dunes, are Caada Honda (1 miles
NNE of Point Arguello), a deep gully spanned by a railway
trestle bridge, and the mouth of Santa Ynez River,
5 miles farther NNE. The launch gantries at Vandenburg
Air Force Base are prominent along this stretch of coast.
2 North of Purisima Point the coast is sandy, and lower
than that to the S, as far as Schumann Canyon situated
5 miles N of the point, from where it begins to rise to
Mount Lospe, the summit of the ridge, 3 miles inland,
which dominates Point Sal.
3 For a distance of about 14 miles N of Point Sal the
coast consists of a sandy beach backed by low sand dunes,
before changing to bold rocky cliffs which curve sharply W
to Point San Luis (3510N, 12045W), and form the
shores of San Luis Obispo Bay. Oceano, a small resort
town, and the site of the county airport, is situated on the
coast close N of Arroyo Grande Creek, 12 miles N of Point
Sal.
4 The coast between Point San Luis and Point Buchon
(9 miles NW) is formed of cliffs from 12 to 18 m high,
which rise steeply to Mount Buchon, a rugged mountain
mass that lies between San Luis Obispo Bay and Estero
Bay (9.28).
Danger zones
9.13
1 Danger zones are established, which extend up to
3 miles offshore between Point Arguello (3435N,
12039W) and Point Sal (19 miles N); they are a
continuation of those described at 8.282.
For details see Appendix VI.
Submarine cable
9.14
1 A submarine cable extends WSW from the coast
6 miles ESE of San Luis Obispio Light (3510N,
12046W).
Principal marks
9.15
1 Landmarks:
Saddle Peak (3513N, 12047W), the highest peak
on Mount Bouchon, reported visible over 40 miles
distant.
Two concrete dome structures (3513N, 12051W)
and other large buildings of Diablo Canyon nuclear
powerplant are conspicuous from some distance.

Domes of Diablo Canyon nuclear power station (9.15)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

302
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 9
2 Major lights:
Point Conception Light (3427N, 12028W) (8.289).
San Luis Obispo Light (cylindrical structure E of the
old lighthouse) (3510N, 12046W).
Other navigational aid
9.16
1 Racon. Platform Harvest (3428N, 12041W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 8.292 and 8.327)
9.17
1 From the W end of the TSS (3426N, 12052W) the
passage leads generally NNW passing:
WSW of Point Pedernales (1 miles N of Point
Arguello), from which detached rocks extend
1 cables to seaward. The point and the largest
detached rock are dark and prominent in contrast
to the sand dunes which begin immediately N of
the point. Thence:
2 WSW of Platform Irene (4 miles WNW of Point
Arguello), from which submarine pipelines extend
to the coast 8 miles NE; two mooring buoys lie in
close proximity to the platform. Thence:
3 WSW of Purisima Point (10 miles N of Point
Arguello), a low, rocky point, the N side of which
is bare sand; reefs, fronted by kelp, extend up to
2 cables offshore along the coast for about
3 miles SSE from this point. An inshore set has
been reported in the vicinity of this point. Thence:
Clear of the ODAS Light-buoy 46023 in position
34422N, 120574W, and a light-buoy (special)
moored 6 miles farther N, thence:
4 WSW of Point Sal (3454N, 12040W), a bold, dark
headland, streaked with yellow sandstone. From
NW it appears as a low conical hill with two
higher hills immediately behind it; these hills are
not as well defined from S. Breakers and reefs
extend for nearly 3 cables S and W from the point,
and 1 cable SE from Lion Rock (Seal Rock) which
stands 1 cable S of Point Sal; shoals also extend
5 cables W from a point situated 2 miles SE of
Point Sal. And:
5 Clear of ODAS Light-buoy 46011 (10 miles W of
Point Sal), and a light-buoy (special) (16 miles
WNW of the same point). Thence:
WSW of Souza Rock (14 miles NNW of Point Sal),
a steep-to rock, marked on its SW side by
No 14SR Light-buoy (preferred channel to port),
thence:
6 WSW of Point San Luis (3510N, 12045W), a
bold, rocky point, which rises steeply to San Luis
Hill, 215 m high, 7 cables NW; the point is
reported to be prominent on radar. A light (9.15) is
displayed from the W side of the point. A shoal
depth of 14 m (46 ft) (charted as 7 fm) lies about
1 miles SSW of Point San Luis. Thence:
7 WSW of Westdahl Rock (1 miles SW of Point San
Luis), a dangerous pinnacle rock marked on its
SW side by No 1 Light-buoy (port hand); passage
between Westdahl Rock and the mainland should
not be attempted. A light-buoy (special) is moored
2 miles farther SW. Thence:
Clear of ODAS Light-buoy 46062 (12 miles WSW
of Point San Luis), thence:
303
8 WSW of Santa Rosa Reef (6 cables WNW of
Westdahl Rock); an isolated rocky patch, with a
depth over it of 143 m (47 ft), and which is not
charted, lies 4 cables W of Santa Rosa Reef. A
rock which covers and uncovers, existence
doubtful, and Lone Black Rock, 06 m high, lie
between the reef and the coast 5 cables E and
9 cables ENE respectively, of Santa Rosa Reef.
Thence:
9 WSW of Pecho Rock (3 miles NW of Point San
Luis); foul ground, marked by kelp extends up to
5 cables SE and NW of the rock, and between the
rock and the shore. It is reported a fish haven,
with a depth over it of about 125 m (41 ft), has
been constructed about 1 mile NW of this rock.
Thence:
10 WSW of Lion Rock (6 miles NW of Point San
Luis), the outermost of two high rocks lying
2 cables offshore; another prominent, pointed, grey
rock, 35 m high, lies close offshore off a nuclear
power station at Diablo Canyon, about 9 cables SE
of Lion Rock. A security zone extends from the
power station; see 8.6 and Appendix V. Thence:
11 WSW of 16 PB Light-buoy (starboard hand) moored
about 2 cables WSW of a 7 m (22 ft) rocky patch
lying 8 cables SSW of Point Buchon (3515N,
12054W). Point Buchon is an overhanging cliff,
12 m high, backed by low tableland from which
the land rises rapidly to a bare hill 1 mile inland,
thence to Valencia Peak 1 mile farther NE. Point
Buchon is reported to be prominent on radar.
12 Caution. The coast between Point San Luis and Point
Buchon should be given a wide berth; in thick weather the
55 m (30 fm) depth contour is a good guide.
Useful marks
9.18
1 Railway station building at Surf (3441N, 12036W),
which is painted yellow.
Pismo Beach Pier (3508N, 12039W), 366 m in
length.
(Directions continue at 9.32)
Port San Luis
Chart 778 (see 1.14)
General information
9.19
1 Position and function. Port San Luis is situated on the
W side of San Luis Obispo Bay, a broad open bight, which
is contained between the settlement of Shell Beach
(3510N, 12040W) and Point San Luis (4 miles W)
(9.17). The bay affords good shelter in N or W weather,
but is exposed S and SE, from which directions gales
usually occur two or three times during the winter. A
breakwater extending 4 cables SE from Point San Luis
provides some protection to the piers and anchorage.
2 The port, which is a port of entry, is primarily used as a
base for commercial fishing vessels, sporting fishing craft
and recreational craft. It serves the town of San Luis
Obispo which lies 10 miles NNE of the bay.
3 Topography. The E shore of the bay is formed by a
narrow tableland, which terminates in cliffs from 12 to
30 m in height, at Fossil Point (35105N, 120435W) at
the head of the bay; a tank farm stands above Fossil Point.
Thence a sandy beach, 5 cables long, fronts the settlement
of Avila Beach which stands on the E side of San Luis
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 9
Port San Luis (9.19)
(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)
Obispo Creek. From the W side of the creek, to Point San
Luis 1 miles SW, the shore is high with rocky bluffs.
4 Port Authority. Port San Luis Harbor District, P.O. Box
249, Avila Beach, California 93424.
Tidal levels
9.20
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
range about 16 m; mean neap range about 05 m.
Arrival information
9.21
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
Anchorages. The general anchorage is inside a line
extending SW from Fossil Point to the extremity of the
breakwater at Point San Luis. It includes two special
anchorage areas, designated A1 and A2; Area A1 is
situated E of County Wharf (5 cables W of Fossil Point),
and Area A2 occupies the W side of the harbour W of a
line drawn NNE from the extremity of the breakwater to
the N shore of the bay. Heavy swells set in at the
anchorages with heavy weather from S and SE.
2 Mariners should contact the Harbour Masters Office for
anchorage information.
Local knowledge is required.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force NW of the line
joining Fossil Point to the extremity of the breakwater
above; see Appendix VII.
Directions
9.22
1 With positions from Point San Luis (3510N,
12045W).
Approach from east is not recommended as the E part
of the bay inside the 18 m (10 fm) depth contour is
obstructed with rocks, shoals and heavy kelp. The
above-water rocks are:
Bird Rock (3 miles ESE), 21 m high.
White Rock (2 miles E), 5 m high.
Avila Rock (1 miles ENE), 2 m high.
2 Approach and entry from south. From a position close
W of Souza Rock Light-buoy (2 miles SSE) (9.17) the line
of bearing, 000, of California Polytechnic State University
Pier (1 mile NE) leads into the bay passing:
304
E of No 3 Light-buoy (port hand) (5 cables SE)
moored 1 cables SSE of the extremity of the
breakwater, and:
3 W of No 2 buoy (starboard hand) (1 miles E)
moored 2 cables SW of Howell Rock which has a
depth over it of 4 m (13 ft), and is the W of the
dangers in the E side of the bay, thence:
E of Lansing Rock (4 cables ENE) which has a
depth over it of 55 m (18 ft), thence to the
allocated anchorage or pier.
4 A channel, marked by buoys (lateral) (privately
maintained), leads from S of Lansing Rock to Port San
Luis Pier passing ENE of Atlas Rock, which lies 2 cables
W of Lansing Rock, with a depth of 4 m (13 ft) over it. A
dangerous wreck lies on the E side of Atlas Rock.
Approach and entry from west should be made
passing S of Westdahl Rock Light-buoy (1 miles WSW)
(9.17), thence as above.
5 Useful marks:
Aero light (35144N, 120384W) (not charted),
6 miles N of Pismo Beach.
Whaler Island (1 cable SE), an islet 22 m high, which
forms part of the breakwater extending SE from
Point San Luis.
6 Smith Island (2 cables N of Whaler Island), 14 m
high.
Light (post) (privately maintained) which stands on
the head of California Polytechnic State University
Pier (1 mile NE), which is lit along its entire
length.
Berths
9.23
1 With positions from Point San Luis.
Harford Pier (5 cables N), which extends about
2 cables SE, has depths of 52 to 61 m (17 to 20 ft)
alongside, but shoaling was reported in 1990; vessels berth
at a large warehouse at the head of the pier.
California Polytechnic State University Pier (1 mile
NE) extends about 5 cables S and has depths of 94 m
(31 ft) alongside both sides. It is not safe to moor alongside
in strong S to SE winds; mooring buoys are used to keep
vessels clear of the pier.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 9
2 County Wharf (1 miles NE) is a pier which extends
about 2 cables S from Avila Beach and has depths of
79 m (26 ft) towards its head; it is used by fishing and
recreational craft. A sewer pipeline extends 3 cables from
the shore parallel to the pier and 12 m E of it. In 1983 the
pier was damaged by a storm and submerged obstructions
have been reported in its vicinity.
Port services
9.24
1 Repairs: minor facilities only; launching ramps and
50 tonne lift available.
Other facilities: hospital at San Luis Obispo.
Supplies: fuel, fresh water and provisions.
Communications: airport at San Luis Obispo about
15 km distant.
Anchorage
Point Sal
9.25
1 Anchorage may be obtained in depths of about 15 m
(48 ft), sand, with some protection from NW winds, under
Point Sal (3454N, 12040W) (9.17), but it is exposed to
the swell. The best anchorage is 2 cables from Lion Rock
(1 cable S of Point Sal), in depths of 13 m (42 ft), with that
rock bearing 303, just open of Point Sal.
Local knowledge is required.
Other names
9.26
1 Bear Valley (3439N, 12037W).
Morro Rock from NW (9.31.1)
(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)
305
Mussel Point (3456N, 12040W).
Santa Lucia Bank (3455N, 12120W).
Santa Maria River (3457N, 12039W).
POINT BUCHON TO POINT
PIEDRAS BLANCAS
General information
Chart 778
Route
9.27
1 From the vicinity of Point Buchon (3515N, 12054W)
the route leads NW for 31 miles to the vicinity of Point
Piedras Blancas (3540N, 12117W) passing across the
approaches to Estero Bay and San Simeon Bay.
Topography
9.28
1 Between Point Buchon (3515N, 12054W) and Point
Estero (14 miles NNW) the coastline is formed into Estero
Bay. The land on the E side of the bay drops abruptly from
Mount Buchon (9.12) to a long, sandy spit, enclosing
Morro Bay entered about 7 miles N of Point Buchon,
thence farther N it rises to a bluff bordered, treeless
country, of rolling hills.
2 The coastal range of mountains rises to elevations of
over 600 m within 4 miles of the coast behind Estero Bay,
increasing to 1100 m, 8 miles inland behind Point Piedras
Blancas.
From Point Estero to the vicinity of the settlement of
Cambria (about 7 miles NW) the coast consists of bluffs,
backed by a range of steep, grassy hills, from 150 m to
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

Power station chimneys at Morro Bay from SW (9.31.2)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

213 m high; the shoreline is fringed with kelp and there are 2 Three tall chimneys (5 cables E of Morro Rock),
a number of rocks close inshore. which attain an elevation of 137 m, and the top
3 North of Cambria, as far as San Simeon Bay (6 miles sections of which are illuminated at night; they
NW), the coast continues to be fringed with rocks close make good marks viewed from SE and NW.
inshore, but the bluffs decrease in height and the hills Hearst Castle (3541N, 12110W), an historical
recede inland; thick groves of pine trees are scattered on monument, illuminated at night, which is
the hillsides. sometimes reported visible when the coastline is
From the N entrance to San Simeon Bay to Point obscured by fog or low lying haze.
Piedras Blancas (5 miles WNW) the coast is low and 3 Major lights:
fringed by numerous detached rocks, which are usually San Luis Obispo Light (3510N, 12046W) (9.15).
marked by kelp. Piedras Blancas Light (white truncated conical tower)
(3540N, 12117W).
National Marine Sanctuary
9.29
1 See 9.2.
Directions
Submarine cables (continued from 9.18)
9.30 9.32
1 Submarine cables, as can be seen on the chart, extend 1 From a position SW of Point Buchon (3515N,
W out of Estero Bay from a point on the shore 2 miles 12054W) the passage leads NNW, then NW, passing (with
NNE of Point Buchon. positions from Point Estero (3527N, 12100W)):
WSW and SW of Point Estero, a steep-to point faced
Principal marks with cliffs from 15 to 27 m high, rising to a flat
9.31 topped hill over 155 m high, thence:
1 Landmarks: 2 SW of White Rock (about 6 miles NW); a pinnacle
Hollister Peak (3521N, 12047W), which has a rock, with a depth over it of 101 m (33 ft), lies
jagged appearance. 7 cables SW of this rock. Thence:
Morro Rock (3522N, 12052W), a high, conical, SW of Von Helm Rock (7 miles NW), a pointed
rocky peninsula, connected to the mainland NE by rock lying nearly 1 mile offshore, which only
a spit of sand. breaks in the heaviest weather, thence:

306
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 9
Piedras Blancas Light from W (9.31.3)
(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)
3 SW of Cambria Rock (8 miles NW), which lies
5 cables offshore and is surrounded by foul
ground, thence:
SW of Pico Rock (1 miles NW of Cambria Rock),
which is surrounded by foul ground; a 69 m
(22 ft) shoal lies about 3 cables SW of Pico Rock.
Thence:
4 SW of San Simeon Point (3538N, 12112W), a
low, wooded projection, extending 5 cables SSE
from the general line of the coast. The trees show
up well from W, but the point is not easily
identified without local knowledge. A rock, with a
depth over it of 96 m (31 ft), lies 1 miles
offshore about 2 miles WSW of San Simeon Point;
it is the outermost of several isolated shoals lying
off this point. Thence:
5 SW of Point Piedras Blancas (3540N, 12117W), a
low, rocky point, projecting 5 cables from the
general line of the coast; a light (9.31) is displayed
from the point. Piedras Blancas, two large white
rocks which appear as one from S, lie 8 cables
ESE of the point, and Outer Rock, another large
white rock, lies close W of the point; in hazy
weather this latter rock is sometimes visible from
NW and S, when the light cannot be seen.
Useful mark
9.33
1 Morro Bay W Breakwater Light (3522N, 12052W)
(9.37).
(Directions continue at 9.49)
307
Morro Bay
Chart 778 (see 1.14)
General information
9.34
1 Description. Morro Bay (3522N, 12052W), is an
extensive shallow lagoon, separated from Estero Bay (9.28)
by a narrow sandy spit; it has facilities for commercial
fishing, sports fishing, and recreational craft.
The bay is entered between the heads of two
breakwaters, about 250 m apart. The W breakwater extends
about 3 cables S from Morro Rock (9.31); the S breakwater
extends a similar distance W from a position 5 cables S of
the N extremity of the sandy spit.
2 Several offshore buoy berths are situated up to 3 miles
N of the entrance to Morro Bay.
Local knowledge is required for entering the bay. Due
to the constantly changing channel mariners are advised to
use extreme caution and to contact the Harbour Master, or
Coast Guard, for the latest information on conditions in the
entrance and channel.
Limiting conditions
9.35
1 Controlling depths. In 2003 there was a least charted
depth of about 49 m (16 ft) in the entrance channel as far
as the piers on the N side of the bay, and of about 37 m
(12 ft) in the channel to Fairbank Point on the E side of
the bay about 2 miles above the entrance. From this point a
channel, privately maintained, with a depth in it of 23 m
(7 ft), leads about 3 cables S to White Point where there
is a small craft basin (9.38).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 9
2 Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
range about 15 m, mean neap range about 0.5 m.
Arrival information
9.36
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
Pilotage. Pilots for vessels bound for the offshore buoy
terminal (9.39) board about 3 miles WNW of Morro
Rock.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the line
joining the breakwater heads; see Appendix VII.
2 Local weather. Estero Bay has the reputation of being
one of the foggiest areas on the coast of California; this
fog is most common in the mornings and evenings.
On average gales occur on one or two days each month.
In winter they are often S or SE; in summer they are
mainly NW.
Directions
9.37
1 Approach. Tidal streams in the entrance channel are
strong and variable and the approach to the channel should
be made from SW in order to avoid sharp turns near the
entrance, particularly in heavy weather.
Entry. From the vicinity of MB Light-buoy (safe water),
moored about 5 cables WSW of the entrance, a buoyed
channel leads through the entrance to the vicinity of
Fairbank Point; due to the continual shifting of the channel
the buoys are frequently moved to mark the best water and
are not shown on the national chart.
2 Inside the bay it is reported that the tidal streams,
especially the in-going stream, have a tendency to push
vessels towards the two piers on the N side of the bay,
8 cables inside the entrance (9.38).
Caution. Great care should be exercised when entering
the bay. In winter, the swells from storms in the N Pacific
are known to break across the sandbars at the entrance
making navigation hazardous. In heavy seas and high tides
the S part of the W breakwater is frequently awash.
3 Rough Bar sign. A Rough Bar advisory sign is
displayed from a position close W of the Coast Guard and
Harbour Masters office about 7 cables inside the entrance;
see 1.56.
Useful marks:
Morro Bay W Breakwater Light (white column)
(3522N, 12052W).
Pillar Rock, a small rock 30 m high, which lies close
off the NW extremity of Morro Rock (9.31).
Berths in Morro Bay
9.38
1 Two T-shaped piers, with depths alongside of 67 m and
61 m respectively, lie close together on the N side of the
bay about 8 cables inside the entrance.
Morro Bay State Park Basin at White Point. There are
depths of about 24 m (8 ft) in this basin, but in 1993 it
was reported that the entrance had shoaled to a depth of
03 m (1 ft).
2 Anchorage for small craft may be obtained in two
special areas lying 1 and 2 miles respectively, above the
entrance in depths ranging from about 18 to 55 m (6 to
18 ft); berths are allocated by the Harbour Master.
Offshore berth
9.39
1 A submarine pipeline extends up to 6 cables offshore
to an oil terminal situated about 5 cables N of Morro Rock
308
off the entrance to Morro Creek. A buoy (special) is
moored to seaward of the terminal.
2 No 18EB Light-buoy (starboard hand) (1 miles NW of
Morro Rock) marks a rock, with a depth over it of 96 m
(31 ft), in the W approach to the terminal. An unmarked
fish haven, with a depth over it of 122 m (40 ft) lies about
1 miles NNW of Morro Rock. A sewer, marked at its
seaward end by buoys, and other submerged pipelines lie N
of the oil terminal up to 2 miles N of Morro Rock.
3 Vessels lie head-to in the direction of the prevailing NW
wind; a mooring master supervises berthing arrangements.
Additional lines are absolutely essential to prevent damage
to the ship and terminal equipment in case a S, or strong
offshore wind gets up. Conditions can change very rapidly.
Port services
9.40
1 Repairs can be effected; shiplift with a capacity of
20 tonnes which can handle craft up to 20 m in length.
Supplies: fuel, water, provisions and stores.
Rescue: Coast Guard cutter stationed in the harbour.
Anchorages
Cayucos
9.41
1 Description. Cayucos is a settlement in the NE part of
Estero Bay situated about 2 miles E of Cayucos Point
(3527N, 12057W); the point, which is reported to be a
good radar target, is faced with cliffs from 15 to 27 m
high. The coast in this part of the bay is foul and rocks
with depths over them of less than 18 m (6 ft) lie up to
5 cables offshore in places.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Directions. Approaching Cayucos from W attention is
drawn to Constantine Rock which lies 5 cables S of
Cayucos Point, and which is marked on its S side by 1CR
Light-buoy (port hand), and to Mouse Rock, which has a
least depth over it of 09 m (3 ft), and which is marked on
its SE side by 3MR Light-buoy (port hand), which lies
about 1 miles ESE of Cayucos Point, in the approach to
the pier; the sea breaks heavily in a moderate swell on
both these dangers. An isolated shoal, with a depth over it
of 49 m (16 ft), lies about 1 miles ESE of Cayucos Point.
3 Useful marks:
Tank (1 miles E of Cayucos Point), painted white,
and situated on a hill on the W side of Cayucos.
Whale Rock (2 miles ESE of Cayucos Point), 5 m
in height, lying 1 cable offshore on the S side of
Cayucos.
4 Anchorage, with some shelter from N and NW winds,
may be obtained in a depth of 20 m (11 fm) with the above
tank, bearing 017, distant 1 miles.
Landing. There is a fishing and pleasure craft pier at
Cayucos with a depth of 37 m at its extremity.
Chart 778
San Simeon Bay
9.42
1 Description. San Simeon Bay is bounded on its W side
by San Simeon Point (3538N, 12112W) (9.32) from
which point the coast curves sharply E to form the head of
the bay. The bay offers good shelter in N weather, but is
exposed to the S gales of winter. The town of San Simeon,
where there is a pier 300 m in length, is situated 1 miles
E of San Simeon Point; the town is popular with tourists
visiting Hearst Castle 2 miles NE (9.31).
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

2 Local knowledge is required. POINT PIEDRAS BLANCAS TO POINT SUR

Directions. The buildings of San Simeon are prominent
when approaching from S. The entrance to the bay is
marked by No 1 Light-buoy (port hand) moored 4 cables General information
SE of San Simeon Point. A Coast Guard mooring buoy lies Chart 778
off the pier.
Route
3 Anchorage may be obtained in the middle of the bay, in
9.45
depths of from 9 to 15 m, hard sand. San Simeon Point
1 From the vicinity of Point Piedras Blancas (3540N,
should not be approached within a distance of 2 cables,
12117W) to that of Point Sur (3618N, 12154W), the
and the E coast should not be approached within a distance
route leads NW for about 50 miles.
of 5 cables.

Topography
9.46
Point Piedras Blancas
1 The coast between Point Piedras Blancas and the mouth
9.43
of the prominent San Carpoforo Valley, situated about
1 Anchorage for a coaster may be obtained, with shelter
6 miles NNW, continues low with small bluffs and bare
from NW winds, in the lee of Point Piedras Blancas
rolling hills; off it are numerous detached rocks, and it is
(3540N, 12117W) (9.32) in depths of about 8 m (26 ft),
well fringed with kelp.
sand, with Point Piedras Blancas Light bearing 280, distant
2 Between San Carpoforo Valley and the entrance of Big
2 cables.
Sur River, situated 41 miles NW, the coast is bold and
Local knowledge is required.
rugged, with cliffs from 60 to 150 m high rising to
mountains from 750 to 1500 m high, 2 to 3 miles inland; it
forms one of the boldest stretches of the Californian coast.
In places the coast is intersected by deep, narrow valleys;
there are few beaches or outlying rocks.
Other name 3 The highway running along the coast at an elevation
9.44 varying from 30 to 150 m is plainly visible from seaward;
1 China Harbor (3528N, 12059W). it is marked by numerous cuttings.

Point Sur and lighthouse from NW (9.48)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

309
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 9
The remaining 2 miles of coastline, between Big Sur
River and Point Sur, is low, with sand beaches backed by
dunes. False Sur, a rounded hillock, lies close to the shore
1 mile ESE of Point Sur; it is sometimes mistaken for Point
Sur in fog or conditions of low visibility.
National Marine Sanctuary
9.47
1 See 9.2.
Principal marks
9.48
1 Landmarks:
Villa Creek (3551N, 12124W), spanned by a
conspicuous white bridge.
Junipero Serra Peak (3609N, 12125W), whose
summit is crowned by pine trees.
2 Twin Peak and Cone Peak (3603N, 12130W),
known locally as Twin Peaks; they have scattered
trees on their summits and are good marks, even at
night. There is an observation tower on the summit
of Cone Peak which is illuminated at night when
occupied.
3 Point Sur (3618N, 12154W), a black rocky hill,
110 m high, with sand dunes extending E from it
for over 5 cables. There are many buildings on the
summit of the point, which from a distance N or
S, may appear as an island.
4 Major lights:
Piedras Blancas Light (3540N, 12117W) (9.31).
Point Sur Light (white tower on grey stone building)
(3618N, 12154W).
Directions
(continued from 9.33)
Point Piedras Blancas to Cape San Martin
9.49
1 From a position SW of Point Piedras Blancas (3540N,
12117W) the passage leads NW passing:
SW of Harlech Castle Rock (1 miles NW of Point
Piedras Blancas), a rock lying nearly 7 cables
offshore and which dries 03 m (1 ft); it is not
usually marked by kelp. A 5 m (16 ft) shoal lies
5 cables NW of Harlech Castle Rock. And:
2 Clear of, depending on draught, a shoal with a least
depth over it of 20 m (66 ft) (3 miles WNW of
Point Piedras Blancas); this shoal has been
reported to break in a heavy W swell. Thence:
3 SW of La Cruz Rock (3 miles NNW of Point Piedras
Blancas); the rock is situated 5 cables S of Point
Sierra Nevada, a low bluff named after a vessel
which stranded 2 cables NW of the point. Thence:
SW of a shoal with a depth over it of 87 m (28 ft)
(almost 1 mile WNW of Point Sierra Nevada),
thence:
4 SW of Ragged Point (3545N, 12120W), easily
identified as it is the first point S of San
Carpoforo Valley (9.46). Visible rocks and ledges
extend 2 cables offshore from Ragged Point, and
a rocky patch with a depth over it of 69 m (22 ft)
lies 1 mile NW of the point. Thence:
SW of White Rock No 1 (4 miles NW of Ragged
Point), a high, pointed rock lying 5 cables offshore
just S of Salmon Cone, a rocky hill; a rock awash
lies 1 cable W of White Rock No 1. Thence:
5 SW of White Rock No 2 (5 miles NW of Ragged
Point), a high, rounded rock lying 2 cables
offshore, thence:
SW of a pinnacle rock with a depth over it of 32 m
(10 ft) (8 miles NW of Ragged Point), thence:
SW of Whaleboat Rock (9 miles NW of Ragged
Point), which dries 15 m (5 ft); Bird Rock, 15 m
(5 ft) high lies 3 cables N of Whaleboat Rock.
Thence:
6 SW of Cape San Martin (3553N, 12128W), which
is ragged and precipitous on its seaward side, and
is easily identified by San Martin Rocks. The outer
of these rocks, 13 m high, lies 5 cables WNW of
the cape; the middle and inner rocks are 10 m and
44 m high, respectively. A shoal depth of 96 m
(31 ft) lies 7 cables offshore, 1 miles NW of
Cape San Martin. The bridge crossing Willow
Creek, 3 cables N of Cape San Martin, is
prominent from seaward.
Cape San Martin to Point Sur
9.50
1 From a position SW of Cape San Martin (3553N,
12128W), the passage continues NW, passing:
SW of Tide Rock (4 miles NNW of Cape San
Martin), a small black rock, awash, which lies
7 cables offshore; the rock is extremely dangerous
in calm weather as there is then no breaker to
indicate its position. Thence:
2 NE of ODAS Light-buoy 46028 (354N, 12153W),
thence:
SW of Lopez Point (3601N, 12134W), a narrow
tableland extending from the high land inland.
Lopez Rock lies 3 cables offshore 8 cables WNW
of Lopez Point; a shoal with a depth over it of
11 m (36 ft) lies 3 cables SW of Lopez Rock.
Thence:
3 SW of Slate Rock and Little Slate Rock (7 miles
NNW of Lopez Point), the latter rock 12 m high,
which lie close inshore, thence:
SW of Partington Point (3610N, 12142W); two
major landslides are prominent in the vicinity of
this point. A deep submarine canyon approaches
the coast about 2 miles NW of Partington Point
bringing the 183 m (100 fm) depth contour within
2 cables of the shore. Thence:
4 SW of a rock with a depth over it of 96 m (31 ft)
which lies 5 cables offshore, (5 miles NW of
Partington Point), thence:
SW of Pfeiffer Point (3614N, 12149W), the
termination of a long ridge which rises to an
elevation of 366 m about 1 miles NE of the
point; Pfeiffer Rock lies close under the point. The
point presents a bold, precipitous, light coloured
face to seaward; it is distinguished from S by its
colour, and from N the pointed summit is
prominent. There is a deep gully on the N side of
the point, more conspicuous from N than from S.
Thence:
5 SW of Cooper Point (1 miles NW of Pfeiffer Point);
it is marked by a prominent pinnacle 52 m high,
and an off-lying rock 55 m high. Foul ground,
with dangerous rocks at its outer end, extends
4 cables W from Cooper Point. Thence:
6 SW of Point Sur (3618N, 12154W) (9.48), from
where a light (9.48) is displayed. Numerous
dangers extend in places nearly 1 mile offshore
310
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

between Point Cooper and Point Sur; Sur Rock, Shoal, with a depth over it of 14 m (4 ft)
awash, lies 7 cables offshore 1 miles SSE of (3 cables SE of Harlan Rock).
Point Sur, and a rock, with a depth over it of Local knowledge is required.
82 m (27 ft), which breaks in heavy weather, lies
5 cables SW of Sur Rock. These and other dangers Chart 778 (see 1.14)
are usually well marked by kelp, but it is a Pfeiffer Point
dangerous locality in thick weather, and vessels 9.53
should remain in depths of not less than 55 m 1 Anchorage, with reasonable protection from N and NW
(30 fm). winds, may be obtained by small vessels about 9 cables
ESE of Pfeiffer Point (3614N, 12149W) (9.49). The
Useful marks anchorage is 2 cables offshore in a depth of about 15 m
9.51 (50 ft) sand, clear of the kelp.
1 Alder Creek (3552N, 12125W), a deep ravine Small craft can obtain better protection by anchoring
spanned by a white bridge. closer inshore.
Plaskett Rock (3555N, 12129W), a large white Local knowledge is required.
rock.
Square Black Rock (3604N, 12137W). Small craft
Girder bridge (3609N, 12140W), which spans
Anderson Canyon. Chart 778
(Directions continue at 9.62) Sierra Nevada Point
9.54
Anchorages 1 Anchorage for small boats can be obtained S of Sierra
Nevada Point (3543N, 12119W) (9.49) to the E of the
Lopez Point N side of La Cruz Rock in strong NW or light S weather.
9.52 A sandy beach inshore of La Cruz Rock affords a
1 Anchorage may be obtained, with some protection from landing for boats in heavy NW weather, the beach being
NW winds, in depths of 18 m (60 ft), sand, 1 mile SE of relatively free of breakers.
Lopez Point (3601N, 12134W) (9.49). Local knowledge is required.
Smaller vessels may obtain better shelter by anchoring
inside the kelp in a depth of about 9 m (30 ft), sand, with Other names
Lopez Point bearing about 287. 9.55
The following dangers, positioned from Lopez Point, lie 1 Breaker Point (3545N, 12119W).
in the approach to the anchorage: Cruz, Arroyo de la (3542N, 12118W).
2 Rock, with a depth over it of 32 m (10 ft) (5 cables Gamboa Point (3603N, 12135W).
SE). Lucia Canyon (3558N, 12158W).
Harlan Rock (1 miles ESE), 3 m high, lying Pacific Valley (3555N, 12128W).
3 cables offshore, and conspicuous only when Salmon Head (3549N, 12123W).
approaching the anchorage. Sur Canyon (3603N, 12206W).

POINT SUR TO THE APPROACHES TO SAN FRANCISCO BAY

GENERAL INFORMATION Topography
9.58
Chart 2530 1 The coast between Point Sur and Point Lobos, situated
Area covered 13 miles N, is bold and rugged, but it decreases in height
9.56 as Point Pinos, 7 miles farther N, is approached; it is
1 In this section are described the approaches to Monterey backed by high land which attains an elevation of almost
Bay, the minor harbours in that bay, and the passage 1350 m 6 miles inland. The highway, which is marked by a
between Monterey Bay and the S approach to San number of bridges, is visible from seaward between Point
Francisco Bay; it is arranged as follows: Sur and Point Lobos.
Point Sur to Point Pinos (9.57). 2 Just N of Point Sur there is a sandy beach and bluff,
Monterey Bay (9.67). which continue for 1 miles to the mouth of the Little Sur
Monterey Bay to Pillar Point (9.93). River, after which the coast becomes more rugged.
Carmel Bay (9.63) indents the coast between Lobos
Point and Cypress Point, 3 miles NNW, thence the coast
POINT SUR TO POINT PINOS to Point Pinos, about 4 miles NNE, is low, with the cliffs
decreasing in height, and is fringed by numerous small
rocks and ledges. Moss Beach, backed by white sand dunes
General information which show up well in contrast to the dark trees behind
them, extends 2 miles SSW from Point Pinos.
Chart 778
Route Depths
9.57 9.59
1 From the vicinity of Point Sur (3618N, 12154W) the 1 The depths along this part of the coast are considerable;
route leads NNW for 17 miles to Cypress Point, thence depths of 55 m (30 fm) being found less than 1 mile
5 miles NNE to Point Pinos. offshore in places.

311
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

National Marine Sanctuary
9.60
1 See 9.2.
Principal marks
9.61
1 Landmarks:
Point Sur (3618N, 12154W) (9.48).
Pico Blanco (3619N, 12149W), a pointed peak
with a white topped summit.
Mount Carmel (Boulder Peak) (4 miles NNE of Pico
Blanco), which has a round, bare summit. Both
this peak, and Pico Blanco, can sometimes be seen
when the lower land is obscured by fog or haze.
2 Major lights:
Point Sur Light (3618N, 12154W) (9.48).
Point Pinos Light (white tower on dwelling, 13 m in
height) (3638N, 12156W).
Directions
(continued from 9.51)
9.62
1 From a position SW of Point Sur (3618N, 12154W)
the passage leads NNW, then NNE passing (with positions
from Hurricane Point (3621N, 12154W)):
WSW of Ventura Rocks ( mile S); the N rock is
conical and 37 m high; the S rock dries 15 m
(5 ft). A 105 m (34 ft) patch lies 5 cables SW of
these rocks. Thence:
2 WSW of Hurricane Point; a submerged buoy, charted
as obstruction, has been established, at a depth of
896 m (49 fm), approximately 12 miles W of
Hurricane Point, thence:
3 WSW of Bixby Landing (1 mile N), which can be
identified by a concrete arch bridge, prominent
from W. The coast between Hurricane Point and
the N side of Bixby Landing is fronted by
numerous detached rocks, many of which are
above-water. Castle Rock, 55 m high, lies close
inshore 2 cables N of Bixby landing; a detached
9 m (30 ft) shoal lies 3 cables offshore abreast
Castle Rock, and a 137 m (45 ft) shoal lies
6 cables offshore about 6 cables farther N. Thence:
4 WSW of a shoal with a depth over it of 87 m (28 ft)
(4 miles N), thence:
WSW of Soberanes Point (5 miles N), which
projects only slightly from the general line of the
coast; an isolated grassy hill, 61 m high, stands
immediately behind the point, and a high, grassy
ridge extends inland from this hill. Lobos Rocks, a
group of small rocky islets, lie 5 cables NW of
Soberanes Point; the two larger islets are white
topped and each is about 12 m in height, with foul
ground between. Thence:
5 WSW of a shoal with a depth over it of 11 m (36 ft)
which lies 4 cables W of Yankee Point (8 miles
NNW); the seaward face of the point is irregular,
broken and fringed with numerous detached rocks.
Yankee Point Rock, 18 m high, lies close off the
point, and Yankee Point Breaker, an underwater
rock on which the sea usually breaks, lies
3 cables SSW of the point. Thence:
6 WSW of Pinnacle Point (3631N, 12157W), an
irregular, jagged, rocky point 30 m high, which
forms the NW extremity of Lobos Point. Sea Lion
Rocks, the outermost of which is 37 m high,
extend 5 cables SW from the point; a rocky patch,
on which the sea breaks lies 1 cables S of this
outermost rock. Thence:

Point Pinos from NW (9.62)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

312
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 9
7 WSW and WNW of Cypress Point (3635N,
12159W), a comparatively low point, thickly
wooded to within about 2 cables of its extremity;
the cliffs are steep with numerous detached rocks
up to about 2 cables offshore. Cypress Point Rock,
4 m high, marked on its W side by No 6
Light-buoy (starboard hand), lies 2 cables NW of
the point, and is prominent from N or S. Thence:
8 WNW of Point Joe (2 miles NNE of Cypress Point),
a rocky point over which the surf breaks heavily; a
rocky patch, with a depth over it of 21 m (7 ft),
lies 4 cables NNW of Point Joe. Thence:
9 WNW and N of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand)
moored 1 mile NNW of Point Pinos (3638N,
12156W), a low, rocky, bare point, but with pine
trees standing 2 cables back from the beach.
Above-water rocks extend 2 cables NW from the
point, which should be given a wide berth as a
considerable swell sets on to it. A light (9.61) is
displayed from the point.
10 Caution. Vessels continuing N, transiting across the
entrance to Monterey Bay on the recommended
tracks (9.4), are advised of the presence of B
Light-buoy (special) (3641N, 12223W) and
ODAS Light-buoy 46042, 2 miles farther NNW.
(Directions continue for Monterey Harbor at 9.77, for
Moss Landing Harbor at 9.83, for Santa Cruz Harbor
at 9.89 and for passage N of Monterey Bay at 9.99)
Carmel Bay
Chart 778 (see 1.14)
General information
9.63
1 Description. Carmel Bay, entered between Pinnacle
Point (3631N, 12157W) (9.62) and Cypress Point
(3 miles NNW) (9.62), affords shelter to small craft in
both N and S weather.
The town of Carmel occupies the NE side of the bay on
the N side of Carmel River; the lights of the town make a
good mark on clear nights. The beach fronting the head of
the bay is low, but the land on the S side is bare and
mountainous; the N side is hilly and heavily wooded.
2 Carmel Canyon, a deep submarine valley, runs into the
bay and brings depths of 91 m (50 fm) to within 2 cables
of the beach in the SE part of the bay.
Local knowledge is essential.
State Park Reserve. The peninsula of Point Lobos
(9.62) is designated an ecological reserve and regulations
prohibit landing anywhere in its area. Whalers Cove (9.65)
may be used for shelter only.
Directions
9.64
1 Approaching from S, attention is drawn to the dangers
extending SW from Pinnacle Point (9.62).
Approaching from N, care should be taken to avoid The
Pinnacles, a shoal area with a depth over it of 18 m (6 ft)
which may be identified by breakers, which lies 5 cables
offshore, 1 miles SSE of Cypress Point.
2 Useful marks (positioned from Pinnacle Point):
Whalers Knoll (4 cables ESE), a rocky hill on Point
Lobos, 61 m high.
Tower of the Carmelite Monastery (about
1 miles E), in the SE corner of the bay.
313
3 Chimney (about 2 miles NNE), in Stillwater Cove
(9.65) on the N side of the bay.
White house (conspicuous) (2 miles NNW), close E
of Sunset Point on the N side of the bay.
Small craft anchorages
9.65
1 Shelter from S winds may be obtained in Whalers Cove,
a small indentation 8 cables ESE of Pinnacle Point, in
depths of about 6 m (20 ft), rock or gravel, but there is a
rock, with a depth over it of 32 m (10 ft) near the middle
of the cove.
2 Shelter from N winds may be obtained in Pebble Beach
and Stillwater Cove, E of it, two small coves on the N side
of the bay entered between Pescadero Point, situated
1 miles SE of Cypress Point, and Arrowhead Point,
5 cables farther E. The two coves which are shallow and
obstructed with kelp, are separated from each other by
Pescadero Rocks. The anchorage is in depths of from 18 m
to 55 m (6 to 18 ft) but there are many dangers in the
vicinity and great care must be exercised. Landing may be
effected in Stillwater Cove.
Local knowledge is required to enter all three coves.
Other name
9.66
1 Kasler Point (3625N, 12155W).
MONTEREY BAY
General information
Chart 229
Description
9.67
1 Monterey Bay is formed between Point Pinos (3638N,
12156W) (9.62) and Point Santa Cruz (19 miles NNW)
(9.89).
On the SW side of the bay, the 3 mile stretch of the
coast between Point Pinos and Monterey Harbor is fronted
by the resort of Pacific Grove, and the picturesque city of
Monterey; E of the harbour the coast is lower and
curves N.
2 The E shore of the bay consists of low sand beaches
and sand dunes, with some low sandy bluffs. Salinas
Valley, low land extending E from about the middle of the
E shore, forms a break, prominent from seaward, between
Santa Lucia Mountains to the S, and the high land of Santa
Cruz Mountains to the N. Another marked depression in
the coastal range is formed 6 miles farther N where Pajaro
River flows into the bay.
3 Monterey Canyon, a submarine valley, runs through the
middle of the bay, and depths of 91 m (50 fm), are found
within 4 cables of the beach in the vicinity of Moss
Landing Harbor (3648N, 12147W).
The bay is free from dangers, and affords shelter, during
S winds, at Monterey Harbor, on the S side of the bay,
and, during NW winds, in Santa Cruz Harbor (3657N,
12201W) and Soquel Cove (close E), on the N side of
the bay.
Pilotage
9.68
1 Pilotage for all foreign vessels, and national vessels
without a licensed pilot, is compulsory for harbours within
Monterey Bay; pilots are provided from San Francisco
(10.40). The pilot boarding area is centred about 2 miles
NW of Point Pinos Light (3638N, 12156W).
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

Chimneys of power station at Moss Landing from NW (9.72.1)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

Restricted areas Each chimney is 161 m in height and is marked by

9.69
1 Restricted and prohibited areas, as shown on the chart,
are established in the NE and SE parts of Monterey Bay.
For details of these areas see Appendix VI.
National Marine Sanctuary
9.70
1 See 9.2.
Natural conditions
9.71
1 Local weather. The prevailing winds are W except in
late autumn and early winter, when E winds are as
frequent; gale force winds are rare.
The mountain ranges N and S of Monterey Bay, and the
receding coast on the E side of the bay, offer a wide funnel
to the cold, foggy NW winds, which blow over the bay
and well into the Salinas Valley to S.
Fog is frequently encountered in July, August and
September.
2 Tidal streams. In general, tidal streams in the bay are
reported to be weak, except in the vicinity of the offshore
mooring (9.84) off Moss Landing Harbour.
Principal marks
9.72
1 Landmarks:
Two chimneys (3648N, 12147W), at the power
station at Moss Landing at the head of the bay;
they are the dominating landmarks in the bay.
flashing red obstruction lights.
Two radio towers (3641N, 12148W), each 137 m
high, behind the sand dunes at Marina.
Three radio towers (3658N, 12159W).
2 Major lights:
Point Pinos Light (3638N, 12156W) (9.61).
Point Santa Cruz Light (white lantern on square brick
tower attached to brick building, 12 m in height)
(3657N, 12202W).
Monterey Harbor
Chart 229 (see 1.14)
General information
9.73
1 Position and function. Monterey Harbor (3636N,
12153W), situated in the S part of the bay, 3 miles SE of
Point Pinos, is a small resort harbour which provides
shelter for over 800 small craft. There is also some
commercial activity and fishing. The port was formerly the
base of a large sardine fishing industry but most of the
canneries are now closed. The port is a customs station.
2 The city of Monterey was once the capital of California
when it was ruled by Mexico, and for some time after it
became a state.
Limiting conditions
9.74
1 Controlling depths. There are depths of more than 6 m
(20 ft) in the outer harbour and entrance, and 18 to 30 m
(6 to 10 ft) in the small boat basin.

314
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 9
Point Santa Cruz Light from S (9.72)
(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)
Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
range about 16 m, mean neap range about 05 m.
Arrival information
9.75
1 Anchorage may be obtained off Monterey Harbor,
sheltered from S winds, but it is open N and gales from
this direction are experienced from time to time. A
seasonal and special anchorage area is established close E
of Municipal Wharf No 2, through which mariners are
requested to avoid transiting.
Anchorage inside the harbour may be obtained in the
special anchorage area in the centre of the harbour.
2 Craft in transit and requiring berths should contact the
Harbour Masters Office situated on the S side of the
harbour.
Speed limit in the harbour is 3 kn.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the line
joining the head of the breakwater and the head of
Municipal Wharf No 2; see Appendix VII.
Harbour
9.76
1 General layout. The harbour is protected by a
breakwater which extends 3 cables E from the shore and
provides good protection in NW weather, though in winter
some surging is experienced at the wharves. The harbour
entrance is about 1 cables wide between the extremity of
the breakwater and the head of Municipal Wharf No 2,
which extends 2 cables N from the S shore to form a S
breakwater; Municipal Wharf No 1, known also as
Fishermans Wharf, and which is lined with restaurants and
shops, stands in the S part of the harbour 1 cables W of
315
Municipal Wharf No 2; the area between the wharves is
formed into a marina. There is a small marina at the root
of the N breakwater.
2 Landmarks, with positions from Point Pinos:
Presidio Monument (2 miles SE), a granite structure
standing on a bare hill on the W side of the
harbour.
Radio tower (6 cables N of the monument).
Directions
(continued from 9.62)
9.77
1 From a position N of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand)
moored 1 mile NNW of Point Pinos (3638N, 12156W)
(9.62) the track leads SE, passing (with positions from
Point Pinos):
NE of Aumentos Rock (8 cables ESE), lying 1 cable
offshore, thence:
2 NE of No 4 Light-buoy (starboard hand) moored
4 cables NE of Point Cabrillo (2 miles SE); 2
light-buoys (special) are moored between No 4
Light-buoy and Point Cabrillo in the NW corner of
a pipeline area that extends to Monterey
breakwater. Thence:
3 NE and E of the extremity of the breakwater, on the
head of which stands No 6 Light (starboard hand).
Thence the entrance to the harbour is marked by a
buoy (preferred channel to port), and the channels
in the harbour by buoys (lateral); all buoys are
privately maintained.
4 Caution. When swells run after winter storms, a strong
current is reported to run at the entrance to the marina
between Wharf No 1 and Wharf No 2.
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

Monterey Harbour from E (9.76)

(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)

Useful marks: Controlling depths

Aero light (5 miles SE of Point Pinos).
Aero light (8 miles ENE of Point Pinos).
Berth
9.78
1 Municipal Wharf No 2, 533 m long with depths of 73 m
(24 ft) alongside its head.
Port services
9.79
1 Repairs can be effected; lift with a capacity of 60
tonnes.
Supplies: fuels, water, provisions.
Communications: airport close ESE.
Rescue: Coast Guard Station at the root of the
breakwater.
Moss Landing Harbor
General information
9.80
1 Description. Moss Landing Harbor (3648N,
12147W), on the E side of Monterey Bay, is a small
artificial harbour situated at the mouth of Elkhorn Slough,
an enclosed area of marshes and salt pans; it is a good
harbour of refuge. The harbour is used by pleasure craft
and a fishing fleet of about 300 vessels; in total there is
accommodation for about 500 craft.
Local knowledge is required.
9.81
1 The project depth for the entrance channel, the outer
turning basin, channel, and inner turning basin, is 46 m
(15 ft)
For the latest controlling depths the port authorities or
United States chart should be consulted.
Arrival information
9.82
1 Port radio. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(5).
Anchorage off Moss Landing Harbor is unprotected but
the holding ground is good. It has been reported that
sudden shifts of wind direction may occur between late
morning and early afternoon creating choppy and confused
seas off the port.
2 Craft in transit and requiring berths should contact the
Harbour Masters Office situated in the inner turning basin.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the line
joining the head of the N breakwater and the head of the
pier which extends from the coast at Moss Landing,
3 cables S; see Appendix VII.
3 Local weather. Mariners should be aware of a local
condition. Prevailing winds are NW, with a few SE winds
and N gales during winter. Sudden wind shifts have been
experienced in the late forenoon and early afternoon, with
new winds creating a cross pattern of swell, giving rise to
confused seas. In the first few hours, the strength of the
wind may not be apparent from the sea surface. The
condition has affected the manoeuvring of deep-draught

316
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

Moss Landing Harbour from SSW (9.80)

(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)

vessels. With a SW wind over an ebb tide, slight breaking
seas may be experienced across the harbour entrance.
Directions
(continued from 9.62)
9.83
1 Approach: From a position WNW of No 2 Light-buoy
(starboard hand), moored 1 mile NNW of Point Pinos
(3638N, 12156W) (9.62), the track leads about 11 miles
NE to the vicinity of MLA Light-buoy (safe water) moored
9 cables SW of the harbour entrance, passing (with
positions from Point Pinos):
2 SE of A Light-buoy (special) (8 miles NNW), thence:
SE of a buoy (special) (6 miles N), thence:
NW of a dangerous wreck (7 miles NNE), position
approximate, lying about 1 miles WSW of the
mouth of Salinas River. Thence:
3 NW of a dangerous wreck, position approximate,
which lies 1 miles SSW of the harbour entrance.
Entry leading lights:
Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on
red column), at the head of the entrance channel.
Rear light (similar structure) (58 m NE of the front
light).
4 From the vicinity of MLA Light-buoy the alignment
(052) of these lights leads about 1 mile NE to the outer
turning basin, passing:
NW of No 2 buoy (starboard hand) moored 1 cable
SW of the head of the S jetty to mark turbulent
water from a power station discharge which might
be dangerous to small craft, and:
5 SE of No 1 buoy (port hand) moored cable SW of
the head of the N jetty, thence:
Between the jetties, on the heads of which stand
lights (lateral).
6 From the outer turning basin the main channel, marked
by lights, buoys and a beacon, leads 5 cables S to the inner
turning basin.
Another channel, marked by buoys (privately
maintained), and which has a least charted depth (2002) of
3 m (10 ft), leads to a marina at Elkhorn Yacht Club
3 cables N of the outer turning basin.
7 Useful marks:
Two chimneys (3648N, 12147W) (9.72).
Water tank (7 cables SSW of the two chimneys),
painted white.
Offshore berth
9.84
1 A submarine pipeline, which serves an offshore fuelling
berth, leads about 5 cables WNW from a position on the
shore, 2 cables NNE of the head of the N jetty. White
mooring buoys mark the limits of the facility. Mariners
transiting the area should stay well clear of the facilities.
Tugs are available to assist mooring.
Caution. See 9.71 concerning tidal streams.
Port services
9.85
1 Repairs can be effected; mobile lift with a capacity of
70 tonnes.
Supplies: fuels, water, provisions.

317
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

Soquel Cove
General information
9.86
1 Description. Soquel Cove lies in the NE part of
Monterey Bay and is bounded on its W side by Soquel
Point (3657N, 12158W). Aptos Creek and Soquel Creek
enter the cove 3 miles ENE and 1 miles NE
respectively, of Soquel Point. Seacliff Beach lines the head
of the cove.
2 Anchorage. The cove offers reasonable shelter in NW
weather but is exposed S; anchorage may be obtained in
depths of about 9 m (30 ft), sand, SE of the mouth of
Soquel Creek.
3 Useful marks:
Concrete hull, connected to the shore by a fishing
pier, situated on Seacliff Beach close NW of the
mouth of Aptos Creek.
Chimney at Rio del Mar, situated at the mouth of
Aptos Creek.
4 Landing may be effected at a pleasure pier at Capitola
on the W side of the mouth Soquel Creek; there is a depth
of 33 m at the outer end of the pier.
Santa Cruz Harbor
General information
9.87
1 Description. Santa Cruz Harbor, on the N side of
Monterey Bay, is entered between Soquel Point (3657N,
12158W) (9.86) and Point Santa Cruz (2 miles W)
(9.89).
The city of Santa Cruz lines the NW shore of the bay,
and the suburbs of Seabright and Twin Lakes extend over
the beach to E.
2 There is a municipal pier at Santa Cruz, and a small
craft harbour on the E side of Seabright can accommodate
about 1200 craft.
Local knowledge is required; a patrol boat operates in
the harbour and will offer guidance on request.
Arrival information
9.88
1 Port radio. A 24 hour guard is maintained on VHF.
Anchorage may be obtained anywhere off the pier in
depths of 9 m (30 ft), sand, noting an area of spoil ground
lies midway between Soquel Point and Santa Cruz Point.
The harbour provides good shelter in N weather, but in
NW weather a heavy swell is likely to sweep into the
anchorage. In S winds craft unable to take shelter in the
small craft harbour, should make for Monterey Harbor
(9.73) or Moss Landing Harbor (9.80).
2 Craft in transit and requiring berths should contact the
Harbour Masters Office situated in the SE corner of the
small craft harbour.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the line
joining Point Santa Cruz and the entrance to the small craft
harbour, and inside the small craft harbour itself; see
Appendix VII.
Directions
(continued from 9.62)
9.89
1 Approach. From a position W of No 2 Light-buoy
(starboard hand), moored 1 mile NNW of Point Pinos
(3638N, 12156W) (9.62), the track leads about 18 miles

Santa Cruz Harbor from SSW (9.87)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

318
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 9
N across Monterey Bay to Santa Cruz Harbor, passing
(with positions from Point Santa Cruz (3657N,
12202W)):
2 Clear of A Light-buoy (special) (12 miles S), thence:
E of a light-buoy (privately maintained) (4 miles
SSW), thence;
Clear of SC Light-buoy (safe water) (1 mile SE); a
58 m (19 ft) patch, marked by kelp, lies 5 cables S
of Point Santa Cruz. Six buoys (special) lie within
1 to 2 miles of SC Light-buoy in an arc from E
through S to W. Thence:
3 E of Point Santa Cruz, a flat point which terminates
in cliffs about 12 m high; close under the point are
two flat rocks, the outer and higher one is 5 m
high. Behind the point the land rises in terraces. A
light (9.72) is displayed from the point.
Berths
9.90
1 Municipal pier extends over 4 cables SE from the shore
at Santa Cruz and has a depth of 79 m (26 ft) at its outer
end; it is lined with restaurants and stores. A Coast Guard
mooring buoy lies close E of the pier.
Berthing is possible in all but S weather; in general,
only fishing vessels use the pier. Swell, sweeping round the
point, often causes a considerable surge and good moorings
are necessary.
2 A fog signal (horn) is sounded from the pier between
15th April and 1st November.
Port services
9.91
1 Repairs can be effected; mobile lift with a capacity of
40 tonnes; boat hoist on the pier.
Supplies: fuels, water, provisions.
Small craft harbour
9.92
1 Small craft harbour is entered from SSE between two
small breakwaters and extends N for about 7 cables; a
light (white cylindrical structure) stands on the head of the
W breakwater.
2 Caution. Extensive shoaling occurs in the small craft
harbour entrance between late November and early April.
The channel buoys are moved to define the constantly
shifting channel and are not charted; the Harbour Master
should be consulted for the latest depths. When a heavy
swell is running, no attempt should be made to enter the
channel without local knowledge.
3 The harbour is divided into a lower and an upper basin
by two bridges situated 4 cables above the entrance; the
clearance under the bridges is 55 m. In 2003 the
controlling depth in the outer basin was 39 m (13 ft).
MONTEREY BAY TO PILLAR POINT
General information
Chart 229
Route
9.93
1 From the vicinity of Point Santa Cruz (3657N,
12202W), at the W entrance to Monterey Bay, the route
leads initially W for about 4 miles, then NW for about
20 miles, thence NNW for about 20 miles, to the vicinity of
Pillar Point (3730N, 12230W).
319
Topography
9.94
1 From Point Santa Cruz (9.89) the coast trends W for
about 4 miles, then turns NW for about 14 miles to Point
Ao Nuevo (9.99); it rises from high bluffs, with a few
intervening beaches, to low, flat tree covered hills. High
whitish cliffs, immediately N of Waddell Creek, a narrow
steep sided valley situated 3 miles ESE of Point Ao
Nuevo, are prominent. The high land in the interior on this
section of the coast is dominated by Loma Prieta, a
prominent flat topped peak, situated 13 miles NE of Point
Santa Cruz (chart 2530); an observation tower stands on
the summit.
2 For 5 miles NW of Point Ao Nuevo the coast is low
and rocky, and is indented by two small bays separated by
Franklin Point (2 miles NW of Point Ao Nuevo); thence
to Pescadero Point, 4 miles farther NNW (9.99), it is lined
by reddish coloured cliffs and fringed by numerous
detached rocks.
3 North of Pescadero Point the coast becomes more
rugged, with yellow or white vertical cliffs, and is broken
by several small streams which pass through deep sided
valleys. A prominent, whitish cliff, more than 30 m high,
stands 7 miles N of Pescadero Point, and beyond it the
coast is backed by a low, flat tableland, which trends NNW
for about 9 miles before turning sharply W to Pillar Point
(3730N, 12230W) to form Half Moon Bay. The land
consists mainly of grass covered rolling hills with ranches
and cultivated ground near the shore.
4 Montara Mountain, which is covered in grass and is bare
of trees, extends 3 miles SE/NW, about 3 miles NE of
Pillar Point; North Peak and Scarper Peak form its
extremities. From S it appears as a long undulating ridge;
from NW as a flat topped mountain with four knobs on its
summit.
Exercise areas
9.95
1 Submarines exercise frequently, both surfaced and dived,
in the areas indicated on the chart. A good lookout should
be kept for them when passing through these waters.
Vessel Traffic Service
9.96
1 San Francisco Bay VTS (10.15) covers the N part of
this coastal area.
National Marine Sanctuary
9.97
1 See 9.2.
Principal marks
9.98
1 Landmarks:
Cement works (3701N, 12212W) at Davenport; the
smoke from the installation can be seen over a
long distance by day, and its lights are visible at
night. A tower is prominent amongst the buildings
by day.
2 Two white radar antennas and a radio telescope
building which stand on Pillar Point (3730N,
12230W), the SE extremity of a low ridge,
2 miles long; another prominent tower stands
5 cables N of the point. The lights from the radar
site make a good mark at night.
3 Major lights:
Point Santa Cruz Light (3657N, 12202W) (9.72).
Pigeon Point Light (white conical tower, 35 m in
height) (3711N, 12224W).
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

Cement works at Davenport (9.98.1)

(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

Pigeon Point Light (9.98.2)

(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

320
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 9
Point Montara Light (white conical tower, 9 m in
height) (3732N, 12231W).
Directions
(continued from 9.62)
9.99
1 From a position S of Point Santa Cruz (3657N,
12202W) (9.89) the passage leads initially W, thence NW
and NNW, passing (with positions from Point Santa Cruz):
Clear of, depending on draught, a shoal depth of
183 m (60 ft) (1 miles S), thence:
Clear of the light-buoy (4 miles SSW) (9.89),
thence:
2 SSW of Needle Rock Point (4 miles W), close off
which stands a slender pillar of rock; another,
shorter pillar stands 1 cable E of the point. Neither
pillar can be distinguished when abreast the point.
Thence:
3 SSW of Sand Hill Bluff (6 miles WNW), which is
composed of sandstone cliffs, 15 m high, with a
sandhill near the edge of the top of the cliff,
which is covered with grass and scrub on its SE
side and is white on its NW side, thence:
SW of the cement works (9.98) at Davenport
(3701N, 12212W), from where a ruined pier
extends about 4 cables to seaward, thence:
4 SW of No 8 Light-buoy (starboard hand) moored
8 cables S of Ao Nuevo Island (3707N,
12220W), a low, black, rocky island from which
foul ground extends 5 cables NW and 7 cables
SE. An old lighthouse, and several white buildings
adjacent to it, are prominent on the island which
lies 3 cables SW of Point Ao Nuevo, a point
formed by sand dunes from 6 to 30 m high.
Thence:
5 SW of two shoals, one with a depth over it of 46 m
(15 ft), the other with a depth over it of 91 m
(30 ft), which lie about 1 and 1 miles NW of
Ao Nuevo Island, thence:
6 SW and WSW of Pigeon Point (3711N, 12224W),
a rocky point, 15 m high, from which the land
slopes up gradually to the coastal hills; several
moderately large rocks lie within 2 cables SW of
the point. A light (9.98) is displayed from the
point; a group of trees, prominent against the
barren hills in the background, stand about
2 cables NE of the lighthouse. Thence:
7 WSW of Pescadero Point (3 miles NNW of Pigeon
Point); between Pigeon Point and Pescadero Point,
and for 3 miles NNW of the latter point,
detached rocks, with depths over them of 55 m
(18 ft), extend 5 cables offshore in places. A rocky
patch with a depth over it of 09 m (3 ft) lies
4 cables offshore about 8 cables S of Pescadero
Point, and a 12 m (39 ft) patch lies 7 cables
WSW of the point. Thence:
8 WSW of a stranded wreck (3 miles N of Pescadero
Point), thence:
Clear of, depending on draught, an isolated shoal
depth of 165 m (54 ft) (4 miles NNW of
Pescadero Point), thence:
WSW of Miramontes Point (11 miles N of Point
Pescadero); foul ground fringes the coast for
4 miles in the approach to this point. And:
9 ENE of ODAS Light-buoy 46012 (23 miles WNW
of Point Pescadero). Thence to Pillar Point Harbor,
or to the N-bound lane of the TSS in the S
321
approach to San Francisco Bay, as required. For
vessels bound for destinations N of San Francisco
Bay, see 10.18.
Useful mark
9.100
1 Aero light (3731N, 12230W).
(Directions continue for S approach to San Francisco
Bay at 10.29 and for the SW approach at 10.30)
Pillar Point Harbor
Chart 229 (see 1.14)
General information
9.101
1 Pillar Point Harbor lies in the N part of Half Moon Bay
which is formed between Miramontes Point (3726N,
12227W) (9.99) and Pillar Point (4 miles NNW) (9.98).
The harbour, which is well protected by breakwaters and
provides good shelter in NW weather, is used by fishing
vessels and pleasure craft.
Depths
9.102
1 In 2003 there were reported depths of about 61 m
(20 ft) in the entrance, and depths of from 06 to 52 m (2
to 17 ft) in the harbour.
Arrival information
9.103
1 Port radio. The Harbour Master can be contacted by
VHF.
Anchorage may be obtained E of the rocky ledge which
extends SE from Pillar Point but the berth must be vacated
with the onset of S winds. There are private moorings only
inside the harbour and boats in transit should contact the
Harbour Master before securing to a pier.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force within the
harbour entrance; see Appendix VII.
Harbour
9.104
1 The W breakwater extends first 300 m SE, thence 500 m
ENE, thence about 300 m ESE from Pillar Point. The E
breakwater extends about 1200 m from the E shore of the
bay leaving an entrance about 120 m wide, open E. A light
(white round tower) stands on the head of the W
breakwater but is obscured from seaward. A light
(starboard hand) stands on the head of the E breakwater.
2 A pier, 180 m long with a depth of 15 m (5 ft) at its
head, extends SSE in the W side of the bay, 4 cables NNE
of Pillar Point.
A marina, protected by breakwaters, is situated at
Princeton on the N side of the harbour, 7 cables ENE of
Pillar Point; lights are display from each extremity of the S
breakwater.
3 A launching ramp is situated at El Granada close to the
root of the E breakwater.
Directions
9.105
1 Approach from west. From the vicinity of PP
Light-buoy (safe water), moored 1 miles SSW of Pillar
Point the approach leads ENE passing with positions from
Pillar Point:
2 SSE of No 1 Light-buoy (port hand) (6 cables SW)
moored on the SW side of an area of foul, rocky
ground, well marked by kelp, which extends
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 9

4 cables SW and 1 mile SE from Pillar Point; Sail Half Moon Bay town (3 miles SE), which has several
Rock, 10 m high, is the largest and SW of several prominent buildings.
black rocks which lie within 1 cables of Pillar Port services
Point. Thence:
9.106
3 NNW of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (1 miles
1 Repairs. Slipways W of the marina can take vessels of
SSE) which is moored off the NW extremity of
50 tonnes.
Southeast Reef, which extends about 7 cables
Supplies: all the usual small craft requirements.
SE/NW. A rock awash lies towards the SE end of
Communications: local airport.
this reef, 2 miles SE of Pillar Point, which
otherwise has depths of from 12 m to 9 m (4 to Anchorage
30 ft) over it. Thence: Point Ao Nuevo
4 SSE of No 3 Light-buoy (port hand) (1 mile SE),
9.107
which marks the SE extremity of the dangers off
1 Anchorage may be obtained, with shelter from NW
Pillar Point, and:
weather, in the bight formed E of Point Ao Nuevo
NNW of a shoal depth of 52 m (17 ft) (1 miles
(3707N, 12220W) (9.99) with the old lighthouse tower
SSE); thence to the anchorage or harbour entrance
on Ao Nuevo Island bearing 276, distant about 9 cables,
as required.
in depths of 146 m (48 ft). The bed of kelp, and the reef
5 Approach from south is made passing E of No 1S
extending SE from the islet, damp down the swell.
Light-buoy (port hand) (2 miles SE), moored on the SE
2 An isolated shoal with a depth over it of 105 m (34 ft),
side of Southeast Reef. Between this reef and the shore SE
lies about 1 miles SE of Ao Nuevo Island, and a
there are a number of shoal heads with depths over them
dangerous wreck lies in the bight.
of from 58 to 91 m (19 to 30 ft). Entry from S is not
recommended when there are breakers on Southeast Reef. Other names
6 Useful marks: 9.108
Hotel (1 miles E) at Miramar, in front of which 1 Bolsa Point (3712N, 12224W).
there is a ruined pier. El Jarro Point (3702N, 12213W).

322
Home Contents Index

NOTES

323
Home Contents Index

Chapter 10 - San Francisco Bay

30 123 30 122 30

Sacramento
10.303
30 30

229

San Pablo
10.240 10.263
Bay
10.212
38 590
38
3120 10.185 590 Stockton
Richmond 10.286
1 0 .1 9 10.167
324

588
10. 1 0 5
10.37
Oakland
San
Francisco
10.72 C A L I F O R N I A
591 592

10.139

10.19
Redwood City
30 30
1 0. 1 9 10.152

30 Longitude 123 West from Greenwich 30 122 30

March 2004
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
SAN FRANCISCO BAY AND APPROACHES, INCLUDING
THE PORTS IN SAN FRANCISCO BAY
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 229, 2530
Scope of the chapter
10.1
1 The area covered by this chapter comprises the
approaches and entrance to San Francisco Bay (3750N,
12223W), which is formed by a series of connecting bays
and harbours of which San Francisco Bay itself, San Pablo
Bay (3805N, 12223W), and Suisun Bay (3805N,
12203W) are the largest.
2 Included in the description are the ports of San
Francisco (10.72), Oakland and Alameda (10.105),
Redwood City (10.152) and Richmond (10.185), which lie
within San Francisco Bay, and the ports of Stockton
(10.286) and Sacramento (10.303), which are reached
through the channels which lead N and E, through San
Pablo Bay and Suisun Bay.
3 It is divided into the following sections:
Approaches and entrance to San Francisco Bay
(10.14).
San Francisco Bay South Part (10.69).
San Francisco Bay North Part (10.164).
San Pablo Strait to Stockton and Sacramento
(10.211).
Description
10.2
1 San Francisco Bay is one of the most important and
largest harbours on the Pacific coast of the United States.
Within Golden Gate (3749N, 12230W), the bay leads S
for nearly 30 miles to the entrance to Coyote Creek
(3728N, 12203W), and N for about 9 miles to the
junction with San Pablo Bay. The channels through the bay
are wide, and depths of 88 to 122 m (29 to 40 ft) are
available for vessels proceeding to the main ports. The bay
is landlocked and affords good shelter in all kinds of
weather except occasional N and S storms in the winter
months.
2 The E shore is mostly low, and, in the S part, is
composed of extensive marshes intersected by numerous
winding sloughs; in the N part, in the vicinity of the
entrance to San Pablo Bay, it is backed by a ridge of
rolling grassy hills. The city of Oakland stands on this E
shore, opposite San Francisco, and built up areas extend N,
through Berkeley, to the city of Richmond which dominates
the E entrance to San Pablo Bay.
3 The W shore, N of the entrance, is much bolder than the
E shore and has only a few stretches of marshland.
The S arm of the bay is separated from the ocean by a
high peninsula, on the N part of which stands the city of
San Francisco; the port of Redwood City is situated on the
S part. The inner coast of this peninsula trends E from
Golden Gate Bridge for about 3 miles, thence it curves S
for over 10 miles before turning SE to the head of the bay
where it consists of marshes and flats intersected by
sloughs.
4 North of Richmond, San Francisco Bay opens out into
San Pablo Bay, at the E end of which Mare Island Strait
leads N into Napa River, and Carquinez Strait leads E into
325
Suisun Bay. The delta region of San Joaquin and
Sacramento Rivers forms the E side of Suisun Bay; the
port of Stockton lies in the former river, about 78 miles
above Golden Gate, and the port of Sacramento in the
latter river, about 80 miles above Golden Gate.
Historical notes
10.3
1 The early European explorers, Juan Rodriguez Cabrillo
of Spain, in 1542, and later Sir Francis Drake in 1579,
both failed to observe the entrance to San Francisco Bay; it
may well have been obscured by fog when they passed.
The bay was discovered in November 1769 by Don
Gaspar de Portol, but was first entered by a ship on 5th
August, 1775, commanded by Lieutenant Jan Manuel de
Ayala, and the first mission was established in 1776.
2 The Presidio, the first military settlement, was
established in 1776 in the area SE and SW of Fort Point
(37485N, 122285W) (10.44), but the first village,
Yerba Buena (good herb), named after a herb growing on
the peninsula, was not established until 1834. It was not
until 1847 that the name was changed to San Francisco, on
the termination of the war between the United States and
Mexico when California was transferred to the former
country.
3 In 1906 80% of the city was destroyed by a massive
earthquake and fire.
In 1945 the United Nations Charter was drafted in San
Francisco.
Submarine cables and pipelines
10.4
1 Submarine cables and pipelines are laid in many places
throughout the bay, and in the harbours, as shown on the
chart. Also, pipelines and cables, additional to those
charted, may exist and may not have been buried, or may
have become exposed. Extreme caution should be exercised
when operating in depths of water comparable to the
draught of the vessel, or when anchoring, or when trawling.
For further information see The Mariners Handbook.
Anchorages
10.5
1 A large number of anchorage areas are established in
San Francisco Bay, and the adjoining bays and tributaries.
The limits of the anchorages, each of which is numbered,
are indicated on the charts by pecked lines; the purpose of
each anchorage is also given on the chart.
It is a US Coast Guard requirement that all ships over
300 gt anchored in the Bay area maintain a VHF listening
watch, by a person proficient in English, when winds
exceed 25 kn.
Natural conditions
10.6
1 Winds. West or NW winds prevail on this part of the
Pacific coast of the United States throughout the greater
part of the year and are most constant during the summer
months when gales from these directions are frequent. On
occasions the summer constancy is broken by a NE flow,
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
sometimes strong, blowing down from the interior through
gaps in the mountains and along the coastal valleys; this
flow often serves to clear the fog and stratus from the bay
region. These NE winds are very dry and provide the
conditions for the severe brush fires that are known to
occur in this season. In December and January winds are
more variable and S and N winds become roughly equal in
frequency to the NW winds. Winds are normally lightest in
the early morning and strongest in the late afternoon.
2 South gales are not infrequent in winter, often
commencing as SE and later veering SW, and finally
becoming NW; such gales tend to raise an uncomfortable
cross sea.
There are comparatively few storms in the vicinity of
the bay. Except in the winter, very few low pressure areas
move from the Pacific across California; nearly all the
storms entering the United States from W pass far N of
central California.
3 Fog. In common with the more N part of the Pacific
coast of the United States, the vicinity of San Francisco
Bay experiences fog more frequently during the summer
months than during other periods of the year. These fogs
are generally brought in from seaward by W winds about
sundown, and usually continue until about noon on the
following day.
4 During the summer months the fog often drifts in only
as far as Alcatraz Island, partially obscuring Golden Gate
Bridge, the shoreline and western sections of the bay;
Sausalito and Richardson Bay have much less fog than
Golden Gate.
In winter, morning fogs frequently form over the
lowlands of the central valley and over the bay.
Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.218.
10.7
1 Tides. At the entrance to San Francisco Bay the mean
rise of the tide is about 15 m (5 ft). At the S end of the
bay the tide occurs about 1 hours later, and the mean rise
is about 07 m (2 ft) greater than at the entrance of the
bay. Passing N into San Pablo Bay, the tide occurs from 1
to 2 hours later than at Golden Gate, with a mean rise of
about 02 m ( ft) greater than at the latter place. In Suisun
Bay the time of tide is about 3 hours later than at Golden
Gate, with a mean rise about the same. It requires about
4 hours for HW to pass from Suisun Bay to Stockton, on
San Joaquin River, and about 5 hours from Suisun Bay to
Sacramento on Sacramento River. The mean rise of the tide
at Stockton is about 10 m (3 ft), and at Sacramento is
07 m (2 ft).
Gulf of The Farallones National Marine Sanctuary
10.8
1 Gulf of The Farallones National Marine Sanctuary
consists of an area of about 948 square miles situated in
the approaches to San Francisco Bay (3645N, 12150W),
extending up to 15 miles to seaward of Farallon Islands;
the limits of the area are shown on United States charts,
and partially on British Admiralty chart 591. To the N the
area abuts Cordell Bank National Marine Sanctuary (10.21),
and to the S Monterey Bay National Marine Sanctuary
(9.2).
2 For information on marine sanctuaries see 1.45.
Traffic regulations
10.9
1 Regulated Navigation Areas have been established in
the San Francisco Bay region in the following areas:
San Francisco Bay area (10.17).
326
Oakland Harbor (10.117).
North Ship Channel (10.170).
Southampton Shoal Channel (10.169).
Richmond Harbor (10.197).
San Pablo Strait Channel (10.217).
Pinole Shoal Channel (10.217).
Benicia-Martinez Railway Drawbridge (10.246).
2 The following general regulations apply to all power
driven vessels of 1600 grt or over, and to tugs with a tow
of 1600 grt or over, navigating within these areas. Other
regulations specific to some of these areas are included in
the appropriate place later in the chapter.
1. Speed shall not exceed 15 kn through the water.
2. Engines must be ready for immediate
manoeuvring, and to be capable of remaining
stopped for an extended period of time.
3. Rule 9 of the Inland Navigation Rules must be
complied with; see Appendix VII.
3 Safety and Security Zones. A security zone is
established in the waters out to 100 yards radius of a cruise
ship or tanker within the San Francisco Bay and delta ports
area shoreward of a line connecting Nos 7 and 8
Light-buoys at the E end of Main Ship Channel.
A moving safety and security zone is established around
a vessel carrying nuclear materials while in transit between
the E end of Main Ship Channel and the Concord US
Naval Weapons Station in Suisun Bay.
4 Restricted areas are established in certain limited areas
within San Francisco, San Pablo and Suisun Bays.
For general remarks on these areas see 8.6. For further
details see Appendices V and VI.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force within a straight
line drawn through Point Bonita Light (3749N,
12232W), through Mile Rocks Light (1 miles SSE), to
the shore; see Appendix VII.
5 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited outside
the designated anchorages (10.5) except when required for
safety, or with the written permission of the Captain of the
Port. Masters of vessels anchoring outside a designated
anchorage area should immediately inform the Captain of
the Port, through the VTS (10.15), of this position and the
reason for anchoring.
Regulations concerning entry
10.10
1 Tankers. State of California regulations require tankers
carrying in excess of 5000 tons of oil as bulk cargo to be
escorted by a tug or tugs while in transit within San
Francisco, San Pablo and Suisun Bays. Double hulled
vessels with fully redundant steering and propulsion
systems, a bow thruster and a compliant navigation system
are exempted. The details below are a brief summary of the
Tank Vessel Escort Regulations, which may be found at
www.dfg.ca.gov/ospr/organizational/msb/regulations
/regulations.htm
2 Tugs are required as escorts when transiting Zones 1, 2,
4 and 6. See below for zone details. Vessels are not
required to be escorted in Zones 3 and 5, or when outside
the zone limits.
Masters are required to prepare, and submit for approval
well in advance, an Escort Plan which shall include the
following:
3 Intended route and transit speed.
Communications to be used.
Characteristics of the vessel relevant to tug
operations, including number of crew assigned to
the escorting plan.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
Tugs to be used.
Intended response actions in case of emergency.
4 Prior to commencing a transit, a checklist is to be
completed, a pre-escort conference conducted with the
escort tugs, and two way communications maintained
throughout the transit. The pilot will assist with or conduct
these requirements. An escort tug is required to be in
Zone 1 before a vessel requiring escort arrives within
8 miles of Mile Rocks Light (3748N, 12230W).
5 Zone limits are as follows:
Zone 1. From the Colregs demarcation line E to
Golden Gate Bridge.
Zone 2. From Golden Gate Bridge S to a line
between the S end of Bay Farm Island and the S
end of Point San Bruno peninsula, and N to a line
between Point San Pablo and San Pablo Bay No 5
Light-beacon.
6 Zone 3. From the S end of Zone 2 to 1 mile N of San
Mateo Bridge.
Zone 4. Navigable waters from 1 mile N to 1 mile S
of San Mateo Bridge.
Zone 5. From the E boundary of Zone 2 in San Pablo
Bay as far as Light-beacon No 15 in the W
approach to Carquinez Strait.
7 Zone 6. From Zone 5 boundary E through Carquinez
Strait and N on Sacramento Ship Channel to
1 mile beyond Ryer Island Ferry Terminal, and E
on San Joaquin River to 1 mile beyond Antioch
Bridge.
10.11
1 Vessels carrying explosives. In addition to the harbour
regulations promulgated by San Francisco Port Authority,
copies of which can be obtained on application from that
authority, the Coast Guard Captain of the Port has
prescribed the following additional regulations for vessels
carrying explosives and certain categories of hazardous
bulk cargo:
2 Vessels entering or leaving San Francisco Bay carrying
explosives, either Class A or Military, having a net
APPROACHES AND ENTRANCE TO SAN FRANCISCO BAY
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 229, 591
Area covered
10.14
1 In this section are described the approaches to San
Francisco Bay, including the minor bays on the N side of
the approach, and the entrance to the bay as far as Alcatraz
Island (3750N, 12225W) (10.46) and Angel Island
(1 miles N).
It is arranged as follows:
Approaches (10.19).
Entrance (10.37).
Vessel Traffic Service
10.15
1 Vessel Traffic Service with radar surveillance is
maintained for the control of shipping in the approaches to
San Francisco Bay, in San Francisco Bay, and as far inland
as Stockton and Sacramento; the VTC is situated on Yerba
Buena Island (3749N, 12222W). It is not the function of
the VTC to direct the movement of vessels, but to enhance
explosive weight in excess of 100 short tons for ships, and
in excess of 5 short tons for barges, or carrying cargoes of
a particular hazard as listed in 33CFR 126.10 (not in this
book), may be escorted by a Coast Guard patrol craft
whilst underway in the bay. These escorts are at the
discretion of the Captain of the Port. Each vessel shall
co-ordinate all movements with the Captain of the Port and
shall ensure:
3 a) Speed shall not exceed 12 kn.
b) No transit shall be made if the visibility is less
than 1 mile.
c) 24 hours notice of ETA is given.
d) The vessel shall participate in the VTS (10.15),
and adhere to the TSS, except as permitted by the
VTS or Captain of the Port.
Rescue
10.12
1 In the area covered by this chapter there are Coast
Guard stations at:
Horseshoe Bay (37500N, 122285W) (10.60),
close inside Golden Gate.
At Yerba Buena Island (3749N, 12222W) (10.104),
on its E side.
At San Francisco Air Station (3738N, 12223W).
At the SE end of Mare Island (3805N, 12215W).
2 At Rio Vista (3809N, 12142W) (10.309), on the
W side of the Sacramento River.
At Sacramento Air Station (3840N, 12124W).
For services provided see 1.62.
Coast radio stations
10.13
1 In addition to the main coast radio stations on the
Pacific coast of the United States, the following VHF
stations operate in the area covered by this chapter:
Vacaville/Stockton (3819N, 12200W).
Point Reyes/San Francisco (3800N, 12300W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 1(2).
the ability of the master, or person in charge of the vessel,
to exercise control over the vessel effectively and safely.
Participation in the scheme is mandatory.
2 The VTS area is divided into two sectors:
Offshore. The ocean waters out to 38 miles from
Mount Tamalpais (3756N, 12235W), excluding
the Offshore Precautionary Area (see chart).
Inshore. The waters of the Offshore Precautionary
Area E to San Francisco Bay extending inland to
Stockton, Sacramento and Redwood City.
3 Vessel Movement Reporting System, to manage and
track vessel movements within the VTS, area has been
established and is compulsory for the following:
Power driven vessels of 40 m or more in length,
while navigating;
Towing vessels of 8 m or more, while navigating;
Vessels certificated to carry 50 or more passengers for
hire, when engaged in trade.
4 For details of the schemes, and for a list of the reporting
points, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
See also Appendix III.
327
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
10.16
1 Traffic separation scheme. A TSS is established in the
approaches to San Francisco Bay, as shown on the chart.
The scheme comprises three pairs of traffic lanes which
converge on the SF Light-buoy (safe water) (3745N,
12242W) from S, SW and NW The separation zone
between the lanes to and from S is 2 miles wide, whilst the
separation zones between the lanes to and from SW and
NW taper from 1 miles at their outer ends to 1 mile at
their inner ends. A light-buoy (special) is moored at the
inner end of each of the separation zones; the light-buoys
are designated S, W and N, respectively. The lanes
terminate on the boundary of a Precautionary Area which is
enclosed by a circle of 6 miles radius centred on the SF
Light-buoy. Within the Precautionary Area, an area to be
avoided 1 mile in diameter centred on SF Light-buoy is
established for the protection of the buoy. Traffic within the
Precautionary Area consists of vessels making the transition
between Main Ship Channel and one of the established
traffic lanes, and those manoeuvring E of SF Light-buoy to
pick up or drop off pilots; extreme caution should be
exercised.
2 From a position in the Precautionary Area ENE of the
SF Light-buoy the scheme continues into the entrance to
San Francisco Bay along Main Ship Channel, and through
Golden Gate, to the vicinity of Alcatraz Island.
Precautionary Areas are established in the vicinity of
Golden Gate Bridge and E of Alcatraz Island. Within these
latter Precautionary Areas, mariners transiting the areas are
advised to keep the centrelines of the areas to port so as to
create a counter-clockwise traffic flow.
3 A Deep Water Route (10.54) is established inside
Golden Gate on the N side of this TSS.
West of Golden Gate the scheme is IMO adopted and
Rule 10 of International Regulations for Preventing
Collisions at Sea (1972) applies. Where Navigation Rules
for US Inland Waters are in force (see 10.9, and
Appendix VII), the provisions of Rule 9 apply. These traffic
lanes are intended for use by vessels of 1600 grt and over.
10.17
1 San Francisco Bay Regulated Navigation Area
consists of the following defined sub-areas:
a) Golden Gate Traffic Lanes and Separation Zone
from the boundary with the Colregs demarcation
line to the boundary with Golden Gate
Precautionary Area.
b) Golden Gate Precautionary Area.
2 c) Central Bay Traffic Lanes and Separation Zone,
and Deep Water Route and Separation Zone. In
addition to the regulations given at 10.9, vessels
E-bound with a draughts of 137 m (45 ft) or
greater, or W-bound with draughts of 85 m (28 ft)
or greater, shall use the Deep Water Route. A
vessel shall not enter the Deep Water Route if a
vessel to which these regulations apply is
navigating in the route when either vessel is
carrying certain dangerous cargoes, or carrying
bulk petroleum products, or is a tank vessel in
ballast, if such entry would result in meeting,
crossing or overtaking the other vessel.
d) Central Bay Precautionary Area.
Through traffic
10.18
1 Vessels not calling at San Francisco are urged to shape
course between Point Arguello (3435N, 12039W)
(8.291) and Point Arena (3857N, 12344W) (11.15) so as
328
to pass the approaches to San Francisco Bay to W of
Farallon Islands and clear of the TSS. This will enable
coastwise traffic to avoid crossing the directed traffic areas
and/or precautionary area.
APPROACHES
General information
Charts 229, 591, 2530
Description
10.19
1 The approaches to San Francisco lead through Gulf of
The Farallones which lies between Point San Pedro
(3736N, 12231W) (10.26) and Point Reyes (about
34 miles NW) (10.26).
2 The prominent and easily distinguished landmarks, and
the numerous natural and artificial aids to navigation, make
the navigation of the approaches comparatively simple in
clear weather. In thick weather, the heavy traffic, and the
currents which are variable in direction and strength, can
render the approach difficult and dangerous. The salient
points in the gulf make good radar targets but there have
been reports of ghost echoes making identification difficult
on occasions.
Topography
10.20
1 Offshore islands. Farallon Islands, a group of rocky
islets, the largest of which are described at 10.26, lie in the
entrance to Gulf of The Farallones and extend 7 miles NW
from a position 24 miles WNW of Point San Pedro
(3736N, 12231W). The islands form part of the County
of San Francisco.
2 South side of the approach. In the vicinity of Point
San Pedro the coast is bold and rugged, rising abruptly
from the sea to the spurs of Montara Mountain (9.94) of
which Point San Pedro (10.26) is a seaward spur; highway
cuttings make distinctive features in the bluffs. For about
8 miles N of Point San Pedro the coast consists of whitish
bluffs which attain an elevation of about 183 m at their
highest point. Thence, for the remaining 3 miles to the
entrance to Golden Gate, the bluffs give way to a stretch of
broad, sandy beach, backed in part by prominent sand
dunes. The buildings of San Francisco extend without a
break to this part of the coast.
3 North side of the approach. From Point Reyes to the
entrance to Golden Gate (26 miles ESE) the coast is
indented by Drakes Bay (10.33) and Bolinas Bay (10.34),
backed by high land; the coastline between the bays
consists of high cliffs bordered by narrow sand beaches.
The most prominent mountain in the approach is Mount
Tamalpais (3756N, 12235W), which is visible over a
great distance in clear weather. The summit comprises three
peaks, West Peak, Middle Peak and East Peak, of which
West Peak is the highest, and East Peak is the sharpest.
The mountain is covered with bushes and scrub trees,
which give it a dark appearance contrasting sharply with
the surrounding hills; this is especially true in summer
when the latter hills are of a light reddish colour.
4 From Mount Tamalpais to the entrance to San Francisco
Bay the land continues high in the shape of Marin
Peninsula on which there are ridges over 300 m in height.
The coast is very rugged and broken; the cliffs, which are
terminations of the spurs from Mount Tamalpais, are
upwards of 150 m high and are intersected by deep, narrow
valleys.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
5 Inland, and about 30 miles E of Golden Gate, Mount
Diablo (3753N, 12154W) is often visible in the
approach in clear weather; a red obstruction light is
displayed from the summit.
Off-lying banks
10.21
1 Cordell Bank (chart 2530) (3801N, 12326W), a bank
about 7 miles long and 3 miles wide, lies 19 miles W of
Point Reyes in the NW approach to Gulf of The
Farallones; the soundings are a good guide for vessels
approaching from this direction. A light-buoy (special) is
moored about 4 miles SSW from the centre of the bank.
2 An area of about 397 square miles surrounding the bank
is designated the Cordell Bank National Marine Sanctuary;
see 1.45.
Rittenburg Bank, with a least depth over it of 78 m
(43 fm), lies 10 miles SE of Cordell bank. A fish haven,
over which there is a reported depth of 60 m (33 fm)
(1974), is situated on the W side of this bank.
Exercise areas
10.22
1 Submarines exercise frequently, both surfaced and dived,
in the areas indicated on the charts. A good lookout is to
be kept for them when passing through these areas.
Vessel Traffic Service
10.23
See 10.15.
Traffic separation scheme
10.24
1 See 10.16.
Flow
10.25
1 Currents. Observations at the SF Light-buoy (3745N,
12242W) indicate a general NW current during the winter
months with an average rate of kn, though it may be
modified by the wind prevailing at the time. This current
increases the rate of the tidal streams setting NW and
decreases the rate of those setting SE. During the summer
months this NW current is less constant and is much
weaker, with a negligible rate; under the influence of wind
it may be variable, and also frequently sets S.
2 When there is a considerable discharge of waters from
the rivers through San Francisco Bay, the flow at the SF
Light-buoy usually sets NW at a rate of 1 kn; the greatest
observed rate at the light-buoy is nearly 3 kn.
The rate of wind induced current in this area is
generally about 2% that of the wind speed. Wind induced
currents from SE are stronger than average whilst those
from NW tend to be weaker.
3 Immediately outside the bar, there is a slight current
setting N and W known as the Coast Eddy Current.
Caution. It has been reported that following prolonged S
winds, strong N currents may be experienced in the area on
the NE side of the approaches between Duxbury Reef
(10.31) and Golden Gate.
4 Tidal streams in the vicinity of the SF Light-buoy are
rotary, turning clockwise, and are largely diurnal, revolving
completely in a period of about 25 hours. They have an
average maximum rate of less than kn, setting SE at
about 1 hour before the time of the higher LW at Golden
Gate, and NW at about 2 hours after the time of the lower
LW at that place.
329
Principal marks
10.26
1 Landmarks:
White radar antennas and radio telescope building on
Pillar Point (3730N, 12230W) (9.98).
Point San Pedro (3736N, 12231W), a dark rocky
promontory, 195 m high, close off which lies San
Pedro Rock, a large triple headed rock, white on
its S face.
Nine radio and TV towers on San Bruno Mountain
(3741N, 12226W).
2 TV Tower, the N of three, which stands at an
elevation of 299 m (980 ft), on Mount Sutro
(3745N, 12227W).
Radar dome, the highest of two, on West Peak of
Mount Tamalpais (3756N, 12235W) (10.20); a
lookout tower stands on East Peak.
Point Reyes (3800N, 12301W), a bold, dark rocky
headland, the W and higher extremity of a ridge
running 3 miles E; a light (see below) stands on
the point. The land N of Point Reyes is low, so
that from N and S the point has the appearance of
an island; it has a similar appearance in hazy
weather.
3 Southeast Farallon (3742N, 12300W), the largest
of Farallon Islands. The island consists of two
islets separated by a narrow gorge, impassable
even by boats; several rocky islets lie close N and
S of the island. A light (see below) is displayed
from the summit of the E islet, which is the
highest of the two; the W islet is known as
Maintop Island.
North Farallon (6 miles NW of Southeast Farallon),
two small groups of high, bare, precipitous islets
and rocks.
4 Major lights:
Point Montara Light (3732N, 12231W) (9.98).
Farallon Light (white conical tower, 12 m in height)
(3742N, 12300W).
Point Reyes Light (on round structure on top of
square building, 11 m in height) (3759N,
12301W).
Point Bonita Light (3749N, 12232W) (10.46).
Mile Rocks Light (3748N, 12230W) (10.46).
Aero light (3755N, 12244W) displayed from a
radio tower at Point Bolinas.
Other navigational aid
10.27
1 Racon. SF Light-buoy (3745N, 12242W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 9.100)
Landfall
10.28
1 In clear weather, no difficulty should be experienced in
making a landfall as the marks, both natural and artificial,
are easily distinguished. Even in poor visibility several of
the high mountains show above the fog at times, and can
be used for fixing the vessels position.
Approaching from S landfall should be made at Point
Ao Nuevo (3707N, 12220W) (9.99), or Pigeon Point
(3711N, 12224W) (9.99); from W at Southeast Farallon
(3742N, 12300W) (10.26), to pass S of the island; from
N at Point Reyes (3800N, 12301W) (10.26).
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Point Reyes Light from NNW (10.26)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

2 In thick weather, and if unsure of ones position,
approaching vessels should make contact with the VTS at
the earliest opportunity for assistance, and prior to
approaching a TSS lane. From N, Point Reyes fog signal
has sometimes been found difficult to locate; by remaining
in depths of about 82 m (45 fm) Point Reyes can be
rounded safely to enter the SE-bound lane of the TSS
about 5 miles SW of the point.
Approach from south
10.29
1 From the N end of one of the recommended tracks
(9.4), passage continues either N or NE towards the
entrance and into the N-bound traffic lane of the TSS,
about 8 miles WSW of Pillar Point (3730N, 12230W),
passing (with positions from Pillar Point):
E of ODAS Light-buoy 46012 (20 miles WSW),
thence:
2 W of PP Light-buoy (safe water) (1 miles SW)
(9.105), and:
E of a submerged buoy (13 miles NW), reported
1988, thence
W of Pillar Point (9.98), thence:
3 W of Point Montara (2 miles NNW), the seaward
end of a spur from the NW shoulder of Montara
Mountain (9.94). The point, from where a light
(9.98) is displayed, terminates in cliffs 18 m high,
and is fringed by numerous detached rocks; a
depth of 12 m (4 ft) lies about 5 cables W of the
point. Dangers, including Colorado Reef, marked
by CR Light-buoy, about 8 cables SSW of Point
Montara, lie up to 5 cables offshore between this
point and Pillar Point. The vicinity of Point
Montara is dangerous in poor weather and great
caution is required when navigating within the
55 m (30 fm) depth contour. Thence:
4 W of Point San Pedro (6 miles N) (10.26); an
underwater rock lies about 3 cables offshore 1 mile
S of Point San Pedro. Thence:
E of S Light-buoy (special) (13 miles NW) (10.16); a
submerged buoy, reported 1988, lies mile SW of
the buoy. Thence:
5 To the pilot boarding area, as shown on the chart, E
of SF Light-buoy (safe water) (18 miles NNW) and
within the Precautionary Area (10.16).
Approach from south-west
10.30
1 Having passed SE of Noonday Rock (3747N,
12310W) (10.31), and the Farallon Islands to SE, from a
position at the entrance to the NE-bound traffic lane of the
TSS, about 6 miles SSE of Southeast Farallon (3742N,
12300W) (10.26), the track leads NE passing (with
positions from Southeast Farallon):
2 NW of a light-buoy (special) (position approximate)
(13 miles SSE), thence:
SE of Hurst Shoal (6 cables SE); the sea only breaks
over this shoal in heavy weather. Thence:
Clear of, depending on draught, a wreck with a depth
over it of 174 m (57 ft) (10 miles E), and:

330
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
3 SE of W Light-buoy (special) (10 miles E) (10.16);
thence:
To the pilot boarding area, as shown on the chart, E
of SF Light-buoy (15 miles ENE) and within the
Precautionary Area (10.16).
Approach from north
10.31
1 From a position at the entrance to the SE-bound traffic
lane of the TSS, about 6 miles SW of Point Reyes
(3800N, 12301W) (10.26), the track leads SE passing
(with positions from Point Reyes):
SW of two rocks, with depths over them of about
09 m (3 ft), on which the sea breaks in moderate
weather, lying 1 cable W of Point Reyes, thence:
2 NE of Noonday Rock (14 miles SW), a steep-to rock,
the principal danger in the N approach to San
Francisco Bay; NR Light-buoy (preferred channel
to port) is moored about 6 cables W of the rock.
The rock lies on the E side of Fanny Shoal over
which there are general depths of from 183 to
55 m (10 to 30 fm). Thence:
3 NE of North Farallon (14 miles SSW) (10.26),
thence:
NE of Middle Farallon (16 miles S), a single black
rock standing 5 cables NE of a rocky shoal with a
depth over it of 95 m (31 ft); thence:
NE of Southeast Farallon (18 miles S) (10.26), and:
4 SW of Double Point (12 miles ESE), which consists
of two high spurs, 4 cables apart, projecting from
the coastline. An islet, 14 m high, lies 1 cables
off the NW spur, and a rock, 16 m high, lies close
under the longer SE spur; foul ground, marked by
breakers, extends about 4 cables offshore, up to
1 mile SE of the SE spur. Thence:
5 SW of Bolinas Point (15 miles ESE), a high point,
the W extremity of tableland extending E;
numerous radio towers stand above the point.
Thence:
6 SW of Duxbury Point (16 miles ESE), a yellowish
coloured point, 49 m high, the S extremity of the
tableland mentioned above. Duxbury Reef, which
partly dries, extends 1 miles SE of the point, and
a ledge, with a least depth over it of 8 m (26 ft)
lies SW of Duxbury Reef with its S extremity
1 miles S of the point. No 1DR Light-buoy (port
hand) is moored on the S side of these dangers,
2 miles S of Duxbury Point. And:
7 SW of N Light-buoy (special) (15 miles SE)
(10.16), and:
NE of ODAS Light-buoy 46026 (17 miles SE),
thence:
To the pilot boarding area, as shown on the chart, E
of SF Light-buoy (21 miles SE) and within the
Precautionary Area (10.16).
(Directions continue at 10.49)
Waiting anchorage
10.32
1 Anchorage, suitable for deep-draught vessels, may be
obtained in the Precautionary Area (10.16) about 4 miles N
of the SF Light-buoy.
Anchorages in the north approaches
Drakes Bay
10.33
1 Description. Drakes Bay is situated between the 70 m
high, narrow peninsula which forms the E side of Point
Reyes (3800N, 12301W) (10.26), and Double Point
(9 miles ESE) (10.31); the bay is named after Sir Francis
Drake who anchored here in 1579. Fishing vessels work
out of the bay during the season; a small fish wharf is
situated about midway along the inner side of the
peninsula.
2 At the head of the bay, there is a stretch of high, white
sand dunes, through which is the common entrance of
several lagoons. These lagoons, the largest of which is
known as Drakes Estero, are navigable by small craft but
local knowledge is required.
3 The E side of the bay, as far as Double Point, consists
of high, rocky cliffs.
Directions. The only dangers in the approach lie off the
W entrance point where a reef, on which the sea breaks in
moderate weather, extends about 5 cables SE from the
point; other dangers lie within 4 cables of the peninsula on
its S side. No 1 Light-buoy (port hand), is moored 6 cables
SE of the W entrance point to mark these dangers.
4 Useful marks:
Chimney Rock, a detached rock which stands close
under the W entrance point.
Chimney, and several tanks, which stand on the
peninsula.
5 Anchorage may be obtained, on the W side of the bay,
in depths of from 9 to 11 m (30 to 36 ft), sand. The bay is
used extensively during NW weather.
Bolinas Bay
10.34
1 Description. Bolinas Bay is situated between Duxbury
Point (3754N, 12242W) (10.31) and Rocky Point
(3 miles ESE), a shelving point 30 m high, with high,
precipitous cliffs on its S side; numerous detached rocks lie
within 1 cable of the point, and Gull Rock, an above-water
rock, lies close inshore about 7 cables ESE of the point.
2 At the head of the bay, and separated from it by a
narrow strip of sandy beach, is Bolinas Lagoon. The
lagoon, for which local knowledge is required, and which
is navigable only by boats, is entered through a cut in the
beach in which there is a depth of less than 1 m (3 ft). The
settlement of Bolinas lies close inside the entrance on its
W side, and that of Stinson Beach at the E end of the
lagoon.
3 Directions. The dangers in the W entrance to the bay,
marked by No 1DR Light-buoy moored 2 miles S of
Duxbury Point, are described at 10.31. It should be noted
that the W part of the bay is shallow and is obstructed by
several dangerous rocks. See also Caution at 10.25.
4 Anchorage may be obtained, in depths of from 7 to
11 m (23 to 36 ft), sheltered from NW winds, about
1 miles E of Duxbury Point, but the bay is little used.
Small craft shelters in the approaches
Shelter Cove
10.35
1 Description. Shelter Cove, in the S approaches, is
entered between San Pedro Rock (3736N, 12231W)
(10.26) and a point situated 5 cables ENE; foul ground
extends 2 cables W from this latter point.
331
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
Golden Gate Bridge from SW (10.37)
(Original dated 1994)
(Photograph Michael Reeves)
It is reported that small craft can obtain shelter here,
over a sandy bottom, from E and, to a lesser extent, S
gales.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Landing. There are no jetties but a launching ramp lies
at the head of the cove. There is a municipal fishing pier at
Pacifica, about 2 miles NNE of San Pedro Rock.
Supplies: fuel, provisions and water.
Chart 229 (see 1.14)
Southeast Farallon
10.36
1 Anchorage may be obtained in two small coves situated
on the N side of Southeast Farallon (3742N, 12300W)
(10.26), in the W approaches. The W cove, known as
Maintop Bay, and the smaller E cove, known as Fisherman
Bay, are separated by several rocky islets lying up to
2 cables N of the island, the N and largest of which is
61 m high. The anchorage in Maintop Bay is in a depth of
15 m (49 ft) between the entrance points, and that in
Fisherman Bay in the outer part of the cove in a similar
depth.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Landing may be effected on the N and E sides of
Southeast Farallon; a mooring buoy is situated off the E
landing place.
ENTRANCE
General information
Charts 591, 588
Description
10.37
1 San Francisco Bay is entered through Golden Gate
(3749N, 12230W), which is fronted by a bar, and which
can be approached through either Main Ship Channel
(10.49), or, depending on size, the lesser passages of
Bonita Channel (10.52) and South Channel (10.51).
2 The bar is semi-circular in shape and extends about
5 miles WSW from the entrance. The N part of the bar is
known as Fourfathom Bank, and Potatopatch Shoal, a small
area with depths over it of 7 m (23 ft) or less, lies on the
N side of this bank; the name of the shoal is reported to
have originated from the fact that schooners entering from
N frequently lost their deck cargoes of potatoes whilst
crossing the shoal. In 2003 the least charted depth on the S
part of the bar was 104 m (34 ft), although lesser depths
may exist in the charted dumping ground.
3 Golden Gate is the connecting passage between the
ocean and San Francisco Bay. The entrance is 2 miles wide
at the W end but the fairway is reduced to about 1 miles
by Mile Rocks (10.49). The inner end of the passage is a
little less than 1 mile wide, and is spanned by Golden Gate
Bridge (10.44).
Topography
10.38
1 Point Lobos (3747N, 12231W), the S entry point to
Golden Gate, is high and rocky, with black rugged cliffs at
its base.
From Lands End, the N face of Point Lobos, the S shore
of Golden Gate extends in a gentle curve NE for 2 miles to
Fort Point (10.44) to form a shallow bay; cliffs rise
abruptly from narrow beaches except near the head of the
bay where there is a beach 2 cables in length.
2 Point Bonita (2 miles N of Point Lobos), the N entry
point to Golden Gate, is a black, narrow, sharp and
precipitous point, faced by a cliff 30 m high, which rises
irregularly along its seaward face to an elevation of about
90 m, 2 cables N of its extremity; seen from NW the
point appears as three heads. During the summer months
332
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
the cliffs are whitened by guano, but the first heavy rains
restore the natural black colour.
3 From Point Bonita to Lime Point (2 miles ENE)
(10.44), the N shore of Golden Gate, is bold and rugged,
with cliffs, reddish in colour, rising abruptly to heights of
more than 180 m. It is formed into two shallow bays; in
the E of the bays the steep cliffs are broken by the mouth
of a narrow valley which terminates in a low beach at the
shore.
Golden Gate Bridge, the dominant feature in the
entrance, is described at 10.44.
4 Inside the entrance, the N shore of San Francisco
extends about 3 miles E from Golden Gate Bridge and
includes the Golden Gate National Recreation Area
(Presidio Military Reservation) and several small craft
harbours. Alcatraz Island (3750N, 12225W) (10.46),
together with Treasure Island (2 miles E) (10.103), Yerba
Buena Island (2 miles ESE) (10.104), and Angel Island
(1 miles N) (10.46) are prominent from the entrance.
Between Golden Gate Bridge and Angel Island the coast is
rugged and is deeply indented by Richardson Bay (10.61).
Controlling depth
10.39
1 Main Ship Channel, the principal channel across the bar,
is 610 m wide and has a project depth of 167 m (55 ft);
the channel is subject to shoaling, particularly at the edges,
but is maintained by dredging.
For the latest controlling depths the chart, and the Port
Authority, should be consulted.
Pilotage
10.40
1 Pilotage is compulsory; the San Francisco Bar Pilots
provide pilotage to ports in San Francisco Bay and to ports
on all tributaries to the bay, including Stockton and
Sacramento.
One of two pilot boats, San Francisco or California, are
on station at all times. The boats are each 25 m in length,
and have a white hull with a blue waterline band; the
superstructure is white, and the top hamper orange. The
word PILOT is shown on both sides of the hull, and on the
forepart of each boat.
2 Pilots board in the vicinity of the SF Light-buoy
(3745N, 12242W), as shown on the chart, in all but the
severest weather. In poor visibility, often experienced, a
vessel requiring a pilot should sound four long blasts on
the whistle or siren, and lay to. Tankers to be escorted
(10.10) are boarded about 1 mile W of SF Light-buoy.
Contact should be made with the pilot vessel 30 minutes
before arrival.
Traffic separation scheme
10.41
1 See 10.16.
Submarine cables and pipelines
10.42
1 See 10.4.
Tidal streams
10.43
1 Across the bar, the in-going stream converges towards
the entrance, and is felt sooner around Point Lobos
(3747N, 12231W) and Point Bonita (2 miles NNW) than
across Main Ship Channel. The out-going stream spreads
from the entrance over the bar, but its main strength is
WSW, parallel with the S edge of Fourfathom Bank
333
(2 miles W of Point Bonita), and through Main Ship
Channel.
2 In Bonita Channel (NW of Point Bonita), the out-going
stream is weak and of short duration; the in-going stream
begins so early that, during the last half of the out-going
stream in Golden Gate, the stream in Bonita Channel forms
an eddy flowing SE around Point Bonita into Bonita Cove,
close E (10.56).
3 Golden Gate. The in-going stream sets very nearly
straight through, with a slight tendency towards the N
shore and, when strong, with heavy overfalls, both at Lime
Point (37495N, 122285W) and Fort Point (8 cables S).
It causes an eddy in South Bay on the S side of Golden
Gate.
4 In the vicinity of Mile Rocks (at the W entrance to
South Bay), the stream attains a considerable rate within a
few minutes after slack water on both the in-going and
out-going tides.
5 The out-going stream has been observed to have a rate
of more than 6 kn between Lime Point and Fort Point
and it sets from inside the bay on the N side towards the
latter point. The out-going stream also causes an eddy in
South Bay, and a heavy rip and overfall that extends
2 cables S from Point Bonita.
6 Daily predictions for the times of slack water and the
times and rates of maximum in-going and out-going
streams are published annually by the US National Ocean
Service in Tidal Current Tables, Pacific Coast of North
America and Asia, and also in Admiralty Tide Tables.
7 Within Golden Gate, the main part of the in-going
stream sets NNE, and causes swirls from Golden Gate as
far E as Alcatraz Island (3750N, 12225W) and Angel
Island (1 miles N), and through Raccoon Strait which
leads between Angel Island and the mainland NW. The
out-going stream, inside Golden Gate is felt first along the
S shore.
8 At periods of freshets in Sacramento River and San
Joaquin River, there have been occasions, at neaps, when
the in-going stream has been almost imperceptible.
Golden Gate Bridge
10.44
1 Golden Gate Bridge, which was completed in 1937,
spans the entrance from Fort Point (37485N,
122285W), projecting from high cliffs on the S side, and
Lime Point, a high precipitous point (8 cables N). A square,
red brick fort, faced by a stone seawall, obscured from
seaward by the structure of the bridge, stands on Fort
Point.
2 The two towers of the bridge are each 226 m (741 ft)
high; the S tower stands 2 cables N of Fort Point, to which
it is connected by a trestle bridge. The channel span
between the towers is 1228 m (4028 ft) wide and has a
vertical clearance of 686 m (225 ft) at its centre. Aero
obstruction lights are displayed from metal towers on the
tops of the two towers.
3 Navigational aids. The centre of the span is marked, on
both sides, by three fixed white lights in a vertical line
above a fixed green light. A light is displayed from the S
pier.
4 Fog signals (privately maintained) are sounded from the
centre of the main span, from the S pier and from Lime
Point.
Traffic regulations
10.45
1 See 10.9 and 10.17.
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Mount Diablo

Golden Gate Bridge and San Francisco Bay from W (10.44)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

Point Bonita Light from WSW (10.46.1)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

334
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
Recreation Areas are established in two areas inside the
entrance, as shown on the chart. The S area extends along
the N shore of San Francisco from the vicinity of Fort
Point (37485N, 122285W) (10.44) to that of Pier 45
(2 miles E); the N area extends SW and W from Angel
Island (3752N, 12226W), and includes Raccoon Strait
and the whole of Richardson Bay and its approaches.
2 These areas are intended primarily for use by pleasure
craft. They should not be used for through passage by
vessels exceeding 300 grt except in case of emergency or
special circumstances.
Principal marks
10.46
1 Landmarks:
Point Bonita Lighthouse (white tower on building,
10 m in height) (3749N, 12232W); a radar
tower stands 3 cables NNW.
Mile Rocks Lighthouse (white tower, orange bands)
(3748N, 12230W); the tower is floodlit at night.
Mile Rocks Light (10.46.2)
(Original dated 1994)
(Photograph Michael Reeves)
2 Alcatraz Island (3750N, 12225W), which is
covered with numerous buildings. The island was
formerly a federal prison but is now part of the
Golden Gate National Recreation Area; prior
permission must be obtained before landing on the
island. A light (see below) is displayed from the
summit of the island; in foggy conditions, a water
tower standing 1 cable NW of the light, is reported
to be visible when other marks are obscured.
Angel Island (3752N, 12226W), a high, partially
wooded island, with a flat summit. The island was
once an immigration detention centre, is now a
State Park.
3 Major lights:
Point Bonita Light as above.
Mile Rocks Light as above.
Alcatraz Island Light (grey octagonal pyramidal
tower) (3750N, 12225W).
Other navigational aids
10.47
1 Racons:
SF Light-buoy (3745N, 12242W).
Golden Gate Bridge (3749N, 12229W).
HR Light-buoy (3750N, 12227W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions approaches to Golden Gate Bridge
(continued from 10.29, 10.30 and 10.31)
Cautions
10.48
1 Dangerous conditions can develop on the bar (10.37)
when large swells reach the coast. These swells are
amplified, and increase in height, as they pass over the
shallower water. This amplification is worsened during the
out-going tide, and waves of up to 75 m have been
experienced on the bar; bar conditions can change radically
in a short period of time.
2 Fog is frequent in Golden Gate and while radar is a
great help, it is reported that ghost echoes in the entrance
may make it difficult to identify.
Main Ship Channel
10.49
1 Deep-draught vessels should arrive at the pilot station
1 hour before HW in order to cross the bar under the most
favourable conditions.
2 Leading bearing. From the vicinity of the SF
Light-buoy (3745N, 12242W) (10.29) the line of bearing
(070) of Alcatraz Island Light (3750N, 12225W)
(10.46) leads about 8 miles ENE, through Main Ship
Channel, marked by four pairs of light-buoys (lateral), to
the vicinity of Mile Rocks, thence 2 miles farther ENE to
Golden Gate Bridge Precautionary Area, passing (with
positions from Mile Rocks Light (3748N, 12230W)):
3 NNW of a dangerous wreck lying close SW of No 8
Light-buoy (starboard hand) (4 miles WSW),
thence:
SSE of a dangerous wreck (3 miles W), thence:
4 NNW of a wreck with a depth over it of 152 m
(50 ft) (2 miles WSW), thence:
NNW of Mile Rocks, two small black rocks, each
6 m high, situated close together; a light (10.46)
stands on the outer rock. The passage between
these rocks and the shore S is foul and should not
be attempted. And:
5 SSE of Point Bonita Light (1 miles NNW) (10.46),
thence:
SSE of Point Diablo (1 miles NNE), a narrow point
which rises abruptly to a height of over 60 m; a
light (white house) is displayed from the point.
And:
NNW of a shoal patch with a depth over it of 73 m
(24 ft) (1 miles ENE), lying 2 cables offshore,
thence:
6 Into the Precautionary Area and under Golden Gate
Bridge (10.44); tide rips occur off both piers of the
bridge. No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) moored
1 cables SW of the S pier of the bridge marks
shoal water extending from Fort Point; in fog, this
light-buoy is reported to sometimes provide a radar
mark to indicate the S pier. A light (mast) stands
on Lime Point on the N side of the fairway
(10.44).
335
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
Alcatraz Island from ESE (10.46.3)
(Original dated 1994)
(Photograph Michael Reeves)
Useful marks
10.50
1 Water Tank on the summit of Point Lobos (3747N,
12231W) (10.38), with a dome 2 cables ENE.
Cliff House, on the coast, 4 cables SW of the water
tank.
(Directions continue for the main route at 10.53
and for the Deep Water Route at 10.54)
Side channels
South Channel
10.51
1 South Channel (3745N, 12231W), is an unmarked
channel which lies parallel to, and about 7 cables off, the
coast S of Mile Rocks (3748N, 12230W). The channel
is used by some coasting vessels and fishing vessels,
approaching Golden Gate from S in clear weather.
2 Local knowledge is required.
There is a least charted depth of 97 m (32 ft) (2003) in
the fairway, except at its S end where there is an
obstruction, with a depth over it of less than 76 m (25 ft),
lying 3 miles SSE of Mile Rocks.
3 Attention is also drawn to Seal Rocks, which lie close
off Point Lobos (10.38), situated 8 cables SSW of Mile
Rocks.
A sewer outfall, shown on the chart, extends 3 miles
WSW from a point on the shore at the entrance to the
channel, 4 miles S of Mile Rocks.
Bonita Channel
10.52
1 Description. Bonita Channel (3750N, 12234W),
which is buoyed, leads between the NE side of Fourfathom
Bank, and the coast NW of Point Bonita (3749N,
12232W) (10.38); a number of rocky patches fringe this
coast close inshore. The channel is used by coasters and
other small vessels. The channel, in which there is a least
depth of 131 m (43 ft), is narrowed to 2 cables at its
mid-point by rocky patches.
336
2 Directions. See cautions at 10.48. From the vicinity of
No 1DR Light-buoy (37516N, 122416W) (10.31), the
track leads about 6 miles ESE to the channel entrance,
thence SE through the channel, passing (with positions
from Point Bonita Light):
NE of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (2 miles
WNW) moored on the N side of Potatopatch
Shoal, and:
3 SW of a detached rocky shoal, with a depth over it
of 49 m (16 ft) (2 miles NW), which lies in the
approach to Tennessee Cove, a small inlet on the
NE side of the channel, thence:
Close SW of No 3 Light-buoy (port hand) (1 miles
NW), moored on the W side of Centissima Reef;
Sears Rock lies on the N end of Centissima Reef.
And:
4 NE of No 4 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (1 miles
WNW), moored on the NE side of Fourfathom
Bank, thence:
The line of bearing, 137, of Mile Rocks Light leads
into the TSS, passing:
5 SW of Bird Island (6 cables NW), situated close
offshore; shoal water extends 2 cables NW from
the islet. Thence:
NE of a light-buoy (preferred channel to port)
(5 cables WSW) moored at the E extremity of
Fourfathom Bank, and:
SW of Point Bonita.
6 Caution. When leaving San Francisco Bay on the
out-going tide extreme care should be taken when rounding
Point Bonita as the effect of the tidal stream is to throw
the stern to port and the bow towards the rocks off the
point. It is also reported there is a set towards the bank in
the vicinity of Potatopatch Shoal.
Golden Gate Bridge to Alcatraz Island
(continued from 10.50)
Main route
10.53
1 From the Precautionary Area E of the bridge the
E-bound traffic lane leads 3 miles E passing (with
positions from Alcatraz Island Light (3750N, 12225W)):
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
N of C Buoy (orange and white) (2 miles WSW),
thence:
2 N of No 2 Light-beacon (starboard hand) (2 miles
WSW) marking a 15 m (5 ft) patch close offshore,
thence:
N of Anita Rock (1 miles WSW), from where a
light (red and white chequered diamond daymark
on concrete tower) is displayed, noting, depending
on draught, Presidio Shoal, about 4 cables N of
Anita Rock, which has depths over it of less than
18 m (60 ft), thence:
3 N of B, A and X Buoys (orange and white) moored
about 3, 4 and 5 cables ENE, respectively, of
Anita Rock Light, thence:
S of Alcatraz Shoal (5 cables W), on which there is
a least charted depth of 125 m (41 ft), thence:
4 S of Alcatraz Island (10.46), noting a least depth
(2003) of 11 m (36 ft) (charted as 33 ft) lying in a
spoil ground 2 cables S of the island. Heavy tide
rips occur in the vicinity of Alcatraz Island. A fog
signal (horn) is sounded from the SE extremity of
the island.
5 Cautions. Surveys indicate that shoaling tends to occur
W of the spoil ground S of Alcatraz Island. A shoal
oriented SW/NE, with depths over it of less than 122 m
(40 ft), extends off the E shore of this island.
6 The traffic lanes between Angel Island (3752N,
12226W) and North Point, 2 miles S, are crossed
frequently by tugs with barges, and self-propelled dredgers,
operating to and from the spoil ground S of Alcatraz
Island.
(Directions continue for Port of San Francisco
at 10.86, for Port of Oakland at 10.123 and for
N part of San Francisco Bay at 10.176)
Deep Water Route
10.54
1 Vessels with a draught of 137 m (45 ft), or more, when
bound from sea to the deep-water anchorages S of the San
Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge, or N to San Pablo Bay and
Carquinez Strait, should use the Deep Water Route, E of
Golden Gate Bridge, as shown on the chart. Vessels
intending to use this route should notify the VTS before
passing Mile Rocks. Vessels should not meet nor overtake
in this Deep Water Route.
2 From the Precautionary Area E of the bridge the route
leads NE and E to the Precautionary Area N of Alcatraz
Island passing (with positions from Alcatraz Island Light
(3750N, 12225W)):
SE of Point Cavallo (2 miles W), a sharp, rocky
point, with rocks, some above-water, near its W
side, thence:
3 SE of Yellow Bluff (2 miles WNW), from where a
light (red and white chequered diamond daymark
on pile) is displayed; a rock, covered 15 m lies
close off this point and a buoy (special) is moored
2 cables NNE of the point. Thence:
NW of Harding Rock (1 miles NW), marked on its
NW side by HR Light-buoy (preferred channel to
port), and:
4 SE of No 1 Light-buoy (port hand) (1 miles NW),
which marks the N side of the Route, thence:
N of the NW extremity of Alcatraz Island (10.46),
from where a fog signal (horn) is sounded; a rock
awash, marked by a buoy (preferred channel to
starboard) lies close off this point. And:
5 S of Point Blunt (1 miles N), the SE extremity of
Angel Island (10.46) to which it is connected by a
low neck of land; a light (white house) stands on
the point, and the structure is floodlit at night.
Dangers fringing the point are marked by No 3
Light-buoy (port hand). Heavy tide rips may be
experienced off this point, particularly at springs
on the out-going tide.
Cautions. See end of 10.53.
(Directions continue for entry to S part of the bay
at 10.87 and for N part of the bay at 10.176)
Directions for leaving harbour
10.55
1 W-bound traffic lane. From a position in the
Precautionary Area N of Alcatraz Island, the W-bound
traffic lane leads WSW to Golden Gate Bridge
Precautionary Area passing S of Harding Rock (10.54), and
clear of, depending on draught, Shag Rocks and Arch
Rock, which lie 9 cables NW, and 8 cables WNW
respectively, of Alcatraz Island Light (3750N, 12225W).
Thence the TSS should be followed through Golden Gate
and Main Ship Channel to the vicinity of the SF
Light-buoy.
2 Deep-draught vessels. From a similar position
deep-draught vessels should follow the deep water route
which passes N of the above dangers.
Small craft shelters in Golden Gate
Bonita Cove
10.56
1 Bonita Cove, which lies between Point Bonita (3749N,
12232W) (10.38) and Point Diablo (1 miles E) (10.49)
affords anchorage in depths of 11 m (36 ft) close under
Point Bonita.
South Bay
10.57
1 South Bay, which is entered between Mile Rocks
(3748N, 12230W) (10.49) and Fort Point (2 miles ENE)
(10.44), is sometimes used by sailing craft which are
becalmed, or which are forced towards Mile Rocks on an
out-going tide. It is reported the anchorage is
uncomfortable, and difficulty has been experienced in
getting underway from the bay.
Small craft basins and harbour
inside Golden Gate
San Francisco Municipal Yacht Harbor
10.58
1 San Francisco Municipal Yacht Harbor, situated
1 miles E of Fort Point (37485N, 122285W) (10.44)
comprises a W and an E Basin, about 3 cables apart;
depths in the basins are from 24 to 36 m. Lights are
displayed at the entrance to each basin, and a stone tower,
9 m in height, is prominent, 2 cables W of the entrance to
the W Basin; a light is displayed from the extremity of a
submarine outfall, 2 cables W of the tower. The E Basin is
bounded on its E side by one of three piers which extend
from Fort Mason, situated on the E side of Black Point, a
rocky prominence. Fort Mason and Black Point lie in the
Golden Gate National Recreation Area and prior permission
must be obtained from the relevant authorities before
berthing.
2 The basins accommodate about 700 craft, and berths for
vessels in transit are available; mariners requiring such
berths should contact the Harbour Masters Office on the S
side of the W Basin.
337
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
Aquatic Park
10.59
1 Aquatic Park (2 miles E of Fort Point) is a pleasure
resort, with bathing beach, which is protected W by a
curved pier extending from Black Point, and E by a pier
alongside which are berthed historic ships of the National
Maritime Museum. Speed limit in the basin is 3 kn; the
basin is closed to power driven craft.
2 There are depths of from 27 to 49 m in the basin, and
anchorage may be obtained in depths of about 4 m;
permission to remain at anchor for more than 24 hours
must be obtained from the Aquatic Park Ranger Station.
Horseshoe Bay
10.60
1 Description. Horseshoe Bay, a shallow indentation
situated on the W side of Point Cavallo (3750N,
12228W) (10.54), is enclosed by a breakwater extending
WSW from that point. The bay, in which there are some
piers and dolphins, is part of a military reservation and is
only available to the public in case of emergency.
2 Golden Gate Coast Guard Station is located in
Horseshoe Bay.
Anchorage may be obtained S of the harbour as shown
on the chart. A group of above-water rocks, known as the
Needles, lie close offshore 3 cables SW of Point Cavallo.
Richardson Bay
General information
10.61
1 Description. Richardson Bay is a large shallow
indentation, of little commercial importance, contained
between Sausalito Point (37515N, 122286W) and
Peninsula Point (1 mile ENE), the SE extremity of the
peninsula of Belvedere; it lies in a Recreation Area (10.45).
Sausalito, which extends along the W shore of the bay
from its entrance, has numerous piers and slipways which
accommodate commercial fishing vessels and pleasure craft.
It is the terminus of a railway that runs N to Humboldt
Bay.
2 Strawberry Point (1 miles NW of Sausalito Point), is
the extremity of a promontory which projects into the head
of the bay and divides it into two parts.
Vertical clearance. The NW arm of the head of the bay
is spanned by a fixed bridge which has a vertical clearance
of 119 m (39 ft).
3 Traffic regulations. The N part of the bay is a wildlife
sanctuary and is closed to marine traffic from October to
March. Seasonally laid buoys, N of a line drawn 097 from
Strawberry Point to Belvedere, mark the perimeter of the
sanctuary.
Speed within any channel in the bay should be such as
to create no wake.
4 Anchorage. The bay is designated a special anchorage
area; permission to anchor must be obtained from the
authorities at Sausalito.
Anchorage No 10, a naval anchorage reserved for the
use of Government vessels, is established, as shown on the
chart, at the entrance to the bay, SE of Sausalito.
Directions for Sausalito
10.62
1 Depths of 52 m (17 ft), or less, extend up to 5 cables
SSE, and 4 cables E of Sausalito Point, in the S approach
to the bay.
From a position 4 cables E of Sausalito Point, a
narrow channel, marked on its NE side by light-beacons
338
(starboard hand) leads 1 miles NW to a turning basin at
Sausalito. In 2003 there was a least charted depth of 67 m
(22 ft) in the channel, and 60 m (20 ft) in the basin.
2 Useful marks:
Cone Rock Light (red and white chequered diamond
daymark on black framework tower) (6 cables
NE of Sausalito Point).
Light (red and white striped conical tower, on
building) (privately maintained) (37517N,
122292W) (not charted).
Raccoon Strait
Description
10.63
1 Raccoon Strait (3752N, 12227W) separates Angel
Island (10.46) from Tiburon Peninsula on the mainland
NW; the strait lies in a Recreation Area (10.45). Ferries
operate regularly from Angel Island to Tiburon and also to
San Francisco.
Tidal streams
10.64
1 Tidal streams in the strait are strong and there are heavy
rips and swirls at times; a strong out-going stream sets
directly across the E end of the strait.
Directions
10.65
1 From the vicinity of Point Cavallo (3750N, 12228W)
the track leads NNE, thence NE, passing (with positions
from Point Stuart (37517N, 122267W)):
ESE of Yellow Bluff (1 miles SW) (10.54), thence:
WNW of No 1 Light-buoy (1 mile SSW) on the N
side of the Deep Water Route (10.54), thence:
2 ESE of No 2 Light-beacon (1 mile WSW) at the
entrance to Richardson Bay, thence:
WNW of Point Knox (3 cables SE), the SW extremity
of Angel Island; No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand)
marks an area with depths over it of less than
91 m (30 ft) which extends 2 cables SW from the
point. Thence:
3 ESE of Peninsula Point (6 cables W) (10.61); No 3
Light-buoy (port hand) is moored close off the
point. Thence:
NW of Point Stuart, the W extremity of Angel Island;
No 4 Light-buoy (starboard hand) is moored on the
9 m (30 ft) depth contour off the point, thence:
4 Clear of, depending on draught, Raccoon Shoal (3
cables N), which has a least depth over it of 88 m
(29 ft), and:
SE of a dangerous wreck lying on the N side of the
channel 1 cables SW of Point Tiburon (7 cables
NNW), thence:
5 NW of Point Campbell (1 mile NE), the N extremity
of Angel Island, and:
SE of Bluff Point (1 miles NNE) the E extremity of
Tiburon Peninsula; No 5 Light (port hand) stands
on the point.
Belvedere Cove
10.66
1 Belvedere Cove, entered between Peninsula Point
(37517N, 122274W) (10.61), and Point Tiburon
(7 cables NNE), has general depths of about 15 m (5 ft).
One marina stands at the head of the bay, and a second in
the NE part of the cove; there is accommodation for small
craft in the deeper ferry harbour at Tiburon close inside the
N entrance.
Home Contents Index
2 No 1 Light (port hand), stands 5 cables NNE of
Peninsula Point, marking the NE extremity of the shoal
water which extends across the entrance to the cove from
its SW side. Attention is drawn to the dangerous wreck
(10.63) close SW of Point Tiburon, and to another
dangerous wreck in the SW side of Belvedere Cove.
Ayala Cove
10.67
1 Ayala Cove, situated on the NW side of Angel Island,
6 cables NE of Point Stuart (37517N, 122267W)
SAN FRANCISCO BAY SOUTH PART
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 588, 591, 592, 229
Area covered
10.69
1 In this section are described the waters of the S part of
San Francisco Bay from Alcatraz Island (3750N,
12225W) to Coyote Creek (3728N, 12203W), about
28 miles SSE. It includes a description of the ports of San
Francisco, Oakland and Alameda, and Redwood City, and
the small craft facilities on both sides of the bay.
2 It is arranged as follows:
Port of San Francisco (10.72).
Port of Oakland and Alameda (10.105).
Head of the Bay Hunters Point to Coyote Creek
(10.139).
Anchorages
10.70
1 For general remarks on anchorages see 10.5.
The anchorages in the S part of San Francisco Bay, as
shown on the chart, are:
No 7 (temporary); W of Treasure Island (37495N,
122222W). A wreck, with a depth over it of
238 m (78 ft), lies in the S part of this anchorage.
2 No 8 (general); W of Alameda Naval Air Station
(3747N, 12219W). An obstruction (steel
wreckage), least depth of 67 m (22 ft), exists in
the E of the anchorage in position (37473N,
122203W); a further obstruction, with a least
depth of 158 m (52 ft), lies on the W border of
the anchorage.
3 No 9 (general); S of Alameda Naval Air Station as
far as the San Mateo-Hayward Bridge, 12 miles
SSE, (chart 592). A wreck lies in position
37454N, 122199W, with a least depth of 7 m
(23 ft) over it. A second wreck, with a least depth
of 34 m (11 ft) over it, lies 7 cables NE. Two
submarine pipeline corridors cross Anchorage No 9
and mariners should avoid anchoring in these
areas.
4 Nos 12 and 14 (explosives) lie in the W part of
Anchorage No 9, 1 mile NE, and 2 miles SE
respectively, of Hunters Point (3743N,
12222W); when these anchorages are in use other
vessels must remain outside the surrounding
prohibited anchorage zones shown on the chart. An
obstruction, with a least depth over it of 146 m
(48 ft), lies in the NE of Anchorage No 12.
CHAPTER 10
(10.65), affords good anchorage to small craft in depths of
from 3 to 36 m (10 to 12 ft), mud, protected from S and
W winds.
Mooring buoys are available for overnight stays.
A pier, used by ferries and the State Park authorities,
stands at the head of the cove.
Other names
10.68
1 Rodeo Cove (37496N, 122322W).
Tennessee Point (37500N, 122330W).
Prohibited anchorage
10.71
1 Anchoring is prohibited in the vicinity of the Bay Area
Rapid Transit Tunnel, which crosses the bay, as shown on
the chart between the Ferry Building (37477N,
122235W) (10.82) and Oakland Outer Harbor Entrance
Channel (2 miles ENE).
PORT OF SAN FRANCISCO
General information
Chart 588, 591
Position
10.72
1 San Francisco (3747N, 12225W), the largest of the
cities in San Francisco Bay, is one of the most renowned
cities in the United States; it spreads over the N part of the
peninsula that separates the S part of the bay from the
ocean. The port, whose main installations spread about
6 miles S from the vicinity of North Point (37485N,
122245W) to the S extremity of Hunters Point (about
6 miles S), is the oldest, and one of the most important
ports on the Pacific coast of the United States.
Function
10.73
1 The port is equipped to handle all manner of cargoes
and is a regular port of call of cruise vessels. The port
specialises in containerised cargo though considerable
general cargo and bulk cargo is handled; facilities continue
to be expanded. It is a port of entry.
Traffic
10.74
1 In 2002, 1303 vessels called totalling 67 366 681 dwt.
Port Authority
10.75
1 Port of San Francisco Authority, Suite 3100, Ferry
Building, San Francisco, California 94111.
Website: www.sfport.com
Limiting conditions
Controlling depths
10.76
1 The controlling depth in the approaches is that of Main
Ship Channel (10.39). Depths of 137 m (45 ft) or more are
available from Golden Gate Bridge to most of the
anchorages in the harbour, and there are depths of from 88
to 122 m (29 to 40 ft) alongside many of the piers.
For most recent information on channel depths see
charts 588 and 591.
339
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
Vertical clearances San FranciscoOakland Bay
Bridge
10.77
1 Description. San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge, which
was opened in 1936, crosses the bay from Rincon Point
(37374N, 122233W) to Yerba Buena Island (1 miles
NE) (10.104), thence to a point on the E shore, on the N
side of Oakland Outer Harbor. Between Rincon Point and
Yerba Buena Island the bridge is supported by five piers,
AE, as shown on the chart.
2 The two widest spans, AB and DE, are each about
4 cables in width. The approximate mid-span vertical
clearances between the piers are AB 622 m (204 ft), BC
671 m (220 ft), CD 671 m (220 ft), and DE 622 m
(204 ft).
The recommended passage for S-bound traffic is under
the NE half of span AB; N-bound traffic should use the
SW half of span DE.
3 There are numerous piers on that part of the bridge E of
Yerba Buena Island but only the four W spans are
navigable by other than small craft; the widest span, GH,
is about 2 cables in width. The approximate mid-span
vertical clearances between the piers are GH 573 m
(188 ft), HI 55 m (180 ft), IJ 53 m (174 ft), and JK
51 m (167 ft). A second bridge is under construction (2003)
E of Yerba Buena Island and to the N of the present
bridge.
4 Caution. All the vertical clearances given are
approximate. They may be reduced by several metres due
to heavy traffic on the bridge and prolonged periods of
very high temperature; in extreme conditions the clearance
might be reduced by as much as 3 m (10 ft). Vessels,
whose masthead height exceeds 58 m (190 ft), should
exercise caution when passing under the bridge.
5 Navigational aids: Lights are displayed as follows:
Aero lights from the tops of the towers of Piers A, B,
E, G and H.
Fixed red light from each side of the bridge at the
foot of towers of Piers A, B, E, I, J and K.
Fixed red light from each corner of the E side of Pier
C and red axis lights along the channel axis on
each side.
6 Fixed green and three white lights vertically disposed
from each side of spans AB, DE and GH over
the centreline of the channel; red axis lights from
the channelward face of the piers.
Fixed red light from each side of the bridge marking
the NE limit of the navigable channel in span EF.
7 Fixed green lights from each side of the bridge over
the centre of the channel in spans BC, CD, HI,
IJ and JK.
Occulting red light from the top and at the centre of
spans IJ, JK, KL, LM and MN.
All the lights are privately maintained.
Fog signals are sounded from Piers AE, G, H and I.
Deepest and longest berths
10.78
1 Pier 80 North Container Terminal (10.93).
Piers 9496 South Container Terminal (10.93).
Pier 90 Grain Terminal (10.93).
Pier 92 Bulk liquids (10.93).
Tidal levels
10.79
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
range about 17 m; mean neap range about 07 m.
Density of water
10.80
1 The density of water is 1025 g/cm3.
Arrival information
10.81
1 Vessel Traffic Service. See 10.15.
Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
Pilotage. See 10.40.
Tugs are available.
2 Traffic regulations. See 10.9, 10.16 and 10.17.
Regulations concerning entry. See 10.10 and 10.11.
Quarantine and customs. Unless otherwise directed,
vessels subject to inspection by quarantine, customs,
immigration and agricultural quarantine officials, are
normally boarded by the relevant officials on arrival at
their berths.
For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.
Harbour
General layout
10.82
1 The whole of the waterfront of San Francisco is
occupied by wharves and piers, behind which is the
impressive skyline of the city of San Francisco. Ferry
Building (37477N, 122235W), formerly a ferry
terminal, now houses the offices of the Port Authority; the
Marine Exchange within the building reports and records
all ship arrivals and departures at Golden Gate.
2 The piers N of Ferry Building are numbered with odd
numbers 145; those S of Ferry building with even
numbers from 24, at the San Francisco-Oakland Bay
Bridge, to 96. Many of the piers NW of Ferry Building are
unsuitable for modern cargo handling and are being
developed for commercial and recreational uses.
3 The port shipyards are at Hunters Point, about 4 miles S
of Ferry Building; they lie within a restricted area, see
10.9.
The E entrance point to the port is formed by Treasure
Island (1 miles NE of Ferry Building) and Yerba Buena
Island close S; the islands are described at 10.103 and
10.104.
Submarine cables and pipelines
10.83
1 See 10.4.
Principal marks
10.84
1 Landmarks:
Alcatraz Island Lighthouse (3750N, 12225W)
(10.46).
Coit Tower (37482N, 122243W), a tall,
cylindrical, lightcoloured tower, on Telegraph Hill.
Radar tower (37486N, 122218W), the taller of
two on the summit of Yerba Buena Island.
2 Pyramidal Building (37477N, 122241W).
Clock Tower (37477N, 122235W) on the Ferry
Building.
Clock Tower (37472N, 122235W) on the S end
of the San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge.
Point Avisadero (3744N, 12221W), the prominent
NE extremity of Hunters Point.
340
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

3 Major lights: Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on

Alcatraz Island Light (3750N, 12225W) (10.46). pole) on the S side of Islais Creek.
Aero lights on the towers of Piers G and H of San Rear light (similar structure) 222 m from front light.
Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge (37480N, 2 South approach leading lights. From the vicinity of
122225W) (10.77). No 5 Light-buoy (10.86) moored 13 miles SE of Potrero
Point, the alignment (293) of the following lights leads to
Other navigational aids Piers 9496:
10.85 Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on
1 Racons. San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge (10.77), pole) on Pier 96.
on the centre of spans AB, CD and DE. Rear light (similar structure) 582 m from front light.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. 3 No 3 Light-buoy (port hand) marks the E side of the
channel off Piers 9496, and lights (port and starboard
hand, respectively) are displayed from the N end of Pier 94
and the S end of Pier 96.
Directions
Useful marks
Main route 10.89
(continued from 10.53) 1 Aero light (37438N, 122126W) at Oakland
10.86 International Airport.
1 From a position in the Precautionary Area S of Alcatraz Yerba Buena Island Light (white octagonal tower)
Island (3750N, 12225W) the track leads generally ESE, (37484N, 122217W).
SE and SSE into the harbour passing (with positions from (Directions continue for the head of the bay at 10.147)
the Ferry Building Clock Tower (37477N, 122235W)):
NNE of a dangerous wreck, existence doubtful, lying Basins and berths
2 cables N of Pier 39 (1 mile NW), thence:
2 SSW of Blossom Rock (1 miles NNW) marked Anchorages
close W by BR Light-buoy (preferred channel to 10.90
starboard). Thence: 1 See 10.70.
Through the NE half of Span AB of the San China Basin
Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge (5 cables E) 10.91
(10.77); a buoy (preferred channel to starboard) is 1 China Basin, situated about 1 mile S of the Ferry
moored cable NW of Pier B. Thence: Building (37477N, 122235W) (10.82), is a canal which
3 WSW of SC Light-buoy (preferred channel to extends SW for about 5 cables from San Francisco Bay. It
starboard) (1 miles SE), moored at the NW is spanned by two bascule bridges, under which the vertical
corner of General Anchorage No 9, thence: clearance, when closed, is 03 m (1 ft). Anchoring is not
ENE of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (2 miles permitted in the basin.
SSE), moored in the N approach to Piers 9496,
thence: Islais Creek Channel
4 ENE of No 5 Light-buoy (port hand) (3 miles SSE), 10.92
moored at the S approach to Piers 9496, thence: 1 Islais Creek Channel, which is entered 3 miles S of the
ENE of Point Avisadero (4 miles SSE) (10.84). Ferry Building, is approached through a channel with a
Caution. There are strong eddies off the piers of the project depth of 107 m (35 ft); in 1994 the least charted
San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge which can cause vessels depth in the channel was 122 m (40 ft). The approach,
to sheer off course. which is marked by leading lights, is described at 10.88 .
Strong streams, due to flooding in the spring, have been A bascule bridge, under which there is a vertical
reported off the piers along the San Francisco waterfront. clearance of 15 m (5 ft), when closed, spans the channel
6 cables inside the entrance.
Deep-draught vessels bound for Anchorage No 9 Principal berths
(continued from 10.54) 10.93
10.87 1 Alongside depths. All depths are reported depths; the
1 From a position in the Precautionary Area S of Point port authorities should be contacted for the latest
Blunt (3751N, 12225W) (10.54) the recommended track information.
leads SE, passing E of Blossom Rock (10.86), thence The principal berths listed N to S from North Point
through the CD or DE spans of the San (37485N, 122245W) are:
Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge (10.77), and to the allocated
anchorage. Buoys (preferred channel to port) are moored Pier No Berthing Depth Remarks
cable NW and cable SE of Pier D. Mariners should space (m)
note the charted obstruction (10.70) on the W edge of (m)
Anchorage No 8. 45(N) 400 47 to Transient vessels
107
Directions for South Container Terminal (Piers 9496) 35(E) 320 107 Passenger vessels
10.88
30 & 32 190 116 Cruise terminal develop-
1 North approach leading lights. From the vicinity of
(E face) (E face) ment
No 2 Light-buoy (10.86) moored 6 cables ENE of Potrero
Point (37454N, 122228W) the alignment (203) of the 50 305 137 Mission Rock Terminal
following lights leads to the entrance to Islais Creek (E face) general cargo, Ro-Ro
Channel and to the N end of Piers 9496: facility

341
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Pier No Berthing Depth Remarks are displayed from the entrances and from points on the
space (m) breakwater. Berths are assigned by the Harbour Master.
(m) All the usual services are available.
80 1550 116 Army Street Terminal, Central Basin
(total) with Ro-Ro facilities 10.101
90 370 85 Grain terminal 1 Central Basin, which lies 2 miles S of the Ferry Building
(37477N, 122235W) (10.82), has depths in it of 3 to
92 265 107 Bulk liquids and sand 73 m (10 to 24 ft), and has limited berthing facilities on its
94 & 96 750 122 South Container W side.
Terminal Fuel, water and supplies are available.
Repairs can be undertaken; ramp and portable lift
available.
Port services
Hunters Point
Repairs
10.102
10.94
1 On the N side of Hunters Point (3744N, 12222W)
1 All manner of repairs can be carried out at Hunters
there are two repair facilities. The largest slip can handle
Point Shipyard (3743N, 12222W).
craft up to 305 tonnes or 36 m in length for hull and
Largest commercial floating dock:
engine repairs.
Length 274 m; breadth 451 m; lifting capacity
65 000 tons; it can accommodate vessels of LOA
Treasure Island and Yerba Buena Island
2895 m; breadth 442 m; draught 114 m;
230 000 dwt. Treasure Island
2 Largest graving dock: 10.103
Length 333 m; breadth 439 m. 1 Treasure Island (37495N, 122222W) is a reclaimed
area originally constructed for the Golden Gate
Other facilities International Exposition of 193940. There are restricted
10.95 areas (10.9) (not charted) off the N end of the island, and
1 Deratting certificates issued; several hospitals; garbage between the S end of the Island and Yerba Buena Island
disposal; salvage services. (10.104).
Supplies The principal berth on the island is:
10.96 Pier No 1 (on the SE side of the island); length
1 Fuel oils by barge; fresh water at the piers or by barge; 228 m; depth alongside 91 m; two berths each
provisions and stores. side.
2 A small harbour protected by a breakwater from the
Communications head of which a light (starboard hand) is displayed is
10.97 situated on the N point of the island.
1 International airport 8 km S of the city. Depths of 73 m (24 ft) or less, lie within 4 cables of the
shore on the NW side of the island. An isolated rock, with
Small craft a least depth of 88 m (29 ft) over it, lies 1 cables
10.98 offshore on the W side of the island.
1 The small craft facilities on the N side of San Francisco 3 Caution. When the prevailing W wind is strong,
are described at 10.58 and 10.59. deep-draught vessels proceeding to the berths on the E side
of the island may experience difficulty when making the
Basins at North Point sharp turn in the Oakland Bar Channel SE of Yerba Buena
10.99 Island.
1 Fishermans Wharf lies off North Point (37485N,
122245W) between Pier 45 and Pier 39 and has depths Yerba Buena Island
of 46 m in the approaches to the wharf; the approach is 10.104
marked by lights. 1 Yerba Buena Island (37486N, 122219W), connected
Pier 39 Marina has accommodation for 360 craft in to Treasure Island N by a narrow causeway, and to both
basins which lie on either side of the pier and are protected sides of the bay by the San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge,
by L-shaped breakwaters; the E breakwater is marked by is high, and is covered with a scrubby growth of trees; a
lights (privately maintained). In 2001 depths alongside the former lookout tower, and radar towers serving the VTS
berths was reported to be 27 m (9 ft). (10.15) are visible on the summit. The San Francisco Coast
2 Craft in transit, and requiring a berth, should contact the Guard Station, at which there are several piers, is located
Harbour Master. on the E side of the island.
All the usual facilities are available in both the above
areas. PORT OF OAKLAND AND ALAMEDA
South Beach Harbor General information
10.100
1 South Beach Harbor, which lies 1 mile SE of the Ferry Charts 588, 591
Building (37477N, 122235W) (10.82), has Position
accommodation for 700 craft; depths in the approach, and 10.105
alongside, are reported to be 46 m. The marina is protected 1 Oakland (3748N, 12217W) is situated on the E, or
by a breakwater extending N and S and can be entered at mainland side of the bay, opposite San Francisco, and is
either end of the breakwater. Lights (privately maintained) the second largest city in the bay area; the port installations

342
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Port of Oakland and San Francisco Bay from SE (10.105)

(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)

occupy 19 miles of waterfront. The city of Alameda is on Vertical clearances

an island, separated from the mainland by Oakland Inner 10.110
Harbor Channel and Tidal Canal on the N, and by San 1 San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge. See 10.77.
Leandro Bay (3745N, 12213W) on the E. Dennison Street Fixed Bridge spans Brooklyn Basin
North Channel between the E extremity of Coast Guard
Function Island (3747N, 12215W) and the mainland; it has a
10.106 vertical clearance of 34 m (11 ft).
1 The Port of Oakland is entirely distinct from that of San Park Street Bascule Bridge spans Park Street Bridge
Francisco, and is a separate port of entry. It is the largest Reach, 6 cables SE of Coast Guard Island; it has a least
general cargo port in the bay and a leading container ship vertical clearance when closed of 46 m (15 ft), over a
terminal on the Pacific coast; in terms of container traffic it centre width of 305 m (100 ft).
ranks amongst the top 20 ports in the world. 2 Fruitvale Avenue Bridges. A bascule bridge and a
Traffic railway lift bridge with a least vertical clearance of 4 m
(13 ft) span Tidal Canal, 1 mile SE of Coast Guard Island;
10.107
the least vertical clearance when the railway bridge is
1 In 2002, 1795 vessels called totalling 83 805 466 dwt.
raised is 411 m (135 ft).
Port Authority High Street Bascule Bridge spans Tidal Canal about
10.108 4 cables SE of the Fruitvale Bridges; it has a least vertical
1 Board of Port Commissioners, 530 Water Street, PO Box clearance when closed of 49 m (16 ft) over a centre width
2064, Oakland, CA 94607. of 305 m (100 ft).
Website: www.portofoakland.com Deepest and longest berths
10.111
Limiting conditions 1 Outer Harbour Container Terminals (10.131).
Controlling depths Tidal levels
10.109 10.112
1 In 2002 the project depth in Bar Channel through the 1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
Entrance Channels to Oakland Outer Harbor, and Inner range is about 18 m; mean neap range about 08 m.
Harbor as far as the E end of Park Street Bridge Reach,
was 128 m (42 ft). Density of water
For the latest controlling depths the chart, and the port 10.113
authorities, should be consulted. 1 The density of water is 1025 g/cm3.

343
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Arrival information Quarantine and customs

10.118
Vessel Traffic Service
1 Unless otherwise directed, vessels subject to inspection
10.114
by quarantine, customs, immigration and agricultural
1 See 10.15.
quarantine officials, are normally boarded by the relevant
Port radio officials on arrival at their berths.
10.115 For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.
1 See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5) under
San Francisco, and for details for Alameda Naval Air Harbour
Station. General layout
Pilotage and tugs 10.119
10.116 1 The port comprises two areas, Outer Harbor and Inner
1 Pilotage. See 10.40. Harbor, approached through a common entrance at Bar
Tugs are available. Channel, and also the basin S of Alameda Naval Air
Station.
Traffic regulations Outer Harbor is situated between the approach to the
10.117 San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge on the N, and on the S
1 See 10.9, 10.16 and 10.17. by Seventh Street Terminal; from Bar Channel it is
Regulated navigation area is established in the approached through Outer Harbor Entrance Channel. The
approaches to Oakland Harbor. The area comprises Bar principal container terminals, and the Oakland Army Base,
Channel and its immediate approaches, and Outer and Inner are located in this harbour.
Harbor Entrance Channels. 2 Inner Harbor is that part of the channel that extends
In addition to the general regulations given at 10.9, any E from the junction with Bar Channel to Tidal Canal, about
vessel to which these regulations apply shall not enter the 6 miles above the entrance; numerous piers and wharves lie
area if such entry would result in meeting, crossing or on either side of the harbour. The channel runs adjacent to
overtaking any similar vessel. the most highly developed area of the city, bordering
2 Restricted areas are established in the N end of Outer Oakland to N and Alameda to S.
Harbor adjacent to the Oakland Army Base (see chart), and 3 Three and a half miles inside the entrance the harbour
around Alameda Naval Air Station; vessels are permitted to widens out into Brooklyn Basin, the centre of which is
transit the entrance channel to reach berths on the Oakland occupied by Coast Guard Island; the main channel S of
side of Inner Harbor. Coast Guard Island continues as Brooklyn Basin South

Port of Oakland from NW (10.119)

(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)

344
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
Channel; that to the N is known as Brooklyn Basin North
Channel.
4 East of Brooklyn Basin, Tidal Canal leads into San
Leandro Bay, where a shallow channel continues to the
Metropolitan Oakland International Airport on Bay Farm
Island.
Alameda Naval Air Station (3747N, 12219W)
stands on reclaimed land on the W side of Alameda. It is
served by a basin and three piers situated on the S side of
Alameda which are protected by a breakwater over
1 miles long.
Submarine cables and pipelines
10.120
1 See 10.4.
Measured distance
10.121
1 A measured distance of 1 nautical mile, on a running
track of 105285, is established just inside the
entrance to Inner Harbor. The E and W points on the N
side of the channel are marked by a red daymark on a
pole; those on the S side are marked by two red daymarks
on a pole.
Principal marks
10.122
1 See 10.84.
Directions
(continued from 10.53)
Approach
10.123
1 From a position in the Precautionary Area S of Alcatraz
Island (3750N, 12225W) the track to the San
Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge follows that described at
10.86. Vessels bound to, or from, facilities in Oakland may
wish to transit the DE span of the bridge in order to
facilitate safe passage through the Oakland Bar Channel.
The VTS (10.15) should be notified of such intentions in
advance.
Bar Channel
10.124
1 From a position about 4 cables SSE of Yerba Buena
Island Light (37484N, 122217W) (10.89) a channel,
marked by light-buoys (lateral), leads 4 cables ENE to the
junction of the channels leading to Outer and Inner
Harbors.
2 Caution. The projection of the Seventh Street Terminal
forms areas of slack water; on the S side of the terminal on
the in-going tide, and on the N side of the terminal on the
out-going tide. Deep-draught vessels entering Inner Harbor,
on the in-going tide, may tend to sheer to port when the
bow enters the slack water; similarly vessels entering Outer
Harbor on the out-going tide may tend to sheer to
starboard.
Outer Harbor
10.125
1 Lights in line, situated between 1 and 2 miles ENE of
Yerba Buena Island Light, mark the sides of the entrance
channel, which is between 198 and 183 m wide:
NW side; two lights (red rectangular daymarks, white
stripes, on piles), in line bearing 059.
SE side; two lights (similar structures), in line
bearing 056.
2 From the vicinity of No 2 Light on the W extremity of
Seventh Street Marine Terminal, 9 cables ESE of Yerba
Buena Island Light, the Outer Harbor Entrance Channel,
marked by light-buoys and lights, leads about 7 cables NE
into Outer Harbor; No 5 Light-buoy (port hand) and No 7
buoy (port hand), moored 1 miles and 2 miles ENE
respectively, of Yerba Buena Island Light, mark the limit of
the dredged area on the NW side of the harbour.
Inner Harbor
10.126
1 From the vicinity of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand),
moored on the S side of Bar Channel 5 cables SE of
Yerba Buena Island Light, Inner Harbor Entrance Channel,
marked by light-buoys and lights (lateral) leads ESE for
about 1 mile to the entrance to Inner Harbor. Thence the
channel, marked 1 miles inside the entrance by No 10
Light-beacon (starboard hand), leads generally E to the
vicinity of Coast Guard Island (3747N, 12215W),
passing through Inner Harbor Reach, and the Grove Street
Pier-Brooklyn Basin Reach.
2 Brooklyn Basin. The main channel continues S of Coast
Guard Island through Brooklyn Basin South Channel to
Tidal Canal. Brooklyn Basin North Channel, with depths of
about 46 m (15 ft), and marked by light-beacons and a
beacon (starboard hand), leads round the N side of Coast
Guard Island to rejoin the main channel at Dennison Street
Bridge (10.110), at the SE extremity of the island.
3 Caution. Speed through Inner Harbor should be adjusted
so as to prevent damage to the craft moored in the
numerous marinas on each side of the channel.
Tidal Canal
10.127
1 From Park Street Bascule Bridge, an artificial channel,
with a least charted depth of 43 m (14 ft), leads 1 mile SE
to the entrance to San Leandro Bay (10.137); it is spanned
by the Fruitvale Avenue and High Street Bridges, described
at (10.110).
Alameda Naval Air Station
10.128
1 From a position about 2 miles SE of the San
Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge the route leads E into the
harbour through a channel, 305 m wide, marked by a pair
of light-buoys (lateral) and two pairs of light-beacons
(lateral).
Basins and berths
Anchorages
10.129
1 See 10.70.
Alongside depths
10.130
1 All depths are reported depths; the port authorities
should be contacted for the latest information.
Outer Harbor
10.131
1 The principal terminals are:
Berth Nos 2022: berthing space 683 m; depth
alongside 128 m; operated by Maersk Pacific Ltd.
Berth No 23: berthing space 274 m; depth alongside
128 m; operated by Yusen Terminals Inc.
345
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
2 Berth No 24: berthing space 384 m; depth alongside
128 m; operated by Maersk Pacific Ltd.
Berth Nos 2526: berthing space 346 m; depth
alongside 128 m; operated by TransBay Container
Terminal Co.
Seventh Street Marine Terminal
10.132
1 Berth Nos 3234: berthing space 536 m; depth
alongside 116 m; operated by Stevedoring Services
of America Terminals.
Ben E Nutter Container Terminal (Berth Nos 35, 37
and 38): berthing space 35 and 37, 688 m; depth
alongside 128 m, berthing space 38, 262 m; depth
alongside 116 m; operated by Marine Terminals
Corp.
Inner Harbor
10.133
1 Positioned from No 10 Light-beacon (37475N,
122181W).
Berth Nos 55 and 56 (9 cables WNW): berthing
space 730 m, depth alongside 128 m; operated by
Hanjin Shipping Co (partially charted as under
construction).
Berth Nos 6063 (1 cables N): berthing space
836 m; depth alongside 128 m; operated by
American President Lines.
Schnitzer Steel Industries Pier (5 cables ENE):
berthing space 632 m; depth alongside 94 to 11 m;
scrap metals.
2 Howard Container Terminal (8 cables ENE): Berth
Nos 6769; berthing space 593 m; depth alongside
128 m; terminal also handles conventional and
Ro-Ro cargoes.
Alameda Naval Air Station
10.134
1 The principal berths are:
Pier No 2: length 366 m.
Pier No 3: length 411 m.
The Naval Port Services Office should be consulted for
the latest depths.
Port services
10.135
1 Repairs. All manner of repairs can be carried out.
Largest dry docks; see 10.94
Other facilities. Several hospitals; garbage disposal.
Supplies. Fuel oils by barge; fresh water; provisions and
stores.
Communications. International airport 13 km S of the
city.
Small craft
Inner Harbor
10.136
1 There are many small craft facilities on both sides of the
channel from Inner Harbor entrance to the vicinity of
Oakland Airport at the S end of San Leandro Bay.
San Leandro Bay
10.137
1 Description. San Leandro Bay (3745N, 12213W), is
formed between Bay Farm Island to S, Alameda to N, and
346
the mainland E; Metropolitan Oakland International Airport
is situated on Bay Farm Island.
Tidal Canal (10.127) enters the bay on its N side from
whence a narrow channel, marked by light-beacons
(lateral), leads about 1 miles S to the airport; in 1984
severe shoaling was reported in this channel.
2 The bay is connected to San Francisco Bay by San
Leandro Channel. This channel is very narrow, with
shallow, uneven depths at its E end. A bascule bridge, with
a vertical clearance of 6 m on the S side of the draw, spans
the channel where it enters San Leandro Bay.
Local knowledge is required.
Ballena Bay
10.138
1 Description. Ballena Bay (3746N, 12217W) is a
large small craft harbour formed on the E side of an island
on the S side of Alameda; it affords good shelter in stormy
weather. Depths of 18 m (6 ft) or less extend E and S from
the E side of the entrance; in 2001 a depth of 21 m (7 ft)
was reported in the entrance channel and 24 m (8 ft)
alongside the berths.
2 A light (port hand) is displayed from a dolphin at the S
extremity of the island, and a light (port hand) is displayed
at the entrance to the harbour; the channel entrance is
marked by buoys (starboard hand).
3 There is a depth of about 24 m (8 ft) in the channel
between the island and Alameda which is spanned by a
fixed bridge with a vertical clearance of 15 m (5 ft). The
channel entrance is marked by light-buoys (lateral), and a
light-beacon (black and white chequered diamond daymark,
on post) (privately maintained) is displayed close W of the
channel.
4 Useful mark:
Tower (radar reflector) standing 4 cables SE of the
entrance.
Services: all the usual facilities are available.
HEAD OF THE BAY HUNTERS POINT
TO COYOTE CREEK
General information
Charts 591, 592, 229 (see 1.14)
Description
10.139
1 South of Hunters Point (3744N, 12222W) on the W,
and Bay Farm Island (5 miles E) on the E, the greater part
of San Francisco Bay is occupied by shallow flats, through
which a comparatively narrow channel leads to the head of
the bay. The shores of the bay are linked by the San
Mateo-Hayward Bridge (10.143), 10 miles SE of Hunters
Point, and the narrows at the head of the bay by the
bridges at Dumbarton Point (3730N, 12206W) (10.144).
2 The channel favours the W side of the bay, which is
more built up than the E side. San Francisco International
Airport is situated on the shore, 6 miles S of Hunters
Point, and the port of Redwood City (10.152) is entered
through Redwood Creek, 4 miles above the San
Mateo-Hayward Bridge.
3 The E shore of the bay, between Dumbarton Point and
Bay Farm Island is fronted by extensive shallow flats
which dry about 1 mile offshore in places; it is accessible
only to small boats.
Above Dumbarton Point, the main channel continues SE
for about 3 miles to the entrance to Coyote Creek, at the
head of the bay; numerous other creeks flow into the head
of the bay.
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Pilotage Directions
10.140 (continued from 10.86)
1 See 10.40.
Hunters Point to Dumbarton Point
10.147
Vessel Traffic Service 1 From the vicinity of Point Avisadero (3744N,
10.141 12221W) (10.84) the fairway leads SSE passing through
1 See 10.15. San Bruno Shoal Channel, a channel 3 miles long,
dredged to a depth of 85 m (28 ft) over a width of 152 m
(500 ft) (2002). The channel, which is entered 2 miles
Submarine cables and pipelines SSE of Point Avisadero, is marked at its entrance by No 1
10.142 Light-beacon (port hand) and No 2 Light-buoy (starboard
1 See 10.4. hand), thence by two pairs of light-beacons (lateral). The
channel leads W of San Bruno Shoal (37385N,
122175W) and a spit, with depths of less than 55 m
Vertical clearances
(18 ft) which extends 2 miles NNW from the shoal. A
10.143
dolphin stands close W of the shoal and a ruined tower and
1 San Mateo-Hayward Bridge. This bridge crosses the
another dolphin stand on the spit, 1 and 2 miles NNW
bay from Little Coyote Point (37345N, 122157W),
respectively, of this dolphin.
2 miles E of San Mateo, to the vicinity of Johnson Landing
2 Thence the fairway leads SE passing:
(6 miles ENE). It is a fixed span bridge with a vertical
NE of No 8 Light-beacon (starboard hand) which
clearance of 41 m (135 ft).
stands on the SW side of the channel 1 miles NE
2 Navigational aids:
of Coyote Point (3735N, 12219W) (10.145),
Two fixed green lights, displayed from each side of
and:
the centre of the bridge, mark the centre of the
SW of an obstruction (submerged pile) lying on the
channel; fixed red lights mark the piers of the
NE side of the channel, 1 mile NE of No 8
bridge.
Light-beacon. Thence:
A fog signal is sounded from the bridge.
NE of 8A Beacon (starboard hand) (2 miles E of
A power cable, with a safe overhead clearance of 49 m
Coyote Point), thence:
(160 ft), crosses the bay close S, and parallel to the bridge.
3 Through the fairway under the San Mateo-Hayward
3 Close S of the bridge a fishing pier (a former lift
Bridge (3735N, 12215W), marked close N of the bridge
bridge) extends 7 cables from Little Coyote Point into the
by No 10 Light-buoy (starboard hand) and close S of the
channel. A light is displayed, at an elevation of 4 m, from
bridge by No 11 Light-buoy (port hand). Obstructions are
one of the power cable pylons which stands close off the
charted between these two buoys. No 12 Light-beacon
extremity of this pier; another pylon stands 3 cables NE.
(starboard hand) on the S side of the channel, 2 miles
10.144
ESE of the bridge, bearing 127 (intensified on this
1 Dumbarton Bridges. Two bridges and an aqueduct span
bearing), leads through the centre of the fairway.
the head of the bay from Ravenswood Point (37305N,
4 Thence the fairway continues ESE and SE passing:
122082W) to Dumbarton Point (1 miles ESE).
NNE of No 12 Light-beacon which marks the SW
Dumbarton Highway Bridge, the N bridge, has a
side of the channel off the entrance to Steinberger
horizontal clearance of 67 m (221 ft), and a vertical
Slough (37325N, 122135W); a sewer outfall
clearance of 26 m (85 ft). A power cable, with a higher
extends into the channel from the N side of
safe overhead clearance, spans the channel on the N side of
Steinberger Slough. Thence:
this bridge. A fog signal is sounded from the bridge.
5 NE of the light-beacon and light-buoy (3 miles ESE
2 Dumbarton Railroad Bridge, the S bridge, has a
of the San Mateo-Hayward Bridge) marking the
horizontal clearance of 38 m (125 ft), and a vertical
entrance to Redwood Creek (10.152), thence:
clearance of 4 m (13 ft) when closed, but it is maintained
NE of No 14 Light-beacon (starboard hand), marking
in the open position.
the SW side of the channel 3 cables NNE of
Close N of the railway bridge, an aqueduct, which
Ravenswood Point (37305N, 122082W),
carries water to San Francisco, crosses the bay. From the
thence:
W shore the aqueduct is carried on a trestle, 6 cables long,
6 Under the Dumbarton Highway and Railroad Bridges
to a building on the SW side of the fairway; thence it is
(10.144), passing SW of Dumbarton Point, and
tunnelled under the channel to the E shore.
into the head of the bay.

Landmarks Useful marks

10.145 10.148
1 Tower (the centre of three) (37405N, 122245W), 1 Monument standing on a hill 5 cables W of Point San
on the E side of San Bruno Mountain (10.26). Bruno (37392N, 122227W); it is reported to
Coyote Point (3735N, 12219W), a prominent point be floodlit.
which is covered by a heavy growth of trees. Aero light (3737N, 12223W) at San Francisco
International Airport.
Aero light (3740N, 12207W) at Hayward Air
Other navigation aid Terminal.
10.146 2 Aero light (3731N, 12215W) at the head of
1 Racon. San Mateo-Hayward Highway Bridge Steinberger Slough.
(3735N, 12215W). Radio tower (tallest of many) (37328N,
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. 122140W).

347
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
Head of the bay
10.149
1 Caution. Mariners are warned that numerous uncharted
objects, some submerged, may exist along the edges of the
waterways in the head of the bay.
Local knowledge is required.
10.150
1 Coyote Creek. From Dumbarton Point the main
channel, marked by light-beacons (lateral) leads about
3 miles ESE to Calaveras Point (3728N, 12203W) at
the N entrance to Coyote Creek. Coyote Creek has many
tributaries; Alviso Slough, which branches S, is entered
1 miles above Calaveras Point. Power cables, with a safe
overhead clearance of 198 m (65 ft), span Coyote Creek at
the junction with Alviso Slough.
2 Guadeloupe Slough, entered at No 20 beacon (starboard
hand), 7 cables S of Calaveras Point, is marked by a
beacon (starboard hand) and buoys (lateral), and is used by
barges delivering aviation fuel to an airfield about 3 miles
inland. It is spanned close inside the entrance by power
cables with a safe overhead clearance of 198 m (65 ft). An
obstruction, with a depth over it of 03 m (1 ft), lies about
2 cables NNW of No 20 beacon.
3 Mayfield Slough. From the S side of the main channel
off Dumbarton Point, a narrow channel marked by piles
leads about 3 miles S to a yacht harbour adjacent to Palo
Alto Municipal Airport (37275N, 122070W). In 1984
there were depths of about 12 m (4 ft) in this harbour.
An aero light is displayed from the airport.
Port of Redwood City from S (10.152)
(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)
348
Anchorages
10.151
1 See 10.70.
Port of Redwood City
General information
10.152
1 Position and function. The Port of Redwood City
(3730N, 12213W) lies inside Redwood Creek which is
entered through a dredged channel, 3 miles SE of the San
Mateo-Hayward Bridge. General and bulk cargoes,
including cement, scrap metal, gypsum and sand are
handled. Redwood City, which is the seat of San Mateo
County, stands 2 miles farther S of the port installations.
2 Traffic. In 2002, 34 vessels called totalling
1 193 675 dwt.
Port Authority. Redwood City Port Authority, 675
Seaport Boulevard, Redwood City, California 940632794.
Website: www.redwoodcityport.com
Limiting Conditions
10.153
1 Depths. The entrance channel, which has a minimum
width of 92 m (302 ft), has a project depth of 91 m (30 ft).
For the latest controlling depths, the port authorities
should be consulted.
Vertical clearance. Power cables, with a safe overhead
clearance of 47 m (155 ft), span the entrance to Redwood
Creek.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
2 Density of water: 1025 g/cm3.
Maximum size of vessel handled. A vessel of 222 m
LOA and draught 91 m has been accommodated.
Arrival information
10.154
1 Vessel Traffic Service. See 10.15.
Pilotage. See 10.40.
Tugs are available.
Directions
10.155
1 From a position 1 mile N of Redwood Point (3737N,
12212W) a channel marked at its entrance by No 2
Light-beacon (starboard hand), and No 3 Light-buoy (port
hand), and subsequently by light-beacons (lateral) and a
beacon (lateral), leads 2 miles S and SSW to the port
installations.
2 Useful mark:
Silos of a cement plant, which stand at the entrance
to Westpoint Slough (1 miles SSW of Redwood
Point).
Berths
10.156
1 Turning basins are situated at both ends of the berthing
area.
Municipal berths, on the E side of the creek, listed
from N to S, all with reported depths of 91 to 107 m
alongside, are:
Nos 1 & 2: berthing space 503 m (with dolphins);
sand and bulk cement.
No 3: berthing space 228 m (with dolphins); bauxite,
gypsum, sand and scrap metal.
2 No 4: length 137 m; general cargo; USGS facility.
No 5: length 152 m; cruise vessels.
Cargill Salt berth (at the head of the S turning basin):
Length 189 m (with dolphins); bulk salt by elevator.
Port services
10.157
1 Other facilities: hospital; limited facilities for the
reception of oily waste; garbage disposal.
Supplies: fresh water.
Communications: See 10.97.
Small craft
10.158
1 There is a municipal marina at the head of the S turning
basin, with depths of about 18 m (6 ft), which can
accommodate about 225 small craft; other small craft basins
are situated closer to the city at the head of the creek.
Small craft
San Leandro Marina
10.159
1 Description. San Leandro Marina (3742N, 12211W)
comprises two basins which in total can accommodate
about 500 small craft; in 2003 the controlling depth in the
entrance channel was about 15 m (5 ft).
349
Fifteen berths are allocated for craft in transit; requests
should be made to the Harbour Masters office on the SW
side of the marina.
2 Directions. A directional light (pole) showing red over
bearings 045046 (1); white over bearings
046047 (05); green over bearings 047048 (1); is
displayed from the marina.
From position 37402N, 122132W, in the white
sector of the light, a dredged channel, marked by
light-beacons and beacons (lateral), leads 2 miles NE to the
harbour entrance.
3 A sewer outfall, covered with rocks, extends from the
shore S of the harbour, SW along the S side of the channel
to its entrance, thence 3 miles WNW into the bay.
Services: all the usual facilities are available.
Sierra Point and Oyster Point
10.160
1 Sierra Point (37405N, 122230W) is the site of the
Brisbane Marina that can accommodate about 500 craft.
Reported controlling depth for the entrance and basin in
200 was 24 m (8 ft).
Oyster Point, a low, filled area, close S of Sierra Point,
is the site of two marinas; the Oyster Cove Marina, with
accommodation for 200 craft, lies inside the point; the
Oyster Point Marina, with accommodation for 570 craft, is
situated on the SE side of the point.
2 Directions. From a position about 5 cables E of Sierra
Point, Oyster Point Channel, reported depth 21 m (7 ft)
(1988), marked by light-beacons (lateral) (privately
maintained), leads into Oyster Cove Marina; a spur from
this channel leads NW into Brisbane Marina.
Oyster Point Marina is approached through a short
channel, reported depth 21 m (7 ft) (1982), entered between
a pair of light-beacons (lateral), 4 cables S of Oyster
Point Channel.
Seaplane Harbor
10.161
1 A channel, in which there was a depth of 22 m (7 ft)
(1982), leads to a seaplane harbour (3738N, 12223W)
on the N side of San Francisco International Airport; a
beacon (port hand) stands at the S entrance to the harbour.
A platform, from which a light is displayed, stands at
the extremity of a cable area, about 1 mile E of the
harbour.
Coyote Point Harbor
10.162
1 Coyote Point Harbor, which can accommodate about
580 craft in two basins, stands on the E side of Coyote
Point (3735N, 12219W) (10.145); depths in the basins
are about 24 m (8 ft).
Entry is made on the alignment of leading lights through
a channel marked by two light-beacons (lateral) and by
piles; all lights are privately maintained. In 2002, the depth
in the channel was reported to be 3 m (10 ft).
Craft in transit, requiring a berth, should report to the
Harbour Masters office on the NW side of the harbour.
Other name
10.163
1 Belmont Slough (3733N, 12215W).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
SAN FRANCISCO BAY NORTH PART
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 591
Area covered
10.164
1 In this section is described the main passage through the
N part of San Francisco Bay from Alcatraz Island
(3750N, 12225W) to the entrance to San Pablo Bay,
about 8 miles N, including a description of the small craft
bays and harbours on each side of the bay. Also included is
a description of the port of Richmond and the associated
terminals NW of the harbour.
2 It is arranged as follows:
Alcatraz Island to San Pablo Strait (10.167).
Port of Richmond (10.185).
Description
10.165
1 The W side of the bay is rugged and is indented by a
series of shallow, marshy bays, navigable only by small
craft; marked channels lead to the principal small craft
harbours. The city of San Rafael, the seat of Marin County,
stands on this W shore, towards its N end, and is linked to
the city of Richmond on the E shore by the Richmond-San
Rafael Highway Bridge (10.172), which is the dominant
feature in the N part of the bay. High land above San
Rafael descends to Point San Pedro (3759N, 12227W)
on the NW side of San Pablo Strait.
2 The E side of the bay, from Oakland in the S, to
Richmond in the N, presents an almost unbroken stretch of
built up area; extensive shallow flats extend several miles
from this shore. North-west of Richmond, a high, hilly
peninsula, extends NW to Point San Pablo (3758N,
12226W) on the SE side of San Pablo Strait; several
important oil terminals are situated on this peninsula.
3 San Pablo Strait, which links San Francisco Bay to San
Pablo Bay, is 1 miles wide between its salient points and
has a clear navigable width of about 6 cables on the W
side of dangers extending SW from Point San Pablo.
Anchorages
10.166
1 For general remarks on anchorages see 10.5.
The anchorages in the N part of San Francisco Bay, as
shown on the chart, are:
No 4 (general): SE of Point San Quentin (37565N,
122290W); Anchorage No 13 (explosives) lies in
the E side of this anchorage, 1 miles SE of Point
San Quentin.
2 No 5 (general): 3 miles SE of Point San Quentin.
Obstructions, reported 2002, lie 6 cables SSW of
Red Rock (10.174) in the N part of this anchorage.
No 6 (general): the E side of the bay, N and S of
Berkeley Yacht Harbor (3752N, 12219W),
between Richmond in the N and Oakland in the S.
Numerous unlit buoys (orange and white) are laid
in the N part of the anchorage.
350
ALCATRAZ ISLAND TO
SAN PABLO STRAIT
General information
Charts 591, 590
Routes
10.167
1 From the vicinity of Alcatraz Island (3750N,
12225W) to that of Point San Pedro (3759N, 12227W)
the main channel leads initially N and NW, passing E of
Angel Island (1 miles N), and NE of Tiburon Peninsula
(5 cables farther NW), thence it leads N to pass under the
Richmond-San Rafael Highway Bridge (10.172), and into
San Pablo Strait.
2 Southampton Shoal Channel, a deep-water channel,
branches N from the main channel about 1 mile NE of
Angel island. It leads first to the Richmond Long Wharf
and to the Richmond Harbor Entrance Channel, thence
under the Richmond-San Rafael Highway Bridge, to the
port installations on the peninsula NW of Richmond
Harbor.
Raccoon Strait, which leads between Angel Island and
Tiburon Peninsula, is described at 10.63.
Pilotage
10.168
1 See 10.40.
Vessel Traffic Service
10.169
1 See 10.15.
Regulated navigation area
10.170
1 Southampton Shoal Channel and Richmond Entrance
Channel. In addition to the general regulations given at
10.9, any vessel to which these regulations apply shall not
enter the area if such entry would result in meeting,
crossing or overtaking any similar vessel.
Submarine cables and pipelines
10.171
1 See 10.4.
Vertical clearances RichmondSan Rafael Bridge
10.172
1 Description. This bridge which spans the bay between
Point San Quentin (37565N, 122290W) (10.174), and
Castro Point (3 miles E), is one of the longest fixed high
level double-deck bridges in the world. Two main channels
known as West Navigation Channel and East Navigation
Channel pass under the bridge; both channels are marked
by buoys and light-buoys. The W channel span is 305 m
(1000 ft) wide with a vertical clearance of 564 m (185 ft);
the E channel span is 296 m (970 ft) wide with a vertical
clearance of 411 m (135 ft).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
2 Navigational aids:
The centres of the spans above the two main channels
are marked by three fixed white lights, vertically
disposed, above a fixed green light. Aero lights are
displayed from each of the two towers which flank
each span.
A fixed green light marks the centre of the adjoining
secondary channel spans.
3 Fog signals (horns) are sounded from the centre of
the spans above the two main channels.
Tidal streams
10.173
1 In the N part of San Francisco Bay, the times of slack
water are later than at Golden Gate, by about 20 minutes in
the fairway E of Angel Island, to about 50 minutes in San
Pablo Strait.
The average maximum rate of the in-going stream is
about 2 kn.
Principal marks
10.174
1 Landmarks:
Alcatraz Island (3750N, 12225W) (10.46).
Angel Island (3752N, 12226W) (10.46).
Bell Tower (37523N, 122155W) (not charted), at
the University of California.
Red Rock (37558N, 122258W), so named
because of its colour.
2 Point San Quentin (37565N, 122290W), a high
point projecting about 1 mile from the coast; the
prominent buildings of San Quentin Prison stand
on the S side of the point.
Major lights:
Alcatraz Island Light (3750N, 12225W) (10.46).
East Brother Island Light (yellow square tower on
dwelling) (3758N, 12226W).
Other navigational aids
10.175
1 Racons:
Richmond-San Rafael Highway Bridge (10.172), E
and W channels.
WCA1 buoyant light-beacon (37548N, 122252W)
at the extremity of a sewer outfall (10.205).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 10.53 and 10.54)
Main channel
10.176
1 The channel is marked on its starboard side by
Light-buoys Nos 218, on its port side by No 3 Light-buoy
and No 15 buoy, and at mid-channel, at intervals, by A, B
and C Light-buoys (safe water). Charted depths in the main
fairway exceed 11 m (36 ft).
2 From a position in the Precautionary Area SE of
Alcatraz Island (3750N, 12225W), for vessels leaving
the E-bound traffic lane of the TSS, or NE of the island,
for vessels using the Deep Water Route, the channel leads
N passing (with positions from Red Rock (37558N,
122258W) (10.174)):
3 E of Point Blunt (4 miles S) (10.54), thence:
E of Quarry Point (4 miles S), the bold, steep-to E
extremity of Angel Island; a light (port hand)
stands on from Quarry Point.
Thence the channel leads NW passing:
NE of Point Simpton (3 miles S), the NE point of
Angel Island, and:
4 SW of Southampton Shoal Light (white round tower)
(3 miles SSE), which stands at the S end of
Southampton Shoal. The shoal, over which there is
a least depth 46 m (15 ft) extends 1 miles NNW
from the light. Thence:
5 NE of Bluff Point (3 miles SSW) (10.65), thence:
NE of Point Chauncey (2 miles SSW) from where a
light (port hand) is displayed. Point Chauncey is
the site of both Local and National Fisheries
Laboratories. Thence:
6 Thence the channel leads generally NNE passing:
Through the West Navigation Channel under the
Richmond-San Rafael Highway Bridge (7 cables
WNW) (10.172), thence:
7 ESE of a light-beacon (white diamond daymark,
orange border, on pile) (1 miles WNW), which is
displayed from the extremity of a sewer outfall,
thence:
WNW of Invincible Rock (1 miles NNW), marked
on its SW side by No 16 Light-buoy (starboard
hand), and:
8 ESE of No 17 Light-beacon (port hand) (2 miles
NW), which stands at the entrance to San Rafael
Creek Channel; this light is intensified on bearings
of 215 and 333 to indicate the W limits of the
fairway. Thence:
WNW of Whiting Rock (1 miles NNW), marked on
its W side by No 18 Light-buoy (starboard hand),
thence:
9 WNW of The Brothers (2 miles N), two islets, from
the E of which a light (10.174) is displayed,
thence:
NW of Point San Pablo (2 miles N), a point which
rises abruptly to a height of 43 m, and on which
there is a tank farm; a light (concrete mooring
dolphin) is displayed from a terminal at Point San
Pablo. No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) moored
close N of the point marks the E side of the
fairway. Thence:
10 SE of Point San Pedro (3 miles NNW), which rises
to San Pedro Hill, 108 m high. Three chimneys
stand on the SW side of the point, and there is a
large quarry just N of the point. The Sisters, three
small, bare rocks, lie 2 cables NE of the point.
Close S of The Sisters, five mooring buoys have
been established.
(Directions E continue at 10.221)
Southampton Shoal Channel
10.177
1 From a position in the main channel in the vicinity of
No 8 Light-buoy (starboard hand), moored 7 cables WSW
of Southampton Shoal Light (3753N, 12224W) (10.176),
a channel, with a project depth of 137 m (45 ft), marked
by light-buoys (lateral), leads NNW, passing W of
Southampton Shoal, and through a shoal area over which
there are depths of less than 91 m (30 ft), to the
manoeuvring area off Richmond Entrance Channel and
Richmond Long Wharf.
351
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
2 Caution. Attention is drawn to the sewer outfall
described at 10.205; attention is also drawn to the
regulations at 10.170.
10.178
1 Thence the fairway continues NNW, further marked by
light-buoys (lateral), passing ENE of Red Rock (10.174),
and WSW of Castro Rocks, a group of small, low rocks
which lie on the edge of the bank on the E side of the
fairway; thence through the East Navigation Channel of the
Richmond-San Rafael Highway Bridge (10.172), to the
terminals at Molate Point and Point San Pablo; lights
(towers) are displayed from the extremities of Molate Point
Terminal.
(Directions for Port of Richmond are given at 10.204)
Small craft harbours on the
east side of the bay
Emeryville
10.179
1 Description. There are two marinas in the small craft
harbour at Emeryville (3750N, 12218W) situated close
N of the E approach to the San Francisco-Oakland Bay
Bridge; about 730 small craft can be accommodated. The
entrance channel to the harbour is marked by lights; two
unlit piles lie close W of the entrance to the channel.
2 In 1998 there were depths of 18 m (6 ft) in the
approach; there are depths of 12 m (4 ft) alongside the
berths in the harbour.
Services. All the usual facilities are available.
Berkeley Yacht Harbor
10.180
1 Description. Berkeley Yacht Harbor (3752N,
12219W), which is protected by two detached
breakwaters, has accommodation for over 900 small craft.
Twenty berths are allocated for craft in transit; requests
should be made to the Harbour Masters office on the S
side of the harbour. Berkeley Pier, extends 2 miles WSW
from the S side of the harbour; the outer 1 miles of the
pier are in ruins, and the remaining inner section is used as
a fishing pier.
2 Directions. Approaching from W, the channel is marked
by No 2 Light-beacon (starboard hand) which stands at the
extremity of Berkeley Pier, and by No 3 Light-beacon (port
hand) (8 cables NE of No 2 Light-beacon) on the N side of
the channel. Lights are displayed from the detached
breakwaters and at the entrance to the harbour.
3 Craft approaching from N should note Berkeley Reef,
(8 cables NW of the entrance) which is marked by No 1
Light (port hand).
In 2000 there were charted depths of 18 m (6 ft) or less
on the S side of the entrance, and an isolated depth of
15 m (5 ft) near the N entrance; the least charted depths
inside the harbour were about 21 m (7 ft).
Services. All the usual facilities are available.
Small craft harbours on the
west side of the bay
Paradise Cay
10.181
1 Paradise Cay (37547N, 122285W), is a small craft
harbour with accommodation for about 200 craft. In 2002
there were reported to be depths of about 12 m (4 ft) in
the approach, and 15 m (5 ft) in the harbour.
352
Corte Madera Creek
10.182
1 Description. Corte Madera Creek, where there is a ferry
terminal, lies at the head of a marshy bight entered
between Paradise Cay (37545N, 122285W) (10.181)
and Point San Quentin (1 miles N) (10.174); a State
Security Zone surrounds the SE side of Point San Quentin.
Local knowledge is essential.
2 Directions. From the vicinity of No 2 Light-beacon
(starboard hand), standing 1 mile SE of Point San Quentin,
a channel, marked by lights and light-beacons, leads
2 miles WNW to a turning basin at the mouth of the creek;
there is a reported depth of 13 m (4 ft) (1999) in this
channel. A power cable, with a safe overhead clearance of
365 m (120 ft), spans the turning basin.
Caution. An obstruction lies in the approach 4 cables
SE of No 2 Light-beacon.
San Rafael Creek
10.183
1 Description. San Rafael Creek lies at the head of San
Rafael Bay, a large, shallow indentation, formed between
Point San Quentin (37565N, 122290W) (10.174) and
Point San Pedro (3 miles NE) (10.176). The creek houses
several marinas which serve the city of San Rafael.
2 Directions. From the vicinity of No 17 Light-beacon
(1 miles NE of Point San Quentin) (10.176), the
alignment (293) of leading lights (red rectangular
daymarks, white stripes, on piles), leads into the entrance
through a channel marked by light-beacons, which had a
controlling depth (2003) of 17 m (5 ft) at mid-channel to
the mouth of San Rafael Creek. Power cables, with a safe
overhead clearance of 38 m (125 ft), span the channel close
E of the leading lights. On departure, No 17 Light-beacon
is intensified on a bearing of 113.
3 Thence the channel continues to a turning basin about
1 mile inside the entrance, with a controlling depth of
06 m (2 ft).
Useful marks:
Marin Islands (3758N, 12228W), two small islands
in the centre of the bay; there are some buildings,
and a stranded wreck, on the N side of the higher
East Marin Island.
4 Loch Lomond Marina, which lies at the N entrance to
the creek 1 miles N of Point San Quentin, is entered
through a marked channel which leads N from the main
channel, about 5 cables W of the West Marin Island.
Services. All the usual facilities are available.
Other names
10.184
1 Point Fleming (3753N, 12219W).
Point Isabel (37538N, 122193W).
PORT OF RICHMOND
General information
Chart 591
Position
10.185
1 Port of Richmond (3755N, 12223W) is situated in the
NE corner of San Francisco Bay about 8 miles NE of
Golden Gate; it includes the port facilities to Point San
Pablo, about 5 miles NW.
Function
10.186
1 The port is the terminal of the Atchison, Topeka and
Santa F Railroad and the Southern Pacific Railroad; it is
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

an important oil refining centre and oil shipment port. Regulations concerning entry
There are major facilities for petroleum, dry and liquid 10.198
cargoes, steel products, lumber and automobiles. 1 Tankers. See 10.10.
Approach and entry Quarantine and customs
10.187 10.199
1 From the main channel in San Francisco Bay the port is 1 Unless otherwise directed, vessels subject to inspection
usually approached through the Southampton Shoal Channel by quarantine, customs, immigration and agricultural
(3754N, 12225W), and then entered through channels quarantine officials, are normally boarded by the relevant
marked by leading lights, light-beacons and light-buoys. officials on arrival at their berths.
For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.
Traffic
10.188 Harbour
1 In 2002, 688 vessels called totalling 43 799 270 dwt.
General layout
Port Authority 10.200
10.189 1 The harbour comprises the area of the shore from a
1 Port of Richmond, 1411 Harbour Way South, PO Box position on the mainland N of Brooks Island (3754N,
4046, Richmond CA 94804. 12221W), to Point San Pablo (about 5 miles NW). The
principal oil terminals lie between Point Richmond
Limiting conditions (37545N, 122235W) and Point San Pablo.
2 A turning basin is situated close inside Point Richmond
Controlling depths and there is another turning basin at the head of the
10.190 harbour. The main berthing areas are in Harbor Channel
1 The project depth for Southampton Shoal Channel is (1 miles ENE of Point Richmond) and Santa F Channel,
137 m (45 ft) and for the harbour channels as far as Santa which is entered through Harbor Channel.
F Channel is 107 m (35 ft), thence 91 m (30 ft) into the There are facilities for small craft E of Point Richmond,
turning basin at the head of the harbour. in a basin 7 cables NE of Brooks Island, and at the head
For the latest controlling depths the chart, and the port of the harbour.
authorities, should be consulted.
Submarine cables and pipelines
Vertical clearances 10.201
10.191 1 See 10.4.
1 See 10.172.
Principal marks
Deepest and longest berths 10.202
10.192 1 See 10.174.
1 Tankers: Richmond Long Wharf (37554N,
Other navigational aids
122246W) (10.208).
10.203
Containers: Terminal No 3 (10.208).
1 See 10.175.
Automobiles: Terminals 6 & 7 (10.208).
Tidal levels Directions
10.193 Approaches
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring 10.204
range about 17 m; mean neap range about 07 m. 1 Approach from S is made through Southampton Shoal
Channel which is described at 10.177.
Density of water Approach from N is made through the East Navigation
10.194 Channel of the Richmond-San Rafael Highway Bridge
1 The density of water is 1025 g/cm3. (10.172).
2 The approach to the inner harbour is through a channel,
Arrival information in two legs, which leads from a position 1 miles NW of
Vessel Traffic Service Point Richmond (37545N, 122235W) to a position off
10.195 Brooks Island (1 miles E). The second leg of the channel
1 See 10.15. is protected on its S side by a training wall which extends
about 1 miles W from Brooks Island.
Pilotage and tugs
10.196 Entrance
1 Pilotage. See 10.40. 10.205
Tugs are available. 1 Entrance Channel Leading Lights. From a position in
the manoeuvring area at the N exit from Southampton
Regulated navigation area Shoal Channel, about 1 miles NW of Point Richmond
10.197 (37545N, 122235W), the alignment (132) of the
1 Regulated navigation area is established in Point Potrero following lights leads about 1 mile SE through the Entrance
Reach in the approaches to the harbour. In addition to the Channel, which is marked by light-buoys (port hand) and a
general regulations given at 10.9, any vessel to which these light-beacon (starboard hand), to Point Potrero Reach:
regulations apply shall not enter the area if such entry Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on
would result in meeting, crossing or overtaking any similar pile structure) (5 cables S of Point Richmond).
vessel. See also 10.169 for Southampton Shoal Channel Rear light (similar structure) (310 m SE of
and Richmond Entrance Channel. front light).

353
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
Port of Richmond from SSE (10.200)
(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)
2 Caution. A sewer outfall, as shown on the chart,
marked towards its W end by buoyant light-beacons WCA1
and WCA2 (white with orange bands), extends from the
Richmond shore N of Point Richmond, across the entrance
channel, to the E side of Southampton Shoal Channel.
Extreme caution should be exercised when turning, or using
an anchor in this vicinity.
3 Point Potrero Reach Leading Lights. From a position
about 4 cables WSW of Point Richmond, the alignment
(099) of the following lights leads 1 miles E through
Point Potrero Reach, which is marked by light-buoys and
light-beacons (lateral), passing N of a beacon (red and
white) marking the N extremity of the training wall:
Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on
pile) (1 miles E of Point Richmond).
Rear light (similar structure) (314 m E of front light).
4 Thence the fairway leads round Point Potrero Turn,
marked by a buoy and light-buoy (starboard hand), and
continues N for 7 cables into Harbor Channel, thence NW
for 5 cables to the turning basin at the head of Santa F
Channel. Mariners should take note of the wreck at the
entrance to the turning basin.
Basins and berths
Anchorages
10.206
1 See 10.166.
Alongside depths
10.207
1 All depths are reported depths; the port authorities
should be contacted for the latest information.
354
Principal Terminals
10.208
1 With positions from Point Richmond (37545N,
122235W):
Outer berths:
Terminal No 4 at Point San Pablo (3 miles NNW):
length 318 m; depth alongside 107 m; bulk liquids.
Point Orient Wharf (3 miles NNW): length 153 m;
depth alongside 11 m; petroleum products; not in
use 2003.
Molate Point (2 miles NNW): length 183 m; depth
alongside 107 m; Naval fuel depot.
2 Richmond Long Wharf (1 miles NW): four berths
on W face; overall length 934 m (with dolphins);
depth alongside 11 m; petroleum products; 505 m
of berthing space on the inner face, N section,
used mainly by barges, with depths of from 21 to
27 m alongside.
Terminal No 1 (close E): length 170 m; depth
alongside 11 m; vegetable oils and petrochemicals.
3 Harbor Channel:
Terminal No 7 (1 miles E): length 213 m; depth
alongside 107 m; import and export of
automobiles.
ARCO Tanker and Barge Docks (N of Terminal
No 7): length 216 m; depth alongside 107 m;
bunkering, petroleum and petrochemicals.
Union Tanker Dock (N of ARCO Dock): length
224 m; depth alongside 107 m; bunkering and
petroleum products.
4 Terminal No 3 (1 miles ENE): length 307 m; depths
alongside 107 m; containers.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
Terminal No 2 (N of Terminal No 3): length 220 m;
depth alongside 107 m; liquid chemicals.
5 Santa F Channel:
Time Oil Co Wharf (14 miles ENE): length 79 m
with dolphins; depth alongside 11 m; petroleum
products.
Levin-Richmond Terminal (1 miles ENE): three
berths; berthing space 564 m; depths alongside 10
to 107 m; dry bulk cargoes, chemicals and steel
products.
6 Texaco Wharf (NW of Levin-Richmond Terminal):
length 192 m; depth alongside 107 m; petroleum
products.
Burmah-Castrol Wharf (11 miles NE): length 182 m;
depth alongside 97 m; petroleum products.
Port services
10.209
1 Repairs. All manner of repairs can be effected. Floating
cranes with capacity up to 350 tonnes and five dry docks at
Point Potrero (37543N, 122219W):
SAN PABLO STRAIT TO STOCKTON AND SACRAMENTO
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 590, 229
Area covered
10.211
1 In this section are described San Pablo Bay, Carquinez
Strait and Suisun Bay, and the main channel through those
bays to the delta of San Joaquin River and Sacramento
River; the ports of Stockton and Sacramento which are
reached through those rivers are described. Also included is
a description of Mare Island Strait, the minor channels
leading through the bays, and the more important of the
installations which border the main channel.
2 It is arranged as follows:
San Pablo Bay (10.212).
Carquinez Strait (10.240).
Suisun Bay (10.263).
Port of Stockton (10.286).
Port of Sacramento (10.303).
SAN PABLO BAY
General information
Chart 590
Description
10.212
1 San Pablo Bay, which is entered through San Pablo
Strait (3759N, 12226W), is a large, shallow basin,
10 miles long in a NE direction, with a greatest width of
8 miles. The main channel, on the SE side of the bay, leads
to Mare Island Strait and Carquinez Strait; a minor channel
leads to Petaluma River on the NW side of the bay.
2 There is considerable traffic in the main channel through
the bay; deep-draught vessels pass through the bay to the
oil installations in Carquinez Strait, and there is a regular
flow of traffic to the installations in Suisun Bay and
onwards to Stockton and Sacramento.
Largest dry dock: length 228 m; breadth 256 m;
maximum draught 945 m.
2 Other facilities. Several hospitals; limited facilities for
the reception of oily waste; garbage disposal.
Supplies. Fresh water at most berths; all grades of fuel;
provisions and stores.
Communications. See 10.97 and 10.135.
Small craft
Marinas
10.210
1 With positions from Point Richmond (37545N,
122235W):
Brickyard Cove (6 cables E); depths in the basin
24 m.
Richmond Marina Bay (2 miles E); depths of less
than 18 m in the approach with shoaling reported
(1984).
Richmond Yacht Harbor (1 miles NE) in Santa F
Channel; depths in the basin 24 m; shiplift
capacity 60 tons.
All the usual services are available.
Topography
10.213
1 From Point San Pedro (3759N, 12227W), the W
shore of the bay, as far as the entrance to Petaluma River
(about 7 miles NNW), is fronted by extensive shallow
flats which dry up to 5 cables offshore in places.
The N shore of the bay consists of low marshes,
intersected by numerous sloughs, and is similarly fronted
by extensive shallow flats; it is bounded W by Tubbs
Island, and E by Mare Island.
2 The S shore of the bay is moderately bold, except
between Point San Pablo (1 miles SE of Point San
Pedro), and Pinole Point, about 4 miles NE, where it is low
and marshy; drying flats fringe the shore to the approach to
Carquinez Strait.
Exercise areas
10.214
1 Firing areas are established in the centre of San Pablo
Bay and to the W of Mare Island; see chart. The former is
active from 1 April to 30 September between 1000 and
1500 on the first Wednesday of each month, and on the
third full weekend (Saturday and Sunday) of June.
The latter is activated occasionally. In all cases,
notifications of firing will be made.
Pilotage
10.215
1 See 10.40.
Vessel Traffic Service
10.216
1 See 10.15.
Regulated navigation areas
10.217
1 Regulated navigation areas are established in San Pablo
Strait from the Richmond-San Rafael Bridge up to and
including Pinole Shoal Channel, see 10.9.
Pinole Shoal Channel. In addition to the general
regulations given at 10.9, Pinole Shoal Channel is reserved
for the use of vessels greater than 1600 gt; vessels less than
355
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
1600 gt are not permitted to use this area nor to cross it at
any point. Vessels to which these regulations apply shall
not enter the channel if a similar vessel within the channel
is:
2 (A) carrying certain dangerous cargoes, or
(B) carrying petroleum products in bulk, or
(C) a tanker in ballast if entry would result in
meeting, crossing or overtaking such vessel.
Vessels permitted to use the channel shall proceed at a
reasonable speed so as not to interfere with any channel
maintenance or survey work, and shall not anchor in the
channel without permission.
Submarine cables and pipelines
10.218
1 See 10.4.
Natural conditions
10.219
1 Tidal streams. The normal times of slack water in San
Pablo Bay are about 50 minutes later than in Golden Gate
at the W end of the bay, and by about 2 hours at the E end
of the bay. Streams can be strong within the bay.
Local weather. Winds in San Pablo Bay can be
particularly strong and this factor must be taken into
consideration by tankers bound for the oil terminals.
Principal marks
10.220
1 Landmark:
Pinole Point (3801N, 12222W), a moderately high,
rocky bluff, from which a fishing pier extends
about 2 cables NW.
Major light:
East Brother Island Light (3758N, 12226W)
(10.174).
Directions
(continued from 10.176)
10.221
1 The main channel through San Pablo Bay is from 1 to
2 miles wide between the 55 m (18 ft) depth contour lines.
Within this channel is Pinole Shoal Channel, which is
183 m wide and has a project depth of 107 m (35 ft)
(2003). For the latest controlling depths the chart, and the
port authorities, should be consulted.
2 Pinole Shoal Channel. See 10.217 for regulations. From
a position in San Pablo Strait SE of Point San Pedro
(3759N, 12226W) (10.176), the fairway, marked by
light-beacons, and, at mid-channel by E Light-buoy (safe
water), leads about 4 miles NE to Pinole Shoal Channel
which is entered 1 mile NNW of Pinole Point (3801N,
12222W) (10.220):
3 Thence the channel leads generally ENE for about
6 miles, marked by light-beacons and light-buoys (lateral),
to the entrance to Carquinez Strait passing (with positions
from Pinole Point):
SSE of an obstruction (1 miles NNE), thence:
NNW of a dangerous wreck (2 miles NE), thence:
SSE of a wreck with a depth over it of 52 m (17 ft)
(3 miles NE), thence:
4 NNW of the oil terminals, which lie 5 cables NW,
and 3 cables N, respectively of Davis Point
(5 miles ENE); a spoil ground, over which there
are depths of less than 55 m (18 ft), lies on the N
side of the fairway. Lights are displayed from the
extremities of the terminals. Thence:
356
5 S of Mare Island Pier No 35 (1 mile NNE of Davis
Point), off the W extremity of which stands No 17
Light (port hand).
Caution. Mariners westbound on an ebb stream in
Pinole Shoal Channel should beware of being set down on
the navigation aids following the turn at No 11
Light-beacon.
Useful marks
10.222
1 P Light-beacon (red and white chequered diamond
daymark on pile) (3801N, 12222W) which
stands close NNW of the pier at Pinole Point.
Tank (38013N, 122173W), painted black and
white, at a fertilizer plant at Hercules.
Chimney (38027N, 122154W), the N of six, at
Oleum. Many prominent pastel coloured oil tanks
stand on hills behind the town.
(Directions continue at 10.250)
Anchorages
10.223
1 For general remarks on anchorages see 10.5.
The anchorages in San Pablo Bay, as shown on the
chart, are:
No 18 (general): W side of the bay.
No 19 (general): N side of the bay; several buoys and
targets lie in the E side of this anchorage, and a
lighted mooring buoy in the SW part.
2 No 20 (general): S side of the bay.
No 21 (naval): in the approach to Mare Island Strait;
depths in the NE corner of this anchorage are
reported (2003) to be less than charted.
Gallinas Creek
Description
10.224
1 Gallinas Creek, which enters San Pablo Bay about
3 miles NW of Point San Pedro (3759N, 12227W), is
approached through a channel, marked on its N side by
markers (private); in 1983 the least depth in the channel
was 06 m (2 ft).
Local knowledge is required.
Petaluma River
Description
10.225
1 Petaluma River, which enters San Pablo Bay about
7 miles NNW of Point San Pedro (3759N, 12227W),
is used by pleasure craft, and by barges transporting gravel,
oyster shell, heavy construction equipment, and concrete
products to the city of Petaluma which lies 12 miles above
the entrance.
Local knowledge is required.
Limiting conditions
10.226
1 Depths. In 2003 the mid-channel controlling depth in
the approach channel was 22 m (7 ft); thence (2002) to
the turning basin at Petaluma it was 09 m (3 ft).
Vertical clearances. Overhead power cables, swing
bridges, and fixed highway bridges, span the river within
2 miles of the entrance, and in the approaches to Petaluma.
The least safe overhead and vertical clearances are 21 m
(70 ft) under power cables and highway bridges, and 12 m
(4 ft) under the swing bridges, when closed, as far as the
turning basin at Petaluma.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
Directions
10.227
1 From a position 3 miles NNE of Point San Pedro a
channel, marked at its entrance by Nos 1 and 2
Light-beacons (lateral), thence throughout its length by
light-beacons (starboard hand) and beacons (port hand)
leads 1 miles N, thence 4 miles NW, and W, to the
vicinity of Petaluma Point on the S side of the entrance.
2 An unlit platform, standing 1 cables W of No 1
Light-beacon, marks the extremity of a submarine pipeline
area extending WNW to the shore.
Caution. Numerous piles, shoals and obstructions have
been reported in Petaluma River that do not appear on
United States charts.
Novato Creek
10.228
1 A dredged channel (private), marked by aids (private),
leads SSW from the vicinity of Petaluma Point to Novato
Creek, 1 mile S; in 1985 the controlling depth in this
channel was 06 m (2 ft).
Small craft marinas
10.229
1 In addition to the facilities that may be found inside the
creeks in the bay small craft may find accommodation in:
San Pablo Yacht Club, which is entered 5 cables
ESE of Point San Pablo (3758N, 12226W), and
is approached through a channel with a reported
depth of 14 m (4 ft)). A slipway can
accommodate craft up to 14 m in length. A
channel, with a reported depth of 06 m (2 ft),
leads 5 cables farther SE to a private yacht basin.
2 Rodeo Marina at Lone Tree Point (38022N,
122163W); there are reported depths of 15 m
(5 ft) both in the approach and in the basin.
Oil terminals at the entrance
to Carquinez Strait
10.230
1 With positions from Davis Point (38031N,
122156W):
Pacific Refining Company (Sequoia Oil) Wharf
(5 cables NW): overall length 375 m (with
dolphins); depth alongside 107 m; petroleum
products.
San Francisco Refinery (Oleum) Wharf (3 cables
N): T-shaped, length 420 m (with dolphin); depth
alongside 975 m; petroleum products and
bunkering.
Shore (Wickland) Oil Terminal Wharf (1 mile
ENE): overall length 300 m (with dolphins); depth
alongside 122 to 137 m; petroleum products; an
obstruction is charted close N of the E end of
the wharf.
Mare Island Strait and Napa River
Description
10.231
1 Mare Island Strait (3805N, 12215W), at the mouth of
Napa River, leads 3 miles NNW between Mare Island and
the mainland E. The city of Vallejo stands on the E bank
of the strait, and the installations of Mare Island Naval
Station and Shipyard occupy the W bank. Reclamation is
being carried out on the W side of Mare Island and a dike
extends over a mile from its SW extremity. The island is
357
connected to the mainland by a causeway, about 3 miles
above the entrance, and by a fixed bridge, 6 cables
farther N.
There are several marinas on the E bank towards its N
end.
Limiting conditions
10.232
1 Depths. The strait is subject to shoaling. In 2002 the
project depth in Sections AF of the channel, as shown on
the chart, was 91 m (30 ft), and in section G, 79 m (26 ft).
For the latest controlling depths the chart, and the port
authorities, should be consulted.
2 Vertical clearances:
Mare Island Causeway Lift Bridge: vertical clearance
36 m (12 ft) down and 30 m (100 ft) when up;
horizontal clearance 43 m (140 ft). The operators
can be contacted by VHF radio.
Sears Point Fixed Highway Bridge: vertical clearance
30 m (100 ft); horizontal clearance 43 m (140 ft).
3 A power cable spans the strait about 1 mile N of the
entrance; the safe overhead clearance is 628 m (206 ft). If
the clearance under the cable is 3 m, or less, or if the
clearance is in doubt, passage should not be made without
authority.
Pilotage
10.233
1 Vessels bound for the US Naval Dockyard should
embark a pilot off the entrance to the strait.
Restricted area
10.234
1 Passage and anchoring are prohibited to vessels without
Federal authority within 91 m of the Mare Island shoreline
S of the Mare Island Causeway, and within 48 m of Piers
34 and 35 at the S end of the island.
Directions
10.235
1 The strait is entered between Dike No 14 which extends
about 460 m SE from Mare Island, and Dike No 9 which
extends about 640 m SW from the mainland; the outer
parts of both dikes are underwater, and are marked by
light-beacons (lateral).
2 The fairway, about 210 m wide at the entrance, is
marked by lights and light-buoys as far as the naval
shipyard; lights are displayed at the entrances to the small
craft facilities in the vicinity of Mare Island Causeway.
Caution. When practicable, passage under the bridges
should be made only against the tidal stream. No passage
should be attempted at peak periods of the tidal streams.
Mare Island Naval Shipyard
10.236
1 Berths. Numerous piers and wharves, with depths of up
to 91 m alongside.
Due to silting from Napa River depths may be as much
as 1 m less than project depths between dredging.
Small craft
10.237
1 There are three small craft basins on the E side of the
strait of which Vallejo Marina, adjacent to Mare Island
Causeway, is the largest. The basin can accommodate about
500 craft in depths of about 3 m.
All the usual services are available, including a shiplift
with capacity 50 tons.
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 10

Chart 229 (see 1.14) Other names

Napa River
10.238
1 Description. Napa River, the continuation of Mare
Island Strait above Sears Point (38071N, 122165W), is
used by barge traffic and pleasure craft and is navigable
through a dredged channel as far as a turning basin at
Jacks Bend, (about 11 miles above Sears Point), thence to
the head of navigation at Napa, 1 mile farther N.
2 Napa County Airport is situated on the E bank of the
river, 6 miles N of Sears Point.
Local knowledge is required.
Depths. In 1999 the controlling depth in the river was
243 m (8 ft) as far as Horseshoe Bend (about 8 miles
above Sears Point), thence the project depth is 3 m (10 ft).
3 Caution. Shoaling was reported on the W side of the
channel in the vicinity of the following locations:
No 7 Light.
Just below the lift bridge at Brazos.
No 16 Light.
4 Vertical clearances:
Power cables span the river in several places; the
least safe overhead clearance below Napa is one of
38 m (125 ft); at Napa it is one of 122 m (40 ft).
5 Swing bridge with a vertical clearance of 06 m (2 ft)
when down, and 29 m (97 ft) when up, spans the
river at Brazos (about 6 miles above Sears Point).
Fixed highway bridge with a vertical clearance of
326 m (107 ft) spans the river at Suscol (about
8 miles above Sears Point).
10.239
1 McNairs Beach (37594N, 122270W).
Midshipman Point (3807N, 12227W).
Wilson Point (38007N, 122190W).
CARQUINEZ STRAIT
General information
Chart 590
Description
10.240
1 Carquinez Strait, which is entered between Semple Point
(38039N, 122135) and the town of Valona (5 cables S),
is a channel, 6 miles long, that connects San Pablo Bay
with Suisun Bay; it is spanned by bridges at both ends. It
is deep throughout, except for an extensive shallow bank
on the N side of the strait which fronts the shore between
Dillon Point (38036N, 122116W) and Benicia Point
(1 miles SE), and for banks which extend towards the
fairway S of Benicia Point.
2 There are important terminals at Crockett, close E of
Valona, and at the E end of the strait, at Martinez on the S
side, and at the Port of Benicia on the N side. There are
small craft basins on either side of the strait.
Controlling depths
10.241
1 In 2003, the project depth for Suisun Point Reach
Channel (3802N, 12208W), which leads out of
Carquinez Strait into Suisun Bay, was 107 m (35 ft).

Carquinez Strait from W (10.240)

(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)

358
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
For the latest controlling depths the chart, and the port
authorities, should be consulted.
Vertical clearances
10.242
1 Carquinez Strait Bridges. Two fixed bridges, with one
central pier, span the strait at Semple Point. Each span has
a horizontal clearance of 304 m; the vertical clearance
under the N span is 445 m (146 ft), and under the S span
408 m (134 ft). A third bridge is under construction (2001)
close W of the existing bridges, with a design clearance of
48.1 m (158 ft).
2 Navigational aids:
An aero obstruction light is displayed from the top of
the central pier.
Fog signals (private) are sounded from both sides of
the centre pier, and from the S side of No 2 Pier
on the N bank.
3 Power cables span the strait in two places; 2 cables W
and 1 miles E of Carquinez Strait Bridges. The least safe
overhead clearance is one of 545 m (179 ft) under the W
set of cables.
10.243
1 Benicia-Martinez Highway Bridge, a multi-span fixed
bridge, crosses the E end of Carquinez Strait between
Suisun Point (3802N, 12207W) and Army Point (almost
1 mile NNW). The main navigational span, between Piers
Nos 10 and 11, has a horizontal clearance of 134 m
(440 ft), and a vertical clearance of 41 m (135 ft); this span
almost coincides with that of the adjacent railway bridge.
2 Navigational aids:
A red occulting light, with three white fixed lights
vertically disposed above, mark each side of the
main navigational span; these red occulting lights
turn to occulting green when the lift span of the
railway bridge is fully open.
All the bridge piers are marked by red fixed lights
and the centre of the spans by green fixed lights.
3 All lights are privately maintained.
Fog signals (private) are sounded from the centre of
the main span and also from between Piers 6 and
7 on the N side of the strait.
10.244
1 Southern Pacific Railroad Lift Bridge, which has a
number of fixed spans, is situated close E of the highway
bridge. The lift span has a vertical clearance of 213 m
(70 ft) when closed, and 41 m (135 ft) when open; the
horizontal clearance is 89 m. The operators can be
contacted by VHF radio.
2 Navigational aids: Red fixed lights are displayed from
the piers supporting the spans adjacent to the lift span; a
green fixed light is displayed from the centre of each of
those spans. Red flashing lights are shown from the top of
the middle of those spans, and from the top of the N lift
tower. An aero obstruction light is displayed from the top
of the S tower. All lights are privately maintained.
3 A fixed highway bridge was under construction (2002)
close E of the railway bridge with a design vertical
clearance of 42 m (139 ft).
Pilotage
10.245
1 See 10.40.
359
Vessel Traffic Service
10.246
1 See 10.15.
Regulated navigation area
10.247
1 Benicia-Martinez Railroad Drawbridge. See 10.9 for
general regulations. The area extends between the longitude
of Carquinez Bridge (122135W) and New York Point
(121533W).
Eastbound vessels to which this regulation applies shall
not transit under the lift span of the railway bridge if the
visibility in the vicinity is less than mile. This visibility
shall be determined immediately on entering the regulated
area.
2 Westbound vessels shall likewise determine the
visibility in the vicinity of the railway bridge immediately
on entering the area, and shall not proceed W of longitude
121553W (the W extremity of Mallard Island) if the
visibility at the bridge is less than mile.
Submarine cables and pipelines
10.248
1 See 10.4.
Other navigational aids
10.249
1 Racons:
Carquinez Strait Bridges (10.242), N and S channels.
Benicia-Martinez Highway Bridge (10.243),
S channel.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 10.221)
10.250
1 From a position N of Shore (Wickland) Oil Terminal
Wharf (38035N, 122145W) the fairway leads E under
Carquinez Strait Bridges (10.242), then generally SE and
ENE to the Benicia-Martinez Bridges, passing (with
positions from Benicia Point (38026N, 122098W)):
SSW of Dillon Point (1 miles WNW) from where
No 21 Light (port hand) is displayed; tide rips are
experienced off this point. And:
2 NNE of No 20 Light (starboard hand) (1 miles
WNW) which is displayed, between 1st October
and 1st April, from the extremity of a ruined pier
on the S side of the fairway, thence:
SSW of No 21A Light-buoy (port hand) (1 mile NW),
thence:
3 NE of No 22 Light (starboard hand) (1 mile W),
displayed from Port Costa, thence:
SW of No 23 Light (port hand) (close W), standing
W of foul ground off Benicia Point, and:
NE of the wharf at Point Carquinez (6 cables SW),
behind which is a tank farm, thence:
4 S of No 25 Light-buoy (port hand) (6 cables S),
moored at the extremity of the bank, with depths
over it of less than 11 m (36 ft), which extends S
from Benicia Point, and:
N of Ozol Oil Wharf (9 cables S).
5 Thence the fairway leads 1 miles E to Suisun Point
Reach Channel, thence 1 mile ENE to pass under the
Benicia-Martinez Bridges (10.243); the main navigational
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
channel under the bridges is marked by light-buoys
(lateral). Lights are displayed from the extremities of the
terminals at Martinez, on the S side of the channel.
Useful mark
10.251
1 Chimney (taller of two) (3802N, 12207W) S of
Bulls Head Point, a rounded point 30 m high.
(Directions continue at 10.269)
Anchorages
10.252
1 For general remarks on anchorages see 10.5.
The anchorages in Carquinez Strait, as shown on the
chart, are:
Anchorage No 22 (general): S of Benicia Point. Four
lighted mooring buoys are anchored in a W-E line,
400 ft apart, commencing 2 cables S of the
breakwater lights of Benicia Marina and ending at
a position 3 cables SE of the lights.
2 Anchorage No 23 (temporary anchorage awaiting
berth): SE of Benicia Point; a wreck, with a depth
over it of 64 m (21 ft), lies in the N part of this
anchorage. Mariners should also note the cable
area running through this anchorage.
Anchorage No 24 (general): NW of Benicia Point.
3 Caution. Several wrecks and obstructions are scattered
within the boundaries of Anchorage No 24 which lies
between Dillon Point and Benicia Point.
Terminals in Carquinez Strait
Crockett Terminal
10.253
1 Crockett Terminal (3803N, 12213W) stands on the S
shore close E of Carquinez Strait Bridges and is the site of
the California and Hawaiian Sugar Company Refinery.
Sugar products and bulk molasses are handled at a wharf
with 858 m (with dolphins) of berthing length, with a depth
of 91 m alongside.
2 Traffic. In 2002, 53 vessels called totalling
1 241 842 dwt.
Services. Fresh water and facilities for the disposal of
oily waste are available.
Ozol Oil Wharf
10.254
1 The Defense Fuel Supply Support Point terminal at Ozol
(38016N, 122098W) has a berthing length (with
dolphins) of 268 m, with a depth alongside of 113 m.
Fresh water is available.
Martinez Terminals
10.255
1 There are two terminals at Martinez, on the S shore of
the strait close W of the Benicia-Martinez Bridges
(3802N, 12207W):
Shell Oil Wharf; overall length about 560 m; depth
alongside about 122 m; petroleum products.
Amorco Upper and Lower Wharves; overall length
298 m; depth alongside about 107 m; petroleum
products and bunkering.
Port of Benicia
10.256
1 Port of Benicia is situated at Army Point (3803N,
12208W) and has two terminals:
Valero-Benicia Refinery (Exxon) Wharf; length
335 m; depth alongside 123 m; petroleum
products.
Pier No 95; length 730 m; depth alongside 116 m;
petroleum products, automobiles and general cargo.
2 Traffic. In 2002, 223 vessels called totalling
15 539 176 dwt.
Services. Fresh water and facilities for the disposal of
oily waste are available.
Small craft
Morro Cove
10.257
1 Morro Cove, situated on the N shore of the strait close
W of Semple Point (38039N, 122135W), is the site of
the California State Maritime Academy; there is a small
craft harbour on the E side of the cove.
Crockett Marina
10.258
1 Crockett Marina (38034N, 122136W) is situated on
the S shore close W of Carquinez Strait Bridges. There are
reported depths of 09 m, both in the approach, and in the
basin. A slipway can handle craft up to 18 m in length, and
there is a shiplift with a capacity of 44 tons.
All the usual services are available.
Glen Cove Marina
10.259
1 Glen Cove Marina is situated on the N shore at Elliot
Cove, 5 cables E of Semple Point (38039N, 122135W).
There are reported to be depths of 2 m in the basin, the
entrance to which is marked by lights (private).
Benicia Marina
10.260
1 Benicia Marina, protected by breakwaters, is situated on
the N shore at Benicia (3803N, 12209W); lights
(private) stand on the heads of the breakwaters. There are
reported depths of 36 m in the approach, and 24 m in the
basin.
All the usual services are available.
Martinez Marina
10.261
1 Martinez Marina is situated on the S shore, 1 mile WSW
of Suisun Point (3802N, 12207W), and is bounded W
by the Martinez Municipal Fishing Pier. The entrance to the
basin is protected by breakwaters from the extremity of
which lights (private) are displayed. Outside the breakwater,
1 cables WNW of the entrance, there is an obstruction
with a least depth of 10 m (33 ft) over it. In 1991 a depth
of 15 m (5 ft) was reported in the entrance; there are
reported depths of 18 m in the basin.
All the usual services are available.
Other names
10.262
1 Commodore Jones Point (38035N, 122105W).
Southampton Bay (3804N, 12211W).
SUISUN BAY
General information
Charts 590, 229 (see 1.14)
Description
10.263
1 Suisun Bay, entered W from Carquinez Strait at the
Benicia-Martinez Bridges (3802N, 12207W), is a large,
360
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
shallow area, with marshy shores, containing numerous
marshy islands, many of which have been reclaimed and
are now under cultivation. The main channel leads along
the S shore of the bay to the delta region of Sacramento
and San Joaquin Rivers, 14 miles above the entrance to the
bay.
2 There are important terminals on the S side of the bay,
close inside the Benicia-Martinez Bridges, at Concord and
Pittsburg, situated 5 and 12 miles respectively, above the
bridges, and at Antioch (3801N, 12149W), close inside
San Joaquin River.
3 The combined deltas of San Joaquin and Sacramento
Rivers comprise the feeder rivers, sloughs and canals which
directly, or indirectly, connect with one or both of the
rivers. Hundreds of miles of navigable waterways,
navigable by small boats, are available in this delta. Many
public and private small craft marinas are spread over the
region which is widely used as a recreational area both for
sailing and fishing.
Controlling depths
10.264
1 In 2003 the project depth of the many reaches which
make up the channel through the bay, and which are
numbered on the chart, was 107 m (35 ft); this project
depth is maintained to the mouth of San Joaquin River.
For the latest controlling depths the chart, and the port
authorities, should be consulted.
Pilotage
10.265
1 See 10.40.
Vessel Traffic Service
10.266
1 See 10.15.
Traffic regulations
10.267
1 Restricted area. Unauthorised entry to the charted area
surrounding the Naval Weapons Station at Concord is
prohibited.
Submarine cables and pipelines
10.268
1 See 10.4.
Directions
(continued from 10.251)
Suisun Point to New York Point
10.269
1 From the main navigational channel under the
Benicia-Martinez Bridges (10.243), a dredged channel,
marked by lights, light-buoys, and in places by leading
lights, leads generally ENE and E through a succession of
reaches, numbered and named on the chart, to the vicinity
of Stake Point (3803N, 12157W), passing NNW of
Point Edith (38032N, 122043W), a salient point, NNW
and N of Seal Islands (1 mile E of Point Edith), S of Roe
Island (2 miles ENE of Point Edith), and S of Middle
Ground (4 miles E of Point Edith).
2 Thence the channel, further marked by light-beacons,
leads to the vicinity of New York Point (38026N,
121533W) passing (with positions from New York Point):
SSW of Simmons Point (2 miles WNW), the W
extremity of Chipps Island; No 27 Light-beacon
(port hand) stands close to the point. Thence:
3 N of Mallard Island (1 miles W) from where No 28
Light-beacon (starboard hand) is displayed.
Thence:
NNW of No 30 Light-buoy (starboard hand)
(close N).
New York Point to Sacramento River Deep Water Ship
Channel
10.270
1 From a position off New York Point (38026N,
121533W), the fairway, further marked by light-beacons,
leads NE between Browns Island (close E) and Van Sickle
Island (7 cables NNE), thence E between Winter Island
(1 miles ENE) and Chain Island (2 miles NNE), to enter
Sacramento River Deep Water Ship Channel at No 1
Light-beacon (port hand) standing about 3 cables NE of
Point San Joaquin (38036N, 121513W), the N
extremity of Winter Island; the entrance is marked on its S
side by No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand).
2 The entrance to the Channel leads across the mouth of
San Joaquin River which is entered between Point San
Joaquin and Point Sacramento the NW extremity of
Sherman Island (8 cables E).
(Directions continue for Sacramento at 10.316)
New York Point to Stockton Deep Water Channel
10.271
1 From a position off New York Point (38026N,
121533W), a dredged channel with a project depth
(1999) of 107 m (35 ft), marked by light-beacons and
light-buoys, leads E through New York Slough, the channel
through which San Joaquin River enters Suisun Bay,
passing S of Browns Island and Winter Island, and SW of
Kimball Island (3 miles E of New York Point), to enter
Stockton Deep Water Channel at Antioch (3801N,
12149W).
(Directions continue for Stockton at 10.299)
Anchorages
10.272
1 For general remarks on anchorages see 10.5.
The anchorages in Suisun Bay, as shown on the chart,
are:
No 26 (general and Reserve Fleet Anchorage); on the
W side of the bay. Mariners should note the
charted obstruction lying 5 cables W of No 2
Light-beacon (38029N, 122067W) at the S end
of this anchorage.
No 27 (general); on the N side of the bay.
Suisun Slough
Description
10.273
1 From Army Point (3803N, 12208W) the NW shore of
Suisun Bay trends NE for about 6 miles to Grizzly Bay, a
shallow bay which is bound N and NE by Grizzly Island,
and SE by Simmons Island and Ryer Island.
2 Suisun Slough (3807N, 12204W), which, together
with Montezuma Slough (close E), flows into the W side
of Grizzly Bay, leads generally NNE to Suisun City, about
12 miles above the entrance. It is used mainly by barge
traffic carrying petroleum products. A prominent wind
turbine is reported in approximate position 38093N,
122074W.
Directions
10.274
1 From Benicia-Martinez Bridges (10.243), the fairway,
marked on its SE side by light-beacons (starboard hand),
361
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
leads NE to Grizzly Bay, noting the dangerous wreck lying
close SW of No 4 Light-beacon.
2 Thence, from the W entrance to Grizzly Bay, a dredged
channel in which there was a controlling depth of 2 m
(6 ft) (1990), and which is marked by light-beacons, leads
into Suisun Slough. There are reported depths (2001) of
19 m (6 ft) in the channel to Suisun City.
Vertical clearance. A power cable, with a safe overhead
clearance of 33 m (110 ft), spans the slough just S of
Suisun City.
Terminals on the south shore of Suisun Bay
Shore Oil Terminal Wharf
10.275
1 Shore Oil (Landsea) Terminal Wharf, a T-shaped wharf
situated 1 mile ENE of Suisun Point (3802N, 12207W),
has 295 m of berthing space with dolphins, with depths
alongside of to 104 m; petroleum products are handled.
Avon Pier
10.276
1 Avon Pier, an L-shaped wharf situated 1 miles ENE of
Suisun Point (3802N, 12207W), has about 400 m of
berthing space, with depths alongside of about 97 m;
barges berth on the inner face. Petroleum products are
handled. Lights are displayed from the extremities of the
wharf.
Concord Naval Weapons Station
10.277
1 Description. Concord Naval Weapons Station is
contained within a restricted area (10.267) which extends
along the mainland coast from the E of the Seal Islands
(38033N, 122030W), to the vicinity of Middle Point
(about 3 miles E).
2 The berthing area, known as Port Chicago, comprises
three piers, Nos 2, 3 and 4, on each of which there are two
berths. All berths have depths alongside of 97 m but are
subject to silting; the authorities should be consulted for the
latest depths.
3 Directions. From the vicinity of Point Edith (38032N,
122043W) (10.269), Seal Islands Channel, marked by
beacons (lateral), leads between the Seal Islands and the
mainland S to Port Chicago.
Pittsburg
General information
10.278
1 Pittsburg (3802N, 12153W), situated on the S side of
New York Slough (10.271), is a manufacturing city with
several deep water berths.
Traffic. In 2002, 75 vessels called totalling
2 708 372 dwt.
Berths
10.279
1 With positions from New York Point (38026N,
121533W):
PGE-Pittsburg Fuel Pier (3 cables W); a T-shaped pier
with 326 m of berthing space and depths of 107 m
alongside; petroleum products.
Diablo Service Corp Wharf (about 6 cables SE);
length 350 m with dolphins; depth alongside
107 m; petroleum coke.
2 US Steel Corp Wharf (1 miles ESE); length 270 m;
depth alongside 10 m; semi-finished steel.
Dow Chemical Wharf (about 2 miles ESE); length
205 m with dolphins; depth alongside 122 m;
caustic soda.
Small craft
10.280
1 Pittsburg Marina, the NW of two basins for small craft
on the SE side of New York Point, is reported to have
depths of 23 m (7 ft).
Antioch
General information
10.281
1 Antioch (3801N, 12149W), situated on the S side of
San Joaquin River is a manufacturing city with two
principal terminals on its E side.
Traffic. In 2002, 11 vessels called totalling 497 520 dwt.
2 Vertical clearances. Two sets of power cables span the
river between the two berths (10.282); the minimum safe
overhead clearance beneath the E of the two is 38 m.
Berths
10.282
1 Georgia-Pacific Corp Antioch Plant Wharf
(38009N, 121471W); overall length with
dolphins 238 m; depth alongside 94 m; gypsum
cargoes.
Gaylord Container Corp California Mill Wharf (about
5 cables E of the Antioch Plant Wharf); overall
length with dolphins 233 m; depth alongside
107 m; reception of miscellaneous dry bulk
commodities.
Repairs
10.283
1 Shipyard which can effect repairs to small vessels;
slipway with a capacity of 350 tons.
Small craft
10.284
1 A marina is situated 3 cables SE of Antioch Point
(38015N, 121495W) at the junction of San Joaquin
River with New York Slough. Reported depths in the
entrance are 24 m (8 ft).
Small craft
10.285
1 There are small craft facilities in Suisun Bay at:
Suisun City (3814N, 12202W) (10.273).
McAvoy (38025N, 121575W).
Pittsburg (3802N, 12153W) (10.280).
Antioch (3801N, 12149W) (10.284).
All the usual services are available.
PORT OF STOCKTON
General information
Chart 2530 (see 1.14)
Position and function
10.286
1 Port of Stockton (3757N, 12119W) is situated on San
Joaquin River about 78 miles from the entrance to San
Francisco Bay in the heart of the fertile San Joaquin
Valley; the surrounding terrain is flat, irrigated farmland,
almost at sea level. It is the major inland port of California
and the seat of San Joaquin County. The port is served by
three transcontinental railways; all types of cargo can be
handled.
362
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
San Joaquin River
10.287
1 San Joaquin River, which rises in the Sierra Nevada,
flows 275 miles in a W direction and enters Suisun Bay at
Antioch Point (38015N, 121495W) (10.284). The river
is bordered by levees that are 35 m, or more, higher than
the land behind them.
Some of the principal tributaries flowing into the main
river are Three Mile Slough, (about 10 miles above Antioch
Point), Mokelumne River (about 16 miles above Antioch
Point), and Middle River (about 19 miles above Antioch
Point).
Approach and entry
10.288
1 From San Francisco Bay the port is approached through
dredged channels in San Pablo Bay (10.212), Carquinez
Strait (10.240) and Suisun Bay (10.263), thence through the
Stockton Deep Water Channel (10.299) in San Joaquin
River.
Traffic
10.289
1 In 2002, 186 vessels called totalling 5 775 373 dwt.
Port Authority
10.290
1 Port of Stockton, 2201 West Washington Street, PO Box
2089, California 95201.
Website: www.portofstockton.com
Limiting conditions
Controlling depths
10.291
1 The project depth of the channel from the entrance to
San Francisco Bay to the turning basin at the port is
107 m (35 ft).
For the latest controlling depths in the various reaches
the charts, and the port authorities, should be consulted.
Vertical clearances
10.292
1 The minimum vertical clearance under any of the
bridges spanning the channels through the bays leading to
San Joaquin River is 408 m (134 ft) at Carquinez Strait
Bridges (10.242).
In the delta region vertical clearances under the bridges
are at HW.
2 Antioch Bridge, a fixed bridge which spans the river
3 miles E of Antioch (3801N, 12149W), has a horizontal
clearance of 121 m and a vertical clearance of 42 m; it is
the only bridge over the main channel as far as the turning
basin at Stockton. The navigable channel under the bridge,
marked by light-buoys (lateral), is close to the N bank. A
racon (Z) transmits from the bridge.
3 Stockton. A fixed highway bridge, with a clearance of
14 m (46 ft), spans the upper Stockton Channel, 2 cables
E of the turning basin.
Power cables. The minimum safe overhead clearance
under any of the power cables spanning the channels
through the bays leading to San Joaquin River, and in the
river itself as far as the turning basin at Stockton, is 42 m
(140 ft).
363
Deepest and longest berths
10.293
1 Containers: Berths 10 & 11 (10.300).
Bulk: Berths 12 & 13 (10.300).
Tidal levels
10.294
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
range about 10 m; mean neap range about 06 m.
Abnormal levels
10.295
1 Major floods may occur on San Joaquin River from
November to April, which, at their maximum, may cause a
rise of 3 m (10 ft) at the mouth of the river, and 41 m
(13 ft) at Stockton.
Density of water
10.296
1 The density of water is 1000 g/cm3.
Maximum size of vessel handled
10.297
1 Vessels of 45 000 to 55 000 dwt can use the waterway
fully laden, and up to 80 000 dwt partially laden. A vessel
LOA 2743 m has used the port.
Arrival information
10.298
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
Outer anchorages. In addition to those anchorages
listed earlier in the chapter, Anchorage No 28 (general) lies
W of Sherman Island (3803N, 12150W) at the mouth of
San Joaquin River. Anchorage No 30 (explosives) is
established in the course of the old river at Mandeville
Point (3804N, 12132W) to the N of Mandeville and
Venice Cuts.
2 Pilotage. See 10.40.
Tugs are available.
Quarantine and customs. Unless otherwise directed,
vessels subject to inspection by quarantine, customs,
immigration and agricultural quarantine officials, are
normally boarded by the relevant officials on arrival at
their berths.
For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.
Directions
(continued from 10.271)
Stockton Deep Water Channel
10.299
1 From Antioch (3801N, 12149W) a tortuous channel,
marked by light-beacons, light-buoys, and in places by
leading lights, leads for about 32 miles to Stockton.
At Mandeville Cut and Venice Cut, about 19 miles
above Antioch Point, the river still follows its old channel
and care must be taken to avoid taking a sheer when
meeting the river current between the two cuts. With
freshets, care is needed to avoid a sheer at the junction of
San Joaquin River and the main channel at Channel Point
in the approach to Stockton.
2 Caution. The canals and tributaries in the delta formed
by the San Joaquin and Sacramento Rivers are crossed in
many places by ferries operated by cables from the shore.
Care must be taken not to approach too close to the ferries
due to the danger of fouling these cables.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
Basins and berths
10.300
1 Berths are situated on the S bank of the river. Depths
alongside are reported depths; the port authorities should be
consulted for the latest information. The turning basin at
the E end of the port is 366 m long, 266 m wide, and has a
project depth of 107 m.
West Complex comprises Berths 14 to 20 on the NE
side of Rough and Ready Island, between 1 and 2 miles
below the turning basin. There is 1830 m of berthing space
for maximum draughts of 11.3 m.
2 East Complex. The principal berths are, from W to E:
Berths 1213: berthing space 257 m (with dolphins);
depth alongside 107 m; dry bulk cargoes and
petroleum products.
Berths 1011: berthing space 308 m (with dolphins);
depth alongside 107 m; containers and general
cargo.
3 Berth 9: length 196 m, depth alongside 107 m;
general cargo and bulk liquids.
Berths 7 and 8: length 304 m; depth 107 m; lies in a
cut into the S side of the main San Joaquin
channel and is used for molasses, liquid fertiliser
and the discharge of anhydrous ammonia.
4 Berths 36: combined length 540 m; depth alongside
107 m; Berth No 3, containers, dry and liquid
bulk; Berth No 4, bulk cargoes; Berths Nos 5 & 6,
general cargoes and bulk liquid.
Berth No 2: length 178 m, depth alongside 107 m;
general cargoes.
Stockton Elevator Wharf (S side of the turning basin):
length 172 m; depth alongside 113 m; grain
cargoes.
Port services
10.301
1 Repairs. Minor repairs only can be effected; slipways
up to a capacity of 200 tons.
Other facilities. Limited facilities for the reception of
oily waste; garbage disposal; several hospitals.
Supplies. Provisions; fresh water on the wharves;
bunkers by barge, larger quantities may be taken at the
terminals in Carquinez Strait and San Pablo Bay.
Communications. Stockton airport 10 km distant;
Oakland International Airport 112 km distant.
Small craft
10.302
1 Facilities in the approaches. Between Antioch and
Stockton there are concentrations of small craft facilities in
the following locations:
On the S side of Antioch Bridge (3801N,
12145W) (10.292).
Around the S and E sides of Bethel Island (about
5 mile E of Antioch Bridge).
At the junction of San Joaquin River with
Mokelumne River (about 10 and 12 miles above
Antioch Bridge).
2 Facilities at Stockton with positions from the turning
basin:
Stephens Anchor Marina, and Ladds Stockton Marina,
on the N side of the river (about 3 miles W); least
reported depths in the basins are 09 m (3 ft).
Waterfront Yacht Basin (1 mile E); reported depth in
the basin 1 m (3 ft).
364
3 All the usual services are available.
San Joaquin River above Stockton. Small craft can
navigate the river for some 75 miles to Hills Ferry. The
controlling depth is about 09 m (3 ft), and the least vertical
clearance under bridges 24 m (8 ft). Several fuelling and
water points are available.
PORT OF SACRAMENTO
General information
Chart 2530 (see 1.14)
Position and function
10.303
1 Port of Sacramento (3832N, 12130W) is situated on
Sacramento River about 80 miles from the entrance to San
Francisco Bay. It is the state capital of California and the
seat of Sacramento County. The city is a distribution and
transportation centre for N California and also for parts of
Nevada and Oregon; the port is an important point for the
interchange of cargo between, rail, highway and water
transportation, handling mainly bulk cargoes, particularly
foodstuffs.
Sacramento River
10.304
1 Sacramento River rises in the Trinity Mountains in N
central California, and flows S for 325 miles to enter
Suisun Bay at Point Sacramento (3803N, 12150W)
(10.270). Barges and other small craft use Sacramento
River all the way to Sacramento, a distance of about
50 miles.
Approach and entry
10.305
1 From San Francisco Bay the port is approached through
dredged channels in San Pablo Bay (10.212), Carquinez
Strait (10.240) and Suisun Bay (10.263), thence through the
Sacramento River Deep Water Ship Channel (10.316).
Traffic
10.306
1 In 2002, 96 vessels called totalling 3 195 599 dwt.
Port Authority
10.307
1 Port of Sacramento, PO Box 980070, 3251 Beacon
Boulevarde, Suite 210, West Sacramento, California
957980070.
Website: www.portofsacramento.com
Limiting conditions
Controlling depths
10.308
1 The project depth of the channel from the entrance to
San Francisco Bay to the entrance to the Deep Water Ship
Channel is 107 m (35 ft). Thence the project depth for the
Channel is 91 m (30 ft), over a width of between 61 and
91 m.
For the latest controlling depths in the various reaches
the charts, and the port authorities, should be consulted.
Sacramento River is reported to have a controlling depth
of 3 m (10 ft).
Vertical clearances
10.309
1 The minimum vertical clearance under any of the
bridges spanning the channels through the bays leading to
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 10
Sacramento River is 408 m (134 ft) at Carquinez Strait
Bridges (10.242).
In the delta region above Rio Vista, bridge clearances
are above HW.
2 Deep Water Ship Channel. Rio Vista Lift Bridge spans
the Deep Water Ship Channel just above the town of Rio
Vista (3809N, 12142W), commercially the most
important town S of Sacramento. The bridge has a vertical
clearance of 54 m when down, and 43 m when up; the
operators can be contacted on VHF radio.
3 Sacramento River. The minimum vertical clearance
over the river proper is 45 m at the highway
double-bascule span bridge, when it is down, 7 cables
above Isleton (3810N, 12136W).
Power cables. The minimum safe overhead clearance
under any of the power cables spanning the channels
through the bays leading to Sacramento River, thence
through the Deep Water Ship Channel to Sacramento, is
38 m (125 ft); over the river itself it is 33 m.
Tidal levels
10.310
1 See information in Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
range about 12 m, mean neap range about 05 m.
Abnormal levels
10.311
1 Major floods occur in Sacramento River from November
to April. An extreme flood condition may result in a rise of
3 m in the river level at its mouth, and as much as 9 m at
Sacramento.
Density of water
10.312
1 The density of water is 1000 g/cm3.
Maximum size of vessel handled
10.313
1 A vessel LOA 2133 m, breadth 323 m, draught 91 m,
has used the port.
Arrival information
10.314
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
Outer anchorages. In addition to those anchorages
listed earlier in the chapter, Anchorage No 28 (10.298).
Pilotage. See 10.40.
Tugs are available.
2 Quarantine and customs. Unless otherwise directed,
vessels subject to inspection by quarantine, customs,
immigration and agricultural quarantine officials, are
normally boarded by the relevant officials on arrival at
their berths.
For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.
Harbour
Tidal streams
10.315
1 Tidal streams in Sacramento River are dependent on the
state of the river. When the river is high there is little or
no in-going stream at Sacramento, and the out-going stream
is strong.
365
During the dry season the in-going stream reaches
Paintersville, 30 miles above the river mouth, and is then
non-tidal as far as Freeport, 11 miles farther N. Local
knowledge is required to assess the strength of the stream.
Directions
(continued from 10.270)
Deep Water Ship Channel
10.316
1 From the entrance off Point Sacramento, deep-draught
vessels follow the lower Sacramento River to the junction
with Steamboat Slough and Cache Slough, about 12 miles
above Point Sacramento, where the channels divide. Here
the shallow-draught channel through Sacramento River
turns E and N for about 38 miles to Sacramento, and the
deep draught channel continues N for about 25 miles
through Cache Slough and the Deep Water Ship Channel,
to Sacramento.
2 The channel is marked throughout by light-beacons,
light-buoys and leading lights.
Cable ferries. See caution at 10.299.
Sacramento River
10.317
1 The river is marked by light-beacons and beacons.
Caution. Mariners are warned that numerous piles and
other obstructions, some submerged, may exist along the
edges of the river that are unmarked on United States
charts.
Basins and berths
10.318
1 The port has six berths, each about 183 m in length,
with reported depths of 91 m alongside; they are situated
on the NE side of the turning basin. The berths are
variously equipped to handle general cargoes, and bulk
cargoes of grain and rice; containers can be handled at
Berth No 6.
Port services
10.319
1 Repairs. Minor repairs only can be effected.
Other facilities. No facilities for the reception of oily
waste; garbage disposal; several hospitals.
Supplies. Provisions; fresh water on the wharves;
bunkers by barge, larger quantities may be taken at the
terminals in Carquinez Strait and San Pablo Bay.
Communications. Sacramento International Airport
about 16 km distant.
Small craft
10.320
1 In the upper reaches of Sacramento River, between
Walnut Grove (3814N, 12131W) and Sacramento
(26 miles N) there are many small craft facilities where
provisions and fuel can be obtained. In the river at
Sacramento there are five facilities, including Sacramento
Boat Harbor on the E bank of the river opposite the
entrance to Barge Canal.
Above Sacramento the river is navigable by small craft
as far as Colusa, 125 miles above its mouth; the controlling
depth is reported to be 18 m (6 ft).
Home Contents Index

Chapter 11 - Point Reyes to Point St George

126 125 124 123

42 42

Point St George

11.97

3122

41 41

3095

Humboldt Bay
11.63 11.70

Cape Mendocino
C A L I F O R N I A

40 11.50 40

3122

11.33

39 39
Point Arena

11.8
229

38 38
3120 Point Reyes

126 Longitude 125 West from Greenwich 124 123

March 2004

366
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 11
POINT REYES TO POINT ST GEORGE
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 2530, 2531
Scope of the chapter
11.1
1 The area covered by this chapter comprises the coastal
passages along the coast of California from Point Reyes
(3800N, 12301W) to Point St George (4147N,
12415W). Included in the description is the port of
Humboldt Bay (4046N, 12414W) (11.70), the only
deep-draught harbour on this stretch of coast, with the
many small craft harbours and shelters along the coast.
2 It is divided into the following sections:
Point Reyes to Cape Mendocino (11.5).
Cape Mendocino to Point St George (11.62).
Weather
11.2
1 In winter and spring, fronts and storms cause varying
wind directions, but since many lows pass well offshore
and to N, winds are often from S; gales occur about 5% of
the time off Point Arena (3857N, 12344W) and Cape
Mendocino (4026N, 12424W). These strong winds
inhibit the formation of radiation fog.
2 In late spring and summer, NW to N winds are most
common and are reinforced by the sea breeze. Strong
winds continue N of Cape Mendocino but do not inhibit
the formation of advection fog which is prevalent from July
to September. Point Reyes and Point Arena are the worst
POINT REYES TO CAPE MENDOCINO
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 3120, 3121
Area covered
11.5
1 In this section are described the passages between Point
Reyes (3800N, 12301W) and Cape Mendocino (about
160 miles NNW), including descriptions of the small craft
harbours of Bodega Harbor (11.23), and Noyo River
(11.38), and the many smaller bays along the coast which
afford shelter to small craft.
2 It is arranged as follows:
Point Reyes to Point Arena (11.8).
Point Arena to Abalone Point (11.33).
Abalone Point to Cape Mendocino (11.50).
Description
11.6
1 There are few dangers off the coast between Point Reyes
and Point Arena, about 67 miles NW, nor between Point
Arena and Cape Mendocino, about 95 miles farther NNW.
With the exception of Blunts Reef (11.55), and the other
dangers off Cape Mendocino, those dangers which do exist
do not extend more than 1 mile from the shore, and lie
inside the 55 m (30 fm) depth contour.
2 The coast is rugged, with high, bold cliffs, and is often
mountainous and fringed by detached rocks. During the
summer months, the rocks generally are well marked by
affected areas, whilst Point St George appears to be the
least affected.
3 By autumn, winds are a mixture of S and N with N
becoming predominant; fog is less frequent except in
sheltered areas like Humboldt Bay where radiation fog is
likely.
Rescue
11.3
1 Coast Guard stations are situated at:
Bodega Bay (3817N, 12303W) (11.19).
Noyo River (39255N, 123490W) (11.38).
Humboldt Bay (4046N, 12414W) (11.94).
Humboldt Bay Air Station (4059N, 12406W).
For services provided see 1.62.
Coast radio stations
11.4
1 In addition to the main coast radio stations on the
Pacific coast of the United States, the following VHF/RT
stations operate in the area covered by this chapter:
Point Reyes/San Francisco (3800N, 12300W).
Point Reyes/Bodega Bay (3800N, 12301W).
Casper/Fort Bragg (3921N, 12349W).
Klamath City (4131N, 12401W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 1(2).
kelp, which extends, in some cases, into depths of 18 m
(60 ft), but during winter gales, much of this is torn away.
3 In clear weather the mountains inland form good
landmarks and are, at times, visible when the lower land is
obscured by haze or fog. The S part of the coast between
Point Arena and Cape Mendocino is less bold and rugged
than that to N, and the mountains are not so high, nor so
close to the coast.
4 Protection from NW winds, which are predominant in
the summer months, may be had in several places, but
there is no protection from winds from a S quarter, which
are more frequent in winter, and are usually accompanied
by a heavy W swell.
Through traffic
11.7
1 For vessels S-bound direct for ports S of San Francisco
Bay, see 10.18.
POINT REYES TO POINT ARENA
General information
Chart 3120
Route
11.8
1 From the vicinity of Point Reyes (3800N, 12301W)
to that of Point Arena, the route leads generally NW for
about 67 miles.
367
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

Topography From Gualala River to Point Arena (15 miles NW)

11.9
1 For about 10 miles NNE of Point Reyes the coast
consists of a broad white sand beach, backed by high,
grassy dunes, thence, as far as the S entrance to Bodega
Bay, 6 miles farther NNW (11.17), it is formed by high,
yellow, rocky cliffs. Twenty five miles inland, Mount Saint
Helena, standing 45 miles NNE of Point Reyes (chart
2530), is one of the highest peaks on this stretch of coast.
2 North of the entrance to Bodega Bay the coast is formed
of cliffs, about 61 m high, broken 2 miles from the entrance
by a wide, sandy beach, backed by sand dunes, thence the
steep rocky cliffs continue for about 10 miles to the mouth
of Russian River (11.26). Numerous rocks, from 6 to 40 m
high, fringe the coast to a distance of 2 cables offshore in
places.
3 The coast between Russian River and Fort Ross Cove
(11.27), situated about 6 miles NW, is high, being formed
by the bare steep spurs from Ross Mountain (11.14). For
several miles NW of Fort Ross Cove the coast is bold and
wooded to the tops of the hills, which approach close to
the coast in this vicinity; it is also traversed by ravines and
fringed close inshore by many rocks.
4 Thence as far as the mouth of Gualala River (3846N,
12332W) (11.15) the coast consists of cliffs, about 18 m
high, bordered by numerous detached rocks; the tree line is
from 1 to 5 cables behind the edge of the cliffs. A sandy
beach, 5 cables long, and backed by high, prominent sand
dunes, stands on this stretch of coast 3 miles SE of the
river mouth.
(11.15), the coast comprises mainly steep ridges broken by
ravines.
Naval Test Area
11.10
1 A Naval Test Area extends about 4 miles N and 10 miles
W from Point Reyes (3800N, 12301W). An illuminated
Optical Target is situated 2 miles NNE of Point Reyes,
and submarine cables are laid from the target to three
transducers lying between 2 and 3 miles offshore, as
shown on the chart.
Vessel Traffic Service
11.11
1 San Francisco Bay VTS (10.15) covers the S part of this
coastal area.
Natural conditions
11.12
1 Local magnetic anomalies have been reported in the
following vicinities:
Gualala Point (3845N, 12332W) (11.15); variation
differs as much as 8 from the normal.
Saunders Reef (3851N, 12340W) (11.15); variation
differs as much as 4 from the normal.
2 Fog is very frequent at both Point Reyes and Point
Arena; the former has reported more than 100 hours of fog
from June to November, inclusive, with 200 hours or more
in July and August, and the latter has reported more than
100 hours per month from June to October, with over

Point Arena Light from SW (11.14)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

368
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 11
200 hours in August. In thick weather it is prudent to
remain outside the 55 m (30 fm) depth contour along this
section of the coast.
National Marine Sanctuaries
11.13
1 Both Gulf of The Farallones National Marine Sanctuary
(10.8) and Cordell Bank National Marine Sanctuary (10.21)
extend from Point Reyes N to Bodega Head (3818N,
12303W), and out to 30 miles offshore; see 1.45.
Principal marks
11.14
1 Landmarks:
Point Reyes (3800N, 12301W) (10.26).
Ross Mountain (3830N, 12307W), which is
reported visible for over 50 miles. There are a few
groups of trees near its summit but the slopes are
bare; the ravines are wooded.
Point Arena Lighthouse (white round tower, black
gallery, 35 m in height) (3857N, 12344W).
2 Major lights:
Point Reyes Light (3800N, 12301W) (10.26).
Point Arena Light as above.
Directions
11.15
1 From a position SW of Point Reyes (3800N,
12301W) the passage leads generally NW passing (with
positions from Bodega Head (3818N, 12303W)):
NW of Cordell Bank (3801N, 12326W) (10.21),
thence:
Clear of an obstruction, position approximate, which
lies 7 miles WSW of Tomales Point (4 miles SE),
the S entrance to Bodega Bay. Thence:
2 SW of No 12 Light-buoy (starboard hand), moored
1 miles SW of Bodega Head at the N entrance to
Bodega Bay (11.17); the summit of this headland
is round and grassy and has steep cliffs on its S
and W sides. A light (red and white chequered
diamond daymark on pile) is displayed from the
headland. And:
3 Clear of ODAS Light-buoy 46013 (13 miles WSW),
thence:
SW of wreck, position approximate, dangerous due to
explosives, which lies 3 cables offshore about
1 miles S of the entrance to Salmon Creek
(3 miles N), thence:
4 SW of Mile Rocks (9 miles NW), lying 7 cables
offshore, thence:
SW of No 14 Light-buoy (starboard hand), moored
4 cables SW of the extremity of Sunken Reef
(13 miles NW), a dangerous reef which extends
7 cables offshore, thence:
5 The passage continues to lead NW, passing with
positions from Gualala Point (3845N, 12332W):
SW of Salt Point (14 miles SE), a point 11 m high
which is very rocky and bare of trees; outlying
rocks extend for more than 1 cable from it.
Thence:
SW of Horseshoe Point (11 miles SE), a cliff 55 m
high, with a depression of 18 m immediately
behind it; it is bare of trees and its summit is
marked by several projecting rocks. Thence:
6 SW of Gualala Point Island, 13 m high, which is
connected to Gualala Point on the mainland by a
rocky reef, covered with sand, which dries. Sand
dunes extend 3 cables inland from the point.
Thence:
7 SW of Robinson Reef (1 miles NW), a group of 25
to 30 rocks which lie 3 cables offshore close N of
the mouth of Gualala River. The intervening coast
between Gualala Point and the river mouth is
formed by a sandy beach. A white hotel building
is prominent from SW and W in this vicinity.
Thence:
8 SW of Fish Rocks (4 miles NW), two rocky islets
connected to the shore at LW, and which are
surrounded by smaller rocks. The outer rock is
46 m (150 ft) high and the inner rock 30 m high; a
rock, 122 m high, lies 1 cable SE of the outer
rock. Thence:
9 SW of Sail Rock (7 miles NW), a pointed rock,
134 m high, which lies 4 cables offshore; from
NW it has the appearance of a sail. Thence:
SW of No 16 Light-buoy moored 4 cables SW of the
outermost rock on Saunders Reef (8 miles NW).
This reef, with several rocks awash, and well
marked by kelp, lies about 5 cables offshore; there
is foul ground between the reef and the shore.
Thence:
10 SW of Point Arena (3857N, 12344W), the first
prominent headland N of Point Reyes. The
headland consists of a long level plateau, bare of
trees for about 1 mile inland, which decreases in
height towards the extremity of the point which is
18 m high. A light (11.14) is displayed from this
extremity. An underwater reef, on which the sea
usually breaks, extends 6 cables NW from the
extremity of the point. Sea Lion Rocks, 9 m high,
lie close inshore 1 miles SSE of the point, and
Arena Rock, on which the sea breaks except in the
smoothest conditions, lies 1 miles NNW of the
point; a submerged rock, on which the sea breaks
only in heavy weather, lies 1 cable N of Arena
Rock and is steep to.
11 Caution. Owing to the dangers lying within 3 miles S
and 2 miles N of Point Arena, and which lie only a short
distance inside the 55 m (30 fm) depth contour, it is
recommended that mariners remain in depths of 73 m
(40 fms) or more when in this vicinity.
Useful mark
11.16
1 Gualala Mountain (3851N, 12331W), a heavily
wooded, prominent peak.
(Directions continue at 11.36)
Bodega Bay
Chart 3120 (see 1.14)
Description
11.17
1 Bodega Bay, entered between Tomales Point (3814N,
12300W) and Bodega Head (4 miles NW) (11.15)
affords shelter from NW winds in its N part but is
dangerous in S or W winds. Tomales Bay (11.22) is
entered from the S part of the bay and Bodega Harbor
(11.23) from the N part of the bay.
2 The E side of the bay is rocky, rising to an elevation of
about 183 m; it is fringed by shoals and above-water rocks,
which extend about 3 cables offshore. Estero de San
369
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 11
Antonio flows into the S part of the bay; the entrance to
Estero Americano, farther N, is now silted up.
3 Bodega Rock, 55 m high, stands 3 cables SE of Bodega
Head near the NW end of an area of foul ground which
extends 3 cables farther SE from this rock. A narrow ridge,
with depths over it of less than 183 m (60 ft), and with a
least depth of 95 m (31 ft), lies parallel with the shore in
the centre of the bay and SE of Bodega Rock. BA
Light-buoy (safe water) is moored 7 cables SE of Bodega
Rock.
4 Bodega Bay, but not Bodega Harbor, lies within Gulf of
The Farallones National Marine Sanctuary (10.8).
Bodega Marine Life Refuge
11.18
1 An area which extends almost 2 cables offshore,
established for the protection of marine life, is situated in
the N approach to the bay between Horseshoe Cove
(1 miles NNW of Bodega Head Light), and Mussel Point,
6 cables farther NNW; the University of California Bodega
Marine Laboratory, in which two white buildings are
prominent, stands in Horseshoe Cove.
Rescue
11.19
1 Bodega Bay Coast Guard station is situated on the E
side of Bodega Harbor Channel, 8 cables above the
entrance.
Directions
11.20
1 Entering the bay from S, No 2 Light-buoy (starboard
hand), moored 8 cables NNW of Tomales Point, marks foul
ground extending NNW from that point; thence the fairway
to the head of the bay leads N passing:
Clear of a dangerous wreck, position approximate,
1 miles NNW of Tomales Point; thence:
W of a dangerous wreck which lies 2 miles N of
the same point, and:
E of BA Light-buoy.
2 Entering from N, in good weather, small craft sometimes
use the passage between Bodega Head and Bodega Rock
but local knowledge is required. This passage is unsafe
when breakers from heavy ground swells reduce the width
of the passage; large breakers can form inside the 9 m
(30 ft) depth contour line NW and SW of Bodega Rock.
When such conditions exist mariners should enter the bay
passing S of BA Light-buoy.
Anchorage
11.21
1 Anchorage may be obtained about 7 cables NE of
Bodega Rock, 5 cables offshore, in depths of from 9 to
11 m (30 to 36 ft), or closer in if draught permits. The
anchorage should be vacated immediately on the approach
of S or W winds.
Tomales Bay
11.22
1 Description. Tomales Bay, entered E of Tomales Point
(3814N, 12300W), is a narrow inlet with an average
width of 5 cables which leads about 12 miles SE from
Bodega Bay.
Fishing, both commercial and sporting, is carried on in
the bay, and oyster farms occupy large areas of the tidal
flats S of Toms Point which stands 2 miles SE of
Tomales Point on the E side of the inlet.
2 Tomales Bay lies within Gulf of The Farallones National
Marine Sanctuary (10.8).
Local knowledge is required; the entrance bar can be
dangerous.
Tidal streams are strong and a rate of 6 kn may be
encountered at springs in the entrance.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force in Tomales Bay;
see Appendix VII.
3 Directions. The bay is entered over a bar with depths of
between 12 m (4 ft) and 27 m (8 ft); a buoy (safe water),
moored 4 cables E of Tomales Point, marks the approach to
the bar.
The sudden appearance of breakers on the bar, in a calm
sea, is reported to be common, and as they occur with little
warning they are known as sneaker waves. They mainly
occur during the out-going stream and craft should be
ready to leave the area before the tide turns, or be prepared
to remain outside the bar until the waves have subsided.
4 Within the bar, a narrow channel, marked by buoys and
beacons, and in which there are depths of between 1 and
3 m (3 and 10 ft), leads for about 4 miles into deeper water
inside the bay; the shoals and channels in the bay are
subject to frequent change. An unmarked rock, with a
depth over it of 29 m (9 ft), lies in the centre of the bay,
5 miles SE of Tomales Point.
5 Facilities. Berths, including long piers used by sports
fishermen, extend into the bay in several places; all the
usual small craft facilities are available.
A small craft yard in the bay can carry out hull and
engine repairs; it is equipped with a travel lift and a crane,
each with a capacity of 15 tonnes.
Bodega Harbor
11.23
1 General information. Bodega Harbor (3820N,
12303W), situated in the N part of Bodega Bay, is an
important commercial fishing base and, in season, an active
sports fishing and recreational harbour. During the salmon
season more than 500 fishing craft either anchor in Bodega
Bay, or moor alongside berths at the various marinas inside
the harbour. It is entered between the NE side of Bodega
Head and the S extremity of the peninsula of Doran Beach.
2 Depths. A dredged channel, protected by jetties at its
entrance, leads from Bodega Bay to berthing areas along
the N and NE sides of the harbour at the town of Bodega
Bay. There are turning basins close inside the entrance;
4 cables N of the entrance; at the town of Bodega Bay;
and on the NE side of Bodega Harbor.
3 The project depth of the channel is 36 m (12 ft). The
harbour authorities should be consulted for the latest
depths; under certain tidal conditions depths may be 08 m
(2 ft) less than those quoted.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force in Bodega
Harbor; see Appendix VII.
4 Directions. The alignment (269) of leading lights leads
between the entrance jetties and into the lower turning
basin:
Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, and green
square daymark, on pile structure) (38183N,
123034W), intense on the leading line.
5 Rear light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on
framework tower) (145 m from front light), intense
on the leading line.
A light (green and white chequered diamond daymark
on framework tower) stands on the head of the S jetty.
6 Thence the channel, marked throughout by light-beacons
and beacons, leads first NNE, on the alignment (209),
370
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

Entrance to Bodega Harbor from W (11.23)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

astern, of a second set of leading lights, sharing the same
rear light-structure as above; thence N, marked by leading
lights ahead and astern, to the N turning basin at the town
of Bodega Bay.
7 A channel, marked on its SW side by beacons, continues
SE from the town to the upper turning basin on the NE
side of Bodega Harbor; a dangerous wreck lies on the NW
side of this turning basin close inside the entrance.
A marina on the W side of the harbour is served by a
channel, marked by light-beacons and buoys, which
branches from the main channel at the entrance to the town
turning basin.
8 Berths and services:
Berths available at the various marinas; transit berths
available.
All the usual services.
Repairs can be effected; shiplift with capacity
20 tonnes.
Russian River
11.26
1 Description. There are many summer resorts on the
shores of Russian River (3827N, 12308W); fuel,
provisions and water can be obtained at Jenner inside the
river mouth. The river mouth is now silted up but a rock
jetty has been constructed on the spit extending from the S
side of the river mouth.
The approach to the river is obstructed by rocks and
underwater reefs; the outermost danger is Mile Rocks
(11.15).
2 Useful marks:
The bold sharp point immediately S of the river
appears as an island from S.
Gull Rock (1 miles SSE of the river mouth), a rock
30 m high which lies 2 cables offshore. A large,
flat topped, arched rock, 26 m high, lies 2 cables
offshore, 5 cables NW of Gull Rock.

Small craft shelters and landings Fort Ross Cove

11.27
Chart 3120 1 Description. Fort Ross Cove (3831N, 12315W)
11.24 affords some shelter in NW winds but the holding ground
1 Local knowledge is required for all of the following is poor and the anchorage is obstructed by rocks. The cove
shelters and landings. is divided into two bights, the W being slightly larger.
Fort Ross was first settled by Russian traders in 1812 in
Duncans Landing an occupation that lasted until 1824. The old Russian
11.25 church remains standing, the buildings have been restored
1 Duncans Landing (3824N, 12306W) affords a good and the area is now a State Historical Monument.
landing in NW winds. Landing cannot be effected.

371
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 11
2 Danger in the approach. Fort Ross Reef, on which
there are pinnacle rocks 11 m high, extends 3 cables
offshore 1 mile SE of the cove; the reef is partly marked
by kelp.
Fisk Mill Cove
11.28
1 Fisk Mill Cove (3836N, 12321W) affords some
shelter in NW winds. The bottom is rocky but there are no
below-water dangers.
Fisherman Bay
11.29
1 Fisherman Bay (3839N, 12324W) affords some
shelter in NW winds. Two below-water rocks, well marked
by kelp, lie 1 cables off the S point of the bay. The
buildings of Stewarts Point village, where provisions may
be obtained, are prominent on the N side of the bay.
Havens Anchorage
11.30
1 Havens Anchorage (3848N, 12335W) is used
extensively during the summer months by fishing vessels in
NW winds. It is provided with protection from NW winds
by Fish Rocks (11.15), and, 5 cables farther NW, by
Havens Neck, a high, bare point, 44 m high, connected to
the cliffs by a low isthmus.
The cove is obstructed by rocks and ledges extending
over 1 cable SE from the W headland.
Arena Cove
11.31
1 Description. Arena Cove (3855N, 12343W), a small
indentation in the coast, affords shelter in NW winds. The
S head of the cove is a high, yellow, rocky cliff, 60 m
high, visible over a considerable distance in clear weather.
There is a pier at the town of Point Arena at the head of
the bay.
A submarine cable, as shown on the chart extends SW
to seaward from the head of the bay.
2 Directions. Light-buoy A (safe water) is moored in the
entrance to the cove, 6 cables SW of the pier.
When approaching the cove in thick weather during the
summer months, the edge of the kelp may be followed and
will lead to within 1 cables of the light-buoy. A breaker
is reported in a heavy SW swell, 7 cables WSW of the N
point of the cove, and scattered kelp extends almost out to
that position.
3 From the vicinity of the light-buoy, the line of bearing
(074) of the pier leads about cable S of a rock, with a
depth over it of 49 m (16 ft), which lies 1 cables W of
the head of the pier.
Useful mark:
Disused lookout tower, painted white with a red roof
on a steel structure, is prominent at the head of the
bay.
Services: 3 ton hoist on the pier; provisions; fuels; fresh
water.
Other names
11.32
1 Black Point (3841N, 12326W).
Gerstle Cove (3834N, 12320W).
Rocky Point (3838N, 12324W).
Stillwater Cove (38325N, 123175W).
Timber Cove (3832N, 12316W).
POINT ARENA TO ABALONE POINT
General information
Charts 3120, 3121
Route
11.33
1 From the vicinity of Point Arena (3857N, 12344W)
the route leads about 24 miles NNW to Point Cabrillo,
thence about 19 miles N to the vicinity of Abalone Point
(3940N, 12348W).
Topography
11.34
1 Point Arena to Point Cabrillo. Immediately E of Point
Arena, from the mouth of Garcia River, the cliffs give way
to sandy beaches and sand dunes which extend along the
shore for 4 miles. Mal Pass, a steep ravine, the bluffs on
either side of which are nearly 85 m high, is situated
5 miles NNE of Point Arena, and a reddish coloured cliff,
61 m high, is prominent 2 miles farther NNE. In the
interior, Cold Spring Mountain rises 10 miles NNE of
Point Arena.
2 Between Cuffey Cove (11 miles N of Point Arena)
(11.41), and the mouth of Navarro River (11.36), 3 miles
farther N, the cliffs, 60 m high, are bordered by high
detached rocks, thence from the mouth of Little River
(3916N, 12347W) (11.44) to Mendocino Bay (1 miles
N) (11.45) there is a broad tableland, faced by cliffs from
12 to 18 m high, and fringed by numerous low rocks; the
land close inland is bare of trees.
3 Point Cabrillo to Abalone Point. As far as Fort Bragg
(3926N, 12349W) (11.39), thence to Laguna Point
(3 miles farther N) (11.36), the coast is partly wooded and
consists of broken, irregular cliffs, from 12 to 18 m high,
fringed by numerous rocks. Farther N, Ten Mile River
Beach, a straight, sandy beach, backed by sand dunes for a
distance of 5 cables inland, extends to the mouth of Ten
Mile River, which enters the sea 4 miles NNE of Laguna
Point. The tree line is about 1 miles inland behind this
stretch of coast; the concrete bridge which carries the
highway across Ten Mile River is prominent from W. North
of Ten Mile River the coast is markedly bold and rugged,
and is heavily timbered.
Principal marks
11.35
1 Landmarks:
Point Arena Lighthouse (3857N, 12344W) (11.14).
Bald Hill (3928N, 12345W), a prominent
landmark; its summit and SW slope are bare of
trees.
Cahto Peak (3941N, 12335W), prominent in clear
weather.
2 Major lights:
Point Arena Light (3857N, 12344W) (11.14).
Point Cabrillo Light (white octagonal framework
tower on building, 14 m in height) (3921N,
12350W).
Directions
(continued from 11.16)
11.36
1 From a position SW of Point Arena (3857N,
12344W), and clear of Arena Rock (11.15), the passage
leads initially NNW, then N, passing (with positions from
Point Cabrillo (3921N, 12350W)):
WSW of, depending on draught, a rock with a depth
over it of 73 m (24 ft) (18 miles SSE), which lies
372
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

Point Cabrillo Light from NW (11.35)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

1 mile offshore; a shoal depth of 10 m (33 ft) lies
5 cables SSE of this rock. Thence:
2 WSW of Elk Rock (16 miles SSE), which stands
5 cables offshore, thence:
WSW of a shoal with a least depth over it of 32 m
(10 ft) which lies 5 cables WSW of Saddle Point
(11 miles SSE), thence:
3 WSW of Navarro Head (9 miles SSE), a headland
123 m high which dominates the N side of the
entrance to Navarro River (11.42); a shoal with a
depth over it of 27 m (9 ft), and which breaks, lies
5 cables SSW of the river entrance. Dangers
extend up to 5 cables offshore along the coast
between Elk Rock and Navarro Head, with some
shoal depths lying outside the 183 m (60 ft) depth
contour. A rocky shoal with a depth over it of
82 m (27 ft) lies 7 cables offshore, 1 mile NW of
Navarro Head. Thence:
4 WSW of Bull Rock, an underwater ledge on which
the sea usually breaks, which lies 5 cables WNW
of Salmon Point (8 miles SSE), a treeless cliff,
33 m high. Detached rocks, two of which are 8 m
high, extend 2 cables W from this point. In a
heavy swell the sea breaks between Bull Rock and
the rocks off Salmon Point. Thence:
5 WSW of Colby Reef (6 miles SSE), with a least
depth over it of 27 m (9 ft), lying 5 cables W of
Stillwell Point, a bold, sharp cliff, 58 m high. The
cliff has a yellow landslide on its S face, and a
rocky islet, 43 m high, stands close off its NW
side. A shoal with a least depth over it of 18 m
(6 ft) lies 2 cables N of Colby Reef. The coast in
this vicinity should be given a clearance of at least
1 mile. And:
Clear of ODAS Light-buoy 46014 (10 miles SW),
thence:
6 WSW of Point Cabrillo, a flat topped point from 15
to 18 m high, from where a light (11.35) is
displayed. The point terminates in nearly vertical
cliffs and is bare of trees except for a few near the
buildings close to the lighthouse. Detached rocks
lie within 1 cable of the point, and depths of 55 m
(30 fm) are found within 5 cables. A shoal depth
of 49 m (16 ft) lies 1 miles SSE of the point.
Thence:
7 W of NA Light-buoy (5 miles N) (11.38), moored off
the entrance to Noyo River. Depths shoal rapidly
inside the 18m (60 ft) depth contour between Point
Cabrillo and Noyo River and onwards to Laguna
Point; this stretch of coast should be given a wide
berth. Thence:
8 W of Laguna Point (8 miles N), a small projecting
cliff, 9 m high; it is flat topped and is bare of trees
for some distance inland and can only be identified
if close inshore. A reef, which dries, extends
1 cables NW from the point. Thence:
9 W of Kibesillah Rock (13 miles N), a rock awash,
lying 5 cables offshore; it is the outermost danger
for many miles N and S. Other rocks, up to 24 m
high, lie inside Kibesillah Rock. Thence:
10 W of Abalone Point (19 miles N), a point 18 m high,
fringed by low, detached rocks; it is the seaward
termination of Gordon Hill, a bare hill. Switzer
Rock, a small, low rock, lies 3 cables offshore

373
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

about 1 miles S of Abalone Point; a rock with a
depth over it of 18 m (6 ft) lies close N of
Switzer Rock.
Useful mark
11.37
1 Bells Mountain which rises above Bells Point
(3938N, 12347W); it has a bare summit, and a
few trees on its seaward side.
(Directions continue at 11.55)
Noyo River and Fort Bragg
Chart 3120 (see 1.14)
Noyo River
11.38
1 Description. The lower section of Noyo River
(39255N, 123490W) is the principal commercial and
sport fishing centre on this part of the coast and many
fishing vessels operate from here; the facilities extend along
both banks of the river for about 5 cables inside the
entrance. Noyo Basin and Dolphin Cove lie on the S bank
of the river 5 cables and 1 mile respectively, above the
entrance.
2 The river entrance is protected by two jetties; No 5
Light (port hand) stands at the head of the larger N jetty,
and No 4 light-buoy (starboard hand) is moored off the
extremity of the smaller S jetty. A fog signal is sounded
from the vicinity of No 5 Light.
3 Noyo Anchorage, off the entrance to the river, affords
some shelter from N or S for small craft. The anchorage,
in depths of 64 to 119 m (21 to 39 ft), is limited to an
area about 2 cables long and 1 cable wide; buoys mark the
entrance.
4 Inland Rules of the Road are in force within the
entrance to Noyo River; see Appendix VII.
Controlling depths. In 2002 the mid-channel controlling
depth in the river was 2 m (6 ft) to Noyo Basin; depths
of 3 m (10 ft) were reported in the basin.
5 Vertical clearances. A highway bridge, with a vertical
clearance of 24 m, spans the river close inside the entrance;
in 2000 a replacement bridge was reported under
construction with a design clearance of 30 m. Power cables
span the river in several places, with a minimum safe
overhead clearance of 24 m between Noyo Basin and
Dolphin Cove.
6 Directions. From the vicinity of NA Light-buoy (safe
water), moored 1 mile W of the mouth of the river, the line
of bearing (105) of a directional light leads E to the
anchorage, thence between the jetties and into the river,
passing:
7 Close N of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) moored
6 cables W of the entrance, thence:
Close S of No 3 Buoy (port hand), marking a
below-water rock, moored about 3 cables WNW of
the entrance.
Thence the channel, marked by lights, leads to Noyo
Basin and Dolphin Cove.
8 Caution. Care should be exercised on entering to avoid
the reefs, and a rock on the S side of the entrance. Heavy
W or SW swells form breakers in the entrance and surging
is felt as far as Noyo Basin.

Noyo River entrance (11.38)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

374
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 11
Services: all the usual small craft services are available.
Slipways can handle craft up to 14 m for repairs.
Rescue. A Coast Guard station lies within the river.
Fort Bragg
11.39
1 Description. Fort Bragg (3927N, 12348W), formerly
known as Soldiers Harbor, situated 1 mile N of the entrance
to Noyo River, is the largest coast town between San
Francisco and Eureka in Humboldt Bay. Once a lumber
port, the former loading wharf has been removed; but the
buildings of the town by day, and its lights by night, are
prominent. An airstrip, about 5 cables long, parallels the
coast between Noyo River and Fort Bragg.
2 The cove is obstructed with rocks and ledges extending
from both N and S entrance points leaving only a small
area for small craft to anchor; in W winds the anchorage is
exposed and, as better protection can be obtained at Noyo
River, the cove is now seldom used.
Services: provisions, minor repairs.
Anchorages and shelters
General
11.40
1 Local knowledge is required for all the following
anchorages and shelters.
Cuffey Cove and Inlet
11.41
1 Cuffey Cove (3909N, 12344W), which affords shelter
to small craft in NW winds, is a small cove entered
2 cables E of Cuffey Point, 43 m high, the N entry point
to the larger Greenwood Cove, on the E side of which
stands the village of Elk. Greenwood Cove is much
obstructed by rocks, shoals and kelp and offers little
shelter.
2 Dangers extend up to 5 cables offshore in the approach
to Cuffey Cove. Cove Rock, 15 m high and the S of a line
of rocks running parallel with the coast, lies 2 cables W
of Cuffey Point. The outermost dangers are rocks, on
which the sea breaks, lying 1 cable SSW and 2 cables NW,
respectively, of Cove Rock. A rock, 36 m high, a small
kelp covered rock awash, and other dangers, lie in the
entrance to the cove.
3 Cuffey Inlet, entered between Cuffey Point and Cuffey
Cove, provides good shelter for boats in N and W winds.
Useful marks:
Group of cypress trees standing 2 cables N of the
cove is reported to be a good mark.
Yellow and red church spire, surmounted by a cross,
in the N part of Elk, is reported to be a good mark
when approaching from SW.
Navarro River
11.42
1 The entrance to Navarro River lies about mile ESE of
Navarro Head (3912N, 12346W) (11.36). While the
mouth of the river is usually closed with depths of just 03
to 06 m (1 to 2 ft) across the bar, reasonable shelter from
NW winds may be obtained off the entrance.
Albion Cove
11.43
1 Description. Albion Cove (3914N, 12346W) affords
shelter to small craft in NW winds but is open SW. The
settlement of Albion stands on both banks of River Albion
which flows into the head of the cove.
2 The S entrance rises to a knoll, 55 m high, and rocks,
both above and below water extend 2 cables W from the
point. The N entrance is formed by a rocky islet, 24 m
high, from which foul ground extends WSW for 2 cables.
The main danger in the entrance is a below-water rock, on
which the sea usually breaks, which lies 1 cables S of the
islet.
3 Whitesboro Cove is entered S of the S entrance to
Albion Cove; the cove is rocky and exposed to W and NW
winds and seldom used as an anchorage.
Vertical clearance. Close inside its mouth the river is
spanned by a fixed highway bridge with a vertical
clearance of 36 m.
4 Directions. The entrance to Albion Cove is marked by
AR Light-buoy (safe water) moored 4 cables WSW of the
rocky islet. From the vicinity of the light-buoy, the fairway
leads E into the cove passing S of Mooring Rock, 9 m
high, from where a light (port hand) is displayed, which
lies in the middle of the cove and is connected to the N
shore by foul ground. A fog signal is sounded from
Mooring Rock from 15th April to 15th Oct. Least charted
depths in the narrow river entrance are about 06 m (2 ft).
Inland Rules of the Road are in force in Albion River
within a line drawn 030210 through Mooring Rock; see
Appendix VII.
5 Services: several small piers at Albion; all the usual
small craft services are available.
Little River
11.44
1 Description. Little River (3916N, 12347W) affords
shelter from NW to small craft off its entrance in depths of
about 8 m (26 ft) but the anchorage is only 1 cables wide
and the approach is narrow and obstructed by rocks. A
shoal bank with numerous above-water rocks extends about
4 cables offshore on the S side of the anchorage and
affords some protection from S. These reefs and rocks
surrounding the cove are well marked by kelp, and a heavy
undertow is felt when close to the rocks.
2 Navigational aid. LR Buoy (safe water) is moored
3 cables SSW of the N entrance point to the cove.
Mendocino Bay
11.45
1 Description. Mendocino Bay (3918N, 12348W)
affords some shelter in NW winds but must be vacated
with the onset of W or S winds; in heavy SW gales, the
sea breaks right across the entrance. The bottom is hard
throughout the bay, and in places it is rocky. It is an
uncomfortable berth in the summer.
2 The S entrance point of the bay is a rocky, irregular
cliff, 30 m high, fringed by rocks; a reef extends cable
NW from it, and a rocky shoal, with a least depth over it
of 58 m (19 ft) lies within 2 cables farther NW; this area
should be avoided when a swell is running. The N entrance
point is a broken cliff, 183 m high, fringed by numerous
rocks close inshore.
3 Big River flows into the NE corner of the bay, and the
town of Mendocino is on the N side of the bay.
Directions. Approaching from N mariners should note
that the promontory on the NW side of Mendocino Bay is
fronted by detached rocks, and foul ground extends
5 cables NW from it. A number of shoal heads, with depths
over them of from 87 to 165 m (28 to 54 ft) lie in deep
water within 7 cables W and NW of this promontory.
4 MB Buoy (safe water), moored about 4 cables WSW of
the N entrance point, marks the entrance to the bay.
Services: provisions; fresh water.
375
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 11
Russian Gulch
11.46
1 Russian Gulch (3920N, 12348W), a small indentation
situated 2 miles N of Mendocino Bay, affords good shelter
to small craft. The head of the cove lies in a State Park.
A concrete arch bridge, which spans the head of the
cove, is prominent from S and W.
Craft approaching from S should note the dangers
extending NW from the N point of Mendocino Bay
(11.45).
2 A rock awash lies on a reef in the approach to the cove,
2 cables NW of the S entrance point; the reef, with a least
depth of about 24 m (8 ft), extends SSE for about 1 cable
from the rock.
Caspar Anchorage
11.47
1 Caspar Anchorage, situated 1 mile N of Point Cabrillo
(3921N, 12350W) (11.36), is a small cove at the mouth
of Caspar Creek. It offers some shelter for small craft,
except from W winds, but the anchorage is constricted and
seldom used.
Supplies may be obtained at the village of Caspar on
the N bank of the creek near its mouth.
Cleone
11.48
1 The cove at Cleone, close N of Laguna Point (3929N,
12348W) (11.36), offers some protection to small boats in
S winds; it is used occasionally in winter.
Other names
Chart 3120
11.49
1 Beaver Point (3924N, 12349W).
Bruhel Point (3936N, 12347W).
Pudding Creek (3927N, 12348W).
Westport (3938N, 12347W).
ABALONE POINT TO CAPE MENDOCINO
General information
Chart 3121
Route
11.50
1 From the vicinity of Abalone Point (3940N, 12348W)
the route leads initially about 43 miles NW to the vicinity
of Punta Gorda, thence 13 miles NNW to Cape Mendocino.
Many shoals and rocks lie inside the 183 m (10 fm) depth
contour which, except off Point Delgada and Cape
Mendocino, runs parallel to the shore at a distance off of
about 1 mile or less.
Topography
11.51
1 For the most part the coastline is bold and rugged, with
cliffs from 12 to 30 m high, and is fringed by numerous
rocks; in places it is heavily wooded. Steep, wooded
mountains, rise to elevations of from 900 to 1200 m, close
to the coast.
Usal Valley, a narrow, steep sided ravine, fronted by a
low flat beach, indents the coast 10 miles N of Abalone
Point; a small grassy hillock stands just inside the entrance
to the ravine.
Cooksie Mountain (Mattole Mountain) (4015N,
12416W) dominates the high land E of Punta Gorda.
2 North of Punta Gorda (4016N, 12422W) (11.54), the
hills backing the coast are lower than those S of the point
and are bare of trees; the coast is bordered by low, sandy
flats and beaches; it is generally foul and should be given a
wide berth. Large sand dunes are prominent at the entrance
to Mattole River (2 miles N of Punta Gorda) (11.56), and
on the N side of McNutt Gulch, about 3 miles farther N.
Submarine canyons
11.52
1 Between Point Delgada (4001N, 12404W) and Cape
Mendocino (30 miles NW), four deep submarine canyons,
named from S to N, Delgada Canyon, Spanish Canyon,
Mattole Canyon and Mendocino Canyon approach the
coast. Delgada Canyon brings depths of 183 m (100 fm) to
within 5 cables of the coast, 6 miles NNW of Point
Delgada, and the same depth contour comes to within
2 miles of the coast at the head of the other canyons.
2 Caution is necessary when navigating in this vicinity in
thick weather due to the irregularity of the depths, and of
the currents; it is inadvisable to put too much reliance on
soundings along this stretch of coast.
Natural conditions
11.53
1 Caution. The wind, sea and currents off Punta Gorda
(4016N, 12422W) are probably as strong as anywhere
off the coast; frequent and strong tide rips have been
reported. Often when the weather at Shelter Cove (11.60),
and even at Big Flat (11.55), is clear and calm, and the sea
smooth, both wind and sea will increase as Punta Gorda is
approached, until, just N of the point, strong breezes to
moderate gales will be experienced. At other times, clear
weather S of this point will lead to fog N, or vice versa.
2 Weather. Cape Mendocino (4026N, 12424W) lies in
the latitude of great climatic change. The meteorological
conditions N of the cape are quite different from those S.
The winds do not blow so strongly into the bight S of the
cape, and the amount of rainfall increases rapidly N. Fog is
more prevalent S and is very frequent near the cape. The
strong NW winds of summer are less violent S of the cape,
which forms a partial lee for vessels proceeding N along
the coast.
3 Currents. In the vicinity of the Blunts Reef Light-buoy,
moored 4 miles W of Cape Mendocino, the current sets
SW at an average rate of about kn, but during winter
months, when the prevailing wind is SE, the current sets
NW. The greatest rate observed off the light-buoy is 3 kn.
Tidal streams in the vicinity of Blunts Reef Light-buoy
are weak, with a maximum rate of about kn, and are
consequently masked by wind driven currents.
Principal marks
11.54
1 Landmarks:
Cahto Peak (3941N, 12335W) (chart 3120)
(11.35).
Point Delgada (4001N, 12404W), which projects
1 mile from the general line of the coast. The
seaward face of the point, which is about 1 mile in
length, rises gradually from cliffs, 6 m high, to an
elevation of 30 m, and then more steeply to an
elevation of more than 300 m, at a distance of
1 mile from the coast.
2 King Peak (4009N, 12407W), the highest of three
summits known as Three Peaks; in clear weather
the peaks are reported visible for a distance of
75 miles.
376
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 11
Punta Gorda (4016N, 12422W), a high, bold,
rounded cape which is bare of trees except in the
ravines; its seaward face rises to an elevation of
274 m about 2 cables inland, and its extremity is a
small, almost overhanging spur, 43 m high. An
abandoned lighthouse (grey structure, 8 m in
height) stands 1 mile SE of the extremity.
3 Sugar Loaf (4026N, 12425W), a high rock,
prominent from N or S, which is connected to
Cape Mendocino by a narrow neck of drying rocks
and shingle; a cave can be seen on its SW side. In
thick weather care must be taken to avoid
confusing Sugar Loaf with False Cape Rock,
4 miles N of Cape Mendocino (11.67).
4 Major light:
Cape Mendocino Light (post, 157 m in elevation)
(4026N, 12424W); an abandoned lighthouse
stands 60 m WNW of the light-structure.
Directions
(continued from 11.37)
Abalone Point to Punta Gorda
11.55
1 From a position W of Abalone Point (3940N,
12348W) (11.36) the passage leads NW, thence NNW,
passing (with positions from Point Delgada (4001N,
12404W)):
2 SW of Hardy Rock (22 miles SE), a rock, 14 m
high, lying 3 cables offshore between Juan Creek
and Hardy Creek; ruined buildings at Juan Creek
are reported to be prominent. Depths of 183 m
(60 ft) or less lie within 1 miles of the coast
between Switzer Rock (11.36) and Hardy Rock.
Thence:
3 SW of Cape Vizcaino (21 miles SE), a broad,
irregular line of precipitous cliffs, 30 m high,
bordered by low rocks. Island Knob, a rocky islet,
37 m high and covered with lime, is almost
connected to the cape; a shoal on which the sea
breaks lies 1 cables W of the islet. Cottaneva
Rock, 6 m high, is situated nearly 1 cables
offshore, 2 cables SSE of Island Knob; two
smaller rocks lie 1 cable NW of Cottaneva Rock,
and a shoal with a depth over it of 5 m (16 ft) lies
5 cables offshore, 7 cables S of Cottaneva Rock.
Thence:
4 SW of Cottaneva Needle, and Sea Lion Rock, which
lie close inshore within 7 cables S of Williams
Point (19 miles SE), thence:
SW of Double Cone Rock (18 miles SE), which lies
1 cables offshore; a shoal, with a depth over it of
27 m (9 ft), lies 4 cables offshore, 1 mile N of
Double Cone Rock, thence:
5 SW of Anderson Cliff (12 miles SE), a high,
projecting rocky spur. A rock, 40 m high, and
several smaller rocks fringe the point close
inshore. Jackson Pinnacle, a black rock, hard to
distinguish, lies close inshore 11 cables NW of
Anderson Cliff. Thence:
6 SW of Small White Rock (4 miles SE), a rock, 11 m
high, which lies close inshore; a rock, with a depth
over it of less than 18 m (6 ft), and a 69 m (22 ft)
patch, lie from 2 to 3 cables offshore, 7 and
8 cables NNW, respectively, of Small White
Rock. Thence:
7 Clear of, depending on draught, a shoal depth of
165 m (54 ft) (3 miles S), the least depth on Tolo
Bank, a bank with irregular depths, which extends
7 miles S from Point Delgada, and which is
sometimes marked by patches of kelp; thence:
SW of No 20 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (1 miles
SSW), moored in the approaches to Shelter Cove
(11.60), thence:
8 SW of Big Flat (8 miles NW), a narrow strip of
low, flat land, bordered by a sandy beach which
extends NW for 2 miles; abandoned buildings
stand at its S end, and Shubrick Rock, a small,
low rock, lies 1 cables offshore at the S end of
the flat. Thence:
Clear of a rock awash (reported 1974) which lies
2 miles WSW of Spanish Flat (13 miles NW),
thence:
9 SW of Rodgers Break (15 miles NW), a pinnacle
rock with a depth over it of 09 m (3 ft), on which
the sea rarely breaks; a pinnacle rock, over which
there is a depth of 55 m (18 ft), and which
probably breaks in very heavy weather, lies
5 cables NW of Rodgers Break. Reynolds Rock, a
double headed rock, 3 m (10 ft) high, which
breaks, lies 2 cables offshore, 5 cables E of
Rodgers Break. Thence:
10 To a position SW of Gorda Rock, which lies 5 cables
SW of Punta Gorda (4016N, 12422W) (11.54),
and which is marked 1 cables SW by No 24
Light-buoy (starboard hand); a conical rock, 6 m
high, lies 1 cable off Punta Gorda. Rocks and
shoals lie up to 4 cables offshore in places between
Reynolds Rock and Punta Gorda. A detached
shoal, with a depth over it of 165 m (54 ft), lies
7 cables offshore, 2 miles WNW of Reynolds
Rock.
Punta Gorda to Cape Mendocino
11.56
1 Caution. Following an earthquake in April 1992, it is
possible that significant changes have taken place to the
shoreline and offshore depths between Punta Gorda and
Cape Mendocino.
2 From a position off Punta Gorda (4016N, 12422W)
the passage turns NNW passing (with positions from Punta
Gorda):
WSW of Christmas Rock (1 mile NW); the coast for
about 2 miles N of Punta Gorda is bordered by
rocks and shoals extending 5 cables offshore in
places. Thence:
3 WSW of the entrance to Mattole River (2 miles N), a
non-navigable river which flows into the sea
between two heads each 110 m high. The S of
these heads is partly wooded, and the N is bare; a
prominent sand dune is visible on the S side of the
river entrance. Sea Lion Rock, 5 m high, and a
rock with a depth over it of 09 m (3 ft), lie close
offshore about 7 cables N of the river mouth.
Thence:
4 WSW of The Brothers (4 miles N), two small
rocks, 24 m (8 ft) high, which lie close together
4 cables offshore, thence:
WSW of Devils Gate Rock (8 miles N), a low,
pointed rock, 6 m high, with a smaller rock close
NW, which lies 6 cables offshore. A shoal, with a
depth over it of 68 m (22 ft), lies 1 miles W
of Devils Gate Rock. Thence:
377
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 11
5 WSW and W of Blunts Reef, the outermost visible
danger lying 2 miles W of Cape Mendocino
(4026N, 12424W), a prominent, bold,
mountainous headland, fringed by rocks; the
seaward face is steep and rocky, backed by rolling
grass covered hills with wooded ravines and partly
wooded N slopes. Blunts Reef consists of two
black rocks, which dry 18 m (6 ft), lying about
1 cables apart; 2B Light-buoy (starboard hand,
bell) is moored 1 miles W of the reef. Shoal
heads, with depths over them of 105 and 128 m
(34 and 42 ft) lie 3 and 5 cables, respectively, W
of the outer rock of Blunts Reef. The Great Break,
with a depth over it of 69 m (22 ft) lies 7 cables
SSW of Blunts Reef. An area containing numerous
dangerous underwater rocks and ledges lies
between the foregoing dangers and the coast, from
about 3 miles S to 1 mile N of Cape Mendocino.
Inshore there are many rocks and ledges, extending
in places nearly 1 mile from the coast.
Caution
11.57
1 Cape Mendocino. The cape is the turning point for all
vessels bound N or S along the coast, and, in view of the
dangers in its vicinity, the uncertainty of the currents, and
the irregular nature of the bottom, great caution is
necessary when navigating in the area.
2 A heavy W swell breaks, even in depths of up to 18 m
(60 ft), in this locality, which should be avoided. Passage
between Cape Mendocino and Blunts Reef should not be
attempted under any circumstances.
Useful marks
11.58
1 With positions from Point Delgada (4001N, 12404W):
Usal Rock (17 miles SE), black in colour, situated
close inshore.
Big White Rock (13 miles SE), a prominent feature
when the higher points of land are obscured by
fog.
Jackass Cone (12 miles SE).
2 Cluster Cone Rock (9 miles SE), the largest and
whitest of a group of rocks lying 1 cable offshore,
and Morgan Rock, lying 5 cables farther NW. The
latter is a large, prominent, white topped rock, the
largest of a group of rocks lying 1 cable offshore,
and makes a good mark when the higher land is
obscured by fog.
3 Needle Rock (6 miles SE); buildings on the shore
mark an abandoned landing in this vicinity.
Chamisal Mountain (3 miles ESE).
Kaluna Cliff (1 miles N), a prominent mark.
Steamboat Rock (4025N, 12424W), a rock, 9 m
high, the upper half white, the lower black, which
CAPE MENDOCINO TO POINT ST GEORGE
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 2531
Area covered
11.62
1 In this section are described the passages between Cape
Mendocino (4026N, 12424W) and Point St George
(about 80 miles NNE), including a description of Humboldt
378
lies 3 cables offshore S of Cape Mendocino; it has
the appearance of a vessel.
(Directions continue at 11.68)
Small craft shelters
11.59
1 Between Cape Vizcaino (3943N, 12350W) and Point
Delgada (21 miles NW), there are a number of small
exposed landings which are only suitable during smooth
weather in summer, but none, with the exception of Shelter
Cove, described below, have been used for many years.
Chart 3121 (see 1.14)
Shelter Cove
11.60
1 Description. Shelter Cove, situated on the S side of
Point Delgada (4001N, 12404W) (11.54), is used
extensively by fishing vessels. It affords some shelter in
NW winds, but is exposed and dangerous in S or SE
winds; on occasions there is a swell running in the cove.
There is an aircraft landing strip on Point Delgada.
2 Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
range about 18 m, mean neap range about 07 m.
Port radio. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(5).
Local knowledge is required.
3 Directions. Point Delgada is fringed by numerous rocks,
especially off its S end; a bank, on which there are
numerous shoal patches of from 23 to 91 m (7 to 30 ft),
extends 1 mile S from Point Delgada, and is marked at its
extremity by No 20 Light-buoy (11.55). Vessels
approaching from N should exercise great caution when
rounding Point Delgada and shape course to pass S of
No 20 Light-buoy, maintaining a distance of at least 1 mile
from the point at all times.
4 From a position about cable S of No 20 Light-buoy
the track leads ESE for about 9 cables, passing S of a rock
with a depth of 58 m (19 ft) over it, thence NNE for about
1 mile, passing SE of No 1 Buoy (port hand), moored
8 cables SSE of Point Delgada, marking the SE extremity
of the dangers extending from the point.
5 Shallow water extends 3 cables offshore in the cove,
and it is reported that landslides close S of the cove have
deposited rocks along the shore; approach to the shore
should be made with caution.
6 Anchorage may be obtained, about 5 cables offshore, in
depths of about 16 m (54 ft). Shoal depths of 46 and 50 m
(15 and 16 ft) lie on the W side of the anchorage.
Services: ramp, no piers; fresh water; provisions; fuels.
Other names
Chart 3121
11.61
1 Cooksie Creek (4013N, 12418W).
Four Mile Creek (3 miles NW of Cooksie Creek).
Sea Lion Gulch (1 miles NW of Cooksie Creek).
Bay (4046N, 12414W) (11.70) and Crescent City Harbor
(4145N, 12412W) (11.106), and the small craft shelter
at Trinidad Harbor (4103N, 12409W) (11.114).
It is arranged as follows:
Cape Mendocino to Humboldt Bay (11.63).
Humboldt Bay (11.70).
Humboldt Bay to Point St George (11.97).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 11
CAPE MENDOCINO TO HUMBOLDT BAY
General information
Charts 3121, 3122
Route
11.63
1 From the vicinity of Blunts Reef Light-buoy (4026N,
12430W) the approach to Humboldt Bay leads initially N
for about 5 miles, to clear the dangers NW of Cape
Mendocino, thence NE for about 20 miles.
Topography
11.64
1 The coast between Cape Mendocino and False Cape,
situated 4 miles N, is bold and straight, and is bordered by
a wide beach at LW; Bear River enters the sea midway
between these two points. False Cape is a bold headland; it
is grass covered, with wooded ravines on either side, and
projects only slightly from the general line of the coast.
2 For a distance of 4 miles N of False Cape the hills
decrease in height; farther N a stretch of sand beach and
dunes extends as far as the entrance to Humboldt Bay,
broken only by Table Bluff, 12 miles N of False Cape.
Table Bluff has a steep and prominent face, 5 cables long,
below which is a narrow sandy beach.
Submarine canyon
11.65
1 Eel Canyon extends SE to a position 8 miles NNW of
Cape Mendocino. Mariners are cautioned against mistaking
this canyon for one of those S of the cape (11.52).
Natural conditions
11.66
1 For weather, currents and tidal streams in the vicinity of
Cape Mendocino, see 11.53.
Principal marks
11.67
1 Landmarks:
Sugar Loaf (4026N, 12425W) (11.54).
False Cape Rock (4031N, 12424W), which stands
4 cables W of False Cape; the rock is not as high,
nor as regular in shape as Sugar Loaf, and its top
is much flatter, but care must be taken, in thick
weather, not to confuse the two.
2 White cross (4034N, 12421W), which surmounts a
hill, 37 m high, at Centreville. The buildings of an
oceanographic research facility stand on the cliffs
8 cables S of Centreville.
Humboldt Hill (4043N, 12412W), surmounted by a
tower.
Humboldt Bay Lighthouse (white column) (4046N,
12414W).
3 Major lights:
Cape Mendocino Light (4026N, 12424W) (11.54).
Humboldt Bay Light as above.
Directions
(continued from 11.58)
11.68
1 From a position about 1 miles W of Blunts Reef
Light-buoy (4026N, 12430W) (11.55) the passage leads
initially N, thence NE, passing (with positions from Cape
Mendocino Light (4026N, 12424W)):
W of an extensive detached shoal (3 miles NW),
with a least charted depth over it of 83 m (27 ft)
379
at its NE end, and which breaks in heavy weather,
thence:
2 NW of False Cape Rock (4 miles N) (11.67). Two
rocky islets, 29 m and 165 m high, respectively,
lie between the rock and False Cape, and Mussel
Rock, 21 m high, lies 5 cables offshore 7 cables
NNE of False Cape Rock. A rock, with a depth
over it of 3 m (10 ft) lies a little more than
5 cables W of False Cape Rock. Other dangerous
shoals, and numerous rocks, extend up to 1 miles
offshore for a distance of 1 miles S of the rock,
and 7 cables offshore for 1 mile N of the rock.
Thence:
3 Clear of, depending on draught, a shoal depth of
18 m (60 ft) (reported 1980) (11 miles N),
thence:
SE of ODAS Light-buoy 46022 (17 miles NNW),
thence:
4 To the vicinity of HB Light-buoy (4046N, 12416W)
(11.89), noting O and Q Light-buoys (special) (20 miles N
and 19 miles NNE, respectively).
(Directions continue for Humboldt Bay at 11.87 and
for the coastal passage at 11.101)
Small craft
Eel River
11.69
1 Description. Eel River (4038N, 12419W) flows into
the sea over a shifting bar, about midway between Cape
Mendocino and the entrance to Humboldt Bay. Vessels of
shallow draught occasionally enter the river, but it is
mainly used by fishing vessels and small craft.
Depths of less than 7 m (22 ft) extend 5 cables offshore
in the S approaches to the river.
2 Depths over the bar vary considerably according to the
amount of water in the river, which is dependent on the
kind of winter experienced. At times there is as much as
43 m (14 ft) on the bar, but more usually the depth is
about 24 m (8 ft).
Local knowledge is required.
HUMBOLDT BAY
General information
Charts 3095, 3121
Position
11.70
1 Humboldt Bay (4046N, 12414W) is entered 21 miles
NNE of Cape Mendocino, and is the first important
harbour N of San Francisco.
Function
11.71
1 The redwood timber industry dominates Humboldt Bay.
Large quantities of lumber and wood products are loaded;
general cargoes and petroleum products are discharged.
The bay can be used as a harbour of refuge in
impending bad weather, providing a vessel can enter before
the bar becomes impassable.
Topography
11.72
1 The coast in the vicinity of the entrance consists of flat
sand dunes and is always fringed by surf. The channel
entrance is barren on its S side but there are clumps of
trees on the shore on the N side.
By day, smoke from the sawmills in the bay can usually
be seen, but dense sea fog is relatively frequent.
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

Humbolt Bay entrance from SW (11.70)

(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)

Approach and entry Vertical clearances

11.73 11.77
1 The port is approached and entered between breakwaters 1 A fixed highway bridge crosses Humboldt Bay from the
on the alignment of leading lights. N side of Eureka (4048N, 12410W) to a point just N of
Samoa, on the Samoa Peninsula (1 miles NW).
Traffic Clearances of the fixed spans are 122 m (40 ft) from
11.74 Eureka to Woodley Island; thence 91 m (30 ft) to Indian
1 In 2002, 27 vessels called totalling 1 138 840 dwt. Island; thence 137 m (45 ft) to Samoa Peninsula.
Port Authority Deepest and longest berths
11.75 11.78
1 Humboldt Bay Harbor, Recreation and Conservation 1 Timber products: North Coast Export Co Wharf at
District, PO Box 1030, Eureka, California 955021030. Samoa (11.93).
Website: portofhumboldtbay.org Petroleum products: Union Oil Wharf at Eureka
(11.93).
Limiting conditions Tidal levels
Controlling depths 11.79
11.76 1 See Admiralty Tide Tables. At Eureka, mean spring
1 The project depths (2003) for Humboldt Bay are as range about 22 m; mean neap range about 10 m.
follows: Maximum size of vessel handled
Bar Channel 146 m (48 ft). 11.80
Entrance Channel 146 m (48 ft) . 1 Draught up to 116 m (38 ft).
North Bay Channel 116 m (38 ft).
Eureka Channel Outer Reach 116 m (38 ft). Movement restrictions
2 Eureka Channel Inner Reach 79 m (26 ft). 11.81
Samoa Channel and Turning Basin 116 m (38 ft). 1 In summer months vessels usually enter on both
Fields Landing Channel and Turning Basin 79 m in-going and out-going tides; in winter entry is usually
(26 ft). made on the first or last of the in-going tide, or the first of
Dredging is carried out regularly to maintain depths; for the out-going tide. Departure is made on the in-going tide
the latest controlling depths the chart, and the port only, regardless of the time of year. Deep-draught vessels
authorities, should be consulted. enter, or depart, on the last of the in-going tide from

380
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 11
November to the end of March; night movements depend
on conditions on the bar before dark.
Arrival information
11.82
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
Pilotage is compulsory; ETA should be given at least
4 hours before arrival. The pilot boat, tug Koos King, has a
black hull, with a red funnel and white upperworks. The
pilot boarding position is within 5 cables of HB Light-buoy.
Vessels should proceed at not more than 5 kn when picking
up the pilot, with the ladder rigged 3 m (10 ft) above the
waterline.
2 Tugs are available.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force in Humboldt
Bay within the entrance jetty heads; see Appendix VII.
3 Quarantine and customs. Unless otherwise directed,
vessels subject to inspection by quarantine, customs,
immigration and agricultural quarantine officials are
normally boarded by the relevant officials on arrival at
their berths.
For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.
Harbour
General layout
11.83
1 The bay consists of two shallow lagoons, South Bay,
about 3 miles long and 2 miles wide, in the S part; and
Arcata Bay, the shores of which are bounded by low,
marshy shores, indented by sloughs, in the N part. The
bays are connected by a narrow channel running parallel
with the coast and separated from the sea by narrow strips
of sand known as North Spit and South Spit. The entrance
to Humboldt Bay, which is fronted by a bar, is between
two parallel jetties about 680 m apart.
2 Bucksport, where there are two oil piers, stands on the E
shore, 3 miles above the entrance on North Bay Channel.
Fairhaven, where there is a plywood plant, is a small
town on the inner side of North Spit, 3 miles above the
entrance.
Eureka, a port of entry, and the principal town in the
bay, dominates the E shore, 4 miles above the entrance; it
handles much of the commerce of the bay and has several
berths. Eureka Municipal Airport is situated on North Spit,
1 miles above the entrance.
3 Samoa is a small settlement on the W shore of the bay,
opposite Eureka, about 5 miles above the entrance; it has
a large lumber mill.
Submarine cables and pipelines
11.84
1 Submarine cables and pipelines are laid in many places
throughout the bay, as shown on the chart. Pipelines and
cables additional to those charted may exist and may not
have been buried, or may have become exposed. Extreme
caution should be exercised when operating in depths of
water comparable to the draught of the vessel.
For further information see The Mariners Handbook.
Natural conditions
11.85
1 Tidal streams follow the general line of the channels. In
the main channel, average rate is less than 2 kn, and
maximum rate does not exceed 3 kn. Between the entrance
381
jetties, average rate is about 2 kn, and maximum rate about
4 kn, although in storm conditions may reach 5 kn.
2 Climate. The climate of Eureka is completely maritime
and high humidity prevails throughout the year, which is
divided into a rainy and a dry season. The rainy season is
from October to April, and the dry season from May to
September. The latter season is characterised by
considerable fog or low cloudiness; the fog tends to clear
in the late morning and the early afternoons are generally
sunny.
Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.219.
Principal marks
11.86
1 Landmarks:
Humboldt Bay Lighthouse (4046N, 12414W)
(11.67).
Red Bluff (40446N, 124126W), a conspicuous
cliff, (30 m) (98 ft) high, on the E shore of the
bay.
Radio tower, conspicuously lit, (4 cables E of Red
Bluff).
2 Tanks in Samoa (4049N, 12411W), 3 cables apart;
the N prominent tank is the E of a group of three.
Major light:
Humboldt Bay Light (4046N, 12414W) (11.67).
Directions
(continued from 11.68)
Approach
11.87
1 The approach from S is described at 11.68. In thick
weather, after passing False Cape Rock (4031N,
12424W) (11.67), with the exception of the isolated shoal
(reported 1980) (11.68) lying 7 miles NNW of the rock,
vessels will clear all dangers by remaining in depths of
more than 274 m (15 fm) until in the vicinity of HB
Light-buoy (4046N, 12416W).
2 Similarly, approaching from N in thick weather, when
clear of Trinidad Head (4103N, 12409W) (11.100), by
remaining in depths of 274 m (15 fm) or more, a vessel
will be clear of all dangers.
Humboldt Bay Bar
11.88
1 The entrance to the bay is fronted by a bar which
extends 5 cables to seaward from the outer end of the
jetties.
Owing to the frequent changes in depths over the bar,
the strong sets that may be experienced, and the sharp turn
in the main channel when close inside the entrance, caution
must be exercised on entry. The bar is smoothest during the
last of the in-going tide, and is often passable at this time
but impassable 2 hours later, when the out-going tide has
commenced to run.
2 Pilots report that strong N-going currents may be
encountered in the bar channel from October to April.
Consequently care must be exercised on the approach to
the entrance as the set tends to cause vessels to sheer to
starboard by setting the stern N, thus swinging the bows
towards the S jetty. During, or shortly after SE, S or SW
storms, currents in the channel over the bar and entrance
channels are reported to attain a rate of about 4 to 5 kn.
Heavy seas, between 2 and 25 m high, occur well inside
the entrance channel when seas from SW are deflected,
about midway along the N jetty, in a SE direction.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 11
Entrance channel
11.89
1 Approach leading lights. From the vicinity of HB
Light-buoy (safe water) (4046N, 12416W) the alignment
(105) of the following lights on North Spit leads 1 miles
ESE to the entrance:
Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on
tower) (4046N, 12414W).
Rear light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe) on
Humboldt Bay Lighthouse (152 m ESE of front
light) (11.67).
2 No 3 Light (port hand) is displayed from the head of the
N jetty, and No 4 Light (starboard hand) is displayed from
the head of the S jetty; No 2 Buoy (starboard hand),
moored about 2 cables WNW of the S jetty head, marks
the S side of the channel.
3 Entrance leading lights. From a position in the entrance
close N of the S jetty head the alignment (141) of the
following lights leads 8 cables SE, through the entrance
channel, marked by No 6 Light (starboard hand) and No 5
Light-buoy (port hand), passing close along S jetty to the
head of South Spit:
Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on
pile) (40451N, 124136W).
Rear light (similar structure) (245 m SE of front
light).
4 Caution. The approach leading line should not normally
be used beyond its intersection with the entrance leading
line; the entrance leading line should not normally be used
seaward of the outer end of the jetties.
It has been reported (1973) that the entrance leading
lights are difficult to distinguish in poor visibility.
Main channel
11.90
1 From the head of South Spit, the main channel, marked
by lights (lateral) and light-buoys (lateral), leads E, then
NNE through North Bay Channel to the entrance to Arcata
Bay, 3 miles above the head of South Spit.
2 At the entrance to Arcata Bay, the channel divides into
three branches, each spanned by the fixed highway bridge
(11.77). The E branch, called Eureka Channel, marked by
light-beacons, passes along the waterfront of Eureka and S
of Woodley Island (40485N, 124095W); the middle
branch leads between Woodley Island and Indian Island
(1 cables NW); and Samoa Channel, the W and largest
branch, leading to Samoa, marked by light-beacons, leads
between Indian Island and North Spit (3 cables NW).
3 In Arcata Bay, shallow, unmarked channels lead to the
town of Arcata in the NE corner of the bay, and to Mad
River Slough, in the NW corner.
South Bay
11.91
1 South Bay is entered between the NE extremity of South
Spit (4045N, 12414W) and Buhne Point (3 cables SE),
which is fringed by Buhne Spit Shoal.
Fields Landing Channel, marked by lights (lateral), a
beacon and a set of leading lights, leads along the E side
of the bay to a turning basin off Fields Landing (1 mile S
of Buhne Point), where there is a lumber terminal.
2 Hookton Channel, an extension SSW of Fields Landing
Channel, leads to the entrance to Hookton Slough, at the
head of the bay, 3 miles S of Buhne Point.
382
Southport Channel runs from the entrance to the bay
parallel to Fields Landing Channel and Hookton Channel,
to Southport Landing, at the head of the bay, 3 miles SSW
of Buhne Point.
Berths
Anchorage
11.92
1 There are no authorised anchorages in Humboldt Bay.
Principal berths
11.93
1 Alongside depths. All depths are reported depths; the
port authorities should be contacted for the latest
information.
Berths at Fields Landing (40436N, 124132W):
Humboldt Bay Forest Products Terminal; length
183 m; depth alongside 10 m; lumber products.
Humboldt Marine Services; berthing space 305 m;
depth alongside 55 to 79 m; repairs.
2 Berth at Bucksport (40467N, 124117W):
Chevron Products Co Wharf; length 122 m (with
dolphins); depth alongside 73 to 91 m; petroleum
products.
Berth at Fairhaven (40473N, 124117W):
Crown Simpson Wharf; length 213 m (with dolphins);
depth alongside 116 m; wood pulp.
3 Berths at Eureka (4048N, 12410W):
Sierra Pacific Industries Wharf; length 143 m; depth
alongside 97 to 107 m; lumber products.
Pacific Affiliates, Eureka Wharf: length 305 m (with
dolphins); depth alongside 107 m; general cargo.
Dock B: length 61 m; depth alongside 7 m; seafood
products.
4 Berths at Samoa (4049N, 12411W):
Louisiana Pacific Corp, Chemical Wharf: length
350 m, with dolphins; depth alongside 100 to
107 m; receipt of caustic soda.
Louisiana Pacific Corp, Chip Export Wharf: length
384 m, with dolphins; depth alongside 116 m;
wood chips.
Port services
11.94
1 Repairs. No facilities for large vessels.
Small craft repairs are effected at Humboldt Marine
Services at Fields Landing; lift capacity 150 tons.
Slipway at Dock A at Eureka can handle vessels
335 m in length, 73 m beam, 37 m draught, and
displacement 300 tons.
2 Other facilities. Hospital; garbage disposal available.
Supplies. No facilities for bunkering large vessels; fresh
water; provisions; stores.
Communications. Local airport.
Rescue. Coast Guard Station situated on the inner side
of North Spit, 5 cables within the entrance. A Coast Guard
Air Station is at McKinleyville about 7 miles N of the head
of Arcata Bay.
Small craft
Marinas
11.95
1 There are marinas at:
Woodley Island (40485N, 124095W) (11.90), on
its S side.
Eureka Boat Basin (40482N, 124106W).
Buhne Point (40444N, 124133W) (11.91), on its
E side.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 11
Fields Landing (40434N, 124133W) (11.91).
Berths for craft in transit are available.
All the usual small craft facilities are available.
Other name
11.96
1 Daby Island (40487N, 124090W).
HUMBOLDT BAY TO POINT ST GEORGE
General information
Charts 3121, 3122
Route
11.97
1 From the approaches to Humboldt Bay (4046N,
12414W) to the vicinity of Point St George (4147N,
12415W) the route leads generally N for about 61 miles,
passing to seaward of the dangers in the approach to
Trinidad Head (4103N, 12409W), either side of Reading
(Redding) Rock (4120N, 12410W), and to seaward of St
George Reef which extends 6 miles NW of Point St
George. Isolated rocks extend up to 1 mile offshore in
places.
Topography
11.98
1 From the entrance to Humboldt Bay to the mouth of
Mad River, situated 11 miles N, the coast consists of partly
wooded sand dunes backed by low marshy land; thence to
the mouth of Little River, 5 miles farther N, the sand
dunes vary in height from 6 to 18 m. The N side of the
mouth of Little River is rocky and thence to Trinidad
Head, 2 miles NW (11.100), the coast comprises rocky
cliffs. Inland, Hupa Mountain (chart 2531) rises to an
elevation of 1247 m (4093 ft), about 16 miles E of Trinidad
Head, and Rodgers Peak (Mountain), which is thickly
wooded, rises about 9 miles NE of Trinidad Head; both
peaks make good marks.
2 For 5 miles N of Trinidad Head the coast is rocky,
with cliffs over 30 m high, fringed by numerous islets;
thence, for almost 11 miles to the S end of Gold Bluffs,
there is a low, sandy beach, backed by lagoons, the largest
of which are Big Lagoon and Stone Lagoon. Gold Bluffs,
which line the coast for a distance of about 11 miles, are a
series of bluffs, from 30 to 150 m high, composed of sand
and gravel; for the first 3 miles they are comparatively low
and fronted by rocks extending 7 cables offshore in
places. About 4 miles N of their S extremity, the bluffs are
indented by the openings to two quite broad valleys.
3 The coast N of Gold Bluffs becomes rocky, irregular
and broken; the broad, high cliffs are fringed by many
rocks. A yellow clay landslide, extending from the top of a
slope, 275 m high, situated N of Gold Bluffs, is pointed at
the top, broad in the base, and is the highest, and most
prominent of the bluffs in this vicinity.
4 For a distance of about 11 miles N of the mouth of the
Klamath River (4132N, 12405W) (11.101), the coast
consists of high bold rocky cliffs bordered by rocks, some
of which are above water, and backed by rugged hills
covered with grass and scrub; farther N, a broad sand
beach, behind which the land is flat and cultivated,
continues NNW for about 3 miles to Crescent City
Harbor (11.106). In the approach to Point St George the
coast is low and rocky, and is fringed by numerous rocks.
Off-lying bank
11.99
1 A rocky bank, over which there is a least depth of 22 m
(12 fm), lies 5 miles S of Point St George (4147N,
12415W), an isolated 35 m (19 fm) patch lies 1 mile S of
the SE end of this bank.
Principal marks
11.100
1 Landmarks:
Humboldt Bay Lighthouse (4046N, 12414W)
(11.67).
2 Trinidad Head (4103N, 12409W), a steep-sided
peninsula, 116 m high, covered with dense bush. It
is joined to the mainland by a narrow neck of
land, and when first sighted from N or S, appears
as a round topped island; a white cross on its S
slopes is fairly prominent. A light (white square
tower, 8 m in height) is displayed from the SW
side of the headland; the light is obscured when
bearing more than 140.
3 Sharp Point (4114N, 12406W), a sharp pointed
conical cliff, 122 m high; its light grey colour
enables it to be identified for a long distance in
clear weather from any direction.
Red Mountain (4132N, 12355W), visible for about
60 miles in clear weather.
4 False Klamath Rock (4136N, 12406W), a reddish,
round topped rock, lying 3 cables offshore.
Major lights:
Humboldt Bay Light (4046N, 12414W) (11.67).
Del Norte Aero Light (4147N, 12414W), at Point
St George.
Directions
(continued from 11.68)
Humboldt Bay to Reading Rock
11.101
1 From a position W of HB Light-buoy (4046N,
12416W) (11.89) the passage leads N, passing (with
positions from Trinidad Head Light (4103N, 12409W)):
Clear of a light-buoy (special) (13 miles SW),
thence:
W of Pilot Rock (5 cables S), a whitish, conical rock,
steep-to on all sides, lying in the approach to
Trinidad Harbor (11.114), thence:
2 W of No 26 Light-buoy (starboard hand), moored
1 mile W of Trinidad Head (11.100). For a
distance of 1 mile NNW of Trinidad Head, as far
as Elk Head, the coast is fronted by foul ground
and below-water rocks which extend up to
7 cables offshore in places. Blank Rock and
Flatiron Rock lie near the outer edge of the foul
ground about 3 cables WSW, and 5 cables WNW
respectively, of the N extremity of Trinidad Head.
Flatiron Rock is the larger of the two rocks and
has two rocky heads of equal height. A rock,
which breaks, lies about 1 cables SW of Flatiron
Rock, and other dangers extend up to 3 cables
NW of Flatiron Rock. Thence:
3 W of Green Rock (1 miles NNW), a rock of small
extent, with a grass covered summit, lying 3 cables
offshore; patches of 55 m (18 ft), and 165 m
(54 ft) lie, respectively, about 5 cables and
7 cables W of Green Rock. Thence:
383
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 11
Trinidad Head from W (11.100)
(Original dated 2002)
(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)
4 W of White Rock (about 2 miles NNW), of small
extent lying 1 cables off a wooded point of the
same height; dangers extend up to 1 mile offshore
in this vicinity. Thence:
W of Cone Rock, which lies 1 mile WNW of Scotty
Point (3 miles N); a detached rock, 46 m (15 ft)
high, stands 5 cables E of this rock. Thence:
5 W of Turtle Rocks, which lie 1 mile WSW of Rocky
Point (5 miles N), and which are marked,
5 cables WNW, by No 28 Buoy (starboard hand).
Rocky Point is a bold point with cliffs 61 m high
fringed by rocks and ledges; two rocky pinnacles
rise to an elevation of 77 m (253 ft) above
woodland 5 cables inland from the point. The coast
between Rocky Point and Turtle Rocks is foul.
Thence:
6 W of Sharp Point (11 miles N) (11.100); a low, sandy
beach, from which dangers extend up to 5 cables
offshore in places, extends 1 mile NNE from Sharp
Point. Thence:
7 Either side of Reading Rock (Redding Rock)
(17 miles N), an isolated, steep-to rock, 29 m
high, with a dark base and a white top, and with a
cleft in its S face; a light (red and white chequered
diamond daymark on house) stands on the rock.
Clearing bearing. At night, by keeping Trinidad Head
Light visible at all times, vessels will pass clear of Cone
Rock and Turtle Rocks.
Reading Rock to Point St George
11.102
1 Thence the passage continues N, passing (with positions
from Point St George (4147N, 12415W)):
384
W of Flint Rock Head (17 miles SSE), a small rocky
peninsula, connected to the cliffs by a low sand
isthmus. A sandy beach leads from Flint Rock
Head to the mouth of Klamath River, 1 mile N,
whose entrance is no longer navigable. The coastal
highway spans the river at Klamath, about 2 miles
inland, and the lights of Requa, on the N bank,
close inside the entrance, are visible from seaward.
A rock awash, and a dangerous rock, lie 7 cables
NNW, and 2 miles NNW, respectively, of Flint
Rock Head. Thence:
2 W of an isolated rock (113 m (37 ft) high)
(13 miles SSE), lying 1 mile offshore; thence:
W of Wilson Rock (12 miles SSE), with a depth
over it of 08 m (2 ft), which lies 5 cables W of
False Klamath Rock (11.100). A rock, awash, lies
7 cables N of Wilson Rock, and numerous
below-water rocks lie within 1 mile of the coast
for a distance of about 3 miles N of Wilson Rock;
amongst these rocks are Footsteps Rocks. Thence:
3 W of Midway Point (9 miles SE), a bold, high point.
Isolated rocks and shoals lie within 1 mile of the
coast 1 mile SW of the point, and within
7 cables of the coast up to 2 miles N of the
point. Sister Rocks, a group of prominent rocks, lie
5 cables W of Midway Point. Thence:
W of the approaches to Crescent City Harbor
(3 miles SE) (11.106), thence:
4 W of Point St George, a low projection on which are
several irregular rocky hillocks near the beach; an
airfield is situated 1 mile E of the point. The
seaward face of the point is 1 mile in length, with
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

Castle Rock

Point St. George from N (11.102)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

sand dunes backed by low land; the tree line is
6 cables inland, but there are a few trees towards
the S of the projection. Radio masts stand on the
N end. Numerous off-lying rocks, some of them
above water, extend up to 7 cables offshore
between Crescent City Harbor and Point St
George. The S prominent rock fringing the Point
St George is Castle Rock, lying 1 miles S of the
point, which has a flat top with a small knob near
its E edge. White Rock, 137 m high, which
resembles an arch when seen from W, stands close
W of the point, and Brown Rock lies at the
extremity of a reef extending 5 cables NW from
the N side of the point. Thence:
5 W of St George Reef, a rocky ledge, awash in places,
which extends 6 miles W and NW from Point St
George and is marked at its NW extremity by
2SG Light-buoy (starboard hand). The light-buoy is
moored 1 mile W of NW Seal Rock, a rock
surmounted by a disused lighthouse; ODAS 46027
Light-buoy (special) is moored 9 cables NNW of
NW Seal Rock. There is a deep channel between
NW Seal Rock and SW Seal Rock, 1 miles SE;
rocks, which break, lie close SW of SW Seal
Rock. The dangers on the S side of the reef are
Star Rock (1 miles WSW), the SE danger, Hump
Rock (2 miles W), Jonathan Rock (4 miles W),
which only breaks in a heavy swell, and Mansfield
Break (4 miles W), a below-water rock.
6 Caution. All the rocks on St George Reef are steep-to,
and soundings give no warning of their vicinity. Fog is
quite frequent, both in the summer and autumn, and in
thick weather this area should be given a wide berth.
Useful marks
11.103
1 Dows Prairie Aero Light (4059N, 12407W).
Hupa Mountain (4105N, 12348W) (11.98).
Rodgers Peak (Mountain) (4110N, 12402W)
(11.98).
Mussel Point (4119N, 12405W), a light grey cliff,
90 m high, with a small, flat top, distinctive at
some distance. A rock, 23 m (77 ft) high, stands
5 cables offshore 1 miles S of the point.
2 Split Rock, and High Bluff (4130N, 12404W), the
latter 104 m high, slightly projecting heads; each is
marked by a split or chasm on its N face. White
Rock, made distinctive by its colour, stands
3 cables N of High Bluff.
Battery Point Light (41446N, 124121W) (11.110).
(Directions continue at 12.9)
Channels on St George Reef
St George Channel
11.104
1 Description. St George Channel, about 1 mile wide
between the dangers at its narrowest point, leads between
Point St George and the E rocks of St George Reef. The

385
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

channel is frequently used by coastal vessels in clear
weather; although the saving in distance is only about
3 miles, it is an advantage to such vessels during heavy
NW winds and swell.
Local knowledge is required.
Dragon Channel
11.105
1 With positions from SW Seal Rock (4149N,
12421W).
Dragon Channel, which leads WNW between Jonathan
Rock (1 miles S) (11.102), and Whale Rock (2 miles SE),
thence between Mansfield Break (7 cables SSW) (11.102)
and Great Break (5 cables SE), is not recommended. A
wreck and a shoal, with depths over them of 58 and 82 m
(19 and 27 ft), respectively, lie in Dragon Channel 2 cables
W of Great Break and 3 cables W of SW Seal Rock.
Crescent City Harbor
Chart 3122 (see 1.14)
General information
11.106
1 Crescent City Harbor (4145N, 12412W) is entered
4 miles SE of Point St George. Commercial and sports
fishing vessels operate out of the harbour and petroleum
products are handled. Crescent City, the seat of Del Norte
County, extends around the N side of the harbour.
Limiting conditions
11.107
1 Controlling depths. In 2002 the controlling depths
were:
46 m (15 ft) in the outer harbour channel.
34 m (11 ft) to the outer basin on the E side of the
harbour.
21 m (7 ft) in the small craft basin in the NE part of
the harbour.
2 The authorities should be consulted for the latest depths.
Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
range about 21 m; mean neap range about 09 m.
Arrival information
11.108
1 Pilotage. No pilots available; local knowledge is
required. Berths are assigned by the Harbour Master, whose
office is in the outer basin and who can be contacted on
VHF from Monday to Friday during the hours 05002100.
Anchorage may be obtained in the outer harbour which
gives good protection from NW but is open S. Small craft
get good protection in the basins on the E side of the
harbour.
2 Vessels at anchor should take precautions against a local
SE wind known as the kick back or back draft, which
frequently blows with considerable violence. The wind
occurs only after strong NW winds outside, and it usually
blows from the early afternoon until midnight.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the
harbour entrance; see Appendix VII.
Harbour
11.109
1 The harbour is protected W by a breakwater extending
6 cables SE, thence 1 cables ESE, from Battery Point
(4145N, 12412W), and SE by a breakwater which
extends 3 cables NE to the shore from Whaler Island, an

Crescent City Harbour from SE (11.109)

(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)

386
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 11

island 27 m high (8 cables ESE of Battery Point). An inner
breakwater extends 2 cables NNW from Whaler Island to
form an outer basin on the E side of the harbour; an
above-water rock, known as Pelican Rock, stands in the
entrance to this basin.
There are a number of mooring buoys in the harbour.
Directions
11.110
1 Caution. Care must be exercised when approaching
Crescent City Harbor because of the numerous rocks and
shoals in its vicinity.
2 Dangers in the N approach. Foul ground with many
off-lying rocks extends nearly 1 mile offshore in the N
approach to the harbour between Battery Point (4145N,
12412W) and Point St George, about 3 miles NW; this
area should be avoided. A light (white two storey structure)
(privately maintained) stands on the islet 1 cable S of
Battery Point. No 1 buoy (port hand) moored 5 cables SW
of Battery Point Light marks a rock, which dries about
15 m (5 ft).
3 The principal above-water rocks are (positioned from
Battery Point Light):
Castle Rock (2 miles NW) (11.102).
White Rock (1 miles WNW).
Preston Island (7 cables WNW), a peninsula, 36 m
high.
Steamboat Rock (3 cables SSE), 128 m high.
4 Dangers in the S approach. Chase Ledge, marked
3 cables WSW by No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand), is a
steep-to shoal with a depth over it of 64 m (21 ft) lying
1 mile S of Outer Breakwater Light (41442N,
124115W); a shoal depth of 21 m (7 ft), on which the
sea breaks only in a heavy swell, lies 5 cables ENE of
Chase Ledge.
11.111
1 Entrance leading lights:
Front light (red rectangle, white stripe, on pile) (about
8 cables N of Outer Breakwater Light).
Rear light (similar structure) (68 m from front light).
From the vicinity of No 4 Light-buoy moored 6 cables S
of the harbour entrance, the alignment (001) of these
lights leads N into the harbour passing with positions from
the Outer Breakwater Light:
2 W of Mussel Rock (7 cables SE), a rock about 3 m
high, thence:
E of Round Rock (2 cables S), a rock 137 m high;
a rocky patch with a depth over it of 64 m (21 ft)
lies 1 cables ENE of Round Rock. Thence:
3 E of Outer Breakwater from the head of which a
light (pile) is displayed. Two patches, one of 33 m
(11 ft) and one of 3 m (10 ft), lie close together
(1 cables ESE); other shoal depths extend across
the entrance towards Whaler Island (3 cables
ENE). Thence:
4 W of No 6 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (1 cable
ENE), marking a 21 m shoal, and:
E of No 7 Buoy (1 cable NNE), marking Fauntleroy
Rock, a rock which dries, thence:
W of No 8 Light (starboard hand), displayed from the
inside head of the inner breakwater.

Battery Point Light, Crescent City, from SW (11.110)

(Original dated 2002)

(Photograph Copyright Kenneth A. Adelman, www.californiacoastline.org)

387
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 11
5 Caution. When inside the entrance, the leading line
should not be followed as it leads close to the inside head
of the inner breakwater.
Berths
11.112
1 Fishing vessels berth at the long wharf on the W side of
the harbour which extends SSE from the root of the outer
breakwater, and at Citizens Dock, a Y-shaped pier, which
extends from the shore on the N side of the outer basin.
Pleasure craft berth in the small craft basin which opens
out N of Citizens Dock; about 500 berths are available.
Services
11.113
1 Repairs to small craft; vessels up to 34 m and
270 tonnes can be accommodated.
Other facilities: hospital.
Supplies: fuels; provisions; water.
Rescue: Coastguard vessel is usually on station in the
outer basin.
Trinidad Harbor
Chart 3121 (see 1.14)
General information
11.114
1 Description. Trinidad Harbor, situated on the E side of
Trinidad Head (4103N, 12409W) (11.100), is a small
cove, obstructed by several rocks, which affords shelter in
NW winds but is dangerous in W or S winds. It is used
mainly by fishing vessels during the summer months, but a
swell usually sets into the cove, even in those months, and
the holding ground is not particularly good.
2 Fishing vessels unload their catches at a pier in the
small bight on the W side of Little Head, a prominent
rocky knoll, 38 m high, in the W side of the cove at the
root of Trinidad Head.
Of the many rocks in the cove Prisoner Rock, lying in
the entrance 1 cable ESE of Trinidad Head, is the most
prominent. It is formed by two rocks 128 m high, close
together, which from S resemble an animal lying down
with its head towards W. Flat Rock, 12 m high, is also
situated in the entrance 1 cables E of Prisoner Rock; a
rock, 17 m high, stands 1 cable N of Flat Rock.
3 Foul ground, with rocks above water in places, extends
1 cables offshore around the head of the cove.
Port radio. The harbour monitors VHF.
Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
range about 19 m; mean neap range about 08 m.
Directions. Local knowledge is required.
4 Approaching from west. From the vicinity of No 2
Buoy (starboard hand), moored 2 cables W of Pilot
Rock (5 cables S of Trinidad Head) (11.101), the
approach leads ENE passing NNW of No 4 Buoy
(starboard hand) moored on the W side of a rock,
with a depth over it of 27 m (9 ft), which lies
2 cables SSE of Prisoner Rock. A rock with a
depth over it of 21 m (7 ft) lies cable NNW of
Prisoner Rock. A shoal depth of 15 m (5 ft) lies
cable SSE of Flat Rock.
5 Approach from south. The coast from the mouth of
Little River (1 miles SE of Trinidad Head) to the
entrance to the cove, is bordered with numerous
rocks, some above water, which extend 2 cables
offshore in places. Little River Rock, lying at the
edge of foul ground extending from the coast
5 cables NW of the river mouth, Cap Rock, 3 m
(10 ft) high, and Double Rock 46 m (15 ft high)
lying 5 cables and 1 mile farther NNW,
respectively, are the outermost of the above-water
rocks.
6 Clearing bearing. The line of bearing more than 343
of Little Head, kept open W of Prisoner Rock, passes
WSW of the shoal depth SSE of Prisoner Rock.
Useful mark:
Abandoned lighthouse structure on the N side of the
harbour, 2 cables NE of Little Head.
7 Anchorage. The best anchorage is about midway
between Prisoner Rock and Trinidad Head, with Flat Rock
just open S of Prisoner Rock, bearing 073, in depths of
13 m (42 ft), mud. The inner part of the bay, N of Prisoner
Rock and W of Flat Rock, is designated a special
anchorage area, primarily for the use of sport and
commercial fishing vessels; temporary floats and buoys are
laid in this area.
Services. Slipway for craft up to 8 m in length and
27 m beam; provisions; fuel.
Other names
Chart 3122
11.115
1 The following are on St George Reef (4148N,
12418W):
East Rock.
Flat Rock.
Long Rock.
Mussel Rock.
Chart 3121
Patricks Point (4108N, 12410W).
388
Home Contents Index

NOTES

389
Home Contents Index

Chapter 12 - Point St George to Columbia River

126 125 124 123 122

Columbia River
2940

46 46
12.137

12.123

45 45

12.98
3124 Yaquina Bay

12.74
44 O R E G O N 44

12.46
Coos Bay

3095
12.35

43 43
3122

3123 Cape Blanco

12.6

42 42

Point St George

126 Longitude 125 West from Greenwich 123 122

March 2004

390
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 12
POINT ST GEORGE TO COLUMBIA RIVER
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 2531
Scope of the chapter
12.1
1 The area covered by this chapter comprises the coastal
passages along the coast of Oregon from the vicinity of
Point St George (4147N, 12415W) to the approaches to
Columbia River (4615N, 12405W), about 270 miles N.
The principal ports on this coast are Coos Bay (4321N,
12420W) (12.46), and Newport, the latter lying in
Yaquina Bay (4437N, 12405W) (12.98). Also included
in the description are Pelican Bay (12.13), Chetco River
(12.16), Rogue River (12.22), Port Orford (12.27), Coquille
River (12.40), Umpqua River (12.80), Siuslaw River
(12.88), Tillamook Bay (12.142), and Nehalem River
(12.149).
2 The chapter is divided into the following sections:
Point St George to Coos Bay (12.5).
Coos Bay to Columbia River (12.73).
Weather
12.2
1 The strongest winds occur in winter and spring and are
most common from between SE and S. In the summer and
early autumn they are light, directions from NW and SW
being the most frequent.
Fog is a problem along the coast, mainly in the latter
POINT ST GEORGE TO COOS BAY
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 2531
Area covered
12.5
1 In this section are described the passages between Point
St George (4147N, 12415W) and Coos Bay, about
90 miles N. It includes descriptions of Coos Bay, and the
principal rivers and bays along the coast used by small
craft. The principal dangers are Rogue River Reef (12.9)
which extends 3 miles offshore from the river of the
same name (4225N, 12426W), and Orford Reef (12.9),
which extends 5 miles offshore SW of Cape Blanco
(4250N, 12434W).
2 The section is arranged as follows:
Point St George to Cape Blanco (12.6).
Cape Blanco to Coos Bay (12.35).
Coos Bay (12.46).
half of the year, with August the worst month, though its
frequency decreases in the N of the area.
Rescue
12.3
1 Coast Guard stations are situated at:
Chetco River (4203N, 12416W) (12.21).
Rogue River (4225N, 12426W) (12.26) (seasonal).
Coquille River (lifeboat only) (4307N, 12426W)
(12.44).
Coos Bay (4321N, 12420W) (12.68).
North Bend Air Station (4325N, 12415W) (12.68).
2 Umpqua River (4340N, 12412W) (12.87).
Siuslaw River (4401N, 12408W) (12.94).
Yaquina Bay (4437N, 12405W) (12.119).
Depoe Bay (4449N, 12404W) (12.130).
Tillamook Bay (4534N, 12357W) (12.148).
For services provided see 1.62.
Coast radio stations
12.4
1 In addition to the main coast radio stations on the
Pacific coast of the United States, the following VHF/RT
station operates in the area covered by this chapter:
Newport (4438N, 12403W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 1(2).
POINT ST GEORGE TO CAPE BLANCO
General information
Chart 3122
Route
12.6
1 From a position off St George Reef (4150N,
12423W) the route leads NNW for about 60 miles,
passing to seaward of Rogue River Reef and Orford Reef.
Topography
12.7
1 For 10 miles N of Point St George (4147N, 12415W)
the coast, indented by Pelican Bay (12.13), is low and
sandy. For the remaining 6 miles to the entrance to
Chetco River (12.16), it curves NW and is formed of low,
rocky cliffs, backed by a low tableland on which several
prominent rocky knolls rise to heights of from 30 to 60 m.
391
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 12
Winchuk River flows into the sea on the California-Oregon
border, 3 miles SE of the entrance to Chetco River.
2 North of Chetco River, as far as Crook Point (13 miles
N) (12.9), the coastline comprises high, broken cliffs,
bordered by rocky islets and ledges which extend up to
5 cables offshore. Eight miles N of Chetco River, a rugged
cliff from 60 to 90 m high extends for one mile along the
coast and is backed by a bare, triple headed hill from 213
to 244 m high. In the interior Bosley Butte (4212N,
12413W) rises above the coastal range. The mountain
appears flat topped when seen from W or NW, with two
summits separated by a slight depression; the NE summit
appears more rounded and larger, though slightly lower,
than the other summit. Closer to the coast, Rocky Prairie,
and another mountain 610 m high, made distinctive by bare
patches in the forestry near their summits, lie 3 miles SE
and 4 miles SSE of Crook Point.
3 From Crook Point, a low sandy beach backed by high
sand dunes, distinctive in clear weather, leads 2 miles N
to the entrance to Pistol River. The mouth of this river is
only open in the rainy season, and its position alters from
year to year. Thence as far as Cape Sebastian, 2 miles
farther NNW (12.9), the coast is fringed by high rocks.
Between Cape Sebastian and the mouth of Rogue River
(6 miles N) (12.22) the coast is broken and rugged, rather
low near the beach off which there are relatively few
outlying rocks.
4 North of Rogue River the coastline trends N then NNW
for about 26 miles to Cape Blanco; for 5 miles N of Rogue
River the coast is fringed by numerous rocks. The
mountains backing the coast are high, irregular in shape
and are covered with chaparral. Distinctive amongst the
peaks are Brushy Bald Mountain (4233N, 12419W)
which shows up in hazy weather as a flat rounded summit
with gentle slopes on its S and W sides, and Colebrook
Butte (4 miles NNW of Brushy Bald Mountain), which,
when viewed from W appears as a cone with gently
sloping sides, and from S as a rounded peak, not dissimilar
to Brushy Bald Mountain but lower. The slopes of
Colebrook Butte are wooded, except for the lower part of
the seaward side, which is bare, and brown in colour.
Farther N, Bald Mountain (8 miles N of Brushy Bald
Mountain), appears from seaward as an irregular knob at
the NW end of a ridge 1 mile long; the ridge terminates SE
in a sharp conical peak known as Rocky Peak. Viewed
from SW three knobs show, but from NNW only two are
seen.
5 North of Port Orford (4245N, 12430W) (12.27), a
narrow sand ridge, about 3 miles long, rising at one point
to a height of 49 m, covered with grass, fern and brush,
ends abruptly on the S side of a valley known as Elk River
Valley; thence vertical cliffs, in places over 50 m high, and
which are crowned by woods, extend to Cape Blanco.
6 Cape Blanco (4250N, 12434W), which projects
1 miles from the general line of the coast, is a small bare
tableland, terminating seaward in a cliff, 69 m high, backed
by low land. From W the cape is not prominent, but from
N or S it resembles a bluff islet; a group of buildings on
the cape are reported to be prominent.
Principal marks
12.8
1 Landmarks:
Mack Arch (4214N, 12424W), a double headed,
rocky islet, which lies 7 cables offshore. The
arch, 30 m high, is under the E and lower summit,
and is prominent from S. The islet is black nearly
to the top, which is usually white.
Humbug Mountain (4241N, 12426W); conical,
with a steep and rugged seaward face.
2 Major lights:
Del Norte Aero Light (4147N, 12414W) (11.100).
Cape Blanco Light (white conical tower, 18 m in
height) (4250N, 12434W).
Directions
(continued from 11.103)
12.9
1 From a position W of 2SG Light-buoy (4150N,
12424W) (11.102), moored off the extremity of St George
Reef the passage leads NNW passing:
WSW of CR Light-buoy (safe water) (42017N,
124170W), moored off the entrance to Chetco
River, thence:
2 WSW of Goat Island (4204N, 12419W), which
lies 2 cables offshore and is steep-to on its W
side. White Rock lies 6 cables offshore 1 mile NW
of Goat Island, and an isolated above-water rock
lies 2 cables NW of White Rock. Thence:
WSW of Cape Ferrelo (4206N, 12421W), a bold,
rugged faced point fringed by rocks and islets for
up to 5 cables offshore, thence:
3 WSW of Leaning Rock (4212N, 12423W), a rock
whose NW face is perpendicular and which slopes
gradually towards SE; it is the most prominent of
a number of rocks which lie up to 5 cables W of
Deer Point. Thence:
WSW of Mack Reef which consists of rocks, some
above-water, others awash or underwater, which
extends 1 miles S from Crook Point (4215N,
12425W), a low point terminating in a rocky
knoll 53 m high. Mack Arch (12.8) is the most
prominent of many rocks on the reef. Thence:
4 WSW of Cape Sebastian (4219N, 12426W), which
is prominent from N or S; it is the seaward
termination of a ridge running at right angles to
the coast. On the W side it rises abruptly from the
sea to an elevation of 211 m, with a depression
behind it, after which it rises again more gradually
to an elevation of 610 m. The seaward face is
precipitous and broken, with a few trees on it; the
lower part of the S side is grass covered. A rock,
with a depth over it of 32 m (10 ft), and on which
the sea breaks, lies 5 cables offshore 1 mile NW of
the W extremity of the cape. Thence:
5 WSW of an isolated shoal, with a depth over it of
183 m (60 ft), which lies 3 miles W of Hunter
Creek (4223N, 12426W), and 7 cables WSW of
R Light-buoy (12.25), thence:
Clear of a submerged buoy (42265N, 124347W)
with least depth of 46 m (15 ft) over it, thence:
6 WSW of North-west Rock (4228N, 12430W), the
outermost above-water rock on Rogue River Reef
which extends nearly 3 miles NW from a
position 1 miles W of the mouth of Rogue River;
a rock, with a depth over it of 46 m (15 ft) lies
3 cables W of North-west Rock. The bottom in
this vicinity is very broken and vessels are advised
to give the rock a berth of at least 1 miles.
Thence:
7 WSW of North Rock, the innermost of a group of
steep-to rocks, some of which are submerged, and
on which the sea breaks heavily, lying between 1
392
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 12
and 2 miles offshore, 2 miles NW of Hubbard
Mound (4229N, 12426W). Foul ground extends
between 6 cables and 1 miles offshore between
the mouth of Rogue River and Hubbard Mound;
off the latter point it is marked by breakers.
Thence:
8 WSW of Sisters Rocks (4236N, 12425W), a group
of three of which the largest, 120 m (394 ft) high,
is connected to a rocky point, 79 m high; the
middle rock is 45 m high, and the outer is 46 m
high. Small craft sometimes obtain shelter in NW
winds under the lee of the largest rock. Thence:
9 WSW of Lookout Rock (2 miles N of Sisters
Rocks), a prominent, projecting, precipitous cliff,
behind which is a marked depression, thence:
WSW of Island Rock (4240N, 12429W), a flat
topped rock which lies 1 miles offshore and
4 miles S of Port Orford (12.27); a needle rock,
33 m (109 ft) high stands 1 cable NW. Thence:
10 WSW of South-east Black Rock (4246N,
12437W), a rock 18 m (6 ft) high, and Fox Rock
(1 miles W), the S dangers on Orford Reef, a
group of rocks and submerged ledges, which
extends from 2 to 5 miles offshore SW of Cape
Blanco (12.7). Kelp extends over the reef and from
the reef to within 1 miles of the shore. The sea
breaks continuously over Fox Rock. Thence:
W of North-west Rock (about 2 miles N of South-east
Rock), the NW danger on Orford Reef, thence:
11 W of Blanco Reef, which extends up to 1 miles SW
and W of Cape Blanco (4250N, 12434W)
(12.7), and consists of numerous rocks and ledges,
some of which are marked by kelp. The most
visible of the rocks are Black Rock, 74 m high,
situated 1 miles SW of the lighthouse (12.8), and
Pyramid Rock, 9 m high, situated 1 mile WSW of
the lighthouse; dangers lie around, and between
these rocks, and an isolated depth of 183 m (60 ft)
lies 1 mile W of Pyramid Rock. The narrow
channel between Blanco Reef and Cape Blanco is
obstructed by rocks and should not be attempted;
numerous rocks, some above water, extend over
5 cables NW from Cape Blanco.
12 Caution. In thick weather care should be taken when
passing Rogue River Reef and rounding Cape Blanco; it is
prudent to remain in depths of 91 m (50 fm) or more.
Useful marks
12.10
1 Whalehead Island (4208N, 12422W), the outer of
three rocky islets, the other being 39 m and 31 m
high respectively.
Needle Rock (4227N, 12429W), the most
prominent rock on Rogue River Reef.
Arch Rock (4247N, 12436W), on Orford Reef; a
large square arch in the rock is visible from S or
SW.
Aero light (4251N, 12431W), at Cape Blanco
State Airport.
(Directions continue at 12.38)
Side channels
Rogue River to North Rock
12.11
1 The channel between the dangers on the E side of
Rogue River Reef and the mainland, and those on the E
side of North Rock and the mainland, is sometimes used
by small coasting vessels in clear weather, but it is intricate
and obstructed with many dangers.
Local knowledge is required.
Passage inside Orford Reef
12.12
1 A channel, from 2 to 3 miles wide, leads N inside
Orford Reef, narrowing to 1 mile where it turns W between
the NE edge of Orford Reef, and the S end of Blanco
Reef. This channel is much used by small coasting vessels
in clear weather, but should not be attempted in thick
weather. Depths of 11 m (36 ft) are situated near the centre
of this channel about 1 miles E of Best Rock (3 miles
SW of Cape Blanco (4250N, 12434W)), but elsewhere it
is deep.
Pelican Bay
Chart 3122
Description
12.13
1 Pelican Bay is contained between Point St George
(4147N, 12415W) (11.101) and Chetco Point (12.16),
15 miles N. Pyramid Point, 10 miles N of Point St
George, is a rocky knoll; Prince Island, a high islet, and
Hunter Rock, a high, double headed rock, are prominent
close W and NW, respectively, of Pyramid Point. The S
shore of the bay consists of a broad sand beach and sand
dunes; Lake Talawa and Lake Earl, surrounded by marshy
land, lie close behind the sand dunes. Smith River flows
into the sea close S of Pyramid Point.
Directions
12.14
1 From S the bay can be entered either W of St George
Reef (11.101), or, depending on size of vessel, and in clear
weather with local knowledge, through St George Channel
(11.104).
In the N part of the bay the coast is obstructed with
rocks and dangers and should be given a clearance of at
least 1 miles; Cone Rock, lying 6 cables offshore
1 miles NNW of Pyramid Point, is the most prominent of
these dangers.
2 Inside the bay, all dangers are contained within the
183 m (60 ft) depth contour which runs parallel to the
coast at a distance of about 1 miles. South of Pyramid
Point, the following dangers lie inside this depth contour
(positioned from Pyramid Point):
Rock, 3 m (10 ft) high (2 miles S), lying 2 cables
offshore.
Group of rocks 3 m (10 ft) high (1 miles SW), lying
7 cables offshore.
Interstate boundary
12.15
1 The boundary between California and Oregon lies in an
090 direction close S of the parallel of 42N, about
1 miles N of Cone Rock (12.14). This also marks the sea
boundary between the Eleventh and Thirteenth Coast Guard
Districts.
Chetco River
Chart 3122 (see 1.14)
General information
12.16
1 Chetco River flows into the N side of Chetco Cove
which lies at the N end of Pelican Bay (12.13). The cove
is contained between Chetco Point (4203N, 12417W), a
393
Home Contents Index
narrow peninsula 24 m high, formed by rugged cliffs which
extend 2 cables from the general line of the coast, and Red
Point (2 miles SE). The mouth of the river is protected by
two stone jetties.
2 The town of Brookings occupies the W bank of the
river, and the port of Brookings, which is used for the
loading of lumber barges, by fishing vessels and by
pleasure craft, is situated on the E bank, close inside the
river entrance. The port comprises a turning basin and a
small craft basin protected by a dike 550 m long; a second
small craft basin is entered S of the turning basin, and a
barge slip is situated on the E side of the turning basin at
the entrance to this lower basin.
Limiting conditions
12.17
1 Controlling depths. In 2003 the controlling depth was
36 m (12 ft) in the entrance channel leading to the turning
basin, in which there was a depth of 24 m (8 ft). Depth in
thesmall craft basins was generally 27 m (9 ft).
Vertical clearances. A power cable, with an overhead
clearance of about 14 m, spans the river 6 cables above the
entrance, and a highway bridge, 1 cables farther N, has a
vertical clearance of 18 m.
Arrival information
12.18
1 Outer anchorage. Chetco Cove affords indifferent
anchorage; there is some protection from NW but it is
exposed S.
Numerous rocks, some above water, fringe the shores of
the cove and its approaches; a dangerous wreck is charted
8 cables SSE of Bar Rock Light. Caution should be
exercised when anchoring.
Anchorage may be obtained, in a depth of 16 m (54 ft),
5 cables SSW of Bar Rock Light and 1 cables E of the
approach channel.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the line
joining the jetty heads; see Appendix VII.
Storm signal. Flown by day from the Coast Guard
station. There is no corresponding night signal. See 1.58.
Directions
12.19
1 Approach to Chetco Cove. The river valley makes a
good landmark, even in hazy weather.
Approaching from S, Red Point (12.16) should be given
a berth of at least 1 mile; White Rock, Long Rock, and
groups of rocks known as Twins Rocks and Cousins Rocks,
lie on foul ground which extends 4 cables from Red Point;
a shoal with a depth over it of 69 m (26 ft) lies 6 cables
WSW of Red Point.
2 Approaching from N, foul ground extends 3 cables SW
from Zwagg Island, 31 m high, which bounds the W side
of Macklyn Cove on the NW side of Chetco Point. Walrus
Rocks lie on the extremity of a reef which extends over
1 cable S from Chetco Point; a shoal with a depth over it
of 67 m (22 ft) lies 1 cable farther S of Walrus Rocks.
Numerous other rocks, both above and below-water, extend
up to 3 cables offshore between Chetco Point and the
entrance to the river.
3 Chetco River Leading Lights:
Front light (red rectangular daymark, black stripe, on
framework tower) (42029N, 124160W), on the
E side of the river.
Rear light (similar structure) (250 m NNE of the front
light).
CHAPTER 12
4 From the vicinity of CR Light-buoy (safe water)
(42017N, 124170W), the alignment (030) of these
lights leads NNE through a fairway marked by No 2
Light-buoy (starboard hand) and into the dredged channel,
36 m wide and marked by No 9 beacon (port hand) inside
the entrance, which leads between the jetties and into the
turning basin.
5 Useful marks with positions from Bar Rock Light (port
hand) (42026N, 124164W), which is displayed from
the extremity of the N jetty:
Pelican Bay Light (white octagonal tower attached to
building) (7 cables E).
No 11 Light (port hand) (3 cables NNE) which is
displayed on the N side of the entrance to the
turning basin.
6 Yellow Rock (12 m high) (1 cables NW) which
stands close to the shore on the N side of the
entrance.
Islet, 177 m (58 ft) high (4 cables W), which lies
close off a rocky headland midway between
Chetco Point and the river entrance.
Ruined pier (6 cables W) which extends about
2 cables offshore close E of Chetco Point.
7 Rough Bar sign. A Rough Bar advisory sign is
displayed at an elevation of about 4 m at the N end of the
channel and visible from seaward; see 1.56.
Berths
12.20
1 Lumber is loaded into barges at the slip in the turning
basin.
Fishing boats and pleasure craft berth in the two small
craft basins; the upper small craft basin can accommodate
over 500 craft.
Port services
12.21
1 Repairs: 60 tonne lift; ramp.
Supplies: fuels; provisions; stores; water.
Rescue: Coast Guard station is situated on the E side of
the entrance to the turning basin.
Rogue River
Description
12.22
1 Rogue River (4225N, 12426W), situated 6 miles N of
Cape Sebastian (12.9), is an important sports fishing area.
The towns of Wedderburn and Gold Beach stand on the N
and S sides, respectively, of the river close inside the
entrance; Gold Beach is the principal town.
Limiting conditions
12.23
1 Depths. The project depth in the entrance channel to a
turning basin at Wedderburn is 4 m (13 ft); in 2002 the
controlling depth across the bar was only 21 m (7 ft) in the
NW part. Shoaling to bare sometimes occurs seasonally
across the entrance at the breakwaters.
A dredged channel leads from close inside the entrance
to a boat basin at Gold Beach; this channel is subject to
severe shoaling and in 1994 had shoaled to bare near its
entrance. The controlling depth in 2003 was 24 m (8 ft).
2 Caution. Controlling depths are consistently less than
the project depth and are subject to continual and
pronounced change; mariners should obtain the latest
information on depths before attempting entry.
394
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 12
Vertical clearances. A highway bridge with a vertical
clearance of 91 m (30 ft) spans the river 8 cables above the
entrance.
Arrival information
12.24
1 Local knowledge is required.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the line
joining the jetty heads; see Appendix VII.
Storm signal. From a pole near the Coast Guard
lifeboat station. There is no corresponding night signal. See
1.58.
Directions
12.25
1 Approach. The head on the N side of the river mouth
attains an elevation of 228 m (750 ft) 1 miles NE of the
entrance and, together with the marked depression in the
coastal range made by the river valley, makes a good mark
from seaward. Needle Rock (12.10), on Rogue River Reef
(12.9) is also prominent in the approach.
2 Entry. Approach is made from a position S of
R Light-buoy (safe water) (42237N, 124287W), which
is moored 2 miles S of Rogue River Reef and 5 cables SSE
of an isolated rocky patch over which the sea breaks. The
fairway leads NE, passing SE of R Light-buoy, marked by
a buoy (port hand), leads into the river passing between
two stone jetties; a light (port hand) is displayed from the
head of the N jetty.
3 Rough Bar sign. A seasonal Rough Bar advisory sign is
established 6 cables inside the entrance; see 1.56.
Useful mark:
Highway bridge (12.23), prominent when approaching
the river mouth.
Port services
12.26
1 About 200 small craft berths at Gold Beach; all the
usual facilities are available.
Rescue. A Coast Guard lifeboat station is manned from
June to mid September.
Port Orford
General information
12.27
1 Port Orford is entered between The Heads (4244N,
12431W), 91 m high, which, when seen from S, appear as
a long ridge with three knobs, and Rocky Point (2 miles
SE). The cove affords good shelter in NW winds, but is
exposed and dangerous in S winds. It is easy of access and
is probably the best natural NW lee N of Point Reyes
(10.26). The town of Port Orford, the home of the famous
yellow cedar, is situated at the head of the cove.
2 A breakwater, extending about 1 cable SE from
Graveyard Point (7 cables NE of The Heads), protects a
wharf on its NE side. There is a Coast Guard mooring
buoy in the cove.
Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
range about 22 m; mean neap range about 09 m.
Local knowledge is required.
Directions
12.28
1 Approaching from S, Humbug Mountain (4241N,
12426W) (12.8), and Island Rock (1 miles WSW)
(12.9), make good marks. Redfish Rocks, a group of six
islets from 3 to 43 m (10 to 140 ft) high, which lie nearly
395
Port Orford (12.27)
(Original dated 1990)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)
1 mile offshore in an area 2 miles N of Island Rock, should
be given a good berth as other dangers lie amongst and to
the N of them in the S entrance to the cove.
2 The entrance to the cove is marked by No 1 Light-buoy
(port hand) moored about 8 cables S of The Heads.
Above and below-water rocks extend up to 5 cables
from the shore around the cove, but a passage with a least
depth of 21 m (7 ft) is available through the centre of the
cove to the wharf E of Graveyard Point.
3 Useful marks with positions from The Heads:
White water tank (on the summit), made prominent
by the dense, wooded background; it has been
reported that from a distance it has, on occasions,
been mistaken for Cape Blanco lighthouse (12.8).
Klooqueh Rock (3 cables NW of the S extremity),
black, conical shaped, and prominent, particularly
from N.
4 Tichenor Rock (1 cable S).
No 3 Light (port hand), a seasonal light displayed
from the head of the breakwater at Graveyard
Point (7 cables NE).
Battle Rock, a high, narrow, black rock, which,
except at high tides, is connected to the shore
close E of Fort Point (9 cables NE).
Anchorage
12.29
1 Anchorage may be obtained a little W of the centre of
the bay, in depths of 9 to 18 m (30 to 60 ft), sand, taking
care to avoid a dangerous wreck lying 2 cables ENE of
No 3 Light, and a rock with a depth of 3 m (10 ft) just
under 2 cables E of the light, where it is reported many
anchors have been lost. Small craft may obtain better
shelter from NW winds closer to The Heads; these winds
sweep with considerable force through the depression at the
head of the cove.
Berth
12.30
1 The wharf at Graveyard Point is high and seldom used
for berthing alongside; fishing boats use moorings off the E
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 12
side of the wharf. In 2003 there were depths of 06 to
12 m (2 to 4 ft) alongside the E face of the wharf.
Port services
12.31
1 Boat hoist with capacity 12 tons.
All usual small craft facilities.
Anchorages
Mack Arch Cove
12.32
1 Description. Mack Arch Cove is situated NE of Mack
Arch (4214N, 12424W) (12.8) and is protected from
NW by Mack Reef (12.9). The reef breaks the swell which,
during NW winds, rolls towards Mack Arch Cove, and the
latter is then sometimes used as a temporary anchorage.
The area has not been closely surveyed and extreme
caution should be exercised when using this anchorage.
Local knowledge is required.
2 Anchorage may be obtained E of the group of rocks
situated 5 cables N of Mack Arch, with Mack Point
(8 cables NNE of Mack Arch) bearing about 055, in
depths of about 11 m (36 ft), sand.
Temporary anchorage may also be obtained in moderate
NW winds, in the bight between Mack Arch and Yellow
Rock (1 miles SE). The approach should be made passing
midway between Yellow Rock and Mack Arch, anchoring
when the former bears 155, and the latter 296, in depths
of 20 m (66 ft), sand.
Hunters Cove
12.33
1 Description. Hunters Cove is a small constricted
anchorage under the SE side of Cape Sebastian (4219N,
12426W) (12.9); it is entered between the cape and
Hunters Island (1 cables S), a rocky, flat topped island.
Shoal water extends E from Hunters Island to the shore.
2 Anchorage sheltered from N winds may be obtained by
small craft in depths of about 6 m (20 ft) but it is not
recommended. During moderate SW and strong NW winds
heavy seas make entry difficult.
Local knowledge is required.
Other names
Chart 3122
12.34
1 Black Rock (4212N, 12423W).
Coal Point (4242N, 12427W).
House Rock (42065N, 124220W).
Otter Point (4228N, 12426W).
Twin Rocks (4205N, 12421W).
CAPE BLANCO TO COOS BAY
General information
Chart 3123
Route
12.35
1 From the vicinity of Cape Blanco (4250N, 12434W)
to the approaches to Coos Bay (4321N, 12420W) the
route leads NNE for 33 miles; all charted dangers lie within
the 365 m (20 fm) depth contour which parallels the coast
at a distance of between 1 and 2 miles.
Topography
12.36
1 The coast N of Cape Blanco differs considerably from
that S of the cape. The coastal mountains are not so high,
and the coast consists of high, yellow sand dunes and
cliffs, broken by bold rocky headlands of moderate height
and backed by pine covered hills.
2 The coast for 4 miles N of Cape Blanco is formed by
cliffs which gradually decrease in height N, thence a sandy
beach, backed by sand dunes and narrow lakes, extends
about 11 miles N to the approaches to Coquille River
(12.40). Sand dunes continue for 4 miles N of Coquille
River, after which cliffs, gradually increasing in height,
extend to Cape Arago (7 miles farther N) (12.38). The high
cliffs in the approach to Cape Arago are intersected by
seven deep ravines known as the Seven Devils.
Major lights
12.37
1 Cape Blanco Light (4250N, 12434W) (12.8).
Cape Arago Light (white octagonal tower and
dwelling, 13 m in height) (43205N, 124225W);
visible from S when bearing more than 035. The
light is displayed from Gregory Point, the N
extremity of a rocky wooded islet, 2 miles NNE
of Cape Arago.
Directions
(continued from 12.10)
12.38
1 From a position W of Blanco Reef (12.9) the coastal
passage leads NNE, passing (with positions from Coquille
Point (4307N, 12426W)):
WNW of Gull Rock (16 miles SSW), a dark,
rugged rock with two knobs on its summit; this
rock is fringed by submerged rocks. Thence:
2 WNW of Castle Rock (5 cables NE of Gull Rock), a
high, prominent rock which lies off the entrance to
Sixes River, thence:
WNW of Tower Rock, the largest of several rocks
which extend up to 8 cables W of Blacklock Point
(15 miles SSW), a precipitous rocky cliff, 48 m
high, thence:
3 WNW of Coquille Point, 18 m high, which is fringed
by dangers up 1 miles NW and should be given
a wide berth, thence:
Clear, depending on draught, of a submerged buoy
(6 miles WNW) with a depth of 164 m (54 ft)
over it, thence:
WNW of Five Mile Point (6 miles N), a projecting
rocky cliff, 18 m high, fringed by rocks from 3 to
12 m high more than 2 cables to seaward, thence:
4 WNW of Cape Arago (4320N, 12422W) the W
extremity of a large headland that projects about
1 mile from the general line of the coast. The
seaward face of the cape, 2 miles long,
comprises a narrow, sparsely wooded tableland,
15 m high, fringed with rocks of about the same
height. The cape is only conspicuous when the
high land in the interior is obscured. Reefs extend
5 cables SW and W, and 7 cables NW, from the
cape. Thence:
5 WNW of K Light-buoy (safe water) (1 miles NNW
of Cape Arago Light), moored in the approach to
Coos Bay.
Caution. Tide rips have been reported about 5 miles
NW of Coquille Point.
396
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 12
Useful mark
12.39
1 Aero light (4325N, 12415W), at North Bend
Municipal Airport.
(Directions continue for Coos Bay at 12.64
and for coastal passage at 12.78)
Coquille River
Chart 3123 (see 1.14)
General information
12.40
1 Position and function. Coquille River (4307N,
12426W) is entered 5 cables NE of Coquille Point (12.38)
between two jetties about 160 m apart.
Fishing vessels operate out of Bandon, which is situated
on the S bank close inside the entrance; the settlement of
Prosper is 4 miles above the entrance, and Coquille,
21 miles above the entrance, is the distribution centre for
the agricultural communities of the river valley. River
traffic above Bandon comprises mainly rafts of logs.
2 Topography. South of the entrance the coast comprises
rocky cliffs fronted by detached rocks, amongst which are
Cat and Kittens Rocks, the highest of which is 20 m high,
which lie 5 cables SW of Coquille Point. A long, low area
of shifting dunes extends N of the entrance.
Limiting conditions
12.41
1 Controlling depths. The Federal project provides for a
depth of 4 m (13 ft) from the entrance to Bandon, about
1 mile from the entrance. The reported depth above Bandon
is about 18 m (6 ft) to Coquille, 21 miles above the
entrance.
The channel is subject to frequent changes and the
deepest water is not always on the leading line; the
authorities should be consulted for the latest information.
2 Vertical clearances. A highway lift-bridge with a
clearance of 226 m (74 ft) when raised, and 85 m (28 ft)
when lowered, spans the river 3 miles above the entrance; a
power cable, with a safe overhead clearance of 219 m
(72 ft) spans the river close E of the bridge.
Power cables spanning the river between Prosper and
Coquille have a minimum safe overhead clearance of
207 m (68 ft).
Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables for Bandon.
Mean spring range about 2 m; mean neap range about
09 m.
Arrival information
12.42
1 Local knowledge is required.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the line
joining the jetty heads; see Appendix VII.
Directions
12.43
1 Caution. It is reported the bar breaks, even in calm
seas, and mariners should favour the N side of the fairway
in the approach.
Approach. Dangers extend up to 1 miles NW from
Coquille Point. The outermost danger is Coquille Rock,
which has a depth over it of less than 18 m (6 ft), and is
marked about 3 cables N by No 2 Light-buoy (starboard
hand). Closer in, Wash Rock, which dries 21 m (7 ft), lies
8 cables W of Coquille Point; two other rocks, which
break, lie 2 and 3 cables WNW, respectively, of
Wash Rock.
397
2 From the vicinity of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand),
moored about 1 miles WNW of the entrance on the N
side of Coquille Rock, the fairway, marked by No 4
Light-buoy (starboard hand), leads about 1 miles ESE,
passing N of two rocky areas, which break, lying 8 and
9 cables NW, respectively, of Coquille Point, and on to the
entrance lead.
3 Entrance leading lights:
Front light (red rectangle, black stripe, on framework
tower) (on the W breakwater of the small craft
basin, 7 cables inside the entrance).
Rear light (similar structure) (278 m from front light).
The alignment (102) of these lights leads into the river
between the jetty heads.
4 Useful marks:
No 8 Light-beacon (starboard hand), standing on S
jetty.
No 14 Light-beacon (starboard hand), on the head of
the W breakwater of the small craft basin.
The fairway to Bandon is marked on the N side by
seasonal buoys (port hand). About 1 mile inside the
entrance the river turns sharply N along the inside of the
shifting sand spit that forms the N side of the entrance.
Submarine cables cross the river 5 cables inside the
entrance.
5 Rough Bar sign. A Rough Bar advisory sign is
displayed at an elevation of about 9 m from a position on
the S shore about 6 cables inside the entrance, just N of the
Coast Guard station; see 1.56.
Facilities
12.44
1 Berths. In 1999 there were reported depths of 15 to
24 m (5 to 8 ft) in the small craft basin at Bandon,
9 cables inside the entrance; about 180 berths, and a
launching ramp, are available.
The wharf at a former lumber mill, 2 cables NE of the
small craft basin, is 95 m long and is reported to have a
depth of 37 m alongside.
2 Services. All the usual small craft facilities, including
repairs; fuels by road tanker; Coast Guard motor lifeboat
stationed at Bandon.
Small craft shelter
12.45
1 Small craft and fishing vessels sometimes obtain shelter
in the summer in South Cove, close under the S point of
Cape Arago (4320N, 12422W) (12.38).
Local knowledge is required.
COOS BAY
General information
Chart 3095
Position and function
12.46
1 Coos Bay, the name given to the lower reaches of Coos
River (12.71), is entered close N of Cape Arago (4320N,
12422W) (12.38). The bay can be used as a harbour of
refuge and can be entered at any time except in extreme
weather.
It is one of the most important harbours between San
Francisco and Columbia River, and was once billed as the
largest timber exporting port in the world. Forest products
at one time made up nearly all the goods handled, but
while this has declined in recent years, it remains one of
the largest forest products ports in the world.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 12
2 Foreign trade is mainly in logs, wood chips, lumber,
plywood, paper, and paperboard. Coasting trade is mainly
in sand and gravel, lumber and petroleum products.
Coos Bay is a port of entry, and incorporates a Foreign
Trade Zone.
Topography
12.47
1 Cape Arago (4320N, 12422W) (12.38) is the
dominant feature when approaching Coos Bay.
From the vicinity of Cape Arago Light (12.37), the S
side of the entrance trends 2 miles NE to Coos Head, a
headland 70 m high, faced by cliffs, 30 m high, which
terminate in several small rocky points with sand beaches
between them; several prominent buildings stand on the
cliffs close SW of Coos Head. Midway between Gregory
Point and Coos Head, Mussel Reef extends 2 cables
NNW from the shore at Yoakam Point.
2 The entrance is between two jetties, about 3 cables
apart, which project 5 cables WNW from the general line
of the coast; the outer extremities of these jetties are
submerged for a distance of about 1 cable.
North Spit, which forms the N side of the entrance, is
the low extremity of a sand spit extending N along the
coast.
Approach and entry
12.48
1 The harbour is approached on the alignment of leading
lights, and entered between jetties through a dredged
channel marked by light-buoys and lights.
Traffic
12.49
1 In 2002, 67 vessels called totalling 2 103 802 dwt.
Port Authority
12.50
1 Oregon International Port of Coos Bay, 125 Central
Avenue, Suite 300, PO Box 1215, Coos Bay, Oregon
974200311.
Website: portofcoosbay.com
Limiting conditions
Controlling depths
12.51
1 The project depth of the entrance channel is 143 m
(47 ft) outside, reducing to 113 m (37 ft) at the inner end.
Thence, it is 113 m (37 ft) at the entrance turn and through
the various reaches leading to Isthmus Slough (not charted),
and thence 67 m (22 ft) through Isthmus Slough to
Millington, about 15 miles above the entrance.
2 The width of the channel through the bay varies
between 91 and 122 m (300 and 400 ft) except at the swing
bridge (43256N, 124141W) (12.52).
For the latest controlling depths the chart, and the port
authorities, should be consulted.
Vertical clearances
12.52
1 Southern Pacific Railroad Bridge spans the main channel
close E of Pony Point. This swing bridge has a vertical
clearance of 37 m (12 ft) when closed, and a horizontal
clearance of 60 m (197 ft). The bridge controller monitors
VHF radio.
2 McCullogh Highway Bridge, 6 cables E of the railway
bridge, spans the main channel from North Point
(43254N, 124133W) to Russell Point (5 cables N). It
398
has a vertical clearance of 375 m (123 ft); the power cable
close W of this bridge has a safe overhead clearance well
in excess of the bridge clearance.
3 Isthmus Slough (4321N, 12412W) is spanned by a
bascule bridge which has a vertical clearance of 55 m
(18 ft). Power cables close N of the bridge have a safe
overhead clearance of 305 m (100 ft).
Deepest and longest berths
12.53
1 Roseburg Lumber Company (12.67).
Tidal levels
12.54
1 See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring range about
21 m; mean neap range about 09 m.
Maximum size of vessel handled
12.55
1 Vessels of up to LOA 221 m, breadth 335 m,
45 000 dwt, draught 107 m, can be accommodated.
Arrival information
Port radio
12.56
1 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(5).
Outer anchorage
12.57
1 Caution. There is no safe anchorage off Coos Bay,
Oregon, coastline during the winter months due to the rapid
onset of severe weather (see note on chart).
Small craft may obtain anchorage almost anywhere in
the bay outside the dredged channels and below the railway
bridge at Pony Point (43254N, 124143W), taking note
of submarine cables laid across the bay at Empire
(43235N, 124168W), as shown on the chart.
Pilotage and tugs
12.58
1 Pilotage is compulsory and available 24 hours, weather
permitting. Pilots should be requested 24 hours in advance.
The pilot boards from one of two tugs, Coos Bay or North
Bend, which have black hulls, orange upperworks, and
white funnels. The boarding position is 1 mile NW of
K Light-buoy, as shown on the chart. Vessels should
maintain a speed of 4 to 5 kn, with the pilot ladder about
3 m above the waterline.
Tugs are available.
Inland Rules of the Road
12.59
1 Inland Rules of the Road are in force in Coos Bay
within the entrance jetty heads; see Appendix VII.
Quarantine and customs
12.60
1 Unless otherwise directed, vessels subject to inspection
by quarantine, customs, immigration and agricultural
quarantine officials, are normally boarded by the relevant
officials on arrival at their berths.
For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.
Harbour
General layout
12.61
1 From the entrance the bay trends NE for about 5 miles,
its width varying from less than 5 cables to about 1 mile; it
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 12
then turns gradually E and S, and opens out to a width of
from 1 to 1 miles. The W shore of the bay, as far as the
bend to E, is formed by a sand spit which is covered with
partly wooded sand dunes which are 30 m high in places.
2 The dredged channel through the bay to the head of the
bay, about 11 miles above the entrance, is bordered by
marshland and intersected by several sloughs. South Slough
(12.69) discharges into the bay just inside the entrance, and
North Slough, Haynes Inlet and Kentuck Inlet, discharge
into the bend in the vicinity of North Point (43254N,
124133W). Coos River (12.71), Catching Slough (12.71),
Isthmus Slough, used for logging operations, and Coalbank
Slough, unused, discharge into the head of the bay.
3 The principal berthing areas are at Roseberg (8 miles
above the entrance), and the cities of North Bend
(11 miles above the entrance), and Coos Bay (14 miles
above the entrance); the two cities merge to form one
continuous conurbation from North Point to Coalbank
Slough (4 miles S). North Bend has many sawmills and
factories and considerable quantities of lumber are exported
from there; the municipal airport is situated on the NW
side of the city on the S side of the entrance channel. Coos
Bay is the principal city on the bay and is a distribution
centre for the many industries in the area. There are also
berths at Empire (5 miles above the entrance).
Natural conditions
12.62
1 Currents. There is usually a current, setting N or S, just
off the jetties at the entrance; this should be guarded
against, especially when outward bound. A S current is
often experienced during the summer months, and a N
current during the winter after strong S winds.
2 Tidal streams. Observations in the entrance suggest the
mean rate of the streams is about 2 kn. The greatest
observed rate of the out-going stream was about 3 kn, and
of the in-going stream about 3 kn; during freshets an
out-going stream of 5 kn has been reported at Guano Rock
(12.65).
Weather. Prevailing winds are from NW, while storms
may produce winds from SW or SE.
Major lights
12.63
1 Cape Arago Light (43205N, 124225W) (12.37).
Umpqua River Light (4340N, 2412W) (12.77).
Directions for entering harbour
(continued from 12.39)
12.64
1 The most favourable time for crossing the bar is on the
last of the in-going stream; on occasions the bar is only
passable at this time. Mariners should ensure they have
identified the entrance leading lights before closing the
entrance.
Entrance channel
12.65
1 Entrance leading lights:
Front light (red rectangular daymark, black stripe, on
dolphin) (43210N, 124195W).
Rear light (similar daymark, on framework tower)
(810 m ESE of the front light), on the E shore of
the bay.
2 From the vicinity of K Light-buoy (safe water)
(43222N, 124231W), the alignment (116) of these
lights leads 2 miles ESE, through a channel marked by
light-buoys (lateral), between the jetties to the vicinity of
Coos Head Light (black and white chequered diamond
daymark on framework tower) (4321N, 12420W)
passing (with positions from Coos Head Light):
3 NNE of Baltimore Rock (2 miles W), which has a
depth over it of 34 m (11 ft), and is marked on its
N side by BR Buoy (special); the rock, which
usually breaks, is the outermost danger on a ledge
which extends 7 cables NNW from Gregory Point
(12.37). And:
4 SSW of No 3A Light (port hand) (6 cables NW), on
the N jetty, thence:
NNE of Guano Rock (2 cables NW), a rock awash,
marked on its NW side by No 4 Light-buoy
(starboard hand).
5 Thence the channel, marked by light-buoys, turns from
ESE through E to NNE and on to the alignment of:
Inside Range B leading lights:
Front light (red rectangular daymark, black stripe, on
pile structure) (1 miles NE of Coos Head Light).
Rear light (similar daymark, on framework tower)
(179 m NNE of the front light).
6 The alignment (023) of these lights leads 5 cables
NNE into the bay and on to the Coos Bay Range passing:
WNW of the entrance (8 cables ENE) to South
Slough (12.69). marked by No 1 Light (port hand),
thence:
ESE of an area of submerged and ruined jetties
(8 cables NE of Coos Head Light), on the E side
of North Spit.
7 Cautions. Approaching from any direction in thick
weather requires great caution.
The entrance channel is subject to frequent changes;
light-buoys and buoys may be moved from time to time to
meet such changes. There are breakers across the
submerged ends of the entrance jetties at most times.
8 When entering in strong NW winds, large vessels may
encounter difficulty in making the turn and find themselves
being set onto the submerged jetty (8 cables NE).
Main channel
12.66
1 From the entrance the main channel is marked
throughout by pairs of leading lights, lights and
light-buoys, as can be seen on the chart. The first five
ranges from, and including Inside Range, to the Upper
Jarvis Range leading to North Point (43254N,
124133W), also have reciprocal, or near reciprocal pairs
of leading lights.
Berths
12.67
1 The depths quoted below are reported depths and the
port authorities should be consulted for the latest
information. The principal terminals are, from N to S:
Roseberg Lumber Company (43255N,
124154W): length 436 m (with dolphins); depth
alongside 119 m; wood chips.
Ocean Terminals Company (43246N,
124131W): length 396 m (with dolphins); depth
alongside 116 m; lumber and containerised general
cargo.
2 Newport Petroleum Wharf (43237N, 124130W):
length 91 m (with dolphins); depth alongside
85 m; petroleum products.
399
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 12
Oregon Chip Terminal (43235N, 124130W):
length 331 m (with dolphins); depth alongside
11 m; wood chips.
3 Tosco Dock (43231N, 124131W): length 262 m
(with dolphins); depth alongside 107 m; petroleum
products and bunkering.
Dolphin Terminals Wharf (close S): length 99 m
(with dolphins); depth alongside 104 m; logs.
Central Dock (43226N, 124127W): length 472 m
(with dolphins); depth alongside 107 m; wood
chips and logs.
4 Pierce Terminal (43217N, 124122W): length
183 m; depth alongside 11 m; nickel ore.
Coos Bay Wood Chip Dock (43217N,
124120W): length 404 m; depth alongside
107 m; wood chips, logs, containerised general
cargo.
Port services
12.68
1 Repairs. Minor repairs only.
Dry dock can accommodate vessels of length 67 m,
width 137 m, displacement 1000 tons.
Slipway; length 365 m, width 975 m, draught 37 m;
capacity 400 tons.
Other facilities. Oily waste disposal; garbage disposal;
hospital.
2 Supplies. Fresh water at most terminals; all grades of
fuels available by barge or road tanker; provisions and
stores.
Communications. Airport at North Bend.
Rescue. Coast Guard Station in Charleston Boat Basin
(12.69); Coast Guard Air Station is at North Bend
Municipal Airport.
Small craft
Charleston Boat Basin
12.69
1 Description. Charleston Boat Basin, which is operated
and maintained by the Port of Coos Bay, is situated on the
W side of the mouth of South Slough (4320N,
12419W), an inlet navigable only by small craft, which
extends about 4 miles S from its junction with Coos Bay.
The town of Barview stands at the E entrance to the
slough.
2 Coos Bay Coast Guard Station is on the S side of the
basin which is protected on its N side by a breakwater.
Local knowledge is required.
Controlling depths. In 2003, the controlling depth in
the outer part of the entrance channel to South Slough was
3 m (10 ft). Least charted depth in the outer part of the
basin is 12 m (4 ft) and 18 m (6 ft) in the inner part.
3 Vertical clearances. The entrance to the basin is
spanned by a power cable with a safe overhead clearance
of 167 m (55 ft).
Farther S, at Charleston, the channel is spanned by a
bascule bridge with a horizontal clearance of 244 m (80 ft),
and a vertical clearance of 67 m (22 ft) when closed. A
power cable, with a safe overhead clearance of 216 m
(71 ft), spans the channel on the S side of the bridge.
4 Directions. From a position in the entrance to Coos Bay
8 cables ENE of Coos Head Light (4321N, 12420W)
400
(12.65) a channel, marked by lights, a light-buoy and buoys
(lateral) leads about 5 cables S to the entrance to the boat
basin, thence continues another 5 cables S to the bascule
bridge at Charleston. The channel as far as the boat basin
is subject to shoaling; the authorities should be consulted
for the latest depth information.
5 Rough Bar sign. A Rough Bar advisory sign is
displayed at an elevation of about 4 m on the E end of the
breakwater; see 1.56.
Berths: about 500 berths, used by both commercial
fishing craft and pleasure craft in depths of about 24 to
3 m (8 to 10 ft).
6 Repairs: dry dock which accommodates craft length
274 m, breadth 91 m, displacement 300 tonnes; slipway
which accommodates craft length 213 m, breadth 67 m,
draught 18 m.
Supplies: all the usual facilities are available.
North Slough and Haynes Inlet
12.70
1 North Slough and Haynes Inlet are entered from the
main channel through a common entrance between Jordan
Point (4326N, 12414W) and Russell Point (7 cables
ENE) (12.52). The channels through the sloughs are
marked by beacons (privately maintained).
2 A causeway crosses North Slough and joins the state
highway fixed bridge over Haynes Inlet. There is a vertical
clearance of 46 m (15 ft) under a fixed bridge on the
causeway, and a vertical clearance of 97 m (32 ft) under
the state highway fixed bridge. A replacement bridge is
reported (2002) as under construction with a design
clearance of 10 m (33 ft).
Channels at the head of the bay
12.71
1 Coos River (chart 3123) can be entered through
Cooston Channel, unmarked, at North Bend, or through
Marshfield Channel at the N end of Marshfield Range.
Marshfield Channel is marked by leading lights, lights and
a buoy. The river divides about 5 miles above the
entrance to Marshfield Channel into Millicoma River and
South Fork. Millicoma River is navigable to Allegany,
7 miles above the confluence, and South Fork is
navigable as far as Dellwood, 8 miles above. In 1990, the
least depth in these waterways was 06 m (2 ft) between the
E end of Marshfield Channel and a lifting bridge about
3 miles above the entrance. The lifting bridge has a vertical
clearance of 85 m (28 ft) when down, and 165 m (54 ft)
when up; a fixed highway bridge spanning South Fork has
a vertical clearance of 116 m (38 ft); power cables crossing
Millicoma River have a safe overhead clearance of 12.2 m
(40 ft).
2 Catching Slough (chart 3123) is navigable for several
miles by vessels of light draught. A swing bridge at the
entrance to the slough has a vertical clearance of 122 m
(40 ft) when closed; power cables higher upstream have a
least safe overhead clearance of 39 m (13 ft).
Other names
12.72
1 Fossil Point (43212N, 124189W).
Pigeon Point (43218N, 124183W).
Utter Rock (43240N, 124165W).
Home Contents Index
COOS BAY TO COLUMBIA RIVER
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 2531
Area covered
12.73
1 In this section are described the passages between Coos
Bay (4321N, 12420W) and Columbia River (4615N,
12405W), about 175 miles N. The principal port on this
stretch of coast is Newport, in Yaquina Bay (4437N,
12405W). Descriptions are also given of Umpqua River
(4340N, 12412W), Siuslaw River (4401N, 12408W)
and Alsea River (4425N, 12405W), which enter the sea
between Coos Bay and Yaquina Bay, and of the other small
craft harbours N of Yaquina Bay, the largest of which is
Tillamook Bay (4534N, 12357W).
2 It is arranged as follows:
Coos Bay to Yaquina Bay (12.74).
Yaquina Bay (12.98).
Yaquina Bay to Cape Meares (12.123).
Cape Meares to Columbia River (12.137).
COOS BAY TO YAQUINA BAY
General information
Chart 3123
Route
12.74
1 From the approaches to Coos Bay (4321N, 12420W),
to those of Yaquina Bay (4437N, 12405W), the route
leads N for about 77 miles. With the exception of two
shoal patches which lie almost 2 miles offshore in the
approaches to Yaquina Bay, all charted dangers are
contained within the 183 m (10 fm) depth contour which
parallels the coast at a distance of about 1 mile.
Topography
12.75
1 From Coos Bay to the Umpqua River, 19 miles N, the
coast consists of sand beaches and dunes backed by
moderately low hills; the coast is broken, 13 miles N of
Coos Bay, by the mouth of Tenmile Creek.
North of Umpqua River, sand dunes continue to line the
coast for 21 miles to the mouth of Siuslaw River (12.88).
The line of the coast is interrupted by the mouths of
Tahkenitch Creek and Siltcoos River, which enter the sea
7 and 12 miles N, respectively, of Umpqua River.
2 From Siuslaw River to the vicinity of Cape Perpetua
(16 miles N) (12.78) the hills immediately behind the
coast attain an elevation of over 245 m and are heavily
wooded; within 5 miles of the coast peaks attain an
elevation of over 610 m. The sand dunes, conspicuous in
contrast to the dark trees which partly cover them, give
way to sloping sand cliffs, thence farther N, to high,
broken, rocky cliffs. At intervals, there are strips of clear,
grassy land behind the cliffs. The mouth of Tenmile Creek,
marked by a sandy beach, 3 cables in length, is situated
12 miles N of Siuslaw River.
3 Yachats River, navigable only by canoes, flows into the
sea close N of Cape Perpetua between cliffs from 5 to 9 m
high, backed for 1 mile inland by a narrow strip of grassy
land. Thence low bluffs, fronted by a broad sandy beach,
extend about 7 miles N to the entrance to Alsea Bay
CHAPTER 12
(12.95) and continue thus to the approaches to Yaquina
Bay, 11 miles farther N.
4 Inland, Table Mountain, flat topped, covered with dead
trees, and of a whitish appearance, stands 11 miles ENE of
Alsea Bay. Marys Peak (chart 2531), a prominent
mountain, wooded on its sides but with a grassy summit,
rises 12 miles farther ENE.
Off-lying banks
12.76
1 Heceta Bank lies between 35 miles WSW and 25 miles
NW of Heceta Head (4408N, 12408W) (12.78). It
consists of areas with depths over them of less than 91 m
(50 fm), but the depths everywhere in the vicinity are
irregular.
Stonewall Bank with depths over it of less than 37 m
(20 fm), and with a least depth of 24 m (13 fm), lies about
15 miles WSW of the entrance to Yaquina Bay (4437N,
12405W). An obstruction is charted close SW of this
bank.
2 ODAS Light-buoy 46050 (special) is moored NW of this
bank, about 19 miles W of the entrance to Yaquina Bay,
and a light-buoy (special) NNE of the bank, about
10 miles W of the entrance.
Major lights
12.77
1 Cape Arago Light (43205N, 124225W) (12.37).
Umpqua River Light (white conical tower, 20 m in
height) (4340N, 12412W); the structure is
surrounded by trees, but the lantern is visible
above them.
Heceta Head Light (white conical tower, 17 m in
height) (4408N, 12408W); the light is
constructed on a platform cut out from the face of
the head, and only the lantern is visible from N.
Yaquina Head Light (white conical tower, 28 m in
height) (4441N, 12405W).
Directions
(continued from 12.39)
12.78
1 From a position WNW of K Light-buoy (safe water)
(43222N, 124231W) the passage leads N passing:
W of U Light-buoy, moored off the entrance to
Umpqua River (4340N, 12412W) (12.80),
thence:
W of S Light-buoy, moored off the entrance to
Siuslaw River (4401N, 12408W) (12.88),
thence:
2 W of Heceta Head (4408N, 12408W), whose
seaward face consists of near vertical cliffs 30 to
60 m high, and from where a light (12.77) is
displayed. The N part of the headland rises to an
elevation of 158 m; a high, pointed, black, conical
rock, (55 m (180 ft) high) situated close W of this
N part, is prominent from N or S. Thence:
3 W of Cape Perpetua (4417N, 12407W), the N of
two slightly projecting points, from where Cleft of
the Rock Light (grey square tower) (privately
maintained) is displayed. This N point, the bolder
of the two, is a reddish coloured cliff which rises
to an elevation of 244 m close inland. The S point
is known as Captain Cook Point. A few rocks,
awash, lie close off the cape. Thence:
401
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 12
4 W of Seal Rocks (4430N, 12405W), a number of
low rocks which extend about 5 cables offshore for
a distance of about 2 miles; the tallest rock,
situated towards the N end of the group, is 6 m
high. Thence:
5 W of two patches with depths over them of 46 and
76 m (15 and 25 ft), which lie 1 miles offshore
in positions about 2 and 3 miles, respectively,
NNW of the tallest of Seal Rocks, thence:
W of Y Light-buoy (safe water), moored off the
entrance to Yaquina Bay (4437N, 12405W)
(12.98).
Useful marks
12.79
1 Cox Rock (4407N, 12408W), a high, white
topped, conical rock.
Rocky Knoll (4411N, 12407W).
Gwynn Knoll (4415N, 12407W).
Aero light (4435N, 12404W), at Newport Airport.
(Directions continue for Yaquina Bay at 12.113,
and for coastal passage at 12.126)
Umpqua River
Chart 3123, US Chart 18584 (see 1.14)
General information
12.80
1 Position and function. Umpqua River (4340N,
12412W), whose entrance lies 19 miles NNE of Coos
Bay, is used mainly by barge traffic carrying lumber
products, sand, crushed rock, and petroleum products, and
by small craft; commercial traffic is very light. The
customs port of entry is at Coos Bay (4321N, 12420W)
(12.46).
2 Topography. The S point of the entrance is marked by
partly wooded sand dunes which attain an elevation of
about 90 m. About 1 mile S of the entrance is a prominent,
bright, bare spot amongst the trees in the dunes.
Umpqua River entrance from W (12.80)
(Original dated prior to 2003)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)
402
3 The entrance is protected by two jetties, 3 cables apart
at their outer ends, which project over 5 cables from the
coast; the outer 150 m of the S jetty is submerged. A Coast
Guard lookout tower, together with several other towers,
stands on the S entrance point.
The N side of the entrance is formed by shifting sand
dunes about 30 m high; Army Hill, about 2 miles N of
the entrance is 32 m high.
Limiting conditions
12.81
1 Depths. The project depths are 8 m (26 ft) in the
entrance channel, thence 67 m (22 ft) to both Gardiner
(12.86), and to the turning basin at Reedsport (12.86). The
entrance channel is obstructed by a bar, which is reported
to be shoalest during the month of September; depths in
the channels vary considerably between dredging.
2 It is reported the river is navigable, at HW, as far as
Scottsburg (4340N, 12348W), about 23 miles above the
entrance, by vessels whose draught does not exceed 18 m
(6 ft).
For the latest controlling depths the river authorities,
should be consulted.
3 Vertical clearances. A swing bridge, with a vertical
clearance of 11 m (36 ft) when closed, spans the river at
the upper end of the turning basin at Reedsport; the power
cable just W of the bridge has a safe overhead clearance of
463 m (152 ft). A railway bridge, 2 cables above the
highway bridge, has a swing span with a vertical clearance
of 49 m (16 ft) when closed.
4 The least vertical clearance of all cables above the
highway bridge is 29 m (95 ft).
Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
range about 20 m; mean neap range about 09 m.
Arrival information
12.82
1 Local knowledge is required.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the line
joining the jetty heads; see Appendix VII.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 12
Harbour
12.83
1 General layout. The river is a large estuary which, in
many respects, is similar to Coos Bay. From its entrance it
trends generally NNE for 4 miles, then curves gradually
round through E to S. The W shore of the lower reach, as
far as the bend, is formed by a sand spit consisting of
partly wooded sand dunes, which are about 30 m high in
places.
2 The estuary is largely occupied by shallow flats through
which runs a narrow channel; above the bend, it is
obstructed by a number of islands. These islands from NW
to SE are Steamboat Island and Cannery Island (adjacent to
each other, 8 miles above the entrance), Leeds Island (close
S of Steamboat Island), Bolon Island (close SE of
Steamboat Island) and Blacks Island (close E of Bolon
Island).
3 Jerden Cove (3 miles inside the entrance), and Macey
Cove (close N), both of which dry, are small indentations
on the E bank of the river. Barretts Landing, where there
are several prominent towers, is situated on the W bank,
6 miles inside the entrance.
4 The main berthing areas (12.86) are at Winchester Bay,
at Gardiner, and at Reedsport, the principal town on the
river.
Submarine cables and pipelines are laid across the
river at Winchester Bay and at Reedsport from close W of
the highway bridge to close W of the railway bridge.
5 Storm signal. From the Coast Guard lookout tower
(12.80). There is no corresponding night signal. See 1.58.
Landmark:
Umpqua River Light (4340N, 12412W) (12.77).
Directions
12.84
1 Caution. Dangerous shoals, which break, lie on the N
side of the entrance.
A submerged wave gauge, with a depth over it of 61 m
(20 ft), marked by two pairs of orange coloured markers,
lies on the W edge of a cable area, about 1 mile SSW of
the head of the S jetty.
2 Bar leading lights:
Front light (red rectangular daymark, black stripe, on
framework tower) (43401N, 124121W).
Rear light (similar structure) (268 m from front light).
3 From the vicinity of U Light-buoy (safe water), moored
9 cables W of the entrance, the alignment (086) of these
lights, displayed from the S side of the entrance, leads
across the bar and into the entrance passing N of No 2
Buoy (starboard hand) (seasonal light-buoy), moored
2 cables W of the head of the S jetty; the leading line
favours the S side of the entrance.
4 Thence, from a position in the entrance 3 cables W of
the front leading light the channel turns gradually NE to
the vicinity of No 6 Light (starboard hand), a turning light
intensive both upstream and downstream, and on to the
alignment of:
5 Channel leading lights:
Front light (red rectangular daymark, black stripe, on
pile) (43414N, 124111W).
Rear light (similar daymark, on framework tower)
(366 m from front light).
6 The alignment (026) of these lights leads NNE to the
vicinity of Winchester Point (1 miles inside the entrance).
403
Thence the channel, further marked at intervals by
leading lights, and by light-beacons and beacons, leads to
Gardiner or Reedsport as required.
Rough Bar sign. A Rough Bar advisory sign is
displayed from the vicinity of No 6 Light; see 1.56.
Side channels
12.85
1 Scholfield (Schofield) Creek enters Umpqua River on
the N side of Reedsport; the entrance to the creek is
marked by a pair of beacons (lateral). A fixed highway
bridge, with a vertical clearance of 61 m (20 ft), spans the
creek 9 cables S of the entrance to the creek. A fixed
railway bridge, with a vertical clearance of 49 m (16 ft),
spans the creek about 1 mile farther upstream.
2 Smith River which enters Umpqua River from NE at
Reedsport is reported to have a controlling depth of 15 m
(5 ft) for 5 miles above its mouth, thence 06 m (2 ft) as far
as Sulphur Springs Landing 18 miles above its mouth. The
highway bridge, 2 miles above the mouth, has a
retractable span with a vertical clearance of 67 m (22 ft).
Berths
12.86
1 Winchester Bay is a fishing resort situated on the E
bank of the river 1 miles inside the entrance. Berthing
facilities comprise two basins, West Basin and East Basin.
West Basin is entered on the N side of Winchester
Point; the entrance is marked by a No 8 Light (starboard
hand) and a daybeacon (port hand). In 2003 the controlling
depth from the entrance to the basin was 33 m (11 ft),
except for a lesser depth of 3 m (10 ft) along the W edge
of the channel. General charted depths in the basin are
between 21 and 33 m (7 and 11 ft), except for lesser
depths near the sides.
2 East Basin is entered through a dredged channel which,
in 2003, had a controlling depth of 27 m (9 ft) over a
width of 30 m to just inside the basin, thence depths of
18 m (6 ft) over a width of 23 m to the head of the basin;
lights (lateral) stand at the channel entrance. Lesser depths
are charted within the basin. For both basins, the chart
should be consulted for the latest depths.
3 Gardiner, on the NE bank of the river, 8 miles inside
the entrance, is the site of a large paper mill and a lumber
mill; barges unload oil at a wharf at the paper mill. The
mills are served by a dredged channel which leaves the
main channel at No 21 Light (7 miles inside the entrance).
Depths of 55 m are reported alongside the wharf; a light
(private) is displayed from the wharf.
There is a small craft ramp at Gardiner.
4 Reedsport, on the SW bank of the river, 10 miles inside
the entrance, is the site of a saw mill. Barges occasionally
ship lumber at a wharf situated between the highway bridge
and the railway bridge (12.81); the wharf is reported to
have a depth of 55 m alongside.
On the NW end of Bolon Island, opposite Reedsport,
there is a lumber wharf which is used occasionally.
Port services
12.87
1 Repairs: slipway at Reedsport for craft up to 457 m in
length, smaller slipway at Gardiner; tidal graving dock for
barges of length 80 m, breadth 18 m; small craft facilities
available at East Basin.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 12
Supplies: provisions, fuels, fresh water at Reedsport and
East Basin.
Rescue: Coast Guard station at the entrance to East
Basin.
Siuslaw River
Chart 3123 (see 1.14)
General information
12.88
1 Position and function. Siuslaw River (4401N,
12408W) has some logging operations and finished
lumber is shipped by barge to other Pacific coast ports; it
is also frequented by fishing vessels and small craft. The
customs port of entry is at Coos Bay (4321N, 12420W)
(12.46).
2 There is a fish cannery, and small craft facilities at
Florence, on the N bank of the river, 4 miles inside the
entrance. At Cushman, on the N bank, 2 miles ENE of
Florence, there are lumber and shingle mills, and also small
craft facilities. The river is navigable, by vessels of light
draught, as far as Mapleton, 9 miles above Cushman, but
the channel is narrow and tortuous.
3 Topography. The river is entered between two jetties,
just over 1 cable apart, which project 4 cables from the
coast. The S entrance point is a narrow spit of high shifting
sand dunes; the N entrance point is formed by a low, flat,
sand beach, backed by rocky wooded cliffs, from 15 to
30 m high. Inside the entrance the river leads S for about
3 miles, then turns E.
Limiting conditions
12.89
1 Controlling depths. The project depths are 55 m (18 ft)
across the bar, thence 49 m (16 ft) to the turning basin at
Florence, thence 36 m (12 ft) to Cushman.
The bar at the entrance is narrow and the depths vary
greatly because of storms and freshets; particularly during
late winter and spring.
2 Mariners are advised to contact the Coast Guard station
(12.94) for the latest depth information before attempting
entry.
Vertical clearances. Between Florence and Glenada, a
small settlement on the S bank, the river is spanned by a
bascule bridge with a vertical clearance of 52 m (17 ft)
when closed. A railway swing bridge, with a vertical
clearance of 46 m (15 ft), when closed, spans the river
1 mile above Cushman. The power cables which span the
river between these bridges have a minimum safe overhead
clearance of 23 m (75 ft).
Arrival information
12.90
1 Local knowledge is required.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the line
joining the jetty heads; see Appendix VII.
Harbour
12.91
1 Submarine cables are laid across the river in the
vicinity of Cannery Hill (1 miles inside the entrance), and
between Florence and Glenada.
Storm signal. From the Coast Guard station (12.94).
There is no corresponding night signal. See 1.58.
Landmark. Cannery Hill (Cannay Hill) (44003N,
124075W), a wooded hill on the E bank of the river is
prominent.
404
Directions
12.92
1 Caution. An artificial reef has been established about
2 miles N from Siuslaw River entrance light-buoy, see
chart.
Entrance leading lights. From the vicinity of
S Light-buoy (safe water), moored 5 cables W of the
entrance jetties, the alignment (094) of the following lights
leads into the entrance:
Front light (red rectangular daymark, black stripe, on
framework tower) (44010N, 124078W).
Rear light (similar structure) (274 m from front light).
2 Thence the river is marked by two sets of leading lights,
and by light-beacons, beacons and a buoy, to a position
about 1 mile above Florence.
Caution. Uncharted buoys on the S side of the entrance
to the river are frequently shifted to indicate the best water.
Rough Bar sign. A Rough Bar advisory sign is
displayed at an elevation of 11 m on a Coast Guard lookout
tower on the N jetty; see 1.56.
Berths
12.93
1 Wharf at the cannery at Florence; barge wharf at
Cushman.
Marinas at Florence; the largest can accommodate
250 craft.
Marina at Cushman can accommodate about 50 craft.
Port services
12.94
1 Repairs: minor repairs only; slipway for vessels up to
18 m in length, and hoist with capacity 50 tonnes, at
Cushman.
Supplies: provisions, fuels, fresh water at Florence and
Cushman.
Rescue: Coast Guard station on the E side of the river
close SSE of Cannery Hill (12.91).
Alsea Bay
Chart 3123
Description
12.95
1 Alsea Bay (4425N, 12405W), formed by the estuary
of Alsea River, is obstructed with shoals and flats through
which the river flows in a narrow winding channel. The S
entrance to the bay is a rounded, sandstone cliff, 30 m
high, covered with trees; the N point is low, broad and
sandy. There is considerable fishing in the bay and river
but boats rarely cross the bar.
2 The principal settlement is Waldport which is situated
just inside the bay on the S side of the entrance.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force within the
entrance to the bay; see Appendix VII.
Local knowledge is required.
Directions
12.96
1 The entrance, which is unsurveyed, has a shifting bar
with a depth over it of about 18 m (6 ft). The bar shoals
on the in-going tide and the full effect of the tide cannot
be relied on. Inside the bay the river, marked by seasonal
buoys (privately maintained), is navigable by small craft for
about 10 miles above its mouth.
A fixed road bridge, with a vertical clearance of 20 m
(66 ft), spans the bay about 1 mile within the entrance.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 12
Small craft facilities
12.97
1 Marina with accommodation for about 100 craft at
Waldport; it has all the usual facilities. There are several
other marinas in the river above Waldport.
YAQUINA BAY
General information
Chart 3123, US Chart 18581 (see 1.14)
Position and function
12.98
1 Yaquina Bay is entered 4 miles S of Yaquina Head
(4441N, 12405W) (12.99), and is the name given to the
estuary of Yaquina River; the harbour is the widening of
the river just inside the entrance.
Newport, situated just inside the N entrance, is a port of
entry, and is the principal port of the bay. There are several
fish processing plants at the town, and lumber, logs, paper,
plywood and petroleum products are handled.
2 There are several large lumber mills and a paper mill at
Toledo, about 11 miles above the entrance; products are
barged downriver to Newport for shipment.
Topography
12.99
1 The dominant feature is Yaquina Head, distinguished by
two grass covered conical hills, the outer 108 m high, and
the inner 120 m high, with a saddle about 61 m high
between them. The outer extremity is comparatively low,
broken and rocky. The grass covered land changes to a
dense forest about 1 mile inland from the point, and the
hills rise steeply.
2 The entrance to the bay is protected by jetties, about
1 cables apart, which project about 7 cables from the
shore; the extremity of the N jetty is submerged. The S
entrance point is formed from a low, sandy beach, backed
by high sand dunes; the N entrance point is a sandy bluff,
37 m high, thence broken yellow cliffs extend N to Yaquina
Head.
Approach and entry
12.100
1 The bay is approached and entered from WSW on the
alignment of leading lights, through a channel marked by
light-buoys.
Traffic
12.101
1 In 2002, 2 vessels called totalling 135 928 dwt.
Port Authority
12.102
1 Port of Newport, 600 South East Bay Boulevard,
Newport OR 973654338
Limiting conditions
Controlling depths
12.103
1 The project depths from the entrance for 1 miles to the
first turn are 122 to 91 m (40 to 30 ft), thence 91 m
(30 ft) to, and in, the turning basin off McLean Point
(2 miles inside the entrance), thence 55 m (18 ft) to
Yaquina (4 miles inside the entrance), thence 3 m (10 ft)
to Toledo, at the head of the project.
405
For the latest controlling depths, the chart, and the port
authorities should be consulted.
Vertical clearances
12.104
1 A fixed highway bridge, with a vertical clearance of
393 m (129 ft), spans the channel at Newport, about
1 miles inside the entrance; a light (flashing red) is
displayed from the bridge over the centre of the channel.
A power cable, with a safe overhead clearance of 235 m
(77 ft), spans the river 5 cables S of Yaquina, a settlement
on the E bank 4 miles inside the entrance.
A fixed highway bridge, 5 cables above Toledo, has a
vertical clearance of 104 m (34 ft).
2 An overhead pipeline at the entrance to Depot Slough, at
Toledo, has a minimum safe overhead clearance of 165 m
(54 ft). Further pipelines 3 cables above the entrance to the
slough have a safe overhead clearance of 55 m (18 ft).
Tidal levels
12.105
1 See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring range about
24 m; mean neap range about 12 m.
Local weather and sea state
12.106
1 In the summer months the swell tends to run parallel to
the coast and the bar is comparatively smooth, getting
some shelter from Yaquina Head. In winter however, the
heavy W swell makes the bar very rough. A smooth bar
and favourable tidal conditions are necessary for large
vessels leaving the bay.
Arrival information
12.107
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
Pilotage is compulsory; the pilot boards about 5 cables
W of Y Light-buoy (44359N, 124067W) (12.114).
Pilotage is arranged through the Coos Bay Pilots
Association at Coos Bay, the same pilot boats being used
(12.58). A minimum of 48 hours notice of ETA is required,
arrangements are usually made in advance by the agents.
2 Tugs are available from Coos Bay (the pilot tugs), and
from Toledo.
Local knowledge. Buoys cannot be relied upon to
indicate the best water either in the entrance to Yaquina
Bay or in the river; depths are subject to frequent change.
Entry should not be attempted without a pilot or local
knowledge; small craft unfamiliar with the area should seek
advice about the bar conditions from the Coast Guard.
3 Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the line
joining the jetty heads; see Appendix VII.
Quarantine and customs. Unless otherwise directed,
vessels subject to inspection by quarantine, customs,
immigration and agricultural quarantine officials, are
normally boarded by the relevant officials on arrival at
their berths.
For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.
Harbour
General layout
12.108
1 Yaquina Bay is formed by shallow flats, through which
runs a narrow channel; above Yaquina Bay, the river is
narrow and tortuous.
The deep-water berths are situated at McLean Point, on
the E side of Newport, 1 miles inside the entrance; the
berths are served by a turning basin 366 m wide.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 12
Yaquina Bay (12.108)
(Original dated 1990)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)
2 The principal small craft berthing areas are at Newport,
and at the S entrance to the bay opposite Newport; there
are other facilities along the river between Newport and
Toledo.
Submarine cables and pipelines
12.109
1 Submarine cables are laid across the bay in the vicinity
of the Newport fixed highway bridge, and in the approach
to the turning basin at McLean Point.
Storm signal
12.110
1 Shown from the Coast Guard station (12.119). There is
no corresponding night signal. See 1.58.
Tidal streams
12.111
1 The tidal streams attain a rate of about 2 kn in the
entrance, and about kn off the berths at Newport. Off
Yaquina, and 1 mile S of Toledo, the rate is about 1 kn.
Principal marks
12.112
1 Landmarks:
Two radio towers (4439N, 12403W), from which
red obstruction lights are displayed.
Major light:
Yaquina Head Light (4441N, 12405W) (12.77).
406
Directions
(continued from 12.79)
Approach
12.113
1 An area of shoal depths extends S, thence SSW, from
the vicinity of Yaquina Head across the approaches to
Yaquina Bay.
Yaquina Reef, the shoalest part of this area N of the
entrance, is a narrow ridge of hard sand and rocks with
depths over it of from 15 to 55 m (5 to 18 ft), which
extends 1 miles N from the head of the N jetty. Isolated
depths of between 24 and 55 m (8 and 18 ft) lie N of
Yaquina Reef, and a dangerous wreck lies on the reef,
about 6 cables N of the head of the N jetty.
2 South Reef, the continuation S of Yaquina Reef, is a
narrow ridge with depths over it of from 3 to 91 m (10 to
30 ft), which extends 1 miles SSW from a position about
3 cables SW of the head of the S jetty.
Entrance
12.114
1 Outer leading lights:
Front light (red rectangular daymark, black stripe, on
pile structure) (44372N, 124035W).
Rear light (similar daymark, on framework tower, on
pile structure) (366 m from front light).
From the vicinity of Y Light-buoy (safe water)
(44359N, 124067W), moored about 1 miles WSW of
the entrance, the alignment (060) of these lights leads
ENE for about 2 miles into the entrance through a
channel, marked by light-buoys, to the vicinity of No 7
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 12
Light-buoy (port hand), passing (with positions from the
head of the S jetty):
2 NNW of an isolated shoal depth of 91 m (30 ft)
(1 miles SW), thence:
SSE of two rocks awash which lie close S of the
head of the N jetty (1 cables N).
12.115
1 Inner leading lights:
Front light (red rectangular daymark, black stripe, on
pile structure) (44377N, 124030W), in
Newport Harbor.
Rear light (similar daymark, on framework tower)
(120 m from front light).
2 From the vicinity of No 7 Light-buoy the alignment
(040) of these lights leads NE into the bay passing
under the fixed highway bridge (12.104). The light on the
bridge is a marker light on the alignment of the leading
lights.
Thence the channel, marked by light-beacons,
daybeacons and buoys, leads through the bay and river to
Toledo.
3 Rough Bar sign. A Rough Bar advisory sign is
displayed at an elevation of 8 m from a pier at the Coast
Guard station at Newport (12.119); see 1.56.
Useful marks
12.116
1 Old Yaquina Bay Light (white tower), and a Coast
Guard lookout tower, which stand close together
on the summit of the N entrance point (44374N,
124038W).
No 4 Light (starboard hand) (44365N, 124048W),
displayed from near the extremity of the S jetty.
Basins and berths
McLean Point
12.117
1 All depths are reported depths, the port authorities
should be consulted for the latest information.
Newport International Terminal:
No 1 Berth: length 186 m, including No 2 Berth
extension; depth alongside 91 to 107 m.
No 2 Berth: length 76 m; depth alongside 82 m;
barges.
Both berths handle logs, sawn timber and paper
products.
Toledo
12.118
1 The wharves at the mills at Toledo are reported to have
a least depth of 3 m.
Port services
12.119
1 Repairs: minor repairs only.
Other facilities: hospital; Ro-Ro facilities at Berth No 1;
containers handled; some facilities for the disposal of oily
waste.
Supplies: provisions; fresh water; stores; bunkers by
road tanker.
2 Communications: Newport Municipal Airport, 8 km S
from Newport.
Rescue: Coast Guard station is situated on the N side of
the entrance, 2 cables NE of Newport fixed highway bridge.
Small craft
Newport
12.120
1 The Port of Newport operates the small craft basin on
the S side of the bay close E of the Newport fixed
highway bridge. The basin is protected N and W by jetties
through which a channel, dredged to a depth of 26 m
(8 ft) (2001), leads to a ramp at the head of the basin. A
light is displayed from the W entrance point, and a
daybeacon from the E entrance point.
2 The port also operates an area of commercial moorings
on the N shore of the port, 7 cables above the highway
bridge. The area is protected from the main channel by a
detached breakwater from the extremities of which lightsare
exhibited.
Both basins provide ample berths.
Services
12.121
1 Repairs: There are several marine repair facilities on the
river above Newport. The largest slipway is at Weiser Point
(4 miles above the entrance), which can accommodate
vessels of length 38 m, breadth 107 m, displacement
505 tons. There are cranes up to 70 tons capacity at Oneatta
Point.
Supplies: all the usual small craft requirements are
available at the marinas or at Newport.
Other name
12.122
1 Coquille Point (4437N, 12401W).
YAQUINA BAY TO CAPE MEARES
General information
Chart 3124
Route
12.123
1 From the approaches to Yaquina Bay (4437N,
12405W) to the vicinity of Cape Meares (4529N,
12359W), the route leads generally N for about 52 miles;
all charted dangers lie within the 365 m (20 fm) depth
contour which follows the trend of the coastline at a
distance off of about 2 miles.
Topography
12.124
1 North of Yaquina Head (4441N, 12405W) (12.99),
yellow and white sandstone cliffs, 12 to 30 m high, which
are low and broken, extend to Cape Foulweather (5 miles
N) (12.126), and continue thus for a farther 9 miles to the
approaches to Siletz Bay (12.131). The cliffs are fringed by
sandy beaches and sand dunes. Iron Mountain, elevation
200 m, 1 miles NE of Yaquina Head, is a distinctive hill;
its upper part is bare and composed of a red rock
formation in contrast to its lower part which is thickly
wooded.
2 From Siletz Bay to the vicinity of Cascade Head
(8 miles N) (12.126), the yellow sandstone cliffs, initially
from 24 to 30 m high, give way to bluffs of lesser height
which rise to grassy hills; the shore is fronted by a broad
beach fringed by rocky ledges.
3 From the N side of Cascade Head, a low sand beach
extends for 7 miles to Cape Kiwanda (12.126), broken
only by the entrance to Nestucca Bay (4 miles N) (12.133);
close inland, rolling hillocks, some of which are wooded,
rise to an elevation of 150 m. Sandy beaches and sand
407
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 12
dunes continue for 4 miles, across the entrance to Sand
Lake, a shallow and non-navigable lake, and for 1 mile N,
from where the character of the coast changes to vertical
sandstone cliffs, from 15 to 30 m high, which extend for
the remaining 3 miles to Cape Lookout (12.125).
4 N of Cape Lookout, a low, narrow sandy peninsula
extends 4 miles N to the entrance to Netarts Bay
(12.135), thence a sandy beach, backed by cliffs from 15 to
36 m high, above which there are prominent, high, sand
dunes, trends NNW for 1 miles to the S side of Cape
Meares.
Principal marks
12.125
1 Landmarks:
Haystack Rock (4513N, 12359W), conical in
shape, whose summit, in summer, is whitened by
guano.
Cape Lookout (4520N, 12400W), which projects
1 miles from the general line of the coast. The S
face is nearly straight, with precipitous cliffs in
which are many caves; the N face is sloped and
timbered. The wooded ridge, which forms the
cape, attains an elevation of 610 m, 3 miles
inland.
2 Three Arch Rocks (4528N, 12359W), from 62 to
84 m high, the largest of a group of rocks standing
on a reef that projects nearly 1 mile from the S
extremity of Cape Meares. These rocks, which are
perforated by the sea, are a favourite resort of sea
lions, whose barking can be heard from a
considerable distance with a favourable wind.
3 Major lights:
Yaquina Head Light (4441N, 12405W) (12.77).
Cape Meares Light (white masonry building, 5 m in
height) (4529N, 12359W).
Directions
(continued from 12.79)
12.126
1 From a position W of Y Light-buoy (safe water), moored
about 1 miles WSW of the entrance to Yaquina Bay
(12.98), the passage leads N passing:
W of Yaquina Head (4441N, 12405W) (12.99);
two submerged ledges lie N of Yaquina Head, not
more than 5 cables offshore. A patch of rocks,
drying 24 m (8 ft), lies 5 cables offshore 1 mile N
of the head. Thence:
2 W of Otter Rock and Gull Rock, which lie 3 and
4 miles, respectively, N of Yaquina Head, in a
field of kelp together with a number of
below-water rocks and rocks awash, thence:
3 W of Cape Foulweather (4447N, 12405W), the
named part of a bluff headland which has a
seaward face over 5 miles long, and which is faced
with rocky cliffs 18 m high; the N extremity of the
cape is known as Government Point. The cape is
formed by several grassy headlands, divided by
densely wooded ravines. It is highest at its S end,
where it rises to an elevation of over 300 m at a
short distance inland; a grassy patch on the SW
slope is prominent. The coastal highway follows
the shoreline closely in the vicinity of the cape.
Thence:
408
4 W of DB Light-buoy (safe water), moored off the
entrance to Depoe Bay (4449N, 12404W)
(12.128), thence:
W of the entrance to Siletz Bay (4456N, 12402W)
(12.131), thence:
5 W of Cascade Head (4504N, 12401W), at the N
entrance to Salmon River, a river whose entrance
is nearly blocked and which has no commercial
importance. The headland is rugged and heavily
wooded, 3 miles long, faced by cliffs over 210 m
high in places. The cliffs are cut by several deep
gorges through which three creeks discharge in
cascades between 18 and 24 m high. Two Arches
Rock, and several other rocks, lie within 1 cables
of the cape. Thence:
6 W of the entrance to Nestucca Bay (5 miles N of
Cascade Head) (12.133), thence:
W of Haystack Rock (4513N, 12359W) (12.125),
which lies 5 cables SW of Cape Kiwanda, a low,
yellow, rocky point, much broken and eroded;
bright coloured sand dunes, 150 m high, are
prominent behind the cape. Buoy CK (special) is
moored close NW of Haystack Rock. A submarine
cable extends seaward from 1 mile S of the cape.
Thence:
7 W of Cape Lookout (4520N, 12400W) (12.125);
reasonable shelter may be obtained in NW winds,
under the S side of the cape, in depths of 9 to
15 m (30 to 48 ft), but local knowledge is required.
Thence:
W of the entrance to Netarts Bay (4 miles N of
Cape Lookout) (12.135), thence:
8 W of Three Arch Rocks (4528N, 12359W)
(12.125). Cape Meares, the high rocky point
behind the rocks, extends 2 miles N and has
vertical cliffs 140 m high at its N end; a light
(12.125) is displayed from the W extremity of the
cape, which is a narrow projection, covered with
fern and bush, terminating in a cliff 61 m high.
Pillar Rock, 31 m high, and Pyramid Rock, a high
rock leaning NW, stand 2 cables and 6 cables,
respectively, NNW of Cape Meares Light, and a
shoal depth of 3 m (10 ft) lies 9 cables N of the
light.
Useful marks
12.127
1 Radio mast (4445N, 12403W).
Neskowin Rock, dark brown with a wooded summit,
rises abruptly from the beach to an elevation of
34 m at the entrance to Neskowin Creek (4506N,
12359W).
(Directions continue at 12.141)
Depoe Bay
Chart 3124 (see 1.14)
General information
12.128
1 Description. Depoe Bay (4449N, 12404W) is a small
craft harbour situated between 1 and 1 miles S of
Government Point (12.126). There is a small basin at the
town of Depoe Bay, and a fishing resort at the head of the
bay. This basin is considered to be one of the best small
craft shelters along this part of the coast. The bay itself has
foul ground at both its N and S ends, but the approach to
the dredged channel to the basin is deep and well marked;
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 12
the foul areas break in moderate seas and are marked by
kelp. The holding ground in the bay is good.
2 Local knowledge is essential; without it the entrance
should not be attempted at night or in poor weather.
Controlling depths. In 1986 the reported controlling
depth in the dredged channel to the basin was 24 m (8 ft);
shoaling to 12 m (4 ft) was reported in 1994 near the W
edge of the channel under the bridge. In 2003 there were
general depths of 18 to 24 m (6 to 8 ft) in the basin, with
lesser depths towards its edge.
Vertical clearance. The bridge (see below) has a
vertical clearance of 128 m (42 ft) under a span 91 m
(30 ft) wide.
3 Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the
entrance to the basin; see Appendix VII.
Regulations concerning entry. Craft over 15 m in
length require special permission from the Harbour Master
to enter; such entry can only be made at HW.
4 Storm signal. Shown from a pole close N of the bridge.
There is no corresponding night signal. See 1.58.
Landmark:
A concrete arch bridge, over the entrance to the
basin, is prominent from seaward.
Directions
12.129
1 Entrance leading lights:
Front light (white rectangular daymark, red stripe, on
framework tower) (44486N, 124037W).
Rear light (similar structure) (15 m from front light).
From the vicinity of DB Light-buoy (safe water), moored
1 mile W of the entrance, the alignment (085) of these
lights leads into the bay and to the entrance to the basin,
passing N of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) moored
4 cables W of the entrance. The entrance is floodlit, and
a fog signal is sounded from a white hut on the S side of
the entrance.
2 Caution. Mariners are warned that dangerous surges can
occur in the entrance to the basin.
Rough Bar sign. A Rough Bar advisory sign is
displayed at an elevation of 8 m from the N side of the
entrance channel; see 1.56.
Port services
12.130
1 Berths at piers and moorings in the basin.
Repairs: tidal grid for hull repairs; slipway.
Supplies: provisions; stores; fresh water; fuel.
Rescue: Coast Guard station in the basin.
Siletz Bay
Description
12.131
1 Siletz Bay, entered 6 miles NNE of Government Point
(4450N, 12404W) (12.126) is separated from the sea by
a sandy spit, covered with brush; it is formed by the
estuary of the Siletz River which flows into the SE side of
the bay, and is navigable only by small craft.
2 The N point of the entrance is a low bluff with a narrow
sand beach. The S point is the extremity of the low narrow
sandspit above, on which there are several buildings.
Taft, and Cutler City, on the N side of the bay, are
suburbs of Lincoln City, 1 miles N; the lights of these
communities show up well at night. There are several
marinas on the bay offering all the usual services for small
craft.
409
Local knowledge is required.
Directions
12.132
1 Approaching from S, dangers extend nearly 3 cables
offshore for almost 2 miles N of Government Point.
Approaching from N, attention is drawn to the shoal area
off Devils Lake (about 2 miles N of the entrance) (12.136).
The bay is entered over a shifting bar, thence through a
narrow channel navigable only by small craft whose
draught does not exceed 12 m (4 ft) at HW.
Useful mark:
White bridge, which crosses a creek close S of Taft,
is prominent from seaward.
Nestucca Bay
Description
12.133
1 Nestucca Bay, frequented only by small craft, is entered
5 miles N of Cascade Head (4504N, 12401W)
(12.126). It is the estuary formed by the junction of
Nestucca River and Little Nestucca River.
The S point of the entrance consists of rolling grassy
hillocks, from 120 to 150 m high, which approach the
coast. The N point is the extremity of the sandspit and
dunes (12.124) which extend N to Cape Kiwanda.
2 The summer resort of Pacific City, where small craft can
obtain supplies and fuel, stands 3 miles N of the entrance
to the bay.
Directions
12.134
1 Local knowledge is required.
The bar channel changes in position and depth
frequently; even in a moderate sea the bar is very
dangerous. A fixed highway bridge, with a vertical
clearance of 3 m (10 ft), spans Nestucca River at Pacific
City.
2 Caution. The coastal highway follows the coast between
the N side of Cascade Head and the approach to Nestucca
Bay. At night, the headlights of cars travelling this road
could be mistaken for the lights of vessels, or navigation
aids.
Netarts Bay
Description
12.135
1 Netarts Bay is a large, shallow lagoon, navigable only
by small craft, entered 4 miles N of Cape Lookout
(4520N, 12400W) (12.125). The entrance is at the N
end of the sandspit separating it from the sea; the sand
dunes on this peninsula are visible for a good distance to
seaward. The bay is obstructed with drying flats, except for
a small channel along the E shore; the entrance channel is
subject to constant change.
2 The settlement of Netarts, where there is a small boat
basin and a slipway, stands on the N shore of the bay,
about 1 mile inside the entrance.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the bay;
see Appendix VII.
Local knowledge is required.
Other names
12.136
1 Delake (4458N, 12400W).
Devils Lake (4459N, 12359W).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 12
CAPE MEARES TO COLUMBIA RIVER
General information
Chart 3124
Route
12.137
1 From the vicinity of Cape Meares (4529N, 12359W)
to the approaches to Columbia River the route leads
generally N for about 42 miles in depths of 73 m (40 fm),
or more, at a distance of 5 miles from the salient points on
the coast.
Topography
12.138
1 North of Cape Meares, a narrow peninsula of sand
dunes from 12 to 15 m high leads 5 miles N to the
entrance to Tillamook Bay (12.142), thence for over 5 miles
farther N it continues straight, lined by wooded sand dunes
behind which are several lakes. Heavily wooded hills begin
to rise from 5 to 7 cables inland, and attain an elevation
of from 300 to 490 m 1 mile farther inland.
2 N of Nehalem River (12.149) the coast is initially low
and sandy, after which it again increases in elevation and is
covered with dense forests, except close to the beach where
there is a narrow line of grassy hills which rise at the N
end to the S slope of Neahkahnie Mountain (12.139).
3 Approaching Tillamook Head (4556N, 12359W) the
coast is high and wooded, with broken cliffs bordered by
numerous rocks. The headland terminates in two points,
about 5 cables apart in a N and S direction. The cliffs at
the S point are 170 m high, those at the N point 305 m
high, and rocks from 14 to 46 m high extend W from the
point for about 1 cables. The summit, flat and densely
wooded, is 396 m high.
4 The coast continues high up to 3 miles NE of Tillamook
Head, backed by hills over 300 m high, thence a stretch of
sandy beach leads to the mouth of Necanicum River,
2 miles farther N. The summer resort of Seaside is
situated on the S side of the river mouth.
5 From Necanicum River, a broad, sandy beach extends
13 miles NNW to the S entrance point to Columbia
River. Clatsop Plains, which run parallel to the beach are a
stretch of low, sandy ridges, covered with grass, fern and
bush, and on which there are many hotels and buildings.
Principal marks
12.139
1 Landmarks:
Three Arch Rocks (4528N, 12359W) (12.125).
Neahkahnie Mountain (4545N, 12356W), is a
double headed mountain which attains an elevation
of 579 m, 2 miles inland. The S side is a grassy
slope, 1 mile long, that descends to the beach; the
seaward face ends in rocky cliffs more than 150 m
high, fringed by rocks close inshore. From S, the
two summits may be seen, but from W, the E one
is hidden.
2 Angora Peak (4549N, 12354W), most prominent
from W; it has a rounded summit, with a gradual
slope S and an abrupt drop N.
Saddle Mountain (4558N, 12341W); from NW the
mountain shows as three peaks, the NE and lowest
peak appearing as a sharp cone, the middle one
irregular shaped, and the S and highest peak in the
form of a truncated cone.
3 Major lights:
Cape Meares Light (4529N, 12359W) (12.125).
Cape Disappointment Light (46166N, 124031W)
(13.24).
North Head Light (4618N, 12405W) (13.24).
Other navigational aid
12.140
1 Racon. CR Light-buoy (safe water) (4611N,
12411W) moored in the approach to Columbia
River.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 12.127)
12.141
1 From a position W of Cape Meares (4529N,
12359W) the passage leads N passing:
W of T Light-buoy (safe water), moored off the
entrance to Tillamook Bay (4534N, 12357W)
(12.142), thence:
2 W of Falcon Rock, which lies 6 cables W of Cape
Falcon (4546N, 12359W), a projecting point.
The seaward face of the cape, which is less than
5 cables in extent, is very jagged and fringed by
many rocks; the SW point is composed of nearly
vertical cliffs, 60 m high, and is partly bare of
trees. A dangerous wreck (sunken crane barge) lies
8 cables S of the cape. Thence:
3 W of Castle Rock which lies 7 cables W of Arch
Cape (2 miles N of Cape Falcon); a rocky and
precipitous point fringed by high rocks, which is
the termination of a mountain ridge. Castle Rock,
as its name suggests, resembles a castle with two
towers, the higher of which, 48 m (157 ft) high, is
on the seaward side; rocks awash lie 4 cables SW,
and 1 mile S, respectively, of Castle Rock. Thence:
4 W of a reef with two heads, which dry about 12 m
(4 ft), and lie 1 mile W of Silver Point (4551N,
12358W), a broken, high cliff, 100 m high; the
point rises 1 mile inland to the densely wooded
Double Peak. Rocks, one of them 33 m (107 ft)
high, lie within 2 cables of the point. Thence:
5 W of a rock awash, which lies 8 cables WSW of
Haystack Rock (1 miles N of Silver Point), the
largest of a cluster of rocks lying close inshore.
Thence:
6 W of Tillamook Rock, which lies 1 miles W of
Tillamook Head (4556N, 12359W) (12.138). A
disused lighthouse (white square tower on
dwelling, 19 m in height) stands on the summit of
the rock. A rock, awash, lies 3 cables E of the
rock; vessels should not attempt to pass between
Tillamook Rock and the head as the currents in the
passage are strong and variable. Thence:
7 Clear of a light-buoy (special), moored 12 miles
WNW of Tillamook Head), thence:
E of ODAS Light-buoy 46029 (special), 19 miles
WSW of Cape Disappointment. Thence:
To the vicinity of CR Light-buoy (safe water)
(4611N, 12411W) moored in the approach to
Columbia River.
(Directions continue for Columbia River at 13.26
and for coastal passage at 14.12)
410
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 12
Tillamook Bay
Chart 3124 (see 1.14)
General information
12.142
1 Description. Tillamook Bay (4534N, 12357W) is a
large enclosed area, chiefly occupied by shallow flats,
intersected by three channels which, though of fair depth
near the entrance, gradually shoal towards the head of the
bay. Most of the surrounding country is agricultural. There
is no commercial traffic in the bay, which is used only by
fishing vessels and pleasure craft.
2 Tillamook, at the head of the bay 11 miles above the
entrance, is the principal town and the County seat, and is
the distribution centre for the farming communities; it is
noted for its cheese production.
Garibaldi, where there is a boat basin, is a lumber and
fishing town situated on the N shore, 2 miles inside the
entrance.
3 Topography. Kincheloe Point, the S entrance point, is
low and sandy; it appears as an island when approaching
from NW. A training wall extends about 6 cables NW
along the inner face of the point, thence 5 cables W to
form the S jetty. The N entrance point is the S extremity of
a high wooded ridge extending 5 miles N along the coast.
A jetty extends about 3 cables W from the N entrance point
leaving an entrance about 2 cables wide.
Limiting conditions
12.143
1 Controlling depths. In 2003 the controlling depth from
the entrance to the turning basin at Garibaldi was 46 m
(15 ft), thence 27 m (9 ft) along the N edge of the turning
basin in the approach to the boat basin, with 3 m (10 ft) in
the entrance; depths in the basin were reported to be
between 18 to 27 m (6 to 9 ft). Depths (1999) in the
turning basin, which have not been maintained for several
years, were 03 to 09 m (1 to 3 ft).
2 Depths over the bar are subject to frequent change and
the authorities should be consulted for the latest
information.
Tillamook River entrance from W (12.142)
(Original dated 1993)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)
411
South of Garibaldi, there are depths of about 18 m (6 ft)
as far as Bay City, 4 miles above the entrance to the bay,
thence the depth to Tillamook is less than 09 m (3 ft).
3 Vertical clearance. A fixed highway bridge, with a
vertical clearance of 46 m (15 ft), spans the Tillamook
River about 7 cables above its mouth; the river flows into
the S part of the bay just W of the channel leading to
Tillamook.
Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
range about 23 m; mean neap range about 13 m; a range
of 42 m may occur at maximum tides.
Arrival information
12.144
1 Local knowledge is required.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the line
joining the jetty heads; see Appendix VII.
Tidal streams
12.145
1 The average rate of the tidal streams in the entrance is
about 3 kn.
Directions
12.146
1 From the vicinity of T Light-buoy (safe water), moored
about 1 mile W of the head of the N jetty, the line of
bearing (092) of a directional light (framework tower) on
the N bank inside the entrance, leads through the entrance,
favouring the N side, through a channel marked by
light-buoys.
2 Thence the channel, marked by light-beacons and
beacons leads first 1 mile SE, then 7 cables E, to the boat
basin at Garibaldi. A number of rocks lie close to the
fairway on the N side of the SE leg, and Sow and Pigs, a
dangerous ledge which dries 12 m (4 ft) lies on N side of
the fairway at its junction with the E leg. The stream sets
towards this ledge when entering on the in-going tide.
3 Above Garibaldi, the three principal channels are Bay
City Channel, Main Channel and South Channel. Only Bay
City Channel, which follows the E side of the bay, and
which is unmarked, is of any importance; it leads to Bay
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 12
City, thence to Hoquarten Slough, the narrow and twisting
channel which leads from the head of the bay to
Tillamook.
4 Caution. The area between T Light-buoy and the
entrance frequently shoals, causing heavy breakers to form
on the entrance leading line.
Rough Bar sign. A Rough Bar advisory sign is
displayed on the boathouse at the Coast Guard station
(12.148); see 1.56.
5 Useful marks positioned from the head of the N Jetty
(45342N, 123580W):
Twin Rocks (about 1 miles N); they are so close
together that they usually appear as one prominent
rock. The S and larger rock has an arch in it.
No 3 Light (port hand), on the head of the jetty.
Lookout Tower (4 cables E).
6 Green Hill (1 miles ESE), a prominent hill covered
with grass, ferns and dense bush and surmounted
by trees; it ends in a bluff, rounded point on the N
side of the bay.
Black chimney, and a silver coloured tank, at
Garibaldi (2 miles ESE).
Berths
12.147
1 Garibaldi: basin for both commercial and sports fishing
vessels; about 200 craft can be accommodated.
Bay City: earth fill pier, which dries; used only by
small fishing boats.
Tillamook: small marina on the W bank of Trask River
which flows to the head of the bay W of Tillamook; it is
only open during the summer.
Services
12.148
1 Repairs: dry dock at Garibaldi can accommodate vessels
length 21 m; draught 27 m; displacement 100 tonnes;
slipway at both Garibaldi and the marina at Trask River.
Supplies: provisions; stores; fresh water; fuel; at both
Garibaldi and Tillamook.
Rescue: Coast Guard station on the N shore of the bay
close W of Garibaldi.
Nehalem River
General information
12.149
1 Description. Nehalem River (4540N, 12356W) is an
outlet for an extensive area of heavily timbered country;
the main industries in the area are lumber and fishing. The
river is tidal for about 10 miles above the entrance, after
which it becomes a mountain stream.
The principal settlements are at Wheeler (4 miles
inside the entrance), where there is an abandoned sawmill
and ruined wharf, and Nehalem (6 miles inside the
412
entrance); there are other settlements at Jetty (close inside
the entrance), and at Brighton (1 mile inside the entrance).
2 Topography. The entrance is protected by jetties, which
cover, extending about 3 cables W from the entrance. The
S side of the entrance is a broad, low, sand beach, backed
by wooded country, rising to elevations of about 120 m.
Nehalem Beach, the N entrance point, is a narrow sandspit,
bare of trees, and with sand dunes of a moderate elevation
on its N part.
Limiting conditions
12.150
1 Controlling depths. The bar and channel are subject to
continual change; the bar should not be attempted in heavy
weather. Depths over the bar and in the channel limit the
use of the river to small craft. The controlling depth on the
bar is reported to be 12 m (4 ft), with depths of between
09 to 24 m (3 to 8 ft) to Wheeler.
2 Vertical clearances. A fixed highway bridge, with a
vertical clearance of 91 m (30 ft), spans the river just
below Nehalem; a power cable close N of this bridge has a
safe overhead clearance of 158 m.
Directions for entry
12.151
1 Local knowledge is essential.
From NR Buoy (safe water), moored nearly 1 mile W of
the entrance, the alignment of a pair of leading beacons
(privately maintained), standing on the E bank close inside
the river, leads into the entrance.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force inside the
entrance; see Appendix VII.
Small craft facilities
12.152
1 There are marinas at Jetty and at Brighton which
provide all the usual services including repairs. There is
also a ramp on the E side of the river at Nehalem.
Small craft shelter
Smuggler Cove
12.153
1 Smuggler Cove, the small bight in the coast immediately
S of Cape Falcon (4546N, 12359W) (12.141), provides
good shelter for small craft from all but SW winds. The
best anchorage is close to the N shore in depths of about
8 m (27 ft), taking care to avoid two steep-to rocks awash,
which lie cable offshore on the N side of the cove. A
dangerous wreck (masts) (uncharted) lies inside the cove.
Local knowledge is required.
Other name
12.154
1 Hug Point (4550N, 12358W).
Home Contents Index

NOTES

413
Home Contents Index

Chapter 13 - Columbia River

30 124 30 123 30 122

3124
2839

13.20
13.51
Astoria
2940 13.38
2849 Longview
13 .65

W A S H I N G T O N
46 46

1 3.78
414

13.131
Vancouver
O R E G O N 13 . 1 4 8

Swan Island Basin 2849

13.91
Portland
30 30
2849
13.114
3124

30 124 30 Longitude 123 West from Greenwich 30 122

March 2004
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 13
COLUMBIA RIVER
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 2839, 2849, 2531
Scope of the chapter
13.1
1 In this chapter is described Columbia River from its
mouth (4615N, 12405W) in the Pacific Ocean to the
head of navigation above Richland in Washington,
287 miles inland. The description includes the deep-draught
ports of Astoria (13.38), Longview (13.65) and Vancouver
(13.131), together with several smaller ports on Columbia
River, and the deep-draught port of Portland (13.91) on
Willamette River, the principal tributary of Columbia River.
Also included is a brief description of the salient points
and small craft facilities on both rivers above the ports of
Vancouver and Portland, including Snake River, the second
most important tributary, which flows through Washington
to join Columbia River just below Richland.
2 It is divided into the following sections:
Columbia River Entrance to Astoria (13.19).
Astoria to the junction with Willamette River (13.49).
Willamette River (13.89).
Columbia River above the junction with Willamette
River (13.121).
Distances
13.2
1 Distances above the entrance are given in the text in
nautical miles, the zero point being taken as the
intersection of the Main Channel Entrance Range and a line
joining the visible heads of the jetties on each side of the
entrance. The distance from the CR Light-buoy (4611N,
12411W) to the mouth of Columbia River is 6 miles.
Charted distance markers are in statute miles, with the
zero point a short distance to seaward of the point above;
see note on charts.
Description
13.3
1 Columbia River, entered at 4615N, 12405W, has a
total length of about 1050 miles. The river rises in British
Columbia, Canada, through which it flows before entering
the United States in NE Washington. Thence it flows first S
to its junction with Snake River (13.172), then turns W to
form the Inter-state boundary between Oregon and
Washington for the remainder of its course to the Pacific
Ocean; the length of the river in the United States is
647 miles.
2 The river, with its tributaries, drains a large and
productive territory. The river flows through the Cascade
Mountains (1.133) in a canyon averaging about 5 miles in
width, between high cliffs on each side; the river occupies
about 1 mile of this width, the rest being marsh, low
islands and lowlands. Near the mouth the river becomes
wider, and in some places is 5 miles across. The
hydro-electric dams and power plants on Columbia River
provide most of the electricity for the NW United States.
3 The principal tributary is Willamette River (13.89),
entered 88 miles from the mouth of Columbia River; both
rivers are navigable by deep-draught vessels to Astoria
(Oregon) (13.38), Longview (Washington) (13.65)
Vancouver (Washington) (13.131) and Portland (Oregon)
415
(13.91), which are situated, respectively, 12, 58, 92 and
97 miles above the entrance. Columbia River is navigable
by barges and small craft as far as the
Pasco-Kennewick-Richland area, 286 miles above the mouth
(13.173). Craft of similar size can navigate Snake River as
far as Lewiston, Idaho, 119 miles above its junction with
Columbia River.
Function
13.4
1 The river is a focus for both foreign and domestic trade.
Exports comprise principally logs, lumber and forest
products, grain, chemicals and general cargo; imports
comprise coal, petroleum products, bulk salt, cement,
finished alumina products and general cargo.
Traffic. In 2002, 2381 vessels called at the four
deep-draught ports and Kalama (13.85), and totalled
81 548 729 dwt.
Controlling depths
13.5
1 The project depths in Columbia River are 146 m (48 ft)
at the entrance, thence 122 m (40 ft) to the junction with
Willamette River, with the same depth to Broadway
Bascule Bridge at Portland, and through the Lower Turning
Basin at Vancouver. The project depth through the Upper
Turning Basin at Vancouver is 107 m (35 ft). A plan to
dredge and increase the project depth to 131 m (43 ft) to
Portland and Vancouver is reported to have received
approval (2004).
2 Above Vancouver the project depth is 82 m (27 ft) for
about 75 miles to The Dalles Dam, thence 43 m (14 ft) for
about 87 miles to McNary Dam. However, depths over the
sills of The Dalles, John Day and McNary Dams, may be
the controlling depth for this stretch of the river; the least
sill depth (at McNary Dam) usually exceeds 36 m (12 ft).
Above McNary Dam, to Pasco and Kennewick, depths
range from 43 m (14 ft) to 350 m (115 ft).
3 Caution. Depths throughout the river channels and
basins may be considerably less than charted. For the latest
controlling depths the charts, and the port authorities,
should be consulted.
Vertical clearances
13.6
1 Clearances under bridges and cables spanning Columbia
River and its tributaries are from Columbia River Datum
(MLLW during lowest river stages) between Harrington
Point (4616N, 12340W) and Bonneville Dam (106 miles
above Harrington Point), thence they are referred to the
normal pool levels of the various dams. On Willamette
River above Willamette Falls (23 miles above the mouth of
that river) clearances are referred to the normal pool level
at Newberg Pool (152 m (50 ft) above MSL).
Tidal levels
13.7
1 At the entrance to Columbia River the mean rise is
about 2 m. It requires about 6 hours for HW to pass from
the entrance to the river to the mouth of Willamette River.
In passing up Columbia River the range of the tide
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 13
decreases until it is only about 05 m at the mouth of
Willamette River. Above this point the tidal range becomes
too small to be of practical importance.
2 There are however large fluctuations in the level due to
meteorological conditions. An extreme variation of 75 m
has been noted at St Johns on Willamette River. Columbia
River is usually highest during May, June and July, and
lowest during September, October and November.
River level forecasting
13.8
1 The depth of Columbia River navigation channel at LW
conditions is 122 m (40 ft) (Columbia River Datum), with
occasional variations due to shoaling. The available water
depth usually exceeds this and is a combination of three
main factors:
2 a. Diurnal tides at the Pacific Ocean (13.7).
b. The discharge from Bonneville Dam (13.156).
c. The discharge from numerous tributaries to the
River, the largest being Willamette River (13.90).
The greatest difficulty in predicting river levels is the
lack of certainty over the volume of fresh water flow on
any specific day.
3 As the number of transits by vessels with draughts
exceeding 11 m (36 ft) has increased, a River Level
Reporting and Forecasting System has been developed,
building on earlier predictions, enabling pilots and masters
to utilise the main channel to its full extent. The System
combines real time water level readings, from gauges
placed at strategic points, with a model to predict levels
above datum.
4 The resultant River Level Forecasting Model, also
known as LOADMAX, is a planning tool to optimise times
of sailing, transit speed, and vessel loading. Predictions are
made for 6 days ahead, which can be checked against real
time data. Information is available continuously through the
Marine Exhange, Portland by radio, telephone or e-mail.
Hazards
13.9
1 Logs. As logging is one of the main industries of the
region, free floating logs and submerged deadheads are a
constant source of danger in Columbia and Willamette
Rivers. The danger is increased during spring freshets.
Deadheads, also known as sinkers, are logs which have
become adrift from rafts or booms; one end settles to the
bottom while the other end floats just awash, rising and
falling with the tide.
2 Dredging. From time to time extensive dredging
operations take place in the entrance and in the rivers;
dredgers at work should be passed with caution and at
reduced speed.
When dredging is taking place, additional navigational
aids, subject to movement without warning, may be
established, and existing aids may be altered or withdrawn.
3 Navigational aids. During seasonal HW conditions
(13.18), navigational aids may be damaged or destroyed.
While every effort is made to restore these aids promptly,
mariners should exercise caution when navigating the river.
Submarine cables and pipelines
13.10
1 Submarine cables and pipelines are laid in many places
in Columbia River and its tributaries, as shown on the
chart. Also, pipelines and cables, additional to those
charted, may exist and may not have been buried, or may
have become exposed. Extreme caution should be exercised
416
when operating in depths of water comparable to the
draught of the vessel, or when anchoring.
For further information see The Mariners Handbook.
Pilotage
13.11
1 Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours. Foreign
fishing and leisure vessels under 30 m in length and 250 gt
are exempt. Pilotage for the river entrance is provided by
Columbia River Bar Pilots, and for the river above Astoria
by Columbia River Pilots. Pilots may board by boat or
helicopter.
2 ETA at the pilot boarding position, situated 1 mile E of
CR Light-buoy (4611N, 12411W) (13.26), as shown on
the chart, should be notified at least 12 hours before arrival,
and amended if it changes by 1 hour; final notification is
required 1 hour before arrival. Pilots boarding by helicopter
do so 5 to 10 miles W of CR Light-buoy.
3 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(5).
One of two pilot boats, Chinook or Columbia, is
maintained on call at all times. Columbia, is 25 m long,
white hull and white and orange superstructure with the
word PILOT on its superstructure. Chinook, is 22 m long,
yellow hull and superstructure with the word PILOT on the
superstructure.
4 When working with Columbia, vessel speed should be
10 kn with the pilot ladder rigged 3 m above the waterline;
with Chinook, vessel speed should be 12 to 14 kn with the
ladder 2 m above the waterline.
Bar pilotage extends from the open sea, 10 miles
seaward of the outermost buoy, to Tongue Point (4613N,
12345W) (13.38), on the E side of Astoria. River pilotage
extends from Tongue Point to the head of navigation on
Columbia or Willamette Rivers, and their tributaries. The
transfer of a bar pilot to a river pilot is made off Astoria,
as shown on the chart.
5 The sound signal for pilots are as follows:
Bar Pilot One long, two short, one long blasts on
the whistle (Morse X).
River Pilot One long and three short blasts on the
whistle (Morse B).
6 A fixed amber light is maintained by the Columbia Bar
Pilots, in conjunction with the Coast Guard, on top of their
office at Astoria. When the light is displayed it will
indicate to outward bound vessels that the bar is not
passable and that they should anchor.
Traffic regulations
13.12
1 Inland Rules of the Road are in force within Columbia
River inside the line joining the N and S Jetty heads; see
Appendix VII.
Regulations concerning entry
13.13
1 Advanced Notice of Entry. The Washington State
Office of Marine Safety requires that all tankers, and
certain cargo and passenger vessels, submit an Advanced
Notice of Entry (ANE) Report at least 24 hours before
entering Washington waters.
2 A tank vessel is defined as any vessel that carries, or is
certified to carry, oil in bulk as cargo or cargo residue. A
cargo vessel is any self-propelled vessel in commerce that
is 300 grt or more. A passenger vessel is any vessel 300 grt
or more with a fuel capacity of at least 6000 gallons that
carries passengers for compensation.
Home Contents Index
3 Vessels required to submit an ANE Report must provide
the following information:
a) Vessels name, flag, call sign and IMO number.
b) Last port of call.
c) Current position, time, course, and speed.
d) Length and freshwater draught of vessel.
e) Name and ETA at port of destination.
4 f) Agents name, if any.
g) Cargo; dangerous or pollutant cargo by name, UN
number, or IMDG Code number of certain
dangerous cargoes as defined in 33 CFR 160.203.
h) Any hazardous conditions, defects, or deficiencies
in charts, publications, hull, steering gear,
propulsion machinery, navigation equipment,
anchors or cables, or required radio
communications equipment.
i) On scene weather, if severe.
5 j) Identify the vessels oil spill contingency plan, the
vessels official number, owner or operators full
address, and bunkering activities whilst in
Washington, if any.
For further information on Advance Notice of Entry
Reports see Appendix II and Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
Measured distances
13.14
1 Measured distances are situated at Swan Island
(45335N, 122430W) (13.102) in Willamette River at
Portland, and off Hayden Island (4538N, 12243W)
(13.141) in Columbia River at Vancouver.
Rescue
13.15
1 There is a Coast Guard station at Fort Canby (4617N,
12403W) (13.31), and Coast Guard cutters are stationed at
Astoria (4611N, 12350W); the Coast Guard Air Station
is at Clatsop County Airport (4609N, 12353W). There is
a Coast Guard Safety Office at Portland (13.112).
Coast radio stations
13.16
1 In addition to the main coast radio stations on the
COLUMBIA RIVER ENTRANCE TO ASTORIA
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 3124, 2940
Area covered
13.19
1 In this section are described the approach and entrance
to Columbia River, the channels inside the river mouth, and
the port of Astoria situated 12 miles inside the entrance.
It is arranged as follows:
Approach and entry (13.20).
Astoria (13.38).
CHAPTER 13
Pacific coast of the United States the following VHF
stations operate in the area covered by this chapter:
Astoria (4611N, 12351W).
Rainier (4605N, 12257W).
Portland (4529N, 12242W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 1.
Anchorages
13.17
1 Columbia River has nine designated anchorages between
Astoria and Vancouver, principally for the use of inbound
vessels awaiting berths, or fully laden outbound vessels
awaiting favourable river level conditions. Vessels may
anchor in non-designated places as advised by the pilot.
Details of the designated anchorages are contained in the
appropriate section of the chapter.
Natural conditions
13.18
1 Weather. Winds are strongest in late autumn and winter
but seldom reach gale force; winds are predominantly from
E and SE in winter, and from W and NW in summer. Fog
becomes a hazard in late autumn and remains frequent
through the winter.
Ice forms occasionally in both Columbia and Willamette
Rivers, but it is usually not heavy enough to affect
navigation.
2 Freshets occur annually. In Columbia River the
high-water stage is reached towards the end of May, but on
Willamette River the peak-flow period usually begins in
mid-December and continues to February. Under these
circumstances Willamette River tends to be low at the time
of the peak flow on Columbia River and appears to change
direction under the influence of the stronger flow from the
latter river; the effect in Willamette River is apparent as far
as Portland.
3 Freshets cause shoaling in the dredged cuts through the
various bars on Columbia River, but dredging is resumed to
maintain project depths as soon as conditions permit.
Mariners are cautioned that aids to navigation may be
destroyed, or rendered unreliable, during periods of
freshets.
Salinity. The river is reported to be brackish at Astoria,
and fresh above Brookfield, about 23 miles above the
entrance.
APPROACH AND ENTRY
General information
Charts 2839, 3124, 2531
Landfall
13.20
1 In clear weather, Saddle Mountain (4558N, 12341W)
(12.139) is the best landmark, and Mount St Helens, which
rises to an elevation of about 2600 m, 75 miles E of the
river entrance in the Cascade Mountains (1.133), also
makes a good mark. Mount St Helens, originally conical
417
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 13
and snow capped, suffered a series of severe volcanic
eruptions in 1980 with consequent change in appearance;
these eruptions were the first suffered in the continental
United States since 1915.
2 On closer approach the high land of Cape
Disappointment (4616N, 12405W) serves to identify the
entrance. The cape comprises a group of hills, 85 m high,
which extend 2 miles N from the S extremity of the
headland, divided by a narrow valley which runs N and S.
The seaward faces of these hills are precipitous cliffs, with
rocky points and small strips of beach. Viewed from S, the
cape appears as three low knobs, separated by low flat
ridges. From NW it appears as a flat island, with a slight
depression in the centre and a low wooded knob at either
end; from a distance, a low, flat hill with gently sloping
sides is seen between the cape and high ridges E and
appears as an island. From W it is not prominent except
when the background is obscured by fog, haze or smoke.
3 Astoria Canyon, a submarine valley in which there are
depths of more than 183 m (100 fm), brings that depth
contour to within 11 miles W of Cape Disappointment.
Caution. In thick weather, the entrance to Columbia
River is difficult to make as there are few well defined
landmarks, and currents are variable and uncertain. In the
past, nearly all vessels that went ashore whilst making the
entrance did so N of the river mouth. Care must be taken
under such conditions not to mistake the low sand beach N
of Cape Disappointment for that S of the entrance; if
unsure of their position, mariners should remain outside the
55 m (30 fm) depth contour until the landfall light-buoy has
been identified.
4 Anchoring in the vicinity of the river entrance is
dangerous in any weather and pilots do not recommend
anchoring there under any circumstances. The approaches
are hampered with several wrecks and it is advisable to
maintain the centreline of the swept channel where possible
when entering the river.
Entrance
13.21
1 The river is entered between two jetties, the visible
heads of which are almost 2 miles apart.
South Jetty extends initially 2 miles WNW from Point
Adams (46127N, 123583W), a low sandy point
covered with fir trees, across Clatsop Spit, a low sandspit,
whence it extends 2 miles farther W to seaward; the outer
1 mile of the jetty is submerged. Shoal ground extends NW
and W from the outer end of Clatsop Spit along the N side
of South Jetty; due to spring freshets and NW storms there
is a tendency for the shoals to extend in a NW direction.
2 North Jetty extends 4 cables SW, then 2 cables W,
from the SW extremity of Cape Disappointment (4616N,
12405W) (13.20); the W extension is submerged. The
inshore section of this jetty extends over 1 mile NE along
the S face of Cape Disappointment. Peacock Spit, with
general depths over it of less than 9 m (30 ft), extends
2 miles W from the extremity of Cape Disappointment. A
wreck with a least reported depth over it of 24 m (8 ft) lies
on the spit 1 miles WNW of the extremity of the cape.
3 Inside the entrance the river is divided into two channels
by Desdemona Sands, the W part of an extensive shoal
area which dries in places, and which extends about 6 miles
ESE to the Astoria-Point Ellice Fixed Bridge (13.23); the
part of the shoal area E of the bridge is known as Taylor
Sands. The main channel follows the S bank of the river,
and the north channel, used by small craft, follows the N
bank.
418
4 Baker Bay (13.30) opens out on the N side of the
entrance, and Youngs Bay (13.35) indents the S bank of the
river in the approaches to Astoria.
Flow
13.22
1 Currents. A current sets WSW in the vicinity of
CR Light-buoy (4611N, 12411W). This current is largely
due to the discharge from the river, and therefore it varies
according to the seasons, being at its maximum during the
summer months when it attains a rate of about kn. At
times, when there is a considerable run-off from the river,
the combination of tidal stream and current can produce a
SW flow of 2 kn or more; the greatest rate observed has
been one of 3 kn. The direction of the current varies with
the seasons due to the prevailing winds, setting SW during
spring and summer, and NW during autumn and winter.
2 Due to the outflow from the river N winds are
accompanied by stronger currents than S winds. Outside the
influence of the outflow the general rule for the rate and
direction of wind currents holds good.
Tidal streams at the CR Light-buoy tend to be weak
and masked by the currents described above.
3 On the bar, sudden and unpredictable changes in tidal
streams, often accompanied by breakers, can make
conditions dangerous. It is reported that out-going streams
on the N side of the bar can attain rates of from 6 to 8 kn,
and that strong NW winds sometimes cause currents which
set N or against the wind in the area outside the jetties.
4 In the entrance the streams are variable, and at times
attain a rate of over 5 kn on the out-going stream; on the
in-going stream they seldom exceed 4 kn. The mean rate of
both streams is about 3 kn in their strongest periods, but
the streams are always modified as to the rate and time of
slack water by the discharge from the river.
5 On the in-going tide, there is a dangerous set towards
Clatsop Spit, its direction being approximately ESE. On the
out-going tide, the stream sets along the line of the buoys.
Heavy breakers have been reported as far inside the
entrance as the NE side of Clatsop Spit.
Vertical clearances
13.23
1 Astoria-Point Ellice Fixed Bridge spans the river from
Astoria, to Point Ellice on the N bank, 3 miles NNW
(13.29). The bridge has a vertical clearance of 59 m
(193 ft) under the main navigational span at Astoria, and a
vertical clearance of 625 m (205 ft) at the centre of the
channel. There is a vertical clearance of 146 m (48 ft)
under the main navigational span over the N channel close
S of Point Ellice.
Principal marks
13.24
1 Landmarks:
North Head Lighthouse (white conical tower, 20 m in
height) (4618N, 12405W) standing on the W
extremity of Cape Disappointment (13.20). North
Head is a jagged, precipitous cliff backed by a
narrow, grassy strip, behind which the higher
ground is wooded.
Cape Disappointment Lighthouse (white conical tower
black band, 16 m in height) (46166N,
124031W), standing on the S side of the SE hill
on Cape Disappointment; there are several towers
in the vicinity.
Astor Column (4611N, 12349W), which surmounts
Coxcomb Hill in Astoria.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 13
2 Major lights:
North Head Light as above.
Cape Disappointment Light as above.
Other navigational aid
13.25
1 Racons:
CR Light-buoy (4611N, 12411W).
S end of the Astoria-Point Ellice Fixed Bridge
(46116N, 123511W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 12.141)
Approach and entry
13.26
1 The channel through the entrance to Columbia River is
indicated by the alignment of two pairs of leading lights,
the first pair which lead across the bar, and the second pair
which lead into the river.
Entrance Leading Lights:
Front light (white rectangular daymark, black stripe,
on framework tower) (close E of Cape
Disappointment Light (46166N, 124031W)).
Rear light (similar structure) (570 m from front light).
2 Having passed clear of CR Light-buoy (safe water)
moored about 8 miles SW of Cape Disappointment Light,
the alignment (045) of the above lights leads into the
entrance through a channel marked by light-buoys (lateral),
passing (with positions from Cape Disappointment Light):
SE of No 1 Light-buoy (port hand) (6 miles WSW),
moored at the N entrance to the bar channel, and
SSW of an area of spoil ground, thence:
3 NW of No 2 Light-buoy (starboard hand) (5 miles
SW), moored at the S entrance to the bar channel
1 mile WNW of an area of spoil ground with a
least depth over it (2003) of 134 m (44 ft), thence:
SE of a dangerous wreck, position approximate,
(3 miles WSW), thence:
4 NW of No 2SJ Buoy (starboard hand) (3 miles SW),
which marks the submerged extremity of South
Jetty, thence:
SE of No 7 Light-buoy (port hand) (2 miles SW),
and SE of the dangerous wreck 2 cables E of the
light-buoy.
Sand Island Leading Lights:
5 From a position on the entrance leading line at its
intersection with the line joining the jetty heads, the
alignment (080) of the following lights leads about
1 miles E to the vicinity of Jetty A, which extends
6 cables S from a point 4 cables E of Cape
Disappointment Light:
Front light (red rectangular daymark, white stripe, on
pile structure) (2 miles ESE), standing N of the
E part of Sand Island (13.30).
Rear light (similar structure) (900 m from front light).
Sand Island to Astoria
13.27
1 From the vicinity of Jetty A, the fairway, further marked
by light-buoys, and by a direction light (black and white
chequered diamond daymark on pile) bearing 312, astern,
standing close E of Jetty A, leads SE for about 6 miles
through Desdemona Lower and Upper Shoal Channels to
the vicinity of Tansy Point (46115N, 123555W),
passing (with positions from Jetty A):
419
2 SW of a wreck (9 cables E), which has 79 m
(26 feet) over it and SW of a wreck (1 miles
ESE) which lies off the entrance to Baker Bay
between Sand Island Lower and Middle Dykes;
lights (port hand) are displayed from the heads of
these dykes. Thence:
3 SW of Sand Island Upper Dyke (about 2 miles
ESE), from the head of which a light (port hand)is
displayed, and:
NE of Clatsop Spit (2 miles SE) (13.21), thence:
SW of Desdemona Sands Light (red and black
chequered diamond daymark on pile structure)
(4 miles SE) displayed from the W side of
Desdemona Sands.
4 Tansy Point Leading Lights:
From the vicinity of Tansy Point, the alignment (264),
astern, of the following lights leads S of Desdemona Sands,
through a channel marked on its N side by light-buoys and
buoys, to Astoria, passing under the Astoria-Point Ellice
Fixed Bridge (13.23):
5 Front light (red rectangular daymark, black stripe, on
pile structure) (close SE of Tansy Point).
Rear light (similar daymark on framework tower)
(880 m from front light).
Useful marks
13.28
1 McKenzie Head (4617N, 12404W), a round hill,
bare of trees and covered with grass and fern.
Aero light (4609N, 12353W), at Port of Astoria
Airport.
(Directions continue at 13.55)
Channel north of Desdemona Sands
13.29
1 From a position in the entrance SW of Sand Island
Upper Dyke (13.27), a wide channel leads N of Desdemona
Sands for about 5 miles to the Astoria-Point Ellice Fixed
Bridge (13.23), passing (with positions from Chinook Point
(46150N, 123555W):
S of Chinook Dyke (1 miles W), from the head of
which a light (port hand) is displayed, and:
N of Desdemona Sands Light (2 miles SW) (13.27);
thence:
2 SSW of Chinook Point which rises 5 cables N to
Scarboro Hill, a long, gradually rising ridge,
covered with grass and fern, and some trees. Light
coloured buildings in Fort Columbia State Park are
prominent above the point. A submerged sewer
extends 3 cables SSW from the point, and an unlit
mooring buoy lies 5 cables SE of the point.
Thence:
3 S of Point Ellice (2 miles ESE), and under the
Astoria-Point Ellice Fixed Bridge (13.23). Point
Ellice is the termination of a spur from the
mountain ridge behind Scarboro Hill; the point is
rounded and rocky, but is not a high point. The
shore in this vicinity is obstructed with abandoned
fish traps and pile structures extending into the
river.
4 The main channel and this N channel are connected
close E of the Astoria-Point Ellice Fixed Bridge by a
shallow channel leading between Desdemona Sands and
Taylor Sands but it is heavily obstructed by shoals and has
a spoil ground at its S entrance. In 1965 a rock with a
depth over it of 18 m (6 ft) was reported to lie in this S
entrance 9 cables NE of the S extremity of the bridge.
(Directions continue at 13.56)
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 13
Baker Bay
Charts 2839, 3124 (see 1.14)
Description
13.30
1 Baker Bay is a large, shallow area, partly enclosed by
Sand Island, a low flat island, now in two parts, contained
between Cape Disappointment (4616N, 12405W) (13.20)
and Chinook Point (5 miles ESE) (13.29). Except for
channels leading to Fort Canby and Iwalco Harbor on the
W side of the bay, and to Chinook on the E side of the
bay, the remainder of the bay is obstructed with drying
shoals and fish traps.
2 Local knowledge is required for these channels which
should only be navigated at HW.
Directions
13.31
1 Channel to Iwalco. From a position about midway
between Jetty A (4616N, 12402W) and the W side of
Sand Island (1 mile ENE), a dredged channel, entered
between two detached jetties, leads along the E side of
Cape Disappointment to Fort Canby, 1 miles above the
entrance, thence to Iwalco Harbor, 1 miles farther N.
Lights (lateral) are displayed from the heads of the
detached jetties and the channel is well marked throughout
by light-beacons and beacons.
2 In 2003 the project depth of the channel was 3 m (10 ft)
over a width of 45 m to both Fort Canby and Iwalco
Harbor; depths in the basin at Iwalco were about 09 m
(3 ft). The entrance is subject to frequent change and Port
of Iwalco Authority should be consulted for the latest
controlling depths.
3 Channel to Chinook. From a position off the SE side
Sand Island, 1 miles WNW of Chinook Point, a dredged
channel, marked by light-beacons and buoys, leads NE for
about 1 mile to a small craft basin at Chinook.
In 2002 the controlling depth in the channel was 12 m
(4 ft). In 1986 depths of 18 m (6 ft) were reported in the
basin.
Small craft services
13.32
1 Iwalco is a centre for commercial and sport fishing
vessels and has a large berthing capacity.
Repairs can be effected; slipway accommodates craft up
to 23 m in length for repairs; shiplifts up to 50 tonnes
capacity are available.
Fuel, water and provisions.
Chinook. Berths available in the basin; slipway; 6 tonne
hoist; fuel, water and provisions.
Marinas on the south side of the entrance
Chart 2839
Hammond
13.33
1 Description. There is a marina at Hammond 1 mile ESE
of Point Adams (46127N, 123583W) (13.21) which can
accommodate about 140 craft. The entrance is protected by
jetties; a beacon (starboard hand) stands on the W jetty
head, and a light (port hand) is displayed from the E jetty
head. A light (starboard hand) is displayed from a dolphin
at Fort Stevens Wharf, a ruined wharf close NW of the
entrance. In 2002, there was a depth of 27 m (9 ft) in the
basin channel, with shoaling at the S end.
Services. All the usual small craft facilities are available.
420
Warrenton
13.34
1 Description. Warrenton, where there is a marina for
sports fishing vessels, is situated 1 mile inside the Skipanon
Waterway, entered 8 cables ESE of Tansy Point (46115N,
123555W). A railway bridge and a highway bridge span
the waterway above the marina; the area above the bridges
is used for logging operations.
In 2002, the mid-channel controlling depth was 49 m
(16 ft) from the entrance to the turning basin, with 12 to
24 m (4 to 8 ft) in the N half and 24 to 46 m (8 to 15
ft) in the S half of the basin; thence 18 m (6 ft) to the
railway bridge.
2 Directions. The alignment (198) of a pair of leading
lights (red rectangular daymarks, black stripes, on
framework towers), displayed from the E side of the
marina, leads through Skipanon Waterway which is marked
at its entrance by lights (lateral).
Services. All the usual services are available; slipway
accommodates craft up to 24 m in length.
Youngs Bay
Charts 2839, 3124 (see 1.14)
Description
13.35
1 Youngs Bay, which is contained between the entrance to
Skipanon Waterway (46110N, 123544W) (13.34) and
Smith Point (about 1 miles E) (13.38), is shallow. Lewis
and Clark River flows into the S part of the bay, and
Youngs River into the E side of the bay. Traffic on the two
rivers comprises mainly tugs towing log rafts, and there is
a repair yard on Lewis and Clark River that can handle
vessels up to 350 tons. Port of Astoria Airport occupies that
part of the bay between the W bank of Lewis and Clark
River and the highway bridge spanning the bay.
Limiting conditions
13.36
1 Controlling depths. In December 1992 the controlling
depth from the entrance to the mouths of Youngs River and
Lewis and Clark River was 15 m (5 ft) over a width of
45 m; the entrance to Lewis and Clark River dries, but
depths in Young River increase inside the entrance.
Vertical clearances:
Youngs Bay is spanned by a vertical lift bridge with
a vertical clearance of 119 m (39 ft) when down,
and 225 m (74 ft) when raised.
2 Youngs River is spanned at its entrance by a bascule
bridge with a vertical clearance of 73 m (24 ft)
when closed; in 2003 part of the draw leaf was
reported disabled. Cables spanning the river above
the bridge have a minimum safe overhead
clearance of 32 m (103 ft).
Lewis and Clark River is spanned, close inside its
entrance, by a bascule bridge with a vertical
clearance of 76 m (25 ft) when closed. Power
cables spanning the river above the bridge have a
minimum safe overhead clearance of 195 m
(64 ft).
Directions
13.37
1 The channel through the bay is entered 8 cables W of
Smith Point; it is marked at its entrance by No 2 Light
(starboard hand), and by buoys and beacons as far as the
mouth of Lewis and Clark River. No 6 Light (starboard
hand) is displayed 1 mile S of Smith Point where the
channel turns E to Youngs River.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 13
ASTORIA
General information
Chart 2839
Position
13.38
1 Astoria (4611N, 12350W) is situated on the Oregon
bank of Columbia River, 12 miles inside the entrance.
The city and its installations extend 4 miles along the
river, bounded W by Smith Point, the termination of a high
wooded ridge, and E by Tongue Point, a bold, rocky
peninsula, covered with trees, connected to the S bank by a
low narrow neck.
Function
13.39
1 It is the principal city on the lower part of Columbia
River and is an important port; the port district extends
from the mouth of the river as far as Westport, 38 miles
above the mouth. It is a port of entry.
Traffic
13.40
1 In 2002, 250 vessels called totalling 9 024 345 dwt.
Port Authority
13.41
1 Port of Astoria, 1 Portway, Astoria, Oregon 97103.
Website: port-of-astoria.com
Limiting conditions
13.42
1 Controlling depths. See 13.5.
Vertical clearances. See 13.23.
Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
range about 24 m; mean neap range about 14 m; a range
of about 36 m may occur at maximum tides.
Maximum size of vessel handled. Vessels of LOA
259 m can be accommodated at Piers 1 and 2.
Arrival information
13.43
1 Anchorage may be obtained in two designated areas, as
shown on the chart, on either side of the main channel
from a position about 1 mile E of the highway bridge, to
the vicinity of Tongue Point, 3 miles farther ENE. Harbour
regulations prohibit stays of more than 1 hour in the S
designated anchorage.
2 Pilotage. See 13.11.
Tugs are available.
Quarantine and customs. Unless otherwise directed,
vessels subject to inspection by quarantine, customs,
immigration and agricultural quarantine officials, are
ASTORIA TO THE JUNCTION WITH WILLAMETTE RIVER
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 2839, 2849
Area covered
13.49
1 In this section are described the main features on
Columbia River between Astoria and the junction with
Willamette River, 76 miles farther upriver, including the
421
normally boarded by the relevant officials on arrival at
their berths.
For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.
Harbour
13.44
1 Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.221.
Directions
13.45
1 The directions are those given for Approach and Entry
to Columbia River at 13.26 and 13.27.
Principal berths
13.46
1 Alongside depths are reported depths; the port authorities
should be contacted for the latest information.
Pier 1: total berthing space 530 m on two sides; depth
alongside 94 to 103 m; cruise vessels, general cargo,
plywood and grain.
Pier 2: total berthing space 905 m on three sides; depths
alongside 107 to 122 m; general cargo, petroleum
products, lumber.
Pier 3: total berthing space 396 m; barges and boatyard.
Port services
13.47
1 Repairs of all types can be undertaken afloat. Largest
slipway has a capacity of 400 tons.
Other facilities. Limited facilities for the disposal of
oily waste; garbage disposal; salvage equipment available;
barge loading ramp offering Ro-Ro facilities; container yard
at Pier 3.
2 Supplies. Bunkers available at Pier 2, or at the
anchorage; fresh water; stores; provisions.
Communications. Local airport 4 km distant;
international airport at Portland.
Rescue. Coast Guard cutters maintained on station.
Small craft
13.48
1 There are two basins for small craft and fishing vessels
at Astoria.
West Basin is situated 3 cables W of Astoria Bridge, as
shown on the chart; the entrance to the basin is marked by
lights (lateral) (privately maintained). Depths in the
entrance are reported to be 46 m (15 ft), reducing to 15 m
(5 ft) in the basin. The basin has a capacity to berth up to
400 craft. All the usual facilities are available, including
repairs; a 10 tonne hoist is available in emergencies.
2 East Basin is situated 2 miles E of Astoria Bridge, and
has depths of 46 m (15 ft), in the entrance and 3 m (10 ft)
at the pontoons. The basin has a slipway but no services
are available. It is mainly used for fishing vessels.
major port of Longview (13.65) and the many lesser
installations both above and below that port.
2 It is arranged as follows:
Astoria to Longview (13.51).
Longview (13.65).
Longview to Willamette River (13.78).
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 13
Local magnetic anomalies
13.50
1 Magnetic anomalies have been observed in Columbia
River, below Vancouver, along the following stretches:
Between Harrington Point (4616N, 12340W) and
Crims Island (4611N, 12308W); differences of
up to 3 from the normal.
Between Crims Island and Bachelor Island (4549N,
12247W); differences of up to 8 from the
normal.
ASTORIA TO LONGVIEW
General information
Charts 2839, 2849
Natural conditions
13.51
1 Flow. The current in the river averages about 1 kn,
which tends to cancel out the rate of the in-going tidal
stream but increase that of the out-going tidal stream to
rates of between 2 and 3 kn. During freshets this latter rate
is further increased but usually not enough to affect
navigation.
2 In the vicinity of Astoria the out-going stream is weaker
in the main channel on the S bank of the river than in
North Channel on the N bank.
Local magnetic anomaly. See 13.50.
Vertical clearances
13.52
1 A power cable, with a safe overhead clearance of 673 m
(221 ft), spans the main channel between Puget Island Light
(46109N, 123255W) and Bugby Hole Light, on the S
bank 3 cables W; the tower on the E side of the channel is
prominent.
A group of power cables, with a minimum safe
overhead clearance of 658 m (216 ft), span the main
channel at Lord Island (4608N, 12301W).
13.53
1 Lewis and Clark Bridge (4606N, 12258W), which
spans the river between Longview and Rainier, has a
vertical clearance of 57 m (187 ft) over the main channel.
The channel between the piers is marked by buoys (lateral),
and fog signals are sounded from the piers. A racon
transmits from the bridge.
For remarks on clearances see 13.6.
Ferry traffic
13.54
1 A ferry service operates across the river between
Westport Slough (46085N, 123230W), and the SW side
of Puget Island, as shown on the chart.
Directions
(continued from 13.28)
13.55
1 The river is well marked by leading lights, lights and
light-buoys, as can be seen on the chart. No directions are
given but a general description of the fairway is given
below.
2 Astoria to Harrington Point. From the Astoria-Point
Ellice Fixed Bridge to Harrington Point (4616N,
12340W), 8 miles above Astoria, the main channel
follows the S bank for 4 miles to Tongue Point (13.38),
from where it leads 4 miles farther ENE, passing between
extensive areas of drying banks and shoals, to turn E along
the N bank in the vicinity of Harrington Point. Rice Island,
422
on the N side of the channel, and Miller Sands on the S
side, are used as dredging disposal sites and the shape and
height of these banks constantly changes.
3 Harrington Point to Crims Island. Between Harrington
Point and Crims Island (4611N, 12308W), 35 miles
above Astoria, the main channel follows the N bank to
Three Tree Point, thence it rounds the bend above Welch
Island, which dries, and Tenasillahe Island, holding to the
NE shore as far as Hunting Islands, where it leads first S,
then SSE, then E, following the S bank around Puget
Island and rejoins the N bank at Cape Horn. From Cape
Horn the channel leads ENE to Abernathy Point, thence E
past Gull Island and the larger Crims Island behind it.
4 Crims Island to Longview. From Crims Island to
Longview (4607N, 12257W), 46 miles above Astoria,
the main channel starts a turn to SE, passing S of Fisher
Island and Hump Island, and N of Walker Island and Lord
Island (13.52).
(Directions continue at 13.81)
Small craft channel north of Taylor Sands
(continued from 13.29)
13.56
1 Local knowledge is required.
From the Astoria-Point Ellice Fixed Bridge (13.23) the
N channel continues wide and deep for 1 mile to Megler,
after which, though remaining relatively deep, it narrows
considerably as it follows the N shore first to Cliff Point,
1 mile farther NE, thence to Knappton (3 miles above the
bridge).
2 Above Knappton the channel, marked by beacons and
buoys, leads generally E to Grays Point (46165N,
123460W), from where a light (port hand) is displayed,
thence through North Channel across the entrance to Grays
Bay to rejoin the main channel at Harrington Point
(4616N, 12340W). North Channel is tortuous and shoal
with constantly changing banks, and the buoys, which are
privately maintained, are moved frequently.
Grays Bay and Cathlamet Bay
Chart 2839 (see 1.14)
Grays Bay
13.57
1 Grays Bay opens out on the N side of the river between
Grays Point (46165N, 123460W) (13.56) and
Harrington Point (4 miles E). The bay is covered with
extensive mud flats and drying banks, particularly in its NE
side; it is frequented only by small pleasure craft.
Grays River flows into the NE side of the bay and Deep
River into the head of the bay; depths in Deep River are
18 m (6 ft) for 2 miles above its entrance, but in Grays
River are only 06 m (2 ft).
2 Deep River is approached from Grays Point through a
channel marked by beacons, passing close SE of Rocky
Point (46173N, 123437W) from where a light (port
hand) is displayed; in 1978 a dangerous rock was reported
to lie close SE of Rocky Point.
Local knowledge is required.
Cathlamet Bay
13.58
1 Cathlamet Bay is entered close E of Tongue Point
(4613N, 12445W) (13.38) and is fronted by a shoal area
extending to within 1 mile of the opposite shore at
Harrington Point. This shoal area contains many low
islands and drying banks; in summer they are covered with
tule but in winter they are difficult to distinguish. The piers
of a former naval base stand in Mott Basin on the W side
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 13
of the bay close S of Tongue Point; the E part of the bay
is used mostly for logging operations and log storage.
2 Local knowledge is required.
Channels through the bay. John Day Channel leads
from Tongue Point to John Day Point, 2 miles SSE, passing
between Mott Island and Mott Basin. Off Lois Island,
opposite John Day Point, the channel becomes South
Channel which follows the S shore to, and around, Settler
Point to Svensen (5 miles above Tongue Point). The
channel is marked by lights, beacons and buoys, throughout
its length.
3 North Channel, marked by lights and a buoy, leads from
Tongue Point, W of Mott Island and Lois Island, to
Svensen. Above Svensen, Prairie Channel, marked by
lights, beacons and buoys and subject to frequent change,
leads N of Karlson Island, S of Marsh Island, then follows
the S bank of the river into Clifton Channel to rejoin the
river at the S extremity of Tenasillahe Island (4613N,
12327W).
Cargo terminals and small craft facilities
between Harrington Point and Longview
Chart 2839 (see 1.14)
Skamokawa
13.59
1 Small craft may obtain fuel at Skamokawa which is
entered from the main channel at the W end of Price Island
(4616N, 12327W); in 2000 the controlling depth was
03 m (1 ft), shoaling to bare, along the SE edge of the
entrance channel.
A slipway (privately owned) is available by prior
arrangement.
Cathlamet
13.60
1 Description. Small craft berths are available at
Cathlamet (4612N, 12323W) which is approached from
the main channel through Cathlamet Channel, a dredged
channel which leads SE for 2 miles between Hunting
Islands and the drying banks on the N side of Puget Island,
to a fixed highway bridge at Cathlamet. Traffic is mainly
fishing vessels, tows and log rafts.
2 A beacon (starboard hand) marks the channel off Ryan
Island, the S entry point, and the entrance to the basin is
marked by beacons. In 1981 the controlling depth in this
channel was 3 m (10 ft); the vertical clearance under the
highway bridge is 228 m (75 ft).
Services. All the usual small craft facilities are available.
Wauna
13.61
1 A terminal at Wauna (4609N, 12324W), on the S
bank of the river opposite Puget Island, comprises three
wharves providing a total of 915 m of berthing space with
depths alongside of from 61 to 152 m; wood chips and
fuel oil and paper products are handled.
Port Westward
13.62
1 A terminal at Port Westward (4611N, 12311W), on
the S bank of the river close W of the entrance to
Bradbury Slough, has a berth 365 m in length, with a
reported depth of 122 m alongside. The berth, a former US
Army terminal, handles general cargo.
Coal Creek Slough
13.63
1 Small craft moorings and fuel can be obtained in Coal
Creek Slough, which enters the main channel at Stella
(46115N, 123075W); depths over the bar are about
09 m (3 ft), but deeper water extends for 3 miles above the
entrance. Power cables, with a safe overhead clearance of
198 m (65 ft) cross the deeper part of the slough.
Fisher Island Slough
13.64
1 Fisher Island Slough, which leads around the N of
Fisher Island (4610N, 12304W), is used as the
Longview Yacht Basin; depths in this channel are about
21 m (7 ft).
LONGVIEW
General information
Chart 2849
Position
13.65
1 Longview (4607N, 12257W), is situated on the
Washington bank of the river, 58 miles above the entrance.
Lewis and Clark Bridge (13.53), with its high towers, is
prominent when approaching the port from either
downstream or upstream, as also are the chimneys and
tanks of its industrial installations.
Function
13.66
1 The port is a major port and is a port of entry. Grain,
lumber products, aluminium products, steel, petroleum
products and general cargo are handled; the lumber mills
are said to be the largest in the world. A Foreign Trade
Zone is established in the port.
Traffic
13.67
1 In 2002, 321 vessels called totalling 11 259 225 dwt.
Port Authority
13.68
1 Port of Longview Authority, P.O. Box 1258, Longview,
Washington 986320126.
Website: www.portoflongview.com
Limiting conditions
13.69
1 Controlling depths. See 13.5.
Vertical clearances. See 13.53.
Tidal levels. The mean tidal range is about 10 m.
Density of water: 1000 g/cm3.
Arrival information
13.70
1 Anchorage for deep-draught vessels may be obtained
NW of Lewis and Clark Bridge, on the N side of
Slaughters Channel, as shown on the chart, in depths of
between 91 and 116 m (30 to 38 ft); the navigable channel
must be kept clear. A secondary anchorage, SE of the
bridge and just S of the main ship channel, may also be
used.
Pilotage. See 13.11.
2 Tugs are available.
Quarantine and customs. Unless otherwise directed,
vessels subject to inspection by quarantine, customs,
immigration and agricultural quarantine officials, are
423
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 13
normally boarded by the relevant officials on arrival at
their berths.
For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.
Directions
13.71
1 The approach and entry to the river is described at 13.26
and 13.27, and the fairway as far as Longview at 13.55.
Principal berths
13.72
1 Alongside depths are reported depths; the port
authorities should be contacted for the latest information.
Municipal berths
13.73
1 There are eight deep-draught berths, with depths
alongside of 122 m, which extend E from Lewis and Clark
Bridge for about 1 mile along the N bank of the river:
Berths 14: combined length 717 m; general cargo,
dry bulk and pellets, chemicals; cruise liners at
Berth 1.
Berth 5: length 220 m (with dolphins); petroleum
coke.
2 Berths 6 & 7: combined length 457 m; general cargo
and containerised cargo; Ro-Ro berth, 73 m in
length, at E end of Berth 7.
Berth 8: an extension of Berths 6 and 7; length
182 m; logs, steel and general cargo.
Berth 9: proposed vehicle import terminal upsteam
from Berth 8.
Private berths
13.74
1 With positions from Lewis and Clark Bridge:
Reynolds Metal Co. Alumina Dock (2 miles NW):
length 213 m (with dolphins); depth alongside
116 m; discharge of alumina.
Weyerhaeuser Co. Salt Dock (1 miles NW): length
353 m (with dolphins); depth alongside 97 m; bulk
salt.
Weyerhaeuser Co. Woodpulp Export Dock
(1 miles NW): length 361 m (with dolphins);
depth alongside 107 m; lumber, woodpulp and
paper products.
2 Weyerhaeuser Co. Wood Chip Berth (7 cables
NW): length 293 m (with dolphins); depth
alongside 107 m; wood chip cargoes.
Weyerhaeuser Co. Log Export Wharf (close W):
length 402 m (with dolphins); depth alongside
107 m; log cargoes.
3 The N Weyerhaeuser berths are approached through a
side channel, dredged to a depth of 104 m (34 ft) (2002),
on the alignment (115) of a pair of leading lights
(privately maintained).
Port services
13.75
1 Repairs. Minor repairs only; the major repair facilities
are at Portland (13.108).
Other facilities: hospitals; limited facilities for the
disposal of oily waste.
Supplies. Bunkers available by road tanker; fresh water
on the wharves; provisions.
Communications. International airport at Portland,
80 km distant.
424
Small craft
Cowlitz River
13.76
1 Description. Cowlitz River, navigable only by small
craft, flows into Columbia River on the E side of
Longview. The mouth of the river is heavily silted as a
result of the volcanic eruptions of Mount St Helens in
1980. Large amounts of mud, logs, and other debris entered
Columbia River from Cowlitz River. In late 1980, dredging
was undertaken in the area but the federal project is no
longer maintained.
2 Local knowledge is required; mariners are advised to
use extreme caution prior to entering Cowlitz River.
Vertical clearances. The minimum vertical clearance
under the bridges between the entrance and Ostrander,
8 miles above the mouth is 76 m (25 ft); a fixed bridge
under construction (2002) at Kelso has a design clearance
of 3 m (10 ft).
Services. Some small craft berths, and fuel, are available
at Kelso.
Rainier
13.77
1 There is a small craft basin at Rainier; all the usual
services are available. In 2002 Rainier Channel leading to
the waterfront at Rainier had a controlling depth of 73 m
(24 ft) over a width of 61 m.
LONGVIEW TO WILLAMETTE RIVER
General information
Chart 2849
Anchorages
13.78
1 The anchorages in this stretch of the river, as shown on
the chart, and which are intended primarily for
deep-draught vessels, are as follows:
Kalama Anchorage, on the W side of the channel off
Sandy Island (4600N, 12252W).
Woodland Anchorage, on the E side of the channel
off Columbia City (4554N, 12248W).
2 Henrici Bar Anchorage, on the W side of the channel
S of Bachelor Point (4547N, 12246W); this
anchorage is not available during the drift fishing
season.
Willow Bar Anchorage, on the E side of the channel
N and S of Reeder Point (4542N, 12246W);
this anchorage is not available during the drift
fishing season.
Natural conditions
13.79
1 Local magnetic anomaly. See 13.50.
Tidal steams. The average rate of the out-going stream
is about 2 kn; the in-going stream is seldom evident.
Landmark
13.80
1 Trojan Nuclear Power Plant (4602N, 12253W).
The cooling tower, 152 m (500 ft) high, is visible
for many miles both upstream and downstream.
Directions
(continued from 13.55)
13.81
1 The river is well marked by leading lights, lights and
light-buoys, as shown on the chart. No directions are given
but a general description of the fairway is given below.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 13
Main channel
13.82
1 Between Longview and Saint Helens (17 miles farther
upriver) the channel leads generally SSE, passing W of
Cottonwood Island, E of Sandy Island, and W of Martin
Island and Burke Island; Lewis River flows into Columbia
River opposite Saint Helens. Thence, from Saint Helens to
Belle Vue Point (4539N, 12246W) the W entrance to
Willamette River, the channel leads generally S for
13 miles.
2 There are important terminals at Kalama (13.85),
Columbia City (13.86) and Saint Helens (13.87), 8, 16 and
18 miles, respectively, above Lewis and Clark Bridge.
Carrolls Channel
13.83
1 Carrolls Channel, which is entered from N at the mouth
of Cowlitz River (13.76), leads for 4 miles E of
Cottonwood Island (13.82) to rejoin the main river; it is
used by fishing boats and for log storage. A depth of 39 m
(13 ft) can be carried through the channel, which is
unmarked.
Multnomah Channel
13.84
1 Multnomah Channel, which branches from the main
channel at Saint Helens, leads S for 19 miles, passing W of
Sauvie Island, to enter Willamette River, 3 miles SW of
Belle Vue Point. The channel is used by tows and small
river craft during winter when there is floe ice in the main
channel. Depths are 61 m (20 ft) and more in both
entrances, but decrease to 18 m (6 ft) inside the channel; a
fixed highway bridge near the S entrance has a vertical
clearance of 237 m (78 ft).
(Directions for Portland are given at 13.104,
for North Portland Harbor at 13.127
and for Vancouver at 13.142)
Cargo terminals
Kalama
13.85
1 Position and function. Kalama (4601N, 12251W),
lying on the E bank of the river 8 miles above Longview,
has two lumber mills, and a chemical plant N of the town.
Traffic. In 2002, 202 vessels called totalling
9 195 224 dwt.
Port Authority. Port of Kalama, 380 West Marine
Drive, Kalama, WA 98625. Website: portofkalama.com
2 Berths.
North Port Marine Terminal (1 miles N of the
town): length 274 m (with dolphins); depth
WILLAMETTE RIVER
GENERAL INFORMATION
Charts 2849, 2531
Area covered
13.89
1 In this section is described the port of Portland, and the
salient features on Willamette River above Portland.
It is arranged as follows:
425
alongside 122 m (40 ft); steel and other breakbulk
cargo.
Chemical plant (close N of the town): berth 207 m in
length; reported depths alongside 122 to 152 m;
discharge of chemicals.
3 Kalama Export Company (1 miles S of the town):
berthing space 330 m; least depth alongside 122 m
alongside; grain elevator for dry bulk cargoes.
Cenex/United Harvest: berthing length 256 m, depth
alongside 122 to 137 m; dry bulk cargo.
There is also a barge wharf for the shipment of lumber.
Small craft. A marina at Kalama provides all the usual
services.
Columbia City
13.86
1 A chemical plant at the S end of Deer Island Slough,
1 miles N of Columbia City (16 miles above Longview),
can accommodate vessels up to 107 m (35 ft) draught.
Saint Helens
13.87
1 Position and function. There are paper and lumber
mills at Saint Helens (4552N, 12248W), 18 miles above
Longview.
Port Authority. Port of Saint Helens, PO Box 598,
Saint Helens, OR 97051. Website: portsh.org
2 Berths, which are situated in the entrance to Multnomah
Channel (13.84). Due to the narrowness of the channel
large vessels require the assistance of tugs.
Pacific Western Forest Industry Dock: berthing length
146 m (with dolphins); depth alongside 61 m;
wood chips.
Boise Cascade Corp Paper Division Dock: length
250 m, depth alongside 64 m; woodpulp and paper
products.
Small craft facilities
13.88
1 Marinas, with all the usual services, are established in
the following places:
Saint Helens (13.87).
Ridgefield, 2 miles above the mouth of Lake River,
entered at the N end of Batchelor Island about
1 mile above Saint Helens; the reported controlling
depth (1973) to Ridgefield was 18 m (6 ft).
2 Within Multnomah Channel (13.84).
In the channel behind an elongated island entered
opposite Reeder Point (45425N, 122460W).
From the entrance, marked by a buoy (starboard
hand), depths of 15 m (5 ft) are reported to be
able to be carried to the marina There is no
passage S of the marina.
Portland (13.91).
Willamette River above Portland (13.114).
Description
13.90
1 Willamette River flows N through State of Oregon,
between Cascade Mountains (1.133) and the mountains of
the coastal range, through the city of Portland, and enters
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 13
Columbia River at Kelley Point Junction (4539N,
12246W), 88 miles from the mouth of Columbia River.
PORTLAND
General information
Chart 2849
Position
13.91
1 Portland (4534N, 12244W) is situated on Willamette
River about 10 miles above its mouth, and 98 miles above
the entrance to Columbia River. It is the largest city in
State of Oregon, and besides being the principal port on
the Columbia River system, it also one of the major ports
on the Pacific coast of the United States.
North Portland Harbor, which is described at 13.122, is
situated in Columbia River E of its junction with
Willamette River.
Function
13.92
1 The port is a port of call for many regular shipping lines
engaged in both foreign and domestic trade; and is well
equipped to handle all manner of cargoes. It is also at the
hub of a system of waterways extending 475 miles into the
interior via Willamette, Columbia and Snake Rivers. The
principal commodities handled are grain, bulk minerals,
lumber products, fish and agricultural products, cars and
containers.
2 The Portland Ship Repair Yard (13.108) has facilities for
some of the largest vessels afloat.
Traffic
13.93
1 In 2002, 961 vessels called totalling 29 812 098 dwt.
Port Authority
13.94
1 Port of Portland Commission, 700 NE Multnomah
Street, PO Box 3529, Portland, Oregon 97208.
Website: portofportland.com
Limiting conditions
Controlling depths
13.95
1 See 13.5.
Vertical clearances
13.96
1 Power cables, with a safe overhead clearance of 70 m
(230 ft), span the river close S of the junction with
Multnomah Channel, 2 miles above the entrance. The
twin towers supporting the cables are amongst the most
prominent features in the approach to Portland.
A power cable, with a safe overhead clearance of 375 m
(123 ft), spans the main channel on the W side of Ross
Island (13.101).
2 Four fixed bridges, three lift bridges and three bascule
bridges, span Willamette River between its entrance and
Ross Island.
The minimum vertical clearances under the bridges are:
Fixed bridges: 274 m (90 ft) over the central 100 m
(330 ft) under Ross Island Bridge.
426
3 Bascule bridges (when closed): 195 m (64 ft) under
Burnside Bascule Bridge (10 miles above the
entrance).
Lift bridges: 79 m (26 ft) under Gilsan Lift Bridge,
when down (10 miles above the entrance); the
clearance when the lower deck is up is 216 m
(71 ft), and when both decks are up, 49 m (161 ft).
For remarks on clearances see 13.6.
Tidal levels
13.97
1 Mean tidal range is about 05 m, and the diurnal range
about 07 m; the range becomes progressively smaller as
the level of the river rises.
Density of water
13.98
1 The density of water is 1000 g/cm3.
Maximum size of vessel handled
13.99
1 A vessel of 44 484 dwt, draught 116 m, has used the
port.
Arrival information
13.100
1 Anchorage in Willamette River may only be obtained in
an emergency, or in inclement weather conditions. The
designated anchorages, as shown on the chart, and which
are intended primarily for deep-draught vessels, are in
Columbia River; see 13.139.
Pilotage. See 13.11.
2 Tugs are available.
Quarantine and customs. Unless otherwise directed,
vessels subject to inspection by quarantine, customs,
immigration and agricultural quarantine officials, are
normally boarded by the relevant officials on arrival at
their berths.
For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.
Harbour
General layout
13.101
1 The port installations extend for about 12 miles along
both banks of Willamette River, from its entrance, as far as
Ross Island (45295N, 122398W); they are also located
in North Portland Harbor (13.122). There are five major
terminals operated by the port authority; Terminals Nos 2, 4
and 5 are in Willamette River, and No 6 Terminal and West
Hayden Island are in North Portland Harbor (13.128). In
addition to these port operated terminals there are numerous
privately owned piers and wharves. Small vessels and
barges are accommodated in the S part of the harbour, S of
Hawthorne Lift Bridge (45308N, 122402W), and small
craft in North Portland Harbor.
2 The Portland Ship Repair Yard is situated at Swan
Island, on the N bank of Willamette River, 7 miles above
the entrance.
Measured distance
13.102
1 A measured distance of 1 mile, on a running course of
127307, is established on the S side of Swan Island,
as can be seen on the chart.
Climatic table
13.103
1 See 1.200 and 1.220.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 13
Willamette River at Portland from NNW (13.101)
(Original dated 1988)
(Photograph US Army Corps of Engineers)
Directions
13.104
1 The approach and entry to the Columbia River is
described at 13.26 and 13.27, and the fairway as far as
Willamette River at 13.55 and 13.81.
In the vicinity of Post Office Bar Range, on the W side
of Willamette River 2 miles inside the entrance,
deep-draught vessels favour the W side of the fairway,
whilst smaller vessels, and tows usually hug the E side
where there is less current.
Principal berths
13.105
1 Alongside depths. All depths are reported depths; the
port authorities should be contacted for the latest
information.
Municipal berths
13.106
1 With positions from N to S:
Terminal No 5 (45385N, 122463W), on the E
bank of the river: length 253 m with dolphins;
depth alongside 122 m; grain terminal and bulk
minerals, leased to Portland Bulk Terminals.
Terminal No 4 (45363N, 122465W), on the E
bank of the river: five piers with ten berths
providing 1370 m of berthing space; depths
alongside 10 to 122 m; general, dry bulk, grain,
container and Ro-Ro cargoes. A berth, 410 m in
length, for steel products, and a dedicated car
berth, 324 m in length with dolphins and floats,
Fremont Bridge
both with depths of 122 m alongside, stand on the
S side of this terminal.
2 Terminal No 2 (4533N, 12242W), on the S bank
of the river: four multi purpose berths, and a barge
berth, providing 820 m of berthing space; depths
alongside 61 to 122 m; container, Ro-Ro, logs,
lumber, paper products and reefer cargoes.
Terminal No 6 (in North Portland Harbor): see
13.128).
Private berths
13.107
1 There are about 25 privately owned berths on both banks
of Willamette River variously equipped to handle petroleum
products, chemicals, asphalt and creosote, grain, cement,
alumina, natural gas and steel products; depths alongside
vary between 76 to 128 m.
Port services
Repairs
13.108
1 Portland Ship Repair Yard on Swan Island (4534N,
12243W) and in the adjacent Swan Island Basin, has the
capacity to carry out all manner of repairs. There are three
floating dry docks, 1830 m of repair berths with depths
alongside of 122 m, and over 900 m of berthing space for
vessels laid up.
2 Largest floating dry dock: length 2993 m; extreme
breadth 704 m; lifting capacity 87 000 tons;
vessels up to LOA 3353 m, breadth 564 m,
draught 108 m, 262 376 dwt, can be
accommodated.
427
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 13
3 There are several smaller repair yards on the river with
slipways and facilities to carry out all manner of repairs to
small vessels; a yard on the E bank, close N of St Johns
Bridge (4535N, 12246W), has a slipway which can
accommodate vessels up to 60 m in length.
Other facilities
13.109
1 Reception of oily waste; hospitals; salvage equipment;
specialised lifting equipment, including 175 ton mobile
crane; compass adjustment.
Supplies
13.110
1 Provisions and stores; fuel oil, diesel oil, and lube oils
by barge; fresh water at most berths.
Communications
13.111
1 Portland International Airport, 3 km N of the city of
Portland.
Marine Safety Office
13.112
1 The Coast Guard maintain a Marine Safety Office,
which combines the functions of Captain of the Port and
Marine Inspection Office, together with a Vessel
Documentation Office, in the NW corner of Swan Island
Basin (13.108).
Small craft
13.113
1 Most of the small craft facilities, including nearly all the
moorings, are to be found in North Portland Harbor; see
(13.130).
WILLAMETTE RIVER ABOVE PORTLAND
General information
US Chart 18528
Navigation
13.114
1 Local knowledge is required.
Navigation of the river above Portland is hazardous due
to rocks, shoaling bars and strong currents; mid-channel
courses are recommended. Chart coverage extends only to
Newberg, 43 miles above the mouth of the river; though
well marked by navigational aids many of the daybeacons
are seasonal, and above Newberg are not maintained.
2 Between Newberg and Corvallis, the practical head of
navigation for small craft, which stands 114 miles above
the mouth of the river, the river is more tortuous and
twisting but is not considered too difficult for the small
craft that use this section; navigation above Corvallis is
dangerous and should not be attempted.
3 Portland Coast Guard should be contacted for the latest
information concerning navigation on the river above
Salem, capital of the State of Oregon, which is situated
74 miles above the mouth of the river.
There are locks at Willamette Falls Canal (13.118) at
Oregon City, 22 miles above the mouth of the river.
Hazards
13.115
1 Logs and deadheads; see 13.9.
428
Vertical clearances
13.116
1 The minimum safe overhead clearance under the power
cables spanning the river between Portland and Newberg is
one of 22 m (72 ft) over Willamette Falls Canal.
Eight fixed bridges span the river between Ross Island
Bridge at Portland (13.96), and Newberg. The least vertical
clearance is one of 207 m (68 ft) under the main span of
the bridge 42 miles above the mouth of the river in the
approach to Newberg.
For remarks on clearances see 13.6.
Cable Ferries
13.117
1 A cable ferry crosses the river about 1 mile above
Walnut Eddy, situated 29 miles above the mouth of the
river. When the ferry is underway the cable is suspended
below the water at varying depths; when docked the cable
lies on the bottom. No attempt should be made to pass a
moving ferry.
Cable ferries also cross the river above Newberg at
Wheatland and Buena Vista, situated 63 and 92 miles,
respectively, above the mouth of the river.
Willamette Falls Canal
13.118
1 Willamette Falls Canal is situated on the W bank of the
river 22 miles above its mouth. It has four locks with a
total lift of 152 m (50 ft); the useable dimensions of the
locks are length 533 m, breadth 113 m, depths over the
sills at LW 18 m. Downriver traffic from the paper mills is
heavy during weekdays.
Terminals and small craft facilities
Terminals
13.119
1 Between Portland and Oregon City most of the terminals
are privately owned paper mills and fuel reception facilities
served by barge traffic. Above Willamette Falls are smaller,
privately owned wharves, and natural landings. The
principal wharves are (with distances above the mouth of
the river):
Crown Zellerbeck Co Wharf (18 miles), on the W
bank of the river, with a wharf 256 m in length,
and a reported depth of 91 m alongside; loading
of wood chips.
A timber wharf, 259 m in length, on the E side of
Willamette Falls Canal (22 miles).
Small craft facilities
13.120
1 All the usual small craft facilities can be found at the
following locations (with distances from the mouth of the
river):
In the vicinity of Selwood Fixed Highway Bridge
(14 miles); public moorings.
Oregon City (22 miles); marina with 350 berths.
Willamette (24 miles); marina with 50 berths.
2 Shank Landing (29 miles); alongside mooring.
Wilsonville (34 miles); marina with 115 berths.
Butteville (37 miles); marina with 35 berths.
Salem (74 miles); several marinas.
Corvallis (114 miles at limit of navigation);
mooring, limited facilities.
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 13

COLUMBIA RIVER ABOVE THE JUNCTION WITH WILLAMETTE RIVER

GENERAL INFORMATION Arrival information
13.126
Chart 2849 1 Anchorages. The designated anchorages, as shown on
Area covered the chart, and which are intended primarily for
13.121 deep-draught vessels, are as for Vancouver; see 13.139.
1 In this section are described North Portland Harbor, the Pilotage. See 13.11.
port of Vancouver, and the salient features on Columbia Tugs are available.
River above Vancouver.
It is arranged as follows: Directions
North Portland Harbor (13.122). 13.127
Vancouver (13.131). 1 The approach and entry to Columbia River is described
Columbia River above Vancouver (13.148). at 13.26 and 13.27, and the fairway as far as Willamette
River at 13.55 and 13.81.
The deep-draught berths are situated at the W entrance
to the harbour and are approached directly from the main
NORTH PORTLAND HARBOR channel.
2 The small craft facilities at the E end of the harbour are
approached, from a position 7 cables ENE of Tomahawk
General information Island, through a channel on the alignment (241) of a pair
of leading lights.
Chart 2849
Description Berths
13.122 13.128
1 North Portland Harbor is that channel of Columbia River 1 Terminal No 6 (45384N, 122447W): a container
which leads between Hayden Island (4538N, 12243W), terminal comprising three berths with a total length of
and the Oregon shore to SW. The deep-draught facilities lie 870 m; depths alongside 122 m.
at the W entrance to the harbour; the E part of the harbour, Car terminals: A major car import facility, comprising
formed by Tomahawk Island, joined to Hayden Island by a two floating docks with berthing lengths of 290 and 280 m,
narrow neck of land, is occupied by numerous small craft depths alongside 107 m, and storage for 15 000 cars, is
berths. situated SE of Terminal No 6.
Marine strategic reserve cargo facilities are at a terminal
on the W end of Hayden Island. Port services
13.129
Port Authority 1 As for Portland; see 13.108.
13.123
1 See 13.94. Small craft
13.130
1 The E side of North Portland Harbor provides most of
Limiting conditions the small craft facilities, including nearly all the moorings,
in the Portland and Vancouver areas; these facilities extend
along the S bank of Columbia River from the vicinity of
Controlling depths the Interstate Bridge (45364N, 122410W) to the W end
13.124
of Government Island (6 miles E) and include both sides of
1 West entrance. Project depths are 122 m (40 ft) in a
Tomahawk Island.
turning basin off the W entrance and for a distance of
2 All the usual services are available including repair
about 1 miles inside the entrance, thence 61 m (20 ft) for facilities for craft up to 17 m in length, 5 m in breadth, and
about 2 miles farther into the harbour. 70 tons displacement.
East entrance. The project depth in the E entrance
channel is 3 m (10 ft) as far as the E end of Tomahawk
Island. VANCOUVER
The chart, and the port authorities, should be consulted
for the latest information. General information
Chart 2849
Vertical clearances Position
13.125 13.131
1 Power cables, with a safe overhead clearance of 488 m 1 Vancouver (4538N, 12240W), is situated on the
(160 ft), span the harbour 1 miles inside the W entrance. Washington side of Columbia River, 92 miles above the
Two bridges span the harbour between Hayden Island entrance. North Portland Harbor, which is described at
and the Oregon shore: 13.122, extends along the Oregon bank of the river
Burlington Northern Railroad Bridge (4537N, opposite Vancouver.
12242W): a swing bridge with a vertical
clearance, when closed, of 119 m (39 ft). Function
2 Interstate Highway Bridge (9 cables farther ESE): a 13.132
fixed bridge with a vertical clearance of 107 m 1 Vancouver is the outlet for a large lumber producing
(35 ft). section of SW Washington, and is a distribution point for
For remarks on clearances see 13.6. much of the grain produced in the States of Washington

429
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 13
and Oregon. In addition, bauxite, paper products, petroleum
products, fertilizers, steel, chemicals, cars and general
cargo, are amongst other commodities handled.
Traffic
13.133
1 In 2002, 647 vessels called totalling 22 257 837 dwt.
Port Authority
13.134
1 Port of Vancouver Commissioners, 3103 Lower River
Road, P.O. Box 1180, Vancouver, Washington 986661180.
Website: portvanusa.com
Limiting conditions
Controlling depths
13.135
1 See 13.5.
Vertical clearances
13.136
1 Power cables, with a minimum safe overhead clearance
of 67 m (220 ft), span Vancouver Upper Channel
(45383N, 122430W) between the Vancouver shore and
Hayden Island.
Burlington Northern Railroad Bridge (45375N,
122415W): a swing bridge with a vertical
clearance, when closed, of 119 m (39 ft) over
Vancouver Upper Turning Basin.
2 Interstate Highway Bridge (8 cables farther ESE):
the N section of the bridge has twin lift spans with
a vertical clearance, when down, of 119 m (39 ft),
and 543 m (178 ft) when up, and twin fixed spans
with a clearance of 177 m (58 ft) at the centre,
and 14 m (46 ft) elsewhere, where the bridge spans
the alternate barge channel.
The bridge controllers can be contacted on VHF Radio.
For remarks on clearances see 13.6.
Tidal levels
13.137
1 The diurnal tidal range is about 07 m when the river is
low; this becomes progressively smaller as the level of the
river rises.
Density of water
13.138
1 The density of water is 1000 g/cm3.
Arrival information
13.139
1 Anchorages. The designated anchorages, which are
shown on the chart, and which are intended primarily for
deep-draught vessels, are (positioned from Kelley Point
(4539N, 12246W):
Kelley Point Anchorage (2 cables E); on the S side of
Vancouver Lower Channel.
2 Hayden Island Anchorage (1 miles ESE); between
Hayden Island and the S side of Vancouver Range.
Light-buoys A and B (special) are moored in this
anchorage, 1 and 1 miles ESE, respectively, of
Kelley Point.
Pilotage. See 13.11.
3 Tugs are available.
Quarantine and customs. Unless otherwise directed,
vessels subject to inspection by quarantine, customs,
immigration and agricultural quarantine officials, are
430
normally boarded by the relevant officials on arrival at
their berths.
For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.
Harbour
General layout
13.140
1 From Kelley Point (4539N, 12246W), at the junction
with Willamette River, the main channel of Columbia River
favours the Washington shore from Mathews Point
(7 cables E of Kelley Point) to Ryan Point, 5 miles farther
ESE, passing N of Hayden Island and Tomahawk Island;
Ryan Point, once a shipyard, is now an industrial park. The
principal berths extend along the Washington shore from
Mathews Point to the Burlington Railroad Swing Bridge,
2 miles ESE.
2 North of Tomahawk Island an alternate barge channel
leads 1 miles ESE from Vancouver Upper Turning Basin
to rejoin the main channel off Ryan Point.
Measured distance
13.141
1 A measured distance of 1 mile, on a running course of
125, is established on the N side of Hayden Island, as can
be seen on the chart.
Directions
13.142
1 The approach and entry to Columbia River is described
at 13.26 and 13.27, and the fairway as far as Willamette
River at 13.55 and 13.81.
From the vicinity of Belle Vue Point (4539N,
12246W) the fairway, marked by a light and a light-buoy,
leads ESE, passing N of Hayden Island Anchorage (13.139)
to Vancouver Upper Channel, thence to Vancouver Lower
Turning Basin.
Principal berths
13.143
1 Alongside depths. All depths are reported depths; the
port authorities should be contacted for the latest
information.
Municipal berths
13.144
1 Nos 8 & 9 Berths (45383N, 122425W): length
380 m with dolphins; depth alongside 122 m; containers,
general cargo, steel and lumber.
No 7 Berth (close E): length 218 m with dolphins; depth
alongside 122 m; dry bulk cargoes.
Nos 14 Berths (5 cables ESE of Nos 8 & 9 Berths):
length 533 m with dolphins, depth alongside 122 m;
containers, general cargo, dry bulk cargo, Ro-Ro cargo,
cars.
Private berths
13.145
1 Alcoa Alumina Wharf (45387N, 122440W): length
256 m with dolphins; depth alongside 122 m; discharge of
alumina.
Oil Terminal Dock (45381N, 122421W) (close ESE
of No 7 Berth): length 167 m with dolphins; depth
alongside 97 m; petroleum products, liquid fertilizers.
Grain Elevator Wharf (45378N, 122415W): length
217 m; depth alongside 122 m; bulk grain.
Ideal Cement Pier (45375N, 122411W): length
198 m with dolphins; depth alongside 107 m; petroleum
products.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 13
Port services
13.146
1 Repairs. No facilities except for minor repairs; vessels
use the facilities at Portland (13.108).
Other facilities. Limited facilities for the reception of
oily waste; garbage disposal; hospitals.
Supplies. Provisions and stores; fuel oil, diesel oil, and
lube oils by barge or road tanker; fresh water at most
berths.
Communications. Portland International Airport, 16 km
distant.
Small craft
13.147
1 The facilities for small craft are concentrated on the N
side of Tomahawk Island, in North Portland Harbor, and
along the Oregon bank of the river E of Tomahawk Island;
see 13.130.
COLUMBIA RIVER ABOVE VANCOUVER
General information
US Chart 18531
Description
13.148
1 Traffic on the river above Vancouver consists mainly of
barges and pleasure craft. A succession of locks and dams
on the river facilitates navigation as far as the town of
Richland about 195 miles above Vancouver. Snake River
(13.172), which flows into Columbia River just below
Richland, is navigable for 119 miles as far as Lewiston in
Idaho.
2 There are locks on Columbia River at Bonneville Dam
(13.156), The Dalles Dam (13.161), John Day Dam
(13.164) and McNary Dam (13.168), 34, 74, 96 and
162 miles, respectively, above Vancouver; levels on Snake
River are controlled by four sets of locks (13.172).
Controlling depths
13.149
1 See 13.5.
Hazards
13.150
1 See 13.9.
Pilotage
13.151
1 Local knowledge is required.
Vancouver to Bonneville Dam
Description
13.152
1 From Vancouver (4538N, 12240W) to Bonneville
Dam, 34 miles upriver, Columbia River passes through the
impressive Columbia River Gorge, flanked at each side by
railways and highways.
Navigation is influenced by strong currents, rocks and
rocky banks, winds and ice, the latter which may be
encountered in January or February.
2 Near Warrendale (31 miles above Vancouver) the river
narrows considerably and remains so as far as the
approaches to Bonneville Dam; Beacon Rock, 256 m high,
431
stands in a State Park on the Washington bank opposite
Warrendale.
Natural conditions
13.153
1 Local magnetic anomaly. Differences of up to 8 from
the normal variation have been reported between Point
Vancouver (18 miles above Vancouver) and Tunnel Point
(7 cables SSW).
2 Currents flow at a considerable rate along the main
channel, with an increased rate in the approaches to
Bonneville Dam. Exceptions are at the bend in the channel
at Washougal Light No 50 (14 miles above Vancouver)
where a NW set prevails, SW of Cape Horn (21 miles
above Vancouver), where a W set prevails, and between
Fashion Reef and Multnomah Falls (25 miles above
Vancouver), where a S set prevails.
3 Weather. Between Corbett (18 miles above Vancouver)
and The Dalles (56 miles upriver) the river flows between
the Cascade Mountains (1.133). Along this stretch winds of
considerable force prevail during much of the time; in
general they blow upstream in summer and downstream in
winter. Daily peak wind speeds vary from 6 to 42 kn, but
gusts to 76 kn have been recorded.
Vertical clearances
13.154
1 Power cables: minimum safe overhead clearance is
405 m (133 ft) under five power cables over the channel at
Lady Island (12 miles above Vancouver).
Fixed bridge: minimum vertical clearance is 414 m
(136 ft), 439 m (144 ft) for centre 91 m (300 ft), under the
highway bridge at Government Island (6 miles above
Vancouver).
For remarks on clearances see 13.6.
Camas
13.155
1 Camas, on the Washington side of the river 12 miles
above Vancouver, is the site of a large paper mill which
maintains a wharf in Camas Slough, N of Lady Island. The
W entrance to the slough has depths of about 24 m (8 ft),
but the E entrance is foul and dries. A bridge across the W
part of Camas Slough has a vertical clearance of 21 m
(69 ft).
2 A marina, just E of Camas, has 250 berths; all the usual
services are available, including a 12 ton hoist which can
handle craft up to 13 m in length.
Bonneville Lock and Dam
13.156
1 Bonneville Lock and Dam, 126 miles above Columbia
River entrance, is in four parts. Powerhouse No 2 is
between the Washington shore and Cascade Island; the
spillway is between Cascade Island and Bradford Island;
Powerhouse No 1 and the old lock are between Bradford
Island and Robins Island; the new lock is between Robins
Island and the Oregon shore. The areas above and below
the spillway and No 1 Powerhouse are restricted areas. The
old lock, though not presently used, is maintained for
subsequent use.
2 Lock dimensions are: length 205 m; breadth 26 m;
vertical lift 18 m.
Caution. Due to the strong downstream current setting
towards Powerhouse No 1, craft approaching the lock from
E should steer as close to the Oregon shore as is prudent
and, providing the lock entrance is prepared, should
proceed at a minimum speed conducive with safe handling.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 13
Bonneville Dam to The Dalles Dam
Navigation
13.157
1 From Bonneville to The Dalles, the channel is through
the pool created by Bonneville Dam which extends
40 miles E to The Dalles Dam.
Although there are considerable depths in much of the
pool, the controlling depth in this section is 61 m (20 ft);
the channels are marked by navigational aids.
2 Caution. Currents are strong in this section and
vigilance at the helm is required to maintain the vessels
position in the fairway.
Local magnetic anomaly
13.158
1 Differences of up to 6 from the normal variation have
been observed in this section of the river.
Vertical clearances
13.159
1 Power cables: minimum safe overhead clearance is
472 m (155 ft) under the cables at Stanley Rock (23 miles
above Bonneville Dam), and at Crates Point, 13 miles
farther upstream.
Fixed bridges: minimum vertical clearance is 305 m
(100 ft) under the highway bridge at The Dalles Lock.
Bridge of the Gods (2 miles above Bonneville Dam) has
a vertical clearance of 41 m (135 ft) for centre width of
86 m (284 ft).
2 Lift bridge: minimum safe overhead clearance is 204 m
(67 ft) when down, and 451 m (148 ft) when up, at the
highway bridge at Hood River (22 miles above Bonneville
Dam) (13.160).
For remarks on clearances see 13.6.
Small craft facilities
13.160
1 (Distances given above Bonneville Dam).
Hood River (22 miles), in Oregon, lies at the junction of
Hood and Columbia Rivers and has two basins. The E
basin can accommodate about 55 craft; the W basin is used
for repairs to barges and tugs.
2 Bingen (23 miles), in Washington, has two basins; the E
basin can accommodate about 20 craft.
The Dalles (39 miles above Bonneville Dam) (13.161),
has a small craft basin protected by a breakwater and a
sheer boom.
3 All the usual services are available in the above basins.
In addition small craft may obtain shelter in the
following inlets:
Rock Creek (4 miles); bridge clearance 55 m (18 ft).
Government Cove (5 miles).
Wind River (8 miles); bridge clearance 79 m (26 ft).
4 Drano Lake (14 miles); bridge clearance 46 m
(15 ft).
Rushton (18 miles).
White Salmon River (21 miles); bridge clearance
79 m (26 ft).
The Dalles and The Dalles Lock and Dam
13.161
1 The Dalles, on the Oregon side of the river, has a wharf
over 305 m in length, with depths of 61 m alongside;
petroleum products, bulk grain and fruit cargoes are
handled. The Dalles Municipal Airport stands on the
Washington bank of the river.
432
2 The Dalles Lock and Dam, 166 miles above the entrance
to Columbia River, is entered on the Washington bank of
the river, 1 mile E of The Dalles; there is a single lift lock
with a vertical lift of 267 m (87 ft). The area above and
below the slipway is a restricted area.
Lock dimensions are: length 205 m; width 26 m; and
depth over the sill at normal level of 61 m.
The Dalles Dam to John Day Dam
Navigation
13.162
1 The relevant United States small craft charts should be
obtained for the Columbia River, and its tributaries, as far
as Pasco.
The pool created by The Dalles Dam is called Lake
Celilo, and provides slack water navigation to John Day
Dam; the normal pool level is 49 m (160 ft) above MSL.
The channel through Lake Celilo is well marked, and has a
controlling depth of 43 m (14 ft) to John Day Dam,
22 miles above The Dalles Dam.
Vertical clearances
13.163
1 The minimum vertical clearance is 61 m (20 ft), when
down, at the railway bridge 7 miles above The Dalles Dam;
the clearance when up is 24 m (79 ft).
For remarks on clearances see 13.6.
John Day Dam
13.164
1 John Day Dam, 188 miles above the mouth of Columbia
River, is the largest of the Columbia River dams. It is a
single lift lock with a vertical lift of 32 m (105 ft).
Restricted areas are above and below the dam.
Lock dimensions are: length 205 m; width 26 m.
Caution. A rock awash, marked by a light and sign, in
the E approach to the lock.
John Day Dam to McNary Dam
Navigation
13.165
1 John Day Dam created Lake Umatilla, which has a
normal level of 80 m (265 ft) above MSL and extends
65 miles to McNary Dam; depths are generally deep but
there are many shoals. The winding channel through the
lake has a controlling depth of about 58 m (19 ft), and is
marked by navigational aids.
Vertical clearances
13.166
1 Power cables: minimum safe overhead clearance is
25 m (82 ft) under the cables close above the highway
bridges (see below).
Bridges: minimum vertical clearance is 216 m (71 ft) at
the fixed parallel highways bridges just above Umatilla,
62 miles above John Day Dam (13.167).
For remarks on clearances see 13.6.
Small craft facilities
13.167
1 (Distances given above John Day Dam).
John Day River Recreation Area (2 miles);
accommodation for 40 craft, bridge vertical clearance 58 m
(19 ft).
Arlington (21 miles); moorings and a ramp.
Boardman (45 miles); basin protected by a breakwater
and a jetty.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 13
2 Umatilla (62 miles); basin with accommodation for
125 craft.
All the usual services are available in the above basins.
McNary Lock and Dam
13.168
1 McNary Lock and Dam, 254 miles above the mouth of
Columbia River, just above Umatilla, has a single lift lock
with a vertical lift of about 23 m (75 ft). The dam raises
the water level to a normal level of 103 m above MSL. A
restricted area lies above the dam.
Lock dimensions are: length 205 m; width 26 m.
McNary Dam to the head of navigation
Navigation
13.169
1 Lake Wallula, the pool created by McNary Dam,
provides slack water navigation from McNary Dam to the
junction with Yakima River, 37 miles upstream. Depths in
the lake are generally deep, but there are shoal spots;
depths range from 43 m to 35 m (14 to 115 ft). The
channel is marked by navigational aids as far as Richland,
about 40 miles above the McNary Dam, which is the
practical head of navigation; Priest Rapid Dam, 68 miles
above McNary Dam, is the head of navigation.
Terminals between McNary Dam and Snake River
13.170
1 There are important grain terminals at (distances above
McNary Dam):
Port of Umatilla (close above).
Port Kelley (16 miles).
Port of Walla Walla (18 miles).
Vertical clearances
13.171
1 A railway lift bridge 27 miles above McNary Dam has a
clearance of 33 m (11 ft) when down, and 22 m (72 ft)
when up. A racon transmits from the bridge.
For remarks on clearances see 13.6.
Snake River
13.172
1 Description. Snake River, entered 283 miles above the
mouth of Columbia River, rises in Yellowstone National
Park, from which it winds S past the Grand Tetons and
thence for some 868 miles to its junction with Columbia
River at Pasco (13.173). The river is navigable for about
119 miles from its mouth to Lewiston, in the State of
Idaho. Barge wharves and grain terminals at Clarkston
(Washington), and Lewiston, serve the agricultural and
logging communities in the region.
433
2 Locks. There are single lift locks at (distances above
junction at Pasco):
Ice Harbor Lock and Dam (8 miles); vertical lift
about 30 m (100 ft); provides depths of 3 m (10 ft),
or more, to Lower Monumental Dam.
Lower Monumental Lock and Dam (36 miles);
vertical lift about 30 m (100 ft).
Little Goose Lock and Dam (61 miles); vertical lift
about 30 m.
Lower Granite Lock and Dam (93 miles); lock
dimensions, length 205 m, width 26 m.
3 Vertical clearances. The river is crossed by several
bridges, both fixed and lift, and by overhead power cables.
The least clearances are:
Burlington Northern Railroad Lift Bridge at the
mouth of the river; 43 m (14 ft) when down, and
183 m (60 ft) when up.
Highway Lift bridge between Lewiston and Clarkston;
3 m (10 ft) when down, 128 m (42 ft) when up.
4 Three fixed bridges between Lower Monumental Dam
and Little Goose Dam; 158 m (52 ft).
The least clearance under power cables is 131 m
(43 ft) under the cables spanning the river between
its mouth and Ice Harbor Lock and Dam.
For remarks on clearances see 13.6.
5 Small craft facilities. Except at Lewiston and Clarkston,
where there are several marinas providing all the usual
services, there are few facilities for small craft on the river.
Pasco-Kennewick-Richland
13.173
1 Description. Pasco, on the N side of Columbia River,
286 miles above its mouth and 32 miles above McNary
Dam, with Kennewick on the S side of the river opposite,
and Richland, close upriver, together form an area which is
the most important barging centre above Portland. Traffic
comprises mainly petroleum products inbound from
Portland, and grain outbound to Portland and Vancouver.
The Port of Pasco is a municipal corporation with a Board
of Commissioners; in addition to the marine terminal there
is an industrial park and an airport. There are wharves at
Pasco and Kennewick; the wharf at Pasco is 245 m in
length with depths of 49 m alongside.
2 Vertical clearances. Four bridges span the river in this
area. The railway lift bridge has a clearance of 55 m
(18 ft) when down, and 213 m (70 ft) when up; the least
clearance under the three fixed highway bridges W of this
lift bridge is 149 m (49 ft). The overhead power cable in
this area has a clearance of 165 m (54 ft).
3 For remarks on clearances see 13.6.
Small craft facilities are available in boat basins at
Pasco and Kennewick, and at Columbia Park Recreation
Area at Richland; all the usual services are available.
Home Contents Index

Chapter 14 - Columbia River to Cape Flattery

30 125 30 124 30
30 30

Cape Flattery

14.69

4947

48 4945 48

W A S H I N G T O N

30 30
14.55

47 47
Grays
Harbor
14.22

3125

Willapa
Bay

14.8

30 30

3124

Columbia River

2942

46 46
30 Longitude 125 West from Greenwich 124 30

March 2004

434
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 14
COLUMBIA RIVER TO CAPE FLATTERY
GENERAL INFORMATION
Chart 2940
Scope of the chapter
14.1
1 The area covered by this chapter comprises the coast of
Washington from Cape Disappointment (4616N,
12405W), the N entrance point to Columbia River, to
Cape Flattery (4823N, 12444W), at the entrance to Juan
de Fuca Strait, about 130 miles NNW. Included in the
description are Willapa Bay (4640N, 12400W) (14.13),
Grays Harbor (4655N, 12410W) (14.22), the only
deep-draught harbour on this stretch of coast, and the small
craft harbour of La Push (4754N, 12439W) (14.61).
2 It is arranged as follows:
Cape Disappointment to Grays Harbor (14.8).
Grays Harbor (14.22).
Grays Harbor to Quillayute River (14.55).
Quillayute River to Cape Flattery (14.69).
Hazards
14.2
1 Exercise areas. From a position about 10 miles N of
Point Brown (4656N, 12410W), as far as Cape Alava
(4810N, 12444W), a United States Navy
operating/exercise area extends parallel to the coast from
3 miles offshore to about 50 miles offshore. A localised
area is situated between the entrance to Raft River
(4728N, 12420W) and Sealion Rock (2 miles WSW)
(14.59). Naval vessels, including submarines in the N part
of the main area, may be encountered manoeuvring in these
areas.
2 Underwater tracking range. A United States Navy
underwater tracking range is established W of Queets River
(4732N, 12421W). Submarine cables, shown on the
chart, suspended several feet above the ocean bed, over an
area about 1 mile wide, extend about 8 miles SW from the
vicinity of Kalaloch Rocks, a group of low, flat rocks,
4 miles N of Queets River. Mariners should avoid
anchoring or trawling in this area.
Vessel Traffic Service
14.3
1 Cooperative Vessel Traffic Service (CVTS), managed
jointly by the United States and Canada, is established in
Juan de Fuca Strait and its approaches. The system is
mandatory and is intended to enhance safe and expeditious
vessel movement, and to minimise risk of pollution to the
marine environment. In the area covered by this volume the
S boundary of the reporting area is 48N, and the W
boundary 127W.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(5). See also Appendix III.
Traffic regulations
14.4
1 Area to be avoided. In order to reduce the risk of
marine casualty and resulting pollution and damage to the
environment of the Olympic Coast National Marine
Sanctuary, an Area to be Avoided has been established off
the Washington coast, as shown on the chart.
435
2 All vessels, including barges, carrying cargoes of oil or
hazardous materials, and all vessels of 1600 gt and over
solely in transit, should avoid the area bounded by the
following coordinates:
48233N, 124382W
48242N, 124382W
48262N, 124447W
48262N, 124528W
48247N, 124557W
47517N, 125155W
47077N, 124475W
47077N, 124110W
3 This area to be avoided does not apply to any warship,
naval auxiliary, barge (whether towed by a government or
commercial tug), or other vessel owned or operated by a
Contracting Government and used, for the time being, only
on government non-commercial services.
For further information on marine sanctuaries see 1.45.
14.5
1 Restricted area (for Makah whale hunting), as shown
on the chart, has been established inshore of the TSS from
Hand Rock (4802N, 12443W) (14.78) round Cape
Flattery to Waadah Island (4823N, 12636W). When
restrictions are in force broadcasts will be made on VHF
channel 16. See also Appendix V.
Rescue
14.6
1 Coast Guard Stations are situated at:
Grays Harbor (4655N, 12410W) (14.46).
La Push (4755N, 12438W) (14.65).
For services provided see 1.62.
Local weather
14.7
1 Winds from between E and SE predominate in winter,
and from between N and NW in summer.
The weather along this coast is usually mild, windy and
rainy in winter, cool and pleasant in the summer, with
some periods of fog. Close inshore, particularly in Willapa
Bay and Grays Harbor, wind and fog conditions are often
local and are different from conditions offshore. Radiation
fog is prevalent in autumn and winter in the bays, as well
as off the rivers and salient points along the coast; it can
form at any time when nights are calm and clear. Summer
is the worst period for fog with the most affected areas
being Grays Harbor and the entrance to Juan de Fuca
Strait.
CAPE DISAPPOINTMENT
TO GRAYS HARBOR
General information
Chart 2940
Route
14.8
1 From the approaches to Columbia River (4615N,
12405W) to those of Grays Harbor, the route leads N for
about 40 miles passing W of the entrance to Willapa Bay.
All charted dangers lie inside the 36 m (20 fm) depth
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 14
contour which runs parallel to the coast at a distance of
between 5 and 6 miles offshore.
Topography
14.9
1 The coast between Cape Disappointment (4616N,
12405W) (13.20) and the S entrance point to Willapa
Bay, 22 miles N, consists of a narrow strip of sandy beach,
with sandy ridges about 6 m high, fringing North Beach
Peninsula, which bounds the S part of Willapa Bay. The
peninsula is covered with trees to within 2 miles of the
entrance to the bay; the termination of the tree line is
sharply defined. There are numerous summer resorts and
residences along the beach, but few distinguishable
landmarks.
2 From the N entrance to Willapa Bay to the S entrance to
Grays Harbor, 11 miles N, the coast comprises a low sand
beach backed by a heavy growth of timber.
Principal marks
14.10
1 Landmarks:
North Head Lighthouse (4618N, 12405W) (13.24).
Grays Harbor Lighthouse (white octagonal pyramidal
tower, 33 m in height) (4653N, 12407W).
Saddle Hill (4704N, 12407W).
Major lights:
North Head Light (4618N, 12405W) (13.24).
Grays Harbor Light as above.
Other navigational aids
14.11
1 Racons.
CR Light-buoy (4611N, 12411W).
GH Light-buoy (4652N, 12414W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 12.141)
14.12
1 From a position W of CR Light-buoy (4611N,
12411W) (13.26) the passage leads N, passing (with
positions from North Head Light (4618N, 12405W)):
W of the spoil ground (5 miles SW) (13.26),
thence:
W of a dangerous wreck (3 miles WNW).
2 The passage continues (with positions from Grays
Harbor Light (4653N, 12407W)):
W of a dangerous wreck, position approximate,
(13 miles SSW), lying off the entrance to
Willapa Bay (14.13), thence:
W of W Light-buoy (safe water) (9 miles SSW),
thence:
3 Clear of a light-buoy (special) (14.41) (5 miles
WSW) moored in the approach to Grays Harbor,
and clear of GH Light-buoy (5 miles WSW); a
submerged buoy with a depth of 42 ft over it,
position approximate, lies between the two
light-buoys.
(Directions continue for Grays Harbor at
14.41 and coastal passage at 14.59)
Willapa Bay
Chart 2940 (see 1.14)
Description
14.13
1 Willapa Bay (4640N, 12400W), with its various
tributaries, is frequented mainly by fishing boats and small
craft, and has extensive areas of oyster beds. It is entered
between Leadbetter Point (4638N, 12404W), a low and
bare point at the extremity of North Beach Peninsula
(14.9), and Cape Shoalwater (about 5 miles N), which
terminates in a bluff about 15 m high; the cape is sandy,
and the N part is covered with trees to within 1 cables of
its extremity. In contrast to North Beach Peninsula, the N
shore of the entrance is marked by wooded bluffs and
ridges up to 150 m high. In the daytime, scars on the cliffs
are prominent. The shores of the bay elsewhere are
composed of rolling hills, from 30 to 60 m high, covered
with a dense growth of timber.
2 The bay consists of two arms. The S arm is about
18 miles long, and the E arm is about 10 miles long. Both
arms are filled with extensive shallow flats, of which large
areas dry, and which are intersected by channels leading to
the numerous rivers and streams flowing into the bay. Long
Island, a high, wooded island over 30 m high, is the
dominant feature in the head of the S arm.
3 The most important river is Willapa River which flows
into the head of the E arm; the town of South Bend is on
the S side of this river about 18 miles above the entrance
to the bay, and Raymond, the principal town in the bay, is
situated at the junction of South Fork and North Fork,
3 miles farther upriver. Willapa Harbor Airport stands on
the N bank of the river towards the head of the E arm in
the approaches to South Bend.
Limiting conditions
14.14
1 Controlling depths. The project depth is 79 m (26 ft)
over the bar, and 73 m (24 ft) from the deep water in
Willapa Bay, along Willapa River, to the forks of the river
at Raymond; the bar channel is constantly shifting and
depths over it vary from season to season. Owing to these
frequent changes in the position of the bar channel, and the
difficulty in dredging, actual depths are consistently less
than the project depths.
2 The port authorities should be consulted for the latest
depths.
Vertical clearance. Power cables spanning the river
between South Bend and Raymond have a safe overhead
clearance of 503 m (165 ft). There are fixed bridges above
the junction of North and South Forks.
Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring
range about 26 m; mean neap range about 15 m.
Arrival information
14.15
1 Pilotage. Local knowledge is required. Pilots, if
required, are arranged through Grays Harbor Pilot
Association (14.34).
Tugs can be arranged in advance from Grays Harbor
(14.34).
Inland Rules of the Road are in force in Willapa Bay
within a line drawn 170 from Cape Shoalwater to
Leadbetter Point; see Appendix VII.
Customs. South Bend and Raymond are customs ports
of entry.
436
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 14
Tidal streams
14.16
1 The average rate of the tidal streams at the entrance is
about 2 kn, but rates of from 4 to 6 kn occur at times;
the strongest rate being on the out-going tide with a S
wind.
In the channel at South Bend the rates are 1 and 1 kn
on the in-going and out-going streams, respectively.
Directions
14.17
1 Entrance channel. The bar obstructing the entrance to
the bay lies about 3 miles outside the line joining the
entrance points. The approach to the entrance channel is
marked by W Light-buoy (safe water) moored 9 miles
WNW of Toke Point (4642N, 12358W), thence the
channel, marked by light-buoys and buoys and varying
between 3 and 5 cables in width, leads across the bar to the
vicinity of Cape Shoalwater and follows the N shore to the
vicinity of Toke Point.
2 Caution. In thick weather caution is necessary when
making the entrance to Willapa Bay as currents are variable
and uncertain; rates of up to 3 kn have been observed off
this part of the coast. Mariners should remain in depths of
37 m (20 fm) or more until the fairway buoy has been
identified. A shoal with a least depth of 64 m (21 ft) over
it lies 1 mile ENE of W Light-buoy.
3 The bar is subject to constant shifting, and the buoys,
some of which are non-lateral, are moved frequently and
are not charted. Dredging leading lights are set up from
time to time, but these lights, and the entrance buoys, do
not necessarily mark the best water.
4 Willapa River Channel, entered about 5 cables SSE
of Toke Point, on the N side of Ellen Sands, is marked by
light-beacons and beacons, and a pair of leading lights. The
channel, which has a least width of 60 m, leads about
10 miles to South Bend and Raymond.
5 The turning basin at Raymond is at the junction of
South Fork and North Fork. When large vessels used the
port, they were turned by heading into South Fork and,
with the assistance of a small tug, backed into North Fork
to straighten up down river.
Anchorage
14.18
1 Anchorage may be obtained, with good holding ground,
almost anywhere in the bay where depths permit; a berth
frequently used is off Toke Point (4642N, 12358W), in
depths of 9 to 12 m (30 to 40 ft).
Cautions.
Submarine cables cross the entrance and the E arm of
Willapa Bay; submarine cables and pipelines cross
Willapa River in various places above South Bend.
2 An underwater dike, 55 m (18 ft) below the surface,
extends about 4 cables into the channel from a
rock groin along the shore between Cape
Shoalwater (14.13) and North Cove, about 2 miles
SE, in position 46436N, 124035W.
Facilities at South Bend and Raymond
14.19
1 Berth. Port of Willapa Harbor Wharf (on S bank
between South Bend and Raymond); length 183 m; depth
alongside 73 m.
Services. Minor repairs only, slipway at South Bend can
accommodate craft up to 20 m in length; hospitals; small
craft moorings; diesel fuel; fresh water; provisions; local
airport.
Small craft facilities
14.20
1 Tokeland situated on Toke Point (4642N, 12358W) is
a summer resort. A small craft basin on the N side of the
point is approached through a dredged channel. The
entrance to the basin is marked on its N side by a beacon,
and on its S side by a light displayed from the extremity of
the jetty bounding the E side of the basin. In 2002 the
controlling depth in the entrance channel and basin was
4 m (13 ft).
All the usual services are available.
2 Bay Center (4638N, 12357W), situated at the W
entrance to Palix River, is used mainly by fishing vessels.
The village is approached from Willapa Bay through a
channel marked by lights and buoys entered about
3 miles SSW of Toke Point; the channel is subject to
constant change and the buoys are moved accordingly. In
2002 the controlling depth in the channel was 27 m (9 ft).
All the usual services are available.
3 Nahcotta (4630N, 12402W), situated on the E side
of North Beach Peninsula, is a small village with several
large oyster beds in its vicinity. It is approached through
Nahcotta Channel, a deep, marked channel, with depths
greater than 61 m (20 ft), which leads S between North
Beach Peninsula on the W and Long Island Shoal and
Long Island (14.13) on the E, to Shoalwater Bay at the
head of the S arm.
4 A marked channel, which in 2000 had a least depth in it
of 15 m (5 ft), leads from Nahcotta Channel to a boat
basin at Nahcotta; depths in the basin were between 09
and 18 m (3 and 6 ft).
All the usual services are available.
Other names
14.21
1 Grays Canyon (4655N, 12450W).
Grassy Island (4638N, 12402W).
Naselle River (4626N, 12354W).
North River (4645N, 12354W).
GRAYS HARBOR
General information
Chart 3125
Position
14.22
1 The entrance to Grays Harbor (4655N, 12410W) is
situated about 40 miles N of Cape Disappointment and
93 miles S of Cape Flattery. Aberdeen (4658N,
12350W), at the head of the bay, is the principal urban
area; Hoquiam, the twin city of Aberdeen, stands on its W
side.
Function
14.23
1 The harbour is a deep-water port formed by the lower
estuary of Chehalis River; the bay and its tributaries
provide an outlet for a considerable area of timber. While
lumber products remain important, the port has diversified
and handles all types of metals, heavy machinery,
437
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 14
containers, bulk agricultural products and cruise liners.
Aberdeen is a port of entry.
Topography
14.24
1 The country around Grays Harbor is flat and featureless
with few conspicuous features other than those described at
14.39.
Point Chehalis (4654N, 12408W), the S entrance
point, is low and sandy and is bare of trees for 1 miles S
of the point; a training wall, visible for about half its
length, extends 2 miles W from the point. Point Brown
(1 miles NNW), the N entrance point, is low and sandy
and is wooded to within 5 cables of its extremity; a training
wall whose extremity is submerged extends 4 cables W
from the point.
2 Inside the bay, visible between but not over the entrance
points, Brackenridge Bluff, a reddish cliff about 1 mile in
length which rises in two places to a height of about 26 m,
lies on the N side of the bay about 8 miles inside the
entrance.
Approach and entry
14.25
1 The harbour is approached from SW on the alignment of
leading lights, and entered between two jetties on the
alignment of a second set of leading lights; the approach
and entrance channels are marked by light-buoys.
Traffic
14.26
1 In 2002, 41 vessels called totalling 1 105 814 dwt.
Port Authority
14.27
1 Port of Grays Harbor, Port Office, P.O. Box 660, 111
South Wooding Street, Aberdeen, Washington 985200141.
Website: www.portofgraysharbor.com
Limiting conditions
Controlling depths
14.28
1 The project depth for Bar Channel is 14 m (46 ft);
thence for Entrance Range is 128 m (42 ft); thence for
Point Chehalis Reach is 12.2 m (40 ft).
The project depth for the dredged channel inside the bay
from South Reach (4655N, 12403W) to Cow Point
Reach (4658N, 12350W) is 11 m (36 ft), thence 91 m
(30 ft) to Cosmopolis (4657N, 12346W); there is no
deep-draught navigation above Cosmopolis.
2 For the latest project and controlling depths, the chart
and the port authorities should be consulted.
Vertical and horizontal clearances
14.29
1 A highway bascule bridge spans the main channel at
Aberdeen close below the junction with Wishkah River
(46585N, 123485W). The horizontal clearance is
457 m (150 ft), and the vertical clearance is 107 m (35 ft).
Deepest and longest berths
14.30
1 Terminal 4 (14.45).
438
Tidal levels
14.31
1 See Admiralty Tide Tables. Mean spring range about
29 m; mean neap range about 15 m; a range of 42 m may
occur at maximum tides.
Density of water
14.32
1 Density of water is 1025 g/cm3.
Maximum size of vessel handled
14.33
1 A vessel LOA 200 m, breadth 308 m, draught 115 m,
has used the port. Vessels passing through the bridge
(14.29) to the berths upriver are restricted to a length of
183 m, and a breadth of 26 m.
Arrival information
14.34
1 Port radio. For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(5).
Notice of ETA at the pilot station is a minimum of
4 hours.
Pilotage is compulsory and is provided by Grays Harbor
Pilotage Association which serves Grays Harbor, Chehalis
River and Willapa Bay; it is available 24 hours. There are
two pilot boats each about 19 m in length with a green hull
and orange superstructure. The pilot boarding position is in
the vicinity of GH Light-buoy (safe water) (4652N,
12414W), as shown on the chart. Vessels are requested to
proceed at about 6 kn, with the pilot ladder 3 m from the
waterline.
2 Tugs are available.
Inland Rules of the Road are in force in Grays Harbor
inside the line joining the above-water extremities of the
entrance jetties (14.24); see Appendix VII.
Vessel Arrival Reports. See 13.12.
Quarantine and customs. Unless otherwise directed,
vessels subject to inspection by quarantine, customs,
immigration and agricultural quarantine officials, are
normally boarded by the relevant officials on arrival at
their berths.
For general remarks see 1.47 and 1.48.
Harbour
General layout
14.35
1 The harbour at its entrance is about 2 miles wide but
shoals extending S from Point Brown (14.24) reduce the
width of the deep-water channel to about 3 cables. Close
inside the entrance the harbour opens out into two bays,
North Bay (14.49) and South Bay (14.47), both of which
are filled with drying flats.
From the entrance, the bay extends 15 miles E to the
mouth of Chehalis River; it is obstructed with shoals and
flats that mostly dry, and which are intersected by
numerous channels.
2 About 5 miles inside the entrance the entrance channel
divides; North Channel, the deep-water channel, leads NE
for about 5 miles to the peninsula of Moon Island, the site
of Bowerman Airport, on the N side of the bay, thence it
follows the N shore for 4 miles to Cow Point (4658N,
12350W) at the mouth of Chehalis River, passing along
the Hoquiam waterfront and the mouth of Hoquiam River,
and N of Rennie Island; South Channel, a small craft
channel, continues along the S shore of the bay for about
9 miles and rejoins the main channel off Cow Point.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 14
3 Above Cow Point the deep-water channel in Chehalis
River is flanked by Aberdeen on its N side and by South
Aberdeen on its S side, and continues to the town of
Cosmopolis on the S bank just above South Aberdeen.
From Cosmopolis, where there is a large pulp mill, the
river is navigable by small craft as far as Elma, 24 miles
above its mouth (chart 2531), but local knowledge is
required.
Submarine cables and pipelines
14.36
1 Submarine cables and pipelines, as shown on the chart,
are laid across the harbour and main channel in the
following locations:
In the entrance to the harbour.
In the vicinity of Rennie Island.
Between Aberdeen and South Aberdeen on either side
of the mouth of Wishkah River.
Between South Aberdeen and Junction City.
Storm signal
14.37
1 Flown by day from the Coast Guard lookout tower on
Point Chehalis and from the Coast Guard station boathouse
(14.46). There is no corresponding night signal. See 1.58.
Flow
14.38
1 Tidal streams. In the entrance, the average rate of the
tidal streams is about 2 kn on the in-going stream and 3 kn
on the out-going stream, but rates of 5 kn have been
observed. In the channels through the bay the rate seldom
exceeds 3 kn.
Currents. It has been reported that currents in the
vicinity of the bar are erratic, setting N close inshore and S
farther offshore.
Principal marks
14.39
1 Landmarks:
Grays Harbor Lighthouse (4653N, 12407W)
(14.10).
Saddle Hill (chart 2940) (4704N, 12407W).
Microwave tower (red and white chequered)
(4659N, 12409W).
Microwave tower (14 miles N of the above tower).
Water tower (4652N, 12406W); the tower is rust
coloured and is illuminated at night.
2 Major light:
Grays Harbor Light (4653N, 12407W).
Other navigational aid
14.40
1 Racon. GH Light-buoy (4652N, 12414W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 14.12)
Approach and entry
14.41
1 Caution. When making the entrance to Grays Harbor in
thick weather, caution is necessary as the currents are
variable and uncertain; rates of up to 3 kn have been
observed off this part of the coast. Mariners should remain
outside the 37 m (20 fm) depth contour until a firm position
has been established.
2 Bar Channel, which extends about 2 miles seaward from
the entrance, is subject to change and the deepest water is
not always to be found on the leading line; deep-draught
vessels should not enter before first ascertaining the
prevailing conditions on the bar. A light-buoy (special) is
moored 5 cablesSSE of GH Light-buoy, with a submerged
buoy(14.12) between.
3 Bar Leading Lights. From the vicinity of
GH Light-buoy (safe water) (4652N, 12414W), the
alignment (039) of the following lights, standing on the
S side of Point Brown (4656N, 12410W) (14.24), leads
through a channel marked by light-buoys (lateral) to the
vicinity of No 8 Light-buoy (starboard hand) moored close
off the submerged extremity of South Jetty:
Front light (red rectangular daymark, black stripe, on
framework tower, 5 m in height).
Rear light (similar structure, 14 m in height) (456 m
from front light).
4 Point Chehalis Leading Lights. From the vicinity of
No 8 Light-buoy the alignment (093) of the following
lights, displayed from the N side of Point Chehalis
(4654N, 12408W) (14.24), leads 1 miles E into the
entrance, passing close N of South Jetty through a channel
marked on its N side by light-buoys (port hand):
Front light (red rectangular daymark, black stripe, on
pile structure, 8 m in elevation).
Rear light (similar daymark on framework tower,
22 m in elevation) (300 m from front light).
Caution. A depth of 43 m (14 ft) lies on the S side of
the channel, 4 cables W of the head of South Jetty and
close to the submerged jetty.
5 Thence, from a position close N of the root of South
Jetty, the fairway, further marked by light-buoys, leads NE
for 1 miles to the entrance to the main channel leading to
Aberdeen.
Rough Bar advisory sign is displayed at an elevation of
about 6 m on the N side of Westhaven Cove (4654N,
12406W); see 1.56.
Main channel
14.42
1 The main channel, which leads generally ENE for
14 miles to Aberdeen, comprises six reaches which are
marked by pairs of leading lights, lights and light-buoys, as
shown on the chart.
Useful marks
14.43
1 Tripod beacon (46513N, 124065W).
Neds Rock (46593N, 124015W), a high reddish
coloured rock.
Tripod beacon (46592N, 124006W), on
Brackenridge Bluff (14.24).
Aero light (46584N, 123558W), at Bowerman
Airport.
Berths
Anchorages
14.44
1 The best anchorage is N of Westhaven Cove (4654N,
12406W) and SE of Damon Point (1 miles N) (14.49),
in depths of between 9 and 15 m (30 and 50 ft); the
holding ground is good.
Principal berths
14.45
1 All depths are reported depths; the port authorities
should be contacted for the latest information.
439
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 14
There are three port operated terminals and more than
seven privately owned berths. The principal berthing areas
are (positioned from Cow Point (4658N, 12350W)):
2 Port berths.
Terminal 1 (9 cables WNW): length 146 m (with
dolphins); depth alongside 9 m; barge traffic.
Terminal 2 (7 cables WNW): length 213 m (with
dolphins); depth alongside 125 m; bulk loading
facility .
Terminal 4 (at Cow Point): length 427 m (two berths);
depth alongside 125 m; logs, general cargo,
containers, cruise vessels.
3 Private berths.
North Channel Wharf (3 miles W): length 267 m
(with dolphins); depth alongside 107 m; logs and
lumber.
Weyerhaeuser Aberdeen Saw Mill Wharf (1 miles
ENE): length 274 m; depths alongside 10 to
107 m; wood chips and lumber.
4 Roderick Timber Co Wharf (2 miles ENE): length
239 m (with dolphins); depth alongside 97 to
107 m; logs.
Weyerhaeuser Log Exports Docks Nos 1 & 2
(2 miles ENE): total length 320 m (with
dolphins); depth alongside 104 m; logs.
Port services
14.46
1 Repairs. No major repairs possible; nearest facilities are
at Portland (13.108). Slipway on Hoquiam River, 1 mile
above its mouth, has a capacity of 400 tons and can
accommodate vessels up to 24 m in length.
Other facilities. Hospitals; limited facilities for the
reception of oily waste; garbage disposal.
Supplies. Bunkers by barge; fresh water at all berths;
stores; provisions.
2 Communications. Bowerman Airport (14.35), close W
of Hoquiam; regular flights to Seattle and Portland.
Rescue. Grays Harbor Coast Guard station is situated on
the S side of Westhaven Cove (4654N, 12406W)
(14.48).
Small craft
South Bay
14.47
1 Description. South Bay, which is entered just inside
Point Chehalis (4654N, 12408W) (14.24), is fronted at
its entrance by the extensive Whitcomb Flats. Inside it is
covered by other drying flats through which a narrow
channel, marked by light-buoys and lights at its entrance,
and by beacons inside the bay, leads to Bay City, about
4 miles above the entrance, the site of an abandoned
whaling station. Thence the channel continues unmarked for
about 2 miles to the mouth of Elk River at the head of
the bay.
2 Controlling depth. In 1984 there was a depth of 27 m
(9 ft) in the channel, in the approach to the highway bridge
at Bay City.
Vertical clearance under the fixed highway bridge at
Bay City is 12 m (39 ft).
14.48
1 Westhaven Cove stands at the W entrance to South
Bay, on the N side of the town of Westport, a summer
resort and fishing centre, which also has an airstrip. It is a
small craft harbour operated by the Port of Grays Harbor
and has accommodation for 650 craft up to 60 m in length,
including 20 berths for craft in transit.
2 The harbour is protected by two breakwaters, one of
which is detached, from the heads of which lights are
displayed; there are entrances both N and S of the detached
breakwater. In 2003 the controlling depth in the N
entrances was 59 m (19 ft) and 43 m (14 ft) in the S
entrance; depths inside the cove were between 27 to 49 m
(9 to 16 ft).
3 Services: repairs, mobile lift with capacity 60 tons; fuel;
fresh water; stores; provisions.
North Bay
14.49
1 North Bay is a deep indentation, heavily obstructed with
drying flats intersected by several channels, which is
entered between Damon Point, the SE extremity of Point
Brown (4656N, 12410W) (14.24), and Point New
(4 miles NE). Humptulips River Channel, which dries at
its head, leads to the river of that name at the head of the
bay passing W of Sand Island Shoal and Goose Island. The
bay is used mainly by small oyster boats.
2 From the entrance to the bay, which is marked by a
light-buoy and two buoys (lateral), a marked channel leads
around Damon Point, to a small basin at the SE extremity
of Point Brown.
Markham
14.50
1 Markham, situated at the mouth of Johns River
(4654N, 12400W) on the S side of the harbour, is the
site of a fruit plant and a seafood plant. It is approached
from South Channel through a narrow, shallow channel
marked by beacons (port hand).
Hoquiam River
14.51
1 Hoquiam River (4658N, 12353W), which is used by
log tows and small craft, had a mid-channel controlling
depth of 18 m (6 ft) in 1980, for a distance of about
2 miles above its mouth.
2 It is spanned by four bridges; a bascule bridge, two
swing bridges, and a lift bridge. The least vertical
clearances are of 12 m (4 ft) at the closed lift bridge
7 cables above its mouth (reported in 2004 to be stuck in
the closed position), and of 15 m (5 ft) at the swing
bridge, 2 miles above its mouth.
Minimum safe overhead clearance under power cables
spanning the river is 131 m (43 ft).
Wishkah River
14.52
1 Wishkah River, which flows into the N side of the
harbour at Aberdeen (4658N, 12350W), is little used.
It is spanned by two swing bridges and a bascule bridge
within 4 cables of its mouth; the least vertical clearance is
24 m (8 ft). A fixed bridge, about 1 mile above the
entrance has a clearance of 49 m (16 ft).
Minimum safe overhead clearance under power cables
spanning the river is 91 m (30 ft).
Chehalis River above Cosmopolis
14.53
1 The river above Cosmopolis (4657N, 12346W) is
used by small craft, and by barges serving several mills at
Montesano, about 9 miles above Cosmopolis.
A fixed highway bridge and a railway swing bridge span
the river just below Montesano; the least vertical clearance
is 88 m (29 ft) under the fixed highway bridge.
440
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 14
2 Small craft facilities can be found on the N bank of the
river in the vicinity of the highway and railway bridges.
Safe overhead clearance under power cables spanning
the river at Cosmopolis is 381 m (125 ft); above
Cosmopolis the minimum safe overhead clearance is 165
m (54 ft).
Other names
14.54
1 Grays Harbor City (4659N, 12357W).
Ocosta (4654N, 12402W).
South Arbor (4655N, 12359W).
Stearns Bluff (4655N, 12359W).
GRAYS HARBOR TO QUILLAYUTE RIVER
General information
Chart 2940
Route
14.55
1 From the approaches to Grays Harbor (4655N,
12410W) to the approaches to Quillayute River (4754N,
12439W), the route leads NNW for about 64 miles,
passing WSW of Destruction Island (4740N, 12429W).
Much of the coastline is open and exposed and is fringed
by detached islets and rocks, but it is only in the vicinity
of Destruction Island that these dangers extend up to
3 miles offshore.
Area to be avoided. See 14.4.
Topography
14.56
1 Inland from the coast the country rises gradually to a
snow capped range, the summit of which is Mount
Olympus (4748N, 12343W).
The coastline between Point Brown (4656N,
12410W) (14.24) and Point Grenville (23 miles NNW)
(14.59) consists of a sand beach, broken in places by small
streams and occasional bluffs; a few small towns and
settlements are scattered along the coast.
2 Between Point Grenville and the mouth of Quinault
River (3 miles N), initially there are broken cliffs having a
stratified appearance with the strata descending N. Thence
these cliffs merge into others, the upper parts of which
appear light grey and the lower parts dark, and give way to
a shingle beach and a series of irregular bluffs and cliffs
that terminate in white cliffs of uniform height at the river
mouth. The stratification of the cliffs reappears N of the
river mouth and continues to Cape Elizabeth (1 mile NW)
(14.59); the strata descends S in marked contrast to the
cliffs S of the river mouth.
3 From Cape Elizabeth to the vicinity of Destruction
Island (20 miles NNW) (14.59), the coast is low, with
rocky cliffs heavily wooded to the edges, and is broken in
places by rivers and creeks; the cliffs vary in height from
15 to 30 m high, and are fringed by numerous rocks which
in places extend over 5 cables offshore.
4 From Destruction Island to the approaches to Quillayute
River, the coast is irregular and is formed into a series of
indentations which are obstructed with islets, rocks and
dangers, which in some cases extend up to 2 miles
offshore. Hoh River flows into the first of these
indentations; the mouth of the river can be identified from
some distance by a gap in the cliffs lined by a broad
sand beach.
Rocky cliffs in the approach to Quillayute River give
way to a low sand beach at its entrance.
Hazards
14.57
1 See 14.2.
Principal marks
14.58
1 Landmarks:
Grays Harbor Lighthouse (4653N, 12407W)
(14.10).
Yellow Bluff (conspicuous) (4717N, 12413W); the
bluff, which is triangular shaped and 33 m high,
stands on the S side of the mouth of Wreck Creek.
Destruction Island Lighthouse (white conical tower,
black gallery, 29 m in height) (4740N,
12429W).
2 Major lights:
Grays Harbor Light (4653N, 12407W) (14.10).
Destruction Island Light as above.
Directions
(continued from 14.12)
14.59
1 From the vicinity of GH Light-buoy (safe water)
(4652N, 12414W) the passage leads NNW passing (with
positions from Point Grenville (4718N, 12417W)):
WSW of No 3 Light-buoy (port hand) (23 miles S),
thence:
2 WSW of Copalis Head (10 miles SSE), a bright
yellow bluff about 2 miles long which rises to a
height of 60 m; Copalis Rock is the larger of two
rocks lying 2 cables off the headland, and a rock
awash lies 2 cables farther to seaward. Thence:
3 WSW of Point Grenville, a rocky promontory with
nearly vertical, whitish coloured cliffs more than
30 m high. Grenville Arch, a dark coloured rock
lying 5 cables SW of the point, is the outermost
and most prominent of a number of rocks
extending from the point; a rock, which dries, lies
2 cables NW of Grenville Arch. Thence:
4 WSW of Sonora Reef (1 miles NW), which dries,
thence:
WSW of Cape Elizabeth (3 miles NNW), a bright
yellow cliff which projects a considerable distance
from the general line of the coast; the buildings of
a settlement stand on the E side of the cliff.
Rocks, some awash, extend up to 1 mile offshore
for a distance of 1 miles N and S of Cape
Elizabeth; Flat Rock, a black rock, lies 7 cables
offshore at the N end of these dangers. And:
5 Clear of ODAS Light-buoy 46041 (special)
(19 miles W), thence:
WSW of Split Rock (7 miles NNW), a rock in two
parts, and Willoughby Rock standing 5 cables NE,
the most prominent rocks in a group which
extends 1 miles to seaward from Pratt Cliff,
thence:
6 WSW of Sealion Rock (10 miles NNW), black
coloured and lying 2 miles offshore, thence:
WSW of Destruction Island (4740N, 12429W), a
flat topped island, covered with brush and with a
few clumps of trees on it; a light (14.58) is
displayed from the SW part of the island. Rocks
and ledges, bordered by kelp on the inshore side,
extend 1 mile NE from the island. Thence:
441
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 14
7 The passage continues with positions from Destruction
Island:
WSW of North Rock, a high, grey coloured rock,
with nearly vertical sides, the most prominent rock
amongst several groups of rocks that lie up to
2 miles offshore between 2 miles SSE, and
1 miles SW, of Hoh Head (5 miles N); the
latter is a bright yellow cliff, densely wooded,
which projects 5 cables from the shore. Thence:
8 WSW of Perkins Reef (6 miles NNW), a long, bold,
jagged islet, thence:
WSW of a dangerous rock lying 1 miles WNW of
Alexander Island (7 miles N), which lies 1 mile
offshore. The island is covered with low
vegetation, and has a flat top with steep sides and
two lone trees on top. Thence:
9 WSW of Rounded Islet (10 miles NNW), a round
grassy rock, with steep sides, lying 5 cables WSW
of Toleak Point, a narrow point terminating in a
small knob with an abrupt seaward face. A high,
wooded islet lies 2 cables W of the point, and is
connected to it by a reef. A low black rock, and a
reef, lie within 7 cables S of the islet. Thence:
10 WSW of an isolated rocky shoal with a depth over it
of 67 m (22 ft) which lies 1 mile WSW of
Teahwhit Head (12 miles NNW), an irregular
double point, 30 m high, which is heavily wooded.
An above-water rock lies 5 cables S of the point.
Thence:
WSW of Q Light-buoy (safe water) (14 miles
NNW) moored off the entrance to Quillayute River
(14.61).
Useful marks
14.60
1 Langley Hill (4707N, 12407W).
Tunnel Island (4728N, 12421W); a pillar rock,
33 m high, stands close N.
Giants Graveyard (4751N, 12434W), an irregular
group of rocks, some of which are wooded, the
largest 64 m high.
James Island Light (4754N, 12439W) (14.64).
(Directions continue at 14.78)
La Push
Chart 2940 (see 1.14)
General information
14.61
1 La Push is an important fishing centre situated on the
SE side of the entrance to Quillayute River (4754N,
12439W). The entrance to the river is marked by James
Island, a bold, wooded island which is joined to the beach
on the W side of the entrance, at LW, by a ruined rocky
dike. A number of small wooded islets close N of James
Island are also prominent against the beach in the
background. The river is entered between the E side of
James Island and a jetty, the outer part of which is
submerged at HW, which extends SW from the E entrance
point to the river.
Limiting conditions
14.62
1 Depths. In 2002 there were depths from 21 to 3 m (7
to 10 ft) in the small craft basin at La Push, though with
lesser depths along the W jetty and the NW corner.
442
Vertical clearance. An overhead power cable, with a
vertical clearance of about 30 m, spans the river at the
entrance.
Arrival information
14.63
1 Anchorage offering moderate security may be obtained,
with some shelter from NW winds, close S of James
Island, about 3 cables from the sand beach, depths from
about 9 m (30 ft), sand, but any swell makes this anchorage
untenable.
Local knowledge is required; a Coast Guard vessel may
be able to lead a visitor in on request.
2 Inland Rules of the Road are in force in Quillayute
River within a line drawn from the seaward extremity of
the jetty on the E side of the entrance, to the power cable
tower on James Island, thence through Entrance Light No 3
(14.64) to the shore.
Climatic table. See 1.200 and 1.222.
Directions
14.64
1 Dangers in the approach. From Teahwhit Head
(4752N, 12436W) (14.59), for a distance of about
1 miles NW to within 1 mile of James Island, an
extensive area of foul ground, known collectively as
Quillayute Needles extends almost 1 mile offshore.
Quillayute Needle, a nearly vertical rock, 1 miles WNW
of Teahwhit Head is the outermost of many, above or
below-water, some of which are as high as 59 m.
2 Navigational aids:
James Island Light (white house) (4754N,
12439W), displayed from the S side of the
island.
Q Light-buoy (safe water) (about 1 miles SW of
James Island light).
No 2 Buoy (starboard hand) (6 cables S of James
Island Light).
3 Entrance channel. The channel, which passes close to
the SE shore of James Island, is dangerous, particularly in
heavy S weather. With breakers across the entrance, entry
should not be attempted at less than half tide, nor in a low
powered boat.
4 Directional light. From the vicinity of No 2 Buoy
(starboard hand), the line of bearing, 005, of the white
sector (004006) of this light, displayed from a pile
structure 2 cables NE of James Island Light, leads through
the entrance into the river. Thence the channel to the small
craft basin is marked by No 3 Light (port hand), displayed
from the same structure as the directional light, and by
seasonal buoys whose positions frequently change.
5 Lights (lateral) are displayed at each side of the entrance
to the small craft basin.
Rough Bar sign. A Rough Bar advisory sign is
displayed at an elevation of about 10 m on the NW corner
of the old Coast Guard boathouse; see 1.56.
Berths and services
14.65
1 La Push has two small wharves in the river, and an
enclosed small craft basin; the latter can accommodate
about 100 craft.
All the usual services are available, including a slipway.
Quillayute River Coast Guard Station is at La Push.
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 14
Anchorages
Chart 2940
Grenville Bay
14.66
1 Anchorage, offering moderate security for small vessels,
may be obtained, in NW winds, in Grenville Bay situated
under Point Grenville (4718N, 12417W) (14.59), but
owing to shoal depths the anchorage is too far out to afford
much shelter and it is not recommended.
The anchorage position is with Point Grenville bearing
338, and Grenville Arch bearing 293, in depths of 73 m
(24 ft), sand.
Local knowledge is required.
Destruction Island
14.67
1 Anchorage, offering moderate security, with some
protection from NW winds, may be obtained off the SE
side of Destruction Island (4740N, 12429W) (14.59), in
depths of about 18 m (10 fm), sand, with the lighthouse
bearing between 293 and 315; the anchorage must be
vacated immediately if the wind shifts W or S.
2 During the fishing season many small fishing boats
anchor for the night under Destruction Island; it provides
the only shelter from NW winds between Grays Harbor and
Cape Flattery.
Local knowledge is required.
Caution. A submarine cable, as shown on the chart, is
laid between Destruction Island and the mainland, E.
3 Useful marks (with positions from Destruction Island
Light):
Abbey Island (3 miles NE), a wooded islet, 30 m
high, lying 1 cable offshore.
South Rock (2 miles ENE), the outermost of a
number of rocks which extend S from Abbey
Island.
Other names
14.68
1 Copalis River (4707N, 12411W).
Joe Creek (4712N, 12412W).
Moclips River (4714N, 12413W).
Pacific Beach (4712N, 12412W).
Taholah (4721N, 12418W).
QUILLAYUTE RIVER TO CAPE FLATTERY
General information
Charts 2940, 4947, 4945
Route
14.69
1 From the approaches to Quillayute River (4754N,
12439W) to Cape Flattery (4823N, 12444W), the route
leads initially NNW for about 19 miles to the vicinity of
Umatilla Reef (14.78), then N for about 10 miles to the
entrance to the NNE-bound lane of the TSS in the
approaches to Juan de Fuca Strait. Thence the TSS is
followed into the Precautionary Area at the entrance to
Juan de Fuca Strait.
Area to be avoided. See 14.4.
443
Topography
14.70
1 From the entrance to Quillayute River to Cape Alava
(about 16 miles NNW) (14.78), the coast consists of steep
wooded bluffs and narrow beaches, though the cliffs are
not continuous. The country inland, once densely timbered,
rises moderately, but irregularly, for 10 or 15 miles to the
snow capped range bordering Juan de Fuca Strait. Off this
stretch of rugged coast, foul ground, on which are
numerous rocks, some high, extends up to 2 miles offshore.
2 North of Cape Alava, as far as Cape Flattery, the coast
is irregular and formed into bights, with alternate stretches
of wooded bluffs and rough rocky cliffs, from 30 to 60 m
high. The country immediately behind the coast is not high
but is densely wooded.
3 Cape Flattery (4823N, 12444W), is a bold, rocky
headland, faced with cliffs about 37 m high, which are
fringed by rocks, some high, and ledges, as far as 5 cables
offshore in places. From S the cape usually appears as an
island due to the depression in the land 3 miles SE of the
cape formed by the Waatch River (14.82).
Juan de Fuca Canyon
14.71
1 Juan de Fuca Canyon (4805N, 12520W), is a distinct
bathymetric feature, which carves a channel through the
continental shelf in a NE direction, from a position
35 miles SW of Cape Flattery towards, and into, Juan de
Fuca Strait.
Exercise areas
14.72
1 See 14.2.
Vessel Traffic Service
14.73
1 Cooperative VTS. See 14.3.
Traffic regulations
14.74
1 Traffic separation scheme is established in Juan de
Fuca Strait and its approaches, as can be seen on the
charts.
This TSS is IMO adopted and Rule 10 of International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972) applies.
Restricted area. See 14.5.
Flow
14.75
1 About 4 miles W of Cape Alava (4810N, 12444W)
the tidal streams are only slightly rotary. The in-going
stream sets about 345, and the out-going stream about
165, both with a strength of about kn. The tidal streams
are generally masked by currents brought about by the
influence of winds or other causes. Observations indicate
the existence of a current which sets N, at an average rate
of about kn in the winter, and SE at an average rate of
about kn in the summer. With strong SE winds the flow
attains a rate of 2 to 3 kn in a N direction; the greatest
observed rate has been 3 kn.
Principal marks
14.76
1 Landmarks:
Carroll Island (4800N, 12443W), with whitish
coloured vertical sides and a wooded top; a pillar
Home Contents Index
CHAPTER 14
rock, 41 m high, close W of this rock is also
prominent.
Ozette Island (4809N, 12445W), flat topped with
steep sides.
2 Cape Flattery Lighthouse (white conical tower on
white sandstone dwelling, 20 m in height)
(4824N, 12444W), which stands on the summit
of Tatoosh Island, an island flat topped and bare,
with almost perpendicular sides 30 m in height.
Radar dome on Bahokus Peak (4822N, 12440W),
the summit of Cape Flattery. The dome, which
surmounts a tower, is reported to be a good
landmark over low, dense fog, for vessels
approaching from S.
3 Major lights:
Cape Flattery Light as above; the light is visible
from S when bearing more than 007.
Destruction Island Light (4740N, 12429W)
(14.58).
Carmanah Point Light (4837N, 12445W)
(see British Columbia Pilot Volume I).
Other navigational aid
14.77
1 Racon. J Light-buoy (special) (4830N, 12500W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Directions
(continued from 14.60)
14.78
1 From a position WSW of Q Light-buoy (safe water)
(4753N, 12440W), the passage leads NNW, thence NE
passing (with positions from Ozette Island (4809N,
12445W)):
WSW of a shoal with a depth over it of 4 m (13 ft)
(15 miles SSE), thence:
WSW of Cake Rock (14 miles SSE), steep-sided with
a flat, grassy top, with a small mound in the
middle; other rocks lie closer inshore. Thence:
2 WSW of Cape Johnson (12 miles SSE), which
terminates in a rocky cliff, about 30 m high, with a
mass of rocks at its base; a number of rocks, the
highest of which is 69 m (226 ft) high, lie within
1 miles SSW and 1 mile W of the cape. Thence:
3 WSW of Sea Lion Rock (10 miles S), a large, bare
rock, covered in guano, and Carroll Island,
7 cables farther N (14.76); numerous other islets
and pinnacle rocks, the highest 97 m (320 ft) high,
lie between these two rocks and the coast. Thence:
4 WSW of Hand Rock (7 miles S), black with a
guano covered top, and so named because of its
shape; a larger rock, 5 cables inshore, is sometimes
mistaken for Hand Rock. A 155 m shoal lies
about 7 cables W of Hand Rock.
5 WSW of a rock with a depth over it of 109 m
(reported 1942) (existence doubtful) (2 miles SW),
thence:
WSW of Ozette Island (14.76), which lies about
1 mile SW of Cape Alava. The cape has a seaward
face about 6 cables long, and is bordered by
numerous rocks and ledges; Tskawahyah Island,
steep, rocky with trees on its summit, lies close off
its NW extremity. Thence:
6 WSW of Umatilla Reef (2 miles NW), which
consists of several black rocks, and which is
marked, 1 miles W, by No 2UR Light-buoy
(starboard hand). The reef, which is difficult to
make out in thick weather, is the outermost danger
of a group of islets and rocks known as Flattery
Rocks which extend WNW from Cape Alava;
Bodelteh Islands, two wooded islets lying 1 miles
WNW of Cape Alava, are the largest of several
high rocks in the group. Breakers have been
reported 1 mile NNE of Umatilla Reef.
14.79
1 Thence the route leads generally N to enter the
NNE-bound traffic lane of the TSS about 13 miles W of
Cape Flattery Light (4724N, 12444W) (14.76), and
continues into the entrance to Juan de Fuca Strait passing
(with positions from Cape Flattery Light):
2 W of Spike Rock (8 miles S), a pointed, bare rock,
the outermost of a chain of high rocks which
extend almost 1 mile NW from Point of Arches,
the N extremity of a line of cliffs about 1 miles
long. A rock awash lies 3 cables WSW of Spike
Rock. Thence:
3 W of a rock with a depth over it of 36 m (reported
1985), which breaks, (5 miles S); the rock lies
1 miles offshore off Portage Head, a bold, rocky
headland faced with cliffs over 120 m high.
Thence:
The route enters the NNE-bound lane of the TSS leading
towards the Precautionary Area in the vicinity of
J Light-buoy (12 miles NW), passing:
4 WNW of a rock, with a depth over it of 137 m
(1 miles SW); the rock breaks occasionally in a
W swell. Thence:
WNW of Tatoosh Island (14.76); a number of islets
lie close W and NW of the island, which is further
fringed by foul ground for up to 1 cables on its
W and N sides. Thence:
5 WNW of Duncan Rock (1 mile NNW), and Duntze
Rock (2 cables farther N), the principal dangers
NNW of Tatoosh Island. Duncan Rock, is a small,
low, black rock, fringed by ledges and rocks on its
S side; Duntze Rock, which has a depth over it of
59 m, is marked 3 cables NW by No 2D
Light-buoy (starboard hand); both dangers are
covered from W by the red sector (093109) of
Waadah Island North End Light (4823N,
12436W).
6 Caution. The dangers off Cape Flattery should be given
a wide berth as the tidal stream sometimes sets towards
Duncan Rock and Duntze Rock with considerable strength.
The passage between Cape Flattery and Tatoosh Island
is dangerous due to two rocks, awash, and strong currents,
and should not be attempted.
7 The passage between Duncan Rock and Tatoosh Island
is also dangerous and is not recommended. The width is
restricted to less than 5 cables due to the dangers on the S
side of Duncan Rock, and tide rips occur in places.
Useful marks
14.80
1 White Rock (4808N, 12444W), whitish coloured,
with nearly vertical sides and a round top.
Father and Son (4814N, 12443W), two rocks
connected by a low reef.
Fuca Pillar, on the W side of Cape Flattery (4823N,
12444W), a high, rocky column, leaning slightly
NW; it is more prominent from N than from S.
(Directions continue for Juan de Fuca Strait
and the W coast of Vancouver Island
in British Columbia Pilot Volume I)
444
Home Contents Index

CHAPTER 14

Small craft shelters the extremity of these dangers, 1 miles NNW of

Ozette Island
14.81
1 It is reported that fishing boats, in season, find some
protection from NW winds in an anchorage off the SE side
of Ozette Island (4809N, 12445W) (14.76).
Local knowledge is required.
Makah Bay
14.82
1 Makah Bay, which lies between Anderson Point
(4818N, 12441W) and Waatch Point (2 miles N), is
heavily obstructed with reefs and rocks, particularly on its
S side; Strawberry Rock lies in the entrance to the bay, at
Anderson Point. The bay affords only moderate protection
from N and E winds, in a smooth sea; it is little used.
2 The shores of the bay are low and sandy and are
interrupted by the mouths of two rivers; Sooes River flows
into the middle of the bay, and Waatch River into its N
side through a valley which extends across the neck of
Cape Flattery to Neah Bay in Juan de Fuca Strait.
Local knowledge is required.
Other names
14.83
1 Ozette River (4811N, 12442W).
Sooes Peak (4817N, 12435W).

445
Home Contents Index
APPENDIX I
CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS TITLE 33 NAVIGATION
AND NAVIGABLE WATERS
PART 26 VESSEL BRIDGE-TO-BRIDGE RADIOTELEPHONE REGULATIONS
The following extracts are taken from the United States
Bridge-to-Bridge Telephone Act. For a complete
description of this part see 33 CFR 26.
26.01 Purpose. (See 33 CFR 26)
26.02 Definitions. (See 33 CFR 26)
26.03 Radiotelephone required.
(a) Unless an exemption is granted under 26.09
(waters not applicable to this volume) and except
as provided in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, this
part applies to:
(1) Every power driven vessel of 20 m or over in
length while navigating;
(2) Every vessel of 100 gross tons and upward
carrying one or more passengers for hire while
navigating;
(3) Every towing vessel of 26 ft (79 m) or over in
length while navigating; and
(4) Every dredge and floating plant engaged in or
near a channel or fairway in operations likely to
restrict or affect navigation of other vessels
except for an unmanned or intermittently
manned floating plant under the control of a
dredge.
(b) Every vessel, dredge or floating plant described in
paragraph (a) of this section must have a
radiotelephone on board capable of operation from
its navigational bridge, or in the case of a dredge
from its main control station, and capable of
transmitting and receiving on the frequency or
frequencies within the 156-162 MHz band using
the classes of emissions designated by the Federal
Communications Commission for the exchange of
navigational information.
(c) The radiotelephone required by paragraph (b) of
this section must be carried on board the described
vessels, dredges and floating plants upon the
navigable waters of the United States.
(d) The radiotelephone required by paragraph (b) of
this section must be capable of transmitting and
receiving on VHF FM channel 22A (157.1 MHz).
(f) In addition to the radiotelephone required by
paragraph (b) of this section each vessel described
in paragraph (a) of this section, while transiting
any waters within a Vessel Traffic Service Area,
must have on board a radiotelephone capable of
transmitting and receiving on the VTS designated
frequency in Table 161.12(c) (VTS and VMRS
Centers, Call Signs/MMSI, Designated Frequencies
and Monitoring Areas).
Note. A single VHF-FM radio, capable of scanning or
sequential monitoring, (often referred to as dual watch
capability) will not meet the requirements for two
radios.
26.04 Use of the designated frequency.
(d) On the navigable waters of the United States
channel 13 (156.65 MHz) is the designated
frequency required to be monitored in accordance
446
with 26.05 (a), except that in the area prescribed
in 26.03 (e) (not listed waters not applicable to
this volume) channel 67 (156.375 MHz) is the
designated frequency.
(e) On those navigable waters of the United States
within a VTS area, the designated VTS frequency
is an additional designated frequency required to
be monitored in accordance with 26.05.
Note: As stated in 47 CFR 80.148 (b) a VHF watch on
channel 16 (156.800 MHz) is not required on vessels
subject to the Vessel Bridge-to-Bridge Radiotelephone
Act and participating in a Vessel Traffic Service
(VTS) system when the watch is maintained on both
the vessel bridge-to-bridge frequency and a designated
VTS frequency.
26.05 Use of radiotelephone.
Section 5 of the Act states that the radio telephone required
by this Act is for the exclusive use of the Master or
person in charge of the vessel, or the person
designated by the Master or person in charge to pilot
or direct the movement of the vessel, who shall
maintain a listening watch on the designated
frequency. Nothing herein shall be interpreted as
precluding the use of portable radiotelephone
equipment to satisfy the requirements of this act.
26.06 Maintenance of radiotelephone; failure of
radiotelephone. (See 33 CFR 26)
26.07 Communications.
No person may use the service of, and no person may
serve as, a person required to maintain a listening
watch under Section 5 of the Act, 33 U.S.C 1204
unless that person can communicate in the English
language.
26.08 Exemption procedures. (See 33 CFR 26)
26.09 List of exemptions. (See 33 CFR 26)
26.10 Penalties.
Section 9 of the Act states:
(a) Whoever, being the Master or person in charge of
a vessel subject to the Act, fails to enforce or
comply with the Act or the regulations hereunder;
or whoever, being designated by the Master or
person in charge of a vessel subject to the Act to
pilot or direct the movement of the vessel fails to
enforce or comply with the Act or the regulations
hereunder is liable to a civil penalty of not more
than $500 to be assessed by the Secretary.
(b) Every vessel navigated in violation of the Act or
the regulations hereunder is liable to a civil
penalty of not more than $500 to be assessed by
the Secretary, for which the vessel may be
proceeded against in any District Court of the
United States having jurisdiction.
(c) Any penalty assessed under this section may be
remitted or mitigated by the Secretary, upon such
terms as he may deem proper.
Home Contents Index
APPENDIX II
CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS TITLE 33 NAVIGATION
AND NAVIGABLE WATERS
PART 160 PORTS AND WATERWAYS SAFETY GENERAL
Appendix II contains extracts from Subpart C of the above
regulations issued by the United States Department of
Commerce. For a complete description of this part
see 33 CFR 160.
Subpart CNotification of Arrival, Hazardous
Conditions, and Certain Dangerous Cargoes.
160.201 General.
This subpart contains requirements and procedures for
submitting Notices of Arrival (NOA) and Notice of
Hazardous Condition. The sections in this subpart
describe:
(a) Applicability and exemptions from requirements in
this subpart;
(b) Required information in a NOA;
(c) Required changes to a NOA;
(d) Methods and times for submission of a NOA and
changes to a NOA;
(e) How to obtain a waiver; and
(f) Requirements for submission of the Notice of
Hazardous Conditions.
160.202 Applicability.
(a) This subpart applies to US and foreign vessels bound
for and departing from ports or places in the United
States.
(b) This subpart does not apply to recreational vessels
under 46 U.S.C. 4301 et seq.
(c) Unless otherwise specified in this subpart, the owner,
agent, master, operator, or person in charge of a
vessel regulated by this subpart is responsible for
compliance with the requirements in this subpart.
(d) Towing vessels controlling a barge or barges required
to submit a NOA under this subpart must submit only
one NOA containing the information required for the
towing vessel and each barge under its control.
160.203 Exemptions.
(a) Except for reporting notice of hazardous conditions,
the following vessels are exempt from requirements in
this subpart:
(1) Passenger and supply vessels when they are
employed in the exploration for or in the removal
of oil, gas, or mineral resources on the continental
shelf.
(2) Oil Spill Recovery Vessels (OSRVs) when engaged
in actual spill response operations or during spill
response exercises.
(3) Vessels operating upon the following waters:
(i) Mississippi River between its sources and mile
235, Above Head of Passes;
(ii) Tributaries emptying into the Mississippi River
above mile 235;
(iii) Atchafalaya River above its junction with the
Plaquemine-Morgan City alternate waterway and
the Red River; and
(iv) The Tennessee River from its confluence with
the Ohio River to mile zero on the Mobile
447
River and all other tributaries between those
two points.
(b) If not carrying certain dangerous cargo or controlling
another vessel carrying certain dangerous cargo, the
following vessels are exempt from NOA requirements
in this subpart:
(1) Vessels 300 gross tons or less, except for foreign
vessels entering any port or place in the Seventh
Coast Guard District as described in 33 CFR
3.351(b).
(2) Vessels operating exclusively within a Captain of
the Port Zone.
(3) Vessels arriving at a port or place under force
majeure.
(4) Towing vessels and barges operating solely
between ports or places in the continental United
States.
(5) Public vessels.
(6) Except for tank vessels, US vessels operating
solely between ports or places in the United States
on the Great Lakes.
(c) Vessels less than 500 gross tons need not submit the
International Safety Management (ISM) Code Notice
(Entry (7) in Table 160.206).
(d) {suspended}
(e) {suspended}
160.204 Definitions
As used in this subpart:
Agent means any person, partnership, firm, company or
corporation engaged by the owner or charterer of a
vessel to act in their behalf in matters concerning the
vessel.
Barge means a non selfpropelled vessel engaged in
commerce.
Carried in bulk means a commodity that is loaded or
carried on board a vessel without containers or labels
and received and handled without mark or count.
Certain dangerous cargo (CDC) includes any of the
following:
(1) Division 1.1 or 1.2 explosives as defined in 49
CFR 173.50.
(2) Division 1.5D blasting agents for which a permit is
required under 49 CFR 176.415, or for which a
permit is required as a condition of a Research and
Special Programs Administration exemption.
(3) Division 2.3 poisonous gas, as listed in 49 CFR
172.101 that is also a material poisonous by
inhalation as defined in 49 CFR 171.8, and that is
in a quantity in excess of 1 metric ton per vessel.
(4) Division 5.1 oxidizing materials for which a permit
is required under 49 CFR 176.415 or for which a
permit is required as a condition of a Research and
Special Programs Administration exemption.
(5) A liquid material that has a primary or subsidiary
classification of Division 6.1 poisonous material
as listed in 49 CFR 172.101 that is also a
material poisonous by inhalation as defined in 49
CFR 171.8 and that is in a bulk packaging, or that
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX II

is in a quantity in excess of 20 metric tons per
vessel when not in a bulk packaging.
(6) Class 7, highway route controlled quantity
radioactive material, or fissile material, controlled
shipment, as defined in 49 CFR 173.403.
(7) Bulk liquefied chlorine gas and bulk liquefied gas
cargo that is flammable and/or toxic and carried
under 46 CFR 154.7.
(8) The following bulk liquids:
(i) Acetone cyanohydrin,
(ii) Allyl alcohol
(iii) Chlorosulfonic acid,
(iv) Crotonaldehyde,
(v) Ethylene chlorohydrin,
(vi) Ethylene dibromide,
(vii) Methacrylonitrile, and
(viii) Oleum (fuming sulphuric acid)
Charterer means the person or organisation that contracts
for the majority of the carrying capacity of a ship for
the transportation of cargo to a stated port for a
specified period. This includes time charterers and
voyage charterers.
Crewmember means all persons carried on board the vessel
to provide navigation and maintenance of the vessel,
its machinery, systems, and arrangements essential for
propulsion and safe navigation or to provide services
for other persons on board.
Great Lakes means Lakes Superior, Michigan, Huron, Erie,
and Ontario, their connecting and tributary waters, the
Saint Lawrence River as far Saint Regis, and adjacent
port areas.
Gross tons means the tonnage determined by the tonnage
authorities of a vessels flag state in accordance with
the national tonnage rules in force before the entry
into force of the International Convention on Tonnage
Measurement of Ships, 1969 (Convention). For a
vessel measured only under Annex 1 of the
Convention, gross tons means that tonnage. For a
vessel measured under both systems, the higher gross
tonnage is the tonnage used for the purposes of the
300 gross ton threshold.
Hazardous condition means any condition that may
adversely affect the safety of any vessel, bridge,
structure, or shore area or the environmental quality
of any port, harbor, or navigable waterway of the
United States. It may, but need not, involve collision,
fire, explosion, grounding, leaking, damage, injury or
illness of a person on board, or manning shortage.
Nationality means the state (nation) in which a person is a
citizen or to which a person owes permanent
allegiance.
Operator means any person including, but not limited to,
an owner, a charterer, or another contractor who
conducts, or is responsible for, the operation of a
vessel.
Persons in addition to crewmembers means any person
onboard the vessel, including passengers, who are not
included on the list of crewmembers.
Port or place of departure means any port or place in
which a vessel is anchored or moored.
Port or place of destination means any port or place to
which a vessel is bound to anchor or moor.
Public vessel means a vessel that is owned or demise
(bareboat) chartered by the government of the
United States, by a State or local government, or by
the government of a foreign country and that is not
engaged in commercial service.
Time charterer means the party who hires a vessel for a
specific amount of time. The owner and his crew
manage the vessel but the charterer selects the port of
destination.
Voyage charterer means the party who hires a vessel for a
single voyage. The owner and his crew manage the
vessel but the charterer selects the port of destination.
160.206 Information required in a NOA.
(a) Each NOA must contain all of the information items
specified in Table 160.206.

TABLE 160.206. NOA INFORMATION ITEMS

Towing vessels
Vessels not
Required information Vessels controlling vessels
carrying CDC
carrying CDC
(1) Vessel information:
(i) Name; x x x
(ii) Name of the registered owner; x x x
(iii) Country of registry; x x x
(iv) Call sign; x x x
(v) International Maritime Organisation (IMO) international number or, if the
vessel does not have an assigned IMO international number, substitute with
official number; x x x
(vi) Name of the operator; x x x
(vii) Name of the charterer; and x x x
(viii) Name of classification society. x x x

448
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX II

Towing vessels
Vessels not
Required information Vessels controlling vessels
carrying CDC
carrying CDC
(2) Voyage information:
(i) Names of last five ports or places visited; x x x
(ii) Dates of arrival and departure for last five ports or places visited; x x x
(iii) For each port or place in the United States to be visited, list the names of the
receiving facility, the port or place, the city, and the state; x x x
(iv) For each port or place in the United States to be visited, the estimated date and
time of arrival; x x x
(v) For each port or place in the United States to be visited, the estimated date and
time of departure; x x x
(vi) The location (port or place and country) or position (latitude and longitude or
waterway and mile marker) of the vessel at the time of reporting; and x x x
(vii) The name and telephone number of a 24 hour point of contact. x x x
(3) Cargo information:
(i) A general description of cargo, other than CDC, onboard the vessel (e.g.: grain,
container, oil, etc.); x x x
(ii) Name of each certain dangerous cargo carried, including cargo UN number, if
applicable; and x x
(iii) Amount of each certain dangerous cargo carried. x x
(4) Information for each Crewmember Onboard:
(i) Full name; x x x
(ii) Date of birth; x x x
(iii) Nationality; x x x
(iv) Passport or mariners document number (type of identification and number); x x x
(v) Position or duties on the vessel; and x x x
(vi) Where the crewmember embarked (list port or place and country) x x x
(5) Information for each Person Onboard in Addition to Crew:
(i) Full name; x x x
(ii) Date of birth; x x x
(iii) Nationality; x x x
(iv) Passport number; and x x x
(v) Where the person embarked (list port or place and country) x x x
(6) Operational condition of equipment required by 164.35. x x x
(7) International Safety Management (ISM) Code Notice:
(i) The date of issuance for the companys Document of Compliance certificate that
covers the vessel; x x x
(ii) The date of issuance for the vessels Safety Management Certificate; and x x x
(iii) The name of the Flag Administration, or the recognized organization(s)
representing the vessel flag administration, that issued those certificates. x x x
(8) {suspended}

(b) Vessels operating solely between ports or places in
the continental United States need submit only the
name of and date of arrival and departure for the last
port or places visited to meet the requirements in
entries (2)(i) and (ii) in Table 160.206 of this section.
(c) You may submit a copy of INS Form 1418 to meet
the requirements of entries (4) and (5) in Table
160.206.
(d) Any vessel planning to enter two or more consecutive
ports or places in the United States during a single
voyage may submit one consolidated Notification of
Arrival at least 96 hours before entering the first port
or place of destination. The consolidated notice must
include the name of the port or place and estimated
arrival and departure date for each destination of the
voyage. Any vessel submitting a consolidated notice
under this section must still meet the requirements of
160.208 of this part concerning requirements for
changes to a NOA.
160.208 Changes to a submitted NOA.
(a) Unless otherwise specified in this section, when
submitted NOA information changes, vessels must
submit a notice of change within the times required
in 160.212.
(b) Changes in the following information need not be
reported:

449
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX II

(1)Changes in arrival or departure times that are less If your voyage time is : You must submit a NOA :
than six (6) hours;
(2) Changes in vessel location or position of the vessel (i) 96 hours or more; or At least 96 hours before entering
at the time of reporting (entry (2)(vi) in Table the port or place of destination;
160.206); or
(3) Changes to crewmembers positions or duties on (ii) Less than 96 hours Before departure but at least 24
the vessel (entry (5)(v) in Table 160.206). hours before entering the port or
(c) When reporting changes, submit only the name of the place of destination
vessel, original NOA submission date, the port of
arrival, the specific items to be corrected, and the (b) Submission of changes to NOA.
new location or position of the vessel at the time of (1) Except as set out in paragraph (b)(2) of this
reporting. Only changes to NOA information need to section, vessels must submit changes in NOA
be submitted. information within the times required in paragraph
(b)(3) of this section.
160.210 Methods for submitting a NOA. (2) Towing vessels, when in control of a vessel
(a) Submission to the National Vessel Movement Center carrying CDC and operating solely between ports
(NVMC). Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and or places in the continental United States, must
(c) of this section, all vessels required to submit NOA submit changes to a NOA as soon as practicable
information in 160.206 (entries 17 in Table but at least 6 hours before entering the port or
160.206) to the NVMC, United States Coast Guard, place of destination.
408 Coast Guard Drive, Kearneysville, W.V., 25430, (3) Times for submitting changes to NOAs are as
shall do so by: follows:
(1) Telephone at 18007089823 or 3042642502; If your remaining Then you must submit changes to
(2) Fax at 18005478724 or 3042642684; or voyage time is : a NOA :
(3) E-mail at SANS@NVMC.USCG.gov.
Note to paragraph (a): Information about the National Vessel (i) 96 hours or more; As soon as practicable but at least
Movement Center is available on its website at 24 hours before entering the port
http:/www.nvmc.uscg.gov/. You may submit the notice using or place of destination;
any electronic format available on the NVMC website. (ii) Less than 96 hours As soon as practicable but at least
(b) Saint Lawrence Seaway transits. Those vessels but not less than 24 24 hours before entering the port
transiting the Saint Lawrence Seaway inbound, bound hours; or or place of destination; or
for a port or place in the United States, may meet the (iii) Less than 24 As soon as practicable but at least
submission requirements of paragraph (a) of this hours 24 hours before entering the port
section by submitting the required information to the or place of destination;
Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation and
the Saint Lawrence Seaway Management Corporation (c) {suspended}
of Canada by fax at 3157643235 or at
3157643200. 160.214 Waivers.
(c) Seventh Coast Guard District. Those foreign vessels The Captain of the Port may waive, within that Captain of
300 or less gross tons operating in the Seventh Coast the Ports designated zone, any of the requirements of
Guard District must submit a NOA to the cognizant this subpart for any vessel or class of vessels upon
Captain of the Port (COTP). finding that the vessel, route, area of operations,
(d) {suspended} conditions of the voyage, or other circumstances are
160.212 When to submit a NOA. such that application of this subpart is unnecessary or
(a) Submission of NOA. impractical for purposes of safety, environmental
(1) Except as set out in paragraph (a)(2) of this protection, or national security.
section, all vessels must submit NOAs within the
times required in paragraph (a)(3) of this section. 160.215 Notice of hazardous conditions.
(2) Towing vessels, when in control of a vessel Whenever there is a hazardous condition either aboard a
carrying CDC and operating solely between ports vessel or caused by a vessel or its operation, the
or places in the continental United States, must owner, agent, master, operator, or person in charge
submit a NOA before departure but at least 12 shall immediately notify the nearest Coast Guard
hours before departure but at least 12 hours before Marine Safety Office or Group Office. (Compliance
entering the port or place of destination. with this section does not relieve responsibility for
(3) Times for submitting NOAs are as follows: the written report required by 46 CFR 4.0510).

450
Home Contents Index
APPENDIX III
CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS TITLE 33 NAVIGATION
AND NAVIGABLE WATERS
PART 161 VESSEL TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT
Appendix III contains extracts from the above regulations
issued by the United States Department of Commerce.
For a complete description of this part see 33 CFR
161.
Subpart A Vessel Traffic Services
General Rules
161.1 Purpose and Intent.
(a) The purpose of this part is to promulgate regulations
implementing and enforcing certain sections of the
Ports and Waterways Safety Act (PWSA) setting up a
national system of Vessel Traffic Services that will
enhance navigation, vessel safety, and marine
environmental protection, and promote safe vessel
movement by reducing the potential for collisions,
rammings and groundings, and the loss of lives and
property associated with these incidents within VTS
areas established hereunder.
(b) Vessel Traffic Services provide the mariner with
information related to the safe navigation of a
waterway. This information, coupled with the
mariners compliance with the provisions set forth in
this part, enhances the safe routing of vessels through
congested waterways or waterways of particular
hazard. Under certain circumstances, a VTS may
issue directions to control the movement of vessels in
order to minimize the risk of collision between
vessels, or damage to property or the environment.
(c) The owner, operator, charterer, master or person
directing the movement of a vessel remains at all
times responsible for the manner in which the vessel
is operated and maneuvered, and is responsible for
the safe navigation of the vessel under all
circumstances. Compliance with these rules or with a
direction from the VTS is at all times contingent
upon the exigencies of safe navigation.
(d) Nothing in this part is intended to relieve any vessel,
owner, operator, charterer, master, or person directing
the movement of a vessel from the consequences of
any neglect to comply with this part or any other
applicable law or regulations (e.g. the International
Regulations for Prevention of Collisions at Sea, 1972
(72 COLREGS) or the Inland Navigation Rules) or of
the neglect of any precaution which may be required
by the ordinary practice of seamen, or by the special
circumstances of the case.
161.2 Definitions.
For the purposes of this part:
Cooperative Vessel Traffic Services (CVTS) means the
system of vessel traffic management established and
jointly operated by the United States and Canada
within adjoining waters. In addition, CVTS facilitates
traffic movement and anchorages, avoids jurisdictional
disputes, and renders assistance in emergencies in
adjoining United States and Canadian waters.
451
Hazardous Vessel Operating Condition means any condition
related to a vessels ability to safely navigate or
maneuver, and includes, but is not limited to:
(1) The absence or malfunction of vessel operating
equipment, such as propulsion machinery, steering
gear, radar system, gyrocompass, depth sounding
device, automatic radar plotting aid (ARPA),
radiotelephone, Automatic Identification System
equipment, navigation lighting, sound signalling
devices or similar equipment.
(2) Any condition on board the vessel likely to impair
navigation, such as lack of current nautical charts
and publications, personnel shortage, or similar
condition.
(3) Vessel characteristics that affect or restrict
maneuverability, such as cargo arrangement, trim,
loaded condition, underkeel clearance, speed, or
similar characteristics.
Navigable waters means all navigable waters of the United
States including the territorial sea of the United
States, extending to 12 nautical miles from the United
States baselines, as described in Presidential
Proclamation No. 5928 of December 27, 1988.
Precautionary Area means a routing measure comprising an
area within defined limits where vessels must
navigate with particular caution and within which the
direction of traffic may be recommended.
Navigable waters means all navigable waters of the United
States, including the territorial sea of the United
States, extending to 12 nautical miles from United
States baselines, as described in Presidential
Proclamation No 5928 of December 27, 1988.
Towing Vessel means any commercial vessel engaged in
towing another vessel astern, alongside, or by pushing
ahead.
Vessel Movement Center (VMC) means the shore based
facility that operates the vessel tracking system for a
Vessel Movement Reporting System (VMRS) area or
sector within such an area. The VMC does not
necessarily have the capability or qualified personnel
to interact with marine traffic, nor does it necessarily
respond to traffic situations developing in the area, as
does a Vessel Traffic Service (VTS).
Vessel Movement Reporting System (VMRS) means a
mandatory reporting system used to monitor and track
vessel movements. This is accomplished by a vessel
providing information under established procedures as
set forth in this part in the areas defined in Table
161.12 (c) (VTS and VMRS Centers, Call
Signs/MMSI, Designated Frequencies, and Monitoring
Areas).
Vessel Movement Reporting System (VMRS) User means a
vessel, or an owner, operator, charterer, master, or
person directing the movement of a vessel, that is
required to participate in a VMRS.
Vessel Traffic Center (VTC) means the shore based facility
that operates the vessel traffic service for the Vessel
Traffic Service area or sector within such an area.
Home Contents Index
APPENDIX III
Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) means a service implemented
by the United States Coast Guard designed to
improve the safety and efficiency of vessel traffic and
to protect the environment. The VTS has the
capability to interact with marine traffic and respond
to traffic situations developing in the VTS area.
Vessel Traffic Service Area or VTS Area means the
geographical area encompassing a specific VTS area
of service. This area of service may be subdivided
into sectors for the purpose of allocating
responsibility to individual Vessel Traffic Centers or
to identify different operating requirements.
Note: Although regulatory jurisdiction is limited to the
navigable waters of the United States, certain vessels will
be encouraged or may be required, as a condition of port
entry, to report beyond this area to facilitate traffic
management within the VTS area.
VTS Special Area means a waterway within a VTS area in
which special operating requirements apply.
VTS User means a vessel, or an owner, operator, charterer,
master, or person directing the movement of a vessel,
that is:
(a) Subject to the Bridge-to-Bridge Radiotelephone
Act; or
(b) Required to participate in a VMRS within a VTS
area (VMRS User).
VTS Users Manual means the manual established and
distributed by the VTS to provide the mariner with a
description of the services offered and rules in force
for that VTS. Additionally, the manual may include
chartlets showing the area and sector boundaries,
general navigational information about the area, and
procedures, radio frequencies, reporting provisions
and other information which may assist the mariner
while in the VTS area.
161.3 Applicability.
The provisions of this subpart shall apply to each VTS
User and may also apply to any vessel while
underway or at anchor on the navigable waters of the
United States within a VTS area, to the extent the
VTS considers necessary.
161.4 Requirement to carry the rules.
Each VTS User shall carry on board and maintain for
ready reference a copy of these rules.
Note: These rules are contained in the applicable U.S.
Coast Pilot, the VTS Users Manual which may be
obtained by contacting the appropriate VTS, and
periodically published in the Local Notice to
Mariners. The VTS Users Manual and the World
VTS Guide, an International Maritime Organisation
(IMO) recognised publication, contain additional
information which may assist the prudent mariner
while in the appropriate VTS area.
161.5 Deviations from the rules.
(a) Requests to deviate from any provision in this part,
either for an extended period of time or if anticipated
before the start of a transit, must be submitted in
writing to the appropriate District Commander. Upon
receipt of the written request, the District Commander
may authorize a deviation if it is determined that such
a deviation provides a level of safety equivalent to
that provided by the required measure or is a
maneuver considered necessary for safe navigation
under the circumstances. An application for an
authorized deviation must state the need and fully
452
describe the proposed alternative to the required
measure.
(b) Requests to deviate from any provision in this part
due to circumstances that develop during a transit or
immediately preceding a transit, may be made
verbally to the appropriate VTS Commanding Officer.
Requests to deviate shall be made as far in advance
as practicable. Upon receipt of the request, the VTS
Commanding Officer may authorize a deviation if it
is determined that, based on vessel handling
characteristics, traffic density, radar contacts,
environmental conditions and other relevant
information, such a deviation provides a level of
safety equivalent to that provided by the required
measure or is a maneuver considered necessary for
safe navigation under the circumstances.
Services, VTS measures, and Operating Requirements
161.10 Services.
To enhance navigation and vessel safety, and to protect the
marine environment, a VTS may issue advisories, or
respond to vessel requests for information, on
reported conditions within the VTS area, such as:
(a) Hazardous conditions or circumstances;
(b) Vessel congestion;
(c) Traffic density;
(d) Environmental conditions;
(e) Aids to navigation status;
(f) Anticipated vessel encounters;
(g) Another vessels name, type, position, hazardous
vessel operating conditions, if applicable, and
intended navigational movements, as reported;
(h) Temporary measures in effect;
(i) A description of local harbor operations and
conditions, such as ferry routes, dredging, and so
forth;
(j) Anchorage availability; or
(k) Other information or special circumstances.
161.11 VTS measures.
(a) A VTS may issue measures or directions to enhance
navigation and vessel safety and to protect the marine
environment, such as, but not limited to:
(1) Designating temporary reporting points and
procedures;
(2) Imposing vessel operating requirements; or
(3) Establishing vessel traffic routing schemes.
(b) During conditions of vessel congestion, restricted
visibility, adverse weather, or other hazardous
circumstances, a VTS may control, supervise, or
otherwise manage traffic, by specifying times of
entry, movement, or departure to, from or within a
VTS area.
161.12 Vessel operating requirements.
(a) Subject to the exigencies of safe navigation, a VTS
User shall comply with all measures established or
directions issued by by a VTS.
(b) If, in a specific circumstance, a VTS User is unable
to safely comply with a measure or direction issued
by the VTS, the VTS User may deviate only to the
extent necessary to avoid endangering persons,
property or the environment. The deviation shall be
reported to the VTS as soon as is practicable.
(c) When not exchanging voice communications, a VTS
User must maintain a listening watch as required by
26.04(e) of this chapter on the VTS frequency
designated in Table 161.12(c) (VTS and VMRS
Home Contents Index
APPENDIX III
Centers, Call Signs/MMSI, Designated Frequencies,
and Monitoring Areas). In addition, the VTS User
must respond promptly when hailed and communicate
in the English language.
Note to 161.12(c): As stated in 47 CFR 80.148(b), a very
high frequency watch on Channel 16 (156.800 Mhz) is
not required on vessels subject to the Vessel
Bridge-to-Bridge Radiotelephone Act and participating
in a Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system when the watch
is maintained on both the vessel bridge-to-bridge
frequency and a designated VTS frequency.
(d) As soon as practicable, a VTS User shall notify
the VTS of any of the following:
(1) A marine casualty as defined in 46 CFR 4.051;
(2) Involvement in the ramming of a fixed or floating
object;
(3) A pollution incident as defined in 151.15 of this
chapter;
(4) A defect or discrepancy in an aid to navigation;
(5) A hazardous condition as defined in 160.203 of
this chapter;
(6) Improper operation of vessel equipment required
by Part 164 of this chapter;
(7) A situation involving hazardous materials for
which a report is required by 49 CFR 176.48; and
(8) A hazardous vessel operating condition as defined
in 161.2.
161.13 VTS Special Area Operating
Requirements.
The following operating requirements apply within a VTS
Special Area:
(a) A VTS User shall, if towing astern, do so with as
short a hawser as safety and good seamanship
permits.
(b) A VMRS User shall:
(1) Not enter or get underway in the area without
prior approval of the VTS;
(2) Not enter a VTS Special Area if a hazardous
vessel operating condition or circumstance
exists;
(3) Not meet, cross or overtake any other VMRS
User in the area without prior approval of the
VTS; and
(4) Before meeting, crossing or overtaking any
other VMRS User in the area, communicate on
the designated vessel bridge-to-bridge
radiotelephone frequency, intended navigation
movements, and any other information
necessary in order to make safe passing
arrangements. This requirement does not relieve
a vessel of any duty prescribed by the
International Regulations for Prevention of
Collisions at Sea, 1972 (72 COLREGS) or the
Inland Navigation Rules.
Subpart B Vessel Movement Reporting System
161.15 Purpose and intent.
(a) A Vessel Movement Reporting System (VMRS) is a
system used to monitor and track vessel movements
within a VTS or VMRS area. This is accomplished
by requiring that vessels provide information under
established procedures as set forth in this part, or as
directed by the Center.
(b) To avoid imposing an undue reporting burden or
unduly congesting radiotelephone frequencies, reports
453
shall be limited to information which is essential to
achieve the objectives of the VMRS. These reports
are consolidated into three reports (sailing plan,
position, and final).
161.16 Applicability.
Unless otherwise stated, the provisions of this subpart shall
apply to the following vessels and VMRS Users:
(a) Every power driven vessel of 40 meters
(approximately 131 feet) or more in length, while
navigating;
(b) Every towing vessel of 8 meters (approximately
26 feet) or more in length, while navigating; or
(c) Every vessel certificated to carry 50 or more
passengers for hire, when engaged in trade.
161.17 Definitions.
As used in this subpart:
Center means a Vessel Traffic Center or Vessel
Movement Center.
Published means available in a widely distributed and
publicly available medium (e.g., VTS Users
Manual, ferry schedule, Notice to Mariners).
161.18 Reporting requirements.
(a) A Center may:
(1)Direct a vessel to provide any of the information
set forth in Table 161.18(a) (IMO Standard Ship
Reporting System);
(2) Establish other means of reporting for those
vessels unable to report on the designated
frequency; or
(3) Require reports from a vessel in sufficient time to
allow advance vessel traffic planning.
(b) All reports required by this part shall be made as
soon as is practicable on the frequency designated in
Table 161.12(c) (VTS and VMRS Centers, Call
Signs/MMSI, Designated Frequencies, and Monitoring
Areas).
(c) When not exchanging communications, a VMRS User
must maintain a listening watch as described in
26.04(e) of this chapter on the frequency designated
in Table 161.12(c) (VTS and VMRS Centers, Call
Signs/MMSI, Designated Frequencies, and Monitoring
Areas). In addition, the VMRS User must respond
promptly when hailed and communicate in the
English language.
Note: As stated in 47 CFR 80.148(b), a VHF watch on
Channel 16 (156.800 Mhz) is not required on
vessels subject to the Vessels Bridge-to-Bridge
Radiotelephone Act and participating in a Vessel
Traffic Service (VTS) system when the watch is
maintained on both the vessel bridge-to-bridge
frequency and a designated VTS frequency.
(d) A vessel must report:
(1) Any significant deviation from its Sailing Plan, as
defined in 161.19, or from previously reported
information; or
(2) Any intention to deviate from a VTS issued
measure or vessel traffic routeing system.
(e) When reports required by this part include time
information, such information shall be given using the
local time zone in effect and the 24 hour military
clock system.
161.19 Sailing Plan (SP).
Unless otherwise stated, at least 15 minutes before
navigating a VTS area, a vessel must report the:
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX III

(a) Vessel name and type; (1) Notify the Center;

(b) Position; (2) Make voice radio position reports at designated
(c) Destination and ETA; reporting points as required by 161.20(b) of this
(d) Intended route; part; and
(e) Time and point of entry; and (3) Make any other reports as directed by the Center.
(f) Dangerous cargo on board, or in its tow, as
defined in 161.203 of this chapter, and other 161.22 Final Report (FR).
required information as set out in 161.211 and A vessel must report its name and position:
161.213 of this chapter, if applicable. (a) On arrival at its destination; or
(b) When leaving a VTS area.
161.23 Reporting exemptions.
161.20 Position Report (PR). (a) Unless otherwise directed, the following vessels are
A vessel must report its name and position: exempted from providing Position and Final Reports
(a) Upon point of entry into a VMRS area; due to the nature of their operation:
(b) At designated points as set forth in Subpart C; or (1) Vessels on a published schedule and route;
(c) When directed by the Center. (2) Vessels operating within an area of a radius of
three nautical miles or less; or
(3) Vessels escorting another vessel or assisting
161.21 Automated reporting. another vessel in maneuvering procedures.
(a) Unless otherwise directed, vessels equipped with an (b) A vessel described in paragraph (a) of this section
Automatic Identification System (AIS) are required to must:
make continuous, all stations, AIS broadcasts, in lieu (1) Provide a Sailing Plan at least 5 minutes but not
of voice position reports, to those Centers denoted in more than 15 minutes before navigating within the
Table 161.12(c) of this part. VMRS area; and
(b) Should an AIS become non-operational, while or (2) If it departs from its promulgated schedule by
prior to navigating a VMRS area, it should be more than 15 minutes or changes its limited
restored to operating condition as soon as possible, operating area, make the established VMRS
and, until restored a vessel must: reports, or report as directed.

454
Home Contents Index
APPENDIX IV
CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS TITLE 33 NAVIGATION
AND NAVIGABLE WATERS
PART 164 NAVIGATION SAFETY REGULATIONS
Appendix IV contains extracts from the above regulations
issued by the United States Department of Commerce.
For a complete description of this part see 33 CFR
164.
164.01 Applicability.
(a) This part (except as specifically limited by this
section) applies to each self-propelled vessel of 1600
or more gross tons (except as provided in paragraphs
(c) and (d) of this section or for foreign vessels
described in 164.02) when it is operating in the
navigable waters of the United States except the St.
Lawrence Seaway.
(c) Provisions of 164.11(a)2 and (c), 164.30, 164.33
and 164.46 do not apply to warships or other vessels
owned, leased, or operated by the United States
Government and used only in government
non-commercial service when these vessels are
equipped with electronic navigation systems that have
met the applicable agency regulations regarding
navigation safety.
(d) Provisions of 164.46 apply to some self-propelled
vessels of less than 1600 gross tonnage.
164.02 Applicability exception for foreign vessels.
(a) Except as provided in 164.46(a)(2), 164.38 and
164.39 this part does not apply to vessels that:
(1) Are not destined for, or departing from, a port or
place subject to the jurisdiction of the United
States; and
(2) Are in:
(i) Innocent passage through the territorial sea of
the United States; or
(ii) Transit through navigable waters of the United
States which form a part of an international
strait.
164.03 Incorporation by reference. (See 33 CFR
164.)
164.11 Navigation underway: General.
The owner, master, or person in charge of each vessel
underway shall ensure that:
(a) The wheelhouse is constantly manned by persons
who:
(1) Direct and control the movement of the vessel;
and
(2) Fix the vessels position;
(b) Each person performing a duty described in
paragraph (a) of this section is competent to
perform that duty;
(c) The position of the vessel at each fix is plotted on
a chart of the area and the person directing the
movement of the vessel is informed of the vessels
position;
(d) Electronic and other navigational equipment,
external fixed aids to navigation, geographic
reference points, and hydrographic contours are
used when fixing the vessels position;
455
(e) Buoys alone are not used to fix the vessels
position;
Note: Buoys are aids to navigation placed in approximate
positions to alert the mariner to hazards to navigation
or to indicate the orientation of a channel. Buoys may
not maintain an exact position because strong or
varying currents, heavy seas, ice, and collisions with
vessels can move or sink them or set them adrift.
Although buoys may corroborate a position fixed by
other means, buoys cannot be used to fix a position:
however, if no other aids are available, buoys alone
may he used to establish an estimated position.
(f) The danger of each closing visual or each closing
radar contact is evaluated and the person directing
the movement of the vessel knows the evaluation;
(g) Rudder orders are executed as given;
(h) Engine speed and direction orders are executed as
given;
(i) Magnetic variation and deviation and gyrocompass
errors are known and correctly applied by the
person directing the movement of the vessel;
(j) A person whom he has determined is competent to
steer the vessel is in the wheelhouse at all times
(See also 46 U.S.C. 8702 (d), which requires an
able seaman at the wheel on US vessels of 100
gross tons or more in narrow or crowded waters or
during low visibility);
(k) If a pilot other than a member of the vessels crew
is employed, the pilot is informed of the draft,
maneuvering characteristics, and peculiarities of the
vessel and of any abnormal circumstances on the
vessel that may affect its safe navigation.
(l) Current velocity and direction for the area to be
transited are known by the person directing the
movement of the vessel;
(m) Predicted set and drift are known by the person
directing the movement of the vessel;
(n) Tidal state for the area to be transited is known by
the person directing the movement of the vessel;
(o) The vessels anchors are ready for letting go;
(p) The person directing the movement of the vessel
sets the vessels speed with consideration for:
(1) The prevailing visibility and weather conditions;
(2) The proximity of the vessel to fixed shore and
marine structures;
(3) The tendency of the vessel underway to squat
and suffer impairment of maneuverability when
there is small underkeel clearance;
(4) The comparative proportions of the vessel and
the channel;
(5) The density of marine traffic;
(6) The damage that might be caused by the
vessels wake;
(7) The strength and direction of the current; and
(8) Any local vessel speed limit;
(q) The tests required by 164.25 are made and
recorded in the vessels log; and
(r) The equipment required by this part is maintained
in operable condition.
Home Contents Index
APPENDIX IV
(s) Upon entering US waters, the steering wheel or
lever on the navigating bridge is operated to
determine if the steering equipment is operating
properly under manual control, unless the vessel
has been steered under manual control from the
navigating bridge within the preceding 2 hours,
except when operating on the Great Lakes and
their connecting and tributary waters.
(t) At least two of the steering gear power units on
the vessel are in operation when such units are
capable of simultaneous operation, except when
operating on the Great Lakes and their connecting
and tributary waters.
(u) On each passenger vessel meeting the requirements
of the International Convention for the Safety of
Life at Sea, 1960 (SOLAS 60) and on each cargo
vessel meeting the requirements of SOLAS 74 as
amended in 1981, the number of steering gear
power units necessary to move the rudder from
35 on either side to 30 on the other in not more
than 28 seconds must be in simultaneous
operation.
164.13 Navigation underway: tankers.
(b) Each tanker must have an engineering watch capable
of monitoring the propulsion system, communicating
with the bridge, and implementing manual control
measures immediately when necessary. The watch
must be physically present in the machinery spaces or
in the main control space and must consist of at least
a licensed engineer.
(c) Each tanker must navigate with at least two licensed
deck officers on watch on the bridge, one of whom
may be a pilot. In waters where a pilot is required,
the second officer must be an individual licensed and
assigned to the vessel as master, mate, or officer in
charge of a navigational watch, who is separate and
distinct from the pilot.
(d) Except as specified in paragraph (e) of this section a
tanker may operate with an auto pilot engaged only if
all of the following conditions exist:
(1) The operation and performance of the automatic
pilot conforms with the standards recommended by
the International Maritime Organisation in IMO
Resolution A.342(IX).
(2) A qualified helmsman is present at the helm and
prepared at all times to assume manual control.
(3) The tanker is not operating in any of the following
areas:
(i) The areas of the traffic separation schemes
specified in subchapter P of this chapter.
(ii) The portions of a shipping safety fairway
specified in part 166 of this chapter.
(iii) An anchorage ground specified in part 110 of
this chapter.
(iv) An area within one half nautical mile of any
US shore.
(e) A tanker equipped with an integrated navigation
system, and complying with paragraph (d)(2) of this
section, may use the system with the auto pilot
engaged while in the areas described in paragraphs
(d)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section.
456
164.15 Navigation bridge visibility. (See 33 CFR
164.)
164.19 Requirements for vessels at anchor.
The master or person in charge of each vessel that is
anchored shall ensure that:
(a) A proper anchor watch is maintained;
(b) Procedures are followed to detect a dragging
anchor; and
(c) Whenever weather, tide, or current conditions are
likely to cause the vessels anchor to drag, action
is taken to ensure the safety of the vessel,
structures, and other vessels, such as being ready
to veer chain, let go a second anchor, or get
underway using the vessels own propulsion or tug
assistance.
164.25 Tests before entering or getting underway.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this
section no person may cause a vessel to enter into or
get underway on the navigable waters of the United
States unless no more than 12 hours before entering
or getting underway, the following equipment has
been tested:
(1) Primary and secondary steering gear. The test
procedure includes a visual inspection of the
steering gear and its connecting linkage, and,
where applicable, the operation of the following:
(i) Each remote steering gear control system.
(ii) Each steering position located on the navigating
bridge.
(iii) The main steering gear from the alternative
power supply, if installed.
(iv) Each rudder angle indicator in relation to the
actual position of the rudder.
(v) Each remote steering gear control system power
failure alarm.
(vi) Each remote steering gear power unit failure
alarm.
(vii) The full movement of the rudder to the required
capabilities of the steering gear.
(2) All internal vessel control communications and
vessel control alarms.
(3) Standby or emergency generator, for as long as
necessary to show proper functioning, including
steady state temperature and pressure readings.
(4) Storage batteries for emergency lighting and other
systems in vessel control and propulsion machinery
spaces.
(5) Main propulsion machinery, ahead and astern.
(b) Vessels navigating on the Great Lakes and their
connecting and tributary waters, having once
completed the test requirements of this sub-part, are
considered to remain in compliance until arriving at
the next port call on the Great Lakes.
(c) Vessels entering the Great Lakes from the St.
Lawrence Seaway are considered to be in compliance
with this sub-part if the required tests are conducted
preparatory to or during the passage of the St.
Lawrence Seaway or within one hour of passing
Wolfe Island.
(d) No vessel may enter, or be operated on the navigable
waters of the United States unless the emergency
Home Contents Index
APPENDIX IV
steering drill described below has been conducted
within 48 hours prior to entry and logged in the
vessels logbook, unless the drill is conducted and
logged on a regular basis at least once every three
months. This drill must include at a minimum the
following:
(1) Operation of the main steering gear from within
the steering gear compartment.
(2) Operation of the means of communication between
the navigating bridge and the steering
compartment.
(3) Operation of the alternative power supply for the
steering gear if the vessel is so equipped.
164.30 Charts, publications and equipment:
General.
No person may operate or cause the operation of a vessel
unless the vessel has the marine charts, publications,
and equipment as required by 164.33 through
164.41 of this part.
164.33 Charts and publications.
(a) Each vessel must have the following:
(1) Marine charts of the area to be transited, published
by the National Ocean Service, US Army Corps of
Engineers, or a river authority that:
(i) Are of a large enough scale and have enough
detail to make safe navigation of the area
possible; and
(ii) Are currently corrected.
(2) For the area to be transited, a currently corrected
copy of, or applicable currently corrected extract
from, each of the following publications:
(i) US Coast Pilot.
(ii) Coast Guard Light List.
(3) For the area to be transited, the current edition of,
or applicable current extract from:
(i) Tide tables published by private entities using
data provided by the National Ocean Service.
(ii) Tidal current tables published private entities
using data provided by the National Ocean
Service, or river current publication issued by
the US Army Corps of Engineers, or a river
authority.
(b) As an alternative to the requirements for paragraph
(a) of this section, a marine chart or publication, or
applicable extract, published by a foreign government
may be substituted for a US chart and publication
required by this section. The chart must be of large
enough scale and have enough detail to make safe
navigation of the area possible, and must be currently
corrected. The publication, or applicable extract, must
singly or in combination contain similar information
to the US Government publication to make safe
navigation of the area possible. The publication or
applicable extract must be currently corrected, with
the exception of tide and tidal current tables, which
must be the current editions.
(c) As used in this section, currently corrected means
corrected with changes contained in all Notices to
Mariners published by National Imagery and Mapping
Agency, or an equivalent foreign government
publication, reasonably available to the vessel, and
that is applicable to the vessels transit.
457
164.35 Equipment: All vessels.
Each vessel must have the following:
(a) A marine radar system for surface navigation.
(b) An illuminated magnetic steering compass,
mounted in a binnacle, that can be read at the
vessels main steering stand.
(c) A current magnetic compass deviation table or
graph or compass comparison record for the
steering compass, in the wheelhouse.
(d) A gyrocompass.
(e) An illuminated repeater for the gyrocompass
required by paragraph (d) of this section that is at
the main steering stand, unless that gyrocompass is
illuminated and is at the main steering stand.
(f) An illuminated rudder angle indicator in the
wheelhouse.
(g) The following maneuvering information
prominently displayed on a fact sheet in the
wheelhouse:
(1) A turning circle diagram to port and starboard
that shows the time and distance and advance
and transfer required to alter course 90 degrees
with maximum rudder angle and constant power
settings, for either full and half speeds, or for
full and slow speeds. For vessels whose turning
circles are essentially the same for both
directions, a diagram showing a turning circle in
one direction, with a note on the diagram
stating that turns to port and starboard are
essentially the same, may be substituted.
(2) The time and distance to stop the vessel from
either full and half speeds, or from full and
slow speeds, while maintaining approximately
the initial heading with minimum application of
rudder.
(3) For each vessel with a fixed propeller, a table
of shaft revolutions per minute for a
representative range of speeds.
(4) For each vessel with a controllable pitch
propeller, a table of control settings for a
representative range of speeds.
(5) For each vessel that is fitted with an auxiliary
device to assist in maneuvering, such as a bow
thruster, a table of vessel speeds at which the
auxiliary device is effective in maneuvering the
vessel.
(6) The maneuvering information for the normal
load and normal ballast condition for:
(i) Calm weather wind 10 knots or less, calm
sea;
(ii) No current;
(iii) Deep water conditions water depth twice
the vessels draft or greater; and
(iv) Clean hull.
(7) At the bottom of the fact sheet, the following
statement:
Warning.
The response of the (name of the vessel) may be different
from that listed above if any of the following
conditions, upon which the maneuvering information
is based, are varied:
(1) Calm weather wind 10 knots or less, calm
sea;
(2) No current;
(3) Water depth twice the vessels draft or greater;
(4) Clean hull; and
(5) Intermediate drafts or unusual trim.
Home Contents Index
APPENDIX IV
(h) An echo depth sounding device.
(i) A device that can continuously record the depth
readings of the vessels echo depth sounding
device except when operating on the Great Lakes
and their connecting and tributary waters.
(j) Equipment on the bridge for plotting relative
motion.
(k) Simple operating instructions with a block
diagram, showing the changeover procedures for
remote steering gear control systems and steering
gear power units, permanently displayed on the
navigating bridge and in the steering gear
compartment.
(l) An indicator readable from the centerline conning
position showing the rate of revolution of each
propeller, except when operating on the Great
Lakes and their connecting and tributary waters.
(m) If fitted with controllable pitch propellers, an
indicator readable from the centerline conning
position showing the pitch and operational mode of
such propellers, except when operating on the
Great Lakes and their connecting and tributary
waters.
(n) If fitted with lateral thrust propellers, an indicator
readable from the centerline conning position
showing the direction and amount of thrust of such
propellers, except when operating on the Great
Lakes and their connecting and tributary waters.
(o) A telephone or other means of communication for
relaying headings to the emergency steering
station. Also, each vessel of 500 gross tons and
over and constructed on or after June 9th 1995
must be provided with arrangements for supplying
visual compass readings to the emergency steering
station.
164.37 Equipment: Vessels of 10,000 gross tons or
more.
(a) Each vessel of 10,000 gross tons or more must have,
in addition to the radar system under 164.35(a), a
second marine radar system that operates
independently of the first.
Note: Independent operation means two completely
separate systems, from separate branch power supply
circuits or distribution panels to antennas, so that
failure of any component of one system will not
render the other system inoperative.
(b) On each tanker of 10,000 gross tons or more that is
subject to 46 U.S.C. 3708, the dual radar system
required by this part must have a short range
capability and a long range capability; and each radar
must have true north features consisting of a display
that is stabilized in azimuth.
164.38 Automatic radar plotting aids (ARPA).
(See 33 CFR 164.)
164.39 Steering Gear: Foreign Tankers. (See 33
CFR 164).
164.40 Devices to indicate speed and distance.
(a) Each vessel required to be fitted with an Automatic
Radar Plotting Aid (ARPA) under 164.38 must be
fitted with a device to indicate speed and distance of
the vessel either through the water, or over the
ground.
458
164.41 Electronic position fixing devices.
(a) Each vessel calling at a port in the continental United
States, including Alaska south of Cape Prince of
Wales, except each vessel owned or bareboat
chartered and operated by the United States, or by a
state or its political subdivision, or by a foreign
nation, and not engaged in commerce, must have one
of the following:
(1) A type I or II LORAN C receiver as defined in
Section 1.2(e), meeting Part 2 (Minimum
Performance Standards) of the Radio Technical
Commission for Marine Services (RTCM) Paper
1278/DO100 dated December 20, 1977, entitled
Minimum Performance Standards (MPS) Marine
LoranC Receiving Equipment. Each receiver
installed must be labeled with the information
required under paragraph (b) of this section.
(2) A satellite navigation receiver with:
(i) Automatic acquisition of satellite signals after
initial operator settings have been entered; and
(ii) Position updates derived from satellite
information during each usable satellite pass.
(3) A system that is found by the Commandant to
meet the intent of the statements of availability,
coverage, and accuracy for the US Coastal
Confluence Zone (CCZ) contained in the US
Federal Radionavigation Plan (Report No.
DODNO 4650.4P, I or No.
DOTTSCRSPA8016, I). A person desiring a
finding by the Commandant under this
subparagraph must submit a written application
describing the device to the Assistant Commandant
for Operations, 2100 Second Street, SW,
Washington, DC 205930001. After reviewing the
application, the Commandant may request
additional information to establish whether or not
the device meets the intent of the Federal
Radionavigation Plan.
Note.The Federal Radionavigation Plan is available from
the National Technical Information Service,
Springfield, Va. 22161, with the following
Government Accession Numbers:
Vol 1, ADA 116468
Vol 2, ADA 116469
Vol 3, ADA 116470
Vol 4, ADA 116471
(b) Each label required under paragraph (a)(1) of this
section must show the following:
(1) The name and address of the manufacturer.
(2) The following statement by the manufacturer: This
receiver was designed and manufactured to meet
Part 2 (Minimum Performance Standards) of the
RTCM MPS for Marine LoranC Receiving
Equipment.
164.42 Rate of turn indicator.
Each vessel of 100,000 gross tons or more constructed on
or after September 1, 1984, shall be fitted with a rate
of turn indicator.
164.43 Automatic Identification System Shipborne
Equipment (See 33 CFR 164.)
Each vessel required to provide automated position reports
to a Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) must do so by an
installed Automatic Identification System Shipborne
Equipment (AISSE).
Home Contents Index
APPENDIX IV
164.46 Automatic Identification System (AIS) (See
33 CFR 164.)
164.51 Deviations from rules: Emergency.
Except for the requirements of 164.53(b), in an
emergency, any person may deviate from any rule in
this part to the extent necessary to avoid endangering
persons, property, or the environment.
164.53 Deviations from rules and reporting:
Non-operating equipment.
(a) If during a voyage any equipment required by this
part stops operating properly, the person directing the
movement of the vessel may continue to the next port
of call, subject to the directions of the District
Commander or the Captain of the Port, as provided
by 33 CFR 160.
(b) If the vessels radar, radio navigation receivers,
gyrocompass, echo depth sounding device, or primary
steering gear stops operating properly, the person
directing the movement of the vessel must report or
cause to be reported that it is not operating properly
to the nearest Captain of the Port, District
Commander, or, if participating in a Vessel Traffic
Service, to the Vessel Traffic Center, as soon as
possible.
164.55 Deviations from rules: Continuing
operation or period of time.
The Captain of the Port, upon written application, may
authorize a deviation from any rule in this part if he
determines that the deviation does not impair the safe
navigation of the vessel under anticipated conditions
and will not result in a violation of the rules for
preventing collisions at sea. The authorization may be
issued for vessels operating in the waters under the
jurisdiction of the Captain of the Port for any
459
continuing operation or period of time the Captain of
the Port specifies.
164.61 Marine casualty reporting and record
retention.
When a vessel is involved in a marine casualty as defined
in 46 CFR 4.031, the master or person in charge of
the vessel shall:
(a) Ensure compliance with 46 CFR 4.05, Notice of
Marine Casualty and Voyage Records, and
(b) Ensure that the voyage records required by 46
CFR 4.0515 are retained for:
(1) 30 days after the casualty if the vessel remains
in the navigable waters of the United States; or
(2) 30 days after the return of the vessel to a
United States port if the vessel departs the
navigable waters of the United States within 30
days after the marine casualty.
164.70 Definitions. (See 33 CFR 164.)
164.72 Navigational safety equipment, charts or
maps, and publications required on towing vessels.
(See 33 CFR 164.)
164.74 Towline and terminal gear for towing
astern. (See 33 CFR 164.)
164.76 Towline and terminal gear for towing
alongside and pushing ahead. (See 33 CFR 164.)
164.78 Navigation underway: Towing vessels. (See
33 CFR 164.)
164.80 Tests, inspections and voyage planning.
(See 33 CFR 164.)
164.82 Maintenance, failure and reporting. (See
33 CFR 164.)
Home Contents Index
APPENDIX V
CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS TITLE 33 NAVIGATION
AND NAVIGABLE WATERS
PART 165 REGULATED NAVIGATION AREAS AND LIMITED
ACCESS AREAS EXTRACTS
Appendix V contains extracts from the above regulations
issued by the United States Department of Commerce.
For a complete description of this part see 33 CFR
165. Regulations specific to this volume are given by
title only where the area concerned falls wholly
within pilotage waters; where the regulation affects an
area outside pilotage waters, a summary of the
regulation is given.
Subpart A General
165.5 Establishment procedures
(a) A safety zone, security zone, or regulated navigation
area may be established on the initiative of any
authorised Coast Guard official.
(b) Any person may request that a safety zone, security
zone, or regulated navigation area may be established.
Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section,
each request must be submitted in writing to either
the Captain of the Port or District Commander.
(c) Safety Zones and Security Zones. If, for good cause,
the request for a safety zone or security zone is made
less than 5 working days before the zone is to be
established, the request may be made orally, but it
must be followed by a written request within 24
hours.
165.7 Notification
(a) The establishment of these limited access areas and
regulated navigation areas is considered rule making.
The procedures used to notify persons of the
establishment of these areas vary depending upon the
circumstances and emergency conditions. Notification
may be made by marine broadcasts, local notice to
mariners, local news media, distribution in leaflet
form, and on-scene oral notice, as well as publication
in the Federal Register.
(b) Notification normally contains the physical boundaries
of the area, the reasons for the rule, its estimated
duration, and the method of obtaining authorization to
enter the area, if applicable, and special navigational
rules, if applicable.
165.9 Geographic application of limited and
controlled accesss areas and regulated navigation
areas.
(a) General. The geographic application of the limited
and controlled access areas and regulated navigation
areas in this part are determined based on the
statutory authority under which each is created.
(b) Safety zones and regulated navigation areas. These
zones and areas are created under the authority of the
Ports and Waterways Safety Act, 33 U.S.C.
12211232.
(c) Security zones. These zones have two sources of
authority the Ports and Waterways Safety Act, 33
U.S.C. 12211232, and the Act of June 15, 1917, as
amended by both the Magnuson Act of August 9,
1950 (Magnuson Act), 50 U.S.C. 191195, and sec.
460
104 of the Maritime Transportation Security Act of
2002.
(d) Naval vessel protection zones. These zones are issued
under the authority of 14 U.S.C. 91 and 633 and may
be established in waters subject to the jurisdiction of
the United States as defined in 2.38 of this chapter,
including the territorial sea to a seaward limit of
3 nautical miles from the baseline.
Subpart B Regulated Navigation Areas
165.10 Regulated navigation area.
A regulated navigation area is a water area within a
defined boundary for which regulations for vessels
navigating within the area have been established
under this part.
165.11 Vessel operating requirements
(regulations).
Each District Commander may control vessel traffic in an
area which is determined to have hazardous
conditions, by issuing regulations:
(a) Specifying times of vessel entry, movement, or
departure to, from, within, or through ports,
harbors, or other waters;
(b) Establishing vessel size, speed, draft limitations,
and operating conditions; and
(c) Restricting vessel operation, in a hazardous area or
under hazardous conditions, to vessels which have
particular operating characteristics or capabilities
which are considered necessary for safe operation
under the circumstances.
165.13 General Regulations.
(a) The master of a vessel in a regulated navigation area
shall operate the vessel in accordance with the
regulations contained in Subpart F.
(b) No person may cause or authorize the operation of a
vessel in a regulated navigation area contrary to the
regulations in this Part.
Subpart C Safety Zones
165.20 Safety zones.
A safety zone is a water area, shore area, or water and
shore area, to which, for safety or environmental
purposes, access is limited to authorised persons,
vehicles, or vessels. It may be stationary and
described by fixed limits or it may be described as a
zone around a vessel in motion.
165.23 General regulations.
Unless otherwise provided for in this part:
(a) No person may enter a safety zone unless
authorised by the Captain of the Port or the
District Commander;
(b) No person may bring or cause to be brought into a
safety zone any vehicle, vessel or object unless
authorised by the Captain of the Port or the
District Commander;
Home Contents Index
APPENDIX V
(c) No person may remain in a safety zone or allow
any vehicle, vessel or object to remain in a safety
zone unless authorised by the Captain of the Port
or the District Commander; and
(d) Each person in a safety zone who has notice of a
lawful order or direction shall obey the order or
direction of the Captain of the Port or District
Commander issued to carry out the purposes of
this subpart.
Subpart D Security Zones
165.30 Security zones.
(a) A security zone is an area of land, water, or land
and water which is so designated by the Captain
of the Port or District Commander for such time as
is necessary to prevent damage or injury to any
vessel or waterfront facility, to safeguard ports,
harbors, territories, or waters of the United States
or to secure the observance of the rights and
obligations of the United States.
(b) The purpose of a security zone is to safeguard
from destruction, loss or injury from sabotage or
other subversive acts, accidents, or other causes of
a similar nature:
(1) Vessels,
(2) Harbors,
(3) Ports and
(4) Waterfront facilities in the United States and all
territory, continental or insular, that is subject to
the jurisdiction of the United States.
165.33 General regulations.
Unless otherwise provided in the special regulations in
Subpart F of this part:
(a) No person or vessel may enter or remain in a
security zone without the permission of the
Captain of the Port;
(b) Each person and vessel in a security zone shall
obey any direction or order of the Captain of the
Port;
(c) The Captain of the Port may take possession and
control of any vessel in the security zone;
(d) The Captain of the Port may remove any person,
vessel, article, or thing from a security zone;
(e) No person may board, or take or place any article
or thing on board, any vessel in a security zone
without the permission of the Captain of the Port;
and
(f) No person may take or place any article or thing
upon any waterfront facility in a security zone
without the permission of the Captain of the Port.
Subpart F Specific Regulated Navigation Areas and
Limited Access Areas
165.1101 Security Zone: San Diego Bay, Califonia.
165.1102 Security Zone: San Diego Bay, Califonia.
165.1103 Security Zone: San Diego Bay, Califonia.
165.1104 Security Zone: San Diego Bay, Califonia.
165.1105 Security Zone: San Diego Bay, Califonia.
165.1106 San Diego Bay, Califoniasafety zone.
461
165.1107 San Diego Bay, Califoniaregulated
navigation area.
165.1108 Security Zones; Cruise ships, Port of
San Diego, Califonia.
165.1120 Security Zone; Naval Amphibious Base,
San Diego, Califonia.
165.1121 Security Zone: Fleet Supply Center
Industrial Pier, San Diego, Califonia.
165.1131 Security Zone: Wilson Cove, San
Clemente Island, Califonia.
(a) Location. The following area is a security zone: The
water area adjacent to San Clemente Island,
California within 1.5 nautical miles (1.73 statute
miles, 2.8 kilometres) of the shoreline of San
Clemente Island from Wilson Cove North End Light
(LLNR 2565) to Spruce Pier, approximately 4.1
nautical miles (4.7 statute miles, 7.65 kilometres)
southeast of Wilson Cove North End Light, described
as follows: Starling at a point on the shoreline of San
Clemente Island, California, in position
330125.0N, 1183343.0W for a place of beginning
(point A), thence northeasterly to
330211.0N, 1183213.5W (point B), thence
southeasterly to
325840.5N, 1182915.5W (point C), thence
southwesterly to
325754.0N, 1183117.2W (point D), thence
northwesterly along the shoreline of San Clemente
Island to the place of beginning.
(b) Regulations. In accordance with the general
regulations in 165.33 of this part, entry into the area
of this zone is prohibited unless authorised by the
Captain of the Port, San Diego, California. Section
165.33 also contains other general requirements.
165.1151 Security Zones; Liquefied Hazardous
Gas Tank Vessels, San Pedro Bay, Califonia.
165.1152 San Pedro Bay, Califoniaregulated
navigation area.
165.1154 Security Zones; Cruise Ships, San Pedro
Bay, Califonia.
165.1155 Security Zone; Diablo Canyon Nuclear
Power Plant, Avila Beach, Califonia.
(a) Location. The following area is a security zone: all
waters of the Pacific Ocean, from surface to bottom,
within a 2,000 yrad radius of Diablo Canyon Nuclear
Power Plant centred at position 351223N,
1205123W. (Datum: NAD 83).
(b) Regulations.
(1) In accordance with the general regulations in
165.33 of this part, entry into or remaining in this
zone is prohibited unless authorised by the Coast
Guard Captain of the Port, Los Angeles-Long
Beach, or his or her designated representative.
(2) Persons desiring to transit the area of the security
zone may contact the Captain of the Port at
telephone number 18002218724 or on
VHFFM channel 16 (1568 Mhz). If permission is
granted, all persons and vessels must comply with
the instructions of the captain of the Port or his or
her designated representative.
Home Contents Index
APPENDIX V
165.1181 San Francisco Bay Region,
Califoniaregulated navigation area.
165.1182 Safety/Security Zone: San Francisco Bay,
San Pablo Bay, Carquinez Strait and Suisun Bay,
Califonia.
165.1183 Security Zones; Cruise Ships and Tank
Vessels, San Francisco Bay and Delta ports,
Califonia.
165.1191 Safety Zone; West Cove, San Clemente
Island, Califonia.
(a) Location. The following area is a safety zone: The
water area adjacent to San Clemente Island,
California bounded by the following coordinates and
the shoreline of San Clemente Island:
Point A-330138.0N, 1183618.0W.
Point B-330111.0N, 1183725.0W.
Point C-330000.0N, 1183651.0W.
Point D-330000.0N, 1183456.5W.
(b) Regulations.
(1) In accordance with the general regulations in
165.33 of this part, entry into the area of this
zone is permitted, but anchoring, fishing, and other
similar activities are prohibited unless authorised
by the Captain of the Port, San Diego, California.
(2) Entry into the area of this zone will be prohibited
at certain times. U.S. Coast Guard personnel in the
zone will provide notification to the public of the
times when entry into to zone is prohibited.
(3) Section 165.33 also contains other general
requirements.
165.1310 Strait of Juan de Fuca and Adjacent
Coastal Waters of Northwest Washington; Makah
Whale Huntingregulated navigation area.
(a) The following area is a Regulated Navigation Area
(RNA): From 480225N, 124421W northwood
along the mainland shoreline of Washington State to
Cape Flattery and thence eastward along the mainland
shoreline of Washington State to 4822N, 12434W;
thence due north to 482455N, 12434W; thence
northwesterly to 48271N, 124417W; thence due
west to 48271N, 124455W; thence southwesterly
to 482055N, 1245105W, thence west-southwest to
48180N, 124590W, thence due south to
480225N, 124590W; thence due east back to the
shorline of Washington at 480225N, 124421W.
Datum: NAD 1983.
(b) During a whale hunt, while the international numeral
pennant five (5) is flown by a Makah whale hunt
vessel, the following area within the RNA is a
Moving Exclusionary Zone: The column of water
from the surface to the seabed with a radius of
500 yards centered on the Makah whale hunt vessel
displaying international numeral pennant five (5). This
Moving Exclusionary Zone is activated only when
surface visibility exceeds one nautical mile, between
sunrise and sunset, and the Makah whale hunt vessel
displays international numeral pennant five (5). The
Moving Exclusionary Zone is deactivated upon
sunset, visibility is reduced to less than one nautical
mile, or when the Makah whale hunt vessel strikes
international numeral pennant five (5).
462
(c) Unless otherwise authorized by the Commander,
Thirteenth Coast Guard District or his or her
representative, no person or vessel may enter the
active Moving Exclusionary Zone except for:
(1) Authorized Makah whale hunt vessel actively
engaged in hunting operations under direction to
the master of the Makah vessel flying international
numeral pennant five (5), and
(2) A single authorized media pool vessel operating in
accordance with Paragraph (f) of this section.
(d) The international numeral pennant five (5) is only
authorized to be displayed from one Makah whale
hunt vessel during actual whale hunt operations. No
other vessels may display this pennant within the
RNA at any time. Whale hunt operations commence
when a whale hunt vessel is underway and its master
intends to have a whale killed during the voyage.
Whale hunt operations cease once this intent is
abandoned, a whale is landed, or when international
numeral pennant five (5) is struck.
(e) The Makah Tribe shall make SECURITE Broadcasts
beginning one hour before the commencement of a
hunt and every half hour thereafter until hunting
activities are concluded. This broadcast shall be made
on channel 16 VHFFM and state:
A whale hunt is proceeding today within the Regulated
Navigation Area established for Makah whaling
activities. The (name of vessel) is a (color and
description of vessel) and will be flying
international numeral pennant five (5) while
engaged in whaling operations. This pennant is
yellow and blue in color. Mariners are required by
federal regulations to stay 500 yards away from
(name of vessel), and are strongly urged to remain
even further away from whale hunt activities as an
additional safety measure.
(1) Credentialed members of the media interested in
entering the Moving Exclusionary Zone may
request permission to operate a single media vessel
in the Moving Exclusionary Zone by telephoning
Coast Guard Public Affairs, as soon as practicable
at (206) 2207237 during normal working hours,
and (206) 2207001 after hours. Coast Guard
preauthorization is required prior to entry into the
Moving Exclusionary Zone by a single media pool
vessel.
(2) The media pool vessel must be a U.S. documented
vessel. The media pool vessel must be under
command at all times within the Moving
Exclusionary Zone by a master licensed in the
U.S. to carry passengers for hire. All expenses,
liabilities and risks associated with operation of the
media pool vessel lie with members of the pool
and the pool vessel owners and operators.
(3) The master of the media pool vessel shall
maneuver to avoid positioning the pool vessel
between whales and hunt vessel(s), out of the line
of fire, at a prudent distance and location relative
to whale hunt operations, and in a manner that
avoids hindering the hunt or path of the whale in
any way.
(4) Although permitted to maneuver within the
Moving Exclusionary Zone, personnel aborad the
media pool vessel are still required to follow
safety and law enforcement related instructions of
Coast Guard personnel.
Home Contents Index
APPENDIX V
Subpart G Protection of Naval Vessels
165.2010 Purpose.
This subpart establishes the geographic parameters of naval
vessel protection zones surrounding US naval vessels
in the navigable waters of the United States.
165.2015 Definitions.
The following definitions apply to this subpart:
Large US naval vessel means any US naval vessel
greater than 100 feet in length overall.
Naval vessel protection zone is a 500 yard regulated area
of water surrounding large US naval vessels that is
necessary to provide for the safety or security of
these US naval vessels.
Navigation rules means the Navigation Rules,
International-Inland.
Official patrol means those personnel designated and
supervised by a senior naval officer present in
command.
Senior naval officer present in command is, unless
otherwise designated by competent authority, the
senior line officer of the US Navy on active duty,
eligible for command at sea, who is present and in
command of any part of the Department of Navy
in the area.
US naval vessel means any vessel owned, operated,
chartered, or leased by the US Navy; and any
vessel under the operational control of the US
Navy or a Combatant Command.
165.2020 Enforcement authority.
(a) Coast Guard.
(b) Senior naval officer present in command.
165.2030 Pacific Area.
(a) This section applies to any vessels or person in the
navigable waters of the United States within the
boundaries of the US Coast Guard Pacific Area,
which includes the Eleventh, Thirteenth, Fourteenth
and Seventeenth US Coast Guard Districts.
(b) A naval vessel protection zone exists around US
naval vessels greater than 100 feet in length overall at
all times in the navigable waters of the United States,
whether the large US naval vessel is underway,
463
anchored, moored, or within a floating dry dock,
except when the large naval vessel is moored or
anchored within a restricted area or within a naval
defensive sea area.
(c) The Navigation Rules shall apply at all times within a
naval protection zone.
(d) When within a naval protection zone, all vessels shall
operate at the minimum speed necessary to maintain a
safe course, unless equired to maintain speed by the
Navigation Rules, and shall proceed as directed by
the Coast Guard, the senior naval officer present in
command, or the official patrol. When within a naval
protection zone, no vessel or person is allowed within
100 yards of a large US naval vessel unless
authorised by the Coast Guard, the senior naval
officer present in command, or the official patrol.
(e) To request authorization to operate within 100 yards
of a large US naval vessel, contact the Coast Guard,
the senior naval officer present in command, or the
official patrol on VHFFM channel 16.
(f) When conditions permit, the Coast Guard, the senior
naval officer present in command, or the official
patrol should:
(1) Give advance notice on VHFFM channel 16 of all
large US naval vessel movements;
(2) permit vessels constrained by their navigational
draft or restricted in their ability to maneuver to
pass within 100 yards of a large US naval vessel
in order to ensure a safe passage in accordance
with the Navigation Rules; and
(3) Permit commercial vessels anchored in a
designated anchorage area to remain at anchor
when within 100 yards of passing large US naval
vessels; and
(4) Permit vessels that must transit via a navigable
channel or waterway to pass within 100 yards of a
moored or anchored large US naval vessel with
minimum delay consistent with security.
Note to paragraph (f): The listed actions are discretionary
and do not create any additional right to appeal or
otherwise dispute a decision of the Coast Guard, the
senior naval officer present in command, or the
official patrol.
Home Contents Index
APPENDIX VI
CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS TITLE 33 NAVIGATION
AND NAVIGABLE WATERS
PART 334 DANGER ZONES AND RESTRICTED
AREA REGULATIONS EXTRACTS
Appendix VI contains extracts from the above regulations
issued by the United States Department of Commerce.
For a complete description of this part see 33 CFR
334. Regulations specific to this volume are given by
title only where the area concerned falls wholly
within pilotage waters; where the regulation affects an
area outside pilotage waters, a summary of the
regulation is given.
334.1 Purpose.
The purpose of this part is to:
(a) Prescribe procedures for establishing, amending
and disestablishing danger zones and restricted
areas.
(b) List the specific danger zones and restricted areas
and their boundaries; and
(c) Prescribe specific requirements, access limitations
and controlled activities within the danger zones
and restricted areas.
334.2 Definitions.
(a) Danger zone. A defined water area (or areas) used
for target practice, bombing, rocket firing or other
especially hazardous operations, normally for the
armed forces. The danger zones may be closed to the
public on a full time or intermittent basis, as stated in
the regulations.
(b) Restricted area. A defined water area for the purpose
of prohibiting or limiting public access to the area.
Restricted areas generally provide security for
Government property and/or protection to the public
from the risks of damage or injury arising from the
Governments use of that area.
There are danger zones and/or restricted areas in the
following areas:
334.860 San Diego Bay, California: Naval
restricted area.
334.865 Naval Air Station North Island, San
Diego, California, estricted area.
334.870 San Diego Harbor, California; restricted
areas.
334.880 San Diego Harbor, California: Naval
restricted area adjacent to Point Loma.
334.890 Pacific Ocean off Point Loma, California;
Naval restricted area.
(a) The area. The waters of the Pacific Ocean within an
area extending southerly from Point Loma, California,
described as follows:
Beginning at
323954, 1171318; thence southeasterly to
323431, 1170941; thence 270 true to longitude
1171640; thence due north to latitude 323954;
and thence 90 true to the point of beginning.
464
(b) The regulations.
(1) No vessel shall anchor within the restricted area at
any time without specific permission of the
enforcing agency.
(2) Dredging, dragging, seining, and other similar
operations within the restricted area are prohibited.
334.900 Pacific Ocean, US Marine Corps Base,
Camp Pendleton, California; restricted area.
(a) The area. Beginning at the shoreline north of the boat
basin,
331310, 1172419; thence westward to
331248, 1172456; thence southward to
331232, 1172444; thence eastward to
331247, 1172417 (a point on the breakwater);
thence northeastward along breakwater to
331258, 1172409; thence northward along shoreline
to point of beginning.
(b) The regulations.
(1) No vessels shall anchor within the restricted area
at any time.
(2) Dredging, dragging, seining, fishing operations,
and other activities, which might foul underwater
installations within the restricted area, are
prohibited.
(3) All vessels entering the restricted area shall
proceed across the area by the most direct route
and without unnecessary delay.
334.905 Pacific Ocean, Offshore of Camp
Pendleton, California; Fallbrook restricted area.
(a) The area. The waters of the Gulf of Santa Catalina,
offshore of Camp Pendleton in the Pacific Ocean, San
Diego County, California. The Center of the restricted
area is located at 3318.6N. latitude, 11732.0W
longitude, with a radius of 9,000 feet.
(b) The regulations.
(1) No vessel or craft of any size shall lie-to or anchor
in the restricted area at any time other than a
vessel operated by or for the U.S. Coast Guard,
local, State or Federal law enforcement agencies.
(2) Loitering, dredging, dragging, anchoring, seining,
fishing, and similar activities within the restricted
area during vertical replacement operations use is
prohibited.
334.910 Pacific Ocean, Camp Pendleton Boat
Basin, US Marine Corps Base, Camp Pendleton
California; restricted area.
(a) The area. All of the waters of Camp Pendleton Boat
Basin entrance channel lying northerly of a line
between a light on the north Camp Pendleton jetty at
331222, 1172407, and a light on the north
Oceanside Harbor groin at 331229, 1172355.
(b) The regulations.
(1) The area is reserved exclusively for use by vessels
owned or operated by the Federal Government.
Permission to enter the area must be obtained from
the enforcing agency.
Home Contents Index
APPENDIX VI
334.920 Pacific Ocean off the east coast of San
Clemente Island, California; Naval restricted area.
(a) The area. The waters of the Pacific Ocean within an
area extending easterly from the east coast of San
Clemente Island, California, described as follows: The
northerly boundary to be a continuation, to seaward
of the existing southerly boundary of the restricted
anchorage area, as described in 33 CFR 110.218, of
this chapter, to
3300.3N, 11831.3W; thence to
3258.6N, 11830.0W; thence to
3257.9N, 11831.3W on the shoreline; thence
northerly along the shoreline to point of beginning.
(b) The regulations.
(1) No person or vessels, other than Naval Ordnance
Test Station craft, and those cleared for entry by
the Naval Ordnance Test Station, shall enter the
area at any time except in an emergency,
proceeding with extreme caution.
(2) Dredging, dragging, seining or other fishing
operations within these boundaries are prohibited.
334.921 Pacific Ocean at San Clemente Island,
California; Naval restricted area.
(a) The area. All waters between the northern and
southern boundaries of the area known as West Cove
seaward approximately four miles.
The northern boundary is defined by the coordinates:
330052N, 1183618W.
325930N, 1183730W.
325920N, 1183838W.
The southern boundary is defined by the coordinates:
330040N, 1183527W.
325830N, 1183640W.
325745N, 1183838W.
(b) The regulation.
(1) The use of this area for anchorage is prohibited to
all craft at all times.
334.930 Anaheim Bay Harbor, California; Naval
Weapons Station, Seal Beach.
(a) The restricted area. The water of Anaheim Bay
Harbor between the east and west jetties at the United
States Naval Weapons Station, Seal Beach, California,
and the contiguous tidal channel and basin as far east
as the Anaheim Bay bridge.
(b) The regulation.
(1) The authority of the Naval Weapons Station
Commanding Officer in this area extends to
restricting and disallowing the navigating or
anchorage of craft during such times as the
Commanding Officer determines that considerations
of national security or safety warrant such
action(s).
(2) All craft authorized transit of this area shall stay
within the limits of the entrance channel in the
Outer Harbor, and confine their movement to
within the limits of the marked small craft channel
at the southern portion of the Inner Harbor.
(3) Recreational craft, such as water skis, jet skis
(personal water craft), row boats, canoes, kayaks,
wind surfers, sailboards, surfboards, etc, and any
activity involving persons in the water, are
specifically prohibited within the restricted area.
465
(4) Boats unable to throttle down or to maintain
steerage ways at 5 miles per hour speed shall
proceed at the minimum speed consistent with
seamanship in an area regularly subject to
waterborne explosive handling operations. In case
of doubt, boat operators of inbound boats will
remain in the west end of the basin and outbound
boats in the east end of the basin until informed
by a representative of the Naval Weapons Station
or U.S. Coast Guard of the completion of the
waterborne explosive handling hazard.
(5) Smoking, open flames and barbecues in boats are
prohibited during the transit of this area.
(6) Nothing in the regulations in this section shall be
construed as relieving the owner or persons in
command of any vessels or plant from the
penalties of the law for obstructing navigation or
for not complying with the navigation laws in
regard to lights or signals or for otherwise
violating law.
(7) All vessel operators shall heed and obey all posted
signs and/or instructions issued by security
personnel of the U.S. Naval Weapons Station.
334.940 Pacific Ocean in vicinity of San Pedro,
California; practice firing range for United States
Army Reserve, National Guard, and Coast Guard
units.
(a) The danger zone.
(2)
Zone B. An area extending southwest and
northwest from Point Vicente, described as follows:
Beginning at Point Vicente Light,
334430, 1182436; thence southwesterly to
334342, 1182524; thence northwesterly to
334630, 1182706; thence southeasterly to the shore,
334454, 1182442; and thence southerly along the
shore to the point of beginning.
(b) The regulations.
(1) Intermittent firing may take place in the danger
zone on any day from sunrise to sunset.
(2) Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, the
danger zone will be open to fishing and general
navigation. When firing is not scheduled the
danger zone may be occupied without restriction.
When firing is in progress safety observers will be
maintained to warn all vessels. Notice to vacate
the area, or to stop at the boundaries, will be given
by siren, patrol vessel, or other effective means,
and such notice shall be promptly obeyed. All
vessels permitted to enter the danger zone during a
firing period, other than those owned by and
operated by or under the direction of the United
States Government, shall proceed across the area
by the most direct route and clear the area with
the greatest possible dispatch. No person shall
enter the water and no vessel, fishing boat, or
recreational craft shall anchor in the danger zone
during an actual firing period.
(3) Nothing in this section shall be construed as
relieving the owner or person in charge of a vessel
from any penalties for obstructing navigation, or
for obstructing or interfering with range lights, or
for not complying with the navigation laws in
regard to lights and fog signals, or for otherwise
violating any law or regulations.
Home Contents Index
APPENDIX VI
334.950 Pacific Ocean at San Clemente Island,
California; Navy shore bombardment areas.
(a) The danger zones.
(1)
The waters of the Pacific Ocean within an area
beginning at China Point Light; extending in a
direction of 181 degrees true, 2.0 nautical miles;
thence 072.5 degrees true, 5.375 nautical miles;
thence 313 degrees true to Pyramid Head Light.
(2) The waters of the Pacific Ocean within an area
beginning at China Point Light; extending in a
direction of 181 degrees true, 2.0 nautical miles;
thence 303 degrees true, 5.35 nautical miles;
thence 040.4 degrees true to the beach.
(3) The waters of the Pacific Ocean within an area
beginning at Pyramid Head Light; extending in a
direction of 133 degrees true, 2.0 nautical miles;
thence 024 degrees true, 2.14 nautical miles,
thence 313 degrees true, 7.6 nautical miles; thence
220 degrees true to the beach.
(b) The regulations.
(1) All persons and all vessels shall promptly vacate
the areas when ordered to do so by the Navy or
the Coast Guard. Persons and vessels shall not
enter the areas during periods scheduled for firing.
These areas are used for various surface and air
gunnery and aerial bombing exercises by the
United States Navy, Coast Guard and Marine
Corps. Hazardous conditions exist during shore
bombardment by naval ships in the area seaward
of that described in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of
this section between the firing vessel and the
shore. The area described in paragraph (a)(3) of
this section is hazardous due to the possibility of
rounds landing in the waters east of San Clemente
Island.
(2) All persons in the area are warned that unexploded
ordinance exists within the shore bombardment
area on San Clemente Island and in the
surrounding waters. All persons should exercise
extreme caution when operating in the area.
(3) Information about scheduled exercises will be
published in the Local Notice to Mariners and also
may be obtained by calling the shore bombardment
area scheduler at (619) 4372844. Vessels in the
vicinity of San Clemente Island may obtain
information on the status of the range by
contacting the Navy Observation Post by marine
radio on channel 16. However, the Navy
Observation Post is normally manned only during
firing exercises. In addition, since the Navy
Observation Post may not be able to received radio
transmissions or answer a vessel calling from the
area described in paragraph (A)(3) of this section
due to interference from the land mass, it is
recommended that callers position their craft for
line-of-sight transmission with the Navy
Observation Posts near Pyramid Cove prior to
assuming that the range is not in use.
(4) Except in an emergency, no vessel shall anchor in
these areas without first obtaining permission from
the Commander, Naval Base, San Diego or from
the senior officer present in the area who may
grant permission to anchor not exceeding the
period of time that he, himself, is authorized to
remain there. The senior officer present shall
advise the Commander, Naval Base, San Diego
when and to whom a berth is assigned.
466
334.960 Pacific Ocean, San Clemente Island,
California; Naval danger zone off West Cove.
(a) The danger zone. The waters of the Pacific Ocean in
an area about one-half mile off the west coast of San
Clemente Island basically outlined as follows:
330040N, 1183545W.
325740N, 1183425W
325710N, 1183540W.
330010N, 1183700W.
330040N, 1183545W.
(b) The regulations.
(1) Intermittent firing may take place in the danger
zone on any day from 8:00 a.m. until 1:00 p.m.
(2) Except as otherwise provided in this section, the
danger zone will be open to fishing and general
navigation.
(3) The operations officer, Naval Ordnance Test
Station Pasadena Annex, Pasadena, California, will
announce firing schedules. Each week, public
notices will be issued giving advance firing
schedules. Such notices will appear in the local
newspapers and in local Notice to Mariners and
Notice to Air men. For the benefit of the
fishermen and small-craft operators announcements
will be made on the marine radio.
(4) When a scheduled firing is about to be undertaken
fishing boats and other small craft will be
contacted by surface patrol boats or aircraft
equipped with a loudspeaker system. Where so
notified, all persons and vessels shall leave the
area immediately by the shortest route. Upon
completion of firing or if the scheduled firing is
cancelled for any reason, fishermen and small-boat
operators will be notified as far in advance as
possible by Marine Radio Broadcast.
334.961 Pacific Ocean, San Clemente Island,
California; Naval danger zone off northwest shore.
(a) The danger zone: The waters of the Pacific Ocean
adjacent to San Clemente Island, California, bounded
by the following coordinates and San Clemente
Island:
Point A - 330138.0N, 1183620W.
Point B - 330111.0N, 1183725W.
Point C - 330011.0N, 1183700W.
Point D - 330005.0N, 1183853W.
Point E - 330255.0N, 1183905W.
Point F - 330425.0N, 1183741W.
Point G - 330202.5N, 1183553W.
(b) The regulations:
(1) No person shall enter this area during closed
periods unless authorized to do so by the enforcing
agency. No vessel or other craft, except vessels of
the U.S. Government or vessels duly authorized by
the enforcing agency shall enter this area during
closure periods.
334.980 Pacific Ocean around San Nicholas
Island, California; Naval restricted area.
(a) The area. The waters of the Pacific Ocean around San
Nicolas Island, Calif, extending about 3 miles
seaward from the shoreline, described as follows:
Point A-331010N, 1192420W.
Point C-331010N, 1193110W.
Point D-331200N, 1193530W.
Point E-331420N, 1193740W.
Point F-331640N, 1193810W.
Home Contents Index

APPENDIX VI

Point G-331910N, 1193710W. (d) The regulations.

Point I-332010N, 1193110W. (2) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (d) (4) of
Point K-331740N, 1192450W. this section, relating to sections BRAVO and
Point L-331350N, 1192150W. CHARLIE, no vessels other than Pacific Missile
(b) Sections of Area. Range craft and those cleared for entry by
(1) ALPHA section is the northerly section of the area COMPMR, or the Officer-in-Charge, San Nicolas
and is described as follows: Island shall enter any section of the area at any
Point G-331910N, 1193710W. time except in an emergency, proceeding with
Point I-332010N, 1193110W. extreme caution.
Point J-331818N, 1192629W. (3) Dredging, dragging, seining, anchoring and other
Point O-331543N, 1192840W. fishing operations within ALPHA section of the
Thence northwesterly along shoreline to Point N area are prohibited at all times.
Point N-331630N, 1193040W. (4) Dredging, dragging, seining, anchoring and other
Point G-331910N, 1193710W. fishing operations are allowed within the
(2) BRAVO section is the westerly section of the area, boundaries of BRAVO and CHARLIE sections at
and is described as follows: all times except when declared closed by
Point N-331630N, 1193040W. COMPMR. Notice that sections BRAVO and/or
Thence westerly, southerly and easterly along the shoreline CHARLIE are closed to fishing shall be given by
to Point M publication of notices to mariners, or may be
Point M-331310N, 1192940W. obtained by monitoring standard Coast Guard radio
Point B-331010N, 1192940W. broadcasts or by contacting the Pacific Missile
Point C-331010N, 1193110W. Range b) telephone or radio. Boats must remain at
Point D-331200N, 1193530W. least 300 yards from the shoreline of San Nicolas
Point E-331420N, 1193740W. Island at all times. Nothing in this provision shall
Point F-331640N, 1193810W. be construed as authorization for personnel to land
Point G-331910N, 1193710W. or San Nicolas Island, except in an emergency.
Point N-331630N, 1193040W.
334.990 Long Beach Harbor, California; Naval
(3) CHARLIE section is the easterly section of the area,
and is described as follows: restricted area.
Point J-331818N, 1192629W. 334.1010 San Francisco Bay in vicinity of Hunters
Point 0-321543N, 1192840W. Point; Naval restricted area.
Thence easterly, southerly and westerly along the shoreline
to Point M 334.1020 San Francisco Bay and Oakland Inner
Point M-331310N, 1192940W. Harbor; restricted areas in vicinity of Naval Air
Point B-331010N, 1192940W. Station, Alameda.
Point A-331010N, 1192420W.
334.1030 Oakland Inner Harbor adjacent to
Point L-331350N, 1192150W.
Point K-331740N, 1192450W.
Alameda Facility, Naval Supply Center, Oakland;
Point J-331818N, 1192629W. restricted area.
(c) Markers. Range markers, as delineated below, are 334.1040 Oakland Inner Harbor in vicinity of
installed at Points M, N, and O for navigational Naval Supply Center, Oakland; restricted area and
purposes to indicate the boundaries between sections naviagtion.
ALPHA, BRAVO, and CHARLIE.
(1) At Point M two triangular markers are installed 334.1050 Oakland Outer Harbor adjacent to
facing southward, 10 feet in length on each side, Military Ocean Terminal, Bay Area, Pier No 8
with red and white diagonal stripes, each marker (Port of Oakland Berth No 10); restricted area.
mounted atop 80-foot poles spaced 100 yards
apart, each pole being located on the line of 334.1060 Oakland Outer Harbor adjacent to the
longitude 1192940W, and near the southerly Oakland Army Base; restricted area.
shoreline at latitude 331310N. The southernmost 334.1070 San Francisco Bay between Treasure
marker is 20 feet below the other. Island and Yerba Island; Naval restricted area.
(2) At Point N two triangular markers are installed
facing northwesterly, 10 feet in length on each 334.1080 San Francisco Bay adjacent to northeast
side, with red and white diagonal stripes, each corner of Treasure Island; Naval restricted area.
marker mounted atop 80-foot poles spaced 100
334.1100 San Pablo Bay, Carquinez Strait and
yards apart, the poles being located near the
northwesterly shoreline at latitude 331630N, Mare Island in vicinity of US Naval Shipyard,
longitude 1193040W. The northernmost marker Mare Island; restricted area.
is 20 feet below the other. 334.1110 Suisun Bay at Naval Weapons Station,
(3) At Point O two triangular markers are installed Concord; restricted area.
facing northeasterly, 10 feet in length on each side,
with red and white diagonal stripes, each marker 334.1120 Pacific Ocean in the vicinity of Point
mounted atop 80-foot poles spaced 100 yards Mugu, California; Naval small arms firing range.
apart, the poles being located near the (a) The danger zone. A triangular area extending westerly
northeasterly shoreline at latitude 331543N, into the waters of the Pacific Ocean from a point on
longitude 1192840W. The northernmost marker the beach north of Point Mugu, California described
is 20 feet below the other. as follows:

467
Home Contents Index
APPENDIX VI
Beginning at
340532, 1190357; thence southwesterly
approximately 4,000 yards to
340422, 1190555; thence northwesterly
approximately 1,500 yards to
340501, 1190617; thence northeasterly to the point
of beginning.
(b) The regulations.
(1) Range firing will normally take place between 6
a.m. and 6 p.m, Thursday through Monday, and
between 6 a.m. and 11:30 p.m, Tuesday and
Wednesday of each week. Within the above
periods, firing will be conducted as determined by
the Commanding Officer, U.S. Naval Construction
Battalion Center, Port Hueneme, Calif.
(2) Except as otherwise provided in this section, the
danger zone will be open to fishing and general
navigation.
(3) The Commanding Officer, U.S. Naval Construction
Battalion Center, Port Hueneme, California, will
announce firing schedules. Each week, public
notices will be issued giving advance firing
schedules. Such notices will appear in the local
newspapers and in local Notice to Mariners, and
Notice to Airmen. For the benefit of fishermen
and small-craft operators, announcements will be
made on the marine radio.
(4) When a scheduled firing is about to be undertaken
or is in progress, a large red flag will be displayed
from the control tower situated at latitude
340532, longitude 1190357, so as to be
clearly visible for a distance of at least three (3)
miles offshore. Safety observers will be on duty at
all times when the warning flag is being displayed
from the tower. Upon completion of firing, or if
the scheduled firing is cancelled for any reason,
fishermen and small-boat operators will be notified
as far in advance as possible by Marine Radio
Broadcast.
(5) Persons, Vessels or other craft shall not enter or
remain in the danger zone when the warning flag
is being displayed unless authorized to do so by
the range officer in the control tower.
334.1130 Pacific Ocean, Western Space and
Missile Center, Vandenberg AFB, California;
danger zones.
(a) The area.
(1) The waters of the Pacific Ocean in an area
extending seaward from the shoreline a distance of
about three nautical miles and basically outlined as
follows:
Station
Point Sal-345408N, 1204015W.
1-345408N, 1204400W.
2-345248N, 1204400W.
3-345000N, 1204030W.
4-344450N, 1204215W.
5-344150N, 1204012W.
6-343512N, 1204245W.
7-343300N, 1204105W.
8-343040N, 1203729W.
9-342418N, 1203000W.
10-342334N, 1202705W.
11-342421N, 1202440W.
12-342720N, 1202440W.
468
Point Sal-345408N, 1204015W.
(2) The danger area described in paragraph (a) (1) of
this section will be divided into zones in order that
certain firing tests and operations, whose
characteristics as to range and reliability permit,
may be conducted without requiring complete
evacuation of the entire area. These zones are
described as follows:
(i) Zone 1. An area extending seaward about three
nautical miles from the shoreline beginning at
Point Sal,
345408, 1204015; thence due west to
345408, 1204400; thence to
345248, 1204400; thence to
345000, 1204030; thence due east to the
shoreline at
345000, 1203630.
(ii) Zone 2. An area extending seaward about three
nautical miles from the shoreline beginning at
345000, 1203630; thence due west to
345000, 1204030, thence to
344528, 1204205; thence due east to the
shoreline a Purisima Point,
344528, 1203815.
(iii) Zone 3. An area extending seaward about three
nautical miles from the shoreline beginning at
Purisima Point
344528, 1203815; thence due west to
344528, 1204205; thence to
344450, 1204215; thence to
344150, 1204012; thence due east to the
shoreline at the mouth of the Santa Ynez River,
344150, 1203620.
(iv) Zone 4. An area extending seaward about three
nautical miles from the shoreline beginning at
the mouth of the Santa Ynez River
344150, 1203620; thence due west to
344150, 1204012; thence to
343512, 1204245; thence
343432, 1204215; thence due east to the
shoreline at Point Arguello,
343432, 1203903.
(v) Zone 5. An area extending seaward about three
nautical miles from the shoreline beginning at
Point Arguello,
343432, 1203903; thence due west to
343432, 1204215; thence to
343300, 1204105; thence to
343040, 1203729; thence due north to the
shoreline at
343315, 1203729.
(vi) Zone 6. An area extending seaward about three
nautical miles from the shoreline beginning at
343315, 1203729; thence due south to
343040, 1203729; thence due east to the
shoreline at
343040, 1203010.
(vii) Zone 7. An area extending seaward about three
nautical miles from the shoreline beginning at
343040, 1203010; thence due west to
343040, 1203729; thence to
342656, 1203306; thence due east to the
shoreline at Point Conception,
342656, 1202810.
(viii) Zone 8. An area extending seaward about three
nautical miles from the shoreline beginning at
Point Conception,
Home Contents Index
APPENDIX VI
342656, 1202810; thence due west to
342656, 1203306; thence to
342418, 1203000; thence to
342334, 1202705; thence shoreward to Point
Conception,
342656, 1202810.
(ix) Zone 9. An area extending seaward about three
nautical miles from the shoreline beginning at
Point Conception,
342656, 1202810; thence seaward to
342334, 1202705; thence to
342421, 1202440; thence due north to the
shoreline at
342720, 1202440.
(b) The regulations.
(1) Except as prescribed in this section or in other
regulations, danger zones will be open to fishing,
location of fixed or movable oil drilling platforms
and general navigation without restrictions.
(2) The stopping or loitering of any person or vessel
is expressly prohibited within Danger Zone 4,
between the mouth of the Santa Ynez River and
Point Arguello, unless prior permission is obtained
from the Commander, Western Space and Missile
Center (WSMC) at Vandenberg AFB, California.
(3) The impacting or missile debris from launch
operations will take place in any one or any group
of zones in the danger areas at frequent and
irregular intervals throughout the year. The
Commander, WSMC, will announce in advance,
the closure of zones hazarded by missile debris
impact. Such advance announcements will appear
in the weekly Notice to Mariners. For the benefit
of fishermen, small craft operators and drilling
platform operators, announcements will also be
made on radio frequency 2182 kc, 2638 kc, VHF
channel 6 (156.30 MHz), VHF channel 12 (156.60
MHz), and VHF channel 16 (156.80 MHz) for
daily announcements. Additionally, information will
be posted on notice boards located outside Port
Control Offices (Harbormasters) at Morro Bay,
Port San Luis, Santa Barbara, Ventura, Channel
Islands, and Port Hueneme Harbors, and any
established harbor of refuge between Santa Barbara
and Morro Bay.
(4) All fishing boats, other small craft, drilling
platforms and shipping vessels with radios are
requested to monitor radio frequency 2182 kc,
2638 kc, VHF channel 6 (156.30 MHz), channel
12 (156.60 MHz), or channel 16 (156.80 MHz)
while in these zones for daily announcements of
zone closures.
(5) When a scheduled launch operation is about to
begin, radio broadcast notifications will be made
periodically, starting at least 24 hours in advance.
Additional contact may be made by surface patrol
boats or aircraft equipped with a loudspeaker
system. When so notified, all persons and all
vessels shall leave the specified zone or zones
immediately by the shortest route.
(6) The Commander, WSMC, will extend full
cooperation relating to the public use of the danger
area and will fully consider every reasonable
request for its use in light of requirements for
national security and safety of persons and
property.
469
(7) Where an established harbor of refuge exists, small
craft may take shelter for the duration of zone
closure.
334.1140 Pacific Ocean at San Miguel Island,
California; Naval danger zone.
(a) The area. The waters around San Miguel Island,
extending about 3 miles seaward from the shoreline
within the following points:
A-340132N, 1202317W.
B-335848N, 1202317W.
C-335848N, 1201500W.
D-340250N, 1201500W.
E-340545N, 1201725W.
F-340700N, 1202005W.
G-340918N, 1202317W.
H-340309N, 1202317W.
(b) Markers. Range markers, as delineated below, are
installed at points A and H for navigational purposes
for both surface vessels and aircraft:
(1) At point A two triangular markers are installed
facing southward, 10 feet in length on each side,
with red and white diagonal stripes, each marker
mounted atop 80-foot poles spaced 100 yards
apart, each pole being placed on the line of
longitude 1202317W. and near the southerly
shoreline at latitude 340132N. The southernmost
marker is 20 feet below the other.
(2) At point H two triangular markers are installed
facing true north 10 feet in length on each side,
with red and white diagonal stripes, each marker
mounted atop 80-foot poles spaced 100 yards
apart, each pole being placed on the line of
longitude 1202317W, and near the northwesterly
shoreline at latitude 340309N. The northernmost
marker is 20 feet below the other.
(c) The regulations.
(1) Except as prescribed in this section or in other
regulations, the danger zone will be open to
fishing and general navigation. Bomb drops
between designated hours are expected to be
intermittent, and when safe to do so, commercial
fishing boats and other small craft will be granted
permission to proceed through the danger zone. All
vessels permitted to enter the zone during a
scheduled bomb drop period, other than those
owned or operated by the U.S. Government, shall
proceed across the zone by the most direct route
and clear the area as soon as possible. When bomb
drops are not scheduled, the zone may be occupied
without restriction.
(2) The anchoring, stopping, or loitering by any
person, vessel, fishing boat, or recreational craft
within the danger zone during scheduled
firing/drop hours is expressly prohibited.
(3) The bomb drops will take place in the danger zone
at frequent and irregular intervals throughout the
year. Danger zone usage demands are identified in
the Eleventh Coast Guard District, Local Notice
to Mariners. Announcements will also be made on
marine radio channel 16, at 0800 local time, 1200
local time and/ or 1 hour prior to bomb drop
operations. Status of the zone and/or permission to
enter, may be requested by calling Plead Control
on marine channel 16 or by calling the Pacific
Home Contents Index
APPENDIX VI
Missile Test Center (PMTC) on telephone number
(805) 982-8280 or 982-8841.
(4) The Commander, PMTC will extend full
cooperation relating to the public use of the danger
zone area and will fully consider every reasonable
request for its use in light of requirements for
national security and safety of persons and
property.
(6) Landing by any vessel or going ashore by any
person on San Miguel Island is specifically
prohibited without prior permission of the
Superintendent, Channel Islands National Park.
Applications for such permission should be made
to: Superintendent, Channel Islands National Park,
1699 Anchors Way Drive, Ventura, California
93003.
334.1150 Monterey Bay, California; (a) Firing
range, Fort Ord; (b) Navy mining operations area.
(a) Firing range, Fort Ord, Calif.
(1) The danger zone.
(i) A rectangular area in Monterey Bay, the southerly
limit of which is an extension seaward of the
southerly line of the Fort Ord Military Reservation
boundary and bears 307 true, 8,000 yards from a
point on the shore at latitude 363747, longitude
1215028, and the northerly limit of which is a
line bearing 307 true, 8,000 yards, from a point
on the shore at latitude 364157, longitude
1214830, opposite Marina, Monterey County,
Calif. The seaward boundary is a straight line
joining the outer ends of the southerly and the
northerly boundaries at the 8,000 yard range and is
approximately parallel to the shore.
(ii) The danger zone is divided into a short range area,
extending seaward from the shore a distance of
5,000 yards measured along the southerly and
northerly boundaries, and a long range area
embracing the entire danger zone.
(2) The regulations.
(i) The 5,000 yard shore range area is prohibited to
all persons, vessels and craft, except those
authorized by the enforcing agency, each week,
between dawn and midnight from Monday through
470
Friday and between dawn and dusk on Saturday
and Sunday.
(ii) The area between the 5,000 yard short range and
the 8,000 yard seaward boundary of the danger
zone may be used at all times for navigation and
fishing, except when advance notice of intention to
use this area has been given by the enforcing
agency by one or more of the following means.
(a) Notice published in Monterey County and Santa
Cruz County daily newspapers, at least two
days in advance of the date of said use.
(b) Display of red flags at Indian Head Beach and
near the Point Pinos Lighthouse.
(c) Radio Broadcast.
(d) Notice to individual craft by a visit of a United
States vessel.
(e) Telephone advice to such fishermens
organizations as may request, in writing, that
such advice be given.
(b) Navy mining operations area.
(1) The danger zone. Shoreward of a line beginning at
the stack at about latitude 365806, longitude
1215406; thence 230 true, 6.0 miles; thence 140
true, 7.5 miles; thence 50 true to the shore.
(2) The regulations. The danger zone will be used for
training in various phases of mine warfare operations.
During the period from August I to February 15,
inclusive, each year, no operations will be carried on
which will involve placing any obstructions in the
water nor will any operations be carried on at night.
During the period from February 16 to July 31,
inclusive, each year, operations may be carried on
which will involve laying exercise mines and other
moored or bottom obstructions. In each case when
moored or bottom obstructions are laid a notice to
mariners will be issued giving notice of their
approximate location within the danger zone, and all
persons and vessels shall keep clear.
334.1160 San Pablo Bay, California; target
practice area, Mare Island Naval Shipyard, Vallejo.
334.1170 San Pablo Bay, California; gunnery
range, Naval Inshore Operations Training Center,
Mare Island, Vallejo.
Home Contents Index
APPENDIXVII
APPENDIX VII
NAVIGATION RULES FOR UNITED STATES INLAND WATERS
Inland Navigational Rules Act of 1980 modifies the
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea, 1972 for use in US Inland Waters, inshore of
established lines of demarcation. These lines are
shown, where appropriate, on Admiralty charts and
described in this volume.
The Navigation Rules for US Inland Waters follow closely
International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at
Sea, 1972, the Rules having corresponding numbers
and usually corresponding paragraph numbers as well.
This Appendix shows only those Rules for US Inland
Waters or parts of those Rules, which differ from the
International Regulations, except where the
modifications are of no navigational significance. The
modifications are shown in italic type; where matter
has been omitted, this is indicated by the use of
@@@.
PART A GENERAL
Rule 1
Application
The complete Rule has been rewritten:
(a) These Rules apply to all vessels upon the inland
waters of the United States, and to vessels of the
United States on the Canadian waters of the Great
Lakes to the extent that there is no conflict with
Canadian law.
(b)(i) These Rules constitute special rules made by an
appropriate authority within the meaning of Rule
1(b) of the International Regulations.
(ii) All vessels complying with the construction and
equipment requirements of the International
Regulations are considered to be in compliance
with these Rules.
(c) Nothing in these Rules shall interfere with the
operation of any special rules made by the Secretary
of the Navy with respect to additional station or
signal lights and shapes or whistle signals for ships of
war and vessels proceeding under convoy, or by the
Secretary with respect to additional station or signal
lights and shapes for fishing vessels engaged in
fishing as a fleet. These additional station or signal
lights and shapes or whistle signals shall, so far as
possible, be such that they cannot be mistaken for
any light, shape, or signal authorized elsewhere under
these Rules. Notice of such special rules shall be
published in the Federal Register and, after the
effective date specified in such notice, they shall have
effect as if they were a part of these Rules.!
(d) Traffic separation schemes may be established for the
purposes of these Rules. Vessel traffic service
regulations may be in effect in certain areas.
(e) Whenever the Secretary determines that a vessel or
class of vessels of special construction or purpose
cannot comply fully with the provisions of any of
these Rules with respect to the number, position,
range, or arc of visibility of lights or shapes, as well
as to the disposition and characteristics of sound
signalling appliances, without interfering with the
471
special function of the vessel, the vessel shall comply
with such other provisions in regard to the number,
position, range, or arc of visibility of lights or shapes,
as well as to the disposition and characteristics of
sound signalling appliances, as the Secretary shall
have determined to be the closest possible compliance
with these Rules. The Secretary may issue a
certificate of alternative compliance for a vessel or
class of vessels specifying the closest possible
compliance with these Rules. The Secretary of the
Navy shall make these determinations and issue
certificates of alternative compliance for vessels of
the Navy.
(f) The Secretary may accept a certificate of alternative
compliance issued by a contracting party to the
International Regulations if he determines that the
alternative compliance standards of the contracting
party are substantially the same as those of the
United States.
! Submarines may display, as a distinctive means of
identification, an intermittent flashing amber (yellow)
beacon with a sequence of operation of one flash per
second for three (3) seconds followed by a three (3)
second off period. Other special rules made by the
Secretary of the Navy with respect to additional
station and signal lights are found in Part 706 of
Title 32, Code of Federal Regulations (32 CFR 706).
Rule 3
General Definitions
Paragraph (h) of the International Regulations is omitted,
paragraphs (i), (j), (k) and (l) become (h), (i), (j) and
(k) and new paragraphs (l) to (q) have been added:
(l) Western Rivers means the Mississippi River, its
tributaries, South Pass, and Southwest Pass, to the
navigational demarcation lines dividing the high seas
from harbors, rivers and other inland waters of the
United States, and the Port Allen-Morgan City
Alternate Route, and that part of the Atchafalaya
River above its junction with the Port Allen-Morgan
City Alternate Route including the Old River and the
Red River;
(m) Great Lakes means the Great Lakes and their
connecting tributary waters including the Calumet
River as far as the Thomas J. OBrien Lock and
Controlling Waters (between mile 326 and 327), the
Chicago River as far as the east side of the Ashland
Avenue Bridge (between mile 321 and 322), and the
Saint Lawrence River as far east as the lower exit of
Saint Lambert Lock;
(n) Secretary means the Secretary of the Department in
which the Coast Guard is operating;
(o) Inland Waters means the navigable waters of the
United States shoreward of the navigational
demarcation lines dividing the high seas from
harbors, rivers, and other inland waters of the United
States and the waters of the Great Lakes on the
United States side of the International Boundary;
(p) Inland Rules or Rules mean the Inland
Navigational Rules and the annexes thereto, which
govern the conduct of vessels and specify the lights,
Home Contents Index
APPENDIXVII
shapes, and sound signals that apply on inland
waters; and
(q) International Regulations means the International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972,
including annexes currently in force for the United
States.
PART B. STEERING AND SAILING RULES
Rule 9
Narrow Channels
Paragraphs (a)(i) and (ii) and (e)(i) have been rewritten:
(a)(i) A vessel proceeding along the course of a narrow
channel or fairway shall keep as near to the outer
limit of the channel or fairway which lies on her
starboard side as is safe and practicable.
(ii) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(i) and Rule 14(a),
a power driven vessel operating in narrow
channels or fairways on the Great Lakes, Western
Rivers, or waters specified by the Secretary, and
proceeding downbound with a following current
shall have the right of way over an upbound
vessel, shall propose the manner and place of
passage, and shall initiate the maneuvering signals
prescribed by Rule 34(a)(i), as appropriate. The
vessel proceeding upbound against the current
shall hold as necessary to permit safe passing.
(e)(i) In a narrow channel or fairway when overtaking,
the power driven vessel vessel intending to overtake
another power driven vessel shall indicate her
intention by sounding the appropriate signal
prescribed in Rule 34(c) and take steps to permit
safe passing. The power driven vessel being
overtaken, if in agreement, shall sound the same
signal and may, if specifically agreed to take steps
to permit safe passing. If in doubt she shall sound
the danger signal prescribed in Rule 34(d).
Rule 10
Traffic separation schemes
Paragraph (a) has been rewritten:
(a) This Rule applies to traffic separation schemes ... and
does not relieve any vessel of her obligation under
any other Rule.
Rule 14
Head-on Situation
Paragraph (a) has been rewritten and new paragraph (d)
added:
(a) Unless otherwise agreed, when two power driven
vessels are meeting on reciprocal or nearly reciprocal
courses so as to involve risk of collision each shall
alter her course to starboard so that each shall pass
on the port side of the other.
(d) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this Rule, a power
driven vessel operating on the Great Lakes, Western
Rivers, or waters specified by the Secretary, and
472
proceeding downbound with a following current shall
have the right of way over an upbound vessel, shall
propose the manner of passage, and shall initiate the
maneuvering signals prescribed by Rule 34(a)(i), as
appropriate.
Rule 15
Crossing Situation
Existing Rule of the International Regulations becomes
paragraph (a) and new paragraph (b) added:
(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a), on the Great Lakes,
Western Rivers, or water specified by the Secretary, a
power driven vessel crossing a river shall keep out of
the way of a power driven vessel ascending or
descending the river.
Rule 18
Responsibilities Between Vessels
Paragraphs (d)(i) and (d)(ii) of the International Regulations
have been omitted, paragraph (e) becomes paragraph
(d).
PART C. LIGHTS AND SHAPES
Rule 21
Definitions
Paragraphs (a) and (b) have been rewritten and new
paragraph (g) has been added:
(a) Masthead light means a white light placed over the
fore and aft centerline of the vessel showing an
unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 225
degrees and so fixed as to show the light from right
ahead to 22@5 degrees abaft the beam on either side
of the vessel, except that on a vessel of less than 12
meters in length the masthead light shall be placed as
nearly as practicable to the fore and aft centerline of
the vessel.
(b) Sidelights mean a green light on the starboard side
and a red light on the port side each showing an
unbroken light over an arc of the horizon of 112@5
degrees and so fixed as to show the light from right
ahead to 22 @5 degrees abaft the beam on its
respective side. In a vessel of less than 20 meters in
length the sidelights may be combined in one lantern
carried on the fore and aft centerline of the vessel,
except that on a vessel of less than 12 meters in
length the sidelights when combined in one lantern
shall be placed as nearly as practicable to the fore
and aft centerline of the vessel.
(g) Special flashing light means a yellow light flashing
at regular intervals at a frequency of 50 to 70 flashes
per minute, placed as far forward and as nearly as
practicable on the fore and aft centerline of the tow
and showing an unbroken light over an arc of the
horizon of not less than 180 degrees nor more than
225 degrees and so fixed as to show the light from
right ahead to abeam and no more than 22@5 degrees
abaft the beam on either side of the vessel.
Home Contents Index
APPENDIXVII
Rule 22
Visibility of Lights
Add at the end of paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of the
International Regulations:
...a special flashing light, 2 miles.
Rule 23
Power driven Vessels Underway
Paragraphs (c)(ii) and (c)(iii) of the International
Regulations have been omitted, paragraph (b) has
been rewritten and new paragraph (d) has been added.
(b) An air cushion vessel when operating in
non-displacement mode shall, in addition to the lights
prescribed in paragraph (a) of this Rule, exhibit an all
round flashing yellow light, where it can best be
seen.
(d) A power driven vessel when operating on the Great
Lakes may carry an all round white light in lieu of
the second masthead light and sternlight prescribed in
paragraph (a) of this Rule. The light shall be carried
in the position of the second masthead light and be
visible at the same minimum range.
Rule 24
Towing and Pushing
Paragraphs (a), (c), (d), (f), (g), and (h) have been
rewritten, paragraph (i) becomes paragraph (j), and
new paragraph (i) has been added:
(a) A power driven vessel when towing astern shall
exhibit:
(i) Instead of the light prescribed in Rule 23(a)(i) or
(a)(ii), two masthead lights in a vertical line. When
the length of the tow, measuring from the stern of
the towing vessel to the after end of the tow
exceeds 200 meters, three such lights in a vertical
line;
(ii) sidelights;
(iii) a sternlight;
(iv) a towing light in a vertical line above the
sternlight;
(v) when the length of the tow exceeds 200 meters, a
diamond shape where it can best be seen.
(c) A power driven vessel when pushing ahead or towing
alongside, except as required by paragraphs (b) and
(i) of this Rule, shall exhibit:
(i) instead of the light prescribed either in Rule
23(a)(i) or 23(a)(ii), two mastheads lights in a
vertical line.
(ii) sidelights; and
(iii) two towing lights in a vertical line.
(d) A power driven vessel to which paragraphs (a) or (c)
of this Rule apply shall also comply with Rule
23(a)(i) and 23(a)(ii).
(f) Provided that any number of vessels being towed
alongside or pushed in a group shall be lighted as
one vessel, except as provided in paragraph (iii):
(i) a vessel being pushed ahead, not being part of a
composite unit, shall exhibit at the forward end,
sidelights, and a special flashing light;
473
(ii) a vessel being towed alongside shall exhibit a
sternlight and at the forward end, sidelights, and a
special flashing light;
(iii) when vessels are towed alongside on both sides of
the towing vessels a sternlight shall be exhibited
on the stern of the outboard vessel on each side of
the towing vessel, and a single set of sidelights as
far forward and as far outboard as is practicable,
and a single special flashing light;
(g) An inconspicuous, partly submerged vessel or object,
or combination of such vessels or objects being
towed, shall exhibit:
(i) if it is less than 25 meters in breadth, one all
round white light at or near each end;
(ii) if it is 25 meters or more in breadth, four all
round white lights to mark its length and breadth;
(iii) if it exceeds 100 meters in length, additional all
round white lights between the lights prescribed in
subparagraphs (i) and (ii) so that the distance
between the lights shall not exceed 100 meters:
Provided, that any vessels or objects being towed
alongside each other shall be lighted as one vessel
or object;
(iv) a diamond shape at or near the aftermost extremity
of the last vessel or object being towed...
(v) the towing vessel may direct a searchlight in the
direction of the tow to indicate its presence to an
approaching vessel.
(h) Where from any sufficient cause it is impracticable
for a vessel or object being towed to exhibit the
lights...prescribed in paragraph (e) or (g) of this Rule,
all possible measures shall be taken to light the vessel
or object towed or at least to indicate the presence of
the unlighted vessel or object.
(i) Notwithstanding paragraph (c), on the Western Rivers
(except below the Huey P. Long Bridge on the
Mississippi River) and on waters specified by the
Secretary, a power driven vessel when pushing ahead
or towing alongside, except as paragraph (b) applies,
shall exhibit:
(i) sidelights; and
(ii) two towing lights in a vertical line.
(j) Where from any sufficient cause it is impracticable
for a vessel not normally engaged in towing
operations to display the lights prescribed by
paragraph (a),(c) or (i) of this Rule, such vessel shall
not be required to exhibit those lights when engaged
in towing another vessel in distress or otherwise in
need of assistance. All possible measures shall be
taken to indicate the nature of the relationship
between the towing vessel and the vessel being towed
as authorized by Rule 36, in particular by illuminating
the tow.
Rule 25
Sailing Vessels Underway and
Vessels under Oars
Paragraph (e) has been rewritten:
(e) A vessel proceeding under sail when also being
propelled by machinery shall exhibit forward where it
can best be seen a conical shape, apex downwards. A
vessel of less than 12 meters in length is not required
to exhibit this shape, but may do so.
Home Contents Index
APPENDIXVII
Rule 27
Vessels Not Under Command or Restricted in
Their Ability to Maneuver
Paragraphs (b)(iii), (c) and (d)(iii) have been rewritten:
(b)(iii) when making way through the water, masthead
lights, sidelights and a sternlight and a sternlight in
addition to the lights prescribed in sub-paragraph
(b)(i);
(c) A power driven vessel engaged in a towing operation
such as severely restricts the towing vessel and her
tow in their ability to deviate from their course shall,
in addition to the lights or shapes prescribed in
subparagraphs (b)(i) and (ii) of this Rule, exhibit the
lights or shape prescribed in Rule 24.
(d)(iii) when at anchor, the lights or shapes prescribed in
this paragraph instead of the lights or shape
prescribed in Rule 30, for anchored vessels.
Rule 28
Vessels Constrained by their Draught
Rule 28 of the International Regulations has been omitted
from the Inland Rules.
Rule 30
Anchored Vessels and Vessels Aground
Paragraph (d) has been rewritten and paragraph (g) has
been added:
(d) A vessel aground shall exhibit the lights prescribed in
paragraph (a) or (b) of this Rule and in addition, if
practicable, where they can best be seen:
(i) two all round red lights in a vertical line;
(ii) three balls in a vertical line.
(g) A vessel of less than 20 meters in length, when at
anchor in a special anchorage area designated by the
Secretary, shall not be required to exhibit the anchor
lights and shapes required by this Rule.
PART D. SOUND AND LIGHT SIGNALS
Rule 34
Maneuvering and Warning Signals.
Paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) have been rewritten and new
paragraphs (g) and (h) have been added:
(a) When power driven vessels are in sight of one
another and meeting or crossing at a distance within
half a mile of each other, each vessel underway, when
maneuvering as authorized or required by these
Rules:
(i) shall indicate that maneuver by the following
signals on her whistle: one short blast to mean I
intend to leave you on my port side; two short
blasts to mean I intend to leave you on my
starboard side; and three short blasts to mean I
am operating astern propulsion.
(ii) upon hearing the one or two blast signal of the
other shall, if in agreement, sound the same
whistle signal and take the steps necessary to
effect a safe passing. If, however, from any cause,
the vessel doubts the safety of the proposed
474
maneuver, she shall sound the danger signal
specified in paragraph (d) of this Rule and each
vessel shall take appropriate precautionary action
until a safe passing agreement is made.
(b) Any vessel may supplement the whistle signals
prescribed in paragraph (a) of this Rule by light
signals:
(i) these signals shall have the following significance:
 one flash to mean I intend to leave you on my
port side;
 two flashes to mean I intend to leave you on my
starboard side;
 three flashes to mean I am operating astern
propulsion;
(ii) the duration of each flash shall be about 1 second;
and
(iii) the light used for this signal shall, if fitted, be an
all round white or yellow light, visible at a
minimum range of 2 miles, synchronized with the
whistle, and shall comply with the provisions of
Annex I to these Rules.
(c) When in sight of one another:
(i) a power driven vessel intending to overtake
another power driven vessel shall indicate her
intention by the following signals on her whistle:
 one short blast to mean I intend to overtake you
on your starboard side;
 two short blasts to mean I intend to overtake you
on your port side, and
(ii) the power driven vessel about to be overtaken
shall, if in agreement, sound a similar signal. If in
doubt she shall sound the danger signal prescribed
in paragraph (d).
(g) When a power driven vessel is leaving a dock or
berth, she shall sound one prolonged blast.
(h) A vessel that reaches agreement with another vessel
in a head on, crossing, or overtaking situation, as for
example, by using the radiotelephone as prescribed
by the Bridge-to-Bridge Radiotelephone Act (85 Stat.
164; 33 U.S.C 1201 et seq.), is not obliged to sound
the whistle signals prescribed by this Rule, but may
do so. If agreement is not reached, then whistle
signals shall be exchanged in a timely manner and
shall prevail.
Rule 35
Sound Signals in Restricted Visibility
Paragraph (c) has been rewritten and paragraph (d) of the
International Regulations has been omitted.
Paragraphs (e), (f), (g), (h), (i) and (j) become (d),
(e), (f), (g), (h) and (i); and new paragraph (j) has
been added:
(c) A vessel not under command; a vessel restricted in
her ability to maneuver whether underway or at
anchor; ..., a sailing vessel; a vessel engaged in
fishing, whether underway or at anchor; and a vessel
engaged in towing or pushing another vessel shall,
instead of the signals prescribed in paragraphs (a) or
(b) of this Rule, sound at intervals of not more than 2
minutes, three blasts in succession; namely one
prolonged followed by two short blasts.
(j) The following vessels shall not be required to sound
signals as prescribed in paragraph (f) of this Rule
when anchored in a special anchorage area
designated by the Secretary:
Home Contents Index
APPENDIXVII
(i) a vessel of less than 20 meters in length; and
(ii) a barge, canal boat, scow or other nondescript
craft.
Rule 36
The complete Rule has been rewritten:
Signals to Attract Attention
If necessary to attract the attention of another vessel, any
vessel may make light or sound signals that cannot be
mistaken for any signal authorized elsewhere in these
Rules, or may direct the beam of her searchlight in
the direction of the danger, in such a way as not to
embarrass any vessel.
Rule 37
Distress Signals
While this Rule remains unaltered an additional signal is
given in Annexe IV to the Inland Rules, namely:
(o) A high intensity white light flashing at regular
intervals from 50 to 70 times per minute.
Rule 38
Exemptions
This rule has been completely rewritten in full:
Any vessel or class of vessels, the keel of which is laid or
which is at a corresponding stage of construction
before December 24, 1980, provided that she
complies with the requirements of:
(a) The Act of June 7, 1897 (30 Stat. 96), as amended
(33 U.S.C. 154232) for vessels navigating the
waters subject to that statute;
(b) Section 4233 of the Revised Statutes (33 U.S.C.
301356) for vessels navigating the waters subject
to that statute;
475
(c) The Act of February 8, 1895 (28 Stat. 645), as
amended (33 U.S.C. 241295) for vessels
navigating the waters subject to that statute; or
(d) Sections 3, 4, and 5 of the Act of April 25, 1940
(54 Stat. 163), as amended (46 U.S.C. 526 b, c,
and d) for motorboats navigating the waters subject
to that statute; shall be exempted from compliance
with the technical Annexes to these Rules as
follows:
(i) The installation of lights with ranges prescribed
in Rule 22, until 4 years after the effective date
of these Rules, except that vessels of less than
20 meters in length are permanently exempt;.
(ii) The installation of lights with color
specifications as prescribed in Section 7 of
Annex 1 to these Rules, until 4 years after the
effective date of these Rules, except that vessels
of less than 20 meters in length are permanently
exempt;
(iii) The repositioning of lights as a result of a
conversion to metric units and rounding off
measurement figures, are permanently exempt,
and:
(iv) The horizontal repositioning of masthead lights
prescribed by Annex I to these Rules:
1. on vessels of less than 150 metres in length,
permanent exemption.
2 on vessels of 150 metres or more in length,
until 9 years after the effective date of these
Rules.
(v) The restructuring or repositioning of all lights to
meet the prescriptions of Annex I to these Rules,
until 9 years after the effective date of these
Rules.
(vi) Power driven vessels of 12 meters or more but
less than 20 meters in length are permanently
exempt from the provisions of Rule 23 (a)(i) and
Rule 23 (a)(iv) provided that, in place of these
lights, the vessel exhibits a white light aft visible
all round the horizon; and:
(vii) The requirements for sound signal appliances
prescribed in Annex III to these Rules, until 9
years after the effective date of these Rules.
Home Contents Index

Distance table - Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States

Note: For further information and notes on

distances, see Admiralty Distance Tables
Pacific Ocean Table 12 and Index Chart 1.

ce
an
tr
la

En
ut

co
aj

r
ul

ve
o
Ac

ap

ls
oa

Ri
Fa
Ac

lb

a
620 Ba

bi
bo

y
m
834 1420

Ba
Ca

lu

it
1295 681 2104

Co

os

to

ra
as
2954 2340 3764 1660

Co

rin

St
y
m

lu

Ba
2788 2174 3598 1494 170

Co

ay

)
ca

ca
lu
476

174 786 682 1461 3120 2954

Gu

Fu
lt
no

Ri
bo
1555 941 2365 337 1996 1830 1721

Ho

llo
de

ta
m
3906 3293 4694 2662 2233 2141 4071 2998

Hu

os
ni

is
an

za

Lu
n

(C
2633 2019 3443 1339 329 162 2799 1675 2076

Ju

la
an

at

n
3092 2478 3901 1797 143 310 3258 2134 2286 466

as
Sa
M

az

en

uz
912 298 1722 392 2051 1885 1078 652 3013 1730 2189

rt

ar

Cr
1196 582 2006 197 1857 1690 1363 379 2859 1535 1994

o
294

Po

sc
nt

eg
2246 1632 3055 951 721 555 2412 1288 2126 400 859 1343 1148

Pu

ci
lin

Di

an
413 1010 469 1685 3344 3178 261 1945 4284 3023 3482 1302 1587 2636

Sa

Fr
n
353 299 1170 974 2633 2467 519 1234 3586 2312 2771 593 876 1925 749

Sa

n
2025 1411 2834 731 956 790 2191 1067 2272 635 1094 1122 927 247 2415 1704

Sa
2423 1809 3232 1129 535 369 2589 1465 2080 214 672 1520 1325 190 2813 2102 425
Home Contents Index
Abalone Point: (3940N, 12348W) 11.36 Algodones, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191
Abalone Point: near Newport Bay . . . 8.160
Abalone Point: Santa Catalina Island . . 8.83
Abbey Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.67
Aberdeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.22
Abernathy Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55
Abreojos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.55
Acajutla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.155
Acamama, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.88
Acantilado Blanco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Acantilado, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.146
Acantilado, Punta: Baja California . . 6.248
Acantilado, Punta: Isla Angel
de la Guarda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.237
Acapulco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.95
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.102
Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.113
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.108
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.95
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.103
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.101
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.116
Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.117
Acapulco, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.103
Acapulco, Heads of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.97
Acatenango, Volcn de . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.165
Ackerman, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.176
Acme, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.122
Acorazado, Caleta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.28
Adair, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.217
Adams, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.87
Adams Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.337
Adams Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.87
Adams, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.21
Adela, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
Adelarda, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11
Adentro, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.41
Afuera, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17
Afuera, Isla Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16
Afuera, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.41
Afuerita, Isleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17
Agerholm Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Agiabampo, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.43
Agua Brava Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.238
Agua Dulce, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.207
Agua Dulce, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59
Agua Pepa, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.22
Agua Verde, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.149
Agua, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.165
Aguda, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.43
Agudo, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169
Aguja, Cerro La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11
Aguja, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.181
Agujas, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.111
Agujas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.13
Ahogada, Piedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.111
Ahome, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.39
Alajo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.185
Alameda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.105
Naval Air Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.119
Alamitos Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.200
Alamos, Pico de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.36
Alamos, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.39
Alava, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.78
Albatross Plateau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44
Albion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.43
Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.43
Albion, River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.43
Alcatraz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86
Alcatraz Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.46
Alcatraz, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.26
Alcatraz Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.53
Alder Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.51
Alexander Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59
INDEX
Arenal=extensive area of sand;
Algodones, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.40
Algodones, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191
Alijos, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.39
Allegany . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.71
Almagre Chico, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.70
Almagre Grande, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.59
Almejas, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.21
Alotengo, Laguna de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86
Alphecca Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Alsea Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95
Alsea River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95
Altamura, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.22
Altamura, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.22
Altata, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.21
Altata, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.21
Alto, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.202
Alviso Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.150
Amapala, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.103
Amapala, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.123
Ameca, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.216
Americano, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.17
Amortajada, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.145
Amphitrite Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.28
Anacapa Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.279
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.236
Anacapa Passage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.329
Anaheim Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.154
Anderson Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.51
Anderson Cliff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55
Anegada, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17
Anegada, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.258
Angel de la Guarda, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . 6.234
Angel Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.46
ngel, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.68
Angora Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.139
Animas, Baha de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.252
Animas, Boca de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.46
Animas, Isla las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.237
Animas, Morro de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.122
Animas, Punta de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.248
nimas, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.137
Anita Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.53
Antioch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.281
Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.292
Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.284
Ao Nuevo Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
Ao Nuevo, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
Api, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.122
Aptos Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.86
Apusabalcos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.122
Arago, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.38
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.37
Arboleda, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.40
Arcata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.90
Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.83
Arch Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.101
Arch Rock: Anacapa Island . . . . . . . . 8.291
Arch Rock: Orford Reef . . . . . . . . . . . 12.10
Arch Rock: San Francisco Bay . . . . . 10.55
Archimedes Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Arco, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191
Arcos, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.204
Arena Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.73
Arena Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.31
Arena, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15
Arena, Punta: Baja California . . . . . . . 6.79
Arena, Punta: Isla Carmen . . . . . . . . . 6.140
Arena, Punta: Santa Cruz Island . . . . 8.326
Arena Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15
Arena=sand; see proper name
Arenaita, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.43
Arena de la Ventana, Punta . . . . . . . . . 6.93
477
see proper name
Arenas, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.28
Arenas, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.34
Arenitas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
Arguello Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.70
Arguello, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.291
Arista, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.35
Arlington . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.167
Armeria, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.151
Armuelles, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.65
Army Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.243
Arranca Barba, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.187
Arranca Cabello, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . 6.106
Arrecife=reef; see proper name
Arriba, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.185
Arrow Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.83
Arrowhead Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.65
Arroyo=stream, rivulet; see proper name
Arroyo Grande Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.12
Artavio, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.30
Asadero, Barra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.239
Aserradores, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.67
Asososca, Cerro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
Assoco, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
Astillero, Canal del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.252
Astillero, Estero del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.246
Astor Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.24
Astorga, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.50
Astoria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.38
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.43
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.38
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.42
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.47
Principal berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.46
Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.48
Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.20
Astronaut Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.184
Asuncin, Baha la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.69
Asuncin, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67
Asuncin, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67
Atad, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.76
Atitln, Lago de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.164
ATLAS buoys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4
Atlas Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.22
Atrevido, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9
Audiencia, Punta la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.169
Aumentos Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.77
Austro, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.61
Avalon Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.86
Avila Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19
Avila Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.22
Avisadero, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.84
Ayala Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.67
Ayuta, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.72
Ayuta, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.66
Ayuta, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.66
Ayuta, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.72
Azada, Escollera l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.246
Azufre, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.37
Azufre, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.135
Azufre, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.76
Azul, Playa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.146
Babiri, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.31
Bacatete, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.37
Bachelor Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.78
Bacochibampo, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.194
Bacochibampo, Ensenada de . . . . . . . 6.194
Baha de Santa Maria Light . . . . . . . . 6.259
Baha=bay; see proper name
Bahokus Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.76
Baja California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2
Home Contents Index
Seamount Province . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44
State of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2
Baja California Sur, State of . . . . . . . . . . 6.2
Baja, Punta: Baja California, W coast 7.117
Baja, Punta: Cabo Virgenes . . . . . . . . 6.224
Baja, Punta: Guaymas . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.62
Baja, Punta: Isla Carmen . . . . . . . . . . 6.140
Baja, Punta: near Isla Tiburn . . . . . . 6.191
Baja, Punta: Ro Colorado . . . . . . . . . 6.213
Baja, Punta: Topolobampo . . . . . . . . . . 6.32
Bajo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.213
Bajo=shoal; see proper name
Baker Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.30
Balboa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.141
Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.144
Bald Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.35
Bald Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7
Ballandra, Puerto: Baha de La Paz . . 6.131
Ballandra, Puerto: Isla Carmen . . . . . 6.154
Ballast Point: San Diego Bay . . . . . . . . 8.42
Ballast Point: Santa Catalina Island . . . 8.89
Ballena, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.154
Ballena Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.138
Ballena, Isla: Baha Uvita . . . . . . . . . 3.109
Ballena, Isla: Baha de La Paz . . . . . . 6.104
Ballena, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.63
Ballena, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.128
Ballena, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.172
Ballena, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.55
Ballenas, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.59
Ballenas, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.244
Ballenitas, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.112
Balleto, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.202
Ballona Lagoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.247
Balsa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.57
Balsamo, Costa del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.150
Balsas, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.133
Baltasar, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15
Baltimore Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.65
Baluarte, Ro del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.237
Bamba, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.71
Banco, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
Banco=bank; see proper name
Banda, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.146
Banda, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.153
Bandera, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.40
Banderas, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.203
Bandon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.40
Bar Rock Light: Chetco River . . . . . . 12.19
Barca, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11
Barco Quebrada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164
Barkley Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.79
Baroyeca, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.37
Barquito, Caleta el . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.29
Barra=bar; see proper name
Barracas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.79
Barracas, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.183
Barranca, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.143
Barrel Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.112
Barretts Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.83
Barrn, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.237
Barview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.69
Base, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.132
Bat Rock: Cuyler Harbor . . . . . . . . . . 8.318
Battery Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.109
Battle Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.28
Bay Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.20
Bay City: Grays Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . 14.47
Bay City: Tillamook Bay . . . . . . . . . 12.146
Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.146
Bay Farm Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.137
Bay Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.144
Bayona, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.243
Bayona, Sierra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.241
Beacon Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.317
Bear River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.64
Bear Valley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.26
Beaver Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.49
Bechers Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.317
INDEX
Bee Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.326
Begg Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.93
Bejuco, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134
Bejuco, Punta: (810N, 8210W) . . . . 3.38
Bejuco, Punta: (949N, 8520W) . . . 3.162
Belcher, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67
Belcher, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.29
Belitre, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.45
Belle Vue Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.82
Bells Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.37
Bells Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.37
Belmont Pier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.193
Belmont Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.163
Belvedere . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.61
Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.66
Belvedere, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.252
Ben, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.130
Ben Weston Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.103
Benicia Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.260
Benicia Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.250
Benito de Enmedio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.88
Benito del Este . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.87
Benito del Oeste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.86
Bennett, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.326
Beredito, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.22
Beredito, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.22
Berkeley Pier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.180
Berkeley Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.180
Berkeley Yacht Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . 10.180
Bernoulli Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Berraco, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.42
Best Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.12
Bethel Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.302
Big Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55
Big Lagoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.98
Big River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.45
Big Sur River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.46
Big White Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.58
Bingen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.160
Bird Island: Bonita Channel . . . . . . . . 10.52
Bird Rock: Cape San Martin . . . . . . . . 9.49
Bird Rock: Isthmus Cove . . . . . . . . . . . 8.88
Bird Rock: Point La Jolla . . . . . . . . . . 8.113
Bird Rock: Port San Luis . . . . . . . . . . . 9.22
Bishop Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.64
Bit Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.249
Bixby Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62
Black Jack Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.82
Black Point: Fisherman Bay . . . . . . . . 11.32
Black Point: San Francisco . . . . . . . . 10.58
Black Rock: Blanco Reef . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9
Black Rock: Deer Point . . . . . . . . . . . 12.34
Blacklock Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.38
Blacks Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.83
Blanca, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.121
Blanca de Tierra, Piedra . . . . . . . . . . . 5.227
Blanca del Mar, Piedra . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.222
Blanca, Isla:
Ensenada de Bocochibampo . . . . . . 6.194
Blanca, Piedra: (1555N, 9722W) . . 5.86
Blanca, Piedra: Baha de Maruata . . . 5.149
Blanca, Piedra: Baha de Santa Cruz . . 5.75
Blanca, Piedra: Baha Tenacatita . . . . 5.182
Blanca, Piedra: Mazatlan . . . . . . . . . . 5.259
Blanca, Piedra: Puerto Refugio . . . . . 6.241
Blanca, Piedra: Punta Carrizal . . . . . . 5.158
Blanca, Punta: (1057N, 8554W) . . 3.181
Blanca, Punta:
Baja California, W coast . . . . . . . . . 7.117
Blanca, Punta:
Golfo de California, NE side . . . . . . 6.191
Blanca, Punta: Isla Carmen . . . . . . . . 6.157
Blanca, Punta: Santa Rosalia . . . . . . . 6.168
Blanca, Roca: Isla Isabela . . . . . . . . . 5.237
Blanca, Roca: Isla Maria Cleofas . . . . 5.197
Blanca, Roca: Isla Partida . . . . . . . . . 6.237
Blanca, Roca: Isla San Juanito . . . . . . 5.197
Blanca, Roca: Puerto ngel . . . . . . . . . 5.86
Blanca, Roca: Punta Candeleros . . . . 6.140
478
Blancas, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.122
Blancas, Piedras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32
Blanco, Cape: (4250N, 12434W) . . 12.7
Blanco, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.83
Blanco Fracture Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Blanco, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.61
Blanco, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.70
Blanco Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9
Blancos, Farallnes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.93
Blank Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.101
Blaze, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.174
Blaze Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.174
Blossom Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.86
Blue Cavern Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.83
Bluff Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.249
Bluff Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.65
Blunt, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.54
Blunts Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.56
Boardman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.167
Boca=mouth, entrance; see proper name
Boca Brava, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.62
Boca de Hacha, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.58
Bocana, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.190
Bocana, Estero la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.55
Bocana, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Boco, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.194
Bocochibampo, Ensenada de . . . . . . . 6.194
Bodega Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.17
Bodega Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.73
Bodega Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.23
Bodega Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15
Bodega Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.17
Bodelteh Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.78
Bolaos, Isla: Baha de Salinas . . . . . 3.187
Bolaos, Isla: Isla Parida . . . . . . . . . . . 3.42
Bolaos, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59
Bolinas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.34
Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.34
Lagoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.34
Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.31
Bolon Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.83
Bolsa Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.108
Bomba, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.268
Bonanza Light, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.93
Bonanza, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.130
Bonita Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.52
Bonita Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.56
Bonita, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.38
Bonneville Lock and Dam . . . . . . . . 13.156
Boquita . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.186
Borrascosa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.213
Bosley Butte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7
Boughey, Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.159
Boulder Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.61
Boundary Monument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.182
Boutelle Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Bowen Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.326
Bowlder, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.89
Brackenridge Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.24
Bradbury Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.62
Bradford Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.156
Braithwaite, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28
Brasilito, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.170
Braulia, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28
Brava, Boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.62
Brava, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.58
Brava, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.20
Braxilito, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.170
Brazos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.238
Brea, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.110
Breaker Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.55
Bridge of the Gods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.159
Brighton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.149
Brigida, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11
Brincanco, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.39
Brisbane Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.160
Brito, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13
Brockway Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.319
Bronaugh, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.63
Home Contents Index
Brookings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.16
Brooks Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.200
Brothers, The: Cape Mendocino . . . . 11.56
Brothers, The: San Pablo Strait . . . . 10.176
Brown Bear Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Brown, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.24
Brown Rock: Point St George . . . . . 11.102
Browns Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.270
Bruhel Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.49
Bruja, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.42
Brujas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.108
Brumel, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.170
Brushy Bald Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7
Buchon, Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.12
Buchon, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
Bucksport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.83
Buena Vista: Golfo de California . . . . . 6.96
Buena Vista: Willamette River . . . . . 13.117
Buey, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61
Bufadero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.149
Bufadero, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.66
Bufaderos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.68
Bugby Hole Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.52
Buhne Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.91
Buhne Spit Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.91
Bull Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.36
Bulls Head Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.251
Buque Perdido, Cono del . . . . . . . . . . 5.158
Burica, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9
Burica, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85
Burica, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8
Burke Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.82
Burra Grande, Arrecife . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.70
Burra Grande Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.70
Burros, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.139
Butteville . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.120
Caballo, Cabeza de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.194
Caballo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134
Cabeza= head; see proper name
Cabeza de Ballena, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . 6.78
Cabeza de Caballo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . 6.253
Cabeza Negra, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.147
Cabezo=reef, peak; see proper name
Cabo Blanco, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.131
Cabo=cape; see proper name
Cabras, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.243
Cabras, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.146
Cabrillo Marina Complex . . . . . . . . . 8.227
Cabrillo National Monument . . . . . . . . 8.39
Cabrillo Peninsula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.86
Cabrillo, Point: Monterey Harbour . . . 9.77
Cabrillo, Point: Mendocino . . . . . . . . 11.36
Cabuya, Isleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.133
Cabuyal, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.167
Cacachiles, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.90
Cacaluta, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.66
Cacarizo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.162
Cache Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.316
Cacique, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.171
Cadegomo, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.48
Cguano, Punta El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.123
Cahaiones, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.165
Cahiones, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.165
Cahto Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.35
Caimancito, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.118
Cake Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.78
Calabasa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14
Calabaza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14
Calamajue, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.261
Calaveras Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.150
Caldera, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.136
Caldera, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.136
Caleta=cove; see proper name
Calentador, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24
Caleta, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.28
California, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.25
California Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.152
California, Golfo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2
INDEX
California Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44
Camalu, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.141
Camarn, Punta: Puerto de San Blas . 5.223
Camarn, Punta: Mazatln . . . . . . . . . . 6.16
Cambrey, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.73
Cambrey, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67
Cambria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.28
Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32
Camichin Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.240
Camp Pendleton Marine Corps Base . 8.122
Campana, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.21
Campanario, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.109
Campbell, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.65
Campos, Caleta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.146
Campos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.149
Canabraya, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59
Canal=channel, canal; see proper name
Candelaria, Arroyo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Candelero, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.194
Candeleros, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.140
Candeleros, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.140
Cannay Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.91
Cannery Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.91
Cannery Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.83
Cano Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.21
Canoas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.117
Caada Honda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.12
Cao, Isla del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.108
Can, Cerro del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.31
Cantina, Punta La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.75
Cantor Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Cape; see proper name
Cape, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
Capitan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.305
Capitn, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164
Capitola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.86
Captain Cook Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.78
Capulita, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.78
Carabobo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.111
Caracolita, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.107
Carballo, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.136
Cardn, Barra del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.58
Cardn, Isla El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.41
Cardoncito, Monte El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.75
Cardoncito, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.78
Cardones, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.260
Cardwell Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.331
Careyes, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.184
Carlsbad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.121
Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.106
Carmel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.63
Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.63
Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.63
River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.63
Carmel, Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.61
Carmen, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.134
Carpinteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.295
Carquinez, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.250
Carquinez Strait . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.240
Anchorages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.252
BeniciaMartinez Bridges . . . . . . 10.243
Benicia, Port of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.256
Carquinez Strait Bridges . . . . . . . 10.242
Crockett Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.253
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.250
General information . . . . . . . . . . . 10.240
Martinez Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . 10.255
Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.257
Carrillo, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.163
Carrington Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.291
Carrizal, Boca del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.19
Carrizal, Ensenada: Baha Cenicero . . 5.170
Carrizal, Ensenada: Cabo Arco . . . . . 6.193
Carrizal, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.160
Carrizal, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.146
Carrizo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.129
Carroll Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.76
Carrolls Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.83
Cascade Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.126
479
Cascade Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.156
Cascade Mountains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.133
Cascadia Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Casino Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.86
Caspar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.47
Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.47
Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.47
Castaones, Pennsula . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.27
Castaones, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.55
Castillo, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.21
Castillo, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.299
Castillo=castle; see proper name
Castle Rock: Arch Cape . . . . . . . . . . 12.141
Castle Rock: Bixby Landing . . . . . . . . 9.62
Castle Rock: Point St George . . . . . . 11.102
Castle Rock: San Clemente Island . . . . 8.73
Castle Rock: San Miguel Island . . . . . 8.326
Castle Rock: Sixes River . . . . . . . . . . 12.38
Cat and Kittens Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.40
Cat Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.311
Catalina Airstrip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.79
Catalina, Baha: Guaymas . . . . . . . . . . 6.69
Catalina, Baha: Isla Parida . . . . . . . . . 3.59
Catalina Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.103
Catalina Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.89
Catalina Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.84
Catalina, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59
Catching Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.71
Catedral, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.125
Cathlamet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.60
Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.58
Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.60
Cativos, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.31
Cavada, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.39
Cavallo, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.54
Cavern Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.291
Cayado, Cerros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.41
Cayman, Caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.22
Cayo, Isleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.145
Cayucos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.41
Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.41
Cebaco, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15
Cedros, Cerro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.82
Cedros, Isla: Baha Sebastin Vizcano 7.82
Cedros, Isla: Golfo de Nicoya . . . . . . 3.157
Celilo, Lake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.162
Cenicero, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.170
Ceniza, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.133
Ceniza, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.133
Centinela, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24
Centissima Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.52
Centreville . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.67
Centro, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.182
Cermeno Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.21
Cerralvo, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.94
Cerralvo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.90
Cerro=hill; see proper name
Chacahua, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.91
Chacahua, Laguna de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.91
Chacala, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.230
Chahue, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.75
Chain Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.270
Chamatla, Ro del;
see Baluarte, Ro del . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.237
Chamela . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.185
Chamela, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.185
Chamisal Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.58
Champerico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.193
Chancha Pelona, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.104
Channel Islands Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . 8.307
Channel Islands: California . . . . . . . . . . 8.1
National Marine Sanctuary . . . . . . . . 8.5
Chapetona, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.195
Charco Azul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.72
Charco Azul, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.50
Charleston Boat Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.69
Charleston: Coos Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.69
Charts
Admiralty charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.13
Home Contents Index
Datums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.15
Depths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.17
Foreign charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.14
Chase Ledge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.110
Chata, Cerro de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.31
Chatham, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.13
Chato, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27
Chauncey, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.176
Chautengo, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.88
Chehalis, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.24
Chehalis River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.35
Chenque, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.151
Cherry Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.88
Chester, Isletas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.103
Chetco Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.16
Chetco Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.16
Chetco River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.16
Chica, Boca: Baha de Acapulco . . . . 5.109
Chica, Boca: Ro Chiriqui Delta . . . . . 3.60
Chicago, Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.277
Chichi Light, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.21
Chihuahua, State of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.28
Chila, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.232
Chile, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.263
Chimney Rock: Drakes Bay . . . . . . . . 10.33
Chimno, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59
Chimo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.206
China Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.91
China Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.44
China Point: San Clemente Island . . . . 8.73
Chinche, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.23
Chinche, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24
Chinese Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.313
Chino, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.181
Chinook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.32
Dyke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.29
Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.29
Chipehua, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.70
Chipehua, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.52
Chipequa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.52
Chipps Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.269
Chiquirn, Punta El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.124
Chiquita del Viejo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . 5.159
Chira, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134
Chiriqui, Ro (Delta of) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.58
Chiriqui Viejo, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.51
Chirrip, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.106
Chisguete, Estero el . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.38
Chismuyo, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.110
Chivato, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.162
Chivos, Escollera Los . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.246
Chivos, Isla Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.255
Cholla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.140
Choya, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.213
Christmas Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.56
Chubascos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.184
Chuchamone, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.13
Chuchegat, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.77
Chula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.146
Chula Vista . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.17
Small Boat Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.59
Church Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.90
Ciaboga, Darsena de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.263
Cinder Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.85
Cinder, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.85
Cirilo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.36
Cisne, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.25
Ciudad=city, town; see proper name
Clairaut Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Clara, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.33
Clarion, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.35
Clarkston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.172
Clatsop Plains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.138
Clatsop Spit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.21
Cleft of the Rock Light . . . . . . . . . . . 12.78
Cleone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.48
Cliff House . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.50
Cliff Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.56
Clifton Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.58
INDEX
Clipperton, le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.17
Clipperton Ridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.17
Clipperton, Rocher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.17
Cluster Cone Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.58
Cluster Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.338
Coacoyal, Cerro del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.89
Coahuayana, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.149
Coal Creek Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.63
Coal Oil Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.304
Coal Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.34
Coalbank Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.61
Coalcomn, Ro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.149 Cone Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.48
Coast Guard Island: Oakland . . . . . . 10.126
Cobb Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Coche Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.313
Cochis, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.37
Cochore, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.36
Cocinas, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.185
Coco, Baha El: (1033N, 8544W) . 3.171 Conejo, Punta: Golfo de Nicoya . . . . 3.132
Coco, Isla del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5
Cocoraquito, Boca del . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.46
Cocos, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.171
Cocos, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.18
Cocos Ridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5
Coiba, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15
Coibita, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17
Coit Tower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.84
Cojo Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.309
Cojo Valley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.309
Colby Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.36
Cold Spring Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.34
Colebrook Butte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7
Colima, Bajos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.124
Colima, Nevado de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.147
Colima, State of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.162
Colima, Volcn de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.147
Colina=hill, hillock; see proper name
Collins Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.144
Colnett, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.138
Colnett, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.128
Colonet, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.138
Colonet, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.128
Colorada, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.176
Colorada, Piedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.87
Colorada, Punta: Canal de Beredito . . . 6.22
Colorada, Punta: Golfo
de California, W coast . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.93
Colorada, Punta: Isla San Jos . . . . . . 6.137
Colorado, Boca del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Colorado, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.76
Colorado, Golfo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.135
Colorado, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.185
Colorado, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.190
Colorado, Pico: Baha Concepcin . . 6.160
Colorado, Pico: Muleg . . . . . . . . . . . 6.182
Colorado, Playa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.27
Colorado, Punta: Baha de La Paz . . . 6.105
Colorado, Punta: Baha Santa Ins . . . 6.183
Colorado, Punta: Ensenada de
Bocochibampo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.194
Colorado, Punta:
near Baha Concepcin . . . . . . . . . . 6.162
Colorado Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.29
Colorado, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.268
Colotopec, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.82
Columbia City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.86
Columbia River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1
Approach and Entrance . . . . . . . . . 13.20
Astoria to Willamette River . . . . . . 13.49
Directions for entry . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.26
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.1
Gorge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.152
above the junction with
Willamette River . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.121
above Vancouver . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.148
Colusa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.320
Commercial Basin: San Diego Bay . . . 8.54
Commodore Jones Point . . . . . . . . . 10.262
Comond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.143
480
Compostela, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.222
Concepcin, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.181
Concepcin, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.162
Concepcin, Ro de la . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.213
Concepcin, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
Conception, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.289
Conchagua, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.77
Conchagita, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.77
Concord Naval Weapons Station . . . 10.277
Concordia, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.136
Condega, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.78
Cone Rock Light: Richardson Bay . . 10.62
Cone Rock: Pyramid Point . . . . . . . . . 12.14
Cone Rock: Scotty Point . . . . . . . . . 11.101
Conejo, Arroyo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Conejo, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.69
Conejo, Punta: Baja California, W coast 7.13
Conejo, Punta: near Salina Cruz . . . . . 5.69
Cono=cone; see proper name
Cono, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24
Cono, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.117
Cono, Roco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.181
Cono Rojo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.117
Consag, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.257
Constantine Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.41
Constitucin, Ciudad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.36
Contreras, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.39
Conway, Arrecife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.29
Conway Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.29
Cooksie Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.61
Cooksie Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.51
Cooper Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50
Coos Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.46
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.56
Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.67
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.64
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.46
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.61
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.51
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.68
Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.69
Coos Bay, city of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.61
Coos Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.47
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.65
Coos River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.71
Cooston Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.71
Copaiba, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
Copalis Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59
Copalis River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.68
Copalis Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59
Copalita, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.78
Copas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.28
Coquille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.40
Point: Bandon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.38
Point: Yaquina Bay . . . . . . . . . . . 12.122
River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.40
Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.43
Cordilerra=mountain range; see proper name
Corbetea, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.196
Corbett . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.153
Corchos, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.239
Corcovado, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.84
Corcovado, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.104
Corcovados, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.42
Cordell Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.21
National Marine Sanctuary . . . . . . 10.21
Cordonazos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.178
Corga, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.40
Corinto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.39
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.49
Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.63
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.58
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.39
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.55
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.45
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.65
Corinto, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.55
Home Contents Index
Cornwallis, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.29
Cornwallis Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.29
Corona del Mar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.141
Coronado . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.17
Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.41
Cays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.58
Escarpment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.41
Coronado, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.105
Coronado del Norte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169
Coronado del Sur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169
Coronados, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.136
Coronados, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169
Coronados, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169
Corral de Mulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.141
Corralero, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86
Corrales, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.187
Corrales, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.188
Corralillo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.132
Corrientes, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.177
Corso, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.45
Corte Madera Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.182
Cortes Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.64
Corts, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.27
Cortezas, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134
Corvallis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.114
Cosigina, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.70
Cosigina, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
Cosmopolis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.35
Costa=coast; see proper name
Costa, Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.250
Costa Rica Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.157
Coto, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
Coto, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85
Cottaneva Needle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55
Cottaneva Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55
Cottons Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.112
Cottonwood Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.82
Countries and ports
California, State of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.126
Central America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.64
Costa Rica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.74
El Salvador . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.98
Guatemala . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.106
Honduras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.90
Mexico (United Mexican States) . . 1.114
Nicaragua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.82
Oregon, State of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.131
Panama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.66
United States of America . . . . . . . . 1.123
Washington, State of . . . . . . . . . . . 1.136
Cousins Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.19
Cove Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.41
Cow Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.35
Cowlitz River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.76
Cox Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.79
Coxcomb Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.24
Coyote Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.150
Coyote, Ensenada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.181
Coyote Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.145
Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.162
Coyote, Punta: Baha de La Paz . . . . . 6.105
Coyote, Punta: Golfo de California . . . 6.93
Coyote, Punta: near Isla Carmen . . . . 6.142
Coyote, Punta: Nicoya . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.162
Coyote, Rocas del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.138
Coyuca, Cerro Tetas de . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.84
Coyuca de Bentez Light . . . . . . . . . . 5.122
Coyuca, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.109
Coyuca, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.119
Coyuguilla, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.119
Crates Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.159
Crescent City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.106
Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.106
Cresciente, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8
Crest Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.39
Crestn, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.255
Crims Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55
Crockett Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.258
Crocodilo, Cerro del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.37
INDEX
Crook Point: Oregon Coast . . . . . . . . . 12.9
Crook Point: San Miguel Island . . . . . 8.326
Cruz=cross; see proper name
Cruz, Arroyo de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.55
Cruz, Laguna de La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.199
Cruz Rock, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49
Cuajada, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.42
Cuate, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.207
Cucharitas, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.178
Cueva, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.181
Cuffey Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.41
Cuffey Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.41
Cuffey Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.41
Culebra, Golfo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.166
Culebra, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.172
Culiacn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.21
Culiacn, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.21
Cumbre Redonda, Montaa de . . . . . . 6.253
Cumbre, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.196
Curupacha, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.87
Cushman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.88
Custodios, Punta Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.223
Custodios, Ro Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.223
Cutler City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.131
Cutuco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.114
Cutuco, Muelle de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.127
Cutuco, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.127
Cuyler Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.318
Cuyutln, Laguna de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.146
Cypress Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62
Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62
Daby Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.96
Dalles Lock and Dam, The . . . . . . . 13.161
Dalles, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.161
Damas, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.33
Damas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17
Damon Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.49
Dampier, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9
Dana Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.112
Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.127
Danzante Primero, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.136
Drsena=basin; see proper name
Davenport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
David, Ciudad de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.64
David, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11
Davidson Inshore Current . . . . . . . . . 1.153
Davidson Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Davis Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.221
Deep River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.57
Deer Island Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.86
Deer Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9
Deering, Entrada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.38
Del Mar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.133
Boat Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.122
Delake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.136
Delgada Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.52
Delgada, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.54
Delgada, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.28
Dellwood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.71
Depoe Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.128
Depot Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.104
Derecha, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.263
Descanso, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.179
Descanso Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.86
Descanso, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.171
Descartes, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.182
Descartes Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Desdemona Sands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.21
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.27
Desolado, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.28
Destruction Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59
Lighthouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.58
Devils Gate Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.56
Devils Lake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.136
Dewey, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.89
Diablo Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
Diablo, Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.20
481
Diablo, Point: San Francisco Bay . . . 10.49
Diablo Point: (3403N, 11945W) . . 8.319
Diablo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.131
Diamante, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.88
Diggs, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.267
Dillon Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.250
Dique=breakwater, mole, dock,
embankment; see proper name
Direccin, Colina de la . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.269
Disappointment, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.20
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.24
Dispatch Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44
Dispensa, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.184
Dispensa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.105
Distress and rescue
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.59
Rescue services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.62
Ship reporting systems . . . . . . . . . . . 1.60
Doble, Isleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191
Doble, Punta: Golfo de California . . . 6.191
Doble, Punta: Isla Coiba . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11
Dolores, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.139
Dolores, Playa de los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.59
Dolores, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.139
Dolphin Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.38
Dominical, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.114
Don Juan, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.18
Doa Paula, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.55
Doa Paula, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.62
Doran Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.23
Dos Amigos, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10
Dos Piedras, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.103
Double Cone Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55
Double Peak: Tillamook Head . . . . . 12.141
Double Peak: Cerro Pico Doble . . . . . 6.225
Double Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.31
Double Rock: Trinidad Harbor . . . . 11.114
Dowd Tablemount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44
Dragon Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.105
Drake, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.111
Drakes Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.33
Drakes Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.33
Drano Lake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.160
Duartes, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.21
Dulce, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.93
Dulce, Golfo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.84
Dumbarton Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.147
Dume Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.232
Dume, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.238
Duncan Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.79
Duncans Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.25
Duntze Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.79
Duplicado, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10
Duxbury Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.31
Duxbury Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.31
Dyer Strait . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.111
Eagle Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.84
Earl, Lake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.13
East Fish Camp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.311
East Point: Santa Rosa Island . . . . . . . 8.326
East Rock: St George Reef . . . . . . . . 11.115
East Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.154
Edith, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.269
Eel Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.65
Eel Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.73
Eel River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.69
Egg, Iles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.17
El Calvario Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.124
El Gancho Leading Lights . . . . . . . . . 4.205
El Jarro Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.108
El Realejo, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.55
El Sauzal, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165
El Segundo Marine Terminal . . . . . . . 8.240
El Viga, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.78
El=the; see proper name
Elena, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.184
Elena, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.168
Elide, Isleta (Islote) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.104
Home Contents Index
Elizabeth, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59
Elk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.41
Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.36
Elk Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.101
Elk River Valley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7
Elkhorn Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.80
Ellen Sands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.17
Ellice, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.29
Elliot Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.259
Ellwood Pier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.304
Elma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.35
Elota, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16
Emery Knoll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.103
Emeryville . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.179
Emilia Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Emory Channel: San Diego Bay . . . . . 8.61
Empalme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.59
Empire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.61
Encantada, Cerro de La . . . . . . . . . . . 6.257
Encantada, Isla: Baja California . . . . . 6.258
Encantada, Isla: Corinto . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.55
Encinitas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.133
Encomiedo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.91
Enfilacin, Colina de la . . . . . . . . . . . 6.269
English Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.21
Enmedio, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.194
Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.157
Ensenada, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.160
Ensenada=bay; see proper name
Ensillada, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61
Entrada=entrance, fairway; see proper name
Entrada, Castillo de la . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.226
Entrada, Punta: Baha de San Quintn 7.133
Entrada, Punta: Baha Magdalena . . . . 7.24
Entrada, Punta: Puerto Nuevo . . . . . . . 3.41
Entrada, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.76
Entrega, Punta La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.67
Equatorial Countercurrent . . . . . . . . 1.156
Equipalito, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.182
Erben Tablemount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Erio, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.127
Escarpado, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.117
Escollo, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.132
Escollera=breakwater; see proper name
Escondida, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86
Escondido, Puerto: Baja California . . 6.142
Escondido, Puerto: Mexico W coast . . 5.90
Esfinge, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.188
Espada Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.292
Espinos, Boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.51
Espiritu Santo, Isla del . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.90
Espoln del Diablo Light . . . . . . . . . . 5.197
Espuela, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24
Esquinas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
Esquinas, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85
Estacada, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.31
Estacin, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.112
Estanque, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.237
Estero = creek, estuary; see proper name
Estero Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.28
Estero, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32
Estrella, Punta: Golfo de California . . 6.258
Estrella, Punta: Golfo Dulce . . . . . . . . 3.87
Estrete, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.66
Etiopia, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.178
Euclid Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Eugenia, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.66
Eugenia, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67
Euler Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Eureka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.83
Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.90
Everman, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.26
Explorador, Bajos del . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.106
Exposicin, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.110
Fairbank Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.35
Fairhaven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.83
Fairweather Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Falcon, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.141
INDEX
Falcon Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.141
Falsa, Baha: Baha Pichilingue . . . . . 6.132
Falsa, Baha: Baja California, W coast 7.120
Falsa, Boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.61
Falsa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.103
False Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.64
Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.67
False Klamath Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.100
False Sur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.46
Falso, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.76
Fanny Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.31
Farallon Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.20
Farallon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.26
Faralln=stack, steep rock islet; see proper
name
Faralln, Punta: Golfo de Nicoya . . . . 3.157
Faralln, Punta: Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . 5.178
Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.183
Farallones Escondido . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86
Farallones, Gulf of The . . . . . . . . . . . 10.19
National Marine Sanctuary . . . . . . . 10.8
Farallones, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.81
Farnsworth Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.84
Farito, El: Muleg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.182
Fashion Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.153
Father and Son . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.80
Fauntleroy Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.111
Fea, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.33
Fermin, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.173
Ferrelo, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9
Ferrel Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.67
Fieberling Tablemount . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Fields Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.91
Filibusteros, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.162
Final, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.258
Fish Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.226
Fish Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15
Fisher Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55
Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.64
Fisherman Bay: near Point Arena . . . 11.29
Fisherman Bay; Southeast Farallon . 10.36
Fisherman Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.88
Fisk Mill Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.28
Five Mile Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.38
Flat Rock: Bluff Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.249
Flat Rock: Cape Elizabeth . . . . . . . . . 14.59
Flat Rock: Quepos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.117
Flat Rock: St George Reef . . . . . . . . 11.115
Flat Rock: Trinidad Harbor . . . . . . . 11.114
Flat Rock Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.249
Flatiron Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.101
Flattery, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.70
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.76
Fleming, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.184
Flint Rock Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102
Flor de Malva, Boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.19
Flor, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.23
Flor, Punta La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13
Florence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.88
Foca, Arrecife la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.93
Foca, Roca de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191
Foca, Rocas de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.138
Fondeadero=anchorage; see proper name
Fonseca, Golfo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.73
NE side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.90
NW side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.114
SE side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.78
Footsteps Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102
Forney Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.316
Fort Bragg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.39
Fort Canby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.31
Fort Columbia State Park . . . . . . . . . . 13.29
Fort Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.44
Fort Ross Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.27
Fort Ross Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.27
Fort Stevens Wharf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.33
Fortuna, Arroyo de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.88
Fossil Point: Coos Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.72
Fossil Point: Port San Luis . . . . . . . . . . 9.19
482
Foulweather, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.126
Four Mile Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.61
Fourfathom Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.37
Fourier Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Fourth of July Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.88
Fox Rock: Orford Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9
Frailes, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.85
Frailes, Los: (2323N, 10925W) . . . 6.76
Frailes, Los: (1918N, 10458W) . . 5.178
Frailes, Los: Baha de Santiago . . . . . 5.160
Frailes, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13
Franklin Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.94
Fraser Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.316
Frenchys Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.311
Fro, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.127
Fuca Pillar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.80
Fuego, Volcn de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.165
Fuerte=fort; see proper name
Fuerte, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.39
Fuerte, Sierra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.84
Galera, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86
Galeras, Las: Canal de San Lorenzo . 6.106
Galeras, Las: Isla Monserrat . . . . . . . 6.137
Gallardo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
Gallina, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.128
Gallinas, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.31
Gallinas Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.224
Gallito, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.181
Gallo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.128
Gallo, Isla El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.181
Gamboa Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.55
Gamez, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59
Garcia River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.34
Gardiner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.86
Garibaldi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.142
Garrobo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.128
Gasparino, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Gauss Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Gaviota . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.306
Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.278
Gaviota, Canal de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.21
Gaviota, Rocas de la: Baha de
San Basilio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.177
Gaviota, Rocas de la: Baha de
San Cristobal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.72
Gemlo del Este, Islote . . . . . . . . . . . 6.253
Georges Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.212
Gerald Desmond Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . 8.179
Germaine Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16
Gerstle Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.32
Giants Graveyard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.60
Giganta, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.134
Giganta, Sierra de La . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.134
Gigante, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134
Gill, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.82
Gissler, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.14
Glen Cove Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.259
Glenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.89
Glorietta Bay: San Diego Bay . . . . . . . 8.57
Goascorn, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.74
Goat Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.103
Goat Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9
Gobernadora, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15
Gold Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.22
Gold Bluffs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.98
Golden Gate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.37
National Recreation Area . . . . . . . . 10.38
Golden Gate, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9
Goleta Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.292
Golfito, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.89
Golfo=gulf; see proper name
Golondrinas, Cerro de las . . . . . . . . . . . 6.63
Gngora, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.167
Goose Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.49
Gorda de Adentro, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . 6.78
Gorda de Afuera, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.78
Gorda, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.294
Gorda, Punta: (1033N, 8647W) . . 3.177
Home Contents Index
Gorda, Punta: (748N, 8136W) . . . . 3.46 Guatamote, Monte el . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.14
Gorda, Punta: Baha de Santiago . . . . 5.169
Gorda, Punta: Baja California, S coast . 6.78
Gorda, Punta: Morro de Petatln . . . . 5.122
Gorda, Punta: near Cape Mendocino . 11.54
Gorda, Punta; Canal Cerralvo . . . . . . . 6.93
Gorda Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55
Gorda (Sea) Valley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.73
Gordas, Piedras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.93
Gordon Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.36
Gore, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.269
Gorro=cap; see proper name
Government Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.160
Government Island: Columbia River 13.130
Government Point: Cape Foulweather 12.126
Government Point: Point Conception 8.289
Graham, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.177
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.178
Gran Desierto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.217
Granada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6
Granada, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.104
Grand Canal: Newport Bay . . . . . . . . 8.144
Grand Tetons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.172
Grande, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.72
Grande, Boca: Baha Damas . . . . . . . . 3.33
Grande, Boca: Baha de Acapulco . . . 5.108
Grande de Santiago, Ro . . . . . . . . . . 5.237
Grande, Isla: Punta Ixtapa . . . . . . . . . 5.120
Grande, Ro: El Salvador . . . . . . . . . . 4.150
Grande, Ro: Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86
Grande, Ro: Nicaragua . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.24
Granito, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.241
Granito, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.192
Grassy Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.21
Graveyard Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.27
Grays Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.57
Grays Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.21
Grays Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.22
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.34
Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.44
City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.54
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.41
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.22
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.35
Lighthouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.10
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.28
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.46
Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.47
Grays Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.56
Grays River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.57
Grayson, Caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.29
Great Break, The: Cape Mendocino . . 11.56
Great Break: St George Reef . . . . . . 11.105
Green Hill: Tillamook Bay . . . . . . . . 12.146
Green River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.268
Green Rock: Trinidad Head . . . . . . . 11.101
Greenwood Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.41
Gregory Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.37
Grenville Arch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59
Grenville Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.66
Grenville, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59
Grifo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.108
Gringa, Punta La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.253
Grissom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.184
Grizzly Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.273
Grizzly Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.273
Gruesa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16
Guacalate, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.200
Guadalupe, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.40
Guadeloupe Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.150
Gualala Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.16
Gualala Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15
Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15
Gualala River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15
Guano Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.65
Guapinol, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.132
Guardian Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.51
Guarida, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.23
Guarumal, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.106
INDEX
Hermosa, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.35
Guatemala Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44
Guatemala City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.106
Guatulco, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.67
Guayabo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134
Guaymas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.51
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.58
Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.66
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.62
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.51
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.59
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.57
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.68
Guaymas, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.59
Guaymas, Sierra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.53
Gegentn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.179
GuelaGuichi, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.70
Guerrero, State of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.96
Guide Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Guiones, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.161
Guionos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.161
Guitarrn, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.108
Gulf; see proper name
Gull Island: Santa Cruz Island . . . . . . 8.326
Gull Island: Columbia River . . . . . . . 13.55
Gull Rock: Bolinas Bay . . . . . . . . . . . 10.34
Gull Rock: Cape Blanco . . . . . . . . . . 12.38
Gull Rock: Cape Foulweather . . . . . 12.126
Gull Rock: Russian River . . . . . . . . . 11.26
Gumdrop Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Gwynn Knoll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.79
Habana, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.139
Half Moon Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.101
Town . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.105
Hammond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.33
Hand Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.78
Hannibal, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9
Harbor Island: Newport Bay . . . . . . . 8.144
Harbor Island: San Diego Bay . . . . . . . 8.55
Harbor Reefs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.88
Harding Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.54
Hardy Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55
Hardy Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55
Hare Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.318
Harlan Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.52
Harlech Castle Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49
Haro, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.37
Harrington Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55
Harris Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.291
Hassler, Caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.136
Havana, Cerros de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.159
Havannah, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.153
Havens Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.30
Havens Neck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.30
Hayden Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.122
Haynes Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.70
Haystack Rock: Cape Kiwanda . . . . 12.125
Haystack Rock: Silver Point . . . . . . 12.141
Heads, The: Port Orford . . . . . . . . . . . 12.27
Hearst Castle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.31
Heceta Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.76
Heceta Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.78
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.77
Heim Lift Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.179
Hen Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.87
Henderson Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44
Henecn, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.95
Henrici Bar Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . 13.78
Henry Ford Avenue Bascule Bridge . 8.179
Henslow, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27
Hercules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.222
Hermanas, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11
Hermano del Norte, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . 5.257
Hermano del Sur, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.257
Hermanos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.178
Hermosa Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.246
Hermosa, Cono . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.69
483
Hermosa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11
Hermoso, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.84
Hermoso, Morro: Baha de Chacahua . 5.84
Hermoso, Morro: Baja California,
W coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67
Hermoso, Morro: Cabo Velas . . . . . . . 3.161
Hermoso, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.66
Herradura, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.153
Herradura, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.127
Herradura, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.132
Herradura, Punta La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.253
Herron, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.45
High Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.103
Higueras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.170
Hill Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11
Hoh Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59
Hoke Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Holcomb (Holcombe), Punta . . . . . . . . 7.59
Hollister Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.31
Honda, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.23
Hood River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.160
Hookton Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.91
Hoquarten Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.146
Hoquiam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.22
River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.51
Horconcitos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.60
Horconcitos, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.58
Horn, Cape: lower Columbia River . . 13.55
Horn, Cape: upper Columbia River . 13.153
Horseshoe, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.25
Horseshoe Cove: Bodega Bay . . . . . . 11.18
Horseshoe Bend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.238
Horseshoe Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15
House Rock: Cape Ferrelo . . . . . . . . . 12.34
Howell Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.22
Howland Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.103
Huanacaxtle, Cruz de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.217
Huatulco, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.67
Hubbard Mound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9
Hueneme Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.272
Hueneme, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.238
Hueneme, Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.254
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.264
Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.275
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.272
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.254
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.269
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.258
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.276
Huevos, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.173
Hug Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.154
Hughes, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.45
Huivuilay, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.46
Huivuilay, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.46
Hull, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.20
Humboldt Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.70
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.82
Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.92
Fields Landing Channel . . . . . . . . . 11.91
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.70
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.83
Hookton Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.91
Lighthouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.67
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.76
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.94
Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.95
Southport Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.91
Humbolt Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.67
Humbug, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.245
Humbug Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.8
Hump Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55
Hump Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102
Humptulips River Channel . . . . . . . . . 14.49
Hunter Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.13
Hunters Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.33
Hunters Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.33
Hunters Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.82
Hunting Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55
Home Contents Index
Huntington Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.148
Huntington Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.154
Hupa Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.98
Hurricane Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62
Hurst Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.30
Hutchins Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.53
Icaco, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.55
Icacos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.115
Icacos, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.42
Ice Harbor Lock and Dam . . . . . . . . 13.172
Iglesia, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17
Iglesia, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.206
Iglesias, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6
Iglesias, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.177
Iglesias, Islote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.14
Iglesias, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61
Ilca, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.111
Ildefonso, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.160
le Clipperton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.17
Iles Egg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.17
Ilopango, Lago de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.136
Imperial Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.41
Indian Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.90
Indian Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.83
Inferior, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.37
Infiernillo, Canal del . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.192
Infiernillo, Estero del . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.252
Inglesa, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.111
Inguana, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.149
Inocentes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Insolita, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.43
Intercontinental Marina: San Diego Bay 8.56
Intrusa, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.43
Invincible Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.176
Ipala, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.178
Iron Bound Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.103
Iron Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.124
Isabel, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.23
Isabel, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.184
Isabela, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.194
Isadora, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99
Isatan, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.178
Isham, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.38
Isidora, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99
Isla de Los Pelcanos Light . . . . . . . . 5.194
Isla Grande, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.130
Isla Jicarita Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8
Isla Pitahaya Light: Baha Concepcin 6.181
Isla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.185
Isla=island; see proper name
Islais Creek Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.92
Island Chaffee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.184
Island Freeman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.184
Island Knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55
Island Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9
Island White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.184
Isleta=islet; see proper name
Isletas, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6
Islote, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.146
Islote=small islet; see proper name
Islotes, Laguna de los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.38
Islotes, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.93
Isthmus; see proper name
Isthmus Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.88
Isthmus Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.61
Isthmus, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.73
Iwabuchi Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Iwalco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.32
Ixtapa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.129
Ixtapa, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.124
Ixtapa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.122
Ixtapa, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.130
Izalco, Volcn de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.133
Iztapa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.187
Jabali, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.23
Jackass Cone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.58
INDEX
Jacks Bend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.238
Jackson Pinnacle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55
Jackson Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Jac, Baha del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.152
Jalisco, State of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.207
Jaltemba, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.229
Jaltepeque, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.136
Jaltipa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.186
James Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.61
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.64
Japutica, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.122
Jasper Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Jerden Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.83
Jesus Maria, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.155
Jetty: Nehalem River . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.149
Jewfish Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.83
Jiboa, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.136
Jicarita, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8
Jicaron, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10
Jicaron, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8
Jimnez, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85
Jiquilisco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.142
Jiquilisco, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.139
Job, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.34
Joe Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.68
Joe, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62
John Day Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.58
John Day Dam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.164
John Day Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.58
John Day River Recreation Area . . . 13.167
Johnson, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.78
Johnson Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.143
Johnsons Lee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.335
Jolla, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.112
Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.106
Jolla, Point La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.112
Jonathan Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102
Jones Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Jordan Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.70
Juan Bautista, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9
Juan Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55
Juan de Fuca Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.71
Juan de Fuca Ridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Juan de Fuca Strait . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.79
Juanilla, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.186
Juanilla, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.184
Judas, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.117
Judas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.117
Judge Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.318
Judith Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.336
Juluapan, Cerro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.158
Juluapan, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.169
Juluapan, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.160
Junipero Serra Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.48
Kalaloch Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.2
Kalama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.85
Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.78
Kaluna Cliff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.58
Karlson Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.58
Kasler Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.66
Keller, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.90
Kellers Shelter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.251
Kelley Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.139
Junction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.90
Kelley, Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.170
Kelp, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.76
Kennewick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.173
Kenton, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.127
Kentuck Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.61
Kepler Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Khayyam Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Kibesillah Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.36
Kid Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.318
Kimball Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.271
Kincheloe Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.142
King Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.246
King Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.54
Kino . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.199
484
Kino, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.199
Kino, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191
Kinton Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.330
Kiwanda, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.126
Klamath . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102
River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102
Klooqueh Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.28
Knappton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.56
Knepper, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.61
Knox, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.65
LA Lightbuoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.217
La Push . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.61
La=the; see proper name
Ladrones, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8
Lady Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.154
Lago=lake; see proper name
Lagrange Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Laguna=lagoon; see proper name
Laguna Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.135
Laguna Guerrero Negro . . . . . . . . . . . 7.107
Laguna, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.59
Laguna Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.239
Laguna Point: Fort Bragg . . . . . . . . . . 11.36
Laguna Point: Mugu Lagoon . . . . . . . 8.238
Laguna, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.135
Laguna, Sierra de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11
Lake; see proper name
Lake River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.88
Lancha, Puerto de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.156
Lands End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.38
Langley Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.60
Lansing Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.22
Laplace Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Larya, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.206
Las Blancas, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.75
Las Gusimas Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.40
Las Hadas, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.171
Las Iguanas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.182
Las Pavas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.63
Las Pinitas, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.147
Las Tetas, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.76
Las Tres Vrgenes, Volcn . . . . . . . . . 6.223
Las Vigas, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.17
Las=the; see proper name
Lasuen Knoll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.133
Lzaro Crdenas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.133
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.140
Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.143
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.142
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.133
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.141
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.139
Port Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.144
LB Lightbuoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.190
Leadbetter Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.13
Leaning Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9
Lechuguia, Isla de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.36
Lechuguilla, Isla de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.36
Leeds Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.83
Legamo, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.23
Legamo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.36
Leibnitz Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Lempa, Bajos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.140
Lempa, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.138
Lengua, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.25
Leera, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.36
Len, Cerro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6
Leona, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.132
Leoncillo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.185
Leones, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.20
Lesna, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191
Leucadia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.113
Lewis and Clark Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . 13.53
Lewis and Clark River . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.35
Lewis River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.82
Lewiston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.172
Libertad, Gorro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.137
Libertad, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.143
Home Contents Index
Libertad, Puerto: Golfo de California 6.206
Lido Isle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.144
Lime Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.44
Limits of book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1
Limn, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.70
Limon, Punta El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.101
Linartes, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59
Lincoln City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.131
Lindbergh Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.34
Lion Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.88
Lion Rock: Point Buchon . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
Lion Rock: Point Sal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
Little Bat Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.169
Little Coyote Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.143
Little Goose Lock and Dam . . . . . . . 13.172
Little Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.103
Little Head: Trinidad Head . . . . . . . 11.114
Little Nestucca River . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.133
Little River Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.114
Little River: (3916N, 12347W) . . . 11.44
Little River: (4102N, 12407W) . . . 11.98
Little Slate Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50
Little Sur River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.58
Lizardo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.149
Llanuras de San Juan Bautista . . . . . . 6.188
Llorena, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.103
Llorona, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.103
Lobachevskiy Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Lobera, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.42
Lobera, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.42
Lobos, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.205
Lobos, Campo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.48
Lobos, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.205
Lobos, Estero de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.48
Lobos, Isla: Baha de La Paz . . . . . . . 6.107
Lobos, Isla: Cabo Arco . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191
Lobos, Isla: Punta Lobos . . . . . . . . . . . 6.40
Lobos, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Lobos Point: Carmel Bay . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62
Lobos, Point: San Francisco Bay . . . . 10.38
Lobos, Punta: approaches to Guaymas 6.40
Lobos, Punta: Baja California, W coast 7.13
Lobos, Punta: Isla Carmen . . . . . . . . . 6.137
Lobos, Punta: Isla del Espiritu Santo . . 6.93
Lobos, Roca: Baha de La Paz . . . . . . 6.105
Lobos, Roca: Canal de San Marcos . . 6.166
Lobos Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62
Loch Lomond Marina . . . . . . . . . . . 10.183
Logan Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11
Lois Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.58
Loma, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.39
Loma Portal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.17
Loma Prieta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.94
Lone Black Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
Lone Tree Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.229
Long Beach Breakwater . . . . . . . . . . . 8.161
Long Beach Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.175
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.183
Back Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.184
Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.194
Cerritos Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.184
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.190
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.175
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.184
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.178
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.199
Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.200
Downtown Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.201
Long Beach Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.200
Long Beach Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.173
Long Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.13
Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.20
Long Point: (3344N, 11824W) . . . 8.236 Sixtymile Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.65
Long Point: Santa Catalina Island . . . . 8.83
Long Rock: Chetco Cove . . . . . . . . . . 12.19
Long Rock: St George Reef . . . . . . . 11.115
Longview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.65
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.70
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.65
INDEX
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.69
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.75
Principal berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.72
Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.76
Lookout, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.125
Lookout Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9
Lopez Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50
Lopez Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50
Lord Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.52
Lorenz, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.109
Lorenzo, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.29
Loreto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.143
Loros, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.155
Los=the; see proper name
Los Angeles, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.253
Los Angeles Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.203
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.211
Basins and berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.222
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.217
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.203
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.212
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.206
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.225
Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.226
Los Angeles Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.173
Los Cabros, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.185
Los Esclavos, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.168
Los Gemelitos, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.253
Los Morros, Islotes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.76
Los Negritos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.124
Los Tezos Ranch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.87
Lospe, Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.12
Lost Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.73
Lots Wife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.18
Lovaina, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.38
Lower Granite Lock and Dam . . . . . 13.172
Lower Monumental Lock and Dam . 13.172
Lowrock Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.109
Lowry, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.65
Lowry, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.89
Lucia Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.55
Luna, Estero de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.50
Lunada Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.248
Lupona, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.106
Lusitania, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9
Macapule, Boca de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.24
Macapule, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.24
Macey Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.83
Mack Arch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.8
Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.32
Mack Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.32
Mack Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9
Macklyn Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.19
Mad River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.98
Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.90
Madera Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
Maderas, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
Madero, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.22
Madre Occidental, Sierra . . . . . . . . . . . 6.13
Madre Sal, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.140
Magdalena, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.20
Magdalena, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.28
Magdalena, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.50
Magnetic anomalies, local
Columbia River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.50
Isla Coiba . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7
Isla Cedros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.83
Point Arena . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.12
Punta Lobos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.10
San Clemente Island . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.68
Maintop Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.36
Maintop Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.26
Makah Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.82
Mal Arrimo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.103
Mal Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.34
Mala, Punta: near Baha Uvita . . . . . . 3.109
485
Mala, Punta: Puerto Culebra . . . . . . . 3.172
Malaga Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.249
Maldonado, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86
Malibu Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.251
Mallard Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.269
Man of War Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.28
Managua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.82
Managua, Cerros de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
Managua, Lago de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
Mandalay Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.278
Mandeville Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.299
Mandeville Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.298
Mangles, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.161
Mangrove, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.21
Mangrove, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.135
Manhattan Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.243
Manialtepec, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.82
Mansfield Break . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102
Manto, Arroyo del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.78
Manuela, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.109
Manuelita, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.13
Manzanilla, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.182
Manzanillo, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.155
Manzanillo: Golfo de Nicoya . . . . . . . 3.157
Manzanillo: Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.162
Mapam, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.31
Mapleton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.88
Maquenco, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.159
Mar=sea; see proper name
Marabios, Cordillera de los . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
Mare Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.231
Strait . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.231
Margarita Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.11
Mara Cleofas, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.196
Mara Madre, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.196
Mara Magdalena, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.196
Maria, Punta: Guaymas . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.69
Maria, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.86
Mara, Punta: Baha Sebastin
Vizcano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.104
Mariato, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16
Marin Islands: San Pablo Strait . . . . 10.183
Marin Peninsula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.20
Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.72
Marina del Rey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.247
Marina, Piedras de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.90
Mariners Basin: Mission Bay . . . . . . . 8.119
Markham . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.50
Mrquez, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Marsh Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.58
Marshfield Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.71
Martin Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.82
Martn Perz, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.111
Martinez Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.261
Maruata, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.153
Marys Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.75
Masachapa, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.21
Mason, Fort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.58
Matancitas, Boca de las . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Matapalo, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.177
Matapalo, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.82
Matapalo, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
Matenchn, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.231
Mathematicians Seamounts . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Mathews Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.140
Mattole Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.52
Mattole Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.51
Mattole River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.56
Mayfield Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.150
Mayo, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.45
Mazatn, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.70
Mazatlan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.244
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.251
Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.261
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.257
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.244
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.252
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.250
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.262
Home Contents Index
Mazo, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.130
McAvoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.285
McKenzie Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.28
McKinley Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44
McLean Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.108
McNairs Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.239
McNary Lock and Dam . . . . . . . . . . 13.168
McNutt Gulch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.51
Meanguera, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.77
Meanguerita, Islata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.93
Meares, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.126
Mechudo, Cabeza de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.138
Mechudo, Cerro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.104
Medanos de Santo Domingo Light . . . 6.40
Medidor, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24
Megler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.56
Meja, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.241
Melaque, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.181
Mellizas, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.70
Melpomene, Caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.41
Menard Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Mendocino . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.45
Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.45
Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.52
Fracture Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Ridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Mendocino, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.56
Mendoza Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.21
Mercenarios, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.161
Mesa=tableland, plateau; see proper name
Mesa, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169
Metate, Pico del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.194
Meteorological conversion table
and scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.224
Mexcaltitn, Barra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.240
Mexicali . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2
Mexico City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.114
Mexico Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.152
Mezquital, Boca del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.50
Mezquite, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.260
Mezquite, Punta: Baha Descanso . . . 7.179
Mezquite, Punta: Ensenada Carrizal . 6.193
Michatoya, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.187
Michoacn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.133
Middle America Trench . . . . . . . . . . . 1.147
Middle Farallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.31
Middle Point: Suisun Bay . . . . . . . . 10.277
Middle River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.287
Middle Rock: Cuyler Harbor . . . . . . . 8.318
Middleton, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27
Midshipman Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.239
Midway Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102
Miga, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.171
Mile Rocks: Russian River . . . . . . . . . 11.15
Mile Rocks: San Francisco . . . . . . . . . 10.49
Miller Sands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55
Millicoma River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.71
Millington . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.51
Miramar, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.258
Miramar: Ensenada de Bocochibampo 6.194
Miramar: Half Moon Bay . . . . . . . . . . 9.105
Miramontes Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
Mission Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.114
Mission Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.114
Mita, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.206
Mochis, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.28
Moclips River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.68
Mogote=hummock; see proper name
Mogote, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.117
Mojnes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.180
Mokelumne River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.287
Molate Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.178
Molino, Punta El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.111
Molokai Fracture Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44
Mombacho, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
Momotombo, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
Moneypenny Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . 4.82
Mongrove, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.135
Monita, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.46
INDEX
Monitas, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61
Monjones, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.180
Mono, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.38
Monserrat, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.136
Montague, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.269
Montaa=mountain; see proper name
Montaa, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.93
Montara Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.94
Montara, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.29
Monte=mount, mountain; see proper name
Monte Silla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.263
Monterey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.73
Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.67
Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.73
Monterey Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.67
National Marine Sanctuary . . . . . . . . 9.2
Monterrey, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.223
Montesano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.53
Montezuma Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.273
Montijo, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.20
Montoga, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.217
Montosa, Isla: Baha El Coco . . . . . . . 3.171
Montosa, Isla: Baha Tangolunda . . . . . 5.74
Montuosa, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8
Monumento, Punta: Isla Tiburn . . . . 6.191
Monumento, Punta: Puerto Refugio . . 6.242
Monumento, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.35
Moon Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.35
Moore Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.63
Mooring Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.43
Morales, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134
Morazn, Puerto: Estero Real . . . . . . . 4.86
Morazn, Puerto: San Juan del Sur . . . 4.16
Morgan, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9
Morgan Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.58
Morrito, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.59
Morro Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.34
Morro, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.52
Morro Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.257
Morro Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.39
Morro Howlands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.47
Morro, Punta del; Baha de
Todos Santos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.156
Morro Redondo, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.91
Morro Redondo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.90
Morro Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.31
Morro=headland, bluff; see proper name
Morse Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.330
Moss Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.58
Moss Landing Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.80
Mostrador, Punta El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.101
Mott Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.58
Mott Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.58
Mount; see proper name
Mouse Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.41
Muchurusio, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59
Muela, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.47
Muelle=pier, jetty, mole; see proper name
Muerto, Mar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.36
Muertos, Baha de los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.97
Muertos, Ensenada de los . . . . . . . . . . . 6.97
Muertos, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.157
Muertos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.41
Mugu Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.238
Mugu Lagoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.238
Mugu, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.238
Mulato, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.90
Muleg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.182
Muleg, Fondeadero del . . . . . . . . . . . 6.182
Multnomah Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.84
Multnomah Falls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.153
Murcilago, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.157
Murcilagos, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.176
Murcilagos, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.169
Murray Fracture Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Musimillama, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.162
Mussel Point: Bodega Bay . . . . . . . . . 11.18
Mussel Point: near Point Sal . . . . . . . . 9.26
Mussel Point: near Reading Rock . . 11.103
486
Mussel Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.47
Mussel Rock: Crescent City Harbor 11.111
Mussel Rock: False Cape . . . . . . . . . . 11.68
Mussel Rock: St George Reef . . . . . 11.115
Mutis, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.20
Nacascolo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.86
Nahcotta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.20
Nahcotta Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.20
Napa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.238
River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.238
Napier Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Naples Island: Alamitos Bay . . . . . . . 8.200
Naranjas, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17
Naranjo, Playa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134
Naranjo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17
Narizn, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.62
Narizn, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.62
Naselle River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.21
Natan, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13
National City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.17
Natividad, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.82
Natural conditions
Climate and weather . . . . . . . . . . . 1.170
Climatic Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.200
Currents and tidal streams . . . . . . . 1.149
Maritime topography . . . . . . . . . . . 1.147
Sea and swell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.161
Sea level and tides . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.160
Sea water characteristics . . . . . . . . 1.165
Navachiste, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.25
Navachiste, Sierra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.13
Navarro Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.73
Navarro Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.36
Navarro River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.42
Navidad, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.181
Navidad, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.181
Navidad, Cerro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.177
Navidad, Morro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.177
Navigational aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.19
Navigational dangers and hazards
Coastal conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2
Logs and deadheads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5
Navigation amongst coral . . . . . . . . . 1.3
Navigation amongst kelp . . . . . . . . . . 1.4
Navio, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.242
Nayarit, State of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.224
Neahkahnie Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . 12.139
Necanicum River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.138
Neds Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.43
Needle Rock Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
Needle Rock: Point Delgada . . . . . . . 11.58
Needle Rock: Rogue River Reef . . . . 12.10
Needles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.60
Negra, Piedra: Baha Murcilagos . . . 3.176
Negra, Piedra: Mazatln . . . . . . . . . . . 5.258
Negra, Punta: Baha Sebastin
Vizcano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.104
Negra, Roca: Baha de San Carlos . . . 6.139
Negra, Roca: Baha de Zihuatanejo . . 5.120
Negra, Roca: near Cabo Corrientes . . 5.177
Negra, Roca: Puerto ngel . . . . . . . . . 5.86
Negrita, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.188
Negrito, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.41
Negritos Afuera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.132
Negritos, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.132
Negro, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.70
Nehalem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.149
River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.149
Neskowin Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.127
Neskowin Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.127
Nestucca Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.133
Nestucca River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.133
Netarts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.135
Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.135
Nevado = snowcapped mountain; see proper
name
Neveria, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.260
New Hope Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.112
Home Contents Index
New, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.49
New York Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.269
New York Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.271
Newberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.114
Newport: Newport Bay . . . . . . . . . . . 8.141
Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.141
Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.141
Heights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.141
Newport: Yaquina Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.98
Newton Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Nexpa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.88
Nexpa, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.88
Nexpa, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.88
Nicaragua, Lago de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6
Nichols Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Nicoya, Golfo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.126
Nifty Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.318
Nitinat Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.79
Noche, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.128
Noonday Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.31
Nopol, Punta: W of Isla Carmen . . . 6.140
Nopol, Punta: Canal de San Jos . . . 6.138
Norte, Punta: Isla Cedros . . . . . . . . . . . 7.97
Norte, Punta: Isla Guadalupe . . . . . . . . 2.43
Nortes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.184
North Bay: Grays Harbor . . . . . . . . . . 14.49
North Beach Peninsula . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.9
North Bend: Coos Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.61
North Equatorial Current . . . . . . . . . . 1.155
North Farallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.26
North Fork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.13
North Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.24
Lighthouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.24
North Island: San Diego Bay . . . . . . . . 8.17
North Pacific Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.151
North Peak: Montara Mountain . . . . . . 9.94
North Point: Coos Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.52
North Point: San Francisco . . . . . . . . 10.93
North Portland Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . 13.122
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 13.126
Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.128
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.127
General information . . . . . . . . . . . 13.122
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 13.124
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.129
Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.130
North River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.21
North Rock: Hoh Head . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59
North Rock: Hubbard Mound . . . . . . . 12.9
North Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.70
North Spit: Coos Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.47
North Spit: Humboldt Bay . . . . . . . . . 11.83
Northwest Rock: Orford Reef . . . . . . 12.9
Northwest Rock: Rogue River Reef . . 12.9
Northers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.184
Northwest Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.78
Notch Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.128
Novarro, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.70
Novato Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.228
Novilla, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.185
Noyo Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.38
Noyo Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.38
Noyo Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.73
Noyo River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.38
Nueces, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.38
Nuevo, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.43
Nuevo Vallarta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.219
Nuevo Venecio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.202
NW Seal Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102
Oak Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.278
Oakland, Port of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.105
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 10.115
Basins and berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.129
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.123
General information . . . . . . . . . . . 10.105
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.119
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 10.109
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.135
INDEX
Small Craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.136
Oaxaca, State of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.39
Obispo, Faralln del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.106
Obscuro, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.215
Observation Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.43
Observatorio, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.33
Ocean Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.117
Oceana Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.22
Oceano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.12
Oceanside Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.122
Ocs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.204
Ocosito, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.204
Ocosta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.54
Ocote, Cerro del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.89
ODAS buoys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4
Oeste, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.197
Ohuira, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.31
Ojo de Agua, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.159
Ojo de Liebre, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.105
Olas Atlas, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.246
Oleum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.222
Olocuita, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.117
Olympic Coast National
Marine Sanctuary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.4
Olympus, Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.56
Ometepe, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6
Ometepec, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.93
Oneal, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27
Oneatta Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.121
Oregon City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.114
Orford, Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.27
Orford Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9
Orizaba Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.79
Oros, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.167
Ortega Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.292
Osa, Peninsula de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.102
Osado, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24
Osborn Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.100
Ostional, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.187
Ostionera, Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.138
Ostrander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.76
Oto, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.155
Otter Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.34
Otter Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.126
Outer Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32
Outer Santa Barbara Passage . . . . . . . . 8.79
Oyster Point Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.160
Oyster Cove Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.160
Oyster Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.160
Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.160
Ozette Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.76
Ozette River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.83
Pabelln, Boca de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.46
Pabelln, Ensenada del . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.21
Pacheco, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.13
Pacific Beach: Mission Bay . . . . . . . . 8.105
Pacific Beach: Washington . . . . . . . . 14.68
Pacific City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.133
Pacific Grove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.67
Pacific Valley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.55
Pacora, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24
Painted Cave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.315
Paintersville . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.315
Pajarito, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.141
Pajaro River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.67
Pajarn, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.41
Pjaros, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.48
Pjaros, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.53
Pjaros, Isla: (1006N, 8500W) . . . 3.134 Pelcano, Isla: Baha Kino . . . . . . . . . 6.199
Pjaros, Isla: (752N, 8147W) . . . . . 3.41 Pelcano, Isla: Ro Colorado . . . . . . . 6.269
Pjaros, Isla: Mazatln . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.14
Pajaros, Islote Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.178
Pjaros, Mogote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59
Pjaros, Roca de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.72
Pala, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.246
Palenque, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.60
Palenquito, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61
Paleto de Afuera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.42
487
Palix River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.20
Palma, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.36
Palmas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
Palmar, El (2351N, 10951W) . . . . . 6.92
Palmar, El: Punta Gasparino . . . . . . . . 7.13
Palmarito, Boca del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.19
Palmas, Baha de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.96
Palmilla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.78
Palmira, Playa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.120
Palmitas, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.173
Palo Bonito, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.87
Palomina, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.87
Palos Verdes Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.11
Palos Verdes Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.238
Pan de Azucar, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.157
Panama, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.172
Panama City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.66
Papagayo, Golfo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.166
Papagayo, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.88
Papagayo, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.88
Papagayos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.184
Papanoa, Morro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.120
Papayal, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.18
Paradise Cay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.181
Paradise Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.252
Paredn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.36
Paredones de Soconusco . . . . . . . . . . . 5.19
Paredones, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.196
Parida, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59
Paraso, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.67
Parker, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.176
Parks Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Parmenter, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.63
Partida, Isla La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.90
Partida, Isla: Golfo de California . . . . 6.237
Partido, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.31
Partington Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50
Pasajera, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.181
Pascal Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Pasco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.173
Paso Caballos, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.55
Passage Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11
Passavera, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.185
Patos, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.204
Patricks Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.115
Patton Escarpment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Pavn, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.97
Paz, Baha de La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.102
Paz, Canal de La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.118
Paz, Ensenada de La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.117
Paz, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.114
Paz, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.62
Paz, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.152
Paz, Ro La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.152
Peacock Spit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.21
Pearce, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27
Pebble Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.65
Pecho Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
Peck, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.88
Pedada, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.176
Pedernales, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
Pedregal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.64
Pedregal, Estero: Golfo de Fonseca . . . 4.83
Pedregal, Estero: Ro Chiriqui . . . . . . . 3.64
Pelican Bay: Point St George . . . . . . . 12.13
Pelican Bay: Santa Cruz Island . . . . . 8.313
Pelican Rock: Crescent City Harbor 11.109
Pelicano, Roca: Manzanillo . . . . . . . . 5.160
Pelicano, Roca: Punta Cabeza Negra . 5.149
Pelona, Punta La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.123
Pelonas, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.171
Penguin Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.123
Peninsula Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.61
Pennsula=peninsula; see proper name
Penoso, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24
Pea(s)=rock(s); see proper name
Peasco, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.214
Home Contents Index
Peasco, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.213
Pequea, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.46
Perdomo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.21
Perico, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.130
Perico, Punta: Canal Cerralvo . . . . . . . 6.93
Perico, Punta: Isla Carmen . . . . . . . . . 6.137
Perihuete, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.23
Perihuete, Pennsula del . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16
Perkins Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59
Perla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.192
Peroana, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28
Perpetua, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.78
Prula, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.185
Pesado, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.34
Pescadero Point: approaches to San
Francisco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
Pescadero Point: Carmel Bay . . . . . . . . 9.65
Pescadero, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.93
Pescadero, Punta: Baja California,
W coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Pescadero Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.65
Petacalco, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.132
Petaluma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.225
River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.225
Petatln, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.127
Petatln, Morro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.120
Petrel, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.62
Petroterminal de Panama . . . . . . . . . . . 3.72
Pfeiffer Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50
Pfeiffer Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50
Phillips Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.268
Piaxtla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16
Piaxtla, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.19
Picacho=sharp peak; see proper name
Picacho, Cerro El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11
Pichilingue, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.108
Pichilinguillo, Ensenada de . . . . . . . . 5.152
Pico = peak; see proper name
Pico Doble, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.225
Pico Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32
Pie del Gigante, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13
Piedra Amarilla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.154
Piedra Blanca, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.163
Piedra Blanca, La: Isla Tiburn . . . . . 6.191
Piedra, Isla la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.246
Piedra Parada, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.113
Piedra, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.196
Piedra, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.72
Piedra, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.51
Piedra=rock; see proper name
Piedras Blancas, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191
Piedras Blancas, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32
Piedras Blancas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.149
Piedras, Isla de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.36
Pierpont Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.308
Pigeon Point: approaches to San
Francisco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
Pigeon Point: Coos Bay . . . . . . . . . . . 12.72
Pilar de Sal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17
Pillar Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.98
Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.101
Pillar Rock: Cape Meares . . . . . . . . . 12.126
Pillar Rock: Estero Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.37
Piln de Azcar, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.171
Piln de Parras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.143
Pilot Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.101
Pilotage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.24
Pin Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.89
Pinacate, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.211
Pinculo, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9
Pinculo, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.86
Pinal, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.77
Pinnacle Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62
Pinnacles, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.64
Pinole Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.220
Pinole Shoal Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.221
Pinos Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.77
Pinos, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62
Pinto, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.32
INDEX
Pioneer Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Pioneer Fracture Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Pioneer Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Piro, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59
Pismo Beach Pier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.18
Pistol River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7
Pitahaya, Isla: Guaymas . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.59
Pitas, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.278
Pittsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.278
Pixba, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.47
Plana, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.89
Plano, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.211
Plaskett Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.51
Plata, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.170
Platanal, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.82
Platform Irene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
Playa Alta, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99
Playa Blanca, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.183
Playa Brava, Ensenada de . . . . . . . . . . 3.48
Playa, Cerro de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Playa Colorada, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . 6.23
Playa Grande, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.58
Playa, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.17
Playa Mara, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.112
Playa=beach; see proper name
Playita, Boca de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.19
Playon de Mismaloya Light . . . . . . . . 5.178
Plaza, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61
Pochote, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.185
Point Arena Lighthouse . . . . . . . . . . . 11.14
Point of Arches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.79
Point Potrero Reach . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.205
Point; see proper name
Pointed Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.163
Ponente, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.41
Pony Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.57
Port; see proper name
Port services summary
Docking facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.142
Other facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.143
Portland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.91
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 13.100
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.104
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.91
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.101
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.95
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.108
Principal berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.105
Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.113
Portuguese Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.253
Potatopatch Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.37
Potos, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.127
Potos, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.122
Potrero, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.170
Potrero Grande, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.175
Potrero Point: San Francisco . . . . . . . 10.88
Poza, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.112
Poza, Ro de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.188
Pozo, Punta del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59
Prairie Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.58
Pratt Cliff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59
President Jackson Seamount . . . . . . . . 2.45
Presidio Military Reservation . . . . . . 10.38
Presidio Monument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.76
Presidio, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.14
Presidio, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.237
Presidio Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.53
Preston Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.110
Price Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.59
Priest Rapid Dam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.169
Prieta, Punta: Isla del Espiritu Santo . 6.105
Prieta, Punta: La Paz . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.105
Prieta, Punta: Muleg . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.182
Prieta, Punta: Punta Piaxtla . . . . . . . . . 6.16
Prieta, Punta: Topolobampo . . . . . . . . . 6.32
Primera Agua, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.143
Prince Island: Pelican Bay . . . . . . . . . 12.13
Prince Island: San Miguel Island . . . . 8.318
Princeton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.104
488
Principal ports, harbours
and anchorages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.141
Prisoner Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.114
Prisoners Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.314
Profile Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.315
Promontory Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.144
Prosper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.40
Prosper, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.40
Pudding Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.49
Puerto Marques, Baha de . . . . . . . . . 5.111
Puerto, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.181
Puerto Viejo, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.246
Puerto=port; see proper name
Puget Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.52
Pulmo, Arrecife del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.79
Pulmo, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.79
Pulmo, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.79
Plpito, Fondeadero del . . . . . . . . . . . 6.178
Plpito, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.161
Punta Banda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.152
Punta Banda, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.152
Punta, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134
Punta Peasco, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.214
Punta=point; see proper name
Puntarenas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.143
Puntarenitas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
Puntilla, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.147
Purificacon, Sierra la . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.222
Purisima Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
Pyramid Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.74
Pyramid Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.70
Pyramid Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.13
Pyramid Rock: Blanco Reef . . . . . . . . . 12.9
Pyramid Rock: Cape Meares . . . . . . 12.126
Quebros, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.21
Queens Way Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.179
Queensway Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.201
Queets River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.2
Queiros Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.21
Quelite, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16
Quepos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.118
Quepos, Islas de los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.117
Quepos, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.117
Quetzal, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.172
Quevedo, Pennsula de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20
Quezaltenango . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.165
Quillayute Needle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.64
Quillayute Needles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.64
Quillayute River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.61
Quinault River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.56
Quinones, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.162
Quivira Basin: Mission Bay . . . . . . . . 8.119
Rabo del Puerco, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.65
Raccoon Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.65
Raccoon Strait . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.63
Racimo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11
Radio facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.28
Raft River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.2
Ragged Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49
Rainier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.77
Rancheria, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17
Rancho Bueno, Laguna de . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Rancho Descanso . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.179
Rancho, Estero del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.59
Range Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.269
Ranger, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
Ranger, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.72
Ratn, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.95
Ravenswood Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.147
Raymond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.13
Raza, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.237
Raza, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.223
Raza, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.237
Reading Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.101
Real, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.86
Home Contents Index
Real, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.20
Real, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.207
Recodo, Punta El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86
Red Bluff: Humboldt Bay . . . . . . . . . 11.86
Red Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.100
Red Point: Chetco Cove . . . . . . . . . . . 12.16
Red Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.174
Redding Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.101
Redfish Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.28
Redonda, La: Acapulco . . . . . . . . . . . 5.110
Redonda, La: Baha de Banderas . . . . 5.206
Redonda, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11
Redondo Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.246
Redondo Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.246
Redondo, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99
Redwood City, Port of . . . . . . . . . . . 10.152
Redwood Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.152
Redwood Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.155
Reeder Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.78
Reedsport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.86
Reforma, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.23
Refugio, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.241
Regla, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28
Regulations
Costa Rica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.39
International regulations . . . . . . . . . 1.36
Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.40
United States of America . . . . . . . . . 1.42
Rehusa, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15
Remedios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.43
Remedios, Baha de los . . . . . . . . . . . 6.254
Remedios, Punta: Golfo de California 6.248
Remedios, Punta: near Acajutla . . . . . 4.154
Remolino, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.112
Rennie Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.35
Requa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102
Rescue, Distress and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.59
Reservation Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.212
Resort Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.248
Respingue, Punta El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.176
Restinga=reef, spit; see proper name
Retalhuleu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.198
Revillagigedo, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.24
Reyes, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.26
Reyna, Islote de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.93
Reynolds Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55
Ribbon Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.84
Ribera, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.96
Rice Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55
Richardson Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.61
Richardson Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.326
Richland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.173
Richmond, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.200
Richmond, Port of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.185
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 10.195
Basins and berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.206
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.204
General information . . . . . . . . . . . 10.185
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.200
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 10.190
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.209
Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.210
Ridgefield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.88
Riemann Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Rincon Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.294
Rincon, Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.294
Rincon Point: Carpinteria . . . . . . . . . . 8.278
Rincon Point: San Francisco . . . . . . . 10.77
Rincn, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99
Rincn, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99
Rincn de la Vieja, Volcn . . . . . . . . . 3.167
Rincn, Ro: Baha Rincn . . . . . . . . . 3.99 Rounded Islet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59
Rincn, Ro: Baha Isla Grande . . . 5.130
Rio del Mar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.86
Rio Vista . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.309
Ro Grande, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.155
Ro=river; see proper name
Riscin, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.23
Risco Amarillo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.196
INDEX
Risco Colorado, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.200
Rittenburg bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.21
Rivas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.178
River; see proper name
Rivera, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.96
Rivera Ridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44
Robalo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.45
Robins Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.156
Robinson Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15
Roca Colorada, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.196
Roca Morena, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.139
Roca Negra, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.178
Roca Partida, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.34
Roca, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.135
Roca(s)=rock(s); see proper name
Rocas, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86
Rocher Clipperton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.17
Rock Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.160
Rock Islets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.27
Rocky Knoll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.79
Rocky Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7
Rocky Point: Bolinas Bay . . . . . . . . . 10.34
Rocky Point: Columbia River . . . . . . 13.57
Rocky Point: Fisherman Bay . . . . . . . 11.32
Rocky Point: Point Arguello . . . . . . . 8.291
Rocky Point: Port Orford . . . . . . . . . . 12.27
Rocky Point: Trinidad Head . . . . . . . 11.101
Rocky Prairie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7
Rocosa, Punta: Baha
Sebastin Vizcano . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.104
Rocosa, Punta: Golfo de California . . 6.237
Rocosa, Punta: near Acapulco . . . . . . . 5.88
Rodeo Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.68
Rodeo Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.229
Rodes Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.319
Rodgers Break . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55
Rodgers Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.98
Rodgers Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.98
Rodrigo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.88
Rodriguez Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.70
Roe Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.269
Rogue River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.22
Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9
Roja, Punta: Baha Magdalena . . . . . . . 7.50
Roja, Punta: Isla San Jos . . . . . . . . . 6.137
Roja, Punta: near Mazatln . . . . . . . . . 6.27
Rompiente, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67
Roncador, Islote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17
Roqueta, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.97
Rosa Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.63
Rosa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.40
Rosa Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.63
Rosario, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.100
Rosario, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.73
Rosario, Baha del: Baja California,
W coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.125
Rosario, Ensenada de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.47
Rosario, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.47
Rosario, Punta El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.81
Rosario, Ro del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.127
Rosarito Oil Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.173
Rosarito, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.104
Roseberg: Coos Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.61
Roseville . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.17
Ross Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.101
Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.96
Ross Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.14
Rota, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
Round Rock: Baha Uvita . . . . . . . . . 3.112
Round Rock: Crescent City Harbor . 11.111
Round Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.253
San Andrs, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.185
Rushton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.160
Russell Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.52
Russian Gulch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.46
Russian River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.26
Ryan Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.60
Ryan Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.140
Ryer Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.273
489
Saavedra Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.21
Sabana, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.170
Sacasa, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.154
Sacate, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.109
Sacramento, Arrecife . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.117
Sacramento, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.122
Sacramento, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.270
Sacramento, Port of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.303
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 10.314
Basins and berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.318
General information . . . . . . . . . . . 10.303
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 10.308
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.319
Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.320
Sacramento River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.304
Sacrificios, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.77
Sacrificios, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.66
Sacrificios, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.77
Saddle Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.10
Saddle Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.139
Saddle Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.15
Saddle Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.36
Safa, Volcn de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.147
Sail Rock: Fish Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15
Sail Rock: Golfo de Nicoya . . . . . . . . 3.132
Sail Rock: Half Moon Bay . . . . . . . . . 9.105
Saino, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61
Sainos, Los . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.60
Saint Helena, Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.9
Saint Helens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.87
Sal, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
Salada, Boca de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.131
Salagua, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.171
Salem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.114
Saliaca, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.23
Salina Cruz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.38
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.44
Basins and berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.57
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.53
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.38
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.50
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.43
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.61
Salina Cruz, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.50
Salina Marqus, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . 5.50
Salina Marqus, Morro de . . . . . . . . . . 5.56
Salinas, Baha de: Costa Rica . . . . . . . 3.187
Salinas, Baha de: Isla Carmen . . . . . . 6.157
Salinas, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.38
Salinas, Morro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.52
Salinas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.145
Salinas Valley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.67
Salmon Cone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49
Salmon Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15
Salmon Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.55
Salmon Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.36
Salmon River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.126
Salsipuedes, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.244
Salsipuedes, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.237
Salsipuedes, Punta: Baja California,
W coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.168
Salsipuedes, Punta: Costa Rica . . . . . 3.103
Salt Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15
Salta Verde Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.90
Salvador, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
Samala, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.203
Samoa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.83
Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.90
San Agustn, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.84
San Agustn, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.84
San Andreceta, Boca de . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.46
San Antonio, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.17
San Antonio, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.118
San Antonio, Punta: Baha San Nicolas 6.179
San Antonio, Punta: Baja California,
W coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.117
San Antonio, Punta: near Guaymas . . 6.191
Home Contents Index
San Augustin, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.188
San Bartolom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.78
San Basilio, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.177
San Basilio, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.161
San Benedicto, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.31
San Benito, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.84
San Bernab, Rocas de . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.248
San Bernando, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.83
San Bernardo, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.19
San Blas, Cerros de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.159
San Blas, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.224
San Blas, Punta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.226
San Bruno, Arroyo de . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.161
San Bruno Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.26
San Bruno, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.148
San Bruno Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.147
San Buto, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.38
San Carlos, Baha de: Golfo de
California, E coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.196
San Carlos, Baha:
(2515N, 11058W) . . . . . . . . . . . 6.147
San Carlos, Baha:
(2751N, 11245W) . . . . . . . . . . . 6.228
San Carlos, Baha: Topolobampo . . . . . 6.31
San Carlos, Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.20
San Carlos, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.31
San Carlos, Puerto de: Baja California,
W coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.30
San Carlos, Punta: Baja California
E coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.224
San Carlos, Punta: Baja California,
W coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.119
San Carpoforo Valley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.46
San Clemente Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.103
San Clemente Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.66
San Cosme, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.140
San Cosme, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.140
San Cristobal, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . 5.232
San Cristobal, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
San Cristbal, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.72
San Damin, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.140
San Diego . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.15
Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.15
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 8.27
Basins and berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.44
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.41
General information . . . . . . . . . . . 8.15
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.34
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 8.21
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.47
Small craft basins . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.52
San Diego Fort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.103
San Diego, Fuerte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.103
San Diego, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.136
San DiegoCoronado Bay Bridge . . . . 8.22
San Dionisio del Mar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.37
San Domingo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85
San Eduardo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191
San Esteban, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.190
San Esteban, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.128
San Everisto, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.138
San Felipe, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.266
San Felipe, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.266
San Felipe, Punta: Baha San Felipe . 6.258
San Felipe, Punta: Ro Colorado . . . . 6.268
San Fermin, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.258
San Fernando, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.119
San Francisco Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1
Anchorages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.5
Approaches and entrance, general . 10.14
Approaches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.19
Deep Water Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.54
Entrance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.37
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2
Dumbarton Bridges . . . . . . . . . . . 10.144
Golden Gate Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.44
North Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.164
Pilotage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.40
RichmondSan Rafael Bridge . . . 10.172
INDEX
San FranciscoOakland Bay Bridge 10.77
San MateoHayward Bridge . . . . 10.143
San Pablo Strait to Stockton and
Sacramento . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.211
South Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.69
Head of the bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.139
Regulations concering entry . . . . . 10.10
Southampton Shoal Channel . . . . 10.177
Submarine cables and pipelines . . . . 10.4
Traffic regulations . . . . . . 10.9 and 10.15
Natural conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.6
San Francisco, Boca de . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.37
San Francisco, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.188
San Francisco del Mar . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.37
San Francisco, Ensenada . . . . . . . . . . 6.195
San Francisco International Airport . 10.139
San Francisco, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.104
San Francisco, Port of . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.72
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.81
Basins and berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.90
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.86 San Juanico, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.49
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.72
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.82 San Lzaro, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.43
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.76
Port Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.94
Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.98
Aquatic Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.59
Horseshoe Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.60
Municipal Yacht Harbor . . . . . . . . . 10.58
San Francisco, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164
San Francisquito, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . 6.231
San Francisquito, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . 6.224
San Gabriel, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.129
San Gabriel, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.224
San Gregorio, Arroyo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.48
San Gregorio, Boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.48
San Gregorio, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.48
San Guillermo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.196
San Hiplito, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.58
San Hiplito, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.55 San Lucas, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.81
San Ignacio, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.26
San Ignacio Faralln . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.14
San Ignacio, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16
San Ignacio, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.63
San Ignacio, Punta: Baha Concepcin 6.181
San Ignacio, Punta: near Topolobampo 6.16
San Ignacio, Ro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.205
San Isidro, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.146
San Jacinto, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.130
San Jacinto, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
San Jaime, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.9
San Jernimo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.200
San Jernimo, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.119
San Jernimo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.115
San Joaquin Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.135
San Joaquin, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.270
San Joaquin River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.287
San Jorge: Baja California, W coast . . . 7.46
San Jorge: Nicaragua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6
San Jorge, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.216
San Jorge, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.212
San Jos: Guatemala . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.181
San Jose, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.61
San Jos, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.32
San Jos, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.138
San Jos del Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.83
San Jos del Cabo, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . 6.83
San Jos, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.107
San Jos, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.134
San Jos, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.114
San Jos, Punta: Baja California,
W coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.146
San Jos, Punta: near Punta Llorona . 3.109
San Jos, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.83
San Jos: Baja California W coast . . . 7.122
San Jos: Costa Rica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.74
San Juan, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.33
San Juan Bautista, Baha . . . . . . . . . . 6.232
San Juan Bautista, Punta . . . . . . . . . . 6.224
490
San Juan Capistrano Valley . . . . . . . . 8.105
San Juan, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.222
San Juan Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.105
San Juan de Dios, Baha de . . . . . . . . 5.129
San Juan de la Costa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.122
San Juan del Gozo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . 4.139
San Juan del Sur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.14
San Juan Enfrente . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.43
San Juan, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.130
San Juan Nepomuceno, Isla . . . . . . . . 6.105
San Juan, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
San Juan Ranch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.125
San Juan, Ro: (728N, 8143W) . . . . 3.33
San Juan, Ro: (812N, 8158W) . . . . 3.38
San Juan, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.21
San Juan Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.131
San Juan Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
San Juanico, Caleta de . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.176
San Juanico, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.48
San Juanico, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.46
San Juanito, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.196
San Lzaro, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.43
San Lzaro, Sierra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.76
San Leandro Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.137
San Leandro Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.137
San Leandro Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.159
San Lino, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.180
San Lorenzo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.95
San Lorenzo, Arrecife . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.106
San Lorenzo, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.95
San Lorenzo, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.106
San Lorenzo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.237
San Lorenzo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.105
San Lorenzo, Ro: Golfo de California 6.20
San Lorenzo, Ro: Panama . . . . . . . . . . 3.38
San Lorenzo, Rocas de . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.110
San Lucas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.81
San Lucas, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.78
San Lucas, Caleta de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.184
San Lucas, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134
San Lucia, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.43
San Luis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.203
San Luis, Arroyo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.78
San Luis, Boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.119
San Luis Gonzaga, Baha . . . . . . . . . . 6.262
San Luis Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
San Luis, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.257
San Luis, Isleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191
San Luis Obispo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19
Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19
San Luis, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
San Luis, Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19
San Marcial, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.139
San Marcial, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.139
San Marcos, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.34
San Marcos, Canal de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.166
San Marcos, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.163
San Marte, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.148
San Martin, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49
San Martin Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49
San Martn, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.128
San Mateo County . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.152
San Mateo del Mar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.21
San Mateo Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.112
San Mateo Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.131
San Miguel, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.156
San Miguel, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.224
San Miguel Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.279
San Miguel Passage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.331
San Miguel, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.114
San Miguel, Punta: Golfo de California,
E coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16
San Miguel, Punta: Isla Tiburn . . . . 6.192
San Miguel, Punta: Baha de
Todos Santos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.156
San Miguel, Ro Grande de . . . . . . . . 4.136
Home Contents Index
San Miguel, Volcn de . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.133
San Nicolas Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.103
San Nicolas, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.89
San Nicolas Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.91
San Nicols, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.179
San Onofre Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.11
San Pablo, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.71
San Pablo Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.212
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.221
General information . . . . . . . . . . . 10.212
San Pablo, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.66
San Pablo, Point: San Pablo Strait . . 10.176
San Pablo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67
San Pablo, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.20
San Pablo, Sierra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.36
San Pablo Strait . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.165
San Pablo Yacht Club . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.229
San Pascual, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.149
San Patricio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.181
San Pedrillo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.109
San Pedrito, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.161
San Pedrito, Laguna de . . . . . . . . . . . 5.162
San Pedro, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.197
San Pedro Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.161
San Pedro, Boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.63
San Pedro Breakwater . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.161
San Pedro Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.79
San Pedro Escarpment . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.253
San Pedro Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.173
San Pedro, Isla: Baha Chamela . . . 5.188
San Pedro, Isla: Ro Chiriqui Delta . 3.58
San Pedro Mrtir, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.190
San Pedro Nolasco, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . 6.190
San Pedro Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.312
San Pedro, Point: Approaches to
San Francisco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.26
San Pedro, Point: San Pablo Strait . . 10.176
San Pedro, Punta: Baha Concepcin . 6.181
San Pedro, Punta: Baja California,
W coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
San Pedro, Punta: Golfo de California,
NE side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191
San Pedro, Punta: Punta Boca de Hacha 3.58
San Pedro, Ro: El Salvador . . . . . . . . 4.150
San Pedro, Ro: Panama . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.20
San Pedro, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.109
San Pedro Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.26
San Quentin, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.174
San Quintn, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.132
San Quintn, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.130
San Quintn, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.135
San Rafael . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.165
Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.183
San Rafael, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.250
San Rafael, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.53
San Rafael, Mesa de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.138
San Rafael, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.53
San Ramn, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.141
San Roque, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.70
San Roque, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67
San Roque, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67
San Roque, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.67
San Salvador . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.98
San Salvador, Volcn de . . . . . . . . . . . 4.133
San Sebastian, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.139
San Sebastin, Sierra de . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.13
San Simeon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.42
Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.42
Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32
San Simn, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.31
San Telmo, Punta: Punta Tejupan . . . 5.149
San Telmo, Punta: Baja California,
W coast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.138
San Telmo, Punta de:
Golfo de California . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.139
San Telmo, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.138
San Vicente, Can . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.114
San Vicente, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.62
San Vicente, Picacho . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.125
INDEX
San Vicente, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.146
San Vicente, Volcn de . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.133
Sand Hill Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
Sand Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.30
Sand Island Shoal: Grays Harbor . . . . 14.49
Sand Island Upper Dyke . . . . . . . . . . 13.27
Sand Lake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.124
Sand Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.295
Sandino, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.31
Sandstone Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.326
Sandy Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.82
Sandy Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.331
Santa Agueda, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.162
Santa Ana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.184
Santa Ana, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.227
Santa Ana, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.224
Santa Ana River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.139
Santa Ana, Volcn de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.133
Santa Barbara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.296
Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.284
Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.101
Islands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.279
Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.296
Santa Barbara, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.44
Santa Catalina, Gulf of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.11
Santa Catalina, Isla:
Golfo de California . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.137
Santa Catalina, Isla: Panama . . . . . . . . 3.29
Santa Catalina Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.79
Santa Catalina, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.168
Santa Catarina, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.123
Santa Clara Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.269
Santa Clara, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.268
Santa Clara River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.308
Santa Clara Valley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.238
Santa Cruz, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.67
Santa Cruz Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.320
Santa Cruz Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.330
Santa Cruz Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.87
Santa Cruz Huatulco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.67
Santa Cruz, Isla: Golfo de California . 6.136
Santa Cruz, Isla: Isla Parida . . . . . . . . . 3.59
Santa Cruz Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.279
Santa Cruz Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.21
Santa Cruz Mountains . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.67
Santa Cruz, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.89
Santa Cruz, Punta: Canal Cerralvo . . . . 6.93
Santa Cruz, Punta: Isla Parida . . . . . . . 3.40
Santa Cruz, Punta: San Blas . . . . . . . . 5.231
Santa Cruzita . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.223
Santa Elena, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.185
Santa Elena, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.168
Santa Elena, Cerros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.167
Santa Elena, Golfo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.184
Santa Ins, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.183
Santa Ins, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.162
Santa Ins, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.162
Santa Lucia, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.103
Santa Lucia Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.26
Santa Lucia Escarpment . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Santa Lucia Mountains . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.67
Santa Lugarda, Estero . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.45
Santa Magdalena Plains . . . . . . . . . . . 6.183
Santa Margarita, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8
Santa Margarita, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8
Santa Maria, Baha: Baha de
Topolobampo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.28
Santa Mara, Baha: Cabo Corso . . . . . 7.47
Santa Maria, Bajos de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.22
Santa Maria, Caleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.226
Santa Maria, Cerro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.80
Santa Maria del Mar:
(1613N, 9451W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.37
Santa Maria, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.28
Santa Maria, Monte: Cabo Virgenes . 6.222
Santa Maria, Monte: La Paz . . . . . . . . 6.107
Santa Maria, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.28
Santa Maria River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.26
491
Santa Maria, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.165
Santa Marina, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.21
Santa Marina, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.15
Santa Monica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.250
Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.253
Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.231
Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.253
Mountains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.231
Santa Rosa Cortez Ridge . . . . . . . . . . 8.103
Santa Rosa Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.279
Santa Rosa Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
Santa Rosalia, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.168
Santa Rosalia, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.182
Santa Rosala, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.111
Santa Rosala, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.104
Santa Teresa, Punta:
Baha de San Nicolas . . . . . . . . . . . 6.162
Santa Teresa, Punta:
Baha Santa Teresa . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.230
Santa Ynez Mountains . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.278
Santa Ynez River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.12
Santiago, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.169
Santiago, Boca de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.43
Santiago Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.11
Santiago, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.160
Santiago, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.43
Santo Domingo, Arroyo . . . . . . . . . . . 7.127
Santo Domingo, Boca de . . . . . . . . . . . 7.46
Santo Domingo, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . 7.102
Santo Domingo, Puerto de . . . . . . . . . 7.110
Santo Domingo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.55
Santo Toms, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.149
Santo Toms, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.146
Santo Toms, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.149
Sapo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24
Sargazo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.75
Sargento, Punta: near Isla Tiburn . . . 6.209
Sargento, Punta: Ro Colorado . . . . . . 6.268
Saunders Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15
Sausalito . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.61
Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.61
Sauvie Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.84
Sauzal, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.165
Sawyer, Banco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.58
Sayulita, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.223
Scammon Lagoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.105
Scarboro Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.29
Scarper Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.94
Schaefer Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Schofield Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.85
Scholfield Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.85
Schumann Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.12
Scorpion Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.312
Scottsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.81
Scripps Institution of Oceanography . 8.109
SD Lightbuoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.41
Sea Lion Gulch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.61
Sea Lion Rock: Carroll Island . . . . . . 14.78
Sea Lion Rock: Mattole Point . . . . . . 11.56
Sea Lion Rock: Williams Point . . . . . 11.55
Sea Lion Rocks: Carmel Bay . . . . . . . . 9.62
Sea Lion Rocks: Point Arena . . . . . . . 11.15
Seabright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.87
Seacliff Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.86
Seal Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.154
Seal Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.76
Seal Islands: Suisun Bay . . . . . . . . . 10.269
Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.277
Seal Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
Seal Rocks: Point Lobos . . . . . . . . . . 10.51
Seal Rocks: Yaquina Bay . . . . . . . . . . 12.78
Sealion Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59
Sears Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.238
Sears Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.52
Seaside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.138
Sebastian, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9
Sebastin Vizcano, Baha . . . . . . . . . 7.100
Secas, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.40
Semple Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.240
Home Contents Index
Seria, Roca La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.110
Serrucho, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.117
Serrucho, Punta: Baha Honda . . . . . . . 3.24
Serrucho, Punta: Quepos . . . . . . . . . . 3.114
Sesecapa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.202
Settler Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.58
Seven Devils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.36
Sevilla, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.58
Sevilla, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.63
Sextante, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.134
SF Lightbuoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.29
Shadani, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.52
Shag Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.101
Shag Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.55
Shalowitz Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Shimada Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38
Shank Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.120
Sharp Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.100
Shell Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.19
Shelter Cove: Point Delgada . . . . . . . 11.60
Shelter Cove: approaches to
San Francisco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.35
Shelter Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.52
Yacht Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.52
Sherman Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.270
Ship Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.83
Shoalwater Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.20
Shoalwater, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.13
Shor Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Shubrick Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55
Sicatela, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86
Siclata, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.108
Sierpe, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.111
Sierpe, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.106
Sierra Nevada, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49
Sierra Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.160
Sierra=mountain range; see proper name
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.53
Siletz Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.131
Siletz River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.131
Silla, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.246
Siltcoos River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.75
Silva de Afuera, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.42
Silva de Tierra, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.45
Silver Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.141
Silver Strand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.17
Silvergate Yacht Club: San Diego Bay 8.53
Simmons Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.273
Simmons Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.269
Simpton, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.176
Sinaloa, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.24
Sinaloa, State of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.245
Sirena, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.117
Sirena, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.102
Sister Rocks: Crescent City . . . . . . . 11.102
Sisters Rocks: (4236N, 12425W) . . 12.9 Split Rock: Cape Elizabeth . . . . . . . . 14.59
Sisters, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.176
Siuslaw River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.88
Sixes River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.38
Sixtymile Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.64
Skamokawa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.59
Skipanon Waterway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.34
Skunk Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.317
Slate Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50
Slaughters Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.70
Small White Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55
Smith, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.248
Smith Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.22
Smith Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.38
Smith River: Pelican Bay . . . . . . . . . . 12.13
Smith River: Umpqua River . . . . . . . . 12.85
Smuggler Cove: Cape Falcon . . . . . 12.153
Smugglers Cove: Santa Cruz Island . . 8.333
Snake River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.172
Soberanes Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62
Soconusco, Sierra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5
Socorro, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.26
Solana Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.133
Soldado, Estero del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.195
INDEX
Soldiers Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.39
Soledad, Arroyo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.46
Soledad, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.150
Soledad, Boca de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.46
Soledad Light, La:
(3049N, 11307W) . . . . . . . . . . . 6.216
Soledad Light, La:
(1604N, 9409W) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.21
Soledad Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.110
Soledad, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.147
Soledad, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.96
Soledad, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.146
Soley, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.187
Solitaria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.149
Sombrerito, Cerro El . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.182
Sombrero, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.123
Sombrero, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
Sonora Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59
Sooes Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.83
Sooes River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.82
Soquel Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.86
Soquel Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.86
Soquel Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.86
Sortija, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.185
Soto, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.263
South Aberdeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.35
South Arbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.54
South Bay: Golden Gate . . . . . . . . . . 10.57
South Bay: Grays Harbor . . . . . . . . . . 14.47
South Bay: Humboldt Bay . . . . . . . . . 11.83
South Bend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.13
South Channel: San Francisco Bay
Approaches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.51
South Cove: Cape Arago . . . . . . . . . . 12.45
South Fork: Coos River . . . . . . . . . . . 12.71
South Fork: Willapa River . . . . . . . . . 14.13
South Point: Santa Rosa Island . . . . . 8.326
South Reef: Yaquina Bay . . . . . . . . . 12.113
South Rock: Destruction Island . . . . . 14.67
South San Diego . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.17
South Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.69
South Spit: Humboldt Bay . . . . . . . . . 11.83
Southeast Black Rock: Orford Reef . . 12.9
Southampton Bay: Carquinez Strait . 10.262
Southampton Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.176
Southeast Farallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.26
Southeast Reef: Half Moon Bay . . . . 9.105
Southport Landing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.91
Souza Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
Sow and Pigs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.146
Spanish Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.52
Spanish Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55
Speck Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.70
Specks, Arrecife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.70
Spike Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.79
Split Rock: Klamath River . . . . . . . . 11.103
Springfield Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Square Black Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.51
Square Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.170
Srivastava Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
St George Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.104
St George, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102
St George Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102
St Helens, Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.20
Stake Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.269
Stanley Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.159
Star Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102
State of; see proper name
Steamboat Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.83
Steamboat Rock: Cape Mendocino . . 11.58
Steamboat Rock: Crescent City
Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.110
Steamboat Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.316
Stearns Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.54
Stearns, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.20
Stearns Wharf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.299
Steel Vendor Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Steinberger Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.147
492
Stella . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.63
Stern, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.20
Stewarts Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.29
Stillwater Cove: Carmel Bay . . . . . . . . 9.65
Stillwater Cove: near Fort Ross Cove 11.32
Stillwell Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.36
Stinson Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.34
Stockton, Port of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.286
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 10.298
Basins and berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.300
Deep Water Channel . . . . . . . . . . 10.299
General information . . . . . . . . . . . 10.286
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 10.291
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.301
Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.302
Stone Lagoon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.98
Stonewall Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.76
Strawberry Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.61
Strawberry Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.82
Stuart, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.65
Studdard Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Suchiate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.205
Suchiate, Barra del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.205
Suchiate, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.205
Sucia, Piedra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.11
Sucia, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.132
Sudeste, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.97
Sugar Loaf: Cape Mendocino . . . . . . 11.54
Sugarloaf Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.45
Sugarloaf: Piln de Parras . . . . . . . . . 6.143
Suisun Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.263
Anchorages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.272
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.269
General information . . . . . . . . . . . 10.263
Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.285
Suisun City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.273
Suisun Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.243
Reach Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.250
Suisun Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.273
Sulphur Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.37
Sulphur Springs Landing . . . . . . . . . . 12.85
Summerland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.292
Sunken Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15
Sunset Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.140
Sunset Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.64
Superior, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.37
Sur, Baha del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.97
Sur Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.55
Sur, Morro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.41
Sur, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.48
Sur Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50
Surf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.18
Suscol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.238
Suspiro, El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Sutil Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99
Sutro, Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.26
Suwanee, Rocas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.106
Svensen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.58
SW Seal Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.102
Swan Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.108
Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.108
Switzer Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.36
Tabasara, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.38
Tacitota, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.198
Table Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.64
Table, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.54
Table Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.75
Tabo, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.214
Tabo, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.214
Tacana, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6
Tachichilte, Isla de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.22
Taft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.131
Tahkenitch Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.75
Taholah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.68
Tajamulco, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.165
Talawa, Lake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.13
Talcott Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.331
Talon, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.23
Home Contents Index
Tamalpais, Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.20
Tamarinda, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.182
Tamarindo, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164
Tamarindo, Estero El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.75
Tamarindo, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.31
Tambor, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.133
Taney Seamounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
TangolaTangola, Baha de . . . . . . . . . 5.74
Tangolunda, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.74
Tanner Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.64
Tanner Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.103
Tansy Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.27
Tapachula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.22
Trcoles, Ro Grande de . . . . . . . . . . . 3.155
Tartar Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86
Trtaro, Bajo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86
Tastiota, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.198
Tatoosh Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.76
Tavala, Boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.20
Taylor Sands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.21
Teacapn, Boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.237
Teahwhit Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59
Tecoanapa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.93
Tecogame, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86
Tecojate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.201
Tecomates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.215
Tecuani, Pico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.52
Tecn Uman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.205
Tecusitn, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.229
Tegucigalpa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.90
Tehuantepec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.50
Ridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44
Tehuantepec, Golfo de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4
Tehuantepec, Isthmus of . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4
Tehuantepec, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.50
Tehuantepecanos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.184
Tejupan, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.149
Telegraph Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.84
Telica, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
Tembladeras, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.33
Tempisque, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.135
Temporales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.184
Ten Mile River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.34
Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.34
Tenacatita, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.182
Tenacatita, Cabeza . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.182
Tenasillahe Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55
Tenmile Creek: (4334N, 12414W) 12.75
Tenmile Creek: (4413N, 12407W) 12.75
Tennessee Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.52
Tennessee Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.68
Tepequa, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.124
Tepic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.224
Tepoca, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.215
Tepoca, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.213
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.212
Tepopa, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.205
Tepopa, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.205
Tequepa, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.126
Terminal Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.161
Tetas de Cabra, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.190
Tetas de Tejupan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.146
The; see proper name
Thetis Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.41
Thetis, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.43
Thompson Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Three Arch Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.125
Three Mile Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.287
Three Peaks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.54
Three Tree Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55
Tiburon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.66
Peninsula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.63
Tiburon, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.65
Tiburn, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.188
Tiburn, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.246
Tichenor Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.28
Tide Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50
Tienda de Campaa, Pico . . . . . . . . . . 6.211
Tierra Firme, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.143
INDEX
Tigre, Isla del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.77
Tigre, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85
Tigrito, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.88
Tijuana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.182
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.169
Tijuana, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.168
Tileme, Mar del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.37
Tillamook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.142
Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.142
Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.138
River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.143
Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.141
Timber Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.32
Tinaja, Boca de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Tinaja, Punta de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Tintorera, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.155
Tintorero, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59
To Ramn, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.62
Tiscuco, Peas del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.36
Tiscuco, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.31
Tivives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.157
Tobaga, Restinga . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.42
Todos Santos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.16
Todos Santos, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . 7.151
Todos Santos, Islas de . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.146
Todos Santos, Ro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.16
Toke Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.17
Tokeland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.20
Toleak Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59
Toledo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.98
Tolo Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55
Tomahawk Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.122
Tomales Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.22
Tomales Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.15
Tomas, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.186
Tomates, Boca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.216
Tomates, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.216
Toms Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.22
Tonal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.35
Tonal, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.36
Tonamecea, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.82
Tongue Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.38
Tonina, Barra de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.21
Tonina, Punta La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.21
Tonina, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.178
Tooth Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.185
Topanga Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.253
Topolobampo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.28
Topolobampo, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.28
Tordillo, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.37
Toro, Boca del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.135
Toro Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.39
Toro, Roca del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.213
Torre=tower; see proper name
Torres, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.132
Torres Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.21
Trtolo, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.75
Tortuga, Entrada del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.38
Tortuga, Isla: Baha de Jiquilisco . . . . 4.140
Tortuga, Isla: Golfo de California . . . 6.160
Tortuga, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.257
Tortugas, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.75
Tortugas, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.133
Tortugas, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.38
Tosca, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
Tosca, Punta: Baja California . . . . . . . . 7.13
Tosca, Punta: Isla Socorro . . . . . . . . . . 2.27
Tovari, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.46
Tower Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.38
Toyon Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.103
Traffic and operations
Exercise areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10
Fishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8
Marine exploitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.11
Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6
Tranquillon Mountain . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.278
Trask River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.147
Treasure Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.103
Tres Hermanos, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.21
493
Tres Maras, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.192
Tres Marietas, Las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.206
Tres Palos, Laguna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.88
Tres Picos, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6
Trinidad, Boca de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.96
Trinidad Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.114
Trinidad Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.100
Trinidad, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.224
Trinity Mountains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.304
Triunfo, Puerto El . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.142
Trocones, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.119
Trojan Nuclear Power Plant . . . . . . . . 13.80
Tskawahyah Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.78
Tsunamis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.148
Tubbs Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.213
Tule, Boca del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.84
Tunnel Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.60
Tunnel Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.153
Turabales, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.127
Turners, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.190
Turrabares, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.127
Turtle Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.101
Tututepec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.91
Twin Lakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.87
Twin Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.48
Twin Peaks: Lopez Point . . . . . . . . . . . 9.48
Twin Rocks: Cape Ferrelo . . . . . . . . . 12.34
Twin Rocks: Tillamook Bay . . . . . . 12.146
Twins Rocks: Chetco Cove . . . . . . . . 12.19
Two Arches Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.126
Two Harbors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.88
Two Rock Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.160
Tyler Bight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.336
Ulloa, Islote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.13
Umatilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.167
Umatilla, Lake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.165
Umatilla, Port of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.170
Umatilla Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.78
Umpqua River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.80
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.77
Uncle Sam Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.62
Unin, Baha de La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.114
Unin, Puerto de La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.114
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.121
Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.126
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.123
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.114
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.122
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.120
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.129
Urdaneta Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.21
Urias, Estero de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.252
Ursula, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12
Usal Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.58
Usal Valley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.51
Utter Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.72
Uva, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.39
Uvita, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.112
Uvita, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.112
Uvita, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.112
Vaca, Isla de la . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.113
Vagares, Roca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.186
Valencia Peak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
Vallarta, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.207
Vallejo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.231
Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.237
Vallejo, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.222
Valley Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.322
Valona . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.240
Van Sickle Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.270
Vance Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Vancouver: Washington State . . . . . 13.131
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 13.139
Berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.143
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.142
General information . . . . . . . . . . . 13.131
Home Contents Index
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.140
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 13.135
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.146
Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.147
Vancouver, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.153
Vargas Lozano, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28
Vela, Roca: Punta Campos . . . . . . . . . 5.149
Vela, Roca: Baha Magdalena . . . . . . . 7.24
Vela, Roca: Canal de Dewey . . . . . . . . 7.89
Vela, Roca: Puerto Refugio . . . . . . . . 6.242
Velas, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.162
Venadillo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.30
Venado, Isla: Golfo de Nicoya . . . . . . 3.157
Venado, Isla: Ro Chiriqui Delta . . . . . 3.38
Venado, Isleta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.191
Venados, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.14
Venice Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.247
Venice Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.299
Ventana, Baha La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.98
Ventana, La: Golfo de California . . . . . 6.98
Ventana, La: Panama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.60
Ventana, Punta Arena de la . . . . . . . . . 6.93
Ventana, Punta: Guaymas . . . . . . . . . . 6.70
Ventana, Punta: Panama . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.46
Ventanas, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.159
Ventosa, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.50
Ventosa, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.52
Ventura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.308
Marina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.308
River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.308
Ventura Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62
Venustiano Carranza, Puerto . . . . . . . 7.107
Verde, Isla: Baha Montijo . . . . . . . . . . 3.20
Verde, Isla: Quepos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.125
Verde, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.40
Verde, Ro: Punta Galera . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86
Vermilion Sea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3
Vicente Guerrero, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . 5.126
Vicente, Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.238
Vieja, Isla La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.12
Viejas, Isla de las . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.42
Viejo, Punta el . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.188
Viejo, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.118
Viejo, Volcn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
Viejo Yaqui . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.49
Viga, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.246
Viga, Cerro del . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.253
Viga Chico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.161
Viga Grande . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.158
Viga, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.78
Ville de Toulouse Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.23
Vincent Thomas Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . 8.207
Vinorama, Arroyo de la . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.88
Vinorama, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16
Violin, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.109
Violin, Punta: Baha de Coronado . . . 3.109
Violin, Punta: Golfo
de Tehuantepec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.64
Violn, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.111
Viradores Norte, Islas . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.172
Viradores Sur . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.171
Virgenes, Cabo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.224
Viuda, La: Canal de Afuera . . . . . . . . . 3.17
Viuda, La: Isla Parida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.42
Vizcaino Canyon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.73
Vizcaino, Cape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55
Vizcaino Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.73
Voladera, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.89
Volcn=volcano; see proper name
Von Helm Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.32
Vuelta Los Ladrones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.89
Waatch Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.82
Waatch River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.82
Waddell Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.94
INDEX
Wafer, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.14
Waldport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95
Walker Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55
Walker, Monte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.106
Walla Walla, Port of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.170
Wallula, Lake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.169
Walnut Eddy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.117
Walnut Grove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.320
Walrus Rocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.19
Warrendale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.152
Warrenton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.34
Warwick Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Wash Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.43
Watchorn Basin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.227
Watertown Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.44
Wauna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.61
Wedderburn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.22
Weiser Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.121
Welch Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.55
West Cocos Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15
West Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.77
West End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.83
West Point: Santa Cruz Island . . . . . . 8.291
Westcott Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.326
Westdahl Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.17
Westfall Seamount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45
Westhaven Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.48
Westpoint Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.155
Westport Slough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.54
Westport: Grays Harbor . . . . . . . . . . . 14.48
Westport: Laguna Point . . . . . . . . . . . 11.49
Westward, Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.62
Whale Rock: Estero Bay . . . . . . . . . . . 9.41
Whale Rock: St George Reef . . . . . . 11.105
Whaleback Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.21
Whaleboat Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49
Whalehead Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.10
Whaler Island: Crescent City Harbor 11.109
Whaler Island: Port San Luis . . . . . . . . 9.22
Whalers Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.65
Whalers Knoll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.64
Wheatland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.117
Wheeler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.149
Whitcomb Flats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.47
White Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.13
White Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.87
White Point: Morro Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.35
White Point: San Pedro Channel . . . . 8.238
White Rock No 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49
White Rock No 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49
White Rock: Cape Alava . . . . . . . . . . 14.80
White Rock: Chetco Cove . . . . . . . . . 12.19
White Rock: Crescent City Harbor . 11.110
White Rock: Descanso Bay . . . . . . . . . 8.86
White Rock: Goat Island . . . . . . . . . . . 12.9
White Rock: Klamath River . . . . . . . 11.103
White Rock: near Point Estero . . . . . . . 9.32
White Rock: Point St George . . . . . . 11.102
White Rock: Port San Luis . . . . . . . . . . 9.22
White Rock: Trinidad Head . . . . . . . 11.101
White Rock: Isla Tiburn . . . . . . . . . . 6.191
White Salmon River . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.160
Whitesboro Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.43
Whiting Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.176
Willamette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.120
Falls Canal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.118
River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.90
above Portland . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.114
Willapa Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.13
Willapa Harbor Airport . . . . . . . . . . . 14.13
Willapa River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.13
Willard, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.263
Willard, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.258
Willard, Punta: Baja California . . . . . 6.258
Willard, Punta: Isla Tiburn . . . . . . . . 6.191
494
Williams Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.55
Willoughby Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.59
Willow Bar Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.78
Willow Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.49
Willows Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.334
Wilson Cove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.75
Wilson Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.239
Wilson Rock: San Miguel Island . . . . 8.291
Wilson Rock: Klamath River . . . . . . 11.102
Wilsonville . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.120
Winchester Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.86
Winchuk River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.7
Wind River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.160
Winter Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.270
Wishkah River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.52
Woodland Anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.78
Woodley Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.90
Wreck Creek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.58
Wreck Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.164
Wright, Bajos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.55
Wyckoff Ledge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.326
Yachats River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.75
Yacicoris, Cerro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.49
Yakima River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.169
Yameto Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.22
Yankee Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62
Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62
Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.62
Yaquina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.104
Arrival information . . . . . . . . . . . 12.107
Basins and berths . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.117
Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.98
Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.113
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.98
Harbour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.108
Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.77
Limiting conditions . . . . . . . . . . . 12.103
Port services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.119
Reef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.113
River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.98
Small craft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.120
Yavaros, Puerto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.42
Yavaros, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.42
Yelapa Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.215
Yellow Bluff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.54
Yellow Rock: Mack Arch Cove . . . . . 12.32
Yellow Rock: Chetco Cove . . . . . . . . 12.19
Yellowstone National Park . . . . . . . . 13.172
Yerba Buena Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.104
Yerbabuena, La . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.108
Yoakam Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.47
Youngs Bay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.35
Youngs River . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.35
Ysatan, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.178
Yuca, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.134
Zacapulco, Barra de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.33
Zacate Grande, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.75
Zacate, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.187
Zacatecoluca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.133
Zacatillo, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.124
Zadam, Cerro de . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.63
Zamora, Baha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.162
Zapatera, Isla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6
Zicatela, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86
Zicatela, Ro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.86
Zihuatanejo, Baha de . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.128
Zuma Beach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.252
Zuiga Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.42
Zuiga Shoal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.42
Zurrn, Punta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17
Zwagg Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.19
Home Contents Index

PUBLICATIONS OF THE
UNITED KINGDOM HYDROGRAPHIC OFFICE

A complete list of Sailing Directions, Charts and other works published by the United Kingdom National Hydrographer, together
with a list of Agents for their sale, is contained in the Catalogue of Admiralty Charts and Publications, published annually.
The list of Admiralty Distributors is also promulgated in Admiralty Notice to Mariners No 2 of each year, or it can be obtained
from:

The United Kingdom Hydrographic Office,

Admiralty Way,
Taunton, Somerset
TA1 2DN

Produced in the United Kingdom

for the UKHO by Pindar plc
Home Contents Index

CDROM Instructions
See Status, Disclaimer and Copyright at Explanatory The opening screen should appear within a few seconds.
Notes at Page vii. If the opening screen does not appear after 15 seconds,
The CDROM below contains the following: try the following:
Text of this volume in Portable Document Format Doubleleft click: My Computer.
(PDF). Doubleleft click CDROM icon: NPxx (D:).
Software to install Adobe Acrobat Reader. Doubleleft click html file: index.
A link to the UHKO website: www.ukho.gov.uk The CDROM is designed to work with the following
Photographs in PDF, if they are available for the area software:
covered by this volume. Windows 98
Avoid touching or scratching the silver side of the Windows 2000
CDROM. To protect it from damage or loss, return it to Windows ME
the envelope after use. Windows NT4.0 SP5
Place the CDROM in a compact disc drive.